fOO

ICO

fCD

CO

$8$;
KJ&

11
m

mm
m
HBO!
,
 THE HOLY BIBLE,
CONTAINING

THE OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS,

WITH THE APOCRYPHAL BOOKS,

IN THE EARLIEST ENGLISH VERSIONS

MADE FROM THE LATIN VULGATE BY

JOHN WYCLIFFE AND HIS FOLLOWERS;

EDITED BY

THE REV. JOSIAH FORSHALL, F.R.S. ETC.

LATE PELLOW OF EXETER COLLEGE,

AND

SIR FREDERIC MADDEN, K.H. F.R.S. ETC.

KEEPER OF THE MSS. IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM.

VOLUME IV.

OXFORD,
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
M.DCCC.L.
Vc/
 MATTHEW.
Here begynneth the prolongs on Mathew*.

MATHEW of Jewerye born, as he b

'putt first in ordre, so first he wrote the gospel
is

in Jewes langage, whas cleepyng to God was from peplicanis dedis ; he

takynge bifore
the bygynnyng is e of twey d , Abraham and Dauid, in the generacioun of Crist, of oon,
that is, Abraham, of the whiche the first circumcisioun was in fleshe, of an other,
Dauith, whas eleccioun was efter herte. Of bothe fadris forsothe Crist was bore.
And so the noumbre of fourtene thries putte, he strecchynge forth the bygynnyng fro
e
feyth of bileuynge, that was in Abraham, in to the tyme of chesynge, that was in
f
Dauith, and dressynge fro the chesyng anoon in to the day of transmygracioun, and
diffynynge fro the day, of transmygracioun anoon in to Crist, he shewith the gene-
racioun of the cummynge of Crist other passynge in renninge, that he,
fulfillid,

maakynge good bothe to the noumbre and to the tyme, bothe shulde shewe hym silf
whiche h he were, and, in hym silf mynystrynge the work of God, also in hem, whas
k
kynred he putte', shulde not denye the witnesse of Crist workynge fro the bygyn-
nyng
1
Of alle whoche thingis the tyme, the ordre, the noumbre, the m disposicioun,
.

other" the resoun , that Crist is God, that is necessarie to the feith, the whiche was
maad of a? womman, maad vnder lawe, bore of a maydei, suffride in fleshe, al thing
ficchide in the cros, that he ouercommynge thilke r thingis in hym silfe, rysynge in
body, bothe the
8
name of the fadir in fadris to the sone, and sones 1
name to the fadir

restoringe in sones, with outen bygynnyng, with oute eendynge, shewynge the fadir to
be oon with hym, for he is oon. In the whiche" gospel it is profitable to men
v w
desyrynge God, so to knowe the first, the mydmeste , other the last, that thei, redynge
bi alle thingis, vndirstonde bothe the clepynge of the apostil*, and^ the work of the

gospel,and the loue2 of God kennynge in fleshe, and thei biknowe 8 in hym, in the
whiche thei beth b knowe, and desijryth to knowe. To vs forsothe it was to stodye of
preuynge, bothe to take the feith of thing do, and not to be stille to men sechynge
bisiliche the ordynance of God worchynge to be vndirstonde.

Here endith the prolog, and bigynnith the gospel A .

8 From Y. Prolog. K. Here bygynneth the Nerve Testament in Englische. o. No initial rubric in
STVX. b first
putt r.
c
bigynnynge o.
d two sx. e the feithe osrxv. f Om. o. 8 Om. os.
h what OSTVY. k m Om. n ether o. or
wrytynge K K.
K. A-.
put of
i l
o. sec. in. gynnyng
resoun OSTV.
is P Om. x. 9 maiden ox. r tho ox. thes ilke T. s Om. o. * the sones osrrxY.
u Om. K sec. m. v w or sx. * y and thei byknowe in hym in r. * leste x.
mydelmest o. apostlis r.
a be knowen x. b ben sx. c desiren ox. desire v. d No final rubric in OSTVXY.

VOL. IV. *./ B

 2 MATTHEW. 1.1,2.

Here bigynneth the Newe Testament ; a prolog on Matheu*.

Matheu was of Judee, as he is set first in ordre b of the gospelleris, so he wroot

that
first the gospel in Judee, and fro the office of a tolgaderer he was clepid to God.

Whanne this Matheu hadde prechid first the gospel in Judee, and wolde go to
c d
hethene men, he wroot the gospel in Ebreu, and lefte it to mynde to Cristen
first

men of the Jewis, fro whiche" he departide bodili ; for as it was f nedeful, that the
of feith, so it was? nedeful, that it were writen
gospel were prechid to the corifermyng
also a3ens eretikis. Thou3 manye men han write the gospel, foure oonli, that is,
Matheu, Mark, and Joon, han the witnessyng of autorite. For thei tellen the
Luyk,
feith of the Trynyte, bi foure partis of the world ; and thei ben as foure wheelis in
h
the foure horsid carte of the Lord, that berith hym aboute bi preching' of the gospel ;

and mankynde that was slayn bi foure dethis, shulde be qwikenyd bi the prcchyng of
hem. And therfor the gospels of othere k writers fellen doun, and ben not resceyued,
for the Lord nolde that the forseid noumbre were destried, for the vertu of sacrament.
1
,

Also the foure gospelleris ben vndirstonden bi foure figuris of goostli preuyte. Matheu
is vndurstondun by man, for he duellith principali aboute the manhod of Crist ; Mark

is vndurstondun bi a lioun, for be tretith of Cristis risyng a3en Luke is vndirstonden ;

bi a calf, and tretith of presthod vndurstondun bi an egle, and writeth hi3lier

; Joon is

the m sacramentis ether hooli priuytees of the Godhed.

11
Forsothe Crist, whom thes
gospelleris discryuen, was a man borun of the virgyn ; he was a calf, in offryng, ether
diynge on the cros ; he was a lioun, in risynge a3en ; and he was an egle, in ascencioun.
Ethir the manhed of Crist is signified in man, presthod is signified in the calf, rewme
is signified in the lioun, and the sacrament of Godhed is signified in the egle; that is, i'

by thesi foure beestis it is declarid, that Jhesu Crist is God and man, king and prest.

^
Jerom in his ttvei prologis on Matheu seith pleynli thus*.

Heere bigynneth the gospel of Matheu*. Heere byginnith the gospel of Matheu*.

CAP. I. CAP. I.

1 The boke of generacioun b of Jhesu Crist, The book of the generacioun of Jhesu i

the sone of Dauyd, the sone of c

Abraham. Crist, the sone of Dauid, the sone of
x
2 Abraham d gendride e ,
or bigate f, Ysaac. Abraham. Abraham bigat Isaac. Isaac 2

a From M. Heere bigynnelh the gospel of our e Lord Jhesu Crist, No rubric in
p. initial JGKNOQSTUI'XY.
l>
the generacioun AGMNPQY. c Om. x. d Abraham forsothe Q. e f Om. OQ pr. m. vx.
gat x.

a
From c. Prolog Abh. Here biginneth the Nerve Testament ; the firste prologe on Mathen. E. Heere
bigynnilh the prologe of Jerom on the gospel of Matheu. i. Heere bigynneth the prolog of Jerom on
Matheu. K. Here bigynneth a prologe upon [on u] Matheu. Mug. Here bigynneth the prolog on the gospel
of Muthetv. Q. Here bigynneth the prolng on Mathen. nk. Here bigynneth the prologe bifore the gospels of
Mathew. z Here bigt/nneth a Newe Testament ; first the prologe on Matheu. c. Here bigynneth the prolog
on Matheu, as Jerom in sentence saith it. e. No initial rubric in NSI. b the ordre K. c to the i. d of i.
e the whiche z. f were A h berin s. k the othere N.
pr. m. S were A. the preching Kh. ' 1 wolde

not i. m of the i. Om. b. n of EK. or p. or EP passim. P the Godhede K. 1 thec. r Jerom

in hise tnieie
prologis on Matheu seith pleynli thus, and here bigynneth the gospel. CPUC. Heere endelh the
prologe. i. Jerom in hise two prologis on Matheu seith pleynli al this. Q. Heere eendith the prolog, and
bigcnnelh the first chapiter of Mathew. Re. Jerom in hise tiveyne prologis on Matheu, seith plfynly thus;
and here byginneth the gospel of Matheu. z. No final rubric in a From i. The bigynnynge of
xghik.
the euangely of Malheu.
g. No initial rubric in the other Alss.
 I. 3 17. MATTHEW. 3

Ysaac forsothe bigate Jacob. Jacob for- bigat Jacob. Jacob bigat Judas and
sothe bigate Judas and his bretheren. hise britheren. Judas bigat Fares and 3

3 Judas forsothe bigate Phares and Zaram, Zaram, of Tamar. Fares bigat Esrom.
of Thamar. Phares forsothe bigate Esrom. Esrom bigat Aram. Aram bigat Amyn-4
4 Esrom forsothe bigate Aram. Aram for- adab. Amynadab bigat Naason. Naason
sothe bigate Amynadab. Amynadab for- bigat Salmon. Salmon bigat Booz, of 5
sothe bigate Nason. Nason forsothe bi- Raab. Booz bigat Obeth, of Ruth.
5
gate Salmon. Salmon forsothe bigate Booz, Obeth bigat Jesse. Jesse bigat Dauid
of Raab. Booz forsothe bigate Obeth, of the king. Dauid the king bigat Sala-e
Ruth. Obeth forsothe bigate Gesse. Jesse mon, of hir that was Vries wijf. Salo-7
e forsothe bigate Dauith the kyng. Dauith mon bigat Roboam. Roboam bigat Abias.
h
forsothe kyng bigate Salomon, of that Abias bigat Asa. Asa bigat Josaphath.a
7 womman was Uries wyf. Salomon
that Josaphath bigat Joram. Joram bigat
forsothe bigate Roboam. Roboam forsothe Osias. Osias bigat Joathan. Joathan o
bigat Abias. Abias forsothe bigate Asa. bigat Achaz. Achaz bigat Ezechie.
s Asa forsothe bigate Josophat. Josophat Ezechie bigat Manasses. Manasses bi-io
forsothe bigate Joram. Joram forsothe gat Amon. Amon bigat Josias. Josias n
9 bigate Osias. Osias forsothe bigate Jo- bigat Jeconyas and his britheren, in to
athan. Joathan forsothe bigate Achaz. the transmygracioun of Babiloyne. And 12

loAchaz forsothe bigate Ezechie. Ezechie aftir the transmygracioun of

Babiloyne,
forsothe bigate Manasses. Manasses for- Jeconyas bigat Salatiel. Salatiel bigat
sothe bigate Amon. Amon forsothe bigate Zorobabel. Zorobabel bigat Abyut. A- is
1 1 Josias. Josias forsothe bigate Jechonyas byut bigat Eliachym. Eliachym bigat
and his bretheren, 'in to 1 trarismigracyoun Asor. Asor bigat Sadoc. Sadoc bigat u
12 of Babiloyne. And after the transmy- Achym. Achym
bigat Elyut. Elyut is
gracyoun of Babiloyne, Jechonias bigate bigat Eleasar. Eleasar bigat Mathan.
Salatiel. Salatiel forsothe bigate Zoroba- Mathan bigat Jacob. Jacob bigat Jo-ie
isbel. Zorobabel forsothe begate Abyut. seph, the hosebonde of Marye, of whom
Abyut forsothe bygate Eliachim. Elia- Jhesus was borun, that is clepid Christ.
uchym forsothe bigate Asor. Asor for- And so alle b
generaciouns fro Abraham 17

sothe bigate Sadoc. Sadoc forsothe bygate to Dauid ben fourtene generacions, and
Achym. Achym forsothe bygate Elyut. fro Dauid to the transmygracioun of
is Elyut forsothe bygate Eleasar. Eleasar Babiloyne ben fourtene generaciouns,
forsothe bigate Mathan. Mathan forsothe and fro the transmygracioun of Babi-
16 bigate Jacob. Jacob forsothe bigate Jo- loyne to Crist ben fourtene generaciouns.
seph, the husbond of Marie, of whiche But the gerieracioun of Crist was thus, is

Marie Jesus is born, that k is clepid Crist. Whanne Marie, the modir of Jhesu, was
c
17 'And 1
so alle generaciouns from Abraham spousid Joseph, bifore thei camen
to
'til to n Dauith ben fourtene generaciouns, togidere, she was foundun hauynge of
and fro Dauith 'vnto transmygracioun of the Hooli Goost in the wombe. And 19
Babiloyne ben fourtene generaciouns, arid Joseph, hir hosebonde, for he was ri3tful,
from the transmygracioun of Babiloyne and wolde not puplische hir, he wolde

K gendred o et v passim in hoc cap. gat x passim in hoc cap. h the

kynge AGMOQSurxY. in to
'

the AGM\opQSurxY. k whiche or. '

Therfore ovv. m the generaciouns MV. n vn to UXY. til

to the G sec. m. A/OPQSTUF. til to AG pr.m. vn to the NXY.

alle the IQS sup. ras. hi. c bifore that s pr. m.

B 2
 MATTHEW. I. 18 ii. 3.

vntoP Crist ben fourtene generaciouns. priueli haue left hir. But while he 20
of Crist was d the aungel of
isForsoth the generacioun thoii3te thes thingis, lo !

v v
thusi. Whane Marie, his modir r, was the Lord apperide in sleep to hym
e
, and
v

spousid to Joseph, bifore that thei shul- seide, Joseph, the sone of Dauid, nyle
den come 8 to gidre, she is* foundun hau- thou drede to take Marie, thi wijf; for
ynge in the u wombe of theHoly Gost. that thing that is borun in hir is of the
19 Joseph forsothe, hir husbond, when he was Hooli Goost. And she shal here a sone, 21

iust v man w ^or , ri^tful*, and wolde^ not and thou shalt clepe his name Jhesus ;
pupliche hir, W lede hir ferther z wolde, for he schal make his puple saaf fro her

20priuyly forsake hire. Sothely hym thenk- synnes. For al this thing was don, that 22
ynge these thingus, lo ! the a angel of the it schulde be fulfillid, that was seid of

Lord aperide in sleepe, *or siveuen b , to the Lord bi a prophete, seiynge, Lo a 23 !

c d
hym, sayinge Joseph, the sone of Danyd,
,
virgyn shal haue in wombe, and she
nyl thou drede to take Marie, thi wyf; schal here a sone, and thei schulen clepe
forsothe 6 that f thing that is born in hire his name Emanuel, that is to seie, God
21 is of* the
Holy Goost. Sothely she shal with vs. And f
Joseph roos fro sleepe, 24

here a sone, and thou shalt clepe his name and dide as the aungel of the Lord
Jesus ; for he shal make his peple saif fro comaundide hym, and took Marie, his
wijf; and he knew her not, til she hadde2a
22 her synnes. Forsothe al this thing was
h
don, that it shulde be fulfillid'/that thing k borun her firste bigete sone, ands clepide
that was m seid 1 name
by a prophete, seiynge, his Jhesus.
as Loo a virgyne shal haue in wombe", and
!

she shal here a sone, and his name shal

v
be clepid Emanuel, that is interpreted, or
24
expounid , God with us. Sothely Joseph
rysynge vpP fro sleep, did as the angel of
25 the Lord comaundide^ r
hym, and toke his
wijf; and he knewe hir nat, til she had
s
boren hir first 1
bygoten sone,and clepide his
name Jhesus.
CAP. II. CAP. II.
1 Therfore when Jhesus was born in Therfor whanne Jhesus was borun in i

Bethlem of Juda, in the days of u kyng Bethleem of Juda, in the daies of king
v
Herode, loo! kyngis v, or wijs men, ca- Eroude, lo astromyenes h camen fro the
!

2 men fro the eest to Jerusalem, sayinge, eest to Jerusalem, and seideri, Where is 2
Wher is he, that is borun kyng x of he, that is borun king of Jewis ? for we
Jewis? forsothe we 'ban seyny his sterre ban seyn' his sterre in the eest, and we
in the este, and we comen for* to wir- comenj to k worschipe him. But kings
3
shipe hym. 'Sothely kyng Herode herynge Eroude herde, and was trublid, and al

P til to AGMVOPQSTur. q this iv. r the moder of Jhesu s come u.

s. camen or. t was or .

Om. p. v a
ust MP- ry3tew se o.
j w Qm. our. * Om. ourx. y nold o. * Om. our. a Om. our
j

Om ov. c an d sa
yde or. d Qm. x. e for or sec ,. f the o g h th e Om m
o thenge our sec.
_

our sec. m. k Om. or sec. m. 1 seid of the Lord N. " the or. " the wombe or sec. m. " Om.
or sec. m. x. P Om. x. <i bade o r tok Marie NOUV
pr. m. sec. m. *
gendred or sec. m. goten x
sche cleped or sec. m. " of the G. v as
tronemyeris u mars. sec. m. <*
Om. oux. * the
kvnsre
}
o
y seian o. z Qm. x. '

11 e to
bithou3te xshig. Joseph in sleep c sup. ras. to hym in sleep e/3. f roos
vp AK. S and he i.
astromeeris spr. m. astronomeeris EPS sec. m.
astronomyens KQha. kyngis k. seien i. j han come
K text, or ben come
marg.
k for to
plures.
 II. 4 '5- MATTHEW.
is
a
trublid b , and al Jerusalem with him c . Jerusalem with hym. And he gaderide4
4 And he, gedrynge
d
to gidre alle the 6 princis to gidre alle the prynces of prestis, and
of prestis, and scribis f of the peple, en- scribis of the puple, and enqueride of

quiride of hem, whers Crist shulde be hem, where Crist shulde be borun. And 5
sborun. And thei seiden to hym, In thei seiden to hym, In Bethleem of Juda ;

Bethlem of Juda ; 'for so h it is writen bi for so writun bi a profete, And thou,

it is

And k
e a' prophete, thou, Bethlem, 'the lond Bethleem, the lond of Juda, art not the
of Juda, thou art nat the leste in the 1
leest among the prynces of Juda ; for of

princis of Juda ; for of thee a duk shal thee a duyk schal go out, that schal go-
m
gon peple of
out, that shal gouerne my uerne my puple of Israel. Thaune;
7 Yrael. Than 'Herode, priuyli" the kyngis Eroude clepide pryueli the astromyens" 1
,

clepid 'to hym, 'bisily lernyde? of hem and lernyde bisili of hem the tyme of the
the tyme of the apperide to sterre that sterre that apperide to hem. And he
s hem. And he, sendynge hem in to Beth- sente hem in to Bethleem, and seide, Go
lem, saide, Go 366, and axe 3ee bisily of 36, and axe 36 bisili of the child, and
the chyld, and whan 3ee ban founden, whanne ban foundun, telle 30 it to me,
366
tellei a3ein to me, that and
r
Y cummynge that Y also come, and worschipe hym.

owirshipe hym. whiche, when thei The 5 And whanne thei hadden herd the kyng, a
hadclen herde the kyng, wenten awey. thei wenten forth. And lo the sterre, !

And loo ! the sterre, the 1 whiche thei that thei si3en n in the eest, wente bifore
u
sayen in este , wente bifore hem, til that hem, til it cam, and stood aboue, where
it cummynge stood aboue, wher the child the child was. And thei si3en the sterre, 10

10 was. Forsothe thei, seeynge the sterre, and ioyeden with a ful greet ioye. And n
1 1
ioyeden with a ful grete ioye. And thei, thei entriden in to the hous, and founden
v the child with Marie, his modir; and thei
entrynge the hous, founden the child with
Marie, his modir ; and thei fallynge doun felden doun, and worschipiden him. And

worshipiden hym. And her tresours opnyd, whanne thei hadden openyd her tresouris,
thei offreden to hym 3iftis, gold, encense, thei offryden to hym 3iftis, gold, encense,
12 and merre. And answer"" taken in sleep, and myrre. And whanne thei hadden 12
that thei shulden not turne a3ein to He- take an aunswere in sleep, that thei schul-

by an other wey in
rode, thei 'ben turned" den not turne 33611 to Eroude, thei ^
13 to her>' cuntree. hadden And when thei turneden a3en bi anothir weie in to her
7
gon awey loo the aungel of the Lord
, !
a
cuntrey. And whanne thei weren goon, is

apperide in sleep to Joseph, sayynge, Ryse lo the aungel of the Lord apperide to
!

vp, and take the child and his modir, and Joseph in sleep, and seide, Rise vp, and
b
flee in to Egipt, and be thou there, til take the child and his modir, and fie in
'

that I seye to thee ; sothely it is 'to to Egipt, and be thou there, til that I seie
cuine d , that Herode seeke the child, for 6 to thee ; for it is to come, that Eroude
14 to lese f hym. The? whiche Joseph, rys- seke the child, to destrie hym. And Jo- u
ynge vp, toke the chijld and his modir seph roos, and took the child and his
15
by ny3te, and wente into Egipt, and modir bi ny3t, and wente in to Egipt,

was or.
t>
turblid AMNP. towrbled o. <c Om. u pr. in. But kyng Heroude herde and was troublid
and Jerusalem with hym. u sec. m. marg.
al d
the scribes our.
gedrede G. e wheer e Om. o. f

that o. h so forsothe XY
pr. m.
'
the our. k Om. 01;. Om. ou. m Om. rx. n Om. r. '
Om. or.
P Eroude lerned bisily v. bisily lerede sx. Om. r. 1 telle jee ourx. r Om. ou. s Om. our sec. m.

* Om. our sec. m.

the eest ONPQSUXY. v in to the ONur. w an answere Q sec. m. x turned ajen ot;
r sec. m. y her owne N. z Om. u sec. m. a an ur. *>
Om. T. c for our sec. m. cume K. to <

comynge our sec.m.

e Om. osr sec. m. { slee o. 8 Om. our sec. m.

1
Om. sec.m. g pr. m. m astronomeris EPS. n saien A. nn Om. c.
s astronomyens KQha.
 6 MATTHEW. II. 1 6 III. 3.

was there11
til to the 1 deth of Erode ; that and he was there to the deeth of is

k Eroude
it shuld be 'that thing that was
fulfillid ,
1
; that it shulde be fulfillid, that
Lord " was seid of the Lord theP profete,
said of the by the prophete, say- bi
1

inge, Fro Egypt Y haue clepide my sone. seiynge, Fro Egipt haue clepid my Y
16 Thanne Erode
seeynge that" he was scorn- sone. Thanne Eroude seyrige that he ic
r
ed, 'or disceyued of the kyngisi', was ,
was disseyued^ of the astromyens , was
gretely wroth ; and he sendynge slew3i ful and he sente, and slowe alle
wrooth ;

alle the children "/ that weren s in Bethlem,

1
the children, that weren in Bethleem, and
and in alle the eendis 'of it 4 fro two" 3eer ,
in alle the coostis therof, fro two 3eer age
v
age and with ynne, after the tyine that and with inne, aftir the tyme that he had
17 he hadde sou3t out of the kyngis
w Than Thanne 5
.
enquerid of the astromyens . 17

'it was* fulfillid, that was seid bi

z
it* was fulfillide y 'that thing that was said
, Jeremye,
is
by Jeremye, the prophete, sayinge, A voice the profete, seiynge, vois was herd an A IB

is herd 'an hee3e a weepynge and myche , hi3, wepynge and moche weilyng, Rachel
b
weilynge, Rachel weepynge hir sonys, and biwepynge hir sones, and she wolde not
she Volde not be comfortid, for thei ben be coumfortid, for thei ben 1103!. But 10
d whanne Eroude was
19 not.
Sothely Erode dead, loo the angel !
deed, loo ! the aun-
of the Lord apeeride in sleep to Joseph in gel of the Lord apperide to Joseph in
6
2oEgipt, sayinge, Ryse vp, and take the sleep in Egipt, and seide, Ryse vp, and 20
childe and his modir, and go in to the lond take the child and his modir, and go in
of Yrael ; for thei that 80113 ten the lijf of to the lond of Israel; for thei that soften
21 the chyld ben dead. The f whiche Josephs, the of the chijld ben deed. Joseph 21
lijf
u
rysynge vp toke the child and his modir, roos and took the child and his modir,
1
', ,

22 and cam in to the lond of Yrael. For- and cam in to the loom! of Israel. And 22
sothe he heerynge that Archelaus regnede 1
he herde that Archilaus regnede in Judee
in Jude for Eroude, his fadir, dred fork to for Eroude, his fadir, and dredde to v go

go thidir. And he, monestid in sleep, thidir. And he was warned in sleep, and
23 wente in to the
parties of Galilee and he ; wente w in to the of Galilee and 23
parties ;

cummynge dwelte in a 1
citee, that is clepid cam, and dwelte in a citee, that ys clepid
Nazareth, that m shulde be 11
shulde be
it fulfillid , 'that Nazareth, that it fulfillid, that
thing that
said by prophetis,
isi' For whit was seid bi For he shal be
profetis,
he shal be clepid 'of Nazareth'.
clepid a Nazarey.

CAP. III. CAP. III.

8
1 In thilke days came Joon Baptist, In tho daies Joon Baptist cam, and i
2
prechynge in the* desert of Jude, sayinge prechide in the* desert of Judee, and 2
11
,

'Do 3e v penaunce, for the Do

kyngdom of seide, 36 penaunce, for the kyngdom
s heuens w shal 'or cume
nei3, ni-$e*. Forsothe of heuenesy shal nei3e. For this is he, of 3

h he was our Om. x. k fii] u(i OVY seCf m

sec. m. TO- i
Qm .ovv sec m a sy our _

Om. our sec. m. P

astronemyeris u sec. m. marg. q our sec. m. * childer x.
ky lied sOui.cpr.7n.
4 therof ovv sec. m. twey r sec. m. v V our m. * Om. x.
z
p sec.
astronomjers u sec. m. marg.
y fillud 0(7. Om. ov. a in
hijthe o. in heei'3 s. b
bywepynge our sec. m. c nolde ou. nolde not
rsec.m. & an our sec. m. e t hi v.
m. 8 Om. ovx. t Om. our sec.
h
Om.rsec.m. ' Archelans, his
brother r sec. m. * Om. ur sec. m. x. 1
which ur sec. m. m Om. x. " fillud our sec. m. Om. ou
r sec. m. P was our sec. m. q Om. our sec. m. T
Nazaray u pr. m. r sec. m. a Nazaren v sec. m. s tho
like y. tho osur sec. m. x. * Om. p.
and seiynge our sec. m. v doith o. doth XY pr. m. w heuen GO.
x Om. OQUX.

vnto K. til s. til to g sec. m. Pa AK. q scorned ether scorned

disseyued K. s rets. ' astro-
sup.
nomyens KQRha. astronomeris EPS. s as
tronomeris EPS. astronomyens K<jha. t
was j t s. u roos
vp
cs sup. rets. ' for to w } le wen te s * Om. K.
ft. ras. y heuene A. sup.
 III. 4 '5- MATTHEW.
this is he, 'of whom it*' is said by Ysaye, whom it is seid bi Ysaie*, the prophete,
the prophete z , A voice of a a cryinge b in seyinge, A vois of a crier in desert, Make
d 8
desert, 'Make 36 redy the wayes of the 3e redi the weies of the Lord ;
make 30
f
Lord ;
'make 3e ri3tful the pathes of hym. ri3tthe pathis of hym. And this Joon 4
4Forsothe 'that Joon hadde cloth h of
ilk hadde clothing of camels heeris, and a
the' heeris of cameylis, and a girdil of skyn girdil of
skynne aboute hise leendis and ;

aboute his leendis; sothely k his mete weren 1 his mete was honysoukis, and hony of
alocustis ", and hony of the wode.
1
Tharine the wode. Thanne Jerusalem wente outs
Jerusalem wente out to hym, and al Jude, to hym, and al Judee, and al the cuntre
n
c and al the cuntre aboute Jordan ; and thei aboute Jordan and thei weren waischun e;

weren cristenyd of hym in Jordan, know- of hym in Jordan, 'and knowlechidena her
b
7 lechynge there synnes. Sothely he seeynge synnes. But he manye of the Fary- 7
813

many of Pharisees and of Saducese com- sees and of Saduceis comynge to his
mynge hem, Gene-
to his bapteme, saide to baptym, and seide hem, Generaciouns
to c

raciouns of eddris, who shewide to 3011 forP of eddris, d

who shewide to 3ou to fie fro
s to flee fro wrath to cummei ? Therfore do the e wrath the that is to f come ? Therfor &
9366 worthi fruytis of penaunce, and nyl do 36 worthi fruyte& of penaunce, and 9
3e say with ynne 3011, han the fadir We nyle 36 seie with ynne 3ou, We han Abra-
Abraham sothely Y saye ;
to 3ou, for whi r ham to fadir h ; for Y seie to 3ou, that
God is mijti to reyse vps of these stonys God is my3ti to reise vp of these stoones
10 the sonys of Abraham. For now the* axe is the sones of Abraham. And now the ax 10
u
putt to the rote of the tree sothely euery ;
is put to the roote of the tree ; therfore
tree that makith nat good fruyt, shal be euery tree that makith not good fruyt,
v
doun, and shal be sent in to fijr
kitt . shal be kit douri', and shal be cast in to
w
nForsothe Y cristene* 3ou in water, in to the k fier. Y waische 3ou in water, in ton
penaunce forsothe he that is to cumme^
; penaunce ; but he that shal come after me
after me strenger than Y, whos shon Y
is is
strongere than Y, whos schoon Y am
am not worthi to here ; he shal baptise, 'or not worthi to here ; he shal baptise 3011 in
cristen*, 3ow in the a
Holy Goost and fijr
b
. the Hooli Goost and fier. Whos wynew- 12
1-2 Whos wynwing c cloth d , 'or fan*, in his ing cloth is in his hoond, and he shal
bond, and he shal fully dense his corne f fulli dense his corn flore, and shal gadere
h
floore, and shal? gedre his corne in to his his whete in to his berne ;
but the chaffe
berrie; but chaffis he shal brenne with' he shal brenne with fier that mai not be
fyr unquenchable, 'or that neuer shal be quenchid. Thanne Jhesus cam fro Ga- is

nquenchid^. Thanne Jhesus came fro Ga- Jordan to Joon, to be baptised

lilee in to

lilee Jordan to Joon, 'for to be

in to 1
of hym. And Joon forbede him, and u
ucristned" of hym. Soothly Joon forbeed
1
seide, Y owe to be baptisid of thee, and

hym, sayinge, 'I owe for n to be cristned of thou comest to me ? But Jhesus answer- 15
i.j thee, and 'thou commest to me ? Forsothe ide, and seide to hym, Suffre nowe, for
Jhesus answeringe saide to hym, Suffre thus it fallith to vs to fulfille al ri3tful-

y which ur z vr a Om. K m. a man b crier ou.

sec. m. prophet, seiynge OQ sec. m. sec. m. sec. N.
d S thilke our sec. m. that x. h a
c Makith QX Y pr. m. weye G.
e oure u. { makith
QXY pr. m.
clothe our sec. m. '
Om. o. k forsothe QX Y. 1 was su. m honysoukis u sec. m. marg.
n Om. e.
r Om. our sec. m. x. 3 Om.
weysche u sec. m. marg. P Om. our sec. m. x. <1
comynge our sec. m.
our sec. m. l an our sec. m. u v the w x wesche usec.m.
eche x. fijr MPQWX. Sothely Q. marg.
z Om. OQUX. a Om. G b in c d tool ou
7
comynge our sec. m. pr.m. fyer our. wyndewyng Q.
e Om. MNPXY f Om. N. S he schall our sec. m. h wheel our sec. m.
rsec.m. pr.m. ether fan our.
1
in our sec. m. k Om. oux. l that he shulde Mr
pr. m. to osursec. m. x.
m baptizid u sec. m.
n Om. os. I owe ux. comest thou ur sec. m.

z Om. A. a
knowlechinge c sup. ras. b Om.
plures et /3.
c Generacioun cb. d for to K. e Om.
f b oure fadir c adoun k Om. cMQubceg sec. m. h.
for to K. S fruytis igh. pr. m. g.
'
plures. Q.
 MATTHEW. III. 16 IV. 12.

now/for becummeth vs fori to fulfille r

so? it nesse 1 . Thanne Joon suffride hym. And ifi

all ri3twisnesse
s
Than Joon leete hym, or
. whanne Jhesus was baptisid, anoon he
Forsothe Jhesus cristened wente up fro the watir and lo heuenes ;
!

wleft hym*. stei3

vp anoon fro the water ;

and loo ! heuens weren openyd to hym, and he saie the
ben" opened to hym, and he say the Spirit Spirit of God comynge doun
as a dowue,

of God cummynge doun as a culuer, and

v and comynge on hym and loo a vois ;
! 17

and loo a voice w fro heuenes ", seiynge, This

1
is my louyd
17 cummynge vpon hym ;
!

fro heuenes, sayinge, This is my byloued

x
sone, in which Y haue plesid" to me.

sone, in the whiche Y haue plesid to me.

v

CAP. IV. CAP. IV.

1 Thanne Jhesus was led in to desert of Thanne Jhesus was led of a spirit in i

a spirit, 'that he shulde be temptid of the z to desert, to be temptid of the feend. And 2
2 deuel. And whanne he hadde fastid fourty whanne he hadde fastid fourti daies and

days and fourety ni3tis

a
,
afterward he hun- fourti ny3tis, aftirward he hungride. And 3
3 And the tempter cummynge ni3, the tempter cam ny3, and seide to hym,
gride.
Goddis soneb,
V
If thou art? Goddis sone, seie that thes
saide to hym, 3if tnou e

say that these stoons be maad looues. stoones be maad looues. Which answer- 4
4
c
The whiche answerynge said to hym, It ide, and seide to hym, It is writun, Not
is wryten, A man lyueth not in breed oonli in breed luyeth mani, but in ech

aloon, bot in word that cometh euery

d word that cometh r of Goddis mouth.
5 mouthe
forth fro the of God. Thanne the Thanne the feend took hym in to thes
e f
deuyl toke hym in to an hooly citee, and hooli citee, and settide hym on the py-

hym
sette on the
pynacle of the temple, nacle of the temple, and seide to hym, If e
v
oand saide to hym, 3*f thou be Goddis thou art Goddis sone, sende thee adoun ;
sone sende thee doun for writun, That to hise aungels he
1
', sothely it is wryt- ;
it is

en, For
to' his aungels he comaundide k of comaundide of thee, and thei scrhulen

thee, arid thei shulden take thee in hoondis , take thee in hondis, lest perauenture thou
1

lest perauenture thou hurte thi fote at a hirte thi foot at a stoon. Eftsoone Jhesus 7
7 stoon. Eftsone Jhesus saith to hym, It seide to hym, It is writun, Thou shalt
is writen, Thoutempte the Lordshalt not not tempte thi Lord God. Eftsoone thes
s thi God. Eftsone the deuel toke hym n in feend took hym in to a ful hi3 hil, and
to a ful hee3 hill, and shewide to hym alle schewide to hym alle the rewmes of the
rewmys of the world, and the glorie of
the world, and the ioye of hem ; and seide to 9
9 hem ; and saide to
hym, Alle these 'Y schal 3yue to thee,
8
hym, Alle these thingis
Y shal
3eue to thee, 3if thou fallynge doun if thou falle doun and worschipe me.

10 shalt worshipe me. Than Jhesus saide to Thanne Jhesus seide to hym, Goo, Sa-io
hyrn, Go, Sathanas ; 'forsothe it is wrytin, thanas ; for it is writun, Thou schalt
Thou shalt worshipe the Lord 'thi God?, worschipe thi Lord God, and to hym
1 1 and to hym alone thou shalt serue. Than aloone thou shalt serue. Thanne the feend n
the deuel lafte hym ; and loo !
aungelis lafte hym ; and lo aungels camen ny3,
!

v
i-2 camen m^, and serueden to hym. So- and serueden to hym. But whanne Jhe- 12

P so forsothe x. 1 Om. ous. now for Q. r fillour sec. m. s

rijtfulnesse ursec.m.
4 Om. ou.
or
lefte Grsec.m.x. u wer o. weren or. v Om. x. w on ou. * loued AMGNOPQ.SVVWXY. y Om.
our sec. m. x. z to o. a
nyjt o.
b art the sone of God our sec. m. c Om. ur sec. in. d eche x.
e
hym vp Q sec. m. f the Mr
pr. m. Om. r sec. m. w sec. m. g a Mr. h art the soon of God ou.
'
Om. x. k hath commaunded ou. l
the hondes ou. m seide our sec. m. n
hym vp Q sec. m. for ou.
P Om. G pr. m. Q neijedden ou.

1
rijtwisnesse KQS!I. m heuene KQ. n wel pleesid K sec. m. lad out s sec. m. P be s. la man
EiKFRgk pr. m. a. r cometh forth s. s schal Y Ae.
 IV. 13 25. MATTHEW. 9

thely whanne Jhesus hadde herde that Joon sus hadde herd that Joon was takun,
is was taken, he wente into Galilee. And he wente in to Galilee. And he lefte is
the cite of Nazaret laft, he came, and the citee of Nazareth, and cam, and
dwelte in the citee of Caphernaum, beside dwelte in the citee of Cafarnaum, biside
the see, in the eendis r of Zabulon and the* see, in the coostis of Zabulon and

nNeptalym
8
, that it
1
shulde be fulfillid", Neptalym, that it shulde be fulfillid, that u
v was was
'that thing that by Ysay, the
said seid by Ysaie, the profete, seiynge,
isprophete, The lond of Zabulon and the The lond of Sabulon and the lond of is

w
lond of Neptalym, the weye of the see Neptalym, the weie of the see ouer Jor-
ouer x Jordan, of Galilee of hethene men, dan, of Galilee of hethen men, the puple i

16 the
peple that dwelte in derknessis say that walkide in derknessis saye greet Ii3t,
z
grete Ii3t, and men? sittynge in the cuntree and while men satten in the cuntre of
v
of shadew of deth, !J3t is sprunge to hem b
8
. shadewe of deth, Ii3t aroos" to hem. Fro 17
c
17 Fro thennus Jhesus bygan for to preche, that tyme Jhesus bigan to preche, and
and say d Do 36 penaunce, forsothe e the
, seie, Do 36 penaunce, for the kyngdom
v

kyngdom
f
of heuens % shal cume nije
h.
of heuenes" schal come ni3- And Jhe-i
iflSothely Jhesus, walkynge
1
bisidis k the see sus walkide bisidis the see of Galilee,
of Galilee, say two bretheren, Symon, that
1
and saye twei britheren, Symount, that
is clepid Petre, and Andrew, his brother, is clepid Petre, and Andrewe, his bro-

sendynge nett m in to the see forsothe thei ;

th ir, castynge nettis in to the see ; for
19 weren fisheris. And he saide to hem/Come thei weren fischeris. And he seide to i

3e
n
after me, and I shal make 3011 to be hem, Come 36 aftir me, and Y shal make
20 maad fisheris of men. And anon her? nettis 3ou to be maad v fisscheris of men. And 20
21
forsakyn, they sueden hym. And he go- anoon thei leften the nettis, and sueden
ynge forth fro that place, say tweyni other hym. And he 3ede forth fro that place, 21
bretheren, Jamys of Zebedee, and Joon, his and saie tweyne othere britheren, James
brother, in the ship with Zebedee, her fadir, of Zebede, and Joon, his brother, in a

makynge W
beetynge*, her nettis
a3ein,
8
, schip with Zebede, her fadir, amendynge
22 and he clepide hem. Sothely anoon the her nettis, and he clepide hem. And 22
nettis forsaken and the fadir, thei sueden anoon thei leften the w nettis and the
23 hym. And Jhesus enuyraunyde al Galilee, fadir, and sueden hym. And Jhesus 23

techynge in the synagogis

*
of hem, and 3ede aboute al Galilee, techynge in the
u
prechynge the gospel of kyrigdam and , synagogis of hem, and prechynge the
v

helynge al sorow, or ache", and al seke- gospel of the kyngdom, and heelynge
24nesse in the peple. And his 'opynyoun, or euery languor and eche sekenesse among
fame'" wente, in to al Syrie; and thei offrid- the puple. And his fame wente in to 24
en" tohym alle men? hauynge yuele, takyn al and thei brou3ten to hym alle
Sirie;
with dyuers sorowis* and tourmentis, and that weren at male ese, and that weren
hemthat hadden deuelis, and" lunatijk take with dyuerse languores and tur-
men, and men in palsie b , arid he helide mentis, and hem that hadden feendis,
25 hem. And 'there sueden hym c many cum- and lunatike men, and men in palesy,
panyes of Galilee, and of Decapoly, and of and he heelide hem. And ther sueden 25

XY pr. m. u filled our sec. m. v Om.

thenge our sec. m. Om. x.
r coestis of Nepthalim s. s * the

our sec. m. w ouer

x of ou. K. y to hem our sec. m. z Om. o. a the shadewe s. b was risen ou.
c Om.oux. d to h hath walked s
say o u r sec. m.
e for ou. f rewme ou. S heuen o. nejed ou.
'

fee. m. k bi x. l
twei Nur. m a nett MNOPQTur sec. m. n Cometh XY. the fisscheres o. P the OQU

mendynge o. either cloutytige ur sec. m. Om. x.

r sec. m. 1 two MPQSXY. r or B nettis in the se N.

* A. u the MPQSXY. the rewme ov. rewme r. v ether ache ou. Om. x. w fame ou
synogis kyngdom a Om.
r sec. m. name u. openeoun x. *
u sec. m. 7 Om. MX. z soores ou sec. m. r sec. m.
broi^ten
G pr. m. b the
palesie NOW sec. m. c Om. our sec. m.

Om. e. " roos K. heuene s. v Om. c. w her A.

VOL. IV. C
 10 MATTHEW. V. i 1 6.

Jerusalem, and of Judee, and of be3onde hym myche puple of Galile, and of De-
capoli, and of Jerusalem, and of Judee,
d
Jordan .

and of bi3ende Jordan.

CAP. V. CAP. V.
i Jhesus forsothe, cumpanyes
seynge
6
, And Jhesus, seynge the puple, wente i

f
wente vp& in to an hill and when he
; vp in to an x hil ; and whanne he was
hadde sete h his , disciplis camen ni3e to set,hise disciplis camen to hym. And he 2

2hym. And he', openynge his mouth e, openyde his mouth, and tau3te hem, and
:ttau3te to k hern, sayinge, Blessid be\ the seide, Blessedben pore men in spirit, s

pore" in spirit, for the kingdam in he- for the kyngdom of heuenes^ is herne.
4uenes'' is hereri. Blessid be^ mylde men r , Blessid ben mylde men, for thei schulen 4
5 for thei shuln welde the eerthe. Blessid welde the erthe. Blessid ben thei that 5
be* thei that mourneri, for thei shuln be rnornen, for thei schulen be coumfortid.
Blessid ben thei that hungren and
1
ocomfortid. Blessid be thei that hungren thrist- fi

and thristen rijtwisnesse", for thei shuln en ^twisnesseJ^, for thei schulen be ful-
7 ben fulfillid v . Blessid be w 'mercyful men*, fillid. Blessid ben merciful men, for thei?
s for thei shuln gete>' inercye. Blessid be 1 schulen gete merci. Blessid ben thei that a
thei a that ben of clene herte, for thei shuln ben of clene herte, for thei schulen se God.
h A
u see God .
c
Blessid be 'pesible men ,
for thei Blessid ben pesible men, for thei schulen u
10 shuln be clepid the sonys of God. Blessid be clepid Goddis children. Blessid ben 10

be e thei that suffren persecucioun for rijt- thei that suffren persecusioun for ri3tful-
wisnesse f for the , kyngdam of heuenesS is nesse 7 for the kingdam of heuenes a is
,

b
iiherun. 3ee 'shulen be
h
blessid, when men herne. '3e schulen be blessid , whanne n
shulen curse 3ou, and shulen' pursue 3ou, men schulen curse 3ou, and schulen pur-
and shulen say al yuel a3eins 3011 Iee3ingk , sue 3ou, and shulen seie al yuel a3ens 3ou
12 for me.loye 3ee 'with yn forth" , and
1 1
liynge, for me. loie 36, and be 36 glad, 12
u
'glade 3ee 'with out forth for 3oure meede ,
for 3oure meede is plenteuouse in heuenes ;
is plenteuouse in heuenes ; forsothe so thei for so thei han pursued 'also profetis
han pursued and 00 prophetis that weren that weren d bifor 3ou. 3 e ben sa lt f the 13

is before 3ou. 3ee ben salt of the? erthe ; erthe that if the salt vanysche awey,
;

that 3if the salt shall vanyshe awey, wher- whereynne schal it be saltid ? To no
ynne shal it be saltid ? To no thing it is thing worth ouere, no e but that it be
it is

worth ouer, nor bot that it be sent 5 out, cast out, and be defoulid of men. 3 e ben u
and 1 defoulid of men. u a citee set on an hil
3 e ben fyt of the Ii3t of the world
14 ;

world; a citee putt on an hill may nat be

v
may not be hid ne f
me teendith not ff a u
;

15 hid; nether men w vndur a busschel,

tendyn a lanterne, and lanterne, arid puttiths it

putten it vridir a busshel, but on a candil- but on a candilstike, that it 3yue Ii3t to
stike, that it 3eue Ii3t to alle that ben in the alle that ben in the hous. So schyne ie

lohous. So shyyne 3oure Ii3t before men, 3oure Ii3t befor men, that thei se 3oure

d Jordan sueden him ouv S Om. v sec. m.

kumpanyes x
ovv sec. m.
sec. m. e the .
f
stei3ed
h
sitten Y. siten x. Om. w.
i k Om. x.
Om. AGMXOPUV m Om. QU.
sec.
n
m. xr.
pore
'

men u. of AGMNopQSurxY.
P heuene NQW
pr. m. 1 Om. x. r Om. x. s Om. A'. 4 Om. x.

u
ri3tfulnesse vv sec. m. sup. ras.
v filled ovv sec. m. w Om. x. x the merciful x. J gete,
sup. ras.
o ras. z Om. x. a men our sec. m. ras. b G m. c Om. x. d the
elherfollotve sup. sup. good pr.
e Om. x. f h ben NP. Om. MPQXY pr. m. Miende.*.
pesible x. rijtfulnesse r sec. m. e heuene ux. >

m forsothe G n Om. our sec.

with innen G seepius. pr. m. Om. our. gladeth XY.
1
ful oute ou.
m. also o sec. m. r pr. m. P Om. r sec. m. 1 Om. x. r Om. o. 8 cast u. *
and be our sec. m. u the

li'3t
x. v sette our sec. m. w teenden not o.

11
the3 i. y heuene AE!I z a heuene A pr. m. KP.
pr. m. yy ri3tfulnesse bg. rijtwijsnesse ciMPRSxho/3.
11
Blessid id ben 39 s. c the d ben x. e Om. { neither s. fl Om. R. S putte
profetes also s. iPQsegh. is.
 V i; 25- MATTHEW. 11

that thei see 3oure good werkis, and glo- goode werkis, and glorifie 3oure fadir
nrifie 3oure fadir that" is in heuens. Nyle that is in heuenes.Nil 30 deme, that Yi?
36 gesse, 'or deme?, tbat
z
came to 'vndo, Y cam to vndo the lawe, or the
profetis ; Y
or distruye*, the lawe, or b the prophetis ; cam not vndo the lawe, but to fulfilled
to
I came not to vndo c 'the lawe d , but to ful- Forsothe Y seie to 3ou, til heuene and
1
IB
6
Forsothe f k
erthe passe , o lettir or o 1 titel shal not
isfille . I say to 3ou trewthe , til

heuen and erthe passes, oon h i

1
, ''that is passe fro the lawe, til alle thingis be
1
leste lettre*, or titil ",
1
shal nat passe fro doon. Therfor he that brekith oon ofu<
19 the lawe, til alle thingis be don. Therfore these leeste maundementis ", and techith 1

n
he that 'vndoth, or breketh, oon of these thus men, schal be clepid the leste in the
leste maundementis and techith thus men, , rewme of heuenes; 'but he" that doith,
shal be clepid theP leste in the rewme of and techith, schal be clepid greet in the
heuenes ; forsothe this that doth, and tech- kyngdomP of heuenes. And Y seie to 20
r r
ith, shal be clepid grete in thei kyngdame 3ou, that buti 3our ri3tfulnesse be more
20 of heuenes. Forsothe say to 3ou, no
8
Y plenteuouse than of scribis and of Fari-
but 3if 3oure ri3twisnesse u shal v be more w
'
sees, 36 schulen not entre into the kyng-
plenteuouse than of scribis and Pharisees", dom of heuenes. 3 e nan nei> d that it 21
v
3ee shulen not entre in to kyngdam- of was seid to elde men, Thou schalt not
21 heuenes. 3ee ban herde that z
it is
a
said slee ; and he that sleeth, schal be gilti to
s

to oldemen, Thou shal nat slea ; forsothe doom. But Y seie to 3ou, that ech man 22
he that sleeth b shal be gylty of dome.
, that is wrooth to his brothir, schal be gilti
d 6
22 But say to 3ou, that euereche that is
I to 1 doom ; and he that seith to his bro-
wrothe f to his brother, shal be gylty of ther, schal be gilti to u the v counseil ;
Fy !

dome ; forsothe he that 'shal say& to his but he that seith, Fool, schal be gilti to w
brother, Racha, that is, a word of scorn, the fier of helle. Therfor if thou offrist 2:1

shal be gylty of counseile ; sothly he that thi 3ifte 'at the* auter, and ther thou
'shal say h , Fool, ^that is, a word qfdispis- bithenkist, that thi brothir hath sum

yng&, shal be gylti of the fijr of helle. what a3ens thee, leeue there thi 3ifte bi-24
23 Therfore 3if thou offrist thi 3ift at the au- for the auter, and go first to be recoun-
v

ter,and there k shalt bythenke that thi 1

,
selid to thi brothir, and thanne thou schalt
24 brother hath sum what" a3eins thee, leeue 1
come, and schalt offre thi 3ifte. Be thou 25
there thi 3ift before the auter, and go first consentynge tosoone, thin aduersarie
for" to be recounseilid, or" acordid, to thi while thou art in the weie with hym,
brother, and thanne thou cummynge shalt lestperauenture thin aduersarie take thee
2soffre thi 3ifte. Be thou consentynge to to the domesrnan, and the domesman
thin aduersarie soon, thei* whijle thou art take thee to the mynystre, and thou be
in the way with hym, lest perauenture sent in to prisoun. Treuli seie to thee, 20 Y
thin aduersarie take thee to the domes- thou shalt not go out fro thennus, til

x whiche our sec. m. JOm.oux. b of G

distruye our sec. m. vndon x. pr. m. and
z for vr. a

G sec.m. ether our sec. m. '

distroie our sec. m. distroye, or vndo rpr.m. d Om. vr sec.m. e fulfille

it MP. fill o. f Om. or sec. m. S schal passe N. *> on G. '

lettere 17. k thai is, the leste lettre AGKLM
NPQsr pr.m. WY. Om. our sec. m. x. '
ether our sec. m. "' a titil AGMNPQSWXY.
ootytiloursec.m.
1 Om. GW. r rewme ovr sec.m. * Om. GPQXY
Om. our sec.m. commaundementes o. P Om. o.
v Om. NP. w no more K.
rijtfulnesse vr sec.m.
* Om. rur sec. m. u
pr.m. that N. for no vr tec. m.
* of Pharisees o. y the kyngdom GMNPSXY. the rewme our sec. m. z for our sec. m. a was u. b shal
c Forsothe d vr m. e urx. { wrathed S our m. h seieth
slen x. o. for sec. he o. ech o. seieth sec.
Om. k there thou G. Om. u. l m thenge our sec. m.
n Om.
ovr sec. m. ou. bythenkest our sec. m.
>

ourx. ether ou et r fere passim. v Om. oQursec. m.

k shal n for-
fulfille it K. !
seie truthe K sec. m. passe s pr. m.
'
a A. "> comaundementis Qhk.
r s of
Hothe this s sec. m. Om. s sec. m. P rewme KS sec.m. <1 no but s sec. m. ri3twisnesse ixha.
a sup. ras. e. to the k. * of s sup. ras. to the k. u of s
sup. ras.
v Om. KS sec. m. h. w in to IP. of
s sup. ras. a. * atte s.

C 2
 12 MATTHEW. V. z6 39-

man i, and the domesman^ take thee to thou 3elde the last ferthing. 3 e han herd 27
the myuystre, and thou be sente in to pri- that it was seid to elde men, Thou schalt

26soun. Trewely I say to thee, Thou shalt 'do no w letcherie. But Y seie to 3ou, 20

riot go thennes, til thou 3elde the last fer- that euery man that seeth a wommari
for x to coueite hir, hath now do letcherie
thing. 3e han herd for it was said
27 to olde

2men, Thou shalt nat do lecherye. For- bi hir in his herte. That if thi ri3t 136 2u

sothe Y
say to 3ou, for why euery man
r 8
sclaundre thee, pulle hym? out, and caste z
that seeth a womman for to coueite hire, for it spedith to thee, that oon
1
fro thee ;

now heu hath do lecherie by v hire in his of thi membris perische, than that al thi
'_>!) herte. That 3if thi ri3t eiye sclaundre thee, bodi go in to helle. And if thi ri3t hond so
w a
pulle it out, and cast it fro thee ; for it sclaundre thee, kitte hym aweye, and
speedith to thee, that oon of thi membris caste fro thee for spedith to thee that
;
it

perishe, than" al thi body go in to helle. oon of thi membris perische, than that al
3<> And 3if thi 1-131
hond sclaundrey thee, kitt thi bodi go in to helle. And it hath besi
it awey, and cast it
z
fro thee ; for it sped- seyd, Who
euere leeueth his wijf, 3yue
ith to thee, that oon of thi membris pe- he to hir a libel of forsakyng. But seie 32 Y
rishe, than that al thi
a
body go in to helle. to 3ou, that euery man that leeueth his
31 Forsothe it is said, Who euere shal leeue wijf, outtakun cause of fornycacioun, mak-
his wyf, 3eue he b to hir a libel, that is, a ith hir to do letcherie, and he that wed-

3-2 litil boke

offorsakyng. Sothely say to
c Y dith the forsakun wijf, doith auowtrye.
d
3ou, that euery man that 'shal leeue his Eftsoone 36 han herd, that it was seid 33
e f

wyf, outaken cause*? of fornicacioun, he' men, Thou schalt not forswere, but
1
to elde
makith hire do' lecherie, and he that wed- thou schalt 3elde thin othis to the Lord.
dith the forsaken wijf^, doth auoutrie. But Y seie to 3ou, that 36 swere not 'for 34
b
:a Efte soonys 3ee han herd, that it was said 1

ony thing ;
nethir bi heuene, for it is the
to olde men, Thou shalt not forswere, so- trone of nether bi the bb erthe, for it
God ;
3ft

thely
111
to the Lord" thou shalt 3eeld thin is the stole of his feet ; nether bi Jerusa-
34oethis. Forsothe Y say to 3ou, to nat lem, for it is the citee of a greet kyng ;

swere on ; manere
neither by heuene, for
al nether thou shalt not c swere bi thin cc heed, se
33 it is the trone of God; nether by the for thou maist not make oon heere white,
erthe, for it is the stole of his feet ; nei- ne d blacke but be 3oure word, 3he, 3he ; 37
;

ther by Jerusalem, for it is the citee of a? Nay, nay; and that that is more than
30 greet kyng; neither thou shalt swere by these, is of yuel. 3 e han herd that it hath SK
thin heued'i, for thou maisf not make oon s be seid, Ije for i3e, and tothe for tothe.

37
V
heer whyt
1
, or blak; but be 3oure word u
v
But Y seie to 3ou, that 36 a3enstonde not 3;i

3ea, jea Nay, nay forsothe that that is

; ;
v
an yuel ; man
ony smyte thee in but if

38 more 'than this", is of yuel. 3 ee nan herde the ri3t cheke, schewe to him also the
that" it is? said z a
Ei3e for ei3e, toth for
, tothir dd ; and to hym that wole stryue 40
3toth. But Y say to 3011, to nat a3ein stonde with thee in doom, and take awey thi
b
coote, leeue thou 'to him also thi man-
d c 6 f
yuel ; 3if any but
smyte thee in the 'shal
6
cheeke, 3eue to hym and the tother ; til ;
and who euer constreyneth? thee an
1 iuge our sec. m. m. x. r Om. our sec.
s eche our sec. m. x. * Om. x. u Om. our sec. m. x.
v with N. w Om. A m. x than that our sec. m.
sec. m. our
y sclaundreth u.
sec. z Om. MHOPUVW.
a the x. *>
Om. u. c But our sec. m. d for our sec. m. e eche our sec. m. x. f forsaketh our sec. m.
S the cause our sec. m. h Om. our sec. m. !
to do AGMNOpQsurfrxv. k Om. x. l
for our sec. m.
m but our sec. m. n Loorde thi God o. Om. NPQSX. P Om. G. the o. q heed AMPQurw. hed NSX.
r
mijt M.
s an
GQXY. l white heer
ur. u w. be ur. v this our sec. m. w Om. our sec. m. than
3.
any man Nur sec. m.
these s. x for our sec. m. was u. z seid to the olde x. a and tooth ou.
>' b
c our sec. m. d on our sec. m. e also our sec. m.
smyteth

w not doo KQR. x Om. y it cipsxcka. z caste hit KS. a it k. b in al maner Kb sec. m
pliires. marg.
b bb
Om. KQ. c Om. R. cc an heer of thin s d or c. nether dd oother
sup. ras. pr. ut. Kgh. i.
e Om. s. f Om. EIP. S constreine s.
 V. 4 VI. MATTHEW. 13

40 and to that wole stryue with thee in

hym thou with
thousynde pacis, go hym
dome, and take awey thi coote, leeue thou f othir tweyne. 3yue thou to hym that 42
v
h
4i to thin ouer clothe; and who
hym& and axith of thee, and turne h not awey fro
euere constrayneth' thee a thousand pacis k , hym that wole borewe of thee. 3 e haius
42
go thou with hym other tweyne For- 1
. herd that it was seid, Thou shalt loue thi
sothe 3if m to that axith of thee, and" and hate thin enemye. But Y*4
hym nei3bore,
turne thou nat awey fro hym that wol seie to 3ou, loue 36 3oure
enemyes, do' 36
4sborwe of thee. 3ee han herd that? it isi wel to hem that hatiden k 3ou, and preye
"

said, Thou shalt loue thin nei3bore, and 1

36 for hem that pursuen, and sclaundren

44 hate thin enmy. say to 3ou, loue But Y 3ou ; that 30 be the sones of 3our fadir 4s
3ee 3oure enmyes, do s
3ee wel to hem that that is in heuenes, that makith his sunne
v
haten 3ou, and preye 3ee for men pursu- vpon goode and yuele men
to rise 1
, and
45ynge, and falsly chalengynge 3ou ; that 3ee reyneth on iust men and vniuste. For 46
be the sonys of 3oure fadir that is in if 36 louen hem that louen 3ou, what
x
makith his sune to springe
heuenes, that* mede schulen 36 han? whether" pup- 1

u v w
vp vpon good and yuel men, and rayn- plicans doon not this"? And if 36 greten 47
eth vpon* iuste men>" and vniuste men. 3oure britheren oonli, what schulen 36 do
46For 3if 36 louen hem z that louen 3ou, what more ? ne doon not hethene men this ?
meed shul 366 haue ? whether* and pupli- Therfore be 30 parfit, as 3oure heuenli4
b
47cans don nat this thing? And 3if 3ee fadir is parfit.
c
greten, "or ,ialuten , 3oure bretheren oonly,
what 'more ouer d shul 366 don e ? whether f
48 and& paynymmys don nat this thing? Ther-
fore be 366 parfit, as and 3oure heuenly CAP. VI.

i fadir is parfitss. ^Take 3ee h hede, lest' TakithP hede, that 36 do not 3oure 1

k
36 don 3our ri3twisnesse before men, that be seyn of
1 bifor to
ri3twisnesse men,
3ee be seen of hem, ellis 36 shule nat han hem, ellis 36 schulen haue no meede at
meed at 3oure fadir that
1
is in heueues. 3oure fadir that is in heuenes. Therfore'.*
aTherfore when thou dost almesse, nyle whanne thou doist almes, thou
nyle
v
r
thou synge byfore thee" in a trumpe, as trumpe tofore thee, as ypocritis doon
ypocritis don in synagogis and streetis, in synagogis and stretis, that thei be
'maad worshipful!' of men
that thei ben ; worschipid of men ;
sotheli Y seie to 3ou,

forsothe Y
saye to 3ou, thei han resceyued they han resseyued her meede. But 3
3 her meede. But Hhee doynge almesse, 1
'
whanne thou doist almes, knowe not
knowe nat the r left bond what thi 3t thi left hond what thi ri3t hond doith,
4 bond doth, that thi almes be in hidlis, and that thin almes be in hidils, and thi 4
thi fadir that seeth in hidlis, shal 3elde to fadir that seeth in hiddils, schal quyte
thee. thee s . And whanne
3e preyen, 30 schulen
f>

CAP. VI. not be as ipocritis, that louen to preye

5 And when
8
36 shuln* preye, 3ee shuln stondynge in synagogis and corneris of
nat be as ypocritis, the" whiche stondynge stretis, to be seyn of men ;
treuli Y. seie

f thou also our m. Om. our sec. h Om. ov. k x. 1 two GMQSXY.
S m. constreyne NS. placis K. pas
i
sec.
m jif thou our sec. m. n Om. K sec. m. Om. o. P for our sec. m. 1 was v. r and thou schalt our

sec. m. 8 and do K. l whiche our sec. m. u rise our sec. m. v on OQur sec. m. x. w and on u. x on
our sec. m. x. 1 Om. G. z men N. a wher our. b the
puplicanes o.
c Om. Om. our sec. m.
ovx. (l

e do more our sec. m. f wher o. g Om. ou. SS CAP. v. ends here in o. GXY pr. m.
h Takith
'
that x. k
rijtfulnesse vr sec. m.
l
of o. ajentis vr sec. m. m whiche our sec. m. n me r. wit ov.
r thi AGMNO
with a r sec. m. P worscheped our sec. m. 1 thei doynge K. while thou doest our sec. m.
pQSursec. m. WXY. s Om. s. l Om. our sec. m. u Om. our sec. m.

h turne thou Eipuk and do Kshk pr. m. k hatin s. '

men and yuele KS. m wher BPSxb.
pr. m.
'

r bifore
this thing s sup. ras. >
Om. s. P Take h. 1 rijtfulnesse cu pr. m. xbgh. i^tfulnessis n.
et a/3. " to thee R.
plures
 14 MATTHEW. VI. 6 20.

v han resseyued her meede.

louen to preye in synagogis and corners to 3011, thei

of streetis, that thei be seen of men ; But whanne thou schalt preye, entre in 6

trewly Y say to 3011, thei ban resseyued to thi couche, and whanne the dore is
her meede. But whan thou shalt preye, schet, preye thi fadir in hidils, and thi
entre in to thi couche, and the dore schet, fadir that seeth in hidils, schal 3elde to

preye
w thi fadir in hidlis, and thi fadir thee. But in preiyng nyle 366 speke?
that seeth in hidlis, shal 3eelde to thee. myche, as hethene men doon, for thei
x
gessen that thei ben herd in her myche
v
7
Sothely preyinge nyle 3ee speke- moche,
as hethen men dou, for thei gessen that speche. Therfor nyle 3e be maad lichs
thei ben herd in theire moche speche. to hem, for 30111' fadir woot what is
a nede to 3ou, that 36 axen
"Therfore nyl 36" maad liche to hem,
be bifore hym.
for 3oure fadir woot what is need b to And 8
thus 36 schulen preye, Oure fadir 9
c
axen hym. Forsothe that art in heuenes, halewid be thi
i)5ou, before that 3e
thus 36 shulen preyen, Oure fadir that art name ; thi kyngdoom come
be thi 10 to* ;

HI in heuenes, halwid be thi name; thi

kyng- heuene ; 3yue w u
wille don u 'in erthe as in v

v
dom cumme to ; be thi wille don e as in
(i
to" vs this? dai oure 'breed ouer othir
z
n heuen and f in erthe ; 3if to vs this day oure substaunce ;
and foi'3yue to vs oure 12

12 breed ouer other substaurice ;

and for3eue dettis, as we
for3yuen to oure dettouris ;
to? vs oure dettis, as
1'
we fo^eue to oure and lede vs not in to temptacioun, but 13

isdettours; and leede vs nat in to tempta- delyuere vs fro yuel. Amen*. For if 14

cioun, but delyuere vs fro' yuel. 'Amen, 36 for3yuen to men her synnes, 3oure
Forsothe 3if 3ee m shulen
v
14 that z'* k , *o be it 1
. heuenli fadir schal for3yue to 3ou 3oure
b
for3eue to men her synnys, and 3oure he- trespassis Sotheli if 36 for3yuen not to
. is

n
uenly fadir shal foi^eue to 3ou 3oure tres- men, nether 3oure fadir schal for3yue
lapassis Sothely 3if 3ee shulen for3eue not
. to 3ou3oure synnes. But whanne 3610
to men?, neither 3oure fadir shall fo^eue fasten, nyle 36 be maad as ypocritis so-
is to 3001 3oure synnes. But r when 3ee fasten, rewful, for thei defacen hem silf, to seme
nyl 36 be maad as ypocritis sorweful, for fastyng to men ; treuli Y seie to 3ou,
thei putten her facis out of kyndly termys, they han resseyued her meede. But 17
that thei seme fastynge to men ; trewly Y whanne thou fastist, anoynte thin heed,
say to 3ou, thei han resseyued her meede. and waische thi face, that thou be not is

17 But whan thou fastist, anoynte thin hede

8
,
seen fastynge to men, but to thi fadir
is and washe thi face, that thou be nat seen that is in hidlis, and thi fadir that seeth

fastynge to men, but to thi fadir that is in priuey c , shal 3elde to thee. Nile 36 10

in hidlis, and thi fadir that seeth in hidlis, tresoure to 3ou tresouris in erthe, where
19 shal 3eelde to thee. Nyle 36 tresoure to3ou ruste and rno^te destrieth d , and where
tresours in' erthe, wher rust and mou3the u theues deluen out and stelen; but ga-20
distruyeth, and wher theeues deluen out dere e to 3ou tresouris in heuene, where
211 and stelen but tresoure 3ee v to 3ou tre-
; nether ruste ne mo^te distrieth f, and
souris in heuene, wher neither rust ne"" where theues deluen not out, ne stelen.
mou3the distruyeth, and wher theues del- ForS where thi tresoure is, there also thin 21
uen nat out,W undirmyne natx , ne^ stelen. herte is. The lanterne of thi bodi is 22

v and in MOW nee. .

w
preye to G pr.m. preye thou our sec. in.
* Sotheli
je N. y sey Q. z Om.

G pr. m. a
licly KT. our sec. m. c Om. G
b needful
pr. m.
d to the N. e thi wille be don sec. m. w
f so N. 6 Om. u. h as and G sec. m. MNOQSWX. '
fro alle u pr. m. k Om. M. O Amen vx. 1
Om.
ovx. "' we o. n and joure N, synnes s. P the synnes of hem Q marg. sec. m. 1 schal not o. r For-

sothe our sec. m. s heued o. t here in N. u

mou3ttis N.
y Om. N. w nether ovx. x Om. MOW
sec. m. x. y neither ou,

s But i. * u ielon c. v as in heuene and in erthe

to thee IK. Q. in erthe as it is in heuene s.
w jyue thou A. x Om. b. y to c. z ech a Amen. Amen, that is, so be it c. Amen,
dayes breed e.
that is, so be it BMP marg. QUC marg. g.
b
trespas c.
c hidlis IK. d distroien K. e
gadere je i<j sec. ir.
tresoure K. f distroien K. g Forsothe s sec. w.
 VI. 2i 3 MATTHEW. 15

21 Forsothe wher thi tresour is, there and* thin thin i3e; if thin {36 be symple, al thi
22 herte is. The
lanterne of thi body is thin bodi shal be Ii3tful ; but if thin i3e be -a
a
636 3if thin ei3e be symple, al thi body
:, weiward, al thi bodi shal be derk. If
b
23 shal be Ii3tful bot 3if thyn ei3e be c wey-
; thanne the Ii3t that is in thee be derk-
ward, al thi body shal be derkful. Ther- nessis, how grete sehulen thilk h derk-
fore 3if the Ii3t that is in thee be derk- nessis be? No man may
serue tweyn'24
nessis d , 'how grete shulen thilk e derknessis lordis, for ethir he schal hate 'the toon
k
,

24be f ? No
man may serue to% two lordis, 1'
and loue the tother '
; ethir he shal sus-
forsothe ethir k he shal haat the toon
v
1
and m
teyne'the toon , and dispise the" tothir".
1

loue m the tother ;

other he shal susteyn 3e moun not serue God and richessisP.
r
'the toonP, and dispisei 'the tothir 3e . Therfor I seie to 3ou, that 36 be not bisi 25
mown 8
nat serue to* God and richessis". to 3oure lijf, what 30 sehulen ete ; ne-
25 Therfore Y 36 ben nat
say to 3011, that theri to 3oure bodi, with what 36 sehulen
besie to 3oure lijf, what 36 shulen etc ; be clothid. Whether^ not morelijf is
r

othir v to 3oure body, with w what* 36 shuln than meete 8

,
and the bodie more* than
be clothidy. Wher z 3oure a lijf is nat more cloth"? Biholde 30 the v foulis of theao
than mete b ,and the body more than clothe c ? eire, for thei sowen not, nethir
vv
repen,
V
d
20 Beholde 36 the flee3inge foulis? of the eir, nethir gaderen in to bernes ; and 3oure
f
for thei sowen nat, ne repyn, neither^ ga- fadir of heuene fedith hem. Whether
dren in to bernys ; and 3oure fadir of heueri 36 ben not more worthi w than thei? But 27
fedith hem. Wher 1'

36 ben nat more worthi' who of 3011 thenkynge mai putte to his
27 than thei ? Sothely who of 3011 thenkinge
k
stature o cubit? And of clothing whata
may 'putte to
1
to his stature oo cubite ? ben 36 bisye ? Biholde 3e x the lilies of
28 And of clothing what ben 36 besye ? 'Be- the feeld, how thei wexen. Thei trauelen
holde 36" the lilies of the feelde, how thei not, nether spynnenJ" ;
and Y seie to 3011, w
8
wexen. Thei traueilen nat, nether spynnen; Salomon in al his glorie was not. keuered
29 trewly I say to 3ou, for whiP neither Sala- as oon of these. And if God clothith 30
mon in al his glorie was keueridi as oon thus the hei of the feeld, that to day is,

30 of thes. For r 3if God clothith thus the and to morewe is cast in to an ouen, hou
heye of the feeld, that to day is, and to
8
myche more 3011 of litel feith? Therfor 31
inorwe is sente in to the* fourneyse, how nyle 36 be bisi, seiynge, What sehulen
31 moche more 3ou of litil feith ? Therfore we ete ? or, What sehulen we drinke ? or,
nyl 36 be bisie, sayinge, What shulen we With what thing sehulen we be keuered ?
ete? or", we drynke? or v
What shulen , For a hethene men seken alle these thingis; 32
With what thing" shulen we be keuered"? and 3oure fadir woot, that 36 ban nede
aaForsothey heithen men sechen alle these to alle these thingis. Therfor seke 36 first 33
z
thingis ; trewly 3oure fadir wote that 36 the kyngdom of God, and his n'3tful-

d derk-
pr. m. is vr sec. m.
b c Om. G
z also vm. a is u sec. m. v sec. m.
sec. sothely our sec. m.
e
the ilke JN. tho ilke M. tho our sec. m. >f the derknesses hou
grete shul thei be ? x. S Om.
nesse Y.
ot/. h twei Nr. '
Om. G pr. m. uv. for o. k other ATPY. or.v. outher s. >
that oon G. the oone o.
m he schall loue our sec. m. n that other G. the othir x. " ether ONQK. or sx. P that oon G. the
s mowe or. mai M. t Om. ou
oone ox. 1 he schal despise our sec. m. r that other G. the other x.
v sec. m. u richesse MNPXY. T either NQS. nether our. or x. w Om. Q. * what
thing u. y clad x.

volatyles our
z Whether GNOSUX. a the our sec. m. b the meete o. the clothe o. d Qm. Qsrr.<= e

sec. m. t nor N. nether our sec. m. e ne ou. h Whether GN el s

passim, urx pass. worthee o. worth
vr pr. m. Om. x. k bithenkynge ou. 1
adde ou. m Om. K pr. m. MNPQTW. " Beholdeth axv pr. m.
T Forsothe u. s whiche ot'.
o P Om. our sec. m. x. 1 clothid u. koouered x.
lilyes,orjloures urpr.m. w x y For
4 a AGMNOPSvrwx Y. either u. other r sec. m.
v
ether ou. Om. our sec. m. heled ou.

our sec. m. z for ou.

h these Qe. tho h. two Qehk. k that one IQC. the oon s. ' oother i. mthat oon IQ. " that
Q.
o P richesse sec. m. K. riches e. ne s.
1 IT plures.
oother IQR. iMQRSuxbcgh ka/3. ^cchesse
r be K. 8 is mete s. t is not more B. u the cloth is. v
Om. c. vv ne s. w worth a sec. m. * Om. A.

z that Salomon i. a Forsothe I.

y thei spynnen K.
 16 MATTHEW. VI. 33 vn. 11.

sshari need to alle these thingis. Therfore nesse b , and alle these thingis shulen be
seke 3ee a first the kyngdam of God and cast to 3ou. Therfor nyle
be bisys4 36
his ri3twisnesse ,
b and alle these thingis in to the morew, for the morew shal be
c
34 shulen be cast to 3011. Therfore nyle 36 bisi to 'hym silf ; for it suffisith to the
c
be besie in to the morwe, for the morew dai his owen malice.
d
day shal be besie to it self; sothely" it

sufBcith to the day his malice.

CAP. VII. CAP. VII.

1
Nyle 30 deme, that 36 be nat demyd ;
Nile 36 deme, 'that 36 be not demed d ; i

2 for in what dome

36 demen, 30 shulen ben
for in what doom 36 demen, 36 schulen2
demyd, and in what mesure 36 meten, it be denied, and in what mesure 36 meten,
3 shal be meten to 3011. But what seest thou
f it schal be meten a3en to 3ou. But what 3
a festn, 'or a% litil mote, in the ei3e of thi seest thou a litil mote in the 136 of thi

brother, and thou seest nat a beme in thin brother, and seest not a beem in thin
4 owne ei3e ? Or' 1
what maner 1
saist thou to owne i3e ? Or hou seist thou to thi bro- 4
6
thi brother, Brother, suffre that I caste out thir, Brothir, suffre I schal do out a
'festu fro k thin ei3e, beme mote and beem
1
a and loo ! a is fro thin {36, lo ! a is in
s in thin owne 6136 ? Ypocrite, cast out first thin owne {36? Ipocrite, 'do thou outs
a m beme of thin the beem of thin? i3e, and thanne
f
ei3e, and than thou shalt first

see for" to cast out a festu of? the ei3e thou schalt se to% do out the mote of the
fi of thi brother. Nyl 36 3eue holy thingi to 136 of thi brothir. Nile 36 3yue hoolie
r 1'
houndis, nether sende 3e 3our margaritis, thing to houndis, nethir caste 36 3oure

ors ^preciouse stoonys1, before swyne, lest margaritis bifore swyne, lest perauenture
perauenture thei defoulen hem with theire thei defoulen hem with her feet, and the

feet, and 'lest houndis u turned to gidre al houndis be turned, and al to-tere 3ou.
7 to-breke 3011. Axe 3e, and it shal be 3ouen Axe 36, and it schal be 3ouun to 3ou ; 7
'seke 36% and 36 shulen fynde
to 3ou ; ;
seke 36, and 36 schulen fynde ; knocke 36,
'knocke 3e w and it shal be opnyd to 3ou.
,
and it openyd to 3ou. For ech s
schal be
s For eche x that and he that sekith,
axith, takith ; and hey that
1
that axith, takith ;

sechith, fyndith ;
and it shal be opnyde to fyndith and it schal be
; openyd to hym,
9 'a man knokynge
z a
. Otherb who of 3ou is that knockith. What man of 3011 is, that a
man, whom
c d
a 3if his sone axe breed, wher if his sone axe hym breed, whethirJ he
10 he shal dresse to
hym a stoon? Other 6 3if wole k take hym Or if he axe 11
1
a stoon ? 10

he 'shal axe a f
fishe, whers he shal dresse h
fische, whether he wole
m take" hym an
11 to hym a serpent? Therfore 3if 30, when edder ? Therfor if 36, whanne 36 ben 1 1

k
36 ben yuel men, 'ban knowen for' to 3eue yuele men, kunnen 3yue good 3iftis to
m
good thingus 3ouen to 3oure sonys, hou 3oure sones, hou myche more 3oure fa-
1

myche more 3oure fadir that is in heuenes dir that is in heuenes schal 3yue good
n
shal 3eue good thingis to men axinge thingis to men that axen hym ? Ther- 12

a Om. v. b
rijtfulnesse u. Om.
G pr. m. d
hym AGiayiotjSut'ivxY. e forsothe ou.
c f meten
ajen
oux. g or N. ether h in what ou. k Om. g
Ether ou. Other v sec. m.
o. ether a u.
pr. m. a mote
'

g sec. m. 1
Om. Q. m the GMPXY. n Om. osur sec. m. x. the in. P fro our sec. m. 1 thingis AUNS.
T caste u sec. m. u lest hondis G. thei ou.
passim, v sec. m. Om. A'.
s ether o et u * Om. x.
sup. ras.
v seketh G " knockith GXY. * eche man N. y Om. x. z man K
pr. m. QXY. ssketh jee G sec. m.
a that knocketh u.
pr. m. him ou.
b Or AX. Either NSW. Ether c axeth ou. d whethir ^osr
ogr.
h Om. x.
pr. m. x.
e Ether
AOQ. Either NVW. Or sx. f axeth u. B whether AGNSX. 3iue A-.
i

'k connen ou. 1

3iftes ou.
m Om. ogu. n askinge g.

b c it self s. d that
ri3twisnesse KiKpQga. 36 be not demed, and 30 schulen not be demed A pr. m. CM
pub pr. m. c. and je shul not be demed i sup. ras. KQHsb sec. m. eghk/3. e suffre thou s. f first do out

r. do out first e thin owne s. SS for to A pr. in. h '

Om. c. J wher Ese.
plures et aj3. thingis c.
k shal
Q. 1
to him sg. H axeth B. m wher Esxe. n
3iue KI sup. rat. sec. m. a. to him s.
 12 25. MATTHEW. 17

lahym? Therfore alle thingis, what ener for alle thingis, what euere thingis 36

thingis 3ee wolen that men don to 3011, wolen that men do to 3011, do 36 to hem,
x
and 36 dof to hem, forsothe these thingisi for this is the lawe and the prophetis.
\3ben r the lawe and prophetis s Entre 36 bi . Entre 36 bi the streyt 3ate ; for the 3ate is

the streyt 3ate ; for the gate "that ledith to that ledith to perdicioun is large, and the
perdicioun, or dampnaciotm*, is brode, and weie Z*P broode, and there ben many that
v v
the weye large, and ther ben many v that
11
entren bi it. Hou streit is the 3ate, and 14

uentren bi it w How streit is x the . and 3ate, narw3 the weye, that ledith to lijf, and
narewe the weye, that ledith to lijf, and ther ben fewe that fynden it. Be 36 war 15
z
io 'there ben fewe? that of fals prophetis, that comen to 3ou in
fynden it. Perceyue
a
3e, and flee fro fals prophetis, the whiche
1'

clothingis of scheep, but withynneforth

cummen to 3011 in clothingis 1 of sheepis d
'

,
thei ben asi wolues of raueyn of her ; 10

fruytis 36 schulen knowe hem. Whether

"

bot wythynne thei ben rauyshynge wolues; 1

16 of her fruytis 36 shulen knowe hem. Whe- men gaderen grapis of thornes, or figus
ther men gaderen grapis of thornys, or e of breris ? So euery good tre makith 17

17 fijgis of breeris ? So euery f good tree mak- good fruytis ; but an yuel tre makith yuel
ith
good fruytis sothely an yuel tree ; fruytis. A good tre may not make yuel ie

inmakith yuel fruytis. A good tree may fruytis, nethir an yuel tre make good
nat make yuel fruytis, nether an yuel tree fruytis. Euery tre that makith not good 19

i!make good fruytis. h

Euery tree that fruyt, schal be kyt doun, and schal be
makith nat good fruyt', shal be kitte doun, cast in to the fier. Therfor of her fruytis 20
20 and shal be sent in to the fire. Therfore of 3e schulen knowe hem. Not ech s man 21
21 her fruytis 3ee shulen knowe hem. Nat that seith to me, Lord, Lord, schal entre
eche man k that saith to me, Lord, Lord, in to the kyngdom of heuenes ; but he
shal entre in to the kyngdam of heuenes ; that doith the wille of my fadir that is
but he that doth the wille of my fadir in heuenes, he schal entre in to the kyng-
that 1 is in heuenes, he shal entre in to doom of heuenes. Many schulen seie to 22
22 the kyngdam" of heuenes. Many shul say me in that dai, Lord, Lord, whether1 we
to me in that day, Lord, Lord, whether han riot prophesied in thi name, and
we han nat prophecied in thi name, and han u caste out feendis in thi name, and
han cast out deuelis? in thi name, and han han doon many vertues in thi name ?
23 don many vertues in thi name ? And than And v thanne Y schal knouleche to hem, 23
Y shal knowliche to hem, For I knewe That Y knewe 3ou neuere
; departe
w awei

3011 neuer ; departei awey fro me, 36 that fro me, 36 that worchen wickidnesse.
24 worchen wickidnesse. Therfore eche man Therfor ech" man that herith these my 24
"

wordis, and doth wordis, and doith hem, schal be maad

1
that herith these my
hem, shal be maad liche to a wijse man, lijk to a wise man,
that hath bildid his
8
thfjt hath bildid his hous vpon* a stoon. hous on a stoon. And reyn felde? doun, 25
25 And rayn came doun, and flodis camen, and flodis camen, and wyndis blewen,
v
and wyndis blewen", and rusheden v in to and russchiden in to z that hous ; and it

that hous ; and it felle nat doun, for it felde not doun, for it was foundun a on

Om. N. V doth x. q this thing A. this our sec. m. the prophetes orrjsAsec.m.oursec.m.
s

m. * Om. our sec. m. that led. to perd. x. u

m. weie that ledeth to perdicion, ether G sec.
fee. wey is
w Om. G. x Om. N. 7 few ben
dampjiacion, is our tec. m. Om. QXY pr. m. many ben our sec. m.
*
a fle b Om. ou. c
36 ur sec. m. fleeth x.
z or be rear T sec. m.
our sec. m. clothinge NO. clothis u.
<1
scheep GtiopQsur. ether ovr sec. m. ' eche our sec. m. S may make or sec. m. makith Q. maken s.
h k Om. x. l
whiche our sec. m. m Om. A sec. m. ovv sec. m. n rewme vr
Eyche our. fruytes o.
4 on our
V feendes ovr sec. m. r thus N. s bild x.
sec.m. whar ovr. 1 departith GQSXY.
sec. m. x. u blowen N. v hurliden ur sec. m.

P Om. c. 1 Om. A sec. m. igh. r Wher s passim egk.

9 eueri s. * wher ek. we haue i. v Om.
Q pr. m. w is. x eueri s. 7 cam c. z in c. a foundid plures et a/3.
departeth
D
 18 MATTHEW. VII. 26 VIII. 10.

26 was foundid on aw stoon. And euery x man a stoon. And

euery man that herith 20
that herith these my wordis, and doth hem these my wordis, and doith hem not, is
b
nat, is liche? to a man fool, that hath bildid* lijk to a fool, that hath bildid his hous
27 his hous on" grauel, or soond b
x
. And rayn on grauel. And reyn c cam doun, and 27
c
came doun and floodis camen, and wyndis
,
floodis camen, and wyndis blewen, and

blewen, and thei hurliden in to that hous; thei cc hurliden a3en d that hous and it ;

and it felle donn, and the fallyng doun felde doun,and the fallyng doun therof
28 therof was grete. And it is d maad e when ,
was greet. And it was doon, whanne28
Jhesus hadde eendid these wordis, the Jhesus hadde endid these wordis, the
29cumpanyes wondreden on his techyng; so- puple wondride on his techyng; for he-'ii
'

thely he was techynge hem, as

f
mans tau3te hem, as he that hadde power, and
hauynge power, and nat as the' 1 scribis of not as the scribis 'of hern 6 and the f Fa- ,

k
hem, and Pharisees
1
. riseesB.

CAP. VIII. CAP. VIII.

i Forsothe when Jhesus hadde comen But whanne Jhesus was come doun i

doun fro the hil, many cumpanyes folew- fro the hil, mych puple suede hyrn. And 2
2 iden hyrn.l
And loo ! a leprouse man cum- loo ! a leprouse man cam, and worschip-

mynge worshipide hym, sayinge, Lord, ide hym, and seide, Lord, if thou wolt,
3if thou wolt, thou maist make me clene. thou maist' make me And Jhesus:*
1
clene.

3 And Jhesus, holdynge forthe the bond, helde forth the hoond, and touchide hym,
touchide hym, sayinge", I wole, be thou and seide, Y
wole, be thou maad cleene.
maad clene. And anoon the lepre of hym And anoon the lepre of him was clensid 1
.

4 was clensid. And Jhesus saith to hym, And Jhesus seide to hym, Se, seie thou 4
See, say thou ; to no man but go, shewe to no man but go, shewe thee to the
;

thee to prestis, and offre that? jifte thati prestis, and offre the jift that Moyses
Moyses comaundide, in to witnessing to comaundide, in witnessyng to hem. And 5
ahem. Sothely when he hadde entride in whanne he hadde entrid in to Cafar-
to
Capharnaum, centurio nei3ide to hym, nauni, 'the centurien k nei3ede to him,
r
epreyinge hym, and saide Lord, my child ,
and preiede him, and seide, Lord, myc
8
lyeth in the hous sike on* the" palsie, and childe lijth in the hous sijk on the pale-

7 is yuel tourmentid. And Jhesus saith v to sie, and is yuel turrnentid. And Jhesus 7
I shal w
cume, and shal hele hym. seide to him, Y schal come, and schal 1

hym,
8 And centurio answerynge saith" to hym, heele him. And the centurien answeride, 8

Lord, I am not worthi, that thou entre and seide to hym, Lord, Y am not wor-
vndir but oonly say bi word, and
my roof; thi, that thou entre vndur my roof; but
omy child shal be helid. For whi and? I oonli seie thou bi word, and my childe
am man ordeynd vnder power, hauynge
a shal be heelid. For whi Y am a rnan'J
vndir me krii3tis and z I say to this, Go a ; , ordeyned vndur power, and haue kny3tis
and he goth and to an other, Come thou,
; vndir me and Y seie to this, Go, and
;

and he cometh and to rny seruaunt, Do ; he goith and to another, Come, and he
;

10 thou this thing, and he doth. Sothely cometh and to my seruaunt, Do this,
;

w a sadde Q sec. m. * iche our sec. m. eche x. y licchi jr. liclii TW. * bild x. a
b soond
vpon a N. apon o.
on a T. our sec. m. grauel x. c Om. Q. d was A sec. m. our sec. m. e done vv sec. m. f for

our sec. m. S man o. Om. x. h Om. jr. and as ur sec. m. k the Pharisees our sec. m.
>
suden '

our sec. m. m and seide our sec. n and seide our sec. m.
m. seide our sec. m. P the ovy sec. m.
which vv sec. m. r our u Om. ou. v seide
liggeth ur sec. m.
<J
sec. m. s * in our sec. m.
seiynge
our sec. m. * I schal
oQuwpr. m. Y. * seide our sec. m. jQm.usec.m. z Om. G pr. m. a Go thou
our sec. m.

13
Om. s. c reines sgh. <=c
Om. R. d a en to
Q pr OT- e Om. c. f Om. EiKMpRuxbceghka. 8 Fari-
j
sees of hem c. l>
n^t s. i
maad clene * centurio a
sup. ras.
'
s. I schal CQB.
 VIII. II 24. MATTHEW. 19
b
Jhesus, heerynge these thingis wondride, , and he doith it. And Jhesus herde 10

and saide to men suynge hym, Trewly c I these thingis, and wondride, and seide
saye to 3011, I foride nat so grete feith in to men 'that sueden" him, Treuli 1
Y seie
11 Yrael. Sothely Y say to 3011, that manye to 3ou, Y foond not so greet feith in Is-
shulen come fro the est 'and west d
, and rael. And Y seie to 3ou, that manyu
shulen rest with Abraham and Ysaac and 1
'

schulen come fro the eest and "

the
12 Jacob in the kyngdam of heuenes ;
forsothe west, and schulen reste with Abraham
the sonys of the rewme shulen be cast out and? Ysaac and Jacob in the kyngdom
in to vttremest f derknessis ; there shal be of heuenes ;
but the sones of thei rewme 12
r
weepynge, and beetynge togidre of teeth. schulen be cast out in to vtmer derk-
13 And Jhesus saide^ to centurio, Go, and as nessis ; there schal be wepyng, and grynt-
thou hast bileeued, be it don to thee. And ing of teeth. And Jhesus seide to the" is

u the child was helid fro that houre. And centurioun, Go, and as thou hast bi-
when Jhesus hadde comen in to the hous leuyd, be it doon to thee. And the child
of Symond'
1
Petre, he say his wyues mo- was heelid fro that hour. And whanne 14
der liggynge', and shakun with feueris k 1
. Jhesus was cornun in to the hous of Sy-
is And he touchide hir bond, and"1 the feuer mount Petre, he say his wyues modir
and she
and seruyde hem". liggynge, and shakun with feueris". And
1
lefte hir 13
; roose,
16 Sothely whan the euenyng was maad, thei he touchide hir hoond, and the feuer
brou3te to hym many? hauynge deuelysi, lefte hir roos, and seruede hern.
; and she
"

and he castide out spiritis by word, and

1 8
And whanne was euen, thei brou3ten u;
it

iThelide alle' hauynge yuel"; that it shulde to hym manye that hadden deuelis, and
be fulfillid w , "that
thing" that was said by he castide out spiritis bi word, and heel-
Ysaie, the prophete, sayinge, He toke oure ide alle that weren yuel at ese that 17 ;

z
infirmytees, and bere oure^ sykenessis . it were fulfillid, that was seid by Ysaie,

is Sothely Jhesus seeynge many cumpanyes the profete, seiynge, He took oure in-
about hym, bad a his disciplis go b ouer the firmytees, and bar oure siknessis. And 18

19 water. And c
oo scribe, or a A e
man of law e*, Jhesus say myche puple aboute him, and
'commynge to*, saide to hym, Maistre, I bade hise disciplis go ouer the watir.
shal sue thee, whidir euer thou shall go. And a scribe nei3ede, and seide to hym, i

20 And Jhesus said to hym, Foxis ban 'dichis, Maistir, Y

shal sue thee, whidir euer
or borowis h ,
han
and briddis of the eir thou schalt v go. And Jhesus seide to 20
nestis, but marines sone hath nat wher hym, Foxis han dennes, and briddis of
21 he reste his heued k 1
. Sotheli an other of heuene w han nestis, but mannus sone
his disciplis saide to
1

hym, Lord, suffre me hath not wherex 'he schal^ reste his heed.
m Anothir of
22go first, and birye my fadir. Forsothe his disciplis seide to him, 21
Jhesus saide to hym, Sue thou me, and Lord, suffre me to go first, and birie

late dede men birye her dead men.

_>:) And my fader. But Jhesus seide to hym, Sue 22
'Jhesu steyinge vp" in to a litel ship, his thou me, and lete deed* men birie her
z

24 disciplis sueden hym. And loo a grete ! deede men. And whanne he was goon 23
steryng was maad in the see, so that the vp in to a litil schip, his disciplis sueden

b wordis c
o. e Om. ou. f vtmere AVW. vtturmere GNOPQSUY. vtmer A'.
d Om.
g. Sothely o.
h Om. k
on v sec. m.
schaking NV. shake s. shakende x. feuere o. the
'
S seivnge o. lyende x.
>

feueres our sec, m. m and anoen x pr. m. n him v pr. in. to hem Y. euentide ur sec. m. P
many
men u. feendes ouv sec. m. T caste PSX. kest Q. m. * all men ou. u siknesse o.
spiritis G sec.
'< 8 vnclene

v Om. jr. w filled ou. * Om. ouv sec. in. y Om. GNPSWX Y. z sikenesse v sec. m. Y. a commaunded

ovr sec. m. b to ouv sec. m. c a vr sec. m. d ether our sec. m. e Om. <js. f Gloss om. in x.
go
S neijynge our sec. m. h borrowes, or dennes o. dennes u. diches A:. >
schal reste our sec. m. k hede
NOS. bed A-. 1
thees o. m to go ou. n and whan he steij our sec. m. is o.

m suynge E. n to s. fro the I. P Om. q this i. r vttermere KRghk. oiitmere e. s Om. r.

Ksegh.
1
takin s. u the feuers K. v Om. s. w the eir s. * wherinne s. Ttos. *Om.Q. a the dede Eirkpr.m.

D 2
 20 MATTHEW. VIII. 25 IX. I.

litil ship was hilid with wawis but? he ; hym. And loo! a greet stiring was 24
v

aaSlepte. And his disciplisi camen ni3 to maad in the see, so that the schip" was
hym, and raysiden hym, sayinge, Lord, hilid with wawes ; but he slepte. And as
2csaue vs; we perishen. And Jhesus seith r to hise disciplis camen to hym, and reysiden
hem, What ben 3ee s of litil feith agast* ? hym, and seiden, Lord, saue vs ; we pe-
Thanne he rysynge u
comaundide to the rischen. And Jhesus seide to hem, What 20
wyndis and the'' see, and a grete pesible- ben 36 of litil feith agaste ? Thanne he
w maad. Forsothe men roos, and comaundide to the wyndis and
27 nesse is wondreden,
sayinge, What manere man is he? this, the 1
and a greet pesibilnesse was
'
see,

for the wyndis and the 2 see obeisheri a to maad. And men wondriden, and seiden, 27
28 hym? And whan Jhesus b hadde comen What maner man is he* this, for the
cc
ouer the water in to the cuntre 'of men c wyndis and the see obeischen to him ?
of Genazereth d twey c men hauynge de- ,
And whanne Jhesus' was comun ouer the 28 1

uelis f runnen to hym, goynge out fro? biri- watir in to the cuntre of men of Gerasa,
h
elis, ful feerse, wickid so that no man W 1
,

v
twey men metten hym, that (ld hadden
2) rni3te passe by that wey.
1
And loo ! thei"' deuelis,and carnen out of gravies, ful
crieden, sayinge, What to vs and to thee, woode, so that noo man my3te go bi that
n e

Jhesu, the sone off God ? hast thou comen weie. And lo thei crieden, and seiden, 29
!

hidir before the tyme fori to tourmente vs ? What to vs and to thee, Jhesu, the sone
3u Sothely a 'floe, or* droue, of many hoggis
8
of God ? 'art thou ee comun hidir bifore
:n lesewynge was nat fer from hem. But the the tyme to turmente vs ? f
And not fer 30
deuelis' preyeden him, seyirige, 3'f thou fro hern was a flocke of many swyne
castist out vs hennes", sende vs in to the lesewynge. And the deuelis preyeden 31

32 droue of hoggis. he saith v to hem,

And hym, and seiden, If thou castist out vs
Go 3ee. And thei goynge out wente in to fro hennes, sende vs? in to the droue of
'the hoggis w ; and loo ! in a greet hire al swyne. And he seide to hem, Go 36.32
the droue wente heedlynge* in to the see, And thei 3eden out, and wenten in to
33 and thei ben? dead in watris. Forsothe the swyne ; and loo ! in a greet hire al
2
the hirdes fledden awey, and cummynge the droue wente heedlyng in to the see,
in to the citee, tolden alle these 3 thingis, and thei weren deed in the watris. And 33
34 and of hem that hadden the b fendis c And . the hirdis fledden awey, and camen in
loo al the citee wente d a3einis e Jhesu, 'met-
! to the citee, and telden alle these thingis,

ynge hym
f
and hym seen, thei preiden
; and of hem that hadden the h feendis.
hym%, that he shulde passe fro her
1'
coostis. And lo al the citee wente out a3ens34
!

Jhesu ; and whanne hadden seynthei

hym, thei preieden, that he wolde passe

fro her coostis.

CAP. IX. CAP. IX.

i AndJhesus, 'goyng vp in to a boot,
1
And Jhesus wente vp in to a boot, i

passide ouer the water, and came in to his and passide ouer the watir, and cam in 1

* aferde our
P forsothe our sec. m. 1 thei our sec. m. jee men G.
r s
seyde GMfiopQsurirxY.
sec.m, risynge up u. Y to the our sec. m. w was ouv sec. m. y Om. osvr sec. m. z Om.

A sec. m. MNPsrn- sec. m. x. a obeien ovrsec. m. * c Om. d Ge-

ohejen x. he our sec. m. w.
rasa uv sec. m. two GMPSUXY. and two g. f feendes ovr sec. m. S of ou. h thei ful our sec. m.
1
ether ful cruel o. or nicke s. ether cruel ur sec. m. Om. A'. 1
Om. u. m Om. o. thei u. n and what
G pr.m. Om. G pr.m. P Om. o. <i Om. our sec. m. x.
T Om. ovvx. s
swijn hoggis P.
* feendes

ovr sec. m. u from hennes our sec. m. v seide our sec. m. w swyin GPXY. x
hedlynges N. 1 wer
d
our sec. m. z and thei our sec. m. a Om. our sec. w. t>
Om. v pr. m. c deuelis N. went oute our
e f Om. our sec. m. g Om. ou. h out of N.
sec.m. 33611 x. stijynge our sec. m.
>

a litul Rk b to the dd which K. e

schip sec. m. nek sec. m. c Om. c. cc obeien Q. he Q. the Q.
ee artow s. '
for to c. S vs out s. h Om. K. i
Om. s.
 IX. 2 I
S. MATTHEW. 21

2 citee. And loo thei offreden ! to hym a to his citee. And lo ! thei broii3ten to 2
man syke in palsie, liggynge k in a bed. hyrn a man sike in palesie, liggynge in
Forsothe Jhesus, seeyrige the feith of hem, a bed.And Jhesus saw the feith of hem,
saide to the man sike in palsie, Sone, haue and seide to the man sike in palesye,
thou trust ; thi synnes ben for3euen m to
1
Sone, haue thou trist ; thi synnes ben
3 thee. And lo ! sum of the scribis said for3ouun to thee. Arid summe of 3
lo !

4 with ynne hem self, This blasfemeth. And the scribis seiden withynne hem silf,
when Jhesus hadde seen her thou3tis, he This blasfemeth. And whanne Jhesus4
said, Wherto thenken 36 yuel thingis in hadde seyn her thou3tis, he seide, Wher-
53our hertis ? What is" Ii3ter to saye, Thi to thenken 36 yuele thingis in 3oure

synnes ben for3euen to thee, other to saye, hertis ? What is k Ii3tere to seye, Thi &
fiRyse thou, arid walke? Forsothe that 36 synnes ben for3ouun to thee, ethir 'to seie
1
,

wite, that v manries sone hath power to Rise thou, and walke? But that 3e witeo
fo^eue synnes in erthfr, thanne he saide to that mannus sone hath power to for3yue
v
thilkei man r in 8 palsie, Ryse vp
l
; take thi synnes in erthe, thanne he seide to the
7 bed, and go in to thin house. And he roose, sijk man in palesie, Rise vp take thi ;

8 and wente in to his house. Sothely the bed, and go in to thin hous. And he?
companyes seeynge dredden, and glorifi- roos, and wente in to his hous. And a
eden God, that 3aue siche power to men. the puple seynge dredde, and glorifiede
9 And when Jhesus passide thennis", he God, that 3af suche power to men. And 9
sei3
a man sittyrige in a tolbothe, Matheu by whanne Jhesus passide fro thennus, he
name. And he saide to hym, Sue thou me. say a man, Matheu bi name, sittynge in
10 And he, v
And it And he seide to hym, Sue
rysynge, folowide hym. a tolbothe.
w at the mete in the thou me. And he roos, and folewide " 10 1
is don, hym sittynge
house, loo many puplicanys and synneful
!
hym. And
it was don, the while he n
x
men cummynge saten at the mete with sat mete in the hous, lo many
at the !

iiJhesu and his disciplis. And Pharisees pupplicans and synful men cameii, and
v

seeynge saiden to his disciplis, Whi etith saten at theP mete with Jhesu andi hise

3oure maister with puplicanys and synful disciplis. And Farisees r sien, and seiden 1 1

12 men? And Jhesus herynge saide, A leche to hise disciplis, Whi etith 3oure maister
x
is nat nede to men that faren wel, but to with pupplicans and synful men ? And 12

13 men hauynge Sothely 3ee goynge

yuel. Jhesus herde, and seide, A leche is not
lerne^ what
wole mercye, and nat
it is, Y nedeful to men that faren wel, but to
sacrifice forsothe Y came, nat to clepe
; men that ben yuel at ese. But go 36, 13
z
uri3tful men, bot synful men. Thanne the and lerne what it is,
3
wole merci, and Y
v
a
disciplis of Joon camen ni3e to hym, say- not sacrifice ; for I cam, not to clepe
inge, Whi we and Pharisees 1*
fasten ofte, ri3tful men, but synful men
1
Thanne . u
15 but thi disciplis fasten nat ? And Jhesus the disciplis of Joon camen to hym, and
saide to hern, Whether the sonys of the d seiden, Whi we u and Farisees v fasten w
spouse, W
husbonde*, mow Veilen, or 1 ofte, but thi disciplis fasten not ? And is

mourne, how longe the spouse is with Jhesus seide to hem, Whether the spnes
hem ? Sothely days shuleri come, when of the spouse moun morne, as long as
the spouse shal be taken awey fro hem, the spouse is with hem ? But daies

k
liende sx. Om. our sec. m. m forjif o. fo^oue x.
' n is it AGMNopQsurwxv. or MSX either .

N passim, w. ether or sec. m. P for ou sec. m. q the AGNOPSVY. the ilke MW, r sik man AGNpqsur

u fro thens ou. v sued our sec. m. w was vv sec. m.

sec. m. XY. Ryse thou our sec. m.
s seke in o. l

x nedefull ou. a b the

neijeden our sec. m.
J lerneth GMPY. lereth x. z iust our sec. m.
rijtwis XY.
Pharisees ou. c Wher o. d Om. N. e Om. our sec. m. x. f Om. our sec. m. x.

k is it
plures et a/3.
l
Om. c. m sueede c. " Om. c. atte s. P atte s. 1 and with s. r the Fari-
s lerneth E ic. * men to m. "fasten we y the Farisees w Om.
penaunce 'EF sec. m. sh sec.
sees ia. i. i. I.
 22 MATTHEW. IX. 16 28.

16 and thanne Sothely no

thei shulen faste. schulen come, whanne the spouse schal
man sendith ynne a medlynge of rudee, be takun a wei fro hem, and thanne thei
b
or newe, clothe in to an olde clothe ; so-
1

schulen faste. And no man putteth a i

k the plente of it fro clout of buystous clothe in to an elde

thely he takith awey
1

"
the clothe, and a wors kittyng is inaad. clothing ; for it doith awey the fulnesse
1

17 Nether men senden" newe wijne in to olde of the cloth, and a wers breking is maad.
'botelis, or wijn vesselis , ellis the wijn ves- Nethir men putten newe wyne in to elde 17

sels ben broken, and the wijn is shed out, botelis, ellis the hotels x ben to-broke,
and the wijn vessellis perishen. But men and distried, and the wyn sched out.

senden newe wijn in to newe wijn vessellis, But men putten newe wyne in to newe
is and bothe ben kept. Jhesu spekynge kept^. Whiles that
and bothe ben i
hotels,
these thingis to hem, loo oo? prince 'came ! Jhesus spak thes thingis to hem, lo a !

prince cam, and worschipide hym, and

r
toi, and worshipid hym, sayinge Lord, my ,

dou3tir is now dead ; but cume thou, and seide, dorter is now deed
Lord, my ;

put thin hond vpon hire, and she shal

s
but corne thou, and putte thin hond on

lolyue. And Jhesus rysynge suede hym, and hir, and she schal lyue. And Jhesus is
v

20 his disciplis. And loo! a womrnan that roos, and hise disciplis, and sueden hym>y.
suffride the flix, 'or rennynge*, of blood And lo a woinman, that hadde the z ao
!

u
twelue 3eer, "cam to byhynde, and touch- blodi flux twelue 3ere, nei3ede bihynde,
21 ide the hemme of his clothe. Sothely she and touchide the hem of his cloth. For 21
v w Y touche
saide with ynne hir self, 3if I touche sche seide with ynne hir self, 3if

oonly the clothis* of hym, I shal be saaf. oonli the cloth of hym, Y schal be saaf.
22 And turnyde, and seeynge hir,
Jhesus And Jhesus turnede, and say hir, and 22
saide, Dorter, haue thou> trust; thi faith seide, Dou3tir, haue thou trist thi feith ;

hath made thee saaf. And the woinman hath maad thee saaf. And the womman
23 was inaad saaf fro that houre. And when was hool fro that our. And whanne 2:5

Jhesus came in to the hous of the prince, Jhesus earn in to the hous of the prince,
and z see3 mynstrelis, and the companye 3 and say mynstrallis, and the 8 puple mak-
b
24 makynge noyse, he saide, Go 3e awey, for ynge noise, he seide, Go 36 a wei, for the
24
d
the wenche c
nat dead, but slepith
is And .
damysel is not deed, but slepith. And
25 thei scornyden hym. And when the cum- thei scornyden hym. And whanne the 25
6 f
panye was cast out, he entride in and , folc was put out, he wente in, and helde

held hir honde and the wenche' roose

;
1
hir hond; and the damysel roos b And 20 .

26 And this fame wente out in to al the

vp.
1
this fame wente out in to al that loond.
k
2;londe. And Jhesu passynge thennes twey ,
1
And whanne Jhesus passide fro thennus, 27
n
blynde men sueden hym cryinge, and
111
,
twei blynde men criynge sueden hym,
c

sayinge, Thou sone of Dauith, haue mercy and seiden, Thou sone of Dauid, haue
v
28 of vs. Sothely when thei came home'', merci on vs. And whanne he cam in 28
the blynde men camen ni^i to hym and ;
to the hous, the blynde men camen to
"

Jhesus saith to hern, What wole 36, that I

1

hym ; and Jhesus seide to hem, What

do to 3ou ? And thei seiden 8 Lord, that ,
wolen 36, that I do to 3ou ? And thei
oure ee3en ben opnyd. And Jhesus saide, seiden, Lord, that oure i3en be opened.

e rude GMNPSTUWXY. Om. or sec. m. reude rpr.m. b Om. ov sec. m. Om. o. k For our sec. m. i

GXY. m the u. n Pa GOVV sec. m. XY.

wijn vesselis our sec. MI. botelis x.
1 it
putten u sec. m.
1 neijed our sec. m. * Om. our sec. m. u
neijed our
T and seide our sec. m. s on our sec. m. x.
x,
sec.ni. v in hir v. w schal touche GOUXY. x clooth our sec. m. y Om. our sec. m. z he o. a com-

panyes o. Om.
t>
G pr. m. Y pr. m. c
damysell our sec. m. d sche
sleepeth o. e
put u sec. m. f Om.

our sec. m. S and seide, Maiden, rise, and Q sec. h k fro thens
damysel our m. that N.
i
sec.
m.marg.
our sec. m. two PQSUXY.' m Om. G pr. m. n
Om. u sec. m. on AMNOSUW. P thei camen into
the hous GQX. he had comme in to the house our sec. m. 1 Om. our sec. m. r seide o. 3 Om. GAT.

x oold hotels Y kept saqfe. yy sueden him his disciples K. hise A pr. m. c.
i.
disciplis sueden hym
hise disciplis, and suede hym c. z a sbghi. a Om. c. b roos vp Ksegli. c two IQ.
 IX. 29 X. 3 .
MATTHEW.
Bileeue 36, that I may do this thing 'to And Jhesus seide, Bileuen 36, that Y mai
And" thei sayn v 'Sothely, or ^ea w
3011* ? , , do this
thing to 3011? Thei seien to d

29 Lord. Than he tout-hide her ee3en, say- him, 3he, Lord. Thanne he touchide -
3oinge, Vp 30111- feith be it don to 3011. And her i3en, and seide, Aftir 3oure feith be
v
the ee3en of bothe ben x opnyde. And itdoon to 3ou. And the i3en of hem 30
Jhesus thretynyde>'to z hem, sayinge,See 3ee, were opened. And Jhesus thretenede
31 that no man wite. But thei goynge out, hem, and seide, Se 36, that no man wite.
defameden hym thorw^ a al that b lond. But thei 3eden out, and diffameden 6 hymsi
c d
32Sothely thei gon out, loo thei ofFriden to ! thorou al that lond. And whanne thei 32

hym a 'man doumb hauynge a deuel f

6
, . weren gon out, loo ! thei brou3ten to
33 And whan the deuel was cast out, the hym doumbe man, hauynge a deuel.
a
doumbe man spac. And the cumpanyes And whanne the deuel was cast out, the 33
wondreden, sayinge, aperede neuere soIt doumb man spak. And the puple won-
34 in Yrael. But the Pharisees saiden, In the dride f , and seide, It hath not be say
prince of deuelis? he castith out deuelis^. thus in Israel. But the Farisees seiden, 3J

35 And Jhesus compaside aboute' alle citees 1

In the prince of deuelis he castith out
and castels, techynge in synagogis of
hem,
1
deuelis. And Jhesus wente 'aboute alle&aa
and prechynge the gospel of kyngdam k ,
the h 'citees and castels', techinge in the k
and helynge al 'languyshynge, or ache 1
, synagogis of hem, and prechynge the
3Cand al siknesse. Forsothe Jhesus, siynge gospel kyngdom, and helynge
of the

cumpanyes, hadde rewthe of" hem for ; euery langour and euery sijknesse. And:u>
thei weren traueilid, and liggynge as sheep he si3 the puple, and hadde reuthe on
37 nat hauynge a slieperde. Thanne he saide hem for thei wereri trauelid, and lig-
;

to his disciplis, Sothely moche

^there is? gynge as scheep not hauynge a scheep-

ssrype cornel, but fewe werkrnen. Therfore herde. Thanne he seide to hise disci- 37
r
preye 3e the lord of the rijpe corn, that plis, Sotheli there is myche ripe corn,
he sende workmen into 8 his* rijp corn. but fewe werk men. Therfor preye ^CSK
the lord of the ripe corn, that he seride
werke men in to his ripe corn.

CAP. X. CAP. X.
1 And
the" twelue disciplis clepid to gidre, v
And whanne his twelue disciplis weren i

he 3aue to hem power of vnclene spiritis, clepid togidere, he 3af to hem powere of
that thei shulde casten hem out, and that vnclene spiritis, to caste hem out of men,
thei shulden heele al ache, and al siknesse. and to heele eueri langour,
1

and sijknesse.
2 These w ben the names of twelue x
And these ben the names of the twelue 2
apo-
z that
stelis^ ; the
Symoun, that is' clepid
first,
1
apostlis ; the firste, Symount, is

sPetre, and Andrew, his brother; 'Philip, clepid" Petre, and Andrew, his brothir ;

and Bartilmew b Jamys ; of Zebedee, and James of Zebede, and Joon, his brothir;
Joon, his brother Thomas, and Matheu
; Filip, and Bartholomeu Thomas, and 3 ;

puplican; arid d
James 6
Alphei and Thadee
f
, ; Matheu, pupplicari ; and James Alfey,

v seiden QX. w 3he ouv sec.

seyn to hym u sec. m.
* Om. o. u Om. AGMfiOFQur sec. m. WXY. .

z Om. 01;. a bi our sec. m. b the v. c hem or sec.

hem weren our sec. m. y threetide vx. t.

our m. h Om. our sec.m.

d
brou3ten u sec. m. e doumbe man GP. f feende ouv sec. m. g feendes sec.
k the ache our sec. m. languishing x. m and
the synagoges our sec. m. kyngdam our sec. m. x.
> l

hadde KT. n on GMpQSurwxv. Forsothe our sec. m. P Om. ur sec. m. 1 corne is uv sec. m.
r Om.o. * the P. u Om. AGMNOsvrivxY. v w Forsothe thees ou. x the
8 vnto
e. gaderid NP.
twelue Q. y Om. o. z whiche ou. & was G. b Bartholomeu M. %c
Jamys of Zebedee and Joon his
d Om. o. of Alphei ou. f Thadde, that is, Judas u.
brother Philip and Bartilmeus ou.
;

f wondre e al
d seiden CKH pr. m. a&. e defameden AP pr. m. QascajS. famyden EIP sec. m. k. s.

k Om. Om. m
EKnbceg pr. m. hi/3,
is
aboute Q. Om. CKQ.
''
castels and cytees e. l
c. Symound
k pr. m. n named seid CEiMpQRUxbceka.
Ksghi/3.
 24 MATTHEW. X. 4 19.

4 Symount Canane, and Judas Scarioth, theS and Tadee ; Symount Chananee, and Ju-4
swhiehe betraiede Crist'
1
. Jhesus sente' das Scarioth, that bitrayede Crist. Jhesus 5
these twelue, cornaundynge to hern, and sente these twelue, and comaundide hem,
k
sayinge, Goth 30 nat into the wey of hei-
and seide, Go 36 not "in to the weie of
v
then men, and entre 3C 1
nat in to the 111
hethene men, and entre 36 not in to the
n citees of Samaritans ; but rather go 36 6
ficitees of Samarietariys but rather goth ;
to

the sheep of the hous of Yrael, that perish- to the scheep of the hous of Israel, that
7 iden. Sothely 3ee goynge preche sayinge, ,
han perischid. And go 36, and preche?
for the kyngdam of heuenes shal nei3e ; 36, and seie, that the kyngdam of he-
uenes P shal nei3e heele 36 sike
shele 36 seke men, vpreyse'" 3ee dead men, ; men, 8

36 deede men, dense 36 mesels,

3
dense 36 rneselisi, "cast 3e r out deuelis ;
reise

han taken, Nyl 36 caste 36 out deuelis freeli 36 han takun,

9 frely 36 frely 3eue 36. ;

welden gold, nether syluer, 4

ne money in freli 3yue 3e. Nyle 36 welde gold, ne-a
theri siluer, ne money in 3oure girdlis,
io3oure girdlis, not" a scripe in the weye,
nether two v cootis, nether shoon, nether not a scrippe in the weie, nether twei 10

w for a workman is worthi" his mete . cootis, nethir shoon, nether a 3erde ; for
1
"

3eerd ;

11 In to whateuer citee, or
z
castel, 36 shulen a werkrnan is worthi his mete. In ton
entre, axeth
a
who therinne is worthi, and what euere citee or castel 36 schulen en-

there "dwelle 3e
b
, til
c
that d 36 gori out. tre,axe 30 who therynne is worthi, and
12 Forsothe 36 entrynge in to an e house, there dwelle 36, til s 36 go out. And 12

"grete 36*, W salute $ee%, it, sayinge, Pees whanne 30 goon in to an hous, grete
v

13 to this hous. And' sothely 1

3if "that ilk
1
36* it, and seyn, Pees to this hous. And 13

hous be worthi, 3oure pees shal cume on it; if thilk' hous be worthi, 3oure pees schal
1

forsothe 3if that house be nat worthy, 3oure come on it ; but if that hous be not
14 pees shall turne a3ein to 3ou. And who worthi, 3oure pees schal turne a3en to
euere shall nat resceyue 3011, nether k heer 3ou. And who euere resseyueth not 3ou, u
3oure wordis, 3ee goynge forth fro that
1
nethir v herith 3oure wordis, go 36 fro w
"
hous, or citee, smytith" awey the dust
1
that hous or citee, and sprenge of the
io fro" 3oure feet.
Trewly I say to 3ou, it shall dust of 3oure feet. Treuly Y seie to \5

be more suffreable to the lond of men of 3ou, it shal be more suffrable to the
Sodom and GomorP in the day of iuge- loond of men of Sodorn and of Gommor
icment, than to thati citee. Loo! I sende in the dai of iugement, than to thilke
r
3ou as sheep in to the mydil s of wolues ;
citee. Lo ! Y sende 3ou as scheep in ie
1
therfore be 36 "war, or wijse before^, as the myddil of wolues ; therfor be 36 sli3

i/serpentis, and symple as dowues v For- . as serpentis, and symple as dowues. But 17
sothe'*' be 36 war of men, for thei shuln be 36 war of men, for thei schulen take
taken 3ou in counseilis, and thei shuln bete 3011 in counseilis, and thei schulen bete
is 3ou in there synagogis and to 'presidents, ; 3011 in her synagogis ;
and to meyris, or is

or meyris*, and to kyngis 36 shulen be presidentis, and to kyngis, 36 schulen

witnessynge to hem, and
led for me, in to be lad for me, in witnessyng to hem, and
19 hetheny men. But whenne thei shulen take, to the" hethen men. But whanne thei 19

e Om. ou. h him ou. k Go GOPQSUFWX. 1 eutreth XY m Om. o. n

seended o. pr. m.
'
go je
leprose men ou.
AMNOPQSurw. o x, P reyse AGMNOSUFWXY. <1
r castith G.YV. s feendes
precheth
ovw. t nether ou. u nether ou. v twei NOFW. w a x worth 7 mede o.
jerde ou. rpr.m.
z ether ou. a axe AMNVW. axe b
dwellith GXY. c to GXY. d Om. GOUX.
je ou. asketh o.
h Om.
e the ou. f
greeteth GSXY. S or saletv AMNPP. or salu QW. or salutith GSY. Om. oux.
y y
G pr. m. i
that G pr. m. PQXY. thilk ous. k ne x. l
oute ou. m ether ou. n
smyte AMNOVVW.
of v. P of Gomor ou. 1 that ilke AG sec. m. MNrw. thilk osu. r Om.
AGNOpqsurwx Y. s myddes s.
* Om. x. u
prudent ether wise ou. v culueres ou. w Sothely o. x
meyres, or presidenles AUXVW.
presidentis, and meyris G. Justices ou. presidentis A'. y to hethen ow. to the hethen u.

in c. P heuene A pr. m. ne s. r ne s. s til that c. * c. n this K. v ne i.

w forth
greetith
fro c. x Om. K/3.
 X. 20 3 MATTHEW. 25

'or bitraie*, jou, nyl 30 thenke, how ora take x

nyle 36 thenke , hou or what
3011,
b c
what thing 3ee speeken , forsothe" it shal 1

thing 36 schulen speke, for it shal be

be 3ouen to 3ou in that hour, what 36 shuln 3ouun 'to 3ou? in that our, what 30 schulen
2ospeke; for it ben nat 36 that speken, but speke; for it ben not 36 that speken, 20
the spirit of 3oure fadir, that spekith in but the spirit of 3oure fadir, that spekith
6 f
2i3ou. Sothely the brother shal take the in 3ou. 'And the brother 2 shal take* 21
brother in to deth, and the fadir the sone, the brother in to deeth, and the fader
and the sonys shulen ryse a3eins h fadir the sone, and sones b schulen rise a3ens
and modir, and shulen tourmente hem hi 1 fadir and modir, and schulen c turinente
k And
22 deth. And 1
30 shulen be in hate to alle hem bi deeth. 36 schulen be in hate 22
men, for my name ; forsothe he that shall to alle men for my name ; but he that
'dwelle stille in to" the eende, this shal be shall dwelle stille d in to the ende, shal
23saaf. Sothely whenne thei shulen pur- be saaf e . And whanne thei pursuen23
f
sue 3ou in this citee, 'flee 36? 'in to q an 3ou in this citee, fle 30 in to anothir.
Trewly I saye to 3ou, 36 shulen nat
other. Treuli Y
seie to 3011, 36 schulen not ende

eende the citees of Yrael, til r that 8 mannes the citees of Israel, tofor& that 11
mannus
24 sone cume. The disciple is nat aboue the 1 sone come. The disciple is not aboue 24
u v
maistre, ne the seruaunt aboue his lord ; the maistir, ne the seruaunt aboue hys
25 it is ynow to the disciple, "that he
w be as lord it is ynow3 to the disciple, that he 25
;

his maistre, and to x the seruaunt as his be as his maistir, and to the seruaunt
lord. ban? clepid the 'husbonde
3if thei as his lord. If thei ban clepid the hose-
man , 'or the fadir of meynee*, Belzebub,
z
bonde man Belsabub, hou myche more
hou myche more his housholde meynee ? his houshold meyne ? Therfor drede 36 26
2eTherfore drede 36 nat hem; for no thing is not hem ; for no thing is hid, that schal
couerid, 'or hid b that shal nat be shewid
, ;
not be shewid ; and no thing is priuey,
c
and no thing preuy, that shal nat be
is that schal not be wist. That thing that 27

27 wist.
d
That thing that say to 3ou in Y Y seie to 3ou in derknessis, seie 36 in
e
dercnessis, saye 3ee in the Ii5t; and preche the 1 Ii3t ; and preche 36 on housis, that
h k
thing that 36 heeren in the ere. And
f
30 vpon housis", that thing that 3ee heere 28

28 in ere'. And nyl 36 dreede hern that sleen nyle 36 drede hem that sleeu the bodi ;
the body ; trewly thei mowen nat slea the for thei moun not sle the soule ; but
soule; bot rather dreede 36 hym,that may rather drede 36 hym, that mai lese bothe
aolese soule k and body in to helle. Whether 1
soule and bodi in to helle. Whether 20 1

"
twey sparwis ben not sold for an hal-
1
twei m sparewis ben not seeld for an
peny? and oon of hem shal nat falle" on halpeny? and oon of hem shal not falle
so the? erthe withouten 3oure fadir. For- on the erthe with outen 3oure fadir.
sothe alle the heeris of 3oure heued' be 1
'And alle the heeris" of 3oure heed ben so
sinoumbrid. Therfore nyle 36 drede; 36 ben noumbrid. Therfor nyle 36 drede 36 ;

32 better than
many sparwis. Therfore euery
r
ben betere than many sparewis. Therfor si
man that shal knowleche me before men, euery man that schal knouleche me bi-
and 8 I shal knowleche hym byfore my fore men, Y shal knouleche hym bifor
b Om. ou. d for ou. e Forsothe ou. { a ou.
a ether ou.
speke NOU.
c schulen
zOm. OQUX.
S Om. opr. m. OPUWX. h in to ther o sec. m. sup. ras. > to o. k intoupr. m. l hatered ou. >
contynue
ou. n vnto NP. til in to outrxv. Om. A sec. m. MOW. he this pr. m. Om. w sec. m. P fleeth GXY. w
i til o. r to G. 8 Om. ou. * his N. >'
nether ou. v is aboue ou. w to G. x Om. ou. 7 haf o.
a b ether hid ou. Om. x. c whiche our sec. m. d This our sec. m.
* fader of meynee x. Om.
oux.
x h this our sec. m. '
the eere our sec. m. k bothe
e Om. novr sec. m. f on our sec. m. . S rooues p.
soule our sec. m. '
Wher ou. ln two GMPUXY. n
fayle o. apon o. P Om. our sec. m. <1 heed PU
et r passim, w. hed o_x.
" eche NOW sec. m. x. s Om. x.

z a bitake Rshi. b the sones c. c thti

* bithenke A pr. m. J Om. R pr. m. The broth, forsothe i.
d h Om. hi. '
Om. c. k Om.
schul i. Om. s. e maad saaf s pr. m. * in to KS. ? bifore K. li.

'
Wher s e. 1' the soule H. m two Njh et i passim.
n Alle the heeris forsothe i.
passim,
E
 MATTHEW. X. 33 XI. 4-

3:5 fadir that is in heuenes. Sothely' he that my fadir that is in heuenes. But he 33
shal denye me bifore men, and I shall deni3e that shal denye me bifor men, and P I

hym before fadir whiche u is in he-

my shal denye him bifor my fadir that is

34uenes. v
Nyl }ee deme, that I cam
w to in heuenes. Nile 36 deme, that Y cam 34
sende pees in to erthe* ; I cam not to sende to sende pees in to erthe ; cam not to Y
35
pees 'in to erthe?, but swerd. Sothely
z
Y sende pees, but swerd. For cam toss Y
cam to departe a man ajeins his fadir, and departe a man a3ens his fadir, and the
the doi^ter a3einys hire modir, and the dou3tir a3ens hiri modir, and the sones
x
a b
sonys wyf a3eins the wyues, or hus- wijf a3ens the housbondis modir; and these
man enemyes of a man ben 'thei, that ben""
r
36 bondis, modir ; and the enmyes of ae
37 ben d
his homly meynee. He that loueth homeli with him. He that loueth fadir 37

fadir e
or modir more than me, is nat Vor- or modir more than me, is not worthi to s
thi of me
f
. And he that loueth sone or? me. And he that loueth sone or dorter
b me. ouerss me, is not worthi to me. Andsu
dou3ter ouer me, is nat worthi qf
38 And he that takith nat his crosse, and he that takith not his croos, and sueth
39 sueth me, 1
is not worthi of me. He that me, is not worthi to me. He that fynd-3

fyndith his soule, that is, temporal* lyf

}
, ith his lijf,
shal lose it ; and 1 he that
shal leese it; and he that lesith his
soule, lesith his lijf for me, shal fynde it. Heu 4
4o'that is, lif, for me, shal fynde it. He that resseyueth 3ou, resseyueth me ; and
that resseyueth 3ou, resceyueth me ; and he that resseyueth me, resseyueth hym
he that resceyueth me, resceyueth hym that that sente me. He that resseyueth a pro- 41

41 sente me. And

he that resceyueth a pro- phete in the name of a prophete, shal
phete in the name of a prophete, shal take the mede of a prophete. And he
take!' the mede of a prophete. And he that that resseyueth a iust man in the name
resceyueth a iust man in thei name of a of a iust man, schal v take the mede of a
man. And who euer 3yueth drynke 42
"

iust man, shal take the meede of a

1
iust iust
42 man. And who
euer 3iueth drynke to oon to oon of these leeste a cuppe of coolde
of these leste a cuppe of cold water oonly watir oonli in the name of a disciple,
in the name of a disciple, trewly I saye to treuli Y seie to 3ou, he shal not leese his
3ou, he shal nat leese his mede. mede.

CAP. XI. CAP. XI.

1 And it is
rr
don, when Jhesus hadde eend- And it was doon, whanne Jhesus badde i

id, he, comaundynge to his twelue disciplis, endid, he comaundide to hise twelue dis-
v

passide fro thennes for 8 to preche and ciplis, and passide fro thennus to teche
2 teche 1 in the citees of hem. Forsothe when and preche in the citees of hem. But 2
Joon in boondis hadde herd the werkis of whanne Joon in boondis hadde herd the
werkis of Crist, he sente w tweyne x of
v

Crist, he, sendynge two or three" of his

3
disciplis, seide v to hym, Art thou he w that hise disciplis, and seide to him, 'Arts
x
art to cummynge , oi-y we z abiden a an thouy he that schal come, or we abiden
4 other ? And Jhesus answerynge, seide to another ? And Jhesus answeride, and 4

4 But ur m. n that T for vr " come u * the erthe

urpr. m. w.
sec. GMQSVXY. sec. m. passim.
Om. our sec. m. x. in to the citee v pr. m. w. z For our sec. m. a her PQ. b Om. opqur sec. m. x.
c Om. v. d Om. e ether r sec. m. f me wrthi x. h Om. x.
x. S ether our sec. m. sueth not u. '

k Om. our sec. m. m lijf our sec. m.

1 lif
for me Q. B that
is, his lijf GMPY. Om. our sec. m. x.
Om. our. p
resseyue w. s Om. x. r
resseyue w.
" was Aoour sec. m. s Om. osur sec. m. x.
'
teche and preche punv.
tweyne jNoqvrw. two GPMSXY. v and thei seiden o. w Om. ovrsec.m.
* come GNPQSXY. y ether our * Om. r sec. m.
sec. m.
byde o. abiden wee ur sec. m.

P Om. c. q the c. r aren s. T Om. Q. s of Q. ss more than c. * Om. c. u And he KS.

v he schal *
i. sente to s pr. m. two Qe. 7 Artou s.
 XI. 5 1 MATTHEW. 27

hem, 3ee goynge telle b a3ein toJoon the c seide 'to hem z Go
and telle* a3en to
, 36,
d
thingis that je ban herde and seen. Joon tho thingis that 36 ban herd and
aBlynde men seen, crokid men wandren 6 , seyn. Blynde men seen, crokid men goon, 5
mesels ben maad clene, deef men heeren, meselis ben maad clene, deefe men heren,
dead men risen a}ein, pore men ben 'taken deed men
rysen a3en, pore men ben takun
to prechynge of f the gospel, or ben? ^maad to 'prechyng of b the And he is 6
gospel.
6 keepers of the gospel**. And he is blessid, blessid, that shal not be sclaundrid in
7 that shal nat be sclaundrid in me. Sothely me. And whanne
weren goon awei, 7 thei
hem goynge awey, Jhesus biganne
1
for k to Jhesus bigan to seie of Joon to the pu-
seye of Joon to the cumpanyes, What ple, What thing wenten 36 out in to
thing wenten je out for to see
1
in m de- desert to c
se ? a reed wawed with the d
sert n ? whether a reede wawid withP wynd ? Or what thing wenten 36 out toe s
s wynd ? But what thing wente 36 out 1 see ? a man clothid with softe clothis ?
for r to seen ? whether a man clothid 3 with Lo! that ben clothid with softe
thei
soft thingis* ? Loo thei that ben clothid"
! ben in the f housis of kyngis. But a
clothis
with softe thingis ben in housis v of kyngis. what thing wenten 36 out to se ? a pro-
w
9 But what thing wenten 30 out for to se ? phete ? 3he, Y
seie to 3ou, and more
whether a prophete ? %e, I seie to 3ou, than a prophete. For this is he, ofio
10 and more than a prophete. For this is he, whom it is writun, Lo sende myn ! Y
of whom
it is writyn, Loo I sende !
myne aungel bifor thi face, that shal make
aungel before thi face, that x shal
make redi thi weye bifor thee. Treuli Y seie 1 1

1 1
redy thi wey bifore thee. Trewly I say to 3ou 3 ther roos noon more than Joon
to 3ou, 'ther roose noon more? than Joon Baptist among the children of wymmen;
Baptist amonge children of wommen
z
; for- but he that is lesse in the kyngdom of
a
sothe he that is lesse in the kyngdam of heuenes, more than he. And fro the
is 12

12 heuenes, is more than he. Sothely fro the daies of Joon Baptist til now the kyng-

days of Joon Baptist til now the kyngdam dom of heuenes suffrith violence, and
b
of heuenes suffreth strengthe ,
'or vio- violent men rauyschen it. For alle pro- 13

\3lence and violent men rauyshen it. For

c
, phetis and the lawe 'til to Joon pro-
d
alle
6 f
prophetis and the lawe til Joon Bap- phecieden and if 36 wolen resseyue, he u
;

14 tist& prophecieden ; and 3if 36 wolen res- is Elie that is to come. He that hath is

io seyuen, he is Ely that is to cume '.

1
He that eris of heryng, here he. But to whom is
ic hath eeris of heerynge, heere he'. But to schal Y gesse this generacioun lijk ? It
h
whom shal I gesse this generacioun lichy k ? is lijk to children sittynge in chepyng,
It is lichi k to children sittynge in cheep- that' crien to her peeris, and seien, Wei7

ynge
1
, the ra whiche, cryinge to her peeris, ban songun to 3ou, and 36 ban not daun-
17 seien, We ban sungen to 3011, and 30 ban sid we ban morned to 3ou, and 36 ban
;

nat lippid" ; we ban mourned to 3ou, and not weilid. For Joon cam nether etynge is

i83e ban nat weilid. Sothely Joon cam nei- ne drynkynge, and thei seien, He hath
ther etyinge ne drynkynge, and thei seien, a deuel. The sone of man cam etynge 19

XY. c tho AGMNopQsurwxv. d whiche ur sec. m. e gon ou. goon v sec. m. { Om.Gpr.m.
b telleth
'g Om. ou. preched x. h Om. x. '
thei u. k Om. our sec. m. x. '
in to desert for ur sec. m.
into desert x. m in to G pr. m. o. Om. r sec. m. x. n Om. r sec. m. x. wayued o. P with the NOV.
q oute in to deserte o. r Om. x. ci a d x . t
C l 00 thingis rpr. m. u clad x. v the houses our.
w Om. x. * whiche our sec. m. y none roose
gretter our sec. m.
z the sones our sec. m. a the lesse

or sec. m. the leste u. b violence ou. c Om. GOU. d the profetis vw pr. m. e in o. f til to AG sec.m.

MNOSursec. m. w. g Om. our sec.m. h

comynge our.
' r sec.m. k
lyche GXY. lyke osur. Om
1
a chepynge GPXY. m Om. our sec. m. n lippid, or daunsid MP. daunsid Q. lopen s. lept x. nether
our sec. m.

2 Om. a telle b c d Om. e for to c. f Om.

K. je c. preche c. the preching of s. for to c. AQC.
et a. g vnto i. til KO. h in the i. '
and c.
plures
E 2
 MATTHEW. XI. 19 30.

19 He hath a deuelP. The sone of man came and drynkynge, and thei seien, Lo a !

etynge and drynkyngei, and thei seyen, man a' glotoun, and a drinkere of wijne,
v
Loo! a man deuourer, or glotoun*, and 8 and a freend of pupplicans and of syn-
1
drynker of wyn, and frend of puplicanys ful men. And wisdom is iustified of her
and synful men. And wijsdam is iustified sones. Thanne Jhesus bigan toJ seye2o
29 of her" sonys. Thanne Jhesus began for" to repreef to citees, in whiche ful manye
seie repreue to citees, in whiche ful manye vertues of him weren doon, for thei diden
vertues of hym ben v don, for thei diden not penaunce. to thee Wo
Corosaym, 21 !

21 nat penaunce. Woo to thee Corozaym, ! woo to thee Bethsaida!

; for if the ver-
woo to thee Bethsaida ; for 3if thow ver- ! tues that ben doon in 3ou k hadden be
tues that ben don in 3011 hadden ben don doon in Tyre and Sidon, sumtyme thei
in Tyre and Sydon, sum tyme thei hadden hadden don penaunce in heyre and aische.
22 don penaunce in haire and asch Netheles x
. Netheles Y seie to 3ou, it 1 schal be lesse 22
xx
I say , it? shal be softer, or*
^lesse peyne*, peyne to Tire and Sidon in the dai
to Tyre and Sydon than to jou, in the day of doom, than to 3ou. And thou, Ca-23
23 of dome. And thou, Caphernaum, whe- farnaum, whethir thou schalt be arerid" 1

ther 11
heuen thou shalt be 'rerid
til in to vp in toheuene n ? Thou shalt go doun in
d
vp ? Thou shalt go doun til into helle.
c to helle. For if the vertues that ben don in
For 3if the vertues that ben don in thee, thee, hadden be don in Sodom, perauen-
v
hadden be don in Sodom e
, perauenture ture thei schulden haue dwellid in to nn
thei 'shulden han f dwellid til Vn to& this this dai. Netheles Y seie to 3ou, that to 24
24
day. Netheles Y saye to 3ou, for to the the lorid of Sodom schal be lesse peyne?
it
v

lond of Sodom it shal be softer, 'or lesse in the dai of doom, than to thee. In thilkei 25

peyne*
1
,
in the day of dome, than to thee. tyme
r
Jhesus answeride, and seide, Y
2:> In Hhe tyme Jhesus answerynge saide,
ilk' knowleche to thee, fadir, lord of heuene
I knowleche to thee, fadir, lord of heuen and of erthe, for thou hast hid these
k
and erthe , for thou hast hid these thingis thingis fro wijse men, and redi, and hast
v
fro wijse men and ware, or slee^ men and -
}
,
schewid 8 hem to litle children ; so, fadir, 20
20 hast shewid hem to litil men so, fadir, ; for so it was plesynge tofore ss thee. Alle 27
for whi" so it was 'plesynge tofore thee. thingis ben 3ouune to me of my fadir ;
27 Alle thingis ben taken? to me of my fadir; and no man knewe the sone, but the fa-
and no man knewei the sone, no but the dir, nethir ony mail knewe the fadir,

eny man knewe the fadir,

fadir, neither
r
but the sone, and to whom the sone
no but the sone, and to whom the sone wolde schewe. Alle 36 that traueilen, and 28
28 wolde 8 shewe. Alle 36 that traueilen, and ben chargid, come 1 to me, and Y schal
ben chargid, corne 1 to me, and I shal re- fulfille 3ou. Take 36 rny 3ok on 3ou, and 23
29 freshe, W fulfille", 3ou. Take 36 my 3oc lerne 36 of ine, for Y
am mylde arid
v w v

vpon 3ou, and lerne 3e of me, for I am meke in herte ; and 36 schulen fynde
v
x u
mylde and meeke in herte and 36 shulen ;
reste to 3oure soulis. For my 3ok isao
do reste in v For and v.
fynde 30111-6 soulis.
V
my 300 is softe, my charge Ii3t
1 a
'swete, orsofte , and my charge li3t, oreisy .

P feende ou. 1 Om. K. * Om. our sec. m. x. s Om. u Om. ovr

drynker GMPX.
* a tt ther K.
Q.
sec.m. x. v weren our. w theNOL7r. x askes
yispr. m. aske s sec.m. xxseyKtoyowAiiNoursec.m. 7 hou
it rsec. m. z ether b wher or. c d Om. o.
oferepass. rsec.m. Om.x. *esyer w. Om.x. raysed oursec. m.
e f haden our sec. m.
Sydon ou. S in to AGMHourx. h Om. our sec. m. x. ' that our sec. m. k of erthe N.
prudent oursec. m. war, or worldly sli^e men P. war x. m children u. n Om. our sec.m. " pleesunt to ou.
1

plesaunt bifore v sec. plesing bifor x. m P 3euen our sec. m. 1 knowith opur sec.m. r knoweth our sec.m.
8 wile x. t cometh GMPWXY. u Om. our sec. m. x. T on ovr sec. m. x. w lernith GY. lereth x. * of
QW. y z soft ovv sec. m. sweete x.
toAGUNopQSurwxY. a is
eysi oursec. m. is li$t or esy Q. li}t x.

1
Om. EKR. j for to Q. k thei R. 1
that it c. m rerid R. areisid b. n heuenes I.
nn til into Q.
men of Sodom c. P softer b. esier k. q that thilke h pr.m. that Hh sec.m. ik/3.
r our Kgh. *
jouun c.
6S bifore Q. l cometh D v is
my forsothe i. lijt EIKR.
i.
3.
 XII. i 14- MATTHEW. 29

CAP. XII. CAP. XII.

1 In that tyme Jhesus b wente by cornys In that tyme Jhesus wente bi comes i

on c the sabot day forsothe his disciplis, ; in the sabot

day and hise disciplis hun- ;

1
w
hungrynge, bigunnen to pluc eris of corn" , griden, and bigunnen to plucke the eris
2 and to e ete. Sothely Pharisees seeynge, of corn, and to ete. And Fariseis*, se-2
seiden to hyin, Loo thi disciplis don that f !
ynge, seiden to hym, Lo thi disciplis !

thing that is nat leeful tos hem to do in don that thing that is not leueful to hem
1'

3 sabothis'. And he seide to hem, Whether k to do in And he seide to hem, 3

sabatis.

36 rad, what Dauith didde, when

ban nat Whether? 36 han not red, what Dauid
he hungride, and thei that weren with dide, whanrie he hungride, and thei that
4
hym ? hou he entride in to the hous of God, weren with hym? hou he entride in to the 4
and ete loouis of proposicioun, ^orputtynge
1
hous of God, and eet looues of proposi-
z
forth, the" whiche loouis was? nat leeful cioun, whiche looues it was not leueful
to hym to eet, nether to hem that weren to hym to ete, nether to hem that weren
5 with hym, no but to prestis only i ? 'Or with hym, but to prestis aloone ? Or a
"

whether 36 ban nat rad in the lawe, for in

1
whether" 36 han not red in the lawe, that
sabothis 8 prestis in the temple defoulen the in sabotis b prestis in the temple defoulen

sabothis, and thei ben with outen grete the sabotis, and thei ben with oute blame?
e synne* Sothely" Y saye to 3ou, for this
? v And Y seie to 3ou, that here is a d grettere

7 is more than the temple. Forsothe 3if 30 than the temple. And if 36 wisten, what?
wisten, what it is, I wole"' mercy, and nat it is, Y wole merci, and not sacrifice,
36
x
sacrifice, 36 shulden neuer ban ? con- schulden neuer haue condempned inno-
8 dempnyd innocentis. Trewly
z
mannys centis. For manmis Sone is lord, 3he, of
V
ssone is, 3he, lord" of the sabot. And the sabat. And whanne he passide fro 9
b
whenne he passide thennus , he came in to thennus, he cam in to the synagoge of
10 the synagoge of hem! And loo! a man hem. And lo a man that hadde a drye 10
!

hauynge a drye bond. And thei axiden hoond. And thei axideri hym, and seiden,
d
cc e
hym, sayinge 3if it is leeful to heele , Whether 6 it be leueful to hele in the
in the sabot ? that thei shulden acuse sabot? schulden f acuse hym.
that thei
11
hym. Sothely he seide to hem, Who shal And he seide to hem, What man of 301111
be a man of jou, that hath oo sheep, and schal* be, that hath scheep, and if it o'
1

falle in to a diche in the sabotis, whe-

f
douns in to a dike in the
3if it shal falle
1' 1

sabotis, whether he shal nat holde, and 1

ther 1' he shal not holde, and lifte it vp?
12 lift it
vp ? Hou moche more is a man
k v
How myche more is a man better than a 12

betre than a sheep ? 'And so it is leeful to 1

scheep ? Therfor it is leueful to do good

is do good in the sabot. Thanne he seide to in the sabatis.
1
Thanne he seide to the is

the man, Strecche forth thin bond. And man, Stretche forth thin hoond. And he
and it is m restorid to
v
he strei3te forth ; straivjte forth and it was restorid to
;

Mhelthe" as the" tother?. Forsothe Phari- heelthe as the tothir"

1
. And the Farisees 14

>>
that Jhesus o. c in ovv sec. m. d the
Novrsec. m. B Om. w pr. m.
corne u. e for to ou. { this

h for to AGXPW sec. ovv sec. m. m. '

the sabbates hou he N. m Om. ox. ether k Wher or sec. m. w. 1

seltyngeforthvrsec.ru.
n Om. ovr sec. m. o P it was AG sec. m. MNOsur. Om. osur sec. m. x.
" For-
1 alloone our sec. m. grime or synne r pr. m.
r Ether whar our sec. m. s the sabbates o. *

sothe o. " heer

OQsec. m. ursec. m. w sec. m. w will o. wile x. * haden ovr sec. m. y Om. our sec. m.
z Forsothe our sec. m. a lord also N. lorde, b fro thens our sec. m. c and seiden our
3ee our sec. m. w.
.lec.m. cc Wher or sec. m. Whether u. d be Q. e for to our sec. m. f this o. S Om. our sec. m.
h diche
OPQSWX. '
wher ovw. a. man is ur sec. m.
'
Also o. m was ou. n Om. or sec. m. v pr. m.
that ow. P othir wx.

w Om. * the Farisees Eika. y Wher e. zthe whiche i. a wher e. b the sabotis CQe.
KQseghi.
e defouliden b. d Om. CR pr. m. b. e Wher f wolden i. S schal ther i. h a EIC. '
the c.
plures.
^ wher plures. l
Om. CEghi. m oother i.
 30 MATTHEW. xii. 1529-

goynge out, maden a counsel a3eins

seesi wenten out, and maden a counsel a3ens
is
hym, hou thei shulden leese hym. Sothely hym, hou thei schulden distrie hym.
r
Jhesus witynge, wente awey thennes and ; And Jhesus knewe it, and wente awei v>

many sueden hym, and he helide hem fro thennus; and many sueden hym, and
icalle. And he comaundide to hem, that he helide hem alle. And he comaundide ie
v

thei shulden opyn, or

nat make hym to hem, that thei schulden not make hym
n knotven* ; that that thing shulde be ful- 1
knowun ; that that thing were fulfillid, 17

filled", that was said by Ysay, the pro- that was seid by Isaie, the prophete, sei-
is
phete, seyinge, my chosen v child,
Loo! ynge, Lo my child, whom
! Y haue is

Vhom I haue chosen, my derlyng w in , chosun, my derling, in whom it hath wel

whom it hath wel plesid to my soule; I plesid to my soule ;
Y shal put my spirit
shal putte my spirit on hym, and he shal on him, and he shal telle dom to hethen
19 telle dome He shal nat
to heithen men. men. He shal not stryue, ne crye, nethir 19
ony man shal here his voice in stretis. A 20
v

stryue, ne crye*,
nether eny man shal here
20 his voice in stretis. He shal nat breke to brisid rehed he shal not breke, and he

gidre a schaken? reed,

and he shal nat schal not quenche smokynge flax, til he
z
quenche smokynge flax, til that he cast caste out doom to victorie; and hethene2i
21 out dome to victorie ;
and hethen men men schulen hope in his name. Thanne 22
22 shulen hope in his name. Thanne a blynd a man blynde and doumbe, that hadde a
man and* doumb, hauynge a deuel b , was feend, was brou3t to hym ;
and he helide
hym, so that he spak, and say. And al23
c
offridvp to hym ; and he helide hym, so
23 that he spac, and say
d
And alle the e . the puple wondride, and seide, Whether"

cumpanyes wondreden, and saiden, Wher

f
this be the sone of Dauid ? But the Fa- 24
24 this bes the sone of Dauith? But the risees herden, and seiden, He this casteth

Pharisees, herynge
h
, seiden, He 1
this cast- not out feendis, but in Belsabub, prince
ith notj out feendis, no but in Belzabub, of feendis. And Jhesus, witynge her 25
k
25
prince of fendis Sothely Jhesus, witynge
.
thou3tis, seide to hem, Eche kingdom
her thou3tis, seide to hem, Eche kyngdam departid a3ens schal be desolatid 00 ,
it silf,
v

departid a3eins hym self 1 , shal be deso- and eche cite, or hous, departid a3ens it
lat
m ,
W discounfortid", and eche citee, or self, schal not stonde. And if Satanas26
hous, departid a3eins it? self, shal nat castith out Satanas, he is departid a3ens
2fistonde. And 3if Sathanas castithi out Sa- him silf; therfor hou schal his? kingdom
thanas, he is departid a3eins hym self; stonde ? And Y in Belsabub caste out 27
if

therfore hou shal his kyngdam stonde ? deuelisi, in Vhom 3oure sones casten
27 And 3if I in Belzabub cast out deuelis r , in ouf ? Therfor thei schulen be 3oure
whom, W whos mi^ts 3oure sonys casten, domes men. But if Y in the Spirit of God 28
8

out ? Therfore thei shulen ben 3oure caste out feendis, thanne the kyngdom of

2sdomys men. Forsothe 3if I in the Spirit God is comen in to 3ou. Ethir hou may 29
God ony man entre in to the hous of a stronge
l
of caste out fendis, therfore the
x N

kyngdam of God is cummen in to 3ou, or man, and take awey hise vesselis, but he
amonge 30^". Ether hou may eny man
v
bynde the stronge man, and thanne
1
29 first

1 the Pharysees GUW

sec. m. s knowen our sec. in.
r fro thennes open x.
l the our
ovv sec.m.
sec. m. u filled our sec.m. m. w sec. m. v w Om. o.
Om. our sec. x nether crie our sec.m.
* Om. our sec.
a and a u b feende our sec. m. c Om. our sec. m.
y schakid r. m. pr. m. wpr. m.
d
seije o.
e Om. AK
pr. m. MNOQsrw. { Whether sux. S is our sec. m. h this
herynge o. Om. ou '

j Om. K k deuelis w. '"deso-

v sec.m. pr. m. Ihysself^. hem silf N. hit silf our sec. m. it silf x.
n Om. our sec. m. x. ether ur sec. m. T fendes our sec. m. s or in
latid T. p him Q. <1 caste GX.

whose mi^t G sec. m. Om. our sec. m. x. l

thanne u sec. m. u
Om. our sec. m. x. v Othir GM.

n Wher cieb. Om. s. desolate K. P this AC. 1 fendis c. T whos myjt casten out joure
sones ia. s Om. c. * first he R.
 XII. 3 4<- MATTHEW. 31

entre in to the hous of a stronge man, and he schal spuyle his hous? He that is not so
take awey his vesselis, now but x first he shal with me, is a3ens me ; and he that ga-
bynde the stronge man, and than he shal derith not togidere with me, scaterith
so rauyshe his hous ? He that is nat with abrood. Therfor I seie to 3ou, al synne si
me, is a3einus me and he that gadrith nat
; and blasfemye shal be for3ouun to men,
v
si to gidre with me, scatrith abrood. Ther- but the spirit of blasfemye' shal not be
fore Y seye to 3011, al synne and blasfemye for3ouun. And who euere seith a word 32

shal be forjouen to men, but the ^spirit of a3ens mannus sone, shal be for3ouun
it

32blasfemyey shal nat be for3ouen. And who to him ; but who that seieth a word a3ens
euere shal seie a a3eins word mannys sone, the Hooli Goost, it shal not be
for3ouun
v N
it shal be for3ouen to hym ; forsothe he to hym, nether in this world, ne in the
that 2 shall seye a word a3eins the Holy tothir u Ethir make 36 the tree good, and 33
.

Goost, it shal nat be for3ouen to hym, ne- his fruyt good ; ether make 30 the tree
v
a b
ther in this world, ne in the tother .
yuel and his fruyt yuel ; for a tree is
33Ether c make 36 the tree good, and his knowun of the v fruyt. 3e generacioun w 34
fruyt good ;
etherd make 36 the tree yuel, of eddris x , hou moun 36 speke goode
and his fruyt euyl ; forsothe a tree is thingis, whanne 30 ben yuele ? For? the
plente of the herte. A ss
6
mouth spekith of a
34 knowen of the fruyt. 3 e generacioun of z

eddris, howe mowe 36 speke good thingis, good man bryngith forth good thingis
when 30 ben yuel ? Sothely the mouth of good tresoure, and an yuel man bring-
f h
spekith of the grete plente? of the herte. ith forth yuel thingis of yuel tresoure.
35 Agood man brengith forth good thingis And Y3011, that of euery idelse
seie to
of good tresoure, and an yuel man bryng- word, that men speken, thei schulen 3elde
sc ith forth yuel thingis of yuel tresour. For- resoun therof in the dai of doom for of 37 ;

sothe Y k
seie to 3ou, for whi' of euery ydel thi wordis thou schalt be Justified, and
word that men speken, thei shul 3elde re- of thi wordis thou shalt be dampned.
:*7soun therof in the day of dome ; for of thi Thanne summe of the scribis and b Fari-38
c d
wordis thou shalt be
1
Justified , and of thi sees answeriden to hym, and seiden,
ss wordis thou shalt be dampnyd. Thanne Mayster, we wolen se a tokne of thee.

answeride, and seide to hem, An

n
sume of the scribes and Pharisees an- Which 6 so

swereden to hym, seyinge , Maistre, we yuel kynrede and a spouse brekere sekith
39 woldenP se a tokne of thee. Thei whiche a tokene, and a tokene shal not be 3ouun
answerynge 'seith to hem, An iuel genera- but f the tokene of Jonas, the pro-
r
to it,

cioun and auoutrere 5 sekith a tokne, and phete. For as Jonas was in the worn be 40
tokne 1 shal nat be 3ouen to it, no but the of a whal thre daies and thre ny3tis, so
40 tokne of Jonas, the prophete. For as Jo- mannus sone shal be in the herte of the^
nas was u in the womb of a whall three erthe thre daies and thre ny3tis. Men-ii

days and three ni3tis, so manrius sone shal of Nynyue schulen rise in doom with this

be in the herte of thev erthe three days generacioun, and schulen condempne it ;
1'

41 and three ni3tis. Men of Nynyue shal for thei diden penaunce in the prechyng

ryse in dome w with this generacioun, and of Jonas, and lo ! here a 1

gretter than

w not o. Om. x. * hut if x. J blasphemy of the Spirite ovy sec. m. sup. ras. w * if a man our.
a nether or sec. m. b that othir GW. the other x. c Or x. d or x. e his o. f Om. w pr. m.
S habundaunce our sec. m.
h
Om. r. * Om.
our sec. m. k our sec. m. x. 1
yche word G. m con-
o. n and of the N. and seiden our sec. m. P wil o. wolen w. wiln x. 1 Om. our sec. m.
dempned
T seide vn to o. seide to vv sec. m. s auoutresse ouvw sec. m. * a token
oqurw sec. m. u Om. G pr. m.
T Om. v sec. m. x. w thedome or sec. m.

w
generaciouns A sec. m. Rk.
1 u that othir CIQ. v his e. * neddris P.
blasfemye of the spirit Qe.
z the m. a Om. I. b and of s. c the Farisees CEQS.
addris Q. "y Forsothe /. plente CQC pr. egi.
d Om. s. e The whiche i. { uo but ek
pr. m. e Om. c. h thei schul i. >
Om.' A. is a c.
 32 MATTHEW. XII. 42 XIII. 3.

shulen x condempne it ; for thei diden pe- Jonas. The queene of the south shal rise 42
riaunce in the prechynge of Jonas, and in doom with this generacioun, and schal
42 loo here is^ more than Jonas. The queen
!
condempne it ;for she cam fro the eendis
of the south shal ryse in dome 2 with this of the erthe to here the wisdom of Sa-
generation, and shal condempne it ; for lomon, and lo here a gretter than Salo-
!

she came fro the eendis of the" erthe, forb mon. Whanne an vnclene spirit goith"43
to here the wisdam of Salomon, arid loo ! out fro a man, he goith bi drie places,
4sheere is more than Salomon. Forsothe 'and sekith rest, arid fyndith not. Thanne 44
whan an vnclene spirit 'shal go c out fro a he seith, Y
shal turne a3en in to myn

man, he goth by drye places, seekynge hous, fro whannys Y wente out. And he
d
44reste, and he fyndyth nat Thanne he . cometh, and fyndith it voide, and clensid
saith, I shal turne a3ein in to my hous, fro with besyms, and maad faire. Thanne 45
whennys Y came e
he curnmynge out. And he goith, and takith with him seuene
fyndith it voide, clensid with bismes, and othere spiritis? worse than hym silf ; and
4,-> maad faire. Thanne he goth, and takith thei entren, and dwellen there. And the
seuen other spiritis with hym, worse than laste thingis of that man ben maad worse
hym self; and thei entrynge yn' dwellen than the formere. So it shal be to this
there. And the last thingis of that man worste generacioun. 3it whil he spak to *6
ben maad worse than the former. So it the puple, lo his modir and his brethe-
!

shal be and& to this worst generacioun. ren stoden 1 with outeforth, sekynge to
v

hym. And a man seide to <7

r
46 3it hym spekynge to the cumpanyes of speke to
h
peple , loo his modir and his bretheren
!
hym, Lo ! thi modir and thi britheren
stoden' with outeforth, seekyng for k to stonden with outeforth, sekynge thee. -

47speke to hym.
1

Sothely sum man saide to He 6

answeride to the man, that spak to4
hym, Loo ! thi modir and thi brethren hym, and seide, Who
my modir ? and
is

48 stonden with outforth, seekynge thee. And who ben my britheren ? And he helde 49
he m , answerynge to the man seiynge to forth his hoond in to hise disciplis, and
hym, seith", Who is my modir? and who seide, Lo my modir and my bretheren
!
;

49 ben my brethren ? And he holdynge forth for who euer doith the wille of my fadir 50
hond in to his disciples, seide, Loo
his ! that is in heuenes, he is my brothir, and
v

oomy modir and my bretheren; treuly who- sistir, and modir.

euer doth the wil of my fadir that is in
heuenes, he Ms my brother, susterP, and
modir.
CAP. XIII. CAP. XIII.
1 In that day Jhesus goynge out of the In that dai Jhesus jede out of the i
2 hous, sat besidis the see. And manye hous, and sat bisidis the see. And myche2
v
r
cumpanyes of peplei ben gedrid to hym, puple was gaderid to hym, so that he
so that he steyinge vp s in to a boot sat ; wente up in to a boot, and sat ; and al
and al the cumpanye stode in the brynke. the puple stood on the brenke. And he 3
3 And hem many thingis in pa-
he spak to spac to hem many thingis in parablis,
rablis, seiynge, Loo he that sowith, goth 1
! and seide, Lo he that sowith, 3ede* out !

* thei slmlen K sec. m. y Om. G pr. m. QX. z the dome or sec. m. a Om. o. b Om. x. c is
goon o.
hath gon sec. m. ww d noon N. e went our. { in
N. Om. our sec. m. S alsso or sec. m. h of the
peple G. Om. our sec. m.
'
stonden p. k Om. our sec. m. x. wit o. with x. m Oui. x. "-i<1o
seide '

our sec. m. he seith x. whoeuere truly G. P and sister Atifipr 1 Om. vr sec. m. r weren
pr. m. w.
ovvwsec. m. s Om. ursec. m. t - e de ourwsec. m.

'" Om. K pr. m.

n hath
goon s sup. ras. sekinge K. P Om. e. 1 stonden cc. with EIQ sec. m. a
ika,3.
s And he QS sup. ras. '
wente K.
 XIII. 4 1 6- MATTHEW. 33

4 out to sowe his seed. And the while he to sowe his seed. And while he sowith,4
soweth, sum felden" byside the weye, and summe seedis felden bisidis the weie, and
briddis of the eyre camen, and eeten hem. briddis of the eir camen, and eeten hem".
v But
sSothely other seedis felden into stoony -othere seedis felden in to stony 6
placis, wher thei hadden nat moche erthe ; places, where thei hadden not myche
and anoon thei ben w sprungen vp, for x thei erthe and anoon thei sprongen vp, for
;

fihadde nat depnesse of erthe. Sothely the thei hadden not depnesse of erthe v But .

sunne sprung vp, thei swalideny, 'or bren- whanne the sonne was risun, thei swa-
den for hete z and for thei hadden nat a , liden, and for thei hadden not roote, thei
7 roote, thei drieden vp. Forsothe other drieden vp. And other seedis felden?
seedis* felden thornis and the amonge ;
c
among thornes ; and thornes w woxen x vp,
thornis vp, and wexen d
strangliden hem. and strangeleden hem. But othere seedis n
n But other seedis* felden in to felden in to good lond, and 3auen fruyt
good lond, ;

and 3auen fruyt sume an hundred fold f ; , summe an hundrid foold, an othir sixti
'another^ sexti fold, another 11 thritti fold. foold, an othir He that hath 9
thritti foold.
9 He that hath eris of heerynge, heere he'. eris of heryng, here he. And the disci- 10
10 And disciplis k "cummynge to 1
seiden to plis camen ny3, and seiden to him, Whi

hym, Whi spekist thou in parablis to spekist thou in parablis to hem ? And he 11
11 hem ? The'" whiche answerynge seith" to" answeride, and seide to hem, 'For to 3ou>"
hem, For to 3ou 3ouen for? to knowe it is 3ouun to knowe the
it is priuytees of the
thei mysterie r , W priuyte*, of the kyng- kyngdom of heuenes
not 3ouun ; but it is

dam of heuenes ; but it is nat 3ouen to hem. to hem. For it shal be 3ouun to hym that 12

12 For it shal be 3ouen to hym that hath, and hath, and he shal haue plente ; but if a
he shal have plentee ; trewly Vho that 4 man hath not, also that thing that he
hath u nat, that v thing that he is seen w 'to
v
hath shal be takun awei fro hym. Ther-i3
13 haue x shal be taken awey fro hym. Therfore for Y speke to hem in parablis, for thei
I speke to hem in parablis, for thei seynge seen not, and thei herynge heren
seeynge
see nat, and thei heerynge heeren nat, nether not, nether vndurstonden that the pro-u ;

v
2
14 vndirstonden ; that the prophecie of Ysay phesie of Ysaie 'seiynge be fulfillid in
a b
seiynge^ be fulfillid in hem , With heer- hem With heryng 36 schulen here, and
z a
,

ynge 36 shulen heere, and 3ee shulen nat 36 shulen not vndurstonde ; and 36 seynge
vnderstonde 3ee seeynge shulen see,
; and schulen se, and 36 shulen not se ; for the is

is and 366 shulen nat see; for the herte of herte of this puple is greetli fattid, and
this peple is enfattid b , and c thei herden thei herden heuyli with eeris, and thei

greuously with eris, and thei ban closid han closed her i3en, lest sumtime thei
her ee3en, that 1
sum tyme thei see with seen with i3en, and with eeris heeren,

ee3en, and with eris heeren, and vndir- and vndirstonden in herte, and thei c be
stonden in herte, and thei ben \o gidre conuertid, and Y heele hem. But 3oure IB
6
16 turned and I heele hem.
, Forsothe i3en that seen ben blesside, and 3oure
3oure ee3en that seen ben blessid, and eeris that heren. Forsothe Y seie to 17

u felle o. fellen x. v Om. our sec. m.

wsec. m. x. w Om. our. x Om. w. y welowiden u. z Om.
our sec. m. x. a none o. b Om. oux. c Om. our sec. m.
pr. m.
d wexeden o. e Om. oux. f fold
w
fruyt r sec. m. ? and other K. and an other p. other x. h and othir G. and an other P. '
Om. ou
v pr. m. k the
disciples o.
1
nei3ynge our sec. m.
m Om. our sec. m. n seide our sec. m. vnto o.
lOm.o. priuytees vw sec. m.
P Om. ur sec. m. x. r misteries ou. * Om. oux. or t if a man our sec. m.

11
haue 017. v also that our tr sec. m. w semeth ou m. r. Om. sec. m. x hath u sec. m.
t; y Om. ou
pr.
b
gretly made fatt our sec.
r z rilled our sec. m. m.
tec. m. hym N. hem, that seieth our sec. m.
c Om. r. d lest oQsec. m. ur. that not x. e conuerted our sec. m. conuertid, eithere togidere turned
r pr. m.

u tho i.
v
grond s. w the thornes i. * wexiden EiKpRhik. y To 3ou forsothe i.
z be fulf. seiynge la.
a Om. ia. b that seith, With s sup. ras. cOm. Q pr. m.
VOL. IV. F
 34 MATTHEW. XIII. 17 27.

i73oure eris that heeren. Forsothe I saye 3ou, that manye profetis and iust men
3011?, for many prophetis and
f
trewthe to coueitiden to se tho thingis that 36 seen,
iuste men coueitiden h to see thoo thingus and . thei sayn not, and to heere tho
that 366 seen, and thei saien nat, and to' thingis that 36 heren, and thei herden
heeren thoo k thingis that 366 heeren, and not. Therfor here 36 the parable of the
i

iitthei herden nat. Therfore heere 36 the sowere. Ech d that herith the word ofi'J
v

parable of the sowynge man Eche that the rewme, and vndirstondith not, the
1
19 .

heerith the word of rewme m , and vndir- yuel spirit cometh, and rauyschith that
stondith n nat, the yuel spirit cometh, and that is sowun in his herte ; this it is,

rauyschith that" that is sowyn in hisP that sowun bisidis 6 the weie. But this 20
is

tfiat is sowun on the stony loond, this it

f
herte ;
this is that sowen besidis the
'
is

is, that herith the word of God, and anoon

"

Sothely he that is sowen on the

1
20
weye.
stoon 8 'this ,
it is*, that heerith the word of with ioye takith it. And he hath not 21
21 God, and anoon with ioye takith it. For- roote in hyrn silf, but is temporal. For ff

sothe' he hath nat v roote in hym self, but

1
whanne tribulacioun and persecucioun is
it"' istemporal ; ^that is, it* lastith hot? a maad for the word, anoon he is sclaun-
a
litiltyme*. Forsothe tribulacioun and per- drid. But he that is sowun in thornes, 22

secucioune maad b anoon he

for the word, is thiss that heerith the word, and the
1'

k
22 is sclaundrid. Bot c he that is sowen in bisynesse' of this world, and the fallace
thornys, is this that herith the word, and of ritchessis strangulith the word, and
the bysynesse of this world, and the fals- it is maad with outen fruyt. But he 23
nessis d
of ritchessis stranglith e
the word, that is sowun in to good loond, is this

23 and it is maad with outen fruyt. Bot he that herith the word, and vnderstondeth,
that is sowen in to
f
good lond, is this that and bryngith forth fruyt. And summe
herith the word, and vndirstondith", and makith an hundrid fold, treuli anothir

bryngthe forth fruyt. And sothely sume sixti fold, and another thritti fold. An- 24
parable Jhesus puttide" forth to
1
makith an hundrefold, treuly another six- othir 1

24tyfold, forsothe another thrittifold. An- hem, and seide, The kyngdom of heuenes
v
other parable Jhesus putte forth to
1' 5
hem k ,
is maad lijk to a man, that sewe good

seyinge, The kyngdam of heuenes is maad seed in his feld. And whanne men slepten, 2.%

liche to 1
a man, that sew m good seed in his his enemy cam, and sewe aboue taris in

2sfeeld. But", when men slepten, his enmye the rnyddil of whete, and wente awei.
v
came, and sew aboue dernelP, or cokil \ But whanne the erbe was growed", and 26
in the r midil 8 of whete*, and wente awey. made fruyt, thanne the taris apperiden.
2
Sothely when the herbe hadde growid", And the seruauntis of the hosebonde27
and maad v fruyt, thanne the dernel w , W man camen, and seiden to hym, Lord,
W co&il*, apperiden. Forsothe the seruauntis whether 6 hast thou not sowun good seed
v v
of the husbondernan comynge ^3^, seiden in thi feeld ? where of thanne hath it

f Om. trewly o.G. g 3011 truthe G. h coueiten u. '

for to our sec. m. k the p. '
sower our sec. m.
sowende x. m the rewme PVX. n vnderstant x. this our sec. m. P Om. N. q he that our sec. m.
r Forsothe our s in the
sec. m. * is this our
stony londe o. in stony lond u. on the stoony londe v.
sec.m. u For G
pr. m. x.
v
no P. w he our sec. m. Om. x. x that is, OQSU. J no but AV pr.m. Y pr.m.
nat but K pr.m. MNPQSTY sec. m. Om. our sec. m. z Gloss om. in x. a Forsothe while our sec. m. b is
maade our sec. m. c For u. d falsnesse AMNOPSTU
pr. m. rwxv. fallase u sec. m. e
stranglen A'.
f Om. o. g vnderstant x. h Thenne anothir G. k Om. w
puttide r sec. m. pr. m.
' 1
lichi A/IF, licchi
N. lichy p. m hath sowe our sec. m. n Forsothe ourw sec. m.
seeujh x. segh x. Ptarys^i. dernales
our. cockil x. 1 Om.^o. either cockil u. either cockles r sec.m. or cockils w sec. m. r Om. o, s
mydde
'
the whete x. u v nad made ou. w tares A. dernelis GMOPSVVWY. cock-
o.
myddis ur. growen x.
x Om. Aosursec. m. x. or
elis x. coklis GMNPV J neijinge our sec.m.
pr. m. trv.

c d Ech man Om. h Orn. c.

coueitinge s. Q. be siden s. { Om. R sec. m. ff it is R pr. m. e s.
1
bisinessis c. k the A.
pr.m.
'
And anothir c. m putte ia. n
growen KRUcghi^. wher c el alii passim.
 XIII. 28 36- MATTHEW. 35
7
to hym , Lord, wher a thou hast nat sowen taris ? And he seide to hem, An enemy 20
good seed in thi feeld ? wher of than b hath hath do this thing. And the seruauntis
28 it dernel e , fc
? W coM Arid he seith d to seiden to him/Wolt thou? thati we goon,
hem, The man enmye hath don this thing. and gaderen hem ? And he seide, Nay, 20
Trewly the seruauntis seiden to him, Wolt lestperauenture 30 in gaderynge taris
go, and gedren hem? And he
2!i thou we
e
drawen vp with hem the whete bi the
saith
f
Nay, lest perauenture 36 gedrynge
, roote. Suffre 36 hem bothe to r wexe in :o
v

dernelss, or coclis^, draw vp by the roote

8
repyng tyme; and
1
to in the
ripe tyme of
k
sotogidre' with hem and the whete. Suffre corne Y
shal seie to the reperis, First ga-
hem bothe wexe m til to
x
corne dere 36 to gidere the taris, and bynde hem
1

36 rype" ;

and in tyine of rypeP corn I shal seie to to gidere in knytchis to be brent, but
v
r 8
reperis*!, First gedre 366 to gedre dernels , gadere 36 whete" in to my berne. An- si
W u
cockili.^, and byndeth hem to gidre in other parable Jhesus puttide w forth to
v

v
knytchis , W
smale bundelis, for" to be hem, and seide, The kyngdom of heuenes
brent, but gedere 30 whete^ in to my berne. is lijk to a corn of seneuey, which a man
si An other parable Jhesusz putte a forth to took, and sewe in his feeld. Which is 32
hem, seiynge, The kyngdam of heuenes is the x leeste of alle seedis, but whanne it

like to a corn of seneuey, the b whiche a hath z

woxen, it'? is the moste of alle
y

3-2 man
c
takynge sewe in his feeld. The
1
wortis, and is maad a tre; so that briddis
whiche trewly 6 is leest f of alle seedis, but of the eir comen, and dwellen in the
when it hath wexen, it is most& of alle bowis therof. Another parable Jhesus m
wortis, and is maad a tree; so that 1'

spac to hern, The kyngdom of heuenes is

briddis of the eyre cummen, and dwellen
1

lijk to sour dou3, which

a
a womman
33 in
v

bowis, or brau)tchis k , therof. An 1

took, and hidde in thre mesuris of mele,
other parable ^Jhesus spac to hem, The til it were alle sowrid. Jhesus spac alle 34

kyngdam of heuenes is lie to soure dow3, thes thingis in parablis to the puple, and
the" whiche taken, a wornman hidde in he spac not to hem with out parablis,
three mesuris of rneele, til it were al sowr- that it schulde be fulfillid, that is seid bi 35
:dowid. Jhesus spac alle these thingis in the prophete, seiynge, Y shal opene my
parablis to the cumpanyes of pepleP, and
v
mouth in parablis ;
Y shal telle out hid
he spac nat to hem with outen parablis, thingis fro the makyng of the world.
35 that iti shulde. be fulfillid r 'that
thing that
9
, Thanne he lefte the puple, and cam in 36
is seid by the prophete, seyinge, I shal to an hous ;
and hise disciplis camen to
v

opyn my mouth in parablis ;

I shal bolke him, and seiden, Expowne to vs the pa-
1
out, or telle oute 'hid thingus" fro rnak- , rable of b taris of the feeld. Which an- 3?
v
3f;yng of the world. Thanne the cumpa- sweride, and seide, He that sowith good

z to whether G et s passim vx passim.

a b therfore our sec. m. c tares A. der-
hym, seiden A-.
neles our fee. m. cockil QX. cc Om.
AOQSUV sec. m. x. d seide ovv sec. m. e that we u. f seide ou
rsec.m. S tarys A. darnel N. darnailes o. the darnels ur. cockelis x. h or cockil NQ. Om. osvy sec. m. x.
'
Om. our sec. m. k also our sec. m. l euer
either our sec. m. m to wexen sx. " the
rype our.
the tyme our. P the ripe o. Q the reperes o. r Om. our sec. m. 9 tares A. derneiles o. the dar-

nels ur. cockelis Jr. * Om. our sec. m. x. u v birthens our sec. m.
knycchyns w.
bynd x. bynde je os.
w Om. Aosursec. m. x. * Om. x. y the whete MOV. z he our sec. m. a
puttide ur sec.
m.
b Om. our sec. m. c taken N. d Om. our sec. m. e f the leest our. S the moost ou.
sothely pur.
h it is ur sec. m. * k the braunches oir. braunchis r sec. m. the bowis x. ' And he
the breddes o.
spake an o. He spake an ur sec. m.
m Om. our sec. m. n Om. ur sec. m. hidith N. P Om. our
s whiche our
tec.m. of the pe'ple w. q the thenge our sec. m. Om. w sec. m. x. r filled our sec. m.

sec. m. * telle out Hour sec. m. bowen

out, or tellen x. u 'hid G. T the our sec. m. x.
thingis makynge

P Woltow e. 1 Om. alii et o/3. ' Om. celeri et

aft.
s Om.
IRSO^. * the
ripe hi. the wheete KRX
sec. m. ft. v And anothir c. w putte Eio/3. "Om. c. Twasc. TSOm.Qpr.m. zQm. c. a the whiche I.
b of the ce. c The whiche i.

r 2
 36 MATTHEW. XIII. 3749.
w laft, he came into an hous and his seed is mannus sone the feeld is the 38
nyes ; ;

disciplis seiynge, Ex-

camen ni3 to hym, world ;
but the good seed, these ben <l

x z v 6
but f
of the these
poune to vs the parable? of dernelis , or sones kyngdom, taris,

37 cokelis*, of the feeld. The b whiche an- ben yuele children; the enemye that 39
swerynge saith , He that sowith good seed
17
sowith hem is the feend and the ripe ;

38 is marines sone ; sothely the feld is the corn is the endyng of the world, the re-
d Therfor as ben4o
world ; hot the good seed, these ben sonys peris ben aungels. taris

of the kyngdam 6 dernels

f

k
cocklis*, ,

v
,
W gaderid togidere, and ben brent in fier,
39 forsothe h these 1 ben yuel sonys ; but the so it shal be in the endyng of the world.

enmye that soweth hem is the feend ; but"

1 1
Mannus sone shal sende hise aungels, 41
the" ripe corn is the eendyng of the world, and thei schulen gadere ff fro his rewme
40 sothely the repers ben angelis. Therfore alle sclaundris?, and hem that doon wick-
as dernelsP ben gedrid to gidre, and brenf idnesse ; and thei schulen sende hem in 42
8
in fijr r , so it shal be in the eendyng of the to the chymney of fier, there shal be
41 world. Mannes sone shal sende his an- weping and betyng to gidere of teeth.

gels, and thei shulden gedre

of his rewme Thanne men schulen schyne as the 43
iuste
alle sclaundris, and hem that don wickid- sunne, in the rewme of her fadir. He
42 nesse ; and thei shulen sende hem into the that hath eeris of heryng, here he. The 44

chymney of fijr,
there shal be weepynge kyngdom of heuenes is lijk to tresour
43 and betynge togidre of teeth. Thanne hid in a feld, which h a man that fyndith,
men shulen shyine as the sunne, in the
iust hidith and for ioye~ of it he goith, and
;

rewme of her fadir. He that hath eris of sillith allethingis that he hath, and bieth
44
heerynge, heere he*. The kyngdame of thilk feeld. Eftsoone the kyngdom of 45
heuenes is lijk to tresour" hid in a v feeld, heuenes is lijk to a marchaunt, that sech-
the w whiche a man that fyndith, hidith ; ithgood margaritis but whanne he hath 46 ;
v
and for ioye he goth, and sellith of it x founduu o precious margarite, he wente,
alle thingis that he hath, and bieth "the ilk^ and selde alle thingis that he hadde, and
45 feeld. Eftsones z the kyngdam of heuenes bou3te it. Eft' the kyngdom of heuenes 47
is lie to a man marchaunt, seekyng good is a nette cast into the see, and
lijk toJ
40
margarytis
3
sothely oo preciouse marga-
;
that gaderith to gidere of al kynde k of
b
rite founden, he wente, and solde alle fisschiswhich whanne it was ful, thei 48
;
1

47 thingis that he hadde,and bou3te it. Eft drowen" vp, and seten bi the brenke, and
1

the kingdarn of heuenes is lie to a nette chesen" the goode in to her vessels, but
sent in to the see, and of alle kynd of fishis the yuel thei kesten out. So it schal be 49
4
gedrynge : the whiche whan it was ful- in the endyng P of the world. Aungels
fillid'
1
, men ledynge out, and sittynge by- schulen go out, and schulen^ departe yuel
sidis the cheesiden 6 the good into
brynke
d(1
, men fro the myddil of iuste men. Andao
her vessels, but thei senten f out the yuel. thei shulen sende hem in to the chymnei
49 So it shal be in the& eending of the world. of fier ;
ther shal be weping and grynt-

w
cotnpanyes of peple w pr. m.
* z tares
A. the darnelis s. the
Expowne them N. y
parablis N.
cockils wx. a Om. Aosursec. m. x. or darnels w. b Om. ovv sec. m. c seide our sec. m. d the sones

ovrsec.m.w. e rewme ovv sec. m. { tares A. forsothe darnailes our sec. m. cockelis x. g Om. AOSU
v sec. m. x. h Om. otiv sec. m. i
Om. G pr. m, k sones of the wicked ou pr. m. v sec. m. wickyd sones
u sec. m. 1
deuel our sec. m. m sothely our sec. m. n Om. ur. o forsothe ovv sec. m. P tares A.
cockelis x. q ben brent ourw sec. m. r the fire N. s Om. GMPIVXY. * Om. ursec. m. u a treesour o.
T Om. G
pr. m. the NU.
w Om. ovv sec. m. * ther of ovv sec. m. y that x. that ylk Y. z Efte our
a b dd
peerles our sec. m. fylled our sec. m.
c Om. our sec. m. d
iec.m. perle our sec. m. brynge K.
e chosen ux. I casten u sec, m. S Om.
opr. m.

d Om. e Om. K. gadere togidere ex sup. ras. S sclaun-

m. { ff
s sec. the sones CQR pr. m. sei.
dreris CK. h the whiche I. Eftsone c pr. m. K.
l
J Om. Q. k
kyndis c.
'
the whiche I. m drowen
it b. n chesiden CKC. castiden Kg. p ende K. q thei schul ichia.
 XIII. so XIV. 5. MATTHEW. 37

Angelis shulen gon out, and' shulen de-

1 1

yng of teeth. Han 36 vndirstonde alle&i

men the mydil k of iuste
parte yuel fro these thingis ? Thei r seien" to hyrn, 3he.
so men. And thei shulen sende 1
hem into He seith to hem, Therfor euery wise man 52
the chymney there shal be weep- of m of lawe in the of heuenes,
fijr ;
kyngdom is
i
ynge and betynge togidre of teeth. Han lijk toan hosebonde man, that bryngith
3ee vnderstonden alle these thingis ? Thei forth of his tresoure newe
thingis and
52seien to hym, 3he. He seith to hem, elde. And it was doon, whanne Jhesus 53
Therfore euery" wryter tau3t in the kyng- hadde endid these parablis, he passide fro
damP of heuenes, is lie to an husbonde thennus. And he' cam in to his cuntrei, 54

man, that bryngith forth of his tresour and tau3te hem in her synagogis, so that
ssnewe thingis and olde. And it is<i don, thei wondriden, and seiden, Fro whennus
whanne Jhesus hadde eendid these para- this "wisdam and vertues camen au to
54 bles, he
passide fro thennis. And he r
,
this v ? Whether 'is not this w the soness
cummynge in to his cuntree, tau3t hem in of a carpentere ? Whether his modir be
her synagogis, so that thei wondriden, and not seid Marie? and hise britheren, James,
Wherof to hym this wisdam and
seiden,
3
and Joseph, and x Symount, and Judas ?
55 vertues ? Wher* is nat this the sone of a and hise sistris, whether thei alle ben notso
v

'smyth, or carpenter* ? Wher his modir

v Fro whennus thanne alle
among us ?

be w nat seid Marie? and his brethren, thes thingis^ camen z to this"? And SOST
Jamys, and Joseph, and Symount, and" Ju- thei weren sclaundrid in hym. But
56 das? arid 'his sistris?, wherz thei 'alle ben Jhesus seide to hem, profete is not A
b
nata at vs ? Therfore wherof to hym alle with oute worschip , but in his owen
57 these thingis? And so thei weren sclaundrid cuntre, and in his owen hous. And he as
in Forsothe Jhesus seide to hem, A
hym. dide not there manye vertues, for the vn-
b
prophete is nat with outen wirshipe no , bileue of hem.
but in his owne c cuntree, and in his owne d
sshous. And
he dide nat there manye ver-
tues, for the vnbyleue of hem.

CAP. XIV. CAP. XIV.

i In that tyme e
Eroude 'tetrarcha, that In that tyme Eroude tetrarke, prynce i
of the fourthe part, herde the fame of
1
is prince of the fourthe part, herde the
,

^ fame of Jhesu ; and seide to his children, Jhesu and seide to hise children, This 2
;

This is Jon Baptist, heS hath risen fro is Joon Baptist, be is rysun fro deeth,
h
dead ,
and therfore vertues worchen in and therfor vertues worchen in hym.
3
hym. Forsothe Eroude helde Joon, and For Heroude hadde holde Joon, and 3
bounde hym, and k
putte' hirn in to prisoun bounde hym, and puttide c hym 'in tod
4 for Erodias, the wif of his brother. For prisoun for Herodias, the wijf of his
Joon saide to hym, It is nat leful to thee brothir. For Joon seide to him, It is not 4

for to haue hir.

1
And he willynge to" leueful to thee to haue hir. And he 5

h vr sec. m. Om.
caste u sec. m. m the fyr G. n eche ovr sec. m. x.
k
and myddes our.
'
thei o. 1

lame ou pr. m. v sec. m. techer of the lawe v sec. m. P rewme

writer, ether lecher of the [om. v sec. m.~\
our sec. m. 1 was our. r Om.x. s all this o. l Whethir G
MQSUX. u 01;. x.
passim carpenter smyth
v Whether PS wxv. w is our sec. m. * Om. KQ. y wher his sistres our sec. m. z Om. our sec. m. whe-
a ben not all our sec. m. b honour our sec. m. c Om. our sec. m. d Om. our sec. m. e
ther s x . tyme
that o. f was o. Om. u. S for he Q.
h dede men ou. putted ot;. k Om. G pr. m. Om. ovx. l

m o. n for to G sec. m. w m.
wilnynge pr.

1 And thei R pr. m. seiden npr. m.

s l
Om. A. u is this b. uu comen QB. v him this i. w this is

z Om. i. comen KQR. him this i. b onour

not i. x Om. c. y comen alle these thingis i. g.
i.
d in e m.
puttide putte ghi. pr.
 38 MATTHEW. XIV. 6 19.

6
slea hyin, drede the peple ;
for thei hadden willynge to hym, dredde the puple
sle ;

e hym as a prophete. Forsothe in the day of for thei hadden hym as a prophete. But e
Eroudis birthe, the doi^ter of Erodias in the dai ofHeroudis birthe, the dou3tir
leepteP in the mydil, and pleside toi of Herodias daunside f in the myddil, and
7Eroude. Wherfore with an ooth he by- pleside Heroude. Wherfor with an ooth 7
hi3te
r
for 8 to jeue to hir, what euer thinge he bihi3te to 3yue to hir, what euere
8 she hadde axid of hym. And she bifore thing she hadde& axid of hym. And she g
x
monestid*, or warnyd", of hir modir, seith, bifor warned of hir modir, seide, 3if
3eue thou to me hidir" the bed of Joon thou to me here the heed of Joon Baptist
9 Baptist in a dische. And the kyng was so- in a disch. And the kyng was sorewful, 9
w but for the ooth, and for hem that saten
rowful, but for the ooth, and" for hem that
seeten to gidre at the mete, he comaundide to gidere at the mete, he comaundide to
10 to be 3ouen. And he sente, and bihedidey be 3ouun. And he sente, and bihedide \ a
b
11 Joon in the
prisoun.
z
And his heed a
is Joon in the prisoun. And his heed was j i

d
brou3t to in a dische, and
c it
e
3ouen to
is brou3t in a dische, and it was 3ouun to

the whenche f and she bare ,

it to hir modir. the damysel, and she bar it to hir modir.
12 And his disciplis "cummynge to? token his And hise disciplis camen, and token his 12

body, and biryeden it ;

and thei cum- bodi, and birieden it ; and thei camen,
ismynge tolden to Jhesu. The h whiche and tolden to Jhesu. And whanne Jhe- ]3

he went sus hadde herd this thing, he wente fro

thing when Jhesus hadde herd,
k
fro thennus Mn to a boot, in to desert
1
thennus in a boot, in to h desert place bi-
1
place besidis. And whenne the cumpanyes sides'. And whanne the puple hadde
m hadden herd, thei folowiden" herd, thei folewiden on her feet fro
'of peple hym
uhyni and onP thei feet fro citees. And And
Jhesus 3ede out, and sai a u
r
citees.
8
Jhesus, goynge out, saw a greet multitude greet puple, and hadde reuthe on hem,
u v
andJ heelide the k sike men But
v
of peple*, and hadde rewthe of hem, and of hern. | ft

i5heelide the
w sike men of hem. whanne the euentid was com, hise disci-
1

Sothely
v

the x euenyngey maad, his disciplis camen plis camen to him, and seiden,
The place
desert, and the tyme is now passid lat
a
ni3
z
to him, seiynge ,
The place is desert, is ;

and the hour hath now passid ;

leeue thou b the puple go in to townes, to bye hem
v
c
the cumpanyes of peple , that thei, goynge mete. Jhesus seide to hem, Thei han lfi

ic in to castels,
bigge' meetis to hem. For- 1
not nede to go ; 3yue 36 hem sumwhat to

sothe Jhesus seide to hem, Thei han nat

e
ete.Thei answeriden, We han not heere, 17

neede to go 3eue 36 to f hem for# to ete.

;
but fyue looues and twei" fischis. And 1
18

n Thei answeriden, han nat here, no h We he seide to hem, Brynge 36 hem hidur to
lfi
but fiue looues and two' fishis. The k me. And whanne he hadde comaundid lu

whiche seith 1 to hem, Brynge 366 hem the puple to sitte to meete on the heye,
wliidir to me. And when he hadde eo- he took fyue looues arid twei fischis, and
maundid the cumpanye for" to sitte to he bihelde in to heuene, and blesside, and

o Om. K. P
lepe o. leep x. 1 Om. ov. hyjt GK pr. m. TV pr. m.
r Om. ovwx. '
motied A-.
u Ora. ovx. v heere N. w Om. KW pr. m. * Om. G
pr. m. J byheuedede o. hedede x.
2 Om. ov. a heued o. b was ouvw sec. m. c Om. v. ll
Om. o. e was our. f damisel ov.

S neijynge ou. h Om. ov. OPUXY.in GMPVXY.

'
places N.
m Om. ou. n suden
k a deserte
017. goynge 017.
vpon Om. Om.
r. G pr. m. w pr.P m. x. her our. ther PW sec. m.
G. 1
l Om. ou. u on AGMHOPQsrvrwxY. v and he u. w Om. * Om.
r
apr. m.
foote x. s
company ou.
y our. z ou. a and seideu ou. b thou now N. c Om. ou. d ou. bien
Gpr.m. euentyde nei3eden by
Q. bie sx. e no a
pr. m. ou.
{ Om. w sec. m. g Om. x. h
Om. w pr. m. tweye w.
k Om. ou. '

1
seide ou. m Om. o. Om. ovx. o to the v.
>

e dredede s. f ether tumblide K marg. e Om. CEI pr. m. phkpr. m. aj3. h to a ccji sec. m. k. bisidis
the see Q pr. m. J and he Q.
k Om. Q. '
Om. Q. "> two e et alii pass.
 XIV. 2C -33- MATTHEW. 39

mete on hayP, fyue looues and two^ fishis brak, and 3af to hise disciplis ; and the
taken, he byholdynge in to heuen, blesside, disciplis ymi'ii to the puple. And alle 20
and r brak, and 3aue s to his 4 disciplis ; eten, and weren fulfillid. And thei tooken
v
sothely the" disciplis 3auen to the cum- the relifs of brokun gobetis, twelue co-

aopanyes. And alle eeten, and weren ful- fyries ful. And the noumbre of men that 21
fillid"'. And thei token the relifis of broken eten was fyue thousynde of men, outakun
x
21 gobetis , twelue cofyns ful. Forsothe they wymmen and lytle children. And anoon 22
noumbre of men etynge was fyue thou- Jhesus compellide 1 the disciplis to go vp
sand of men, out taken wemmen and litel in to a boot, and go bifor hym ouer the
22 children. And anon Jhesus compellide 7-, see, while he lefte the puple. .And 2:1
v v
or comanndide*, the disciplis for b to go whanne the puple was left, he stiede
c d
vp in to a boot, and go bifore hym ouer
e
aloone in to an hil for to preie. But
the see, til that he lefte the cumpanyes. whanne euenyng was
the" come, he was
23 And the curnpanyes f left, he stei'3ide ff vp? there aloone. And the boot in the myd-24
in to an hill aloone for h to preye. Sothely del of the see was schoggid with wawis,
the euenyng maad, he was there aloone.1
for the wynd was contrarie to hem. But 25
k
the boot in the mydil see was the fourthe
wakyng of the ni3t, he
1
24
Sothely in
throwen with wawis, forsothe m the wynd cam hem walkynge aboue P thei see.
to
25 was contrarie". But in the fourthe wak- And thei, seynge hym walking on the2C 1
"

of the ni3t,
yng he came to hem walkynge see, weren disturblid 8 and seiden 1 That it , ,

2GaboueP the see. Audi thei, seeynge hym is" a fantum and for drede thei crieden.
;

walkynge aboue the see, weren distour- And anoon Jhesus spac to hem, and 27
blid r seyinge, For it is s a fantum
, and for ; seide, Haue 30 trust, Y
am ; nyle 36
27drede thei cryeden. And anoon Jhesus drede. And Petre answeride, and seide, 28
spac to hem, sayinge', Haue 36 trust, I Lord, if thou art, comaunde me to come
2Ham ; Sothely Petre an-
nyl 36 dreede. to thee on the watris. And he seide, 2

swerynge seide, Lord, 3if thou art, co- Come thou. And
Petre 3ede doun fro
maunde me to" cume to thee vpon v the the boot, and walkide on the watris to
29 watris. And he seith w Cume thou. And ,
come to Jhesu. But he sij the
wynd so
Petre goynge doun fro the bote, walkide strong, and was aferde ;
and whanne he
on the wateris for x to cume to Jhesu. bigan drenche, he criede, and seide,
to
v
so
Trewly wynde, was
he, seeynge a strong Lord, make mev saaf. And anoon Jhesus 3i
aferde' ; and whan he bygan for 2 to be helde forth his hoond, and took Petre,

drenchid, he cryede, seyinge, Lord, make and seide to hym, Thou of litil feith, whi
31 me saaf. And anoon Jhesus, holdynge hast thou doutid? And whanne he hadde 32
h
forth the a bond, cau3te
hym, and seith to stied in to the boot, the wynd ceessid.

hym, Thou of litil feith, whi hast thou And thei, that weren in the boot, camen, 33

32 doutid ? And whenne he hadde stied vp and worschipidenhym w and seiden.Verili, ,

33 in to the boot, the wynde cesside. Sothely thou art Goddis sone. And whanne thei 34
thei, that weren in the boot, camen, and hadden passid ouer the see, thei camen

P the hey AGMNOPSUVW. N passim w. " Om. ^GK sec. m. MHPSUFWY. s jaf looues ovrw
1 twei A el
sec. m. * Om. ovvw. u
Om. Om.
o. w filled ou. x gobetis or metis p. y Om. o. z constrey-
v. v

ned ou. comaundide Q sec. m. OQUX. b Om. oux. c steije ou. d to go ou. to gon x. e in to N.
& Om.
S Om. ou. h Om. oux. k Forsothe ou. l
companye AGMNOPsurxv. euentyde ou.
f {{ '
stei3 x. myd-
des Gsr. myddul of the N. middes of the OUY. myd x. m for ou. n contrarie to hem Q sec. m. contra-
P vpon N. 1 Om. ou. r disturbid x. s was u. * and seide ou. u for to^GAf
rious x. Sothely ou.
w seide ou. * Om. oux. z Om. oux, a his o. b seide ou.
NPVWY. v on osux. y drede ou.
c Om. ou.

1
comaundide A sec. m. m Om. KRS eghik sec. m. n Om. Q. euentijd KQ. P Om. Q. <i on the CQ.
r walke A pr. m. iQbce sec. vice ghik. s distrublid s. * u was BHC. v Om. c. w Om. R. pr. m.
seyn Q.
 40 MATTHEW. XIV. 34 XV. ii.

worshipiden hym, seyinge, Veryly, thou art in to the loond of Genesar. And whanne 35
34 Goddis sone. And whenne he had d pass- men of that place hadden knowe hym,
ide ouer the see, thei camen in to the lond thei senten in to al that cuntre ; and thei

35 of Genesar 6 And whenne men of that

.
brou3ten to hym alle that hadden sik-

place hadden knowen hym thei senten f

,
nessey. And thei preieden hym, that thei:;
into al thate cuntree ; and thei offriden 1'
to schulden touche the hemme of his cloth-
36 hym al' hauynge yuel. And thei preyiden ing; and who euere touchiden weren
k
hym that thei shuldeu
,
touche ether the 1
maad saaf.
v
hem of 'the clothing" of hym n 1
; and who
euer touchiden ben maad saaf.

CAP. XV. CAP. XV.

v
i Thanne scribis and Pharisees camen Thanne the scribis and the 7 Farisees -
1

2ni3i> to hym fro Jerusalem, seyinge, Whi* camen to hym fro Jerusalem, and seiden,
thi disciplis ouerpassen % W breken* , the Whi breken thi disciplis the tradiciouns 2
tradiciouns, W statutis*, of elder men ? for of eldere men? for thei waisschen not her
thei washen nat hondis 1
, whenne thei eten hondis, whanne thei eten breed. He an- 3
3 breed. Sothely he answerynge seith" to sweride, and seide to hem, Whi breken
v
w maundement 3 of God for 3<nire
hem, And v whi and 36 breken the maunde- 36 the
ment x of God for 3oure tradicioun? ? For tradicioun ? For God seide, Honoure thi 4
4whi z God seide, Honoure thi a fadir and fadir and thi modir, and he that cursith
thi b modir, and he that cursith fadir or
c
fadir or modir, die b bi deeth. But 36.5

modir, dye he by deth. But 36 seyn, Who Who euer seith

d bb
5 seien, to fadir or modir,
v
euere shal saye e to fadir f or^ modir, What What 3ifte is of me, it schal profite
euere
euere 3ifte is of me, it shal profile to thee ; to thee and he hath not worschipid his 6
;

G and he hath not worshipid' his k fadir or1

1'
fadir or his modir and 36 han maad the ;

modir ; and 36 han made the maunde- maundement d God

voide for 3oure tra-
of
ment n of God voide,idyl W
for 3oure ,
dicioun. Ypocritis, Isaie, the prophete, 7
7 tradicioun''. Ipocritis, Ysay, the prophete, prophesiede wel of 3ou, and seide, This 8
spropheciede wel of 3ou, seyingei, This puple honourith me with lippis, but her
peple honoureth me with lippis, forsothe herte is fer fro me and e thei worschipen 9
;

9 her herte r is fer fro me trewly thei wor-

; me 'with outen cause*, techynge the doc-
shipen me
with outen cause, techynge the trinesS and h maundementis of men. And 10
k
i<> doctrines and 8 maundernents of men. And whanne the puple weren 1

clepid to gidere
v v
the cumpanyes of peple 1 clepid to gidre" to hym, he seide to hem, Here 36, and
to hym, he seide to hem, Heere 3e
v
, and Vndurstonde 30' That m thing that en- n
.

11 vnderstonde w that" thing that entrith

. Nat trith in to the mouth, defoulith not a
in to the mouth, defoulith a man ; but man ; but that thing that cometh out of
that? thing that cummeth forth fro the the mouth, defoulith a man. Thanne 12

d Om. w. e Genazarezt ovv tec. m. f hem o. g the ov. h

broujten u sec. m.
i
all men ov. k to
him o. Om. 1
namely ou. other p. or x.
v. his clothe ou. his clothing pvw sec. in. Om. Gpr. m. m n
OVVWY. weren our. P neijedden ov. 1 passen ouer ANSW. breken ot;. r Om. ovx. s ether the

u seide ou. v Om. AGMNOS

techinges ovx. hondis NZ sec. m. the hondis w.
* theire hondis GXY. her

vvw. w whi breken and 56 G pr. m. whi breken je G sec. m. PXY. whi also breken 36 ou. x commaund-
ment ou. y tradiciouns o. z Om. ou. a Om. o. thou u. b Om. ou. c and x. d Om. ou.
e seieth ou. seie x. * the fadir G. h schal A sec. m. ovw sec. m.
S ether ou. worschipe A sec. m.
'

honour ou. k Om. u. 1

or his AMNSW sec. m. ether ou. m yniaad w. n commaundement ou.

Om. oux. v tradiciouns N. <J and seide ou. * Om. ou. u

r hertes o. s and the G.
tocpr. m.
v Om. o. w vnderstondeth ox. * this
ou, V this ou.

y sijknesses K. z Om. cbhik. a comaundement CBg0. b die he A pr. m. K. bb seien H. c Om. c.

d comaundement k pr. m. e vvithoute cause forsothe f Om. g doctryn b. b and the >
I. i. s.
puplis A.
k was CH. 1
vndirstondeth i. m That that hi.
 XV. 12 26. MATTHEW. 41

12 mouth, defoulith a man. Thanne his k hise disciplis camen, and seiden to hym,
disci plis 'cummynge m'3
1
seiden to hym, Thou knowist, that, if this word be herd,
Wost thou, that, this word herd, Phari- the Farisees ben sclaundrid ? And he is
13 sees ben sclauridrid ? And he answerynge answeride, and seide, Eueri plauntyng,
seith n ,
Euery plantynge, the? whiche my that my fadir of heuene hath not plaunt-
fadir of heuen hath nat plantid, shal be id, shal be drawun vp by the" roote. Suffre u
u draweri vp by Suffre 36 hem ; the roote. 3e hem ; thei ben blynde , and leederis of
x
theii ben blynde, and lederis of blyride blynde men. And if a blynd man lede a
r
men Sothely
. a blynd man 3eue led- 3if
s
blynd man, bothe? fallen douni in to ther
ynge to a blynd man, bothe fallen douu in diche. Petre answeride, and seide to 15

15 to the diche. Forsothe Petre answerynge hym, Expowrie to vs this parable. And ie
saide 1 to hym, Expouri to vs this" parable. he seide, 3it '36 ben s also1 with oute vn-
re And he seide, 3it and v 36 ben without vn- durstondyng? Vridurstouden 36 not, that 17

i7derstondyng? 36 vnderstonde nat, Wherw al thing that entrith in to the mouth,

that x al thing that entrith in to the mouth, goith in to the wombe, and is sent out in
u
goth in to the wombe, and is sent out in to the goyng awei? But tho thingis that i

is to? the z goyng awey? But tho thingis that comen v forth fro the mouth, goon out
cummeri forth fro the mouth, gon out of of w the herte, and tho thingis defoulen
the herte, and tho thingus defoulen a man. ax man. For? of the herte goon out yuele ia
19 For of a the herte b
'gon out yuel thou3tis, thou3tis, mansleyrigis, auowtries, forriy-
c
mausleayngis , auoutries, fornicaciouns, caciouns, theftis, fals witnessyngis, blas-
v
d
20 theftis, fals witnessis ,
blasfemyes. These femyes. Thes thingis it ben that de-2o
thingis ben that defoulen a man; sothely
it foulen a man ; but to>'y ete with hondis
6
for to etc with hondis vuwashen f defoul- ,
not waischun, defoulith not a man. And 21
21 eth not a man. And Jhesus gon out fro Jhesus 3ede out fro thennus, and wente
thenriys, wente into parties? of Tyre and into the coostis of Tire and Sidou z . And 22
22Sidon. And loo! a womman of Canane lo ! a womman Canane 3ede out of
of
h a
gon out of the costis, cryede, seyinge to tho coostis, and criede, and seide to
hym, Lord, the son of Dauid, haue mercye him, Lord, the sone of Dauid, haue
on' me my dorter is yuel traueilid of a
; merci on me my dorter is yuel tra- ;

k The whiche answerid nat to hir And he answeride not b 23

ueilid of a feend.
1

23deuyl .

o word. And his disciplis Vummynge to hir a c word. And hise disciplis camen,
to n preyeden hyin", seyinge, Leeue thou and preieden hym, and seiden, Leue thou
24 hire, for she crieth after vs. Forsothe he hir, for she crieth aftir vs. He answer- 24
answerynge seith?, I am nat sent, no but ide, and seide, Y am not sent, but to the
to the sheep of the hous of Yrael that scheep of the hous of Israel that perisch-
25
perishiden. Bofi she came, and wirshipide iden d And she cam, and worschipide 25
.

20
hym, seyinge, Lord, help me. The whiche
5 1
"

hym, and seide, Lord, helpe me. Which 6 26

1
answerynge seith , It is nat good for" to answeride, and seide, It is not good to
the v breed of soriys, and sende w to
f
take take the breed of children, and caste to

k Om. !
camen ny3 G our. Om. Gpr. m. n seide ou. Iche 01:
nei3ynge ou. for
>
o. G. sec. ra.
* seith
Eche x. P Om. G pr. m.
1 if thei w. ouvw sec.
* Om. o. s
m. Y.3eueth GOSU. Q.
u thi K. v also u sec.m. w Whether s u x. * for our^fec. OT. y Om. g. z Om. K
passim passim
a oute of ou. b commeth o. d .fals e Om.
pr. m. NQY.
c manes
sleynges o. witnesynges our. oyx.
'
not waschen AGNOPUVXY. S the partes AMSW. the part yes GNOpQsuyxY. h tho wur. thoo OFF. 'of
GPFXV. k feende ou. '
Om. ou. m a GJiiNpQsurpry. D
neijinge ou. to him o. P seide ou.

Q And o. r
help thou pr. m.
s Om. ou. * seide ou.w Om. oux. v Om. x. w sende it GMXY. to
seende ou.

n Om. s. o
blynde men i. P bothe thei i. q Om. R pr. m.
T a c. s ben 36 EI. * Om. xcgh pr. m.
11
the c. v cometh h. w fro Kn i. x the ia. y Forsothe i. yy for to Q. z of Sydon E
f
the EKsce pr. m. hir b. b Om. c. c no c. d han
perischid i. e The whiche i. 3eue Q.

VOL. IV. G
 MATTHEW. XV. 2738.
27 hound is. And she seide, 3he, Lord; for- houndis. And
she seide, 3his, Lord; for 27
whix and? the 7 litel whelpis eten of the '

whelpis eten of the crummes, that fallen

crummys, that fallen doun fro the bord of doun fro the bord of her lordis. Thanne 28
28 her lordis. Thanne Jhesus answeringe Jhesus answeride, and seide to hir, A !
f

seith* to hir, Ob ! thou womman, thi feith womrnan, thi feith is greet ; be it doon
is
grete ; be it don to thee, as thou wolt. to thee, as thou wolt. And hir doujtir
And hir dorter was heelid fro that hour. was helid fro that hour. And whanne 20
29 And whenne Jhesus hadde passide thennes
c
,
Jhesus hadde passed fro thennus, he cam
he came bisidis the see of Galilee. And he bisidis the see of Galilee. And he 3ede
aosteiynge in to an hyl, sat there. And vp in to an liil, and sat there. And3i
myche puple cam to hym, and hadden
v
d
many cumpanyes camen m} to hym, hau-
ynge with hem doumbe men and crokid", with hem doumbe men and crokid, fe-
feble and blynde, and many othir; and bles and blynde, and many other; and
castiden f hem doun at his feet. And he thei castiden doun hem at hise feet. And
sihelide hern, so that the cumpanyes won- he helide hem, so that the puple won-3i
driden, seeynge doumbe men spekynge, driden seynge doumbe men
spekynge,
and crokids goynge, blynd men seeynge ; and crokid goynge, blynde men seynge ;

3-2 and thei magnyfieden God of Yrael. Sothe- and thei magnyfieden God of Israel. And 32
k
h
ly Jhesus, his' disciplis gedered to gider, Jhesus, whanne hise disciplis weren clep-
seide 1 , I haue rewthe of the cumpany 'of id to gidere, seide to hem, Y haue reuthe
peple" , for now 'the thridde day" thei of the puple, for thei han abiden now thre
1

dwellen still with me, and thei han not daies with me, and ban no thing to ete 1'
;

thing? whiche*) thei shulen etc; and Y 'wole and Y wole not leeue hem fastynge, lest
nat r leeue hem fastynge, lest thei failen in thei failen in the weie. And the disciplis 33
: the weye. And the disciplis seyen to hym, seien to him, Wherof thanne so many
Therfore wherof so many Joouys to vs in looues among vs in desert, to fulfille so
we cum- greet a puple? And Jhesus seide to hem,
s
desert, that fulfille so grete a* 34
v

3*panye of peple"? And Jhesus seith v to Hou many looues han 36? And thei
hem, Hou many loouys han 366 ? And thei seiden, Seuene, and a fewe smale fisshis.
w x And he comaundide' to k the puple, to 35
seiden, Seuene, and a few srnalle fishis.
35 And he comaundide to^ the
cumpany, that sitte to mete on the erthe. And he took3
thei shulde sitt mete vpon a the to the z m
seuene looues and fyue fischis, and dide
1

scerthe. And he takynge seuen looues, and thankyngis, and brak", and 3af to hise
b
fishis and doynge thoiikyngis, brak, and
, disciplis ; and the disciplis 3auen to the

jaue to his disciplis and c disciplis 3auen ; puple. And alle eten, and weren ful-37
37 to the peple. And alle eten, and weren d
fillid, and thei token that that was left of
fulfillid
6
, and thei token f that? that was 1'
relifes, seuene lepis fulle. And thei that 38
asouer of relyues', seuene lepis fulle. For- eten weren foure thousynde of men, with
sothe thei k that eten weren foure thousand outen litle children and wyrnmen. And 'M
1 " whanne he hadde
of men, with outen litil children 1
and left the puple, he wente

" for Y alsso ou. z Om. AG

ov.
pr.m. wopurw sec.m. XY.
a seide ou. *>
AMNOPUVW. c fro thenes A !

ou. d e croked men N. f thei castiden AKPUVW sec. m. thei kesten GXY.
neijeden ov. thei kest o.
casten s. S croked men oux. h Forsothe ou. seide to his our. k 1 Om. our. m Oni.
cleped our.
*

ou. n thre daies ov. no GPXY. P the thenge ou. q that GOPUXY. r nill oux. s fill osux.
t Om. w. u Om. ou. V seide ou. w Om. u. x litel ou. y Om. ou. z Om. AGMNOPSurrrxv. a on
OQSU. b the fisches p. c and the A. & alle men u. e filled ou. f born S this ou. h lafte
awei3 N.
ou. i
the relefes ou. k tho o. 1
Om. G pr. m. N. m childre x pass.

f Aa Asb pr. m. ca. h thei han k

! e and fehle Eicghi^. ia. '
comaunde s. Om. hi. ]
the seueiie ia.
m the fyue hik sec. m. n brake hem i. la.
leep
 XV. 39 XVI. 1
3. MATTHEW.
v
aowemrnen. And", the cumpanye of peple vp in to a boot, and cam in to the coostis

laft, he styedei' vpi in to a boot, and cam of Magedan.

"

into the coostis 1 of Magedan.

CAP. XVI. CAP. XVI.

1 And Pharisees and Saduceis temptynge And the Farisees and the' 1
Saducees '

him 'camen 1^3' to hym, and preiden hym

8
camen to hym temptynge, and'' preieden 1
"

shewe to hem a tokene fro heuene.

for" to hym to schewe hem a tokene fro heuene.
2 Andhe answerynge seith v to hem, The And he answeride, and seide to hem, 2
x Whanne the eueritid is 8 cotnun, 36 seien,
eeuenynge" maad, 36 seien, It shal be
v

scleer, for the heuene is lijk to reed? ; and It schal be clere, for heuene is rodi ; and*
'the morwe", To a day tempest, for heuen the morewtid,Todai tempest, for heuene
v
b
4
shyrieth heuy, or sortvful . Therfore 36 schyneth heueli. Thanne 36 kunne deme 4
'han knowe c to deme wisely the face of the face of heuene, but 36 moun not wite
heuen, but 36 mowen riot wite the tokenys
6 (I
the tokenes of tymes. An yuel genera-
of tymes. The yuel generacioun and avow- cioun and auoutresse sekith a tokene; and
trer f sekith a tokne ;
and a tokene shal nat a tokene schal not be 3ouun to it, but the
be 3ouen to no but the tokne of Jonas,
it, tokene of Jonas, the profete. And whanne
the prophete. And, hem forsaken, he he hadde left hem, he wente forth. And 5
5wente awey. And whenne his disciplis whanne his disciplis camen ouer the see,
camenS oner the see, thei foi^aten for' to 1
thei foi^aten to take looues. And he
e take loouys. The' whiche seide to hem, seide to hem, Biholde 36, and be war of1

Beholde 36, and beth k war of the sourdow3 the" soure v

dow3 of Farisees and Sadu-
7 of Pharisees and Saducees. And thei
1
cees. And thei thou3ten among hem, and 7
n
thou3ten amonge hem , seiynge, For we seiden, For we han not take looues. But 8
8 han nat taken loonys. Forsothe Jhesus Jhesus witynge seide to hem, What
witynge seide to hem, What thenken 36 thenken 36 among 3011 of litel feith, for
han natP w looues'
amonge 3ou of litil feith, for 36 36 han not 3it 'vndurstondena
vndirstonden nat, nether r x nether han
9 loouys? 3it q 36 not 3e , mynde of fyue looues
han rnynde 5 of fyue loouys in to fyue thou- in to fyue thousynde of men, and hou

sand of men, and hou many cofyns 36 many cofyns 36 token ? nether of seuene
10

10 token? trewly nether of seuen loouys in looues in to foure thousynde of men, and
to four thousand of men, and hou many hou many lepis 36 token? Whi vndur- u
11
lepis* 366 token?vndirstonden 36 Whi stonden 36 not, for Y seide not to 3ou of
nat, for I seide nat to 3ou of" breed, Be breed, Be 36 war of the sourdow3 of
v x Thanne
36 war of sourdow3 of Pharisees and of Farisees and of Saducees ? thei 12

12 Saducees? Thanne thei vnderstoden, that vndurstooden, that he seide not to be

he seide nat^ to be war of sourdow3 z of war of sourdow3 of looues, but of the

techyng of Farisees and Saducees?. And

is
loouys, bote of the techynge of Pharisees
is and Saducees. Sothely Jhesus came in to Jhesus cam in to the parties of Cesarie
the" parties 'of Cesarie b of Philip, and of Filip, and axide hise disciplis, and

n CAP. xvi.
begins here in o. Om. ou. P steij x. q Oin. oux. r cooste o. s Om. K pr.m. OPTU
VWY. * neijeden o. Om. ovx. " seide ou. w euentyde ou. x Om. T. y rody o. reed cither rody u.
z morou a maad to N. & sorowful or c kunnen ou. d knowe
tyde ou. heuy o. sorovvful u. heuy x.
e f avoutresse ovvw sec. m. S had went o. hadden comen u. h Om. oux.
ou. signes ou. tokene v.
'
Om. ou. k be AMNOPVV. 1 Phariseis o. m of Saduceis ou. n hem self osec.m. ou. o seith x.
u not of r. v the
P not taken ou. 1 And jit K sec. m. T nor o. s in
mynde u.
* of
lepis KMC.
m.
soure dow AMNOPurw. w the Pharisees o. x Om. AMNW pr. m. J not to hem oo. z the
sourdow3
oux. a Om. v. b
Om. o.

v
P Om. TK. q and thei ia. r
praijnge i.
s was A. l beth EI. be 56 Q. Om. . and of ibg.
not takun * y the Saduceis s. of Saducees ek.
c. je vndurst. not KQseghi.

G 2
 MATTHEW. XVI. 14 24.

d
axide c his disciplis, seyinge , seyn Whom seide, Whom seien men to be mannus
H men to ben mannes sone? And thei seiden, sone ? And thei seiden, Summe Joon 14

Baptist; othereElie; and othere Jeremye,

6
Summe Joon Baptist ; other forsothe He-
but
v
other1 Jeremye, or? oon of the or oon of the prophetis. Jhesus seide to is
ly ;
isprophetis. Jhesus seith h to hem, Sothely' hem, But whom seien 36 me to be ? Sy- ie
ic whom me to be? Symon Petre
seien 30 mount Petre answeride, and seide, Thou
answerynge seide, Thou art Crist, the sone art Crist, the sone of God lyuynge. Jhe- 17

17 of 'God lyuyngej. Forsothe Jhesus an- sus answeride, and seide to him, Blessid

swerynge seide to hym, Blessid art thou, art thou, Symount Bariona* ; for fleisch
k
Symon Bariona that is, the sone of cul- and blood schewide not to thee, but my
1
,

uer m ; for flesh and blood shewide nat to fadir that is in heuenes. And Y seie is

thee, but my fadir that" is in heuenes. to thee, thatz thou art Petre, and on this
is And Y seye to thee, for thou
art Petre, stoon Y schal bilde my chirche, and the
and vpon this stoon I shal bilde my 3atis of helle schulen not haue mi3t a a3ens

churche, and the 3atis of helle

shulen nat it. And to thee Y
shal 3yue the keies i

19 ban mi3t, W
strengthen, a3eins it. And of the kingdom of heuenes ; and what
to thee I shal 3eue the keies of the
kyng- euer thou shalt bynde on erthe, schal be
dam and what euer thou shalt
of heuenes ;
boundun also in heuenes ; and what euer
r
bynde vponi erthe, shal be bounden and thou schalt vnbynde on erthe, schal be
in heuenes and what euer thou shalt
;
vnbounden also in heuenes. Thanne he 20
vnbynde vpon erthe, shal be vnbounden comaundide
8
to hise disciplis, that thei
20 and' in heuenes. Thanne he comaundide schulden seie to no man, that he was
to his disciplis, that thei shulden seie to Crist b Fro that tyrne Jhesus bigan toc ai
.

d
21 no man, that" he was Crist v . Fro that schewe to hise disciplis, that it bihofte
w e f
tyme Jhesus bygan for to shewe to his hym go to Jerusalem, and suffre many
z
disciplis, that" it byhouith? hym to go to thingis, of the eldere men, and of scribisS,
Jerusalem, and suffre* many thingus of the and princis of prestis ; and be slayu,
1'

eldris b , and scribis c , and princis of d

prestis; and the' thridde dai to rise a3en. And 22
e
and be sleyn, and the thridde day ryse* f
Petre took hym, and bigan to blame
22
vp
1'

a3ein. And
Petre, takynge hym to 1

, him, and seide, Fer be it fro thee, Lord ;

began for k to blame hym, seyinge', Fer be this thing* schal not be to thee. And he 23
Lord" turnede, and seide to Petre, Sathanas,
1
it fro thee, this thing shal not be
;

k
23 to thee. The n whiche, turnyd, seide to go after me; thou art a sclaundre to me;
1

Petre, Sathanas, go after rne ; thou art for thou sauerist not tho thingis that ben
sclaundre to me ; for thou 'sauerist nat, or of God, but tho thingis that ben of men.
vndirstondist nat, tho thingis that ben of Thanne Jhesus seide to his disciplis, If 24
God, but tho thingis that ben of men. ony man wole come after me, denye he
24 Thanne Jhesus seide to his disciplis, 3if hym silf, and take his cros, and sue me;
111

eny man wole cume after me, denye he for he that wole make his lijf saaf, shal 25

hym self, and take his crosse, and sue me; leese it ;
and he that schal leese his lijf

c d and seide ov.

he axed oc;. e somme o. f other forsothe ou. S ether ou. h seide ou. '
But
ou. God ou. k Bargena K.
J
quike Om. AGNVPQVW sec. m. XY. m a culuer u. ' n whiche ou. on
oux. P Om. ovx. on oux. T Om. G. alsso ou. <J8 on ou. Om. G. also ou. l u for ourtv sec.m.
v Jhesu Criste Aourw sec. m. Jhesus N. w Om. osux. * for ouvw sec. m. J bihofte AVW sec. m.
z Om. AGMNPSW sec. m. for to w m. a to soffer ou. b eldre men c of the scribes
byhoued o. pr. u.
G. of scribes MOPUKV. d of e to be ou. f in the ou. E to rise osu. k Om. u. '
Om. ou.
princes oc;.
k
Om. osux, l
and seide ou. m Om. u. n Om. ovw pr. m. vnderstondist not ou. sau. not, or
vnd. p. sauourest not x.

z Om. ea. a b Jhesu Crist

y that is, sone of a culuer c text K.
marg. x marg. ft text. power R pr. m.
I sec. m. c for to A pr. in. Q. J he e to him p
s. pr. m. c.
f to
go CEiPQHscghika^. g the scribis CEPC.
h and of ciQk. '
Om. A pr. m. J Om. s. k go thou I. Om. ci. m swe he uliik.
'
 xvi. as xvn. 9- MATTHEW. 45

25 for he that wole make 'his soule saafP, for me, schal fynde it. For what profit- 2
^that is, his lyf\ shal lese it ; forsothe he ith it to a man, if he wynne al the world,
that shal lese his soule r , ^that is, his lyf*, and suffre m of his" soule ? or
peiryng
20 for me, shal fynde it. Sothely what pro- what chaunging schal a man 3yue for his
1
fitith it to a man, ^if he" wynne al the soule ? For mannes sone schal come in? 27
v
world, trewly he suffre peyrynge of his glorie of his fader, with his aungels, and
soule ? or w what chaungynge shal a man tharnie he schal 3elde to ech'i man after r

27 jeue for his soule ? For mannes sone 'is his werkis. Treuli Y seie to 3ou, 'ther28

to* come in gloriey of his fadir, with his ben summe 8

of hem 1
that stonden here,
z
angelis, and thanne he shal 3elde to euery whiche schulen not taste deth, til thei
a his mannus sone comynge
28man aftir workis. Treuly I seie to seen in his kyng-
3ou, 'there ben summe of men** stondynge
c
dom.
d
heer, 'the whiche shul nat taaste deth,
til thei seen mannys sone cummynge in 8
f
his kyngdom .

CAP. XVII. CAP. XVII.

i And after sexe dayes Jhesus toke Petre, And after sixe daies Jhesus took Pe- 1

and Jamys, and Joon, his brother, and tre, and James, and Joon, his brother, and
aledde hem asydis in to an hi3 hill, and was ledde hem" aside v in to an hi3 hil, and w 2

transfigured, 'or turnyd into an other licke- was turned* in to an othir licnesse bifor
nesse%, bifore hem. And his face schoon h hem. And his face schorie as the sunne ;

as the sunne ; forsothe his clothis were and hise clothis weren maad white as
smaad white as snow. And lo !
Moyses snowe. And lo ! Moises and Elie apper- 3
and Helye apperiden hem, spekynge to iden to hem xx and spaken with hym. And 4
,

4 with 1 hym. Sothely Petre answerynge Petre answeride, and seide to Jhesu,
seid k to Jhesu, Lord, it is good vs to be Lord, good vs to be here. If thou
it is

here. 3if thou wolt, make we here three wolt, make we here thre taberuaclis ; to
tabernaclis ; to thee oon, to Moyses oon, thee oon, to Moises oon, and oon to Elye.
v
5 and oon to Helie. 3it hym spekynge, loo !
3it the- while he spak, lo a bri3t cloude ! 5
z
a,li3ty
1
and loo a
cloude shadewid hem ; ! ouerschadewide hem; and lo! a voice out
vois of m
the cloude, seyinge, This is my of the cloude, that a seide, This is my
derworth sone, in whom I haue wel pleside dereworth sone, in whom Y haue wel
<ito me ; heere 36 hym. And the disciplis, pleside to me ; here 36 hym. And the e

heerynge, fellen doun in to her facis, and disciplis herden, and felden doun on her
?dredden gretely. And Jhesus 'came ni3 n
*
, faces, and dredden greetli. And Jhesus?
and touchide hem, and seide to hem,'Ris cam, and touchide hem, and seide to
8 vp, nylP 36 dreede. Forsothe thei, 'rysynge hem, Rise vp, and nyle 36 drede. And a
vpi her ei3en, sawen no man, no but thei liften b vp her i3en, and saien no man,
9 Jhesus aloon. And, hem cummynge doun
r
but Jhesu aloone. And as thei camens
fro the mounteyn s Jhesus comaundide ,
doun of the hille, Jhesus comaundide to

Om. oux. is, lijf vw sec. m. Y. *Om.JC. "for

r q 8 Om. AOSUX. that
P safe his lijf ot;. lyf ou.
to o. T In x. w
* schal ou.
ether ou. 7 the glorie ot;. z eche ou. * V ot/.
p
b sum men ben of
hem ov. c d whiche ou. that x. e into K sec. m. f rewme ou. S Om.
_that stonden ot;.
m. h schined ou. '
to N. k seith o. 1 ou. ST. litil x. m fro u. n
nei3ed ou.
ovpr brijte lijt
rise je ou. riseth x. P and nil our. 1 rerynge AMNS. reysynge GOUY. reryng up vw. reisende vp x.
T thei u. s hill ou.

peirement R. Om.
jm. ni.
hi. n ether c.
etner v in the c. 1 euery plures. r
vp c.
s sum men ben c.
" and he * xx y Om. is. z cam out
*
jou c.11 Om. Q. bisidis Q. IR. transfigurid c. hym R.
_ i,-fl
KIPQ sec. m. s sup. ras. c pr. m. a an d i. b liftiden EKPRI/S.
 46 MATTHEW. XVII. 10 22.

hem 1
, seyinge", Saie 36 to no man the vi- hem, and seide, Seie 36 to no man the
sioun, til
v mannes sone ryse a3ein fro visioun, til mannus sone
a3en fro rise

10 dead w . And his disciplis axideri hym, deeth. And his disciplis axiden hym,io
seyinge
x
,
What therfore seyn scribis, that and seiden, What thanrie seien the scribis,
nit behoueth Hely first corne? ? And he that it bihoueth that Elie come first? He n
answerynge seith z
to hem, Forsothe Hely answeride, and seide to hem, Elie schal
'is to a come, and he shal restore alle come, and he schal restore alle thirigis.
i2thingis. Treuly Y seye to 3011, that Hely
b And Y that Elie is nowe 12
seie to 3011,

is now comen, and thei knewen hym nat, comun, and knewen hym not, but thei

but thei diden in hym, what euere thingis

c
thei diden in him what euer thingis thei
d wolden and so mannus sone schal suf-
thei wolden ; so and mannys sone Ms to ;

nsuffre of hem. Thanne disciplis" vndir- fre of hem. Thanne the disciplis vndur- is
stoden, that of Joon Baptist he hadde seid
f
stoden, that he seide to hem of Joon Bap-
u to hem. And whanne he cam to ? the tist" And whanne he cam
1
. u to the puple,
v

cumpanye of peple h a man 'cam to hyrn,

,
a man cam to hym, and felde doun on e
k
foldid 1
on knees byfore hym seyinge ,
1
, /iise ( knees bifor hym, and seide, Lord,
ra
Lord, haue mercy on my sone for he is ; haue merci on my sone ; for he is luna-
lunatyke, and suffrith yuel,
for why" oft tike, and suffrith yuele, for ofte tymes he
tymys he fallith in to the? fijr, and oft fallith in to the& fier, and ofte 1 ' tymes in
lotymysi in to water. And I offride
r
hym to to water 1
. And Y broti3te hym to thi \o

thi disciplis, and thei my3ten nat hele disciplis, and thei my3ten not heele hyrn.

i<ihym. Jhesus answerynge seith 8 , A ! thou Jhesus answeride, and seide, k

thou A ! 10

generacioun vnbyleeful, W out of the generacion vnbileueful and weiward ; hou

feit/i\ and weiward ;
hou longe shal I be long schal be with 3011 ? hou longY
with 3011 ? hou longe shal I suffre 3ou ? schal Y
surTre 3011 ? Brynge 36 hym hider

17
Brynge 366 hym hidir to me. And Jhesus to me. And
Jhesus blamede hym, and 17

blamyde hym, and the deuel" wente out the deuel wente out fro hym ; and the
fro hym and the child is v helid fro that
;
child was heelid fro that our. Thanne is
Thanne disciplis w camen ni3 x to
v
ishoure. the disciplis camen to Jhesu priueli, and
Jhesu priuyly, and seiden to hym, Whi seiden to hym, Whi my3ten not we caste
la mi3te nat we casten hym out ? Jhesus hym out ? Jhesus seith to hern, For 3oure 10

seithy to z
hem, For 3oure vnbyleue Treuly . vnbileue. Treuli Y sere to 3ou, if 36 ban
a as a corn of seneueye, 36 schulen
I seie to 3011, 3if 36 shulen haue feith, as a ferth,
corn of seneuey, 36 shulen seie to this hill, seie to this hil, Passe thou hennus, and it
Passe thou hennus b and it shal passe c ; ,
schal passe ;
and no thing schal be vn-
and no thing shal be impossible* 1
to ?ou ; possible to 3011 ; but this kynde is not 20

kynde is nat cast out, no but caste out, but bi preiyng" and fastyng.
1 1
20 forsothe this
21
by preyinge and fastynge. Treuly, hem
6 f
And whilis thei weren abidynge togidere2i

lyuynge togidre in Galilee, Jhesus seide to in Galilee, Jhesus seide to hern, Mannus

hem, Mannes sone Ms to be bitraieds in to sone schal be bitraied in to the hondis of

22 the hondis of men ;
and thei shulen slea men; and thei schulen sle hym, and 22

* to hem u and seide ov.

OPA-. v til that Q. w deeth G. deed men ou. * and seiden ou. y to come
GPSX. z seide
a schal ou. b for ou. d schall ou. e the
disciples OPU.
ou. c f for
thing p.
ovrw sec. m. e in to o. h Oin. ou. * fell o. foldid u. fait x. k him, neijynge to him o. him, neijede
to him u. 1
and seide ou. nl of G. u Om. ou. Om. u. time x. P Oin. ovx. 1 Om. ou. time x.
r
broujte u.
s seide ou. * Om. oux. u feend ou. v was ou. w the disciples OPUX. * neijeden ou.
passe thennys w pr. m.
y seide o. z vnfeithfulnesse a the u. t>
fro thens o. fro hennes u. c
u.
d e f thei u.
vnpossible N. preier ou. e schal be ou. is to bitraied T. trayed

c Om. c. d the
Baptist A pr. m. be sec. m. eo. e of p. f Om. ccteri ct a/3.
ff haue thou R. S Om.
CEpsbcehi. h of A. the watir KBsg/3. k Om. c. l
in g. m preier Kg.
 XVII. 23 XVIII. 7- MATTHEW. 47
s
hym, and the tbridde day he shal ryse 1 the thridde day he schal rise a3en to
lijf.

ajein. And thei 'ben maad ful sory". And weren ful sori. And wharme2:t
thei
2:? And whanne came v to Capharnaum,
'he thei camen to Cafarnaum, thei that token
thei that token tribut, camen to Petre, and tribute, camen to Petre, and seiden to
seiden to hym, 3oure maister payeth nat hym, 3oure maister payeth not tribute ?
24 tribute ? seith w 3he. And whenne
And he , And he seide, 3his. And whanne he was 24
he had entrid in to an house, Jhesus came comen in to the hous, Jhesus cam bifor
bifore hym, seyinge x Symount, what sem- , hym, and seide, Symount, what semeth
eth^ to thee ? Of whiche taken the kyngis to thee ? Kyngis of erthe", of whom taken
of erthe tribut, W rent ? 1
of her owne thei tribute ? of her sones, ether of aliens?
a b
sonys, ether of alyenys,'o/- other mennys And he seide, Of aliens. Jhesus seide to 2.1
25,<tones ? And he seide, Of 'other
c
mennus hym, Thanne sones ben fre. But that we2
sonys
d.
Jhesus seide to hym, Therfore sclaundre hem not, go'' to the see, and

sonys ben free. Forsothe that we sclaun-

e
26 caste an hook, and take thilke fisch that

dre nat hem, go thou to the see, and sende f first cometh vp and, whanne his mouth
;

an hoke, and^take'the ilke& fishe that first is opened, thou schalt fynde a stater 11
,

cummeth vp and, his mouth openyd, thou

;
and r 3yue for thee and for me.
shalt fynde stater 1
',
"that is, a certeyn of
k to
moiieyt? ; thou takyng it, 3eue
1

hem
for me and for thee ;

CAP. XVIII. CAP. XVIII.

1 In that hour the disciplis 'camen nij m In that our the 8 disciplis camen 4 to i

to Jhesus, seiynge", Who, gessist" tliou, is Jhesu, and seiden, Who, gessist thou, is
2 more? in the kyngdami of heueries ? And gretter" in the kyrigdom of heuenes ?
r
Jhesus, clepynge to a litil child, putte
8
And Jhesus clepide a litil child, and putte 2
mydil of hem; and myddil of hem
1
3 hym in the seide, 'I hym in the ; and seide, :\

seie trewthe" to 3ou, no v but 3if"' 36 shulen Y seie treuthe to 3011, but 36 be turned,
be turnyd, and maad x as litil children, 36 and maad as litle children, 36 schulen
shulen nat entren in to the kyngdam>' of not entre in to the kyngdom of heuenes.
4 heuenes. Therfore who euere 'shal meeke z
Therfor who euer mekith hym as this 4

hym
a
as this litil child, he is more b in litil child, he is
gretter
v
in the
kyngdom
5 the kyngdam of heuenes. And he d that of heuenes. Andhe that resseyueth 05
6
resceyueth oon siche in my name, litil siche litil child in my name, resseyueth
r;
resceyueth me. Forsothe 'who shal sclaun- me. But who so sclaundrith oon of these
f
dre oon of these 'smale leste^, that by- smale, that bileuen in me, it spedith to

leeuen in h me,
vv
it spedith to hym that a hym that a mylnstoon 'of assis be hang-

myln stoon of assis be hanged in his neeke, id in his necke, and he be drenchid in
and be drenchid in to the depnesse of
1
the depnesse of the see. Woo to the 7

7 the see. Woo to the world, for sclaundris ; world, for sclaundris ;
for" it is nede that

v thei camen ovv.

8 in the ou. *
arijse v.
u weren sorowful greetly ou. weren maad
ful sory v.
w seide ou. x and seide ou. x. ether rest u.
Y a or sx. other M.
semith it G. z b Om. N.
Om.
c Om.opux. d
alienes OPU. e But ot;. f cast u sec. m. S that x. h a stater AGMNosec. m. PU. ' Om. .Y.
k
3eue it u.
l
Om. u. m nei3eden ou. " and seiden ot;.
gessith K.
P the more ot;. <i rewme ou.

r Om. ou. * sett ou. * ot;. u I seie ov. v Om. x. w Om. GMOVVW. * be made ou.
myddes Trewly
7 rewme 01;. z meketh OPU. a himself u. b the c rewme ot;. d Om. G. e litil child w.
gretter ot;.
f if a man sclaundreth ou. who euere schal sclaundre Q. g lytil ou. smale AS sec. m. rw sec. m. leeste
smale ATP. smalest x. *
and that he ou.

is, a ceiten of money K marg. it, and

r and take
n the erthe
Kbg. Om. c. P go thou c. that
A s
Om. M. 4 camen ny3 KM. pr. m. u CH. this grettere Q.
sec. TO. take it and IQ m. a.sec. greet
v
greet c.
w Om. A pr. m. QC. *
forsothe i.
 48 MATTHEW. xvm. 8 18.

treuly it is neede, that sclaundris come ; sclaundris come ; netheles wo to thilke

k
netheles woo to 'the ilk man by whom a 1 man bi whom a? sclaundre cometh. And
8 sclaundre cometh. Forsothe 3if thin hond if thin hoond or thi foot sclaundreth*
or m thi foot sclaundre" thee, kitt 'it of , thee, kitte it of, and caste* awei fro
and kastP awey fro thee. It is good to thee. It is betere to thee to entre to lijf
thee to entre in to lyf 'feble, other crok-
- than hauynge tweyne
feble, ethir crokid,
r
ed , than hauynge two* hondis or 1 two hoondis or twey feet to be sent in to
feet to be sent in to euerlastynge fijr. euerlastynge fier. And if thin 1369
9 And jif thin ei$e sclaundreu thee, pulle it sclaundre b thee, pulle it out, and caste c
v awei fro It is betere to thee
out, and cast awey fro thee. It is good to thee. with
thee with oon eije to w eritre in to lyf, than oon i3e to entre in to lijf, thanne hau-

hauynge two* ei3en to be serite in to^ 'fijr ynge tweyn i^eu to be sent in to the fier
10 of helle z Se je, that 30 dispise nat oon
. of helle. Se 36, that 36 dispise riot oon lo
of these" litile. Trewly I seie to 3ou, that b of these litle. For Y
seie to 3ou, that the

the angelis of hem in heuenes seen euer- aungels of hem in heuenes seen euermore
more c the face of my fadir that d is in the face of my fadir that is. in heuenes.
a heuenes. Forsothe manriys sone came for
6
For mannus sone cam to d saue that thing 11
12 to saue that thing that perishide. What that perischide. What semeth to 3ou ? 12
semeth f to 3ou? 3if 'ther weren to summans If ther weren to sum 6 man an hundrid
an hundrid sheep h , and oon of hem 'shall scheep, and oon of hem hath errid, whe-
erre', wher k he shal nat leeue nyrity and thir f he schal not leeue nynti and nyne

nyne in desert1 , and shal go for" to seeke 1

in desert, and schal go tos seche that that
is that" that erride? And if it befalle that erride ? And that he fyride it,
if it falle is

he fyndeP it, trewly I seie to 3ou, for he treuli Y seie to 3ou, that he schal haue
shal ioye theron more than ofi uynty and ioye theron more than on
11 1
nyiiti and
14
nyne that erriden nat. So it is nat will
r
nyne that erriden not. So it is not the u
before 8
youre fadir that' is in heuenes", wille bifor k 3oure fadir that is in heuenes,
15 that oon of these v litil perishe. Forsoth that oon of these litle perische. But if 1.5
w in x thi brother
3if thi brother 'shal synne thee, go synneth ajeus thee, go thou,
2
thou, and reproue^ hym, 'or snybbe bi- , and repreue hym, bitwixe thee and hym
a b
twixe thee and hym aloone 3if he 'shal ;
alooue if he herith thee, thou hast
;

heere c thee, thou hast wonnen thi brother. wounuri thi brother. And if he herith is
d 6
ic Trewly 3if he 'shal nat heere thee, take thee not, take with thee oon or tweyne,
with thee oon or two f, that euerys word that euery word stonde in the mouth of
stonde h in the mouthe of two or' three tweyn* or thre witnessis. And if he 17

17 witnessis. That
3if he shal nat heere hem, herith" not hem, seie thou to the chirche.
1

seie thou to the chirche. Forsothe 3if he But" if he herith not the chirche, be he
r
shal not heere the chirche, be hee 'to as an hetheriP andi a pupplican to thee.
i8thee k as an 1 hetheri and a" puplicane. I Y seie to 3011 treuli, what euer thingis 36
5
is

k that oux. '

that o. Om. PTW sec. m. x. m ether ou. n sclaundrith GMOPUY.
awey it ou.
P kast it o.
tweyne vw.
for to ov. r or crokid PX. s l ether ou.
<i
croked, ether feble o. feble,
" sclaundreth OPUWY. v kast it o. w for to u. Om. w. x z helle
tweyne tv. y to the AGMNQSTrwx.
fier u. hell of a this o. & for our. c euer ou. d whiche ov. e Om. osvx. f semeth it o.
fyer or.
h hath erred ouvw sec. m. haue errid x. k whether A'.
g Oin. ou. scheep weren to oo man ou. '

1
hilles ou pr. m. the g sec. m. "> Om. osvx.
hillis n thilke ou. o bifalleth u. P fyndeth u. Q ou
AMHPUVWX. r the wil ou. s of o. t whiche u. u heuen o. v this G. w hath synned ou. synne K.
haue synned A'. * y blame thou ou. z Oin. QUA". a bitwen sx. b and if ,4. hereth ou.
ajens ou.
<'

d hereth not ou. haue not herd x. e take thou o. take to p. f

tweyne NOUY el pass. S eche ovx. w
h stondeth w. i
either of u. k Om. o. "' hethen man n Om.
a G. opvrrpr. m.
l

y Om. CEI. z sclaundre cxik. caste it KM

pr. m.
b sclaundrith KM. c caste it CK. d
for to c.
e a i. f wher celeri. e and K. *>
thereof i
ia. of cb. k of K. l
and if Kk. m here i. n And I.
here KQRc/3. P hethene man CKR sec. m.b pr. m.
ghi pr. m. /3.
i or b. r Oin. labc. s
thing K.
 XVIII. 19 29- MATTHEW. 49

seie to 3011 trewli, what euere thingis 3ee bynden on erthe, tho schulen be boundun
shulen bynde vpon erthe, thoP shulen be also in heueneP and what euer thingis
; je
bounden andi in heuenes r ; and what euere vnbynden on erthe, tho schulen be vn-
thingis 366 shulen vnbynde vpon erthe,
8
boundun also in heuene. Eftsoone Y seie 19

tho' shulen be vnbounden and" in he- to 3011, that if tweyne of 3ou consenten
is uenes v . Eftsoonew I seie to 3ou, that" 3if on the r erthe, of euery thing what euer
two of 3ou shulen consente on>' the z erthe, thei axen, it schal be don to hem of
of euery a thinge whateuer b thei shulen my fadir that is in heuenes. For where 20
axe, it shal be don to hem of my fadir tweyne or thre ben gaderid in my name,
2othat c is in heuenes. For where two or there Y
am in the myddil of hem.
three shulen' 1 be gedrid in my name, ther Thanne Petre cam to hym, and seide, 21
21 1 am in the midil f of hem. Thanne Petre, Lord, how ofte schal my brother synne

'cummynge ni3&tohym, seide,Lord, hou ofte a3ens me, and Y

schal for3yue hym ?
shal my brother synne in h me, and I shal Whether til seuen tymes ? Jhesus seith 22

for3eue hym
1
? Whether to k seuen tymes
1
? to hym, Y seie not to thee, til seuene
111
22Jhesus seith to hym, I seie nat to thee, sithis; but til seuenti sithis seuene sithis.
n
til seuen sithis ; but to seuenty sythis Therfor the kyngdom of heuenes is lie- 23
23 seuene sithis. Therfore the kingdom of ned to a kyngi, that wolde rekyn with
is lickenedP to a man
heuenes And whanne he bigari to 24
kyng, that hise seruauntis.
wolde putted resoun with his seruauntis. rekerie 8 , oon that ou3te l ten thousynde
v
24 And whanne he r 8
was brou3t u And 25
began for to putte re- talentis, to hym .

soun, oon was offrid to hym, that ow3te

1 n
whanne he hadde not wherof to w 3elde,
w
25 to hym ten thousand talentis v Trewly . his comaundide hym to be seld,
lord
x
whanne he hadde nat wherof to 3elde, his and wijf, and children, and alle
his
lord comaundide hym to be sold, and his thingis that he hadde, and to be paied.
wif, and sonys?, and alle thingis that he But thilke seruaunt felde doun, and 20
20 hadde, and to be payed. Forsothe 'the preiede hym, and seide, Haue pacience in
ilk z
seruaunt, fallynge doun, preide hym, me, and Y schal 3elde to thee alle thingis.
seyinge
a
,
Haue pacience in me, and alle And the lord hadde merci on that ser-27
b
27 thingis I shal 3eelde to thee. Sothely the uaunt, and suffride hym to" go, and for-
v
c e
lord of that seruaunt hauynge' mercy ,
1

3af toF hym the dette. But thilke ser-28

leete* hym, 'or suffride lnjm%, and for3aue uaunt jede out, and foonde oon of his
h
28 to the dette. Trewly thilk seruaunt
hym euen seruauntis, that 011316 hym an hun-
gon
1
out, fonde oon of his euen seruauntis, drid pens and he z helde hym a and
; ,

k and
hym an hundrid pens stranglide hym, and seide, 3 e 'de that
1 1
that oii3te ;

holdynge hym", stranglide hym, sey-

he, that thou owest. And his euen seruaunt an

29 inge, 3eld thatP thou owist. And his euen felle doun, and preyede hym, and seide,
seruaunt preiede^ hym, seyinge 1

',
Haue pa- Haue pacience in me, and Y schal quyte

o on oux. P Om. ou. 1 also ou. Otn. G r heuene vr. s on ux. * Om. u. u also v.
pr. m.
v heuene vr. w Efte ou. x for ou. 7 G sec. m. z Om. OPSUX. a iche ou. eche x. b what-
vpon
euer thenge ou. what G pr. m. c whiche ov. d Om. ou. f 6 neJ3ynge ov.
myddes ou.
comende neejh x. h
ajens ou. him k ovw. m seide o. n ov.
sy3thes ou.
' l
to u. till till

broujte u sec. m.
r Om. osux. a sette ou. l
rewme ou. P lych x. lijc y. q sette ou.
" owid w. x. v besauntes u. besauntes or talentes P. w And treuli A-. * o. y his sones ou.
ajte noujte
a and seide ou. b Forsothe ou. c Om. OP. d hadde x.
mercy of that seruaunt OP.
z thilke o. that A". e

6 Om. oux. k owed o.

ajte x.
l to
f deliuered ou. that ilke GW. the ilke A/P. that x. '
'
o.
goynge
him ux. m penyes ou.
o. Om.
" and seide oc;. P thou the thenge that ou. thou that G sec. m. that
that MPW sec. m. XY. thou that that pr. m. 1 w
fallinge doun, preyde Q sec. m.
r and seide ou.

P heuenes Rpr. m. 1 man kyng K. r .Om. c. s for to

putte resoun b sec. m. a.
*
oujte to hym b
sec. m. a. u offrid <jb sec. m. a. v Verse 24 omitted in Eb pr. m. w he shulda K. Om. celeri et o$.

y Om. Kxcghi.
z Om. A pr. m.
a Om. c.

VOL. IV. H
 50 MATTHEW. XVIII. 30 XIX. 7.

cience in me, and

v
alle thingis I shal quyte" alle thingis to thee. But he wolde not ; so
3 b
so to thee. Forsothe heVolde nat 1
; but wente, but wente out, and putte hym in to
and sent hym in to pryson, til that he v 11
prisoun, til he paiede al the dette. And si
c
Sothely his euen ser- hise euen seruauntis, seynge the thingis
si paide al the dette.
uauntis, seeynge the"' thingis that weren that weren don, soreweden greetli. And

don, "gretely hadden sorowe And thei x. thei camen, and telden to her lord alle
cameri, and tolden to? her lord alle the
z
the d
thingis that weren don. Thanne 32
32 thingis thatweren don. Thanne his lord his lord clepide hym, and seide to hym,
clepide hym, and seide to hym, Weyward Wickid seruaunt, Y foi^af to thee al the
seruaunt, I foi^af to thee al the dette, for dette, for thou preiedist me. Therfor:
ssthou preidist me. Therfore wher it be-
a
whether it bihouede dd not also thee to
houede nat and c thee to haue mercy on
d
haue merci on thin euen seruaunt, as Y
thi euen seruaunt, as e I hadde mercy f of hadde merci on thee ? And his lord was 34
h
34 thee ? And his lord wroth, tok hym to wroth, and took hym to turrnentouris, til

k So fadir of 35
tourmenturs, til that' he paiede al the dette. he paiede al the dette. my
v
35 So and 1

my fadir of heuen shal do to 3ou, heuene schal do to 3ou, if 36 for3yuen not

3if 36 'fo^eue nat m euery
n
man to his bro- euery
e
man to his brother, of 3oure hertes.

ther, of 3oure hertis.

CAP. XIX. CAP. XIX.

1 And it is don, whenne Jhesus hadde And was don, whanne Jhesus hadde i
it

eendide these? worclis, he passide fro Ga- endid these f wordis, he passide fro Ga-
v

lilee, and cam in to the coostis of Judee

5
lilee, and camel in to the eendiV of Ju-
2 dee ouer Jordan. And manye cumpanyes ouer Jordan. And myche puple suede 2
"of men* sueden hym, and he helide hem him, and he heelide hem there. And 3
3 there. And Pharisees camen ni3 to hym, FariseesScamen to him, temptynge him 1
',

temptynge hym, and seyinge, Wher u it bev and seiden, Whether it be leueful to a
v
leeful for"' a man for x to leeue, or for- man to leeue his for ony cause ?
Avijf,
v

isakey, his wijf, of what euerz cause ? The a Which 1

answeride, and seide to hem, 4

whiche answerynge seith b to hem, Han nat Han 36 not red, for he that made men

3ee rad, for he that made men

c
at the made hem male and
at the bigynriyng,
v
d
bygynnynge, rnale and female he made female? And he seide, For this thing as
5 hem ? And he seide, For this thing a man man schal leeue fadir and modir, and he
c

shal leeue fadir and modir, and he shal

f
schaldraw to his wijf; and thei schuleri
eleue?, W clrawe h to his wif ; and thei
,

v
be tweyne in o fleisch. Arid so thei ben 6
cshulen be two in oo flesh. And so' thei not now tweyne, but o fleisch. Therfor
ben nat now k two, bot oo flesh. Therfore 1
ak man departe not that thing that God
man m God hath ioyned. Thei seien to hym, What 7
a departe nat that thing that"
Teuioynyde ,
'or knytte to gidre?. Thei thanne comaundide Moises, to 3yue a

8
I schall jelde all thenges ou. *
nolde ov. u Om. OQU. v he hadde Q. w all the o. tho P. x weren
sorowful greetly ou. Y Om. s. z Om. OPSVX. vw sec. m. a whether x. whether and b
by- tho s.

houeth ou. c also ou. d of or;. e S on AMNSVWX.

as h
and GPW. as also v. f also o.
mercy bytoke
ou. i
Om. ou. k hade
payed
1
o. And so ou. m schal not forjif our. n eiche ou. was AOVV.
P this G. 1 he cam ou. r eendes, either coostis v sec. m. Om. o. s Om. o. * Om. ou. u Whether x
pass.
v is ou. w to MOQSTUVWXY. Om. GP. * Om. OQSUXY. y forsake ou. lefen x. z bi eny ou. for what-
euere G. B Om. ou. b seide ou. c man T
pr. in.
& made hem male ou. e Om. o. f Om. ou.
S drawe u. cleue to p. h Om. oux. i
Therfore Q sec. m. Om. Q pr. m. k Om. Q. !
And therefore
K sec. m. m the ou. n whiche thenge ou. hath ioyned 017. ioynede x. P Om. oux.

a b Om. c. c tho Ek. d Om. dd bihoueth n. e ech alle thes c.

puttide K. cxbek. tho E. c.
the Farisees i. h Om. cc pr. m. "
The whiche i. k Om. i.
 XIX. 8 1
MATTHEW. 51

seyen to hym, What thannei comaundide libelof forsakyng, and to leeue of? And 8
Moyses, to 3eue a litil boke of forsakynge, he seide to hem, For Moises, for the 1

sand to 'leeue ofF ? r

And he seith 8 to hem, hardnesse of 3oure herte, suffride 3011
For Moyses, at the hardriesse of joure leeue m 3oure wyues ; but fro the bigynn-
herte, suffride 3ou forsake* 3oure wyues ;
yng it was not so. And Y seie to 300,9
forsothe at the begynnyng it was nat so. that who
euer leeueth" his wijf, but for
9
Trewly I seie to 3011, that" who euer leeu- fornycacioun, and weddith another, doith
eth v his wif, no
w but for fornicacioun, letcherie and he that weddith the for-
;

and x weddith an other, doth a vowtrie ; sakun wijf, doith letcherie. His 10
disciplis
and he that weddith the forsaken wife?, seien to him, If the cause of a man with
10 doth a vowtrie. His disciplis seien to a
hyrn, wijf is so, it spedith not to be weddid.
3if the cause of a man with a wijf is so,
z
And he seide to hem, Not alle men taken u
nit speedith nat to wedde a The b whiche . this word but? to whiche it is 3ouun.
;

seith c to hem, Nat alle men taken this For ther ben geldingis, whiche ben thus") 12

12 word ; but to which d

3ouen. Sothely it is born of the modris r wombe and ther ben ;

'thereben geldyngis 6 'the whiche f ben ,

geldyngis, that ben maad of men and ;

thus born of the? modris wombe ; and there ben geldyngis, that han geldid hem
'there ben geldyngis h that' ben maad of for the 8
of heuenes. He
,
silf, kyngdom
k
men, and 'there ben geldyngis , that han 1
that may take, 'take he
4
. Thanne litle is
m hem for the n
of children weren brou3te to hym, that he
geldid self, kyngdam
heuenes. He that may take, take hef. schulde putte hondis to hem, and preie.
13 Thanne litil children weren offridi vp r to And the disciplis blamyden hem. But i<*

hym, that he shulde putte hondis 8 to hem, Jhesus seide to hem, Suffre 30 that litle
and preie. Sothely his* disciplis blameden children come to me, and nyle 36 forbede
u hem. But" Jhesus seith v to hem, Suffre hem ; for of siche is the kyngdom of
36 litil childre cume to me, and nyl 30 for- heuenes. And whanne
he hadde put to i'>

bede hem 'for to come to me w ; for of siche hem hondis, he wente fro thennus. And ie

15 is the kyngdam of heuenes. And whenne lo oon cam, and seide to hyrn, Good
!

he hadde putte to hem hondis, he wente maister,what good schal Y do, that Y
lethennus". And loo !
oon, 'cummynge to-v , haue euerlastynge lijf? Which" seith toi7
seith' to hym, Good maister, what ofa good hym, What axist thou me of good thing?
b
thing shal I do, that I haue euerlastynge There is o good God. But if thou wolt

I7lyf? The<= which seith d to hym, What entre to v lijf, kepe

the comaundementis.
axist thou me of good thing ? 'There is He seith to hym, Whiche? And Jhesus i

e
oo good God. For f 3if thou wolt entre in seide,Thou schalt not do mansleying,
is to lif, kepeK the comaundementis
h
. He thou schalt not do auowtrie, thou schalt
seith to hym, Whiche ? Trewly Jhesus not do thefte, thou schalt not seie fals
seide, Thou man sleaynge,
shalt nat do witnessying worschipe thi fadir and thi
;
i

thou shalt nat do avowtrie, thou shalt nat modir, and, thou schalt lone thi nei3bore
do thefte, thou shalt nat seye fals witness- as thi silf. The 3onge man seith to 20

loinge'; worshipe
k
thi fadir and thi modir, hym, Y haue kept alle these thingis fro

1 therfore ou. forsake ou. r

3 * to forsake osux. u for our. v forsaketh ou. w Om. x.
seyde oir.
* Om. x. z ou. Om. x. a be weddit N. be wedded ou. be wedde A b Om. OK.
and he o. J the sec. in.
c seide ouw sec. m. d whom GPXY. e ben ou. f whiche ot;. that A:. S her u. h
geldynges geldynges
ben ou. ' whiche ou. k geldynges ben ot;. 1 whiche ou. m geet x. n rewme ou. And he K sec. m.
P Om. ouiv. 1 brou3te u tec. m. r Om. ou. a his * the ou. u Forsothe u.
hondis N. Sothely o.
v
seide ou. w Om. o. to comen to me sux. x fro thens ot;. y neijynge ou. z seide ot;. a Om. ou.
b Om. ou. c Om. ot;. d seide ot;. c Oon is ou. There is AG. { Forsothe our. S kepe thou o.
b maundements M w. '
witnesse x. k honour thou ou.

1
Forsothe t. m to leeue KHuxeghik/3. n forsakitli c
sup. ras. his IK. P but thei P. 1 so K.
T modir BP. s
rewme t tak i. u The whiche I. v into B.
cEiPCjca(3.

H 2
 52 MATTHEW. XIX. 20 30.

and thou shalt looue thi r^bore as thi self. rny 3outhe
v
, what 3it failith w to me?
20 The 3ung man ]
seith to hym, I haue kepte Jhesus seith to hym, If thou wolt be 21
m what and that
alle these thingis fro my 3outhe , 3it perfite, go, sille alle thingis
-21 failith to me ? Jhesus seith to hym, ?if thou hast, and 3yue to pore men, and
thou perfit, go, and selle alle
wolt be thou schalt haue tresoure in heuene ; and

thingus that thou hast, and 3eue to pore come, and sue me. And whanne the 22

men, and thou shalt haue tresour in he- 3ong man hadde herd these wordis, he
22uene; and cum, sue thou me. Forsothe wente awei sorewful, for he hadde many
whenne the 3ung n man hadde herde these possessiouns. And Jhesus seide to hise23
wordis, he wente awey sorwful, for he was disciplis, Y seie to 3011 treuthe, for a

2:(hauynge many possessiouns. Forsothe riche man of hard schal entre in to the
V

Jhesus seide to his disciplis, I seie to 3ou kyngdom of heuenes. And eftsoone Y24
trewthei', fori a riche man 'of hard r
shal seie to 3ou, it is Ii3ter a camel to passe

24 entre in to the kyngdam

8
of heuenes. And thorou a needlis i3e, thanne a riche man
V

eftsone 1
I seie to 3ou, it" is li3ter, or to entre in to the kyngdom of heuens.

eysier a camel for w to passe thorw3 'a

v
,
Whanne these thingis weren herd, the 25

nedelis ei3e
x
than a riche man to? entre
, disciplis wondriden greetli, and seiden,
25 into the kyngdam" of heuenes. Treuly these Who thanne may be saaf? Jhesus bi-2
wordis b
herd, the c disciplis wondriden helde, and seide to hem, Anentis men

gretely, seyinge,
Who therfore may be this thing is impossible ; but anentisGod
2i;saaf? Forsothe Jhesus beholdynge seide alle thingis ben possible. Thanne Petre 27
to hem, Anentis men this thing is im- answeride, and seide to hym, Lo we !

possible ;
but anentis God alle thingis ben ban forsake alle thingis, and we ban
27 possible. Thanne Petre answerynge seide suede thee ; what thanne schal be to vs ?
d
to hym, Loo! we ban forsaken alle thingis, Jhesus* seide to hem, Truli I seie to 3011,21!

and we ban sued thee what therfore shal ; that 36 that han forsake alle thingis,
M be to us ? Jhesus forsothe seide to hem, and han sued me, in the^ regeneracioun
Trewly Y
seye to 3ou, that 36 that ban whanne mannus sone schal sitte in the
6
forsaken alle thingis, and sued me, in re- sete of his maieste, 36 schulen sitte on
^

generacioun, or gendrynge a^ein

!
whenne , twelue setis, demynge the twelue kyn-
mannes sone shall sitte in the sete of his redis of Israel. And euery man that for- 20
sitt on twelue z
mageste, ands 36 shulen sakith hous, britheren or sistren , fadir
setis, W
80egis\ demynge the twelue
a
or modir, wijf ethir children, or feeldis,

2iikynredis of Yrael. And euery 1 man that for my name, he schal take' an hundrid
1

shal forsake hous ', or1 bretheren, or

1
sis- 1

foold, and schal c welde euerlastynge lijf.

tren, or" fadir, or modir, orP wif, ori But manye schulen be, the firste the 30
r 8
sonys or feeldis, for my name, he* shal
, laste, and the laste the firste.

take an hundrid fold, and shal welde euere

:iolastynge lyf. Forsothe many u shulen be,
'the firste v
the laste, and the w laste the
firste.

"> n seith x. P Trewly I seie to jou o. <l for

jong wexinge ou. jong wexinge ou.
1
jongthe o.
r Om. ou. v esier ou. w Om. osux. * the
lijtere x.
s rewme ou. * efte ou. u for o.
of harde ou.
a rewme o. b f Om.
hoole of an nedel eije o. the hoole of a nedle u. y for to ou. thenges ou.
Axsrw. d Om. K. e han sued our. suen p. f Om. or sec. m. x. or
gadering ayn r pr. m. S also ou.
h Om. GOPUXY. i
eche oux. k his hous u. 1
ether ou. m ether ou. ether ou. Om. K.
1 ether ouw sup. ras. and K. r sone if. s ether our. * Om. our. u
ether ou. P ether ou. many
lirst OPXY. the firste K sec. m. * Om. GK sec. m. PXY. of the firste o. w of the o.
many

v w falleth R. * and Jhesus i. Om. cKisiPQRUxbcka^. z sistris c. or bek.

jongthe ciKiubgi.
b haue CKPQXa. he schal i. <-
 XX. I
14. MATTHEW. 53

CAP. XX. CAP. XX.

i The kyngdam* of heuenes is lie to an The kyngdom of heuenes is lijc to am
husbond man, that wente out first erly, 'or housbonde man, that wente out first bi
by the marice*, to hyre workemen in to his the morewe, to hire werk men in z to his
%
z
2
vyne3erd Forsothe the a couenaunt maad
.
vyne^erd. And whanne the couenaunt 2
with workmen, of a peny for the day, he was maad with 3 werk men, of a peny for
ssente hem in to his 'vyne3erd b And he, . the dai, he sente hem in to his
Tynejerd.
gon out about the thridde hour, say other And he 3ede out aboute the thridde our, :i

4
stondynge ydil in the chepyng. And he and say othere stondynge idel in the che-
v
seide to hem, Go c 'and 3ee d in to my vyrie pyng. And he seide to hem, Go 30 also 4
e
3erd and 'that that shal be ri3tful I shal
f in to myn vyn3erd, and that that schal
, ,

53eue to 3ou&. Sotheli thei weriten forth. be ri3tful, Y schal 3yue to 3ou. And thei 5

Forsothe eftsoone' he wente out aboute 1

wenten forth. Eftsoones he wente out
the sixte hour, and the nynethe, and dide aboute the sixte our, and the nynthe,
eon liche' manere. But aboute the elle- and dide b in c lijk maner. But aboute r>

uenthe houre k he wente out, and foond the elleuenthe our he wente out, and
other stondynge and he seide to hem, ; foond other stondynge and he d seide to
;

7 What stonden 36 her hem, What stonden 36

ydil al day ? Thei idel here al dai ?

hym, For no man hath Thei seien him, For no man hath?
1
seien to hirid us. to
v
He seith to hem, Go and 36" in to my hirid vs. He seith to hem, Go 30 also

a'vyne 3erd. Forsothe whenne euenynge? in to my vyne3erd. And whanne euen- 8

was maad, the lord of the 'vyne3erdi seith yng was comun, the lord of the vyne3erd
to his procuratour ", Clepe" the 1
workmen, seith to his procuratoure, Clepe e the werk
and 3elde to hem her bygynnynge hijre, at men, and 3elde f to? hem her hire, and bi-
the laste 'til whenne
to 1 the firste. Therfore gynne thou at the laste til to the firste.
thei 'weren commen", that camen v about And so whanne thei weren comun, that 9
the elleuenth hour, and w thei token syn- camen aboute the elleuenthe our, also
guler* pens, that is, euerijf man oof peny.
thei token eueryche of hem a peny. But 10
a the firste camen, and demederi, that thei
10 Trewly and the firste cummynge demed-
b
en, that thei weren to take more, 'trewly schulden take more, but thei token ech
c
and thei token "echori by hym a peny d silf . oon bi hem silf a peny; and in then
h
11 And thei takynge grutcheden a3eins the takyng grutchiden a3ens the hosebonde
12 husbond man, seyinge 6 These laste diden ,
f
man, and seiden, These laste wrou3teni2
worche% oon h our, and thou hast maad oon our, and thou hast maad hem euen
hem euen to vs, that han born the charge to vs, that han born the charge of the

is of the day and hete' ? And he answerynge dai, and heete ? And he answeride to oon is

to oon of hem, seide, Frend, I do 'thee no of hem, and seide, Freend,Ydo thee noon
k whether thou hast nat accordid
1
whether thou hast not acordid
wronge ; wrong ;

14 with me for a peny? Take 'that that is with me for a peny ? Take thou that' that u
thine" 1
,
and go ; forsothe Y wole 3eue and" is thin, and go ; for Y wole 3yue to this

" rewme Om. ovxv. z vinere ou. a Om. x. b vinere u. c Goth x. & 39 also ou. e vyner
ou. y
h eft ou. * Om. G
Om.
S jou this that schall be rijteful ou. lichy w. pr. w. seiden x.
> 1
of. f ou.
m Goth x. n je also ot;. vinere ou. P euentyde ou. 1 viner ou. r
procatour KQT. s
Clepe thou ou.
u camen ou. T haden commen ou. w also ou. x euen ou. y iche ou. eche x. z a
pr. m.
1 til KIV

OUPX. a Om. Q. b weren worthi ou. c but also ou. d euen pens ou. eche by hymself a peny x. echon
e and seiden ou. f The r. e Om. AK
pr. m. nosrvrx.
bi him self oo peny Y. J n on ou.
' o'f
the heete l

l whar o. m thou the n also ou.

o. the heete PU.
k no
wronge to thee ou. thenge that thine is ou.

f
* Om. R pr. m. a with the K. b he dide i. on Eia/9. d Om. c. e Clepe ;e
c bi pr. m. jelde 36 i.

Om. n pr. m. h thei

grutchiden A sec. m. x sec. m. '
that thing c. Om. hi.
 54 MATTHEW. XX. 15 27.

to this the man?, as andi to thee.

laste laste man, as k to thee. Whether it is is

15 Wher it is nat leful to me for to do that*

r 8
not leueful to me to do that that 1
Y wole?
u
thatlwole ? Wher thin ei3e is wickid v for I , Whether thin {36 is wickid, for Y am
w last men
16 am good ? So 'there shulen be the good ? So the laste schulen be the
firste, is

the x firste?, arid the 'firste men the z lastea ; and the firste the m laste 'for many" ben ;

17 for many ben clepid, bot few chosun. And clepid, but fewe ben chosun. And Jhe- 17
b
Jhesus, steyinge vp to Jerusalem, toke his sus wente vp to Jerusalem, and took hise
twelue disciplis in priuytee, and seith c to twelue disciplis in priuetee, and seide to
is hem, Loo we 'gon vpd to Jerusalem, and
! hem, Lo we goon vp to Jerusalem, and
! is

marines sone shal be taken 6 to princis of mannus sone schal be bitakun to princis
prestis, and scribis
f
and thei shulen con- ;
of prestis, and scrim's'' ; and thei schulen

I'jdempue hym bys deth. And thei shulen condempnehim todeeth. And thei schulen is

bitake men,
hym to beto hethen for h bitake hym to hethene men, for to be
scornyd, and scourgid', and crucified and ; scorned, and scourgid, and crucified ; and
the k thridde day he shal ryse a3ein
1
. the thridde day he schal rise a}en to lijf.
20 Thanne the modir of the sonis of Zebede Thanne the modir of the sones of Ze-20
'came ni3 m to with hire sonys, ho- bedee cam to hym with hir sones, onour-
hym
nourynge and axinge sume thing of hym.
, ynge, and axynge sum thing of hym.
21 The whiche seide to hir, What wolt thou ? And he seide to hir, What wolt thou? 21

She seithP to hym, Seiei that these 'two She seith tohym, Seie that thes tweynePP
my r sonys sitten, oon at thi 8 ri3thalf, and my sones sitte, oon at thii ri3thalf, and
22 oon at thi 1
lefthalf, in thi kyngdam". For- oon at thii lefthalf, in thi kyngdom. Jhe- 22
sothe Jhesus answerynge seide, 3e wyten sus answeride, and seide, 3e witen not
nat what }e axen v or shulen axe. Mowen ,
what 36 axen. Moun 36 drynke the cuppe r

36drynke the cuppe that" I 'am to>' drynke? which 8 Y schal drynke" ? Thei
1
seien to
23 Thei seienz to hym, We mowen. He seith hym, We moun. He seith to hem, 3e2.i
tohem, Forsothe 36 shal drynke my cuppe ; schulen drinke my cuppe ;
but to sitte at

but a to sitte atb the c ri3thalf or d at e left- uu is not

my ri3thalf or lefthalf, it
myn to
v
3yue to 3ou ; but to whiche it is maad
f
half, it is nat myn to 3eue to 3011 ; but to
24whiche it is made redy of my fadir. And redi of my
fadir. And the ten herynge, 24
the ten herynge hadden indignacioun of hadden indignacioun of the twei w bri-

25 the' two bretheren.

1

Sothely Jhesus cle-

1
theren. But Jhesus clepide hem to hym, 25
pide hem to hym, and seith k , 3e witen, for and seide, 3 e witen, that princis of he-

princis of heithen men ben lordis of hem,

1
thene men ben lordis of hern, and thei
and thei that ben more"1 , hawnten" power that ben gretter*, vsen power on hem. It 26

26 'in to hem. It shal nat be so among 3011 ; schal not be so among 3ou ; but who euer
bot who euere wole be maad rnorePamong wole be maad grettei-y among 3ou, be he
27 3ou, be he 3oure mynystre ; and who euere 3oure mynystre ; and who euer among

Om. PQS. P Om. ou. n also ou. r Whether and G. Whether sx. a Om. ovx. ' the thenge ou.
u Or whether N. Whether GPSUWX. v wicke X, w Om. a pr. in. * Om. PQ.
x
y the firste schulen be the
%
laste ou. z Om. PQ. ovrw sec. m.
a laste the firste ou. b Om. u. seide &
sti3en ou.
e bitaken

vrw sec. m. f to scribes ou. beeten ou. k in the ou.

S to OPX .
1 h
Om, G pr. m.
Om. sx.
m nei3ed ou. n
worchipynge ou. honourynge, or preiynge Q sec. m. Om. ou. P seide ovx. q Seie
r u rewme ou. v schulen axe o. asken g,
thou ou. my two ou. tweyne my w. s
the o. * the o.
w Om. ovx or sehulen aske Q. * whiche ou. > schall ou. z seiden o. a forsothe ou. b on G. c
d
my
AOUVW. ether ou. Qm. AGMNPSUWXY. at my or sec. in. at the e. f Om. G
pr, m. vx. whom
GPXY. h
Om. Q. ' tweyne ir, k seide ourw sec. m. ' the princes ou. m the gretter ou. D vsen ou,
on our. P the gretter ou.

k as
myche as and K. '
Om. c. m schul be the i. n
many forsothe i. and CIR pr. m. a. P to
PP two i. the R. r of the EI t am to u uu Om. Q.
drynke off'i pr. m.
s that i.
scribes i, 'I
pr. m. C.
v whom w two IQ. x greties' c. y
i.
gretttst c.
 XX. 28 XXI. 7- MATTHEW. 55

amonge jou wole be firste"), he shal be 3ou wole be the firste, he schal be 3oure
283oure seruaunt. As mannes sorie came nat seruaunt. As mannus sone cam not to be 28
for r to be serued, but for s to serue, and seruyd, but toy serue, and to z 3yue his lijf
'for to 1
3eue his 'soule, or lif", redemp- redempcioun for manye. And whanne2
many. And hem goynge out of
29 cioun for v
thei3eden out of Jerico, miche puple
w
Jerico, manye cumpanyes of peple sueden suede him. And ]o! twei a
blynde men so
30 hym. And loo two* blynd men sittynge !
saten bisydis the weie, and herden that
besidis^ the weye, herden that Jhesus pass- Jhesus passide ; and thei crieden, and
ide and thei crieden, seyinge, Lord, the
;
seiden,Lord, the sone of Dauid, haue
31 sone of Dauyth, haue mercy on z vs. For- merci on vs. And the puple blamedeai
v
a
sothe the cumpariye blamyde hem, for to b hem, that thei schulden be
and stille ;

be stille more 'and more c

; and thei crieden , thei crieden the b more,
and seiden, Lord,
seiynge, Lord, the sone of Dauyth, haue the sone of Dauid, haue merci on vs.
d
32 mercy on vs. And Jhesus stood, and And Jhesus stood, and clepide hem, and 32
clepide hem, and seith 6 What wole f 36, , seide, What wolen 36, that Y do to 3ou ?
33 that I do to 3ou? Theis seien to hym, Thei seien to him, Lord, that oure i3en33
34 Lord, that oure ei3en be openyd. For- be opened. And Jhesus hadde merci on 34
sothe Jhesus, hauynge mercy on h hem, hem, and touchide her i3en; and anoori
touchide her ei3en ; and anoon thei sayen, thei sayen, and sueden him.
and sueden hym.

CAP. XXI. CAP. XXI.

i And whaune Jhesus' came ni3 to Jeru- And whanne Jhesus cam ny3 to Jerusa- 1

cam to Bethfage, in the mount k cam bb

salem, and lem, and to Bethfage ,
at the mount
of Olyfeet, thanne Jhesus sente his two 1
of Olyuete, thanne sente he his twei c dis-

2disciplis, seyinge to hem, Go 36 in to the Go

and seide to hem, d
ciplis, 30 in to 2

and anon 36 shal

castel that" is a3einus 3ou, 1
the castel that a3ens 3ou, and anoori 36
is

fynde a she asse tyed, and a colt with hir; schulen fynde an asse tied, and a colt

svnbynde" 36, and bryng to me. Arid 3if with hir ; vntien 36, and brynge 6 to me.
eny man 'shal seieP to 3ou eny thinge, 'seie And ony man seie to 3ou ony thing, 3
if
"

36% that the Lord hath need to hern

1
; and seie 36, that the Lord hath nede to hem ;

43110011 he shal leeue hem. Trewly

8
al ss and anoon he schal leeue hem. Al this 4
this was don, that that* thing that was was doon, that that thing schulde be ful-
seid by the prophete shulde be fulfillid", fillid, that was seid bi the prophete, sei-

5
seyinge, Seie 36 to the dorter of Syon, ynge, Seie 56 to the doi^ter of Syon, Lo 1 5

Loo thi kyng cometh

! to thee, 'hornly, or thi kyng cometh to thee, meke, sittynge
mekev sittynge on 'an
, asse w , and a 'fole, on an asse, and a fole of an asse vnder
e the" sone? of a beest vndir 3ook. For- 3ok. And the disciplis 3eden, and diden e
z a
sothe disciplis , goynge , diden as Jhesus as Jhesus comaundide hem. And thei f 7
b
ycomaundide hem And thei brou3ten to c .
brou3ten an asse, and the& fole, and leid-
a she asse, and 'the fole d and puttiden 6 , en h her clothis on hem, and maden hym

q the first ou. r Om. svx. s Om. osux. 1

Om. o. to svx. "lifou. soule x. v thei u. w Om. ou.
2 of G sec. m. PXY. a b that thei schulden ou. to s.v. c Om.
y by o.
tweyne w. companies o.

ouvw sec. m. d of G sec. m. PXY. e seide ou. f wiln x. S And thei GX. b O f GS.YV. he ou. '

k to o. at GMPQSTUYWXY. l
tweye \v. m \vhiche ou. n
vntye u sec. m. bryngith GSXY.
P seieth ou. 1 seith s. seye w pr. m. r for ou. s Forsothe ou. ss as K. * the ou. u filled ou.
v he mylde ou. homly, or mekely PT. Om. x. w a sche asse ou. x coltes o. colt u. y Om. u sec. m.
2 a m. b to hem c Om. ou. two G d a colt o. the
the disciplis PU. goynge forth Q sec. ou. pr. m.
e
colt u. putten x.

z Om. H a two b Om. Eib pr. m. bb c two Q passim.

pr. m.
el
y for to K. i. caft. Beffage A. i

Om. c. e
bryngeth EIQRCO/}.
f Om. s. sec. m. S a K. her e. thei leiden i.
 56 MATTHEW. XXI. 8 19.

her clothis on hem, and maden hym sitte

f
sitte aboue. And ful myche puple strew- K
saboue. Forsothe ful muche cumpanye iden' her clothis in the weie ; othere kitt-
k
strewidens her clothis in the wey ; sothely iden braunchis of trees, and strewiden
other kittiden braunchis of trees, and
1' 1
in the weie. And the puple that wente >.>

gstrowiden in the weye. But k the cum- bifore, and that sueden, crieden, and
panyes that wenten before, and that sued- seiden, Osanna to the sone of Dauid ;
en, crieden, seyinge, Osanna, that w / blessid is he that cometh in the name of
1
,

m the Lord Osanna in hi3 thingis. And 10

preie, saue , to the sone of Dauith
blessid ; ;

f'*
n he that cummeth in the name of the whanne he was entrid in to Jerusalem,
Lord Osanna in 'the al the citee was stirid, and seide, Who is
; hee3istP thingis.
10 And when he had entrid in to Jerusalem, this? But the puple seide, This is Jhe-n

al the cite was stirid, seyinge, Who is sus, the prophete, of Nazareth of Galilee.

11 this? Treuly'i the peplis seiden, This is And Jhesus entride in to the temple of 12
God, and castide out of the temple alle
1

'Jhesus, the prophete

1
",
of Nazareth of Ga-
i2lilee. And Jhesus entride in to the temple that bou3ten and solden ; and he turnede

of God, and kest 8 out of the temple alle* vpsedoun the bordis of chaungeris, and
and byinge"; and he turnyde vp- the chayeris of men that solden culueris.
'sellynge
sadoun the bordis of v chaungeris, and the And he seith m to hem, It is writun, Myn 13

13 chaiers of men sellynge culueris. And he hous schal be clepid an hous of preier;
hem, It is writen, My hous shal
seith to but 36 han maad
it a denne of theues.

be clepid an hous of preiere forsothe 30 ;

And blynde and crokid camen to hyrn u
14 ban made it a derme of thefes. And in n the temple, and he heelide hem. But is
w v the princis of prestis and scribisP, seynge
blynde and crokid" 'camen ni3- to hym
15 'in the temple , and he helide hem. For- 2
the merueilouse thingis that he dide, andi
b children criynge r in the temple, and sei-
sothe the princis of prestis* and scribis ,

d
ynge, Osanna to the sone of Dauid, had-
c 8
seeynge the marueilouse thingis that he
dide, and children cryinge in the temple, den* indignacioun, and seiden to hym, \a

and seiynge, Osanna to the sone of Da- Herist thou what these seien ? And"
leuith, dedeyneden
6
and seiden to hym, , Jhesus seide to hem, 3 neV > whether 36
Heerist thou what these seyen ? Sothely han neuer redde, That of the mouth of
Jhesus seith f to hem, 3he ;
wher& 36 han 3onge children, and of soukynge childryn,
riat
1'
rad, For of the mouth of children, thou hast maad perfit heriyng ? And 17

that kunnen nut speke, and' of k soukynge whanne he hadde left hem, he wente
mylk
1
,
thou hast made parfite heryinge ? forth out of the citee, in to Bethanye ;
17 And, hem forsaken he wente forth out of
11
,
and there he dwelte, and tai^te hem of
the citee, in to Betanye ; and there he the kyngdom of God. But on the mo- is

dwelte, and tai^te hem of the kyngdami' rowe, he, turnynge a3en in to the citee,
is of God. Forsothe on the morw, he, turn- hungride. And he saye a fige tree bi- 19

19
yngei a3ein in to the citee, hungride. And sidis the weie, and cam to it, and foond
r
he, seeynge a fige tree bysidis the weye, no thing ther ynne but leeues oneli. And

f
men k Forsothe ou.
to sitten x. g spredden u sec. m. kytten GX.
'
i* to
saye T.
i
'i
other ou.
m sane ihou or sec. m. u. "Om.x.
Om. p. P hei3 or sec. m. v. heyjest G>ir pr. m. PQSTWXY. 1 For-
v and
sothe ou. r the
prophete Jhesus o.
s
casted or. '
alie men A". u biende and sillende A'. KQII .

and of r. w blinde men or sec. m. v. x croked men ou. J nt^ed o. neijeden rv.
z Om. A'. a the
b the scribes ou.
indignacioun or
c Om. K d wonderfull or sec. m. u. e haden
pr. m. or.
prestes o.
sec.m. u. thei hadden K. f seide our. S whether GUS el x h neuere vvw sec. m. '
or p.
dedegne passim.
k of the o. '
Om. A". m preysinge GOQA'Y.
n left N. that G. P rewme or sec. m. v. 1 turned o.
r o v sec. m. w.

i
sec. m. a. k strewen 1
caste k pr. m. m seide KR. n into c. And c. P the
spredden iQgk (3.

scribis c. i and the cs. r crieden

s.
s
that is, I prey thee, saue vs x mars:. 1 thei hadden ia.
u Om. c. v Om. j.
 XXI. 2C -29. MATTHEW. 57
v
came and fonde no thing ther on s
to it, he seide to it, Neuer fruyt come forth of
no but leeuys oonly and he seith* to it, ; thee, in to And anoon
with outen eende,
Neuer be" fruyt born v of thee, in to with the fige tre was dried vp. And w
disciplisso
outen eende. And anoon the fijge tree x
'sawen, and wondriden, seiynge^, Hou a-
20 was dried vp. And disciplis w seeynge, noon it driede. And Jhesus answeride, 21
21 wondreden, seyinge*, Hou 'anon it driedeF. and seide hem, Treuli Y seie to 3ou,
to

Sothely Jhesus answerynge, seith" to hem, if 36 haue feith, and douten not, not oonli

Trewly I seye to 3011, 3if 36 shulen han 30 schulen do of the fige tree, but also if
a
feith, as a corn of seneuey, and 'douten 36 seyn to this hil,Take, and caste thee in
natb , nat oonly je shulen do of this c fijge to the see, it schal be don so. And alle 22
d e
tree, bot and 3if 36 seien to this hill, thingis what euere z 36 bileuynge schulen
Take f thee, and caste thee in to the see, axe in preyer, 36 schulen take. And 23
22 'and so& it shal be don. And alle thingis whanne he cam in to the temple, the
h
what euer
3e shulen axe in preier byleu- princis of prestis and elder men of the
iwynge 366 shulen take. And whenne he
1 k
, puple carnen to hym that tau3te, and
came in to the temple, the princis of
1
seiden, In what power doist thou these
prestis and eldre m men of the peple camen thingis? and who 3af thee this power?
ri
{3 to hym techynge, seyinge", In what Jhesus answeride, and seide to hem, And 24
power dost thou these thingis ? and who Y schal axe 3ou o word, the which if
24 3af to thee this power ? Jhesus answer- 36 tellen me a ,
Y schal seie to 3011, in

ynge seide to hem, And I shal axe 5011 what b

power Y do these thingis. . Of 25
o word, 3if the'' whiche 36 shulen seie to whennys was the baptym of Joon ;
of he-
me, and I shal seie to 3011, in what power uene, or of men ? And thei thou3ten with
2,-. I do these^ thiugis. Of whennes was the ynne hem silf, seiynge, If we seien of2
baptem of Joon ;
of heuene, or r
of men ? heuene, he schal seie to vs, Whi thanne
And thei thou^ten with inne 'hem selfs , bileuen 36 not to hym ? If we seien of
20
seyinge, 3'f we shulen seie of heuene, he men, we dreden the puple, for alle hadden
shal seie to vs, Whi therfore beleuen 36 Joon as a prophete. And thei answer- 27
nat to hym ? Sothely 3if we shulen seie of iden to Jhesu, and seiden, We witen
men, we dreden the cumpanye 'of peple not. And he seide to hem, Nether Y seie
1
,

27 for alle hadde Joon as a prophete. And to 3ou, in what power Y do these thingis.
thei answerynge to Jhesu seiden, We But what semeth to c
3011? A man hadde 28

witen nat. And he seith hem, Nether

11
to tweysones; and he cam to the firste, and
I seie to 3ou, in what power I do these seide, Sone, go worche this dai in my
28
thingis. Forsothe what semeth to 3ou? vyne3erd. Arid he answeride, and seide, 20

Sum man hadde two v

sonys; and he'cum- Y nyle
d
;
but afterward he forthou3te,
w to the firste seide, and wente forth. But he cam to 'the
mynge ni3 Sone, go
'for to worche* day? in to
myn vyne-
'this z
tother e and seide on lijks maner.
,
f
And
a b
23erd .
Sothely he answerynge seith I , he answeride, and seide, Lord, Ygo; and
nyle ;
forsothe afterward he stirid by d he wente not. Who of the tweyne didesi

9 ther l seide ouvw sec. m. " Oni. or sec. m. u. v cum forthe ov sec. m. u.
ynne AGMfrpQsrurxY.
w the disciplis PU. * and
seyden u sec. in. 7 it dried anone o. it dried up anone v sec. m. anoon driede NP.
d also our. e schulen
z
seyde ourw sec m.
a the ot;. t>
schul not dowte ovrw sec. m. c the our.

f Take awei our. SOtn.our. h Om. our. k Om. '

Om. x. m the
seie ovr. 30 byleuynge our. u.
'

eelder or sec. m. u. D and seiden or sec. m. u. a AND. V Om. or sec. m. u. q this G * ether
passim.
v w
nei3ynge or sec. m. u.
* hem seluen o. ' Om. or
or sec. m. u. sec. m. u. seide our. tweye w.
* Om. o. forth to worke s. thou for to worche AV sec. m. v. z Om. w sec. m. x.
y to day or sec. m. u.
a vinere for to worche or sec. m. v. ^ seide or sec m. u. c but or sec. m. u. d with o.

w And the CEiReik/3. x

seyng A sec.m. ig scc.m. seyn and A pr.m. seynge and c.
J seynge A scc.m.
EH sec.m. sbhi iec.m. g sec.m. k. and seiden la. z euere a to me ak sec.m. ft. whois K.
thingis CR.
c Om. IKMS m. pcjuxbceka. d wil not i. c that oother i. { in cien. g the same 10.
pr.
VOL. IV. I
 58 MATTHEW. XXI. 30 40.

hym, The
f
the fadris wille? Thei seien to
sopenaunce, "or fortlienkynge*, wente. For-
f
sothe he, cummyrige to 'the totherS, seide firste. Jhesus seith to hem, Treulis Y
lic
h And he answerynge seith i,
maner. seie 3011, for pupplicans and hooris
to

si Lord, go;Iand he wente nat. Who of schulen go bifor 3ou'in to the kyngdom 1'

the k
two dide the 'fadris will" ? Thei
1 1
of God. For Joon cam to 3ou in the 32 1

seien to hym, The firste. Jhesus seith to weie of ri3twisnesse, and 36 bileueden not
to him but pupplicans and hooris bi-
hern, Trewly I seie to 3011, for puplicanys ;

and hooris shulen go before 3ou in to the leueden to hym. But 36 sayn, and had-
den no forthenkyng aftir, that 36 bi-
32kyngdam" of God. Forsothe Joon cam to
3011 in the weye of ri3twisnesseP,
and 36 leueden to hym. Here 36 another parable. 33
bileeuedeni nat to hym ;
buf puplicanys There was an hosebonde man, that plaunt-
8
and hooris beleueden to hyrn. Sothely ide a vyn3erd, and heggide it aboute, and
dalfe a presour ther ynne, and bildide a
3ee seeynge 'nether hadde don* penaunce
afterward, that 36 bileeuyden" to hym. tour, and hiride' it to erthe tilk-ris, and
33 Heere 30 an other parable. 'Ther was an wente fer in pilgrimage. But k whanne34
husbondman v that w
, plantide a'vyne 3erd , the tyme of fruytis nei3ede, he sente his
and 3aue an hegge aboute", and dalue a seruauntis to the erthe tilieris, to take

pressour" therynne, and bildide^ a toure, fruytis of it. And the erthetilieris token 35
01
and 'hiride, or 7 sefte a it b to forme, to
-
his seruauntis, and beeten 'the toon
1
,

erthe tiliers, and wente ferre e in pilgrim- thei" slowen another , and thei? stonyden
34
age. Forsothe wherme the tyme of fruytis another. Eftsoone he sente othere ser-3i;
d
nei3ide , he sente his seruauntis to the uauntis, mo than the firste, and in lijk
erthe 6
tiliers, that thei token fruytis of it. maner thei diden to hem. And at the 37
35 And, his seruauntis taken, the erthe tiliers he sente his sone to hem, arid seide,
laste

beeten 'the toon f

,
'an other thei slewen&, Thei schulen drede my sone. But the 38
'but another erthe seynge the sone, seiden with
1'
stoonyden' "to det/ti.
thei tilieris,

3oEftsones k
he sente other seruauntis, mo ynne hem silf, This is the eire; come 36,
than the and maner sle we hym, and we schulen haue his
111
firste 1
,
'liche thei
:i7diden to hem". Forsothe at the laste he eritage. And thei token'', and castiden 3:

sent his sone to hem, seyirige ,

Thei shulen hym out of the vyn3erd, and slowen hym.
38'shame, or dredev, my sone. Sothely the Therfor whanne the lord of the vyne3erd4o
erthetiliers, seeynge the sone, seiden with schal come, what schal he do to thilke

ynne hem self, This is the eire; cume 36, erthe tilieris? Thei seien to hyrn, He4i
slea we hym, and we shulen haue his 1
!
schal leese yuele the yuele men, and he
5
heritage. And, 'hym taken thei kesten out
1
", schal sette to hire his r vyne3erd to othere
40 of the vyr^erd', and sleM'en". Therfore erthetilieris, whyche schulen 3elde to hym
whenne the lord of the vyne3erd
v
shal fruyt in her tymes. Jhesus seith to hem, 4-2

e Om. ov sec.
nei3ynge or sec. m. u.
m. vx. f
comyng nij GJUPJF. comende neejh x. S that other u.
pr. m. lichi w sec. m. in like or sec. m. u. the Ii3kli M.
b the liik GV. the PW '
seide ov. k thes VT.
lichy
n rewine ov sec. m. u.
tweyne ov sec. m. uiv. ni will of the fader or sec. m. u. For ov sec. m. u.
1

P rijtefulnesse or sec. m. u. 1 beleuen v. r treuli v sec. m. s But ou. * hade

not ou. nethir hadden
GMV sec. m. PQSIVXY. u schulde v An husbandenian was or sec. m. u. w viner ov sec. m. u.
byleue ou.
x abowte hit ovu sec. m. theraboute GS.Y. xx K. y bilde x. z Om. ov sec. m. o. sec. m. x.
pressure
a settide v sec. m. u. b Om. MPQ d had
hijride it, or p. nei3ed or sec.m. v.
c forthe or sec.m. u.
pr.m.
e schulden take the or
sec. m. vw sec. m. shulde take x. f oon MOV sec. m. UP. that oon w. the oon A'.

g thei kylden an other or sec. m. u. h forsothe or sec. m. u. stoneden another ovr sec. m. J Om. ov

sec. m. PUX. to the deeth w pr. m. k Efte or sec. m. u. l

former or sec. m. u. m Om. or sec. m. u. lichi
manere MIV. n hem in like maner ov sec. m. u. and seide or sec. m. u. P drede or sec. m. u.
shamen x. q the OP. r Om. AHOSV sec. m. s casteden him taken ANOV sec. m. w. casteu
hym taken s.
casteden MVP. *
vinere our sec.m. u kilden or sec. m. u. v vinere or sec. m. u.

f seiden R h in CEIMPQRSUX
pr. m. S Treuli, treuli, EC pr. m.
pr. m. bcehi. m. he
'
in to i sec. J

hiride i. k And R. '

thei beeten ia. m oon i. that oon e. the oon E/3. n and ce. the tother c.
P Om. EiPHa|3. q tooken him K. r the
Ksghi.
 XXI. 4i XXII. 5- MATTHEW. 59
w v

cume, what shal he do to the ilk erthe Redden 36 neuer in scripturis, The stoon
4i tillers? Thei seien" to hym, He shal lese which 8 bilderis' repreueden, this is maad
z
yuele the^ yuel men, and sette to hire his in to the heed of the corner? Of the
vyrie3erd
a to other b erthe tiliers, the Lord this thing is don, and it is" mer-
whiche c shulen 3elde to hym fruytis in ueilous bifor v oure i3en. Therfor Y seie 43
42 her tymes. Jhesus seith to hem, Redden to 3ou, that the kyngdom of God schal
v

je neuer in scripturis, The stoon the be takun fro 3ou, and shal be 3ouun to
whiche d 'beldynge men" reproueden, this a folc doynge fruytis of it. And he that 44
f
is maad in to the heueds of the corner ? schal falle on this stoon, schal be brokun;
'Of the Lordss this thing is maad h and , it is but on whom it schal falle, it schal al to-
43 merueilous' in oure ei3en. Therfore I seie brise hym. And whanne the princes of 45
k
to 3011, for the kyngdam
of God shal be prestis and Farisees hadden herd hise pa-
taken fro 1
and shal m be 3ouen to a"
3011, rablis, thei knewen that he seide of hem.
v

44 folk doinge fruytis of itf. And he that And thei soften to holde hym, but thei4<;

shal falle on this stoon, shal be broken to- dredden the puple, for thei hadden hym
gidre ;
forsothe Vpon whom it shal falle 1, as a prophete.
45 it shal 'togidre
s
And when
r
poune hym .

the princis of prestis and Pharisees' had-

den herde his parablis, thei knewen that
4<> he seide" of hem v And thei, seekynge to
v
.

holde hym, dreden the curnpanyes 'of pe-

w for thei hadden as a prophete.
ple , hym

CAP. XXII. CAP. XXII.

1 AndJhesus answerynge 'seide eftsone x AndJhesus answeride, and spak eft- 1

2
v
in parablis Ho hem- , seiynge
7
, The kyng- soone in parablis to hem, and seide, The 2
dam of heuenes is maad zz lie to a man kyngdom of heuenes is maad lijk to w a

kyng that made weddingus to his sone. kyng that made weddyngis to his sone.
3 And he sente his seruauntis for" to clepe And he sente hise seruauntis for" to clepe 3
men beden to the weddyngis, and thei rnen that weren bode-v to the weddyngis,
h
4wolden riat cume. Eftsoone he sente and thei wolden not corne. Eftsoone z he 4
other seruauntis, seiynge ,
Seie 3ee to the d sente othere seruauntis, and seide, Seie
a
men beden to the e feeste, Loo ! I haue 3e to the men that ben bode b to the
made redy my mete f my , boles and vola- feeste, Lo ! Y haue maad redi my rneete,
h
tilis& ben slayn, and alle thingis redy ; my bolis and my volatilis ben slayn, and
s'cumme 36 to the weddyngus
1
.
Sothely alle thingis ben redy; come 36 to the
thei dispisiden, W recken nat k
, and thei
m
weddyngis. But thei dispisiden, and 5
wenten awey, oon 1
in to his vyne3erd , wenten forth, oon in to his toun, anothir

w thilke GOQ el s passim v sec. m. the P. tho x. T Om. opvr sec. m. x seiden o.
z he schal sette

our. a vinere our sec. m b the u pr. m.

m. that jr. d which our sec. m. that x.
<~-
whiche our sec.
e men
bildinge ourw pr. m. bilders Q sec. m. sup. ras. the bildende men x
f Om. o. g heed A et M .

pass, p. hed NS et x pass. SS Om. ou. h maade of the Lorde ou. i

wonderfull our sec. m. k rewme
it schall our sec. m. n Om. a the froytes our
our sec. m. awey ur sec. m. pr. m. OXY.
' taken '

tec. m. P therof ur sec. m. <l Om. our sec. m. on whom it shal falle x. T al
to-powne our sec. m.
u hadde v Om.
[hem L'] on whom it shall fall our sec. m.
* the Phariseis our sec. m.
* him
seyde w.
o. to hem u. w Om. 01;. * to hem eft o
speke eftsone Q sec. m. spak eft v sec. m. seide eft r sec. m.
> Om. o. z seide o. and seide ur sec. m. * z Om. v. a Om. osur sec. m. b Eft or sec. m. c and

d Om. orx. e Om. AK

pr. m. MNOQW sec. m.
f meetes o. g my volatils,
seide ou. seyde r sec. m.
h ben '
Om. o. k Om. Aovrx. or
other my fait beesles ou. my vol. other falle beestix r. redy our.
not s. or reckeden not MT. l
an other our pr. m. w. m toune A sec. m. NOQ sec. m. ur.
ratten

the beelderis EIPQRS pr. m. u not PC. v in c. w Om. c.

* the whiche s pr. m. k pr. m. * nj3. is

* z And eftsoone A pr. m. a Om. b bedun plures.

Om. hik. Y bedun plvres.
ctr.

12
 60 MATTHEW. XXH. 6 17.

forsothe an other to" his marchaundise . to b his marchaundise. But othere helden
e But the other helden his seruauntis, and and turmentiden hem, and
his seruauntis,

Vslowen hem, ponished with contekP. For- slowen. But the kyng, whanne he hadde 7
sothe the kyng, whenne he hadde herde, herd, was wroth and he sente hise ;

was wroth ; and, his hoostis sente, he loste, oostis, and he c distruyede tho d rnanquel-
N
or distruyde\ the r man quellers, and leris, and brente her citee. Thanne he
sbrente her8 citee. Thanne he seith* to his seide to hise seruauntis, The weddyngis
semauntis, Sothely the weddyngis ben ben redi, but thei that weren clepid to
the feeste, weren 6 not worthi. Therfors
redy, but thei that weren clepid to the
sfeeste, Therfore go
wereri" nat worthi. go
f
36 to the endis of weies, and whom
w
weyes, and whom euere 36 fynden, clepe 36 to the wed-
v
3ee to the outgoyngis of
euere 36 shulen fynde, clepe* to the wed- dyngis. And hise seruauntis 3eden out 10

to weies", and gadriden togider alle

lodyngis. And his seruauntis, gon out
in to in

they weyes, gedreden togidre alle that thei that thei founden, good and yuele ; arid

founden, good and the wed- 2

and yuel ;
the bridale was fulfillid with men sittynge

dyngis of men
mete a ben ful- sittynge at at the mete. And the kyng entride, to se n
11 fillid
b
Forsothe the kyng entride, that he
. men sittynge at the mete and he si3e there ;

shulde see men sittynge at mete c and he ;

a man not clothid with bride cloth And 1
'. 12
d
see3 there a man nat clothid with brijd e
he seide to hym, Freend, hou entridist
i2clothis f . And he seiths to hym, Frend, thou hidir with out bride clothis ? And
hou entridist 1'
thou hidir, nat hauynge he was doumbe. Thanne the kyng bad 13

brijd clothe '

? And he was doumbe. hise mynystris, Bynde hym bothe hondis
is Thanne the kyng seide to the k mynystris, and feet, and sende 36 him in to vtmer'

His 'hondis and bounden, sende 3ee there schal be wepyng and
1
feet derknessis ;

hym into vttermore" 1

derknessis ;
there grentyngJ of teeth. For many ben clepid, u
shal be weepy ng and betyng to gidre of but fewe ben chosun. Thanne Farisees is

u teeth. Forsothe many ben clepid, but 3eden awei, and token a counsel to take
lafewe chosen". Thanne Pharisees, goynge Jhesu in word. And thei senden to hym ie

awey, token a counseile, that thei shulden her disciplis, with Erodians, and seien k ,

ifitake JhesusP in word. And theii senden Maister, we witen, that thou art sothe-
to hym her disciplis, with Erodyanys, 'that fast and thou techist in treuthe the
1

ben men of Eroudis , seiynge, Maister, we r

weie of God, and thou chargist not of
witen, that thou art sothfast, and thou
8
ony man, for thou biholdist not the per-
weye of God, and
techist in trewthe the soone of men. Therfor seie to vs, what 17

'there cure, or is no
charge*, to thee of it
111
seemeth to thee. Is it leueful that

eny man, for thou beholdist nat the per- tribute be 30111111 to the" emperoure, ether
Usoone of men. Therfore seie" to vs, what nay ? And whanne Jhesus hadde knowe is
v
semeth to thee. Is w
v
leful to 3eue to x the wickidnesse of hem, he seide,
it it Ypo-

n in to o. P dispisynges our. 1 Om. our sec. m. x. " tho MOPUVW. 8 the o.

marchaundye ou.
* ovvw u v w whiche our. x
otitgoyng MP. outgoyngis, or endis u sec.m.
seide sec. m. ben o. clepith
GMPtrxY. cleep 36 our sec. m. y Om. A sec. m. GMNPQWXY. z
gode men ot;.
a the mete AGMNPSU
WXY sec.m. b filled ou. c the mete AGMosurwx. d clad x. e bridale x. { cloothinge o. cloth ur
sec.m. e seide ovvw sec. m. h '
clothes M. k his s. 1
feete and [his (/] hondis ou.
entryst G.
m vtmore ANSX. vtmer o_w. ben chosen N. Om. o. P him our. hym Jhesu x. 1 Om. Q. r Om.
our sec. m. s for ovvw
[not tfs] cure, or ch. A. no charge is our sec. m. ther
sec. m. * ther is noon

is not cure x. u seie thou our sec. m. v Om. our w that rent [or
pr.in. talage u marg.~] be jouen ou.
that tribut be jouen r sec. m. " Om. K
pr. v. QT.

into cu. c Om. d Om. E. the e f into

KRsbeghik. ipea/3. ben c. BIB pr. m. ka/3. e the weyes
m. h clothis R >
vttermer KS. vttermore J s. k seiden ciHajS. 1
sad
pr. pr.m. grenching
trewe i. m Om. Ksghi.
n Om. c.
 XXII. 1 8 35. MATTHEW. 61

Cesar, 'or emperour?, "rente, or tribut* ? critis, what tempten 30 me ? Schewe i

je
is Forsothe, the wickednesse of hem knowen, to me
the prynte of the
money. And
Jhesus what tempteri 366 peny. And Jhe-ao
seith", Ypocritis, thei brou3ten to hym a
19 me ? Shewe 3ee to me the prynte of the sus seide to hem, Whos is this
yinage,
moneye. And thei offriden 1'
to hym a and the writyng aboue? Thei seien? to 21
20peny. And Jhesus hem, Whos
seith c to hym, The emperouris. Thanne he seide
d
is this ymage, and the wrytyng aboue ? to hem, Therfor 3elde 30 to the emperoure
21 Thei seyen to hym, Of Cesar. Thanne tho thingis that ben the emperouris, and
v
he seith 6 to hem, Therfore 3elde 3ee to to God tho thingis that ben of God. And 22
Cesar tho thingis that ben Cesaris f and to , thei herden, and wondriden and thei ;

22 God tho thingis that ben of God. And leften hym, and wenten awey. In that 23
thei heerynge wondredeu ; and, hym laft, dai Saduceis, that seien there is no ris-
23 thei wenten awey. In that day Saducees, yng a3en to lijf, camen to hym, and ax-
v
that seyen there is 8 no rysyng a3ein h , iden him, and seiden, Mayster, Moises24
24 'camen ni3 hym, and axiden hym, sey- ony man
!
to seide, if deed, not
is
hauynge a
k
inge Maister, Moyses seide, 3if eny 'man
, sone, that his brother wedde his wijf,
1
be dead, nat hauynge a sone, that his and reise seed to his brothir. And 125
brother wedde his wyf, and reyse seed seuen britheren weren r at s vs and the ;

25 to his brother. Forsothe seuen bretheren weddide a wijf, and is deed. And
firste

weren at'" vs ;
and the first, a wijf weddid, he hadde no seed, and lefte his wijf to
is dead. And he nat hauynge seed, left his his brother also the secounde, and the 26
;

26 wijf to his brother ; also the secounde, and thridde, til to the seuenthe. But the 27
27 the thridde, til to the seuenthe. Forsothe laste of alle, the woman is deed. Also in 28
the? laste of alle, andi the womrnan is the risyng a3en to lijf, whos wijf of the
28 dead. Therefore in the rysynge a3ein, seuene schal sche be? for alle hadden
whos wijf of the r seuene shal she be? for hir. Jhesus answeride, and seide to hem, 2!)
29 alle hadden hir. Sothely Jhesus answer- 3e erren, 'and 36 knowen not' scripturis,
ynge seith 8 to hem, 3ee erreri, nether* ne the vertu of God. For in the rysyng 30
knowynge the scripturis, nether the vertu 33611 to lijf, nether thei schulen wedde,
30 of God. Forsothe" in the rysyng a3eyn, nethir u schulen be weddid ; but thei ben
neither thei wedden, nether beu v weddid ;
as the aungels of God in heuene v . And 31
but thei ben as the w aungelis of God in of the risyng a3en of deed men, 'ban 36"
heuene. x not red, that is seid of the Lord, that
31 Sothely of the rysynge a3ein of
dead men, '366 ban? nat rad, that it is seid seith to 3011, Y am
God of Abraham, and 32
32 of the Lord, seyinge to 300, I am God of God of Ysaac, and God of Jacob ? he is
Abraham, and 7 God of Ysaac, and God of not God of deede men, but of x lyuynge
Jacob ? he is nat God of deed men, but of men. And the puple herynge, won- 33
sslyuynge men. cumpanyes 'of pe-And the driden in^ his techynge. And Fariseis z 34

ple
a
heerynge, wondreden in his techynge. herden that he hadde put silence to Sa-
34 Forsothe Pharisees, heerynge that he hadde duceis,and camert togidere. And oon of 35
put silence to Saducees, camen to gidre in hem, a techere of the lawe, axide Jhesu,
36 to oon. And oon of hem, a b techer of the and temptide him, Maistir, which is 336

tribuyt, or rente MP. rente, ether naye our sec. m. rente,

y Om. o<jur sec. m. x. z or nay Q sec. m.
a seide ouv. b offreden, or token MP. c seide ovv. d abowte o.
tribute x. broujten v sec.m.
e Jhesus seide ouv. f of Cesar MP. S Om. o. that uv sec.m. h a3en is our sec.m. neijeden ovv sec.m.
>

k and seiden our sec.m. ! brother is ovv sec. m. m anentes ou. n Om. o
pr. m. p. Om. Q sec.m.
u For uvr
P Om. w sec. m. 1 also ouv sec. m. r Om. KTXY. s seide ouv sec. m. * not ouv sec. m.

sec.m. * thei be ov m. w Oin. MVP. * Forsothe Q. y ban ?e N. z Om.

Q.
a Om. ovv sec. m.
pr,
b Om. o.

u nether
yure i. P seiden cs. q And ther weren I. r Om. I. s to I. * not knowynge the I.

thei KS. v heuenes K pr. m. w je han QR.

x God of CEP. y on R. z the Farisees I.
 62 MATTHEW. XXII. 36 XXIII. 6.

3i;lawe, axede Jhesus, temptynge hym, Mais- greet maundement in the lawe ? Jhesus 37
tre, whiche is a greet maundement in e the 11
seide to him, Thou schalt loue thi Lord
37 lawe Jhesus seide to hym&, Thou shalt
?
f
God, of al thin herte, and in al thi soule,

loue the h Lord thi God, of al thin herte, and in al thi mynde. This is the firste 38

and in' al thi soule, and in al thi mynde. and the moste maundement. And thesu
SB This is the firste and the most maunde- secounde is lijk to x this ; Thou schalt
3!mentk . Forsothe the secounde is lie to loue thi nei3ebore as thi silf. In these 40

this ; Thou shalt lone thi nei3bore as thi tweyy maundementis hangith al the lawe
40 self. In these two maundementis
hang-
1
and the z profetis. And whanne the 41
41 lawe and prophetis". Sothely
ith al the Farisees weren gederid togidere, Jhesus
the Pharisees gedrid to gidre, Jhesus ax- axide hem, and seide, What semeth to 42
12 ide hem,
seyinge, What semeth
to jou of 3ou of Crist, whos sone is he ? Thei
Crist, whos sone is he? Thei seyen to seien tohym, Of Dauid. He seith to 43
43
hym, Of Dauith. He seith to hem, Ther- hern, Hou
thanne Dauid in spirit clepith
fore in spirit clepith? hym
hou 'Dauith hym Lord, and seith, The Lord seide to 44
44 Lord, seyingei,The Lord seide to Lord, my my Lord, Sitte on my ri3thalf, til
a
Y
r 8
Sitte on my ri3thalf, til that I put thin putte thin enemyes a stool of thi feet ?
45 enmyes a stole of thi feet ? Therfore 3if Thanne if Dauid
clepith hym Lord, hou 45

Dauyd clepith him Lord, hou is he his is And no man mi3te an- 40
he his sone ?

46 sone ? And no man mi3t answere a word swere a word to hym, nethir ony man
to hym, nether eny man was hardy fro was hardi fro that day, to axe hym
1
that day, for to axe hym more. more.

CAP. XXIII. CAP. XXIII.

i Thanne Jhesus spac to the cumpanyes Thanne Jhesus spac to the puple, and t

v
2 of peple", and to his disciplis, seiynge, to hise disciplis, and seide, On the chayere 2
v v w of Moises, scribis and Farisees han sete.
Vpon the chaier of Moyses , scribis and
3 Pharisees seeten". Therfore kepe 366, and Therfor kepe 3e, and do 36 alle thingis, s
do 366 thingis, what euere thingis?
alle what euer thingis thei seien to you.
thei shulen seie to 3ou z But nyl 3ee do . But nyle 36 do aftir her werkis for thei ;

after a 'her werkis

1

'; sothely
c
thei seien, and seien, and don not. And thei bynden 4

d
4 don nat. Sothely thei bynden to gre- greuouse chargis, and that moun not be
uouse chargis, and vnportable, or e ^tliat borun, and putten on schuldris of men;
v
mown nat be born f and putten in to? , hut with her fyngur thei wolen not moue
shuldres 1'
of men; but with her fyngir thei hem. Therfor thei don alle her werkis s

k c
men
swolen nat moue hem. Therfore thei
1
'that thei be seen of ; for thei
don alle her werkis, that thei be seen of drawen abrood her filateries and mag- rt
,

men ; forsothe 1 thei alargen her filateries, nifien hemmes. And thei louen the firsts
that ^ben smale scrowis n , and magnyfie sittyng placis in soperis, and the first
(ihemmysP. Sothely thei louen the first chaieris in synagogis and salutaciouns 7 ;

d commaundement ovv m. e of w. f S hem h thi N. '

of our. k com-
sec. seith QT pr. m. n: r.
maundement our sec. m. '
twei ow. m commaundementes our m. sec. m. n the
prophetes our sec.
Om. v. P in spyryt
clepith Dauid GMX.
and seith our sec. m. r Sitte thou vr sec.m.
1 9 Oni. our

sec. m. * Oin.
oQsur sec.m. x. u Om. AOV sec. m. v Oni. o. On x. w Om. or sec. m. * saten

redynge the lawe MP. schall sitte on the chayer of Moyses o. saten on the chayer of Moyses vr sec. t>i.
> Om. G pr. m. x. z
jou of the lawe GQY. a
vp our sec. m.
*>
the werkes of hem our sec. m. c for

our sec. m. d Om. our sec. m. e ether or sec. m. and p. Om. x. f Om. x. S on our sec. m. h the
schuldris uvr sec.m. i
nil not o. k Forsothe our sec. HI. for our sec. m. m tho o. Om. A'. n Om. A'. 1

and thei ou. P her hemmus GPX. their hemmeg Q.

x Om. s. y two z Om. c pr. m. a as b Om. H c d that ben smale

longe as pr. m. to K.
i. i. i.

scrawls K marg.
 XXIII. 7 2 MATTHEW. 6.1

sittyng placia ini sopers, and the first in chepyng, and to be clepid of men
7 chaiers in synagogis ; and salutaciouns r in maystir
d
. But e nyle 36 be clepid mais-
v
the 8 chepyng, and to ben clepid of men' ter; for oon is 3oure maystir, and alle 36
v
smaistirs". Sothely nyl 366 ben clepid ben britheren. And f
nyle 3e clepe to 3011 ;

rnaistir" ; for oon is 3oure rnaistir, for- a fadir on erthe, for oon is 3our fadir,
ysothe alle 3e ben brethren. And nyl 36 that is in heuenes. Nether be 36 clepid i

x oon
clepe to 3011 a fadir on^ erthe, for is maistris, for oon is 3oure inaister, Crist.
io3oure fadir, that
z
is in heuenes. Nether He that is
grettest among 3ou, schal ben
a oon
be 3e clepid raaistirs, for is 30111- 3oure mynystre. For he that hieth him- 12

1 1 maistre, Crist. He that is more b of 3011, self, schal be mekid; and he that inekith

12 shal be 3oure mynystre. Forsothe he that hym silf, schal be enhaunsid. But wo 1:1

shal hie c hym self, shal be mekid; and he to 3ou, scribis and Farisees, ipocritis, that
that shal meeke hym self, shal ben en- closen the kyngdom of heuenes bifore
is haunsid. Sothely woo to 3011, scribis and men ; and 36 entren not, nether suffren
Pharisees, ypocritis, for 36 closen d the men= entrynge to h entre. Wo to 3ou, n
6
kyngdam of heuenes f
before men sothe- ;
scribis and Farisees, ipocritis, that eten
h
ly& 36 entren nat, ne sufFre men entrynge the housis of widowis, and preien bi
H for' to entre. to 3ou, Woo scribis and longe preier' ; for this thing 36 schulen
Pharisees, ypocritis, that eten the housis take moreJ doom. to 3011, scribis and Wo is
v
of widues, in longe preier preyinge for ; Farisees, ypocritis, that goon aboute the
this thing k 36 shulen take the more dom. 1
see and the loond, to make o k prosilite 1 ;
is Woo to 3011, scribis and Pharisees, ypo- and whanne he is maad, 36 maken hym
critis, that cumpasen the se and the lond, a sone of helle, double more than 36 ben.
v
that 3ee n maken o proselite, that a is, Wo to 3ou, blynde lederis, that seien, i

conuertid youre ordre;

to and whanne he Who euer swerith bi the temple of God,
'shal be? maad, 36 maken hym a sone of it is 'no thing'"; but he that swerith in

ichelle, double more than 3001. Woo to tbe gold of the temple, is dettoure. 3e 17

3011,blynde lederis, that seien, Who euere foolis and blynde, for what is grettere,
v v
swere r by the temple of God, no
shal the gold, or the temple that halewith the

sothely he that 'shal swere' in gold? And who euer swerith in theis
s
thing is ;

v
the" gold of the temple, owith, or is auter, it is no thing ;
but he that swer-
w on the auter, ow-
17 detour". 3 ee -folis and blynde, forsothe ith in the 3ifte that is

what is more, the gold, or the temple ith. Blynde men, for what is more, the i!)

is that halowith the gold? And who euer 3ifte, or the auter
that halewith the 3ifte?
v x
shal swere" in the auter, no thing is>'; but Therfor he that swerith in the auter, 20
v
z a and in that ben
he that shal swere in the 3ifte that is on swerith in it, alle thingis

luthe auter, owith 1

'.
Blynde men, forsothe
c
ther on. And he that swerith in the 21
what is more, the 3ift, or d the auter that temple, swerith in it, and in hyrn that
20 halowith the 3ifte ? Forsothe 6 he that dwellith in the temple. And he that 22
swerith in the auter, swerith in it, and swerith in heuene, swerith in the trone

Om. AMXOSUV l Om. G. u v Of men

mayster u m.
q at x. T salutacioun o. s sec. m. w. sec.
our m. w Mr
upon o.v. in u. m. x Om. Kr
pr. m. Y.
T
sothely G. Forsothe maystirs sec. sec.
Om. o. b the more ur sec. m. d Om. G
pr. m.
z whiche our sec. m. a c
hejen x. hi^n Y.
je ovv sec. m. neither s.
e rewme our sec.m. f heuen o. S for o. forsothe vv sec. m. h nether
'
Om. sx. k Om. x. ! Om. AMNOur sec.m. m Om. o. n to u. Om. Atiosur sec. in. Y. P is ovrw
* swereth ovr
sec. m. 1 je been ouvw sec. m. r swereth our sec. m. swere N. 9 it is
noujt u sec. m.
sec. m. u Om. o. v is detour ovr sec. m. owith x. w Om. o. for vv sec. m. * swereth our sec. m.

y it is nou3t u sec. m. z swereth our sec. m. a whiche our sec. m. b is dettour our sec. in. owith it P.
c for ou. d ether our sec. m. e Therfore our sec. m.

d maistris c. e Forsoth c. fQm.A. e othir men c. h for to

KHghifr
'
preyeris A pr. m.
J the more
m
IKR sec.m.x ^ a nb. conucrted to yur {her k] ordre KX sec. m.k. nou3t i.
proselite, that
1
sec.m. ku. is,
 64 MATTHEW. XXIII. 21 33.

2ialle e thingis that ben theron. And he of God, and in hym that sittith ther on.
that swerith in the temple, swerith in it, Wo to3ou, and Farisees, ypo-23
scribis

and in hym that dwellith in the temple. critis, that tithen mynte, anete, and cum-

22 And he that swerith in heuene, swerith in myn, and han left tho thingis that ben
the trone of God, and in hym that sittith f of more charge of the lawe, doom, and
23therons. Woo to 3011, scribis and Phari- merci, and feith. And it bihofte to do
h
sees, ypocritis, that tithen mente, anete , these thingis, and not to leeue tho.
and comyn, and han lefte tho thingis that
1
Blynde lederis, clensinge a"
gnatte, but 24
v
ben greuouser, or of more charge^, of the swolewynge a camel.
to 3ou,25 Woo
lawe, dom , and mercy, and feith.
1
And scribis and Farisees, ypocritis, that clen-

'these thingis" 1
it behofte, "or nedide", for sen the cuppe and the? plater with out-
24 to do?, and not to leeue hemi. Blynde forth ; but with ynne 36 ben ful of fa-
r
leders, 'clensynge a gnatte, but swolow- ueyne and vnclennesse. Thou blynde26
2synge a camel. Woo to 3011, scribis and Farisee, clensei the cuppe and the plater
s

"

Pharisees, ipocritis, that maken clene that with ynneforth, that that 1 that is with
1

thing of the cuppe and plater", that is

v
outforth be maad clene. to 3ou,27 Wo
with outforth ; ynne 36 ben
forsothe with scribis and Farisees, ipocritis, that ben
26 ful of raueyne and vnelennesse
w Thou to 8 sepulcris
.
lijk whitid, whiche with
blynd Pharisee, dense first that thing of outforth semen faire to men but with ;

the cuppe and plater" that^ is Vith ynne- ynne thei ben fulle of boonus of deed
v
b
forth z , that and that a thing that is with men, and of al filthe. So 36 with out- 28
27outenforth be maad clene. Woo to 3ou, forth semen iust to men but with ynne ;

and Pharisees, ipocritis, that ben 36 ben ful of ypocrisy and wickidnesse.
1
scribis
lie to sepulcris maad c
whijt, the whiche Wo to 3ou, scribis and Farisees, ipocritis, 20

with outen forth semen faire to men ;

that bilden sepulcris of profetis, and
sothely with ynne thei ben ful of boonys maken faire the birielis of iust men, and so

as of dead men, and al filthe. So and 3ee seien, If we hadden be in the daies of
forsothe d with outen forth 6 aperen iuste f oure fadris, we schulden not haue be her
to K men ; but with yime 5ee ben ful of felowis in the blood of prophetis. Andsi
2<iypocrisie and wickidnesse h . Woo to 3ou, so 56 ben in witnessyng to 3ou siif, that
scribis and Pharisees, ipocritis, that belden 36 ben the sones of hem that slowen the
sepulcris' of prophetis, and maken faire prophetis. And fulfille 11 3e v the mesure32
so the birielis of iuste men, and seien, 3if we of 3oure fadris. 3e eddris", and eddrisss
hadden ben dayes of our fadris, we
in the briddis, hou schulen 36 fie fro the doom
k
shulden nat han be here felowis in the of helle? Therfor lo ! Y sende to 501134
31 blood of prophetis. And so 36 ben in 1 profetis, and wise men, arid scribis ;
and
witnessyng to jou" self,
1
for 36 ben the of hem 36 schulen sle and crucifie, and
sonys of hem that slowen the" prophetis. of hem36 schulen scourge in 3oure sina-
32 And '36 fulfillen the rnesure of 3oure fa- gogis, and schulen pursue fro cite in to
ssdris. 3^e sarpentis, fruytis, or buriown- citee ; that al the iust blood come oii3.->

e f sit h anese k
greuouser, or more ch. N.
in alle AGMNOpQsurrrxY. x. ? therin o. Q.
'
haf o.

gretter our sec. m. gr. and of m. ch. w. of more charge x. n or

*
as dome GPXY. "' Om. or sec. m.

nede A. Om. sux. Om. osx. P sec. do thes thinges ouv the x.m. q tho our sec. m. x. T siende

s the x. * the o. Q of the

plater opur sec.m. XY pr.m.
v whiche ouv sec. m. w wikkednes o. * of
the plater our sec. m. J whiche ovr sec. m. z within our. a alsso thilk our sec. m. that x. b was o.
c Om. our sec. m. d Om. r sec. m. e forth forsothe r sec. m. { g Om. r. h of wikked-
ri^tful N.
nes o. the sepulcres our sec. m.
' k haf o. 1
in to g. m jour G.V. n Om. our. " fulfille 36 ANW.
36 fill o. jee fulfilleth sx. fille 30 ur sec.m.

n the s. the c. P Om. A sec. m. CEIPQR pr. m. 1 dense rather A sec. m. dense firste KB sec. m.
cej3.
r that thing A sec. m. i sec. m. e. Om. EMRubcghika/3.
s Om. KS pr. m. b pr. m. ghi.
l and of I.
"
fille b.
v Om. w that sleen her modris. K
s. is, burionmyng of eddris, that marg.
 XXIII. 34 XXIV. 5- MATTHEW. 65
v

yngusf, of eddrisi, ^that sleen her modris*, 3ou, thatwas sched on the erthe, fro the
hou shulen 3ee flee fro the dom s of helle ? blood of iust Abel to the blood of Zaca-
34 Therfore loo ! I sende to 1 3011 prophet! s, rie,the sone of Barachie, whom 36 slowen
and wise men, and scribis, *or writeris"; bitwixe the temple and the auter. Treuli 36
and of hem 3ee shulen v slee, and crucifie, Y seie to 3ou, alle these
thingis schulen
and of hem 36 shulen bete in 3our syna- come on this
generacioun. Jerusalem, 37
w x
gogis, and shulen pursue fro citee in to Jerusalem, that sleest prophetis, and
35 citee ; that al the iuste blode come vpon? stoonest hem that ben sent to thee, hou

3011, was shed z on a the b erthe, fro

that ofte wolde Y
gadere togidere thi chil-
the blood of iust Abel til c the blood of dren, as an henne gaderith togidir her
Zacharie, the sone of Barachie, whom 3ee
d
chikenes vndir hir wengis, and thou
e
slowen bitwixe the temple and the auter. woldist not. Lo !
3oure hous schal be as
seTrewli I seie to 3ou, alle these f thingis left to 3ou desert. And Y seie to 3ou,39
37 shulen come vpon^ this generacioun. Jeru- 36 schulen not se me fro heniius forth,
salem, Jerusalem, that sleest prophetis, and til 36 seien, Blessid is he, that cometh in

stony st hem that ben sent to thee, hou oft the name of the Lord.
wold I gedre to gidre thi sonys, as an
henne gedreth togidre hir chikenys vndir
38 hir wengis, and thou woldist nat. Loo!
3oure hous shal be lefte to 3011 desert, 'or
h
39jbrsa&en Forsothe I seie to 3ou, 3ee.

shulen nat see me fro hennys forth, til

that 1 3ee seien, Blessid Y* he k , that cumeth
in the 1 name of the Lord.

CAP. XXIV. CAP. XXIV.

i And Jhesus, gon' out of the temple, And Jhesus wente out of the temple ; i

wente ;
and his disciplis "camen ni3" to and camen to hym, to schewe
his disciplis

hym, that thei shulden shewe to hym the hym the bildyngis of the temple. But 2
2bildyngis of the temple. Forsothe he an- he answeride, and seide to hem, Seen 36
swerynge seith to hem, Seen 3ee alle these alle these thingis ? Treuli Y seie to 3011,

thingis Trewly ? I seie to 3ou, a stoon a stoon schal not be left here" on a>' stoon,
v
shal nat be lefte here on a stoon. the that ne it schal be destried. And whanne 3
z
swhichel' shal nati be distruyed. Sothely he satte on the hille^ of Olyuete, hise
hym sittynge on the hil of Olyuete, disci- disciplis camen to hym priueli, and seideu,
v
Seie vs a ,whanne these thingis schulen
'
s
plis
1
camen ni3 to him priuely, seiynge,
Seie 1
to vs, whanne thes thingis schulen be, and what token of thi comyng, and
be, and what tokene of thi comynge, and of the ending of the world. And Jhesus 4
4 of" ending of the world. And Jhesus answeride, and seide to hem, Loke 36,
answeringe seide to hem, Se 36, that no that no man disseyue 3011. For many 5
5 man disceyue 3ou. Many
v
schulen come schulen come in my name, and schulen
in my name, seyynge, Iw am Crist ;
and seie, Y b am Crist ;
and thei schulen dis-

P f. of b. G. kyndeles ovr sec. m. frutis x. 1 Om. x. r Om. ovx. s

dampnacioun u. Om. v. '

u ether rv. our sec. m. w. Om. x. v Om. G

pr. m. w jee schulen c,our sec. m. XY. x Om. u. Y on osur
z sched oute our sec. m. a in Q. b Om. osur sec. m. x. c til to ovvw sec. m. rt
thei
tec. m. x.
k Om. x.
G sec. m. e bitwe sx. f Om. G
pr. m. S on MOVVWX. h Om. oux. iOm.oursec.m.
1
Om. x. m Om. N. n
nei3eden our sec. m. seide our sec. m. P whiche or. that ne it u sec. m.
* Seie
nei3eden our sec.
that x. q Om. u sec. m. r his Aour. the GSMXY. s m.
disciplis disciplis
thou vr sec. m. u of the QUX. v For our sec. m. w that I o.
many

1 Om. CEI pr. m. R. y o A. yy mount KB. z Om. r pr. m.

a to vs RX sec. m. gk0. >>
that I

c pr. m. KC pr. m.

VOL. IV.
 66 MATTHEW. XXIV. 6 21.

6 thei schulen disceyue manye. Sothly 36 seyue manye. For 36 schulen here batels, 6
'ben to x heere bateyls, and opynyouns of and opyniouns of batels ; se 36 that 36

bateyls ; se 30, that 36 ben not distroblid?; be not disturblid; for it byhoueth these
a
forsoth z it bihoueth thes thingis to be thingis to be don, but not 311 is the ende.
7 don, but not 3it is the ende. Folk b schal Folk bb schal and
rise togidere a3ens folc, 7
v

ryse to gidere 33611 folk, and rewme in to c rewme a3ens rewme, and 6
pestilences and ,

d
rewme, and pestilencis* and hungris, and
1
, hungris, and the erthemouyngis schulen
serthemouyngis schulen be by placis for- ;
be bi placis; and alle these ben bigyn-s
sothe alle thes thingis ben bigynnyngis of nyngis of sorewes. Thanne men schulen 9
osorwis. Thenne thei schulen bitake 3011 bitake 3ou in to tribulacion, and 6 schulen
'in to
e
tribulacioun, and thei schulen slee sle 3011, and 36 schulen be in hate to alle

3011, and 36 schulen be in hate f to alle folk f for my name. And thanne many 10

lofolkis for ray name. And thanne manyeS schulen be sclaundrid, and bitrayes ech
v

schulen be sclaundrid, and to gidere h bi- other, and thei schulen hate ech other.
v

traye, or' ^ech otker\ and in hate haue

1 1
And many false prophetis schulen rise, 11

11 to gidere. And many false prophetis and disseyue manye. And for wickidnesse 12
h
12 schulen ryse, and disceyue many. And" schal "be plenteuouse , the charite of
v

for wickidnesse schal be plenteous , the manye schal wexe coold ; but he that 13

i3charite of manye? schal wexe coold ;

for- schal dwelle stable' in to the ende, schal
sothe he that schal dwelle stable"! vnto
r
be saaf. And this gospel of the kyng- u
uthe ende, he
s
this 1
schal be saaf. And dom schal be prechid in k al the world,
this gospel of" kyngdom schal be prechid in witnessyng to al folc ; and thanne 15

in al the world, in to witnessinge to alle the ende schal come. Therfor whanne
folkis ; and thanne the ende" schal come v .
3e se the abhomynacioun of discomfort,
loTherfore whenne 30 schulen se the abho- that is seid of Danyel, the prophete,

mynacioun of discomfort", that is seid of stondynge in the hooli place he that ;

redith, vndirstonde he ; thanne thei that

1
Danyel, the prophete, stondynge in the* 16

hooly place; he that redith, vndirstonde>'; ben in Judee, fle to the mounteyns ;
Hi thanne thei that ben in Judee, fle z toa and he that is in the hous roof, come not 17

17 mounteyns ; and he that is in the hous doun take ony thing of his hous
to ;

roof, come not down to take ony thing of and he that is in the feeld, turne not 18

ia his hous; and he that is in the feeld, a3en to take his coote. But wo to hem u>

I9turne not a3en to take his coote. Forsoth that ben with child, and nurischen in tho
b
wo to wymmen with childe and norys- daies. that 3oure fleyng be not
Preye 36, 20

2ochinge
c
in tho dayes. Sothly preie 3e, that maad in
wynter, or in the saboth". For 21
d
joure fleynge be not maad in wyiitir, or thanne schal be greet tribulacioun, what
2isaboth. Forsothe 6 thanne schal be greet maner 'was not the bigynnyng of
fro
00
tribulacioun, what maner was not fro the f
the world to now, nether schal be maad.
bigyrmyng of the world to# now, nethir And but thoP daies haddeni be abreggide, 22

x schulen our z for 8 for to GMOPF b For

sec. in. 7 disturbid sx. disturblid M. ou. pr. m. w.
folke our sec. m. e
toepr.m. sqens ovr. d
pestilens o. e to o. f hatered our sec. in. g many men
ouv sec. m. ^ thei schulen ovr sec. m. '
Om. G m. oeur sec. m. XY. k Om. x. l
thei schulen haf
pr.
in hatered our sec. m. m
thei schulen disceyue ovr sec. m. n Om. G. waxe if sec. m. P
many men
our sec. m. <J stedfast ouv sec. m. r in to o. til into * Om. ww. sur sec. m. l Om. ur xec. m.

u of the u. eendynge
u ovr sec. m. v be our sec. m. w
discordinge o pr. m. r pr. m.
x Om. BMP.
y vnderstonde he o. z fle thei GMPTXY. a in to K. b hem that ben ovrw sec. m. c noris-
chen our sec. m. nurshende x. d ether in ou. ether in the r sec. m. e For our sec. m. * Om. u
pr. m. r sec. m. B til AMNOPTurw.

bb For folk R. c d Om. m. KQRxeghik. e and thei f folkis c. g to gydere

pestilence A. i sec. ci.

bitraye e.
h wax i sec. m. >
stille BIQ. k into c. '
Om. c. m Om. R pr.m. n sabotis EIQO.
hath not be c et plures. til
plures. P thilke i. q shulen c.
 XXIV. 22 3 2- MATTHEW. 67

22schal be maad h . And no' but k tho 1 dayes ech flesch r schulde not be maad saaf;
hadden be breggid 1
", al fleisch, 'that is, but tho daies schulen be maad schort, for
n
mankynde , 'schulde not be inaad saaf; the chosuri men. Thanne if ony man 23
maad schort, for
but thoP dayes schulen be seie to 3ou, Lo ! here is Crist, or there 8 ,
2:Uhe chosun men. Thanne if ony man nyle 30 bileue. For false Cristis and 24
schal seie to 3011, Lo here is Crist, ori ! false prophetis schulen rise, and thei
24 there, nyle 36 bileue. Forsothe r false schulen 3yue grete tokenes and wondrys;
Cristis and false prophetis schulen ryse, so that also the chosun be led in to er-
and thei schulen 3yue grete tokenes 8 and roure, if it may be done. Lo ! Y haue 25
v
wondris ; 'so that 1
also" the chosyne be bifor seid to 3ou. Therfor if thei seie to 26
25 ledd in to errour, if it may be don. Lo !
3ou, Lo ! he is in desert, nyle 36 go out ;

26 1 haue bifore seid to 3ou. Therfore if lo ! in' priuey nyle 36 trowe".

placis,
thei schulen seie to 3ou, Loo he is in ! For as leit goith out fro the eest, and 27
desert, nyle 30 go out ; loo in pryuey !
apperith in to the weste, so schal be also
'chambris, or placis, nyle 30 bileue. the coming of mannus sone. Where euer28
27 Sothli x as leyt goth out fro the eest, and the bodi schal be, also the eglis schulen
apperith 'til in to^ the west, so schal be be gaderid thidur. And anoon after the 29
28 and 2 the comynge of mannus sone. Where tribulacioun of tho daies, the sunne schal
euere the body schal a be, and the b eeglis be maad derk, and the moone schal not
2 schulen be gederid thidur. Forsothe anoon Ii3t, and the sterris schulen falle
3yue hir
aftir the tribulacioun of tho dayes, the sunne fro heuene, and the vertues of heuenes
schal be maad derk, and the mone schal schulen be moued. And thanne the so
not 3yue hir Ii3t, and stems schulen falle tokene of mannus sone schal appere in
down fro heuene, and the d vertues of he- heuene, and thanne alle kynredis w of
v

aouenes schulen be monyd

6
And thanne . the" erthe schulen weile; and thei schulen
the tokene of mannus sone schal appere see mannus sone comynge in the cloud is
in heuene, and thanne alle kynredis
f
, W of heuene, with rniche vertu and maieste.

lynagisz, of erthe schulen weyle; and thei And he schal sende hise aungels with a3i
schulen se mannus sone comynge in the h trumpe, and a greet vois and thei schu- ;

clowdis of heuene, with moche vertu and len gedere hise chosun fro foure wyndis,
si
mageste. And he schal sende his angelis fro the hi3est thingis of heuenes xx to the?
with a trumpe, and greet voice; and thei 1
endis of hem. And lerne 36 the parable 32
schulen gedere his chosyne fro foure of a fige z
tre. Whanne his braunche is
v

wyndis of heuene", fro the hi3este thingis now and the leeues ben a sprongun,
tendir,
of heuenes til k teermes endes, of 1
,
W 36 witen that somer is ny3 so and 3e b ;
v
3

32 hem. 'Lerne 36 the parable of a fyge whanne 30 seen alle these thingis, wite
V
tree. WhenneP his bou3, or braunche^, 36 that
cc
it is ny3, in the 3atis. Treuli Y:
"

is now 1
tendre, and leeuys sprungen, 3ee seie to 3ou, for this generacioun schal not

h Om. our sec.m. Om. AX. k but m abreged our sec. m.

jif GMPQTXV pr. m.
>1 the K.

nOm. x. had not been saued o pr. v. P the N. Q ether our sec. m. r For our sec. m. s
signes
our sec. m. T chosen men orur sec. m. w
Om. G pr. m. KPX. placis our sec. m.
t
sothely o.
ch. or placis, he is p. chaumbres x. * For our sec. m. y in to AGX. til to K. z in KP. also

Om. b
kynredes our sec. m.
our sec. m. a x. Om. o. d Om. Q. e stirred our sec. m. f the

Om. GOUXY h Om. G pr. m. PQTW pr. m. XY. J in ax. " Om. our w sec. m. k vnto
K pr. m.
GXY. til M. til to opsur sec. m. w sec. m. 1
the teermes luopur sec. m. x. endis s.
m ether endes
AO. or lermes s. ether the eendes u. Om. x. n Forsothe lerne o. Lere
}ee sx. Forsothe lerne je ur.
the i;. P whan o. Whan Now now u. <1 braunches o. braunche u. boj x. bowis, or braunche Y.
T Om. our sec. m.

r
mankinde K marg. u bileeue k v Om. c. the kyn- w
pr. m.
that * lo there c. * he is in i.
is, !

dis bk.
redis * Om. . cxsei. .
X3C
heuen R. . y Om. . c. .
z the s. a ben now A pr. m. EIQ. ben nowe grene
b and so je K. c se A. cc Om.
i
pr. m. schulen se k. H.

K 2
 68 MATTHEW. XXIV. 33 46.

33 witen, that
9
somer is ni3; so and 3ee* passe, til alle thingis be don; heuene 35
whenne 366 shulen se alle these thingis, and erthe schulen passe, but my wordis
witith" that it is ni}, and
v in
the 3atis. schulen not passe. But of thilke dai and 3
34 Trewly I seie to 3ow, for this generacioim our no man wote, nethir aungels of he-
uenes d
v
shal nat passe, til that"' alle thingis be , but the fadir aloone. But as its?
x heuene and erthe shulen was in the daies of Noe, so schal be the
35 don ; passe,
36 but my wordis shulen nat passe. For- comyng of mannus sone. For as in the 38

sothe of thilk>' day and hour no man woot, daies bifore the greet flood, thei weren
b
etynge and drynkynge, weddynge and
z a
nether angelis of heuenes, no but the
e
37fadir alone. Forsothe as it was in the takynge to weddyng, to that dai, that
dayes of Noye, so shal be and
c
the com- Noe entride in to the schippe and thei 39 ;

ssyng of mannes sone. For as in the days knewen not, til the greet flood cam, and
f
weren etynge
bifore the grete flood, thei took alle men, so schal be the coinyng
and drinkynge, weddynge and takynge to of mannus sone. Thanne tweyne ff schu-40
d 6
weddynge, til in to that day, in the len be in o& feeld, oon schal be takun,
sawhiche Noe entride in to the ship; and
llh
and another^ 1
left '; twey wymmen*\
thei knewen that f the grete flood
nat, til schulen be gryndynge in o' queerne, oon
v

came, and toke alle men, so shal be the schal be takun, and the tother' left ; 1

k
4ocummyng of mannes sone. Thanne twos tweyn in a' bedde, 'the toon schal be
shulen be in a feeld, oon shal be taken to ', 1

takun, and the tother left. Therfor42 1

41 and an other left, or forsaken ; t\vo k

x
' m
wake 3e for 36 witen not in what our
,

wyinmen shulen be gryndynge in oo 1

the Lord schal come. But wite 36 this, 43
querne" , oon shal be taken to", and "the
1
that if the hosebonde man wiste in what
v
other" forsaken P; twoi in oo r bed, the our the thefe were to come, certis he
toon 8 shal be taken to*, and the" tother v wolde wake, and suffre not his hous to
42 forsaken
w Therfore wake 3ee, for 3ee
. be vndurmyned. And therfor be 36 redi,44
v
witen nat in what houre 3oure" Lord is to^ for in what our 36 gessen not, mannus
43Ciunme. Sothely that thing wite 366, for sone schal come. Who gessist thou is a 45

3if the housbonde man wiste in what houre trewe seruaunt and" prudent, whom his
v
the theef were to z cumrne, trewly he lord ordeyned on his meynee, to 3yue
shulde wake, arid suffre nat his hous to be hem mete in tyme ? Blessed is that 46
V
44 vndinnynyd". And therfore and 3ee be
c d 1 '
seruaunt, whom 'his lord, wharine he
e
what hour '366 gessen nat f
redy, for in , schal come, schal fynde so doynge. Treuli 47

45 mannes sone is to% cumme. Who gessist

v
Y seye to 3ou, for on alle his good is he
thou is a trew 1'
seruaunt and' prudent, schal ordeyne hym. But if thilke yuel4
W war*, whom ordeynyde on his his lord seruaunt seie in his herte, My lord tari-

meynee, that he 3eue to hem mete in 1

eth to come, and bigynneth to smyte hise49
4tyme? Blissid is that seruaunt, whom euen seruauntis, and eteP, and drynke
his lord, whenne he shal m cumme, shal with drunken men; the lord of that ser-so

8 for our t alsso our sec. m.

sec. m. u wite
;e Aour sec. m. wite Nr pr. in. w.
v Om.
GOQSTA.
Om. our sec. m.
passe o.
*
Y that sx. z the
aungeles ou. a in s. b
Om. A. c also ovr sec. m.
d the u. e Om. Nour sec. m. x. f Om. N g tweien ovw. h Om. NOU. for to T.
pr. m. Q. anothir
'

leeft APX. oone schall be forsaken o. another schal be forsaken v sec. m. k twei or sec. m.
tweyne w.
1
a w. m mylne x. n Om. ou. o the tother
AMNPQTI'. that other ct/s. an other w. P schal be
forsaken ou. left x. 1 tweine ourw. r a ur. s that oon G. one
OUPW. the oon x. * Om. ou.
" that GU. v
other oosux. w schal be forsaken o. * oure u. y schal ou. z schulde our sec. m.
a ou. b Om. s. c also r>u. d
be ;e ur sec. m. 306 beth x. e for f Om. ou.
myned je witen not ou.
S schal oi/. h
ft^ful ou.
'
and a. u. k Om. our sec. m. x. 1
Om. u. m Om. o.

d heuene e til KHsec. m. k f

c. inj3. til in to sec. m. rijt so i. {( two iQe. g a c et plures. SS the
tother K. h shal be leeft two Q a E- Uthat oother oo K. k that oon
s. i
i. J ik. the oon R. oon e.
1
oothir m Om. c. n and a leghk sec.m. his lord, whan his lord K. whanne his lord K. P to ete K.
o(3.
 XXIV. 47 xxv -
MATTHEW. 69
v
47 fynde doynge so". Trewly I seie to 3011, uaunt schal come in the") dai which' he
for
vpon goodis he shal ordeyne
alle his
hopith not, and in the our that he know-
48hym. Forsothe 3if thilkP yuel seruaunt ith not, and schal
departe hym, and si
shall seie r in his herte, My lordmakith 8
his part with
putte ypocritis ; there
49'dwellynge, or taryinge*, to cum, and bi- schal be wepyng, and
gryntyng of teeth.
1
gyrine to smyte his euen seruauntis",
sothely jif he ete v
and drynke w with
sodrurikenlewe men; the lord of thilk" ser-
uaunt shal cume in the day in whiche he
hopith nat, and in hour? that 2 he know-
si ith and shal a departe hym, and put b
nat,
his part with ypocritis there shal be ;

weepynge, and betynge togidre of teeth.

CAP. XXV. CAP. XXV.

i Thanne the kyngdam c
of heuenes shal Thanne 1
the kyngdoom of heuenes schal i
v
be lie to ten virgynys, the whiche d , tak- be lijk to" ten virgyns, whiche v token her
e
ynge her laumpis, wente out meetynge laumpis, and wenten out a3ens the hose-
v
the spouse, or husbonde*, and the? spous- bonde and the wijf and fyue of hem 2 ;

b
2esse wijf ; forsothe fyue of hem
*or weren foolis, and fyue prudent. But the 3
1
,

3 weren foolis, and fyue prudent. But the foolis token her laumpis, and token
fyue
fyue her laumpis taken, token nat
fooJis, not oile with hem ; but the prudent 4
4Oyle with hem forsothe the prudent k ; token oile in her vessels with the
token oyle in her vessels with laumpis. laumpis. And whilis the hosebonde tar-s
v
5 Forsothe the spouse, or housbonde^, rnak- nappiden and slepten. Bute
iede, alle thei
w
nappiden and mydny3t a cry3 was maad, Lo the
3
ynge dwellynge" , alle slept- at !

cen. Sothely at myd ni3t a cry was maad, spouse cometh, go 36 oute to mete with
Loo ! the spouse cummeth, go 3ee out him. Thanne alle tho x virgyns risen)" 7
N
7 metynge to" hym. Thanne alle the vp, and araieden her laumpis. And the 8

virgynys rysen vp, and anournedenP her foolis seiden to the wise, 3yue 30 to vs of
8 laumpis. Sothely the foolis seiden to the 3oure oile, for oure laumpis ben quenchid.
wise, 3eue 3ee to vs of 3oure oile, for oure The prudent z answeriden, and seiden, 9
9 laumpis ben qwenchid. The prudent an- Lest perauenture it suffice not to vs and
swereden, seyingei, Lest perauenture it to 3ou, go 30 rather to men that sellen,
suffise
r
nat to us and to 3ou, go 366 rather and bie to 3ou. And while thei wenten 10
v
a b
10 to men sellynge and bye* to 3ou. 'For- s
, for to bie, the spouse cam ;
and tho that
sothe the" while thei wenten for v to bye, weren redi, entreden with him to the
the spouse came ; and tho that weren redy, weddyngis ; and the 3ate was schit. And 1 1

entriden iri w with to the hym weddyngis ;

at the last the othere c virgyns carnen, and

so doynge on our sec. m. w sec. m. x.

GMX. v that x. 1 Om. ov. r seith u. s
taryinge AOV.
* G m. he o. if he bigynne u. u seruaunt o. v eteth
dwelling x. bygynne schal
sec. bigynneth p. bygyn
our sec. m. w drenketh our sec. m. * that oux. 7 the houre our sec. m. z in whiche ov. a he schall
b d e out to x. ! Om. AOVX. or
oi/. he schall putte ov. c rewine ou. whiche our sec. m. that x.
the hosbonde N. S Om. x. h
spouse GMOpqr pr. m. '
Om. our sec. m. x. k fiue
prudent x. '
Om.
Aosur sec. m. x. m tariyng v. n
330115 ot;. to meetinge to x. And than o. P honoureden A. nour-
1 Om. o. the selleres our sec. m. by 56 Novr sec. m.
8 *
eden a. ourneden NOSUX. r sufficeth o.

bieth sx. u our sec. m. v Om. osur sec. m. x. w Om. our sec. m.
Sothely

r in s schal putte e pr. m. Om. u Om. v the whiche i.

w the
1 that K. whiche bhi. <
i. A.
* the AEia/3. tliilke i. Y risiden K. resen is. resin EP. z K. a Om.
mydny3t A. prudent virgyns
A sec. m. forth E. b thilke i. c tothere K.
 70 MATTHEW. XXV. II 24.

11 and the 3ate is

x shit.
Sothely at the last seiden, Lord, lord, opene to vs. And he 12

2
and? the other virgynys camen, seyinge, answeride, and seide, Treuli Y seie to 3ou,
12 Lord, lord, opene to vs. And he answer-
a
Y knowe 3ou not. Therfor wake 36, for
is

ynge seith, Treuly I seie to 3011, I knowe 36 witen not the dai ne the our. For as 14

is'nat jou
b
. And
'and preye , so wake 3ee,
c
a man
that goith in pilgrimage, clepide
for 5ee witen nat the day ne d the hour. hise seruauntis, and bitook to hem hise
d
14 Sothely as a man goynge fer in pilgrim- goodis ;
and to oon he 3af fyue talentis , is

e
age, clepide his seruauntis, and bitoke to and to another tweyne, and to another
e

oon, to ech after his owne vertu ; and

f
15 hem his goodis ; and to f oon he 3aue fyue
talentis,
h
W
besauntis^, forsothe to an other wente forth anoon. And he that hadde IG

two , but to an other oon, to eche after' his fyue besauntis, wente forth, and wrou3te
leowne vertu; andwente k forth anoon. For- in hem, and wan othere fyue. Also and 17

sothe and he that hadde take fyue talentis, 1

he that hadde takun tweyne, wan othere
wente forth, and wrou3te in hem, and wan tweyne. But he that hadde takun oon, \e

17 other Also and m he that hadde

fyue.
h
3ede forth, and dalf in to the erthe, and
18 taken two", wan other two .
Sothely he hidde the money of his lord. But after 19

that hadde taken oon, goyngeP forth, dalf -

long tyme, the lord of tho' seruauntis cam,
in to the r erthe, and hidde the mone of his and rekenede with hem. And he that 20
19 lord. Bot 8 after muche tyme, the lord of hadde takun fyue besauntis, cam, and
brou3te othere fyue, and seide, Lord, thou
ss
thoseruauntis came, and puttide* resoun
20 with hem. And he that hadde taken fyue bytokist to me
fyue besauntis, loo Y !

k
talentis, 'cummynge to", offride other fyue, haue getun aboue fyue othere. His lord 21
seyinge, Lord, thou bitokist
T me w fyue seide to hym, Wei be thou, good ser-
x on fewe thingis
talentis, *or be.iauntis , loo ! I haue 'geten uaunt and feithful ; for
21 ouer-v other fyue. His lord seith z to hym, thou hast be trewe, Y schal ordeyne thee
Wei be thou, good seruaunt and feithful, on manye thingis ; entre thou in to the
'or trewe*; for vpon b fewe thingis thou ioye of thi lord. And he that hadde 22
hast ben trewe c I shal ordeyne thee vpon d
, takun twey talentis cam, and 1
, seide, Lord,
many thingis ; entre thou in to the ioye thou bitokist to me twey besauntis ; loo !

22 of thi lord. Forsothe and 6 he that hadde Y haue wonnen oner othir tweyne. His2:t
taken two f talentis, 'came to", and h seith 1
,
lord seide to him, Wei be thou, good ser-
k
Lord, thou bitokist to me two'" talentis uaunt and trewe on fewe thingis
1
; ; for
23 loo ! I haue 'geten oner n other two . His thou hast be trewe, Y schal ordeyne thee
lord seithP to him, Wei bei thou, good on many thingis ; entre thou in to the
seruaunt and trewe r for vpon s fewe thingis ;
ioie of thi lord. But he that hadde 24
thou hast ben trewe*, I shal ordeyne thee takun o besaunt, cam, and seide. Lord, Y
u entre thou v in to the woot that thou art an hard man ; thou
vpon many thingis ;

24 ioye of thi lord. Forsothe and he that repist where thou hast not sowe, and

x was our sec. m. a b

opene thou our sec. m.
our sec. m. z Om. our sec. m.
J also jou not x.
c Om. OM sec.m. vrw sec.
m. and prejeth sx. d nether vr sec. m. e Om.
Q.
{ Om. v. S Om. AOUX.
h tweine ouw. >
by our sec.m.
* he wente our sec. m. '
the fyue w. m Orn.itr. n tweine ovrw sec. in.
tweyne ovrw sec.m. P wente v. 1 dalfe it KP. and dalfue u.
T Om. s. s Forsothe our sec.m. s the

M pr. m. t putte sx. u neijinge our sec. m. v tokest o. bitoke x. w to me our sec. m. * Om. AGOPS
UXY pr.m. 7 ouergeten AMUourw. geten XY. z seide our sec. m. a Om. AGOPUXY. b on our sec.m. x.
c
fei3ful ou.
d on our sec.m. x. e Om. u. f twei or sec.m. w. g nei3ed or sec. m. neijynge u. h Om. u.
>
seide or sec.m. offrede other k bitoke sx. l
Om. QW pr. m. m twey ovrw.
tweyne, seiynge u.
n
ouergeten AMNovrw. tweine ovrw. P seide our sec. m. feijfull our sec.
m.
r
<\ be to thee u.

s on our sec. m. x. t
our sec. m. u ou ourx sec. m. v Om. G
fey;ful m. PX. pr.

d besauntis K. e Om. f and he h Om. A CEIP pr.m. the EiRbia.

S dalf EP. pr. m.
'
EIPQBCO/S. i. it
k ouer i. 1
besauntis K.
 XXV. 2535- MATTHEW. 71

hadde taken oo talent, 'cummynge to x , thou gederist togidere where thou hast
z
Lord, I wote that thou art an hard
seithy, not spred abrood ; and Y
dredynge wente, 28
man thou repist wher thou hast nat and hidde besaunt in the erthe ; lo
thi !

sewen, and thou gederist to gidre wher thou hast that that is thin. His lord an- 28
25 thou hast nat spreedde abrood and I dred- ; sweride, and seide to hym, Yuel seruaunt
ynge wente, and hidde thi talent in the
3
and slowe, wistist thou that Y repe where
erthe loo; !
b
thou hast that that is thin. Y sewe not, and gadir to gidere where Y
d
aeSothely his c lord
answerynge, seide to spredde not abrood? Therfor it bihoftea?
hym,Yuel seruaunt and slowe.wistist thou thee to bitake my money to
chaungeris,
that e I repe wher I sewe nat, and gedere f that whanne Y cam, Y schulde resseyue" 1

27 to gidre wher spradde nat abrood ? Ther-

I that that is myn with vsuris. Therfor 2
fore it bihouydes thee to' 'sende, or be-
1
take" awei fro hym the besaunt, and 3yue
taken*, my monee to chaungers, that k and 1
3e to hym that hath ten besauntis. For 29
cummynge shulde haue resceyued for-
I to euery man that hath me schal 3yue,
2Hsothe ni that" that is myn with vsuris. And and he schal ericreese ; but fro hym that
so 'take 36 awey fro hyra the talent, and hath not, also that that hym 00 semeth to
jeue 36 it? toi hym that hath ten talentis. haue, schal be taken awey froP him. And 30

29 For to euery r
man hauynge it s
shal be caste 36 out the vnprofitable seruaunt in
u v
3ouen, and he shal haue plente*; and to to vtmeri derknessis ; ther schal be wep-
w x
Whanne
"

hym that hath nat, and that that he sem- yng, and gryntyng of teeth.
1
si

etfay to haue, shal be taken fro2 hym. And inannus sone schal come in his maieste,
8
30 caste 3ee out the Unprofitable seruaunt , and alle hise aungels with hym, thanne
'and send aa 3ee
b
hym
c
in to vttermore d he schal sitte on the sege 8 of his maieste;
derknessis there shal be weepynge, and
;
and alle folkis schulen be gaderid bifor32
31 betyng to gidre of teeth. Forsothe whanne hym, and he schal departe hem atwynne, 33
mannes sone shal cume in his mageste, and as a scheeperde departith scheep from
with hym, thanne he shal
alle his angelis kidis and he schal sette the scheep on
;

32sitte on the sege" of his magestee; and alle his ri3thalf, and the kidis on the 1 lefthalf.
f
ssfulkis shulen be gederid before hym, and Thanne the kyng schal seie to hem, that 34

he schal departe hem atwynne, as a shep- schulen be on his ri3thalf, Come 36, the"
v
erde departith scheep fro kidis; ands sothli blessid of my fadir, take 36 in posses-
he schal seette the scheep on his h rijtbalf, sioun the kyngdoorn maad redi to 3ou fro
34 the' kidis forsothe on the k lefthalf. Thanne the makyng of the world. For Y hun-3r.
the kyng schal seie to hem, that shulen be gride, and 36 3auen me to ete w thrist-
;
Y
on his 1
ri3thalf, Come 3ee, the blessid of ide, and me to drynke Y was
36 3auen ;

rny fadir, welde 3ee, "or take $ee in pos- herboreles, and 36 herboriden me nakid, ;; ;

sessioun, the kyngdam maad redy to 3011 and 36 hiliden me sijk, and 36 visitiden
;

fro the 'bygynnynge, or maki/nge of the ,

me Y was in prisoun, and 36 camen to
;

35 world. Forsothe I was hungry P, and 36 me. Thanne iust men schulen answere.t?

GMOPUVWX K a Om. GOP

pr. m.
* y seide our sec. m. z for sec.m. for that
nei3ynge ouv.
b the d seith G. K e for ouv sec. m.
theuge our sec. m. m. c
vrv sec. m. the sec.
{ S byhouith au. bihofte w. h
Om. o. sende A. take o. bitake vv sec. m. ban sent x.
>
gadered QW.
k Om. ANOQsruywxY sec. m. '
Om. p. m sothely our sec. m. Om. s. forth XY. n the
thenge ovv
s Om. G
pr. m. x.
GPXY. P Om. jMNosur. 1 Om. w. r eche ovv sec. m. x.
sec.m. takith
* or encrese v sec. m. u forsothe our. v fro AO sec. m. uf. w alsso our sec. m. Om. g. * that
plente,
o. this ur sec. m. y bisemith o sec. m. z of o. awei of UF. a seruaunt
unprofitable ANOVVIT.
thenge
aa Om. M sec. m. b Om. M sec. m. w sec. m. c Om. M sec. m. w. d vtmere AOVW. the vttermore TV.
e sete ourx. f tofore o. g Om. o. h the Q. and the o. k his ox. 1 the K. '

vtmore x.
'
Om. AOQUX. or takith possessioun
in GSY pr. m. or take in possessioun M. n
makyng AMVOPSurw.
For o sec. m. u. P hungered our sec. m.
bigynnynge QX.
m haue receyued K. n take Om. of cbcghk. q the vtmere i.
30 EKX sec. m.
o CH. he K. P
u Om. K. v and take
vttermere KB. vttirmore ahik. r
grenching s.
s seete CKKbck. l his KR/3.
Ksb pr. w and I
HI.
gik. CMsubghk.
 72 MATTHEW. XXV. 36 46.

r
3auen to mei for to ete ;
I thristide, and to hym, and seie, Lord, whanne si3en we
jee 3euen to
s
drynke me for* to ; I was thee hungry, and we fedden thee ; thristi,
and jee 'gederiden, or her-
herberlesse, and we 3auen to thee ? and 38
drynk
se berden", me ; nakid v and 3ee heliden me , ; whanne sayn we thee herborles, and we
seik, and 3ee visitiden me I was in pri- ; herboreden thee ; or nakid, and we hil-
37 soun,and 36 camen to me. Thanne iust men ideri thee ? or x whanne sayn we thee 39
shulen answere to hym, seyinge w , Lord, sijk, or in prisoun, and we camen to
whenne sy3en we thee hungry, and we tbee ? And the kyng answerynge schal 40
fedd thee ; thristy, and we 3euen to x thee seie to hem, Treuli Y seie to 3011, as longe
ssdrynke^? whenne forsothe seien we thee as 36 diden to oon of these my leeste
a
herberlesse, and we gedriden thee Thanne the 41
2 or 1'

; britheren, 36 diden to me.

39 nakid, and we heliden thee ? or c
Vhenne kyng schal seie also to hem, that schulen
seien we thee seek* or in prisoun, and we
e z
1
,
be on his lefthalf-v , Departe fro me, 36
40 carnen to thee f
? And he answerynge shal cursid, in to euerlastynge fijr, that is

seie to hem, Treuly I seie to 3011, 'as long? maad redi to the deuel and hise aungels.
as 366 diden to oon of these my leste bre- For Y hungride, and 36 3auen not me to 42
41 thren, 3ee diden to me. Thanne the kyng ete Y thristide, and 36 3auen not me to
;

shal seie and h to hem, that shulen be on drynke Y was herborles, and 30 herb- 43
zz
;

k
his left half, Depart' fro me, '366 cursid , erden not me ; nakid, and 36 keuerden
a

in to 1 euerlastynge fijr/thewhiche is maad

m not me and in prisoun, and 36
; sijk,
42
redy to the deuyl and his" angelis. Sothe- visitiden not me. Thanne and thei schulen 44

ly I hungeryde, and 36 3auen nat to? me answere to hym, and schulen seie, Lord,
fori to ete; I thristide, and 3ee 3auen nat to whanne sayn we thee hungrynge, or
43 me for r to drynke ; I was herberlesse, and thristynge, or herboreles, or nakid, or
3ee gedriden nat me nakid, and 366 co- sijk, or in prisoun, and we serueden not
1 8
;

uereden nat me seik, and in prisoun, and ;

to thee ? Thanne he schal answere to 45

44366 visitiden nat me. Thanne and u thei hem, and seie, Treuli Y seie to 3ou,
%
hou
b
shulen answere to hym, seyinge v Lord, , longe 36 diden not to oon of these leeste,
whanne seien we thee hungrynge, or w nether 36 diden to me. And these schulen 45
w w
thristynge, or herberlesse, or nakid, or goo in to euerlastynge turment ; but the
w
seik, or in prisoun, and we seruyden nat iust men schulen go in to euerlastynge
45 to thee ? Thanne he shal answere to hem, lijf.
x
seiynge , Treuly I seie to 3011, hou? longe
3ee diden nat to oon of these lesteVnethere
a
46366 diden to me. these shulen go in And
to euerlastynge tourment ; forsothe the b
iust men in to euere lastinge lyf.

q Om. u. r Om. sx. s Om.

or sec, m. gedereden x. v I was naked o.
u. l
Om. sx. " herberden
w and seie our. x Om. o.herberowed y for to
o. w pr.
a thee to herbore vr sec. m. m, z
drynke
and p. ether our. c Om. o. ether vr. d Om. o.
the, ether seke and we
> e ether our. f

visiteden thee o. g als longe o. Om. G pr. m. h alsso ot;. and also r sec. m. i
3e cursed, departe
our sec. m. Departeth PSXY. k Om. our sec. m. l to the r. m whiche our sec. m. that x. n to his our.
For our sec. m. P Om. ou. n Om. sx. r Om. sx. 3 harberowed o. l me to herbore vr sec. m.

u also our sec. m. v and seie our sec. m. w ether our. x and seie our sec. m. y as our sec. m.
z lesse o.
my leeste w pr. m. a
je diden not ou. 366 neither diden x.
b Om. our sec. m.

x and c. for s. Om. i. leftsde chi.

Departeth and I R. a hiliden K.

as long as K.
 XXVI. i 16. MATTHEW. 73

CAP. XXVI. CAP. XXVI.

1 And it is c
don, whenne Jhesus hadde And it was doon, whanne Jhesus i

eendid alle these wordis, he seide to his hadde endid alle a these
wordis, he seide to
2 disciplis, Wite
two d dayes 3ee, for after hise disciplis, 3e witen, that aftir twei2

pask shal be maad, and mannes sone shal daies pask schal be maad, and mannus
3 be bitaken 6 that he be crucified.
, Thanne sone schal be bitakun to be crucified.
the princis of prestis f and eldre* men of Than the
princes of prestis and the a
the peple ben h gedrid in to the halle of the 1 elder men
of the puple were gaderid in
k to the halle of the prince b of prestis, that
of prestis, that was said Caiphas,
prince
4 and maden 1 a counseile, that thei shul- was seid Cayfas, and maden a counsel to 4
den holde Jhesu with gile, and slea n ;
holde Jhesu with gile, and sle him; but 5
v

ssothly thei seiden, Nat in the feste day", thei seiden, Not in the haliday, lest per-

per auenture noys were maad in the

lest auenture noyse were maad in the puple.
e peple. ForsotheP whenne Jhesus was in And c whanne Jhesus was in Betanye, ine
d
Betanye, in thei house of Symount le- the hous of Symount leprous , a worn- 7
7 prous
r
a womman hauynge a boxe of ala-
, man that hadde a box of alabastre of
v
bastre of preciouse oynement, came ni3 s precious oynement, cam to hym, and
6
to hym, and shedde out on the heued 1 of schedde out on the heed of hym rest-
s hym restinge. Sothely disciplis" seeynge ynge. And disciplis
f
seynge hadden de-s
hadden dedeyn, seyinge,Wherto this losse? deyn, and seiden, Wherto this loss ?

9 forsothe v it w
mijte be x solde for
mychey, for my3te be seld for myche, and be 9
1'
it

10 and be 3ouen to pore men. Sothely Jhe- 3ouun to pore men. But Jhesus knewe, 10
sus wytinge, seith z to hem, What be 36 and seide to hem, What ben 30 heuy' to
heuy, W sory", to this womman? \sothely this womman ? for k sche hath wrou3t in
a good work b she hath wrou3t c in me. me a good werk. For 36 schulen euere 1 1

11 For whi d e
3ee shulen 'euermore haue pore haue pore men with 3ou, but 30 schulen
men with 3ou, but 366 shulen nat algatis
f
not algatis haue me. This womman l
12

i2haue me. Forsothe this womman send- sendynge this oynement in to my bodi,

enge this oynement in to my body, made dide to birie me. Treuli " 1
Y seie to 3ou, ia

isfors to birye me. Treuly I seie to 3ou, where euer this gospel schal be prechid
wher euer this gospel shal be prechid in' 1'
in al the world, it schal be seid, that sche
al the world, it k shal be seide and that of hym. Thanne u
1
dide this, in mynde
this womman dide, in to mynde of hym. oon of the twelue, that was clepid Judas
H Thanne oon of the twelue, that was seide Scarioth, wente forth to the princis of
Judas Scarioth, wente forth"' to the princis prestis, and seide to hem, What wolen 36
is

is of prestis, and seith" to hem, What wolen 3yue to me, and Y schal bitake hym to
3ee 3eue to me, and I shal bitake hym to 3ou? And thei ordeyneden to hym
3ou ? And thei ordeyneden to hym thritti pans of siluer.
thretti And fro thatis
n

leplatis of seluer. And fro that tyme he tyme he sou3te oportunyte , to bitraye

c was ur. d twei

or sec. m. w. e taken o. f the g the eldere ANOPSurtr. h weren ov.
prestes o.
'
Om. N. princes G k
pr. m. v pr. m. w. !
thei maden ov. m hou x. n slee him P.
haliday AMU
* heed AMXPuret w
ourw. P Sothely o. <i a o. r the leprous MOV pr. m. a neijed our sec. m. pass.
w this ovr sec. m.
disciples ciaopur sec. m. XY
hed QS et x pass. u the v for or. * haf be o.

y mekil N. z seide ovr. * Qm. AGOPQ.U'/ sec.m. xv. b Om. our tec. m. c a werke
wroujte gode
our sec. m. d Om. our sec. m. * haue euer ov. { euermore o. euer ur sec. m. g Om. sx. h rad
w pr. m. into o. 'k that o. l
Om. G. m Om. our sec. m. n seide ourw sec. m.xv. taken x.

B b d the e schedde it i. f the

Om. Q. princes H.
c But e pr. m. leprous A pr. m. cJisubceghik/3.
8 w this ia. h forsothe i. ether sorie K marg. k forsothe i. '
For
disciplis EiKFhik. hise disciplis g.
'

this EP sec. m. "'

And n ES. i. K. or best tyme c marg.
i.
treuly pens CQR/3. penis platis pecis
VOL. IV. L
 74 MATTHEW. XXVI. 17 30.

soi^te couenablete, for to bitake? hym. hym. And in the firste dai of therf 17
x
17 Forsothe in the first day of the fest of looues the disciplis camen to Jhesu, and
seiden, Where wolt thou we make redi
r
paski disciplis camen to Jhesu, seyinge*,
3

Wher wolt thou weu make redy to thee, to thee, to ete paske ? Jhesus seide, Go IB
is for
v
to ete paske? And Jhesus seith w , 3e into the citee to 'sum man?, and seie
Go 3ee in to the citee to sum man, and to hym, The maistir seith, My tyme is

seie" to hym, The maister seith, My tyme ny3 ;

at thee Y make paske with my dis-

is ni3 ; at thee I make paske? with my ciplis. And the disciplis diden, as Jhe- 19

19 disciplis. And the disciplis diden, as Jhe-

z
sus comaundide to hem and thei maden ;

paske redi. And whanne euentid^o

v
sus comaundide to hem a ;
and thei maden the
20 redy pask. Forsothe euenyngb maad, he was come, he sat to mete with hise
sat 'at the mete with his twelue d disciplis.
e
twelue disciplis. And he seide to hem, 21
21 Arid he seide to hem etynge, Treuly I seie as thei eten, Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that

to 3ou, for oon of 3ou to e betraye me.

'is oon of 3ou schal bitraye me. And thei 22
v

22 And
f
thei ful .ory bygunnyn eche& to ful sori bigunnen ech bi hym silf to seie,

Lord, whether 'Y am"? And he answer- 23

h And he an- r
28 seie, Lord, wher I am'?
swerynge seith He that ide, and seide, He that puttith with me
k
, 'with me in put-
tith the bond in the plater, this m shal bi-
1
his 8 hoond in the plater, schal bitraye

24traye me. Forsothe mannes sone goth, as me. Forsothe mannus sone goith, as it 24
it is writen of hym but woo to ; that man, is writun of hym ; but wo to that man,
bi whom mannys sone shal be bitrayed ; bi whom mannus sone schal be bitrayed ;

it were good to hym, 3if that" man hadde it hym, if that man hadde
were good to

25nat ben boren. Forsothe Judas that bi- not be borun. But Judas that bitraiede 2.1
hym, answeride, seyinge, Maister,
trayed hym, answeride, seiynge, Maister, whe-
V
wher I am ? He seith P to hym, Thou ther 'Y am*? Jhesus seide" to hym,
2hast seid. Forsothe hem soupynge, Jhe- Thou hast seid. And while thei soup-2
sus toke breed, and blissidei, and bracke, eden, Jhesus took breed, and blesside,
and 3aue to his disciplis, 'and seith r, Take and brak, and 3af to hise disciplis, and
8
27 3ee, and ete ; this is body. And he my seide, Take 36, and ; this is my body. ete v

takynge the cuppe, dede thankyngis, and And he took the cuppe, and dide thank- 27
3aue to hern, seyinge*, Drinke 366 alle her- yngis, and 3af to hem, and seide, Drynke28
28 of; this is my blood of the newe testa- 36 alle herof ;
this is my blood of the
ment, 'the whiche" shal be shed out for newe testament, which schal be sched for
29 many, in to remissioun of synnys. For- many, in to remissioun of synnes. And 20
sothe I seie to 3011, I shal nat drinke fro Y seie to 3ou, Y schal not drynke fro
this tyme, of this fruyt of the vyne, til this tyme, of this fruyt of the vyne, in to
in to that v day whenne I shal drinke it that daiwhanne Y schal drynke it newe
newe with w with 3ou, in the kyngdom of my fadir.
3ou, in the kyngdam of my
sofadir. And an ympne, W heriynge*, seid, And whanne the ympne was seid, theiaa

P that lie schuld hytraye ou. that he shulde bitaken v sec. m. to bitaken x. 1 therf looues ou. therf
looues, that is, Ihefesle of paske v pr. m. sec. m. T the
disciplis MOPUXY. w s
neijeden ou.
* and
seiden our sec. m. u that we o. v Om. ovr sec. m. x. w seide our. * seie
36 our sec. m. TOm.
AGNOS pr.m. urw sec.m. XY. z Om. ANsrw. a Om. N. b
euentyde our.
c to our sec. m. d Om. w.
e schal ovr sec. m. f made sorowe ful greetly, and thei maad
sorouful greteli, bigunnen ur.
bigunnen o.
Om. Q. h whethir GV et x pass. am k seide ovr
S in special ovr. sec. m. putteth in with
' J
all it o.
me AMNOvrrr. with me puttith in p. m Om. our sec. m. thilke our sec. m. it am I o. P seide
our sec. m. 1 blissed it o. r o. and seide vrw sec.m. s eet our. eteth sx. * and seide
seiynge je
our sec. m. u whiche our sec. m. that x. v the w. w rewme our sec. m. x Om. ox. either

[or r sec. m.] preysyng of God ur sec, m.

P a man i. q the euentijd Ksg. r wher c et alii

passim.
rr it am I ? i. I am he ? K. I ? s. s the Kk.
Om. b pr. m. t it am I i. I am he ? K. u seith K. v eteth i. ete je sx marg. k.
 XXVI. 3i 44- MATTPIEW. 75

thei wenten out in to the mount of Olyuete. wenten out in to the mount of Olyuete.
si Thanne Jhesus seith to hem, Alle 36 shu- Thanne Jhesus seide to hem, Alle 3631
len suffre sclaundre in me, in? this ni$t ; schulen suffre sclaundre in me, in this
for it is wrytyn, I shal smyte the sheperde, ni3t ; forwritun, Y schal smyte the
it is

and the sheep of the floe shulen be scatered. scheeperde, and the scheep of the flok
32Forsothe after that I shal ryse a3ein, I z schulen be scaterid. But aftir that Y32
33 shal
go bifore 3ou in to Galilee. Sothely schal rise a3en, Y
schal go bifore 3ou in
v
Petre answerynge, seith* to him, And b
3if to Galilee. Petre answeride, and seide to 33
c
shulen be sclaundrid in thee, I shal
alle hym, Thou3 alle schulen be sclaundrid in
Sineuere be sclaundrid. Jhesus seith d to thee, Y schal neuer be sclaundrid. Jhe-s*
hym, Trewly I seie to thee, for in this sus seide to him, Treuli Y seie to thee,

ni3t bifore the cok crowe, thries thou shalt for in this the cok crowe,
ny3t bifor

ssdenye me. Petre seith to hym, 'And 3if

e
thries thou schalt denye me. Peter seide 3
it shal behoue me to dye with thee, I to him, 3he, thou3 it bihoue w that die Y
shal nat denye thee. Also f and alle disci- with thee, Y
schal not denye thee. Also
h
36pliss seiden . Thanne Jhesus came with alle the disciplis seiden. Thanne Jhesus s
hem in to a toun, that' is seid Gessemanye. cam with hem in to a toun, that is seid
And he seide to his disciplis, Sitte 3ee heer, Jessamanye. And he seide to his disci-

the k
while 1
I shal go thidir, and preie. plis, Sitte 36 here, the while
Y go thider,x

37 And Petre taken to n , and two sonys of and preye. And whanne he hadde takes;
xx sones of
Zebedee, he began forP to be distourblidi, Peter, and twei Zebedee, he^
Thanne u
v
3s or heuy r, and 8 sory* in herte. bigan to be heuy and sori. Thanne he.3
v
he seith to hem, My soule is sorowful til seide to hem, My soule is soreuful to the
w abide 36 here, and wake
to the deth 'susteyne 3ee, or abyde $ee ,
; deeth ; 36 with
39 here, and wake 366 with me. And he gon me. And he }ede forth a litil, and felde3

forth a litil, felle doun in to his face, doun on his face, preiynge, and seiynge,
preyinge, and seyinge, My fadir, 3if it is
My fader, if it is possible, passe this
possible, passe this cuppe" fro me ; nethe- cuppe fro me ; netheles not as Y wole,
v

4oles nat as I wole, but as thou wolt. And but as thou wolt. And he cam to his 40
he came to his disciplis, and foonde hem and foond hem slepynge. And
disciplis,

slepynge. And he seith? to Petre, So, he seide toPetir, So, whethir 36 my3ten
'wher 366 mi3te z nat oon hour wake with not oon our wake with me? Wake 56,41
41 me ? Wake 3ee, and preie", that 3ee en- and preye 36, that 36 entre not in to
tren nat in to temptacioun ;
forsothe the temptacioun ; for z the spirit is redi, but
v
b - Eft the secounde 42
spirit is redy, bote the flesh seik , or the fleisch is sijk.
42 stable . Eft the secounde tyme he wente, tyme he wente, and preyede, seiynge,
and preide, seyinge, My fadir, 3if this My fadir, if this cuppe may not passe,
d
cuppe may nat passe, no bote
e
I drynke but a Y drynke hym b , thi wille be doon.
43 it, thi wille be don. And eftsone f he And eftsoone he cam, and foond hem 43

came, and foonde hem slepynge ; forsothe slepynge ; for her i3en weren heuyed.
44 her e3en weren greueds. And hem left, And he lefte hem, and wente eftsoone, 44

B b c alle men s. d
Om. x.
y z and I K sec. m. seij o. seide s. Thouj ovr sec. m. seij o. 3he
k Om.
thouj ovvw Om.
sec.m. f o. g the disciples o sec. m. MOPSW. ''
seiden also o. '
vvhiche ou.
our sec. m. 1 while that o. m Om. OPVV sec. m. * Om. ovr. ovr sec. m. w. P Om. surx.
tweye
heuy our sec. m.
r Om. ox. and *
1 sorowful ovr sec. m. disturbid sx. heuy Q sec. m.
s or
a sec. m.
u And Y. T seide ovr sec. m. w abide 366 ou. s. jee, or abijde P. s. jee, or abidith s. sustene jee 'x.
praye je ovr
z a
* this J seide ovr tec. m. mi^te 30 ov. whether jee mi3ten x.
cuppe passe vr. d Om. AX. e but
c Om.AX. ether
vnstidfast ovv sec.m.
sec.m. prejeth x. b is seke ovr sec. m.

jif GMXY pr.m.

{ efte ovr sec. m. S greeuyd, or heuyed MP. heuyed u sec. m. marg.

b it ichio.
w bihoueth cgk. * Om. io. "twoce/aZzl y and A. z forsothe I. a but that k. but if 0.
 76 MATTHEW. XXVI. 4557-
he wente eftsoneh and preide the thridde , and preiede the thridde tyme, and seide
45tyme, the same word seyinge. Thanne he the same word. Thanne he cam to his 45
came to his disciplis, and seith' to hem, disciplis, and seide to hem, Slepe 30 now,
k
Slepe 3ee nowe, and reste 30 ;
loo ! the and reste 30 ; loo the our hath nei3ed, !

hour hath neijed, and mannes sone shal and mannus sone schal be takun c in to
be taken 1 in to the hondis of synners ; the hondis of synneris rise 36, go ;
we ;
4C

46 ryse 3ee, go wee ; loo he that shal take m ! loo! he that schal take me, is ny3- 3it 4'

47me, 'shal nei3e And 3it hym spekynge, n

. the d
while he spak, lo !
Judas, oon of the
loo Judas, oon of the twelueP, and with
! twelue, cam, and with hym a greet cum-
hym camel a grete cumpanye,with swerdis peny, with swerdis and battis, sent fro
r
and battis , sent of the princes of prestis, the princis of prestis, and fro the eldre
48 and of eldre
5
men of the peple. For- men of the puple. And he that bitraiede 48
sothe he that bitraiede hym, 3aue to hem hym, 3af to hem a tokene, and seide,
a tokne, seiynge, Whom euer Y shal kisse, Whom euer Y schal 6 kisse, he it is ;

40 he it is ; holde 3ee hym. And anon holde 36 hym. And anoon he cam to 49
he "cummynge ni3* to Jhesu, seide, Haile, Jhesu, and seid, Haile, maister; and he&o
somaistre; and he kisside hym. And Jhe- kissidehym. And Jhesus seide to hym,
sus seide to hym, Frend, wherto art thou Freend, wherto art thou comun ? Thanne
v
comen ? Thanne thei camen ni3", and thei camen ni3, and leiden hoondis on
castiden v hondis 'in to x Jhesu, and helden Jhesu, and helden hym. And lo oonsi !

f
si
hym. And loo! oon of hem that weren of hem that weren with Jhesu, strei3te
with Jhesu, holdynge out^ the hond, drow3 out his hoond, and drou3 out his swerd ;
out z his a swerd ; and he, smytynge the b and he smoot the seruaunt of the prince
h
seruaunt of the prince of prestis d
, kitte 6
of prestis, and kitte? of his ere Thanne 52 .

h
52 of his litil
f
eres. Thanne Jhesus seith to Jhesus seide to hym, Turne thi swerd
hym, Turne thi swerd in to his place ; in to his place ;
for alle that taken swerd,

sothely' alle that shulen take swerd, shu- schuleri perische bi swerd. Whether 53
53 len perishe by swerd. Wher gessist thou, gessist thou, that may not preie my Y
that k I may nat preie my fadir, and he fadir, and he schal 3yue to me now mo'
shal 3eue to me now more than twelue than twelue legiouns" of aungels ? Hou 54
legions of angelis ? Hou therfore shulen thanne schulen theJ scriptures be fulfil-
1
54

the scripturis be fulfillid"1 ? 'for so" it be- led ? for so it bihoueth to be doon. In 55
55 houeth to be don. In that hour Jhesus that our Jhesus seide to the puple, As to
v
seide to the cumpanyes of peple , As to a a theef 36 han k gon out, with swerdis
theef 366 han gon out, with swerdis and and battis, to take me ; dai bi dai Y sat
battisP, fori to cacche me
r
'day by day 1
5
;
among 3ou, and tau3t in the temple, and
satte at 3ou, techynge in the temple, and 36 helden me not. But al this things
5fi3ee helden not me. Forsothe al this* thing was don, that the scripturis of profetis
was don, that the scripturis of prophetis schulden be fulfillid. Thanne alle the
shulden be fulfillid
11
. Thanne alle disciplis v and leften hym. And 57
disciplis fledden,
svfledden, hym forsaken. And thei hold- thei helden Jhesu, and ledden hym to

h efte our sec. m. i

ourw sec. m.
seide k restith G*. ' bitaken ur. m bytray our.
bytrayed o.
P. n hath ouvw sec. m. Om. our. P twelf cam our. 1 our. Om.
T staues our.
traye neijed
* the elder AMNOPSurtr. * u v setteden our. casten sx. * on
nei3einge our. nei3eden our.
our m. Y forth our. *Om. u. a a b a o. c d the e kitted or.
sec. o.
princes OQ. prestes o.
{ Om. Nour. S rijt ere us. h seide our. '
for our. k for our. '
Om. o. m filled our.
11
forsothe x. Om. our. P staues our. 1 Om. surx. T take our. a eich day our. t Om. p.
u filled our. v the
disciples MSJT.

c bitaken EKnchika/3. d Om. ib. eOm. CEKQRbcghiko. * strejcchide K. g kittede c. h eere

rijt
EP sec. m. more K. ' " a is sixe thousand site hundrid and sixty and sixe. K marg. j Om. A.
legioun
k Om.s sec. m.
 XXVI. 58 6g. MATTHEW. 77

ynge Jhesu, ledden hym to Caiphas, prince Cayfas, the prince of prestis, where the
of wher w scribis* "and
prestis, Phariseesy, scribisand thek Farisees, and the eldre
and the z eldre men of the* peple had- men of the puple weren comun
togidere.
58 den cummen to gidre. Forsothe Petre But Petir swede him afer, in to the halle o

suede hym afer, til in to the halle of the b of the prince of prestis ; and he wente
1

prince of prestis and he gon ynne with ; in, and sat with the seruauntis, to se the

ynne, sate with seruauntis d

that he shulde , eride. And the prince of prestis, and al &
e f
59 se the eend. Forsothe the print-is of the counsel soften fals witnessing a3ens
prestis, and alle the counseile sov^ten fals Jhesu, that thei schulden take hym to
witnessynge a3einus Jhesu, that thei deeth ; and thei founden not, whanne eo
eoshulden take= hym to deth' 1
;
and thei manye false witnessis weren comun. 1

founden nat, whenne many fals witnessis But at the laste, twei false witnessis
hadden 'cummen to'. Treuly at the laste, camen, and seiden, 'This seide Y mayci
11
,

ei twok fals witnessis camen, and seiden,This distruye the temple of God, and after
seide, I may distruye the temple of God, the thridde dai bilde it a3en. And the 02
and after 'the thridde day
1
bilde it a3ein. prince of prestis roos, and seide to hym,
62 And the prince of prestis rysynge seith m Answerist thou no thing to tho thingis,
to hym, Answerist thou no thing to tho n that these witnessen a3ens thee ? But :

thingis, 'the whiche these witnessen Jhesus was stille. And the prince of
63 a3einus thee ? Forsothe Jhesus was stille. prestis seide to hym, Y coniure thee bi

And the prince of prestis seith? to hym, lyuyngeP God, that thou seie to vs, if
I couniour thee by quycke God, that thou art Crist, the sone of God. Jhesusi 64
thou seie to vs, 3if thou bei Crist, the sone seide to him, Thou hast seid ; netheles
64 of God. Jhesus seide to hym, Thou hast Y seie to 3ou, 'fro hennus forth 1
"

36 schu-
seid ;
netheles I seie to 3011, 'an other len se maimus sone sittinge at
s
the ri3t-
r
tyme tyme forth?, 3ee shulen
,
'or fro this half of the vertu of God, and comynge in
se mannes sone sittynge at the ri3thalf of the cloudis of heuene 88 . Thanne the prince ur>

'the vertue of God 4 and cummynge in u ,

of prestis to-rente his clothis, and seide,
6scloudis of heuene. Thanne the prince of He hath blasfemed ; what 3it ban we
prestis kitte v ,
'or to-rente*, his clothis, nede to witnessis ? lo ! now 36 ban herd
seyinge, He hath blasfemed ;
what 3it blasfemye ;
what semeth to 3ou ? And
nede han x
we to witnessis ? loo ! now 3ee thei answeriden, and seiden, He is
gilti
66 ban herd blasfemye? what semeth to ; of deeth. Thanne thei speten* 'in to u 7
v
3ou? And thei answerynge seiden, He is his face, and srnyten hym with buffatis ;

67gilty of deth. Thanne thei spitten z in to and othere 3auen strokis with the pawrne
his face, and smyten a hym with buiFetis ; of her hondis in w his face, and seide, 8

forsothe other 3ouen strokis with the b Thou Crist, arede to vs, who is he that

uepawm of hondis in to his face, seyinge, smoot thee? And outen9

Petir sat with
Thou Crist, prophecie to vs, who is he in x the halle ;
and a damysel cam to
69 that smote thee? Sothely Petre sat 'with hym, and seide, Thou were with Jhesu
outen c
in the porche
d
;
and an e
bond of Galilee. And he denyede bifor alle 70

w Om. /. with Q. * the scribes our. Y Om. ovvw sec.m. z Om. air. a Om. G
pr. m.
b Om. o.

e d the seruauntes our. e Om. o. t o. S our. h the deth K. '

princis KQ. prince bytake neijed
our. k twei Norw. '
thre dayes o. m seide our. n these x. whiche ur. that ox. P seide
s Om. XOE/FAT. u in the ur. v
our. 1 art our. r fro hennes forth our. '
Goddes vertu our. to-

rente our. w Om.w<ourjr. or rente G. * haf ot/r. y blasfemynge r. z spetteden OPQK. a beeted our.
b their G. Om. N. c wit oute forth our. d halle ^ sec.m. ovvw sec. m. e oon AGMXOSVVWY. one P.

k m hadden, or neren K. " These seith E. Om. P pr.m. This seith

Om. princes A pr. m.
1
et a.
plures s heuenes H.
q And Jhesus c. pr. m.
o s on e
p sec. m. Om. s. P the
lyuynge hia.
r herafter i.

* u in iba. v smeten la. smitiden K. smoten et ft.

w into K. * Om. A.
spittiden Khi. plures
 78 MATTHEW. XXVI. 70 XXVII. 6.

mayden came nty to hym, seyinge h And

f v

, men?, and seide, Y woot not what thou

7othou were with Jhesu of Galilee. And seist. And whanne he 3ede out atz the 71
he denyede before alle men, seyinge, I 3ate, another damysel say hym, and seide
k
71 woot nat what' thou saist. Forsothe hym to hem that weren there, And this was
goynge out the 3ate, an other hond
'
with Jhesu of Nazareth. And eftsoone?2
mayden say hym, and seith" to hem that he denyede with an ooth, For I a knewe
weren there, And this was with Jhesu of not the man. And b a litil aftir, thei 73
72 Na3areth. And eftsone he denyede with that stooden camen, and seiden to Petir,
anP ooth, for hei knewe nat the man. Treuli c thou art of d hem ;
for thi speche
v

73 And after a litil, thei that stoden came makith thee knowun. Thanne he bigan/4
v

ni3
r
,
and seiden to Petre 8 , Treuly f and to warie and to e swere, that he knewe
thou art of" hem ;
for whi and v thi speche not the man. And anoon the cok crewe.
74makith thee opyn Thanne 'he began w .
31
And Petir bithou3te on the word of7&
to warye^ and swere , that he knewe nat
z
Jhesu, that he hadde seid, Bifore the cok
75 the man. And anon the cok crew. And crowe, thries thou schalt denye me. And
Petre bithou3te on the word" of Jhesu, he 3ede out, and wepte bitterli.

that b he hadde seide, Bifore the cok

crewe d , thries thou shalt denye me. And
he gon out, wepte bittirly.

CAP. XXVII. CAP. XXVII.

1 Forsothe the 6
morwe maad, alle f
the But whanne the morowtid was comun, i

princis of prestis^, and eldre men of 1'

the alle the princis of prestis, and the eldre
peple token counseil a3eins Jhesu, that
1
men of the puple token counsel f a3ens
2 thei shulden take k hym to deth. And thei Jhesu, that thei schulden take hym to
ladden hyrn bounden, and bitoken hym
1
the deeth. And thei ledden him boundun,2
v
to Pilat of Pounce, meire, or chef and bitoken to Pilat of Pounce, Justice.
3 iustice n . Thanne Judas that bitrayede Thanne Judas that bitraiede hyra, say 3
hym, seynge that he was dampnyd, he that he was dampned, he repentide, and
led by penaunce P,
r
forthenkijnge W *J, brou3te 33611 the thretti pans
h
to the
brou3te a3ein platis of seluer to
thritti princis of prestis, and to the elder men
the princis of prestis, and to the eldre of the puple, and seide, haue synned, 4 Y
4 men of the 8 peple, seyinge*, I haue synned, bitraiynge ri3tful blood. And thei seiden,
bitrayinge iust" blood. And thei seiden, What to vs ? bise thee. And whanne he A
5 What to vs ? se thou. And the platis of hadde cast forth the siluer in' the temple,
seluer 'cast awey the temple, he v
in w he passide forth, and 3ede, and hongide
wente awey, and goyinge* awey he? hang- hym silf with a snare. And the princis 6
ide z hym a with a 'grane, or a gnare h . of prestis token the siluer, and seide, It
o Forsothe the princis of prestis, taken the is not leueful to putte it in to the tre-

h and seide our. Om. G pr. m. k he o.

mayde our.
f S neijed our. 1
at the AN. of the
'

ourw sec.m. m mayde our. n seide our w sec. m. efte our. P an other o. 1 I our. T
neijeden
to Peter o. neijeden ur. camen nyj to Peter x. * Om. ox. t Om. u. oon of o. v also and o.
also ur. w knowen our. x z to swere pur. a wordis K sec. m.
bygan he o. y curse our.
b whiche our. c Bifore that our. d crowe PWX. e Om. o. f
morewyn G. morowtide opur. S the
prestis o.
h the elder our. '
a counseil r. k
bytake our.
'
Om. AGMNPSWXY. m Om. N. n the
Justice our. president x. was our. P
forthenkynge our, Q Om. Aourx. r and
broujte our.
8 Om.
p. t and seide our. u
rijtwis x.
v casten forth o. cast forth ur. w into OQ. x he goynge our.
y Om. our. z
heeng x.
a himsilf oqvr. b
grane AMX. grane, or gnare GT. grane, or snare NSWY.
snare our. gryne P. grynne, or snare Q.

z ofA. a he AR. b Om. EIKPXQR c Truli and K. d on of R

lOm.ipr.m. pr. m. a. sec. m.
e Om. A. f a counceil B. B him to Kk. k
penis s. !
in to K.
 XXVII. 7 2 MATTHEW. 79

platis of seluer, seiden, It is nat leueful to serie, for it is the prijs of blood. And?
v

sende hem in to the c

tresorie, for it is whanne thei hadden take counsel, thei
7 the cc pris of blood. Sothly counceil taken, boi^teri with it a feeld of a potter, in to
h
thei boit3ten with them the feeld of a biryyng of pilgrymys. Herfor thilke
v v
s potter, in to
d
byryinge of dead men 6
. For feeld is clepid Acheldemac, that is, a
v
f
this thing the ilk feeld is clepid Achel- feeld of blood, in to this dai. Thannea
demak, that is, a= feeld of blood, til in to that' was fulfillid, that was seid bi the
v
k
prophete Jeremye, seiynge, And thei han
h
9 this day. Thanne it is
1
fulfillid ,
that

thing that 1
is" seid by the prophete Jere- takun thretti pans, the prijs of a man
mye, seyynge, And thei token thritty platis preysid, whom thei preiseden of the chil-

of syluer, the pris of a man preysid", dren of Israel ;

and thei 3auen hem in to 10

whom thei preysiden of the sonys of a feeld of a potter, as the Lord hath or-

loYrael; and thei 3auen hem in to the nn denyd to rne. And Jhesus stood biforii
feeld of a potter, as the Lord ordeyned to the domesman ;
and the iustice axide
nme. Sothely Jhesus stood byfore the him, and seide, Art thou king of Jewis ?
v r
meyre, or domysman ; arid the prese- Jhesus seith to hym, Thou seist. And 12

whanne he was k
dentP axide Art thou kynghym, seyinge, accusid of the princis
of Jewis ? to hym, Thou Jhesus seith of prestis, and of the eldere men of the
I2seist. And whenne he was acusid of thei puple, he answeride no thing. Thanne is

princes of prestis, and eldre men of the

r 5
Pilat seith to him, Herist thou not, hou

ispeple, he answeride no thing. Than Pilat many witnessyngis thei seien a3ens thee?
1

seith to hym, Herist thou nat, hou many 1 And he answeride not to hym m onyu v

witnessyngis" thei seien a3einus thee ? word, so that the iustice wondride greetli.
H And he answeride nat to hym to v eny But for a solempne dai the iustice was is
w wondride wont to" delyuere to the puple oon
word, so that the presedent
x
isgretely. Forsothe by a solempne day the boundun whom thei wolden. And he
, i<;

presederiU" was wont z

for a to delyuere to hadde tho a famousP man boundun, that
the peple oon bounden, whom thei wolden. was seid Barrabasi. Therfor Pilate seide 17
v
b d
16 Forsothe he c hadde a e
noble man f
to hem, whanne thei weren to gidere,

17 bounden, that was seid Barabas. Ther- Whom wolen 3e, that Y delyuere to r 3ou ?
fore Pilat seid to hem gedrid to gidre, whether Barabas, or Jhesu, that is seid
Whom wolejee, I
v

leeue, or delyuere*, to Crist ? For he wiste, that bi enuye thei in

3ou ? wher Barabas, or h Jhesu, that is bitraieden hym. And while he sat for 10
v

is seid Crist? Sothely he wiste, that by domesman 8

his wijf sente to hym, and
,

lyenuye' thei betraieden k hym Forsothe 1

.
seide, No thing to thee and to that iust
hym sittynge for Mustise, or donnjsman, man ;
for Y haue suffrid this dai many
his wyf sente to hym, seyinge", No thing thingis for hym, bi a visioun. Forsothe 20
to thee and to that iust man ; sothelyP the prince* of prestis, and the eldere men
v
I haue suffrid this dayi many thingis for counseiliden" the puple, that thei schul-
20 hym, by a visioun, W sweuen r
. Forsothe den axe Barabas, but thei schulden di-

c Om. w
pr. m.
cc Om. K. d in to the v. e
pilgrimes, or deedmen Q .tec. m. pylgrimes u sec.
m. x.
f that x.S the Q. h Om. ourw sec. m. x. '
was uv. k filled our. J
this thinge our. ll
was ur.
m Om. ou. n the preisid x. nn a MPQSUVWXY. meire A. iustise our. f iustise our. domesman px.
i Om. ANS. r s of the eldere our. u v Om. s. w iustice our.
grete our.
*
prince Kg. wyttenessynge o.
domesman p. x the ovv y iustice our. domesman p. z woned o. a Om. sx. b
.
Sothely our.
d hade than ovw sec. m. hadden than u. e oo P. o urxv f famos man our.
pr. m.
'
thei u.
S delyuere A. schal delyuere our. lefe x. h ether our. !
Om. o. k bytoken our. 1 him with enuy o.
m iustise AX. ovv. n and seide our. this o. P for our. 1 to our. r Om. AQUVX.
iuge day

h this A. k m
prince CH. hym to ACQg. u for to c. in houndis i. P ether
' '
it K. thingis c.
r Om. m.
noble K marg. 1 Barrabas, which for manslaujtir was put into prisoun EP sec. m. marg. s pr.
e pr. m. a ether iustice K marg. t u ether enliseden K
princis Ksghi/3. marg.
 80 MATTHEW. XXVII. 21 32.

the princis of prestis and the 3 eldre men strye Jhesu. But the iustice answeride, 21
v
1
tisiden, or counseiliden , to" the peplis
v
,
and seide to hem, Whom
of the tweyn
w that be delyuerit to 3ou ? And
that thei shulden axe Barabas, but Jhesu wolen 36,
21 thei shulden lese. Forsothe the president" thei seiden, Barabas. Pilat seith to hem, 22

answerynge seith> to hem, Whom of the z What tharine schal Y do of Jhesu, that is

Allev seienw
x
two a wolen b
3ee to be "left, or delyuerid , seid Crist? , Be he x cruci-23
22 to 3ou ? And thei seideri, Barabas. Pilat fied. The iustice seith to hem, What
seith to hem, What therfore shal I do of yuel hath he doon ? And thei crieden
23 Jhesu, that
c
is seid Crist ? Alle seien, Be more, and seiden, Be he crucified. And 24
d e
he crucified.presedent seith to The Pilat seynge that he profitide no thing,
f
hem, Sothely what of yuel hath he don? but that they more noyse was maad,
And? thei crieden more, seyinge, Be he took z watir, and waischide hise hondis
24 crucified. Forsothe 11
Pilat seynge 'that bifor the puple, and seide, Y am giltles
k
he profitide no thing, but the more noyse
1
of the blood of this ri3tful man; bise
was maad, water taken, washide the m '

3ou. And al the puple answeride, and 25

hondis byfore the peple, seyinge", I am seide, His blood be on vs, and on oure
innocent, "or giltlesse ,
fro'' the blood of children. Thanne he deliuerede to hem 26
25 this iust man; se 366. And al the peple Barabas, but he took to hem Jhesu
answerynge seide, His blood vpon^ vs, and scourgid, to be crucified. Thanne kny3tis 27
26 on oure
sonys. Thanne he lefte r to hem of the iustice token Jhesu in the moot
Barabas, but s he toke * to hem Jhesu halle, and gadriden to hym al the cum-
v

scourgid, that he shulde" be crucified. peny of kny3tis

a
. And thei vnclothiden 28
v
27 Thanne kni3tis of the president" takynge hym, and diden aboute hym a reed
Jhesu in the mote halle, gedriden to hym mantil and thei foldiden b a coroun of 29
;

28alle the cumpanye* of kni3tis. And thei c d

thornes, and putten on his heed, and a
vnclothinge hym, diden aboute hym a rede rehed in his ri3t hoond and thei knel- ;

e
2<> mantel ; and thei foldynge a crowne of iden bifore hym, and scornyden hym ,

thornis, puttiden* on his heued, and a reed and seiden, Heil, kyng of Jewis. And so
in z his ri3t bond ; and the knee bowid, W thei speten f on hym, and tooken a rehed,
folden*, bifore hym, thei scornyden hym, and smoots his heed. And aftir that 31
b
so seyinge , Hayle, kyng of Jewis. And thei thei hadden scorned him, thei vncloth-
v
in to c d
spittynge hym token a , reed, and iden hyrn of the mantil, and thei cloth-
sismyten his that theiheued. And after 6
iden hym with hise clothis, and ledden
hadden f Worried hym, thei vnclothiden^ h And as thei 32
hym to "crucifien hym .

k
hym
1'
of the mantel, and' thei clothiden hym 3eden out, thei founden a man of Cire-
v
32 with his clothis,and ledden hym for to cru- nen' comynge fro the toun, Symont bi
cifie
1
.
Sothely thei goynge out, founden a name ;
thei constreyneden hym to take

8 Om. vx. *
tisiden Om. AOUF. v
AX. counseiliden our.
pepel o.
w aske Q. x iustice our.
u
z a c whiche our. d iustice our.
b left
y seide our. these Q. AX. delyuered our. tweyne urw.
f Om. our. for he Aurw sec. m. for it o. k a
e Om. Q. noyse ourw.
e seide p. > '
Sothely o.
1
wasche to G pr.m. wasche G sec. m. he waschide i;. wesh x. m his MXY. n and seide our. Om.
Aourx. P of our. 1 on osurw sec. m. x. T deliuered ovr. 8
forsothe our. t bitoke our.

u Om. t;. v the w domesman GXY. iustice our. *

leet x. knyjtes our. cumpanies G pr. m.
y putten sx. z in to our. a Om. AOQurx. or s. t>
and seiden our. c on our. d his face N.
fait
e Om. f Om. g vnclothid K. scornyden him, vnclothing Q. scorned hym, thei vncladden x.
Q. OQurwx.
vnclothiden y. h Om. x. '
Om. Kir pr.m. k cladden sx. ^
that he schulde be crucified our.
for to be crucified Q sec. m. for to
crucifye him w sec. m. to crucifien x.

v Alle thei w seiden H sec. m. |3.

ia. x to be c. y Om. c. z and took Acbc. he took k. a Om.
EP sec. m. b
foldinge EiKMPQHsuxbcghio|3.
c Om. i sec. m.
Q sec. m. ia/3. d puttiden CKghi. e Om. K.
f h crucifien cuipxe. crucifie iQKb
spittiden Khi. spitten e. e smeten lu. smytiden K. smyten MS. pr. m.
cghia/3. to be crucified Kk. Serenen A.
 XXVII. 33 46. MATTHEW. 81

k
man cummynge fro a toun,
of Syrynen', his cross. And thei camen in to a place 33

Symont by name thei constreyneden ; that is clepid Golgatha, that is, the place
v
33
hyin, that he shulde take his crosse And 1
. of Caluarie. And thei 3auen hym to 34
thei camen Mn to a place that" is clepid k
drynke wyne meynd with galle; and
34
Golgatha, that is, the place of Caluarie. And whanrie he hadde tastid, he wolde not
thei 3auen hym for? to drinke wiyn meyn- drynke. And 1
aftir that thei hadden cru-ss
gidi with galle ; and whenne he had tastid,
11
cified hym, thei departiden his clothis,
he wolde nat drinke. Sothely after that r "
35 and kesten 1
lotte, to fulfille that is seid

thei hadden crucified hym, thei departiden bi the prophete, seiynge, Thei partiden"
his clothis, sendynge lot, that it
8
shulde be to hem my clothis, and on my clooth thei
fulfillid
1
, that" is seid by the prophete, kesten lott. And
and kepten 36 thei seten,

seyinge, Thei departiden

v
to hem my w him; and settenP aboue his heed his 37
x z
clothis, and on my cloth^ thei senten lot. cause writun, This is Jhesu of Nazareth,
3lj
And kepten hym ; and thei
thei sittynge
kyng of Jewis. Thanne tweyi'P theuesss
8
puttiden on his heued the cause of hym weren crucified with hym, oon on the
v
b and oon on the lefthalf. And 39
wryten, This is Jhesus of Nazareth , ri3thalf,
38 kyng of Jewis. Thanne two' theeues ben e
c 1
men passiden forth blasfemeden
that
crucified with him, oon on the 031 half, hym, mouynge her heedis, and seiynge, 40
ay and oon f on the left half. Forsothe men Vathi to thee, that distriest the temple of
passynge forth blasfemyden hym, moou- God, and in the thridde dai bildist it
4oynge her heuedis^, and seyinge, 'Vath, or a3en ; saue thou thi silf; if thou art
fie^,Vo thee'\ that distroyist the temple of the sone of God, come doun of the cross r .

God, and in the thridde day 'bildist it Also and princis of prestis scornynge, 41
ajein
1*
; saue thou thi self ; 3if thou art with scribis and elder men, seiden, He 42
the sone of God, cume doun 1
of the crosse. made 8 othere men saaf, he may not make
" he
41 and princis" of prestis scornynge,
Also 1

hym silf saaf; if is kyng of Israel,

42 with scribis and eldre men, seiden, He come he now doun and
1
fro the crosse,
made other men saaf, he may nat make we bileuen tohym ;
he tristide in God ;
43

hym self saaf; 3if he is kyng of Yrael, delyuer he hym now, if he wole ; for he
curne he noweP doun fro^ the crosse, and seide, That Y am Goddis sone. And the 44

43 we bileuen to hym ; he trustith in God,

r
theues, that weren crucified with hym,
delyuere he hym nowe, 3if he wole ; for- vpbreididen' hym same thing. But4
1
of the
sothe s he seide, For 1 I am 'Goddis sone u . fro the sixte our derknessis weren maad
44 'Forsothe and v the w theeuys, that weren on the erthe, to u the nynthe our. And 46
al

crucified with hym, puttiden" to hym with aboute the nynthe our Jhesus criede
45 repreue the same thing. Sothely fro the with a greet vois, and seide, Heli, Heli,
sixte hour dercnessis ben^ maad on' al the lamazabatany, that is, My God, my God,
4<>erthe
a
til to
x
the nynethe hour.
,
b
And whi hast thou forsake me? And sum- 47
about the nynthe houre Jhesus criede with men v that stoden there, and herynge,

'
Cirenense P. k the our. l
the crosse of Jhesu o. the crosse of hym vr. m to G pr. m. s.
n whiche ovv. to him or. P Om. sx. q medled ovv. meynd PW. r Om. o. 8 Om. x. * filled

our. u that
thing x. v
partiden AMNPQSXY. w. w his u. *
vpou AGMNPSWY. of u.
partideden
y clothis w z casten u sec. m. b Om. ovv. c the
kynge our.
pr. m. setteden our. putten s.
i Om. x. k
dtweyrw. e weren ov r. ^13 ovvw. Vath x.
{ another nour. g heedes MOQSWX. h
33611-
it ovr. 1 thou doun our. m In like maner our. n the our. the ou. P Om. N.
byldest princes kynge
q of o. r And he K sec. m. a for our. t Om. our. u the Sone of God our. v Also forsothe o.
w Om. * weren our. z a londe our. b til AN.
Forsothe also u. o. putten sx. y vpon GV.
vnto GSX.

k meddlid cixea. '

Om. i. "
partiden Q. m kastiden Khi. n
departiden EiKRga. kastiden Ki.
P thei setten i. settiden i. PP two B. Q that is,, fa
e marg. r
cros, and we bileuen to thee EP sec. m.
s hath maad * Om. lt u til iba. v summe
marg. I. c. vpbraiclen R. c.

VOL. IV. M
 82 MATTHEW. XXVII. 47 60.

grete voice, seyinge, Hely, Hely, laraaza- seiden, This clepith Helye. And anoon48
v

batany, that is, God, my God, wherto, My oon of hem rennynge, took and fillide a
v w
<norwki c hast thou forsaken mee? Sothly
, spounge with vynegre, and puttide on a
summen d stondynge there, arid heeryrige, rehed, and 3af to hym to drynke. But4j
4seiden, This clepith Hely. And anon oon othir seiden, Suffre thou; se we x whether
of hem rennynge, fillide a spounge taken Helie come to deliuer hym. Forsothe so
x
with aycel, or vynegre e , and puttide f to# Jhesus eftsoone criede-v with a greet voyce,
a reed, and 3aue to hym for to drinke. 1'
and 3af vp the goost. And lo the veil of 51 !

4y But other seiden, Suffre thou see we' ;

the temple was to-rent inT twey z parties,
wher k Hely cumme delyuerynge" hym. 1
,
1
fro the hiest to the lowest. And the
50 Forsothe Jhesus eftsones" cryynge with erthe schoke, and stoonus zz weren cloue ;

51 grete voice, 'sente out? the spirit. And and birielis wereu openyd, and many 52
v
loo the veile of the temple isi kitt, or
! bodies of seyntis that hadden slepte,
rent 1
in to 8 two parties, fro the hei3est
, rysen
a
vp. And thei 3eden out of her 53
til And the erthe is" moued, and
doun'. birielis, and aftir his resurreccioun thei
ben v cleft w and biriels benx open- camen in to the holi citee, and apperiden
sastoonys ;

many. And
v the centurien and thei
yd, and many bodies of seintes that to 54

slepten, W weren dead 1, Vysen a3ein a . that weren with hym kepinge Jhesu,
b whanne
5:1 And thei goynge out of her biriels, after thei saieu the erthe schakynge,
his resureccioun c cam en in to the holy and tho thingis that weren doon, thei
rucitee, and apeeriden to rnanye d Treuly . dredden greetli, and seiden, Verili this 55
centurio and thei that weren with hym was Goddis sone. And ther weren there
kepinge Jhesu, the moony rige of the many wymmen afer, that sueden Jhesu
erthe seen, and thoo dd thingis that weren fro Galilee, and
mynystriden to hym.
b
,-.;.
done, dredden greteli, seyinge, Verrely this Among whiche was Marie Magdalene, se
was Goddis sone. Forsothe 'there weren and Marie, the modir of James, and of
6
there many wymmen
afer, that sueden Joseph, and the modir of Zebedees
Jhesu fro Galilee, mynystrynge to hyrn. sones. But whanne the euenyng was 57
aoAmonge whiche was Marie Mawdeleyne, come, ther cam a riche man of Armathi,
and Marie of f Jamys, and 'the modirs of Joseph bi name, and he was a disciple
Joseph, and the modir of Zebedees sones. of Jhesu. He c wente to Pilat, and axidesn
r>7 Forsothe when the euenyng was maad, 11
the bodi of Jhesu. Thanne Pilat co-so
'there came' a k riche man fro Armathia, 1
maundide the bodie to be 3ouun. And
Joseph by name, the" whiche and he
111
whanne the bodi was takun, Joseph lap-
si) was
disciple of Jhesu. He wente to Pilate, pide it in a clene sendel, and leide it in GO
and axideP the body of Jhesu. Thanne his newe biriel, that he hadde hewun in
Pilate comaundide the body", to be 3olden
r
. a stoon and he walewide a greet stoon
;

stiAnd the body taken, Joseph wlappide it to the dore of the biriel, and wente awei.
v
oo in a clene sendel, or
lynnen cloth , and
3
But Marie Maudelene and anothir Marie ei
u in v
puttide* it his newe biriel, that iv he weren there, sittynge a3ens the sepulcre.

c wherto AX. whi our. summe xrx. sum men w. d

e eisel AX. f
vynegre our. putte sx. g it
to GXY. on i/ sx.
sec. Om. N.
m. h k whether p ei x
Om. pass.
'
cometh'
N. m to deliuer o.
n eft our. a greet Q. P jaue vp v sec. m. 1 was our. r Om. ourx. s Om. o. to the lowist '

v sec. m. " was our. v Om. o. weren ur. w clouen QX.

holy men our.
" weren our. ? * ether
rv. d. our. Om. x. a han our. b the our. c our. men our. dd the N. <i
ryse rysynge ajen many
e
many wimmen weren theer our. f the modir of ourw sec. m. g Om. ourrr sec. m. euentide our. '

Om. our. k oo p. man cam our. m n Om. our. o the

Joseph of Aramathie our.
4 1
disciple our.
P 1 bodi r
askide Q. of Jhesu AN. jofen o. s sendel AX. lynnen cloth our. sendel, or lyne cloth s.
u Om. G v into o. w whiche our.
putte MSX.
1 in.
pr.

v of K. w "
Om. z two zz the stoones K.
putt R. K. y
criynge g. JJ into hi. R. risiden c.
b the whiche ia. c And he K.
 XXVII. 6l XXVIII. 7. MATTHEW. 83

hadde hewen in a stoori ; and he walowid And on 'the tother dai, that is aftirea
to x a grete stoon at? the dore of the biriel,
d
pask euen, the princis of prestis and the c
ei and wente awey. Forsothe Marye Mawde- Farisees camen togidere to Pilat, and 63

leyne and an othere Marye weren there, seiden, Sir, we han mynde, that thilke

62sittynge a3eins the sepulcre. Sothely on giloure seide 3it lyuynge, Aftir thre daies
v
the tother z
day, that" is after pascke Y schal rise a3en to lijf. Therfor co-64
x
b c
euenynge , the princis of prestis and maunde thou, that the sepulcre be kept
03 Pharisees'1 camen to gidere to Pilate, sei- in to the thridde dai; lest hise disciplis
Sire, we han mynde, for 'the ilke
e f
ynge , comen, and stelen hym, and seie to the
'traitour, or disseyuourx, sayde }it lyu- puple, He hath rise dd fro deeth ; and the

ynge, Aftir thre dayes I shal ryse a3en. laste errour schal be worse than the for-
h
64 Therfore comaunde thou the sepulcre to mere. hem, 3e han the 65
Pilat seide to
f
be kept til 'in to 1 the thridde day ; lest kepyng go 36, kepe 3e as 36 kunnen.
;

perauenture his disciplis comen, and stelen And thei 3eden forth, and kepten the6
him, and seyen to the peple, He is risun
k 1
sepulcre, markynge
& the stoon, with
fro deeth" ; and the laste errour schal be
1

keperis.
Coworse than the fonnere. Pilat seith to
hem, 3e han the kepinge go 36, 'kepe ;

6636 as 36 kunnen. Forsoth thei goynge

v

forth, kepten,or wardidenP, the sepulcre,

r
markinge, 'or seelinge^, the stoon , with
5
keperis .

CAP. XXVIII. CAP. XXVIII.

1 Forsothe in 1
the euenyngu of the saboth, But in the euentid of the sabat, that i

'or halidayv, that schyneth w in the firste bigynneth to schyne in the firste dai of
day of the woke, Marie Mawdeleyn cam, the woke, Marie Mawdelene cam, and
and another Marie, for* to se the sepulcre. another Marie, to se the sepulcre. And 2
v

2 And lo ! ther was maad? a greet erthe lo ! ther was maad a greet ertheschak-

mouyng
z
; forsoth the 8 aungel of the Lord yng ;
for the aungel of the Lord cam
cam doun fro heuene, and 'comynge to b doun fro heuene, and nei3ede, and turn-
turnide awey the stoon, and sat c theron. ede awei the stoon, and sat theron. And 3
3 Sothli his Iqkyng was as leyt, and his his lokyng was as leit, and hise clothis as
4 clothis d as e snow ; forsothe for drede f of snowe ; and for drede of hym the keperis 4
him the keperis bene afferid, and thei ben weren afeerd, and thei weren maad as
r, maad as deede men. Forsothe the aungel deede men h . But the aungel answeride, 5
answeringe seide to the wymmen, Nyle 36 and seide to the wymmen, Nyle 36 drede,
drede, for I woot that 3e seken Jhesu, that forY woot that 36 seken Jhesu, that was
h he not here, for he
eis crucified ; he is not here, sothli he 1
crucified ; is is risun, 6

roos, as he seide come 36, and ;

seeth k the as he seidecome 36, and se ; 36 the place,
7 place, where the Lord was putt. And 30 where the Lord was leid. And go 307

* Om. ovrw sec. m. y to ovvw sec.m. x. z the other x. that other GMOPSVWY. a whiche our.
b euentide ot; m. r. euen v sec. in. c Om. v. d the Pharisees AOSVVW. e and seiden our. f that
pr.
ilke G pr. m. thilke G sec. m. ur. that x. e traytour AX. disseyuour our. h for to AGMNPQTWY.
'
vnto AGS pr. m. MTXY. to G sec. m. k hath AGMNopQSTurwxY. !
risen a3een s.
m deed AMNPX.
deed men our. the deeth QT. n seide ovr.
kepeth x. P Om. Aourx. 1 Om. AOUFX. r stones o.

the keperes our. * Om. u. u euentide our. T Om. Aourx. w shoen x. * Om. ourx. yOm. our.
1 was maade our. a an our. b he our. c he sat o. d e white as <j.
mouynge nei3inge clothinge o.
1
the drede our. S weren our. was our. '
forsothe our. k se ANPW. 1> see 36 ovr.

K marg. h Om.
c that oothir i. d Om. A. dd r ; sen a e n R.
j
e Om. K. f Om. IKO. 8 ether seelinge i
pr. m.

M 2
 84 MATTHEW. XXVIII. 8 20.

goynge sone, seie 1 to his disciplis "and to soone, and seie 36 to his disciplis, that he
Petre" 1
,
for he hath risun. And lo" ! he is risun. And lo he schal go bifore 3011 !

schal go bifore 3011 in to Galilee; there 36 in to Galilee ;

there 30 schulen se hym.
schulen se him. Lo ! I haue bifore seid Lo ! Y haue biforseid to 3011. And thei a
v
8 to 3011. And Marie Mawdeleyn, and a- wenten out soone fro the biriels, with
nother MarieP wenten out soone fro the drede and greet ioye, rennynge to telle
buryeli, with drede and greet ioye, ren- to hise disciplis. And lo Jhesus mette 9 !

snynge for to telle his disciplis. And lo

r 5
!
hem, and seide, Heile 36. And thei nei3~
Jhesus Van a3ens* hem, seyinge Heil 3e. eden, and heelden' his feet, and worschip-
11
,

Forsothe thei Vanien to v and heelden his ,

iden him. Thanne Jhesus seide to hem, 10
v
k
10 feet, and worschipiden him. Thanne Jhe- Nyle 30 drede ; go 36, telle 3e to my
sus seith to hem, Nyle 36 drede go 36, ; britheren, that thei go in to Galile ;

w to there thei schulen se me. And whanne

'telle 3e my britheren, that thei go in v
1 1

11 to Galilee; there thei schulen se me. The thei weren goon, lo ! summe of the
whiche x whanne thei hadden gon, loo !
keperis camen in to the citee, and telden
summe of the keperis camen in to the to the princis of prestis alle thingis that
v

cytee, and tolden

v 7
to- the princes of prestis* weren doon. And whanne thei weren 12
I2alle thingis that weren don. And thei gaderid togidere with the elder men,
gedrid to gidre with the b eldere men, a c and hadden take her counseil, thei 3auen
counceil takun, 3aue to the kny3tis plen- to the kni3tis miche monei, and seiden,
isteuous money, seyinge, Seie 36, for his dis- Seie 36, that hise disciplis camen bi ny3t, 13

ciplis camen by ni3te, and ban stolen him, and ban stolen hym, while 36 slepten.
u vs slepinge. And if this d be e herd of the And if this
1
be herd of the iustice, we u
'presedent, or iustise*, we schulen conceile schulen counseile hym, and make 3011
h And the mo-
15 him, and make& 3ou sikir . sikir. And whanne the monei was takun, 15

ney takun, thei' diden, as thei weren thei diden, as thei weren tau3t. And this

tau3t. And this word

pupplissid atJ the
is word is pupplischid among the Jewis, til

leJewis, til in to this day. Forsothe en- in to this day. And the enleuen disci- 16

leuene disciplis wenten in to Galilee, in to pliswenten in to Galilee, in to an hille,

an hil, where Jhesus hadde ordeyned to k where Jhesus hadde ordeyned to hem.
17 hem. And thei seynge him, worschip- And thei sayn m hym, and" worschip- 17

liiiden; sothli summe of hem doutiden. And iden ; but summe of hem doutiden.
Jhesus 'comynge to spak to hern, sey-
1
, And Jhesus cam ny3, and spak to hem, is

inge" Al 1
power ,
is 3ouun to me, in he- and seide, Al power in heuene and in
louene and in" erthe. Therfore 3e goynge erthe is 3ouun to me. Therfor go 36, and 19

teche alle folkis, cristenynge hem in the teche alle folkis, baptisynge hem in the
name of the Fadir, and of the Sone, and name of the Fadir, and of the Sone, and
20 of the Hooly Gost ; techinge hem for? of the Hooli Goost ; techynge hem to 20
to kepe thingis, what euere thingis
alle kepe thingis, alle what euer thingis Y
I haue comaundid toi 3ou and lo! I ; haue comaundid to 3ou ;
and lo ! Y am

1
GOPY. seith x.
seie je m Om. ourrr sec. m. n so N. Om. u. P thei ovrw sec. m. 1 sepulcre
our. Om. osurx. r * tell to ovvx. u and seide our. v w telleth
neijeden our.
* mette our.

sr sec. m. x. *
And ourrr sec. m. y Om. N. z K. a Om. w m. b Om. G. c and a K.
prince pr.
d this e schal be our. f S we schulen make our. h suir r.
thing u. president ASX. iustice ovr.
1
and thei G. J anentes ovr. k Om. o. 1
neijinge our. m and seide ovr. n Om. G
pr. m.
techeth sx. P Oni. G pr. m. MOQSurx. 1 Om. AG pr. m.

'
bihelden c. k telleth i. and telle je k. 1 this word K. m seynge c/3.
n Om. c. techeth i.

teche je ga.
XXVIII. 20. MATTHEW. 85
8
am with 3011 in r alle dayes, til the end- with 3ou in alle daies, in to the ende? of
yog of the 1 world. the world.

Here endith the gospel of Matheu, and Here endith the gospel of Matheu,

bigynneth the prolog of Mark*, and here bigynneth the prolog vp on

Mark*.

r Om. vx. s til to AGtiosrw sec. m. x. til into u. * Om. T. u Here endith the
gospel of Mathen,
and bigynneth the prologe on Mark, and aftir beginneth the gospel. N. Here endith Mathewe. Q. Here
endith Matheu, and bigynneth the prologe. r. Here eendith the gospels of Mathen, and here bigynneth the
gospelis aftir the seiynge of Mark.
w. No final rubric in AGMPSTUX.

P eending c et 1 Here endith the gospel of Matheu, and bigynneth the prolog on the gospel of
plures.
Mark Euangelist. Heere
c.endith the gospel of Matheu, and biginneth the prologe on the gospel of Mark.
iQBcgka. Here endith Mathen ; se now the prolog on Mark. K. Here endith Matheu, and here bigynneth
the prologe vpon Mark. M. Here endith Matheu, and here biginnith the prologe on Mark. s. Here endith
Matheu, and here bigynneth a prologe on Mark. x. Here endith the gospel of Mathew, and bigynneth the
prolog of Mark. e. Here endith the book of Matheu, and now bygynneth the prologe of Mark. f. No final
rubric in Eplii.
 MARK.
The prologe of Marke*.
b
MARK, the euangelist, of God
chosun, and Petris sone in baptyme, and in Goddis
word disciple, presthod
c
in Israel ledynge, aftir fleisch a dekene, he d turnyd to the 6 ,

wroot the gospel in Ytayle ; schewinge theron f bothe? what he owide h

feith of Crist,

to his kynrede and to Crist. For whi the bigynnyng of his principle he ordeyn-
k m
ynge inJ the vois of a prophetis exclamacioun, schewith the ordre of dekenis
1 1

eleccioun, that he, prechinge" 'the for-ordenede John, Zakaries sone, sent out in vois
of an aungel tellynge, not oonly Goddis sone maad man, but the body of the Lord,
^that is, the churche?, in to alle thingis by the word of Goddis vois quykidi, schulde
schewe in the bigynnynge of his prechinge of the gospel ; that the which this redinge
schulde knowe, to whom r the bigynnyng of fleisch in the 8 Lord, and Jhesu comynge
1
to the habitacle, the fleisch schulde knowe, and in hym silf the word, ^tliat is, Crist ,
that in consonantis v,
'
of the vois John Baptist in forme fadris", he hadde
11
,
""that is,
x
lost, schulde fynde. Forsoth bothe he ,
the work of the fulfillid gospel entringe,
'and fro the baptym of the Lord bigynnynge>' to preche God, nez trauelide not to
seie the natiuyte of fleisch 3
, the which he hadde scene b in othere c bifore, but he

expressinge the exposicioun of al the desert, hath schewid out the fastinge of noumbre,
Bother the noumbre of fastinge A , the temptacioun of the fend, the congregacioun of
and the seruyse of aungels, that he ordeynynge vs to vndirstonde, alle thingis
beestis,
6 f
in schortpeyntynge to gidere, nother the autorite of thing do 'schulde do awey and ,

v
h k
in parformynges schulde not denye fulnesse to the werk>. Forsothe he is seid to
haue kit awey his thoumbe, that he my^te be hadd as vnworthi to presthod. But so
inoche my3te eleccioun bifore ordeyned, acordynge to the feith, that nothir so in the
werk of the word he schulde leese, that rathire he hadde deseruyd 'in kynde For 1
.

of Alexandre he was bischop; of whom bi alle thingis werk, ^othir intencioun m was ,

to kunne, bothe to dispose the seiyngis" of the gospel in 'him silf , and the? disciplyne
of thei lawe 'to knowe r in him silf, and 'the nature of God to knowe in the 8 fleisch^
other in v ^the manhood
11
the Lord w The x whiche
of in vs silf first it
thingis
.

behoueth to be requyrid ; aftirward we

wollithy thingis sou3t to be knowe, hauynge
the mede of exortacioun ; for he that plontith, and he that moistith, beth z the same ;
but he that 3yueth the encrees, is God.

Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth the gospel*.

& From GY. Prologe of Marke OQ. No initial of Q.

rubric elsewhere. b
prechyde GKQY.
rOm. x. d
e Om. Q. f therin
Q sec. m. e Om. Q. h J and K. k a Q. the u
a$te sx.
'
ordeynde u.
> .

m prophete G. n
preche x. therfore ordeynede K. the bifore ordeynde u. the forn ordeyned x.
P Om. x. that is, the charite Y. 1 quykened QU. r whos v. s that K. * Om. x. u that is, Jon
s. Om. x. v consonaunces Y. w that in mere QS. Om. x. x and K. y Om. G.
Baptist is, for fadris
* Om. x. a the flesh x. b c the othere s. d Om. x. e Om. f that he shulde not do
seye G. Q.
S that he Q sup. ras. of u. werk to be perfourmed Q. k Om. G.
awey Q sup. ras.
'
' '
vnkynde G.
on kinde srxv. m Om. x. n signes AGK. seyngis sy. seeynges vv pr.m. him K. P in XY. 1 Om. x.
1 Om.
Q pr.m. s Om. x. %t
to vnderstonde Goddis nature of the Lord in flesshe Q sup. ras. u or u.
that is, Q. Om. x. v Om.
QSXY. w manhed Q. the Lord x. * Om. x. y wolen Q. wiln sx.
of
z ben sx. a No final rubric in GQSVFXY.
r. 13. MARK. 87

Here byginneth the prologe of Marke".

the gospeller, was the chosun seruaunt of God, and the goostli sone of Petre
MARK,
in baptym, and the disciple in Goddis word ; he c mynystride preesthod in Israel, that
1'

is, among Jewis, and was of the lynage of Leuy hi fleisch, and he was conuertid to

the feith of Crist, and wroot the gospel in Ytalie, that is, the cc cuntrei of Rome, and
schewide d in the gospel, what he oujte to his kyn and to Crist. Mark bigynneth at
the sendyng of Joon Baptist, and tellith not the natiuite of Crist hi fleissche, but fro
Cristis baptym, whanne he was ful man, he tellith of his fastyng bi fourti daies, and
of his temptyng in desert, hou the deuel temptide hym, and how weilde beestis weren

gaderid there, and hou hooli aungels camen, and serueden Crist aftir his temptacioun,
and ouercomyng therof. Aftir 'he hadde resseyued Cristen feith 6 , he kittide f of his
thombe, that he schulde be hadde repreuable to preesthod, that is, be vnhable to be
v

preest in the gospel, but the? chesyng was h bifor ordeyned consentynge to the
that
k
feith, myjte do so myche, that he loste not in the werk of word , that is, in prechyng
1

of Goddis word, that that he disseruede bifor in kyn, that is, as he was a prest bi
1

kyn in the elde lawe among Jewis, so he was a prest in the gospel among Cristen
men. For he was bischop of Alisaundre; and bi alle thingis it was his werk to kunne
ra
profesies, and to dispose in 'hym silf the seiyngis" of the gospel, and to knowe in

hym silf the techyng of lawe and to vndurstonde the? dyuyn kynde of the Lord in
,

fleisch ; whiche thingis it bihoueth to be sou3t first in vs^.

This seith Jerom in his protog on the gospel of M.arTc'

1
.

Here bygynneth the gospel of Mark*. Here bigynneth the gospel of Mark*.

CAP. I. CAP. I.

h
1 THE bigynnynge of the gospel of Jhesu THE bigynnyng* of the gospel of Jhesu i

2
c
Crist, the sone of God. As it is writun Crist, the sone of God. As it is writun 2

in Ysaie, the prophete, Lo I sende myn ! in Ysaie, the prophete, Lo sende myn ! Y
angel bifore thi face, that schal make thi aungel bifor thi face, that schal make
sweye redy bifore thee. The voice of oon thi u weie redi bifor thee. The vois of 3

cryinge in desert, Make 36 redy the weye a crier in desert, Make 3e redi the weie
of the Lord, make 36 his pathis ri3tful. of the Lord, make 30 v hise paththis

a From MO. Heere bigynneth Mark. p. Gospel of Marke. Q. No initial rubric in AGXSTVVWXY.
b holi
gospel s.
c Om. x.

From T. Prolog on Mark. ccb. Here biginnith Jeromus prolongs and the gospel of Mark the
gospeler. E. Prologe of Marke. NO. biginnith Jeroms prolog on the gospel of Mark. p. No initial
Here
rubric in the other Mss. b of A. and he T. ^ in the AKM pr. m. d he schewide IK. e cristen
<~-

feith ceteri el a. f kitte i. kut T. S Om. plures et a. h Om. Om. N. k the '
resceyued plnres el a.
worde T. J
Om. chi. m hym c. n seiyng Q. the lawe OT. P be s. bi hi. 1 vs, for men
planten
and wateren, but God aloone jevet encresyng- T. prolog on Mark seith al this. csk.
r Jerom in his

Heere endith the prologe, and biginnith the gospel of Mark. ig. Jerom in his prologe on Mark seith this
pleynli. K. This seith Jerom in his prologe on Mark. niub. Jerome in his prolog on this gospel seith this. N.
This seith Jerom in his prolog on Mark, and here bigynneth the gospel of Mark. QCO. Heere eendi/h the
prolog ; the firste co. H. No final rubric in the other Mss. s Here
bigynneth the firste gospel of Mark
the Euangelist. u. The biginnyng of Mark. e. No initial rubric in the other Mss. *
gynnyng u.
v
the hi. Om. MC.
 88 MARK. I. 4 19.

c
4 Jhon was in desert baptisynge, and prech- ri3t Joon was in desert baptisynge, 4
.

inge the baptym of penaunce, in to re- and prechynge the baptym of penaunce,
smiscioun of synnes. And alle men of in to remissioun of synnes. And al the 5
d
Jerusalem wenten out to him, and al the cuntre of Judee wente out to hym, and
cuntre of Judee and d weren baptisid of ;
alle men and thei weren
of Jerusalem ;

6
baptisid of hym in the flom Jordan 'and
e
him in the flood of Jordan, knowlechinge ,

cher synnes. And John was clothid f withs f

knoulechiden her synnes. And Joon 6
heeris of camelis 1 ', and a girdil of skyn was clothid with heeris of camels, and a
abowte his leendis ; and he eet locustus , 1

girdil of skyn
was about hise leendis ; and
and hony of the wode k he ete hony soukis, and wilde hony, and
v
, arid 1 precbide,
7seyinge, A strengere than I schal come prechide, and seide, stronger than Y? A
aftirme, of whom I knelinge am not schal come aftir me, and am not wor- Y
n 8 h
worthi for " to Vndo, or vnbynde
1
the , thi to knele doun, and vnlace his

thwong of his schoon. I haue baptisid schoone. Y haue baptisid 3ou in watir ;
8

3ou in water ; forsothe he shal baptise jou but he schal baptise 3ou in the Hooli
a in the Holy Goost. And it is don in thoo Goost. And it was don in tho daies,y
dayes, Jhesus came fro Nazareth of Gali- Jhesus cam fro Nazareth of Galilee, and
lee, and was baptisid of Joon in Jordan. was baptisid of Joon in Jordan. And 10

10 And anoon he styinge vp of the water, anoon he wente up of the watir, and
say3 heuenes openyd, and the "Holy GoostP saye heuenes opened, and the Hooli Goost
cummynge doun as a culuere, and dwell- comynge doun as a culuer, and dwell-
11
ynge in hym. And a voys isi maad fro ynge in' hym. And a vois was maad fron
v

heuenes, Thou art my sone loued r in thee , heuenes, Thou art my loued sone, in thee
12 1 haue plesid. And anon the Spirit put- Y am plesid. And anoon the Spirit put- 12

is tide
8
hym in to desert. And he was in tide k hym forth in to deseert. And he is

desert fourty dayes and fourty ni3tis, and was fourti daies and fourti
in deseert
was temptid of 1 Sathanas, and was" with ny3tis, and was temptid of Sathanas, and
and angelis mynystriden to hym.
beestis, he was with beestis, and aungels mynys-
14 Forsothe after that Joon was taken, Jhe- triden to hym. But aftir that Joon was 14

sus came in to Galilee, prechinge the takun, Jhesus cam in to Galilee, and
v
1 5 gospel of the kyngdam of God, and sei- prechide the gospel of the kyngdoom of
w x
and
yrige,For tyme is fulfillid ,
the God, and seide, That the tyme is fulfillid, is
v

kyngdam^ of God shal come ni3

z
; 'for- and the kyngdoom of God schal come ny3;
v
thinke 3ee or do $ee penaunce b and
a
, , do 36 penaunce, and bileue 36 to the
c
ic'bileue 3ee to the gospel. And he pass- gospel. And as he passide bisidis the ie
d the see of see of Galilee, he say Symount, and An-
ynge bisidis Galilee, say Sy-
8
mont, and Andrew, his brother, sendynge drew, his brother, castynge her nettis in
nettis in to the see sothely thei weren
f
; to the see; for thei weren fisscheris. And 17

17 fishers. And Jhesus seide to hem, Come Jhesus seide to hem, Come 36 aftir me ;

3ee after me l shal make 3ou to be maad

; Y schal make 3ou to be maad fisscheris

is fishers of men. And anoon the nettis of men. And anoon thei leften the nettis, is
19 forsaken, thei sueden hym. And he gon and sueden hym. And he 3ede forth fro is

d and thei uv. e Om. ur. h camel vv. f clad x.k wilde S with the u.
'
honysoukis u. hony v.
1
and he ur. m Om. surx. n
P Spirit u pr. m. v. q was vv
lace vv. vnbynde AOUV. vndo A'.
sec. m. r loued sone
GMPXY. s ' with o. u he was GMOPQUV sec. m. XY.
putte sx. puttide out vv.
v rewme ur sec. m. w the z
neije ur sec. m.
a do
tyme ur sec. m. " fillid uv. y rewme ur. je
ur. b Om. AUVX. d uv e u sectm.
penaunce bileeueth GQXY. passynge forth sec. in. <-
castynge
f for u v sec. m. g and I ur.

c
rijtful CM pr. m. c.
d
companie ghi pr. m.
e of Jordan K sec. m. f
knowlechinge I. g to hi.
vnlouse i. J on c. k
putte ig.
 I. 20 34. MARK. 89

forth thennes a say James of Zebede,

litil, thennus a litil, and sij James of Zebedee,
and Joon, his brother, and hem in the and Joon, his brother, in a boot makynge
20 boot makynge
1 '
nettis. And anoon he clep- nettis And anoon he clepide hem and 20
1
.
;

ide hern and Zebede, her fadir, left in

; thei leften Zebedee, her fadir, in the boot
the boot with hirid seruauntis, thei suederi with hiryd seruauntis, and thei suweden
aihym. And thei Venten forth' in to Ca- hym. And thei entriden in to Caphar-2i
k
farnauin, and anoon in the sabotis he gon naum, and anoon in the sabatys he 3ede
22 yn into 1
the "
synagoge, tairjte hem. And
1
in to a m synagoge, and tau3te hem. And 22
thei wondreden on his techynge ; sothely" thei wondriden on his teching for he ;

he was techynge hem, as hauynge power, tau3te hem, as he that hadde power, and
23 and not as scribis. And in the synagoge not as scribis. And
synagoge ofas in the
of hem was a man in an vnclene spirit* hem was a man in an vnclene spirit, and
24 and he criede?, seyinge, What to vs and he criede out, and seide, What to vs and 24
to thee, thou Jhesu of Nazareth ? hastei to thee, thou Jhesu of Nazareth? hast
thou cuminen 'bifore the tyme for r to de- thou come to distrie vs ? Y woot that
stroie 8 vs? Y
woot that 1 thou art the holy thou art the hooli of God. And Jhe-25
25 of God.And Jhesus thretenyde" to v hym, sus thretenede hym, and seide, Wex
w dowmb, and
seyinge, Wexe go" out of dournbe, and go out of the man. And 26
2fithe man. And the vnclene goost^ debrek- the vnclene spirit debreidynge" hym,
z
ynge hym, and cryinge with grete vois, and criynge with greet vois, wente out
2;wente awey fro hym. And alle men
a
fro hym. And alle men wondriden, 8027
b
wondriden, so that thei 'soften togidre that thei soi^tenP with ynne hem silf,
arnonge hem c , seyinge, What is this and seiden, What thing is this ? what
thinge? what is this newe techyng? for newe doctrine power he
is this ? for in
in power he comaundith to vnclene spi- comaundith to vnclene spiritis, and thei
2Kritis, and thei obeyen d to hym. And the obeyen to hym. And the fame of hym 28
tale 6 , 'or tything ( of hym wente forth , wente forth anoon in to al the cuntree of
20 anoon in to al the cutitree of Galilee. Ands Galilee. And anoon thei 3eden out of 29
anoon thei goynge out of the synagoge the synagoge, and camen into the hous
camen in to the hous of Symont and An- of Symount and of Andrewe, with Jarnes
30 drew' 1
,
with James and Joon.
Sothely and Joon. And the modir of Symountisso
and' the modir of Symontis wif 'sik in wijf lay sijk in fyuerisi; and anoon thei
feueris restide, or lay k ; and anoon thei seien to hym of hyr. And he cam ny3,3i
31 seien to hym of hir. And he 'curnmynge arid areride hir, and wharine he hadde
to 1

, reride hir" vp, 'the bond of hir? take hir hoond, anoon the feuer lefte hir,
taken, arid anoon the fcuere left hire, and and sche seruede hem. But whanne the:i2
32 she mynystride to hem. Forsothe the euentid was come, and the sonne was
r
euenynge'i maad, whenne the sone wente gon doun, thei brou3ten to hym alle that
douri, thei brou3ten to hym alle s hauynge weren of r male ese, and hem that had-
ssyuel, and hauynge deuelis*. And al the den fendis. And al was gader-33
the citee
34 cite was gaderid at the 3ate. And he id at the 3ate. And he heelide many, 34

h either cloitlynge ur, i

entren vr. k Om. o. ! Om. G. Om. ANO. n for vr. m
makynge,
as the vr. P criede out u sec. m. q art ur. T Om. urx. 8 leese ur. * for ur. u thretid o.
v Om. ur sec. m. w Wexe thou ur. * y spirit ur. '
to-braydynge vr.
manasside ur. go thou r.
b axeden ur. c hem silf vr. d e fame ur. { Om. Aurx. or
out ur. obeyschen GMPQSTY.
Om. h of Andrew ur. Om. k restide, or
MP. S GN. Nsur. lay seeks in feuerys
I
tidyng or teching T.
GMPQY. ]ay syk in feueres ur. restede in feueris x. l neijynge ur. m reiside ur. n Om. Q. Om. ur.
P hir hond ur. 1 euentide ur. r hadde ur. s alle men ur. * fendis ur.
go

1
her nettis K. m Om. R pr. m. h. the i.
n
to-breidinge c. a greet K|3. P axiden K. thoujten n.
'
H the feuers H. at

VOL. IV. N
 90 MARK. I. 35 II. 2.

helide many" that weren traueilide with that hadden dyuerse sijknessis, and he
soris v , and he castide w out
"

dyuers many castide out many feendis, and he suf-

1

deuelis*, and he suffride hem nat for^ to fride hem not to speke, for thei knewen
35-speke, for thei knewen hyrn. And 'in hym
s
. And he roos ful eerli, and 5ede:<5
the* morewynge a ful erly he b rysynge, out, and wente in to a desert place, and
gon out, wente 'in to c desert place, and preiede there. And Symount suede hym,3fi
sopreiede there. And Syinont suede hym, and thei that weren with hym. And 37
37 and thei that weren with hym. And whanne thei hadden founde hym, thei
whanne thei hadden fouriden d hym, thei seiden to hym, That alle men seken
seiden to hym, For alle men seeken thee. thee. And he seide to hem, Go we in 38
38 And he seith 6
to hem, Go we in to the to the next townes and citees, that Y
preche also there, for her to Y cam.
f
nexte townes and citees, that and there
39 I preche, 'for to this things I came 1
'. And And he prechide in the synagogis ofsa
he was prechynge in the synagogis of hem, and in al Galilee, and castide out
hem, and in alle Galilee, and castynge out feendis. And aleprouse man cam to40
4oferidis. And a leprous man cam to hym, hym, and bisou3te, 'and knelide*, and
bisechynge hym, knee folden', and, the seide, If thou wolt, thou maist dense me.
k
seide , 3if thou wolt, thou maist dense
1
And Jhesus hadde mercy on hym, and4i
41 me. Forsothe Jhesus, hauynge mercy on 111
hoond, and towchyde hym,
strei3te out his
n
hym, strei3t out his hond, and?, touch- and seide to hym, I wole, be thou maad
ynge hym, seithi to hym, I wole, be thou cleene. And whanne he hadde seide 42
42maad dene. And whanne he r hadde seide 5 , this,anoon the lepre partyde awey fro
hym, and he was clensyd. And Jhesus 43
1
anoon the lepre partide awey fro hym,
43 and he is u clensid. And he v thretenyde w thretenede hym, and arioon" Jhesus"
to x
hym, and anoon 'he putte? hym out, putte
v
hym out, and seyde to hym, Se44
44and'- seith to hym, Se thou, seie a to no thou, seye to no man but go, schewe
;

man but go, shewe thee h to the c princis d

; thee to the" pryncys* of prestys, and
of prestis, and offre for thi clensynge tho offre for thi clensynge in to wytnessyng
thiugis that Moyses badde, in to witriess- to hem, tho thingis that Moyses bad.
4synge to hem. gon And
biganne he, out, And he 3ede out, and bigari to preche, 45
to preche,and diffame", 'or pupli.i/ie ( the , and publische? the word, so that now he
word, so that nowe he mi3te nat opynly my3te not go opynli in to the citee, but
gos in to the citee, but be with out forth be withoutforth in desert placis; and thei
in deserte placis ;
and thei camen to gidre camen to hym on alle sidis.

to hym on alle
1'

sydis'.

CAP. II. CAP. II.

1 And eft he entride in to Capharnaum, And eft he entride in to Cafarnaum, i

2 after ei3te days. And it is

k
herd, that he aftir ei3te daies. And
was herd, that 2
it

was iu an hous, and many camen togidre,1

he was in an hous, and many camen to

u
many men uv. v sorv/is keste GKQX. caste s.
Q. seeknesses uv.
w
" fendis uv. 1 Om. surx.
z Om. uv. a b Om. o. c into a uv.
to ur. e seide uv. d
f also uv.
come g forsothe
m. for herto t; sec.ni. for v. h came for this fait sx. bowid uv. k he seide uv.
thing v pr.m. v.
i; >
pi-,
n strecchede s.
myjt GW.
1 ni of oxy. P and Jhesu UF. 1 seide ur. r Jhesu ur.
the s.
s seide this ur. * wente ur. u was ur. v Jhesu UK. w manasside ur. thratte x. x Om. ur.
y caste t/. castide r. z and Jhesu uv. a seie thou UK. *>
Om. G. thou thee ur. c Om. N. d prince
h eche ur.
piipplisheu out s. Om. uv sec. m. x.
sur. e f or
publishe (/r sec. m. g entre ur.
k
side ur. was QSur. many men
' 1
F.

r caste i. s him to be Crist CP marg. * tt Om. R. u Om. EK. v

sec. in. knelynge i.
puttide E.
w Om. G. *
ia/3. y greetly pupplische K. to pupplische QC/3.
prince
 n. 315- MARK. 91
n
so that it" 1 tok nat, nether at the 3ate. gidir, so that thei mi3ten not he in the
3 And he spac to hem a word. And 'there hous, ne at the 3ate. And he spak to
camen to hym? men bryngynget a 'man hem the z word. And there camen to 3
sike r in palesie , 'the whiche' was bonrn hyrn men broi^ten a man sijk in
that
4 of foure u . And whanne thei mi3te nat palesie
a
, which was borun of foure. And 4

offre v
w whanne
hyrn to hym for the campanye 'of my3ten not brynge hyrn to
thei
x thei 'rnaden the roof
peple , nakid?, wher Jhesu for the puple, thei vnhileden the
he was and 2 makynge opyn, thei a senten b
;
roof where he b was, and openedec it, and
doun the bedd, in whiche the sike man in thei d leten doun the bed in which the
5 palasie lay. Sothely whanne Jhesus say
c
sijk man
in palesie laye. And whanne s
d e
the feith of hem, he seith Vnto the sike Jhesus hadde seyn the feith of hern, he
man in palasie, Sone, thi synnes ben for- seide to the sijk man in palesie, Sone, thi

63ouen to thee. Forsothe 'there weren f synnes ben for3ouun to thee. But there 6
h
summe s of the scribis sittynge, and weren summe of the scribis sittynge,
7 thenkynge in her hertis, What spekith and thenkynge in her hertis, What spek- 7
he' thus ? He blasfemeth ;
who may for- ith he thus ? He blasfemeth ; who may
k
s 3eue synnes, no but God alone ? The
1
for3yue synnes, but God aloone? And 8
6
whiche thing anoon knowen by the Holy whanne Jhesus hadde knowe this hi
Goost, for thei thou3ten so"
1
with inne the Hooli Goost, that thei thou3ten so
n
hem self, Jhesus seith to hem, What with ynne hem silf, he seith to hem,
thenken 3ee these thingis in 3oure hertis ? What thenken 36 these thingis in 3oure
9 What is Ii3tere for to seie to the sike hertis? What is Ii3ter to seie to the sijk 9
man in palasie, Synnes ben for3ouen to man in palesie, Synnes ben for3ouun to
thee, 'or forP to seie, Rysei, take thi bed, thee, or to seie, Ryse, take thi bed, and
10 and walke r ? Sothely that 3ee wite that 8 walke? But that 36 wite that mannusio
mannes sone hath powere in erthe to for- 1
sone hath power in erthe to for3yue
u man
3eue synnes, he seith to the sike man in synnes, he seide to the sijk in pa-
n palasie, I seie to thee, ryse vp v take w thi , lesie, Y seie to thee, ryse vp
f
,
take thin
12 bed, and go in to thin hous. And anoon bed, and go in to thin hous. And anoon 12

he roos vp, and, the bed taken vp, he he roos vp, and whanne he hadde take
wente men, so that alle men
bifore alle the bed, he wente bifor alle men, so that
wondriden, and honouriden God, seyinge, allemen wondriden, and onoureden God,
13 For we sayen neuer so. And he wente and seiden, For we seien neuer so. And is
out" eftsoney to z the see, and al the cum- he wente out eftsoone to the see, and al
a b
of peple cam to hym
panye and he ; the puple cam to hym ;
and he tai^te
utau3te hem. And whenue he passide, he hem. And whanne he passide, he sai3 H
c d
say Leui Alfey sittynge at the tolbothe, Leuy 'of Alfei sittynge at the tolbothe,
and he hym, Sue t/iou me. And
seith e
to !
and he seide to hym, Sue h me. And he
uherysynge suede hym. And it is don, roos, and suede hym. And it was doon.is
whenne he sat at the mete in his h hous 1
,
whanne he sat at the mete in his hous,

m
the hous u pr. m. r. Om. u sec. m. n Om. v sec. m. toke hem PT. not hem t; pr. m. thei
myjten nat be in the hous v sec.m. P Om. ur. 1
berynge v.
r seek man
GMPQurxv. s the

l that vr. u foure men OQTY. foure men camen to him ur. v w Crist ur.
palasye o. brynge v sec. m.
* Om. ur. y vnhylide the roof u sec. m. z and thei vr. a Om. vr. b setten p. leten u. c hadde

seen ur. d seide ur. e to

AGMNOPQSTurxy. t Om. ur. E summe men N. h scribis weren there ur.
'
he this PQTXY. k Om. r,
pr.m. MXY pr. m. l
Om. vr. m Om. <j.
n seide s. Om. urx.
P either ur. or Rise thou ur. r
ur u seide ur. v thou vr.
A'. <I
go ur. s for .
t for to vr.
w and take vr. * Om. y eft vr. z in to K. a b of the Om. ur. c of
o.
cumpanyes u. pepil o.
d Om. e f Om. AGMNOPQSTWX\. g was vr. h the jvur. hous of him vr.
Alfey ur. w. seide vr. '

z a A SIT. m. the palsie k. b Crist k. c thei openyde i. d Om. i. e he c. f Om. K. S Om. c.

h Sue ihou sk.

N2
 92 MARK. n. 16 25.

many puplicanys and synful men saten many pupplicans and synful men saten
k
togidre at the mete with Jhesu and his togidere at the mete with Jhesu and
disciplis ; sothely
1
there weren manye m weren many that
hise disciplis; for there
16 that foleweden" hym. And scrihis and folewiden hym. And scribis and Fari-m
Pharisees seeyinge, for he eet with pupli- sees seynge, that he eet with pupplicans

canys and synful men, seiden to his disci- and synful men, seiden to hise disciplis,
plis, Whi etith'" and drink-
^oure rnaister Whi etith and drynkith 30111*6 maystir
I7ithi with puplicanys and synners? This with pupplicans and synneris? Whanneiy
r
thing herd, Jhesus seith to hem, Hoole this was herd, Jhesus seide to hem,
men ban no nede to a leche, but thei that Hoole men han no nede to a leche, but
han yuele; forsothe I cam not for 8 to clepe thei that ben yuel at eese ; for cam Y
ifliuste men, but synners. And disciplis 4 of not to clepe iust men, but synneris.
Joon u and the Pharisees weren fastynge
v
;
And the disciplis of Joon and the Fari- IH

and thei camen, and seien to hym, Whi sees weren fastynge; and thei camen, and
disciplis* of Joon and of
x Pharisees seien'1 tohym, Whi fasten the disciplis
isfasteny, but thi disciplis fasten nat ? And of Joon, and the Farisees fasten, but thi
Jhesus seith z to hem, Whether the sonnys disciplis fasten not ? And Jhesus seide 19

of weddyngis mown a b
faste, as long as to hem, Whether the sones of sposailis'
the spouse is with hem ? Hou longe tyme moun faste, as longe as the spouse is
thei han the spouse with hem, thei mowe with hem ? As long tyme as thei haue
20 nat faste. Forsothe dayes shulen come, the spouse with hem, thei moun not
whenrie the spouse shal be taken awey faste. But daies schulen corne, whanne20
from hem, and thanne thei shulen faste the spouse schal be takun awei fro hem,
21 in thoo days. No man seweth a pacche and thanne thei schulen faste in tho
of rude c ,

e
W tiewe d , clothe to an old clothe, daies. No man sewith a patche of newe 21
ellis he takithawey newe supple- the clooth to an elde clooth, ellis he takith
ment, 'or paccke and a more brekynge
!
, awei the newe patche fro the elde, and
22 is rnaad. And no man sendith^ newe a more brekyng is maad. And no man 22

puttith newe wyn in to elde botelis, ellis

1

wyn in to oold botelis' , 'or wyne vesselis*,

ellis the wyn shal berste k the wyn vesselis, the wyn schal brestek the hotels, and the
and the' wyn shal be held " out, and the 1

wyn schal be sched out, and the hotels

wyne vesselis shulen perishe. But newe schulen perische. But newe wyn schal be
wyn shal" be sent in to newe wyn ves- put into newe hotels. And it was doon 23
2:iselis. And it is? don eftsoonei, whanne r eftsoones, whanne the Lord walkid in
'the Lord* walkide in the sabothis by the 1 the sabotis bi the cornes, and hise disci-
cornes, and his disciplis bigunnyn to" plis bigunnen to passe forth, and plucke
24passe
v
forth, and"' plucke eris
x
.
Sothly eeris of the 1
corn. And the Farisees 24

the Pharysees seiden, Loo ! what 'don thi seiden to hym, Lo ! what thi disciplis
z
disdplisy in sabotis, that is nat leeueful. doon in sabotis , that" is not leeueful.
2' And he seith* to hem, Radde 366 neuere And he seide to hem, Radden 36 neuer25

k Otn. o. 1
forsothe uv. m many weren ur. n Sweden our. Om. GMPXY. P etith joure
s Om.
MP. GXY. discyples GMP
1 T seide our. l the
mayster drynkyth jour maystir Qsurx.
Q sec. m. surxv. u Joon
Baptist MP.
v Om.
GNOQ sec.m. SXY. w the disciplis Gjvfoosrt/TA'y. tho
* Om. G m. OY * seide u. a the b
disciples P.
pr. pr.m. J fasten oft u. weddingis x. may o.
d Om. AVVX.
patche u. Om. x.
c newe uv. e it x. f either S puttith u sec. m. h
wyne vessels ur.
'
Om. AVVX. k breke ur. breste XY. l Om. w. m schedde ur sec. m. n owith to ur. put u sec. m.
P was u. q eft uv. eftsones OY. r and whan o. s Crist ur. l Om. or. u for to G. v
go ur.
w and to ur. x corne eeres o. * the a seide ur.
disciplis don GUIXY. thing that ur.
y thi

h seiden EiRka. '

the spousayles R pr. m. k sec.m. the spousayle k pr. m. breke hi. l
Om. ck.
m the sabotis k. " that that k.
 II. 26 III. 10. MARK. 93

what Dauyth dide, whanne he hadde what Dauid dide, whanne he hadde nede,
neede, and he hungride, and thei that and he hungride, and thei that weren
2oweren with hym? Hou he wente b in c with hym? Hou he wente in to the hous SB
into hous of God, vndir Abiathar,
the of God, vndur Abiathar, prince of prestis,

prince of prestis, and eete loouys of pro- and eete looues of proposicioun, which it
d was not leeueful to ete, but to preestis
posicioun the whiche 6 it was nat leeful
,

no f but to prestis alone, and he 33116

to ete, aloone, and he 3af to hem that weren
27 to hem that weren with hym. And he with hym. And
he seide to hem, The 27
hem, The sabote is maad for man,
seide to sabat is maad for manP, and not ai man
and nat a% man for the sabote; and so for the sabat; and so mannus sone is lord

mannys sone is lord also of the saboth. also of the sabat.

CAP. III. CAP. III.

i And he entride eftsoone in to the syna- h

And he entride eftsoone in to the syna- 1

goge, and ther was a man hauynge a drye goge, and there was a man hauynge a
ahond. And thei aspieden hym, 3if he drye hoond. And thei aspieden hym, if 2
x
helide 1
in k sabothis, for to 1 accuse hym. he helide in the sabatis, to accuse him.
3 And he seith m to the man hauynge a drye And he seide to the man that hadde as
D
4hond, Ryse in to the mydil And he . drie hoond, Rise in to the myddil. And 4
seith to hem, Is it leeueful to do wel in he seith to hem, Is it leeueful to do wel
the sabothis, or? yuele ? for' to make a in the sabatis, ether )'uel ? toil make a
soule saaf, whether r to lese? And thei soul saaf, ether to leese ? And thei weren
ft weren stille. And he biholdynge hem stille. And he biheeld hem aboute withs
8
aboute with wrathe hauynge sorwe vp- ,
1
wraththe, and hadde sorewe on the
on u the blyndnesse of her herte, seith to blyndnesse of her herte, and seith to the
the man, Holde forth thin honde. And man, Hold forth thin hoond. And he
he helde forth, and the v honde is w re- helde forth, arid his hoond was restorid
cstorid Ho hym*.
Sothely Pharisees? go- to hym. Sotheli Farisees 3eden outs
z
ynge out anoon, maden a counseil with anoon, and maden a counsel with Ero-
Ilerodyans a3eins hym, hou thei shulden dians a3ens hym, hou thei schulden leser
a
7lese Forsothe Jhesus with his dis-
hym. hym. But Jhesus with hise disciplis 7
ciplis wente to the see and myche cum- ;
wente" to the see and myche puple fro
;

b Galilee and 8 Judee suede hym, and fros

panye from Galilee and Judee suede hym,
sand fro Jerusalem, and fro Ydurne, and d
c
Jerusalem, and fro Ydume, and fro bi-
6
bi3endis Jordan, and thei that aboute 3ondis Jordan, and thei that weren
v

Tyre and Sydon, a grete multitude, heer- aboute Tire and Sidon, a greet multi-

ynge the thingis that he dide&, camen to

f
tude, heringe the* thingis that he dide,
o
h
hym. And Jhesus seith to his disciplis, and" cam v to hym. And Jhesus seide
that the litil' boot shulde serue hym, for to hise disciplis, that the boot schulde
the cumpanye 'of peple k lest thei op- ,
serue w hym, for the puple, lest thei
10
pressiden hym ; sothely he helide
1

many ",
1
thristen hym ; for he heelide many, so 10

b entride ur. * Om.

AGMNpQTur. <* e which looues vr.
proposicioun, either of setting forth u.
f Om. o. t Om. Gopsurxv. h eft vv. heelide him vr.
j k in the v. '
to x. that thei schulden vr.
m seide vy. n Rise thou vr.
myddis vr. P whether vr. 1 Om. sur sec. m. r wher o. ether
v sec. m. whether or A:. s ire vr. soroufulnesse vr.
< u on vrx. v his vr sec. m. w was vr.
*Om.vrsec.m. 1 the Pharisees luopQTrv. z Om. pqrvrxv pr. m. a fordo r sec. m. b and sude o.
c Om. A. d and fro vv. e that voeren ur. * tho GQY. "e Om. x. h seide A. Om. vr. k Om. vr.
1
for ur. m manye men vr.

s
o no s. P the man i. 1 Om. abpr. m. ghik. Q1 for to A pr.m. r fordo i. rr
jedeu B. and fro i.
1 tho k. u Om. MB, " camen w
ceteri. kepe EU. serue to i.
 94 MARK. in. 1 1 26.

so that thei felden fast to hym, that thei that thei felden fast to hym, to touche
shulden touche hym. Forsothe hon many hym. And hou many euer hadde syk-
neuere hadden 'soris, or woundis", and nessis, and vnclene spirits, whanne thein
vnclene spiritis, whenne thei seien hym, seyen hym, felden doun to hym, and cri-
felden down to hym, and crieden, seyirige, eden, seiynge, Thou art the sone of God.
12 Thou art the sone of gretely God. And And greetli he manasside hem, that thei 12

he manasside hem, that thei shulden uat schulden not make hym knowun. And is

is make hym opyn, 'or Jtnowenv. And he he wente in to an and clepide to

hille,

styinge in*i to an hil,clepide to hym hym whom he wolde; and thei camen to
whom r
he wolde ;
and thei camen to hym. hyrn. And he made, that there wereri 14
v
14 And he made, that there weren twelue 8 twelue with hym, to sende hem to
with hym, 'and that he shulde 1 sende hem preche*. And he 3af to hern pouwer to is

15 for" to
preche. he jaue to v hem And heele sijknessis, and to caste out feendis.
*
w And name
power of heelynge siknessis, and 'of cast- to Symount he 3af a Petre, 16
x And to Symount he and he clepide James of Zebede and Joon,
icynge out feridis. 17
a
17 putte? name Petre, and James of Zebede
2
the brother of James, and he 3af to hem
and Joon, the brother of James, and he b names Boenarges f, that is, sone.s
z
of

putte to hem names Boonerges, that is,

c
thnndryng. And he clepide Andrew is

iathe d sones of thondrynge 6 ; and f Andrew and Filip, and Bartholomew and Ma-
and Philip, and Bartholomewe and Ma- th eu, and Thomas and James Alfey, and
thew, and Thomas and James Alfey , Thadee, and Symount Cananee, and Ju- 19
19 and Thadee and Symount Cananee, and das Scarioth, that bitraiede hym. And 20
20 Judas Scarioth, that bitraide hym. And thei camen to an hous, and the puple
thei comen to h an hous, and' the cum- cam togidere eftsoone, so that thei listen

panye 'of peple k came togidre eftsoone 1

, so not ete breed. And whanne his lsijnnys-i\
that thei mi3te not nether
1
etc breed. men hadden herd, thei wenten out 'to

21 And whanne his kynnesmen hadden holde" him ; for thei seiden, that he is

herdde, thei wenten out for to holde turned in to woodnesse. And the scribis b 22
r
hym ; sothely
p thei seiden, fori he is thatcamen doun fro Jerusalem, seiden,
22turnyd in to wodenesse. And 8
the scrim's That he hath Belsabub, and that in the
thatcamen doun fro Jerusalem, seiden, prince of deuelis he castith out fendis.
clepide hem togidir,
c
For he hath Belsebub, and for in the And he and he 23
prince of deuels
1
he castith out fendis. seide to hem in parablis, Hou may Sa-
23 And, hem gadrid" togidre. he seide to thanas caste out Salhauas? And if a 24
hem in parablis, Hou may Sathanas caste rewme be departid a3ens it silf, thilke
24 out Sathanas? And if a rewme be v de- rewme may not stonde. And if an hous 25
w be disparpoilid d on e it
partide in itself", 'the ilke? rewme may silf, thilke hous
And may not stonde. And
z
25 not stonde. if an hous be dispar- if Sathanas hath 26

poilid" on b it self, thilke c

hous may not risun a3ens hym silf, departid, and he is

2G stonde. And if Sathanas hath risen a3eins he schal not mowe stonde, but hath an
f

hym self, he is disparpoilid' , and he shal

1
ende. No man may go in to a stronge27

n sores AMPX. woundea, or o. woundes, either sijknesses vr.

soores " knowen vv. P Om. AOLTX.
1 Om. v pr. m. r
twelue weren vr. * to v sec. m.
whiche vv. * u
Om. surx. v Om. o. w to heele vv.
x to caste vv sec. m. a to Jame K. b Om. vr c
pr. m.
V z and he
puttide the vr. clepide vr. jnittide
QUV pr. m. Om. vv. e thundre v. f and he clepide u sec. m.
<1
S of Alfey vr. h into ur. '
and
eft ur. k Om. ur. 1
Om. ur. m Om. N. n disciples, or kynnesmen MP. Om. v pr. m. r. Om. svrx.
P for vr. 1 that vr. r was vr. s Om. vr. * fendis vr. u v is ur sec. m. w a3ens vr.
clepid vr.
x him y that x. z is vr. a b in p. c that x. d scatered vr.
silf o.
dispoylid G. scaterid ur.

* x z a tobiholde A pr. m. and

preche the gospel EPsec.m. marg. y of Boenarges sec.m. the sones b.
helde b. b scribis and the Farisees EP sec. m. c thanne k. d e '
Om. k.
marg. departid ck. ajens e.
 in. 27 iv. 5. MARK. 95

27 not mowe stoncle, but 6 hath an f ende. No mannus hous, and take awey hise ves-
man, gon in to a? stronge mannes hous, sels, but? he bynde first the stronge man,
may take awey his vessels, no h but he and thanne he schal spoile his hous.
bynde the stronge man, and thanne
firste Treuli Y to 3ou, that alle synnes 28
seie
28 he shal diuersly
rauyshe his'hous. Trew- and blasfemyes, bi whiche thei han blas-
1

ly I seie to 3ou, for alle synnes and blas- femed, schulen be for3ouun to the sones
phemyes, by whiche k thei han blasfemed,
1
of men. But he that blasfemeth 33611829
shulen be foi'3ouen to the" sones of men. 1
the Hooli Goost, hath not remissioun in
v
n
29Sothely he that shal blasferne ajeins the to with outen ende, but he schal be gilty
v

Holy Gost, shal not haue? remissioun in of euerlastynge trespas. For thei seiden, so
to with outen eend, but he shal be gilty He hath an vnclene spirit. And hisai
h
so of euerlastynge trespas. For thei seiden, modir and britheren camen, and thei 1

31 He hath an unclene spirit. And his modir stoden withoutforth, and senten to hym,
and bretheren comen, and theii stondynge and clepiden hym. And the puple sat 32
with oute forth, senten to hym, clepynge aboute hym and thei seien k to hym, Lo
; !

32hym. And a cumpany sat aboute hym

r
; thi modir and thi britheren with out-
and thei seien 8 to hym, Lo thi modir, ! forth seken thee. And he answeride to 33
and thei bretheren with outen forth seken hem, and seide, Who is my modir and
33thee. And he answerynge to hem seith, my britheren? And he bihelde thilke'34
Who is my modir and my bretheren ? that saten aboute hym, and seide,Lo !

34 And 1
biholdynge hem aboute, that saten my modir and my britheren. For who 35
in the
cumpas of hym, he" seith, Lo !
my that doith the wille of God, he is my
"
35 modir and my bretheren. Forsoth who v
brothir, and 1

my" sistir, and modir.

that doth the will of God, he w is rny bro-
and x and mcdir?.
ther, my sister,

CAP. IV. CAP. IV.

i And Jhesus bigan for" to teche at
eft And eft Jhesus bigan to teche at thei
the see; and myche cuinpany^of peple a is b see ;
and myche puple was gaderid to
gedrid to hym, so that he styinge in to a hym, so that he wente in to a boot, and
boot, sat in the see, and al the cumpany sat in the see, and al the puple was
v
of peple was aboute c
the see, on the aboute the see on the loond. And he 2
slond. And he tau3te hem in parablis tau3te hem in parablis many thingis. And
many thingis. And he seide to hem in he seide to hem in his techyng, Here 3
3
techy nge, Heere 3ee.
his Loo! a 'man 36. Lo a man sowynge goith out to
!

d
4sowynge goth out for to sowe. And the And summe4
e f
sowe. the while he sowith,
while he sowith, 'an other" seed felde seed felde aboute the weie, and briddis
aboute h the wey, and briddis of heuene, of heuene camen, and eeten it. Otherea
sW of the eire , camen, and eeten it. For-
1
felde doun on stony places, where it had
sothe an other felde doun on stony placis, not myche erthe and anoon it spronge
;

wher it had nat rnyche erthe and anoon ; vp, for it had not depnesse of erthe. And e
k
it
sprong vp, for it hadde nat depnesse 1
whanne the sunne roos vp, it welewidei'

fc
but he vv. jr. e Om. K.
f h not K. Om. o.
Om. '
Om. ur. k the whiche o. '
Oni. ur.
m Om. w n P'orsothe ooijvr. q Om.
pr. m. blasfemeth vv. shal blasfemye K: P hath not vv.
">

C sec. m. r the ur. a seiden u. * And he p

pr. m. vv. u Om. vv. v he ur. w Om. ur. * Om. x.
y my modir vv. z Om. surx. a Om. ur. b Om. s
pr. m. pr. m. was ur.
c Om. ur. XY
d sower vr.
e wente f Om. x. S summe ur. h bisidis ur. Om. AOPTVVX. k is
ur. sprungun p.
'
gon o.
1
no GNU.

S but if k h his bretheren s. Om. b pr. k Om. m. l hem

pr. m. m. m. seiden
' i.
s pr. s sec.
m Om. k. u Om. H Om. K
pr. m. bek. i. P ether driyde murg.
 96 MARK. IV. 6 19.

Gof erthe. And whenne the sunne rose for heete, and it driede vp, for it hadde

vp
n
, it welwide for heete, and it dried vp, no !
roote. And othere felde doun in to 7
7 for it hadde not roote. And an other thornes, arid thornes sprongen vp, and
felde doun into? thornes, and th ernes' strangliden it, and it 3af not r fruyt.
stieden vp, and strarigliden it, and it 3aue And other felde doun in to good loond,s
s not r fruyt. And an other felde doun in to and 3af fruyt, springynge vp, and wex-
ynge and oon broii3te thretti foold, and
s
good lond, and 3aue fruyt, styinge vp, ;

and wexinge and oon 1 broujte 'tlmtty ;

oon sixti fold, and oon an hundrid fold.
fold", and oon sixtyfold, and oon an hun- And he seide, He that hath eeris ofa
adridfold. And he seide, He that hath eris heryng, here he". And whanne he was 10

lo'of heeryng
v
, heere. And whenne he was bi hym silf, tho* twelue that weren with
w the* twelue axiden
singuler, 'or by hym silf , hym hym to expowne the para-
that weren with hym axiden*' hym for z to ble. And he seide to hem, To 3ou it isii

And he seide to u knowe the priuete of the kyng-

nexpowne the parable. 3ouun to
a
hem, To 3ou it is 3ouen for to knowe dom of God. But to hem that ben with
c
the b mysterie, 'or pryuite , of the kyng- outforth, alle thingis be maad in parablis,

dam of God. Sothely to hem that ben

d e
that thei seynge se, and se not, and thei 12

with oute forth, alle thingis ben maad in herynge here and vnderstonde not ; lest
12 and se nat,
parablis, that thei seynge se, sum tyrne thei be conuertid, and synnes
and thei
heerynge heere, and vnderstonde be for3ouun to hem. And he seide to 13

not that sum tyme thei bes conuertid,

;
f
hem, Knowe not 36 this parable ? and
13 and synnes be for3ouen to hem. And he hou 36 schulen knowe alle parablis ? He u
seith h
to hem, Witen not 3ee this parable? that sowith, sowith a word. But these is

and howe 366 shulden knowe alle parablis? it ben that ben aboute the weie, where

}*
He that sowith, sowith a word. 'These the word is sowun and whanne thei ;

k han herd, anoon cometh Satanas, and

sothly' ben that aboute the weye, where
1

the word is sowun and whenne thei ban ;

takith awei the word that is sowun in
anoon m cometh Sathanas, and takith
herd, her hertis. And in lijk maner ben these is
n
awey the word that is sowun in her that ben sowun on v stony placis, whiche
ifihertis. And alsof these beni that ben whanne thei han herd the word, anoon
sown on 'a stoon r , the 8 whiche whanne thei taken w it with ioye and thei han 17 ;

thei 'ban herd' the word, a noon taken it not roote in hem silf, but thei ben last-

17 with ioye and thei han nat roote in hem

; ynge a litil
tyme ; aftirward whanne
silf, but thei ben temporal, "that is, lasfen" tribulacioun risith, and persecucioun for
fi
v w ; afterward 'tribulacioun the word, anoon thei ben sclaundrid.
lityl ti/me
sprongen vp, and persecucioun* for the And ther ben othir that ben sowun in is

is word, anoon thei ben sclaundrid. And thornes ; these it ben that heren the
v
'there ben other y that ben sowun in word", and disese- of the world, and is

thornis ; these it ben, that heeren the and othir charge of

disseit of ritchessis,
2
in word, and myseiste of the world, and coueytise entrith-, and stranglith the
disseit a of richessis, and other charge" of word, and it is maad with out fruyt.

n Om. vv. no Nur. jaue PW.

P among ur. q the thornes vr. r no vr. s it * anoon u.

" thrithithe foold w

v to heere vr. w ether
by himself ur. Om. x.
sec. m. * tho 7 askiden Q.
fruyt Qtr.
z Om. svrx. a Om. osurx. b Om. f>-. c Qm. AX. or d rewme vv. e Forsothe ur.
priuey Ihenge o.
f lest ur. g be not N. h seide ur. '
Forsothe these ur. k it ben stur. l
that ben nur. m than o.
11
a Q. o whiche ur. P in lyk manere ur. 1 it ben ur. r ur. s Om. ur. ' herden
stony places
pw sec. m. u that laslyn opr.m. that is, lastynge a sec. m. o. T but a p. <w Om. x. * whan [the r]
tribulacioun and persecucioun riseth ur. J othere ben ur. z
myseeses u. mysseyseis r. disceytis
w pr. m. b
bisynesse vr.

1 not EK pr. m. cpr. m. egk sec. m. /3.

r no gk pr. m. s Om. EI pr. m. pQuxbcega. l the Eighika.
11
i. v in i.
w token A. x wordis s. y i.
jiue mysesis
 IV. 2C -3 2 - MARK. 97
d
coueitise entrynge ynne
c
strangulen the
, And these it ben that ben sowun on 20

word, and it is maad with outen fruyt. good lond, whiche heren the word, and
20 And ben that ben sowun on c good
these it taken, and maken fruyt, oon thritti fold,
f
lond, 'the whiche heren the word, and oon z sixti fold, and oon an hundrid fold.
taken, and maken fruyt, oon thritti fold, And he seide to hem, Wher a lanterne 21
21 oon sixti fold, and oon an hundrids. And cometh, that it be put vndur a buschel,
he seide to hem, Wher h a lanterne come 1, or vndur a bed ? nay, but that it be put
that it be put vndir a bushel k ? wher not, on a candilstike ? Ther is no thing hid, 22
m maad opyn
vpon a candil stike? For-
1
22 that it be pvit that schal not be ; nethir ony
sothe'ther is no thing" hid, that shal not thing is pryuey, that schal not come in to
be 'maad opyn; nether ony thing is? opyn. If ony man haue eeris of heryng, 23

preuy, 'the whiche^ shal not come 'in tor here he. And he seide to hem, Se 3624
ony man haue what 36 heren. In what mesure 36 meten,
s
eeris of heryng,
23 apert. If
24heere he. And
he seide to hem, Se 3ee it schal be metun to 3ou a3en, and be"
what 3ee heeren. In what mesure 366 cast to 3ou. For it schal be 3ouun to 25
meten, it shal be meten to 3011, and be
1 11

hym that hath, and it schal be takun

25kast to 3ou. Sothely
v
it shal be 3ouen to awei fro him that hath not, alsob that
hym that hath, and 'it shal w be taken that c he hath. And he seide, So the 20
awey from hym hath not, also that
'that kingdom of God is, as if a d man caste"
x
26 that he hath . 'And he seide^, So z the seede in to the erthe, and he sleepe f and , 27
h
kingdom* of God is, as if a man caste
ff
it up m3t and dai, and brynge
rise?

27 seed 6 in to the c erthe, and it slepe d, and forth' seede, and wexeJ faste, while k he
e f
ryse vp in ni3t and day, and brynge woot not. For the erthe makith fruyt, 28
forth seed, and wexes faste, the' while he first the gras, aftirward the ere, and aftir
1

28 wote not. Forsothe the erthe by his owne ful fruyt in the ere. And whanne of it -29

worchynge' makith fruyt, first an erbe, silf it hath brou3t forth fruyt, anoon he
*or grene corn k , afterward an eere, after- sendith a sikil, for repyng tyme is come.
2u ward ful fruyt in the ere. And whanne And he seide, To what thing schulen we so
of it silf it hath brou3t forth fruyt, anoon likne the kyngdom of God ? or to what

he sendith a 1
sikil, W hook, for n rype parable schulen we comparisoun it? Assi
ao corn cometh. And he seide, To what a corne of seneuei, which whanne it is

thing shulden we likene the kyngdom of sowun in the erthe, is lesse than alle

God ? or to what parable shulen we com- seedis that ben 1 in the erthe; and 32
31
parisoune it ? As a corn of seneueye, the? whanne it is
sprongun up, it waxith in
which whann it isi sowun in the r erthe, to a tre, and is maad gretter than alle
is lesse than alle seedis 8 that ben in erthe 1 ; erbis ; and
makith grete braunchis, so
it

32 and whanne it isbredd u , 'or quykened", that briddis of heuene moun dwelle vn-
w x
in to a tree, and is maad dur the schadewe therof. And in
it sty3eth vp many 33

c Om. PVV. d AN.

strangliden o. instranglen p. and stranglen v.
f whiche ur. Om. x. e in

S hundrid fold AONQTurwY. h Whether cu k bushel or vnder a bed o

et x 1
cometh vr.
passim. marg.
u sec. TO. marg. Q sec. m. x pr. m. bed u pr. m. r. l on urx. m Om. N. n nothing is ur. schewid vr.
P maad ur. 1 whiche vr. that x. r in x. 9 hath PVV. * T
ajen to ur. it schal be ur. For-
w if a man hath not, * Om. ur. y Om. o. z Lo XY.
sothe ur. jhe this that he hath schal ur.
a rewme ur. * a seed N. c Om. ur. d he
sleepeth G sec. m. o. it slepith PT. he slepe Q sup. ras. vr.
e it
ryse G sec. m. o. Q s up. ras. r. rysith PT. it ryseth u. {
bringeth p. e wexith p. 1
Om. ur.
5
wille ur. k Om. AOX. l
Om. o. m Om. Aourx. n for the Q
pr. m. for the tyme of Q sec. m.
rewme vr. P Om. ur. 1 was o. r Om. ur. s the seedis
GQY. * the erthe
u sowen u. v Om. Aurx. w wexeth v sec. m. x Om. ur.

z and oon a Om. b c Om. h. dOm. k e that castith k pr. m.

A. it schal be I. k. je i. pr. m.
ff Om. e risith k. h Om. hi. wexith hk. k the while k.
slepith k. slepte bringith hk.
!
ft. H. j

ben sowun b.

VOL. IV. O
 98 MARK. IV. 33 V. 4-

more than alle wortis,

v
erbis? ; and it W suche parablis he spak to hem the word,
2
shal make grete braunchis, so that brid- as thei my3ten here; and he spak not to 34
dis a of heuene mowe dwelle vndir the hem with out parable. But he" expown- 1

sashadewe ther of. Arid in many siche pa- ede to hise disciplis alle thingis bi hem-
ra blis he spac to hem a word, as thei silf.And he seide to hem in that dai,35
34 mijten heer sotliely he spak not to hem
;
whanne euenyng" was come, Passe we
with outen parable. Forsothe he expoun- a3enward. And thei leften the puple, 36
b
yde to his disciplis alle thingis 'on sidis and token hym, so that he was in a
35hond c, W by hem self
d
And he seith e . boot and othere bootys wererr with hyrn.
;

to hem, in that day, whenne euenyngf was And a greet storm of wynde was maad, 37
sfimaad, we a3einward. And thei
Passe and keste wawis in to the boot, so that
leeuynge the cumpanye 'of peples, taken the boot was ful. And he was in the 38
hym, so that he was in the boot and ;
hyndir part of the boot, and slepte on a
37 other bootis weren with hym. And a'
1

pilewe. And thei reisen hym, and seien?

k
greet storme of wynd
1
is maad 1
, and to hym, Maistir, perteyneth it not to
sente m wawis" in to the boot ,
so that the thee, that we perischen ? And he roos an
asbooti' Arid he was in the'hyn-
was full. vp, and manasside the wynde, and seide
di'r part of the boot
r
slepynge on a pi- ,
to the see, Be 1 stille, wexe doumbe.

lewe. And
reysen hym, and seieu
s
thei And the wynde ceesside, arid greet pesi-
to hym, Maistre, perteneth it* nat to thee, blenesse was maad. And he seide to 40
39 that we perishen ?
11
And he rysynge vp, hem, What dreden 36 ? '3e han no feith

manasside to the wynd, and v

seide to the 3it ?
r
And thei dredden
with greet drede,
v

see, Be stille, wexe w doumb. And the and seiden ech to rr other, Who, gessist
wynd and greet pesiblenesse is x
ceeside, thou, is this ? for the wynde and the
4ornaad. And he seith^ to hem, What see obeschen 8 to hym.
'dredenjee ? Nat 31! ban 3ee feith ? And
2

a b
thei dredden with greete dreed, and
v

seiden to eche other , Who, gessist thou,

is this ? for the wynd and the see obeysh-
en d to hym.
CAP. V. CAP. V.
1 And thei camen ouer the wawe of the And thei camen ouer the see in to i

2 see into the cuntree of Genazareth e And . the cuntree of Gerasenes. And aftir that 2

anoon a man
in f vnclene spirit ran out he was goon out of the boot, anoon a
of 'a biryelf, to hym goynge out of the man in an vncleene spirit ran out of*
3 boot. 'The whiche man hadde an hous 1'
birielis to hym. Which" man hadde an 3
in graues', 'o?' biriels^, and nether with hous in biriels, and nether with cheynes
chaynis imjte now 1
eny man bynde hym. now myjte ony man bynde hym. For 4
4 For tymes" he bounden in stockis and
1
oft oftetymes he was boundun in stockis
chaynes, 'hadde broken the chaynes", and and chaynes, and he hadde broke the

y Om. AVVX. z maketh vv. '> not to G. c Om. A. on

a the briddis vv.
sydishondis o. a sides
halfe vv. d bi Om. x. e seide
euentide
A. vv. S Om. vv. h ther was made a o sec. m.
vv. f
hymsilf
1
tempest Q sec. m. vv.
k 1
Om. Q sec. m. m cast u sec. m. n flodis o sec. m.
Om. Q. was vv. shippe
P shippe Q sec. m. i fulfillid Q sec. m. fillid vv. r s seiden u. l Om.
Q sup. ras. shippe Q sec. m.
G pr. m. u for vv. v Om. ovv. w and wexe o. wexe thou vv. x was vv. y seide vv. z ben
30
drede ful vv. a b and thei vv. c eche to othere vv. d e Gerasenes
by vv. obeyen vv. Q sup. ras,
u sec. m. Gergeseus u pr. m. v. { in an TVVX. e the biriels u. biriels v. h whiche man vv. that x,
'
biriels vv. k Om. AOVVX. l
Om. G pr. m. m Om. vv. n Om. Q pr. m. T.

m Om. \ipr. m.
n euentid b. reisede EP. reisiden k. P seiden E/3. 1 Be thou i. r
3't je haue no
feith i. 3e nan n t feith jit s. Han je not feith 3it x.
" to ich H. s obeien k. * of the i.
u
the
whiche i;
 V. 5 18. MARK. 99
v
'hadde brokurithe stockis to smale go- chaynes, and hadde broke the stockis to
betis, and no man mi3te 'daunte, or make smale gobetis, and no man myjte make
btcimeV, hyin. And euer morel, ni3t r and hym tame. And euermore, ny3t and dai,s
day, in biriels and hillis, he was cryinge, in birielis and in hillis, he was criynge
cand betynge hym silf with stoones. So- and betynge hym silf with stoonus. Ande
thely he seynge Jhesus afer, ran, and he si'3
Jhesus afer, and ran, and wor-
7worshipide hym. And he cryinge with schipide hym. And he criede with greet;
greet voice, seide, What to me and to voice, and seide, What to me and to thee,

thee, thou Jhesu, the sone of God hieste ? thou Jhesu, the sone of the hi3est God?
I conioure thee bi God, that thou tour- Y coniure thee w bi God, that thou tur-
smente 'not me 5 . Forsothe Jhesus seide to mente me not. And Jhesus seide tos
hym, Thou vnclene spirit, go out fro hym, Thou vnclene spirit, go out fro the
9 the man. Jhesus axide hym, What
And man. And Jhesus axide hym, What is 9
name is to thee? And he seith to hym, thi name ? And he x seith to hym, A
A
legioun me for we ben
is name to ; legioun
xx
is my name; for we hen many.
lornanye. And he preide hym myche, that' And he preiede Jhesu myche, that he 10

he shulde nat put" hym out of the cun- schulde not putte hym? out of the z cun-
iitreie. Forsothe there v was there aboute trei. And there was there aboute then
the hill 'a flock of w hoggis* lesewynge in
v
hille a greet flok of swyn lesewynge.
I2feeldisy. And the spiritis preieden Jhesu
z
, And the spiritis preieden Jhesu, and 12
a
seyinge, Sende vs into hoggis that we , seiden, Sende vs into the swyn, that we
isentre into hem. And anoon Jhesus entre hem. And anoon Jhesus
in to is

grauntide to hem. And the vnclene spi- grauntide to hem. And the vnclene spi-
b

d
ritis entriden in to the hoggis and with , ritis 3eden out, and entriden in to the

greet bire, W f
haste*, the floc was cast
zz
swyn, and with a greet birre the flocke
a
doun in to the see, 'to tweyne^ thousynde
1
', was cast doun in to the see, a twei
k b
uand in the see. So- thousynde, and thei weren dreyrit in the
1
thei' beri
strangelid
thely thei that fedden hem, fledden, and see. And thei that kepten hem, fledden, u
tolden in to the citee, and in to the " 1
and tolden in to the citee, and in to the
feeldis ; and thei wenten out, for" to see feeldis; and thei wenten out, to se what
15 what was don. And thei carnen to Jhesu, was don. And thei camen to Jhesu, and is

and thei seen hym that was traueilid of sayn hym that hadde be trauelid of the
the fend, sittynge clothid and of hoole , feend, syttynge clothid, and of c hool
16 mynde ; and thei dreden. And thei mynde and thei dredden. And thei that
;
16

'tolden to hemP, that sayen, hou it was saien, hou it was don to hym that hadde
don to hym that hadde a fend, and of the a feend, and of the swyne, telden to hem.

lyhoggis'i. And thei

bygunnen for to preie
r
And thei bigunnen to preie hym, thati?
hym, that he shulde s
go awey fro 'her he schulde d go awei fro her coostis.
is coostis 1 . And when he" stiede in to a And whanne 6 he 3ede up in to a boot, is

v
boot, he that was traueilid of the deuel , he that was trauelid of the deuel, bigan

"
1 Om. vv. s me not MOXY.
Om. P tame AO. chastise vr. daunten x.
Q sec.m. r in
ni3t vr.
u cast w Om. vr. "
* for o. vr. poten x.
v a
greet droue of hoggis lesewynge vr. swyne AO.
Om. vr. y Om. vr. z him vr.
swyn AO. the hoggis rurx.
b Om. x. c
spiritis goynge
out N
d e Om. Avrx.
droue vr. g to two MPXY. vnto two e sec. m. a two v sec. m.
swyn AO.
'
Q sec. m. vr.
h thousondis o. '
Om. Q sec.m. k were o. sec.m. vr. !
dreynte u.
m Om. Mvrx. n Om. svrx.

clad ax. P Om. vr. 1 swyn AO. hoggis tolden to hem vr. r Om. svrx. s out of o * the
pr.m.
coostis of hem vr. " Jhesu vr. v fend vr.

v and he b. w Om. P pr. m. * Om. E. 6666 c marg. y hem Eirxa. z Om. E. that k.

strangled K marg.
zz ether haast K marg, a heedlinge k. b eiher c in k. d wolde k. e thanne k.

02
 100 MARK. V. 19 32.

w
bygan to preye hym, that he shulde be to preie hym, that he schulde be with
19 with hym. Sothly* Jhesus resceyued hym hym. But Jhesus resseyuede hym not, 19

nat, but seithy to hym, Go thou in to thin but seide to hym, Go thou in to thin
hous to thine 7 and telle to a hem, hou , hous to thine, and telle to hern, hou grete
b
many thingis the Lord hath don to thee, thingis the Lord hath dori to thee, and
20 and hadde
mercy of thee. And he wente hadde merci of thee. And he wente 20
forth and bigan for d to preche in Deca-
, forth, and bigan to preche in Decapoli
f
,

poly, that is, a cuntree of ten citees, hou hou grete thingis Jhesus hadde don to
6
manye thingis Jhesus hadde don to hyrn ; hym and alle men wondriden. And 21
;

21 arid alle men wondriden. And whanne whanne Jhesus hadde gon vp in to the
Jhesus hadde stiede f in to the boot eft- boot eftsoone ouer the see, myche puple
sooues ouer the see, myche cumpanye 'of cam togidere to him, and was aboute the
peple
1'
cam togidre to hym, and was see. And oon of the princis of syna-22
22aboute the see. And oon' of the princis gogis, bi name Jayrus, cam, and si3 hym,
k
by name Jayrus, cam, and and felde doun at hise feet, and preyede23
1
of synagogis,
m
jsseyinge hym fel doun at his feet, and
, hym myche, and doi^ter is
seide, My
n
preiede hym myche, seyinge, For whi ny3 deed ; come thou, putte thin hoond
my dou3ter the laste thingisP; come
is 'in on her, that sche be saaf, and lyue. And 24

thou, putte thin hond on hire, that she be he wente forth with hym, and myche
h
24saaf, and lyue. And he'' wente forth with puple suede hym, and thruste hym.
hym, and myche cumpanye 'of peple
8 1
"

And a womman hadde ben in the blodi25 1

25 suede hym, and oppresside* hym. And a fluxe twelue 3eer,and hadde resseyued k 26
wommari that was in the flux of blood many thingis of ful many lechis, and
26twelue 3ere, and hadde suffride many hadde spendid al hir good, and was no-
thingis of ful many lechis, and spendid" thing amendid, but was rather the wors,
v
alle hir thingis, and no thing prophitide v , whanne sche hadde herd of Jhesu, sche 27
but more hadde w
v

27 worse, whanne she cam among puple bihynde, and

the
hadde herd of Jhesu, she cam in the cum- touchide his cloth. For sche seide, That if *

panye byhynde, and touchide his cloth, Y touche 3he 1 his cloth, Y schal be saaf.
28 Sothly she seide, For if I shal touche or
x And anoon the welle of hir blood was2i>
29 his cloth, I shal be saaf. And anoon the dried vp, and sche felide in bodi 11 that
welle of bloody is z
dried vp a and she , sche was heelid of the siknesse. Andso
b
felide in body that she was helid of the anoon Jhesus knewe in hym silf the
30 wound *or sikenesse A
,
And anoon Jhe- . vertu that was goon out of hym, and
the vertu that turnede" puple, and seide, Who
1
sus knowynge hym in silf to the
was e gon out of hym, he f turned , to the touchide my clothis? And hise disciplis 31

cumpenye, seith ,
Who touchede my seiden to hym, Thou seest the puple
31 clothis ? And his disciplis seiden to hym, thristynge thee, and seist, Who touch-
h me? And
Thou seest the cumpenye pressinge
1
thee, ide Jhesus lokide aboute to 32
32 and seist thouk ,
Who touchide me? And se hir that hadde don this thing. And 33

w And vv.
x * thi Om. MP. bc Om. ur.
for to o. y seide vv. meyne MPT. greete vv.
d Oni. svvx. e f b Om. k of the Gsec.m. MV.
sum man
greete v r. 8 efte vv. vv. '
stijede up u. o.
1
and he vv. m Jhesu vv. n Om.
p. Om. vv. P nij deed u sec. m. 1 Jhesu vv. r Om. N.

s Om. vv. t thrustede u sec. m. u

hadde joue vr. v hadde not
profitide ony thing vv.
w hadde
more GMPTW sec. m. XY. x
3he vv. J hir blood vv. z was ur. a Om. vr. b the vr. c the
body
seeknesse vr. d Om. AVVX. e hadde MP. f Om. s. S and seide ur. h s. '

cumpenyes oppressynge
AG sec. m. MOP. kOm. G sec. m. MOPT.

f that is, a citntre often citees K marg. e marg. e he fel I. h ether

oppressede K marg. 1
that hadde
K sec. m. k. k ether K 1
Om. R. U /> bodi i.
ra
he turnyde I.
siijfride marg.
 v. 33 2. MARK. 101

Jhesus lokide aboute, for to see hir that"1 1

the wornman dredde, and quakide, wit-
33 hadde don this thing. Forsothe the ynge that it was doon in hir, and cam,
wominan dredinge and quakynge", wit- and felde doun bifor hym, and seide to
ynge that it was don in hir, cam, and fel hym al the treuthe. And Jhesus seide 34
down bifore him, and seide to hym al to hyr, Doujtir, thi feith hath maad thee
34 treuthe i'. Forsothe Jhesus seide to hir, saaf ; go n in pees, and be thou hool of
Dou3tir, thi feith hath maad thee saf; thi sijknesse. 3it while he spak, mes-35
r
goi in pees, and be saf fro thi sykenes. sangeriscamen to the prince of the syna-
3o3it him spekynge, messageris s camen to goge, and seien, Thi doujtir is deed ;
the prince of a* synagoge, seyinge, For thi what traueilist thou the maistir ferther ?
deed; what traueilist thou the
doirjtir is But whanne the word was herd that was 30
36maistir ferthere"? Forsothe the word herd seid,Jhesus seide to the prince of the
that was seide w Jhesus
, seith to the prince synagoge, Nyle thou drede, oonli bileue
of the synagoge, Nyle thou drede, oonly thou. And he took? no man to sues;
37 byleue thou. And he resceyuede not x hym, but and James, and Joon,
Petir,
ony man to sue him, no? but Petre, and the brother of James. And thei camen s
James, and John, the brother of James. in to the hous of the prince of the syna-
SB And thei camen in to the hous of the
goge. And he saie noyse, and men wep-
prince of the synagoge. And he si3 noyse, ynge and weilynge myche. And he 3ede39
and men wepinge and weilinge moche. ynne, and seide to hem, ben 36 What
39 And he gon yn, seith 2 to hem, What ben troublid, and wepen? The damesel is not
a
3ee troublid , and wepyn ? The wenche b deed, but slepith. And thei scorneden4o
40 is not deed, but slepith. And thei scorn- hym. But whanne alle weren put out,
eden him. Forsothe alle kast c out, he he takith the fadir and the modir of the
takith the fadir and modir d of the
wenche c , damesel, and hem that weren with hym,
and hem f that weren with him, and thei and thei entreni, where the damysel laye.
4ientren yn#, where the wenche lay. And 1'
And he r helde the hoond of the damesel, 41
he holdinge the bond of the wenche', and seide to hir, Tabita, cumy, that is to
seith k to hir, Tabita, cumy, that is inter- seie, Damysel, Y seie to thee, arise. And 42
pretid
1
, *or expownid, Wenche", to thee anoon the damysel roos, and walkide ;

4-2 1 seie, rise thou And anon the wencheP

. and sche was of twelue 3eer. And thei
roos, and walkide ; sothly she was of weren abaischid with a s greet stony ing.
twelue jeer. And
weren abaischt thei And he comaundide to hem greetli, that
is with i
greet stoneyinge. And he co-
r
no man schulde wite it. And he co-43
maundide to hem greetly, that no man maundide to 3yue hir 1 mete.
schulde wite it. And he comaundide to
8
And Jhesus gon CAP. VI.
1
3iue to hir for to ete.
out thennis , wente in to his owne u cun-
1 And he out fro thennus, and
3ede i

tree ;
and his disciplis folwiden v him. wente in to his owne cuntre ; and hise
disciplis folewiden him. And whanne 2
CAP. VI. the sabat was come, Jhesus bigan to
2 And the saboth maad, Jhesus w bigan teche in a synagoge. And many herden",

1
Om. surx. m whiche ur. n
tremblynge vv. knowynge vv. P the treuthe uv. Q go
thou vv. thou hool vv.
T s * the G sec. in. MOPIV
sec. m. u ferret r.
messangeris GMPQTY.
w seide vv. x not with him o. y Om. o. z seide vv. a turblid AGMNPT. b
damysel vv.
c casted vv. d the modir G. e l thei v. 8 Om. uv. h
damysel uv. vv. damysel vv.
i
damysel
k seide vv. 1
expowned AO.
m Om. AOVVX. n Damysel uv. Om. p. P damysel ur. 1 hi ur.
r
gretteste ur.
s Om. GSX. 4 fro thennee uv. tt
Om. ur. v sueden ur. w he ur.

n
go thou bhik. Jhesus k. P ether receyttede K marg. 1 entriden r Om. Ab. s Om. cghi.
u herden
to hir k. hym R.
 102 MARK. vi. 314-
for x to teche in a synagoge. And manye and wondriden in his techyng, and seiden,
heeringe wondriden in his techinge, sey- Of whennus to 1'
this alle these thingis ?
v

inge, Of whennis to this>' alle these and what is the wisdom that is 3ouun
z
thingis ? and what is the wysdom that a to hym, and siche vertues whiche ben
v

3ouun to him, and suche vertues the

is maad bi hise hondis? Whether this is 3
swhiche b ben maad by his bond'? Wher not a carpenter, the sone of Marie, the
v
d
this is not a smyth, or carpenter*, the brother of James and of Joseph and of
sone of Marie, the brother of James arid Judas and of Symount? whether hise
sistris ben not here with vs ? And thei
Joseph* and Judas? and Symound' ? wher
1 1

and k his sistris ben nat here with vs? weren sclaundrid in hym. And Jhesus 4
4 And weren sclaundrid in him. And
thei seide tohem, That a profete is not with-
Jhesus seide to hem, For a prophete is out onoure, but in his owne cuntrey, and
not with outen honour no but in his 1
, among his kynne, and in his hous. And 5
owne cuntree, and in his hows, and in he my3te not do there ony vertu, saue
r>hiskyn. And
he my3te not make there that he helide a fewe sijk men, leiynge

ony vertu, no but" heelide a fewe sike on hem hise hoondis. And he wondridee
e men, the hondis put to. And he won- for the vnbileue of hem. And he wente
dride for the vnbileue of hem. And he aboute casteles on ech side, and tau3te.
wente aboute castelis in enuyrownP, tech- And he clepide togidere twelue, and bi-7
7 inge. And he clepide^ twelue, and bigan gan to sende hem bi two togidere ; and
"

for 1 to sende hem

and 3af to bi tweyne
5
;
r d
3af to hem power of vnclene spiritis, and 8
iihem power of vnclene spiritis, and" co- comaundide hem, that thei schulde not
maundide hem, that thei schulde not take v take ony thing in the weie, but a 3erde
w x
ony thing in the weye, no but a jerd oneli, not a scrippe, ne breed, nether

oonly, not a scrippe, not>' bred, neither money in the girdil, but schod with san-9
8 b
y
z
money in the girdil , but schoon with dalies 8 , and that thei schulden not be
c d
sandalies, ''that ben opyn aboue and that , clothid with twei cootis. And he seide 10

thei Veren not clothid with c f

tweie? cootis h . to hem, Whidur euer 36 entren in to an
10 And he seide to hem, Whidir' euere 3ee hous, dwelle 36 there, til 30 goon out fro
schulen entre in to an hous, dwelle 36 thennus. And who euer resseyueth f 3ouii
k And who 1

gon out thennis not, nes herith' 3011, go 36 out fro then-
1
11 there, till 36 .

resseyue" , ne" heere

1
euere 'schulen not nus, and schake awei the powdir fro
goynge
3ou, 36 out fro thennes shake 3oure feet, in towitnessyng to hem. And 12

awey the powdreP froi 3oure feet, in to thei 3eden forth, and prechiden, that men

I2witnessirige to hem. And thei goynge schulden do penaunce. And thei cast- 13

out prechiden, that men schulden do pe-

r
,
iden out many feendis, and anoyntiden
ls naunce. And thei castiden 3 out many with oyle many sijk men, and thei
and anoyntiden with oyle manye
fendis, weren heelid. And kyng Eroude herde, 14
usyke men, and thei weren heelid. And for his name was maad opyn, and 1
seide,

kyng Eroude herde, forsothe

1
his name That Joon Baptist hath risen a3en fro

x Om. opr. m. srx. J ben vr. to him this MP. z

thingis to this man vr.
a which vr. b that
Gurxv. c hondis vr. d the MPT. e Om. AX. { of of Judus h of
Joseph vr. & vr. Symount vr.
i
whether GOMPTIVXY. k Oin. Q. also vr. !
or honour m Om. vr. n but he vr.
worschype, w pr.m.
r Om. svx. s two GSIOPQXY.
vnfeithfulnesse vr. P cumpas vr. 1 clepide togidere vr.
tweyne and
tweyne vr. * he
jaf ov. u and he vr. v bere vr. w Om. ov. * the N. y ne GMPXY. z there v.
a b schood A sec.m. GMpsur sec.m. shod c is >d Om. vrx. e schulden not
girdels v. QXY pr.m. Q.
be vr. f clad x. S two MPVXY. h clothis N. '
Where o. k fro thennis vr. 1
whiche vr. m res-
seyuen not v pr. m. r. resseyuen jou not v sec. m. a neither vr. shakith MOPQSTwsec. m. XY. P dust
r out fro thens w 8
vr. q of u. pr. m. kestyn GQSXY.
* for vr.

b cometh to I. c Om. R. d and he ik. e ether shoon open aboue K {

marg. e marg. receyue plures.
nether EP. b here plures. '
and he ik.
 vi. is 26. MARK. 103
v
was inaad opyn, and he seide", For Johne deeth, and therfor vertues worchen in
v
Baptist hath risun a3en fro deed men, and hym. Othir seiden, That it is Helie;is
istherfore vertues worchen"' in hym. So- but othir seiden, That it is a profete, asJ
thely othere* seiden, For^ it is Ely ; but oon of k profetis. And whanne this thing i

othere2 seiden, For it is a prophete, as oon was herd, Eroude seide, This Joon 1
,

i(iof
a
prophetis. The b whiche thing herd, whom Y haue biheedide, is risun a3en
Eroude seith c , Whom' 1
I haue e bihedid f, fro deeth. For thilke Eroude sente, and 17
h
'John, thisS hath risun fro deed men. helde Joon, and boond hym in to pri-
17 Forsothe the ilke Eroude sente, and held soun, for Erodias, the wijf of Filip, his
Joon, and bond him in to prisoun, for brothir ; for he hadde weddid hir.
1
For IB

Erodias, the wyf of Philip, his brother ;

Joon seide to Eroude, It is not leueful
18 for he hadde weddid hir. Sothly Johne to thee, to haue the wijf of thi brothir.
seide to Eroude, It is not leefful to thee, And Erodias leide aspies to hym, and 10

19 for k to haue the wyf of thi brother. Ero- wolde hym, and my3te not.
sle And 20
dias forsothe "leide aspics
1
to him, and Eroude dredde Joon, and knewe hym a
20 wolde him, and mi3te not.
sle Sothly iust man and hooli, and kepte hyrn. And
Eroude drede John, witinge him a iust Eroude herde hym, and he dide many
man and hooly, and kepte him. And thingis, and gladli herde hym. And 21
him herd, he dide many thingis, and whanne a couenable dai was fallun,
ai'gladly herde hym. And whanne a co- Eroude in his birthdai made a soper to
uenable day hadde 11
fallun ,
Eroude Mn the princis, and tribunes", and to the
his birthe dayP made
a souperei to the 1
"

grettest of Galilee. And whanne the 22

print-is, and tribunys, and to the firste, dou3ter of thilke Erodias was cornun
v

22 or gretfeste*, of Galilee. And whanne ynne, and daunside P, and pleside to

the dou3ter of thilke 1 Erodias hadde en- Eroude, and also to men that saten at
trid and lepte v and pleside to w
yn
u
, , the mete, the kyng seide to the damysel,
x
Eroude, and also to men restynge?, the Axe thou of me what thou wolt, and Y
kyng seide to the wenche Axe thou of
z
,
schal 3yue to thee. And he swore to 23
me what thou wolf, and I schal 3yue to hir, That what euer thou axe, Y schal
as thee. And he swoor to hir, For what 3yue to thee, thou3 it be half 1
my
r

b
euere thou schalt axe, I schal 3yue to thee, kyngdom
s
. And whanne sche hadde 24
v

24thou3 the half of my kyngdom . The goon out, sche seide to hir modir, What
whiche d , whanne sche hadde gon out, schal Y
axe ? And sche seide, The heed
seide 6 to hir modir, What schal I axe? of Joon Baptist. And whanne sche was 25
And she seide, The heed f
ofJohn Bap- comun ynne anoon with haast to the
25tist. And whanne she hadde entrid kyng, sche axide, and seide, Y wole that
anon with haste to the kyng, she axide, anoon thou 3yue to me in a dische the
seyinge, I wole that anoon thou 3yue to heed of Joon Baptist. And the kyng2c
me in a dische the heed of John Baptist. 11 was sori for the ooth, and for men that
k the
26 And the kyng was sory' for ooth, saten togidere at the meete he* wolde

u v w ben wroujt men ur. y Om. x. othere men ur.

x othere
they seiden vv. is o. Q sup. ras. ''

a of the ux. b Om. u. c seide vv.

vv. e Om.
d Q.
f
This Jon whom
byheuedid o. g Om. vv.
rise ajen vv. Om. o. k Om. vvx. l
settide tresoun vv. m herde him gladly v. n was v.
P Om. ur. T Om. ur. s Om. AX. either
bifalle ur. <l
soper of his birthe ur. grettest men ur.
u Om. ur. y daunside ur. w Om. ur. * Om. ur. ? z
sittynge atte the mete ur.
* that x.
damy-
sele ur. a wole t;. b euere ur. c rewme ur. d And i;. e sche seide ur. f heued GOY. e the
thing
h heued OG. '
sorowful ur. k of N.
Baptist o.

k of the is Joon k. ra he is k. n the tribunes k

Jandk/jr. m. k/>r. m. pr. m.
l
Om.kpr.m.
P ether tumlilide k marg. <1 the half EiMPQRUXceka/3.
r of
my CEiKMPQHSuxbcegka/3.
9 rewme IEPQRX..
1 and he k.
 104 MARK. VI. 27 38.

and for men sittinge 'to gidere at mete m 1

not make hir sori ; but 1 sente a man- 27
27 he 'wolde not" hir beP maadi sory r but ; queller" and comaundide, that Joones
a rnanquellere sent, he comaundide the heed were brou3t in a dissche. And he
heed 5 of John Baptist 1 for" to be broujt v . bihedide hym v in the w prisoun, and 28

28 And he bihedide
w him in the x
prison, and brou3te his heed in a disch, and 3af it

brou3te his heed" in a dische, and 3af it to to the damysel, and the damysel 3af>" to
the wenche?, and the wench z 3af
a
to hir b hir modir. And whanne this thing was 29
2modir. The which
thing herd, his disci- herd, hise disciplis camen, and token his
plis camen, and token his body, and put- bodi, and leiden it in a biriel. And theso
so tiden d it in a buriel. And apostlis
6
com- apostlis
2 camen togidere to Jhesu, and
f
ynge to gidere to Jhesu, tolden to hym telden to hym alle thingis, that thei had-
alle thingis, thats thei hadden don, and den don, and tau3t. And he seide tosi
a
3itau3t. And
he seith h to hem, Come 36 hem, Come 36 bi 3ou silf in to a desert
'by 3ou selue
1
in to a desert place ; reste k place and reste 36 a litil. For there were
;

Forsoth 'there weren manye

36 a litel.
1
many that camen, and wenten a3en, and
that camen, and wenten a3en, and thei theihadden not space to ete. And thei 32
b
32 hadden not space for" to ete. And thei 3eden in to a boot, and wenten in to a
sti3ynge in to bootP, wenten in to a desert desert place bi silf. And thei sayn 33
hem
33 place 'by hem seluei. And thei sy3en hem go awei, and many knewen, and
hem goynge awey, and manye r knewen, thei wenten afoote fro alle citees, and
and 8 goynge on 1 feet fro alle citees, thei u runnen thidur, and camen bifor hem.
runnen to gidere thidir, and came bifore And Jhesus 3ede out, and sai3 myche34
34 hem. And Jhesus goynge out sy3 moche puple, and hadde reuth on hem, for thei
v
cumpanye, and hadde mercy on hem, for weren as scheep not hauynge a scheep-
thei weren as scheepe not hauynge a shep- herd. And he bigan to teche hem many
herde. And he bigan for w to teche hem thingis. And whanne it was forth daies, 35
ssmanye thingis. And whanue moche our" hise disciplis camen d and , seiden, This is

was maad now, his disciplis 'camen ny3 y

, a desert place, and the tyme is now
seyinge, This place is desert, and now the passid ; lete hem go in to the nexte 36
36 our hath passid leeue 7 hem, that thei
;
'
townes and villagis, to bie hem meete to

goynge in to the 3 nexte townes orb vilagis, ete. And he answeride, and seide to 37
bye to hem metis whiche c thei schulen hem, 3yue 36 to
e
hem to f ete. And thei
37 ete. And he answerynge seith d
to hem, seiden to hym, Go we, and bie we looues
3yue 36 to e hem for f to ete. And thei with two hundrid pens, and we schulen
seiden tohym, Goynge bye we loues withs 3yue to* hem to ete. And he seith ss
two h hundrid pens, and we schulen 3yue to hem, Hou many looues han 36 ? Go
se to hem And he seith to hem,
for 1 to ete. 36, and se. And whanne thei hadden
Hou many loues han 36 ? Go 36, and sek .
knowe, thei seien, Fyue, and two fischis.
And whanne thei hadden knowun, thei And he comaundide to hem, that thei 39

I
Om. Q. m the meet AGMNOPQSTXY. n nolde ur. Om. qsec. m. to be s. q Om.
make hir g. p
r * Om. ur. v
sec. m. heuy, or sory o. s heued or. u Om. sux.
broujt in a dische o sec. m. ur.
brou3t forth w pr. m.
w x heued OY. z a b the o.
byheueded o. y damysel ur. damysel ur. jaf it G.
c Om. ur. d e the f Om. G. h seide ur.
putten sx. apostlys GQUX. the postlis rv. e whiche u.
1 k
and reste ur. For ur. m
by jee jour selue G. by joure silf MNOQTY. asides half ur. !
many
weren t/r. n Om. K P a boot MPUVWXY.
pr. m. surx. stijeden K. stejende x. 1 asides half ur.
r
many men ur. s an d t h e i ur. * out o. u Om. ur. v o f oj:v . w Qm. Nsurx. x hour, or forth
dayes MPT. y nei3eden ur. z
leeue, either delyuere thou ur. a Om. s. b and AGMNOPQsrurwxY.
d seide ur. e Om. o. f Om. sx. e for UF. h o. '
Om. sx. k seeth QQSXY. o.
twey sei3eth

4 but he ik. u mansleer R. v j oon k. w Qm. is pr. m. k. * Om. s. y jaf it lik. z

postlis sb.
a b stieden k. d Om.
3our hi. camen to him k. e Om. R pr. m. hikpr. m. { for to i. g Ink /jr.
m.
 VI. 3954- MARK. 105

.wseien, Fyue, and two fyschis. And he schulden make alle men sitte to mete bi

comaundide to hem, that thei schulden cumpanyes, on greene heye. And thei 40
make alle men sitte to mete aftir" cum- 1 1
saten doun bi parties, bi hundridis, and
40
penyes, vpon
n
greene hey. And thei saten bi fifties. And whanne he hadde take 41
down by parties, by hundridis, and fyf- the h fyue looues, and twei fischis, he
41 ties. And the fyue looues taken, and two biheelde in to heuene, and blesside, and

fyschis, he biholdynge in to heuene, bless- brak looues, and 3af to hise disciplis,
ide, and brak looms'*, and 3af to his dis- (
i that thei schulden sette bifor hem. And
r
ci plis, that thei schulden putte bifore he departide twei and 42 fischis to alle ;

hem. And he departide two fyschis to alle eeten,and weren fulfillid. And thei 43
42alle s ;
and alle 1 eeten, and weren fillid". token the relifs of brokun metis, twelue
43 And thei token the relyues v of broken cofyns ful, and of the fischis. And thei 44
mete, twelue coffyns full, and of the w that eeten, weren fyue thousynde of men.
44 fyschis. Sothli thei that eeten, were And anoon he maad hise disciplis to go 45
45 fyue thousynd" of men. And anon he up in to a boot, to passe bifor hym ouer
z
constreynede his disciplis for? to sti3e vp the se to Bethsaida, the' while he lefte the
in to a boot, that thei schulden passe 3 puple. And whanne he hadde left hem, 4<;
bifore him ouer the see to Bethsayda, the b he wente in to an to preye.
hille-', And 47
46 while he lefte the peple. And whanne whanne it was euen, the boot was in the
he hadde left hem, he wente in to an hil, myddil of the see, and he aloone in the
47for
c
to preie. And whanne d euenyng loond ; and he say hem trauelynge in 48
x
was e
,
the myddil f see,
the boot was in rowyng for the wynde was contrarie to
;

48 and he aloone in the lond ; and he sy3 hem. And

aboute the fourthe wakynge
hem trauelinge in rowynge ; sothlis the of the ny3t, he wandride k on the see,
wynd was contrarie to hem. And aboute and cam to hem, and wolde passe hem.
1

the fourthe waking of the ny3t, he wan- And as thei sayn hym wandrynge on the4<.
h
dry nge on' the see cam to hem, and see, thei gessiden that it weren a fan-
4wolde passe hem. And thei, as thei sy3en tum, and crieden out ; for alle m sayn hym, so
him wandrynge k on the see, gessiden
1
and thei weren afraied. And anoon he
1
so for" to be" a fantum, and crieden ; for- spak with hem, and seide to hem, Triste
sy3en hym, and theii weren 3e, Y am ; nyle 36 drede. And he cam si
soth P alle

disturblid r
. And anon he spak with vp to hem in to the boot, and the wynde
hem, and seide to hem, Triste 36, I am ; ceesside. And thei wondriden more
v

sinyle 36 drede. And he 'cam vp s to hem' Vith ynne" hem silf; for thei vndur-52
u v
in to the boot, and the wynd ceesside. stoden not of the looues; for her herte
And thei more wondriden with ynne hem w ;
was blyndid. And whanne thei weren as

52 for* thei vndirstoden not of the looues; passid ouer the see, thei camen in to the

sssothliy her herte was blyndid. And lond of Genasareth, and settiden to loond.
whanne thei hadden passid ouer the see, And whanne thei weren gon out of the 54
thei camen in to the lond of Genazareth, boot, anoon thei knewen hym. And as
54 and setten
z
to londe. And whanne thei thei ranne thorou al that cuntre, and
hadden a gon out of the boot, anon thei bigunnen to brynge sijk men in beddis

1
to sitten svx. m bi vr. aftir the rr pr. m. n on the vr. on x. " to mete vv. P the looues PIT
w sec. m. <l he jaue v. r setten vr. * alle men vr. * alle men vr. u fultillid AGMKOPQSTWXY.
v w Om. * thousondes o. Om. surx. z Om. vr. a h
Om. vr.
relyfe opr.m. Q. p. 7 go vv.
c Om. sx. d whan and o. e
was maad o pr. m. myddis the MPT. myddis of the vr. the in yd x.
{

8 for c/. h
goynge vr.
'
vpon o.
k
goynge vr.
l
thei gessiden x. m Om. surx. n se K. thei
* Om. Y sec. m.
<i Om.
crieden vr. r disturbid sx. s
P for vr. vr. troublide vr. stijede vr.
u Om. u. T a i/.
w hem silf vr. * forsothe vr. J for vr. * settiden vr. a weren vr.

h Om.k. "Om.i. m. k Om. EIPQXO. m alletheii. n ink.

J
hij bul i sec. wandrynge EIPQRXO.
VOL. IV. P
 106 MARK. vi. 55 vii.

ssknewen him. And thei rennynge thur3

b
al on eche side, where thei herden that he
that cuntree
bigunnen
d
, to e
here 'aboute was. And whidur euer x he entride in 56

in beddis hem that hadden hem e yuele, f

to villagis, ethirP in to townes, or in to
56 where thei herden him be '. And whidur 1
citees, thei setteni sijk men in stretis,
euere he entride yn to vilagis arid townes,
1
and r
preiden hym, that thei schulden
or k in to citees, thei puttiden syke men in 1
touche namely the hemme of his cloth ;

stretis, and preieden him, that thei schul- and hou many that touchiden hym, weren
den touche either 11
the hem of his cloth ;
maad saaf.

and how manye euere touchiden him,

weren ma ad saf.

CAP. VII. CAP. VII.

i And and summe of scribisP
Pharisees And the Farisees and summe of the i

comynge fro Jerusalem, camen to gidere scribis camen fro Jerusalem togidir to
2 to him. And whanne thei hadden seyn hym. And whanne thei hadden seen 2
summe of his disciplis ete breed with summe of hise disciplis ete breed with
s
comune hondis, that is, not waischun, thei vnwaisschen hoondis, thei blameden .

u the
sblamyden'i. Forsoth r Pharisees" and alle The 1
Farisees and alle Jewis eten 3

Jewis 1 eten not, no" but v thei waisschen not, but thei waisschen ofte her hoondis,
ofte her hondis, holdinge the tradiciouns, holdynge the tradiciouns of eldere men.
4' or statutis", of eldere men. And thei turn- And whanne thei turnen a3en fro chep-4
ynge a3en fro chepynge", eten not, no> yng, thei eten not, but thei ben waisschen ;
but 7 thei ben waischun; and manye othere and many other thingis ben v 'that ben w ,

thingis ben
a
that ben takun to
,
hem for'
1
taken" Ho hem^ to kepe z wasschyngis a of
,

b c
to kepe, waischingis of cuppis, and cru- cuppis, and of watir vessels, and of
etis c , and of vessels of bras, and of beddis. vessels of bras, and of beddis. And 5
5 And Pharisees scribis axiden him, and Farisees and scribis axiden hym, and
seyinge, Whi
gori not tin disciplis aftir d seiden, Whi gon
not thi disciplis aftir
the tradicioun 6 of eldere men, but with the tradicioun of eldere men, but with

ecomyne hondis thei eten bred? And he vnwasschen hondis thei eten breed ? And fi

answeringe seide to hem, Ysaie prophe- he answeride, and seide to hem, Ysaie
ciede wel of 3011, ypocritis, as it is writun, prophesiede wel of 3ou, ypocritis, as it is
This peple worschipith f me with lippis, writun, This puple worschipith me with
vforsothes 'her herte
h
is fer fro rne ; in lippis, but her herte is fer fro me and 7
;

veyn trewli thei

worschipen me, techinge in veyn thei
worschipen me, techinge
k kk
and preceptis of men For- and the heestis of men.
1

sdoctrinys . the doctrines

soth 36 forsakinge the rnaundement 1 of For 36 leeuen the maundement' of God,s 1

God, holden the tradiciouns of men, and holden the tradiciouns of men,
6 f
and cuppis wasschyngis of watir vessels, and of
11 '
waischingis of cruetis", ;

and manye othere thingis lyke to thes 36 cuppis; and many othir thingis lijk to?

b in o. c e for to o. f hem aboute in beddis PXY.

d citee K. S Om. vr.
thoru5 out u. the MQTY.
h k either vr.
eny XY. to be MVVY. >
that he o.
putten SA.
"'
and thei vr. n other .w. namely vr.
'

or x. the Pharisees vr. P the scribis vr. 1 blameden hem w sec. m. T For vr. s the Pharises N.

1 the Jewis N. " Om. AOX. v but if x. w Om. AOX. the chepynge ir sec. m. y Om. ox. z but if x.
a there ben o. t>
Om. sx. c of watir vessellis vr. d
by ur.
e tradicioims vr. f honoureth vv.

S Om. v. the herte of hem vr.

'' '
the doctrines ur. k maundementis vr. kk me K. l
maunde-
mentis K. comaundemeiit vr. m the n vr. of ur.
waschyngis vr. watir vessels cuppis

thei entriden k. P outlier IP. other MUC. or x. 1 setteden EP. r and thei i. s blameden hem K.

x sec. m. k. * For the k. u Om. x. v ther ben i. w Om. ghi. * bitaken K. y Om. E. z
kepe, as
k m. a Esk. b Om. m. hi. Om. s m. hi. d maundementes A sec. m. F.KPQHQ.
<'
pr. wasshinge spr. pr.
e { Om. i. g Om. k.
waischinge IR sec. m. k sec. m, a. as waischinge k pr. m.
 VII. 9 H- MARK. 107

9 don. And he seide to hem, Wei 36 han these 36 doon. And he seide to hem, 9
maad the maundementP ofvoyde, God Wei 36 han maad the maundement of
that 36 kepe 3oure tradicioun. Forsothi God h
10 voide, 'to kepe 3oure tradicioun.
"

Moyses seide, Worschipe thi fadir and thi

1
For Moyses seide, Worschipe thi fadir 10
v
modir ; and he that schal curse 5 fadir or1 and thi modir and he that cursith
; fadir
v
u Sothli v
nmodir, by deeth deie he .
30 or rnodir, die he' by deeth. But 36 seien, 11

w man x to fadir or? If a man seie to fadir or modir, Corban,

seyen, If a 'schal seye
to^ modir/Corban, that is*, What euere jifte that is, What euer 3ifte is of me, it schal
c
i2of a me, schal b profite to thee and ouer 36 ; profite to thee ; and ouer 36 suffren not 12

suffren not him do ony thing to fadir or e

d
hym do ony thing to fadir or modir, and ia
brekynge the word of God by 36 breken the word of God bi 3oure tra-
f
13 modir,

14 3oure tradicioun, that? 36 han 3ouun and ; dicioun, that 36 han 3ouun ; and 36 don
36 don manye 'othere suche' thingis. And
1

many suche thingis. And he eftsoone H

k the clepide the puple, and seide to
1
he' eftsoone clepinge to cumpanye hem, 3e
'of peple, hem, 3e heere n me,
seide to alle alle here me, and vndurstonde. No thing m
la and vndirstonden No thing with outen . that iswithouten a man, that entrith in
man is entringe in to him, that may de- to hym, may defoule him but tho ;

foule him
but tho thingis that? comen
; thingis that comen forth of a man, tho
forth of mani, 'tho it ben that defoulen a it ben that defoulen a man. If ony man ic

i6tnan r Forsoth if s ony man haue* eeris

. hauei eeris of hering, here he. And 17

i?'of heeringe u , heere he. And whanne he whanne he was entrid in to an hous,
hadde entrid in to an hous, fro the cum- fro the puple, hise disciplis axiden hym
pauy 'of peple v , his disciplis axiden him the the parable. And he seide to hem, 3 el8
is
parable. he seith w to hem, So and
And ben vnwise also. Vndurstonde 36 not,

3e ben vnprudent, 'o/' vnwyse*. Vndir- that al thing without forth that entreth
stonden 36 not, for al thing withoute forth in to a man, may not defoule hym ? for i!

entringe in to a? man, may not defoule it hath not entrid in to his herte, but in
19 him? for it hath not entrid into his herte, to the wombe, and bynethe it goith out,
but in to the z wombe, and bynethe it
goth purgynge alle metis. But he seide, The k 20
20 out,
purgynge alle metis. Sothli he a thingis that gon out of a man, tho de-
b c
seide, For the thingis that gon out of a foulen a man. For fro with ynne, of the 21

d
21 man, tho defoulen a man. Forsoth fro herte of men cornen 1
forth yuel thoti3tis,

withynne, of the herte of men comen forth auowtries, fornycaciouns, mansleyingis, 22

6
yuele thou3tis, auoutries , fornicaciouns, theftis, auaricis, wickidnessis, gile, vn-
f
22
mansleyngis , theftis, couetises&, 'or ouer chastite, yuel 136, blasfemyes, pride, foli.
hard kepynge of goodis '', wickidnesses, Alle these yuels comen forth fro witli 2n
k
ynne, and defoulen a man. And Jhesus
1
24
gyle, vnchastite, yuel' y3e , blasphemyes ,
23
pride, folye" Alle thes yuelis" fro with-
1
. roos vp fro thennus, and wente in to the

ynne comen forth, and defoulen a man. coostis of Tyre and of" Sidon.
1
And he
24 And Jhesus risynge thennisP, wente in to jede in to an hous, and wolde that no

P comaundement vv. 1 For vv. * Honoure thou u

dye by deeth vv.
s curseth vv.
vv, *
either vv.
v But vv. w That if o pr. m.
* seith vv. y either vv. yy Om. ceteri. z Om. v. a is of Q sec. m. vw.
b it schal vv. c ferther vv. d to don suvx. e either to vv. { g which vv.
36 brekynge vv.
is to 17.
h suche
liyk vv. Om. OUXY. k efte Jhesu vv. 1
Om. vv. m Om. vv. n hereth fix. vnder-
stoaditli PHTX. P it ben that defoulen a man, wliiche vv. c
a man PUVWXY, r Om. vv. tho defoulen i

a man x. Om. vv. * hath vv. u to heere vv. v Om. vv. w seide vv. x Om. AOX. or unstable,
or vntvyse pr. m.w 1 Om. o. z his XY. a Crist vv. b thoo 0017. tho x. Om. N. d Om. uv.
e and auoutries K. f mannus o. g auarisis G sec. m. our. MI'TIV sec. m. Y. h or
sleyngis coueytise
auarice A. Om. QUVX. '
an yuel vv. k
yre G pr. m. KSY. blasphemye GUV.
m and folye MPQTXY. '

n Om. o. P fro thennes vv.

thingis v.

h for k. Om. c hath ubeliika. k Tho Kk. "' Om. cs pr. m. eghika/3.
i
et pluret el u/3. J 1
conieth hi.

P 2
 108 MARK. VII. 25 36.

the endesi of Tyre and Sidon. And he man and he my3te not be hid.
wiste ;

gon in to an hows, wolde no man wite r 8

; For a womman, anoon as sche herd of25
v
and he mi3te not dare, or be priuy*. hym, whos dou3tir hadde an vnclene spi-
25 Sothli" a woinman, anon as sche herde of rit, entride, and fel doun at hise feet.
v
him, 'which wommanis dou3tir hadde an And the womman was
hethen, of the ge-26
vnclene spirit, entride, and fel doun atw neracioun of Sirofenyce. And sche prei-
achis feet. Sothli the womman was he- ede hym, that he wolde caste out a deuel
thene, of the generacioun of Sirefen x y. fro hir dorter. And he seide to hir, 27
And she preide him, that he wolde z caste Suffre thou, that the n children be fulfillid
27 out a deuel a fro 1'
hir dou3tir. The c which first ;
not good to take the breed
for it is
d e
seide to hir, Suffre thou the sones be of children, and 3yue to houndis. Arid2
fulfild
f
first ; it isnot good to take the sche answeride, and seide to him, 3is
bred of sones, and sende h to houndis. Lord for litil whelpis eten vndur the
;

2 And she answeride, and seide to him, bord, of the crummes of children . And 29
Forsothe 1
, Lord for whi and k litle welpis
;
Jhesus seide to hir, Go thou, for this
eten vndir the bord, of the crummes of word the feend wente out of thi dou3tir.
2'J children.
m
And Jhesus seith to hir, For 1
And whanne sche was gon in to hirso
this word went out of
go", the fend is hous home, sche foonde the damysel lig-
sothi dou3tir. And whanne she hadde gon gynge on the bed, and the deuel gon out
r
horn?, she fond the wenchei sittinge on
8
fro? hir. And eftsoones Jhesus 3ede out.ii
v
v
the bedd, and the deuel" gon out fro hir . 1
fro the coostis of Tire, and cam thorou
31 And eftsoone w Jhesus goynge out fro x Sidon to the see of Galilee, bitwixei the
the endisy, W coostis1 , of Tire, cam thurj*
b
myddil of the coostis of Decapoleos.
Sidon to the see of Galilee, 'that is bi- And bryngen to hym a man deefsa
thei

twixe c the myddil eudis d of Decapoleos. and doumbe, and preieden hym to leye
v

32 And thei leeden to hitn e a deef man and his hoond r on hym. And he took hym 33
doumb, and preieden him, that he putte
f
asidis fro the puple, and puttide" hise
33 to him the bond. And he takynge him fyngris in to hise eris; and he spetide 1 ,

asydisS fro the cumpanye, sente

1'
his fyn- and touchide his tonge. And he bihelde34
k eeris and 1
in to heuene, and sorewide with ynne,
gris' in to
his litle ; spetinge
3-1 towchide his tunge. And he biholdynge and seide, Effeta, that is, Be thou open-
ra
in to heuene, sorwide withynne , and yd. And anoon hise eris weren openyd, 35
seith n , 'Effeta, that is Be thou openyd, ,
and boond of his tunge was vn-
the
:$5And anon his weren openyd, and eerisi' boundun, and he spak ri3tli. And he 36
the bond of his tunge isi unbounden, and comaundide to hem, that thei schulden
:;he spak ri3tly. 'And he comaundide to seie to no man but hou myche he co-
;

hem, that thei schulden seye to no man

r
; maundide to hem, so myche more" thei
v
forsoth how moche he comaundide to prechiden, and bi so myche more thei 37

hem, so moche more thei prechiden more, wondriden, and seiden, He dide wel alle

q coostis VVXY pr. m.

r that no vv. s
wite, or knone MPQTY. to witen s. * be priuy AO. be hid vr.
w to vv.
w hois MPQTVVXY. Sirofenysse MPTXY pr. m.
u Forsothe vv. v x
daren x. kyn vv. y
2 schuld o. a b of g. c Om. vv. d that the vv. Om. xv e to be
Sirofenice v. fend vv. pr. m.
psw sec. m. XY. f fillid vv. Om. v. S h it v sec. m. sende it GXY. forsothe Q sec. m. >
3yue 3is,

3he vv.
k also vv. '
he vv. m saide OQSVV. n goo thou vv. Om. ANOUVW sec. m. P in to hir
r s * Om. v. u fend vv. v Om. v. w efte vv.
hous vv. 1 damysel vv. liggynge vv. vpon o.
x of vv. y coostis vr. z Om. AOVVX. a by vv. b Om. vv. c bytween os. bitwe x. d coostis vv.
h
putte v pr.m. puttide v sec. m.
him to f and thei vr. S asides half vv. aside x.
e
fyngre N.
'
l/.

k Om. vv. 1
and he vr. m inwardely vv. n seith to him NQ sec. m. seide vv. Om. vv. P eeren o.
<l was vv. r Om. K.

n Om. k sec. m. litilchildren k pr. m. P of c. 1 bitwene k. r hondis k. i.

putte spette
c. u the more ihi. v the more i.
spatte
 vii. 37 vm - MARK. 109

37 and by that the 3 more thei wondriden, sey- thingis, and w he made x deef men to here,
inge, He dide wel alle thingis, and deef and doumbe men to speke.
men he made to heere, and doumbe' for"
to speke.
CAP. VIII. CAP. VIII.
1 In tho dayes, whanne moche cumpenye In tho daies efty, whanne myche puple i

v
'of peple was with Jhesu, and hadde not was with Jhesu, and hadden not what
what thei schulden ete, his disciplis ga- thei schulden ete, whanne hise disciplis
2 derid w to gidere, he seith x to hem, I haue weren clepid togidir, he seide to hem, 1 2
v
rewthe on? the cumpanye of peple z , for haue reuth on the puple, for lo now !

a
loo ! now day 'the thridde thei susteynen, the thridde dai thei abiden me, and ban*
W abyden h
me, and ban not what thei not what to ete; and if Y leeue hem fast-3
3 schulen ete; and if I leeue hem fastinge hous a thei schulen
c
ynge in to her , faile
e
in to her d hous thei schulen faile in the , in the weie ; for summe of hem camen
weye ;
forsothe summe of hem camen fro fer. And
hise disciplis answerden to 4
4 fro fer. And disciplis
f
answeriden to hym, Wherof schal a man mowe b fille
v

him, Wherof a man schal b mowe fille hem with looues here in wildirnesse bb ?
hem' with loones here in wildirnesse k ? And he axide hem, Hou many looues 5

5 And he axide hem, How manye looues ban 36 ? Whiche c

seiden d
, Seuene. And c
ban 36? The whiche seiden, Seuene. 1
he comaundide the puple to sitte doun on
e And he comaundide the
m n
the erthe. And he took the seuene looues,
cumpanye to
sitt doun on the erthe. And he takynge and dide thankyngis, and brak, and 3af
seueneP looues, and doynge thankynges, to hise disciplis, that thei schulden sette

brak, and 3af to his disciplis, that thei forth. And thei settiden forth to the
schulden puttei forth. And thei setten r puple. And
hadden a few smale 7
thei

7 forth to the
cumpany. thei hadden And fischis and he blesside hem, and co-
;

a fewe smale
fischis and he blesside hem, ; maundide, that thei weren sette forth.
and comaundide for 8 to be* put" forth. And thei eten, and weren fulfillid and ;

s And thei F eeten, and ben w fulfild x

e f
and ; thei token vp that that lefte of relifs ,
thei token vp that lefte of relyf *, smale W seuene lepis. And thei that eeten, weren 9

\tgobatis
z
, seuene leepis a
. Forsoth thei as& foure thousynde of men; and he lefte
b hem. And anoon he wente vp in to a
that eeten, weren as foure thousand of 10

10 men; and he lefte hem. And anon he boot, with hise disciplis, and cam in to
Vente vp d in to a boot, with his disciplis, the coostis of Dalmamytha. And then
and 6 cam ee in to the partis of Dalmamy- Farisees wenten bigunnen to
out, and
h
iitha. And
Pharisees wenten out, and bi- dispuyte with hym, and axiden a tokne

gunnen to seke
f
axe%, with him, ax- , W of hym fro heuene, and temptiden hym.
ynge
h
a tokene of hyrn fro heuene, tempt- And he sorewynge 'with ynrie' in spirit,
12

i2inge hym. And he sorwynge withynne' seide, What sekith this generacioun a
in spirit, seith k What sekith this genera-
, tokne? Treuli Y seie to 3ou, a tokene schal

s Om. Kur. * doumbe men VVY. n Om. syx. v Om. vr. w clepide vv. x seide uv. y of o.
* Om. vr. a bi thre b Om. AX. c d Om. Y e housis MY.
dayes vv. schal delyuere vv. pr. m.
' the disciples MPXY.
hise disciplis vr. S answeringe Y. h schal a man PVVXY. '
these men vr.
k desert vv. vr. m to the N.
'
Om.n Om. QY
pr. m. to mete vv. P the seuene QT sec. m. XY.
1 putte hem p. sette vr. T settiden vv. 8 Om. osvt'x. * Om. N. u sett v. v thei alle
e sec.m.
w weren uv. * fillid vv. J the relyf o. z Om.
MOPQSTVVW sec. m. XY. a
relyues vv. leepis ful .w.
b Om. <?. d e Om. vv. ee camen K.
lepful AY.
c thousandis o. f
styinge vr. speke A. dispute vv.
axe x. g Om. AX. or to axe PTUV. h Q sec. m. '
vr. k seide uv.
seekinge inwardly

w bothe i. for Kghi. * hath maad i. y Om. k. z thei han k. a housis k. b Om. k. bb this
wildernesse R pr. in. c The whiche i. d seiden to him k. e mas leite is. f the relifs h. S Om. k.
h and thei i. '
Om. k.
 110 MARK. VIII. 13 27.

cioun a tokene 1
? Treuly I seie to 3011, not be 3ouun to this generacioun. And is

if" 1
a tokene" schal be 30111111 to this ge- he lefte hem, and wente vp eftsoone in
v
isneracioun. And
he leeuynge hem, wente to a boot, and k wente ouer the see. And 14

vp'' eftsoonei in to a boot, and wente ouer thei for3aten to take breed, and thei had-
14 the see. And thei foi^aten to r take breed, den not with hem but o loof in the boot.
and thei hadden not with hem no s
but o And he comaundide hem, and seide, Se \&
v
isloof in the boot. And he comaundide to 36, and be war of the sowre dow3 of
1

v s
hem, seyinge, Se 36*, and be 3e u war of Farisees" and of the sowrdow3 f E-
1
,

the sourdow3 of Pharisees, and v sourdow3 roude. And

thei thoujten, and seiden 16

16 of Eroude. And thei thou3ten 'oon to oon to anothir, For we han not looues.
w For we han not breed x And whanne
another, seiynge , . this thing was knowun, 17
hem, What thenken 36,
z
17 They which thing knowun, Jhesus seith Jhesus seide to
to hem, What therike 36, for 36 han not for 36 han not looues ? 3't 3e knowun
breed a ? 3't 3e knowen not, ne b vndir- not, ne n vndurstonden 3it 3e han 3oure ;

stonden ; 3it 36 han 30111-6 herte blyndid c . herte blyndid. 3 e hauynge i3en, seen IB

is 3e hauynge y3en, seen not, and 36 hauynge not, and 36 hauynge eeris, heren not ;

eeris, heeren not ; nether 30 han mynde, nethir 36 han mynde, whanne brak Y 19

i9whanne I brak fyue looues in to fine fyue looues among fyue thousynde, and
thousande d , and hou manye cofFyns ful of hou many cofynes ful of brokun meete
x V X
brokene mete e 3e token f vp? Thei seyn 3e tokunP vp? Thei seieni to hym,
20 to him, Twelue. Whanne and& seuene Twelue. Whanne also r seuene looues 20
v
looues in to four thousande' 1
of men', how among foure thousynde of men, hou
V
k
of "brokene mete many lepis of brokun mete tokun 36 vp ?
1

many leepis 3e token'"

2ivp"? And thei seyen , Seuene. And he And hym, Seuene. And he 21
thei seien to
seide to hem, How vndirstonden 36 not seide to hem, Hou vndurstonden 30 not
223it? And thei comen to Bethsayda, and 3it? And thei camen to Bethsaida, and 22
theibryngen to him a blynd man, andP thei 8
bryngen to hym a blynde man, and
preieden hym, that he schuldei touche thei preieden hym, that he schulde*
2.3 him. And the bond of the blynd man touche hym. And whanne he haddeas
takun, he ledde him out of the streete, take the blynde mannus hoond, he ledde
v
and r spetynge in to his y3en, his hondis hym out of the street, and" spete in to
put to,he s axide him, if he sy3 ony thing. hise and sette w hise hoondis on
i3en,
24 And
25 trees
he biholdinge, seith 1 I se men as
walkynge". Aftirward eftsoones
he w puttide x hondis on his y3en, and he
z
bigan for*" to se, and he is restorid, so
2Cthat he sy3 clerely alle thingis. And he
,

Y,.
hym
ony thing.
se
eftsoones

i3eri,
;

men
and he axide hym,

as trees walkynge.
he sette hise hondis on hise
and he bigan to
,
if

And he fbihelde, and seide, 24 1 he saw

. -

Aftirward 25 em to ^ m0 f.

see,
he saye

the bodies of

and he was
.

j,

heere - *

sente him in to his hous, seyinge, Go a in restorid, so that he sai3 cleerli alle

to thi hous ; and if thou schalt go in to the thingis. And he sente hym in to his 26
b
27 streete, seye to no man. And Jhesus hous, and seide, Go in to thin hous ;
and

signe, either myracle ur.

m Om. NQ m. ur. jif for o.
n not be m. ur.
signe ur.
1
sec. fit) sec.
P steijede ur. 1 efte ur. r for to o. s Om. A. * Seeth x. u be OPTW. beth QSXY. v
and of
the prxv. w x looues urxv. y Om. vr. z seide ur. a looues vr.
seiynge ech to other vr.
''
neither sur. c o. d thousondes o. e ur. f token G sec. m. pQTvrxY. S also ur.
blynde relyues je
ll
thousondis o. '
Om. r. k
lepful QX. lepisful v.
1
relyues vr.
m token 36 asec.m. FQTvrxv.
n Om. vr. seiden K. P and thei vr. q wolde ur. r and he UK. s Om. r. * seide ur. u
goinge r.
v efte vr. x y Om. surx. z was F. a Go thou ur. b
Crist ur. putte SA. seye thou ur.

k and he i. '
beth war i. biwar s. be je war hi. m the Farisees a^. n neither k. Om. s pr. m.
P token je i. 1 seiden k. r Om. sib. s
brou3ten k.
* wolde i. u and he i. T
spettide i.
w settide i. sette to b.
 VIII. 28 3 8- MARK. Ill

c
entride yn and his disciplis in to the cas- ifthou goist in to the streete, seie to no
tels of Sezarie of d
Philip. And in the man. And Jhesus entride and hise dis-27
weye he axide his disciplis, seiynge to ciplis in to the of Cesarye of
castels

hem, Whom seyn men me for to be ?

e
Philip. And in the weie he axide hise
28 The whiche answerideu
f
v
to hym, seiyngeS, disciplis, and seide to hem, Whom seien
Summe John h
, Baptist ;
othere seyn, He- 1
men that Y am ? Whiche x answeriden 28

lye ; but k
othere seyn, as oon of the pro-
1
to hym, and seiden, Summen >
seien,

29phetis. Thanne he seith to hem, But whom Joon Baptist ; other2 seien, Heli ; and*

seye 30 me for m to be ? Petre answeringe, other b seien, as oon of the prophetis.

30 seith to him, Thou ert Crist. And he Thanne he seith to hem, But whom 29
thretenyde" hem, that thei schulden nat seien 30 that Y am ? Petre answeride,
si seie to ony man of him. And he bigan and seide to hyrn, Thou art Crist. And so
for to teche hem, for it bihoueth mannis he chargide hern, that thei schulden not
sone suffrei" manye thingis, and to be re- seie of hym to ony man. And he bigan 31
V

proued of the hi3este prestisi, el- and of to teche hem, that it bihoueth mannus
dere men , and scribis*, and to be slayn,
r 8
sone to suffre many thingis, and to be
and aftir thre dayes, for" to rise a3en. repreued of the elder men, and of the
32 And he v spak playnli w the word. And c
hi3est prestis, and the scribis, and to be
Petre takynge him x ,
bygan for? to blame slayn,and aftir thre dayes, to rise a3en.
b
33him z
. The" which turnyd , seynge his And he spak pleynli d the word. And 32
d Go
disciplis, manaside Petre c , seiynge , Peter took hym, and bigan to blame
6 f
aftir me, Sathanas ; for thou sauerist not hym, and seide, Lord, be thou merciful
thos thingis that ben of God, but tho to thee, for this schal riot be. And he 33
34
thingis that ben of men. And the cum- turnede, and sai3 hise disciplis, and ma-
v
h and seide, Go after me,
panye of peple gederid , with his disci-
1
riasside Petir,

plis, he seide to hem, If ony man wole

Sa tanas; for thou sauerist not tho thingis
sue k me, denye he him self, and take he 1
that ben of God, but tho thingis that
35 his cros, and sue he m me. ben of men. And whanne the puple34
Sothly" 'who so
wole makeP his soulei, ^ihnt his lyf r , is, was clepid togidere, with hise disciplis,
saf s , he* schal leese it ; forsothe he that he seide to hem, If ony man wole come
schal leese his soule", ''that his w after me, denye he e hym silf, and take
is, hjf ,

for me and the gospel, schal make it saf. his cros, and sue he me. For he that 35
x
seSothli what "profiteth it a? man, if he wole make saaf his lijf,
schal leese it ;

z
wynne the world, and do peyringe to
al and he that leesith his lijf for me, and
37 his soule" ? or b what chaurigyng schal a for the gospel, schal make it saaf. For 36
38 man 3yue for his soule ? Forsoth 'who what profitith it to a man, if he wynne
that c schal knoleche me, and my wordis d al the world, and do f peiryng to his
e
in this generacioun auoutresse , and man- soule? or what chaunging schal a mans;

c Om. vv. d and o. c Om. svrx. f Om. vr. S seyinge to hym vr. h Summen seyn vv.
'
othere
men vr. k forsothe vv. othere men
'
vr. m () m . svrx. manasside vv. thrette x. Om. svvx.
v to suffre G sec. m. MPQSTXY. for to sofre ow sec. m. <1 eldere men vv. r the eelder o. the
hijest vr.
9
prestis vr. of the scrihis vr. Om. surx. v Om. K. w x Crist vr. 7 Om. sx.
openli vr.
1 a Om. vr. b turned and
hym, and seide, Lord, be tliou merciful to thee, for this schal not be. vr.
sec. m. Q sec. m. turnynge and o. c to Petre
AMNOPQTXY. d and seide vr. e thou Sathanas vr.
f vnderstoudest vr. g Om. x. h Om. vr. k come aftir vr. '
Om. sx.
clepid togidere vr.
i

m Om. s. n For vr. he that vr. P make saf vr. <1 vr. r Om. Avrx. that
is, N. or lyf o.
liyf lijf
* Om. vr. l Om. vr. u w Om. Aosvrx. * schal it
lijf vr. profile vr. y to a AGMtfopQSTvrv.
1 owne soule x. b either v. "ifamani/r. d worde o. e auoutresse and synful 9 xec. m.
wynneth o.
auoutresse and synneresse vr.

* The whiche i. 7 Summe sghk.

z othere men k
pr. m.
a forsothe k
pr. m.
b othere men k pr. m.
c of is
pr. m. ghi. Om. s sec. m. of the k. d
openly k.
e Om. k. f dooth k.
 112 MARK. VIII. 39 IX. 10.

nis sone schal knowleche him, whanne he 3yue for his soule? But who that knou-ss
schal come in the glory of his fadir, with lechith rneand my wordis in this gene-
39 his auugels. And he seide to hem, Treuly racioun avowtresse and synful, also man-
for 'ther ben sumrne of men nus sone schal knouleche him, whanne
f
I seie to 3011,

stondinge here, 'the whiche^ schulen not he schal come in the glorie of his fadir,
taste deeth h til thei sen the rewme of God
, with his aungels. And he seide to hem, 39
comynge in vertu. Treuli Y seie to 3011, that there hen sum-
men stondynge here, whiche schulen not
taste deth, til thei seen the rewme of
God comynge in vertu.

CAP. IX. CAP. IX.

1 And dayes Jhesus took Petre,
aftir sixe And aftir sixe daies Jhesus took Petre, i

k
and' James, and John, and ledith hem by and James, and Joon, and ledde hem bi
m
hem selue aloone in to an hi3 hil ; and 1
hem silf aloone in to an hi$% hille and ;

2 he is transfigurid byfore hem. And his he was transfigurid bifor hem. And 2
clothis ben maad schynynge and white hise clothis weren maad ful schynynge
ful moche as" snow, and whichP maner and white as snow, whiche maner white
clothisi a fullere, 'or walkere of clofh
r
, clothis a fuller may not make on erthe.

:<may not make white on erthe. And And Helie with Moises apperide to 3
Helye with Moyses apperide to hem, and hem, and thei spaken with Jhesu. And 4
4 thei weren spekynge with Jhesu. And Petre answeride, and seide to Jhesu,
8
Petre answeringe seith to Jhesu, Mais- Maister, it is good VSK to be here and h ;

tir, it is good vs for

1
to be here make" ;
make we here thre tabernaclis, oon to
we here thre tabernaclis, oon to thee, oon v thee, oon to Moyses, and oon to Helie.
5 to Moyses, and oon to Helye. Sothli he For he wiste not what he schulde seie 5 ;

wiste not what he schulde seie ;

forsothe vv for thei weren agaste bi drede. Andc
weren agastw by drede. And ther is
v
fithei ther was maad a cloude overschadew-
inaad* a cloude? schadewinge hem and a ynge hem and a vois cam of' the cloude,
z
; ;

voys cam of* the cloude, seyinge, This is and seide, This is my moost derworth
my mooste deereworthe sone, heere 36 sone, here 30 hyrn. And anoon thei;
7 Arid anon thei biholdinge aboute,
him. bihelden aboute, and sayn no more ony
b
sy3e no more any man, no but Jhesus man, but Jhesu oonli with hem. And a
soonly with hern. And hem c comynge whanne thei carnen doun fro the hille,

down fro the hil, he comaundide hem d ,

he comaundide hern, that thei schulden
that thei schulde not telle any man
to not telle to ony man tho thingis that
tho thingis that 6 thei hadde seyn, no f but thei hadden seen, but whanne mannus
whanne mannis sone hath risun fro sone hath risun a3en fro deeth. And 9
u'deede spiritis
})
. And thei heelden' the thei helden the word at hem silf, sek-

ynge what this schulde be, whanne he

k
word at hem silf, sekynge what schulde 1

be, whanne he hath risun n fro deede . hadde risun a3en fro deth. And thei 10

10 And thei axiden him, seyinge P, What axiden hyrn, and seiden, What thanne

h the deeth o. Om. v. k ledde NQX. he ledith ur.

f summe ben vr. S whiche vr. that x. '

1 alooue asides half ur. r pr. m. m Om.

n like o. Om. vv. P what Qurxv. 1 Om. MTPY pr. m.
r Om. AMOPQTW sec. TO.
xvpr. m. either touker vr.
s seide vr. l
Om. sue x. u and make vr. v and
oen x. w
for vv. w aferd vr. * Om. vr. y cloude was maad vr. z bischadowynge K. a fro ur.
h deeth o. deed
b Om. o. c thei u. he v. <1
to hem vr. whiche vr. f not N. e rise ajen ur.
men vr. deade x. heelden togidere o.
' k anentis vr. 1
what thei u. m schal haue g sec. m. "rise
vr. deth OQX. deed men r. P and seiden vr.

S Om. H pr. m. k. SS to vs K. h Om. A sec. m. i sec. m. b pr. m. '

out of k.
 IX. II 22. MARK. 113

therfore seyn Pharisees^ and scribis and for k

1
", for seien Farisees scribis, it bi-
nit bihoueth Helye for to come first. The 8 1
houeth 'Helie to 1
come first. And hen
which answeringe seith u to hem, Whanne answeride, and seide to hem, Whanne
Helye schal come first, he schal restore Helie cometh, he schal first restore alle
v
alle thingis ;
and hou it is writun 'in to thingis ; and as it is writun of mannus
mannis sone, that he suffre many thingis, sone, that he suffre many thingis, and be
12 and be despisid. But I seie to 300, for dispisid. And Y seie to 3ou, that Helie 12
w
and Helye is comun, and thei diden to is comun, and thei diden to hym what
him what euere thingis thei wolden, as it euer thingis thei wolden, as it is writun
13 is writun of him. And he comynge to of hym. And he comynge to hise disci- 13

his disciplis, syj a greet curnpany aboute plis, sai'3 a greet

cumpany aboute hem,
u hem, and axynge^ with hem. And
x and scribis disputynge with hem. And
scribis 14

anon al the cumpanye" seynge Jhesu, was anoon the puple seynge Jhesu, was
al

astoneyed, and thei a dreden ;

and thei astonyed, and thei dredden; and thei ren-
nynge gretten hym. And he axide hem,
b
larennynge greeten to, him. And he axide is

lohem, What seken 36 among 3ou? And

c
What 11
disputen 30 among 3ou ? And i

oon of the cumpany answeringe seide, oon of the cumpany answerde, and
Maistir, I haue brou3t to thee my sone seide, Mayster, Y haue broii3t to thee
d
i7hauynge'an vnclene spirit; the which
6
my sone, that hath a doumbe spirit;
wher euere he f 'schal take& hym, hirtith h and where euer he takith hyrn, he 17

him 1
,
and he frothith k ,
W vometh and }
,
hurtlith" doun, and he" fometh",
1

hym
betith to gidere with teeth, and wexith and betith togidir with teeth, and wex-
drye. And I seide to thi disciplis, that thei ith drye. And Y seide to thi disciplis,
schulden caste hym out, and thei my3ten that thei schulden caste hym out, and
n
is not. The which answeringe to hem theimy3ten not. And he answeride to nt

seide, A! thouP schrewidigeneracioun'and hem, and seide, A thou generaciouii !

out of bileue hou longe schal I be at 3ou, 1

",
out of bileue, hou longe schal Y be
hou longe schal I suffre 3ou ? 'Brynge 3e
rr
among houP longe schal Y suffre
3ou,
19 hym to me. And thei brou3ten hym to 8 .
3ou Brynge 36 hym to me. And thei
? 19

And whanne he hadde seyn him, anon the brou3ten hym. And whanne he had seyn
spirit troublide* him ; and he cast doun him, anoon the spirit troublide him; and
in to the erthe, was" walewid frothinge v . wasi throw doun to grounde r and wale- ,

20 And he axide his Hou moche of w fadir, wide, and fornede. And he axide his 20
x sithen this thing fel> to
r

him Hou longe 'is it s

tyme 'it is , ? fadir, , sith this 'hath
21 And he seith z
,
Fro childhod a
; and ofte he falle
1
to hym ? And he seide, Fro child-
b
hath sent him c and d in to fier e and 'in to f
hode ;
and ofte he hath put hym in to 21

watirs, that he schulde leese him ;

but fier", and in to watir, to v leese hym ; but
and' thou maist ony thing, help vs,
1
if ifthou maiste vv ony thing, helpe vs, and w
k
22hauynge' mercy on vs. Sothli Jhesus haue merci on vs. And Jhesus seide to -22
seith 1 to him, If thou maist bileue, alle hym, If thou maiste bileue, alle thingis

1 the Pharisees vr. r the scribis vr. Om. svrY. * Om. vrx. u seide vr. T
on u. of r.
w * the scribis vr. axende z
also vr. y disputynge vr. to
gydere axinge M. togidere x. peple vr.
a Om. MPXY. b d a doumbe vr. e Om. vr. { Om. u.
gretten r. disputen vr. S taketh vrx.
h hurtlith vv. k vometh vr. > 1
Om. Avrx. orfometk ONWY. m biteth A. n Om. vr.
him doun r.
O! o. P the K. r vnbileeueful vr. 1 " Bringith M.
Om. vv. 9 Om. vr. t turblide MNP.

" Om. MY. T vr. w Om. vr. is MPUXY. is r. y bifelde vr. z seide vr. a
vomynge it jonge
childehod vr. b c Om. T. d
Om. Q. bothe vr. e the f Om. S watris N.
put u. fyre Q. Q. to T.
h Om. vrxv. '
thou hauynge Mprvrw sec. m. k of Y. l
seide v.

k that x. that Elie k.

J u
disputiden A pr.m.
m hnrtith s. hurlith hi. n Om. k. vometh IKQR.
ether frotheth marg. P K
and hou x sec. m. 'I he was KPQR
pr. m. s sec. m. x c sec.m. a.
r the
grounde e.
u the vv w Om. b
pr. m. k.
1
IB pr. m. l v for to k.
it is hap fel EP. hath bifalle K. fyr EIPR. may i.
VOL. IV. Q
 114 MARK. ix. 23 36.

thingis ben possible to a man bileuynge. ben possible to man x that bileuetb. And 23
as And anon the 'fadir of the child" cri- anoon the fadir of the child criede with
ynge with teeris seide?, Lord, I bilene ; teeris, and seide, Lord, Y bileue ; Lord?,
24 help thou myn vnbileuefulnesse 1. And helpe thou
z
myn viibileue". And whanne 24
whanne Jhesus hadde seyn the company Jhesus hadde seyn the puple rennynge
r
'of peple rennynge to gidere, he manaside togidere, he manasside the vnclene spi-
to 8 the vnclene spirit, seyinge
1
to him, rit, and seide to hym, Thou deef and
Thou deef and doumb spirit, I comaund dournbe spirit, Y
comaunde thee, go out
thee, go
u out fro him, and entre v
not w fro hym, and entre no more in to hym.
25more in to him. And he criynge, and And he criynge, and myche to breidynge b 25
moche to-breidynge him, wente out fro him, wente out fro hym and he was ;

him and he is* maad as deed, so that

;
maad as deed, so that many seiden, that
v
2Gmanye seiden, that he was deed. For- he was deed. And Jhesus helde his 26
soth Jhesus holdynge his bond, 'lifte vp hoond, and lifte hym vp and he roos.
:

27himyy; and he roos. Arid whanne he And whanne he hadde entrid in to an 27

hadde entrid in to an hous, his disciplis hous, hise disciplis axiden hym priueli,
axiden him priuely, Whi my3ten not we Whi my3ten not we caste hym out?
28 caste hyrn out? And he seyde to hern, And he seide to hern, This kynde in no2B
c d
This kynde z 'in no thing 3 may b go out c , thing may go out, but in preier and
29 no but in preier and fastinge. And thei fastyng. And thei 3eden fro thennus,29

gon fro thennis, wenten forth in to Galile ; and wente forth in to Galile and thei ;

:w and he wolde no d man wite. He e tau3te wolden not, that ony man wiste. And so
his disciplis, and seide to hern, For nian- he tai^te hise disciplis, and seide to hem,
f

nus sone schal be bitrayed in to the For e inannus sone schal be bitrayed in
hondis of men 8, and thei schulen sle to the hondis of men, and thei schulen
h
him, and he slayn, on the thridde day hym, and he slayn schal ryse a3en on
1
sle

si schal rise a3en. And thei kuewen not the thridde day. And thei knewen not 31
k
the word, and dredden for to axe him. the word, and f dredden to axe hym.
32 And camen
thei to Cafarnaum. Which And thei camen to Cafarnaum. And 32
whenne'he was in the hous, axide hem, 1
whanne thei weren in the hous, he axide
33 What tretiden 36 in the weie ? And thei hem, What tretiden 3e in the weie ?

weren stille ; sothli thei disputiden among And thei weren stille; for thei disput-33
hem m in the weie, who" of hem schulde iden among hem in the weie, who of
34 be more And he
sittinge clepide the
. hem schulde be grettest. And he sat, 34
twelue, and seith? to hem, If any man'i and clepide the twelue, and seide to hem,
ony man wole be the
ff
wole be the first among 3ou, he schal be If firste among
35 the laste r
, and 8
mynystre' of" alle. And 3ou, he schal be the laste of alle, and the
he takinge a childe, ordeynede him in the mynyster of alle. And he took a child, 35
myddil of hern whom whanne he hadde
v
;
and settes hym in the myddil of hem ;

Sfibyclippid, he seith"' to hem, Who euere and whanne he hadde biclippid hym, he
'schal receyue* oon of suche children in seide to hem, Who euer resseyueth oon 36

m On). G pr. m. n childes fadir Q. criede x. P seyende Jr. 1 vnfeithfulnesse v. r Om.vr.

u v entre thou vr. to xv. w no OVVXY. x was vv.

s Om. vr. * and seide vv.
go thou vr. gon
z
y many men vv. yy reiside him vr. lifte him vp Mir pr. m. Y. liftede hym vp x. kynd of deueles o.
c out in d not that e Forsothe he vr. f he seide s.
a Om. vv.
may not vv. >>
eny thing uv. ony VP.
h him GMOXY. in vr. k Om. svv x. thei weren vr.
i
m hem silf vv. n whiche o. '
g synneres N.
gretter v. the gretter
vr. P he seide v. Om. Y pr. m. r laste of alle vr. * and the r. mynystre
<l
*

or seruaunt MP. u to o. T vr. w seide vv. *

resseyueth vr.
myddis

c
* a man ghi. yOm. A set m. z 1
, Om. c. a vnbileuefulnesse c sec. m. k. l>
debreiding be. he cast k.
k. e Forsothe i pr. m. f and thei ik. ff wolde A pr. m. schal E. e settide k.
preiynge
 IX. 3748. MARK. 115

my name, he receyueth me ; and who of such children in my name, he res-

euere receyueth me, he receyueth not me seyueth ; me and who euer resseyueth
37aloone, but him that sente me. John me, he resseyueth not me aloone, but
answeride to him, seyirigey, Maistir, we hym that sente me. Joon answeride to 37
h d
sy3en sum oon for to caste out fendis
z a c
hym, and seide, Maister, we sayn oon
6 f
in thiname, the which sueth not vs, and castynge out feendis in thi name, which
as we han forbedun him. Sothli Jhesus seiths sueth not vs, and we han forbodun hym.
v
'to him h Nyle , je forbede him ; ther is no And Jhesus seide, Nyle 36 forbede him ; 38
k
man' that doth vertu my name, and in for ther no man that doith vertu in
is

so
may soone speke yuele of me. Forsothe my name, and may soone speke yuel of
40 he that not a3ens vs is for vs. Sothli
is
1
, me. He that is not a3ens vs, is for vs. 39
h a
who euere schal 3yue drynke to 3ou a And who euer 3yueth 3ou cuppe of40
cuppe of cold watir in my name, for 36 coold water to drynke in my name, for
ben of Crist, treuly I seie to 3ou, he schal 3e ben of Crist, treuli seie to 3ou, he Y
41 not leese his mede. And who euere 'schal schal not leese his mede. And who4i
k
sclaundre" oon of thes litle bileuynge in euer schal 1
sclaundre oon of these litle

me, it? is
good to^ him that a mylne stoon that bileuen kk in me, it were betere to
of assis r were don aboute his necke, and hym that a mylne stoon 'o/' assis were
1

42 were sent 5
in to the see. And if thin hond don aboute his necke, and he were cast
sclaundre 1 thee, kitt it awey ; it is good to in to the see. And if thin hoond sclaun-42
thee 'feble tou entre in to lyf, than v hau- dre thee, kitte it awey ; it is betere to
w x
ynge twey hondis go in to helle, in to thee to entre feble in to lijf, than haue m
43fier 'that neuere schal be quenchid ,
where two" hondis, and go in to helle in to ,

the worm of hem deieth not, and the fier z that neuer schal be quenchid, where 43
fierP

44 is not quenchid. And if thi foot sclaun- the worm of hem dieth not, and the
3
dre thee, kitt it of; it is good to thee 'for fieris not quenchid. And if thi foote44
to b 'entre crokid
c
in to d euerlasting lyf, sclaundre thee, kitte it of; it is betere
than 6 hauynge twey f feet to be sent in to to thee to entre crokid in to euerlastynge
helle of h fier, 'that neuer schal be quench- lijf,
than hauei twei feet, and be sent
45 id', where the worm of hem deieth not, in to helle of fier, that neuer schal be
46 and the fier is not quenchid. That if thin quenchid, where the worme of hem dieth 45
k
y3e sclaundre thee, cast it out ; it is good not, and the fier is not quenchid. That 46
to thee 'for to entre
m 1
thin 136 sclaundre r thee, cast it out ;
gogil y3ed in to if

rewme of God, than hauynge tweyi' y3en

11
it is betere to thee to entre gogil i3ed in

47 fori to be sent in to helle of

r
fier, where the to the reume of God, than haue s twey

worm of hetn deieth not, and the fier is i3en, and be sent in to helle of fier,

4 not quenchid. Forsoth euery man schal 8

where the worme of hem dieth not, and 47
be saltid, 'or maud sauori with fier, and 1
,
the fier not quenchid.
is And euery 48
euery
u
slayn sacrifice schal be sauorid v man schal be saltid with fier, and euery

y and seide vr. z han sein N. a w. man vr. Om. b Om. Q sec. m. surxv. c Om. e sec. m. VVY.
e Om. vv. which man vr. f h to hem M. Om. vv. for no
castinge Q sec. m. vr. g seide vv.
''

man is vv. k and he K. 1

jou v.
m j ou Vm n sclaundreth vv. in to vv. P Ora. K. 1 more
to vv. r an asse MPY pr.m. s cast v. * sclaundreth vv. u that thou feble vv. v than that thou vv.
x to z fier of hem o. a sclaundreth vv. b to sx.
two MOPUXY. go a
y vnquencheable vv.sec. m. osx.
thatur. c totheo. e than that thou vv.
thou crokid entre vv. 'twoMPXv. gdOm. vv. ^Om.MPXY.
k sclaundreth ovv. n the rewme
i
vnquencheable vv.
1
to MSXY. Om. p. that vv. ra thou entre vv.

A pr.m. GMOPQSVVXY. than that thou vr. P tweyne GV. twoMpxv. lOtn.suvx. r Om. MO. s ech
urx. '
Om. AX. u ech MVV. v saltid vv.

''Om.fpr.m.
'
Om. k. k Om. k. kk bileeueth R. '
Om
Apr. m. cEipquxb/jr. m. ck<z.
to haue
a twei EP. 1 to haue ik. r sclaundrith ubce.
jpRhi. tweyne RX. hellis x. P the fyr usbk.
to 1 aue k sec. m.
Q 2
 116 MARK. IX. 49 X. 14.

4!) with salt. Salt is

good thing ;
that if slayn sacrifice schal be maad sauery with
v what thing schulen Salt
salt be vnsauori, in salt. is
good; if salt be vnsauery, 49

36 make it sauori? Haue 36 salt in 3011, in what thing schulen 36 make it sauery?
and hane w Haue
3e pees among 3011. 36 salt among 3011, and haue 36 pees

among 3ou.
CAP. X. CAP. X.
1 And
Jhesus risynge vp fro thennis, cam And Jhesus roos vp fro thennus, and i

in to the endis x of Jude oner? Jordan ; cam in to the coostis of Judee ouer Jor-
x
and eftsoones z the cumpanyes a of peple b dan ; and eftsoones the puple cam togi-
v

camen c to gidere d to him, and as he dere to hym, and as he was wont, eft-
2 was wont, eftsoone 6 he
tai^te hem. And soone* he tau3te hem. And the Farisees 2

Pharisees 'comynge ny3 axiden him^, If h f

, camen, and axiden hym, Whether" it be
v
k
it be leefful to a man for
1
to leeue 1 , or leueful to a man to leeue his wijf ? and
v
'A
forsake, his wyf ? temptinge him". And hym. And he answeride,3
thei ternptiden

he answeringe seith to hem, What co- and seide to hem, What comaundide
4maundide Moyses to 3011? The? whiche Moises to 3ou? And thei seiden, Moises4
seiden, Moyses suffride to<i write a libel of suffride to write a libel of forsaking,

sforsakinge, and to forsake. To whom r and to forsake. 'To whiche v Jhesus vv'5
To x For the hard-
Jhesus anvSweringe seith 8 , the hard- answeride"', and seide ,

nesse of 3oure herte Moyses* wroot to 3011 nesse of 3oure herte Moises wroot to you
tfthis precept". Forsothe fro v the bigyn- this comaundement. But fro the bi-e
nyng of creature God made hem male gynnyng of creature God made hem
7 and female and he seide, For this thing;
male and female ; and seide, For this 7

a man schal leeue w fadir x and modir, and thing a man schal leeue hisy fadir and
8 schal clefe to his wif, and thei schulen be modir, and schal drawe to hys wijf, and a
tweyney in o fleisch. And so now thei thei schulen be tweyne z in o flesch. And
a ben not tweyney, but o fleisch. Therfore z so now thei ben not tweyrie, but o flesch.
b
that thing that a
God ioynede to gidere, Therfor that thing that God ioynede a 9
io
v
no man departe . And eftsoone'1 in the togidere, no man departe. And eftsoone 10
hows his disciplis axiden him of the same in the hous hise disciplis axiden hym of
11
thing. he seith e to hem, Who euere
And the same thing. And
he seide to hern, n
'schal leeue f his wyf, and wedde^ another, Who euer leeuith his wijf, and weddith
12 he doth auoutrie vpon 1'
hir. And if the another, he doith auowtri on hir. And 12
v
k hir housebonde, and
wyf schal leeue' hir hosebonde, and be if the wijf leeue
1'

is weddid to another, she doth auoutrie. And be weddid to another man c , sche doith
thei offriden to him litle children, that he letcherie. And thei brou^ten to hym is

schulde touche hem sotheli disciplis thret-

;
1
litle children, that he schulde touche
uenyden"
1
to" men offringe. Whom whanne hem ; and the disciplis threteneden the
v
Jhesus hadde seyn, he baar heuye, or vn- men, that brou3ten hem. And whanne 14

wort/iiliv, and seith 1 to hem, Suffre 30 Jhesus hadde seyn hem, he baar heuy,

v is ovi'. x coostis r. w Om. M. z efte vr. a b Om. vr. c cam x.

y bijonde vr. company ox.
d Om. vr. e efte
vr. g vr. f vr. h Whether v. ' is r. k Om. OQSTurx.
nei3ynge him, temptynge hym
1
forsake vr. m Om.Aovx. or to forsake N. n Om. vr. seide vr. P Oin. vrx. 1 for to o. r whiche cr.
s seide vr. * he vr. u
comaundement vr. v at vr. w forsake vr. * his fadir r. y two MPXY,
2 Therfor a man a which vr. c Om. vr. d efte vr. e seide vr.
departe not vr. hath ioynede vr.
t>

{ forsaketh vr. e weddeth vr. h

on vrx. i forsake vr. k is vr. '
the disciplis vr. m threteden s.
manassiden vr. thratten x. '
D Om. vr. Which vr. P vnworthili A. heuyly, or vnworthili Q. vmvor-
thili, or heueli vr. heuye x. 1 seide vr.

1 eft k pr.m. u Wher c et plurcs.

v To whom i. And k. vv he E. w answeride to hem A pr.m. c.
x seide to hem EQcgk. y Om. Ek. z two * hath ioined Rk. ^ leueth c et
\>cpr.m. e pr. m.g. i.
c
plures. Om.spr.m.
 x. i
S 25- MARK. 117

litle children for r to come to me, and for- and seide to hem, Suffre 36 litle children
v
bede 36 hem not, forsoth
5
of suche is the to d come to me, and forbede 36 hem not,
15
kyngdom of God".
3011, Treuli I seie to for of suche is the
kyngdom of God.
v
who euere schal not receyue v the kyng- Treuli Y seie to 3ou, who euer res- 15

dom w of God as this* litle child, he schal seyueth

e
not the kyngdom of God as a
16 not entre in to it. And he biclippinge litilchild, he schal not entre in to it.

hem, and puttinge hondis vpon 7 hem, And he biclippide hem, and leide hiseifi
17 blesside hern. And whanne Jhesus" was hondis on hern, and blisside hem. And 17
gon out in the weye, o a man rennynge whanne Jhesus was gon out in f the weie,

bifore, the
b
kne bowid c
preiede him, sei-
, a man ranne bifore, and knelide bifor
d
ynge , Goode maistir, what schal I do, that hym, and preiede hym, and seide, Good
18 1 receyue euerlastinge lyf ? Forsothe maister, what schal Y do, that Y res-
Jhesus seide to him, What seist thou me seyue euerlastynge lijf? And Jhesus i

good ? 'No man good hym, What seist thou, that Y

6 f ff
no but 'God , seide to
i9aloone. 'Thou hast knowen the co- 1'
am good ? Ther is no man good, but
rnaundementis, do thou non auoutrie, sle God hym silf. Thou knowist the co- 1!

not, stele not, seie not' fals witnessinge, maundementis, do thou noon auowtrie,
fraude, worschipe thi fadir and mo-
ff
do no 'sle not, stele not seie not fals witness-
,

k
aodir . And he answeringe seith to him"1 , 1

yng, do no fraude, worschipe thi fadir

Maistir, I haue kept alle these thingis fro and thi modir. And he answeride, and 20
21 my 3outhe n Sothli Jhesus 'biheld him,
. seide to hym, Maister, Y haue kept alle
and louyde hym ;
and he'' seide to him, these thingis fro my 3ongthe. And 21
O thing failith to thee ; go thou'i, selle Jhesus bihelde hym, and louede hym,
thou r what euere thingis thou 5 hast, and and seide to hym, O thing faileth to
t
3yue to pore men, and thou schalt haue thee go thou, and sille alle thingis that
;

tresour in heuene ; and come", sue v thou thou hast, and 3yue to pore men, and
22 me. The w which maad sorwful in the thou schalt haue tresoure in heuene ; and
word, wente awey mornynge, forsoth* come,, sue thou me. And he was ful22
23 he was hauyrige many possestiouns. And sori in the word, and wente awei rnorri-
Jhesus biholdinge aboute, seith? to his yng, for he hadde many possessiouns.
disciplis, How hard thei that han money And
z 3
Jhesus bihelde aboute, and seide to 23
schulen b entre in to the kyngdom
c
of God. hise disciplis, Hou' hard' 1
thei that ban
d
24 Forsothe the disciplis weren stoneyed in ritchessis schulen entre in to the kyng-
his wordis. And Jhesus eftsoone 6 an- dora of God. And the disciplis weren 24

sweringe seith to hem,

f
sones, 3e g litle astonyed in hise wordis
k
. And Jhesus
how hard thing 'it is', men k tristynge in 1'
eftsoone answeride, and seide 'to hem ',
3e litle children, hou hard it is for men
11
richessis 1 for to entre in to the kyngdom
00
25 of God. It is Ii3ter, "or esyer , a? camel that tristen in ritchessis to entre in to
for*i to r passe thorw 'a nedlis 5 y3e, than a 1
the kyngdom of God. It is h'3ter 325
riche man for" v
to entre in to the w camele to passe thorou a nedlis than
kyngdom i3e,

r Om. usur sec. 9 * Om. u the rewme God v

m. x. for ur. uv. of is of vr. resseyueth not vv.
w rewme ur. * a luurv. y *
and the o. c bowid bifore him ur. d and
on vvx. he vr. a a laurx. b
seide ur. e Noon ur. f is
good ur. ff Om. KT. S oo God ur. h Hast thou knowe r. i
no u. k thi
m Crist ur. n P Om. vr. 1 Om. MP.
modir ux. seide ur. jongthe ur. byholdynge him o.
'

1 Om. MP. * that thou K. *

jeue thou ur.
u come thou ur. v and swe o. w Om. vr. * for ur.
z schulen thei vr. a richessis vr. b Om. vr. c rewme vr. d e efte ur.
y seide ur.
astoneyed pur.
f seide ur. g Om. ur. h Om. ur. 'isitMi/r. k that men vr. l richesse MP. m Om. surx. n rewme ur.
lijtlier K. esier ur. Om. Qvrxv. P that a ur. <1 Om. qsurxv. r Om. ur. s an edlis GK3/P.
'
than that ur. u Om. svrx. T Om. vr. w rewme ur.

J for to M pr. m. Om. g.

e
resceyue bee.
f into I sec. m. k. {f stele not, sle not A. S jouthe KPHsk.
Ful i. i
of hard k. k word k.' '
Om. k.
 118 MARK. x. 26 37.

26 of God. Whiche wondriden y more, sey- a riche man to entre in to the kyngdorn
inge hem selue, And who may be
at z of God. And thei wondriden more, and 26
27maad saf? And Jhesus biholdinge hem, seiden among hem silf, And who may be
b
seitli* 'to hem Anentis men it is impos-
, sauyd ? And
Jhesus bihelde hern, and 27
sible, but not anemptis God for alle ; seide, Anentis men it is impossible but ,

aathingis ben possible anemptis God. And not anentis God for alle thingis ben
;

aftirward d Petre bigan for 6 to seye to possible anentis God. And Petir biganP28
him, Loo ! we han left alle
thingis, and to seie to hym, Lo ! we han left alle

2!>han sued thee. Jhesus answeringe seith f, thingis, and han sued thee. Jhesus an- 29
Treuli I seie to 3ou, 'ther is no mans that sweride, and seide, Treuli Y seie to 3ou,
schal leeue 1'

hous, or bretheren, or sistris

1
, ther is no man that leeueth hous, or bri-
or fadir, or modir, or sones, or feeldis for me theren, or sistris, or fadir, or modir, or
so and for the gospel, the k which schal not children, or feeldis for me and for the
taken an hundridfold so moche now in this gospel, which schal not take an hundrid 30

tyme, housis, and bretheren, and sistris fold so myche now in this tyme, housis,
1 111
,

and modris, and sones, and feldis, with per- and britheren, and sistris, andi modris,
secuciouns, and in" the world to comynge and children, and feeldis, with persecu-
31 euerlasting lyf. Forsoth many schulen ciouns, and in the world to comynge
be, the firste the laste, and the laste the euerlastynge lijf.
But many schulen be, 31

32firste. Forsothe thei weren in the weye the firste the last, and the last the firste.
sti3ynge to Jerusalem and Jhesus wente ;
And thei weren in the weie goynge vps2
bifore hern, and thei wondriden, and? to Jerusalem ; and Jhesus wente bifor
folowinge") dredden. And eftsoone r Jhe- hem, and thei wondriden, and foleweden,
sus 8 takinge to 1 twelue, bygan to seye to and dredden. And eftsoone Jhesus took
hem, what thingis weren to come" to him. the twelue, and bigan to seie to hem,
33 For lo we sti3en to Jerusalem, and
! what thingis weren to come to hym.
mannus sone schal be bitrayed to the v For lo we stien to Jerusalem, and 33
!

w mannus sone
princes of prestis, and to scribis , and to schal be bitraied to the
eldere* men ; and thei schulen dampne princis of prestis, and to scribis, and
him by deeth, and thei schulen bytake to the r eldre men ;
and thei schulen
34 him to hethene men. And thei schulen dampne hym bi deth, and thei schu-
scorne him, and byspeete^ him, and beete* len take hym to hethene men. Arid
him ; and thei schulen sle him, and in the thei schulen scorne hym, and bispetes4
3nthridde day he schal ryse a3en. And hym, and bete him ; and thei schulen
a
James and Jon, 'Zebedees sones 'camen ,
sle hym, and in the thridde dai he
ny3
b
to him, seyinge c , Maistir, we wolen, schal rise a5en. And James and Joon, 35
d
that what euere we schulen" axe, thou do Zebedees sones, camen 8
to hym, and
so to vs. And he seide to hem, What wolen seiden, Maister, we wolen, thatwhat
37 36 that I do to 3ou ? And thei seiden, euer we axen, thou do to vs.
1
And hese
h
3yue to vs, that we sitten 'that oon& at thi'
f
seide to hem, What wolen 36 that Y do
ri3thalf, and 'the tothir k at 'the left 1 , in thi to 3ou ? And thei seiden, Graunte to "37

d
y
wondringe Y.
z anentis vr. a seide vr. & Om. ur. c Oin. xv. Om. ur. ' Om. surxv.
{ seide vr.S no man is vr. h forsake ur. '
sistren v. k Om. vr. '
Om. w pr. m. m sisteren ou.
n in to o. l Om. Nvr.
comen sx. P and thei our. 1 suynge vr. r efte vr. s he vr.

u vr. v Om. MPX. w the scribes svr. x the eelder Aosvrv. y thei schulen ur.
comynge bispete
z thei a the sones of & c d euere
schulen beete ur. Zebedee ur. and seyn ur.
neijen vr. thing ur.
e Om. s. f
3 eue thou vr. S the toon AGNOQTY. the oon asur, the one PWX. on w. the G.
k that othir PQ. the other x. 1
thi left ANTW x. thi left half

vnpossible EPS. P gan pqiiuxbpr. m. ce. <1 and fadris and k. T Om. k. s comen s. * that
thou k pr. m. u Om. EI
pr. m. PQR pr. m. x.
 X. 3849- MARK. 119

seglorie. Forsothe Jhesus 'seith to hem", vs, that we sitten 'the toon v at thi ri3t-

3e witen not what 36 schulen axe ; mown half, and the totherw at thi left half, in

36 drynke the cuppe, the which I 'am toP

thi glorie. And
Jhesus seide to hem, ss
r 8
drynke, ori be waischun with the bap- 3e witen not what 36 axen ; rnoun 36
am baptisid ? And thei drynke the cuppe, which Y schal drynke,
1
39 tym, in which I

seiden to him, We mown. Sothli Jhesus or be waischun with the baptym, in which
seith 1
to hem, Treuli drynke 36 schulen Y am baptisid? Andy thei seiden to 39
the cuppe that" drynke, and 36 schulen
I hym, We moun. And Jhesus seide to
be waischun w with x the baptym, in which hem, 3? schulen drynke the cuppe that
40 1 am baptisid ; sothltf for z to sitte at my Y drynke, and 36 schulen be waschun
ri3thalf or lefthalf is
a not myn to 3yue to b with the baptym, in which Y am bap-
d
41 5ou, but to which it is ordeyned And . tisid ; but to sitte at my ri3thalf or left-40
e f z
the ten heeringe hadden endignacioun of half is not myn to 3yue to 3ou, but to
a
42 James and John. Sothli Jhesus clepinge whiche it is maad recli. And the ten 41

herden, and bigunnen to haue indigna-

1
hern, seith's to hem, 3e witen, that" thei
k cioun of James and Joon.
that semen', "or ben seyn , to haue prince- But Jhesus 42
hed 1 on m folkis,lordschipen n ben lordis , ,W clepide hem, and seide to hem, 3e witen,
of hem, and the princes of hem ban power that thei that semen to haue prynshode
43 of hem. Forsoth it is not so in 3ou, but of folkis, ben lordisof hem, and the
r
who euere schalP wolle bei maad more , princes of hem But 43
han power of hem.
44schal be 3oure mynystre, and who euere it is not so
among 3ou, but who euer wole
schal 8 wolle be the" firste in 3ou, schal be
1
be maad gretter, schal be 3oure mynys-
4sseruaunt of alle. Forwhi and mannis ter ; and who euer wole be the firste 44

sone cam not, that 'it schulde be mynys- among 3011, schal be seruaunt of alle. For 45
v
trid to him, but that he schulde mynys- whi mannus sone cam not, that it schulde
tre w , and 3yue his soule , 'or /#/*>', 're-
x
be mynystrid to hym, but that he schulde
1
dempcioun, or a^en biyng for inanye. , mynystre, and 3yue his lijf a3enbiyng for
4*;And thei camen a to Jerico; and him go- manye. And thei camen to Jerico and 46
;

b
ynge forth fro Jerico, and his disciplis, whanne he 3ede forth fro Jerico, and
v
d
and ac ful rnoche cumpany of peple , the hise disciplis, and a b ful myche puple,
sone of Tymey, Barthymeus, blynd, saat Barthymeus, a blynde man, the sone of
6
47 bisydis the weye beggynge. 'The which Thimei, sat bisidis the weie, arid beggide.
whanne he hadde herd, for it is
f
Jhesus of And whanne he herde, that it is c Jhesus 47
Nazareth, bigans to crie, and seye, Jhesu, of Nazareth, he bigan to crie, and seie d ,
h
the sone of Dauith, haue mercy on me. Jhesu, the sone of Dauid, haue merci
48 And manye thretnyden' bym, that he on me. And rnanye thretneden hym, 48
schulde and he criede moche
be stille ;
that he schulde be stille and he criede
;

k Da-
more Jhesu, the sone of Dauith, haue
, myche the more, Jhesu, the sone of
49 mercy on rne. And Jhesu stondinge
'
uid, haue merci on me. And Jhesus 4U

comaundide hym for to be clepid and ; stood, and comaundide hym to be clepid ;

n seide AGNOS. seide to hem vvw. Om. NQTVVW sec. m. XY. P Om. vv. 1 either vv. r
bap-
Om. * u which vv. w * in vv. z Om.
seide v. baptised vv. forsothe vv.
s in v.
tised vv. s. y

svvx. n it is uvx. b Om. NSX. c whom MQPSXY. d maad

redy ur.
e
bigunnen to haue UP.
B seide vv. ben seyn VVXY. h for
k Om. VVXY.
princehod, or ien lordis o.
f ' '
I/F. t/r.
dedeyne
m of y. n ben lordis vv. wopQTi/FJry. P Om. vv. Om.
1 to be N. r the
gretter vr.
a Om. i/r.

maad Q sup. ras. u Om. MOQTY m. v me schulde serue vr. w *

to be Miv. be serue vv. lyf ur.
t
pr.
z
y Om. MOFQurxY pr. m. redempcioun ovv. ajenbiynge MPQXY pr. m. ajeinbyinge, or redempcioun T.
a comen MVW. b out vv. c Om. vv. d Om. vv. e And UF. t was i;. & he gan o. he bigan I/F.
h of A:V. '
threteden sy. thratten x. k more,
seiynge vv.
l
of o^y. m Om. svvx.

T the oon EI. that oon k. w oother i. the which k. y Om. k. z it is k. a whom i. b Om.
c was cka. d seide xhi.
c/jr. m.gka.
 120 MARK. X. 50 XI. to.

thei clepiden" the blynde man, seiynge to and thei clepen c the blynde man, and
f

him, Be thou 'of betere herte, ryse vp' , seiens to hym, Be thou of betere herte,
1

50 he clepith thee. "The which% his cloth rise vp, he clepith thee. And he castide h ao
away, 'sturtinge cam to him. And
r
r>icast awei his cloth, and skippide, and cam to
Jhesus answeringe seide 8 to him, What hym. And Jhesus answeride, and seide 51
wolt thou I schal ' do to thee? The" to hym, What wolt thou, that Y schal do
blynde man seide to him, Maistir, that I to thee ? The blynde man seide to hym,
52 se. Sothli Jhesus seide to him, Go thou v , Maister, that Y se.
Jhesus seide to hym, 52
thi feith hath maad thee saaf. And anon Go thou, thi feith hath maad thee saaf.
he sy3, and suede him in the weye. And anoon he saye, and suede hym in
the weie.
CAP. XL CAP. XL
j And whanne Jhesus 'cam ny3 w to Jeru- And whanne Jhesus cam ny3 to Jeru- 1

salem and to Betanye, to" the mount of? salem and to Betanye, to the mount of
z 3
Olyuete, he sendith two of his disciplis, Olyues, he sendith tweyne' of hise disci-
2 and seith to hem, Go 36 in to the castel plis, and seith to hem, Go 36 in to the 2
that b is a3ens 3011 and anon 36 entrynge
; castel that is a3ens 5ou ; and anoon as 36
in c thidur schuleri fynde a colt tyed, on d entren there 36 schulen fynde a colt tied,
on which k no man hath sete 3it vntie
v

the e which non of men f sat 3it ; vn- ;

sbyndeS 36, and bryng h him. And if ony 36, and brynge hym. And if ony mans
1

man 'schal seie' ony thing to k 3ou', seie 36, seye ony thing to 3ou, What doen 36 ?
that" he 1
is nedeful to the Lord, and anon seie 3e, that he is nedeful to the Lord,

4 he schal leeue him hidur. And thei go- and anoon he schal leeue hym hidir.
a
ynge forth, foundeu a colt bounden by-" And thei 3eden forth, and founden a colt 4
fore the 3ate with outeforth, in the meet- tied bifor the 3ate with out forth, in the

ing of tweye weyes and thei vnboundenf ; metyng of twei weies and thei vn- ;

shim. And summe of men stondinge there tieden hym. And summe of hem that 5
seiden to hem, What don
vnbyndingei 36, stoden there seiden to hem, What doen
c the colt? 'And thei seiden to hem, as r
3e, vntiynge the colt? And thei seiden 6

Jhesus comaundide 8 to 1 hem ; and thei to hem, comaundide hem and

as Jhesus ;

u And thei brou3ten the colt thei leften it to hem. And thei brou3ten 7
;leften hem.
to and thei v w to x him her the colt to Jhesu, and thei leiden on
Jhesu, puttiden
z
8 clothis, and Jhesus sat vpon^ him . For- hym her clothis, and Jhesus sat on hym.
a
sothe manye strewiden her clothis in the And many strewiden her clothis in the a

weye, sotheli othere men kittiden b bovvis, weie, othere"1 men kittiden braunchis
'or braunchis K , fro d trees, and strewiden fro" and strewiden in the weie.
trees,
9 weye. And thei that wenten bi-
in the And thei that wenten bifor, and thati>
fore, and that sueden, cryeden, seyinge, sueden, crieden, and seiden, Osanna,
loOsanna, blessid is he that cometh in the 6 blissid is he that cometh in the name of 10
name of the Lord ; blessid the f kyngdom^ the Lord blessid be" the kyngdom of
;

n 1 And vr. T he cam

clepen vr. thou vr.
betere of K. P s seith Y.
stertynge out vr.
t Om. PXY. u Forsothe the vr.
" Om. MP. w vr. * atte vr. J Om. vr. z sente
nei3ede
MNPA-Y. a b which vr. Om. ar. d e Om. vr. { no man N.
tweyne GVV. twey o. vpon o.
h k
S vntye vr. brynge je NVV. bringeth sx. 1
3ou, What do je o sec. m.
>
seith vr. ajens Q.
m for vr. v. two MPX Y r Which vr. s hadde
tyed et
passim. P vntyen vr. q vntyinge vr.
comaundide vr. * Om.
AGMNPQSTVWX. u leften to vr. v Om. Q. w
putten svrx.
* on vr.
z hem i. a
y on svrx.
many men vr. b kitten x. c Om.
MOpQurxv. d of vr. e Om. PXY.
f that o. is the vr. S rewme vr.

e k
clepiden nhik.
f and thei EI. g seiden hik. h caste I.
*
two ihi. whom i. l
brynge 36 Ek.
and other b. n of k. is c.
 XI. ii 23. MARK. 121

'that cometh'
1
of oure fadir Danith 1 ; O- oure fadir Dauid that comeP Osanna is ;

k
nsamia in hi3tees . And he entride in to in hi3est thingis. And he entride in ton
Jerusalem, in to the temple ; and alle Jerusalem, in to the temple and whanne ;

seyn aboute, whanne the our was he 'hadde seyni al thing r aboute, whanne
1

thingis
rr
now euenyng" he wente" in to Betanye, 1
,
it was eue he wente out in to Betanye,
,

12 with twelue. And another And

day, whanne he with the twelue. anothir d aye, 12

13 wente out of Betanye, he hungride. And whanne he wente out of Betanye, he

whanne he hadde seyn af fyge tree afer hungride. And whanne he hadde seyn 1:1

hauynge leeuys, he cam, if happily he a fige tree afer hauynge leeues, he cam,
schulde fynde ony thing therynne ; and if happili he schulde
fynde ony thing
whanne he carni to it r he fond no thing, ,
theron ; and whanne he cam to it, he
out taken leeuys for it was no s tyme of ;
foonde no thing, out takun leeues for it ;

ufygis. And Jhesus answeringe seide to was not 5 tyme of figis. And Jhesus an- u
it, Now no more with outen ende ony sweride and seide to it, Now neuer ete
man ete fruyt of thee. And his disciples ony man fruyt of thee more. And hise
isherden; and thei camen* to Jerusalem. disciplis herden and thei camen to;
i.

And whanne he hadde entrid in to the Jerusalem. And whanne he was entrid
u x
temple, he bigan for to caste out men in to the temple, he bigan to caste out
sellinge and biggyngeF in the temple; silleris and biggeris in the temple and ;

and he turnyde vpsodoun the boordis of he turnede vpsodoun the bordis of chaun-
chaungeris, and the chaieris of men sell- geris, and the chayeris of men that selden

leinge culueris and he suffride not, that

; culueris; and he suffride not, that onyiu
ony man schulde here a vessel thur3 z the man schulde here a vessel thorou the
17 temple. And he tau3te hem, seyinge 3
, temple. And he tau3te hem, and seide, 17

Wher 1'
it is not writim, For myn hous Whether not writun,That myn hous
it is

schal be clepid the c hous of preiynge d to schal be clepid the hous of preyng to
alle folkis? forsoth 56 ban maad it a den alle folkis ? maad
but 36 han it a denne
is of theues. The e
which thing herd, the of theues. And whanne this thing was i

f
princes of prestis and scribis sou3ten hou herd, the princis of prestis and scribis
thei schulde leese him ; forsoth thei soii3ten hou thei schulden leese hym ;

dreden hym, for al the cumpanye "of pe- for ss thei dredden hyrn, for al the puple
19
pie wondride on his teching. And wondride on his techyng. And whanne is

h
whanne euenyng was maad, he wente euenyng was come, he wente out of the
1

20 out of the citee. And whanne thei pass- citee. And as thei passiden forth eerli,2i>
iden eerly, thei sy3en the fige tree maad thei sayn the fige tree rnaad drye fro the
21 drye fro the rootis. And Petre hauynge rootis. And
Petir bithou3te hym, and 21

mynde, seide to him, Maistir, lo the fyge ! seide to hyrn, Maister, lo the fige tree, !

tree, whom' thou cursedist, hath dryed vp. whom thou cursidist, is dried vp. And -22

22 And Jhesus answeringe seith

k and
to him 1
,
Jhesus answeride seide to hem,
2sHaue 36 the feith of God treuli I seie to ;
Haue 36 the feith of God; treuli seie 23 Y
3011, that who euere seith" to this hil, to 3ou, that who euer seith to this hil,

I'
Om.
VP. >
Dauith that cometh ur. k
he'ijthis MP. hije thingis ur. men vv. m now the euen- '

tyde houre was o. our was now

euenyng XY pr. m. n wente out G sec. m. ur, fro G sec. m. o.
v the u. 1 hadde come u. T Om. v. 8 not GMNOTurn~ sec. m. x. * comen GMPW. u Om. surx.
* Om. KX. y AGMNopQrurivv. biende sx. z thorow out N. a and seide vv. b Whether
biynge
x passim. c an our. d e Om. ur. f the scribis ur. S Om. ur. h euentide ur. the
prayere our.
euenyng x. which ur. > k seide ur. '
hem ur. m for u. u that saith o.

P to come R pr. m. hi. 1 hadde say A. si3 c. hadde seie s. thingis c.

" euene B. s no EIPQX
k pr. m. ss forsothe I. 4 theeuenyng I.
VOL. iv.
 122 MARK. XI. 24 XII. i .

Take , and sende? in to the and dout- see; Be thou takun, and cast in to the see;
ith not in his herte, but bileueth, for what and doute not in his herte, but bileu-
11

v
r
euerei he 'schal seye , be it maad, it schal 8
eth, that what euer he seie, schal be don,
24 be maad 1 to him. Therfore I seie to 3011, it schal be dou to hym. Therfor Y seie 24
alle thingis 'what euere thingis" 30 prei- to 3ou, alle thingis what euer thingis 36
ynge schulen v axe, bileue 36 that w 36 preynge schulen axe, bileue 36 that 36
x
schulen take, and thei schulen come to schulen take, and thei schulen come to
253011. And whanne 36 schulen stonde for? 3ou. And whanue 36 schulen stonde to as
to preie, for3yue 36, if 36 han ony thing preye, for3yue 3e, if 30 han ony thing
a3ens ony man, that and" 3oure fadir that 3 a3ens ony man, that 3oure fadir that is
is in heuenes, foi^yue to 3ou 3oure synnes. in heuenes, for3yue to 3011 3oure synnes.
26 That b if 36 'schulen not for3yue c, neither And if 36 for3yuen not, nether 3oure fadir 26
d in heuenes, schal for3yue to 3011
3oure fadir that is in heuenes, schal for- that is

273yue 3ou 3oure synnes

e f
. And eftsoone^ 3oure synnes. And eftsoone thei camen 27
thei camen' to Jerusalem. 1
And whanne 1
to Jerusalem. And whanne he walkide in
k
be walkide in to the temple, the hi3este the temple, the hi3este prestis, and scribis,

prestis, and scribis, and eldere men 'camen and the v elder men camen to hym, and w 28
x
28ni3' to him, and seien to him, In what seyn to hyrn, In what power doist thou
m these thingis ? or who 3af to thee this
power doist thou thes thingis? or who
v

3af to thee this power, that thou do" thes power, that thou do these thingis? Jhe-29
2:1
thingis ? Forsothe
answeringe Jhesus sus answeride and seide to hem, And Y
seith to hem, And I schal axe 3011 o word, schal axe 3ou o word, and answere 30 to
and answere 30 to me, and I schalP seie to me, and Y
schal seie to 3ou in what

3ou, in what power I do thes thingis. power Y do these thingis. Whether wasao
v
3!> Whether was the baptym of Johni of the baptym of Joou of heuene, or of
r
heuene, or of meji ? answere 36 to me. men ? answere 36 to me. And thei si

31 And thei thou3ten 'with inne 8 hem selue, thou3ten with ynne hem
silf, seiynge, If

seiynge, If we schulen seie of heuene, he we seien of heuene, he schal seie to vs,

schal seie to vs, Whi therfore bileuen* 30 Whi thanne bileuen? 30 not to him ; if 32

32 not to him ; if we schulen seie of men, we seien of men, we dreden the puple ;
we dreden the peple ; for u alle men had- for alle men hadden Joon, that he was
den John, for he was verily a prophete. verili a prophete. And thei answeryden,33
33 And thei answeringe seyen v
to Jhesu, We and seien z
to Jhesu, We witen neuer a .

witen neuere w . And Jhesu answeringe And Jhesu answerde, and seide to hem,
seith tohem, Neither I seie to 3ou, in Nether Y seie to 3ou, in what power Y
what power I do thes thingis. do these thingis.

CAP. XII. CAP. XII.

i And Jhesus bigan to speke x
parablyy, And Jhesus bigan to speke to hem in i

'or in parables 1 . A man plauntide a vyne- parablis. A

man plauntide a vyn3erd,
3erd
a
, and puttide b aboute c an hegge, and and sette b an hegge aboute it, and c dalf a

Be thou taken Nur. P be thou sent Nur. send thee x. 1 euer thing ur. r seith ur. schal
be ur. * don ur. u whiche euere ur. v Om. ur. w for ur. x tho ur. y Om. surx. z also ur.
a which ur. b For ur. c d which ur. e to ( Om. o.
for3euen not ur. 3ou luurxv. g efte u.
h comen GM et w passim. Y. Om.
'

u. k Om. ur. 1
comen ni3 MW. nei3en ur.
m either ur.
n don to o.of 3011 N. P 1 Jones Om. o.
T either ur. s with K. bileueden ur.
bapteme ur.
*

11
forsothe ur. v seiden u. w not ur. x to hem MNPur. y in parablis MNPUV. 7
Om. MNPurx.
speke
a b
putte MPSTX.
c abowt it
vyner ur. MOPQUFV.

u doutith
CEiMpQRsuxbceghika^.
v Qm. b. w and thei k. seiden CEipnk. y bileuiden i.

seiden cthik. a not k. b settide c and he

;

QRhi. i.
 XII. 2 MARK. 123

dalf a lake, and bildide d a tour, and hir- lake, and bildide a toure, and hiryde it
ede e it
f
to erthe tilieris, and wente forths to tilieris d , and wente forth in pilgrim-
2 in pilgrymage and sente b to the erthe
; age. And he sente to the erthe tilieris 2

tilieris in tyme a seruaunt, that he schulde in tyme a seruaunt, to resseyue of the

k
receyue' of the fruyt of the vyne3erd at of the fruyt of the vyr^erd.
1
erthe tilieris

3 the erthe tilieris. The whiche 'beten And thei token hym, and beeten", and 3
4 him takun", and leften him voyde. And leften hym voide. And eftsoone f
he 4
eftsoone he sente to hem another ser- sente to hem anothir seruaunt, and thei
uaunt, and thei woundiden him in the woundiden hyra in the heed, and tur-
heed, and ponyscheden P with chidingisi, mentiden& hym. And eftsoone he sente s
reprouyngis* . And eftsoone he sente another, and thei slowen hym, and othir
5
5 'or

another, and thei slowen him, and othere mo, betynge summe, and sleynge othere.
1

u but v w But 3it he hadde a moost derworth sone, 6

rno, betynge summe, sleynge
e othere. he hauynge ax sone
Therfore 3it and he sente hym last to hem, and seide,
most dereworth, 'and to hem he sente? Perauenture thei schulen drede 11

my sone.
him the laste, seyinge For by a hap thei z
, But the erthetilieris seiden togidere,This7
b
schulen schame my sone, 'or drede with is the eire ; come 36, sle we hym, and the
7 reuerencec . Forsothe the tenauntis seyden eritage schal be ourun. And thei tokun a

'to hem self, W

to gidere 6 This is the ,
hym, and killiden', and castiden k
out
eier ; come 36, sle we him, and the eritage without the
vyn3erd. Thanne what 9
8 schal be oure f . And thei takynge him, schal the lord of the vyn3erd do? He
castiden h out withoute the vyne3erd', and
v
schal come, and and 3yue
lese the tilieris
1
,

oslowen k 'Therfore what 1 schal the lord

. the vyn3erd to othere. Whether 36 han 10
m
of the vyne3erd do ? He schal come, and not red this scripture, The stoon which
leese the n tenauntis, and 3yue the vyne- the bilderis han disspisid, this is maad in
io3erdP to othere. Wheri 36 han not rad to the heed of the cojner? This thing n
this scripture, The stoon the r which men is doon of the Lord, and is m wondirful
bildinge han dispisid, this is maad in to iu oure i3en. And thei soften to holde 12

nthe heed 8 of the corner? This thing is hym, and thei dredden the puple ; for
maad of the Lord, and is wondirful in thei knewen that to hern he seide this
i2oure y3en. And thei soften
1
for to holde parable ; and thei leften hym, and thei is
v
him, and thei dreden the cumpanye of wenten awei. And thei senten to hym
u
peple ; sothli thei knewen for to hem he sumrne of the Farisees and" Erodians, to
seide this parable ;
and him left, thei take hym in word. Whiche camen 00 ,
14

iswenten away. And thei senden to him and seienP to hym, Maistir, we witen
summe of the Farisees and v
Brodians, for w that thou art sothfast, and reckist not of
14 to" take hym in word. The>" whiche com- ony manPP; for nethir thou bihold-

ynge seyn to hym, Maistir, we witen for ist in to thei face of man r , but thou
thou ert sothfast, and reckist z not ofa ony techist the weie of God in treuthe. Is it

d bilde MSX. e settide Om. vv. g forsothe wsec. in. h he sent MOPVVW. * take r.
it to ferme vr. f

k
vyner v. l
of v. takun,m Om.
beten him MP.
vv. n efte vv. P punsheden hym x. 1 repreu-
r Om. G s efte vv. u and thei beten vv. v sotheli vv.
pr.m. vvx.
* killiden vv.
ynges vr.
w thei killiden vv. * o AGNOQSTUVWX. y sente also to hem vv. z and seide vv. B in vv. b drede
with reuerence vr. c Om. ovt'x. d e Om. ourx. f ourun GW. S him, killeden and Nur.
togidere vr.
h casten sx. '
ur. k Om. NU. 1
What therfore v. m vyner vv. n Om. G pr. m. he schal
vyner
1 Whether vx. r Om. urxv. s heued or. l Om. surx. u Om. vr.
;eue vr. p
vyner ur.
v and of ur. w Om. Qsvrx. x that thei shulden Q sec. m. ur. y Om. u. z thou reckest o.
a Om. JGNQSXY.

A erthetiliers e S ether punv$s.ihiden K marg. h wolden c. wolen

gk. beoten him K. { eft
g. plures.
wil EP. '
kilden him K. k castiden him 1KB
pr. m.
1
erthetilieris k. m it is I. n and of the k pr. m.
The whiche i. comen K. P seiden c. PP Om. B pr. m. 1 Om. Qck. r oni man EIPB.

R2
 124 MARK. XII. 15 26.

v
c d
sothly neither* thou seest in to face
5
man; leeueful that tribute be 3ouun to the
of man, but thou techist the wey of God in emperoure, or we schulen not 3yue ?
treuthe. Is it leefful for 6 'to jyue tribute' Which 5 witynge her pryuei falsnesse, is

to Cesar, or% we
schulen not 3yue ? The hem, What ternpten 36 me ?
1'
15 seide to

brynge 38 to me a peny, that Y se. And ie

k
which witinge' her j priuey falsnesse ',
seith to hem, What tempten 30 rne u ? thei brou3ten to hym. And he seide to
lobrynge 36 to me a peny, that I se. And hem, Whos is this ymage, and the writ-
thei offridenP to him. And he seithi to yng
ss
? Thei r seien to him, The empe-
v

hem, Whos is this ymage, and the iii rouris. And Jhesus answeride and seide 17

hem, Thanne
r
wrytinge ? Thei seien to him, Cesaris. to 3elde 36 to the emperour
17 Forsothe Jhesus
answeringe seith to 8
tho thingis that ben of the emperours v ; 11

1
hem, Therfore 3elde 36 to Cesar that ben and to God tho thingis that ben of God.
of Cesar, and to God tho thingis that ben And thei wondriden of hym. And Sa-ia
of God. And 11
wondriden on him. w is no ressur-
alle duces, that seien that ther
IH And Saducees, seyen that no v resur- reccioun, camen to hym, and axeden
ecioun w Ho be", earned to him, and z ax- hym, and seiden, Maister, Moyses wroot 19

ii) iden him, seyinge a Maistir, Moyses wroot , to vs, that if the brother of a man were
to vs, that if the brother of a man were deed, and lefte his wijf, and haue no
deed, and a b wyf, and lefte not c
lefte sones, his brother take his wijf, and reise
cc
sones, his brother take his wyf, and reyse vp seed to his brother. Thanne seuene 20
20
vp' seed to his brothir.
1
Therfore seuene britheren ther* weren and the firste
;

britheren weren and the firste took a

; took a wijf, and diede?, and lefte no
21
wyf, and is
e
deed, no
f
seed left. And seed. And the secouride took hir, and 21

z 3
the secunde took hir, and he? is deed, and he diede, and nether this lefte seed.
neither this lefte seed. And the thridde And the thridde also. And in lijk ma- 22
22 also 1 '. Arid' seuene k tooken hir, and lefte nere the seuene token hir, and leften
1
not seed. And the womman the'" laste of not seed.b
And the womman the e laste
v

2:1 alle is deed. Thanne" in the resureccioun ,

of alle is deed*1 . Thanne in the resur-23
whanne thei schulen rise a3en, whos wyf whanne thei schulen rise ajen,
reccioun,
of these schal sche be? sothlyP seuene whos wijf of these 6 schal sche be? for
24 hadden hir wyf. And Jhesus answeringe seuene hadden hir to wijf. And Jhesus 24
hem, Wher 36 erren not ther- Whether 36
r
seithi to answeride, and seide to hern,

fore s , not knowinge* the scripturis, nother erren not therfor, that 36 knowe not
25 the vertu of God ? Forsothe whanne thei scripturis, nethir the vertu of God ?
u
schulen rise a3en fro Meed men , neither For whanne
f
thei schulen rise a3en fro 25
thei wedden
v
nother w ben x weddid, but
, deeth, nether thei schulen wedde, nethir*
h
thei schulen be as aungels of God in schulen be weddid, but thei schulen be
20 heuenes?. Sothli of z deed men, that thei as aungels of God in heuenes. And of26

b for vr. c seest not vr. d the face MOPTUFW sec.m.

that tribute be jouun vr. S whe-e Om. svvx. f

ther v. wher h Om. vr. Om.

'
falsenesse of hem vr.K. the vv. k Om. Kur.
knowynge vv.
'
v. J

m seide vv. n
me, ipocrites N. may se K. P offreden, or token MP. broujten vr. 1 seide vr.
r on

N. Q. s seide vv. * tho that vv. u thei vr. v that no vr. w

wrytynge wrytynge thingis rysyng
x is vr. y comen GMP et w z and thei vr. a and seiden vr. b the vr. Om. x.
ajen vr. passim.
c no vr. cc shal take M. d Om. vnr e he is vrw { not K. S Om. or. h in
pr.in. pr. m. lyk
manere vr. ' And in lyk manere vv. k seuen men o. 1 no vrw pr. m. m Om. MNPQ. n Therfor vv.
r Whether x. s l u deeth
rysyng a3en vr. P forsothe vr. 1 seide vr. herfor vr. kunnynge vr.
t; sec. m. dead x.
v schulen wedde vr. w ne PTW sec. m. * thei ben N. schulen be vv. y heuene u.
z Om. K.

The whiche ss And thei A pr. m. g. u Om. K pr. HI. hik.

writyng aboue Q pr. m. & pr.m.
9 i. <

IP pr. m. RC sec. m. w seiden c. x Oin. k. yhe diede s sec.m. z Om. s. a he k.

emperour '

no bk. c Om. CEixk. e the seuene R f Forsothe i. S ne h Om. R sec.m.

died hi.
pr. m. k.
i.
 XII. 27 36- MARK. 125

rysen a3ein, 'ban 36* not rad in the book deed men, that thei risen a3en, han $e
of Moyses, on h the bousche, hou God seide not red in h the book of Moises, on the
to him, seiynge, I am God of Abraham, buysch, hou God spak to hym, and seide,
27 and God of Ysaac, and God of Jacob ? He Y am God of Abraham, and God of
is God of deede men, but Godc of
not Isaac, and God of Jacob? He is not 27
lyuynge men therfore 36 erren moche. ;
God of deed rnen, but of
lyuynge men ;
28 And oon of the scribis, that hadde herd therfor 36 erren myche. And oon of28
v

hem sekynge d to gidere 6 'cam ni3 f and# , , the scribis, that hadde herde hem dis-

seyinge that h
hadde wel answerid he 1 k
puytynge togidir, cam ny3, and sai3 tnat
1

hem ', axide

hyin, which was the firste Jhesus had wel answeride hem, and ax-
2'jmaundemeut of alle. Jhesus answeride 1
ide hym, which was the firste maunde-
x
n
to him, that the firste of alle comauride- ment of alle. And Jhesus answeride to2
v
rnentisf is, Heere, Israeli, the Lord thi him, that the firste rnaundement k of alle
so God is oon r
;
and thou schal loue the 5 Lord is,Here thou, Israel, thi Lord God is o
thi God of al thin herte, and of 1 al thi God and thou schalt loue thi Lordao
;

soule, and of" al thi rnyride, and of al thi God of al thin herte, and of al thi soule,
vertu,or v my^te w This is the firste . and of al thi mynde, and of al thi my3t.
x
si maundement Forsothe the secunde is . This is the firste maundement And thesi 1
.

lyk to this, Thou schalt loue thi nei3ebore secounde is Hjk to m this, Thou schalt
as thi silf. 'Ther is^ non othir maunde- loue thi nei3bore as thi silf. Ther is

32ment more z than these. And the scribe noon other maundement gretter than
seith a tohim, Maister, in treuthe thou these. And the scribe seide to hym, 32
hast wel seid ; for o God is, and 'ther is Maister, in treuthe thou hast wel seid ;

33 non b ,
out taken him ;
and that he be for o God is, and ther is noon other,
d
loued of al herte c 'and of , al thou3t , 'or outakun hym ; that he be loued of al the 33
e f
mynde , and of
vndirstondinge al , and of herte, and of mynde, and of al the
al the

al thes soule, and of al strengthe h and , to' vndurstondynge, and of al the soule, and
loue the k nei3ebore as him silf, is more than of al strengthe", and to loue the nei3bore
34 alle brend offringis and sacrificis. Jhesus 1
as hym silf, is gretter than alle brent
forsothe seyinge that he hadde answerid offryngis and
P. And Jhesus 34
sacrifices

wysely, seide to him, Thou ert not fer fro seynge that he hadde answerid wiseli,
35 the kyngdom " of God. And now" no 1
seide to hym, Thou art not fer fro the
man durste axe him 11
". And Jhesus an- kyngdom of God. And thanne no man 35
sweringe seide, techinge in the temple, durste axe hym noi more ony thing. And
v
Therfore how seyn scribisi
1
,
Crist for r to -
Jhesus answeride and seide, techynge in
se be s the sone of Dauith ? 'To whom Da- 1
the temple, Hou seien scribis, that Crist
uith him silf seide in the Hooly Gost, The is the sone of Dauid? For Dauid hyrnsc
Lord seide to my lord, Sitte" on my ri3t- silf seide in the Hooli Goost, the Lord
v
half, til I putte thin enemyes the stool of seide to my lord, Sitte on my ri3thalf, til

spekynge GO sec. m. axynge MTW sec.m. disputynge vv.

a han MPXY.b c Om. osi;. d
je vpon o.
e Om. f h for vv. k Om. vv. to hem NX. hem wel vv.
nei3de vv. g and he vv. Jesu vv.
' l
vv.
nl Forsothe Jhesu v. " Om. vv. For vv. P of alle maundementis P. comaundement of alle vv.
U Thou Israel, here vv. r oo God vv. 8 thi o. l Om. w pr. in. x. u Om. w
pr. m.
v ether v.
w o. * comaundement v. 1Om. vv. z is more vv. a seide vv. b noon other vv. ther is
strength
isnot Y pr. m. c the herte vv. J Om. our. eOm. vvx. { the understondynge vv. Om. x. S
h the
strengthe vv.
'
for to vv. k a G sec. m. o. Om. K. thin w pr. m. '
sacrifices v. m rewme vr.
n Om. K. ua him more MY. Om. vv. P the scribis vv. 1 thut Crist vv. r Om. svvx. s is vr.

4 Forsothe vv. u Sitte thou vv. v a vr.

h of k. '
ether sekinge K marg. comaundement EpQHsbcgek#. 1 comaundement b. m Om. KP.
a the
strengthe CIKRSX sec. in. hik. sacrificis k. P offriiigis k. 1 Oir. CKMK sec. m. sux sec. m.
ghik/3.
 126 MARK. xii. 37 xiii. 4.

37thi feet. Therfore Dauith him silf seith Y r s

putte thin enemyes the stool of thi
w
him a lord, and wherof is he his sone? feet. Thanne* Dauid hym silf clepiths;
u
And moche cumpany gladli herde him. him lord, hou thanne is he his sone ?
as And he seide to hem in his teching, Be And myche puple gladli herde hym.
36 war of scribis, that wolen wandre x in And he seide to hem in his techyng, Be 38
a
3!istoolisy, and be salutid z in chepinge and , 36 war of scribis, that wolen wandre in
chaires b ,
v
sitte in synagogis in the firste stolis, and be salutid in chepyng, and 39
and the firste sitting places in soperis ; sitte in synagogis in the firste chaieris,
4othe d whiche deuouren the housis of wi- and the v firste sittyng placis in soperis ;

6
dewis, vndir colour of long preier thei
f
; whiche w deuouren the housis of widewis4o
h
41 taken? lenger dom'. And Jhesus sittinge vndur colour of long preier thei schulen ;

a3eins the treserie, biheld hou the cum- take the longer doom. And Jhesus sit-4i
k v

pany of peple caste money in to the tynge a3ens the tresorie, bihelde hou the
1

tresorie ;
and manye riche m castiden n x
puple castide monei in to the tresorie ;

42
many thiugis. Sothli whanne o pore and many riche men castiden many
widowe hadde comen, sche sente tweye? thingis. But whanne ay pore widewe42
4smynutis, that a ferthing. Andi liis
is, was comun, sche keste z two a mynutis,
disciplis 'clepid to r
gidere , he s
seith* to that a b ferthing.
is, And he clepide to- 43
hem, Treuly I seie to jou, for this pore gidere hise disciplis, and seide to hem,
widowe sente more than alle
u
,
that sente Treuli Y
seie to 3011, that this pore
v
44 in to the tresorie. Sothli alle sente of widewe keste more thanne alle, that
that thing that was plenteuous to hem ; kesten in to theFor alle c 44
tresorie.
but this of hir myseste sente w alle thingis
v
kesten of that thing that thei hadden
d
that she hadde, al hir lyflode. plente of; but this of her pouert keste
alle thingis that sche hadde, al e hir lyue-

lode.
CAP. XIII. CAP. XIII.
i And whanne he wente out of the tem- And whanne he wente out of the tern- 1

*
ple, oon of his disciples seith to him, pie, oon of hise disciplis seide to hym,
Maistir, biholdy, what maner stoones, and Maister, biholde, what maner stoonys,
2 what manere bildingis 2 And he a answer- . and what maner bildyngis. And Jhesu 2
b c
inge seith to him , Seeste thou alle thes answeride, and seide to hym, Seest thou
d
greete bildingis ? ther schal not be left 'a alle these grete bildingis ? ther scha] not
v
stoon" vpon f a stoon, the whichs schal not be left a stoon on a stoon, which schal
3 be distroyed. And whanne he sat in the not be distried. And whanne he sat ins
v
mount of Olyuete' a3ens the temple, thei 1
the mount of Olyues a3ens the temple,
axiden hym' by k hem silue"1 , Petre, and 1
Petir and James and Joon and Andrew
4 James, and John, and Andrew", Seie thou axiden hym bi hem silf, Seie thou to vs, 4

to vs, whanne thes thingis schulen be whanne these thingis schulen be don,

w Om. uw
chepyng MPV
* y scolys P. stolis, ether gaye clothis vr. z a the
pr. m. go vr. gret vr.
y iv sec. m. Y. b in the f. ch. in c in the MPW sec. m, Y. d Oni. vr. e the colour o.
synag. vr.
f these G sec. m. vr. thees o. % schulen take tipvr. h the '
doom, ether damnpaciom r.
lengere QSX.
k Om. ur. '
castide MPvrv. m riche men MPUTXY. n casten sx. a x v. P two MOPVX. q And he

vr. T Om. ur. s

Om. ur. * seide r. u alle men ur. v For u. w sent of hir
clepyuge togidere
* seide vr. V see vr. a Jhesus nvr. b seide vr. c hem o. d a stoon ur.
pouert vr. byldyng o.
''

e Om. vr. { on surx. E which vr. that x. h Om. vr. k eche by c sec.m. Om. ur.
Olyues ur.
'

1
Om. vr. m Om. vr. n Andrew by hem silf axiden him vr.

r a s. s vndir s pr. m. l Thanne if QS sec. m. k sec. m. u and hou A. v in the i. w the whiche i.
1 caste i. y oo EiQRceghik. z castide shik. a b oo c alle thei is. d she this i.
twey plures. sg.
<=
of g. and al k.
 XIII. 5 1
5. MARK. 127

raaad , and what tokeneP, whanne alle and what tokene schal be, whanne alle
thes thingis schulen bigynne fori to be these thingis schulen bigynne to be
5 endid r
. And
Jhesus answeringe bigan endid. And Jhesus answeride, and bi-s
for to seie to hem, Se 36, that no man
8
gan to seie to hem, Loke 36, that no
udisceyue 30x1; for many schulen come in man disseyue 3ou ; for manye schulen e
my name, seiynge, For I am and thei ;
come in my name, seiynge, That Y am ;

7 schulen disceyue manye*. Sothli u whanne and thei schulen disseyue manye. And 7
36 schulen heere batels and opyniouns of whanne 36 here batels and opynyouns of
bateils, drede 36 not ; forsothe v it bi- batels,drede 36 not for it bihoueth these ;

houeth thesew thingis for x v

to- be don, but thingis to be doon, but not 3it anoon is
enotz 3it 'anon the endea . Forb folk schal the ende. For folk schal rise on folk, a
d
rise vpon folk, and rewme vpon rewme,
c
and rewme on rewme, and erthe mou-
e f
and erthe mouyng schal be by places yngis and hungur schulen be bi placis ;

h of sorwis these thingis schulen be bigynnyngis f of

'and hungur ; bigynnyngis'
9 these k thingis. Sothli se 36 3011' silf, for sorewis. But se 36 3ou& silf, for h thei 9
3ou in counceils , and 3ou in counsels, and 36
11
thei schulen take schulen take

36 schulen be beten in synagogis ; and 36 schulen be betun in synagogis ; and 36

schulen stonde bifore kyngis and domes- schulen stonde bifor kyngis and domes-
men for me, in to witnessing to hem. men for me, in witnessyng to hem.
10 And in to alle folkis 'it bihoueth first the And it bihoueth, that the gospel be first 10

n gospel? for^ 'to be prechid

r
. And whanne prechid among al folk. And whanne n
8
thei schulen lede 3011 bitrayinge , nyle 30 thei taken 3ou, and leden 3ou forth, nyle
thenke 1 what 36 schulen speke, but 'speke 36 bifore thenke what 36 schulen speke,
v
36" that 'thing that schal be 3ouen to 3ou but speke 36 that thing that schal be
in that our; sothli w 36 ben not spekinge, 3ouun to 3ou in that our ; for 36 ben not
12 but the Hooly Gost x Forsothe a? brother . the spekeris, but the Hooli Goost. For 12

schal bitraye the z brother in to deeth, and a'brother schal bitake the k brother in to
the fadir and sones a schulen
the sone, deth, and the fadir the sone, and sones

ryse to gidre a3ens fadris and modris, and a3ens fadris and
1
schuleu rise togider
isponysche hern by deeth. And 36 schulen
1'
modris m ,
and punysche hern bi deeth.
be in hate e
to alle men for my name ;
but And 36 schulen be in hate to alle men 13
d e
in to the ende, for my name but he that lastith in to
he that schal susteyne ;

i4this f schal be saf. Forsothe whanne 30 the ende, schal be saaf. But whanne 36 u
schulen se the abhomynacioun of discom- schulen se abhomynacioun of dis-
the
fort, stondinge wher it owith not ; vndir- coumfort, stondynge where it owith not ;
stonde he that redith ;
thanne^ theih that he that redith, vndurstonde n ; thanne
is be in Judee, flee in to hillis. And he that thei that be in Judee, fie 'in to hillis .

is aboue the roof, come he' not doun in to k And he that is aboue theP roof, come not is

the 1
hous, neithir entre he, that he take doun in to the hous, nethir entre he, to

don vv. P signe schal be vv. <) Otn. svvx.

' don w pr. m. 9 Om. surx. '
many men vv.
11
Forsothe vv. v for vv. w that these vv. * Om. svvx. y Om. vv. * the eende is not vv.
a Om. uv. b Forsothe vv. c on sx. d on svvx. e and thef S and
ajens vv. o. mouynges vv.
h Om. vv. k ben these MPQY. l
hungre schulen be vv. byginnynge GNQSTVVW. 3oure NQY.
'

m bitake uv. n
her counceils vv. And first it bih. that the gosp. be prechid vv. P Om. uv, 1 Om.
SVVXY. Om. * bifore thenke vv. u v Om. o. w for vv.
speketh x.
r
takyng vv.
uv. s bi

1 y Om. GK. the Qtr z Om. G. a o. a the sones G

Cost, that spekith in 3ow Q sec. m. pr. m. pr. m. vv.
d this vv. Om. x. * Om. vv.
sujfre MP.
b schulen c hatrede vv. e or
punysche vv. susteyne,
that N. h Om. o. '
Om. GOQTUVXY. k Om. u. l
his r. m ne uv.

8 3our Ephi. forsothe 'thei. k a c. 1

fadir k. m modir k.
beginninge iKPQspr. m. bcega.
f *>
i.

n vndirstonde he s P in the sec. m. k pr. m.

pr. m. k. to the mounteynes k. I
 128 MARK. XIII. 1 6 30.

loony thing of his hows; and he that schal take ony thing of his hous ; and he that IG

be in the feeld, turne" not a3en byhyn.de schal be in the feeld, turne not a3en bi-
17 for to take his cloth. Sothli wo to hem hynde to take his cloth. But wo to hem 17

that beri with childe, and norischingeP in that ben with child, and norischen in tho
is tho dayes. Therfore preie 3e, that theii daies. Therfor preye 36, that theii be is
v
19 ben not don in wyntir r . Forsoth 8 the not don in wyntir. But thilke daies of 19
ilke l
dayes of tribulacioun schulen be tribulacioun schulen be suche, whiche
suche, whiche manere weren not fro the maner weren not fro the bigynnyng of
bygynnynge of creature, the" which God creature, which God hath maad, til now,
20 made, til now, neither schulen be. And nethir schulen be. And but the Lord 20
no v but w the Lord hadde breiggid tho x hadde abredgide tho daies, al r fleische
1
dayes, al-' fleisch, *or mankynde hadde ,
hadde not be saaf but for the chosun ;

not be saf ; but for the chosene whom a he whiche he chees, the Lord hath maad
Lord hath breiggid b dayes c *or
chees, the , schort the daies. And thanne if ony 21
21 maad schort A And thanne if ony man . man seie to 3ou, Lo ! here is Crist,
schulde to 3ou, Lo e
here is Crist,
seie ! lo !
there, bileue 36 not. For s
false 22

22 loo there,!beleue 36 not. For fals Cristis Cristis and false prophetis schulen rise,

and fals prophetis schulen ryse vp f and , and 1

schulen 3yue tokenes and wondris,
it may be don, 3he, hem
h
schulen 3yue tokenes^ and grete wondris, -to disseyue, if
to disceyue, if it may be don, 3he, the 1
that be chosun. Therfor take 36 kepe;23
23 chosene k Therfore se 36 loo! I haue
.
;
lo ! Y haue bifor seid to 3011 alle

24bifore seid to 3ou alle thingis. But in tho thingis. But in tho daies, aftir that 24

dayes, aftir that tribulacioun, the sunne tribulacioun, the sunne schal be maad
schal be maad derk, and the mone schal derk, and the moon schal not 3yue hir
25 not 3yue hir schynyng, and sterris of 1
Ii3t, and the sterris of heuene schulen 25
heuenes schal be fallinge doun, and ver- falledoun, and the vertues that ben in
tues m that be in heuenes, schulen be heuenes, schulen be moued. And thanne26
26mouyd. And thanne thei schulen se thei schulen se mannus sone comynge
manriis sone comynge in cloudis" of he- in u cloudis of heuene, with greet vertu
27 uene, with greet vertu and glorie. And and glorie. And thanne he schal sende 27
thanne he schal sende his aungels, and hise aungelis, and schal geder hise chosun
schalP gedre his chosene fro foure wyndis, fro the foure wyndis, fro the hi3est thing
r
thing of erthe vnto the
fro the loweste of erthe til to the thing of he-
-
hi3est
28hi3este thing of heuene. Forsothe of the uene. But of the fige tree lerne 36 the 28
8
fyge tree lerne 3e the* parable. VVhanne parable. Whanne now his braunche is

now his braunche" "schal bev tendre, and tendre, and leeues ben sprongun out, 36
x
leeuys ben" sprongeri out, 3e witen for knowen that somer is ny3- So whanne 29
29somer is in the nexte. So and whanne 36 30 seen these thingis be v don, wite 30,
schulen'' se alle z these* thingis ben maad' 1
, that it is ny3 in the doris. Treuli Yao
wite 36, that c it is in the nexte in the seie to 3ou, that this generacioun schal
.iodoris'
1
I to for this not passe awei, til alle these
w be
.
Treuly seye 3011, thingis

11
turne he o. Om. svrx.
P norischen vv. 1 joure fleying Qscc.m. tho thingis vr. r
wynter,
or in sabaot Q sec. m. * tho x. Om. MUV.
* For vv. v Oni. x. w but if .\. x the Ktfur.
z Om. ox. a whiche uv. d Om. vrx.
ech vr. dayes MHPTVV. tho dayes Q.
t the
abreggid vv.
>' *>

e schal MPvrxY. schul tv. f Om. vr. g signes vr. h Om. vr. l
Om. vr. k chosen men vr. 1 the
sterris vv. "> the vertues vr. >'
the cloudis vx. and he v. f Om. pw sec. m. 1 l^este vr.
r into o. til to vv. s l ere SA-. t a vr u braunches oo. v is vr. w Om. o. x knowen r. y Om. vr.
_

1 Om. Q sec. m. vr. a that these vr. b don Q sec. m. vv. c for vr. d dore M.

q tho thingis k. r ech ik. s For manye kpr. m. * and thei I.

u in the EiQRhika. v to be k.
Om. Epghiku.
 XIII. si XIV. 5- MARK. 129
d
generacioun schal not passe awey til alle ,
don. Heuene and erthe schulen passe, si
31 these thingis be don. Heuene and erthe but my wordis schulen not passe. But 32
schal e passe, forsothe f my wordis schulen of that dai or our no man woot, nether
h
32 not passe. TreulyS of that day or our aungels in heuene, nether the sone, but
no man woot, nethir aungelis in heuene, the fadir. Se 36, wake 36, and preie 30; 33
33 nether the sone, no' hut the fadirK Se 36, for 36 witen not, whanne the tyme is.

'wake 36, and preie 36'; sothli 36 witen For as a man that gon fer in pilgrim- 34
is

34 not, whanne tyme m is. For 11

as a man age, lefte
x
and 3af to his ser-
his hous,
'the which gonP fer- in pilgrimage, lefte uauntis power of euery work, and co-
his hous, and 3af to his seruauntis power maundidey to the porter, that he wake.
Therfor wake 36% for 30 witeu not, 35
"

of euery work, and comaundide to s the

1

35 porter, that he schulde' wake. Therfore whanne the lord of the hous cometh, in
wake 36, forsothe }e witen not, whanne the
the euentide, or at mydny3t, or at cockis
a
lord of the hous cometh", in the euentide uu , crowyng, or in the mornyng leste ;
::

or in v the w or" kockis

mydny3t, crowynge, whanne he cometh b sodenli, he fynde 3011
3<iory morwynge
z
; lest
a
whanne he schal slepynge. Forsothe that that Y seie to 37

37 come sudenly, he fynde 3011 slepinge. For- 3ou, Y seie to alle, Wake 36.
sothe that b that I seie to 3ou, I seie to

alle, 'Wake 36.

CAP. XIV. CAP. XIV.

i Forsothe pask and the feeste of therf Pask and the feest of therf looues was 1

d
looues ^withou^ten sourdows, was aftir after twei c daies. And the hi3est d preestis
'the secunde day e . And the hi3este prestis and scribis 6 soften, hou thei schulden
and scribissoften, hou thei schulden holde holde hym with gile, and sle. But thei 2
2him f with gile, and sles. Sothli thei seiden, Not in the feeste dai, lest perauen-

seiden, Not in the feeste day, lest per-

f
ture a noyse were maad among the pu-
auenture noyse were maad in the peple. ple. And whanne he was at Betanye,:*
3 And whanne he was at Betanye, in the in the hous of Symount leprous?, and
hous of Symount leprous, and restid h , a restide, a womman cam, that hadde a
womman comynge hauynge a box of
k 1
,
boxe of alabastre of precious oynement
precious oynernent spikanard and the ; spikenard; and whanne the boxe of ala-
box brokun, helde
1 m out on" his heed . bastre was brokun, sche helde h it on
4 Forsoth 'ther weren suinmeP
beringe vn- his heed. But there weren sumrne that^
worthily, "or heuylii, with ynne
r
hem beren it heuyli with ynne hem silf, and
silf, 'and seyinge", Wherto is
1
this loss seiden, Wher to is this losse of oynement
5 of oynement maad ? For this oynement maad ? For this oynement rny3te haue *
myjte haue u be sold more" than for w be seld more than for k thre hundrid
1

thre hundrid pens, and be 30111111 to pore pens, and be 3ouun to pore men. And

d Om. vv. e shulen MPW. { but v.

e Forsothe ur. h either v. '
Om. o. k fadir aloone u. 1 wak-
ith and prejeth x. Om. vv.
"' which our. that x.
the tyme vv. n
P is gon MP. 1 forth ur.
r eche si'. a Om. NV. * Om. ur. u
schal come vv. ttu euen M. v Om. x. w Om. MPVVX. x or in
MPW sec. m. y or in the MPW. z mornyng MPW. morowtide vv. morewenyng XY. a lest that MP. b this vv.
c Waketh x. d Oin. MOPUVX. e two f Crist MP. g slee him PX.
dayes v pr.m. x. twey daies v.
h satte atte the mete vv. i
cam NV.- come u. k of alabaustre of vv. '
box of alabaustre vv. m sche
held it o. she helde MP. sche schedde out vv. n o. heued OY. P summe weren vv. i Om. vvx.
vpon
r 8 Om. vvx. '
Om. q pr. m. u Om. v for more w Om. u.
seiynge witliinne vv. r. u.

x and lefte c. comaunde s. z Om. HS m. a Om. A pr. m. EPQbceghia. b come cKMQRubceg

pr.
hik. shal come c
two IQ. '' e the scribis f Om. 8 Om. s pr. m. h heelte P.
i. hije i. s. EQRck/3.
schedde k. '
for more cik. Om. c.

VOL. IV.
 130 MARK. XIV. 6 19.

men. And thei groyneden 'in to" hir. thei groyneden But Jhesus 6
1

a3ens hir.
z
eSothliJ
7

Jhesus seide, Suffre hir; what seide, Suffre 36 hir what be 3e heuy to ;

be 36 heuy to hir? she hath wrou3t good a hir ? sche hath wrou3t a good werk in
7 work in b me. For 'euer more c 36 schulen' 1
me. For "'
euermore 3e schulen haue 7

haue e pore men with 3ou, and wharine 3e pore men with 3ou, and whanne 36
schulen f wolle, 36 mown do wel to hem ; wolen", 36 monn do wel to hem but ; 36
forsoth je schulen not euermoreS haue schulen not euer more haue rne. Scbei:
me. She dide h that' that k she hadde; dide that that sche hadde ; sche cam
anoynte my bodi in to biriyng.
1
sche bifore earn for to anoynte my body bifore to
uinto buriynge. Treuli I seie to 3ou, Treuli 00 Y seie to 5ou, where euer this 9

where euere this gospel schal be ])rechid gospel be'' prechid in al the world, and
in al the world, and that this womman" that that 'this wommant hath don, schal
"

hath done, schal be told in to myride of be told in

myride tohym. Audio 1
of
10 hir. And Judas Scarioth, oon of the Judas Scarioth, oon of the twelue, wente
00
twelue, werite to the hi3este prestis, that to the hi3est s prestis, to bitraye hyrn to
11 he schulde bitray himf to hem. The^ hem. And thei herden, and ioyeden, 11

whiche heerynge ioyeden, and bihi3ten and bihi3ten to 3yue hym money. And
hem to 3yue'him money And he sou3te r
. he sou3t hou he schulde bitraye hym
how he schulde bitraye him 5 couenably. couenabli. And the* firste dai of therfi2
12 And the 1
firste day of therue loues, looues, whanne thei offriden u pask, the
y
whenne 'pask was ofFrid", disciplis v seyn disciplis seyn to hym, Whidir 'wilt
to him, Whidir w wolt thou we go, and thou w that we go, and make redi to thee,
make redy to thee, that thou ete pask ? that thou ete the" pask ? And he send- 13

is And he sendith tweyne x of his disciplis, ith v

tweyn- of hise disciplis, and seith to
and seith to hem, Go 36 in to the citee, hem, Go 3e in to the citee, and a man
and a man beringe a galouri of watir schal berynge a galoun of watir schal meete
x
'mine to 3ouy, or come ayens you ; suwe 7
3011 ; sue 36 hyrn. And whidur euer he u
1436 him. And" whidir euere he schal entre, entrith, seie 36 to the lord of the hous,
a
seye 3e to the lord of the hous, For the That the maister seith, Where is myn
maister seith, Wher is my fulfilling b 'or , etynge place, where Y schal ete pask
etyng j)lace
c
,
where I schal ete pask with with my disciplis ? And he schal schewe is

\o
my disciplis ? And he schal shewe to 3ou to 3ou a grete soupyng place arayed, and
a greet souping place strewid, and there there make 3e
z
redi to vs. Arid hise 16

IG make 3e redy to vs. And his disciplis disciplis wenten forth, and camen in to
a
wenten
forth, and cameri in to the citee, the citee, and founden as he hadde seid
and founde as he hadde e seid to hem ;
to hem; and theimaden redy the pask.
17 and thei maden redy pask. Sothli' euens And whanne the euentid was come, he 17

it!
rnaad, he cam with twelue. And hem cam with the twelue. And whanne thei IB

sittinge at the mete, and etinge, Jhesus mete, and eeten, Jhesus
14
saten 'at the
seith ', Treuli I seie to 3011, for oon of 3ou
1

seide, Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that oon of

is that etith with me, schal bitraye me. And 3011 that etith with rne, schal bitray me.

*
ajens UP. T forsothe vv. z Suffre
Y. Suffreth s.
je vw sec. m.
a a
good vr.
b into OQ. c Oni. vr.
d Om. vv. ehan euere vr. f
S euere vr.Om. vv.
h saide o. '
that thing vr. k Om. o.
1
Om. svr. m and this thing vr. Om.apr.m. n Om. x.
Om.A/. P Jliesu vr. 1 Om. vr. r money
u thei offriden T his disci-
<i pr. JH. money to him Q sec. m. vr. Jhesu vr. * in the vr.
paske vr.
p. the vr. w Wher o. x two MPX. y come vr. z Om. vrx. zz Otn. K.
ples disciplis ajens jou
" Om. o. b
of clyiig place K. Om. vr.
d and thei vr. e Om. o.
filling vr. Forsothe vr.
< '

g euentide vr. h seide vr.

CEIKMPQRS m Forsothe I. D E p passim. Om. K pr. m.

1
grucheclen sec. m. uxbrejihik. wil el
00 And R pr. m. P schal be k. q sche this I. r the
mynde s.
s
hije i.
* in the i. u ofFren k sec. m.
v seideii R. woltow e. Om. CR pr. m. xbka. y two i. z Om. e. a atte p.
 XIV. 2033- MARK. 131

thei bigunnen for to be

1
sori k , and 'to seie 1 , And thei and
bigunnen to be sori, to i;i

by hym silf, Whether" I? The

1
2oech 11
seie to hym, ech bi hem silf, Whether
which seith to hem, Oon of twelue? that Y? Which b seide to hem, Oon of twelue c 20
puttith yn the hond with me in the 1
d
that puttith the hoond with me in the
21 plater. And sothli mannis sone goth, as platere. And sotheli mannus sone goith, 21

forsoth wo to that
"

it is writun of him
hym; but wo to that
writun of
1
; as it is

man, bi whom 'mannis sone 8 schal be bi- man, by whom mannus sone schal be
trayd. were good to him, It if 'that ilke* bitrayed. It were good to hym, yf thilke
22 man hadde not be borun. And hem" man hadde not be borun. And while 22

etinge, Jhesus took bred, and blessinge" thei eeten,Jhesus took breed, arid blessid,
brak v and 3af to w hem, and seith x Take
, , and brak, and 3af to hem, and seide, Take
2:1
36?: this is my body. And the cnppe 3e ; this is my bodi. And whanne he ->:i

z
takun, he doynge gracis 3af to hem, and hadde take the cuppe, he dide thankyngis,
24alle dmnkun therof. And he seith a to and 3af to hem, and alle dronken therof.
hem, This is
my blood of the newe testa- And he seide to hem, This is rny blood 24
ment, the
1 '
which schal be shedd out for of the newe testament, which" schal be
25 manye
c
.
Treuly I seie to 300, for now I sched for many. Treuli
seye to 3011, Y >

schal not drynke of this fruit of vyne, til for now Y schal not drynke of this fruyt
in to that d
daye whanne I schal drynke it of vyne f
, in to that dai whane schal Y
20 newe in the rewme of God. And the ympne, drynke newe in the rewme of God.
it

"or hcriynge*, seid, thei wenten out in to And whanne the ympne was seid, thei 20
27 the hil of Olyues. And Jhesus seith f to wenten out in to the hil of Olyues. And 27

hem, Alle 36 schulen be sclaundrid in me Jhesus seide to hem, Alle 36 schulen

in this ni3t ; for it is writun, I schal smyte be sclaundrid in me in this ny3t ; for it
the schepherde, and the scheep of the floe is writun, Y schal
smyte the scheep-
2K schulen be disparplids. But aftir that I herde, and the scheep of the flok schulen
schal ryse a3en, I schal go bifore 3ou in to be disparplid^. But aftir that Y schal 28
29 Galilee. Forsoth Petre seith h to him, rise a3en, Y schal go bifor 3011 in to
'And if 1
alle schulen be sclaundrid, but Galilee. And
Petir seide to hym, Thoujaa
30 not I. And Jhesus seith 1*
to him, Treuly alle schulen be sclaundrid, but not Y.

I seie to thee, for thou to day bifore the

1
And Jhesus seide to hym, Treuli Y seie so
n
cok in this ny3t 'twyes
3yue voisP, thries to thee, that to dai bifore that the cok in
v
si thou ert
denye me. And he spak
to"! this ni3tcrowe twies, thou schalt thries
more, 'And if r
it bihoue
8
me to dye to denye me. But he seide more, Thoii3 itsi
gidere with thee, I schal not denye thee. bihoueth' that Y die togider with thee,
1
,

: Sothli 1 and" lyk manere alle v seiden

w . Arid Y schal not forsake thee. And in lijk
camen x whom? maner And
thei in to a p!ace ,
to the alle seiden. thei camen in ;

naine z Gethsamany. And he seith to his to a place, whos name is Gethsamany.

disciplis, Sitte 36 here, the
a
while I preie. And he seide to hise disciplis, Sitte 36
33 And he takith b Petre and James and John here, while Y preye. And he took Petir :;:<

'
Om. suvx. k sorowful ur. n Om.vr. seie to him vr.
'
seide vv. P the twelue m WherMOPK.
.\HjpQTurY. <1 Om. N. T the
but vr. s
ilke MP. thilke vr. that x. 4t thei v.
the sone of man vv. *

u blissed o. v brak it w Om. AGNOQSTXY. x seide vr. J Om. v. z a seide vv.

Q. thankyngis ur.
e Om. ox. either
preisynge of God ur.
b Om. ur. d the o.
manye men vr.
c f seide vv.

K scatered vv. h seide vv. '

Thouj vv.
k seide v. '
Om. vv. m bifore that PVVY. biforn that x.
a cok crowe v
pr. v. cok schal jeue voice ur. twies in ur. P Om. vr. 1 schalt ur. r
Thou3 ur.
s
schal bihoue vv. * Forsothe vr. u Om. MPWXY. v and alle PW sec.m. Y.
byhoueth Kpr.m. OQ.
w seiden in * felde vv. z a Om. vr. b took vr.
lyk manere vr. J which ur. place K. name mas v.

b The whiche r. c the twelue

ika/3.
d his i.
e the whiche I. f the vyne ik. S ether sprad abroad
K marg. h bihoue
cik^.
s 2
 132 MARK. XIV. 3447.
with him, and bigan for c to drede, and to and James and Joon with hyrn, and bi-
k
34 heuye
d
And he seith e to hem, My soule
.
gan' to drede, and to be arioyed And 34 1
.

h
is til to# the
sorwful deeth ; susteyne 36, f 1
he seide to hem, My soule is soreweful
"or abide $e*, here, and preie 3e "with 1
to the deeth ; abide 36 here, and wake
35 me" And whanne he hadde gon forth a
1
.
36 with me. And whanne he was gon 35
litel, he felde" down on the erthe, and forth a litil, he felde doun on the erthe,

preiede, 'that, if it my3te be, the our and preiede, that if it my3te be, that the
atischulde passe fro him. And he seide, our schulde passe fro hym. And he 36
FadirP, alle thingis ben possible to thee, seide, Abba, fadir, alle thingis ben pos-
turne fro me this cuppe ; but not that I sible to thee, here ouer fro me this

svwole, but "that thati thou

r
. And he cam, cuppe ; but not that Y wole, but that
and fond hem slepynge. And he seith 8
thou wolt, be don. And he cam, and 37
to Petre, Syrnount, slepist thou? my3tist foond hem slepynge. And he seide to
3 thou not wake with me oon our? Wake Petir, Symount, slepist thou ? my3tist
3e, and "preie 36*, that 36 entre not in to"
v
thou not wake with me oon our ? Wake -AS

forsothe the spirit is redy, m and v

n
that 36 entre not in
temptacioun ; 3e , preie 3e ,

3!i but the fleisch syk

v And eftsoone w he . to temptacioun ;
for the spirit is redi,

goynge preiede, the same word seyinge. but the fleische is sijk. And eftsoone he 39

40 And he turnyd a3en eftsoonex fond hem , 3ede, and preiede, and seide the same
slepinge ; sothli her y3en were greuyd. word and turnede a3en eftsoone, and 40
;

And thei knewen? not, what thei schulden foond hem slepynge ; for? her i3en weren
41 answere to him. And he cam the thridde heuyed. And thei knewen not, what thei
z
tyme, and seith to hem, Slepe 36 nowe, schulden answere to hym. And he cam 41

and "reste 3e a sothli b it sufficith. ;

The our the thridde tyme, and seide to hem, Slepe
cometh ; loo mannis sone schal be bi-
!
36 now, and reste 36 it suffisith. The ;

42 trayed in to hondis c of "synful men' Ryse 1

. hour is comun lo mannus sone schal ; !

36, go wehe that schal bytraye me

; loo ! be bitraied in to the hondis of synful
43 is ny3. And, 3it him 6 spekinge, Judas men. Rise 36, go we; lo! he that schal 42
f
Scarioth, oon of the twelue, cam, and bitraye ny3- me 3it is And while he 43
with him moche cumpeny with swerdis spak, Judas Scarioth, oon of the twelue,
and staues&, sent fro the hijeste prestis, cam, and with him miche puple with
44 and scribis, and 'fro the h eldere men. For- swerdis and staues, sent fro the hi3esti
sothe the 1
traitour hadde 3ouun to hem a prestis, and the r scribis, and fro the eldre
tokene k ,
seyinge, Whom euere I schal men. And his traytour hadde 3ouun to 44

kisse, he it is ;
holde 36 him, and lede hem a tokene, and seide, Whom euer Y
4.136 warly, 'or queyntely
1
. And whanne kisse, he it is ;
holde 36 hym, and lede
he cam" 1
, anon he cominge" to him", 3e
s
warli. And whanne he cam, anoon45
4GseithP, Maistir; and he kisside him. And he carne to hym, and seide, Maistir' ;
v
thei layden hondis in to
i
him, and and he kisside hyrn. And thei Ieiden46

47 heelden him. Sothli r oon of men 8 stond- hondis on hym, and helden hym. But 47

c Om. sx. Oni. K. to be heuy Q sec.m. r. d e seide vr. f Om. N. s Om. T. h Om. s.
'
abide vr. k
or abideth s. '
Om. ourx.
wake Nur. m Om. uv. n fel w
pr. m. XY. if that v.
1 that at o hie et alibi, that MPVVW sec. m. r thou wolte w s seide vr.
P Abba, fadir NUV. pr. m.
I
prpjeth x.
" in G pr. m. T is sike our. w efte vr. * efte vr. J wisten sur. 2
sayde our .
a restith A-. b Om. vr. d e it u. { Om. N. e with staues o.
<
the hondes vr. synneres vr.
II
Om. vr. his N. k
signe vr.
> !
Om. oqvrx. m hadde come vr. n nei3ynge vr. Jhesu vr.
P seide vr. 1 on vr. r Forsothe vr. * the men MPW sec. m.

he biganne k for to ether heuy K marg. m Om. hi.

CEIKMPQRS pr. m. xcgh/3.
' 1
ik. preieth
and he i. P forsothe i. 1 hi3e i. r Om. m. s
30 him s. *
Heil, maistir k pr. m.
 XIV. 48 62. MARK. 133

inge aboute, ledinge out a swerd, smot

1
oon of the men that stoden aboute, drow^
the seruaunt of the hi3este prest, and kitte out a swerd, and smoot the seruaunt of
4sof u to v hini w an x eere. And Jhesus an- the hi3est
u
preest, and kittide v of his

sweringe seith^ to hem, As to a thef }e eere. And Jhesus answeride, and seide 48
han gon out with swerdis and staues, forz to hem, As to a theef 36 han gon out
49 to take me ? Forsoth* day by day I was with swerdis and staues, to take rne ?
at 3ou, techinge in the temple, and 30 Dai bi dai Y was among 3ou, and tau3te4
heelden not me but that the scripturis
; in the temple, and 36 helden not me ; but
50 be fulfillid b . Thanne 'him forsakun c alle , that the scripturis be fulfillid". Thanneso
si his disciplis fledden d . Sothli sum 3ong alle hise disciplis forsoken hym, and
6 f
man, clothid with 'lynnen cloth on the fledden. But
a 3ong man, clothid with si
bare, suede him; and thei heelden him. lynnun cloth on the bare, suede hym ; and
52 And
the lynnen cloth forsakun, he nakid thei helden hym. And he lefte the 52
And thei ledden x
53flei3? awey fro hem. lynnyn clothing and flei3 nakid awei fro
,

Jhesu to the hi3este prest. And all camen hem. And thei ledden Jhesu to the 53
to gidere 'in to 1'
oon, the prestis and the' hi3est preest. And alle the prestis and
54scribis and eldere men. Forsoth Petre scribis and eldere men camen togidir.
suede him afer tiU with ynne 'in to k the But Petir suede hym afer in to the halle 54
halle of the hi3este prest. And he sat of the hi3est preest. And he sat with
with the mynystris, and warmyde him at the mynystrisv, and warmede hym at the
55 the fier. Forsothe the hi3este prestis, and fier. And the hi3est prestis, and al the 55
1
althe counceil, soujten witnessinge a3ens counsel, soujten witnessyng a3ens Jhesu
Jhesu, that thei schulen 3yue n him to to take hym to the 7 deeth ; but thei
'

3
sedeeth ;
nether thei founden. Sothli manye founden not. For manye seiden fals SB
b
seiden fals witnessinge a3ens him, and witnessyng a3ens hym, and the wit-
57 the witnessingis weren not couenable. And nessyngis weren not couenable. And 57
summe risynge sou3ten
P fals witnessing summe risen vp, and bareri fals witness-
"

88a3ens hym, seyingei, For we 'han herd yng 336118 hym, and seiden, For we 'han 58
1

him seiynge", I schal vndo this temple herd c hym seiynge, Y schal vndo this
maad with hondis, and aftir the thridde temple maad with hondis, and aftir the
f

day I schal bilde ano'ther not maad with thridde daiY schal bilde another not
59 hondis. And the witnessing of hem was maad with hondis. And the witness- 59
d hern e was f not couenable.
eo not couenable. Forsothe" the hi3este prest yng 'of Andeo
w
rysinge vp in to the myddel", axide him , the hi3est prest roos vp& in to the myd-
x
seyinge Answerist thou 'not ony? thing
, dil, and axide Jhesu, and seide, An-
z
to tho thingis that ben put to thee of swerist thou no thing to tho thingis that
ci these*? Sothli he was stille, and no thing ben put a3ens thee of these? But heei
b
answeride. Eftsoone
the hi3est prest was stille, and answeride no thing. Eft-
axide him, and seide to him, Ert thou soone the hi3est h prest axide hym, and
fia Crist, the sone of blessid God? Sothli seide to hym, Art thou Crist, the sone
Jhesus seide to him, I am ; and 36 schulen of the blessid God ? And Jhesus seide ea

* u v Om. our. w Om. vv. * a litle N. his vv. l Om.

drawynge vr. awey vv. 7 seide vv.
a Om. vv. b (illid vv. c Om. vv. d
forsakynge him fledden vv.
surx. clad sx. f
sendel, or
lynnen clooth MP. g fledde MV. h in K. '
Om. GMPQTVWXY. til to xr. k in K. '
her K. j
m him f.
s
P baren vv. 1 and seiden vv. seye o sec. m.
take u. bitake v. Forsothe vv. r herden vv.

* " And vv. v w Jhesu v. x and seide vv. y no o. z * these

by vv. myddis vv. a3ens vv.
men vr. b Eft vr. c Forsothe vr.

u i. T kitte i. w filled hi. clothes EP. y seruauntis k. z Om. b. a Forsothe I. b vvitness-

hije
yngis A sec. m. c pr. m. c herdan i.
d
witnessingis bk. e Om. k. { weren k. K Om. s sec. m.
i"
liije i.
 134 MARK. XIV. 63 XV. l.

se mannis sone sittinge on the ri3t half to hym, Y am ; and 36 schulen se man-
v
of the vertu of God a and comynge, in nus sone sittynge on the ri3thalf of the 1'

63cloudis b of heuene. Forsoth the bluest vertu of God, and comynge in the cloudis

prest, kittinge his clothis, seith

c
,
What 3it of heuene. And the h^est' preest to-rw
C4 desyren we witnessis ? 3e han hercle blas- rente hise clothis, and seide, What 3it

phemye. What semeth d to 3ou ? The 6 dissiren k we witnessis ? 3e han herd 4

whiche alle condempueden him for f to be blasfemye. What semeth to ?ou ? And
esgilty of deeth. And summe bigunnen for* thei alle condempneden hym to be gilti
k
to bispitte him, and to' hide his y3en ,
1'
of deeth. And summe bigunnen to bi-es
and smyte him with 1
boffatis'", and seie to spete hyrn, 'and to hile his face
1
,
and to
"
him, Prophecie thou. And the mynystris smite hym" with buffetis, and seie
1
to

him with strokis",

beeten boffatis W .
hym, Areede thou. And the mynystris
ceAnd whanne Petre was in the halle by- beeten hym with strokis. And whanne ce
00 oon of
nethen, oon of the hand maydens of the Petir was in the halle bynethen,

evhijest prest cam. And whanne sche hadde the damesels of the hi3est n prest cam.

seyn Petre warmynge him, sche bihold- And whanne sche hadde seyn Petir 07
inge him seithP, And thou wasti with warmynge hym, sche bihelde hym, and
t,H Jhesu of Nazareth. And he denyede, seide, And thou were with Jhesu of
seyinge, Nethir I woot, nether I haue Nazareth. And he denyede, and seide, cs
knowun And he wente Y woot, nethir Y knowe, what
r
,
what thou seist. Nethir
forth 8 bitbre the halle ;
and anon the cok thou seist. And he wente without forth
v

9 song*. 'Eftsone forsothe" whanne a no- bifor the halle ;

and anoon the cok crewe.
ther" 'hand mayde
v
hadde seyn him, she And eftsoone whanne another dameseles
bigan for" to seie to men stondinge hadde seyn hym, sche bigan to seye to
yoaboute, For this" is of hem. And he eft- men that stoden aboute, That this is of
soney denyede. And aftir a litil, eftsoone z hem. And he
eftsoone denyede. And 7<>

a
thei that 'stooden ny3 seiden to Petre, , aftir a litil, eftsoone thei that stoden ny3,
b c
Verily thou ert of hem, forwhi and thou seiden to Petir, Verili thou art of hem,
7iert of Galilee. Sothli d
he bigan for e to for thou art of Galilee also. But he7i
curse and swere For I know.e not this f
,
bigan to curse and to? swere, For Y
72 man, whom 36 seyn. And anon eftsoones^ knowe not this man, whom'i 36 seien.
the cok song' 1
. And Petre bithou3te on 1
And anoon eftsoones the cok crew. And 72
k
the werd that Jhesus hadde seid to him, Petir bithou3te on the word that Jhesus
Bifore the cok synge" twyes, times" thou to hym, Bifor the cok crowe
1
1
hadde seide
schalt deuye me And he bigan forP to .
twies, thries thou schalt denye me. And
i
wepe. And anon 'the morwe maadi, tlie he bigan to wepe.
hi3este prestis, makinge counceil with the
eldere men, and scribis, and al the counceil,
CAP. XV.
byndinge Jhesu, ledden, and bitooken to And anoon in the morewtid the hi3-i
Pilat. este
r
prestis maden a counsel with the 8

f Om. svrx.
a Goeldis vertu vr. <
seide vr.
d is
seyn N.
b the cloudis vr. Om. vr.
S Om. surx. h S pete on vr. k face Nvr. l
Om. o. m strokis, or bujfntis A.
>
for to o.
n buffetis
r knowe MV r.
upurtF. Om. AMOPQVVWX. hand mayden K. P seide i/r. <1 were Apsurx. was K.W.
" an vr. v hand
s out with out forth vr. l crewe vr. ""Forsothe efte vr. mayden JG.VOSQTJVA v.
w Om. surx. " he this o. 7 efte vr. * efte vr. a weren present vr.
b for vr. c also vr.

J Forsothe vr. e Om.surx. { to swere ur. h crew Mvr. of o. k which vr. '
e efte vr. eftsone A-.
1
Bifore that vr. m sonae
songe o. crowe vr. ">
Om. vr. me thries ur. P Om. svrx. 1 in the

morowtide ur.

h Om. a k diseren s. Om. EP. " Om. H pr. m. m seidon c. to seie eka. seyne i-
pr. m.
' '
hije I.
n
hije i. he this i. P Om. e. M of whom k. r
hi3e i.
5 Om. k.
 XV. 2 1 MARK. 135

CAP. XV. elder men, and the* scribis, and with al u

2 And Pilat axide him, Art thou kyng the counsel, and bounden Jhesu and led-
of Jewis ? And he r answeringe seith 6 to den, and bitoken hym to Pilat. And Pi- 2
shim, Thou seyst. the hi3este prestisAnd lataxide hym, Art thou kynge of Jewis ?
4accusiden him in manye thingis. Pilat And Jhesus answeride, and seide to hym.
forsothe eftsoone 1 axide him, seyinge, Thou seist. And the hieste v prestis ac-:
'Thou answerist" not ony thing ? Seest cusiden hym in many thingis. But Pilat 4

v
thou, in how manye thingis thei accusen eftsoone axide hym, and seide, Answerist
ftthee? Forsothe Jhesus more no thing an- thou no thing ? Seest thou in hou many
wondre w
sweride, so that Pilat 'schulde .
thingis thei accusen thee? But Jhesus ft

Forsoth by 'a solemne" day he was wont

<; answeride no more, so that Pilat won-
to leeuey to hem oon bounden
2
whom , dride. But bi the feeste dai he wasfi
7euere thei axiden. Forsoth 'there was he
a
wont to leeue to hem oon of men w
that was seid Barabas, that was bouiidun boundun, whom euerx thei axiden v . And 7
with 'sleeris of men b and that hadde d , 'oon ther was* that was seid Barabas,
don e manslau3tre f in 'seducioun, that is, that was boundun with men of dissen-
adebaat in cytee*. And whanne the cum- cioun, that hadden don manslau3tir in a
V

pany hadde sti3e vp

h
he bigan for' to , seducioun b And whanne the puple was
.

k
ijpreye, as he euermore dide to hem. So- gon vp, he bigan to preie, as he euer
thely Pilat answeride to hem, and seide, more dide to hem. And Pilat answer- 9
Wolen 36 I leeue
1 "
to 3ou the n 1

kyng of ide 'to hem d and , seide, Wolen 36 Ye

10 Jewis? he wiste, that the hi3este
Sothli leeue to 3ou the kyng of Jewis ? For he in

prestis hadderi taken'' him by enuye. For-

f hadden
1 1 wiste, that the hi3este prestis
sothe the bischopis stireden 1 the cum- takun hym bi enuye. But the bischopis u
penye peple that
'of
r
,
more he schulde stireden the puple, that he schulde rather
12 leeue to hem Barabas.
8
Forsoth eftsoone 1 leeue to hem Barabas. And eftsoone 12

Pilat answeringe seith" to hem, What Pilat answerde, and seide to hem, What
therfore wolen 36 I
v schal do to the kyng thanneS wolen 36 that Y schal h do to the
is of Jewis? And thei eftsoone w crieden, kyng of Jewis ? And thei eftsoone cri- 13

Crucifie* hym, or> "put hym on the cros z

.
eden, Crucifie hym. But Pilat seide to u
u Forsoth Pilat seide to hem, Sothli what hem, What yuel hath he don ? And
of a yuel hath he don ? And thei crieden thei crieden the more, Crucifie hym.
15 more, Crucifie
b him. Sothli c Pilat will- And Pilat, willynge to make aseeth to is
v
d h k
6
inge for to do ynow to the peple^, f
lefte the puple, lefte to hem Barabas, and 1

to hemBarabas, and bitook

1
'to hem k bitok to hem Jhesu, betun with scourgis,
m with And
Jhesu, smyten "or betun to be crucified. kny5tis ledden hym
1
IB
, ,
scourgis,
IG that he schulde be crucified. Forsothe with ynneforth, in to the porche of the
kny3tis ledden him withynne, in to the mote halle. And thei clepiden togidir
floor of the moot halle, and clepiden" to al the cumpany of kny3tis, and clothiden 1
17

* seide vv. u Answ. thou vv. v w wondride urx. x the

r Jhesu uv. efte vv. grete uv.
'

feest vv. Y delyuer vv. z of the a oon was vv. b men of discencioun vv. c Om. our.
prisoneres vv.
d he hadde v. e maad vv. f
S sedicioun, that is, debate in the cilee MP. debate o.
mansleyng vv.
discencioun vv. sedicioun x. h Om. suvx. k euere vv.
stJ3ede uv.
' 1
that I v. delyuere ur.
n Om. AT. Forsothe ur. P Intake ur. vv. r Om. vv. s * efte vv.
<1 excitiden
delyuere vv.
u seide vv. v that 1 o. w efte ur. x Crucifie thou vv. y that is o. Om. MPQUVX. z Om.
MpQurx.
a Om. b
Crucifie thou vv. c And d e Om. Msurx. f make
ur. sothly o. Forsothe vv. wolnynge Y.
satisfaccioun ur. S pepie, or tofolfille her iville MP. h ur. he bitoke ur. k i
Om. r.
delyuerede
1
o. beeten uv. m Om. OQurx. D thei
smytynge clepen u.

* Om. k u Orn. k. v w the men * O:n. k. wolden k, z ther was oon k.

pr. m. I. i. >'
hije
and KPQ. b that is, debate in cytee K marg. tliat is, in debate in a cytce e marg. c Om. s. A Om. k.
e that Y Apr. m. ciuka.
f
hi3e i. S Om. k. >>
Om. CKP. '
and lefte k. k and Jie i. '
and thei ik.
 136 MARK. xv. 1731.

ngidere al the cumpenye of knyjtis, and hym with purpur. And thei writhen a
clothiden him with purpur. And thei coroun of thornes, and puttiden on hym.
foldinge a corowne of thornes, puttiden? And thei bigunnen to grete hym, and\s
v

itoi him and bigunnen r for 8 to greet him,

; seiden, Heile, thou" kyng of Jewis. And 19
u
i!i
sayinge*, Hail, thou kyng of Jewis. And thei smyten his heed with a reed, and
thei smyten his heed w with a reede, and
v
bispatten hym ; and thei kneliden, and
bispatten" him ; and* 'puttinge her knees* worschipiden hym. And aftir that thei 20
2othei a worshipiden him. And aftir that hadden scorned him, thei vnclothiden
thei hadden scornyd him, thei vncloth- hym of purpur ,
and clothiden hym with
b c d
iden him fro purpur, and clothedyn hise clothis, and ledden out hym, to cru-
him with" his
f
clothis, and ledden himS, cifie hym.Arid thei compellidenP a man 21
21 that thei schulde crucifie him. And thei that passide'i the weie, that cam fro the
b
constreyneden sum man passynge forth, toun, Symount of Syrenen, the fader of
llh
Syrnount of Syrenen comynge fro the , Alisaundir and of Rufe, to bere his cross.
town, the fadir of Alysandre and Rufe ,
1
And thei ledden hym in to a place Gol-22
22 that he schulde take his cross. And thei gatha, that is to seie, the place of Caluari.
ledden him in to a k place Golgotha
1
,
that And thei 3auen to hym to drynke wyn 23
is interpretid'", W expowned, the place meddlid with mirre, and he took not. And 24
2:5 of Caluarie. And thei 3auen him for 'to thei crucifieden him,and departiden hise
drynke wyn meddelid with rnyrre, and he clothis, and kesten r lot on tho,who schulde
24 took not. And thei crucifiynge him de- take what. And it was the thridde 25
partiden his clothis, sendingeP lot', who our, and thei crucifieden hym. And 26
"
8
25 what schulde take 8
1
Forsoth it was the . the titil of his cause was writun, Kyng 1

thridde our, that* 'men clepen" vndrun v , of Jewis. And thei crucifien" with hym 27
26 and thei crucifieden him. And the title twei theues, oon 'at the v ri3thalf and oon
of his cause was writun, Jhesus of Naza- at his w lefthalf. And the scripture was 28
w of Jewis. And thei crucifien x fulfillid that seith, And he is ordeyned
27reth, kyng v
with him twey^ theues, oon at the z ri3t- with wickid men. And as thei passidenao
a
2
b c
half, 'and oon at his lefthalf
d
And the .
forth, thei blasfemyden hym, mouynge

prophecie is fulfild
e
that seith, And he is her heedis, and seiynge, Vath x thou that !

gesside
f
, W ordeyned%, with wickide men. h
distriest the temple of God, and in thre
v

as And' passinge forth thei k blasfemyden him, dales? bildist it a3en ; come adoun 7 fro the :w

mouynge her heedis , and " seyinge, Fy3 n

1 1
!
crosse, and make thi silf saaf. Also 3 the si
b
thou
that distroyest the temple of God, hi3este prestis scorneden hym ech to
nnaiid in thre dayes a3en bildest itP; thou othir with the c
scribis, and seiden, He
comynge down make made' othir mensaaf, he may not saue
1
froi the cros, thi self

: saf. Also r and the hi3este s prestes scorn- hym silf. Crist, kyng of Israel, come 32

r s Om. sx. * and seie vv.

cladden sx. clothen ur. P
putten svrx. 1 on v. thei bigunnen ur.
u Om. MPvr. *
u Om. v han smyte v. w heued ou. * boffaten K.
K. smytynge o. bispittiden QTXY.
z a Om. vr. b vn-
speten on vr. y and thei vr.
puttynge, or bowinge, her knees MP. kneliden v sec. m.
cladden A". o f X Y. d cladden x. e in vr. f thei ledden vr. S out him r.
<- b a vr. hh Sirenence M.
1
of Rufe Nr. k the vr. '
of Golgatha vr. m expowned o. n Om. ovrx. Om. sx. P castynge
v sec. m. q lot on hem o sec. m. lot on tho vr. r Om. vr. s take what vr. * Om. vr. u is o.
Om. vr. v vndren M. vnduren o. vndiir
Q. Om. ur. vndirne iv. w the vr. x crucifieden NTX.
kyng
z on his N. at his s. on the vr. b on nvr. d left
pass. XY.
y two A/ et P a another T. c the ovr.

lialf of him r. e filled ur. f

gessid o. arettid vr. ordeyned x. S ovrx. wicke x. '
And Om ''

thei vr. k Om. vr. '

heuedis ov. m Om. XY. n
Vath, orjy MP. Vath u sec. m. marg. Om. A'.
P Om. r. <1 of vr. r In s
on l/iee vr. lyk manere vr. heje s.

m the purpur ik.n Om.

P ether constreyneden K marg.
k. r
putten k. <\
passide bi c. cast-
k u crucifieden A
l v atte P. w
pr. m.
s is
Jh. of Naz. kyng c.
iden hi.
pr. m. CEiMPRubghika|3. the
OK sup. ras. Kk. x that is,
fi^ e marg. y the thridde dai A pr. m. doun iMsbc pr. m. ehi. '' a And
upr.m K. And also K sec. m. Also and R. b
hi3e i.
c Om. k. d hath maad i.
 XV. 32 42- MARK. 137

ynge' him, ech to other, with scribis", doun now fro the cross, that we seen,
seiden, 'Crist, kyng maade othere
of Yrael, and bileuen. And thei that weren cru-
he maye not saue him silue w
v

men T saf, . cified with hym, dispiseden 6 hym. And 33

32 Come" he? down now fro the cross, that whanne the sixte hour was come, derk-
we se, and bileue. And thei that weren nessis weren made on al the f erthe til in
with him, puttedyn z wrong", "or
crucified to the nynthe our. And in the nynthe 3*
b to him. And the sixte our, our Jhesus criede with a greet vois, and
y^fals repref ,

"or mydday c maad, derknessis ben d maad , seide, Heloy, Heloy, lamasabatany, that
vpon
e
al the ee erthe til 'in to
f
the nynthe is to seie, My God, my God, whi hast
34 our, "that is, noon%. And in the nynthe thou forsakun me? And summe of men h 35
our Jhesus criede with greet vois, seyynge, that stoden aboute herden, and seiden,

'Heloy, Heloy lamazabatany,

1
',
the' which Lo he clepith Helye. And oon' ranne,36
!

interpretid isJ, My God, my God, whi, "or and fillide a spounge with vynegre, and
x>wherto k , hast thou forsake me? And puttide aboute to a reede, arid 3af to
k

summe of men stondinge aboute heeringe 1

hym drynke and 1

, seide, Suffre 36, se we,
36 seiden, Lo
he clepith Hely. Sothli oon
! if" Helie
1
come to do hym doun. And 37
renriynge, and fillinge a sponge with vyne- Jhesus 3af out" a greet cry, and diede.
m and n
And the veil of the temple was rent ss
gre puttinge aboute to a reede, 3aue
,

him drynke ,
seyinge?, SufFre 36, se we, if atwo fro the hi3este to bynethe. But3n
37 Hely come for") to do r hym down. For- the centurien that stood forn? a3ensi
"

soth Jhesus 8 , a greet vois sent out, deiede*, 813, that he so criynge hadde diede, and 1
ss Wsente out the breth". And the veil of seide, Verili, this man was Goddis sone.
the temple is
v
kitt in to w tweyne* fro the And ther weren also wymmen bihold- 40

snhi3este to down*", "or bynethe 7-. Forsoth

til
ynge fro afer, 8
among whiche was Marie
centurio seynge, 'the which* stood euene Maudeleyn, and Marie, the rnodir of
a3enst, for so criynge he hadde deied, James the lesse, and of Joseph, and of
seith
1

', Verrili, this man was 'Goddis sone c . Salome. And whanne Jhesus was in4i
c d
weren and othere Galilee, thei folewiden hym, and myn-
1
40 Sothli 'there wymmen
e f
biholdinge fro affer ,among whiche was ystriden to hym, and many othere wym-
Mary Mawdeleyn, and Mari of James men, that camen vp togidir with him to
the lasse, and 'rnodir of h Joseph, and Jerusalem. And whanne euentid" was 42

Salome. Arid whanne Jhesus was Ga- was the euentid which* w
41 in come, for it is

lilee, thei folowiden' him, and mynystriden bifor the sabat, Joseph of Armathie*, they 43
to him, and manye othere wymmen, that k noble decurioun, cam, and he abood the
'to gidere sti3eden vp with him to Jeru-
1
rewme of God; and 2 booldli he entride
428alem. And whanne " 1

euerityd" was now to and axide the bodi of Jhesu.

Pilat,
maad, for it was the euentyd bifore the But Pilat wondride, if he were now u

' scorneden Q. n the scrihis u. v other he made

Q sec.m. he made othere men vr.
w him self he
may not make saue <j sec. m. lie may not make saaf him self vv. *
Crist, the kyng of Israel, come
o sec. m. vv, y Om. v. z " fals b Om. AOQVVX. c or vndurne AGMNPQSTY.
patten sx. repref vr.
d weren vv. h
Om. ovvx. Om. Hely, Hely GW.
e on svvx. ee Om. f vnto x. & QVV.
AOQS.
'
Om. vv. 3 is interpretid MP. k or wherfore A. Om. OQUVX. 1 and heringe P. m aysel o. n 3af to r.
to drinke v. P and seide vv. 1 Om. surx. r
putte v.
9 Om. vr. * Jhesu sente out the
spirit vv.
"
Om. ox. either diede vv. v was vv. w Om. o. x two MPQXY. V binethe MPVV. z Om. MOPQUVX.
B which MP. that vvx. b seide v. and seide v. c the sone of God vv. cc
And sothli K. d and
weren vv. ther weren oth. w e Om. x. f fer v. S the modir of vv. h Om. vr.
wymmen wym. pr.m,
>
sueden vv. k whiche vv. hadden stijed to gidere vv. ra Om. v.
1
euen MO. euen MO. makyng
redi, either vigile, which is vv.

*
wrong K marg.
ether puttiden f Osn. CEPU. E Om. k. h the men i. >
oon of hem A sec. m. EQ.
k m wher k.
drynke A pr. m. M pr. m. segk.
Om. l
to n to rent EI. toren k. P aforn
sg. up k. u
1 iec. m. ehik. 1 yens ek pr. m. T and he m. s whom i. 4 Om. k m. the i.
kpr. pr. euentijcl
T that i. w was x Armath A y Om. i *
Om. b.
g. pr. m. pr. m.
VOL. IV. T
 138 MARK. XV. 43 XVI. 8.

43saboth, Joseph of Armathie , the? noble deed. And whanne the centurion ? was 45
decurioun^that hadde ten men vndir him*, clepid, he axide hym, if he were deed;
"
8
cam, the which and he was abidinge the
1
and whanne he knewe of the centurion,
rewme of God and hardily he entride in*
;
he grauntide the bodi of Jhesu to Jo-
to Pilat, and axide the body of Jhesu. seph. And Joseph bou3te lynnen cloth, 4
44 Forsothe Pilat wondride, if he hadde now and took hym 7 doun, and wlappide in
-

a
4sdeied. And brou^t ceiiturio 'axid to u , *or the lynnen cloth, and leide hym in a
x s
him, if he were now deed
to", he"' axide ; sepulcre that was hewun of a stoon, and
and whanne he? hadde knowun of cen- walewide a stoon to the dore of the
turio, he 3af the body of Jhesu to Joseph. sepulcre. And Marie Maudeleyne and 47
v
a b
4G Sothli Joseph' byinge him 'lynnen cloth , Marie of Joseph bihelden, where he was
and doynge him doun, wlappede c in the leid.
v
d
lyneu cloth, and puttide" in a newe se-
f
pulcre that was hewen in& a stoon, andss
walewid to a stoon at 1'
the mouth' of the
k
sepulcre .

CAP. XVI.
47 Marie Mawdeleyn forsothe, and Marie
of Joseph biheelden, where he was putt.
1 CAP. XVI.
lAnd whanne the saboth hadde " passid, 1
And whanne the sabat was passid, i

Marie Mawdeleyn, and Marie of James, Marie Maudeleyne, and Marie of James,
and Salome bo^ten oynementis, that thei
11
and Salomee bou3ten swete smellynge
2comynge schulden anoynte Jhesu. And oynementis, to come and to anoynte Jhe-
ful eerly in oon of woke P dayes, thei su. And
ful eerli in oon of the woke 2

carnen to the sepulcre, thei sunne now r camen to the sepulcre, whanne
daies, thei

s'sprungen vp
8
And thei seiden to gidere, . the sunne was risun. And thei seiden 3
Who schal 'turne a3en l to vs the stoon fro togidere, Who schal meue awey to vs
4 the dore of the sepulcre? And thei bi- the stoon fro the dore of the sepulcre?

holdinge sy3en the stoon walewid" awey, And thei bihelden, and seien the stoon 4

sforsoth it was ful greet. And thei go- walewid awei, for it was ful greet. Arido
v into the sepulcre sy3en a 3ong thei 3eden in to the sepulcre, and sayn a
ynge yn
w with a white stole, sit-
oon, hilid with a whit stoole, sittinge at 3onglyng, hilide
the 1-131 half; and thei weren abaistVor tynge 'at the e ri3thalf ; and thei weren
e
bgreetli aferdi . The which
2
seith to hem, afeerd. Which* 1
seith to hem, Nyle 366

Nyle 36 drede; 36 seken Jhesu of Nazareth drede ; 3e seken Jhesu of Nazareth cru-
crucified he hath risun, he is not heere
; ; cified ; he is risun, he is not here lo ;
!

lo ! the place where thei puttiden* him. the place where thei leiden hym. But 7
b
7 But go 'seye 3e 36, to his disciplis, and to go 36, and seie 3e f to hise disciplis, and
Petre, for he schal go byfore 3ou in to to Petir, that he schal go bifor 3011 in to
Galilee ; there 36 schulen se him, as he Galilee ;
there 36 schulen se hym, as he
a seide to 3ou. And thei goynge out fledden seide to 3ou. And thei 3eden out, and 8

Armath Oin. ovyx.l Om. v.T Om.u v Om. vvx.

clepid vv.
K. P a u. * also vr.
<\ ur.
w Pilat vv. x Jhesu ur. forsothe z
o. Forsothe Joseph i~r.
y Pilat ur. a Om. AGMNOPQSTU
Joseph
ytvxv. b sendel or lynnen cloth MP. a linen cloth A'. c
wlappide him AIP.
d and he vr. e
putte him MP.
him f Om. h to A". k
ur. g? dore ur. graue ur.
>
putte s.
puttide putte it A-.
graue ur. g of ur. K.
1 James and
Joseph N. m was ur. n of Salome XY m. oynten x. P the woke GMOPQvr. the
pr.
ajen turne MPXY. turne
1 whan the ur. r Om. Nur. s was risen now ur.
wyke A', the woke Y.
*

ur. u turned ur. v MPY. ur. A". w on ur. * abaischid ACOQW.

away ingoynge entrynge ingoende
Y Om. Aovrx. z Om. ur. a
putten sx.
b seith A-.
astonyed ur. abasht A".

J' centurio A. z it c. a the EP. b and he i.

c atte P. d The whiche I. e seid spr. m. f Om. hi.
 XVI. 9 T MARK. 139

fro the sepulcre ; forsothe e drede d and fledden fro the sepulcre; for drede and

quakynge hadde assaylid hem,

6
gon in W quakyng had assailed hem, and to no
to hem*, and to no man thei seiden ony man thei seiden ony thing, for thei dred-
h
9
thing, forsoth % thei dredden. Sothly den. And Jhesus roos eerli the firste dais
Jhesus, rysinge erly in the first day of the of the woke, and apperid firste to Marie
wouke, apperide firste to Mary Mawde- Maudeleyne, fro whom he had caste
leyn, of' whom he hadde cast out seuene out seuene deuelis. And
1

sche }ede, and 10

iodeuelis k She goynge tolde to hem that 1

tolde to hem that hadden ben with
.
hym,
weren with him, ^hem weylinge and wep- whiche weren weilynge and wepynge.
nynge. And thei heeringe that" he And thei herynge that he lyuyde, andii
lyuede ,
andP was seyn of hir, bileueden was seyn of hir, bileueden not. But 12
12 not. Sothli i after thes thingis 'tweyne after these whanne tweyne of
thingis
of hem wandringe he r
, is
s
schewid in an hem wandriden, he was schewid in an-
other lyknesse/or /?gwet to hern" goynge v t ) othir liknesse to hem goynge in to a
is in to a toun. And thei goynge toolden toun. And thei ^eden, and telden to is

to othere, nethir w thei bileuyden to the& othir h , and nether thei bileueden to
x
hem.
v
14 Forsoth at the laste, hem enleuene rest- hem. But at the' laste, whanne theu
ingey, Jhesus apperide to hem, and re- enleuene disciplisi saten at the mete,
z
prouyde the vnbileue of hem, and the Jhesus apperide to hem, and k repreuede
hardnesse of herte, for thei bileuyden not the vnbileue of hem, and the hardnesse
to hem a that hadden seyn him to haue
, of herte, for thei bileueden not to hem,
isrisun b
fro deede c And he seide to hem, 3e . that hadden seyn that he was risun fro
d
goynge to al the world, preche
in the deeth. And he seide to hem, Go je in is

16
gospel to ech creature. He that schal bi- to al the world, and preche the gospel
1

leue, and schal be cristenyiV,

v
baptisid", W to eche creature. Who that bileueth, and in

schal be sauyd^; sothli he that schal bi- is baptisid, schal be saaf; but he that
17 leue not h , schal be dampned. Forsoth bileueth not, schal be dampned. And 17
k schulen sue
these !
tokenes hem, that these tokenes schulen sue hem, that bi-
schulen bileue. In my name thei schulen leuen. In my name thei schulen caste
"'
cast out fendis ;
thei schulen speke with out feendis ; thei schulen speke with
isnewe tungis ; thei schulen do awey ser- newe tungis ; thei schulen do awei ser- is

pentis; and if thei schulen drynke ony pentis ;

and if" thei drynke ony venym,
v

venym, or deedli thing^, ''that bryngith it schal not

noye hern. Thei schulen
deeth'", it schal not noye" hem Thei . sette her hondis on sijk men, and thei
r
schulen putte? hiri hondis vpon sike men, schulen wexe hoole. And the Lord 10

10 and thei schulen haue wel. And sothli 8

Jhesu, aftirv he hadde spokun to hem,
the Lord Jhesu, aftir that he 'hadde spoke* wasi takun vp r in to heuene, and he
to hem, is" takun vp in to heueue, and sittith on the ri3thalf of God. And 20

c for ur. d e drede ur. f Om. h Forsothe vv,

tremblynge vv. MOPQVVX. K for vv. '
fro vr.
k fendis vv. '
hem mournynge and wepynge vv. m Om. vv. n for vv.
lyuende XY. P Om. XY.
T Om. vv. 9 was vv. u * Om. T
1 Forsothe ur. tweyne of hem vr.
MOPQUVX. walkynge and
vr. w and
not to vv. vr. *
y sittinge atte the mete vr. z vnfeithfulnesse vr. B these s.
goynge
c deed men ur. deth x.
prechith MPX. prechyng Y.
" rise e cristened ur. f Om.
ajen ur.
<1
oQurx.
e saaf AGMNOpQSTurtrY. '
not bileue MPXY. '
the r. k
signes ur.
1
Om. Qur. m that bryngith in
deelh a sec. m. xv. Om. OQur. n to hem o. 1 Om. vr. r on urx. s haue
anoye ur. P sette vr.
hem MPY. l
spake vr. was vr.

Om. KIMPQHS h tother P passim, H Om. R k and

pr. m. k#. pr. m.
'
g g. atte aftir at the pr. m. J

he ' m and n P after that

i.
preche 30 Apr.m. precheth i. thei k. thouj k.
anoye cwb.
q he was k pr. m. r Om. c.
EMPSuegka.
T2
 140 MARK. XVI. 20.

v
20 sittith on the rrjthalf of God. Sothli thei 3eden and prechiden euery
forth,
theigon forth prechiden euery where, the Lord wrou3te with hem,
where, for the
Lord worchinge with w and conferminge
,
and confermyde the word with signes
the word with* signesx folowinge 2 .
folewynge.

Here endith the gospel of Mark, and Here endith the gospel of Mark, and
bigynneth the prolog of Luk*. here bigynnetli the prolog vpon Luyk*.

v Forsothe uv. w to gidere vr. x Om. x. T signes, either myracles vv. z

suynge vr.
a Here

endith Mark, and norv bigynneth Luk. A. Here endith the gospel of Mark, and here bigynnclh the prolog
on the gospel of Luke Euanaelift. Jerom in his prolog seith pleynli this sentence suynge. N. Here endith
the gospeles of Marks, and here bigynneth the prolog of Luke. g. Here endith Mark. T. Here endith
Marc, and bygynneth Luc. v. Here endeth the gospel of Mark, and bigynneth the gospel of Luke. w.
Ende. Y. No final rubric in GMOPSVX.

*
Here endith the gospel of Mark, and (here x) bigynneth the prologe on the gospel of Luyk. CQX.
Heere endith the gospel of Mark, and biginnith the prologe on Luyk. iRchi. Here endeth Mark ; se now
the prologe on Luke. K. Here endith the gospel of Mark, and bigynnith a prologe on Luk. s. Here endith
ube. Here eendith the gospel of Mark. k.
Mark, and here bigynneth a prologe on Luyk.
 LUKE.
The prologe of Luke".

LUCAS of Antyoche of Sirye nacioun, in craft a leche, was b a disciple of the

apostlis ; aftirward he folowide Poul anon in c to his passioun, seruynge to the Lord
with outen blame ;
forwhi he iiother hauynge eny tyme wyf, neithir d sones, of
e
seuenty and foure 3eer age deiede in Betanye , ful of the Hooly Gost.
f
The which
Jewerie, by Mark
aftir thats the gospels weren writuri, by Matheu forsothe in h
v
k
Hooly Gost, this gospel he wroot in the cuntrees' of
sothli in Ytalie, stirynge the

Achaye also signyfiynge him silf, that othere gospelis of Matheu and Mark
'
;

weren writen bifore. To whom with oute 'the ilke m the whiche the ordre thingis,
of the" disposinge of the gospel axith , the mooste nede of traueil was, that first to
the bileuyd men of GreesP bi alle profeciynge the manheed of Crist comynge in to
fleisch schulde be maad opyn, lest thei, holdei with Jewis fablis, in the oonly desyr r
of the olde la we schulde be holde, and that he schulde trauele, lest thei', disceyued
8

with eretikis fablis and foly u bisynessis, schulde falle fro the treuthe; and" aftir that, in
the bigynnyrige of his gospel, the natiuyte of Jon take bifore, schulde schewe, to
whom he wroot the gospel, and in whom 'he chose w schulde wryte, tnakyrige opyn
him x in him silf to be fulfillid, that weren y of othir bigunne 7 . To whom therfore*
b
after the
baptym of Goddis sone
perfeccioun of generacioun fulfillid
fro the in
v

Crist, and fro the bigynnynge of natyuyte of man to be 'rehersid power was ,

d
grauntid , that to men sechinge he schulde schewe, in whom he was apprehendinge
6 f
bi the entringe of the generacioun of vndepartable God, rennynge a3en 'in to
God by Nathan?, the sone of Dauith, admittid, prechinge to men his Crist, schulde
make by the 'sone the h work of a perfit man turne a3en in' to him silf, the which
Luk by Dauith the fadir to men comynge to God 3af a wey in Crist. To the
which Luk power
in seruyse of the apostlis dedis to be write was 3oue, that God
ful schewide in to God, other to be God that was in the assencloun, and the sone
was Judas, acquenchid k the m
preier of the apostlis maad, thorw
1
of tresoun, that ,

the lot of Goddis choys", 'the noumbre schulde be fulfild. So Poul fulfillinge schulde
v

3yue to the? dedis of the apostlis, whom longe to a3ens f i

God r , that was Goddis wille,

kikynge the Lord hadde chose. That thou3 bothe 'to men" redinge and sechinge God
8 l

v
by alle thingis it were profitable to be spedde of vs, netheles we, kuowinge that the

From o. The
prologe. r. Here begynneth the prolong of Luk. Y. initial rubric in ux. Nob that

was o. Om. QX.c d either v. or x. other Y. e in s. f GY. Bitomie v. S Oni. K.

age Bitynie
h the XY. Om. K k Om. K. Achaies Y. m tho x. a Om. K. axid x. P Greek s.
pr. m.
i '

Graes Y. <l sholde SXY. Om. vr. r the Om. sx. the y. u T Om. GY.
faily Y.
'
desijr r.
w Om. Y. x Om. si/rx. y In GKQ and v a large portion of the prologue to the Ep. to the Romans is
z a that sore Y. b fild x. c the hersid is jouen x.
''
introduced here. bigynnyng u. bigunnen x. .

e u. f
vnto S Mathan K. h Om. o. '
Om. y. k sx. '
r. m Om. g.
vnpartable Q. quenchid postlis
n clothis K. so Poul fulfillinge the noumbre should be fulfillid G sec. m. P there G. 1 tojen x. r the

u men T
likynge K el ceteri. to r pr. m. neuer-
B kikende s. l there G.
good GQsurx. the gode Y.
theles Q.
142 LUKE.
traueilinge erthe tilier it bihoueth to etc of his frutis, hauith auoycled opyn curiouste,
leste we schulde be seid" not to schewe God as wel to men willinge, as to profite to

men aloothinge .

Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth the gospel?.

Here bygynneth the prologe on Luyke*.

b
Luik was a man of Syne bi c
nacioun, and of Antiochie, and was a leche in
d.
craft, and a disciple of apostlis Aftirward e he suede Poul
endyng, til to f his
and seruede God, and was with out greet synne, for nethir he hadde a wijf in
v

ony tyme, nether children, and he diede in Bithynye at foure and seuentithe 3eer&,
and was ful of the Hooli Goost. And whanne gospellis h weren writun bi Matheu
in Judee, and bi Mark in Ytalie, Luk bi the stiryng of the Hooli Goost wroot
1

k
this gospel in the cuntreis
of Acaye. The moste nede of his trauel "was this ,
1 1

that the manhod of Crist schulde be opyn to feithful Grekis bi alle profetis, that
God n schulde come in fleisch, that is, to schewe bi alle profetis, that Crist schulde
be God and man togidir, lest cristen Grekis token heede to the fablis of Jewis,
and weren holdun in desijr aloone of Moyses lawe. And Luyk trauelide, lest
ether weren disseyued bi fablis of eretikis, and fonned stelthis, and felden
thei
awei fro treutheP. This Luyk bigynneth at the concepcioun and natyuyte of Joon
Baptist, and discryueth the natyuyte, and baptym, and prechyng of Crist, and his
deth, and risyng a3en, and assencioun.

\Jerom in his prolog on Ltiyk seith pleynli this sentence*.

Here bigynneth another prologe*.

1 Forsothe for manye men enforceden to ordeyne the tellyng of thingis, whiche
2 ben fillid in vs, as thei that seyn atte the bigynnyng, and weren ministris of the
r s
:iword, bitaken , it is seen also to me, hauynge' alle thingis diligentli bi ordre, to
4 write to thee, thou best Theofile, that thou knowe the treuthe of tho wordis,
of whiche thou art lerned u *.

m ban s. hath x. n seie QY. seen sux. lothende sx. P Here endith the prologe of' Luke, and

bigynnen the gospeles of Luke after the letlre. Q. No final rubric in XY. 1 From t; and v marg. Pro-
s Om. r. u lerud r. * These four
loge. v text.
r
hauynge fro the bygynnyng v.
*
bytooken v.
prefatory verses are only found in two copies, u and v, both of the early version.

a From EOPTf.
Prologe on Luyk. c. Prolog of Luke. N. Prologe. x. Here bigynneth the [a g] prolog
on the gospel of Luk. gk. No initial rubric in IKMQRSUX. h Om. N. c he was k. d the
apostlis e.
e And aftirward ES. f into T. f? foure and seventi
jeer CEiKPQ-ruxbhik. Ixxiiij. 3eer Jiscegk. foure
score foure 5eers N. thre scoore jere and four tenthe o. h the '
Om. CEMNOSTUXQR
gospels oe.
k cuntrei hik. '
Om. m Om. T. " Crist s ar o. P the truthe Rsg.
bceghik. i.
sup. rns.
1 Jerom seith al this
pleynli in his prologe on Luyk. c. Jerom in his prologe on Lrvk seilh this sentence. KPX.
Heere endith the prologe. i. Here endeth the prologe on Luke ; se now the book of Luk. K. Jerom in his
prolog seith al this pleynli. N. Thus eendith the prolog, and bigynneth the gospel of Luke. R. Here endith
the prologe, and here bigynnith the book of Luk. s. This seith Jerome in his prologe on Luyk. v. Here
endith the prolog, and bigenneth the gospeil of the vangly of Luk. g. This seith Jerom in his prolog. hi.
Jerom in his prolog on Luk seith al this. k. Om. oxe.
 I. 5 '7- LUKE. 143

Here bygynneth the gospel of'Lube (. Here bigynneth the gospel of Luyk*.

5 Ther was sum prest, Zacharie by In the daies of Eroude, kyng of Judee, A
name, in the dayes of Eroude, kyng# of ther was a prest, Sakarie hi name, of the

Judee, of the sort of Abia, and his wyf sorte of Abia, and his wijf was of the
of the dou3tris of Aaron, and hir name dou3tris of Aaron, and hir name was
o Elizabeth. Sothli thei bothe weren iuste Elizabeth. And bothe b weren iust bifore
r
11
bifore God, goynge in alle the maunde- God, goynge in alle the maundementis
mentis and iustifyingis of the Lord, with and iustifiyngis of the Lord, withouten
7outen pleynte. And' a sone was not to pleynt. And thei hadden no child, for 7
hem, for that Elizabeth was bareyne, and Elizabeth was bareyn, and bothe weren
k
bothe hadden gon forth fer in her dayes. of grete age in her daies. Arid it bifel,8
1

s Sothli it was" don, whanne" Sacharie was

1
that whanne Zacarie schulde do the office

set 'in presthod ,

in the ordre of his sort of preesthod, in the c ordre of his cours
9 bifore God, vpP the custom of presthod, tofor God, aftir the custome of the d 9

by sort he wente forth, that he entrid in preesthod, he wente forth bi lot, and
to the temple of the Lord, schulde puttei entride in to the temple, to e encense.
loensence. And alle the multitude of the r And al the multitude of the puple was 10

with outforth, and preiede in the our"of

peple was withouteforth, preiynge
in the

nour of encence. Sothli an aungel of the encensyng. And an f aungel of the Lord n
Lord apperide to him, stondinge on the apperide to hym, and stood on the ri3t-
I2ri3thalf of 8 the auter of ensence. And half of the auter of encense. And Za-12
u
Sacharie seynge was * disturblid , and carie seynge was afraied, and drede fel

is drede felde v doun on him. Forsoth the vpon hym. And the aungel seide to is

drede thou Zacarie, drede thou not

aungel seith to hym, Zacharie, hym, ; for thi
not ; for thi preier is herd, and Elizabeth, preyer herd, and Elizabeth, thi wijf,
is

thi wyf, schal here to thee a sone, and his schal here to thee a sone, and his name
v

14 name schal be clepid John. And ioye schal be clepid Joon. And ioye and u
vv
and gladinge schal be to thee ; and manye gladyng schal be to thee ; and many
w v

laschulen enioye in his natyuite. Sothli he schulen haue ioyes in his natyuyte' For' 1
. is

schal be greet bifore the Lord, and he he schal be greet bifor the Lord, and he
x
schal not drynke wyn and sydir and he , schal not drynke wyn andj sidir, and he
schal be fulfilled y of z the a Hooly Gost 3it schal be fulfillid with the Hooli Goost
ieof b his modir
c
wombe. And he schal 3it of k his modir 1
wombe. And he schal 10

conuerte manye of the sones of Israel to conuerte many of the children of Israel

17 the Lord God of hem and he ; schal go to her Lord God ;

and he schal go bifor 17

bifore him in the spirit and vertu of hym in the spirit and the vertu of Helie;
11

Helye ;
and he' 1 schal turne the hertis of and he schal turne the hertis of the

' From o. Hcere bigynneth Luke. IM. Luk. v. No initial rubric in the other Mss. ? the
kynge o.
Om. w pr. m. h to for u. '
Om. u. k Om. Qur. Om. x. 1 m G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
is " that

PQTX Y. Om. vvw sec. m. P aftir A pr. m. GMNOPQSW pr. m. x. 1 Om. G pr. m. r Om. v. 8 on o .

u clisturbid sx. distroublid v. v

* is GMNOPQSTXY. fallide GMNT. fell o. x. fellid y.
fel vv he schall
w ioie AP w *
be ioye to thee and gladynge GMXOPQTXY. pr. m. cyser IP. cyther ox. y fillid vv.
* with AGiaxptjsrxY. a Om. G. b on T. c modirs uv. d Om. OPQTX.

a Heere
biginnith the gospel of Lttyk.
i. This is the gospel. Q. This is the Gospel of Lnyc. x. Here
bigynneth the firste chapitre of
Luk. e. No initial rubric in CEKPRSubeghik. b bothe thei I. c Om.

d Om. e of k f the c. h
M pr. m. KSgk. that e. pr. m. S be glad R. natyuyte, or birlhe K.
J ne CEiMrQRUxbchika/3. nether KSg. k fro k. '
modris sb. " Om. sk. m Om. KIP
'
Forsothe i.
x pr. m. k.
 144 LUKE. I. 1 8 29.

6
fadris in to sones , and men out of bileuef fadris in to the" sones, and men out of
to thes prudence of iuste men, for 1'
to bileue to the prudence of iust men, to

make redy a parfyt peple to the Lord. make redi a perfit puple to the Lord.
is And Zachari seide to the aungel, Wherof And Zacarie seide to the aungel, Wherof is
schal I wite this ? for I am old, and my schal Y
witeP this? for Y
am eld, and my
19
wyf hath gon
hir dayes. And the
fer' in wijf hath gon fer in toi hir daies. And 19
aungel answeringe seide to him, Forsoth the aungel answeride, and seide to hym,
I am Gabriel, that stonde ny3 bifore
k
For r Y am Gabriel, that stonde ni3 bifor
God ;
and I am sent to thee for 1 to speke, God ;
and Y am
sent to thee to speke,
and to m euangelise, 'or tclle n , to thee thes and to euangelize to thee these thingis.
2uthingis. And loo! thou shalt be stille, And thou schalt be doumbe, and 20
lo !

"or doumbe , and thou schalt not mowe thou schalt not mow speke til in to the
speke the day, in which? thes
til in to dai, in which these thingis schulen be

thingis schulen be don; for thati thou

hast don ;
for thou hast not bileued to my
"
5
not bileuyd to my wordis,
1
whiche schu- wordis, whiche schulen be fulfillid in her
21 len be fillid' in her tyme. And the peple tyme. And
puple was abidynge2i
the
was abidinge Zacharie, and thei won- wondriden, that he ta-
Zacarie, arid thei
22driden, for he tariede in the temple. For- riede in the temple. And he 3ede out, 22
soth he gon out my3te not speke to hern, and my3te not speke to hem, and thei
and thei knewen that he 1 hadde seyn a '
knewen that he hadde seyn a visioun in
vicioun in the temple. And he was bekeri- the temple. And he bikenyde to s hem,
2synge to hem, arid dwellide doumb. And and he ss dwellide stille doumbe. And it 23

itwas" maad v as the dayes of ,

his office was don, whanne the daies of his office

weren fulfillid w he wente in to ,

his hous. weren fulfillid, he wente in to his hous.
24 Forsoth after dayes Elizabeth, his wyf, And aftir these daies
Elizabeth, his wijf, 24
conseyuede, and hidde hir fyue rnonethis, conseyuede, and hidde hir fyue monethis,
to me in and seide, For so the Lord dide to me in 25
25seyinge, For so the Lord dide
x he the daies, in whiche he bihelde, to take
the dayes, in the whiche bihelde, for?
to take a wey my schenschip a mong men. awei my repreef among men. But in 26
2fiSothely in the sixte monethe the aungel the sixte moneth the aungel Gabriel was
Gabriel was z sent fro God in to a citee of sent fro God in to a citee of Galilee,

27 Galilee, towhich a the name Nazareth, to whos name was Nazareth, to a maidyn', 27
a rnayden weddid to a man, to whom
h
,
weddid to a man, whos name was Jo-
the name was Joseph, of the house of seph, of the hous of Dauid and the ;

Dauith and the name of the mayden

;
name of the maidun" was Marie. And 28
28 Marie. And the aungel gon yn to hir the aungel entride to hir, and seide,

seide, Heil
c
,
ful of grace; the Lord be A Heil, ful of grace; the Lord be* with
with thee thou arnong f wym-
; blessid be* thee ; blessid be thou among wymrnen.
h
29 men. Whichs, whanne she had herd, was And whanne sche hadde herd, sche was 29
troublid' in his word, and thou3te what troublid in his word, and thou3te what

e the sones
AGMNPQTW pr. m. v. f
bileue, or that bileuen not AGNQSTWY. the bileue vr. S Om. A'.
h Om. sx. forth x. k toforn XY.
' l
Om. x. m for to o. n or scheme AGMKOPSTY. Om. QX.
Om. x. P the whiche AGMNOPTWY. 1 that that AGMNPSTXY. * not now w pr. m. s the whiche AG
MNOPQSTW pr.m. XY. * fulfilled AGMNOPQSTIVXY. 4t thei K u is A
pr. m. Gpr.m. MNOPQSTY pr. m.
v don A sec.m. G sec.m. svv. w fillid vv. x Om. AGMNOpQSTvrwxY. J Om. sx. z ISA
pr. m. G pr m. A/JV
OPQSTXY pr. m. a whom AGMNOPQSTXY. b virgyn p. c Heil, Marie N. d Om. GMNOPQSTwpr. m. XY.
e Om. a h is A
pr. m. MNPQSTXY pr. m. yn A. e The whiche AGMNPQSTWXY. pr. m. Gpr. m. MNPQST
f

XYpr.m. Om. o. turblid MNP. '

nOm. Expr. m. " the bileue g. Pknowek. 1 Om. EIQR sec. m. begkpr. m. r Forsothe i. s Om. s.
s Om. H. * niaide
EiPQxk. " maide EIP. T is i.
 1. 30 44. LUKE. 145

30 maner salutacioun this was. And the maner salutacioun this was. And the 30
Ne w drede thou 1
aungel seide to hir, drede thou, Marie, aungel seide to hir, Ne
sothli thou hast founden grace anemptis" noty, Marie, for thou hast foundun grace
31 God. Loo thou schalt conseyue in the v
! anentis God. Lo! thou schalt conceyuesi
w
wombe, and schalt here a sone, and thou in wombe, and schalt bere a sone, and
32 schalt clepe his name Jhesu. This* schal thou schalt clepe his name Jhesus. This z 32
be greet, and he schal be clepid the xx sone schal be greet, and he schal be clepid the
of the Hi3este ; and the Lord God schal sone of the Hi3este ; and the Lord God
3yue to him the seete of Dauith, his fadir, schal 3eue to hym the seete of Dauid, his
and he schal regne in the hous of Jacob fadir,and he schal regne in the hous of
x
33 with outeny ende, and of his rewme schal Jacob with outen ende, and of his rewme 33
34 be non ende. Forsoth Marie seith z to schal be noon ende. And Marie seide 34
the aungel, On what manere schal this to the aungel, On what maner schal this

thing be don, for I knowe not man ?

a
thing be doon, for knowe riot" man ? Y
36 And the aungel answeringe seide to hir, And the aungel answeride, and seide toss
The Hooly Gost schal come fro aboue in hir, The Hooly Goost schal come fro
and the vertu of the Hi3este schal
to thee, aboue in and the vertu of the
to thee,
echadewe vntob thee therfore and that ; Hi3este schal ouerschadewe thee and ;

hooly thing that schal be born of thee, therfor that thing that schal be
hooli
36 schal be
clepid the sone of God. And borun of thee, schal be clepid the sone of
loo !
c
Elizabeth, thi cosyness , and sche God. And lo b !
Elizabeth, thi cosyn, so

hath conceyued a sone in hir elde, and and sche also hath conceyued a sone in
this monethe is the sixte to d hir that is hir eelde, and this moneth is the sixte
37 clepid bareyne; for euery word schal not to hir that is clepid bareyn ; for euery 37
afibe inpossible anemptis God. Forsoth word schal not be inpossible anentis
Marie seide, Loo the hand rnayden e of ! God. And Marie seide, Lo the hand- as !

the Lord be it don to me aftir f thi word,

; maydyn
d
of the Lord ; be it don to me
so And the aungel departide fro hir. Sothli aftir thi word. And the aungel de-
Marie risinge vp in tho dayes, wente with partide fro hir. roos vp inAnd Marie 39
ff
haste in to the hilly placis, in to a citee tho daies, and wente with haaste in to
40 of Judee. And
sche entride yn to the the mounteyns, in to a citee of Judee.
hows of Zacharie, and grette Elizabeth. And sche entride in to the hous of Za- 40

41 And it was*? don, as Elizabeth herde the carie, and grette Elizabeth. And it was4i
salutacioun of Marie, the 3onge child in don, as Elizabeth herde the salutacioun
v
hir wombe gladide. And Elizabeth was of Marie, the 3ong child in hir wombe
42fillid
h
with the Hooly Gost, and criede gladide. And Elizabeth was fulfillid

with grete voys, and seide, Blessid be' 1

with the Hooli Goost, and criede with 42
thou a moiig wymmen, and blessid be* the a greet vois, and seide, Blessid be thou

43fruyt of thi wombe. And wherof this 1 among wymmen, and blessid be the
8

thing to me, that the modir of my Lord fruyt of thi wombe. And whereof WMS
44 come to me? Loo! forsothe as the vois of this thing to me, that the modir of my
thi salutacioun was" rnaad in myn eeris, Lord come f to me? For lo ! as the voice 44

u Om. AGMNOPQSTW pr. in. XY.

" w Om. GMOPQTW * He uv. xx Om. MP.
ajeyn N. pr. m. XY.
J in to withouten x. z said
AGMNOPQSTVVWXY. a knewe MP. b to AGMNOPQSTW sec. m. WXY. into

vp vvw sec.m. S is G sec.m. MOPQTX

v pr.m. c of o. e { ff tho x.
cosyne GMOPQXY. mayde A/OF.
<1

pr.m. opr.m. MNOPQSTXY pr.m. was fulfillid A sec.m. G sec.m. w pr.m. Y sec.m.
Y pr. m. h is fulfilde A
Om. GMNPSSTXY pr. m. k Om. G pr.m.MNOPSTXY pr.m. is this AG sec. m. w
m com-
pr.m. r sec. m.
' 1

eth vr. n is A m. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m.

pr.

w Om. CIB sec. m. x sec. m. * thee EP. y Om. csec. m. z He this r. a no k. b Om. k pr. m.
c d e Om. f cometh k.
vnpossible Kpk. handmaide iqk. s.

VOL. IV. U
 146 LUKE. I. 45 64.

d was maad
the 3onge child gladide with 6 ioye in my of thi salutacioun in myn
45 wombe. And blessid thou f erts, that hast eeris, the 3ong child gladide in ioye in
h
bileuyd, for tho thingis that ben seid to my wombe. And blessid be thou, that4;
thee fro the Lord, schulen be parfytli don. hast bileued, for thilkes thingis that ben
46 And Marie seide, My soule magnyfieth seid of the Lord to thee, schulen be par-

47 the Lord, and my spirit hath gladid in

1
fitli don. And Marie seide, Mi soule 46
48 God, myn heeltheJ. For he hath biholden magnyfieth the Lord, and my spirit hath 47
k
49 the mekenesse of his hand mayde Loo! .
gladid in God, myn helthe. For he hath 48

forsoth of this alle generaciouns schulen biholdun the mekenesse of his hand-
seie me blessid. For he that is my3ti hath maidun h For
of this alle genera- 49
. lo !

don grete thingis to me, and his name is

1
ciouns schulen seie that am blessid. 1
Y
And For he my3ti hath don to me
ra
his mercy is fro kynredis
11
that is
sohooly.
si in to kynredis, to men dredirige him. He grete thingis, and his name is hooli.

made my3te in his arme, he scateride And his mercy is fro kynrede in to 50
proude men with mynde of his herte. kynredes, to men that dreden hym. He 51
52 He puttide? doun myjty men fro seete^, made my3t in his arme, he scaterede
k
He proude men with the thou3te of his
r 5
53 and enhaunside meke . hath fillid

hungry men with goode thingis, and he* herte. He sette doun my3ti men fro 52
1

54 hath left voyde. He , hauynge

men u sete m and enhaunside meke men. He 53
ryche ,

mynde of his mercy, took vp Israel, his hath fulfillid hungri men with goodis,
55 child ; as he hath spoken to oure fadris, to and he hath left riche men voide. He, 54
Abraham and to his seed, in to worldis. hauynge mynde of his mercy, took" Is-
so Forsoth Marye dwellide with hir as three v rael, his child; as he hath spokun to oure 55
monethis, and turnyde 33611 in to hir hous. fadris, to Abraham and to his seed, in to

5;Sothly tyme of beringe child 'was

the worldis. And Marie dwellide with hir, 56
fillid
x
to Elizabeth, and sche childide a as it were thre monethis, and turnede
sssone. And
the nei3eboris and cosyns of a3en in to hir hous. But the tyme ofs?
hir herdenF, for the Lord hadde z magny- beryng child was fulfillid to Elizabeth,
fied his mercy with hir and thei thank- ;
and sche bare a sone. And the nei3boris SB
59iden a hirn b . And it was c don, in the and cosyns of hir herden, that the Lord
d hadde magnyfied his mercy with hir
ei3tethe day, thei camen for to circumside ;

the child ;
and thei clepiden" him Sacharie, and thei thankiden hym. And it was so
60 by name of his fadir. And his modir don in the ei3te dai, thei camen to cir-
f
answeringe seide, Nay, but he schal be cumcide the child; and thei clepiden hym
61 clepid John. And thei seiden to hir, Zacarie, bi the? name of his fadir. And eo
For no man is in thi kyn, that is clepid his moder answeride, and seide, Nay, but
62 bi& this name. Sothli thei maden a
syngne he schal be clepid Joon. And thei seiden ei
to his fadir, whom he wolde him for h to to hir, For no man is in thi kynrede,
63 be clepid. And he axinge a poyntel, that is clepid this name. And thei 62

wroot, seyinge, John is his name. And bikeneden to his fadir, what he wolde
64 alle men wondriden. Forsoth his mouth he were clepid. And he axyngees

d ful out e in
AGMNOpQsrvnvxY. t be thou ^G sec. m. Y sec. m. e Om. AGMNOPQSTXY.
gladide MP.
h thilk AGNOQST. the ilke MPW i
ful out gladid MP. J helthe 3iuer G sec. m. MOP. k mayden GV.
pr.m.v.
1
Om. Gpr. m. MNOPQSTXY pr. m. m Om. GIMNOPSQXY pr. m. n
kynrede AGMNOPQSTWY. And QX
Y pr.m. And he v sec. m. P putte sx. 1 the seete MPT. T meke men u. s fulfillid GMNOPQSTITXY.

* Om. w
pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m. was fultillid w\ sec. m.
u And K. T Om. K. x is fulfilde A
pr. m.
z hath u. a to b to hir MP. to him o. c is A
7 seiden v.
gydere ioyeden MP. pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m.
d Om. sx. e f no but T. 8 Om. Y pr. m. h Om. surx.
clepynge o.

h k Om. k. n took
g tho i. handmaide EiQck. Om. k. l
settide R. putte k. n here seete I.

vpkpr.m. the cosyns hi. P Om. Rpr. m. PP Om. e.

 I. 65 80. LUKE. 147

wask openyd anon, and his tunge, and he a poyntil, wroot, seiynge, Joon is his

esspak, blessinge
1
God. And drede was m name. And alle men wondriden. And 64
maud on her neijeboris, and thes"
alle anoon his mouth was openyd, and his
wordis weren pupplischid on alle the? tunge, and he spak, and blesside God.
66
hilly placis of Judee. And alle men that And drede was maad on alle her nei3-os
r
herden puttedyni in her herte, seyinge, boris, and alle these wordis weren pup-
Who, gessist thou, this child schal be? plischid on alle the mounteyns of Judee.
And sothli the bond of the Lord was 9 And alle men that herden puttiden inC6

fiV with him. And Zacharie, his fadir, Vas her herte, and seiden, What maner child
flUid 1 with the Hooli Gost, and prophe- schal this be ? Fori the hoond of the
y
es siede,
seyinge", Blessid be the Lord God Lord was with hym. And Zacarie, his 67
of Israel, for he hath visitid, and maad fadir, was fulfillid with the Hooli Goost,
69 redempcioun of his peple. And he hath and r prophesiede, and seide, Blessid beau
rend"" to vs an horn of x helthe in the the Lord God of Israel, for he hath
70 child. As^ he spak by
hous of Dauith, his visitid, and maad redempcioun of his
v
the mouthe of z
hooly prophetis that ben , puple. And he hath rerid 8 to vs an 69
71 fro the world*. Helthe fro b oure enemyes, horn of heelthe in the hous of Dauid, his
and fro c the bond of alle men d that hat- child. As he spak bi the mouth of?o
72 To do" mercy with oure fadris,and
iden vs. hise hooli prophetis, that weren fro the
1

haue mynde of his h hooly testament.

to f world. Helthe fro oure enemyes, and fro 71
73 The ooth that he swor to Abraham, oure the hoond of alle men that hatiden vs.
x
74 fadir, to 3yue him silf' to vs. That we To do merci with oure fadris, and to 72
'withoute drede k deliuerid fro the bond of haue mynde of his hooli testament. The 73
75 oure enemyes, serue to him 1 111
, in hoolynesse greet ooth that he swoor to Abraham,
n bifore him
and ri3tfulnesse iri alle oure oure fadir, to 3yue hym silf to" vs. That 74
7edayes. And
thou, child, schalt be clepid we with out drede delyuered v fro the
the? prophete of thePP Hi3este ; for thou hoond of oure enemyes, serue to hym, in 75
schalt go bifore the face of the Lord, toi w
hoolynesse and ri3twisnesse bifor hym
77 make redy his weyes. For r to 3yue the 8 in alle oure daies. And thou, child, 76

science of helthe to his peple, in to remis- schalt be clepid the prophete of the
78 cioun of her synnes ; bi the entraylis of Hi3est ; for thou schalt go bifor the face
mercy* of oure God, in whiche" he spryng- of the Lord, to make redi hise weies. To 77
7<) ynge vp fro an hi3 hath visytid vs. Forv 3yue scyence of helthe to his puple, in to
to 3yue Ii3t to hem that sitten in derk- remyssioun of her synnes; bi the inward- 7
nessis, and in schadewe of deth; for w to nesse of the merci of oure God, in the
dresse oure feet in to the wey of pees. whiche he spryngynge vp fro an hi3
BO Sothli the child waxide x , and was com- hath visitid vs. To 3yue Ii3t to hern that 79

k is A pr. m. GMNPQSTXY pr. m. o. m is A pr. in. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m.

1 n alle these
plesynge
vrx. Om. o. r Om. s Om.
vpon AQMNOPQTW pr. m. 1 putten s passim x.
Y. t
apr.m.
is fulfillid A pr. m. a sec. m. MNOPQSTXY
*
was fulfillid WY sec. m. u Om.
wpr.m.
Qpr.m. pr.m.
v Om. A
pr.m. G pr.m. MNPQSTW pr.m. XY pr.m.
w reiside vv. * on his v. of his r. Y And u.
z a world his b of G c of
GMNOPQTXY pr. m.
seyntis MP. prophetes MP. pr. m. MNOPQTXY pr. m.
d Om.vr w sec. m. x. e be done A f Om. r 6 on AGNST. h Om. K.
pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m. pr. m.
GOW him k Om. MOPQTXY
m. m. NT. pr. m.
i
hym silf to jif sec. to jiue MPIJXY pr. hym to jeue
1
serue we QY pr.m. m him withouten drede MOQTXY pr.m. n
rijtwysenesse AGMNOPQSTUWXY.
Om. G pr.m. MHOPQSTW pr. m. XY pr. m. f Om. r. PP Om. o. for to AGMNopQTurwY. T Om. x. <l

" Om. u the whiche AGMNOPQT

AGMNOPQSTW pr. m. XY. l the
mercy AGMNOPQSTW pr. m. XY.
w pr. m. Y. v Om. sx. w Om. s. x wex x.

<l forsothe I. r and he i. s arerid Epk. reisid b. l Om. k pr. m. u for b. be delyuered k pr. m.
ri5tfulnesse sbhi.

U 2
 148 LUKE. II. I 12.

fortid in spirit, and was in desert til to? sitten in derknessis and in schadewe x of
the day of his schewinge to Israel. deeth ;
to dresse oure feet in to the weie
of pees. And the child wexide, and was so

coumfortid in spirit, and was>" in desert

placis 'til to z the dai of his schewing to
Israel.
CAP. II. CAP. II.

i Forsothe it was" don zz

in tho dayes, a And was don it in tho daies, a maun- 1

maundement went out fro Cesar August, dement wente out fro the emperour Au-
\>r noble*, that al the world schulde be gust*, that al the world schulde be dis-
2discryued. This firste discryuyng was cryued. This firste discryuyng was maad 2
smaad of Cyryne, iustice b of Cirye. And of Cyryn, Justice of Sirie. And alle men 3
alle men c wenten, that thei schulde make wenten to make professioun
b
, ech in toc
profescioun, W knowleching
d
, ech by his owne citee. And Joseph wente vp4
4 him self in to his cite. Sothly and Josep fro Galilee, fro the citee Nazareth, in to

sti3ede vp fro Galilee, of e the f cite ofe Judee, in to a citee of Dauid, that is
Nazareth, in to Jude, in&s to a cite of Da- clepid Bethleem, for that he was of the
uith, that is clepid Bedleem, for that he hous and of the rneyne of Dauid, that he &
was of the hous and meyne of Dauith, schulde knouleche with Marie, his wijf,
5 that he schulde knowleche with Marie, that was weddid hym, and was greet
to
x
6 with child spousid wyf to him h Sothli it . with child. And was don, while thei e
it

was' don, whanne thei weren there, the weren there, the daies weren fulfillid,
k And
dayes weren fulfillid that she schulde that sche schulde here child.
1

, sche 7
7 bere
m child. And sche childide her firste bare hir borun sone, and wlappided
first

born" sone, and wlappide him in clothis, hyrn in clothis, and leide hym in a
and puttide him in a cracche, for ther cratche, for ther was no place to hym in
was not? place to hym in the comyn sta- noe chaumbir. And scheepherdis weren 8
eble. And
schepherdis weren in the same in the same cuntre, wakynge and kep-
f
cuntre, wakinge and kepinge the watchis ynge the watchis of the ny3t on her
sofi the ny3t on r her flok. And loo! the flok. And lo the aungel of the Lord 9
!

aungel of the Lord stood by sydis hem, stood bisidis hem, and the cleernesse of
and the 8 clerenesse of God schynede 4 aboute God
schinede aboute hem; and thei dred-
hem ; and thei dredden with greet drede. den with greet drede. And the aungel 10

10 And the aungel seide to hem, Nyle je seide to hem, Nyle 36 drede ; for lo ! Y
drede ; lo ! sothli I euangelise" to jou a preche to 3ou a greet ioye, that schal be
v
1 1
grete ioye, that schal be to al peple For . to al puple. For as sauyoure is borun to 11

a sauyour is borun to day to vs, that is dai to 3ou, that is Crist the Lord, in the
Crist the w Lord, in the cite of Dauith. citee of Dauid. And this is a tokene to 12
x
12 And this a tokene to 3ou; 30 schulen 3ou ; 36 schulen fynde a 3ong child wlap-

Om. z is zz Om. B Oin. b

y Q. in to uwpr.m. A pr.m. GMNOPQSTXY pr. m. KO. ox. iustice,
c Om. x. d Om. x. e Om. Om. PU. g Om. MOY. f
or keper AGMNPQSTW pr. m. Y. Qtv pr. m.
SS and K. him GMOPQTXY. >
is A pr. m. MNOS. Om. apr. m. PQTXY
to with childe pr. m.
l
spoused wijf,
k ben A m. MNPQTXY.
pr.
1 fillid uv. m first bere w. n
bygoten A pr. m. opr. m. NOQSTY pr m.
x passim. F no v. 1 on w. r s Om.
bigeten MP. goten x. putte s et vpon AGMNOPQSTW pr. m. Y.
GMNPQTXJTY. * schoen s. u
euangelise, or preche AGMNOPQSTW pr. m. Y. T the peple KQU rw pr. m.
w a G m. MNOPQTXY x this is Q sec. m. w pr. m.
pr. pr. m.

* the schadewe R. shade s. y lie was i.

z vnto i. a Om. A pr. m. Eicb pr. m. b ether knonlech
K marg. professioun, ether knotvlechynge x sec. m. marg.
c Om. i. d
wrappide e.
e Om. i. f Om.
EI pr. m. a. S the i.
 II. 1325- LUKE. 149

fynde a 3ong child wlappid in? clothis, pid in clothis, and leid in a cratche. And 13

is and put in a cracche. And sudenly ther sudenli ther was maad with the
aungel
z
is maad with the aungel a multitude of a multitude of heuenli kny3thod, heri-
heuenly kny3thod, heriynge God, and sey- ynge God, and seiynge, Glorie be in the u
uinge, Glorie be* in the hi3este thingis to hi3este thingis to God, and in erthe pees
God, and in erthe pees be b to men of good be to men of good wille. And it was 15
]>

iswille. And it
c
was don, that whanne the d 6
don, as the 'aungelis passiden' awei fro
aungelis passiden wey a fro hem in to hem in to heuene, the scheephirdis spaken

heuene, the schepherdis spaken to gidere, togider,and seiden, Go we ouer to Beth-

h
seiynge, Passe we ouer tils to Bedleem, se we this word that is maad,
f
leem, and
and se we' this word that is maad, the k
v
which the Lord hath 'maad, and k schew-
whiche the Lorde maad kk and schewid to
v

, ide to vs. And thei hi3ynge camen, and i

ic vs. And camen, and founden

thei hy3inge founden Marie and Joseph, and the 3ong
Marie and Joseph, and a 3ong child put child leid in a cratche. And thei seynge, 17

17 in a cracche: Sothli thei seinge, knewen knewen of the word that was seid to
of the word that was seid to hem of this 1 hem of this child. And alle men that is

is child. And alle men that hadden herd herden wondriden, and of these thingis
wondriden, and of thes thingis that weren that weren seid to hem of the scheep-
loseide to hem of the schepherdis. Forsoth hirdis. But Marie kepte alle these 19

Marie kepte alle thes wordis, beringe to wordis, berynge togider in hir herte.
20 gidere in hir" herte. And the schepherdis And the scheepherdis turneden a3en, glo-20
turneden a3en, glorifiynge and heriynge rifyinge and heriynge God in alle thingis
God in alle thingis that thei hadden herd that thei hadden herd and seyn, as it
21 and seyn, as it is seyd? to hem. And was seid to hem. And aftir that the 21 1

aftir that ei3te dayes weren endid, that ei3te weren endid, that the child
daies
the child schulde be circumsidid, his schulde be circumcided, his name was
name was 1 clepid Jhesus, which
r
was clepid Jhesus, which was clepid of the
clepid of the aungel, bifore he was con-
8
aungel, bifor that he was conceyued in
22seyued in worn be
1
And aftir that the . the wombe. And aftir that the daies n 22

dayes of purgacioun of Marie weren ful- of the" purgaciouni' of Marie weren ful-
u x
fild , vp Moyses lawe, thei token him iny fillid, aftir Moyses lawe, thei token hym
to Jerusalem, that thei schulden offre him into Jerusalem, to offre hym to the Lord,
23 to the Lord, as it is writun in the lawe as it is writun in the lawe of the Lord, 23
of the Lord, For ech z male 3 kynde open- For euery male kynde openynge the
b
ynge the wombe Vo go out schal be , wombe, schal be clepid holi to the Lord ;

24 clepid hooly to the Lord and that thei ;

and that thei schulen 3yue an offryng, 24
schulen 3yue an offryrige, vp d that ite is aftir that it is seid in the lawe of the
seid in the lawe of the Lord, A peyre of Lord, A peire of turturis, or twei culuer
2aturtris
f
, or tweys culuere briddis. And briddis. And lo! a man was in Jeru-25
lo ! a man was in Jerusalem, to whom the salem, whos name was Symeon and ; this
name Symeon 11
;
and this man was' iust
1
man was iust and vertuousi, and aboode

z was A sec. m. G sec. m. ovvw.

Om. AGMNOPQSTW pr. m. XY. b Om. a
Gpr. m. QXYpr. m.
y with
c e Om. { Go d
AGMNOPQSTW pr.m. XY. is Om. KUV.
A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
AVNOQWXY,
AGMNOPQSTWY. g Om. ANOQXY. h Om. GSTW. schewe N. k Om. Kvr. kk Om. K. l
the o. '

m stille u. n Om. w pr. m. was GQurw. P seen u. 1 is A pr. m. MNPQSTX. Om. o. r the whiche

AGMNOPQSTWXY. an w. t the wombe vr. u fillid u. * aftir AGMNOPQSTWXY. X Om. o. z

euery
B man o. b 'c Om. o. d aftir AGMNOPQSTWXY. e Om. s.
AGMNopQSTfrxv. for lo AGMNPQTWY.
f turtlis vw. e two MPtvxv. h mas Om. G pr. m. QTXY pr.m. '
Symeon o.

h Om. k. I
aungil passede sgk.
k Om. k pr. m.
1 Om. hia/3. m
Om. EIKMPQRSUX pr.m. bceghika^.
n
ei3te daies g. Om. EKbc^r. m. ega/3.
P purificacioun k. 1 ether dredeful K marg.
 150 LUKE. ii. 26 40.

k
arid dredful , abidinge the comfort of Is- the coumfort of Israel ; and the Hooli
rael; and the Hooly Gost was in him. Goost was in hym. And he hadde takun2
26 And he hadde taken answere of the Hooly an r answere of the Hooli Goost, that he
Gost, 'that he schal not se deeth, no but schulde not se deeth, but he saw3 first
1

27 he sai3 first the Crist of the Lord. And the Crist of the Lord. And he cam in 27
he cam in spirit in to the temple. And spirit into the temple. And whanne his
whenne and modir n ledden in
his 'fadir fadirand modir ledden the child Jhesu
the child Jhesu, that thei schulden do vpP to do aftir the custom of the 8 lawe for
r
28 the custom of lawei for him, and he took hym, he took hym in to hise armes, and 28
him in to his armes, arid he blesside God, he* blesside God, and seide, Lord, now 20
2->and seide, Lord, now thou leeuyst tin thou leuyst thi seruaunt aftir thi word
3o seruaunt vp s
thi word in pees ; for myn in pees for myn i^en han seyn thin 30
;

3iy3en ban seyn thin helthe

1
the u which , helthe, which thou hast maad redi biforsi
thou hast maad redy bifore the face of the face of alle puplis li^t to the schew-32 ;

u v
saalle peplis ; Ii3t schewing of he- to the v yng of hethene men, and glorie of thi
w
thene , and glorie of x
And and his vv 33
thi peple of Israel. puple Israel. his fadir
33 And his fadir and his^ modir weren won- modir weren wondrynge on these thingis,
z
dringe on thes thingis, that weren seid of that weren seid of hym. And Symeons4
34 hirn. And Syrneon blesside hem, and blesside hem, and seide to Marie, his
seide to Marie, his modir, Lo ! this is put modir, Lo ! this w is set in to the fallyng

in* to the b
fallinge and in c
to the d
rysinge doun and in to the x of
risyng a3en many
a3en of many men in dd Israel, and in to a men in Israel, and in to y a z tokene, to

tokene, to whom it schal be a3einseid. whom it schal be a3enseid. And a a 3s

35 And a swerd schal passe thorw thin owne e
swerd schal passe thorou thin owne soule,
f
soule that thou3tis be schewid of rnanye
,
that the thou3tis ben schewid of many
sehertis. And Anna was a prophetisse, the hertis. And Anna was
a prophetesse, se
doii3tir of Fanuel, of the lyriage of& Aser. the dou3tir of Fanuel, of the lynage of
And b sche hadde gon forth in many dayes, Aser. And sche hadde goon forth in
and hadde lyued with hir hosebonde seuen many daies, and hadde lyued with hir
37 3eer fro hir maydenhed. And this was a hosebonde seuene 3eer fro hir maydyn-
widowe 'til to' foure score 3eer and foure; hode. And this b was a widewe to c foure 37
which k departide not fro the temple, scoor 3eer and foure ; and sche depart-

seruynge ny3t and day to fastingis and

1
ide not fro the temple, but seruyde to A
SB
m And this" in thilke our God and dai in and
bisechingis .
ny3t fastyngis
aboue comynge, knowlechide to the Lord, preieris. And this 6 cam vpon hem in 38
and spak of him to alle that abidenP the thilk our, and knoulechide to the Lord,
30 redempcioun of Israel. And as thei had- and spak of hym to alle that abiden the
den perfytli doon alle thingis, byi the lawe redempcioun of Israel. And as thei 39
of the Lord, thei r turnyden a3en in to hadden ful don alle thingis, aftir the
40 Galilee, in to her citee Nazareth. Sothli lawe of the Lord, thei turrieden a3en in

k
dredyngful o.
1
him not for to MNOPQTY. him not to sx. that he schulde not u. m Om. GMNO
n eldres Om. G pr. m. MNOPQ pr. m. TXY.
PQTY. MNOPQTX,Y, his fadir and his modir u. P aftir
A pr. m. GMNOPQSTWXY. 1 the lawe GQ. r of N. s aftir A * helthe
pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY. 3ifer
G sec.m. MO sec.m. P. pees o pr. m. u Om. u. v Om. Q. w hethen men AGMNOPQSTUPXY. * Om. s.
y Om. vw. z a Om. o. b Om. MOP. c Om. o. d Om. os. dd of Q. e Om. x.
vpon AGMNOPQSTWY.
{
soule, the whiche is his x. e Om. r. h Om. r. vnto GQXY. k the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY.
1 in XY. m n she this ATP. o that MX. the ilke v. P han abiden A sec. m. G sec. m. ouvw
bisechyng N.
Y sec.m. q after AGMNOPQSTWXY. r and thei w.

r Om. h
pr. v. i. s Om. IE. *
Om. ux. u to E. T the i. TV Om. R sec. m. w he this i. x Om. be.
y Om. hi. z Om. ihi. a Om. EIPQXC pr. m. b sche this I. c Om. c. til I. til to x sec.m. d Om.
hik sec m. e sche this i.
 II. 4i HI. i. LUKE. 151

the child wax 8

, and was coumfortid, ful to Galilee, in to her citee Nazareth. And40
of wysdom ; and the grace of God was in the child wexe, and was coumfortid, ful
41 him. And 'his fadir and modir 1 wenten of wisdom and the
grace of God was in
;

by alle 3eeris in to Jerusalem, in the so- hym. And his fadir and modir wenten f 4i
42lempne day of paske. And whanne Jhe- ech 3eer in to Jerusalem, in the
solempne
sus was maad of twelue 3eeris v hem sti3- , dai of pask. And whanne Jhesus was 42
w in to Jerusalem,
ynge vp by* custom twelue 3eer oold, thei wenten vp to Jeru-
43 of the feeste
day, and the dayes endid, salem, aftir the custom of the feeste dai.
whanne thei turneden a3en, the child And whanne the daies weren don, thei 43
dwelte in Jerusalem, and his fadir and turneden a3en ; and the child abood in
44modir knewen not. Forsothe thei gess- Jerusalem, and his fadir and modir
inge him to ? be in the felowschipe ,
z
knewen it not. For thei gessynge that 44
a b
camen the wey of a day, and soften he hadde be in the felowschip, camen a
him a mong his cosyns and knowen c . daies iourney, and soften hyms
among
45 And thei not fyndinge, wenten a3en in to hise cosyns and hise knouleche. And 45
46 Jerusalem, sekynge him. And it was d whanne thei founden hym not, thei turn-
don, aftir the thridde day thei founden eden a3en in to Jerusalem, and soften
him in the temple, sittinge in the 6 myd- hym. And it bifelle, that aftir the thridde 46
dil of doctours, heeringe hem and axinge dai thei founden hym in the temple, sit-

47hem f Sothli alle men that herden him,

.
tynge in the myddil of the doctours,
wondrideu on& the prudence and answeris herynge hem and axynge hem. And 47
And alle men that herden hym, wondriden on
48 of him. thei seynge wondriden.
And modir seide to him, Sone, what
his the prudence and the answeris of hym.
hast thou don to vs thus ? Lo thi fadir ! And thei seyn, and wondriden. And 48
49 and I sorwynge han sou3t thee. And he his modir seide to hym, Sone, what hast
seith to hem, What is it
h that 36 soften thou do to vs thus? Lo! thi fadir and Y
me ? wisten' 36 not, fork in tho thingis sorewynge han sou3te thee. And he 49
that ben 'of my fadir 1 , it bihoueth me seide to hem, What is it that 36 soften
50to m be? And" thei vndirstoden not the me ? wisten 36 not that in tho thingis 1'

51 word, which he spak to hem. And he that ben of my fadir, it behoueth me to

cam doun with hem, and cam to Naza- be ? And thei vndurstoden not the word, so

reth, and was? sugeti to hem. And his which' he spak to hem. And he cam si

modir kepte to gidere alle thes wordis, doun with hem, and cam to Nazareth,
52 beringe to gidere in hir herte. And Jhesu and was suget to hem. And his moder
r
profitide in wysdom, age, and grace, kepte togidir alle these wordis, and bare
anemptis God and 3
men. hem in hir herte. And Jhesus profitide 52
in wisdom, age, and grace, anentis God
and men.
CAP. III. CAP. III.

i Forsothe in the fyftenthe 3eer of the In the fiftenthe 3eer of the empire of i

empyre of Tiberie,
emperour
4
, Pilat of Tiberie, the emperoure, whanne Pilat of
Pounce kepinge u Judee, sothli Eroude, Pounce gouernede Judee, and Eroude

s waxed o. * his eldris, that is,f. and m. A pr, m. GMNPQTY. his elderes x. v
jer x.
w Om. r sec. m.
* aftir the AGM NOPQSTWXY. bi the r. Y for to AGMNOPQTWY. z
cuntre, or felatvschipe A pr. m. GNOQTY.
a weie, or iottrnei A b o A. oo MP. c knowen men' o.
cotnp-dUje,orJi'lauschipMP. pr. m. GMNOPQTY.
d is A e Om. GvrrY. f Om. KPW S of ou. vpon MP. h Om. MX. and
pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY. pr. m.
>

wisten w. k that N.
my fadris AG pr. m. WQTW pr. m. XY pr.m. of my fadris G sec.m. w sec.m. Y sec.m.
'

"> for to AGMNOPQTWY. n Om. T. the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x. f was a r. 1 suget, or

procurynge, or kepynge AGM

vndurloute AGMNPQSTWY. T Om. x. s and anent x. l the u
emperour w.
NOPQSTWY. procurende x.
f wenten vp x. 8 Om. i.
h the P. l
that i.
 152 LUKE. III. 2 12.

v was of Galilee, and his

prince of Galilee Philip forsoth, his bro-
, prince Filip,
w was
ther, prince of Ituree , and of the cuntre brothir, prince of Iturye, and of the
of* Tracon, and Lisany, prince of Abilyn^, cuntre Tracon, and Lisanye was
of
2 vndir the princis of prestis Annas and prince of Abilyn, vndir the princis of2
Cayfas, the word of the Lord is maad prestis Annas and Caifas, the word of
z

on a John, the sone of Zacharie, in desert. the Lord was maad on Joon, the sone
3 And he cam in to al the cuntre of Jor- of Zacarie, in desert. And he cam ins
dan, prechinge baptym of penaunce in to to al the cuntre of Jordan, and preclude
4
remyscioun of synnes. As it is writun baptym of penaunce in to remyssioun of
in the book of wordis b of Ysaye, the pro- synnes. As it is wrytun in the book of 4
phete, The voys of oon criynge in desert, the wordis of Isaye, the prophete, The
Make 30 redy the weye
c
of the Lord, voice of a crier in desert, Make 36 redi
d
a make
36 his pathis ri3t . Ech valey the weie of the Lord, make 36 hise
schal be f
fulfillid", and 'ech mountayn and pathis ri3t. Ech valey schal be fulfillid, 5

'litil hils schal be maad 10113; and schrew- and euery hil and litil hil schal be maad
ide thingis schulen be in to dressid lowe and schrewid
; thingis schulen
and scharpe thingis in to playne
thingis, ben in to dressid and scharp
thingis,
tiweyes; and ech' fleisch, 'or man pleyn weies and euery 6
1
schal 1

, thingis in to ;

k se the heelthe of God.

7se the helthe of God. Therfore he seide fleisch schal
to the cumpanyes, 'the whiche 1
wenten Therfor he seid to the puple, which?
out, that thei baptysidschulden be of wente out to be baptisid of hym, Kynd-
him, Kyndlis" of eddris, who schewide to lyngis of eddris, who schewide to 3ou to
1

3ou to" flee fro wraththe to comyngeP? fie fro the k wraththe to comynge ? Ther- 8
s Therfore do }e worthi fruytis of pen- for do 36 worthi fruytis of penaunce, and
aunce, and bigynne 3e not to** seye, bigynne 36 not to seie, We han a fadir
We han a fadir Abraham ; sothli I seie Abraham ; for Y seie to 3ou, that God is
v
to 3ou, God is my3ti to reise of thes my3ti to reise of these stoonys the sones
9 stoones r the sones of Abraham. Forsothe of Abraham. And now an axe is setts
now an ax is put to
8
the roote of the* to the roote of the tree; and therfor
tree ; sothli ech u tree not makynge good euery tre that makith no 1
good fruyt,
fruyt, schal be kitt doun, and schal v be w schal be kit doun, and schal be cast in
10 sent in to the fier. And the cumpanyes to the And the puple axide hym, 10
fier.

axden him, seiynge, What therfore schu- and seiden, What thanne schulen we do?
nlen we do? Sothli he answeringe seide to He answeride, and seide to hem, He that n
hem, He that hath twey cootis, 3yue 'to
x
hath twei cootis, 3yue m to hym that hath
him that hath non?; and he that hath noon; and he that hath metis, do in" lijk
a
12 metis, do on
z
lyk manere. Sotlili and maner. And pupplicans camen to be 12
b
pupplicans camen for e
to be baptised ; baptisid ;
and thei seiden to hym, Mais-
and thei seiden to him, Maistir, what ter, what schulen we do ? And he seide is

v the fourth
part of Galile A sec.m.
w the fourth
GMNOPQTY. the ferthe part Galilee x. part of Yturie
A sec. m. GMSOPQTY pr.
m. the ferthe part Iturie x. Om. s. y the fourth part of Ahilyn A sec.m. GMN
OPQTY pr. m. the ferthe part Abilyne x. z was A sec. m. G sec. m. ourir. a
vpon A sec. m. GMNOQSTWY.
b the wordis MP. d
euery hil AGMNOPQSTWXY.
e fillid ur. f
weyes K. rijty K. ri3tful Q.
h
Om. x. k helth
S hilloc A
pr.m. GMPQXY pr.m. litil hilloc Y sec.m.
>
euery AGMNOPQSTW.Y. jifer
G sec.m. o. whiche ur. that x. n for to
Fruitis, or kyndelyngis AGNQSTWY. Kyndelyngis MOP.
1 >

AGMNopQTnrY, fro the GopQTtrxY. P come sx. q for to AGMNOPQTIVY. r for to reyse of thes
stoonis AGMNpQTury. of thei s stoones to 4 Om. K. u
euery AGMNOPQSTUVWXY.
s at o.
rayse o.
v Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. w Om. x. * two MPWXY. ~S to noon hauynge, or to hym that hath noon AGNTfr.
to noon hauynge MPQY. to him noon
hatinge o. to not hauende, or to hym that hath noon s. to the noon
hauende x. * on the
AGMNOPTWY. a b the c Om. sx.
licchy w. pupplicanis AQIV pr. m. XY.

Om. CK pr. m. l
not KMSXC sec. m. egka. m 3yue he A pr. m.
n on k.
 III. 13 24. LUKE. 153

13 schulen he d seide to hem,

we don? And to hem, Do
no thing more, than that
30
Do 36 no thing more, than 'that that 8 is that ordeyned to 3ou. And kny3tis u
is

uordeyned to 3911. Forsothe and kny3tis

f
axiden hym, and seiden, What schulen
axiden him, seiynge, What schulen also? also we do? And he seide to hem, Smyte
we do ? And he seith to hem, Smyte 36 36 wrongfuli no man, nethir make 36
wrongfullih no man, nether make 36 fals fals chalenge, and be 36 apayed" with
k Whanne al the
chalenge, and be' 3e apaid with 3oure sowdis.
1
3oure puple is
issoudis. Forsoth al m the peple gessinge, and alle men thou3ten in her
gesside,
and alle men thenkinge in her herds of hertis of Joon, lest perauenture he were
n
John, lest perauenture he were Crist, Crist, Joon answeride, and seide to alle ie

16 John 'answeride, seyinge to alle men, men, Y

baptize you watir; in but a
Sothli I baptiseP 3ou in watir ; forsothe al stronger than Y
schal come aftir me, of

strengere than I schal come aftir me, 'of Y

whom am not worthi to vnbynde the
am
"

which 1
I not worthi for8 to vnbynde lace of his schoon ;
he schal baptize 3011
the thwong of his schoon he schal bap- ;
in the Hooli Goost and fier. Whos 17

tyse 3011 in the Hooly Gost and fyer. 'wynewyng tool inP his hond, and he
17 Whos wynewyng tool in his hond, and he schal purge his floor of corn, andi schal
schal purge his 'corn floor*, and" schal gadere the whete in to his berne ; but the
gedere thewhete 'in to v his w berne ; chaffis r he schal brenne with fier vn-
sothli the chaffis he schal brenne in x fier quenchable. And many
othere thingis is

is
vnquenchable. Forsoth and he monest- also he spak, and prechide to the puple.

inge? manye othere thingis, euangeliside But Eroude tetrark 8 whanne he was ,

19 to the peple. Sothli Eroude, 'the forthe blamed of Joon for Erodias, the wijf of 19
z
prince whanne he was blamyd of John
, his brother, and for alle the ss yuelis that
b
for* Herodias, wyf of his brother, and of Eroude dide, encreside 1 this ouer alle, and 20
20 alle euels
c
that Eroud dide, addide
d
this schitte Joon in prisoun. And it was 21
ouer alle, and closide 6 John in prisoun. don, whanne al the puple was baptised,
f
21 Forsoth it was don, whanne al the peple and whanne Jhesu was baptised, and
was
baptisid, and& Jhesu cristenyd, and preiede, heuene was openyd. And the 22
h
22preiynge, heuene was openyd. And the Hooli Goost cam doun in bodili licnesse,
Hooly Gost cam doun in bodily licknesse, as a dowue on hym and a vois was ;

as a culuere in to him and a voys was ;

1
maad fro heuene", Thou art my der-
maad fro heuene, Thou ert my dereworthe worth sone, in thee it hath plesid v to
23sone, in thee it hath plesid to k me. And me. And Jhesu hym silf was bigyn-23
'Jhesu him was bygynnynge as"1 of ninge as of thritti 3eer, that he was
1
silf

thritti 3eer, that he was gessid the sone

gessid the sone of Joseph,
which was of
of Joseph, which" was of Hely, which Heli, which was of Mathath, which was 24
24 was of Mathath, which was of Leuy, i'
of Leuy, which was of Melchi, that was

d he answeringe Q sec. m. thatin. mvw pr. m.

f the
kny3ttis G.
K and
tliat at o. this that v sec.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. wrongfulliche
1
p3id sx. m
o. Om. '
K. n and lest o.
beth s. k Om. Y. l

r whos
ausweringe seide v. P wasche, or
baptyse AGNOSTW. baptise, or ivasche MPY. 1 oon o.
AGMNOPQ sec. m. STVWXY. of whom Q sec. m. B Om. sw pr. m. x. * floore of corne AGNOQTVIVX Y. u and
he vv. v in KT. w Om. r. * with A sec.m. AGNSTWY.
GMNOPQ.STWXY. J
stirynge, or monestynge
* a of AGMNOPQSTIVXY. b the
stirynge og. stirende x. prince of the fourth part AGMNOPQSTWXY.
wif s. c the
AGMNOPQSTWXY. d castide to AGNOQTtvY. he castide to MP. caste to s. he
yueles
caste to x. e schutt shitte MPWXY. t is
AGXOQST. m. G m. S K. h is
A pr. pr. MNOPQSTXY. Om
Apr m G pr. m. MNOPQSTTT j>r. m. XY. '
is
Apr. m. Gpr.m. MNOPQSTXY.
k Om. K. ! himsilf A sec. m.

he Jhesus MNPSTXY. Jhesus Q. m Om. NO. n the whiche AGMNOPQSTWX v. the whiche AGMNOPQS
that x.
. P the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x.

n
paied R. vanne i. P ig in g/3.
Q and he o/3.
r chaff i. 8 tetrark also k pr. m. 9S Om. B.
he encreeside ik pr. m. heuenes k. v we i b.
plesid
VOL. IV. X
 154 LUKE. III. 25 IV. 3.

"

wichi was of Melchy, which

was of 1
of Jamne, that was of Joseph, that was 25
25jamne, that was of Joseph, that was of of Matatie, was of Amos, that
that

Mataty, that was of Amos, that was of was of Naum, that was of Hely, that
Naura, that was of Hely, that was of was of Nagge, that was of Mathath, 26
aeNagge, that was of Mathath, that was of that was of Matatie, that was of Semei,

Mathatye, that was of Seray, that was that was of Joseph, that was of Juda,
27 of Joseph, that was of Juda, that was of that was of Johanna, that was of Re- 27
Johanna, that was of Resa, that was of sa, that was of Zorobabel, that was of

Zorobabel, that was of Salatiel, that was Salatiel, that was of Neri, that was of28
as of
Nery, that was of Melchy, that was of Melchi, that was of Addi, that was of
Addy, that was of Cosan, that was of Cosan, that was of Elmadan, that was of
29 Ehnadan, that was of Her, that was of Her, that was of Jhesu, that was of29
Jesu, that was of Eleasar, that was of Jo- Eleasar, that was of Jorum, that was of
rym, that was of Mathath, that was of Matath, that was of Leuy, that was of so
soLeuy, that was of Symeon, that was of Symeon, that was of Juda, that was of
Juda, that was of Joseph, that was of Joseph, that was of Jona, that was of
31 Jona, that was of Elyachim, that was of Eliachym, that was of Melca, that wassi
Melca, that was of Menna, that was of of Menna, that of Mathatha, that was
Mathatha, that was of Nathan, that was of Nathan, that was of Dauid, that was 32
32 of Dauith, that was of Jesse, that was of Jesse, that was of Obeth, that was of
of Obeth, that was of Booz, that was of Boz, that was of Salmon, that was of
33 Salmon, that was of Nason, that was of Nason, that was of Amynadab, that was 33
Amynadab, that was of Aram, that was of of Aram, that was of Esrom, that was
34 Esrom, that was of Phares, that was of of Fares, that was of Judas, that was of 34
Judas, that was of Jacob, that was of Y- Jacob, that was of Isaac, that was of
saac,that was of Abraham, that was of Tare, Abraham, that was of Tare, that was
35 that was of Nacor, that was of Seruch, of Nachor, that was of Seruth, that was 35
that was of Ragau, that was of Phaleth, of Ragau, that was of Faleth, that was
36 that was of Heber, that was of Sale, that of Heber, that was of Sale, that was 36
was of Caynan, that was of Arfaxat, that of Chaynan, that was of Arfaxath, that
was of Sem, that was of Noe, that was was of Sem, that was of Noe, that was
37 of Lameth, that was of Matusale, that of Lameth, that was of Matussale, that 37
was of Enok, that was of Jareth, that was was of Enok, that was of Jareth, that
38 of Malaliel, that was of Caynan, that was was of Malaliel, that was of Cainan,
of Enos, that was of Seth, that was of that was of Enos, that was of Seth, thatsa
Adam, that was of God. was of Adam, that was of God.

CAP. IV. CAP. IV.

1 Forsothe Jhesu ful of the Hooly Gost And Jhesus ful of the Hooli Goost i

turnede a3en fro Jordan, and was 8 led by turnede a3en fro Jordan, and wasw led
2 the 1 spirit in to desert fourty dayes, and and 2
bi the spirit into desert fourti daies,
was u temptid of v the deuyl, and eet w no was x temptid of thedeuel, and eet no-
thing in tho dayes ; and tho dayes endid, thing in tho daies ; and whanne tho
3 he
hungride. Forsothe the deuel seide to daies weren endid, he hungride. And 3
x
him, If thou ert Goddis sone, seye to this the deuel seide to him, If thou art God-

l the whiche AGMNOPQTWY. that sx. r that AGMNOpQSTvrivx he was Kr. *

Otn. s. u he
was KV. v bi
MNOPQWXY pr. m. with T. w he eet Kr. * be o.

he was i. 1 he was i.
 IV. 4 1 LUKE. 155

4 stoon, that it be innad bred. And Jhesus dis sone, seie to this stoon, that it be
answeride to him, It is writun, For a man 11 mad breed. And Jhesus answeride to 4
lyueth not in? 'breed aloone , but in euery writun, That a man lyueth not
11

hym, It is

5 word of God. And the deuyl ladde hym in breed aloone, but in euery word of
in to an hi3 hil, and schewide to him alle God. And the deuel ladde hym in? to z s
the rewmes of the roundnesse of erthe a in an hi3 hil, and schewide to hym alle the
d
e ab moment of a c
tyme and seith to him, ; rewmes of the world in a moment of
I schal 3yue to thee al this power, and the tyme; and seide to hym, Y schal 3yue toe

glorie of hem, for to me thei ben 3ouun, thee al this power, and the glorie of hem,
7 and to whom I wole I
e
3yue hem ther- ; for to me thei ben 3ouun, and to whom
f
fore if thou 'fallinge doun schalt wor- Y wole, Y 3yue hem ; therfor if thou?

schipe s bifore me, alle thingis schulen be falle doun, and worschipe bifore me, alle
e thine h And Jhesus answeringe seide 'to
.
1
thingis schulen be thine. And Jhesus a
him k , It is writen, Thou schalt worschipe answeride, and seide to hym, It is

the Lord thi God, and to hym aloone

1
writun, Thou schalt worschipe thi Lord
thou schalt serue. And he ledde him in God, and to hym aloone thou schalt
to Jerusalem,and settide on the pynacle serue. And he ledde hym in to Jeru-9
of the temple, and seide to him, If thou salem, and sette a
hym on the pynacle of
art Goddis sone, sende thi self fro hennis 11
the temple, and seide to hym, If thou art
10 down for it is writen, For he hath co-
; Goddis sone, sende thi silf fro hennes
maundid to his aungels of thee, that thei doun for ;
it is writun, For he hath 10

nkepe thee in alle 'thi weyesP, and fori comaundide to hise aungels of thee, that

thei schulen 'in hondis r take thee, lest per- thei kepe thee in alle thi weies, and thatu
auenture thou hirte thi foot at s a stoon. thei schulen take thee in hondis, lest
12 And Jhesus answeringe seith to him, It is perauenture thou hirte thi foote at a
seid, Thou schalt not tempte the Lord thi stoon. And Jhesus answeride, and seide 12

13 God. And euery temptacioun endid, the to him, It is seid, Thou schalt not tempte
1
deuyl wente away fro him til to u a tyme. thi Lord And whanne euery
God. 13
v
14 And Jhesu turnyde a3en in the vertu of temptacioun was endid, the feend wente
the spirit in to Galilee, and the fame wente awei fro hym for a tyme. And Jhesus 1 4

15 forth of w him thur3 al the cuntre. And he turnede a3en in the vertu of the spirit
x
tau3te in the synagogis of hem, and was^ in to Galilee, and the fame wente forth
Kiinagnyfied of alle men. And he cam toz of hym thorou al the cuntre. And he 15

Nazareth, where he was norischid, and he tau3te in the synagogis of hem, and was
entride by a custom in the 'day of saboth b rnagnyfied of alle men. And he cam to ie

in to the c synagoge, and roos d for 6 to rede. Nazareth, where he was norisschid, and
b

17 And the book of Ysaie, the prophete, was

f
entride aftir his custom in the sabat dai
takun to him and as he turnyde the
; in to a synagoge, and roos to c reed. And 17

book, he fond a place where it is writun, the book of Ysaye, the prophete, was
h
18 The Spirit of the Lord on me, for which takun to hym ; and as he turnede the

y oonly in w pr. m.
oonlyche breed G.UNOPQTY. breed w pr. m.
z oonli breed ASW sec. m. x. a the
b Om. AGMNOPSTXY, c Om. AUV. e Om. u. f Om. G
erthe Q. seide vv. pr. m. MHPQTXY pr. m.
''

e worschip me o. h
3eef o.
i answeride and o. k Om. o. '
thi w. m sette AGMNOS. sette him
MPQTXY. settide him vv. he sette hym w. n u sec. m. Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. P weies of
brynge
thee x. <J for in hondes AGMNOPQSTWXY. r Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. s on N. t fende AGMNOpQSTfrxv.
u Om. iv. v Om. AG w on * a after his
pr. m. MOPXY. he was vv. z in to MN.
o. synagis K. Y
b saboth c a d he roos vr.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. bi his vv. day AGMNOPQSTWX Y. AGXOQSTWX.
e Om. 8X. { is % was AGMNOPQSurrvxv. h
Apr, m. G pr. m. MXPQSTXY. vpon o.

Om. z Om. a settide k. b c for to k

y EQbceg. h. and he i.
pr. m.
x2
 156 LUKE. IV. 19 29.

thing he anoyntide' me; he sente me for k book, he foond a place, where it was
d
to euaungelise to pore men, for 1 to heele wrytun, The Spirit of the Lord on me, is

19 contrite men in herte, and for m to preche for which thing he anoyntide me he ;

n
rernyscioun to caytifs , and si3t? to blynde sente me to preche to pore men, to e hele
meni; and for
r
to delyuere 5 brokun men contrite men in herte, and to preche 19

in to remiscioun ; for* to preche the 3eer rernyssioun to prisoneris, and si3t to

of the Lord plesaunt u
, and the day of blynde men, and to delyuere brokun men
203eldynge
v.
And whanne he hadde closid w in to remissioun to preche the 3eer of
;

the book, he 3af x a3ein> to the mynystre, the Lord plesaunt, and the dai of 3eld-
and sat ; and the y3en of alle men in the yng a3en. Arid whanne he hadde closid 20

synagoge weren biholdinge in to him. the book, he 3af a3en to the mynystre,
21 Sothli he bigan for z to seie to hem, For and sat ; and the J3en of alle men in
in this day this scripture is fulfillid* in the synagoge were biholdynge in to hym.
223oure eeris. And alle men 5:111011 wit- And he bigan to seie to hem. For in this 21
nessinge to him, and wondriden in the dai this scripture is fulfillid in 3oure
wordis of grace, that cainen forth b ofc his eeris. And alle men 3auen witnessyng22
mouth. And thei seideii, Wher d this is to hym, and wondriden in the wordis of
23 not the sone of Joseph ? And he seide e grace, that camen forth of his mouth.
to hem, Sothli 36 schulen seie to me this And thei seiden, Whether this is not the
v

liknesse, Leeche, heele thi Thei say- silf. sone of Joseph? And he seide to hem, 23
den f , Hou
grete thingis ban we herd don Sotheli 36 schulen seie to me this lik-
in Capharnaum, make thou and here in thi f
nesse, Leeche, heele thi silf. The? Fari-
24cuntre. Sothli he seith, Treulis I seie to sees seiden to Jhesu, Hou grete thingis
3ou, for no man
'prophete is receyued in
h
han we herd don h in Cafarnaum, do thou
25 his owne cuntre. In treuthe I seie to 3ou, also here in thi cuntre. And he seide, 24

for manye widewis weren in the dayes of Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that no profete is

Elye, the prophete, in Israel, whanne resseyued in his owne cuntre. In treuthe 25

heuene was closid thre 3eer and sixe Y seieto 300, that many widowis weren

monethis, whanne greet hungir was maad in the daies of Elie, the prophete, in
2c'in euery lond ;
1
and to non of hem was Israel,whanne heuene was closid thre
k
Elye sent, no but to Sarepta of Sydon, 3eer and sixe monethis, whanne greet
1

27 to a womrnan widowe. And manye hungur was maad in al the erthe; and 26
1

meselis weren in Israel, vndir Elyse, the to noon of hem was Elye sent, but in to
k
prophete, and non of hein was clensid, no Sarepta of Sydon, to a widowe. And 27
28 but Naman of n
Sirie. And alle in the many meseles weren in Israel, vndur
synagoge heeringe thes thingis, weren Helisee, the prophete, and noon of hem
agfulfillidP with wraththe. And thei risen") was clensid, but Naaman of Sirye. And 28
r 8
vp, and castiden 'out him with oute the alle in the synagoge herynge these

'
oyntede s. k
sx. Om.l
Om. sx. m Om. sx. n of v.
captiuys p. P
Iy3t Q.
1 Om. A-.
r Om. s 4 Om. s*. u
sx. leue, or delyuer AGMNOPQSTWY. lefen x. acceptid, or plesaunt AGMXPQ
v
STIVY. accept, or plesaunt o. acceptid x. retribucioun, or yeldynge ayin AGUNOPQTWY. retribucioun,
w *
or ye/ding s retribucioun x. folded, or closed AGMNOPQTWY. fait, or closid s. fait x. jaf it MOP.
7 Om. P. z Om. surx. a filled ur. b out o. c fro d Whether wx. e saith AGMNOPQTurfTY.
Q.
{ Om. KY sec. m. e Sothli x. h
prophete is accept, or resceyucd AG\QTIT. prophet is acceptid, or
receyned MSY. is a
prophet acceptid o. a prophet is acceptid, or receyued p. a profete is resseyued u. pro-
fete is acceptid x. al erthe, or
euery lond AGXSTY. in al erthe MOPQX. on al erthe, or euery land w.
' in

k Om. x. ! in
to AGMNOPQSTrwxv. m a widowe u. n Om. x. ben MNOPSXY. P fillid ur.
<J han rise A sec. m. G sec. m. novr.
r casten sx. s him out
MOPQ.TWXY. him u.

d is on
g sec. m. k. e and to k pr. m. { hele thou k. 8 And the k. doon of thee k. '
Om.
K pr. m. k.
k a womman a x sec. m. k sec. m. marg. a womman iKsg.
 IV. 30 41. LUKE. 157

citee, and' ledde him to the cop of the hil thingis, weren fillid with wraththe. And 20
on u which 'the cite of hem v is foundid, thei risen vp, and drouen hym out with
30 that thei schulden caste him doun. Sothly out the citee, and ledden hym to the cop
Jhesus passynge wente thorw w the myddil of the hil on which her citee was bildid,
31 of hern and he cam doun in to Cafar-
; to caste hym doun. But Jhesus passide,3o
naum, a x citee of Galilee, and there he and wente thorou the myddil of hem ;

32tau3te hem in they sabothis. And thei and cam doun in to Cafarnaum, a citee 31
1

weren astonyed z in 'his teching 8 for his , of Galilee, and there he t;ur,U: hem in
33 word was in power. And in the syna- sabotis. And thei weren astonyed in 32
b
goge was a man hauynge an vnclene his techyng, for his word was in power.
34 fend, and he c
criede with greet vois, sey- And in her synagoge was a man hau-33
inge, Suffre, what to vs and to thee, Jhe- ynge an vnclene feend, and he criede
sus of Nazareth ? hast thou comen for d to with greet vois, and seide, Suffre, what 34
leese vs ? I kriowe 6 thee, that thou art the to vs and to thee, Jhesu of Nazareth?
35 hooly of God. And Jhesu blamyde him, art thou comun to n leese vs ? Y knowe ,

seyinge, Waxe doumbe, and go out fro that thou art the hooli ofP God. And as
him. And whanne 'the fend f hadde cast Jhesus blamede hym, and seide, Wexe
'him forth 8 in to the myddel, he wente doumbe, and go out fro hyrn. And
h k
awey fro him, and 3it noyede' hym 'no whanne the feend hadde cast hym forth
3R thing
1
And drede is m maad in" alle men,
. in toi the myddil, he wente awei fro
and spaken to gidere, seyinge, What
thei hym, and he noyede hym no thing. And SK
is word, for in power and vertu he
this drede was maad in alle men, and thei
comaundith to vnclene spiritis, and thei spaken togider, and seiden, What is this
37 gon out ? And the fame was pupplischid word, for in power and vertu he co-
of hym in to ech place of the cuntre. maundith to vnclene spiritis, and thei
ssForsothe Jhesu risynge of the synagoge, gon out? And the fame was pupplischid 37
entride in to the hous of Symount ; sothli of him in to ech place of the cuntre.
the modir of Symondis wyf was holden And. Jhesus roos vp fro the synagoge, 38
with grete feueris, and thei preieden and entride in to the hous of Symount ;
39 him for hir. And Jhesu stondinge on? and the modir of Symountis wijf was
hir, comaundide to the feuir, and it lefte holdun with grete r fyueris, and thei
hir and anon sche risynge mynystride
; preieden hym for hir. And Jhesus stood 39

40 to hem. Forsoth whanne the sunne wente ouer and comaundide to 8 the feuer,
hir,

doun, alle that hadden sike men with and it lefte hir and anoon sche roos ;

dyuerse langwischingis 1, ledden hem to vp, and seruede hem. And whanne the 40
"

hym; and he, puttinge hondis to ech by

1
sunne wente doun, alle that hadden sijke
41 him silf, heelide hem. Sothli fendis men with dyuerse langours, ledden* hem
wenten out fro manye, criynge, and sey- to hym; and he sette his hoondis on ech
v

inge, For thou ert the sone of God. And bi hem

and heelide hem.
silf
11
And 41
,

he blamynge suffride not hem for 5

to feendis wenten out fro manye, and cri-
speke, for thei wisten him to 1 be Crist. eden, and seiden, For thou art the sone

w
by AGMNOP
* and thei vr. u on the AGMNOPQSTWY. in K. v her cite AGMNOPQSTUVWXY.
a h
synagoge of hem
x of a T. Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. z stoneid x.
Qsrwxy. y techynge of him o.
m c Om. u. d Om. sx. e woot
AGMNPQSTWXY. f he o. 8 out that fende o. him T. h it
g sec.
anoyed w pr.m.
A sec.m. Gsec.m. uvw. no thenge k to him o. Om. s.
GMNOPQSTXY. '
Om. GMNO
'

PQSTXY. m was vvw. n to o. Om, w. P vpon AGMNOPQTWY. ouer v. languyshyngis, or aches <i

r s Om. A sec.m.
AGMPSTWY. languyschis, or aches N. languisches o. langwishynge Q. puttide w.
G sec. m. Nosrrrx. * for to o.

1
he came I. m thou Jhesu s pr. m. n for to M
pr. m. knowleche A pr. m. EPQS sup. rax. x. know
Om. * thei ledden k
Om. E. 1 Om. c pr. c pr. m. k pr. m. pr. m.
thee b sec. m. P m. r a s
gret s.
u himself i .
 158 LUKE. IV. 42 V. 8.

42Sothli, the day maad, he gon out, wente of God. Andhe blamede, and suffride
in to desert" place and the cumpenyes ; hem not to speke, for thei wisten hym,
of peple v soirjten him, and thei camen 'til that he was Crist. And whanne the 43

to w him, and thei helden him, that he dai was come, he 3ede out, and wente in
x
43 schulde not
go awey fro hem. To whiche to a desert place and the puple soften
;

he seyde, For and to othere citees it bi- hym, and thei camen to hym, and thei
houeth me to euaungelise the kyng-
for*" helden hym, that he schulde not go awei
dom of God, for 2 therfore 3 I am sente. fro hem. To whiche v he seide, For also 43
44 And he b was prechinge in the synagogis to othere citees it bihoueth me to preche
of Galilee. the kyngdom of God, for w therfor x Y am
sent. And he prechide in the synagogis 44
of Galilee.
CAP. V. CAP. V.
i Sotheli it was c don, whanne cumpa- And it was don, whanne the puple i
v X

nyes
d
of peple felden 6
in to f
Jhesu, 0r camy fast to Jhesu, to here the word of
camen faste that thei schulden heere the
, God, he stood bisidis the pool of Gena-
word of God, and he stood bisydis the sereth, and sai3 two bootis stondyngea
h and the fischeris weren
2stondinge watir of Genasereth, and sy3' bisidis the pool ;

k z
twey bootis stondinge bisydis the stond- go doun and waischiden her nettis.
,

ing
1
watir ; sothli the fischeris hadden And he wente vp in to a boot, that was 3
m
3
gon doun, and waischide nettis. Sothli Symoundis, and preiede hym to lede it
he sti3ynge in to a boot, that was Sy- a litil fro the loond and he seet, and ;

moundis, preiede him to

n
lede a3en a litil tau3te the puple out of the boot. And 4
fro the lond ; and he sittinge tai^te the as he ceesside to speke, he seide to Sy-
a b
4cumpanyes fro the boot. Sothli as he mount, Lede thou in to the depthe,
ceesside to? speke, he seide to Symound, and slake c 3oure nettis to take fisch.

Lede thou in to hi^, and slake 36 3oure And Symount answeride, and seide tos
5 nettis in to the r takinge. And Symount hym, Comaundoure, we traueliden al the
answeringe seide to him, Comaundour, we ny3t, and token no thing, but in thi word
trauelinge by al the ny3t token no thing, Y schal leye out the net. And whanne 6
but in thi word I schal leye out the nett. thei hadden do this thing, thei closiden
e And whanne thei hadden don this thing, togidir a greet multitude of fischis and ;

her net was brokun. And thei biken-7

v
thei closiden to gidere 5 a plenteuous 1 mul-
titude of fysches ; forsoth her nett was yden to felawis, that weren in anothir
7 broken. And thei bekenyden to u felowis, boot, that thei schulden come, and helpe
that weren
an othir boot, that thei
in hem. And thei camen, and filliden bothe
schulden come, and helpe hem. And thei the d
bootis, so that thei weren almost
v w And whanne Symount
camen, and filliden bothe litle bootis, so drenchid. Petirs
s that thei weren al moost drenchid. Which" this he felde doun to the
sai3 thing,
thing whanne Sy mound y Petre
z
sy3 , he knees of Jhesu, and seide, Lord, go fro
felde doun to the knees of Jhesu, seyinge, me, for Y am a synful man. For he 9

u a desert X. v to o. vnto QWXY. * whom MPQXY. the whiche o. y Om. sx.

peples vr,
z Om. u. a therto x. b Om. K. c is AG sec. m.
MNOPQSXY. d the
companyes Q.
e camen
fast, or
felden AGW. camen fast, or felden in MNST, camen fast OQX. camen fast, or fledden Y.
f to Jr. S Om.
AGMNOPQSTXY. b Om.
Gpr.m. KVV.
i
he sauje o. k two MPWX. 1
Om. v. m weshen sx.
hi3 M pr. m. p. the depthe
n for to AQMNOPQTWX. P for to AGMNOPQTWY. <l an
bygan o.
v sec. m. the hij r. r Om.
AGMNOPQSTUFWXY. s Om. XY pr. m. l u two XY. v bothin x.
greet u.
w the litil OPQ. Om. T. her litil w. * The whiche AGMNPQSTWXY. y Om. vr. z hadde seen s.

v whom i. w and hi. x therto iKgk/3. y camen pltires. z Om. k. a out M

pr. m. thou out M sec. m.
b Om. CKPQS sec. m. uxchi/3, c slake d Om. EIKM
je ink. je slake s.
pr. m. pQsxbcgjS.
 V. 9 19. LUKE. 159

Lord, go fro me, for I synnere. am a a man was on ech side astonyed, and alle that
sSothli greet wondir hadde bigon 'aboute weren with hym, in the 6 takyng of
him b and alle that weren with him, in the
, fischis whiche thei token. Sotheli in 10

takinge of fisches whiche thei tooken. lijk maner James and Joon, the sones of
loSothli in c lyk d manere James and John, Zebedee, that weren felowis of Symount
the sones of Zebede, whiche 6 weren felowis Petre. And Jhesus seide to Symount,
ofSymount Petre. And Jhesu seith to Nyle thou drede; now fro this tyme thou
f
Symound Nyle thou drede , ; now fro this schalt take men. And whanne the bootis 11

iityme thou schalt be takynge men. And weren led vp to the loond, thei leften
the bootis led vp to the lond, alle thingis alle thingis, and thei sueden hym. And 12

12 lefts, thei sueden him. And it was h don, it was don, whanne he was in oon of the
whanne he was in oon of the 1
citees, and citees, lo ! a man and seynge
ful of lepre ;
k
lo! a man ful of leper; and seynge Jhesu, Jhesu felle doun on his face, and prey-
and fallinge doun in to his face, preiede ede hym, and seide, Lord, if thou wolt,
him, seyinge, Lord, if thou wolt, thou thou maist make me clene. Arid Jhesus is

ismaist make me clene.

1
And Jhesu hold- held forth his hoond, and touchide hym,
inge forth the hond, touchide him, seyinge, and seide, Y wole, be thou maad cleene.
I wole, be thou maad clene. And anon the And anoon the lepre passide awei fro
14
lepre passide a wey fro hym. And Jhesu hym. And Jhesus comaundide to hym, 14
comaundide to him, that he schulde seie that he schulde seie to no man But go, ;

to no man ; But go thou" schewe thou n

1
, schewe thou f thee to a preest, and offre

thee to a prest, and offre thou for thi for thi clensyng, as Moises bad, in to

clensinge, as Moyses bad, in to witness- witnessyng to hem. And the word is

is
inge to hem. Sothli the word walkide walkide aboute the more of hym ;
arid

aboute themore of him and manye cum- ; myche puple camen togidere, to here, and
panyes camen to gidre, that thei schulden to be heelid of her siknessis. And he 10

heere, and be heelid of her syknessis. wente in to desert, and preiede. And it 17
leForsothe he wente in to desert, and prei- was don in oon of the& daies, heh sat,
irede. And it wasP don in oon of dayes% and tau3te and there weren Farisees
;

and he sittinge tau3te and there were ; sittynge,and doctouris of the lawe, that
Pharisees sittinge, and doctours of the r camen of eche castel of Galilee, and of
1

s
lawe, that camen of ech castel of Galilee, Judee, and of Jerusalem and the vertu ;

and of Judee, and of u Jerusalem; and the of the Lord was to heele sike men. And is
vertu of the Lord was for v to heele syke lo ! men beren in a bed a man that was
18 men. And loo! men beringe in a bed a sijk
k in the 1

palsye, and thei soii^teri to

man thatpalasye, and thei
was syk in bere hym in, and sette bifor hym. And 19
w v
to here in hym x , and to^ thei founden not in what
sou3ten for partie thei schul-
and thei m
x

igputte bifore him. And thei not fyndinge den bere hym in, for the puple,
in what partz thei schulde here him yn, wenten on" the roof, and bi the sclattis

for the cumpenye of peple", Sweden vp on thei leeten hym doun with the bed, in to
the rof, and by the sclattis thei senten b the myddilP, bifor Jhesus. And whanne 20

* Om. VY b him abowte GMOPQSTWXY. hem aboute N.

pr. m.
c on the
AGMNOPQTY. on swx.
d h is
forsaken AGMNPSTWY.
f
lychy AGMNOPQSTWXY.
Ttv. e that
Symount Petre v. % left, or
A pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. Om. JVO.STW. k in K.
' l
myjt w. m Om. AGMWOPQSTVWXY. n Om. QS.
Om. AGM NOpQsrrtrxY. P is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOpQsrtrxY. 1 the dayes u. r Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
9 fro vr. * Om. A u Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. v Om. NSX. w Om. sx.
pr.m. MNOPQSTtvxY.
*
hym in x. y Om. MPWXY. z
party AGMNOPQTU vwv. the peple w. b senden K. letten
ov sec. m.

e Om. k ' Om. hi. S Om. b. b and Jhesus A sec.m. '

fro k. k Om. AE. !
Om. ce.
pr.m.
m Om. A pr. m. CEK pr. m. b sec, m. e pr.m. a. and ib pr. m, e sec. m. gk. thei us pr. in. ft. "
vpon u.
ether tyles K marg. P middis k.
 160 LUKE. V. 2C -33-

him doun with the bed in to the myddil, Jhesu sai3 the feith of hem, he seide,

aobyfore Jhesu. The feith of whiche c as Man, thi synnesben for3ouun to thee.
Jhesu sy3, he seide, Man, synnes ben
thi And the scribis and FariseesP bigunnen 21

21 for3ouun to thee. And scribis and Pha- to thenke, seiynge, Who is this, that
d
risees bigunnen for to thenke, seyinge, spekith blasfemyes ? who may for3yue
Who is this, that spekith blasphemyes ? synnes, but God aloone ? And as Jhesus 22
who may for3yue synnes, no e but God knewe the thou3tis of hem, he answeride,
22 aloone ? Forsoth as Jhesu knew the and seide to hem, What thenken 36 yuele
thou3tis of hem, he answeringe seide to thingis in 3oure hertes? What isi Ii3ter23
hem, What thenken 36 yuele thingis in
f
to seie, Synnes ben for3ouun to thee, or

233oure herds? What is Ii3tere to* seye, to seie, Rise vp,and walke? But that 24
36 wite, that mannus sone hath power in
11 1
Synnes ben for3ouun to thee, ethir to
24 seie, Ryse vp, and walke ? Sothli that 30 erthe to for3yue synnes, he seide to the
wite, for
k mannis sone hath
power in sijk man in palesie, Y
seie to thee, ryse

erthe to for3yue synnes, he seith to the vp, take thi bed, and go in to thin hous.
syke man in palasy, To thee I seie, ryse And anoon he roos vp bifor hem, and 25
vp, take thi bed, and
go in to thin hous. took the bed in which he lay, and wente
v
25 And anon he risinge vp bifore hem and magnyfiede God.
1
took , in to his hous,
the bed in which he lay, and wente in to And greet wondur took alle, and thei 26
26 his hous, niagnyfyinge God. And greet magnyfieden God and thei weren ful-
;

wondir took alle men" and thei magnyfi- 1

,
fillidwith greet drede, and seiden, For
eden God and thei" weren fulfillidP with
;
we han seyn merueilouse thingis to dai.
greet drede, seyinge,
For we han seyn mer- And after these thingis Jhesus wente 27
27ueilouse thingis to day. And aftir thes out, and 5313 a pupplican, Leuy bi name,

thingis Jhesu wente out, and sy3 a pup- sittynge at the tolbothe. And he seide
plican, Leeuy by name, sittinge at the to hym, Sue thou me and whanne he 28 ;

tolbothe. And he seitM to him, Sue thou hadde left alle thingis, he roos vp, and
28 me ; and alle thingis forsaken, he risyuge suede hym. And Leuy made to hym a 29
29 suede him. And Leuy made to him a greet feeste in his hous and ther was a ;

greet feeste in his hous and there was a

; greet cumpanye of pupplicans, and of
greet cumpanye
of pupplicans, and of othere that weren with hem, sittynge at
the mete. And Farisees and the 8 scribis 30
"

othere that weren with hem, sittinge at 1

30 the mete. And Farisees and the r scribis of hem grutchiden, and seiden to hise
of hem grucchiden, seyinge to his disci- disciplis, Whi eten 36 and drynken with

plis, Whi eten 3e and drynken with pup- pupplicans and synful men ? And Jhesus 31
31 plicans and synful men ? And Jhesu answeride, and seide to hem, Thei that
8
answeringe seith to hern , Thei that ben ben hoole han no nede to a leche, but
1
hoole han no nede to a leche, but thei thei that ben sijke ; for cam not to 32 Y
32 that han yuele ;
sothli I cam not to u clepe iuste men, but synful men to pen-

clepe iust men, but synful men to pen- aunce. And thei seiden to hym, Whi 33
ssaunce. And thei seiden to him, Whi the* disciplis of Joon fasten ofte, and

disciplis of John fasten oft, and maken maken and of" Farisees v
preieris, also ,

bisechingis,. also and of v Pharisees, but but thine eten and drynken? To whiche w 34

c whom A d Om. sx. e Om. x. {

pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. thenge o. g for to AGMXOPQTWY.
h Or AGMNPQSTWXY. *
for to AGM NPQTVWY. k that V. J
Om. O. m Om. AGM NOPQTWXY. D Om. O.
r Om. MP.
pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
o ben A '"
P fillid vv. fullid w. q seide AS. s him
K.
* not MO. u for to AGMNOPQSWY. * of the Y sec. m. the MPY pr. m. GWX

1 is it ED r the Farisees K x Om. MQRS. Om.

pr. m. pr. m.
P the Farisees Eei. sec. m. ehik. 8 l
ig.
u Om. b. v
the Farisees CEiKiipQHsxbceghika/3. w whom i.
 V. 34 VI. 6. LUKE. 161

34thi w disciplis
K eten and drynken. To he seide, Whether 3e moun make the
whiche xx he seith, WherX 36 mown make sones of the spouse to faste, while the
the z sones of the spouse for a to faste, the b spouse is with hem ? But daies schulen 35
35 while the spouse is with hem ? Sothli come, whanne the spouse schal be takun
dayes schulen come, whanne the spouse awei fro hem, and thanne thei schulen
schal be taken awey fro hein, thanne thei faste in tho daies. And he seide to hem 3<;
so schulen faste in tho dayes. Forsoth he also a liknesse ; Forx no man takith a
seide to hem also a liknesse ;
For no man pece fro a newe cloth, and puttith it?
'sendith a medling d of e newe f cloth ins to in z to an oold clothing; ellis bothe" he
an old cloth-; ellis and he brekith the brekith the newe, and the pece of the
h newe acordith not to the elde. And no 37
newe, and the medling of the newe acord-
ayith not to the oolde. And no man send- man puttith newe wyne in to oolde
ith 1
newe wyn in to olde wyn vessel is ; hotels ;
ellis the newe wyn schal breke
ellis the newe wyn schal breke the wyn the hotels, and the wyn schal be sched

vesselis, and the wyn schal be sched out, out, and the hotels schulen perische. Butsi)
38 and the wyn vesselis schulen perische. But newe wyne owith to be put in to newe
newe wyn is to be sent k in to newe wyn hotels, and bothe ben kept. And no 39
39 vesselis,and bothe ben kept. And no man man drynkynge the elde, wole anoon the b

drynkinge old, wole anon newe sothli he ; newe ;

for he seith, The olde is the

seith, The olde is

1
the betere. betere.

CAP. VI. CAP. VI.

c
i Forsothe it is don in the ^secunde And was don in the secounde
it firste i

firste" saboth, whanne he passide by cornes, sabat, whanne he passid bi comes* 1

, hise
his
disciplis pluckeden eeris and thei ;
disciplis pluckiden eeris
of corn ; and thei

2frotinge with her? hondis, eeten. Sothli frotynge with her hondis, eeten. And 2

summe of the Pharisees seiden to hem, summe of the Farisees seiden to hem,
What don 30 'this, thati is not leefful in What doon 36 that, that is not leeueful
ssabotis? And Jhesu answeringe seide to in the sabotis ? And Jhesus answeride, s
hem, Han 36 not redde,
r
hem, 'Neithir 36 han rad this, that
s
Dauith and seide to
dide, whanne he hungride, and thei that what Dauith dide,whanne he hungride,
4 weren with him hou he entride in to the
; and thei that weren with hym; hou he 4
hous of God, and took looues of propo- entride in to the hous of God, and took
sicioun, and eet, and 3af to hern that looues of proposicioun, and eet, and 3af
weren with him whiche looues* it was ; to hem that weren with hem; whiche
not leefful to" nov but to w ete, preestis looues it was not leeueful to eete, but
5 aloone. And he seide to hem, For mannis oonli to prestis. And he seide to hem,s
esone is lord, 36, of the saboth. Sothli it For mannus sone is lord, 3he, of the
was" don and^ an other saboth, that he
in sabat. And it was don in another sabat, 6
entride in to a synagoge, and tau3te. And that he entride in to a synagoge, and
a man was there, and his ri3thond was tau3te. And a man was there, and his

w thine x. * Om. x. whom x\. "

T Whether x
passim.
2 Om. MP. a Om. sx. b Om. K.
c and AGMNOPQSTWXY. d taketh a u sec. m. e fro t; sec. m. f a newe AMNPQSTU sec.m. WXY.
pece
h
an newe GMO. 8 and puttith it in v iec.m. mengynge A pr. m, GMNOPQTWXY pr.m. puttith v tec. m.
J

k
put v sec. m.
!
Om. s. m was G sec. m. vvw sec. m. n secounde sabot, first M. firste secounde sabot x.
plucken w. P Om. G pr. m. MNOPQTXY. 1 that that AGMNPQSTW sec. m. XY. that at o. that w pr. m.
u
T Han s that that
AGMPQSTVWXY. that N. that at o. * Om. x. for to AGMNOPTvrir Y.
36 not MP.
v Om. o. w oonli AGNPQST. oonly to MWXY. * is A
pr. m. opr. m. MNPQSTXY. y Om. GN.

* Forsothe i. y him c. Om. M pr. m.

z Om. A. a Om. e pr. m. k sec. m. and k pr. m. b Om.
c Om. 8. d the cornes
CEiKMpQHsuxbceghia^.
VOL. IV.
 162 LUKE. VI. 719.
?drye. Forsothe scribis and Pharisees hoond was drie. And the scribis?
6
aspieden him, if he schulde heele him in and Farisees aspieden hyrn, if he wolde
ee
the saboth, that thei schulden fyride cause, heele hym in the sabat, that thei schul-
swherof Hhei schuldei^ accuse him. Sothli den fynde cause, whereof thei schulden
he wiste the thou3tis of hem, and he seith a accuse hym. And he wiste the thou3tiss
to the man that hadde a drye hond, Rise of hem, and he seide to the man that

vp, "and stond in to the myddel And b

. hadde a drie hoond, Rise f vp, and stonde
9 he risinge stood. Sothli Jhesu seith to in to the myddil. And
he roos, and
hem, I axe 3ou, if
c
it is leefful to d
do wel stood. And Jhesus seide to hem, Y axe 9
6
in the sabot , ether f yuele ? for& to make 3ou, if it is leueful to do wel in the
sabat, or yuel ? to make a soule saaf, or
1'
10 a soule saf, ether for' to leese ? And,
alle men lookide aboute, he seide to the to leese ? And whanne he hadde biholde 10

man, Hold forth thin hond. And he held alle men aboute, he seide to the man,
k
forth, and his hond was restorid to Hold forth thin hoond. And he held
nhelthe. Sothli thei weren fulfilld " with 1 1
forth, hond was restorid to helthe.
and his

vnwysdom", and spaken to gidere, what And weren fulfillid with vnwisdom, 11
thei
12 thei schulden do of Jhesu. Forsothe it and spaken togidir, what thei schulden
is don wente out in to
in tho dayes, he do of Jhesu. And it was don in tho 12
an hil for? to preye and he was al ny3t ; daies, he wente out in to an hil to preye;

isdwellinge in the preier of God. And and he was al ny3t dwellynge in the
whanne the day was maad, he clepide his preier of God. And whanne the day 13
disciplis, and chees twelue of hem, whichei was come, he clepide hise disciplis, and
u'he Symound, whom chees twelue of hem, whiche he clepide
1
clepide also apostlis ";
he clepide Petre, and Andrew, his bro- also apostlis Symount, whom he clepide u
;

ther, James and Jon, Philip and Bartol- Petir, and Andrew, his brothir, James and
15 mew, Matheu and s Thomas, James Al-
Joon,Filip and Bartholomew, Matheu and \5
phei, and Symound, that is clepid Zelotis, Thomas, James Alphei, and Symount, that
16 Judas of* James, and Judas Scariot, that is clepid Zelotes, Judas of h James, and HI

17 was" traitour. And Jhesu comynge doun Judas Scarioth, that was traytoure. And 17
v
fro the hil with hem, stood in a feeld Jhesus cam doun fro the hil with hem,
place; and the cumpenye of his disciplis, and stood in a feeldi place; and the cum-
and a plenteuous multitude of pore x peple, peny of hise disciplis, and a' greet mul-
of al Judee, and of? Jerusalem, and of 'the titude of puple, of al Judee, and Jerusa-
se z coostis, and of Tire, and of a Sydon, lem, and of the see coostis, and of Tyre
iswhiche b camen, that thei schulde heere and Sidon k that camen to here hym, and
, is
c
hym, and that thei schulden be heelid to be heelid of her siknessis and thei ;

of her langwischingis d ; and thei e that that weren trauelid of vncleene spiritis,
weren trauelid with f vnclene spiritis, weren weren heelid. And
puple sou3te to al 1
i

19 heelid. And ech cumpeny of the# peple touche hym, for vertu wente out of hym,

G pr.m. MPQTY. to NOX. a sayde o. b into the myddle, and stoond MP. c Om. s. d for to AGM
z for to

NOPTY. e
sabboth day o. { or
AGMNOPQSTWXY. e Om. sx. h or AGMNOPQSTWXY. ' Om. sx. k is
A pr. in. G pr. m. MNPQSTXY. 1
ben A pr. m. a pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. m fillid ur. D
vnwysdam, orfolie
AGNQSTtvY. was A sec.m. G sec.m. vvw. p Om. x. 1 whom MNOPQTXY. r and
apostles he nempnede
MP. and apostles he clepide NQSTXY. and aposteles also he cleped o. s Om.
GNOQTW pr. m, XY. * and

G sec. m. w, n Om. K. v feeldi svvx, feelde y. *

smal, or pore AGMNPSTW. smal OQX. the pore u.
JOm. AGMNopQSTrwxv. z all thees o. the r. * Om. WXY. b that c Om. w.
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
<1
languisches, or achis AGMNPSTWY. langwisches OQVX.
e Om. o. * of AGMNOPQSTIYXY. e Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY.

e the Farisees Behik. ee Om. R. f Om. EPQxhka. h and A Om.

Arise hi. pr. m. k.
k of Sidon c. 1
the peple ciKUXRSgko/3.
 VI. 2C -33- LUKE. 163

sou3ten for to touche him, forh

vertu and m heelide alle. And whanne hise2o
20 wente out of him, and heelide alle. And, i3en weren cast vp in to hise disciplis,
to his disciplis, he k
v
he seide, Blessid be $e n
his yjen reysid' vp in pore men, for the ,

seide, Blessid be 1 $e, pore men m , for the kyngdom of God is 3oure. Blessid be $e, 21
21
kyngdom of God is 3oure. Blessid be n $e, that now hungren, for 36 schulen be ful-
v
that hungren now , for 36 schulen be fillid. Blessid be 30, that now wepen,
fillidi
1
. Blessid be^ 3^, that Vepen now r , for 36 schulen Iei3e. 3e schulen be bless- 22
22 for 36 schulen Iey3e s
.
3 e schulen be bless- id, whanne men schulen hate 3ou, and
id, whanne men schulen hate 3ou, and departe 3011 awei, and putte schenschip
u and cast out 3oure name as yuel,
schulen 1 departe 3ou awey and schulen v
, to you,

putte schenschip on ^ou, and schulen w caste for mannus sone. Joye 35 in that dai,23
out 3oure name as yuel, for inannis sone. and be 36 glad for lo 3oure rneede is
; !

23
Joye 36 in herte in that day, and glade 36 myche in heuene ;
for aftir these thingis

with oute forth ; loo sothli 3oure mede ! the fadris of hem diden to prophetis.
is moche x in heuene ; forsothe vp^ thes Netheles wo to 3ou, riche men, that han 24
thingis the fadris of hem diden to pro- 3oure coumfort. Wo to 3ou that ben 25
24phetis. Netheles woo to 3ou, riche men, fulfillid, for 36 schulen hungre. to Wo
20 that han 3oure comfort. Woo to 3ou 3ou that now Iei3en, for 36 schulen morne,
that ben fulfillid
2
for 36 schulen hungre.
, and wepe. Wo
to ^ou, whanne alle men 20

Woo to 3ou that 'Iau3hen now a , for 36 schulen blesse 3ou; aftir these thingis the
2Gschal morne, and wepe. Woob whanne , fadris of hem diden to profetis. But 27
alle
c
schulen blesse 3ou d ; aftir 6 thes
men Y seie to 3ou that heren, loue 36 $oure

thingis the fadris of hern diden to pro- enemyes, do 30 wel to hem that hatiden

27phetis
f
But I seie to 3ou that heeren,
.
3ou ; 36blesse men
cursen 3ou, 28 that
v
loue 36 3oure enemyes, do 3e wel to hem preye 36 for men that defamen 3ou. And 20
28 that haten&s 3ou ;
blesse 36 to h men curs- to him that smytith thee on OP cheeke,

inge 3ou, preie 36 for men 'falsly chaleng- schewe alsoi the tothir r ; and fro hym
schal m
x
i
2!ynge 3ou. And to him k that 1
that takith awei fro thee a cloth, nyle
v
n
smyte thee on o cheke, 3yue also the thou forbede the coote. And 3yue to so

tother and fro him that takith awey fro

;
eche that axith thee, and if a man takith
v
thee a clothP, 3he<i, nyle thou forbede the awei tho thingis that ben thine, axe thou
socoote. r
Sothly 3yue to ech axinge thee, not a3en. And as 36 wolen that men dosi
and who takith away tho thingis that
8
to 3ou, do 36 also to hem in lijk maner.
31 ben thyne, axe thou not a3eyn t And as . And if 36 louen hem that louen 3ou,32
36 wolen that men do to 3ou, and do 36 to what thanke is to 3ou ? for synful men
32 hem in" lyk
v manere. And if 36 louen louen men that louen hem. And if 3033

hem that louen 3ou, what grace, ^ethir don wel to hem that don wel to 3ou,
thank w , is x to 3ou? for whi and synful what grace is to 3ou? synful 8 men don
33 men louen men louynge hem. And? if this thing. And if 36 leenen to hem of34

h Om. sx. cast AGMNOPQSTWXY.

l k and he o. Om. x. "' Om. x. n Otn. x. now hungren l

GMXY. p fulfilde AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 Om. x. r now wepen GMXY. ' Iau3e u. lajhen x. *Om.AGMNo
PQSTWXY. u Om. MPX. v Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. w Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. * mochel o. 7 aftir AGM
NOPQSTWXY. z fillid vvx. & now Iei3en GMPUY. now lau}hen x. b Wo to you Q sec.m. u. c Om. G pr. m.
Q pr.m. PTXY. d Om. T. e
vp vr.
*
false prophetis MP. S doth x. SS haatiden M sec.m. h Om. KV.
1
that falsly chalange AGMNOPQSTWXY. k who G sec. m. MNOPQTXY. Om. MNPXY. m Om. N. n on l

on A. in to the oon G sec.m. OP. in to the toon MNTY. in the too Q. into the ox. to him and G sec.m.
MNOPQTXY. to him also w. P thi cloth MPW sec.m. clothis G pr.m. vvv. cloth G sec.m. w pr.m. thi
clothis x. 1 and N. r askende x. 9 he that
AGMNOPQSTWXY. * ajen with strijrf MP. u on AGMNOP
v ANTW. w or thank A el ceteri. Om. x. * Om. F. y Om. K.
lichy

m and he K sec. m. ux sec. m. bg sec. m. hik. n Om. CP

pr. m. e pr.v. g. forsothe i. Om. k.
P the oo Eghik. 1 to him also k. r oothir I. 8 for synful k.

Y 2
 164 LUKE. VI. 3443-

36 don wel to hem that don wel to 3011, whiche 3e hopen to take a3en, what
what grace z is to 3ow? sothly and synful thanke is to 3ou ? for synful men leenen
V
34 men don thing. And if 36 3yuen
this to synful men, to take a3en as myche.
b Netheles loue 36 3oure enemyes, and doss
borwynge* to hem, of whiche 36 hopen
to u take a3en, what grace d is to 3011 ? for 36 wel, and leene
hopinge no thing 36,
whi and synful men leenen to synful men, therof, and 3oure mede schal be myche,
35 that thei taken a3eyn euene thingis. Ne- and 36 schulen be the sones of the He3-
e
theles loue 36 3oure enemyes, and do 3e
f
est, for he is benygne on vnkynde men
b and yuele men. Therfor be 36 merciful, 36
wel, and 3yue 3e borwyng', 'hopinge no
thingj therof, and 3oure mede schal be as 3oure fadir is merciful. Nyle 30 deme, 37
k
moche, and 36 schulen be the sones of the and 36 schulen not be denied. Nyle 36
benyngne on vnkynde" condempne, and 36 schulen not be con-
1
Hi3este, for he is

semen and yuele men. Therfore be 36 dempned for3yue 36, and it schal be
;

mercyful, as and 3oure fadir is mercyful. foi^ouun to 3ou. 3yue 36, and it schal 38
37 Nyle 36 deme, and 36 schulen not be de- be 3ouun to 3ou. Thei schulen 3yue in
myd. Nyle 36 condempne, and 36 schulen to 3oure bosum a good mesure, and wel
v
not be condempned foi'3yue 36?, and it ; fillid, and schakun togidir, and ouerflow-

38 schal be for3ouun to 3ou. 3y ue 3 e an(l it > ynge ; for bi the same mesure, bi whiche
V

schal be 3ouun to 3ou. Thei schulen 3yue 36 meeten, it schal be metun s a3en to
in to 3ourebosum a good mesure, and well 3ou
l
. And he seide to hem a liknesse, 39
flUid^, and shakun to gidere, and ouer- Whether the blynde may leede the
v
r
fallen thei not bothe in to u
flowynge; forsothe by the same mesure, blynde? ne

by which 36 schulen mete, it schal be

8
the diche? A disciple is not aboue the v *
39 ineten to 3ou. Sothli he seide to hem and maistir; but eche schal be perfite, if he
1

w And what seest thou4i

blynd man may
v
a liknesse", Whethir a be as his maister.
leede the" blynde ? whethir thei falle not in thi brotheris {36 a moot, but thou
40 bothe in to the dyche ? disciple is not A biholdist not a beem, that is in thin
aboue the maistir ;
sothli erfi? schal be owne 136 ? Or hou maist thou seie to thi 4-2
41
perfyt, if he is
z
as his maistir. Sothli brother, Brothir, suffre, Y schal caste
what seest thou in thi brotheris y3e 'a out the moot of thin {36, and thou bi-

festu, othir a mot*, but thou biholdist not holdist not a beem in vv thin owne 130?
a beem, 'which is b in thi owne y3e ? Ipocrite, first take out the beem of thin
42Othir c hou maist d thou seye to thi bro- i3e, and thanne thou schalt se to take w

ther, Brother, suffre, I schal caste out a the moot of x thi brotheris {36. It is not 43
festu 6
of thin y3e? thou biholdist not a a good tree, that makith yuel fruytis,
beem in thin owne y3e ? Ypocrite, first nether an yuel tree, that makith good
tak f out the beem of thyn y3e, and thanne fruytis; for euery tre is knowun of his 44
thou schalt biholde, that thou lede out a fruyt. And men gaderen not figus of
4sfestu of thi brotheris y3e. Forsothe it is thornes, nethir men gaderen a grape of
not a good tree, that makith yuele frutis, a buysche of breris. A good man of 45

z thank MPU sec.m. b whom MPXV. c for to AGMNOP

3yuen borewing, or leenen MP. leuen v sec.m.
a

IJTWY. d grace, or thank MP. thank u sec. m. e doth

GQSXY. doith MP. f Om. AGMNOpqsvrirxY. S leue
k Om. o.
nothing hoping GMXY.
h Om. NW.
i; sec.m.
borewing, or leeneth MP. Om. c; sec. m.
" 3

1
benigne, or of good rville AGMNPSTWY. m vpon AGMNOPQSTWY.
D
kynde KU. Om. G pr. m. K sec. m.
r Om. o. s the whiche o. * motun o.
MPXY. P forjifeth o. 1 a wel o. <W fulfillid G pr. m.
u licnesse, or AGMNPTWY. licnesse, or s. v Wher o. w Om. T. * a o. 7 he o.
ensaumple exsaumple
ech disciple MP. z be
AGMNOPQSWY. shul ben x. a a festu, or mot AGQSTurrrY. a festu, or a mot MNP.
a mot o. a festu x b that is AGMNOPQTWXY. Om. s. c Or AGMNOPQSTITXY. d e
.
mi3t AT. festu,
or a moot o. mot MPV sec. m. f cast o. sec. m. S mot MOPU sec. m.

v his k. VT that is in R w take out

moten pr. m.
8 B. to jou a3en k. in ik. Rsk/3.
out of ES.
 VI. 44 vn - 6 - LUKE. 165

nother an yuele tree, that makith goode the x good tresoure of his herte bryngith

44fruytis; sothli is knowun of

euerys tree forth good thingisv, and an yuel man of
his fruyt. men
Sothli neither
gederyn the yuel tresoure bryngith forth yuel
fygis of thornes, neither men gederyn a thingis?; for of the plente of the herte
45
grape of a boysch of breris. A good man the mouth spekith. And what clepen4
36 me, Lord, Lord, and doon not tho
11
of the goode tresour of his herte bryngeth
forth good thing, and an yuel man of thingis that Y seie. Eche that cometh 47
yuel tresour, bryngith forth yuel thing; to me, and herith my wordis, and doith
sothli of the' plente of the herte the hem, Y schal schewe to 3ou, to whom
4rnouth spekith. Forsothe what clepen k 36 he is lijk. He is lijk to a man that4
me, Lord, Lord, and don not tho thingis bildith an hous, that diggide deepe, and
47 that I seye. Ech that cometh to me, and sette the foundement on a stoon. And
heerith my wordis, and doth hem, I schal whanne greets flood was maad, the flood
48schewe to 3ou, to whom he is lyk
1
. He is was hurtlid 2 to that hous, and it mi3te
m
to a man bildinge an" hous, that not moue it, for it was foundid on a
lyk
diggideP deepe, and puttidei the founde- sad stoon. But he that herith, and4!>
ment on r a stoon. Sothli greet flowing doith not, is lijk to a man bildynge his
8
maad, flood was hurtlid to that hous, and hous on erthe with outen foundement ;

it my3te not moue it, for it was foundid in to which the was hurlid a arid
flood ,

49 on 4 a sad stoon. Sothli he that heerith, anoon it felle doun; and the fallyng doun
and doth not, is lyk to a man bildinge of that hous was maad greet.
his hous on u erthe v with oute foundement;
in to which the flood* was x hurlidy, and
a non it felde doun and the fallinge doun ;

of that hous is maad greet.

CAP. VII. CAP. VII.

1 Forsothe whanne he hadde fulfillid z
alle And whanne he hadde fulfillid allei
aa b
his wordis in to the* eeris of the peple , hise wordis in to the eeris of the puple,
2 he entride in to Capharnaum. Sothli h a he entride in to Cafarnaum. But 32
sum man centurio, ^that hadde
seruaunt of seruaunt of a centurien, that was pre-
an hundrid men vndir him c hauynge , cious to hym, was sijk,and drawyrige
d 6
yuel, was to deyinge which was precious , to the deeth. And whanne he hadde 3
3 to him. And whanne he hadde f herd of herd of Jhesu, he sente to hym the
Jhesu, he sente to him the eldere men of eldere men
of Jewis, and preiede hym,
Jewis, preiynge him, that he come, and that he wolde come, and heele his ser-
4heele his seruaunt. And, whanneS thei uaunt. And whanne thei camen to Jhe- 4
h
camen to Jhesu, thei preieden bisyli, sey- su, thei preieden hym bisili, and seiden
1

inge to him, For he is worthi, that thou to hym, For he is worthi, that thou
5 3yue to him thing this he loueth ;
for graunte to hym this thing; for he loueth s
oure folk,and he k bildide to vs a syna- 1
oure folk, and he bildide to vs a syna-
egoge. Sothly Jhesu wente with hem. goge. And Jhesus wente with hem.e

S eche x. h the tresour G. *

Om. K. k clepith Y. lichi MP. m lychi MPT. n Om. T. and P.
l

P diggith AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 puttith OXY. putte s. r

vpon o.
s is A
pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
t
vpon o.
u
vpon AGMNOPQTWY.
T the erthe Q. w flodes o. x is AGMNOPSTWXY. Om. g. ? hurtlid to AGTWY.
hurlid to MNOPS. hurtlid QUX. z fillid v. a Om. Ksec.m. aa b Forsothe o.
pore puple AGNOSTWY.
c Om. d e the whiche { Om. w. 8 thei, whan GMPWX.
OQX. dye AGMXOPQSTWXY, AGMNOPQSTITXY.
k Om. GMQ k Om. o.
pr. m. TWX. and saiden o. bilde sx.
l l

* Om. y thing A sec. m. yy a gret z hurlid hurtlid iKRscegk/3. b these k.

c. s. cipqxhia.
 166 LUKE. vn. 717.
And whanne now he was not fer m fro the And whanne he was not fer fro the
c
hous, centurio sente to him frendis, sey- hous , the centurien sente to hym
inge, Lord, nyle thou be trauelid, for I freendis, and seide, Lord, nyle thou be
am not worthi, that thou entre vndir my trauelid, for Y am not worthi, that thou
d
7 roof; for which thing and I demyde" not entre vnder roof; for which thing?
my
my silf worthi, that I schulde come to and 6
Y f
demede not my silf worthi, that
thee; but seye thou by word, and my child Y come to thee; but seie thou bi word,
s schal be heelid. For whi and I am a man
V
and my child schal be helid. For Y am 8
ordeyned vndir power, hauynge kny3tis a man ordeyned vndur power, and haue
vndir mei"; andi I seie to this, Go thou r , kny3tis vndur me and Y seie to this, ;

and he goth, and to anothir, Come thou 8 , Go, and he goith, and to anothir, Come,
and he cometh, and to my seruaunt, Do and he cometh, and to my seruaunt, Do
9 thou* this
v
thing, and he doth". The which this thing, and he doith. And whanne o
thing herd, Jhesu wondride and he turn- ;
this thing was herd, Jhesus wondride;
yd, seide to the cumpanyes suynge him, and seide to the puple suynge hym,
w Treuli Y seie to 3011, nether in Israel Y
Treuli I seye to 3ou, nethir in Israel I
10 fond so x
moche feith. And thei that foond so greet feith. And thei that 10

weren sent, turnyd a3en horn, founden the weren sent, turneden a3en home, and
11 seruaunt hool, which? was syk. And it founden the seruaunt hool, whichs was
was z don aftirward Jhesu wente in to a sijk. And it was don aftirward, Jhesus n
that is clepid Naym, and his disciplis
cite, ; wente in to a citee, that is clepid Naym,
v
and a ful b greet cumpanye of peple c wente and hise disciplis and ful greet puple ;

12 with him*
Sothly whanne he cam ny3
1
. wente with hym. And whanne he cam 12

to the 3ate of the citee, loo an oonlypi" !

ny3 to the 3ate of the citee, lo ! the sone
sone of his modir was born out deed ; and of a womman that hadde no mo children,
this was a widowe ; and moche cumpany was borun out deed and this was a ;

1:1 of the citee was with

f
hir. Whom whanne widowe and myche puple of the citee
;

the Lord Jhesu hadde seyn, he

meuyd by with hir. And whanne the Lord Jhesu is
mercy on? hir, seide to hir, Nyle thou hadde seyn hir, he hadde reuthe on hir,
b
Hwepe. And he nei3ede and touchide the ,
and seide to hir, Nyle thou wepe. And u
here ; and' thei that baren stooden. And he cam ny3 h and touchide the beere;
,

he seith, 3 on g
man, I seie to thee, ryse vp. and' thei that baren k stoden. And he
man, Y seie
15 And he that was deed sat vp
k and seide 1 , to thee, rise vp.
bigan , 3onge
to speke; and he 3af him to his modir.
1
And he that was deed sat vp a3en, and ^
ra
HiSothli drede took alle men, and thei bigan to speke ; and he 3af hym to his
magnyfieden God, seyinge, For a greet modir. And alle men, and
drede took ic

prophete hath risun among vs, 'and, For" and seiden, For
1
thei magnyfieden God,
17 God hath visitid his peple n And this . a grete profete is rysun among vs, and,
v
word wente out of him in to al Judee, For God hath visitid his puple. And 17

IK and in to al the cuntre aboute. And dis- this word wente out of hym in to al

m Om. o. n deme T. me K. P vndir me knyjtes GMXY. Om. K. r Om. <i

s Om. AGMNOpgsTurwxY. * Om.

AGMNOPQSTWXY. u doith it MPWY. v Om. u. w ne MP. * greete
AGMNOPQSTWXY. J the whiche AGNOQSTWXY. that MP. z is A a wente
pr. m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY.
with him and A pr.m. GMNOPQTWXY. & a ful MPSW m. XY. c the v. d Om. A m. GMNO
pr. puple pr.
e f Om.
PQTWX. oonly o. AGNOQSTIV. cam MPXY. S vpon AGMNOPQTY. h cam to AGMNOPQSWY.
cam x. forsothe AGMNopQsvrwxY. k for to AGMHOPQWY.
a3en AGMNPQSWXY. vp ajen o.
' 1

m for and MP. for w. n

pore peple AGMNPQSXY. in r.

d the whiche i. Om. R h to

knyjtis hous k pr. m.
c e
pr. m. gk pr. m.
{ deme E. S that i. i.
1
forsothe T. k haren the beere K. l
seith T. m he bigan k.
 vii. 19 29- LUKE. 167

ciplisP of John tolden himi of r alle thes Judee, and in to" al the cuntre aboute.
I9thingis. And John clepide to gidere And Joones disciplis toolden hym of alle IB

tweyne
3
of his disciplis, and sente to these thingis. And Joon clepide tweyn 19

Jhesu, seyinge, Art thou that art to of hise disciplis, and sente hem to Jhesu,
u
comynge , 'other we abiden and Art thou he that
l
another ? seide, is to come,
20 Sothli whanne the men hadderi come to or abiden we anothir? And whanne the 20
him, thei seiden, John Baptist sente vs men cam to hym, thei seideu, Joon Bap-
to thee, seyinge, Art thou that art to tist sente vs to thee, and seide, Art thou

comynge
v
, other w we abiden another ? he that is to come, or we abideu anothir ?
21 Forsothe in that our he heelide many And in that our he heelide many men of 21
men of her sykenessis*, and woundis, and^ her sijknessis, and woundis, and yuel
yuele spiritis ;and he }af sty to manye spiritis ; and he 3af sijt to
many blynde
22blynde men. And Jhesu answeringe seide men. And Jhesus answerde, and seide 22
hem, Go
z
to hem, %e goynge a^en to John tho
telle to 36 a3en, and telle 36 to Joon
thingis that ye han herd and seyn; for tho thingis that 36 han herd and seyn;
a
blynde men seen, crokide men gon, mese- blynde men seyn, crokid men goen, me-
b
lis ben maad clene, deef men heeren, deede sels ben maad cleene, deef men heren,

men rysen a^en, pore men ben takun to deed men risen a3en, pore men ben
prechinge of the gospel, Aether ben maad
d c
takun to prechyng of the gospel. And 2:1
mkeperis of the gospel*. And 'he that
f
he that schal not be sclaundrid in me,
schal not be sclaundrid in me, is blessid. is blessid. And whanne the messangeris 24

24 And whanne the messangers

1'
of John of Joon weren go forth, he bigan to seie
hadden gon away, he bigan to" seye of 1
of Joon to the puple, What wenten 3625
John to the cumpanyes, What wenten ye out in to desert to se? a reed waggid"
out in to desert fork to se? a reed wawid with theP wynd? But what wenten 3620
25 with the 1
wynd? But what wente $e out out to se ? a man clothid with softe
for In
to se ? a man clothid n with softe clothis ? Lo ! thei that ben in precious
Lo! thei that ben in a? precious
clothis ? cloth and in
ben in kyngis housis.
delicis,
cloth and in delices, ben in 'housis of But what wenten 36 out to se? a pro-
2ckyngisi. But what thing wente }e out fete? 3he, Y seie to 3ou, and more than a
for r
to se? a prophete? Sothli I seie to profete. This is he, of whom it is writun, 27
273ou, and more than a prophete. This it
8
Lo ! Y sende myn aungel bifor thi face,
is
1
, of whom it is writen, Lo ! I sende rnyn whichi schal make 'thi weie redi r bifor

aungel byfore thi face, 'the which" schal thee. Certis Y seie to 3ou, there is no 28
28 make thi weye redy bifore thee. Sothly man more 9
prophete among children of
1

I seye among to 3ou, the v childeren of wymmen, than is Joon u but he that is ;

w
wymmen, no man is more than John lesse in the kyngdom of heuenes, is more
Baptist, prophete* ; sothli he that is lesse than he. And al the puple herynge, and 29

in the^ kyngdom of heuenes, is more than pupplicans, that hadden be baptisid with
20 he. And al the peple heeringe, and pup- v
baptym of Joon, iustifieden God ; but so

P the disciples MOP. 1 to him AGMNOPQSUWXY. r s two MPX. * come AG

sayinge of AGMHOPQSWXY.
MNOPQSWXY. u or abide we AGMNOPSW. or we abiden QXY. v come AGMNOPQSWXY. w or AGMNOPQS
WXY. " languischis AGMNOPQSUVWXY. Y and of u. of r. z telleth sx. a Om. AGMNOPQWX. b and
d Om. AG
kepers of the gospel AGMNPSWX
e or maad
pr. m. K pr. m. MP.
deed w. c
prechen GMPQX.
Y. Om. oo. ether ben maad keperis of the gospels r. f who euer A
pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQXY. S schal be
w m. h
messageres GO passim g.
'
for to AGNOQWY. k Om. sx. *
Om. AGMNOPQSWXY. m Om.
pr.
ax. n clad sx. clothing Q. P Om. MPQ. 9 kynges housis AGMNOPQSWXY. T Om. sx. s Om. AG

MNOPQSWXY. f is he w n that MPX. which K sec. m. ur. v Om. AGMNOPQSWXY. w more pro-
pr. m.
x Om. AGMNOPQSIVXY. the profete ur. Om. o.
phete AGMNOPQSWXY. y

n Om. A pr.m. i. wawid pQTgka. wagid s. P Om. i. 1 that k. r redi thi wey Rk.
s a more i.

4
the children Tke. u Joon Baptist x sec. m. k. v the
baptym CEiKMpo.RSTUxbceghika/9.
 168 LUKE. VII. 30 41.

baptisid with baptym* of John,

plicans, the Farisees and the wise men of the v
30 iustifieden God ; forsoth Pharisees and lawe, that weren not baptisid of hym,
wyse men of the* lawe, not baptisid of dispisiden the counsel of God a3ens hem
b And the Lord seide, Therfor tosi
him, dispiseden the conseil of God in silf.

31 hem silf c . Sothli the Lord seyde, Ther- whom schal Y seie 'men of w this gene-
fore to whom
schal I seye men of this racioun lijk, and to whom ben thei lijk ?

generacioun lyk , and to whom ben thei

d
Thei ben lijk to children sittynge in 32
d e x
and spekynge togider, and?
lyk' ? Thei ben lyk to children sittinge
1
32
chepyng ,

in chepinge f, and spekynge to gidere, and seiynge, We han sungun to 3011 with
seyinge, We han songun to 3011 with pipis, pipis, and 36 han not daunsid we han ;

and han not daunsid

36 we han maad s ;
maad mornyng, and 36 han not wept.
:wlarnentacioun h and 30 han not wept. For-
,
For Joon Baptist cam, nethir etyngess
soth John Baptist cam, nethir etinge breed, breed, ne drynkynge wyne, and 36 seyen,
nether' drynkynge wyn, and 36 seyn, He He hath a feend. Mannus sone cam 34
34 hath a fend. Mannis sone cam etinge etynge and drynkynge, and 36 seien, Lo !

and drynkinge, and 36 seyn, Lo a man ! a man a z deuourer,

and drynkynge wyne,
Meuourere, ether glotoun^, and drynkinge aa frend of pupplicans and of synful men b .

wyn, frend of pupplicans and of synful

1
And wisdom is justified of her sones. 35

3,-imen. And wysdom is justified of alle But oon of the Farisees preiede Jhesu, so
3G her sones. Forsoth
preiedesum Pharise 111
that he schulde ete with hym. And he
Jhesu, that he schulde ete with him. And entride in to the hous of the Farise, and
he entringe in to the hous of the Pharise, sat at the mete. And lo! a synful worn- 37
37 sat at the mete. And lo ! a womman
syn- man, that was in the citee, as sche
knewe,
neresse", that was in the citee, as sche that Jhesu sat at the mete in the hous
knew, that Jhesu hadde sete at the mete of the Farisee, sche brou3te an alabaustre
in the hous of the Pharisee, brou3te an box of oynement; and sche stood bihyndess
38 alabastre box of oynement and sche bysidis hise feet, and bigan to moiste
P
;

stondinge byhynde bisydis his feet, bigan hise feet with teeris, and wipide with
to moiste his feet with teeris, and wypidei the heeris of hir heed, and kiste hise feet,
with heeris of hir heed r , and kiste his and auoyntide with oynement. And the 39
3!)
feet,and anoyntide s with oynement. Sothli Farise seynge, that hadde clepide hym,
the Pharise seynge, that clepide him, seith seide within hym silf, seiynge, If this
with ynne him silf, seiynge, If this were a were a prophete, he schulde wite, who
prophete, sothli he schulde wite, who arid and what maner womman it were that
what maner womman it were 1 that touch- touchith d hym, for sche is a synful worn-
4oith him, for she is a synneresse". And man. And Jhesus answeride, and seide 40
Jhesu answeringe seide to him, Symound, to hym, Symount, Y haue sumthing to
I haue sum thing for v to seye to thee. seie to thee. And he seide, Maistir, seie
4i And he seith, Maistir, seie thou. And thou. And he answeride, Twei dettouris4i
w
he answeride, Tweye dettours were to weren to o lener ; and oon aii3t fyue
sum x leenere, *ethir vsurer >'; oon hundrid pans, and 'the other 6 fifti ; but

7
GMOQUVWXY. a Om. b AG m. in to c
the baptym v.
ajens sec. MNOPQXY. ajen sw. silf, or ayens
hem d MNP. e Om. v. fa chepyng daunsid AGMfiopQstv. lepid or
silf o lichi A/P. g lipped, or
h lamentacioun, or
glotoun AGMX
k vourer, or
daunsid v. mornynge AGMNPSWY. ne AGMNpQstvXY. '

PSY. glotoun o. devourer, or glotoun QW. vourere x. '

Om. AGNOQSWXY. m oon of the Farisees A pr.m.
c pr, m. MNPQXY. of the Pharisees G sec.m. o. n P Om. o.
synner GMOPQWXY. sitten o. seten GQXY.
T heued ov. u v Om. NSX.
wypede hem MP.
s
synner A pr. m. GMNOPQSWXY.
* is s.
<J
oyntede s.
w Two GMOPQWX. * summe oo GMNOSXY. sum man oo
<j. y Om. o. or vsurer GMPQWXY.

v Om. IM
pr. m. xe/3.
w Om. R. * the Y Om. T. z Om. a and a and KRsbg.
chepinge hi. QX. I.
b Om. i. c Om. T. d touchide k. the tothir EKMPSTUXcghi. anothir nkba/S.
 VII. 42 VIII. 3- LUKE. 169

fyue hundrid pens, and an other fyfty. whanne thei hadden not wherof 'thei
42Sothli hem not hauynge wherof thei schulden f 3eelde, he for3af to bothe. Who
schulden jelde, he 3af z frely a to 'euer ey- thanne loueth hym more? Symount an- 43
43thir b Who c therfore loueth him more?
. sweride, and seide, Y gesse, that? he to
Symound answeringe seide, I gesse, for whom he for3af more. Arid he answeride
he to whom he 'frely 3af
d
more. And he to hym, Thou hast demyd ri3tli. And 44
him, Thou
6
answeride to hast
demyd he turnede to the womrnan, and seide to
44ri3tly
f
. And he, turnyd to the womman, Symount, Seest thou this womman? I
thou this wom- h
seide to Symound, Seest entride into thin hous, thou 3af no 1

man ? I entride in to thi hous, thou hast watir to my feet ;

but this k hath moistid
not 3ouun watir to my feet ; forsoth this my feet with teeris, and wipide with hir
wommans hath moistid my feet with heeris. Thou
hast not 3ouun to me 345
teeris, and hath 1'

wypt with hir heeris. cosse; but this, sithen sche entride, ceess-
45 Thou hast not 3ouun to me a cosse ; for- ide not to kisse my feet. Thou anoynt-4C
soth this womman , sithen sche k entride, 1
idist not myn heed with oile; but this 1
46'ceesside not 1
to m kisse my feet. Thou anoyntide my feet with oynement. For 47
'hast not anoyntid myn heed with oyle ; 11
the which thing Y seie to thee, many
forsotheP this oyntideH feet with oyne- my synnes ben for3ouun to hir, for sche hath
4;ment. For which thing I seie to thee, loued myche ; and to whom is lesse for-

manye synnes ben for3ouun to hire, for 3ouun, he loueth lesse. And Jhesus seide 48
sche hath r loued myche sothli he s to ;
to hir, Thi synnes ben for3ouun to thee.
whom is lesse for3ouun, loueth lesse.
*
And thei that saten to gider at the mete, w
48 Sothli Jhesu seide to hir, Synnes" ben for- bigunnen to seie with ynne hem silf,
493ouun to thee. And thei that saten to gi- Who is this that for3yueth synnes. But so
dere at the" mete, bigunne to T seie with he seide to the womman, Thi feith hath
hem is this
w that x alsoWho maad thee saaf ; go thou in pees.
ynne silf,

5ofor3yueth synnes? Forsothe he seide y to

the womman, Thi feith hath maad thee
saf ; go thou in pees.

CAP. VIII. CAP. VIII.

1 And was z don aftirward, and Jhesu
it And it was don aftirward, and Jhesus i

made iorney by citees and castelis, prech- made iourney bi citees and castels, prech-

inge and euangelysinge the rewme of God, ynge and euangelisynge the rewme of
2 and twelue with him and summe wym- ; God, and twelue with hym and sum 2 ;

men that weren heelid of wickide 3 spiritis wymmen that weren heelid of wickid
and syknessis, Marie, that is clepid Maw- spiritis and sijknessis, Marie, that is
whom clepid Maudeleyn, of whom seuene deuelis
b
deleyn , of seuene deuelis wenten c
3 out, and Jone, the wyf of d Chuse, procu- wenten out, and Joone, the wijf of Chuse, 3
ratour of Eroude, and Susanne, and manye the procuratoure of Eroude, and Susanne,
6
othere, whiche mynystriden to him of her and many othir, that mynystriden to hym

z
forjaf G pr. m. MOPQ sec. m. w pr. m.
Om. p. sec. m. b booth AMNOQSY. bothe PWXY.
xv. a treuli A.
c Who of hem M p. d
jaf ANSWY. forjaue GMOPQX.
answerynge o.
f
rijt o.
e Om. AGMNopQsrrxY.
e

h Om. AGMNOPQSWXY. k I x Om. AGMNOPQSWXY.

pr.m. GMNOPQXY pr. m. hath not ceesed o.
' l

m for to AGMNOPQY. n anoyntedest not AGMNOPQWXY. oyntedest not s. hast not oyntid v. heued OY.
1 anoynted AGMNOPQUWX. r Om. K. s Om. * he loueth s. tl Thi
P for u. AGMNOPQSITXY. synnes
w sec. m. u Om. N. T for to AGMNOPQWY. w that N. * which vr. y saith o. z is ^ pr. m. G pr.m.
& Om. o.
MNOPQSXV. a wicke sx. b Magdalene ot;. c weren cast u
pr.m.
e that AGMNOPQSTWXY.

f to T. B Om. T. h KM. '

not EPX. k sche this i. sche this i.
m Om. EiKPSTXg.
jafist

VOL. IV. Z
 170 LUKE. VIII. 4 15.

4 richest Forsoth whanne ful moche cum- of her ritchesse". And whanne myche4
panye cam to gidere, and fro citees hasti- puple was come togidir, and men hi3eden
5 den to him, he seide& by h a liknesse k 1
, He to hym fro the citees, he seide bi a
that sowith, 3ede J out for m to sowe his symylitude, He that sowith, 3ede out to a

seed. And the while he sowith, sum felde sowe his seed. And while he sowith,
by sydis the weye, and was" defoulid, and sum fel 00 bisidis the weie, and was de-
ebriddis of the eyr eeten it. And another foulid, and briddis of the eir eten it.

felde douni' on ai stoon, and it sprungen And? othir^ fel r on a 8

stoon 4, and it 6
r 8
vp dryede , for it hadde not' moisture. sprunge vp, and driede, for it hadde
7 And anothir felde doun among thornes, not rnoysture. And" othir v fel w among?
and the thornes sprungen vp to gidere thornes, and the thornes sprongen vp
sstrangliden it. And another felde doun togider, and strangliden it. And othirs
u x
in to good erthe , and it
sprungun vp fel in to good erthe, and it sprungun?
made an hundrid foold fruit. He v seyinge made an hundrid foold fruyt. He seide*
thes thingis criede, He that hath eeris of these thingis, and criede, He that hath
w
aheeringe, heere he Sothli his disciplis . eeris ofheryng, here he. But hise disci- 9
icaxiden him, what this parable was. To plis axiden him, what this parable was.
whiche" he seyde, To 3ou it is 3ouun to And he seide to hem, To 3011 it is grauntid 10
knowe the mysterie of the kyngdom of toknowe the pryuete of the kyngdom of
God; forsothe to othere men in parablis, God but to othir men in parablis, that
;

that thei seynge se not, and thei heeringe thei seynge se not, and thei herynge vn-
11 vndirstonde not. Sothli this is the para- durstonde not. And this is the parable. 11
isble. The seed is Goddis word ; sothli thei? The zz seed is Goddis word; and thei that 12
that ben 7 bisydis the weye, ben thes that
-
ben bisidis the weie, ben these that heren;
heereri ; aftirward the fend cometh, and and aftirward the feend
cometh, and
takithawey word fro a her herte, lest
the takith awei the word fro her herte, lest
is thei
bileuynge be maad saaf, Forwhi b thei bileuynge be maad saaf. But thei 13

thei that ]/elden doun f on d a stoon, ben that fel on a stoon, ben these that whanne
these *men whiche e whenne thei ban herd, thei ban herd, resseyuen the word with
receyuen the word with ioye. And thes. ioye. And these han not 3 roods for at ;

ban not roote f for at a b tyme thei bi- ; a tyme thei bileuen, and in tyme of
leuen, and in tyme of temptacioun
gon thei temptacioun thei goen awei. But that 14
n awey. Forsothe 'thes that' felden doun k
that fel among thornes, ben these that
in thornes, ben thes that herden, and of herden, and of bisynessis b and ritchessis,
1

bysinessis", and richessis, and lustis of lyf and lustis of lijf thei
gon forth, and ben
thei goynge ben stranglid, and? and
bryngen stranglid, bryngen forth no fruyt.
15 not a3ein fruyt. Forsoth 'this that* felde* But that that fel in to good erthe, ben is

f h
facultees, or ryckes AT. facultees, or ryckessis GMNPQSWY. faculteis GJV. richessis r. g saith o. by
hym T. '
Om. o. k licnesse, or ensaumple AGMNPQTWY. ensaumple o. lykenesse, or exsaumple s. 1 goith
G pr. m.MopQTXY. m Om. urx. n is A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPST. it is QXY. fil t; sec.m. POm.usec.m.
i the Om. AGUNOPQSTXY.
u sec.m. T s and
dryede v.
* no r. lond x. ^ And he y. w Om.
x whom
felden G pr.m. fellen MPQY. Om. NOSTX.
MPQXY. y tho MPQWXY. * a of o. b But
u sec.m. c Om. Aosrvrivx. d e that
fellen GMNPQ. vpon XGAfjvopQTwy. ^GAJNOPCSTWY. Om. ^.
f rootis
^o.WNOPQSTWAry. g Om. o. h Om. Q. that that ^GMNpesTrfv. that at o. this that r. that x.
k fel wx. on w. m of the ^GMNOPQSTJFY. n
voluptees AGMNOP
l
o
besynes NU. the bisynesses x.
QSTWXY. P and thai o. q that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. r felde AM. felle GY. Om. QTW. fel x.

n richessis o Om,
EiKpQHSXchia. felde doun b pr. m. P Om. k pr. m. q another k. r felde
ghi.
dounb^r. ?. the I. Om. k pr.m. afi.
8 *
stonys k pr. m. a.
u Om. k
pr. m.
T another k. w felde
R. felde doun b pr. m. a. * felde doun b. y
sprung up and CM sec. m. QRUX. sprungun up i. sprungun
up and KPsbeghk pr. m. o/3. sprung vp M pr. m. ik sec. m. * seith hi. *z This R. a no ehia. b bisi-
nesse hi.
 VIII. 1 6 25. LUKE. 171

doun* in to' good erthe, ben thes men u these that, in a good herte, and best heren
whiche v in w good herte and best, heeringe
,
the word, and holdun, and
brengen forth
the word holdun, and bryngen forth fruyt fruyt in pacience. No man Iit3neth
c
aio
x
16 in patience. Forsoth no man Ii3tinge a lanterne, and hilith it with d a vessel, or
lanterne hilith v it with a vessel, ethir z puttith it vndur a bed, but on a candil-
puttith
a
vndir a bed, but on b a candil- stike, that men that entren seen Ii3t.

nsticke, that men entringe se Ii3t. 'Forsoth For ther no priuei thing, which schal
is 17

no thing is priuey
c
, which d schal not be not be openyd, nether hid thing, which
c
openyd, neither hid , which f schal not be schal not be knowun, and come in to

isknowun, and come iutos apert. Therfore open. Therfor se 36, hou 36 heren for ;
is

se 36, hou 36 heeren ; forsothe it schal be it schal be 3ouun to hym that hath, and

3ouun to him that hath, and who euere who euer hath not, also that that he
hath not, also he gessith' him k silfthis h '
weneth that he haue, schal be takun
to haue, schal be takun awey fro him.
11
awei fro hym. And his modir and
19 Forsoth his modir and britheren camen britheren camen to hym and thei ;

tohim and thei my3ten not go fully to

; my3ten not come to hym for the puple.
20 him for the cumpany of peple. And it And it was teeld to hym, Thi modir and 20
is
m told to him, Thi modir and thi bri- thi britheren stonden with outforth, wil-
theren stonden with oute forth, willinge lynge to se thee. And he answeride, and 21

21 to se thee. WhichP answeringe seide to seide to hem, My modir and my britheren

hem, My moder and my britheren ben ben these, that heren the word of God,
whiche i heeren the M'ord of God,
thes, and doon it. And it was don in oon of22
22 and don
r
Forsoth it was 5 don in oon of
. daies e , he wente vp in to a boot, and

dayes and he sti3ede in to a boot and his

1
. hise disciplis. And he seide to hem,
disciplis. And he seith to hem, Passe we" Passe we ouer the see. And thei wenten
ouer the stondinge watir. And thei Sweden vp. And while thei rowiden, he slepte. 23
23 vp. Sothli, hem rowynge, he slepte. And And af tempest of wynde earn doun in to
a tempest of wyrid cam doun in to the the watir, and thei weren dryuun hidur
watir, and thei weren driuen hidur and and thidur with wawis, and weren in
thidur with wawis, and weren in perel. perel. And thei camen ny3, and reisiden24
24 Forsothe thei comynge ny3 reysiden him, hym, and seiden, Comaundoure, we pe-
seyinge, Comaundour, we perischen. And rischen. And he roos&, and blamyde the
he risynge blamyde the wynd, and the wynde, and the tempest of the watir;
v
tempest of watir ; and it ceesside, and and it ceesside, and pesibilte was maad.
25pesyblete was w maad. Forsoth he seyde And he seide to hem, Where is 3oure25
h
to hem, Where is 3oure feith? Whiche* feith ? Which dredynge wondriden, and
v

dredinge wondriden, seyinge to gidere?, seiden togidir, Who, gessist thou, is this ?
Who, gessist thou, Ms this z ? for he co- for he comaundith to wyndis and to k 1

maundith to wyndis
3
and to the b see, and the see, and thei obeien to hym. And 26

8 Om. GMNOPQSTWXY. Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. ' v that AGMNOPQSTWXY.

Om. Q.
u w in to T.
* a
vpon AGM
AGNOQTWY. or GMOPQTWXY. y heelyd w. z *>
lijtenynge putteth hit o. puttith it Y.
c For there is not d the whiche AGMNOQSTWY.
NOPQTWY. [no QT] priuey thenge AGMNOPQSTWXY.
that x. e hid
thenge AGMNOPQST sec. m. VWXY.
( the whiche
AGMNOQSTWY. that x. g to AGMNOP
SWXY. h that that AGMNPSWXY. that o. this that u. weneth AGMNOPQSTWXY. k Om. T. Om. ' '

AGMNOPQSWXY. u for to AGMNOPQTWY. was Gsec. m. uvw n

wilnynge QWY, for to AGMNOPQTWY.
'
.

P The whiche AGM NOPQSTWXY. 1 that AGMNOPQSTWXY. r don

therqfter OQIV. don after it lap. don it
u sec. m. * is A a v the watir w. w
pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. dayes MP. A pr.m.
* the
je o. is

G pr. m. MNOPQSTX. * The whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. y togidere, seiende xv. z this is K pr.m.
a the windus x. b Om. AGNOPQSTW sec. m. XY.

c d vndur e ' Om. k h The

lijtith He. b. the daies plures. tho daies k. pr. m. S roos vp iKg.
whiche i. '
the wyndis egk. k Om. b.

z 2
 172 LUKE. vm. 26 36.

26 thei obeyen to him. And thei rowiden theirowiden to the cuntree of Gerasenus,
to c
the cuntree of Gerasenus d which" is , that is a3ens Galilee. And whanne he 2 7
27 a3ens Galilee. And whanne he wente out wente out to the loond, a man ran to
to the lond, sum man ran to him, which f hym, that hadde a deuel long tyme, and
hadde a deuyl now longes tymes h and , he was not clothid with cloth, nether
was not clothid' with cloth, neither dwell- dwellide in hous, but in sepulcris. This 1
,
as

2side in hous k but in sepulcris.

, This as whanne he sai3 Jhesu, doun bifor fel

he sy3 Jhesu, felde doun bifore him, and m

hym, and he criynge with a greet vois
criynge with greet voys seide, What to seide, What to me and to thee, Jhesu,
me and to thee, Jhesu, the sone of v God the sone of the hi3est God ? biseche Y
the hi3este ? I beseche thee, that thou
'
thee, that thou turmente 'not me
mm For 29 .

29turmente not me. Sothli he comaundide he comaundide the vncleene spirit, that
to the vnclene spirit, that he schulde go he schulde go out fro the man. For he
out fro the man. Forsothe he took him took hym ofte tymes, and he was boundun
tymes, and he" kept in stockis was
longe with cheynes, and kept in stockis, and,
bounden with chaynes. and, the boondis whanne the boondis weren brokun, he
broken, he was led of fendis in desert. was lad of deuelis 11 in to desert. And so
so Sothli Jhesu axideP him,
seyinge, What Jhesus axide hym, and seide, What name
name is to thee ? And he seyde, le- A is to thee? And he seide, A legiounf ; t A legioun is

gioun ; for manye fendisi hadde entrid in formany deuelis weren entrid in to hym. silte imn'drid,
ixti and sixe -
:n to him. And r thei preiden him, that he And thei preyden hym, that he schulde si ^,

schulde not rr comaunde hem s

,
that thei not comaunde hem, that thei schulden
v
nn in to helle.
:t2 schulden go 1 in to the" depnesse. For- go And there was a flok 32
sothe a v flok of manye hoggis w \vas there" of many swyne lesewynge in an hil, and
lesewynge in an hil, and thei preieden thei preieden hym, that he schulde suffre
him^, that he schulde suffre hem to entre
z
hem to entre in to hem. And he suffride
:'in to a hem. And he suffride hem. Ther- hem. And so the deuelis wenten out fro 33
b
fore fendis wenten out fro the man, and the man, and entriden in to the swyne ;

entride in to hoggis c ;
and with bire the and with a birre the flok wente heed-
floe wente hedlinge d in to the lake of lyng in to the pool, and was drenchid.
:u watir, and was stranglid. Which Hhing,
6 f
And whanne the hirdis sayn this thing 34
h
as thei that lesewiden sy3en dons, thei don, thei flowenP, and tolden in to the
fledden, and tolden in to the citee, and in'
r
cite, and in toi the townes. And thei 35
k
townes. Sothli thei 3eden out to se that 3eden out to se that thing that was don.
1
:ia

thing that was don. And" thei founden And thei camen to Jhesu, and thei
the man sittinge clothid fro whom the ,
founden the man sittynge clothid, fro
fendis wenten out, and in hool mynde at whom the deuelis 8
wenteu out, and in
so his feet; and thei dredden. Sothli and hool mynde at hise feet; and thei dredden.

w pr. m.
c in to d Genasareth o
pr. in. MNPTXY. Jerasenoruth o.
e that AGM
NOPQSTWX Y. f the

e moche AGMNOPQSTWXY. h clad sx. k housis w.

wliiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x. tyme M.
>

1
hi3est God MPY. God hi3est G pr. m. u. the hijest God wx.
m moche AGMHOPSTWXY. mony o sec.m.
n Om. o. o deuels
AGMNOPQSTWXY. P axinge r, 1 deuels AGMNOPQSTIFXY. r Om. K. "Om. G pr. m.
8 to hem
AGMNOPQSTWY. t wenten
MNPQTXY. u Om. x. v ther was a AGMNOPQSTWXY. w
srvyin
x Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. y Om. o. z for to ^GMNOPQTWY. a to v. b deuels
hoggis GY. swyne o.
d e is AG
AGMNOQSTWXY. the deuels p. c swyne o. the hoggis GQTXY. heuedlynge o. pr. m.iuNOPSXY.
f The whiche
AGMNPQSTWXY. Om. o. thing as thei that leseweden or kepten in the lesetve syjen don ATW.
thing as thei that lesewiden or kepten in leseivis syjen don GMPY. thing as thei that leseweden or kepten in
lesoive syjen don NS. and whan the hirdis sawen this
thenge o.
h Om. AGMNOPQSTWY. '
Om. o. in to
qvpr.m.w.
k camen G
pr.m. MNOPQTXY.
1 for
to AGMNOPQTWY. m is G pr. m. MKPQSTXY. n and
thei camen to Jhesu, and Q sec. m. clod s. clad x.

1 This man K. m Om. b. mm me not. B. n the deuel e

pr. m.
nn not
go i sec. m. Om, c.

P fledden EPQXO. <JOm, BPQ. r Om. cu. s fendis CEiKsipQRSuxbceghiko0.

 VIII. 37 47- LUKE. 173

thei that sy3en tolden to hem, how he And thei that sayn tolden to hem, housi;
a; was maad hool of the legioun. And al he was maad hool of the legioun. And 37
the multitude of the cuntree of GerasenusP al the multitude of the cuntre of Gera-

preieden him, that he schulde go fro hem, senus preiede hym, that he schulde go
for thei weren holdei with greet drede. fro hem, for thei werun holdun with
Sothli he sti3ynge in to a boot turnedii greet drede. He* wente vp in to a" boot,
38 a3ein. And the man of whom r
the fendis 8
and turnede a3en. And the man of whom 38
wente out, preied him, that he schulde be the deuelis weren gon out, preide hym,
with him 1 Sothli Jhesti lefte him, sey-
. that he schulde be with hym. Jhesus
sginge, Go a3eyn in to thin hous, and telle lefte hym, and seide, Go 33611 in to thinsu
hou grete u thingis God hath don to thee. hous, and telle hou grete thingis God
And he wente thorw al the citee, prech- hath don to thee. And he wente thorow
v
inge, hou grete thingis
Jhesu w hadde x al the cite, and prechide, hou grete
v
40 don to him. Forsothe it was^ don,whanne thingis Jhesus hadde don to hym. And4o
Jhesu hadde gon a3eyn, the cumpanye of it was don, whanne Jhesus was gon a3en,
peple receyuede him forsothe alle weren ;
the puple resseyuede hym ; for alle weren
abidinge him. And loo a man, to whom abidynge hym. And a man, to whom 4
lo
41 ! ! 1

a b
the name was* Jayrus, and he was a the name was Jayrus, and he was prynce
prince of a synagoge and he fel doun to
c
;
of a synagoge ;
and he w fel doun at the
the feet of Jhesu, preiynge him, that he feet of Jhesu, and preiede hym, that he
d
42 schulde entre in to his hous, for olypi schulde entre in to his hous, for he 42

dou3tir was to him almoost of twelue 3eer, hadde but o dorter 'almost of twelue
And the 6
while x and sche was deed. And
and this deiede. it bifel, 3eer eelde ,

he wente, he was throngun f of the cum- it bifel, the while he wente, he was

4:<penyK. And sum womrnan was in flix thrunguny of the puple. And a womman 43
of blood fro' 1
twelue 3eer, which 1
hadde that hadde a z flux of blood twelue 3eer,
k
spendid al hir catel in to lechis, nether and hadde spendid al hir catel in leechis,

44 my3te be curid of ony, cam ny3 bihynde,

1
and* sche b im'3te not be curid of ony, and 44
and touchide the hem of his clooth and , sche cam ny3 bihynde, and touchide the
453 non the flix of hir blood stood?. And hem of his cloth, and anoon the fluxe of
Jhesu seith % Who is it that touchide hir blood ceesside. And Jhesus seide, 45
me r
? Sothli 8
alle men denyinge 1
,
Petre Who is that c
touchide me ? And whanne
seide, and thei that weren with him, alle men
denyeden, Petre seide, and thei
u and that weren with hym, Comaundour, the
Comaundour, 'cumpanyes thringen ,

turmentyn
v
thee, and thou seist, Who puple thristen, and disesen thee, and
40 touchide me? And Jhesus seide w , Sum thou seist, Who touchide me? And Jhe-40
v
man touchide x me, forwhi>" haue and I sus seide, Summan
hath touchid me, for
knowe z v
a b
vertu to haue gon out of me. that d
vertu 3ede out of me. And the 47
47Sothly
c
the womman seynge, for it was womman seynge, that it was not hid fro

P Genazareth MNPTXY. Gerasenorum o. 1 holden AGMNOQSTVXY. QQ turnedyn K. r Otn.

AGMNPQS
TWXY. 5 deuels AGMNOPQSTWXY. * Om. T. u v
many G pr. m. MOPQTXY. many G pr. m. MOPQTXY.
"Godorr. * hath w. y is A pr. m. opr. m. MNOPQSTXY. z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. a Om. XY. b Om.
AGMNOPQSTurwxY. c at AGMNopQSTtvx Y. d an oonlepy MOP. oonlippy QTWXY. e Om. Q. f throngun,
or pressid AGMNPSTWY. throngen, or thrust u sec.m. 6 cumpanyes of puple AGMNPQSTXY. company of
h Om. o. the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. k substaunce AGMNOPQ
pepil o. cumpanyes of the peple w.
'

STWXY. 1
sche mijt AGMNOPQSTWXY. m and sche cam o. sche came GQY. n clothis T. fluxe v.
r Om. T. s And whan o. u
cumpanyes of puple thringen
P ceesed o. 1 sayde o. *
denyden o.
AGMNpQSTtrxY. the pepil thristen o. cumpenyes thringen, or thrustynge u sec.m. v disesen o. w saith o.
* hath touchid o. z Om. o. a b fro QT c And o.
J for o. jeed o. pr. m.

4 And he b. Om. h. God e pr. m. w Om. k pr. m.

* of t. 3. e. almest iKsg. y thrist I.

z the i. a Om. hi. b Om. iKg.

cthat that E. it that ic. this that MX/W-. m. he that k. d Om. i.
 174 LUKE. VIII. 48 IX. 3.

not priuey d , sche e tremblinge cam f and , hym, cam tremblynge, and fel doun at
doun bifore# his feet, and for what
felde hise feet, and for what cause sche hadde
cause sche hadde touchid him sche schew- touchid hym sche schewide bifor al the
ide byfore al the peple, and hou anon puple, and hou anoon sche was helid.

48 sche was heelid. And he' seide to hir,

1'
And he seide to hir, Dou3tir, thi feith 48
Dou3tir, thi feith hath maad thee saaf ; go hath maad thee saaf; go thou in pees.
49thouk in pees.
V

3it him spekinge 1

, sum" 1
And 3it while he spak, a man cam fro 49
man cam to" the prince of the synagoge, the prince of the synagoge, and seide to

seyingeP to him, For^ thi dou3tir is deed, hym, Thi dou3tir is deed, nyle thou

aonyle thou trauaile the maystir. Sothli r

trauel the maister. And whanne this 50
this word herd 8
, Jhesu answeride to the word was herd, Jhesus answeride to the
Nyle thou drede,
1
fadir of the damysele , Nyle thou drede, fadir of the damysel,
but 'oonly bileue thou u , and sche shal be but bileue thou oonli, and sche schal be
x
51 saaf. And whanne he had corne v to the saaf. And whanne he cam to the hous, si
w to man to entre with hym,
hous, he suffride not ony man for he suffride no
entre with him, no x but Petre and^ John but Petir and Joon and James, and the
and James, and the fadir and the z modir fadir and the modir of the damysel. And 52
wepten, and biweileden hir. And he
a
52 of the damysele Sothli alle wepten, and. alle

biwayleden
b
hir. And he seide, Nyle 36 seide, Nyle 36 wepe, for the damysel is
wepe, sothli the damysele is not deed, not deed, but slepith. And thei scorneden 53
53but slepith. And thei scorniden him, hym, and wisten that sche was deed.
Mwitinge for d
sche was deed. Forsothe 6 But he helde hir hoond, and criede, and 54
he holdinge hir bond criede, seyinge, seide, Damysel, rise vp. And hir spirit 55
55
f
Damysel ryse? vp. Arid hir spirit turn-
,
turnede a3en, and sche roos anoon. And
yde a3eyn, and sche roos anon. And he he comaundide to 3yue to hir to ete. And 56
comaundide to h 3iue to hir for' to ete. hir fadir and modir wondriden greetli ;

SB And hir fadir and modir wondriden gret- and he comaundide hem d that thei ,

ly; to whiche k he comaundide, that thei schulden not seie to ony that thing that
v
schulden not seye to ony man 1
the thing was don.
that " was don.
1

CAP. IX. CAP. IX.

i Forsothe twelue 11

apostlis clepid to gi- And whannethe twelue apostlis weren i

dere, Jhesu 3af to hem vertu and power clepid togidir, Jhesus 3af to hem vertu
on alle deuelis, and that thei schulde and power on alle deuelis, and that thei
2heele sykenessis''. And he sente hem fori schulden heele sijknessis. And he sente 2
to preche the kyngdom of God, and for r hem for e to preche the kyngdom of God,
3 to heele syke men. And he seith to hem, and to heele sijk men. And he seide to 3
'Take 30 no thing 5
weye, nethir in the* hem, No thing take 30 in the weie, nether
1 v f
ne scrippe, nether breed, ne mo-
3erd, nethir' scrippe, nethir breed, nethir 3erde ,

d hidde fro him

o. e Om. o. she cam MPY. cam x. f Om. MOPXY. S at o. h is AGMNPQSTXY. Crist
AJP. k
Om. x. And 3itt while he spake o. m a o. n fro o.
1
Om. v. P and sayde o. 1 Om. o.
r Om.
AGMNQSTWXY. And whan o. s was hard o. l wenche AGMNopQSTfrxv. u bileeue thou only GXY.
v cam G w Om. NOSX. * Om. MOP. mo e. 7 Om. N. z Om. GMNPVVXY. a wenche
pr. m. MNPQTXY.
AGbtNOPQSTirxY. ^
wayleden AGMNOPQSTWXY.
c wenche
AGMNOPQSTWXY. d that AGMNOPQSTIVXY.
e
Sothely o. f Wenche AGMNOPQSTIVXY. K to thee Y seie, rise Q sec.m. h for to AGMNOQTWY.
i
Om. s. k whom XY. 1
Om. AGMNOPQSTIVXY. m that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. n the

twelue M. twelue the P. vpon AGMNOPQTIVY. P languyschyngis AGMPQSTWXY. languischis NO.

1 Om. x. r Om. sw a No * Om. K. ne A sec. m. GMNOPQSTIVXY.
pr. m. x. thing take 36 XY.
v ne
AGMNOPQSTfTXY.

to hem H. e Om. ibcegk.

f a jerde iKbg.
 IX. 4 '4- LUKE. 175

money, and"' nethir* haue 36 twey? cootis. ney, and nether haue 30 two cootis. And 4
4 And in to what euere hous 36 schulen in to what hous that f 36 entren, dwelle
z
entre, 'dwelle 30 there, and go 30 not out 3e there, and go 36 not out fro thennus.
othennis. And who euere schulen zz not And who euer resseyuen not 3ou, go 366
a
receyue 3ow, 36 goynge out of that citee out of that citee, and schake 36 of the
schake b of also the poudir of 3oure feete poudir of 3oure feet in to witnessyng on&
d
witnessinge on hem.
in to Sothli thei hem. And thei 3eden forth, and wentens
gon out, cumpassiden* bi castels, euange- aboute bi castels, prechynge and
helynge
ylisinge and heelinge euerewhere. Forsoth euery where. And Eroude tetrak herde 7
Eroude, 'the fourthe prince f herde alle ,
alle thingis that weren don of hym, and
the& thirigis that weren don of him and h
, he doutide, for that h it was seide of
ahe doutide, for that' it was seid of sum sum men, that Joon was risen fro deth ;
men k for Joon roos 1 m fro deede and of summen, that Elie hadde apperid;
, a3en
men"; forsoth of sum men' for Elye 1

, but of othere, that oon of the elde pro-

apperide; sothli o f
''
othere men r for oon , phetis was risun. And Eroude seide, Ys
oof the olde prophetis roos. And Eroude haue biheedid Joon; and who is this, of
seith, I haue bihedid Joon; sothli who is
8
whom Y here siche thingis ? And he
this, of whom I heere thes* thingis? And sou3te se to
hym. And the apostlis' 10

10 he
sou3te for" to se him. And apostlis v turneden a5en, and tolden to hym alle
w him, what
k hadden don. And he
turnynge a3eyn toolderi to thingis that thei
x
euere thirigis thei? diden. And hem takun took hem, and wente bisidis in to a de-
he wente on anothere half in to desertz
to, sert place, that is Bethsada. And whanne n
n place, which* is b Bethsayda. AVhich c thing the puple knewen this, thei folewiden
whanne the cumpanyes d hadden knowen, hym. And he resseyuede hem, and spak
thei folowiden him. And he receyuyde hem, to hem of the kyngdom of God and ;

and spak to hem of the kingdom of God ; he heelide hem that hadden neede of
and heelide hem that hadden nede of cure. cure. And the dai bigan to bowe doun, 12
12 Sothli the day bigan for 6 to bowe doun, and the twelue camen, and seiden to
and the twelue comynge ny3 seiden to hym, Leeue the puple, that thei go, and
f
him, Leeue the cumpanyes that thei go- ,
turne in to castels and towiies, that ben
1

ynge turne in to castels? and townes, that aboute, that thei fynde mete, for we ben
ben aboute, that thei fynde metis, for we here in a ra desert place. And he seide is

13 ben here in a desert place. Forsothe he to hem, 3yu e 3e to" hem to ete. And
seith to hem, 3yue 3e
h
to hem to' etc. And thei seiden ,
Ther ben not to vs mo than
thei seiden, more than
Ther ben not to vs fyue looues and twei fischis, but per-
k auenture that? we go, and bie meetis to
and tweye fischis, no but
1 111

fyue loouys
perauenture and" we go, and byen metis al this^ puple''. And the men weren al- 14
u'in to al the? cumpany. Sothli thei men most fyue thousynde. And he seide to

w Om. w. xjieMP. y twe K. twoMOPQTUWXY. z dwelleth x. zz shal MPX. a out thens o. b shaketh
d f
enuj'rowneden AGMNPQSTWXY. enuyrouned o. prince of
c al r. e
sx. vpon AGMNOPQSTWY.
the fourth part AMNPQTX. fourthe prince o. prince w. prince of the fourth part of Galilee Gpr.m. Y.
e thes K. Om. GPSVVWX. h hem o. >
Om. KVX. k Om. o. 1 hath risen XY. m Om. AGMNOPQ
SVWXY. n Om. AG pr. m. MNOPQVXY. sothely QXY. P Om. o. 1 forsothe o. r Om. AGMNOPQ
STWXY. soche AGMNOQST. siche PY. suche wx.
* u Om. sx. v the GUP
byheueded OY.
s
apostlis
w turned AGMNOPQSTITY. * Om. r. y that thei A pr. m. T. & the z a desert MP.
QW pr. m. XY.
whiche AGMNOpQsrrrxY. b is The whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. of <1
clepid GQV. cumpanyes puplis
A pr. m. MNPTY. cumpanye of puplis A sec. m. cumpanyes of puple GQSX. company of pepil ow. Om.
S in to castelis turne x. h Om. N. for to AGMNOP
companyes of pepul AGMNOPQSTWXY.
STX. { '

QTvrwv. k two GMOPQUWXY. 1

Om. ox. m but if x. n Om. o. for o. to w pr. m. P this MP

C sec.m. <l Om. T.

* Om. k. h Om. IKB k Om. b. l

the castels iRgk.
pr. m. bg.
>
8 to gk. of hi. postlis ig.
m Om. Om. ihk. seiden to him k. P Om. k. q the CIKRUC sec. m. k. Om. A pr. m. BMPQS
Eig.
r s.
bceghiajS. puplis
 176 LUKE. IX. 1525.
weren almoost fyue thousynde. Forsothe hise disciplis, Make 36
r
hem sitte 8 to
he seith to his disciplis, Make hem to s And 15
"
1
mete cumpanyes, a fifti to gidir.
bi

15 sitte to mete by feestis*, fyftyes". And thei diden so, and thei maden alle men
thei diden so, and thei maden alle men sitte to mete. And whanne
he haddeie
w
iesitte v to the mete. Forsothe fyue looues take the fyue looues and twei fischis, he
and x biheeld in to heuene, and blesside hem,
tweye fysches takun, he byheld in to
heuene, and blesside hem, and brak, and and brak, and delide to hise disciplis,
delide to his disciplis, that thei schulden that thei schulden sette forth 1 bifor the
17 putte^ bifore the cumpanyes
z
. And alle cumpanyes". And alle men eeten, andn
f men and 'weren fillid
eeten, and 'this a
; weren fulfillid ;
and that that lefte to hem
hem 'of broken metis was d
that b lefte to of brokun metis was takun vp, twelue
IB taken 1 twelue coffyns f And it was& don,
',
.
cofyns. And it was don, whanne he is
whanne he was aloone preiynge, and his was aloone preiynge, hise disciplis weren
disciplis weren with him, and he axide with hym, and he axide hem, and seide,
hem, seiynge
1
',
Whom 'seyn the cumpanyes Whom seien the puple that Y am ? And 19

is me 1
to k
be ? And thei answeriden, and thei answeriden, and seiden, Joon Bap-
seiden, John Baptist, forsothe othere tist, othir v seien Elie, and othir seien, o

seyen Elye, but othere seyen, for o

1 n
profete of the formere is risun. And 20
vv
20
prophete of the formere hath risun. Sothli he seide to hem, But who seien 36 that
he seide to hem, But whom seye 36 me Y am ? Symount Petir answeride, and
to be ? Symound Petre answeringe seide, seide,The Crist of God. And he blam- 21
21 The? Crist of God. And he blamynge ynge hem comaundide that thei schulden
hem comaundide hemi that thei schulden seie to no man, and seide w these thingis,
22

22seie to no man 'and seith

r 8
, 'thes thingis 4
, For it bihoueth mannus sone to suffre
For it bihoueth mannis sone to" suffre many thingis, and to be repreued of the
v
manye thingis, and to be repreued of elder men, and of the princis of prestis,
thew eldere men, and of x princes of prestis,
x
and to be slayn, and the
and of scribis ,

and of scribis, and for? to be slayn, and thridde dai to rise a3en. And he seide 23
a wole come
23jn z the thridde day to ryse a3en. For- to alle, If ony aftir me, denye
sothe he seide to alle men, If ony man b he hym silf, and take he his cross euery
wole come aftir me, denye he him silf, and dai, and sue he me. For he that wole 24
take he c his cross euery day, and sue he make his lijf saaf schal leese it and he ;

24 me. Sothli he that schal wilne d to e make that leesith his lijf for me, schal make it
his lyf f saaf, schal leese it ; forwhi he that saaf. And what profitith it^ to z a man, 25
schal leese his lyfs for me, schal make it if he wynne al the world, and leese hym-
h
2, )
r
saaf. Forsothe what profitith it to a 1
and do peiryng of him silf. For 20
silf,

man, he wynne al the world, sothli k

if who so schameth me and my wordis,
leese him silf, and do peyringe of him
1
mannus sone schal schame hym, whanne

r make AGMNOPSTW sec.m. XY. make we Q. 9 for to AGMNOPQTWY. l Om. Q.

u fifties
je togidere
m. v to w- ai
osx.
sine USJL. UM N o PQS TV v w x Y.
AGMNOPQSTVVWXY.
at A x
* two MPUWXY.
MfOtrxr. z
t; sec.
sev. 10 sitte 7
J
put 10
to Q.
y. cumpanye n.
cumpauye w.
ben fultillid G pr. m. MOPQTXY. weren fulfillid G sec. m. w. b that that AGMNPQSWXY. that at o. that
c Om. x. d is A AGMNOPSUFIVXY. f mete x.
thei
ei Q. pr.m. Gpr.m.MNpQSTXY. e taken vp cofines of broke
^ Om. K. k for to AGMNOPQTWY.
e is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. the kumpanyes seyn me XY.
'

1
seiden K. m Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. n a A. oon M. one P. for to AGMNOPQTWY. P Om. s. q Om. x.
rman these thingis x. s * Om. n for to AGMNOPTW. v for to AGMN
sayinge AGMNOPQSTWXY. x.
OPTWY. w Om. o. xOm.oTwxv. of the Q. y Om. sx. z Om. GMOPQTWXY. 8 for to AGMXOPQTWY.
b Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Om.pur. d wole GMPY. wite x. e Om. AGMOPQSTWXY. f
soule, that is
his lijf AGQST pr. m. WY. soule, that is lijf MXPT sec. m. soul ox. S soule, that is lijf AMNPTW. soule,
thai is his lijf G^Y. soule OSA-. h Sotheli Om. K. k forsothe AGMNOPQSTWXY.
GMOPQTWXY. *

1
to A'Y.

r Om. g pr. m. s to sitte s sec. m. ghi. * Om. A. u

cumpanye A pr.m.
v othere men iKg.
whom w he seide k x the scribis ea. J Om. k. z Om. k
H. pr. m. pr. m.
 IX. 26 3 LUKE. 177

26silf? Forwhi who that schal schame me he cometh in his 8

maieste, and of the
b
and my wordis, and rnannis sone schal fadris and of the hooli aungels. And 27
,

schame him, whanne he schal come in his Y seie to 3ou, verily ther ben summe
mageste, and of the fadir'", and of the" stondynge here, whiche schulen not taste
27hooly aungels. Forsoth I seye to 3011, deeth, til thei c seen the rewme of God.
verily ther ben summe stondinge here, And it was don aftir these wordis almest2H
whiche schulen not tastei" deeth, til thei and he took Petre and James
ei3te daies,
28 seen the rewme of God. Sothli it wasi and Joon, and he stiede in to an hil, to
don aftir thes wordis ahnoost ei3te dayes, preye. And while he preiede, the lie- 29
and he took Petre and James and John, nesse of his cheer was chaungid, and his
and he sti3ede in to an hil, that he schulde clothingwas whit schynynge. And lo an !

29 preie. And the while he r

preiede, the two men spaken with hym, and Moisessi
liknesse of his cheere was s maad othir and Helie weren seen in maieste and ;

maner, and his clothing whit schynynge.

1
thei sayn d his goyng out, which he
u
ao And loo!
tweye men spaken with him, schulde fulfille in Jerusalem. And Petre, 32

31 forsothe Moyses and Elye weren seyn in and thei that weren with hym, weren
v
mageste and thei seyden his goynge out
; , heuy of sleep, and
wakynge saien thei
which"' he was to fillinge* in Jerusalem. his majeste, and the twey men that
32 Forsothe Petre, and thei that weren with stoden with hym. And it was don, 33
him, weren greuyd-* with 2 sleep, and thei whanne thei departiden fro hym, Petir
a
wakinge sy3en mageste, and tweye
his seide to Jhesu, Comaundour, it is
good
33 men that stooden with him. And it was 1'
that we be here, and make we here thre
don, whanne thei departiden fro him, tabernaclis,oon to thee, and oon to
Petre seith to Jhesu, Comandour, it is Moises, and oon to Elie. And he wiste
good and d make we
to vs for c to be here, not what he schulde seie. But while 34
here thre tabernaclis, oon to thee, and 6 he spak these thingis, a cloude was
oon to Moyses, and oon to Elye; not wit- maad, and ouerschadewide hem; and thei

34inge what he schulde seye. Sothli him dredden, whanne

8
thei entriden in to the
f
spekinge thes thingis, a cloude was maad, cloude. And f a vois was maad out of:

and schadewide hem and theis dredclen h , ; the cloude, and seide, This is my der-
35 hem' entringe in to the clowde k . And a worth sone, here 3e hym. And while 31;
voys was
1
maad 1
fro" the clowde, seyinge, the vois was maad, Jhesu was foundun
This dereworthe sone, heere 36 him.
is my aloone. And thei weren stille, and to
scAnd the" while the vois was maad, Jhesu no man seidens in tho daies ou3t h of
wasi' founden aloone. And thei helden pees, tho' thingis, that thei hadden seyn. But 37
and 'seide to no rriani in tho dayes ou3t it was doon in the dai suynge, whanne

of tho thingis, whiche r thei hadden herd 8 . thei camen doun of the hil, myche puple
37 Forsothe it was 1 don in the day suynge, mette hem. And lo ! a man of the.
hem u comynge doun v hil, rnyche of the cumpany criede, and seide, Maister, Y
w Y
siicumpanye of peple renneth to hem. And biseche thee, biholde my sone, for

m fadris AGMNPQSTWXY. n Om. ourwxY. the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x. P take o. 1 is

AG pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. r that he XY. s is A pr. m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. * cloth v. u two MPV passim.
WXY. T Om. T. w the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x. x fulfill AG sec.m. MNOPQSTWXY. y greuid,
z or a tho two MPX. two wv. b is A
or heuyed Y. heuy of v sec. m. marg. pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
c Om. svx. d Om. K. e Om. vv. { is A
pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. K Om. GMPXY. bQm.GMP
VWXY. Om. u. k cloude, thei dredden GMPUWXY.
'
is AG pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. m of AGMNOPQSTWXY.
'

n Om. o. Om. G pr. m. P is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. 1 to no man seiden GXY. r that AGMNO
9 u thei u. v a doun
seyn AGMNOPQSTVVWXY.
* is A
PQSTVVWXY. pr. m. a pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
w m. w the peple u.
pr.

a Om. k. b fadir x sec. m. k. c

je A pr. m. seiden e sec. m. e and whanne k pr. m. f Om. k pr. m.
k h
? thei seiden pr. m. these b.
'
I).
ony
VOL. IV. A a
 178 LUKE. IX. 39 50.

loo ! a man of the cumpanye criede, sey- haue no rno and lo a spirit takith 39
; !

inge, Maistir, I biseche thee, byhold in hym, and sudenli he crieth, and hurtlith k
v
to sone, for he
my is oon aloone x to me ; doun, and to-drawith hym with fome,
39 arid a spirit takith him, and sudenly
lo ! and vnneth he goith awei al to-draw-
he crieth, and hurtlithy down, and 'to- ynge hym. And Y preiede thi disciplis, 40
drawith z him with froth, and vnnethe he that thei schulden caste hym and
out,

togoth awey to-drawinge him. And I preiede thei my3ten not. And Jhesus answerde4i
thi disciplis, that thei schulde caste him arid seide to hem, A
vnfeithful genera- !

41 out, and thei my3ten not. SothH Jhesu cioun and weiward, hou long schal be Y
arisweringe seide to hem, A
a
vnfeithful ! at 1 3ou, and suffre 3ou? brynge hidur thi

generacioun and weyward, hou longe schal sone. And whanne he cam ny3, the 42
b c
I be anentis 3011, and schal suffre 3011? deuel hurtlide hym doun, and to-braid-
42leed hidur thi d sone. And whanne he ide m hym. And Jhesus blamyde the
earn ny3, the fend 6
hurlide f
him doun, and vnclene spirit, and heelide the child, and
'to-brayd&. And Jhesu blamede the vn- 3eldide
n
him to his fadir. And alle men 43
clene spirit, and heelide the child, and wondriden greetli in the gretnesse of
433eld him to his fadir. Sothli alle men God. And whanne alle men wondriden
wondriden greetly in the greetnesse of in alle thingis that he dide, he seide to
God. And alle men wondringe h in alle hise disciplis, Putte 36 these wordis in-u

thingis whiche' he dide, he seide to his 3oure hertis, for it is to come, that man-
44 disciplis, Putte 36 'thes wordis in 3oure nus sone be bitrayed in to the hondis of
hertis k , for 1 it is to m that man- men. And thei knewen not this? word,4o
comynge ,

nis sone be bitrayed in to the hondis of and was hid bifor hem, that thei
iti

45 men. And thei knewen not this word, feeliden not and thei dredden to axe
it ;

and it was hid

hem, that thei feel-
bifore hym of this word. But a thou3t entride *
iden it" not; and thei dreden to axe him in to hem, who of hem schulde be
gret-
40 of this word. Forsothe a thou3t entride test. And Jhesu, seynge the thou3tis47
in to hem, who of hem schulde be more. of the herte of hem, took a child, and
47 And Jhesu seynge the
thou3tis of the settide hym bisidis hym ; and seide to w
herteP of hem, takynge a child, settide^ hem, Who
euer resseyueth this child in
4 him bisydis him silf r ; and seith 8 to hem, my name, resseyueth me; and who euer
Who euere schal receyue this child in my resseyueth me, resseiueth him that sente
name, receyueth me ; and who euere schal me ; for he that is leest among 3ou alle,
receyue me, receyueth hym that sente me ;
is the grettest. And Joon answeride49
for whi he that is lesse among 3ou alle, and seide, Comaundoure, we sayn a man
theu more.
v

49 is* Forsoth John answeringe castynge out feendis in thi name, and
seide v ,
Comaundour, we sy3en sum man we han forbedun hym, for he sueth not
castinge out fendis in thi name, and we thee with vs. And Jhesus seide to hym,50
han forbodyn him, for he sueth not thee Nyle 36 forbede, for he that is not a3ens
50 with vs. And Jhesu seith to him, Nyle vs, is for vs. And it was don, whanne si
w
3e forbede, forsothe he that is not a3ens the daies of his takyng vp weren fulfillid,

x
oonlepy AGMNOPQSTWXY. y hirtith A pr. m. NOT. hirtlith A sec. m. hirtith
hym GMPQXY. hirtlith
z
hym w. disparplith, or to-dratvith AGMNPQSTWY. disparplith, or trauaylith o. disparpileth x. O
OQXY. b at AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. d the K. e deuel
AGMNOPQSTWXY. f hirtled
hirtlprl
AGMNopQSTurxY. g disparplid AGMNOPQSTWXY. h wondurden ox. !
that AGMNOPQSTWXY thes
wordis in joure hert o. in joure hertis these wordis XY. l
sothly AGMNOPQSTUWXY m comme AGM
?.,
NOPQSTWXY n j]^ o for to KW. "-' r Om.
AGMNOPQTWY. P hertis 1 sette AGMNOPQSTWXY.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. s he saith
Q. seide w. * t n is ; s ^GMNOPQsrwxv uOm. AG pr. m. MNQSTXY.
v answerd,
saiynge AGMNOPQSTWXY.
w je not o.

k hurtith
g.
1 anentis i. m to-braide EipRbceghikc^. " took Qka. Om. i. P the k. 1 that k.
 IX. si X. i. LUKE. 179

si
3011*, is for 3011}'. Sothli was z don,
it he settide r
faste his face, to go to Jeru-
whanne the dayes of his takynge vp weren salem, and sente messangeris bifor his 52
fillid
a
, and he settide b faste his face, that si3t. And thei 3eden, and entriden in to
52 he schulde go in to Jerusalem; and he c a citee of Samaritans, to make redi to
sente messangeris bifore his si3t. And d
hym. And thei resseyueden not hym,53
thei goynge entriden in to a citee of Sa- for the face Vas of hym 8 goynge in to
maritans, that thei schulden make redy to Jerusalem. And whanne James and 54
53 him. And thei receyueden not him, for Joon, hise disciplis, seyn, thei seiden,
the face Vas of him" goynge in to Jeru- Lord, wolt thou that we seien, that fier
54 salem. Forsothe whanne James and John, come doun fro heuene, and waste hem ?
his disciplis, hadden seyn, thei seiden, And he turnede, and blamyde hem, and 55
Lord, wolt thou Ve seye
f
, that fier come seide, 3e witen not, whos spiritis 36 ben ;
doun heuene, and waaste hem, 'as
fro for maniius sone cam not
men- 56 to leese

ssHelye did?? And he turned blamyde mis soulis, but to saue. And thei wenten
h
hem, seyinge, 3e witen not, whos spiritis in to another castel. And it was don, 57
5C 36 ben forsothe mannis sone cam not for
;
1
whanne thei walkeden in the weie, a
to leese soulis
k
but for to saue m And ,
1
. man seide to hym, Y schal sue thee,
57 wenten in to another castel. Forsoth
thei whidur euer thou go. And Jhesus seide SR
was" don, hem walkynge in the weye,
it to hym, Foxis han dennes, and briddis
sum man seide to him, I schal sue thee, of the eir han nestis, but mannus sone
SB whidur euere thou schaJt go. And Jhesu hath not where he reste 1 his heed. And 59
seideP him, Foxis han dennysi, and
to he seide to another, Sue thou me. And
briddis of the eyr han? nestis, but mannis he seide, Lord, suffre me first to go, and
5 1
sone hath not where he schal reste his bine my fadir. And Jhesus seide to GO
59 Forsothe he seide to another, Sue
heed". hym, Suffre that deede men birie hir
Sothli he seide, Lord, suffre me
thou me. deede ; men
but go thou, and telle the
w burie
y
GO first to go, and to my fadir. And kyngdom of God. And another seide, 61
Jhesu seide to him, Suffre that deede men Lord, Y schal sue thee, but first suffre me
v

burie her deede x but go thou, and telle the

;
to leeue alle thingis u that ben at hoom.
ei
kyngdom of God. And anothir seide, And Jhesus seide to hym, No man that 62
Lord, I schal sue thee, but first suffre me puttith his hoond to the plou3, and bi-
z
to? telle a3en to hem that ben at home. holdynge bacward, is able to the rewrne v

02 Forsothe Jhesu seith a to him, No man of God.

sendynge his bond to the plou3, and bi-

holdinge a3en, is able to the rewme of

God.
CAP. X. CAP. X.
i Forsothe aftir thes thingis the Lord And aftir these thingis the Lord i

Jhesu ordeynede and b othere seuenty and Jhesu ordeynede also othir seuenti and
w hem bi
tweyne and sente hem by tweyne and
c
tweyn, and sente
c
, tweyn and
tweyne
c
bifore his face in to euery d citee tweyn bifor his face in to euery citee

pr.m. G pr.m. MNOP

* vs A Y vs A pr. m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. z is A
pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY.
a fulfild AGMNOPQSTWXY. b Sett AGMNOPQSTWX Y. c Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. d
QSTXY. mCSSageris
o passim. MpQSTrfx. e of him was GMPVWXY. f that we axe o. that we s. 8 Om. A sec.m. KVI~.
sey
h
spirit Q sec. in.
>
Om. MPSX. k mennes soulis AGMNOPQTXY. l Om. x. m saue hem OQW pr. m. Y.
n is A
pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. thei u. P saith AGMNOpQSTvrrrxY. 1 dichis, and dennes AGM
r Om. * Om. AGMOPQTWXY.
UPS. dyches ax. dichis, or dennes TWY. AGMNPQSTWXY. s whereon o.

mai N. tt
heued OY. v for to AGMNOPQTurrrv. w Om. AGMNOPQSTUVWXY. * deed men G pr.m. w.
y for to AGMOPSTVW. * Om. Kurx. a seide XY. b also K.UV. c two d eche x.
GMOPQWXY.

x u v
kingdam K.
hym was A thing A pr. m.
r s l m. k.
sette k. of pr. m. IKS. shal reste sec. al
w he sente sg.
A a 2
 180 LUKE. X. 2 16.

2 and place, whidir he was to comynge". And and place, whidir he was to come. And 2
he seide to hem, Sothli myche ripe corn he seide to hem, There is myche ripe
is
1
, but fewe workmen^
therfore preie 36 ; corn, and fewe werke men therfor preie ;

the lord of the ripe corn, that he sende

1'

36 the lord of the ripe corn, that he

3 workmen in to his rype corn. Go 36, lo ! sende werke men to his ripe corn.
in
I sende 3011 as lambren a mong wolues. Go 36, lo ! Y sende 3ou as lambren among 3

4
Nyle 36 here a sachel, nether' scrip, nether wolues. Therfor nyle 36 here a sachel, 4
schoon, and greete 36 no man by
the weye. nethir scrippe, nethir schoon, and greete
sAnd k in to what euere hous 36 schulen 36 no man bi the weie. In to what houss
entre, firstseye 36, Pees to this hous. that 36 entren, first seie 36, Pees to this
And if a sone of pees schal be there, 3oure hous. And if a sone of pees be there,
pees schal reste on him 3oure pees schal reste on hym ; but if
1
; if non, it schal
7turne a3en to 3ou. Forsothe" 'dwelle 36 1
noon, it schal turne a3en to 3ou. And 7

in the same hous", etynge and drynkinge dwelle 36 in the same hous, etynge and
tho thingis that ben at hem ; forsothe a drynkynge tho thingis that ben at hem ;
workman is worthi his hyre. Nyle 36 for a werk man is worthi his hire. Nyle
K passe fro hous in to hous. And in to 36 passe from hous in to hous. And ins
what euere citee 36 schulen entre, and to what euer citee 36 entren, and thei
thei schulen receyue 3ou, etc 36 tho thingis resseyuen 3011, ete 36 tho thingis that ben
that ben put to 3ou ; and heele 36 the syke and heele w menu
9 set to 3ou ; 30 the sijke
men that ben 'ther ynneP. And seye 36 that ben in that citee. And seie 36 to
to hem, The kyngdom of God schal nei3ei hem, The kyngdom of God schal nei3e
lo'in to 3ou
r
. In to what euer citee 36 in x to 3ou. In>' to what citee 36 entren, 10

schulen entre, and thei schulen not re- and thei resseyuen 3ou not, go 36 out in
ceyue 3011, 36 goynge out in to the streetis to the streetis of it, and seie 36, Wen
11 thereof 9 seie 1 Also we wypeii of in to
, , wipen of a3ens 3ou the poudir that cleued
3ou the poudere that cleuyde to vs of to vs of 3oure citeenetheles wite 36 this;

3oure citee nethelees wite 36 this thing,

;
thing, that the rewme of God schal come
for the rewme of God schal come ny3. ny3. Y
seie to 3ou, that to Sodom 12

laForsoth I seie to 3ou, for to Sodom it it schal be esiere than to that citee in
schal be esyere", 'other lasse peyne v than
'

, that dai. Wo to thee, Corosaym wo 13 ;

is to that citee in thilke

vv
day. to Woo to thee, Bethsaida; for if in Tyre and

thee, Corosaym woo to thee, Bethsayda ; ;

Sidon the vertues hadden be don, whiche
for if in Tyre and Sydon 'the vertues had- han be don in 3ou, sum tyme thei
den w ben don, whiche x ben don in thee'', wolden haue sete in heyre and asches,
sum tyme thei sittinge in heer and aische", and haue don penaunce. Netheles tou
uschulden haue don penaunce. Netheles to Tire and Sidon it schal be esiere in the
Tyre and Sydon it schal be esyer in the doom than to 3ou. And thou, Cafarnaum, is

lodom than to 3ou. And thou, Cafarnaum, art enhaunsid 'til to z heuene; thou schalt
ert enhaunsid 'til to a heuene ;
thou schalt be drenchid 'til He
in to a helle. that IB
b
16 be drenchid 'til in to c
helle. He that herith 3ou, herith me and he ; that
heerith 3ou, heerith me ; and he that dispisith 3ou, dispisith me and he ; that

e comme f Om. AMNPSTW sec.m. x. & werkmen ben OQTIV pr.m. Y. h Om. r.
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
'
ne MP. k Om. AGMNOPQSTVV sec. m. WXY. but if u sec. m. m Treuly A sec. m. w. n in the same '

house dwelle je XY. Om. Q. p in that cite AGMOPQSTWY. in the citee N. in that x. 1 comme nije o.
r Om. o. s
of it AGMNOPQSTWXY. t seien K. " lesse v Om. OQX. or lesse
seieth MPQX. peyne x.
peyne GMPWY. vv that AGMNOPQSTWXY. w hadden the vertues x Y. x the whiche
AGMXOPQTW.
b drenchd doun y.
aisch, or dust ANSTW sec.m. a in to Y.
that A-Y. y 3ou AGMNOPQSTWXY. z
c in to NOQXY. til to u.

w Om. A. x Om. s. y And in xhi. z vnto li. til into Rgk. a vnto I. til to hi.
 X. ly 28. LUKE. 181

dispisith 3011, dispisith me ;

forsothe he dispisith me, dispisith hym that sente
that dispisith me, dispisith him that sente me. And thetwo and seuenti disciplis\i
17 me. Forsoth two d and seuenty disc/pits* turneden a3en with ioye, and seiden,
turnedyn a3ein with ioye, seyirige, Lord, Lord, also deuelis ben suget to vs in thi
also fendis f
ben sujet to vs in thi name. name. And he seide to hem, Y sai3 IH

IB And he seith to hem, I sy3 Sathanas fall- Sathnas fallynge doun fro heuene, as
iy
inge doun fro heuene, as leit. And loo ! leit. And lo Y haue 3ouun to 3ou 10
!

b
I haue 3ouun to 3011 power of defoulinge, power to trede on serpentis, and on
'othir tredlnge", on h serpents, and' scor- scorpyouns, and on al the vertu of the
k
enemy, and nothing schal anoye 3011.
c
piouns, and on al the vertu of the enemy,
d
20 and no thing schal 'anoye1 3011. Netheles Netheles nyle 36 ioye on this thing, that 20

nyle 36 'haue ioye" in this thing, for spiritisben suget 6 to 3ou ; but ioye 36,
fendis ben sujet to 3ou ; but ioye 366, that 3oure names ben writun in heuenes.
that 3oure names ben writun in heuenes. In thilk our he gladide in the Hooli2i
21 In? thilkei our he gladide in the Hooly Goost, and seide, Y knouleche to thee,
Goost, and seide, I knowleche to thee, fadir, Lord of heuene and of erthe, for
"

fadir, Lord of heuene and erthe, which

1
thou hast hid these thingis fro wise men
hast hid thes thingis fro wyse men and and prudent, and hast schewid hem to
8
prudent and hast schewid
,
hem to litle*. smale children. 3he, fadir, for so it ples-
3he, fadir, for" so it pleside
v
bifore w thee. ide bifor thee. Alle thingis ben 3ouun 22

22 Alle thingis ben 3ouun x to me of my fadir, tome of my fadir, and no man woot,
and no man woot, who is the sone, no? who is the sone, but the fadir ; and who
but the fadir ;
and who is the fadir, no z is the fadir, but the sone, and to whom
but the sone, and to whom the sone the sone wole schewe. And he turnede23
23wolde a schewe. And he turned to his to hise disciplis, and seide, Blessid ben
b c
disci plis, seide, Blessid ben the y3en, the i3en, that seen tho thingis that 36
whiche d seen tho thingis that 30 seen. seen. For Y
seie to 3ou, that many pro- 21
e
24Sothli I seie to 3ou, for many prophetis phetis and kyngis wolden haue seie tho
and kyngis wolden se tho thingis, whiche f thingis, that }e seen, and thei sayn not ;

36 seen, and thei sy3en not and heere ; and here tho thingis, that 36 heren, and
tho thingis, that 36 heere, and thei herden thei herden not. And lo a wise man 25 !

25 not. And lo ! a wyse man of the lawe of the lawe ros vp, temptynge hym, and
roos, temptirige him, and seyinge, Maistir, seiynge, Maister, what thing schal do Y
what thing doynge schal I welde euer- to haue euerlastynge lijf? And he seide 2

2clastinge lyf ? And he seide to him, What to hym, What is writun in the lawe ?

is writun in the lawe ? hou redist thou ? hou redist thou ? He answeride, and 27

27 He answeringe seide, Thou schalt loue seide, Thou schalt loue thi Lord God of
the Lord thi God of al thyn herte, arid al thin herte, and of al thi soule, and of
of al thi soule, W lyf^> and of alle thi alle thi strengthis, and of al thi mynde ;

my3tisi, and of al thi myride ; and thi and thi nei3bore as thi silf. And Jhesus2is

28nei3ebore as thi silf. And Jhesu seide to seide to hym, Thou hast answerid ri3tli ;

k
him, Thou hast answerid ri3tly; do thou do this thing, and thou schalt lyue. But2u

d the two MP. e Om. f B Om. GMOPTXY. or tredlnge w. n

h
K. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
deueles vp on
AGMNOPQTtVY. '
Or K. k
ypon AGM NOPQTtTY, noye G. noyje P. 1103611 sx. m
'
to jou o. n
enioye
AGMNOPQSTWX. AGMNOpQSTurtrxY. P Om. w. q that x. r the whiche
AGMNOPQSTPTY.
spiritis
mar AGNSTY. war u forsothe
prudent men, or mar w.
s
pore o pr.m.
*
that x. prudent, or o. o.
v w to x taken A
MNOPQTXY. Om. zOm. o. a wil o. wole GMPW.
plesith T. Q. pr. m. G pr. m. y o.
b Om. A c Om. Y. d e that AGMNO
wile ^v. pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQSTX. that AGMNOPQSTWXY.
{ that sOm.vr. h Om. k Om.
PQSTWXY. AGMNOPQSTWXY. ox. strengthes AGMNOPQSTWXY.
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
b Om. c d in m. e
EiKQRbceghiko/3. noie hik. EKQRbceghika/3. of i sec. sugetis A,
 182 LUKE. X. 29 40.

29 this
thing, and thou schalt lyue. For- he willynge to iustifie hym silf, seide to
sothe he willinge1 to m iustifye him silf, Jhesu 6 And who is my riei3bore? And 30
,

seide to Jhesu, And who is my nei3ebore ? Jhesu biheld, and seide, A man cam
3oSothli Jhesu biholdinge", seide, Sum man doun fro Jerusalem in to Jerico, and fel
v
cam doun Jerusalem in to Jerico, and
fro among theues, and thei robbiden hym,
felde amongP theuues, whichei also rob- and woundiden hym, and wente awei,
biden him, and, woundis 'putt in r wenten ,
and leften the man half alyue. And it 31
31
awey. the man lefte half quyk. Forsothe bifel,that a prest cam doun the same
it sum prest cam doun in the
byfel, that weie, and passide forth, whanne he hadde
same weye, and, him seyn passide forth. s
,
4
seyn hym. Also a dekene, whanne he 32
3->Also forsoth and a dekene, whanne he was bisidis the place, and sai3 him, pass-
was bisydis the place, and sy3 him, pass- ide forth.But a Samaritan, goynge the 33
:ide forth. Forsoth c sum man f Samaritan, weie, cam hym and he si3 hym,
bisid's ;

makynge iourney, cam bisydis the weye ;

and hadde reuthe on hym; and cam to 34
and he seynge him, was? stirid by mercy. hym, and boond togidir hise woundis,
34 And he comynge ny3, bond to giclere his and helde in oyle and wynne; and leide
woundis, heeldynge yn oyle and wyn. hym on his beest, and ledde in to an
f

And he puttinge on h his hors', ledde in ostrie, and dide the cure of hym. And 35
and dide k
to a stable, the cure of him. another dai he brou3te forth twey pans,
35 And another day he brou3te forth twey 1
and 3af to the ostiler, and seide, Haue
pens, and 3af to the kepere of the stable, the cure of hym ; and what euer thou
and seide ", Haue thou the" cure of him ;
1
schalt 3yue ouer, Y schal 3eldeS to thee, 1'

and what euere thing thou schalt 3yue whanne Y come a3en. Who
of these 30
ouer, I schal 3elde to thee, whanne I schal thre,semeth to thee, was nei3bore to
so come a3en. Who
of thes thre semeth to hym, that fel among theues? And he 37
thee to haue be nei3ebore to him, that seide, He that dide merci in to hym.
37 felde 'among the? theues ? And he seide, And Jhesus seide to hym, Go thou, and
He that dide mercy oni him. And Jhesu do thou on' lijk maner. And it wasss
seith to him, Go r
thou, and do thou in
8
don, while thei wenten, he entride in to
v
3 lyk* manere. Forsoth it was" don, while a castel ; and a womman, Martha bi
thei wenten, and he entride in to sum name, resseyuede hym in to hir hous.
castel and sum womrnan, Martha bi
; And to this was a sistir, Marie bi name, 39
3!i name, receyuede him in to hir hous. And which also sat bisidis the feet of the
to this Martha* was a sister, Marie bi Lord, and herde his word. But Martha^
x
name, which also sittinge by sydis the bisiede aboute the ofte seruyce. And
feet of they Lord, herde the word of sche stood, and seide, Lord, takist thou
40 him. Forsothe 2 Martha bisyede a aboute no kepe, that my sistir hath left me
b
moche seruyce. Which stood, and seide d
,
aloone to serue ? therfor seie thou to hir,
e
Lord, is it not of charge to thee, that my (hat sche helpe me. And the Lord an- 41
sistir lefte
f
me 11
aloone, for& to mynystre ? swerde, and seide to hir, Martha, Mar-

m for to GMOPQTWY. n
biholdynge vp AGMNOPQSTWXY.
1
wilnynge QY. to x. P in to
QTWXY. 1 the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. r
puttyn K.
s self T. * he
passide A sec. TO. G sec. m. sw. .

e Om. Y. Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.

f
g is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. 1> in to
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
'
iument, or hors AGMNPQSTWY. iument x. k he did o. ' two GMPWXY. m saith MNOPQSTWXY.
n Om. AGMNPQSTXY. Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. V in to AGMNOPQSTWXY. n to AGM NOPQS SCC. TO.
q in
TWXY. to s pr. m. r Om. x. s on
AGMNOPQSTWXY. l
lychy TW. liche Y. u is A
pr.m. G pr. m.
MNOPQSTXY. y
the while AGMNOPQSTWXY. w Om. AMKOPQSTWXY, * the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY.
our o. z a b the oft AGMNOPQSTWXY. the
Sothly AGMNOPQSTUVWXY. bisyede hir K pr. m.
.

myche vv. The whiche se ith MNPQTXY. e Om. AT. hath left x. % Om. A'.
h
serue, or mynystre w.

e him f h
k. ledde him cjsbg. % 3eue hi. Om. i
pr. m.
i
in R.
 X. 41 XI. io. LUKE. 183

therfore' seye k to hir, that she helpe me. tha, thou art bysi, and art troublid
41 And the Lord answeringe seide to hir, aboute ful many thingis ; but o thing is 42
Martha, Martha, thou ert bysi, and art necessarie. Marie hath chosun the best 43
'"
troublid l
anentis ful manye thingis ; part, which schal not be takun awei fro

43 forsoth o thing is necessarie. Marie hath hir.

chose the beste" part, which schal not be

take a wey fro hir.

CAP. XI. CAP. XI.

1 And it whanne he was prei-
was'' don, And it was don, whanne he was prei- 1

ynge in place, as sum

he ceesside, oon of ynge in a place, as he ceesside, oon of
his disciplis seide to him, Lord, teche vs hise disciplis seide to hym, Lord, teche
toi preye, as and John tau3te his disciplis. vs to preye, as Joon tau3te hise disciplis.
2 And he seide r tohem, Whanne 36 preyen 8 ,
And he seide to hem, Whanne 30 preien,2
seye 36, Fadir', halewid be thi name. Thi seie 36, Fadir, halewid be thi name. Thi
s
kyngdom come 3yue day to. to vs to kyngdom come to h .
3yue 'to vs' to dais
4oure eche dayes u breed. And for3yue to oure ech daies breed. Arid for3yue to vs4
v
vs oure synnes, as and we for3yuen to oure synnes, as we for3yuen to ech man
ech to vs.
owyngeAnd leed 'not vs w in that owith to vs. And lede vs not in to
5 to" temptacioun. And he seith to hem, temptacioun. And he seide to hem, Who 5
Who of 3011 schal haue a frend, and schal of 3ouk schal haue a freend, and schal go

go to him at mydny3t, and schal seie to to hym mydny3t, and schal seie to
at
e him, Frend, leene to me thre loouys ; for hym, Freend, leene to me thre looues ;
my frend cometh to me of the weye, and for my freend cometh to me fro thee
I haue not what I schal sette^ bifore him. weie, and Y haue not what Y schal sette
7 And he withynne forth answeringe seye z , biforhym. And he with ynforth answere?
Nyle thou be noyful to me ; the dore is seie, Nyle thou be heuy to me
a and the ;

now schit, and my children beth b with dore is now schit, and my children ben
me c in the cowche ;
I no3t ryse, and
may with rne in bed 1
; Y may not rise, arid

83yue to thee. And if he schal contynue

d
3yue to thee. And if he schal dwelles
knockynge, I seye to 3ou,
thou3
e
he schal stilknockynge, Y heseie to 3ou, thou3

not 3yue to hym , for he& is a h frend, ne- f

schal not rise, and 3yue to him, for that
theles for his vnrestefulnesse' he schal rise, that he is his freend, netheles for his con-
and 3yue to hyrn, 'how manyek he hath tynuel axyng he schal ryse, and 3yue to
gnedeful And I seie to 3ou, axe 36, and
1
.
hym, as many as he hath nede to. And 9
it schal be 3ouun to 3ou seke 3e, and 36 ;
Y seie to and it schal be
3ou, axe 36,
schulen fynde knocke 36, and it schal be
; 3ouun to 3ou; seke 30, and 30 schulen
"
loopenyd to 3ou. Forsoth ech man that fynde knocke 36, and it schal be openyd
1
;

n For ech that axith, takith, and m

axith, takith ; and he that sekith, fynd- to 3ou.
ith ;
and to a man knockynge, it schal be he that sekith, fyndith and to a man ;

4
and therfore K. k saye thou AGMNOpQSTurxv. l
distourblid AMNOPQTW. distroublid GY. sturbid s.
x. n betere ur.
disturbid x. a^ens AGMNOPQSTWY. ajen the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x.
1 for to AGMNOPQTWY. r saith
P is A pr.m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. AGMNOPQSTWXY. s schal praye o.
u v Om. w w us not WY. Om. r.
pr. m.
t Fader oure XY. y putt AGMXOPQ
day Y.
z saith b ben AGMNOPQSTVVWXY.
a
STWXY. heuy ^GMNOpQSTurwxY.
OQW. c with
ynne QW. with
me now T. d dwell still
AGMWOPQSTWXY. e and if AGMNOPQSTW XY, { him rysynge AGMNOPQSTVPWX.
e that that he AGMNOPSTXY. that he QW. h his AGMNOpQSTtrxv. '
improbite, or contynuel axynge
AGMUPQSTfvxY. continuel axynge o. k as
manye as t/ sec.m. nede to v sec.m. m Om. GMOPQTIVXY. '

n Om. s.

heuene x Om. k
h to thee K. to ; thi wil be don on erthe, as hit is in sec. m. k. EP. 3ou alle k pr. m.
the bed k.
 184 LUKE. XL 1123.

nopenyd. Therfore who of 3011 axith the that knockith, it schal be openyd. Ther-u
fadir breed, wher? he schal 3yue to him a for who of 3011 axith his fadir breed,
stoon? etheri if he axith r fysch, wherP he whether he schal 3yue hym a stoon ? or
schal 3yue to
s
him a serpent for the 1 if he axith fisch, whether he schal 3yue
v
fysch? ethir" if he schal axe an ey, whe- hym" a serpent for the fisch? or if he 12
1
12

thir* he schal dresse to him a scorpioun ? axe n an eye, whether he schal areche
is Therfore if>" 36, whanne 36 ben yuele, hym a scorpioun ? Therfor if 36, whanne 13
v
z
'kunne 3yue to 3oure children goode 36 ben yuel, kunnen 3yue good 3iftis to
a
thingis 3ouun , hou moche more 3oure fadir 3oure children, hou myche more 3oure
of heuene schal 3yue a good spirit to men fadir of" heuene schal 3yue a good spirit?

uaxynge him. And Jhesu b was castinge to men that axithi him. And Jhesusu
out a fend, and he was doumbe. And was castynge out a r feend, and he s was
whanne he hadde cast out the fend, the doumbe. And whanne he hadde cast out
doumb man spak and the cumpanyes c ; the feend, the doumbe man spak and ;

is wondriden. Forsoth summe of hem the puple wondride. And sum of hem 15
d
seiden, In Belsebub, prince of deuelis he , seiden, In Belsabub, prince of deuelis, he
i<;castith othere tempt-
out deuelis. And castith out deuelis. And othir temptinge 10

iuge axiden of him a tokene fro heuene. axiden of hym a tokene fro heuene. And 17
e f
17 Forsoth he , as he sy3 thes thoujtis of as he sai3 the thou3tis of hem, he seide
hem, seide to hem, Euery rewme depart- to hem, Euery rewme departid a3ens it
V
ide a3ens it silf h schal be desolat and an
,
1
, silf, schal be desolat, and an hous schal
k
ihous schal falle on an hous. Forsoth falle on an hous. And if Sathanas be in

and Sathanas departid a3ens him silf, hou

1
if is departid a3ens hym silf, schal his
how schal his rewme stonde ? For 36 rewme stonde ? For 36 seien, that Y
m caste out fendis in Belse- caste out feendis in Belsabub. And if 19
seyn, 'that I
iitbub. Forsoth if I in Belsebub caste out Y in Belsabub caste out fendis, in whom
V

fendis, in whom 3oure sories casteri" out ? casten out 1 3oure sones? Therfor thei
Therfore thei schulen be 3oure domesmen. schulen be 3oure domesmen. But if Yao
20 Forsoth if I caste out fendis in the fyngir, caste out fendis in the fyngir of God,
Aether spirit ,
of God, sotlili the rewme of thanne the rewme of God is comun
21 God is comen in to 3011. Whanne a strong among 3ou. Whanne a strong armed 21
armedP mankepith his hows, alle thingis man kepith his hous, alle thingis that he
22 that he weldith ben in pees. Sothli if a weldith ben in pees. But if a stronger 22
'

strongerei comynge aboue ouercome him,

1
than he come" vpon hym, and ouercome v
he schal take a wey alle s his armeris*, in hym, he schal take awei al his armere,
whiche he tristide, and schal dele abrood in which he tristide, and schal w dele
sshis spuylis". He that is not with me, is abrood his robries. He that is not with 23
a3ens me ; and he that gedrith not to gi- me, is a3ens me; and he that gederith

his xv. P whether x passim. 1 or AGMKPQSTH'XY. r axe

AGMSOPQTXY. shul axen hym s.
s Om. T. t Om. Q. u or
AGMNOPQSTX. v axe
hym s. x wher
GMOPQTWY. y jeue Y. z han
knowen for to jif A pr.m. G sec.m. MNOPQTY. kunnen for to jif A sec.m. han knowen to
jiue x. goode
a

thingis jouun to joure children PW. goode jiftis to joure children Q sec. m. goode thingis to joure
children XY. b he 'MNOPQTX. c
cumpanyes of puple AGMPQSTWXY. cumpanyes of puples N. com-
d he deueles .s. e Om. T. f seeth o. K Om. T. h in itsilf A
panyes pepil o. sup. ras.
MPQXY. in him silf NOST. desolat, or discumforlid AGMNPSTWX. desolatid o. k
*
vpon AGMNPQTWY.
m me for to
1 be
AGMNPQSTWXY. schal be o. AGMNOPQTWY. me to sx. n casten
joure sones A'.
or sutil tvorchyng AGMNPSTWY. Om. OQX. P Om. T. q
strenger than he AGMNOPQSTXY. r ouer-

cometh o. s Om. T. * armes

GMOPQTWXY. u
spuylis, or robberies AGMPSTWY. spoilis, or his
robries N.

m to him Eb n axith Om. s pr m. fruyt

pr. m. c pr. m. CMQUxhi. axe him e. that is in s. P
m. axen CEiKWQRSxgha. r of a s 8 it A Om. u cometh s sec. m. k.
pr. m.
s sec. "I
sec. m. * i.
T ouercometh k. "he schal k.
 XI. 2434- LUKE. 185

24dere with me, scaterith a brood. Whanne v not togidir with me, scaterith abrood.
an vnclene spirit "hath gon w out of a man, Whanne an vnclene spirit goith out of2i
he wandrith by drye placis, sekinge reste ; a man, he wandrith bi drie placis, and
and he fyndynge" not, seith, I schal turne sekith reste; and he fyndynge x not-v ,

a3en in to myn hous, wherof I cam out. seith z , Y schal turne a3en in to myn
25 And whanneyhe schal come, he fyndith it hous, fro whannes Y cam out. And2
26clensid with beesmes, and ourned. Thanne whanne he cometh, he fyndith it clansid
he goth, and takith with him seuene othere with besyms, and fayre arayed. Thanne 21;
v

spiritis werse than him silf, and thei gon he goith, and takith with hym seuene
yn
z
, dwellen there. And the laste thingis othere spirits worse than hym silf, and
a
of that man ben maad worse than the thei entreri, and dwellen there. And the
ayforrnere. Forsoth it was b don, whanne laste thingis of man ben maad
that
he seide c thes thingis, sum womman d of worse than the formere. And it was 27
the cumpany reysinge
6 hir vois, seide f , don, whanne he hadde a seid these thingis,
Blessid be (( the wombe that bar thee, and a womman of the b
cumpanye reride hir
^blessid be& the teetis whiche h thou hast vois, and seide to hym, Blessid be the
aasokun. And he seide, Rathere 1
blessid wombe that bare thee, and blessid be the
ben thei, that heeren 'Goddis word k and , tetis that thou hast soken. And he seide, 28

2kepen Forsothe the cumpanye com-

it.
1
But 3he blessid be thei, that heren the
n
ra
ynge to gidere, he bigan to seye, This word of God, and kepen it. And whanne 29
generacioun is a weyward generacioun ; the puple runnen togidere, he bigan to
it sekith a tokene, and a tokene schal not seie, This generacioun is a weiward ge-
be 3ouun to it, no but the tokene of neracioun ;
it sekith a token, and a
:io
Joonas, the? prophete. For whi as Joonas tokene schal not be 3ouun to it, but the
was a tokene toi men of Nynyue, so tokene of Jonas, the profete. For as so
mannis sone schal be to this generacioun. Jonas was a tokene to men of Nynyue,
31 The queene of the south schal ryse in so mannus sone schal be to this gene-
dom with men of this generacioun, and racioun. The queen of the south schal si
schal condempne hem ; for r sche cam fro rise in doom with men of this genera-
the endis s of 1 the erthe, to" heere the wys- cioun, and schal condempne hem ; for
dom of Salomon, and lo here isv more w ! sche cam fro the endis of the erthe, for c
32 than Salomon. Men of Nynyue schulen to here the wisdom of Salomon, and lo !

x Men d 32
ryse in dom with this generacioun, and here is a gretter than Salomon.
schulen condempne it for thei diden ;
of Nynyue schulen rise in doom with
penaunce at? the prechinge of Joonas, and this generacioun,and schulen condempne
33 lo! here is
z
more than Joonas. No man it for thei diden penaunce in the prech-
;

a b bb e
Ii3tneth a lanterne, and puttith in hidlis , yng of Jonas, and lo here is a gretter !

d
other vndir a boyschel, but on a candel than Jonas. No man tendith a lanterne, 33
:<4 sticke, that thei that gon yn, se Ii3t. The and puttith f
in hidils, nether vndur a
e
lanterue of thi body is thin y3e ; if thin y3e buyschel, but on a candilstike, that thei

v And whan w. schal go GMNOPQTXY. *

fyndith o. y Om. o. z Om.
GMNOPQ pr. m. XY. entride
Q sec. m. a this o. b is A c AGMNOPQSTUVWXY. d Om. o. e
pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. spake rerynge vp
AGMNPQSTY. raysenge vp o. rerende x. f said to him AGMNOPSWXY. ff Oin. A g Om. QS. h that
1
.

k the word of God AG com-

AGMNOPQSTWXY. or, But %ee u sec. m. marg. pr.m. MNOPQSTWXY.
' l

panyes of pepil AG pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. cumpanyes of peples G sec.m. w. cumpenyes w.

m renynge
AGMNOPQSTWX. n for to
AGMNOPQTWY. Om. O. P Om. AGNTFXY. 1 of T. r for whi O.

8 wisdam o. * Om.
OPQVV. u for to AGMNOPQTWY. v
Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. w more, or grettere
G sec. m. * the dome o. y in o. z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. B teendith AGMNOPQSTWXY. b it in o.
bb hiddil o. c nether
AGMNOPQSTWXY. d vpon AGMNOPQST pr.m. WY. e ijen N.

* y noon g. z and seith h pr.m. k pr.m. a Om. be pr.m. b reiside b. areride hi.
fyndith h pr.m. k.
c Om. be. d And men b sec.m. e Om. IK pr. m. g. f
puttith it k.

VOL. IV. B b
 186 LUKE. xi. 3546.

schal be symple, al thi body schal be Ii3t- that goen in, se Ii3t. The lanterne of34
ful f ; forsoth if it schal be weyward, also thi bodi is thin 136 ; ifs thin 136 be syrn-
schal be h but if it
:iothi body schal be derkful. Therfore se ple, al thi bodi Ii3ti ;

% h be weyward, bodi schal be derk-

thou, lest the Ii3t which is in thee, be al thi

s derknessis. Therfore if al thi body schal

1
ful. Therfor se thou, lest the Ii3t that 35

be k not hauynge ony part1 of derk- is in thee, be derknessis'. Therfor ifau

Ii3tful ,

nessis, it schal be al Ii3tful ra and as a

n
,
al thi bodi be k bri3t, and haue no part
lanterne of bri3tnesse it schal 3yue Ii3t of derknessis, schal be al bri3t, and as
it

,-i7 to thee. And whanne he spak, sum Pha- a lanterne of bri3tnesse it schal 3yue Ii3t
risee praiede, that he schulde ete at hym. to thee. And whanne he spak, a Fari-37
v

:(8 Andi' he gon yn, saat to the metei. Sothli see preiede him, that he schulde ete with

hym. And he entride, and sat to the

r 1

the Pharisee 'bigan to seie gessynge with ,

ynne himwhi he was not waischun

silf
s
,
meete. And the Farisee bigan to seie,3

:wbyfore the mete. And the Lord seith* to gessynge with ynne hym silf, whi he
him, Now 36 Farisees clensen 'that thing was not waschen bifor " mete. And thesa 1

that" with outenforth of the kuppe and

is
v Lord seide to hym, Now 36 Farisees
w x
clensen that that with outenforth of
thing 'of 3ou that is
is
plater; but that
"with ynne?, is ful of raueyn and wickid- the cuppe and the" plater; but that
4onesse. Foolis, wher z he made 'that
that thing that is with ynne of 3ou, is ful of
a with oute forth, made not raueyn and wickidnesse. Foolis, whe-40
thing that is
41 'also that thing that
b
is 'with ynne c ? Ne- ther he that made that that is with-
theles 'that thing that
d
is oner, Aether >tu- outenforth, made not also that that is
e
3yue 36 almes, and lo ! alle thingis with ynne? Netheles that that is ouei-4i
perflu ,

42 ben clene to 3011. But woo to 3ou, Pha- plus, 3yue 36 almes, and lo ! alle thingis

risees, that tythen rnyute, and ruwe

f
, and ben cleene to 3ou. But wo to 3ou, Fa-4_>

al wort, Aether herbe%, and passen dom risees, that tithen myrite, and rue, and
and the charite of God. Forsoth it bi- ech eerbe, and leeuen doom and the cha-
do thes thingis, and notk for
hofte 1'
to 1
1
rite of God. Fori' it bihofte to do these

43to m leeue hem". Woo to 3ou, Pharisees, thingis, and not leeuei tho r . Wo to 3ou, &
that louen the firste chaieris in synagogis, Farisees, that louen the firste chaieris in
44 and salutaciouns in cheping Woo to .
synagogis, and salutaciouns in chepyng.
ben as sepulcris, whiche? apperyn
3ou, that
Wo to 3ou, that ben as sepulcris, that 44

not, and men walkynge aboue witeni not. ben not seyn, and men walkynge aboue
45 Forsoth oon
r
of the wyse men of lawe s witen 8 not. But oon of the wise men 45

answeringe, seide' to him, Maistir, thou of the 1 lawe answeride, and seide to

seyinge thes thingis, 'doist dispit also to hyrn, Maystir, thou seiynge these thingis,
41; vs". 'He seide v, And"' woo to 3ou, wyse also to vs doist dispit. And he seide, 46

K that AGMNOPQSTWXY. h schal be o. Om. y. k or sckynynge

lijti AGMNOpQSTvrwxv.
f i
Ii3ti,
AGNSTW. lijt, or shijnyng MPY. schinynge o. lijt ox. l
party o. m
AGMNPQSTWXY, \ty o.
lijti
1 sat at the mete
Om. w. bri3tnesse, or schynynge AGMNPSTWY. Forsothe AGMNPQSTWXY.
n P
A sup. ras. G sec. m. w. restide MNPQSTXY. r Om. A
pr. m. G pr. m. M VPQTW sec. m. XY. s silf seide

A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQ pr. m. TXY. silf bigan to saye Q sec. m. w sec. in. l seide w. u that that AGMN

PQSTWXY. that at o. v with outen w. w Om. N. * Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. J within forth of 3011
z whether OPQTWXY. a that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. b and that that AGM
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
e Om.
XOPQSTWXY. c within forthe AGMNOPQSTXY. d that that AGMNpQSTfrxY. that at o. PQW
x or sup. MY. { rute r. e Om. ox. or herbe MPWY. h bihouede MOPQY. '
for to AGMNPQTWY.
k tho not x. '
Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. m Om. AGNSTWX. n Om. x. chepyngis ^.vo. P that AGMXOP
1 wisten w. r summe G sec.m. o. u also to vs
QSTIVXY. s the lawe TX. * saith
AGMNOPQSTWX.
[thou GMPY! dost despite, or tvronge AGMXPSTXY. also thou dost despit to vs o. also to vs
thou dost
v And he saith AGMOPQSTWX. He seith x. w Om. x.
dyspite Q. also thou dost dispyt, or wrong w.

Sand if x. h
Ii3t i sec. m.
k. '
al derknessis s pr. m. derknesse hi. k shal be PQ. '
Om. A. "> a
n of the sehik r thilke and witen
fores. pr. m. Om. k. P Forsothe i. 1 to leeue iKRehika. i. s

A pr. m. * Om. cix.

 XI. 47 XII. 3- LUKE. 187

men of lawe x
for 30 chargen men with
, Also wo men of lawe, for
to 3ou, wise
birthins whiche? thei moun not bere, and 3e chargen men with birthuns which
3e 3ou
z
silf with 3oure a o fynger touchen thei moun not bere, and 36 u
3ou silf with
47 not the heuynessis b Woo to 300, that
.
v
3oure o fyngur touchen not the heuy-
bilden birielis c of prophetis forsoth 3oure ;
nessis. Wo
to 3ou, that bilden toumbis4/
48 fadris slowen hem. Treuly 36 witnessen, of profetis ; and 3oure fadris slowen hern.
that 36 consenten to the werkis of 3oure Treuli 36 witnessen, that 36 consenten to4
fadi'is ; for sothli thei slowen hem, but 30 the werkis of 3oure fadris ; for thei slowen
49 bilden her sepulcris. Therfore and d the hem, but 36 bildeu her sepulcris. Ther-4n
wysdom of God seide, I schal sende to for the wisdom of God seide, Y schal
hem prophetis, and apostlis, and of hem sende to hem profetis and apostlis, and
50 thei sehulen slee and pursue, that the of hem thei sehulen sle and pursue, that so
blood of alle prophetis 6 that was f sched? ,
the blood of alle
prophetis, that was
out fro the makyng' of the world, be 1
sched fro the making of the world, be
5isou3t' of this generacioun ; fro the blood sou3t of this generacioun; fro the blood 51
of the w iust Abel to the blood of Za-
v
of Abel til to k the blood of Zacharie,
which perischide bytwix
1
the auter and charie, that was slayri bitwixe the auter
the hous. So I seie to 3ou, it schal be and the hous. So Y seie to 3ou, it schal
52sou3t of this generacioun. to 3ou, Woo be sou3t of this generacioun. to 52 Wo
men of for ban take wise men of the x for han
wyse lawe, 36 awey 3ou, lawe, 36
the keye of kunnynge 56 3011" silf en- ;
takun awei the keye of kunnyng and 36 ;

triden not , and 36 han forboden hem that 30W? entriden not, and 36 han for-
silf

53 entriden. Sothli whanne he spak thes beden hem that entriden. And whanne 53
thingis to hem, Pharisees and wyse men he seide these thingis to hem, the Fari-
of lawe bigunnen greuously to a3en- P sees and wise 2 men of lawe a bigunnen
v
r
stonden 1, and oppresse his mouth of greuousli to a3enstonde, and stoppe his
b
34
many thingis, aspiynge him , and sekinge
8
mouth of many hym,54
thingis, aspiynge
to* take sum thing of his mouth, that thei and sekynge to take sum thing of his
schulden accuse him. mouth, to accuse hym.

CAP. XII. CAP. XII.

i Sotheli manye cumpanyes" stondinge And whanne myche puple stood aboute, i

v so that thei treden c ech on othir, he bi-

aboute, so that thei troden ech othir, he
w Be
bigan to seie to his disciplis, Be 36 war gan to seie to hise disciplis, 56 war
of x the sourdow3 of Pharisees, which? is of the sourdou3 of the d Farisees, that is

2ypocrisye. Forsoth no thing is hilid, ypocrisie. For no thing is hilid, that schal 2
which 2 schal not be schewid ;
nether hid, not be schewid ; nether hid, that schal
nthat schal not be wist. Forwhi tho not be wist. For whi tho thingis that 368
thingis that 36 han seyd in derknessis, han seid in derknessis, sehulen be seid in
a and that that han spokun
sehulen be seid in Ii3t ; and Hhis that 1'

Ii3t ; 36 in

* the law whiche AGMNOPQSTW. that x. z a Om. Q. b

o. y the jour GMNOPQV. heuynesse o.
pr.m. G pr.m. M
c AGMNPSTWY. toumbis o. d Om. K. e the Nfr. f is A
birielis, or toumbis prophetis
h k vnto GAfpQxr. til N. to o. in to w.
8 held MNPQTXY. sojt out s.
'
KPQSTXY. bygynnynge o.
1
that ^GMNOPQSTt/FWjf r. m bytwen
n
jour GMNOPQY. entreden not yn ASW. entren
os. bitwe x.
aspiynge him
r to s
not in GMNOPQTXY. P greuoselyche o. <i
ajenstond him GMOPQY. oppresse M.
of many thingis MPXY. * for to
AGMXOPQTW sec.m. Y. that thei schulden w pr.m. u companyes of peplis
v defouliden, or troden AGMNPQSY. defouleden ox.
AGMNOPQSTXY. cumpanyes of peple w. defoulyden,
or touchyden T. def. or trodeden w. w for to AMNOPQSTWY. x fle je fro AV. and flee fro GMNOpgrrwy.
fleeth fro s. and flee jee fro x. y that AGMNOPQSTWXY. z that
AGMNOPQSTWXY. a sijt Y. b that that
AGMNPQ.STWXY. that at o.

u v Om. w Om. CEIKPQRS m. uxegka. * Om. nk. y joure EP passim. z the

joure E. g. sec.
wise Esg. a the lawe b
pr. m. hi. t>
and aspiynge k. c trediden i. treeden Q. traden B. (1
Om. iKSXg.
 188 LUKE. XII. 415.
36 ban spoken in eere d in the e cowchis, eere in the e couchis, schal be prechid in
4 schal be prechid in rooues. Forsothe I roofes. Y
And seie to 3ou, my freendis, 4
v
f
seie to 3011, my frendis, be 3e not afeerd be 36 not aferd of hem that sleen the
of hem that slen the body&, and aftir thes bodie, and aftir these
thingis han no
thingis ban no more what thei schulen more what thei schulen do. But Y schal 5
r>don. Sothli I schal schewe to 3011, whom schewe to 3ou, whom 36 schulen drede ;

schulen drede; drede 36 him, which drede 36 hym, that aftir he hath slayn,
1'
36
he hath slayn, hath power tok
aftir that 1 he f hath power to sende in to helle. And
sende in to helle. So I seie to 3011, drede
v
so Y seie to 3ou, drede 36 hym. Whe-s
1
<<3e hym. Wher m fine sparrowis ben riot ther fyue sparowis ben not seld for twei
seeld for tweyne" halpens ; and oon of halpens ; and oon of hem is not in for3et-
7 hem is not in fo^eting bifore God ? But yng bifor God ? But also alle the heeris 7

and alle the heeris of 3oure heed P ben of 3oure heed ben noumbrid. Therfor
noumbrid. Therfore nyle 36 drede ; 36 nyle 36 drede ; 3e ben of more prijs than
ben of more priys than many sparowis. many sparowis. Treuli seie to sou, Y
Treuli I seie to 3ou, 'ech man which eueri ech man that knoulechith me bifor men,
schal knowleche me byfore men, and mannus sone schal knouleche hym bifor
mannis sone schal knowleche him bifore the aungels of God. But he that denyeth
itthe aungelis of God. Forsoth he that me bifor men, schal be denyed bifor the
schal denye me bifor men, schal be de- aungels of God. And ech that seith a 10

lonyed bifore the aungelis of God

r
And . word a3ens mannus sone, it schal be for-
ech man 8 that seith a word a3ens the sone 3ouun to hym but it schal not be for-
;

of man, it for3ouun to him ;

schal be 3ouun to hym, that blasfemeth a3ens the
sothli 1 it be for3ouun to him,
schal not Hooli Goost. And whanne thei ledenii
'that blasfemeth u a3ens v the x
Hooly Gost . 3011 in to synagogis, and to magistratis,
v
1 i Forsoth whanne thei schulen leede 3ou in and potestatis, nyle 30 be bisies, hou or
to synagogis, and to? magestatis z , and to a what 36 schulen answere, or what 3e
b
nyle 36 be bisy, how ether
potestatis , schulen seie. For the Hooli Goost schal 1-2

what 36 schulen answere d , ether 6 what 30 teche 3ou in that our, what it bihoueth
12 schulen
seye. Forsoth the Hooly Gost 3ou to seie. And oon of the puple seide i:<

schal teche 3ou in that our, what it bi- to hym, Maystir, seie to my brothir, that
ishoueth 3ou to f seye. Forsoth^ sum man he departe with me the eritage. And he 14

of the cumpany seith to him, Maistir, seie seyde to hym, Man, who ordeynede me
to my brother, that he departe with me a domesman, or ah departere, on 3ou ?
14 And he seyde to him,
the eritage. A! And he seide to hem, Se 36, and be 36*15
man, who ordeynede me domesman etherk 1
, war of al coueytice for the lijf of a k man
;

isdeparter, on 3ou ? And he seyde to

1 11
is not in the abundaunce of tho m thingis,
1

hem m Se 36, and 'be 36" war of al

,
v
whiche he weldith. And he tolde to i

v
auarice ;
for the lyf of a? man is not in hem a liknesse, and seide, The feeld of

c seid s. d the eere e Om. GK

GMQTXY. pr. v. MOPQSTXY. { beth
GMNPQXY. be T. S bodyes T.
h that Om. k for to
AGMNOPQSTWXY. MOPQTY. AGMNOPQTfPY. l
dredith A:, dredith jee Y.
m Whether x. n two MOPQXY. u pr. m. P heued o pass. w. 1 who euer GMNOPQTXY.
ferthingis
r the Lord QTXY. 9 Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. t he that shal blasfemen in to the Holi
Gost, sothli XY.
u schal v in to '* Om. XY. y Om. MP. z
blaspheme AGMNopQsrurir. G pr. m. MNPST. in o. mages-
a Om. b c or AGMNO
tratis fr. AGMNpQSTurwxY. potestatis, or powers AMNPSTWY. powers G.
PWXY. Om. QST. d Om. s. e or
AGMNOPQSTPTXY. * for to AGMNOPTW. S Sothely AGMNOFQSTuy
h
WXY. Om. AGMKOPQSTfvxY. '
a domesman u. k or AGMXopQsrrxY. '
vpon AGMNPQTWY.
ouer o. H T.
seyith
m him K. n be AGMNOPTUVWY. beth sx. fro all couaytyse AGMNOPQTIVXY.
of alle coueitise s. P eny o.

e Om. isa. { Om. KX h k Oin. Ahi/3.

sec. m. k. S bisie 3011 hi. Om. EPX. '
Om. mbgk pr. m.
1
Om. K pr. m. m the ea.
 XII. 16 28. LUKE. 189
r
the haboundansei of tho thingis whiche a riche man brou3te forth plenteuouse
IB he weldith. Sothli he seide to hem a fruytis. And he thou3te with ynne hym 17

liknesse, seiynge, The feeld of sum riche silf, and seide, What schal Y do, for Y
17 man brou3te forth pleritenous fruytis. And haue not whidur Y schal gadere my
he thou3te with ynne him silf, seyinge, fruytis ? And he seith, This thing Y i

What schal I do, for"" I haue not whidir schal do ; Y schal throwe doun my
is I schal gedere my fruytis? And he seith, bernes, and Y schal make gretter, and
'I schal do this thing* ; I schal distrye
1
thidir Y schal
gadir alle thingis that
my bernis, and I u schal make grettere ,
v
growen me, and"
to my goodis. And ia Y
and thidir I schal gedere alle thingis that schal seie to my soule, Soule, thou hast
w
iogrowen to me, and alle my goodis. And
x
many goodis kept in to ful many 3eeris ;

I schal seye to my soule, Soule?, thou hast rest thou, ete, drynke , and make feeste.

many goodis kept in to ful manye 3eeris ;

z
And God seide to hym, Fool, in this ny3tao
v

reste thou, ete, drynke, and ete thou thei schulen take? thi lijf fro thee. And
20plenteuously
a
. Sothli God seide to him, whos schulen tho thingis be, that thou
b
Fool, in this ny3t thei schulen axe of hast arayed ? So is he that tresourith 21
thee thi soule. Forsothe whos schulen tohym silf, and is not riche in God.
1
*

tho thingis be, whiche d thou hast maad

c And he seide to hise disciplis, Therfor22
21
redy ? So is he that tresourith to e him Y seie to 3ou, nyle 36 beii bisy to 3oure
22 silf, not ryche in f God. And he
and is lijf, what 36 schulen ete, nether to 3oure
seide to his disciplis, Therfore I seie to bodi, with what 36 schulen be clothid.
3ou, nyle 36 be bisy to 3oure lyf#, what'
1
The lijf is more than mete r and the 23 ,

8
3e schulen ete, nethir to 3oure body, with body more than clothing Biholde 36*24 .

23 what
36 schulen be clothid '. The k lyf 1 crowis", for
v
thei sowen not, nethir
is more than mete'", and the body more
vv w
repen, to whiche is no celer, ne berne,
24 than Biholde 36 crowis, for
clothing. and God fedith hem. Hou myche more
thei sowen not, nether repen, to whiche
11

36 ben of more prijs than thei. And 25

is no celer, nether'' beerne, and God fedith who of 3ou bithenkynge may put to x o
hern. Flow'' myche more ^e ben
r
of more cubit to his stature ? Therfor if 36 moun 20

2oprys than thei 3

. Forsothe who of 3ou not that that is leest, what ben 36 bisie

bythenkynge
1
may adde u o cubite to his of othere thingis? Biholde 36 the lilies 27

notw this
x
2<j stature ? Therfore v
if 36 mown of the feeld, hou thei wexen ; thei

that 1 is the^ leeste z ,

36 bisy of what ben trauelen not, nethir spynnen. And Y
27 othere thingis ? Biholde 36 lilies a of the seie to 3ou, that nethir Salomon in al
feeld, how thei wexen thei trauelen not, ; his glorie was clothid as oon of these.
neither spynrien. Sothly I seye to 3ou, And if God
clothith thus the hey, that 28
for nether Salomon ill al his glorie was to dai is in the feeld, and to morewe is
b
28 clothid as oon of these, Forsothe if God cast in to an ouen ; hou myche more 3011

'q not in the [Om. Q] habundaunce of eny man is his lijf A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. r that

QSTWXY. " that A pr. m. GMNOPQTXY. a This th. I sch. do WXY. * throwe doun v sec. m. u Om. Q.
v more
AGMNOPQSTWXY. w ben born A m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. x Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. Y Om. o.
pr.
a
put, or kept A. put vp, or kept GMNPSTWY. pit vp OQ. put vp x.
z
plenteuosly ete AGMNOPQSTWXY.
" schal o. et alibi. c the o. d that AGMNOPQSTWXY. e in to x. f into A
ete plenteuously ur. pr. m.
GMNOPQTXY. to A sec.m. svvw. g soule, or lijf AGMNPQSTWY. soul ox. h and what w. clad sx. '

k Thi Y. l
soule, or lijf AMNPTWY. soul OQSX.
m the meete sx. n ne wx. whom QXY. P and
K sup. ras. And how r.
<l
r ben
je MPXY. s ben thai o. l thenkende x.
put to AGMNPQST
WY. pitt o. poten to x. v Om. K. not do MFC;. " that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. Y Om.
z left Y. a the lilies PS. b clad sx.
AGMNOPQSTWXY.

n and alle k pr. m. and drynke <jb pr. m. k. P take awey k. q it is s pr. m. <W Om. Q pr. m.
u the crowis ka|3. vv nether E. w nether
r the mete s. s the
clothing s.
t Om.
a/3.
v how x. c.
* Om. k pr. m.
 190 LUKE. XII. 29 41.

clothith thus the hey, which to day is in of litil feith. And

nyle 30 seke, what 36 an
d
the feeld, and to morwe is sent in to a schulen ete, or what 30 schulen drynke ;

furneys ; how moche" more 3011 of litel and nyle 36 be reisid an hi3. For folkis so
29feith ? And nyle 36 seke, what 36 schulen of the world seken alle these thingis ;
v

ete, ethir
f
what 36 schulen drynke ;
and and 3our>' fadir woot, that 36 neden^ alle
v
2
:ionyle 36 be reyside in to 1'
an' hi3- Forsoth these thingis . Netheles seke 36 first 31

folkis of the world seken alle thes thingis ;

the kyngdom of God, and alle these
sothli 3oure fadir woot, for 3e neden thes v thingis schulen be caste to 3ou. Nile 36,32
31 Nethelees seke 36
the kyng- first litil flok, drede, for it pleside to 3oure
thingis.
dom of God, and alle thes thingis schulen fadir to 3yue 3ou zz a kyngdom. Selle 3633
32 be cast to 3ou. Nyle 3e, litil floe, drede, tho thingis that 36 han in possessioun,
for it pleside to 3oure fadir to 1 3yue to 3011 and 3yue 56 almes. And make a to 3ou
v
b
33 a kyngdom. Sille 36 tho thingis that 36 sachels that wexen not oolde, tresoure
welden" , and 3yue 36 almes.
1
Make 36 to that failith not in heuenes bb ,
whidir a
3ou sachels that wexen not olde, tresour theef nei3ith not, nether mou3t destruy-
'not failinge" in heuenes, whidur a theef eth. For where is thi tresoure, there 34
ney3eth not, neyther raow3te distryeth. thin herte schal be. Be 3oure leendisso
v
: Forsothe where thi tresour is there also? , gird aboue, and lanternes brennynge in
35 thin herte schal be. Be 3oure leendes gird 1
!
3oure hooridis and be 3e c lijk to men 36
;

by fore, and lanternes brennynge in 3oure that abiden her lord, whanne he schal

sehondis; and be 36 lyk to men abydinge

r
turne 33611 fro
weddyngis, that the
her lord, whanne he schal turne a3en fro whanne come, and knocke,
he schal

weddingis, that whanne he schal come, anoon thei openen to hym. Blessid be 'A;
and knocke, anoon thei opene to him. tho seruauntis, that whanne the lord
37 Blessid ben s tho seruauntis, whiche * schal come, he schal fynde wakynge.
whanne the Lord schal come, he schal Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that he schal girde
fynde wakynge. Treuli I seie to 3ou, hym silf, and make hem sitte to mete,
v
that he schal bifore girde him, and he and he schal go, and serue hem. And 38
schal" make hem v to w sitte at the mete, if he come in the secounde
wakynge,
and he passinge schal mynystre to hem. and if he come in the thridde wak-
3(iAnd if he schal corne in the secunde ynge, and fynde so, tho seruauntis ben

wakyng, and yf he schal come in the blessid. And wite 36 this thing, for3f
thridde wakynge, and schal fynde so, tho if an hosebonde man wiste, in what our
39 seruauntis ben blessid. Forsoth wite 36 the theef wolde come, sotheli he schulde d
this thing, for if an hosebonde man wiste, wake, and not suffre his hous to be
in what our the theef wolde x corne, sothli myned. And be 36 redi, for in what40
he schulde wake, and 'not suffrey his hous our 36 gessen not, mannus sone schal
4<>to
z
be mynyd. And be 36 redy, for in come. And Petre seide to hym, Lord,4i
what our 36 gessen not, mannis sone schal seist thou this parable to vs, or to alle ?
41 come. Forsothe Petre seith a to him, And the Lord seide, Who, gessist thou, 42
b
Lord, seist thou this parable to vs, ether is a trewe dispendere, and a e prudent,

c
AGMNOFQSTurwxY.
that d cast i/ sec. m. e Om. o. f or
. OPQTWXY.
. ^ e taken
. __,__.,
vp MNOPQTXY.
h Urn.
n Om. v
sec. m. Om. G sec. m. o.
Um. > k all thees o.
K *
for to AGMNOPQTWY.
tor m tho tlnngis
thingis that je han
in possessioun AGMNPQSTWXY. the thengis that 30 thoo n that
thengis that 36 han in possession o.
faylith not u sec. m. is thi tr. w x\. P and AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 gird vp v. r
Om. AGMNOPQSTWY.
* Om. GMNOTXY. * whom GMNOPX u Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. v him MP. w for to AGMNOPI
GMNOQTXY. GMNOPQTXY. AGMNOPIj i

STW. Om. y. x schuld AGMNopQSTurwxY. y suffre not A-. z for to o. a said AGMNPQSTVI-IVXY.
b or MOPQTWXY.

y cure b. 5T han nede to B sec.m. z Om. K '

zz to a make
pr. m. R pr. m. ;ou k. 36 EIKOPISS
beghik m.
sec.a. b tresoureth p
pr. m. tresour je to 3ou tresour x sec. m. k pr. m. b ^ heuene H.
c Om. k d wolde k. e Om. Eb.
pr. m.
 XII. 4253- LUKE. 191

42 to alle ? Lord seide, Who, gess-

Sothli the whom the lord hath ordeyned on his
ist a c feithful d dispender, and pru-
thou, is meyne, to 3yue hem in tyme mesure f of

dent, whom the lord ordeynede ori his

e
whete? Blessid is that seruaunt, that-"
ineyne, that he 3yue to hem in tyme a whanne he cometh,
f
the lord schal fynde
43 mesure of whete ? Blessid is% that ser- so doynge. Verili Y seie to 3ou, that 44

uaunt, whom whanne the lord schal come, on alle thingis that he weldith, he schal
v
44 he schal fynde doynge so '. Verili I seie 1
ordeyne hym. That if that seruaunt 4.-,

to 301], for on 1 alle thingis which k he seie iu his herte, My lord tarieth to
45weldith, he schal ordeyne him. That if come and bigynne to smyte children, and
;

thilke seruaunt schal seye in his herte, handmaydenes, and ete, and drynke, and
1

Mylord makith to m come and'tariynge ; be fulfillids ouer mesure, the lord of that 41;

bigynne" to smyte children, and hand- seruaunt schal come, in the dai that he
maydens, and ete, and drynke, and be hopith not, and the our that he woot
1'

46 fluid P ouer mesure, the lord of that ser- riot ;

and schal departe hym, arid putte
uaunt schal come, in thei day that he his part with vnfeithful men. But 47
r
hopith not, and our that he wot not ;
thilke seruaunt that knew the wille of
and schal 3 departe him, and schal* putte his lord, and made not hym redi, and
47 his part with vnfeithful men. Forsothe dide not aftir his wille, schal be betun
thilke" seruaunt that knew the wille of his with many betyngis. But he that knew4
lord, and made "not him v redy, and dide not, and dide worthi thingis of strokis 1
,

not vp w his wille, schal be betun with schal be betun with fewe. For to eche
48
many woundis*. Sothli he that knew man to whom myche is 3ouun, myche
v
not, and dide worthi thingis of-woundis, schal be axid of hym ; and thei schulen
schal be beten with fewe. Forsoth to axe more of hym, to whom thei bitokeri
myche. Y cam to sende fier 'in to the'4i
k
ech man whom moche is 3ouun, moche
to
schal be axid z of hym and thei schulen ; erthe,and what wole Y, but that it be
m
axe more of him, to whom thei bitoken 3 kyndlid ? And Y haue to be baptisid 30
40rnoche. I cam to b sende fier in to erthe c , with a baptysm, and hou am Y con-
and what wole d no e but that f it be
I, streyhed, til that it be perfitli dori ?
30
kyndelid ? Sothli I haue to& be baptisid Wene 36, that Y cam to 3yue" pees in to si

with baptym, and hou 'am I h constreyn- erthe ? Nay, Y say to 3ou, but depart-
k it be perfytli don?
'Gessen 3e , For fro tyme ther schulen be 52
]
si ed', til yng. this
for I cam to m 3yue pees in to erthe n ? fyue departid in oon hous ; thre schulen
52
Nay, I seye to 3ou, but" departynge. For- be departid a3ens tweyne, and tweyne
soth 'fro this tymeP ther schulen be fyue schulen be departid a3ens thre; the fadir 53
departid in oon hous ; thre 'schulen be a3ens the sone, and the sone a3ens the
r 8
departid i a3ens tweyne and tweyne ,
8
fadir; the modir a3ens the dou3tir, and
v
53 schulen be departid
1
a3ens
u
thre v ; the the dou3tir a3ens the modir the hose- ;

fadir a3ens w the sone, and the sone a3ens x bondis modir a3ens the sones wijf, and

c Om. w d
trewe AGNOSTWXY. e f Om. e Om. A pr. m.
pr. m. vpon AGMNOPQTWY. OPQTWX Y.
G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. h so MPWXY. AGMNOPQSTWY. 'k that AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1
that
doynge vpon
AGMNOPQSTWXY. m dwellynge for to AGMNOPQTWY. dwellings to sx. n
bygynnyng T. for to
P fulfillyd TX. r in hour o. l Om.
AGMNOPQTWY. q that o. s he schal o.
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
u that sx. w aftir AGMNOPQSTWXY. "
plagis,, or woundis AGMNPTW pr. m. plagis QXY.
v him not XY. . . . . .

Om. z a lenten MNOPQTXY. b for to AGMNOPQTWY. c the erthe AGMNOP

y x. MNOPQTXY.
soujt
wil o. e Om. MOPQ. f Om. AT. B for to AGMNOPWY. h I am WXY.
yconstreynyd Y.
'
QTXY.
k til that AGMNPQSTWXY. 1
3 ee gessen WXY.
m forto AGMNOPWY. n the erth AGMOPQTWY. no
but w. P after this o. 9 Om. G sec. m. o. r in
two, or averts A pr. m. MPY, in to, or ayns NT. in to c-
u in to MNPQSTWXY.
departid MNOPS
in x. 8 two
MPQSTWXY. * Om. MOPWXY, v thre schulen be
WXY. * in to A pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. x in to A
pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.

h in the IM K k in
pr. m.
{ m.
a mesure mesuris k. S pr. m. xka.
'
c. fillid
plitres. beetingis sec. i

i Om. EPQS sec. m. xg. m Om. k. n sende b.

 192 LUKE. XII. 54 XIII. 5.

his fadir ; the modir a3ens the dou3tir, and the sones wijf a3ens hir hosebondis
and the dou3tir a3ens the modir ; the modir. And he seide also to the puple, 54
hosebondis modir a3ens the sones wyf, Whanne a cloude risynge fro the
je seen
and the sones wyf a3ens hir? hosebondis sunne goynge doun, anoon 36 seien, Reyn
54 modir. 'Forsoth he z 'seid and to the cum- cometh ; and so it is don. And whanne 55
panyes", Whanne 36 schulen se a cloude 30 seen the south blowynge, 36 seien,
rysinge fro the sunne goynge doun, anon That heete schal be and it is don. Ypo- 56
;

36 seyn. Reyn cometh and so it is don. ; critis, 36 kunnen preue the face of heuene

55 And whanne '30 seen Hhe south blowynge, and of erthe, but hou preuen 36 not this
36 seyen, For heete schal be and so c it is ; tyme. But what and of 3ou silf 3657
d e But 58
5cdon Ypocritis, 36 han knowe to proue
. demen not that that is iust ?
the face of heuene and of f erthe, but& hou whanne thou goist with thin aduersarie
v

r>7prouen 36 not this tyme? Forsothe whi 1'

in the? weie to the prince, doi bisynesse
and' of 3ou k silf deme 36 not 'this thing to be delyuerid fro hym ; lest perauen-
.-isthat
1
is iust? Forsothe m whanne thou ture he take thee to the domesman, and
goist with thin aduersarie to the prince the domesman bitake thee to the r mais-
in the M'eye, 3yue thou bisynesse to" be tirful axer, and the maistirful axer sende
delyuered fro him ; lest perauenture he thee in to prisoun. s
Y
seie to thee, thou 59

drawe thee to the domesman, and the schalt not go* fro thennus, til thou 3elde
domesman bitake thee to the wrongful the laste ferthing.
axere, and the wrongful axere sende thee
50 in to prisoun. I seie to thee, Thou schalt

not go thennis, til thou 3elde also the last

ferthing.
CAP. XIII. CAP. XIII.
1 Forsothe sum men nei3edenP ini that And sum men weren present in that i

tyme, tellinge Galilees,to him of whos tyme, that telden to hym of the Galileis,
blood Pilat myngede with the r sacrificis whos blood Pilat myngide" with the
2 of hem. And he answeringe seide to hem, sacrificis of hem. And he answeride, 2
x
men hem, Wenen 36,
rr
Wenen 3e, that thes of Galilee weren and seide to that these

synneris byfore alle Galileis, for thei suf- men of Galile weren synneris more than
sfriden suche thingis ? Nay, I seye to 3ou ; alle Galilees, for thei suffriden siche
but alle 36 schulen perische in
s
lyk ma-
1
thingis? Y
seie to 3ou, nay; alle 303
u v v
nere, no but 36 schulen haue penaunce. schulen perische in lijk manere, but 36
as tho w ten
v
4 And and ei3te, on which" the han penaunce. And as tho" ei3tetene,4
tour ofy Siloa felde z
doun a , and slou3 hem, on which the toure in" Siloa fel doun,
gessen 3e, for and 1'
thei weren dettours and slowe hem, gessen 36, for? thei
more than alle men c
dwellinge in Jeru- weren dettouris more than alle men that
5 salem ? Nay, I sei to 3ou ; but also 30 dwellen in Jerusalem ? Y seie to 3ou, 5
z
alle schulen perische, if 36 schulen not do nai ; but also '36 alle schulen perische,

z Om. KV
pr. m. r. And he QV sec. in.
AOSTWX. a Om. KU
V the
pr. m. r. seide also to the peple
v m. b
Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Om. d maad e forto
sec. AGMNOPQSTWXY. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
f Om. AGM
Sothely what AGMNOPQ
AGMNOPQTWXY. NOFQSTurwxY. g sothely AGMNOPQSTWXY. h
STXY. Forsothe what vr. What sothli w pr. m. Om. v. k 30111 GMOQWY. that that AGMNPQSTWY. '

that at o. this that vr. m Sothli w. n for to

AGMNOQTWY. take o. P camen to AGMNPQSTY.
cammen to ow. camen in to x. 1 Om. x. r Om. Q. " Om. G pr. m. s on x. * lichi w. u Om. MOS.
v but w the GN. x in AGMN
jif GMPQSXY. vpon whiche A. vpon whom GMNOPQTY. on whom .Y. }'

Om. w. * fel o et alibi. a adown r. b Om. o. c the men s.

'
joure E. P Om. i. q do thi is sec. m. r a
CEMpQRUxbcehia/3. s
Truly Ik.
l
go out k.
u medlide i. v but w the EC m. " of sxk. z
if s
sup. ras. x. pr. hajS. EiKbg. y that je c. alle je k.
 XIII. 6 17- LUKE. 193
d
npenaunce. Forsothe he seide this lyk- if 36 doon not penaunce. And he seide
nesse. Surn man hadde a fyge tree this liknesse, A man hadde a fige tre
e f
plauntid in his vyner and he cam sek- , plauntid in his vyn3erd, and he earn sek-
ff
yynge fruyt in it, and fonds not. Sothli ynge fruyt in it, and foond noon. And 7
he seide to the tilier of 'the vyner h , Loo ! he seide to the tilier 8 of the vyn3erd, Lo !

thre 36605' ben, sithen I come sekinge k

thre 3eeris ben, sithen Y come sekynge
fruyt in this fyge tree,
1
; and I m fond" not fruyt in this fige tre, and Y fynde noon ;
therfore kitt it doun, wherto occupieth it, therfor kitte it doun, whereto ocupieth
Kjhe", the erthe? And he answeringe seide it the erthe? And he answerynge seide
to him, Lord, suffre also? this 3eer, til the to hym, Lord, suffre it also this 3eer,
while I delue aboute it, and sendei the while Y delue aboute it, and Y schal
toordis r
;
and if it schal make frnyt, ellis
8
donge it if it schal make fruyt, ifo
;

b
in tyme comynge thou schalt
to* kitte it nay in
, tyme comynge thou schalt kitte
ID doun. Forsothe he was techinge in the u it doun. And he was techinge in her n
1 1
synagoge
v
of hem in sabotis. And loo !
synagoge in the sabatis. And lo! an
a womman that hadde w a spirit of syke- womman, that hadde a spirit of sijk-
x
riesse ten and was bowid
and ei3te 3eeris , nesse ei3tene 3eeris, and was crokid, and
c
doun, nether ony manere? my3te looke 'in 'nethir ony maner my3te loke vpward.
uvpward. Whom whanne Jhesu hadde Whom whanne Jhesus hadde seyn, he 12
z
seyn, he clepide to hym, and seide* to clepide to hym, and seide to hir, Wom-
b
hir, Womman, thou ert left of tin syke- man, thou art delyuerid of thi sijknesse.
isnesse. And he puttide to hir the hoondis,
c
And he settide d on hir his hoondis, and i=

d
and a non she 'was reysid and glorifiede ,
anoon sche stood upri3t, and glorifiede
14 God. Sothli the prince of synagoge 6 an- God. And the prince of the synagoge u
f
sweringe, hauynge dedeyn for Jhesu answerde, hauynge dedeyn for Jhesus
hadde heelid in the saboth, seide to the hadde heelid in the sabat arid he seide ;

cumpany, 'Sixe dayes ben , in whiche it

1
to the puple, Ther ben sixe dayes, in
bihoueth to k wirche therfore come in ;
1
whiche it bihoueth to worche ; therfor
thes, and 'be 36 heelid, and not in the" come 36 in these, and 'be 36" heelid, and
15
dayes of saboth. Forsothe the Lord an- not in the daie of sabat. f
But the Lord K>

sweringe 'to him? seide, Ypocrite, wheri answeride to hym, and seide, Ypocrite,
ech 'of 3our .'
vntyeth not in the saboth
8
whether ech of 3ou vntieth not in the
his oxe, ethir 1 asse, fro the stable", and sabat his oxe, or asse, fro the cratche, and
ifiledith for v to watre? Bihofte w it
x not ledith to watir ? Bihofte it not this i<;

this dou3tre of Abraham, whom Sathanas dou3tir of Abraham, whom Satanas hath
hath bounden, loo ten and ei3te 3eerisy,
! bound mi, lo ei3tetene !
3eeris, to be vn-
to z
be vnbounden of this a bond in the day boundun of this boond in the dai of thes

17 of saboth? And whanne he seide thes sabat ? And whanne he seide these 17

d and this o.
e in to
AGMNOPQSTX. f vine jerd AGMNOPQSTWXY. a in to o. S he fond o. h the

AGMNOPQSTWX.Y. this vyner K. >

x. k came alii. '
this litil AGMNopQsrurtrxY.
vyne 3erd 3er
m Om. T. n
fynd AGMNOpQSTurwxY. jit o. P it and AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1
dounge it v sec. m.
r
donge o. Om. u
sec. m. s if
noon, or ellis AGMNPQSTWY. jif none ox. l Om.
AGMNOPQSTWX Y.
u Om. o. v w had hade o. x y ony theng AGMNOPQSTW XY. z
synagogis OTV. jeer sx. clepide hir
b d is rered
Qsec.m. a saith AGMNOPQSTXY. delyuerid u sec. in.
c
pitt o.
putte MPQSWXY. AGpr.m.
MNOPQSTXY. was reerid w. dedeyn, or rvraththe AGMNPSWY.
e the {
synagoge AGMNOPQSTUWXY.
K company of pepil AGMNOPQSTWXY. ' Ther
ben six dayes AGMNOPQSTWXY. k for to AGMNOPQTWY.
1
cummeAGMNOPQSTUVWXY.
36
m beth x. n Om. e.
day AGMNOpQSTurwxY. P Om. Q.
1 whether x.r Om. Y. s in the sab. vnt. not MWXY. l or AGMXPSWXY. or his o. u cracch, or stallt
AGMNPQSTY. cracche ox. T Om. sx. w x Om. w. z for to AGMXOPQTWY.
Byhoueth ox. V jer ^r.
a his T.

a tilieris b not e beth

A pr.m. I. c neither in ony maner my3te ca. myjte not k pr.m. sette EI. i.

be H pr. m. ( daies A pr. m. K Om. bcgik/3.

VOL. IV. C C
 194 LUKE. XIII. 1 8 29.

thingis, alle his aduersaries weren aschara- thingis, alle h hise aduersaries weren
b
yd. And al the peple ioyede in al thingis, aschamed, and al the puple ioiede in alle
is that weren don gloriously of him. Ther- thingis, weren gloriousli don of
that
fore he seide, To what thing is the hym. Therfor he seide, To what thing in
rewme c of God lyk? and to what thing is the
kyngdom of God lijk ? and to
i9schal d
I gesse it to be lyk? e
It is lyk to what thing schal Y gesse it to be lijk ?
a corn of seneuey, which f takun, a man It is lijk to a corn of seneuey, which a 19

sente& in to his 3erd ; and it wax, and was 11 man took, and cast in to his 3erd and it
;

maad in to a greet tree, and fowelis of wax', and was maad in to a greet tree,
the eyr restiden in the' braunchis therof. and foulis of the eire restiden in the
v
20 And eftsone he sayd k
, To what thing braunchis therof. And eft soone he 20
schal I gesse the kyngdom 'of God 1 lyk ? seide, To what thing schal Y gesse the
21 It is lyk to sourdow3 m , which" takun, a kyngdom of God lijk? It is lijk to 21

womrnan hidith in? thre mesuris of mele, sourdou3, that a

took, womman and
2-2 til 'al werei sourdowid"
1

. And he wente hidde it 'in to k thre mesuris of mele, til

by citees and castels, techinge and mak- al were sourid.

1
And he wente bi22
2:iinge iurney in to Jerusalem. Sothli sum citees and castels, techynge and mak-
man seide to him, Lord, if there ben fewe, m
ynge a iourney in to Jerusalem. And 2:1
that ben sauyd ? Sothli he seide to hem, a man seide to hym. Lord, if there ben
24
8
Stryue 36 for to entre by the streit 3ate ; fewe, that ben saued ? And he seide to
for I seye to 3ou, many men seken for11 1
hem, Stryue 36 to entre bi the streite24
to entre v , and thei 'schulen not mowe w .
3ate ; for Y seie to 3011, many seken to
25 Forsothe whanne the hosebonde man hath entre, and thei schulen not mowe. For 25
entrid, and closid the dore, 36 schulen bi- whanne the hosebonde man is eutrid,
gynne to x stonde with oute forth, and and the dore is closid, 36 schulen bi-
knocked the 2 dore, seyinge, Lord, opyne to gynne to stonde with out forth, and
vs. And he answeringe schal seye to 3ou, knocke at the dore, and seie, Lord, opyn
v
I knowe not whennis 36 ben.
3011% of
1 '
to vs. And he schal answere, and seie
acThanne 36 schulen bigynne to seye, We to 3ou, Y knowe 3ou not, of whennus
han 'etc and drunke bifore thee d and in , 36 ben. Thanne 36 schulen bigynne 20
2?oure streetis thou hast tau3t. And he to seye, We han etun bifor thee and
schal seye to 3ou, I knowe 'not 3ou e
, of drunkun, and in oure streetis thou hast
whennis 36 ben ; go
f
36 awey fro me, tau3t. And he schal seie to 3ou, Y27
28 alle worcheris of wickidnesse. Ther schal know 3ou not, of whennus 36 ben go" ;

be wepinge and betinge to gidere of teeth, awei fro me, alle 36 worcheris of wick-
whanne 36 schulen se Abraham, and
11
idnesse. There schal be wepyng and 28
Ysaac, and Jacob, and alle prophetis in gruntyng of teeth, whanne 36 schulen se
the kyngdom of God sothli 3ou to be ;
1
Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, and alle
20
put out. And thei schulen come fro the the prophetis in the kyngdom of God ;
eest and west, and fro the k north and and 3ou to be put out. And thei schulen 20

b Om. v.
kyngdam AGMNOPQSTWXY. d Om. AGNOQSTWXY. e for to ANTW. Om. v. f the whiche
c

AGMNOPQSTWXY. g caste v sec. m. h is A pr.m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. Om. AGMNPQSTUWY. k Om. >

KV pr.m. v. And efte lie seide u sec.m. l

Om. G pr. m. m a soure dow N. n the whiche MOPQTWY.
P in to AGMNOPQSTW sec. m. XY. r
hidde AS. 1 it were Q pr. m. it were al Q sec. m. souryd u sec. HI.
s Om. sx. * Om.
AGMNOpQSTtrxY. * Om. sx. v entre in o. w rr^ten not A pr.m. G pr. m. .V.VPST
x for to AGMNOPQW. a not G
may not QW pr. m. x. y rynge AGMNOPQSTWXY. z atte the u.
pr. m.
b Om. u. c sal o.
3011 not G sec.m. HIPX. jee not w. eten bifore thee and drunken AGUxopQSTtvxY.
<3

S Om. ^G.VNOPSTWV. k Om.

3011 not GMPWX.
e h and whan v. for to AGUXOPQTIVY.
fgothsx.
AGMNPQSTUyXY.

h Om.
Apr. m. IK pr. m. g. waxide EKPQX. k in cs sec. m. i
pr. m.
'
it c. m Om. ex. n
goth
EPQO. goith x. gryntynge Qe. grenchinge s.
grintinge k.
 XIII. 3 XIV. 5- LUKE. 195

south, and sitte at the mete in the rewme come fro the eest and west?, and fro the
so of God. And loo 1
! thei that weren firste m , north and souths, and schulen sitte at
v

ben the laste ; and thei that weren the" the r mete in the rewme of God. And 30
31 last, ben the firste. In that day summe lo! thei that weren the firste, ben the
v
1
of Pharisees' carnen ny3, seyinge to him<i, laste ; and thei that weren the laste, ben
Go out, and go henuis, for Eroude wole the firste. In that day sum of the Fa- si
32slee thee. And he seith to hem, Go 36, risees camen ny3, and seiden to hym, Go
and 'seye 3e r to that fox, Loo! I caste out out, and go fro hennus, for Eroude wole
fendis, and I make perfidy heelthis, to day sle thee. And he seide to hem, Go 36,32
and to morwe, and the thridde day Is am and seie 8 to that foxe, Lo ! Y caste out
ssendid. Netheles it bihoueth me to day, feendis, and Y make perfitli heelthis, to
and to morwe, and the 1 'day suynge", to v dai and to morew, and the thridde dai
walke for it fallith not aw prophete to*
; Y am endid. Netheles it bihoueth mesa
34perische out of Jerusalem. Jerusalem, to dai, and to morewe, and the dai 1 that

Jerusalem, that sleest prophetis, and stoon- sueth, to walke for it fallith not a pro-
;

est hem that ben sent to thee, hou ofte fete to perische out of Jerusalem. Jeru-34
v
wolde I gedere to gidere? thi z sones, as a salem, Jerusalem, that sleest profetis, and
3
brid his nest vnder pennes , and thou stonest hem that ben sent to thee, hou
35 noldist b. Loo !
3oure hous schal be left ofte wolde Y gadre
togider thi sones, as
to 3011 desert. Sothli I seie to 3ou, for 30 a brid gaderith his nest vndur fethris,
c
schulen not se me, til it come, whanne 30 and thou woldist not. Lo 30111-6 hous ! 35

schulen seye, Blessid is d

he, that cometh schal be left to 3ou desert. And seie to Y
in the name of the Lord. 3011, that 36 schulen not se me, til it
u

come, whanne 36 schulen seie, Blessid in

he, that cometh in the name of the Lord.

CAP. XIV. CAP. XIV.

1 And it was don, whanne he had entrid e
And it was don, whanne he hadde 1

in to the hous of sum prince of Pharisees, entrid in to the hous of a prince of Fa-
in the saboth, to f ete breed, and thei risees, in the sabat, to ete breed, thei
v

2aspiedens him. And loo sum man syk !

aspieden hym. And lo! a man sijk in 2
sin ydropesie 1 was bifore him. And Jhe-'
the dropesie was bifor hym. And Jhe-3
x
su answeringe seide to the wyse men of sus answerynge spak to the wise men of
k
lawe', and to Pharysees seiyinge, Where lawe, and to the Farisees, and seide,
1
,

it is leeful for
m to heele in the" sabotis ? Whethir it is
w leeueful to heele in the
4 And thei heelden pees. Forsothe Jhesu sabat ? And thei helden pees. And 4
sheelide him takun to, and lefte.And he Jhesus took, and heelide hym, and let
answeringe hem, seyde,
v
to Whos asse hym go. And he answeride to hem, and 5
etherP oxe of 3oure c schal falle in to a i
seide, Whos asse or oxe of 3ou schal falle
v
in to x ay pit, and
x

pitt, and not anon he schal drawe out

r 8 1
he schal notz anoon

'sou. m AGMNPQTWXY. n Om. Q.

the firste And in N. P the Phariseis AOW pr. m. 1 Om. A".
r seith x. * Om. Q. u suynge day MOPQTWY. suende dai x. v for to AGMNOPQTWY. w to a
Om. Q.
*

G sec. m. NQSIV. for a o. * for to AGMNOPWY. y Om. N. z the N. a

pennes, or wengis AGMNPQS
TWY. fetheris u. b woldest not AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Y vv. d Om. x. e is A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPSTXY.
f for to h the
AGMNOpQSTrrY. K kepten, or aspieden AGMNPQSTWY. kepten x. droopsye AGMNOPQST
uvwxv. Om. K. of the lawe our sec. m.
' k the Fariseis QS.
3>f AGMNOPQSTWXY.
m Om. x. 1

n Om. WhoS of yOU AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 Om. AGNOQST

AGMNOPQSTWXY. P Or AGMtiOPQSTfVXY.
wxv. of 3ouris MP. r shal he
MOPQWXY. shal T. s be drawe T. *
vp T.

P the west k. r atte s. 8 seie * thridde dai

1 the south k. je CEI pr. m. KMPQHsuxbceghk/3.
A pr. m. i sec. m. 11
I EQhi. T and thei
EPQRS sec. m. hik/3. ^ be iKbgk/3. * Om. c. y the A.
z shal he not she,

c c 2
 196 LUKE. XIV. 6 15.

6 him on" the day of sabot v ? And thei drawe hym out in the dai of the 1 sabat ?
my3ten not answere to him to thes thingis. And thei my3ten not answere to hym toe
yForsothe he seyde also"' a parable to men these thingis. He seide also a parable?
bodun x to a feeste, biholdinge how thei to" men v bodun to a feeste, and biheld"
chesiden? the firste seetis z
seyinge to hem, ,
hou thei cheseii* the first sittyng placis,
s Whanne thou schalt be bedun a to wed- and seide to hem, Whanne thou art
dingis
b
, sitte thou c not at the d mete in the bodun to bridalis, sitte not 'at the*" mete
place ; lest perauenture a worschip-
firste in the perauenture a
firste place ; lest

ofullere 6 than thou be bedun f of him, and worthier than thou be bodun of hym,
he comynge that clepide thee and him, and he come that clepide thee ando
lest

seye to thee, 3yue place to this, and hym, and seie to thee, 3y ue place to this,
thanneS thou schalt bigynne with schame and thanne thou schalt bigynne with
10 to' holde the laste' place.
1
But whanne schame to holde the lowest place. But 10

k
thou schalt be bedun to feeste 1
, go, and whanne thou art bedim to a feste, go,

sitte doun in the laste place, that whanne and sitte doun in the laste place, that

he 'schal come, that bad thee to feeste", whanne he cometh, that bad thee to the
he seye to
Frend, sti3eP hi3ere. thee, feeste, he seie Freend, come
to thee,
Thanne glorie schal be to theei bifore hi3er. Thanne worschip schal be to thee,
men syttinge Ho gidere
r
at s the' mete. bifor men that sitten at the mete. Forn
z
11 For ech that enhaunsith him silf", schal ech that enhaunsith hym , schal be low-
v
v a
be maad Iow3 ; and he that mekith him id ; and he that meketh hym , schal be
12 silf
w schal be
hi3ed.
,
Forsoth he seide hi3ed. And he seide to hym, that haddeia
also* to hirny, that hadde bedim" him to
z
bodun hyrn to the feeste,Whanne thou
v
the b feeste, Whanne thou makist a mete, makist a mete, or a soper, nyle thou clepe
ether souperc , nyle thou clepe tin frendis, thi freendis, nether* thi britheren, nethir c
d
nether thi britheren, nethir d cosyns", ne- cosyns nethir nei3boris, ne c riche men ;
,

thir neijeboris, nether riche men ; lest per- lest perauenture thei bidde thee a3en to

auenture and thei bidde thee a3en to the feeste, and it be 3olde a3en to thee.
feeste f, and ^eldinge ayenZ be maad to But whanne thou makist a feeste, clepe i

is thee 1
'. But whanne thou makist a feeste, pore men, feble, crokid, and blynde, and u
k thou schalt be blessid for thei ban not
clepe pore men, feble men', crokid, and ;

14
blynde, and thou schalt be blessid ; for wherof to 3elde thee f for it schal be ,

thei ban not, wher of to 1 3elde m to thee, 3oldun to thee in the risyng a3en of iust
forsoth schal be 3oldun" to thee in the
it men. And whanne oon of hem thatia
io
risyng" a3en of iuste men. Whanne sum saten togider at the mete haddes herd
"

man of? sittingei at the 1 mete had herd these thingis, he seide to hym, Blessid is
thes thingis, he seide to hym, Blessid is s he, that schal ete breed in the rewme of

u in AGiaxopQSTVFfrx. v the sabot Q.

w and AGMOPQSX. Om. XTIVY. x beden AGMXPQST
XY. biden ow. y chosen sx. sittynge placis
z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. a boden o. b bridalis o. c

AGMNOPQSTurirxY. d Om. o. e
worthier, or a ivorschipfuller AT. worthiere, or tvorschipfttllere GNSWY.
worthier MOQA". f bodun ow. g Om. XY. h for to AGMNOPQTW. *
lowest ANOSTW. k boden ow.
1
the feest ox. a feeste v. m come G pr. m. cometh MOPQTXY. n the fest OQTX. Om. G pr. m. MN
P stie r Om. o. l Om. ur. u Om. AGMNOPQ
vp AGMNPQSTWX. <! the s to v.
OPQTY. togider o.
STVWXY. v lowed AGMNOPQSTTTXY. w Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. x and AGMNOPQSTIVXY. YhemV.*
2 hadden v. aboden w. b Om. MPQWX. c soper o. mete, or super MPWXY, d ne ur. e thi
cosynes o.
f retribucioun x. b '
Om. AGMN
the feeste u. 6 retribucioun, or
yldynge a"$en AGMNPQSTWY. jou o.
opQSTurwxv. k Om. AGMNPQSTITXY. 1
for to AGMNOPSTW. m jelde ajen AGMXPQSTIVXY.
n
quytte
a3en AGMNOPSTIVY. jelde a3en Q. quit x. P of men vr. 1 the sittende x.
firste risyng K.
r Om. alii. s Om. G
pr. m. MPQ pr. m. TXY.

t Om. EPQUxbgh. u of k. v hem hi. w he biheeld ciu. x cheseden

csxg. chosen lu. V at b. to k.
z him a him b c d thi f to thee CKM
siif ik. self i. ne EP. ne EP. cosyns s. nethir x. pr. m.
R pr. m. xb sec. m. k. g and hadde k.
 XIV. 1 6 28. LUKE. 197

he, that schal ete breed in the rewme of God. And he seide to hym, A man le
10 God. he seide to him, Sum man
And made a greet soper, and clepide many.
maade a greet souper, and clepide* manye. And he sent his seruaunt in the our of 17
17 And he sente his seruaunt in the our of soper, to seie to men that weren bodun
souper, to" seye to men bedun v to feeste w , to the feeste, that thei schulden corne,
that thei schulden come, for now alle for now alle thingis ben redi. And alle IB
is
thingis ben redy. And alle bigunnen to bigunnen togidir to excusen hem. The
gidere to
x excuse. The firste seide^, I Y haue bou3t a toun, and Y
firste seide,

haue bou3t a toun, and I haue nede to z haue nede to go out, and se it Y preye ;

thee, haue me excusid.

a
go out, and to se it I preie thee, haue ; And the tother 1'
19

19 me excusid. And the tothir b seide, I haue seide, Y haue bou3t fyue 3ockis of oxun,
bou3t fyue jokis of oxen, and I go to
c
and Y go to
preue hem Y preye thee, ;

proue hem ;
I preie thee, haue me ex- haue me excusid. And an othir seide, Y2o
aocusid. And an othir seide, I haue weddid haue weddid a wijf and therfor Y may
;

a wyf; and therfore I may not come. not come. And the seruaunt turnede2i
21 And the seruaunt turnyd 33611, toolde thes a3en, and tolde these thingis to his lord.
thingis to the d lord. Thanne the hose- Thanne the hosebonde man was wrooth,
bonde man wroth, seide to his seruaunt, and seide to his seruaunt, Go out swithe
Go out soone in to grete stretis and 6 smale in to the grete stretis and smal' stretis
streetis of the citee, and 'brynge in hidur of the and brynge ynne hidir pore
citee,

pore men, feble, and blynde, and

and men, and feble, blynde k and crokid. And 22
,

22 crokid f . And
the seruaunt seith, Lord, the seruaunt seide, Lord, it is don, as
it is don, as thou hast comaunclid, and 31! thou hast comaundid, and 3it there is a
as'place is^. And the lord seith to the void place. And the lord seide to the 23
seruaunt, Go thou 1'
into weyes and heggis, seruaunt, Go
out in to weies and heggis,
and constreyne for' to entre, that> myn and constreine men to entre, that myn
1

24hous be fillid
k
. Forsothe I seie to 3ou, hous be fulfillid. ForY seie to 3ou, that 24
for noone of tho m men that ben
1
clepid, noon of tho men that ben clepid, schal
25 schal taaste my souper. Sothli many taaste my soper. And myche puple25
cumpanyes wenten with him and he
; wenten with and he turnede, and
hym ;

26 turned, seide to hem, If ony" cometh to seide to hem, If ony man cometh to me, 20

me, and hatith not his fadir, and? modir, and hatith f not his fadir, and modir, t that *, IM-
and wyf, sonesi, and britheren, and doii3- and wijf, and sones, and britheren, and AM God. e.
tris r 3it forsoth and his lyf, he" may not sistris", and 31! his owne lijf, he may not
8
,

27 be my disciple. And he that berith not be my disciple. And he that berith not 27
v
his cross, and 'cometh aftir me, may not his cross, and cometh aftir me, may not
28 be my disciple. Forsoth who of 3ou will- be my disciple. For who of 3ou will-28
w x
inge to bylde a tour, wher he 'sittinge ynge to bilde a toure, whether he 'first
countith not first > the spensis that ben sitte not and countith? the spensis that
,

1 he
clepid o.
i for to AGMNOPQTIVY. v boden ow. w the feeste w pr. m. x. x for to AGMNO
PTIVY. y seide to him g sec. in. z
for to AGMOPQTWY. a Om. AGMNOPQSTXY. b other p. =
for to
d his
pore men and feble,
e and in to N.
AGMNOPQTWY. AGMNopQSTur wx. [and xv] blynde and
f

crokid, brynge [thou A/P] yn hidir AMPQTWXY. pore men, and crokid, blynd and feebel, brynge in hidir o.
e there is place AGMNOPQSWXY. there is a place T. h out Om. sx. J and u.
AGMNOQSTurrrxY. '

k fulfild AGMNOPQSTWXY. '

no man AGMNOPQSTIVXY. m Om. T. n
ony man o. come AGMKOP
QSTWY. P ne his o. 1 and sones AGMNOPSTUVWXY. and his children Q sec. m. r sustris
Q sec. m.
s Om. N. t Om. AGIUNOY.
soule, that is [his G] lijf AGMNQSTWY. soule ovx. soule, or lijf P.
v folewith s. w for to AGMNOPQTWY. " whether x. y first
sittynge acountith [countith
not AGMNOPQST1VX.

h oother k Om. m
the small IRS pr. m. bcgk/3. blynde men iKSg. pr. m.
fillid hi.
' '
i. I
n sistren Rhi. firste sitteth not R sec. m. sitte not first k. P counte EPS.
 198 LUKE. XIV. 29 XV. 7.

z a
29 nedful, if he haue to performs ? Lest aftir ben nedeful, if he haue to perfourme?
b
he haththe foundement, and my3te
sett Lest aftir that he hath set the founde-29
not performe, alle that seen, bigynne toc ment, and mowe not perfourme, alle that
soscorne him, seyinge, For this man bigan seen"), bigynnen hym, and seie,
to scorrie

31 to d
bilde, and my3te not ende. Ether 6
For this man bigan to bilde, and my3teso
v
what kyng goynge to
batel to make f
not make an r ende. Or what kyng that 31
v

a3ens another kyng, whers he sittinge by- wole go to do a bataile a3ens anothir
thenkith not first ', if he may with ten 1

kyng, whether he sittith rr not first, and

thousynd go a3ens him that cometh to bithenkith, if he may with ten thou-
32 him with twenty thousynd ? Ellis' him 3it synde go a3ens hym that cometh
a3ens
k
doinge afer, he seridinge a messanger , hym with twenti thousynde? Ellis 3it32
:
preieth tho thingis that ben of pees. So 1
while 8 he is afer, he sendynge* a mes-
therfore ech of 3011, that 'renouucith not"' sanger, preieth" tho thingis that ben of
n So therfor ech of 3ou, that for- 33
alle thingis whiche he weeldith, may not pees.
34 be my disciple. Salt is good thing ;
for- sakith not alle thingis that he hath, may
soth if salt 'schal vanysche , in what thing not be my disciple. Salt is good ; but 34
35 schal it be sauerid ? Nether? in erthe, if salt vanysche,* in what thing schal it

nether in the") dunghil it is profitable, but be sauerid? Nethir in erthe, nethiru in3.>
it schal be sent out. He that hath eeris donghille it is profitable, but it schal be
of heeringe, heere r
. cast out. He that hath eeris of herynge,
here he.
CAP. XV. CAP. XV.
i Forsothe pupplicans and synful men And pupplicans and synful men weren i
weren nei3inge to him, that thei schulden nei3ynge to him, to here hym. And the 2
2heere him. And Farisees and scribis Farisees and scribis grutchiden, seiynge,

grucchiden, seyinge, For this man s

re- For this
v
resseyueth synfulmen, and
ceyueth synful men, and etith with hem. etith with hem. And he spak to hems
3 And he seith to hem this parable, seiynge, this parable, and seide, What man of 3ou 4
4 What man of 3ou that hath an hundrid that hath an hundrith scheep, and if he

scheep, and he 'hath

oon of hem,
if lost 1 hath lost oon of hem, whethir he leeueth
u v
wher he leeuith not nynty and nyne in not nynti and nyne in desert, and goith
desert, and goth to it that perischide, til to it that perischide, til he fynde it?
she fynde it ? And whanne he hath And whanne he hath foundun it, he 5
founden it, he ioyinge puttith on w his ioieth,and leyith w it on hise schuldris ;

H shuldris ; and hex comynge hoom clep- and he cometh hoom, and clepith togidirc
v

ith to gidere^ his frendis and nei3ebors, hise freendis and nei3boris, and seith to
z a
seyinge to hem, 'Thanke 3e me , for I hem, Be 36 glad with me, for Y haue
b
haue founden my c
scheep, which "hadde founde my scheep, that hadde x perischid.
7 perischid
d.
Sothly I seye to 3ou, so ioye And Y seie to 3ou, so ioye schal be in?

z for to o. a aftir that AGMNOPQSTXY. aftirward that w. for to AGMNO b c

put AGMNOPQSTWXY.
d for to e Or AGMNOPSTXY.
go for to sende, or maake AG pr. m. MNP
f
PQTWY. AGMNOPQTWY. to
to go for to sende, or make G sec. m. is to go for to make o. to
QTWY. is go to senden, or make s. to go-
h first
ynge out to make u. to go to sende x. e whether wx. bythenk not GMNOPQTWY. first bi-
thenkith not x. i
Or ellis N. k
messagere OQSX.
l Om. o. m renounsith not, or forsakith not AG.VX
p(iTWY. forsaketh not o. renounceth not, or forsaketh s. n that AGMNOPQSTXY.
vanysche AGMKPQ
STWXY. vanischith o. P Nother Y. 1 Om. AGMNOPQSTUWXY. r here he AOW. s Om.
AGMtiOpQS
TWXY. * schal lese GMNOPQTXY. u whether x. v leue NO. w in to AGMXOPQSTWXY. x Om. AGM
7 Om. x. z Glade a to me G sec. m. up.
togider with me o.
NOPQSTWXY. b the
je with v sec. m.
M KPQTXY. c that GMNOPQSTW XY. d I Ir.llldo lost MNPQTXY.

1 him seen s. r and s. " sitte k. s whilis s. sendith ichi. tl and preieth ichi. u ne i. v he
this w x hath EPX. Om. QU.
i.
puttith b.
 XV. 8 18. LUKE. 199

schal be in heuene on o d synful man heuene on o synful man doynge pen-

e
doynge penaunce, than of nynti and aunce, more than on nynti and nyne
f
nyne iuste, that han no nede of pen- iuste, that han no nede to penaunce. Ore
saunce. Ether s what womman hauynge what womman hauynge ten besauntis,
ten Mragmes, ether besauntis^, and if sche and sche hath lost oo besaunt, whether
if

'hath lost 1 o dragme, wher k she ^teth 1

sche teendith not a lanterne, and turneth
not a lanterne, and turneth vpsodoun vpsodoun the hows, and sekith diligentli,
the hous, and sekith diligently, til m sche til thaU sche fynde it? And whanne a
ofynde"? And whanne sche hath founden, sche hath foundun, sche clepith
togidir
sche clepith to gidere frendis and nei}e- freendis and nei3boris, and seith, Be
36
boris,
v

seyinge, Thanke 30 me?, for I glad with me, for Y

haue founde the
haue founden the dragme, whichi I hadde besaunt, that Y hadde lost. So Y seie to 10
z
10 lost. So I seie to 3011, ioye schal be to 3ou, ioye schal be bifor aungels of God
v
the r aungels of God on o s synful man on o synful man doynge penaunce. And 1 1

n doynge penaunce. Forsothe he seith, Sum he seide, A man hadde twei sones ; and" 12

12 man hadde tweye* sones; and the 3ongere the 3onger of hem seide to the fadir, Fadir,
seide to the" fadir, Fadir, 3yue to v me the 3yue me the porcioun of catel, that fallith
w to me. And he departide to hem b the
porcioun of substaunce, "ethir catel , that
v
v

byfallith to* me. And the fadir? de- catel. And not aftir many daies, whanne 'a
is
partide to him z
the a
substaunce. And alle weren gederid togider, the
thingis
not aftir manye dayes, alle thingis gederid 3onger sone wente forth in pilgrymage
to gidre, the 3ongere b sorie wente in c pil- in to a fer cuntre and there he wastide
;

d
grymage in to a fer cuntree ; and there hise goodis in lyuynge lecherously. And 14
e f
he hadde endid
he wastide his substaunce in lyuynge aftir that alle thingis, a

uleccherously. And aftir that he hadde strong hungre was maad in that cuntre,
endid alle thingis, a h strong hungir was' and he bigan to haue nede. And he is

maad in k that 1 cuntree, and he bigan to m wente, and drou3 hym to oon of the
i.) haue nede. And he "wente, and cleuyde citeseyns of that cuntre. And he sente
to oon of the citeseyns of that cuntree. hym in to his toun, to fede swyn. And i

And he sente him in to his toun, that he he coueitide to fille his wombe of the
icschulde feede hoggis. And he coueitide coddis that the d hoggis eeten, and no
to? fille^ his wornbe of the coddis whiche
r
man 3af hym .
e
And he turnede a3en tof n
the hoggis eeten, and no man 3af to him. hym silf, and seide, Hou many hirid men

tySothli he turned a3en in to him silf, seyde, ins my fadir h hous han plente of looues ;

Hou many hirid men in my fadir 8 hous, and Y perische here thorou3 hungir. Y IK
v
han plente of looues 1
;
forsothe I perische schal rise vp, and go to my fadir, and Y
is here thur3 u hungir. I
V
schal ryse v , and I schal seie to hym, Fadir, Y haue synned

d oen x. e f to S Or AGMNOPQSTWXY. h
vpon AGMNOPQSTWY. AGMNOPQSTVVWXY. dragmes,
or besauntis GMPY. besauntis o. dragmes x. '
schal lese A pr. m. GMNOPQTXY. k whethir QX.
1
teendith AGMNOPQSTWXY. Ii3teneth ur. m til that AGMNOPQSTWXY. n
fyndeth o. Togydere
P togider to me o. r Om. AGMNOP
thanke je P. Glade je with u sec.m. <l that AGMNOPQSTWXY.

s * two MPQUWXY. u v Om. N.

QSTWXY. vpon a AT. vpon oo GMNPQSWY. vpon oon o. his o.
w or catel GMPWY. Om.ox. x bifallith A pr. m. G pr. m. PQTX. fallith o. Y he AGMNOPQSTWXY. z hem
a Om. A b c fer on AGMNOPTW sec. m. XY. fer in <?s.
AfOpQTt/r sec. m. XY. pr. m. JUNPT. jonge w.
forth in w. forth on w pr. m. d Om. G
pr. m. e Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. f
substaunce, or goodis AGM
PSTWY. 8 Om. N. b and K. ' is
A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY. k in to o. 1
the ASW. m for to
AGMNOPQTWY. n Om. K. burgeis AGNQTUFW. burgeysis MOPSXY. P for to AGMNOPQTWY. 9 fulfille
* habounden in AGMNPQSTUYWY.
AG sec. m. MNOPQSTWXY. r that AGMNOPQSTWXY. s fadres ANOSVV.
u *
habunden \vith o. abounden with x. in AGMPQSTXY. for NO. in for w. ryse vp AGMNOPQSTWXY.

a Om. b him s c alle

Om. EC pr. m. e pr.m.
y * the
aungels Ek. AiKcpr. m. eg. pr. m.^
hise k pr. m. d Om. e to EMK sec. m. f in to
EiKJiPQRSuxbceghi. e ben
ig. hym po.Rsuxghik/3.
k b fadris
in pr. m. CEiKMPRsuxbceghiko(3.
 200 LUKE. XV. 19 30.

schal w go to my fadir, and I schal seie to in to heuene, and bifor thee ; and now Y i

him, Fadir, I haue synned a3ens heuene, x am not worthi to be clepid thi sone,
19 and bifore thee now I am not worthi to?
; make me as oon of thin hirid men. And 20
be clepid tbi sone, make me as oon of he roos vp', and cam to his fadir. And
20thi hyrid men. And
he rysinge cam to whanne he was 3it afer, his fadir 5313
his fadir. Sothli whanne he was 3it fer, hym, and was stirrid bi mercy. And he
v
his fadir syj him, stirid by and he was z ran, and fel on his necke, and kisside
mercy. And
he rennynge to, 'felde on a hym. And the sone seide to hym, Fadir, 21
21 his necke, and kiste him. And the sone Y haue synned in to heuene, and bifor
seyde to him, Fadir, I haue synned a3ens
b
thee and now
;
Y am not worthi to be
heuene, and bifore thee ; and now I am not clepid thi sone. And the fadir seide to 22

22 worthi to be clepid thi sone. Forsoth hise seruauntis, Swithe brynge 30 forth
the fadir seyde to his seruauntis, Soone the firste stoole, and clothe 36 hym, and
d
bringe je forth the firste stoole, and clothe 3yue 36 a ryng in his hoond, and schoon 23
e
3ehim, and 3yue 36 a ring in his horid, on hise feet ; and brynge 36 a fat calf,
23 and schoon in f to the? feet; and 'brynge and sle 36, and ete we, and make we
h sone was deed, and 24
3e a calf maad fat, and sle 36, and ete we, feeste. For this my
k
24 and plenteuously ete we'. For this my hath lyued a3en ; he perischid, and is

sone was deed, and hath lyued a3en he ;

foundun. And alle men bigunnen to

perischide, and is founden. And alle 1

ete. But his eldere sone was in the 25
to m eat Forsoth feeld and whanne he cam, and nei3ede
2jbigunnen plenteuously". ;

his eldere sone was in the feeld and ; to the hous, he herde a symfonye and a
whanne he cam, and nei3ede to the hous, croude. And he clepide oon of the ser-2C
he herde a symphonye and a crowded uauntis, and axide, what these thingis
26 And he clepide oon of the seruauntis, and weren. And he seide to hym, Thi bro-27
v

2;axide, what thingis thes'i weren. And ther is comun, and thi fadir slewe a fat
he seide to him, Thi brodir is cornen, and calf, for he resseyuede hym saaf. And 28
v
thi fadir hath slayn r a fat s calf, for he he was wrooth, and wolde not come in.
28receyuede him saf. Forsoth he was wroth, Therfor his fadir wente out, and bigan 1

and wolde not entre. Therfore his fadir to preye hym. And he answerde to his 211
29gon out, bigan to
1
preie him. And he fadir, and seide, Lo ! so many 3eeris Y
answeringe to his fadir, seide, Lo ! so serue thee, and Y neuer brak thi co-
and thou neuer 3af to m me
v

manye 3eeris I serue to thee, and I brak maundement ;

thou w a kidde, that Y with my freendis schulde

v
v
neuere" thi comaundement ; hast
neuerex
v

3ouuny a kyde to me z
, that I haue ete. But aftir that this thi sone, so
3oschulde 'ete largely with my frendis a But . that hath deuourid his substaunce with
aftir that this thi b sone, which deuouride horis, cam, thou hast slayn to hym a fat
his substaunce with hooris, cam, thou calf. Arid he seide to hym, Sone, thousi

w Om. AGMNOPQSTIVXY. x in to A y for to AGMNOPQTW sec. m. Y.

pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
z isAG pr. TO. MNOPQSTXY. was vv. a felde vpon AGMNPQTY. fell vpon ow. fel on sx. b in to A pr. m.
G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. c for to d clothith sx. e Om. AGMKOPQSTXY. f Om. o.
AGMNOPQTWY.
e Om. A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQTXY. h to AGMNOPQSTWY. to A-. we in plen- '
brynge je bringeth glade
teuouse etynge A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQTXY. in plenteuos eetynge ete we o. alle men AGMNPQSTWXY. '

m for to AGMNOPQTWY. n
gladly A pr. m. GMNOPQSTXY. sinfon x. P caroule, or croude AGM
PQTWXY. caroule, or croude NS.
a. 1 thees
thengis AGMNopQSTurfrx.
r
slow3e AGMXOQSTWY. slew
u neuere
passede ouer, or brak AGMNPQSTWY,
p. slooj x. s fattid l for to or.
AGMPQSTJVXY.
neuer passid oner ox. v comaundementis
Q. w and thou AGMNOpQSTunrxY. x neuere hast AGMN
z to me a a with
OPQSTXY. 7
3yue g. jeue Y. kydde AGMNOPQSTIVXY. my frendis be fulfillid
AGMNOPQSTWXY. b Om. AQ c that hath
pr.m.

'
Om. x. k he is ig. '
jede cEiKMPQRsuxbcghika/3.
m Om. k pr.m.
 XV. 31 XVI. 9- LUKE. 201

3) hast slayn to him a fat e calf. And he art euer more with
me, and alle my
f
seide to him, Sone, thou ert euere with me, thingis hen thine. But it bihofte" for to 32

32 and alle
thingis ben thyne. Forsothe
myne make feesteP, and to haue ioye; for this
it bihoftes to h ete plenteuously, and for 1
thi brother was deed, and lyuedei
to ioye for this thi brother was deed, and
; he perischide, and is foundun.
k
lyuede a3eyn ; he peryschide, and he 1
is

founden.
CAP. XVI. CAP. XVI.
1 Forsothe he seide also" to his 1

disciplis, He seide also to hise disciplis, Then

Ther was sum man, that hadde a
riche was a riche man, that hadde a baili r and ;

n
'fermour, ethir a baily ; and this was? this was defamed to him, as he hadde

defamyd anentis'i him, as he hadde wastid wastid his goodis. And he clepide hym, 2
2 his
goodis. And he clepide him, and seide
r
and seide to hym, What here Y this thing
to him, What heere I this thing of thee ? of thee ? 3elde reckynyng of thi baili,
3eld resoun of thi ferme, for now thou for thou mi3te not now be baili 5 And 3 .

sschalt 'not mowe 8

holde thi 1 ferme. For- the baili 1 seide with ynne him silf, What
soth the fermour seide with ynne him silf, schal Y do, for my lord takith awei fro
What schal I do, for my u lord takith me the baili ? delfe mai Y
schame not, I

awey fro me the ferine ? 'I may not delue"", to begge. Y woot what Y
schal do, that 4
4 1 'am aschamyd to x begge. I woot what whanne Y am remeued fro the baili, thei
I schal do, that whanne
be remouyd I schal resseyue me in to u her hous v . Therfors
fro the ferme, thei receyue me in to her whanne alle the dettours of his lord
shousis. And? alle the dettours of the z weren clepid togider, he seide to the
lord clepid to gidere, he seide to the firste, firste, Hou myche owist thou to my
Hou moche owist thou to my lord? And he lord? And he seide, An hundrid barelis e
seide to him, An hundrid barelis of oyle. of oyle. And he seide to hym, Take thi
And he seide to him, Taak thin* obli- caucioun, and sitte soone, and write fifti.
b
gacioun ,
and
soon, and wryt fyfti.
sitte Aftirward he seide to another, And hou 7
7 Aftirward he seyde to another, Sothli hou myche owist thou ? Which answerde, An
moche owist thou? 'Which seide c, An hundrid coris of whete. And he seide
hundrid rnesuris of whete. And he seide to hym, Take thi lettris, and write foure
to him, Tak thi lettris, and wryt foure scoore. And the lord preiside the baili s

e score. And the lord preiside the fermour of wickydnesse, for he hadde do pru-
of wickidnesse, for he hadde don pru- dentli ; for the sones of this world ben
d
dently for the sones of this world ben
; more prudent in her generacioun than
more prudent 6
in her generacioun than the sones of Ii3t. And Y seie to 3ou, 9
othe sones of 'And make w
Ii3t. I seie to 3ou, 36 to 3ou freendis of the ritchesse
make f 3ou frendes of the^ richesse of
to 11
of wickidnesse, that whanne 36 schulen
wickidnesse, that whan 3e shulen fayle, fayle, thei resseyue 3ou in to euerlastynge
thei receyue 3011 in to euerlastynge taber- tabernaclis. He that is trewe in the 10

e fattid
A pr. m. GMOPQSWXY. ( euermore
AGMNOPQSTtrxY. g byhoueth AGMNO. h for to AGMNOP
QTWY. Om. AGMXOPQSTWXY. k lyueth T.
i
Om. AGMNOPQSTUWXY. m and AGMNOPQSWXY. Om. T.
l

n fermour, or
baily AGMNPQSTWY. bayle o. baili x. ther w pr. m. he w man. sec. P is Apr. m. G pr. m.
MPQSTXY. Om. N. 1 at AGMNOPQSTWXY. r saith
AGMNOPQSTXY. s no more u. * the
AGMNOPQTW.
u the o. w delue mai Y not MOPQTWXY. x schame for to AGMNOPQTWY. shame to sx. J And so
AGMNpysTWXY. And loo! o. his AGMNOPQSTUVWX. a the N. b caucioun, or
obligocioun AGMNOP
d the K.
prudent, or war AGMNPSTY.
osrwv. kaucioun x. c The whiche saith e
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
f make AG sec. m. osvr sec. m. w. e Om. QXY. h richesses o. riches g.
je

n bihoueth r s
to c et plmes. P a feeste Be. baylyf EPQX. baylif EQ.
>
g. lyueth g.
1 u Om. k T housis A scc.m. KQhi. w
bnilyf EPQX. pr. m. ritchessis chik.

VOL. IV. Dd
 202 LUKE. XVI. 10 21.

ionaclis\ He that is feithful 1

in the leeste"1 leeste thing, is trewe also in the more ;

thing, 'is feithful also in more"; and he and he that is wickid in ax litil thing, is

that 'is wickid in a litil thing , 'is wickid wickid also in the more?. Therfor if 36 11

00
11 also in the more . Therfore if 36 weren weren not trewe in the wickid thing of
not trewe in wicked!' riches -, 'who schal ritchesse z , who schal bitake to 3ou that
labitake to 3ou this that is verri r ? And if that is verry? And if }e weren not trewe 12
36 weren not trewe in 'alien thing
8
who , in othere mennus thing, who schal 3yue
13 schal 3yue to 5011 'this that* is 3oure ? No to 3ou that that is 30111-6? No seruaunt 13
man seruaunt may seme twey
u
lordis ; may serue to twei lordis ; for ether he
forsothe ether 11 "
he schal hate oon v , and schal hate 'the toon a and loue the tothir b
, ;

loue the tothir w ; ether" w 'he schal x cleue ethir he schal drawe to 'the toon c , and
and dispise 'the tohirz
to oon?, 3e mown . schal cc dispise the tothir d 3 e nioun not .

14 not serue to God and to

a
riches Forsoth 1
'. serue to God and to ritchesse 6 But the . 14

Farisees, that weren coueytouse, herden Farisees, that weren coueytous, herden
alle thes thingis, and thei scornyden him. alle these thingis, and thei scorneden

is And he seide c to hem, 3e it ben, that iusti- hym. And he seide to hem, 3e it ben, 15
d
fyen 3ou bifore men ;
sothli God knowith that iustifien 3ou bifor men ; but God
3oure hertis, for 'that thing that
6
is hi3 hath knowun joure hertis, for that that
to men, is aborninacioun anemptis God. is hi3 to men, is abhomynacioun bifor
ic The lawe and prophetis til to John ; fro God. The lawe and prophetis f til to^ic
rewme God Joon; fro that tyme the rewme of God is
f
that tyrne the prechid?, of is

and ech man 'makith violence 11 in to it. euangelisid, and ech man doith violence
17 Forsothe it is Ii3ter heuene and erthe to' in to it. Forsothe it is Ii3ter heuene and 17
k
j)asse ouer, than o titil falle fro the lawe. erthe to passe, than that o titil falle fro
isEch 1 man that forsakith his wyf, and the lawe. Euery man that forsakith his is

weddith another, doith auoutrie ; and he wijf, and weddith an other, doith letch-
that weddith the wyf m forsakun of the erie ;
and he that weddith the wijf for-
lohosebonde, doith auoutrie. Sum man was sakun of the hosebonde, doith auowtrie.
rich, and was" clothid iriipurpur, and
1
There was a riche man, and was clothid 19

biys, Aether whit silk -, and he r eet ech s in purpur, and whit silk, and eete euery
20
day schynyngli. ther was sum beg- And dai schynyngli. And there was a begger, 20
gere, Lazarus by name, that lay ful of Lazarus bi name, that lai at his 3ate ful
21
bylis at his 3ate, coueytinge to* be fillid" of bilis, and coueitide to be fulfillid h of 21
of v the crummes, that felden w dounx fro the crummes, that fellen doun fro the

>k Om. K. I
trew AGMNOPQSTH'XY. m n and in the more is trew AGMNOPQSTWXY. is feith-
lasse o.
ful also in the more ur. wickide AGMNOPQTIVY. in a litil thing is wicke sx.
in a litil thing is and
in the more is in the more is wicke sx.
wickide AGMKOPQTn'Y. and P the wickyd A pr. m. G
pr. m. MN
PQTY. the wickid thing A sec. m. G sec. m. ow. the wicke thiiige s. the wicke x. 1 of riches AG sec.m. N.
of rychesse or. of richesses sw. r that that is
soth, who schal byleeue, or bytake, to 3011 A pr. m. GMNPT
XY. that that is verrei, who shal bileue, or bitake, to 5011 A sec. m. sir. that is sothe, who sal byleue to jou
o. that that is soth, who shal byleue to jou Q. s other
mennys thing /IGMXOPQSTWXY.
* that that AG

" to uu other JMQV. outher x.

pr.m. MNPQSTWXY. that G sec.m. o. twey ANT. to two GMNOPQWY. two u.
v the toon
AGNOPQSTY. the oon u. that oon w. w other MA'. ww or MPQXY. x Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
b rich-
apr.m. Om. x.
y the toon AGNOPQTWY. the oon MX. L that othir w. the other MX. a to the
'

c seith d hath knowen

esses <jsr. AGMNOPQSTIVX. AGMNOPQSTWXY. e that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that
f the o. g euangelised AGMNOPQSTWXY. h dothe
at o. strengthe, or violence AGHNPQSTITY. doth
strengthe ox.
'
for to AGMNOPQTIVY. ^ of a sec. HI. MNOPQTXY. l
Euery AGMXOPQSTH'XY.
m Om.
AGMXOPQSTWXY. n Om. G pr.m. clad sx. P \vith o, 1 or ivh. s. GMOPQTF. Om. XY. T Om. AG
s u fulfillid GMNOPQSTfrxv. " with w
MNOPQSTWXY. euery AGMNOpQSTurtvxY.
t for too.
pr. m.
w fell o. Om. g.

x Om. b. y more thing K. z richessis s sjc. m. x. a the oon EJ. that oon lek. b oother i. c the
oon EQ. that oon ik. cc Om. K pr. m.
d oother i. e ritche^sis ik. f the jirofetis fik. g Om. E.
h hllid ihi.
 XVI. 22 XVII. 2. LUKE. 203

the riche mannis boord, and no man }af riche mannus boord, and no man 3af to
to him ;
but and houndis camen, and hym ; but houndis camen, and lickiden
22lickiden his bylis. Forsothe it was^ don, hise bills. And was don, that the 22
it

that the beggere deiede, and was borim begger diede, and was borun of aurigels
23 of aungels in to Abrahams bosum. For- Abrahams bosum. And
in to the riche23
sothe and the riche man is deed, and is man was deed also, and was' biried in
biried Forsothe z he reysinge 3
in helle. helle. And he reiside k hise whanne
i3en,
his yjen, whanne he was in turmentis, sy3 he was in turmentis, and say Abraham
Abraham afer, and Lazarus in his bosum. afer,and Lazarus in his bosum. And 24
b e
24 And he'criynge seyde Fadir Abraham, , he criede, and seide, Fadir Abraham,
haue mercy on me, and send Lazarus, haue merci on me, and sende Lazarus,
that lie dippe the laste part of his fyngur that he dippe the ende of his fyngur in
in watir, and d kele e my tunge for I am tunge; for Y am tur-
1
; watir, to kele my
25 turmentid in this flawme. And Abraham mentid in this flawme. And Abraham 25
m
seide to him, Sone, haue mynde, for thou seide to hym, Sone, haue mynde, for
hast receyued good thingis in thi lyf, and thou hast resseyued good thingis in thi
Lazarus also yuele thingis ; sothli he is now lijf, and" Lazarus also yuel thingis ; but

2(>comfortid, but thou art turmentid. And f he is now coumfortid, and thou art tur-
in alle thes thingis a greet derk place, mentid. And in alle these thingis a greet 26
v
Aether depthes, is stablischid by twixe' vs
11
derk place is stablischid betwixe vs and
k
and 3011; that thei that wolen fro hennis 3ou ;
that thei that wolen fro hennus
passe to 3011, mown not, nether fro thennis
1
passe to 3ou, moun not, nethir fro

27 passe ouer hidur. And he seide, Ther- thennus passe ouer hidur. And he seide, 27
fore I preye thee, Abraham, fadir that Thanne Y preie thee, fadir, that thou
thou sende him in to the hous of my fadir. sende hym in to the hous of my fadir.

28 For" haue fyue bretheren, that he wit-

I For Y
haue fyue britheren, that he wit- 28
nesse to hem, lest also thei come in to nesse to hem, lest also thei come in to
29 this P place of turmentis. And Abraham this place of turmentis. And Abraham 29
seide i to him, Thei ban Moyses and the r seide to him, Thei ban Moyses and the
30 prophetis ; heere thei hem. And he seide, prophetis ;
here thei hem. And he seide, so

Nay, fadir Abraham, but

ony of deede if Nay, fadir Abraham, but ony of deed
if

men schal go to hem, thei schulen do*

8
men go to hem, thei schulen do penaunce.
31 penaunce. Forsothe he seyde" to him, If And he seide to hym, If thei heren not si

thei heere not Moyses and the w prophetis, Moises and prophetis P, nethir if ony of
neither if ony of deede men schal* ryse deed men rise a3en, thei schulen bileue
1

a3en, thei schulen bileueJ to him. to hym.

CAP. XVII. CAP. XVII.

1 And he seide 2
to his disciplis, It is in- And Jhesu seide to hise disciplis, It 1

come not a
possible that sclaundris ; but is impossible^ that sclaundris come not ;
2 woo to him b by , whom thei comen. It is but wo to that man, bi whom thei comen.

y is AG z
pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. Sothely AGMNOPQSTWY. castynge vp AGMNOPQSTWXY.
b Om. w.
c
g Om. ^GM
<f
ried, seiynge Q. cryeing seyinge T.
cried, that he ^GMNOPQST^YV. e koole x. f But o.
POSTWJ;.
NOPQSTWX. k stablid
h GMNOPOSTJT.
stahlid GMNOPQSTX. i hit.wpn
bitwen s. k and T
xni\ T. 1 no tVn'rinr T
l
ne thidur T. m seith
ooJtVi nnDn-pi^w
GOPQTWXY m
" AGMNOPQSTWXY. and r Om.
Sothely AGMNOPQSTWXY. P the N. q seith AGMNPQSTWXY.
AGMNOPQTWY.
GMNOPQTWY. a
Om. o. * not do Q sec.m. saith AGMNOPIJSTWXY. w Om. AGMNPQSTIVY.
schulen o. y not beleeuen x. z saith
AGMNOPQSTWXY. forsoth AGMNOPQSTWXY. that man
AGMNOPQSTWX.

1
he was k. k reiside and k.
vp is pr. m. 1 "> haue
thou bhi. >
Om. A pr. m. CEiKMPQRSxbcehika/3.
^ "
Tl r.m."
P *!*
the nrni\t'*a rm}r ,..,,,,,,.,.;i,1,. 1,
1 vn
fl
profetis gk. possible k.
D d 2
 204 LUKE. XVII. 3 IT.

more profitable to him, if a rnylne stoon It is more profitable to him, if a mylne 2

be put c aboute his necke, and he d be cast stoon be put aboute his necke, and he be
in to the see, than that he sclaundre oon cast in to the see, than that he sclaundre
a of thes e litle. 'Take 36 heede to 3011 silf
f
;
oon of these litle. Take 36 hede 3ou r silf ; 3

if thibrother 'hath synned a3enss thee, if thi brothir hath synned a3ens thee,
blame him ; and if he schal do penaunce, blame hym ; and if he do penaunce, for-
4for3yue to him. And if seuene sithis in
h
3yue hym. And if seuene sithis in the 4

the day he schal synne a3ens thee, and '

dai he do synne a3ens thee, and seuene
seuene sithis in the day he k schal be con- sithis in the dai he be conuertid to thee,

uertid to thee, seyinge, It forthenkith me, and seie, It forthenkith me, foi'3ytie thou
1
sfor3yue to him. "fAnd'the postlis" seiden
1
hym
8
. And
the apostlis 1 seiden to the 5

e to the Lord, Encreesse 'feith to vs n . For- Lord, Encrese to vs feith. And the Lord 6
v
soth the Lord seyde , If 36 schulen haueP seide, If 36 han feith as the corn of
feith as thei corn of syneuey, 36 schulen seneuei, 36 schulen seie to this more tre,

seye to this 'more tree Be thou drawun 1

", Be thou drawun vp bi the rote, and be
1
and ouerplauntid in to the see, and it schal
8
vp by the roote, be 'plauntid oner in
to the see, and it schal obeye to 3011. obeie to 3ou. But who of 3ou hath a^
Forsothe who of 3011 hauyrige a seruaunt seruaunt or u
7
lesewynge oxis
erynge, ,

v w which" which seith to hym, whanne he turneth

eringe, other lesewynge oxun ,

to him, turnyd a3en fro the feeld,

'seith a3en fro the feeld, Anoon go, and sitte to
sAnoony go 7 , and 8 sitte to b mete; and mete; and seith not. to hym, Make redi,s
'seith not c to
him, Make thou d redy, that that Y
soupe, and girde thee, and serue
I soupe,and girde thee 8 and mynystre to , me, while Y ete and drynke, and aftir this
f
me, til I ete and drynke, ande aftir thes thou schalt ete and drynke; whether 9
thingis thou schalt ete and drynke ; he hath v grace to that seruaunt, for he
wher h he hath' grace k to that seruauut, for dide that that he comaundide hym ?

he dide 'this that he comaundide to him? Nay, Y gesse. So 36, whanne 36 han
1
in
m
10
Nay, I gesse. So also 36" whanne 36 han don alle thingis that ben comaundid to
do!i alle thingis that ben comaundid to 3ou, seie 36, We
ben vnprofitable ser-
3011, 'seie 36
nu
,
We ben vnprofitable ser- uauntis, we han do that that w we ou3ten
v
we han don we And was x
uauntis, 'this that? ou3te to do. it do, the while Jhesus 11

utoi do r
. And it was 8
done, the while wente iny to Jerusalem, he passide thorou
Jhesu werite he passide
in to Jerusalem, the myddis* of Samarie, and Galilee. And 12

thorw the myddel of Samarie, and of 1 whaune he entride in to a castel, ten

c d Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. e this o. { or take heede AT. Perceyuith

pitt o. Perseyue to 3011 silf,
to 3011 self, or takith heed GY. Perceyueth, or takith hede, to joure [3011 PSW] silf MPSW. Perceyue, or take
hede to 3oure silf x. Take heede to 3our silf o. Perceyueth to jow self QX. 8 schal synne in MNOPQT
XY. haue synned in s. hath synned in w. h Om. su. '
in MNOPQSTXY. k Om. x. *
Om. y.
t Chap. xvn. commences here in m the
AGMPQUXY. apostlis NOSTW.
MOPQTWXY. n to vs
apostlis
feith MPXY. hem said to o. a Q. P hadden MNOPQTXY.
r tree moor
MOPQTWXY. s be thou o. <1

4
ouerplauntid MOPQTWXY.
u obesche M. obeshen s. v or
MOPQTWXY. w the
oxys AGNPQSWY. the
oxen MT. oxes o. * the whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. J seith to hym, turned a3en fro feeld, Anoon
A sup. ras. a sec. in. w sec. in. turnyd a3en fro feelde, he seith anoon to him G pr.m. UNPQ. turned a3en
fro the feeld, seith anoon to him oy. turned a3eyn fro the feeld, he seith anoon to
hym T. turned a3ein
fro the feeld, seith to hym anoon w pr. m. turned ajeen fro feeld, seith anoen to z Go thou
hym x.
w pr. m.
a Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. to the AGNOSUV. MPQTWXY. c not seith
*>
MOPQTWXY. at the
<1 Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. e thee bifore
AGMNOPQSTWXY. that AGMNopQsrvrwxY. e Om. f til -.

h Whether wx hadde u. k that that AMPSTWXY. that at o.

grace, or lone G sec. m. o.
' '
pass.
m and AGMNOPQSTWXY. n Om. K. nn seie AGMNPQTIVY. seith sx. Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. P that
1 for to AGMNOPQT. Om. u do, we han don AGMOPQS
that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. pr. m. VWY.
r

TWXY. do, we han not don N. s is A

pr.m. Gpr.m. MNOPSTXY.
* Om. AGMNOPQSTUVWXY.

hym MRxb
r to m.
3ou cixe sec. m. ka. jour EPQ sec. m. nc sec. m. g.
s to sec. hi. l
postlis isg.
u oxen Kiik. v lume k. "'
Om. x Om. Om. m. z
ci. iRhi. V s sec. b. myddil CKIMPQRSUX
Lceghikcjj3.
 XVII. 12 2;. LUKE. 205

12 Galilee. And whanne he entride in to leprouse men camen a3ens hym, whiche*
sum castel, ten leprouse men camen 336113 stoden afer, and reiseden her
voys, and is

is him, and reyside w

whiche u stoode afer, seiden, Jhesu, comaundoure, haue merci
x
the vois, seiynge, Jhesu, comaundour, on vs. And as he say hem, he seide, Go u
uhaue mercy on vs. Whiche as z he sy3, >'
3eV schewe 36 3ou to the prestis. And
d

he seide, Go je, 'schewe 3e a 3ou b to prestis. it was don, the 6 while thei wenten, thei
And W3S it
C
don, the while thei wenten, weren clensid. And oon of hem, as he is
d
15 thei weren clensid. Forsothe oon of hem, sai3 that he was clensid, wente 33611,
as he sy3 for" he was f clensid, wente a3en, magnifiynge God with grete vois.
ee
And i

16
magnyfiynge God with greet vois. And he fel doun on the face bifore hise feet,
he& felde doun in to the face bifore his arid dide thankyngis was a ;
and this

feet, doynge thankingis' and this was a

1
; Samaritan. And Jhesus answerde, and 17

17 Samaritan. Forsothe Jhesu answeringe seide, Whether ten ben not clensid, and

seide, Wher ten ben not clensid, and where where ben the nyne ? There is noon ia
v
is ben the nyne ? Noon is' foundun, that foundun, that turnede 33en, and 3af glorie
k
turnyde a3en, and 3af glorie to God, no to God, but this alien. And he seide to iy
19 but this alien And he seith to him, Ryse
1
.
hym, Rise vp, go thou ; for thi feith
thou, go thou ; for thi feith hath maad hath maad thee saaf. And he was axid 20
*
2othee saaf. Forsothe he axid of" Phari- of Farisees f , whanne the rewme of God
sees, whanne the rewme God cometh,
of cometh. And he answerde to hem, and
answeride to P hem, and 1
seide, The seide, The rewme of God cometh not
rewme of God cometh not with aspy- with aspiyng, nether thei schulen seie, 21
21
ing, nethir thei schuleu seye, Lo !
here, Lo! here, or lo there; for lo! the rewme
rewme with ynne 3011. And he seide 22
"

ether lo1
there ; forsothe lo the
! ! of God is

22 of God is with ynne 3ou. And he seide 5

to hise disciplis, Daies schulen come,
to his disciplis, Dayes schulen come, whanne 36 schulen desire to se o dai of
u
whanne36 schulen desyre to' se o day mannus sone, and 36 schulen not se.

of mannis sone, and 36 schulen not se. And thei schulen seie to 3011, Lo !
here, 23
23 And thei schulen seye to 3ou, Lo here, ! and lo there. Nyle 36 go, nether sue 36^ ;
and lo Nyle 36 go, nether sue 36 ;
! there. for as leyt schynynge from vndur heuene 24
v
24for as leit schynynge fro vndir heuene schyneth in to tho thingis that ben vn-
w v
dur heuene, so schal mannus sone be
schyneth on thoo thingis that ben vndir in
x
heuene, so 'mannis sone schal be in his his dai. But first it bihoueth hym to2s
25 day. Forsothe first it bihoueth him tor suffre many thingis, and to be repreued

suffre many thingis, and to z be reproued of this

generacioun. as it was 26 And
26 of this generacioun. And as it was don doon in the daies of Noe, so it schal
in the dayes of Noe, so it schal be in the be in the daies of mannys sone. Thei 27
27 dayes of mannis sone. Thei eeten and eeten and drunkun, weddiden wyues, and
a
drunken, and weddiden wyues, and weren weren 3ouun to weddyngis, til in to the

the whicheAGMXOPQSTWXY. w liften vp AXTW. lifteden vp GMOPQS.XV. * a G.WPQ.YV. her s.

y Whom MNOPQSTXY. z whanne N. a shewith x. b Om. G pr. m, c is AG pr. HI. MXOPSTXY.

d e as XY. f is AGMNOPQSTWXY. Om. x. h
ben A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQSTXY. graces, or thank- f>

Thare is noon AGMNOPQSTWXY. k Om. ox.

yngis AMNPSTWY. grace, or thankingis G. graces QX.
'

m n
'alien, or straunger AGMNPQSTIV. straunger XY. vp AGK pr. m. MXOPQSTWXY. Sothely thenne
Jhesus was axid of the Q sup. ras. answerynge KY. he answered o. and he answeride g sec. in. Jhesu
s saith AGM
answeride v. answerende x. P Om. MNXY.
1 Om. XY. T or
MOPQTWXY. Om. N.
NOPQSTWXY. * for to
AGMNOPQTWY. u a A.
v for whi AGMNOPQSTXY. w in to tho AGMNPQSTWX Y.
in to the o. * shal mannus sone be M P. schal be mannis sone OQTIVXY. y for to AGMNPQTW sec. m.
Om. ow pr. m. Y.
z for to
AGMNOPQTWY. a Om. XGMNOPQSTWAV.

the whiche i. b Om. kb. c scheweth i. Om. k. e Om. ihik. ee a greet cEiKMpQRSuxbcghik.
f the Farisees PQXC pr. m. k. g Om. ig.
 206 LUKE. XVII. 28 XVIII. 3.

3ouun to weddingis, til in to the day in dai in the h whych Noe entride in to the'
which b Noe entride in to his c schip and ; schip and the greet flood cam, and loste
;

d Also as it was don in the daies of 28

28 the
greet flood cam, and loste alle. Also alle.
e
as it was don in the
dayes of Loth, Loth, thei eeten and drunkun, boi^ten
thei eeten and drunken, boi^ten and and seelden, plauntiden and bildiden ;

29 seelden, plantiden
f
and byldeden^ ;
sothli but the k dai that Loth wente out of 80-20
in what day Loth werite out of Sodom, dome; the Lord reynede fier and brym-
the Lord reynede fier and brymstoon fro stoon fro heuene, and loste alle. Lijk this so
aoheuene, and loste alle. Vp h this thing it
thing it schal be, in what dai mannys
schal be, in what day mannis sone schal sone schal be schewid. In that our he si
31 be schewid. In that our' he that schal be that is in the roof, and his vessels in
in the roof, and his vesels in the hous, the hous, come he not doun to take hem
come he k not doun to 1 take hem awei ; awei ; and he that sckal be in the feeld,
and he 11
that 'schal be m in the" feeld, also turnenot a3en bihynde. Be 3032
32 also turne not ajen bihynde. Be 36 myndeful of the wijf of Loth. 33 Who
asmyndeful of the wyf of Loth. Who euer seketh to make
1
his lijf saaf, schal
euere schal seke to make his lyfP saf, leese it ;
and who euer leesith it, schal
schal leese it ; and who euere schal leese quykene it. But Y seie to 3011, in that 34

34 it, schal quykene

seye it. I to 3011, in ny3t twei schulen be in o bed, oon schal
that ni3t tweyriei schulen be in o bed, oon be takun, and the tothir forsakun ; twei 35
v
8
schal be receyued r and the tother 'schal , wymmen schulen be gryndynge togidir,
35 be 1
forsakun ; tweye wymmen schulen" be 'the toon" schal be takun, and 'the tother
w
gryndinge to gidere, oon schal be re- forsakun ; twei in a feeld, 'the tooriP
v 1
x
ceyued and the tether? 'schal be z for-
,
schal be takun, and 'the tother i left" .

sakun ; tweyne in a a feeld, oon b schal be Thei answeren, and seien to hym, Where, SG
receyued
c
, 'the tother d 'schal be e forsakun. Lord? Which seide to hem, Where 37
so Thei answeringe seyden f
to him, Where, euer the bodi schal be, thidur schulen be
hem, Where
8
37 Lord? Which e seide to gaderid togidere also the eglis.
euere h the body schal be, 'also the eglis
1
schulen be gederid to gidere thidur .

CAP. XVIII. CAP. XVIII.

i Forsothe he seide 'also a parable to And he seide to hem also a parable, i

hem k ,
for it bihoueth to preie euere" , and 1 1
that bihoueth to preye euer more, and
it

2 'to fayle not" ; seyinge, 'Sum iuge was in not faile ; and seide 1 , There was a iuge 2

sumP dredde not God, netherr

citee, which'' dredde not God, nether
in a citee, that
3 scharnede of 8 men. Forsothe sum widowe schamede of men. And a widowe was 3

b the which c the d Om. v. e Om. f and

AGMNOpgsTurwxY.
MPQTXY. plaunteden s. <j.

B bylden TX. h Aftir

MNOPTXY. k Om. ur.
AGMNOPQSTWX. day for to /KJ.VXOPQTWV. ' '

11
Om. o. m is AGMOQXY. Om. NPSTw. n Om. N. for to AGMNOPQTWY. P soule, that is, lijf
s that
AGMNPQSTWY. soule ox. 1 two MOPQwx el Y
passim.
r taken to
^GWNOPQSTW. taken Ay.
other QWX. l Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. u schal K. w the ton NGQSTXY. the oon M. the one P. that
oon w. x taken to AGMNQSTWY. taken x. y that othir WY. the other x. z Om. AGMNPQSTIVXY.
a oo o. b the tone
AGNOQSTY. the oon MX. the one p. that oon w. c taken to AGMXOPQSTWY. taken
d that other w. the other x.
and x. e Om.
AGMNOQSTWXY. f seien AGMNOPQSTWXY. g The vvhiche
b Om. x.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. thidir schulen be gedered togider and the eglis AGMNOPQSTfrY. thider
*

k in a
shul be gedered togidere the eglis x. parable to hem AT. to hem and a parable GMXOPQsrrxY.
1
for to AGMOPQTWY. m euer more AGMNOPQSTWXY. n not
fayle AGMNOPQSTWXY. not
to faile vv.
Ther was sum iuge AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1 that AGMNOPQSTITXY. r ne x. s Om. A
Pag. pr.m.
G pr. m. MNOPQSTY. not x.

h Om. i.
'
Om. hi. k in the EC sec. m. k
pr. m.
'
seke A et plures a$. m oother i. n the oon Br.
that oon e. the oother that other e.
i. P that oon lek. <1 the oother i. that other e. r forsaken k.
3 Om. Ah pr. m. *
he seide k pr. m.
 XVIII. 4 '5- LUKE. 207

was in that citee, and sche cam to him, in that citee, and sche cam to hym, and
seyinge, Venge me of 1 myn aduersarie ; seide, Venge me of myn aduersarie ;
arid 4
4 and he wolde not by myche tyme. Sothli he wolde not longe tyme. But aftir
with ynne him
aftir thes thingis he seide these thingis he seide with ynne hyfn
silf, Thou3 Y drede not God, and schame
u I drede not
silf, Thou3 God, and schame
5 not of v man, netheles for this widowe is not of man, netheles for this widewe is a

heuy, W diseseful, to me, I schal venge heuy to me, Y schal venge hir ; lest at

hir ;
lest at the laste sche comynge the laste schecomynge condempne me.
e Sothli the Lord
me. seide x , And the Lord
seide, Here 36, what the
strangle
Heere36, what the domesman of wickid- domesman of wickidnesse seith; and whe-7
7 nesse seith forsoth wher God schal not
;
ther God schal not do veniaunce of hise
do they veniaunce of his chosene, criynge chosun, criynge to hym dai and ny3t,
to him ny3t and day, and schal haue pa- and schal haue pacience in hem ? Sotheli
s cience in hem ? Sothli I seie to 3011, for Y seie to 3ou, for soone he schal do
soone he schal do the z veniaunce of hem. veniaunce of hem. Netheles gessist thou,
Netheles gessist thou, mannis 8 sone com- that mannus sone comynge schal fynde

synge schal fynde feith in erthe? For- feith in erthe? And he seide also to'J
soth he seide also b to sum men , that sum men, that tristiden in hem silf, as
tristiden in hem silf, as ri3tful, and dis- thei weren
rJ3tful, and dispiseden othere,

piseden
d
othere, this parable, seyinge, this parable, seiynge, Twei men wenten" 10

v w x
Tweye men Sweden
6
10 in to the temple for f vp in to the temple to preye; the toon
k
to preie ; oon# a'
1

Pharise, and 'the tothir

1
a Farisee, and^ the z tother 3 a pupplican.
11 a pupplican.
1
Forsothe the Farise storid- And the Farisee stood, and preiede bin

inge, praiede anentis him silf thes thingis, hym these thingis, and seide, God,
silf Y
seyinge, God, 1 do thankingis to thee, for m do thankyngis to thee, for Y am not as
I am not as othere men", raueynouris other men, raueinouris ', vniust, auou- 1
,

vniustP, auoutersi, 'as also

"
1
this pupplican; treris c , as also this pupplican ;
Y faste 1-2

12! faste twyes

8
woke, I 3yue tythis in the twies in the woke, Y 3yue tithis of alle

of alle thingis whiche u I haue in posses- 1

thingis that Y
haue in possessioun.
is sioun. And the pupplican stondinge 'a And the pupplican stood afer, and wolde d n
fer nolde w nethir reyse x the y3en to he-
v
nether dd reise hise i3en to e
heuene, but
uene, but smoot his brest, seyinge, God smoot his brest, and seide, God be mer-
14 be rnercyfuly to me, synnere. Treuli I ciful to me, synnere. Treuli Y seie to u
7
seye to 3ou, this 'cam doun in to his hous 3ede doun in to his hous, and
f
3ou, this
iustified a of b him. For ech that enhauns- was Justified fro the other?. For ech
ith him silf c sclial be maad Iou3, and he d that enhaunsith hym' schal be maad 1

e
that mekith him silf , schal be enhaunsid. low, and he that mekith hym , schal be
1

is Forsothe thei brou3ten to him 3onge chil- enhaunsid. And thei brou3ten to hym is

dren, tliat he schulde touch hem ; which

f
3onge children, that he schulde touche

u And if AGMNOPQSTWXY. v Om. A w Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.

pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPQSTXY.
t on o.
" seith y Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. x Om. AGMNQPQSTffxY. for mannus o. b and
AGMNPQSTWXY.
Om. o. d f Om. x.
AGMNQSWY. Om. OPTX. e '

v. stijeden vp AGMNOPQSTWXY. S the

dispisen
toon AGXOQSTY. the oon M. the one PX. that oon w. h was a Q. Om. ur. k that othir ATW. the '

other PX. Om. o. m Om. x.

' " of men AGMNOPQSTWXY.
rauaynour o. P and vniust vr.
1 auoutreres MNOPQTX. r as T. also as w. s * u that AGMNOPQSTWXY. v fer v.
twy o. thenge o.
w wold not AGMNOPQSTWXY. * lift
vp AGMNOPQSTWXY. J helpful, or merciful AQMNPQSTW. help-
full o. helful x. helful, or merciful Y. z for this s. a descendid iustefied in to his hous AQMNOPQSTfyxv.
b fro d f
AGMNPStrxY. from o. c Om. AGMNOPQSTtrxY. Om. XY. e Om. AGMNopQSTfrxv. the
whiche AGMNOPQSTIVXY.

11
s. v Om. c. w that rek. x oon Elk. toon was K. 7 Om. EP. z that E. a oothir re.
3eden
b rauenous EP. c auouteris is. <' nolde k. dd not y. e in to K. f he this I. 8 tother EKPKsuxbghik.
h self i. '
him self hi.
hym
 208 LUKE. xvm. 16 29.

thing whanne disciplis sy3en, thei blam- hem; and whanne the disciplis saien this
icyden hem. clepinge Sothli' Jhesu to thing, thei blameden hem. But Jhesus IG
k
gidere hem, seide, Suffre 36 children to clepide togider hem, and seide, Suffre 36
come to me, and nyle 36 forbede hem, children to come to me, and nyle 36 for-
for 1 of siche is therewme of heuenes. bede hem, for of siche is the kyngdom
i;Treuli I seie to 3011, who euere schal not of heuenes. Treuli Y seie to 3ou, who 17

take the kyngdom of God as a child, he" euer schal not take the kyngdom of God
IB schal not entre in to it. And sum prince as a child, he schal not entre in to it.

axide him, seyinge, Good maistir, what And a prince axide hym, and seide, is

thing doynge schal I welde euerlastyng Goode maister, in k what thing doynge
lylyf? Sothli Jhesu seyde to him, What schal Y weilde euerlastynge lijf? And 19
seist thou me good? No man is good, noP Jhesus seide to hym, What seist thou
20 but God Thou knowisti the co-
aloone. me good
1
? No man is good, but God
maundementis, Thou schalt not sle, Thou aloone. Thou knowist the comaunde-ao
schalt not do leccherie, Thou schalt not mentis, Thou schalt not sle, Thou schalt
do thefte, Thou schal not seye fals r wit- not do letcherie, Thou schalt not do
theft, Thou schalt not seie fals witness-
8
Worschipe fadir and modir*.
nessyng,
Which" seide v m mo-
21 I haue kept alle thes ,
yng, Worschipe thi fadir and thi
22thingis
w fro
my 3outhe
x
. WhichT thing dir. Which seide, haue kept alle 21 Y
herd, Jhesu seide z
to him, 3it o thing these thingis fro my 3ongthe
n
. And 22
faylith to thee ;
sille thou alle, what whanne this thing was herd, Jhesus
'euere thingis 8 thou hast, and 3yue to pore seide to hym, 3it o thing failith'to thee ;
men, and thou schalt haue tresour in sille thou alle thingis that thou hast, and
23 heuene ;
and come, and sue me. Thes 3yue to pore men, and thou schalt haue
thingis herd, he was sorwful, for he was tresour in heuene and come, and sue ;

24ful riche. Sothli Jhesu seinge him maad thou me. WhanneP these thingis weren23
sorwful b
seide, How hard thei that ban herd, he was soreful, for he was ful
richessis 6 schulen entre in to the rewme d ryche. Jhesus seynge hym maad
And 24

God sorie, seide, How hard thei that han

e f
25 of ;it is esyer a camel to
forsoth
v

passe thui'3 a nedliss y3e, than a riche money schulen entre in to the kyngdom
man for to entre in to the kingdom of
1'
of God ;
for it is Ii3ter a camel to passe 25
2cGod. And thei that herden thes thingis thorou a nedlis {36, than a riche man to
27seiden, And who may be maad saf ? And entre in to the kyngdom of God. And 20
he seide' to hem, Tho thingis that ben thei that herden these thingis seiden,

vnpossible
k
men, ben possible
ariemptis
1
Who may maad 1 saaf ? And he 27
be
28anemptis God. Forsoth Petre seide"', Loo! seide to hem, Tho thingis that ben im-
we han forsake alle thingis, and 'han 11

possible
1
"

anentis men, ben possible anen-

29 sued" thee. Which? seyde to hem, Treuly tis God. But Petir seide, Lo we han 28 !

v
I seye to 3ou, rio man is
1

), that schal for- left alle thingis, and han sued thee. And 29

'
Om. s. k for to
AGMXOPQTWY. AGMNOPQSTWXY. m kyngdam AGMNOPQSTWXY.
'
sothely
11
Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. Om. A pr. MNOPQSTXY. p Om. o. 1 hast knovven AGMNO
m. G pr. m.
r no fals o.
PQSTWXY. to fals r. s thi fader
AMNOPQSTUWX. the fadir GPY. * thi moder AMOPQ

STUWX. the modir GFV. The whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. v saith AGMXOPQSTWXY. w Om. jr.
x y The whiche AGMKOPQSTWXY. z saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. a
jongthe OPQTV-. thingis that euere u.
b
lijter AGMNO
c d e
sory ^G3iNopQSTFjsy. money AGMNOPQSTWXY. kyngdam ^GMisroposTwxy.
f for to h Om. sx.
PQSTWXY. AGMKPQTIVY. Om. i/. g an edlis GMPQTIV. saith XG^UXOPQ '

STWXY. k
inpossible ^GMNOPQSTXY. anent A: passim. m saith ^GMNOPCSTW-XY.1 n left
Irft AGM
y<GM
XOPQSTWAV. o suen
AGMOPQSTWXY. P The whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. q ther is no man AGMN
OPQSTW'XV.

k Om. EP. 1
to me EP pr. m.
m Om. EP. n Om. E. P And whanne A pr. m.
3outhe
1 Om. s. r
vnpossible pk.
 XVIII. 3 XIX. i. LUKE. 209

sake hous, ether r fadir, ethir 5 modir, ethir* he seide to hym, Treuli Y seie to 3ou,
1 1
britheren, ether wyf, ether sonea, ether* there is no man that schal forsake hous,
sofeeldis, for the rewme
of God, and schal or fadir, modir8, or britheren, or wijf, or
not receyue myche mo u thingis in this children, or feeldis, for the rewme of
God, and schal not resseyue many mo so
v
tyme, and in the world to comynge euere-
w x
lasting lyf. Forsothe Jhesu took twelue thingis in this tyme, and in the world
3i

disciplis, and seide y to hem, Lo we ! to comynge euerlastynge lijf. And Jhe-3i

z
sti3en to Jerusalem, and alle thingis schu- sus took hise twelue disciplis, and seide
len be endid, ben writun by the 8
that to hem, Lo we gon vp to Jerusalem,
!

32prophetis of mannis sone. Forsoth he and alle thingis schulen be endid, that
schal be bitrayed to hethen men, and he ben writun bi the prophetis of mannus
schal be scorned, and scourgid, and bi- sone. For he schal be bitraied to hethen 32
b
33spet ; and aftir that thei han scourgid , men, and he schal be scorned, and
thei schulen sle him, and" the thridde day scourgid, and bispat and aftir that '33 ;

34 he schal ryse a3ein. And thei vnder- thei han scourgid u thei schulen sle hym, ,

stoden f no thing of these ; and this word and the thridde dai he schal rise a3en.
was hid fro hem, and thei vndirstoden And thei vndurstoden no thingv of these 34 ;

35 not tho thingis that weren seid. For- and this word was hid fro hem, and thei
sothe it wass don, whanne Jhesu cam nyj vndurstoden not tho thingis that weren
sum blynd man saat bisydis the
to Jerico, seid. But it was don, whanne Jhesus 35
3weye beggynge. And whanne he herde cam ny3 to Jerico, a blynd e man sat
the cumpany h passynge, he axide, what bisidis the weie, and beggide. And 36
37 this
thing was. Sothli thei seiden to him, whanne he herde the puple passynge,
3B that Jhesu of Nazareth passide. And he he axide, what this was. And thei 37
cryede, seyinge, Jhesu, the sone of Dauith, seiden to hym, that Jhesus of Nazareth
sahaue mercy on me. And thei that wen ten passide. And he criede, and seide, Jhe-ss
bifore blamyden him, that he schulde be su, the sone of Dauyd, haue mercy on
v
he cryede myche more', Thou
stille; sothli me. And thei that wenten bifor blam-so
40 sone of Dauith, haue
mercy on me. For- yden hym, that he schulde be stille but ;

sothe Jhesu stondinge comaundide him he criede myche the more, Thou sone of
And whanne
to k be brou3t forth to him. Dauid, haue mercy on me. And Jhesus 40
41he cam nyj, he axide him, seyinge, What stood, and comaundide hym to be brou3t
wolt thou I schal do to thee ? And he forth tohym. And whanne he cam ny3,
42seide, Lord, that I se. And Jhesu seide he axide hym, and seide, What wolt thou4i
to him, Bihold thou
1
; thi feith hath maad that Y schal do to thee ? And he seide,
43 thee saaf. And anon he sy3, and suede Lord, that Y se. And Jhesus seide to 42
him, magnyfiynge God. And al the peple, hym, Biholde ; thi feith hath maad thee
as m it
n
sy3, 3af heriynge to God. saaf. And anoon
he say, and suede hym, 43
and magnyfiede God. And al the puple,
as it say, jaf heriyng to God.

AP. XIX. CAP. XIX.

And Jhesu goynge ynP, walkide thorw^ And Jhesus w walkide
i
'goynge yn , i

r or AGMNOPQSTWXY. * and AGMNQSVVWY. or OPT. '

or AGMNOPQSTPTXY. u more o. v comen s*.
w toke to AGMNOPSTWXY.
stijen vp AGMNO
* his twelve AGMNPQSTWXY. AGMNOQSTWX. z J saith
b
Om. AGMNPQSTtrxY. scourgid, or betim AGMNPSTWX. scourged
c
PQSTWXY. bispattid x.
h
cumpany of puple AG
him o. e and aftir u. { vndirstonden NW. is A pr.m. G pr.m. MNOPSTX.
f?

MNopQSTtrxy. miche more criede MPY. k for to AGMNOPQTPTY. Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. m thatjcv. '

n he t; P ajeyn a sec. m. 1 to G pr. m. MPQTXY. in to NO.

pr. m. praysynge o.

* Om. T
EipQRbceghia. or modir A pr. m. Kskp.
u
scourgid him K.
8 and modir hi. thingis hi.
wente out and CKUC. turnede a3en and EpQsba. wente yn e.
VOL. IV. E 6
 210 LUKE. XIX. 2 is.

2 Jerico. And
a man, Zachee by name, lo ! thorou" Jericho. And
a man, Sache 2 lo !

and he was prince of pupplicans, and he

r
bi name, and this was a prince of pup-
3 was* riche. And he solute to 1 see Jhesu, plicans, and he was riche. And he sou3te 3
who he was, and he my3te not, for the to se Jhesu, who he was, and he my3te
cumpany", for he was litel in stature. not, for the puple, for he was litil in
4 And bifore, sti3ede in to a
he rennynge v stature. And he ran bifore, and sti3ede4
sycamoure tree, that he schulde see Jhesu w ; in to a sicomoure tree, to se hym for he
;

5 for he was to passinge

x thennis. And was to passe fro thennus. And Jhesuss
Jhesu biholdinge vpward?, whanne he cam biheld vp, whanne he cam to the place,

to the place, syj him, and seyde to him, and sai3 hym, and seide to hym, Sache,
Zachee, 'hastinge cum doun z , for to day haste thee, and come doun, for to dai Y
fi
a
I moot dwelle in thin hous. And he hast- mot dwelle in thin hous. And he hi3ynge e
inge
b
cam doun, and ioyinge reseyuede cam doun, and ioiynge resseyuede hym.
7 him. And whanne alle men sayen, thei And whanne alle men sayn, thei grutch-7
c
grucchiden, seyinge, For he hadde turned iden seiynge, For he hadde turned to a
s to a synful man. Forsoth Zachee stond- synful man. But Sache stood, and seide 8
inge seide to the Lord, Lo !
Lord, I 3yue to the Lord, Lo !
Lord, Y 3yue the? half
the half of goodis to pore men ; and if
my of my good
z
to pore men ; and if Y haue
I haue ony thing defraudid ony man, I ony thing defraudid ony man, 3elde Y
d 6 Jhesus seith to hym, 9
a
3elde the fourefold Jhesu seide f to him, . foure so myche.
For in this day heelthe is maad to this? For to dai heelthe is maad to this hous,
Abraham' h for that he is Abrahams sone
hous, for and he is 'the sone of ;
for 10 ;

k mannus sone cam to seke, and make saaf

loforsothe mannis sone cam to seke, and
make saaf this m 1
that that thing that perischide. Whanne theiii
thing perischede.
a
n Hem" heringe thes thingis, he 'puttirige herden these thingis, he addide , and
to ,
seide a parable, for? he was ny3 Jeru- seide a parable, for that he was ny3 aa
b
salem, and for thei gessiden, thati the Jerusalem, 'and for thei gessiden, that
kyngdom of God schulde be schewid 'a anoon the kyngdom of God schulde be
i2non r . Therfore he seide, Sum noble man schewid. Therfor he seide, A worthi 12

wente in to a fer cuntree, to s

take to 1
him man wente in to a fer cuntre, to take to
is a u kyngdom, and to turne a3en. And
v
kyngdom, and turne a3eyn. Sothli to hym a is

his ten seruauritis clepid, he 3af w to hem whanne hise ten seruauntis wereri clepid,
ten besauntis. And 'he seide x to hem, he c 3af to hem ten besauntis ;
and seide to

nfMarchaundise 36, til? I come. Forsoth hem, Chaffare 36, til come. But hiseY H
his z
citeseyns hatiden him, and sente a citeseyns hatiden hym, and senten a mes-

messager
a
aftir him, seyinge, We'nyle, that sanger aftir hym, and seiden, We wolen
ishe regne on vs. And it was don, that
b c d
not, that he regne on vs. And it was r
i. -

the rewine 8 takun, he turnede a3en ; aud f don, that he turnede a5en, whan he hadde

a
pr. m. G pr. m. M NPQSTX Y.
s Om. A
r
AGMNOPQSTTTXY.
this * for to
AGMXOPQTWY. cumpanye
v w him AC
of pupleAGMNPQSTJVXY. company of the pepil o. sti3ed vp AGMNOPQSTIVY. steij vp x.
MNOPQSTWXY. x AGMtiopQSTWXY. Y AGMNopQSTWX Y. z come doun AGMXPQST
passe vp hiynge
WY. cumme doun hi3ynge o. hejende cum doun x. a most o. mut MP. b hi3ynge AGMXOPQSTWY. heej-
h
ende x. c was u. d Om. u. e fourth foold
o. f saith
AGMNOPQSTIVXY. g thin Y. that AGMO
PQSTIVXY. that and N. Abrahames sone AGMXOPQSTWXY. > k for to AGMNOPQTWY. l
to make AGM
NOQSTIVXY. m that AGMNOPQSTWY. n Thei u. addynge vv. P for that AGMNOPQSWXY. 1 that
anoon MWXY. r Om. MWXY. s for to * Om. XY. u an o. v for to AGMXOPQTW.
AGMNOPQTW.
w take o. x saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. t From this place onwards MS. u agrees with the later version,
z thees o. a
and is referred to by the letter a. y the while AGMNOPQTX pr. m. Y. message K. mes-
^ him c d ;is
sanger TW. wolen not for to AGMNOPQTWY. wilen not hym to sx. vpon OPQTITY
A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPSTXY. e
kyngdam AGMNOPQSTW.
f Om. MNOPQTX.

* to Om. IK pr. m. z a as b for that

CEKPubc. too s. y
g. goodis Qi. addide to i.
ni3 to Q.
s sec. m. hia. r and he s.
 XIX. 16 29. LUKE. 211

he comaundide his seruauntis to be clepid, take the kyngdom and he comaundide

;

to whiche he 3af money, that he schulde hise seruauntis to be clepid, to whiche he

11

wite, hou moche ech hadde wunne by hadde 3yue monei, to wite, hou myche
lechaffaring. Forsoth the firste cam, sey- ech d hadde wonne bi chaffaryng. And 16

inge, Lord, thi besauiit hath wunne ten the firste cam, and seide, Lord, thi besaunt
17 besauntis. He
seide' to him, Wei be, thou hath wonne ten besauntis. He seide to 17
goode seruaunt ; for in litil thing
thou hast hym, Wei thou good seruaunt ; for
be,
k haue 1 thou
be trewe, thou schalt power on in litil
thing hast be trewe, thou
is ten citees. And another n
cam, seyinge, schalt be hauynge power on ten citees.

Lord, thi besaunt hath maad fyue be- And the tother 6 cam, and seide, Lord, is

i9sauntis. And he seide to this, And be thi besaunt hath maad fyue besauntis.
20 thou on? fyue citees. And the thridde And to this he seide, And be thou on 19

cam, seyinge, Lord, lo thi besaunt, whichi !

fyue citees. And
the thridde cam, and 20
r
I hadde, kept in a sudarie, Aether sweting Lord, lo thi besaunt, that
seide, !
hadde, Y
21 cloth*. Forsoth I dredde thee, for thou f
put vp in a sudarie. For
h Y
dredde thee, 21
art an austerne man thou takist awey ;
for thou art 'a sterne' man ; thou takist
"this thing which* thou settist" not, and awey that that thou settidist k not, and
kk not
thou repist 'this thing which y thou hast thou repist that that thou hast
22 not sowe. He seith to him, Weyward sowun. He seith to hym, Wickid ser-22
seruaunt, of thi mouth I deme thee. Wistist uaunt, of thi mouth Y deme thee. Wist-
thou, that I am 'an hausterne man w ,takinge ist thou, that Y am 'a sterne 1
man, tak-
this x ynge awei that thing that Y settide not,
z
awey thing which? I settide not,
and repinge b
thing which I 'haue
this a and repyng ethat thing that Y sewe not ?
23 not sowe c ? and whi hast thou not 3ouun and whi hast thou not 3ouun my money 23
cc
to the bord, and Y comynge schulde haue
my money to the boord, and I comynge
schulde haue receyued it sothli with vsuris? axid it with vsuris ? And he seide to men 24
hem d 'that stooden 6 ny}, m
24 And he seide to stondynge ny3, Take 36 awei fro hym
Take 36 awey fro him the besaunt, and the besaunt, and 3yue 36 to hym that

3yue 3e
ee
to him that hath ten besauntis. hath ten be3auntis. And thei seiden mm 25
25 And thei seiden to him, Lord, he hath ten to hym, Lord, he hath ten besauntis.
26 besauntis. Sothli I seie to 3ou, for to ech And Y
seie to 3ou, to ech man that hath, 20

hauynge it schal be 3ouun, and he f schal itschal be 3ouun, and he schal encreese ;
'be plenteuousS; but fro him that hath not, but fro him that hath not, also that thing
h k
thing' that he hath, schal be
'also this that he hath, schal be takun of hyra.
27takun of 1 him. Netheles brynge 30 hidir Netheles brynge 36 hidur tho n myn ene- 27
tho myne enemyes, that nolde me to" myes, that wolden not that regnede Y
28regne on hem, and sle 36 bifore me. And on hem, and sle 36 bifor me. Arid whanne 28

thes thingis seyd, he wente bifore, sti3ynge these thingis weren seid, he wente bifore,
29 to? Jerusalem. And it wasi don, whanne and 3ede vp to Jerusalem. And it was 29

8 for to AGMNOPQTWY. h whom MPQXY. saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. ' k shalt and Q. l

be hafynge
AGMNOPQSTWXY. m vpon AGMNOPQTWY. n the tother AGMNOPQSWXY. that other T. saith AGMN

OPQSTfTY. P vpon AGMNOPQTWY. 1 that AGMNOPQST WX Y. T

put Vp AGMPQSTWXY. put N.
S Om.
u v that that AGX
cox. or smetynge cloth GMPY. * that
ACQOT. that that GMNPSWXY. settidist CMPV.

NPQSTWXY. that at o. w a man austerne OQTXY. x that AGMNOPQSTWXY. y that AGMNOPQSWXY.

* sett AGMNOPQSWXY. * that AGMNOPQSTWXY. b that AGMNOPQSTWXY. c suvve not
AGMNOPQSTWY.
d men AGMNOPQSTWXY. e ee
je it MP.
cc that and MP.
seej not x. stondynge AGMNOPQSTWX.
f it o. 8 abounde, or be plenteuouse AGMNPQSTWY. abounde ox. h and that AGMNOPQSTWXY. Om. c. *

k Om. y. ! fro jr. m wolden not AGMNOPQSTWXY. D Om. AG

pr. m. MNPQTW. vpon AGMNOP
QTWY. P in to o. q is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.

d e f I g Om. xe/)r. m. h Forsothe i. an austerne r. k settist i.

he b. oother i. putte k.
kk haddiste R. '
an austerne i. m Om.EpQxk. mm Om. npr.m. seien Rsec.m. n thilke i. re^ne Ehi.
E 6 2
 212 LUKE. XIX. 30 43.

he cam 1173 to Bethfage and Betanye, at don, whanne Jhesus cam ny3 to Bethfage
r
the mount, which i is clepid of Olyuete, and Betanye, at the mount, that is clepid
so he sente his tweye disciplis, seyinge, Go of Olyuete, he sente hise twei? disciplis,

36 in to the castel, which 8

a3ens 3011 in is ; and seide, Go 36 in to the castel, that is 30
1
to which 36 entrynge schulen fynde a colt a3ens 3ou in to which as 36 entren, 36
;

of a u she asse v on w which" non of men

,
schulen fynde a colt of an asse tied, on
euere saat; vnbynde 30 him, and 'brynge whichi neuer man sat ; vntye 36 hym,
3i
36
y to me. And if ony man schal
z
axe, and brynge 36 to me. And if ony man 31
whi 3e vribynden, thus 36 schulen seye to axe 3ou, whi 36 vntien, thus 36 schulen
him, For the Lord desyrith his work. seie to hym, For the Lord desirith his

32Forsothe thei that weren sent, wenten werk. And thei that weren sent, wenten 32
forth, and founden as he seyde to hem, a forth, and fonden as he seide to hem, a
33 colt
stondinge. Sothli hem vntyynge" the colt stondynge. And whanne thei vn-ss
b
colt, the lordis of him seyde to hern,What tieden the colt, the lordis of hym r seiden
34
vntyen 36 the colt ? And thei seiden, For to hem, vntien 36 the colt? And 34
What
35 the Lord hath him nedful. And thei thei seiden, For the Lord hath nede to

ledden him to Jhesu ; and thei, castinge hym. And thei ledden hym
8
to Jhesu ; 35
d
the colt, puttedyn Jhesu
her clothis on c
and thei castynge' her clothis on the colt,

scow him. Forsothe him e goyrige, thei vn- setten" Jhesu on hym. And whanne hese
v
37 dir strewiden her clothis in the weye. And wente, thei strowiden her clothis in the
whanne now f he cam ny3 to the comynge weie. And whanne he cam ny3 to the 37
doun of the hil of Olyuete, alle the cum- comyng doun of the mount of Olyuete,

panyes of men comynge doun bigunnenss al the puple that cam doun bygunnen to
h vois on to herie God with greet vois
ioyinge to herie God with greet ioye, and
ss alle the vertues, whiche> thei sy3en, seyinge, on the w vertues, that thei hadden
alle

Blessid is* the kyng, that cometh in the sayn, and seiden, Blessid be the king, that 38
name of the Lord ; pees in heuene, and cometh in the name of the Lord pees ;

39glorie in hi3 thingis. And summe of the 1 in heuene, and glorie in hi3e thingis.
Pharisees of the cumpanyes seyden to him, And sum of the Farisees of the puple 39
40 Maistir, blame thi disciplis. To whiche" 1
seiden to hym, Maister, blame thi disci-
he seide", I seye to 3ou, for if thes schulen plis. And he seide to hem, Y seie to 3ou, 40
41 be stille, stoones schulen crye. And whanne for if these ben stille, stoonus schulen
v

he nei3ede, he seynge the citee, wepte on? crye. And whanne

he nei3ede, he sei3 x 4i
42iti seyinge, For if thou haddist knowe, the citee, and wepte ony it, and seide, For 42
and thou, and 3 sotheli in this thi 1 day, if thou haddist knowun, thou schuldist

which" pees to thee ; but now thei

is v to wepe for in this dai the z thingis ben
also ;

43 ben hid fro thin y3en. For daies schulen in pees to thee, but now thei ben hid fro

come into w and thin

thee, schulen enemyes thin i3en. But daies schulen come in 43

enuyroune thee 'with pale", andy schulen thee, and thin enemyes schulen enuyroun
z
enuyroune thee, and 'thei schulen make thee with a pale, and thei schulen go

AGMNOPQSTWXY. r Om. A pr. m. TVY.

1 that s that MPWXY. * the whiche o. u Om. Q. v asse

tied ACGMNOPQSTVXY. w to MNPQSTXY. x whom MNOPQSTXY. J bringeth x. z Om. A pr. m. G pr. m.

a b Whi c. c
MNOPQSTXY. vnbyndynge AGMNOPQSTWXY. vnkyttinge v sec. m. Vpon AGMNOQTWY.
d sx. e hem A. f Om. K. e mount AGMNOPQSTWXY. es bigynnen K. h for tO AGMNOPQTITY.
putten
'
that AGMNOPQSTWXY. k Om. s. Om. AGMNOPSTWX. m whom MPQXY. n Saith AGMNOPQSTWXY.
l

Om. r Om. w. s Om. N. * Om. u the whiche AG

these thinges N. P
vpon OQ. 1 Q. NQpr.m. XY.
MNPQSTWXY. in whiche o. v Om. AGMNOPQ pr. m. ST.XY. v in AGMNOPQSTWXY, to cr. x with a pale .

MP. in a valei with pale N. in the vale o. Om. r. y and thei ACGMNOpQsrwxv. * Om. AGMNOPQSTtVXY.

P Om. A. 1 whom i. r it
EPQS sec. m. xa. s it
EPQXB. Om. k pr. m. l castiden
w and setten AiMHSxek/3. and settiden Kghia. v w Om. EPQRX. * i. y hi.
spredden i. seynge vpon
* tho
g.
 XIX. 44 XX. LUKE. 213

44 thee streyt on alle sydis ; and 'thei schulen z aboute thee, and make thee streit on alle
caste thee doun to erthe a , and thi sones b sidis, and caste thee doun to the erthe,44
that ben in thee ; and thei schulen not and thi sones that ben in thee and thei
;

leeue in thee a stoon on c a stoon, for d schulen not leeue in thee a stoon on a a
thou hast not knowe the tyme of thi visi- stoon, for thou hast not knowun the
45tacioun. And he gon c in to the temple, tyme And he entride45
of thi visitacioun.
f
bigan to caste out men sellinge ther ynne in to the temple, and bigan to caste out
46 and biggynge^, seyinge to hem, It is writun, men sellynge ther inne and biynge aa and4t; ,

For b myn hous is an hous of preier, for- seide to hem, It is writun, That rnyn hous
b
sothe 36 han a den of theuys. maad it is an hous of preyer, but
30 han maad it
47 And he was techinge euery day in the a den of theues. And he was techynge47
temple. Forsoth the princes' of prestis, euerydai in the temple. And the princis
and scribis k and the princis of the peple
,
1
of prestis, and the scribis, and the princis

4ssou3ten'to leese
m him; and thei founden of the puple soften to lese c hym and 48 ;

not what thei schulden do to him, for" al thei founden not, what thei schulden do
the peple was 'al ocupyed, heeringe him. to hym, for al the puple was ocupied,
and herde hym.

CAP. XX. CAP. XX.

i And was? don in oon of dayes, him
it And it was don in oon of the daies, i

techinge peple in the temple, and

the whanne he tau^te the puple in the temple,
r
'prechinge the gospel princis
*>, ofthe and prechide the gospel, the princis of
prestis and the 8 scribis camen to gidere preestis and camen togidere with
scribis
d
2 with the eldre men; and seiden 1
, seyinge" the elder men and thei seiden to hym, 2
;

to him, Seye to vs, in what power thou Seie to vs, in what power thou doist these
dost this thing, ether v 3af to thee this who thingis, or who is he that 3af to thee
3 power? Forsothe Jhesu answeringe seidew this power ? And Jhesus answeride, and 3

hem, And I schal axe 3ou ay word

x
hem, And 6 Y schal axe 3ou o
f
to ;
seide to
4answere 36 to me. Was the baptym of word ; answere 36 to me. Was the bap- 4
5 Joon of heuene, ether of men ? And thei
z
tym of Joon of heuene, or of men ? And 5
thou3ten with ynne hem selue, seyinge, thei thoiijten with ynne hem silf, sei-
For if we schulen seye, Of heuene, he ynge, For if we seien, Of heuene, he
schal seye, Whi therfore bileuen 3 36 not to schal seie, Whi thanne bileuen 36 not to
e him ? forsoth if we schulen seye, Of hym ? and if we seien, Of men, al the 6

men, all the comyn peple schal stoone vs ; puple schal stoone vs ; for thei ben cer-
for thei ben certeyn, 'that John is b a pro- teyn, that Joon is a prophete. And thei?
7phete. And thei answeriden, 'that thei answeriden, that thei knewen not, of
s witen not c
, of whennis it was. And Jhesu whennus it was?. And Jhesus seide toe

z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. a the erthe b childer Q sec. m.

vpon AGMNOPQTWY.
c
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
& for that that AGMOPQSTIVXY. for that N. gon
c in A sec. m. MNXY. * for to AGMNOPQTWY. S byynge
AGMNopQSTrwY. bicnde x. h That ACMNpQSTrwxY. k the scribis AGMNOPQSTWY.
prince or.
>

1
Farisees K. m
for to leese AGMNPQTWY. for to slee o. n sothli AGMNPQSTWX. forsothe o. reisid
to God, or al ocupied, herynge A sup. ras. s. reysid to God, or ocupied, heringe G pr. m. w. reysid up to
God, or al ocupied, heringe G sec.m. hangid up, or al ocupyed, heringe MNPQTXY. reysed vp, feruently
occupide, for to here o. P is A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPSTXY. 1 euangelisynge, or preckynge the gospel AGN
QSTWY. euangelisyng MOPX. prince K. Om. ACGMNOPQSTIVXY. r seien AGMXopQSTfvxY. 8 Om. * u o.
T or AGMNopQSTfvxY. w saith o. * Om. o. y o CQTWXY. oo GNSV. z or CMOPQTWXY. a leefe x.
b John for to be AGMOPQTWY. Joon to ben NSX. c hem to not
knowe, or mite A pr.m. GMNPXY. hern to
not knowe A sec. m. QS. hem not to knowe o. hem not to knowe, or tvlte T. hem to not knowe w.

a aa b k c sle k.
ys iclepid x pr. m.
s sup. ras. m. fordo i.
up i.
vpon bigynge a. sec. is clepid
Om. x. e Om. A pr. m. i.
f Gin. h
pr. m. i. e is a.
 214 LUKE. XX. 9 19.

seide 6 to
hem, Neither I seie to 3011, in hem, Nether Y seie to 3ou, in what
9 what power I do thes thingis. Forsothe power Y do these thingis. And he bi-9
he bigan to f seye to the comyn peple this gan to seie to the puple this parable. A
parable. Sum man plantide a vyner&, and man plauntide a vyn3erd, and hiride it
'settide it to ferrne b to tilieris and he was ;
to tilieris ; and he was h in pilgrimage

longe tyme. And in the tyme of gader-

k
10 in pilgrymage many' tymes . And in the 1 10

tyme of gedrynge of grapis, he sente a ynge of grapis, he sente a seruaunt to

seruaunt to the tilieris, that thei schulden thetilieris, that thei schulden 3yue to

3yue to him of the fruyt of the vyner ; hym of the fruyt of the vyn3erd ; whiche
v
11 whiche" leften him, betun voydeP. And ,
beten hym, and leten hym go voide.
he addidei to r
sende another sertiaunt ; And' he thou3te 3it to sende an other n
forsothe also 8 thei betinge this, and po- seruaunt ;
and thei beten this, and tur-
nyschynge with dispisingis*, leften voyde. mentiden hyin sore, and leten hym go k .

12 And he addide" to
v
sende thew thridde, And he thou3te 3it to sende the thridde, 12
whiche x also? woundinge him, castiden 2 and hym also thei woundiden, and cast-
13 out. Sothli the lord of the vyner a seide, 1
iden out. And the lord of the vyne3erd is
What schal I do ? I schal sende my dere- seide, What schal Y do ? Y schal sende
b
worthesone ; perauenture whanne thei mydereworthe sone; perauenture, whanne
v
schulen se him, thei schulen be ascham- thei seen hym, thei schulen drede. And M
I4yd
c
. Whom
whanne the tilieris hadden whanne the tilieris sayn hym, thei
seyn, thei thou3ten with ynne hem selue, thou3ten with ynne hem silf, and seiden,
seyinge, This the eyr, sle we him, that
is This is the eire, sle we hym, that the
15 the
eritage be maad oure. And thei kill- eritage be oure. And thei castiden hym 15
d
iden him, cast out of the vyner 6 What . out of the vyne3erd, and killiden hym m .

therfore schal the lord of the vyner f do to What schal thanne the lord of the vyne-
10 hem? He& schal come, and lese these 3erd do to hem ? He schal come, and IG

and 'he schal distruye these tilieris, and 3yue the vyne-
11
tilieris, 3yue the vyner' to
othere. Which k thing herd, thei seiden 3erd to othere. And whanne this thing
v
Fer be Forsothe he bihold- was hym, God
1
17 to him, it .
herd, thei seiden to for-

iuge hem, seide, What therfore is this bede. But" he bihelde hem, and seide, 17
thing that is writun, The stoon whom'" What thanne is this that is writun, The
men bildinge reproueden, this is maad in stoon which men bildynge repreueden,
is to the heed" of the corner? Ech that schal maad in to the heed
this is of the cor-
falle on
that? stoon, schal be brysid^; ner? Ech that schal falle on that stoon, \a

forsothe on r whom it schal falle, it schal schal be to-brisid, but on whom it schal
19 breke 5 him in' to smale parties. And the falle, it schal alP to-brekei him. And 19
u v the princis of prestis, and scribis, soften
princes of prestis , and the scribis, soften

e
saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. for to AGMNOPQTrrY. t
S vinejerd AGMNOPQSTWXY. h
hiryde it, or sette it
toferme AGMNPSTWY. hijride it, or s ette to ferine M. sett it to ferine o. hiridito. sette it to hire x. moche
i

OQTV. miche MPWX. k

tyme c.
1
Om. NQ. m vinejerde AGMNOPQsrrrxY. n the whiche AGMNOPQS
TWXY. beten thai leften him o. P voyde, or mil houten fruyt AGMNPQSTWY. <l
putte to AGMNPSTW
XY. put OQ. r for 8 and
AGMNOPQTWY. to AGMNOPQSTWXY. l
cuntekis, or rvrongis AGMNPQSTWY.
contakes ox. putte to u
AGMNOPQSTWXY. v for to AGMNOPQTWY. w to the o. x the whiche AGM
NOPQSTWXY. Y and AGMNOPQSTWXY. z casten sx. castiden him y. a
vynejerd AGMNOPQSTWXY.
b derworthi y. c schatne d
AGMNOPQSTWXY. vinejerd AGMNOPQSTWXY.
e
sloujen AGMNOPQSTWXY.
!
AGMNOPQSTWXY. e And he y. h Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
vynejerd AGMNOPQSTWXY.
>
vine3erd
k The whiche GOQA'F. Be it fer, or Godforbede AGMNPQSTWY. Be it fer o. God forbeede x. m whiche
l

w. n heued OWY. q shakun, or brokun AGMNPQSTWY. scatered,

vpon AGMNOPQSTWY. P this Q.
or broken o. shaken x. * 8 to-breke v. 4 Om. u the
vpon AGMNOPQSTWY. MPQTWXY. prestis o.
v Om. owx.

b was
gon i. '
Om. k
go voide k pr. m.
c. 1
castede him EP. castiden him cxak. m Om. b sec. m.
n And A. o brisid m. P breke 1 Om. g.
bpr. gikpr.m. gkpr.m.
 XX. 20 33- LUKE. 215

'to sette
w hondis on him in that our, and to leye on hym hoondis in that our, and
thei dredden the peple ; forsothe thei thei dredden the puple ; for thei knewen
knewen that x to hem he seide this lyk- that to hem he seide this liknesse. And 20
20 nesse. And thei aspyinge? senten aspieris, thei aspieden, and senten r aspieris, that
whiche z a
feyneden hem selue iuste, that feyneden hem iust, that thei schulden
8
thei schulden take him
word, and 'bi- in take hym in word, and bitaak hym to
take him b to the prince and to the d ,
the 'power of the 83 prince, and to the
21
power of the iustise e . And thei axiden power of the iustice. And thei axiden 21
him, seyinge, Maistir, we witen f
, thats thou hym
1
, and seiden", Maister, we witers
h
seist ri3tly and thou takist
and techist !
;
that ri3tli thou seist and techist; and
v

k
not persoone of man, but thou techist in
1
thou takist not the persoone of man, but
22 treuth the
wey of God. Is it leefful to vs thou techist in treuthe the weie of God.
m
to 3yue tribute to Cesar, ether* nay? Is it leueful to vs to 3yue tribute to the 22
Forsothe he the of w And he biheld23
23
biholdinge disseyt emperoure, or nay?
hem, seide to hem, What tempte 30 me ? the disseit of hem, and seide to hem,
2-TSchewe 36 to me a peny whos' ymage and ; What tempten30 me? Shewe 36 to me 32-1

writynge aboue? hath it ? Thei answer- peny ;

whos ymage and superscripcioun
2oinge seideri to him, Cesaris. And he, hath it ? Thei answerden, and seideri
seidei to hem, 'Therfore 3elde 3e r to Cesar to hym, The emperouris. And he seide 25
x
tho thingis that ben of Cesar 8 , and tho to hem, 3elde 36 therfor to the emperoure
2Cthingis that ben of God, to God. And tho thingis that ben the emperours, and
thei my3ten not reproue his word bifore tho thingis that ben of God, to God.
the pore peple and thei wondringe in
;
And thei rny3ten not repreue his word2<;

27 his answere, helden pees. Summe of the 4 bifor the puple and thei wondriden in
;

u w x his answere, and heelden pees. Summe 27

Sadducees, that denyen 'a3en rysinge to
28 be, nei3edeny, and axiden him, seyinge, of the Saduceis, that denyeden the a3en-

Maistir, Moyses wrot to vs, if the bro- risyng fro deeth to lijf, camen, and ax-
x
ther of ony man hauynge wyf z deiede a , iden hym ,
and seiden, Maister, Moises2
and he was b with oute fre children, that wroot to vs, if the brother of ony man
c
his brother take his wyf, and reyse seed haue a wijf, and bey deed, and he wasz
Therfore d seuene bri- with outen
29 to his brother. eiris, that his brothir take
theren weren e . The firste took a wyf, arid his wijf, and reise seed to his brother.
30 is deed, with outen sones
f
;
and the bro- And so there weren seuene britheren. 2:1

ther" suwinge took hir, and he is deed

1'
The firste took a wijf, and is deed with
si with oute sone ; and the thridde took outen and the brothir suynge took so
eiris ;

hir and alle seuene, and leften no'

; also hir, and he is deed with outen sone and si ;

:i2seed, but ben deede 'and the womman the ;

the thridde took hir; also and alle seuene,
k is deed. Therfore in the and leften a not seed, but ben deed
sslaste of alle ;
and :

w
for to lay AGMNOPQTWY. to leyn sx.
x and y. y kepynge AGMNOPQSTWXY. z that
AGMNOPQST
a Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. b bitake him, or
bytraye him o.
AGMNPQSTWY. c
XY. thei w. bitraye prin-
the prince AGMNPQSTWY. power of the prince o. principat x. d Om. AMNOP
cipal, or [and Q] power of
STVW. e
meir, or iustise AGMNPQSTWY. mayer ox.
f woten o. S for AGMNOPQSTWXY. h seist rijtly
v. Om. AGMNOpQSTywxY.
' k noo v. '
the persone AGMNOPQSTWXY. m for to AGMNOPQTWY.
rijtly
n or AGMNOPQSTWXY. Sheweth P ymage and superscripcioun, or writyng aboue AGMNPSTWY.
x.
3elde je therfore MPWXY.
<l seith AGMNPQSTWXY.
r
ymage and superscripcioun lox. ymage or sup. Q. w resurreccioun o.
s Cesars AGMNPQSTWX. Om. w pr. m. denyeden v.
x for to AGMNOPQTWY.
z a a be deed AGMNOPSTWXY. shal be dede
y camen to AGMNOPQSTWXY. wijf AGMNopQSTrwxv. Q.
* were x. c the o. d Ther weren therfore x sec. m. e Om. x. { free children
AGMNOPQSTWY.
e OTH.AGMNOPQSWXY. h secunde Q sec. m. T. suende x. '
not AGMNOPQSTWXY.
fre childre x.
k the laste of alle and the womman is deed AGMNOPQSTWXY.

r settiden a pr. m. a Om. i.

ss Om. B. * Om. h. u seiden to him hi. v Om. i.
w either iBSXg.
a thei leften i.
* Om. sk pr.m. y he be i. z were k.
 216 LUKE. XX. 34 XXI. i.

risynge a3ein, whos wyf of hem schal

the laste of alle the womman is deed.

sche be ? forsothe seuene hadden hir wyf. Therfor in the 'risyng a3en b , whos wijf 33
34 And Jhesu seide 1 to hem, Sones of this " 1
of hem schal sche be ? for seuene hadden
world wedderi, and ben 3ouun to wedd- hir to wijf. And Jhesus seide to hem, 34
n Sones of this world wedden c , and ben
asingis; forsothe thei that be worthi
to
that world, and? rysing a3en fro deede 3ouun to weddyngis; but thei that schu- 35
men, neither ben weddid, nether wedden len be had worthi of that world, and of
the d Visyng a3en e fro deeth, nethir ben
wyues, nether") schulen mowe deye more ;
r
so

wedded, nethir wedden wyues, nethir 36

f
forsoth thei ben euene with aungels, and
ben the sones of God, sithen thei ben the
8
schulen^ mowe die more for thei ben ;

3;sones of rysinge a3en. Forsothe for deede euen with aungels, and ben the h sones
men of God, sithen thei ben the' sones ofJ
rysen a3en, also* Moyses schewide
k And that deed
bysyde the boysche, as he seith, The Lord Visyng a3en fro deeth. 37

God of Abraham, and God of Isaac, and men risen a3en, also Moises schewide
38 God of Jacob. Forsoth God is not of bisidis the busch, as he seith, The Lord
deede men, but of lyuynge men; forsoth God of Abraham, and God of Ysaac, 1

saalle men lyuen to hym. Sothli summe of and God of Jacob. And God is not of 38
the" scribis 'answeringe seide , Maistir, v deed men, but of lyuynge men ; for alle

4othou hast well seide. And thei durste no men lyuen to hym. And summe of 39
41 more axe him ony thing. Forsoth he scribis m answeringe, seiden, Maistir, thou
v
seide to hem, How seyn men, that Crist hast wel seid. And thei dursten no 40
42is
w the sone of Dauith, and Dauith more axe hym ony thing. But he seide 4|

him silf seith in the book of Salmes, The to hem, How seien men, Crist to be the

Lord seide to my lord, Sitte thou on my sone of Dauid, and Dauid hym silf 42

43ri3t half, til" I putte thin enemyes a stool seith in the" book of Salmes, The Lord
44 of thi feet. Therfore Dauith clepith him seide to my lord, Sitte thou on my ri3t-

4s lord, and how is he his sone ? Sothli al half, til that Y putte thin enemyes a 43
the peple heeringe, he seyde to his disci- stool of thi feet ? Therfor Dauid clepith 44
4eplis, Be 36 war of scribis, that wolen go? hym lord, and hou is he his sone ?
and louen salutaciouns in the a
z
in stoolis , And in heryng of al the puple, he seide 45
b
cheping and the firste chayris in syna-
,
to hise disciplis, Be 36 war of scribisP, 4 e

gogis
c
and the firste sitting places in
,
that wolen wandre in stolisPP, and louen
d
47 feestis whiche 6 deuouren the housis of
;
salutaciouns in chepyngi, and the firste
widowis, feynynge long preier
f
; thes chaieris in r synagogis, and the firste sit-
schulen take ff more dampnacioun. tynge placis in feestis ; that deuouren the 47
housis of widewis, and feynen long prei-

yng ;
these schulen take the more damp-
nacioun.
CAP. XXI. CAP. XXI.
i Forsothe he biholdinge sy3 'tho riche And he biheeld, and saye tho s riche i

men, whiches senten her 3iftis in to the men, that casten* her 3iftis in to the

1
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
saith m the Y. n schulen be had AGMNOPQSTWXY. ben K
pr. m. schulen be r.
r Om.
o AGMNOPQSTWXY.
of P and in GO. nether ouer AGNOQSWXY. nether euere MP. ne ouer T.
<J

AGMNOQSTWXY. s Om.
AGMNPQSTrwxY. * and
AGMNOPQSTWXY. u Om. w pr. m. v
answeriden,
w Crist for to be AGMNOP^TWY. Crist to ben S.Y. x til that ^GMOPQ
seyden w, answerynge seiden Y.
STWXY. y wandre AGMNOPQSTWXY. z scolis wx. a Om. XY. b o. c the or,
chepyngis ^
synagogis
d the festis o. e that * a make K. K hem that AG
AGMNOPQSTWXY. prayinge AGMXOPQSTWXY.
MNOPQSTfTXY.
b c ben weddid k d Om. e f ne e thei schul ig.
ajen risyng g. pr. m. iKg. ajen risinge k. a.
1)
Om. i. Om. ciKMSUxbcghik. J of the b. k ajen risyng iRsg. Om. h 1
sec. m. i. m
the scribis KX
Lik. fariseis n Om. Om. IK pr. m. suxgk/3. P the scribis k. PP scoolis A pr. m. 1 the
g. g.
cheping nbcehio^.
r in the i.
s the hi. l castiden CEKPQXO. kesten R.
 XXI. 2 LUKE. 217

2 tresorie h ; forsothe he 1 sy} also k sum litel treserie; but he saye also a litil pore 2
pore widowe sendynge tweie mo- widewe castynge twei And 3
1
litle
ferthingis.
sneys", ethir ^aferlhingv. And he seyde, he seide, Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that this
Treuli I seye to 3011, for this pore widowe pore widewe keste" more than alle men.
4sente more than alle men. Forwhi alle For whi alle these of thing that was 4
thesi senten in to 3iftis r of God, 'of the plenteuouse to hem casten in to the
v

thing plentenously to hem ; forsothe this 3iftis of God

s
but this widewe of that
;

widowe of this 4 thing that fayleth to hir, w al hir

thing that failide to hir, caste
ssente al hir lyfloode, that she" hadde. And liflode, that sche hadde. And whanne
sum men v seyinge of the temple, that it sum men seiden of the temple, that it

was ourned with goode stoones and 3yftis, was apparailid with gode stoonus and
che seyde, Thes thingis that 36 seen, dayes 3iftis, he seide, These thingis that 366
schulen come, in which w a stoon schal not seen, daies schulen come, in whiche a
be left onx a stoon, which? schal not be stoon schal not be left on a stoon, which
;distroyed. Sothli thei axiden him, sey- schal not be destried. And thei axiden?

inge, Comaundour, whanne schulen thes hym, and seiden, Comaundour, whanne
thingis be? and what tokene, whanne thei schulen these thingis be ? and what
8 schulen bigynne to z be don? Which a tokne schal be, whanne thei schulen bi-
seide, Se 36, that 36 be not disceyued ; gynne to be don ? And he seide, Se 30, 8
forsothe b manye schulen come in my name, that be not for
30 disseyued ; many
c
seyinge, For I am, and
the tyme schal schulen come in my name, seiynge, For
9iiei3e; therfore nyle 36 go aftir hem. But
d
Y am, and the tyme schal nei3e; therfor
whanne 36 schulen heere batels and dis- nyle 30 go aftir hem. And whaurie 56 o
senciouns" 'with ynne f nyle 36 be aferd ff ;, schulen here batailis and stryues with
it bihoueth thes thingis to# be don,
first
ynne, nyle 36 be aferd ; it bihoueth first
10 but not 3it anoon the' ende. Thanne he
1
these thingis to be don, but not 3it anoon
hem, Folk schal ryse a3ens folk,
seide to is an ende. Thanne he seide to hevn,io
n and rewme a3ens rewme and grete ; Folk schal rise a3ens folk, and rewme
mouyngis of erthe schulen be by places, a3ens rewme; grete* mouyngis of erthe>'n
and pestilensis, and hungris, and dredis schulen be bi placis, and pestilencis, and
fro heuene, and grete tokenes schulen be. hungris, and dredis fro heuene, and grete
12 But bifore alle thes thingis thei schulen tokenes schulen be. But bifore alle these 12

k
sette' hir hondis on 3ou, and schulen thingis thei schulen sette her hoondis on
pursuwe, bitakinge
1
in to synagogis and 3ou,and schulen pursue 2 bitakynge in to ,

a b
kepingis, Aether prisouns, drawynge to synagogis and kepyngis drawynge to ,

iskingis and iustisis", for my name; for- kyngis and to iusticis, for my name; but is

sothe schal bifalle to 3ou in to wit-

it it schal falle to 3ou in to witnessyng.
14 nessing. Therfore putte 36 in 3oure hertis, Therfor putte 3e hb in c 3oure hertis, not d 14

not to thenke bifore, how 36 schulen an- to thenke bifore, hou 36 schulen answere ;

k men AGMNOPQSTWXY. >

and he Q.
k and AGMNOPSTWXY. Om. Q.
'
two GMPXY.
tresoury, ryche
and two o. n or AGMNPQSTWY. that is o. Om. x. P ferthingis AGMNPQSTWY. Om. x.
mynutes MQ.
1 thes of the aboundaunt [habundaunce N], or plenteuorvs, to hem AGMNPQSTY. thees of the habundaunce
to hem o. thes of the abundaunt of plenleuous to hem w. these of the abundaunt to hem x. r the
jiftis
AG sec. m. MNOPQSTWX. s Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. * that AGMNOPQSTWXY. u Om. v Om. s.
v.
w the whiche AGMNPQTWY. x
vpon o. y the whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. that x. z for to
AGMNOPQTWY.
a The whiche AGMNOPQSTtrxY. b c then o. d Forsoth
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
sothely AGMNOPQSTWXY.
e
sediciouns, or stryues AGMNPSTWXY. stryues o. seduciouns Q.
f with in forth AGMNOPSTWXY. Om. Q.
ff ferd G. 8 for to AGMHOPQTWY. h an AGMNOPQSTWXY. put AGMNOPQSTIVXY. k to AGMNOPQSTH'XY. '

m Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. n meyris, or iustisis AGMXPSTWY. meyres OQX.

bytrayinge o. bitakende x.
1

falle AGMNPQSTWXY.

u castede B. v casteden E. kesten R. w castede E. kest K. x and grete c sec. m. B. y the erthe gk.
z a b bb c into d Om. hi.
purswe -y>u Kk. kepyngis, and ik pr.m. drawinge -3,011 Kk. 36 not hi. gk.
VOL. IV. F f
 218 LUKE. xxi. 15 28.

15 swere ;
for? I schal 3yue to 3ou mouth and for Y schal 3yue to 3ou mouth and wis- 15

wysdom, to whiche alle 3oure aduersaries dom, to whiche alle 3oure aduersaries
schulen not mowe a3enstonde, and ajen- schulen not mowea3enstonde, and a3en-
icseye. Sothli 36 schulen be bytrayedi of seie. And 36 schulen be takun of fadir, i

fadir, and rnodir, and britheren, and cosyns, and modir, arid* britheren, and cosyns,
and and by deeth thei schulen tur-
frendis, and f freendis, and bi deeth thei schulen
nmente summe r of 5 3ou and 36 schulen ; turmente of 3ou; and 36 schulen be in 17

is be hatid of u alle men for

1
my name. And haate to alle men for my name. And an is
an heer of heed schal not w
v
3oure perische ; heere of 3oure heed schal not perische ;
inin 3oure pacience 36 schulen welde x 3oure in 3oure pacience 36 schulen welde 3oure 19

aosoulis. Forsoth whanne 36 schulen se Je- soulis. But whanne 36 schulen se Je-2
rusalem enuyrownedy of an oost ofbatel, rusalem ben enuyround with an oost,
thannez wite 36, that* the b desolacioun c thanne wite 36, that the desolacioun of it
21 therof d schal nei3e. Thanne thei that ben schal nei3e. Thanne thei that ben in 21

in Judee, flee 'in to hillis 6

;
and thei that Judee, fleS to
1'
the' mountans ; and thei
ben { in the& myddel of it, go awey; and that ben in the mydil of it, gon awei ;
thei that ben h in the cuntreis, entre not 1
and thei that ben in the cuntreis, entre
k For these ben daies k of22
22 in to it. For thes ben the
dayes of ven- not in to it.

iaunce, that alle thingis that ben writun, veniaunce, that alle thingis that ben
23 be fillid Forsothe wo to hem m , 'that
'. writun, be fulfillid. And wo to hem, that 23
ben" with childe, and norischen in tho ben with child, and norischen in tho

dayes; for? a greet tribulaciouni schal be daies ; for a greet diseese schal be on the
on r erthe s and wraththe to this peple.
, erthe, and wraththe to this 1 puple. And 24
24 And thei schulen falle in the mouth of thei schulen falle bi the scharpnesse of

swerd, and thei schulen be ledd caytif ' in swerd, and thei schulen be led prisoneris
to alle folkis; and Jerusalem schal be de- in to alle folkis; and Jerusalem schal be
of hethen men, til the tymes v of
foulid u
defoulid of hethene men, til the tymes'"
isnaciouns be fillid". And tokeues schulen of naciouns be fulfillid. And tokenes2&
be in the x sunne, and moone, and sterris ; schulen be in the sunne, and the" mone,
'
and in the^ erthe schal be 7 ouerleying of -
and in the sterris ; and in the erthe
folkis, for confusioun of sown of the* see ouerleiyng of folkis, for confusioun of
b
26 and wawis men waxinge drye for drede
; sown? of the see and of floodis ; for men 26
and c abidinge that schulen come on d al the schulen wexe drye for drede and abidyng
"
world ; forwhi vertues of heuene schulen thati schulen come to s al the world ; for
1

27 be mouyd. And thanne dd thei schulen se vertues of heuenes* schulen be mouyd.

mannis sone comynge in a cloude, with And thanne thei schulen se mannys sone 27

28 greet power and maieste. Sothli 6 thes comynge in a cloude, with greet power
f
thingis bigynnynge to be don*, biholde and maieste. And whanne these thingis 23

Q bitraied, or lakun AGMNPSTWY. r Om. s Om.

l> AGMNOPQSTWXY.
forsoth AGMNOPQSTWXY. g.
1 u to AGMNOPQSTITXY. v heued OWY. w no s. x weelde, or finite in
AGMNOQSTWXY.
in haate

qiiiele AGMNPSTWY.
z that XY.
Y be
enuyrowned AG pr. m. MNPQSTWV. to ben enuyrounde G sec. in. ox.
8 for AGMNopQSTfrx. b Om. v. c or AGMNPSTWY. of it AGMNOPQSTWXY. '
desolacionn, discoumfort
e to f Om. e Om. XY. h Om. AGMN
inountayns AGMOPQSTWXY. in to mountayns N. AMNPQSTWX.
OPQSTWX. go x. k Om.
i
AGMNOpQSTrn-xY. l
fulfilde AGMNOPQSTWXY. m wimmen AGMNOPQST
XY. nomman w. n Om.
AGMNPQ.STWXY. nurishynge XG.WNPQSTWAV. P forsoth AGMNOPQSTWXY,

pressure, or oi/crleyinge AGMNPSTPTY. pressure OQX.

r to XY. s the erth *
<1
AGMtiOPQSTtvY. caitif,
or prisoneris AGMNPSTWY. caytifes o. u
defoulid, or to-trodun AGMNPSTWY.
v w
tyme MPQIT. fulfilde
AGMNOPQSTITXY. x Ol)l. Y Om. AGMNOPQSTrfVX Y. z Om. AGMNOPQSTIVX Y.
AGMNPQSTWXY.
Om. v. b floodis o. c in jv. d to
AGMNOPQSTWXY. dd Om. G pr.m. e Forsoth o. f for to AGMN

OPQTWY. % maad AGMfiOPQSTWXY.

e and of i. f and of i. g fle h in to K sec.m. gk. Om. k the daies b.

je k. in p. '
iKsg. al
this li
pr. m. the k.
m tyme k. n Om. e. Om. R. P the soun cse. S that that k. r schal k.
3 in to b. *
heuene EQRghi.
 XXI. 29 XXII. 4- LUKE. 219
h k
3e , and reyse
joure heedis for 3oure 36' , bigynnen to be maad, biholde 36, and
v
29 a3en bying nei3ith. And he seide to hem 1
reise 36 3oure heedis, for 3oure
redemp-
a licnesse, Se 36 the fige tree, and alle cioun neijeth. And he seide to hem a 29
v
so trees, whanne thei 'bringen forth"1 of hem n liknesse, Se 36 the fige tre, and alle trees,
si fruyt nowP, 36 witen for somer is ni3 ; so whanne thei bryngen forth now of hem so

also'', whanne
36 schulen se thes thingis silf fruyt, 36 witen that somer is ny3 ; so si
r
to be don, wite 36, for the kyngdorn of 3e, whanne 30 seen these thingis to" be
32 God is ny3. Treuli I seie to 3011, for this don, wite 36, that the kyngdom of God
generacioun schal not passe, til alle thingis is ny3- Treuli Y seie to 3ou, that this 32

33 be don. Heuene and erthe schulen passe, generacioun schal not passe, til alle thingis
34 but 8 my wordis schulen not passe. For- be don. Heuene and erthe schulen passe, 33
sothe 'take 36 heede* to 3ouu silf, lest per but my wordis schulen not passe. But 34
auenture 3oure hertis be greuyd with glo- take 36 heede to 3ou v silf, lest perauen-
v
tenye, and drunkenesse, and bisynessis of ture 3oure hertis be greuyd with glotony,
this and thilke w
lyf, come onx day sudeyn and drunkenesse, and bisynessis w of this
3530U ; for xx as a snare? it schal come 'on alle lijf, and thilke dai come sodeiri* on 3ou ;
men, that sitten z ona the face of al erthe. for as a snare it schal come on alle
men, 35
se And so wakeb 36, preiynge in ech tyme, that sitten on the face of al erthe?. Ther- se
that 30 be c worthi to d fle alle thes thingis for wake 36, preiynge in ech tyme, that
that schulen e come, and to f stonde bifore 3e be hadde worthi to fle alle these thingis
37 mannis sone. Forsoth in dayes he was that ben to come, and to stonde bifor

techinge in the temple, but he goynge mannus sone. And he was 37

in daies z

h k
out dwellide Mil ny3tis' in the hil , which 1

techynge in the temple, but in ny3tis he

38 is clepid of Olyuete. And al the peple 3ede out, and dwellide in the mount, that
v

roos erly" to" come to 1

,
him in the temple, is clepid of Olyuet. And al the pupless
for to heere him P. roos eerli, to come to hym in the temple,
and to a here hym.

CAP. XXII. CAP. XXII.

i Forsothe the haliday of therf looues, And the halidai of therf b looues, that i

2whichi seid paske, r^ede".

is
r
And the is seid pask, nei3ede. And the princis of 2
c
princes of prestis and the* scribis soften, preestis and the scribis soi^ten, hou thei
hou thei schulden slee Jhesu, but" thei schulden sle Jhesu, but thei dredden the
sdredden the peple w . Sothli Sathanas en- puple. And Sathanas entride in to Ju-3
tride in to Judas, that" was elepid Seari- das, that was d clepid Scarioth, oon of the
oon of the twelue. And he wente, twelue. And he wente, and spak with 4

* Om. k heuedis
v. Om. OWY. redempcioun, or biynge a^en AGMNPTWY. redempcioun OQ. redemp-
> l
T.

.cioun, or ayen biynge s. m bryngen forth now AGMNPQSXY. bygynne for to brynge forth o. bringith
f. now T. bryngen now of hem forth w.
n Om. orw. fruite now of hem r. P Om. AGMNOPQSTVWXY.
'land 36 AGMNOPQSTWXY. r for to
AGMNOPQTWY. "Om. GMPTY. s sothely AGMNOPQSXY. Om. T. for-
sothe w. * perseyue je, or take heede AMT. parceyue jee, or take ye hede GNPW. perceyue 36 Q. perceyue jee,
or taketli heed 8. parceyueth A:, parceyue, or take ye heede Y. u jour A/NOQW. T bysynesse AGNOsrpr.rn.tr.
w that x. * ** forsothe AGMNOPQSTWXY.
bi synnes MP. blyndenessis T. vpon AGMNOPWY. y grane,
z Om. G
or snare AGMPQTWY. gnare, or snare N. grane s. pr. m. MNPQ pr. m. TXY. into alle that silten
sec. m. a b walke AMNP. c ben had
AGMNOPQSTWXY. d for to AGMNOPQTWY,.
Q vpon AGMNOPQTWY.
e ben to AGMfiopQSTfvxY. f for to
AGMNOPQTWY. g sothely in nijtis AGMNOPQSTWXY. h not Y.
'
Om. AGMHOPtjSTWXY. k mount AGMNOPQSTrrxY. ' that AGMNOPQSTWXY. m hastide, or roos A pr.m.
n for to AGMNOPQTWY. Om. sx.
hastide, or came erly G pr. m. MNPQTY. vOm.Gpr.m. 1 that
B cam * Om. XY. u forsothe AGMNOPQSTWXY.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. ni3e AGMNOPQSTWY.
f
clepid o.
w * and K. X of Scarioth AGMNOPQSTWX.
pore pepil AGMNOPQSTWXY.

u Om. k. v
joure Ehi.
w x
sodeynli c pr. m. R sec. m. hik. T the erthe z tho
bisynesse ibhi. iKgk.
daies a for to IKMRS pr. m. b the therf IBS pr. m. ehia/3. c Om. k. d is k.
kpr.7, xghi.
F f2
 220 LUKE. xxn. 5 19.

and spak with the princes of prestis, and the of preestis, and with the
princis
'with the z
magestratis, how he schulde magistratis, hou he schulde bitray hym
-.bitraye him to hem. And thei ioyeden, to hem. And thei ioyeden, and maden 5
and maden couenaunt to a 3yue 'money couenaunt to 3yue hym money. And he 6
6 to him
b And he bihi3te, and he sot^te
.
bihi3te, and he sou3te oportunyte, to bi-

couenablete, that he schulde bitraye him, traye hym, with outen puple". But the;
7 with oute the c cumpanyes. Sothly the daies of therf looues camen, in whiche it
d was neede, that the
day of therf looues cam, in which it was pask were sacrifice of
e
nede, that pask, "that is, sacrifice ofpas, slayn. And he sente Petre and Joon, s
s be&
slayn. And he sente Petre and John, and seide, Go 36, and make 36 f redi to vs

seyinge, 3e goynge make redy 'pask to

h the pask, that we ete. And thei seiden, 9
vs, that we ete
1
And thei seiden, Where . Where wolt thou, that we make redi ?
lowolt thou, that k we make redy? And he And he seide to hem, Lo whanne 36 10
!

seide to hem, Lo !
3011' entringe
in to the schulen entre in to the citee, a man
1"
citee, sum man beringe a vessel with berynge a vessel of watir schal meete
watir schal come a3ens 3ou sue }e him in ; 3011 ; sue 36 hym in to the hous, in to

11 to the hous, 'in to" which he entrith. And which he entrith. And 36 schulen seien
36 schulen seye
to the hosebonde man of the to the hosebonde man of the hous, The
hous, The maistir seith to thee, Where is maister seith to thee, Where is a chaum-
the herborgerie, where I schal ete pask bre, where Y schal ete the pask with my

12 with my disciplis ? And he schal schewe disciplis ? And he schal schewe to 3011 a 12

to 5ou a greet souping place strewid, and greet soupyng place strewid, and there
is there 'make 36 redy. Sothli thei goynge make 36 redi. And thei 3eden, and 13

founden as he seide to hem, and there P founden as he seide to hem, and thei
14 thei maden redy thei paske. And whanne maden redi the pask. And whanne theu
our was maad, he sat to the mete,
the r 5
our was come, he sat to& the'1 mete, and
15 and twelue apostlis with him. And he the twelue apostlis with hym. And he 15

seide 1
to hem, With desyr I haue desyrid seide to hem, With desier Y haue desirid
to" ete with 3ou this pask, bifore that I
v
to ete with 3ou this pask, bifor that Y
losuffre ; forsothe I seie to 3ou, for fro this suffre ;
for Y seie to 3ou, that fro this i<;

tyme I shal not ete it, til it be fillid

w in
tyme Y schal not ete it, til it be fulfillid'

17 the rewme of God. And the cuppe takun, in the rewme of God. And whanne he 17

he dide thankingis", and seide, 'Take 36?, hadde take the cuppe, he dide gracis, and
k
HI and 'departe 36" among 3ou forsothe 3 I ; seide, Take 36, and departe 36 among
seie to 3011, I schal not drynke of the b 3ou ; for Y seie to 3ou, that Y schal not IB

generacioun of this vyne, til the rewme of drynke of the kynde of this vyne, til the
19 God come. And the breed takun, he dide rewme of God come. And whanne he in

thankingis and brak, and 3af to hem,

c
,
hadde take breed, he 1
dide thankyngis,
d
seyinge, This is my body, which schal be and brak, and 3af to hem, and seide, This
e
3ouun 'for jou do 36 this thing in to my ;
is my bodi, that schal be 3ouun for 3ou ;

z Om. AGMNOPQTWY. b him money AGMNOPSTWXY. c Om. AGMHOPQSTVWXY. d the

o. a for to

is, the sacrifice of pask AGMNPQSTWY. Om. ox.

whiche AGMNOPQSTWY. e Om. AGMNOPQSTWX. f that

g for to be AGMNOPQTWY. to be sx. h maketh x. to us, tor to eet pask o. to vs pask, that we ete MPY.
'

k Om. AGMNPQSTWXY. "" of n and in to K. maketh x.

366 Qs. thou T. AGMNopQSTWXY.
'

P Om. AGMNOPSTVWXY. 1 Om. MPQX. r Om. T. s

Om. WXY. * saith AGMNOPQSTWX Y. u for to

AGMNOPQTWY. T Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. w fulfilde AGMNOPQSTWXY. x

gracis AGMNOPQSTWX Y.
y Taketh x. z sx. r. a AGMNOPQSTWXY. b this N. c or thankyngis
departeth parte je sothely graces,
AGMNPSTW. graces QXY. d that for e Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
jou AGMNOPQSTWXY.

e the peple IKSX sec. m. gk. f Om. s. e at hi. h Om. k. '

fillid P pi: m. k Om. i.
'
and hi.
 XXII. 20 34- LUKE. 221

2ocommemoracioun f Also and the chalys, . do 36 this thing in m mynde of me. He 20

aftir that he hadde soupid, seyinge, This took also the cuppe, aftir that he hadde
cuppe is the newe testament in my blood, soupid, and seide, This cuppe is the newe
2iwhich& schal be sched for 300. Netheles testament in my blood, that schal be
lo the hond of a b man bitrayinge me is
! sched for 3ou. Netheles lo the hoond 21 !

22 with me in the bord. And sothli mannis of hym that bitraieth me, is with me at
sone goth, vp' that k it is determynd
1
; ne- the table. And mannus sone goith, 'aftir 22
theles wo to that man, bi whom he schal that" it is determyned; netheles wo to
23 be bitrayed. And thei bigynnen to m seche that man, bi whom he schal be bitraied.
among hem silf ", who it was of hem, that And thei bigunnen to seke among hem, 23
24 was to doynge this? thing. And stryf who it was of hem, that was to do this
wasi maad among hem, which of hem thing. And strijf was maad among hem, 24
v
asschulde be seyn to be more. Forsoth he r
which of hem schulde be seyn to be
v N
seide to hem,'Kyngis of 8 hethen men 1 ben grettest. But he seide to hem, Kyngisas
lordis 11 , W lordsc/iipen ,*of
v hem vv and , thei of hethen men ben lordis of hem, and
that han power on w
clepid goode hem ben thei that han power on hem ben clepid
x
263yueris but? 36 not so; but he that is
,
good doeris, but 36 not so; but he that2
the' more in 3011, be a maad as the b 3ongere, is
grettest among as? 3on-3ou, be maad
and he that is bifore goer, as a seruaunt. gere, and he that isi bifor goere, as a
2;Forwhi who is the c more, he that restith, seruaunt. For who is
gretter, he that 27
other d he that mynistrith ? wher e not he sittith at the mete, or he that mynystrith ?

that restith ? Forsoth I am in the myddis

f
whether not he that sittith at the mete ?

2fiof 3ou, as he that mynistrith. Sothli 36 And Y am in the r

myddil of 3ou, as he
it
ff
ben, that han dwelt with me in& my that mynystrith. And 36 ben, that han 28

2 temptaciouns ;
arid I dispose 1 to 3011, as dwellid with me in my temptaciouns ;

my fadir hath disposed to

1
me, a rewme, and Y dispose to you, as my fadir hath 29
30 that 36 etc and drynke on k my bord in disposid to rne, a rewme, that 36 ete and so

my rewme, and sitte on trones" , dem- drynke on my boord in my rewme, and

1 1

31
yuge twelue" kynredis of Israel. Forsothe sitte on trones
8
and deme the twelue
,

the Lord seide to Symount, Symount, lo! kynredis of Israel. And the Lord seide 3i
Sathanas hath axid 3011, that he schulde to Symount, Symount, lo, Satanas hath
32 ridele as whete ; but P I haue preied for axid 3ou, that he schulde ridile' as whete ;

thee, that thi feith fayle not ; and thou but Y

haue preyede for thee, that thi 32
conuertid sum tyme, conferme thi bri- feith faile not and thou sum tyme con-
;

33 theren. Which*! seide to him, Lord I am r

, uertid, conferme thi britheren. Which" 33
redi to 8 go with thee, and* in to prisoun seide to hym, Lord, Y am redi to go in
34 and in to deeth. And he seide, I seie to to prisoun and in to deeth with thee.
thee, Peter", the koc schal not crowe to And he seide, Y seie to thee, Petir, the 34

thou 'thries forsake v to knowe w me.

v

day, til cok schal not crowe to dai, til thou thries

h the G sec. m. o.
mynde of me AGMNPQSTWXY.
B that AGMNOPQSTWXY.
f
commemoracioun, or in to
Om. x. k AGMNPQTWXY.
AGMNOPQSTWY. as x. deffyned of hym, or
!
'
after diffyned, or determyned
m for to AGMNOPQTWY. n Om. AGMNOPQSTWX. do AGMNOPQSTWXY. P that y.
determyned s.
seen for to AGMNOPTWY. * Om. K.
pr. m. G pr. m.
* * folkis A
q is A pr. m. a pr. m. MNOPQSTXY.
u v Om. KOQVX. vv Om. K. w Vpon AGMNOPQTWY.
MNOQTXY. Om. K. lordschipen o. Om. K.
z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
good ^yueris AGMNPSTWY. doeris OQX.
* doeris, or J forsoth AGMXOPQSTIVX.
be he TW sec. m. b Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. c Om. d Or AGMNOPQSTWXY.
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
e whethir x. !
myddel AGMNOPQSTWXY.
ff Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. 8 and K. h
disposid w. Om. N. '

in N. vpon o. *
sittinge w. m twelue trones K. n the twelue GMPQXY. Om. K. P sotlily AGM >

q The whiche AGMNOPQSTWXY. r Lo r.

NOPQSTIVXY. 9 for to
AGMXOPQTWY. m.Mwpr.m.
n Om. K. v forsake thries K. w for to haue knowun AGMNPQTIVY. for to haf knowen o. to han knowen sx.

m in to i
pr. m.
n as a. of hi. P as a hi. <l is a hi. r
myddes hi. s the trones i.
* ridle
jou
Ksk. n The whiche i.
 222 LUKE. XXII. 3549-
3,-> And he seide to hem, Whanne I sente 3ou forsake that thou knowist me. And he 35
with oute sachel, and w scrip, and* schoori, seide tohem, Whanne Y sente 3ou with
:; wher ony thing failide to 3011 ? And thei outen sachel, and scrippe, and schone,
seiden, No thing. Therfore he seide to whether ony thing failide to 3ou? Andse
hem, But now he that hath a sachel, take thei seiden, No thing. Therfor he seide
and a scrippe; and he that hath not,
also to hem, But now he that hath a sachel,
37selle his coote, and bye a swerd. Sothli take also and v a scrippe ; and he that
I seie to 3ou, for 3it it bihoueth this? hath noon, selle his coote, and bigge w a

thing that is writun to be fulfillid" in me,

z
swerd. For Y
seie to 3ou, that 3it it 37

And he is demyd b with wickidec men ; bihoueth that thing that is writun to be
forsothe tho thingis that ben of me han fulfillid in me, And he is arettid with
:jsan
d ende. And thei seiden, Lord, lo! wickid men ; for tho thingis that ben of

tweye
e
swerdis here. And he seyde to me han ende x
And thei seiden, Lord, 38
.

an hem, ynow3- It is And he gon out, lo ! twei swerdis here. And he seide to
wente f
bi custom in to the hil of Olyues^ ; hem, It is ynow3- And he 3ede out, and 30
4osothli and the disciplis sueden him. And wente aftir the custom in to the hille of
1'

whanne he cam to the place, he seyde to Olyues; and the disciplis sueden hym.
hem, Preie 36, lest' 36 entre k in to ternpt- And whanne he cam to^ the place, he4o
41 acioun. And he was takun awey fro
1
seide to hem, Preye 36, lest 36 entren in

hem, 'as myche as is

111
a stoones cast"; and to temptacioun. And he was taken awei4i
7 a
the knees put, he preide, seyinge, Fadir, hem, so as a stonys cast
-

42
fro myche is ;

if thou wolt, turn ouer this cuppe"" fro and he knelide, and preyede, and seide, 42
me; netheles not my wille 'be don, but Fadir, if thou wolt, do awei this cuppe
43 thin P. Forsoth an aungel apperide to fro me ; netheles not my wille be don,

him fro heuene, cumfortinge him. And but thin. And an

aungel apperide to 43
b fro
he maad in agonye, "ether angwischei, hym heuene, and coumfortide hym.
"

4 4preiede lengere ; and his swoot was 1

And he was maad in agonye, and prey-
maad as dropis of blood rennynge doun ede the lenger ; and his swot was maad 44
8
45 in to the erthe. And whanne he hadde as dropis of blood rennynge doun in to

rise fro preier, and hadde' come to his the erthe. And whanne he was rysun45
disciplis, he fond hem slepinge" for heuy- fro preier, and was comun to hise disci-

4(; nesse. And lie seide v to hem, What plis, he foond hem slepynge heuy- for
w And he seide to hem, What4
slepen 36 ? 'Ryse 36, and preie 3e , that nesse.
x him Rise 36, and preye 3e, that 36
47 36 entre not in to temptacioun. ^it slepen 36 ?
lo cumpany, and he that
a entre not in to temptacioun. Jit while 47
spekinge, !

was clepid Judas, oon of the twelue, he company, and he that was
spak, lo ! a
weute bifore hem ; and he nei3ede>' to clepid Judas, oon of the twelue, wente
48 Jhesu, that" he schulde kisse him. Sothli bifor hem ; and he cam to Jhesu, to
Jhesu seide to him, Judas, 'bitrayest thou a kisse hym. And Jhesus seide to hym, 48

4y
mannis sone'with a coss b ? Forsoth thei Judas c ,
'with a coss d 'thou bytrayest e

w or N. AGMNOPSTWX. that that G pr. m. QY.

* or N. y that * for to AGMNOPQTWY. a fillid r.
b AGMNPQSTWY. put x. c wicke d Om. e two GMOPQWXY.
put, or denied s.x. ^GA/NOPQSTWJTV.
{ aftir
^GMNOPQST^JTV. S Olyuete w. h Om. XGMNOPQSTJFA'Y. that Q sec.m. k falle MNPTXY. '

entre not Q sec. m. is ^GMNOPSSTAY. ! m how myche is ^GMNPQSTWAV. hou myche as o. n cast is o.
nn Om. o. P thine be done o. Q or strijf AGMNOPQSTWXY. r is A pr.m.
cuppe, or passioun G sec.m.
G pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. s Om. K sec. m. r. 4 Om. x Y. u in v saith AGMNOPQSTWXY.
slepynge Y.
w Rijse 36, and * falle MNOPQTXY. y cam ni3e AGMNOPQSTWXY.
preye M. Riseth, and pre3eth x.
2 and that K. a with a cosse thou
bytrayest A pr. m. GMNPQTWXY. with a cosse bitra3ist thou A sec. m. s.
b Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. c
Sothely AGMNOQSTWXY.

x Om. EIK R m. scghik pr. m. w hie * an ende sb. y into

pr. m. sec. CEKMUX/3. bye pea. bije R.
z as rx. Oai. u. b hem a. c Om. p pr.m. d Om. EP. e bitruiest thou
Ai pr.m. CEpqxa.
 XXII. 5 63- LUKE.
that weren aboute hym, seynge 'the 'mannys sone
f
And thei that weren
. ;

d
thing was to comynge", seiden to
that aboute hym, and sayn that that was to
him, Lord, wher f
we smyten bys swerd ? come, seiden to hym, Lord, whether we
50 And oon of hem smoot the seruaunt of smyten with swerd ? And oon of hem so
the prince of the' 1

prestis, and kittide' of smoot the seruaunt of the prince of

si his litel rijt eere. Forsothe Jhesu an- preestis, and kittides of his ri3t eere.
k
sweringe seyde til hidur.,AndSuffre 36 But Jhesus answerde, and seide, Suffre r>i -

whanne he hadde touchid his litil eere, 3e til hidir. And whanne he hadde
1'

52 he heelide him. Forsothe Jhesu seide to touchid his eere, he heelide hym. And 5-2

hem, that camen to him, the princes of Jhesus seide to hem, that camen to hym,
prestis, and magestratis and eldere men, the princis of preestis, and' maiestratis
1
,

As to a theef 36 han gon out with swerdis of the temple, and eldre men, As to a
53 and staues ? Whanne I was eche day theef 36 han gon out with swerdis and
'with 3ou m in the temple, 36 strei3ten not staues? Whanne was ech dai with Y 53

out the" hondis into me ; but this is 3oure 3ou in the temple, 36 strei3ten not out
54 our, and the power of derknessis. Sothli hondis in to me but this is 3oure our,
;

thei takinge him, ledden to the hous of and the power of derknessis. And thei 54
'the princel' of prestis; Petre forsothe suede token him, and ledden to the hous of
55 him a fer. Sothli a fyer kyndlid in the the prince of prestis and Petir suede ;

myddeli 'greet hous

r
,
and hem sittinge hym afer. And whanne a fier was 55
aboute, Petre was in the myddel of hem. kyndelid in the myddil of the greet
so Whom whanne sum handrnayde 5 hadde hous, and thei sateri aboute, Petir was
seyn sittinge at the Ii3t, and hadde biholde in the myddil of hem. Whom whanne s
him, she seide, And this was with him.
1
a damysel hadde seyn sittynge 'at the k
57 And he denyede him, seiynge, Womman, Ii3t, and hadde biholdun hym, sche
68 1 knowe u him not. And aftir a litil seide, And this 1 was with hym. And 57
a nothir man seynge him, seide
v
, And thou he denyede hym, and seide, Womman,
ert of hem. Petre forsothe seide, Aw ! Y knowe hym not. And aftir a litil 58

59 man, I am not. And a space maad as* another man 81*3 hym, and seide, And
of oon our, sothli anothir affermyde, sey- thou art of hem. But Petir seide, A !

inge, Treuli and this was

with him for- ; man, Y am not. And whanne a space 59
oowhi and 'he is? of Galilee. And Petre was maad as of on our, another afferm-
b
Man, I 'wot not" what thou seist
seide', .
yd, and seide, Treuli this was with
And a non 3it him spekinge, a cok crew. hym ; for also he is of Galilee. And eo
ci And the Lord turned a3en
c
biheeld Petre; , Petir seide, Man, Y noot n
what thou
and Petre hadde mynde of d the word of seist. And anoon 3it while he spak, the
ee
e
Jhesu, as he hadde seid, For bifore that cok crewe. And the Lord turnede a3en, ei
the koc crew f, thries thou schalt denye me. and bihelde Petre ;
and Petre hadde

Jig
And Petre gon forth, wepte bitturly. And mynde on theword of Jhesu, as he
the men that heelden him, scornyden him hadde seid, For? bifor thaf the cok

d that AGMPSTWXY. Om. o. that e come r if gin

thing Q. AGMNOPQSTWXY. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. h Om. AGMNopQSTPwx Y. kitte ^GJUNOpQsrfr.x v. k saith XGMNOPQST^JTV.
i

1
magestratis, or maistris, of the temple AGMNPQSTWXY.
m Om. x. Om. MPX Y. Om. N.
r
P princes K. 1 myd x. floor, or greet horns AGMNQSTWY. flore OPJ:. s
hondmayden AGMNOPQSTXY.
* he this o. u knewe ^GMJVopQSTWAy.
kne3 jr.
v saith
OQTWX. w O! PQXY. * Om. Q.

was a pr.m. z saith ^GMNOpysTWjfy. a note b seith

> this AGMNOQST. noot P. not FFJCV. >*.
c Om. Ky. d on
^GAfNpQSfrjrv.
e
Om. N. ee Om.
^Gi/NopQSTWxv. f crowe

f m. s. with a cosse EPQ. S kitte i. h til to hi. '

and the i. k atte r pass. '
he this i. m he this i.

ne wot i. woot not Kb. of s. P Om. b. 1 Om. K pr. m.

 224 LUKE. XXII. 64 XXIII. 6.

h
s. And theiveyliden him , "or crowe, thries thou schalt denye me. Andes
k Petre 3ede out, and wepte bittirli. Andes
hidden and smyten his face, and ax-
1

iden him, seyinge, Prophesie thou, who the men that hym helden scorneden
05 "is he that smoot thee.
1
Also thei blas- hym
r
, and smyten hym. And thei blyn-64

phemynge seiden inanye othere thingis felden hym, and smyten his face, and
oca3ens him. And
day was maad, as the axiden hym, and seiden, Arede, thou
the eldere men of the peple, and the m Crist, to vs, who is he that smoot thee ?

princes of prestis, and the scribis camen Also thei blasfemynge seiden a3ens hymes
to gidere, and ledden him in to her coun- many other thingis. And as the day 66
07 ceil, seyinge, If thou art Crist, seie to vs. was come, the eldre men of the puple,
f>8 And and the 1
he seide to hem, If I schal seye to
11
and the
princis" of prestis ,

3011, je schulen not bileue to me ; sothli scribis togidir, camen

and ledden hym
and if I shal axe, 36 schulen not answere in to her councel, and seiden, If thou 07
en to me, nether 30 schulen leueP. Forsoth art Crist, seie to vs. And he seide toes
aftir this tyme mannis sone schal be sit- hem, If Y seie to 3ou, 30 schulen not

tinge on the ri3thalf of the vertu of God. bileue to ; me and

axe, 36 schulen
v
if Y
7oTherfore alle seiden, Therfore ert thou not answere to me, nethir 3e w schulen*
the sone of God ? Which 9 seide r , 3e seyn delyuere me. But aftir this tyme man- 69
71 for I am. And thei seiden, What 3it de- nys sone schal be sittynge on the ri3t

syren we
witnessing? forsoth we vs s selue half of the vertu of God. Therfor alle 70

han herd of his mouth. seiden, Thanne art thou the sone of
God ? And he seide, 3e seien that Y am.
And thei seiden, What 3it desiren we wit- 71

nessyng? for we vs? silf han herd of his

mouth.
CAP. XXIII. CAP. XXIII.
1 And al the multitude 'risinge of hem*, And al the multitude of hem arysen
z
,
i

2 ledden him to Pilat. Forsoth thei bi- and ledden hym to Pilat. And thei bi-2

gunnen to u accuse him, seyinge, han We gunnen to accuse We hym, and seideu,
ibunden this man
v w han foundun this turnynge vpsodoun
turnynge vpsodoun
v
oure folk, and forbedinge tributis* to- be oure folk, and forbedynge tributis 3 to be
3ouun to Cesar, and seyinge him silf to>' 3OUUD to the emperour, and seiynge that
she Crist king. Forsothe Pilat axide him, hym silf is Crist and b kyng. And Pilat s
seyinge, Ert thou kyng of Jewis ? And axide hym, and seide, Art thou kyng of
4 he answeringe seide z , Thou seist. For- Jewis ? And he answeride, and seide,
sothe Pilat seide 2 to the princes of prestis, Thou seist. And Pilat seide to the 4
and to the cumpanyes" of peple b I fynde , princis of prestis, and to the puple, Y
5 no thing of cause in this man. c
And thei fynde no thing of cause in this man.
woxen strengere, seyinge, He moueth 'to And thei woxen stronger, and seiden, s
d
the peple, techinge thorw al Judee,
gidere He moueth the puple, techynge thorou
e
cbigynnynge fro Galilee til hidur. Pilat al Judee, bigynnynge fro Galile til hidir.

h Om. GMPWY.
smytynge, or betynge hym AGMNPSTWY. smytynge OQ.Y. or hidden him GMPWY. i

Om.
lin. ox. k han
smyte K.
l
is it AGMNOPQTXY. is that w. m Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. n saith
AGMKOPQSTWXY. Om. T. P byleue o. q The whiche AGMNOPQSTIVXY. r saith
AGMXOPQS
t of hem u for to AGMNOPQTWY. v
hym this Q. w Om.
TITXY. 9 our
MNOPQWX. risynge JI/PQW.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. x tribute z Saith AGMNOPQSTWXY.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. y for to AGMNOPQTWY.
a b the c to K. d Om. Q. e to ow.
companye w. puple r.

r Om. k pr. m.
s
prynce hi.
l the prestis i. u wil i. * wil i. Om. s. x woln i. y our E.
z arisen k. a tribute k. b a a. c weren c. wexiden hi.
up
 XXIII. 7 20. LUKE. 225

forsoth heeringe Galilee axide, if he were And Pilat herynge Galile axide d , if hec
7 a man of Galilee. And as he knew that were a man of Galile. And whanne
he?
he was of f the power of Eroude, he knewe he was of the powere of
that
sente him a3en to Eroude; which e and Eroude, he sente hym to Eroude; which e
v
s he was at Jerusalem in tho dayes. For- 1'
was at Jerusalem in tho daies. And
sothe, him' seyn, Eroude ioyede ful myche; whanne Eroude si3 Jhesu f
, he ioyede
k
for he was coueitinge of moche tyme to ful myche; for long tyme he coueitide to
se 1 him, for he herde many thirigis of se hym, for he herde many thingis of
v

hym, and hopide to" se sum myracle to? hyrn, and hopide to see sum tokene to
9 be don^ of him. Sothli he axide him in be& don of hym. And he axide h hym 9

manye wordis; and he no thing answeride in many wordis ;

and he answeride no
ioto r him. Forsothe the princes of prestis thing to hym. And the princis ofio
8
and the scrybis stooden, stedfastli accus- preestis and the scribis stoden, stidfastli'

ninge him.
1
Eroude with u his cost
Sothli accusynge hym. But Eroude with hisii

'diepiside him v and scornyde him

,
clothid (V cost dispiside hym, and scornede hym,
with a whit cloth x and sente? ajen to
, and clothidek with a white cloth, and
12 Pilate. And Eroude and Pilate weren z sente a$en to Pilat.
hym And Eroude 12
x
a
maad frendis in thilke day ; forwhi bi- and Pilat weren maad freendis fro that
foreto b thei weren
enemyes to gidere. dai; for bifor thei weren enemyes
togidre.
13 Sothli the princes of prestis d and the And Pilat clepide togider the princis of is

magestratis of the peple clepid to gidere, prestis and the maiestratis of the puple,
1

uPilat 6 seide to hem, 3e han offrid to me and seide to hem, 3 e han bnnrjt to me u
this man, as turnynge awey the peple, thisman, as turnynge awey the puple,
and lo ! I axynge byfore 3ou fynde no and lo Y axynge bifor 3ou fynde no
!

cause in this man of thes thingis, in cause in this man of these thingis, in
15 whiche 30 accusen him ; but f
nethir whiche 36 accusen hym ; nether Eroude, 15
k
Eroude, for& Ih
^a^ein sente ^ou to him ,
1
for"' he hath sent ayen to vs, and hym
and no thing worthi of deeth is don no thing worthi of deth is don to
1
lo ! lo !

hym. And therfor Y schal amende hym,

1 " I schal n him
16 to him. Therfore delyuere i

17 amended . Forsothe he hadde nede to? and delyuere hym. But he moste nede W
deliuere^ to hem oon by the feeste day. delyuer to hem oon bi the feest dai.
is Sothli al the r
cumpanye criede , seiynge, And al the puple criede togidir, and is 11

v
Do him awey, and deliuere Barabas to seide, Do 'awei hym, and delyuer to vs
v
lovs 8 ; which* was sent in to prison for sum Barabas; which? was sent in toi prisoun i

dissencioun" maad in the citee, and for for disturblyng maad in the cite, and for
v. Forsoth w Pilat And eftsoone
20 mansleyng eft spak to mansleynge. Pilat spak 20

* for K. g the which

AGMNOPQSTWXY. h thees MNOPQTWY. '
Jhesu Q sec. m. k for to AGMNO

PQSTWY. -1
MNOPTXY.
here A pr. m. G pr. m. m for that AGMNOPQSTWXY. u for to AGMNOPQTWY.
<>
tokne AGMNOPQSTWXY. f for to AGMNOPQTWY. Om. s. q maad AGMNOPQTWXY. r Om. o. s Om.

* Forsothe w u him with o.

QXY. pr. m. forsoke, or dispiside him, with AGMNPQSTWXY. forsoke
v Om.
AGMNOPQSTWXY. * clooth him clothed o. y sente him y. 2 ben AGMN
sothly o. clad SJT.
OPQSTWXY. a that ilke Q. that x. thilke Y. & AG sec.m. MNOPQSTWY.
byfore Om.opr.m. biforn
x pass. c
Pylate sothli WXY. the prestis r. e Om. G^xy. f and o.
<1 S forwhi AGMOPSTWXY.
1>
he G sec.m. NO. hath sent him ajen N. k him to 5011 G sec.m. o. to vs N.
i
the AGMNOPQSTWY. to x. '

>
Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. B leue ^GMifopQSTWJ:K. amendid, or delyuere hym chastised AGMNPQSTITY.
amendid, or del. chastised s. P for to AGMNopQTtr Y. 1 dismytte, or delyuere AGMNOPQSTWY. dismytten x.
1 criede
togidre AGMNOPQSTXY.
8 to vs Barabas WXY. * the whiche
AGMNOPQSTWXY. u sedicioun, or
v mannes w eft-
disturblyng AGMNPQTWY. distroublynge o. sedicioun, or disturbing sx. sleeynge GY.
SOne AGMNOPQSTfTXY.

d askide R. e that ' hi. B Om. h askide R. ' k clothide him

i.
hym a.
stifly
a.
1
maystres a. m and i. n multitude a. him awey iKPQRsbeghik sec.m. aft. awey k pr. m. P the
whiche i. q in i.

VOL. IV. Gg
 226 LUKE. XXIII. 21 34.

21 hem, willinge* to? delyuere Jhesu. And to hem, and wolde delyuer Jhesu. And 21
thei vndircryeden, seyinge, Crucifie, cru- thei vndurcrieden, and seiden, Crucifie,
22cifie him. Sothli the thridde tyme he crucifie hym. And the thridde tyme he 22
z
seide to hem, Sothli what of yuel hath seide to hem, For what yuel hath this r
he a don ? I fynde no cause of deeth in don? Y fynde no cause of deeth in
him therfore I schal chastise hym, and
; hym therfor Y schal chastise hym, and
;

as 'I schal b delyuere. And thei contynueden Y" schal delyuer'. And
contynu-23 thei

axinge with greete voices, that he schulde eden with greet voicis" axynge v , that he
be crucified ; and the voyces of hem schulde be crucified and the voicis of
;

24 woxen
stronge.
c
And Pilat demyde her hem woxen w stronge. And Pilat dem-24
x
yde her axyng to be don. And he dely- 25
d
25axinge to be don. Sothli he deliuerede
to hem him, that for mansleynge e and ueride to hem hym, that for mansleyng
dissencioun f was sent in to& prisoun, whom and sedicioun was sent in to prisoun,
thei axiden ;
sothli he bitook Jhesu to whom thei axiden?; but he bitook z Jhesu
2<i her wille. And whanne thei ledden b him, to her wille. And whanne thei Iedden26
thei took sum man, Symount of Sirenen, hym, thei token a man, Symon of Syre-
a
comynge fro the toun, and thei puttiden' nen, comynge fro the toun, and thei
to him a k cross to 1 here aftir Jhesu. leiden on hym the cross to here aftir
-.'7 Sothli ther suede him moche cumpanye Jhesu. And there suede hym myche27
of peple 111
, and of wymmen that weileden, puple, and wymmen that weiliden b, and
as and bymoornyden him. Sothli Jhesu bymorneden hym. And Jhesus turnede28
turnyd to hem
seide", Doujtris of Jeru- to hem, and seide, Dou3tris of Jerusalem,
salem, nyle je wepe on me, but wepe 30 nyle 30 wepe on me, but wepe 30 on
c
29 on 3ouP and on joure sones. For lo
silf, !
3oure silf and on 3oure sones. For lo 29 !

dayes schulen come, in whiche it schal be daies schulen come, in whiche it schal
r
seid, Blessid bei bareyn wymmen and ,
be seid, Blessid be bareyn wymmen, and
wombis that han not gendrid, and the
8
wombis that han not borun children,
teetis whiche 1
han not 3ouun souke". and the tetis that han not 3ouun souke.
v
soThanne thei schulen bigynne to seye to Thanne thei schulen bigynne to seie to so
w
monteyns, Falle 36 doun on vs, and to mounteyns, Falle 36 doun on vs, and to
:u litle" hillis, Kile? 30 vs. For if thei don smale hillis, Keuere 30 vs. For if in a si
'thes thingis z in a grene tree, what schal greene tre thei don these thingis, what
32 be don in a drye ? Sothli and othere schal be don in a drie? Also othere 32
a b twei d wickid men weren
tweye wickide men weren led with him, led with hym,
33 that thei schulde be slayn. And aftir to be slayn. And 'aftir that e
thei camen 33
that thei camen in c to a place, which d is in to a place, that is clepid of Caluerie,
e
clepid of Caluarie, there thei crucifieden there thei crucifieden hym, and the

him, and the theues, oon on the ri3thalf, theues, oon on the 1-131 half, and 'the
34 and 'the tother f on the left half. Forsothe tother f
on the left half. But Jhesus 34
Jhesu seide, Fadir, for3yue to hem, for seide, Fadir, for3yue hem, for thei witen

R this MPTTTXY. b Otn.

yuel thenge AGpr.m. MNOPSTWXY.
* z
wilnynge QWY. 7 for to AGMNOPQTWY.
n pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. schal osec.m. c wexen MY. wexden o. dfor to AGMNOPQTW'Y. e mannys sleeynge Y.
f sedicion AGMNOPSTWXY. seducioun
Q. g Om. o. h hadden A. '
putteu STX.
k the jr. '
for to AGM
NOPQTWY. m the puple v. n and seyde w. Om. Y. vpon MOP. vp g. P joure GNQWY. 1 Om. x.
r Om. x. a the wombis w u soke o. souken jr. v for to ^GM.VOP
pr.m.
* that
AGMXOPQSTWXY.
QTIVY. w x smale
AGMHPQSWXY. Om. o. y Keuer AGMNOPQSTJVXY. z this
thenge GMNO
vpon o.
e Om. NVY.
PQTXY. a two GMPQWXY. tweyne TV. ^ wicke sx. c Om. o. d that AGMNOPQSTIVXY.
f that othir w. the other x.

delyuere him KP pr. m.

r he i s Om. s. 4 u vois k.
pr. m. Rg/3. he this i sec. m. this s sup. ras.
v w wexiden hi. x z tooke ac. a
askynge R. and axiden k. askyng K. T askiden R. goynge k.
b biweiliden k. c d two i sec. m. e whanne k. f the oother i. that other e.
jou CMQxabcega^. <jhi.
 xxni. 3548- LUKE. 227

thei witen not what thei don. Forsothe not what thei doon. And thei depart- 35
thei departinge his clothis, senten lottis. iden his clothis, and kesten lottis. And
35 And the peple stood abydinge ;
and the the puple stood abidynge; and the princis

princes^ scornyden him with h hem, sey- scorneden hym with hem, and seiden,
inge, Othere men he made saf make he ; Othere men he maad h saaf; make he
him silf saf, if 'he is' Crist, the chosun hym silf saaf, if this be Crist, the
36 of God. Forsoth and kny3tis neijynge 1*
chosun of God. And the kny3tis nei3-se

scornyden him, and offriden vynegre to eden, and scorneden hym, and profreden
37 him, seyinge, If thou ert kyng of Jewis, vynegre to hym, and seiden, If thou arts?
make Sothli and the Vrytinge king of Jewis, make thee saaf. And the 38
1
38 thee saf.

aboue m was writun on him with 'lettris superscripcioun was writun ouer hym
of Greek", of Latyn, and of Ebrew, This with Greke lettris, and of Latyn, and
30 is the kyng of Jewis. Forsoth oon of of Ebreu, This is the1 kyng of Jewis.
thoP theues that hangideni, blasphemyde And oon of these k theues that hangiden, 30
him, seyinge, If thou ert Crist, make thi blasfemyde hym, and seide, If thou art
v
40 silf saf and vs. Sothli the tothir r
an- Crist, make thi silf saaf and vs. But 40
v
3 1
sweringe, blamyde him, seyinge , Nethir the tothir 1 answerynge, blamyde hym,
v
thou dredist God, that thou art a in the and seide, Nether thou dredist God, that
41 same dampnacioun ? And treuly we v art in same dampnacioun? And 41
the

iustly, for w we han receyued worthi treuli we iustli, for we han resseiued
worthi thingis to werkis m but this" dide
v

thingis to dedis ; sothli this" hath don>' ;

42no yuel And he seide to Jhesu, Lord,

z
. no thing of yuel. And he seide to Jhe-42
haue mynde on a me, whanne thou 'schalt su, Lord, haue mynde of me, whanne
43come b in to thi kingdom. And Jhesu thou comest 'in toP thi kyngdom. And 43
seyde to him, Treuli I seie to thee, this Jhesus seide to hym, Treuli seie to Y
day thou schalt be with me in paradys. thee, this dai thou schalt be with me in
c
44Sothly it was almost the sixte our , and paradise. And it was almest the sixte 44
derknessis d weren e maad in al erthe f til our, and derknessis weren maad ini al
45 tosthe nynthe our h And the sunne was* . the r erthe 'in to s the nynthe our. And 4.-)

maad derk, and the veyl of the temple the sun was maad derk, and the veile
46was k kitt the myddel. And Jhesu cry- of the temple was to-rent a two. And4c
inge with greet voys, seide , Fadir, in to
1
Jhesus criynge 1 with au greet vois, seide,
thi hondis I bitake m my spirit. And he Fadir, in to thin hoondis Y bitake my
seyinge thes thingis, sente out the spirit, spirit. And he seiynge these thingis,
Aether diede n Forsothe centurio seynge
.
3af vp the goost. And the centuriert47
the thing thatP was don, glorifiede God, seynge that thing that was don, glori-
48 seyinge, Verily this man was iust. And fiede God, and seide, Verili this man was
al the cumpany of hem that weren there iust. And al the puple of hem that 48

h within N. k
g prynces of prestus Q sec.m. this be AGMNOPQSTWXY. comynge nije AGMNOP
'

QSTWXY. 1
in T. m superscripcion AGMNOPQSTWXY. n Greeke letteris AGMNOPQSTWXY. Jhesns
A pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPQTW pr. m. XY. Om. A sec. m. G sec. m. s. P the GMNOQX. Om. p. 1 thei hang-
iden 13. heengen sx. r that other w. s answered * and u thou that art w.
blamynge o. saiynge o.
v Om. x. w forwhi AGMNOPQSTWY. * he this MPQW. y dide AGMNOPQSTWXY. z of thenge yuel
our, or middai AG sup. ras. w. hour, or vndirne MN
a of b art Cornell x. c
AGMNOPQSTWXY. QXY.
PQTY. d derkenes o. e ben A
pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQSTXY. f the world
AGMNOPQSTWXY. E Om. AMN
OPQSTWXY. h
our, or none AGMNOPQSTWXY. Ms AG pr. m. MNOPQSTXY. k is A pr. m. G pr. m.MNOP
QSTXY. 1
saith AGMNOPQSTWXY. take x. m n Om. ox. or
dyede MPWY. that AGMNOPQSTWXY.
P Om. T.

8 kestiden K. casten k. h hath mad ihi. '

Om. a. k Om. i. 1
the oother i. that othir ae. m oure
werkis i. n he this i. on Apr. m. nsbcghi/3. P in e pr. m. k m. 1 on Eak. r Om. EPS. 5 in
;;/.
* criede E. u Om.
i
pr. m. EQbcka/3.

Gg2
 228 LUKE. XXIII. 49 XXIV. 7.

to gidere at this spectacle, and sy3en weren there togidir at this spectacle, and
thingis that weren don, smytinge her r
sayn tho thingis that weren don, srnyten v
4!>brestis turneden a3eyn. Forsoth al his her brestis, and turneden 33611. But alle49
kriowen stooden afer, and wymmen that his knowun stoden afer, and wymmen
sueden him fro Galilee, seynge thes thingis. that sueden hym fro Galile, seynge these
53 And lo! a man, Joseph bi name, that was thingis. And lo ! a man, Joseph bi 50
a decurioun,et/ier* liauynge ten 1 vndir him, name, of Aramathie, a cite of Judee,

a good man and iust, of Aramathie, 'a that was a decurien, a good man and a
ji he v consentide not to the
citee of Judee", iust, this man concentide not to the 51

w
counceil and" dedis? of hem 7 which 3 and counseil and to the dedis of hem; and he
;

52 he abood the kingdom of God. He b cam abood the kyngdom of God. This Jo- 52
w
ny3 to Pilat, and axide the body of Jhesu, sepli cam to Pilat, and axide the bodi
c d of Jhesu, and took it doun, and wlap-ss
53 and wlappide it don doun in a lynuen
6
pide it in a cleene lynen cloth, and leide
f
cloth, and puttide him in a graue hewun,
o^in which not 3it ony man was put. And hym in a graue hewun, in which not 3it
v
the day was the makinge redy of pask^, ony man hadde be leid. And the dais4
55 and the saboth bygan to schyne. Sothli was the euen of the halidai, and the
the wymmen suynge, that camen with sabat bigan to schyne. And the wym-65
him fro Galilee, sy3en the graue, and hou men suynge, that camen with hym fro
56 his body was put. And thei turnynge Galile, sayn the graue, and hou his bodi
a3en, maden redy swete spices, and oyne- was leid. And thei turneden a3en, and 50
mentis; and sothli in the saboth thei rest- maden redi swete smellynge spicis, and
h
iden, vp the comaundement. oynementis; but in the sabat thei rest-
iden, aftir the comaundement.

CAP. XXIV. CAP. XXIV.

1 Forsothe in oon of the woke ful erly But in o dai of the woke ful eerli thei 1

thei camen to the graue, bryngynge swete camen and brou3ten swete
to the graue,

spicis, whiche' thei hadden maad redy. smellynge spices, that thei hadden aray-
2 And founden the stoone turned a wey
thei ed. And thei founden the stoon turned 2

3 fro the
graue. And thei gon yn, founden awei fro the graue. And thei 3eden in, 3
4 not the body of Jhesu k . And it was don,
1
and founden not the bodi of the Lord
while thei weren astoneyed" in thou3t Jhesu. And it was don, the while thei 4

of this thing, loo! twey men stooden bi- weren astoriyed in thou3t of this thing,
ssydis hem in 'cloth schynyngeP. Sothli lo! twei x men stoden bisidis hem in
whenne thei dredden, and bowiden her schynynge cloth. And whanne thei 5
semelant in to erthei, thei seiden to hem, dredden, and boweden her semblaunt >'

What seke 36 the lyuynge with deede 1

"

in to the z
erthe, thei seiden to hem,
6men ? He is not here, but he hath rise.
8 1
What seken 30 hym that lyueth with
Haue 36 mynde, how he spak to 3ou, deedmen ? He is not here, but is* risun. 6
7whanne "31 1 he was" in Galilee, seyinge, Haue 36 mynde, hou he spak to 3011,

thees o. r s that is o. or
GMPQTWXY. 4 ten men s. u Om. p. of A. citee of Judee
<l
smyten r.
Gsec.m.M. of A. the c. of Judee NQ sec. in. of A. of Judee opr.m. Q pr. HI. v this man AGMNOPQSTWXY.
w counseilis Q. * of K. J tho dedis K * hem of A. of Judee G
pr. m. pr.m. XY. hem, of A. cite of Jude
G see. ro. p. the whiche AGMNOPQSTIVXY. b This AGMNOPQSTXWY. d Om. N.
whappide A.
<-

e sx. { Om. N. e that euen the AGMNOpQsrrrxY. h aftir AGM

putte parasseues, is, [was N] of holy day
NOPQSTWXY. i
that AGMNOPQSTWXY. k the Lord A is A pr. m. GMXPSTXY.
m the
sup. ras. GSW.
l

while AGMNOPQSTW sec. m. x. n stoneid sx. two GMPQWXY. P schynynge in clothe c. in schynyng
clothing s. in schynynge cloth Y. q the erthe AGMNOPQSTWXY. r the deade s. drede w. s Om. AGMN
OPQSTWXY. * Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. u he W3S GMPTTXY.
jit

v smetin EP.
smytiden KMRQSuxbega. smeten i. smooten c. w askide R. * two i
pass, y sembland s.
z Om. Eryika. a he is EpQska.
 XXIV. 8 20. LUKE. 229

For it bihoueth mannis sone be v bitakun w whanne he was 3it in Galile, and seide, 7
in to hondis" of synful men, and to be For it bihoueth mannys sone to be bi-
crucified, and the thridde day toy ryse takun b in to the hondis of synful men,
s a3en. And thei bithou3ten on his wordis. and to be crucified, and the thridde dai
9 And thei gon a3en
z
fro the graue, telden to rise a3en. And thei bithou3ten one
a b
alle thes thingis to the enleuene, and to c hise wordis. And thei 3eden a3en fro the 9
d
loalle othere Forsothe 'Mary Mawdeleyn.
graue, and telden alle these thingis to
6
was and Joone, and Marye of James, and
,
the enleuene, and to alle othir. Andio
othere wymmen that weren with hern, ther was Marie Mawdeleyn, and Joone c ,

ii that seiden thes thingis to apostlis f

. And and Marie of James, and other wymmen
thess wordis weren' seyn bifore 1
hem as that weren with hem, that seiden to

madnesse', Aether errour^, and thei bileu- apostlis

d these thingis. And these wordis n
laeden not to hem. Forsothe Petre rysinge, weren seyn bifor e hem as madnesse, and
ran to the graue; and he bowynge doun, thei bileueden not to hem. But Petiria
1 m 11
And roos vp, and ran to the graue; and he
sy3 the lynnen clothis put aloone .

he wente, wondrynge with him silf 'this bowide doun, and say the lynen clothis
lathing thatP was don. And lo tweynei !
liynge aloone. And he wente bi him
of hem wenten in that day to r a 8 castel, silf, wondrynge on that that was don.

that was fro Jerusalem in space* of sixty And lo tweyne of hern wenten in that is
!

ufurlongis, by name Emaws. And thei dai in to a castel, that was fro Jerusalem

spaken to gidere of alle thes thingis that the space of sixti furlongis, bi name
lahadden falle". And it was v don, whilew Emaws. And thei spaken togidir ofi4
and sou3ten with^ hem silf,
thei talkiden", alle these thingis that haddun bifallun.
and Jhesu him silf nei3ynge, weiite with And it was don, the while thei talkiden, is

iG hem. Sothli her y3en weren holdun, lest and sou3ten bi hem silf, Jhesus hym silf
f

17 theiknewen him. And he seide z to hem, nei3ede, and wente with hem. But her ic
Whiche 3 ben thes wordis, that 36 speken i3en weren holdun, that thei knewen him
to gidere goynge
b
, and 30 ben sorwful ? not. And he seide to hern, What ben 17

is And oon arisweringe , to whom the name these wordis, that 3e speken togidir wan-
wasA him f Thou aloone drynge, and 30 ben sorewful ? And oon,
e
Cleofas, seide 'to , is

ert pilgrym ofs Jerusalem, and hast

a whos name was Cleofas, answerde, and
thou not knowe, what thingis ben don in seide, Thou
silf art a
pilgrym in
thi

19 it in thes dayes ? To which' 1

he seide, Jerusalem, and hast thou not knowun,
Whiche' ? And thei seyden to him, Of what thingis ben don in it in these
Jhesu of Nazareth, that was a man pro- daies? To whom he seide, What thingis? 19
phete, my3ti in work and word bifore Arid thei seiden to hym, Of Jhesu of
20 God and al the peple ;
and hou the hi3- Nazareth, that was a man prophete#,
este k prestis
and cure princes bitoken him my3ti in werk and word bifor God and
in to dampnacioun of deeth, and cruci- al thepuple ; and hou the hei3est'' preestis 20

v to be G.WQ. w taken A x the hondis AGMNOPQSTIVXY. AGMNOP

pr. m. NOOT. pr.m. G y
. for tO
._. .

QTWY. * b tho sr.

o. ac Om. N.
Om. d the othire x.
o. e there was
away Mary Maudeleyn
AGMNOPQSTWXY. f the
apostolis x. K the o. h ben A
pr. m. G pr.m. MNPQSTXY.
'
madnesses AGM
fipQSTWXY. k Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. 1
clothis, or *Ae/w xo.MNpysTWY.
"'
Om. Y. n aboue A.

AGMNOPQSTWXY. P that that AGMNPQSTWXY. that at o. q two MPQWXY. r into pgTrwxv.

by
u v is A
space AGMNOPQSTWXY. pr. m. G pr. m.
* the
byfallen AGMNOPQTWY. fallen x.
s the G .
pr.
UNOPSTX. Om. Y. w the while ^Gjtf.voposr^^y. x y by AGMNO
talkeden, orfableden AGMNPSTWY.
PQSTWXY. z seith
AGMNPQSTW x Y. a What ^o/NoposffA:. And what r. b wandryng AGMNPQSTWY.
wandrende J. c Om. Y. d Om. e f Om.
wonderynge o. AG.MNOPQSTywxv. answeringe seide v.
^GMNOPQSTWAV. S in AGNNOpQsvwxY. t whom G.wpQAV. What thingis >r *ec. m. What GMNOP '
yi

b taken s. c Jone PQR. d the

apostlis IK.
e to x sec. m. f bi him self i. g Om. K pr. m.
1

i.
hije
 230 LUKE. XXIV. 21 33.

we m of oure princis bitoken hym 1 in to damp-

21 fieden him. Forsoth hopiden, for he
'schulde ayen bye Israel. And now 'in n nacioun of deeth, and crucifieden hym.
alle thingis the thridde day? is to day, But we hopiden, that he schulde haue k 2i
'2> that thes thingis beni don. But and sum a3enbou3t Israel. And 1
now on alle
r
wymmen of oure maden vs aferd, whiche" these thingis the thridde dai is to dai,
23 bifore the Ii3t weren at the graue ; and that these thingis weren don. But also 22
his bodi not foundun, thei camen, seyinge, sum me wymmen of ouris maden vs afer-
of anngels, whiche u
v
that thei sy3en* a si3t ed, whiche bifor dai weren at the graue;
24seyn, 'that he lyueth
v . And sum men w and whanne his bodi was not foundun, 23
of oure* wenten to the graue, and thei^ thei camen, and seiden, that thei syen
founden so z as thewymmen seiden, but also ra a si3t of n aungels, whiche seienP,
25 thei
a
founden not him 1
'. And he seyde to that he lyueth. And summe of ourei24
hem, A c
! foolis, and slowe of herte ford wenten to the graue, and thei founden so
to bileue in alle 6
thingis whiche the pro- as the wymmen seiden, but thei founden
2cphetis ban spoke. Where it bihofte* not f
not hym. And he seide to hem, A ! 25

Crist to sufFre thes thingis and so for k

v
h 1
and slowe of herte to bileue in
, foolis,

27 to entre in to his glorie ? And he bigyn- alle thingis that the prophetis ban
nynge at Moyses and alle prophetis ex-
1

, spokun. Whethir it bihofte not Crist'" 26

m to hem in alle to suffre these 5 thingis, and so to entre
pownede scripturis,
sswhiche weren of him. And thei camen
11
in to his glorie? And he bigan at 27
ny3 to the castel, whidur thei wenten. And Moises and at alle the* prophetis, and
he made cuntenaunce him to go ferthere. declaride to hem in alle scripturis, that

29 And thei constreyneden him, seyinge, weren of hym. And thei camen ny328
Dwel with vs, for it drawith to ny3tP, the" castel, whidur thei wenten. And he
and the day now bowid doun. And he
is made countenaunce that he wolde go
soentridei with hem. And it was r don, ferthere. And thei constreyneden hym, 29
while 3
he restide with hem he took bred, 1
,
and seiden, Dwelle with vs, for it draw-
and" v
blesside, and brae, and dresside to ith to ny3t v and the dai is now bowid
,

31 hem. And the y3en of hem weren w doun. And he entride with hem. Andao
it was don, while w he sat at the mete
opened, and thei knewen him ; and he
32 vanyschide fro her y3en. And thei seiden with hem, he" took breed, and blesside,
to gidere, Wher* oure herte was not bren- and brak, and took to hem. And thesi

nynge in vs, while? he spac in the weye, i3en hem weren openyd, and thei
of
3sand z openyde 'scripturis to vs a ? And knewen hym and he vanyschide fro her
;

thei risinge in the same our, wenten a3en i3en. And thei seiden togidir, Whether 32
in b to Jerusalem, and thei c founden en- oure herte was not brennynge in vs,
leue d gederid to gidere, and hem that while he spak^ in the weie, and openyde

m Om. G pr. m. n was to vpon all thees AGNOPQSTWY. on alle thes vx.
by a3en AGMNOPQSTWXY.
P Om. v. 1 weren A sup. ras. G
sup. ras. w.
r oures
AGMNOPQSTY. s the whiche
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
* hem also for to haue u the whiche AGMNOPQST
sei3en AGMNOPQSTWXY. hem also to haue seijen sx.
WY. that x. v him for to w Om. os. x ouren
lyue AGMNOPQSTWXY. him to lyue sx. AGNOQTWY.
oures MPS. 7 so thei AGMNOPQSTWXY. z Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY. a him thei o. b Om. o. c O !

GMPXY. d Om. OQSX. e that

/iGMNOpQstry. f Whether
OPQWXY. 6 byhoueth OTV. h for to AGM
NOFQTrwY. Om. G pr. m. PQXY. k Om. AGMNOPQSTWXY.
prophetis AGMNOPQSTWXY.
' ' the

m interpreted, or declaride AGMNPQSTWY. declared o. interpretede x. n that AGMNOPQSTWXY. for

to AGMNOPQTWY. P the nyjt w pr. m. 1 entred in AGMNOPQSTWXY. T is A
pr. m. G pr. m. MNOPSTXY.
w ben A
jaf w pr. m.
* hem at mete u Om. XY.
AGMNOPQST WXY. pr.m. GMNOP
3 the while v
Q.
* Whether x.
scripturis ANOSTWXY.
QSTXY, 7 the while AGMNOPQSTWXY. * and he N. 8 to vs the

Om. ^GMNOPQSTJVXV. c Om. d enleuene Ar. elleuene

t vs scripturis MPQ. *>
AGMNOPQSTWXY.
GMNPSTWXY.

'
Om. k pr. m. k Qm. hi. 1 But a. m Om. EP. n Om. i. that I. P seiden pQsaka. 1 ouren
ciKubcea. oures xk. s alle these s. 4 Om. isb " to the CEPQX. v the
pr. m. g.
r to Crist a.
nyjt Qk.
w the while x and he s 7 spak to vs EPQS sup. ras. x pr. m. a/3.
eg. pr. m.
 XXIV. 34 5- LUKE. 231

34 weren with hem, seyinge, For the Lord to vs scripturis ? And thei risen 2 vp in 33

35 roos verily, and aperide to Symount. And the same our, and
wenten a3en in to
thei telden what thingis weren don in the Jerusalem, and founden the enleuene ga-

weye, and hou thei knewen him in brek- derid togidir, and hem that wereri with

aeynge of breed. Forsothe while 6 thei hem, seiynge, That the Lord is risun34
spaken thes thingis, Jhesus stood in the verrili, and apperide to Symount. And 35
myddel of hem, and seide to hem, Pees to thei tolden what thingis weren don in

373011; I am, nyle 36 drede. Sothli thei the weie, and hou thei knewen hym in
troublid r and# agast ', gessiden hem to 1 se brekyng of breed. And the while theisc
1 a

38 a
spirit. And he seide to hem, What ben spaken these thingis, Jhesus stood in the
k
je troublid , and thou3tis sty3en vp in to myddil of hem, and seide to hem, Pees
393oure herds? Se 36 myn hondis and my to 3ou ;
Y
am, nyle 36 drede. But thei 37
feet, for I my silf am. Feele 3e, and se 36 ; weren affraied and agast, and gessiden
for a spirit hath not fleisch, and boonys, hem to se a spirit. And he seide toss
40 as 30 seen me for 1 to haue. And whanne hem, What ben 36 troblid, and thou3tis
he hadde seyd this thing, he schewide comen vp in to 3oure hertis ? Se 36 my 39
hondis and feet to hem m hoondis and my feet, for Y my silf am.
v
41 Forsoth 3it .

hem not bileuynge, and wondringe for

11
Fele 36, and se 36 ; for a spirit hath not
ioye, he seyde, Han 36 ony thing here fleisch and boonys, as 30 seen that Y
42 that schal be etun ? And thei offriden haue. And whanne he hadde seid this40
to him a part of a? fysch roostid, and a thing, he schewide hoondis and feet to
43 coomb of hony. And whanne he hadde hem. And 3it while thei bileueden not, 41
etun bifore hem, he takynge the relyfs, and wondriden for ioye, he seide, Han
443af to hem. And he seyde to hem, Thes 36 here ony thing that schal be etun ?
b
ben the wordis whiche^ I spak to 3011, And thei proferden hym a part of a 42
whanne I was 3it
r
with 3011 ; for it is fisch rostid,and an hony combe. And 43
x
nede that8 whiche u
alle thingis be fillid*, whanne he hadde etun bifore hem, he c
ben writun in the lawe of Moyses, and in took that that lefte, and 3af to hem and 44 ;

45prophetis, and in salmes, of me. Thanne seide 'to hem d These ben the e wordis
,

he openyd witt to hem, that thei schulde that Y spak to 3ou, whanne Y was 3it
f

46 vndirstonde scripturis v And he seyde to . with 3ou; for it is nede that alle thingis
hem, For thus it is writun, and thus it ben fulfillid, that ben writun in the lawe
bihofte w Crist to x suffre, and toy ryse a3en of Moises.and in prophetis, and in salmes,
47 fro deed z men 3 in b the thridde day ; and of me. Thanne he openyde to hem wit, 45
penaunce and remyssioun of synnes to be
c
that thei schulden vnderstonde scripturis.
prechid in his name to d alle folkis, men And he seide to hem, For thus it is4C
4sbigynnynge at e Jerusalem.
Forsothe 30 writun, and thus it bihofte Crist to suf-
49 ben witnessis of thes thingis. And I sende f fre, and
ryse a3en fro deeth in* the
the biheesteS of my fadir in to 3011 sothli ;
thridde dai ; and penaunce and remys-47
sitte 36 in the citee, til that 36 be clothid 1"
sioun of synnes to be prechid in his name
h
so with vertu fro an hi3- Forsoth he ledde Mn to alle folkis, bigynnynge at Jeru-

e
the while AGMNPQSTIVXY. whanne v. f distourblid
AGMNOPQTY. disturbid s. distrublid w. Om. x.
g Om
Om.x. h
agastid o. *
for to AGM NOPQTWY. k turblid MNP. '
Om. sx. m Om. G pr. in, MNP
pr. m. XY.
Q pr. n to hem Q sec. m. Om. o.
Um. P Om. w. q that AGMNOPQSTWXY.
AGMNOPQSTIVXY. r Um.
Om. Y. Om.
s Urn.
*

AGMNOPQSTITXY
SMNOPQST to ben fulfillid AGMNOPQSTWXY. u that AGMNOPQSTWX. v the
scripturis w pr. m.
byhouethTXY. x forr tn An M*Jr*nr\Tirurv
to AGMNOPQTVWY. V
Y Om. AGMNOPQSTWX
AGMNOPQSTWXY Y. Om
^ (lt'('l ll Y SCC. 171, ^ .(/.MI Om
Om. b A pr. m. a pr. m. MNPQTX. c for to
tO AGMNOPQTWY. d in to AGMNOPQSTW XY.
NOPQSTWXY.
f shal send A
e fro AGMNOPQSTWXY pr. m. a pr. m. MNPQTXY. B bihi3t thing AGMNPQSTWXY. brijt
h clad x.
tlienge o.

z resin EP. a Om. R. to him xaea. c and he s. and hi. Om. q pr. m.
e Om. hi. f haue
spoke g. 8 Om. k pr, m. to CEPQI pr.m. KS pr. m. xag.
 232 LUKE. xxiv. 5153.
hem forth in to Bethanye, and, his hondis salem. And 30 ben witnessis of these 48
si reysid', he blesside hem. And it was k don, thingis. And Y schal sende the biheesUo
whilehe blesside hem, he departide fro
1
of my fadir in to 3011 ; but sitte 36 in the
52 hem, and was borun in to heuene. And citee, til that 1
36 be clothid with vertu
thei worshippinge wente a3en in to Je- from an hi3- And he ledde hem forth so
53 rusalem with greet ioye and weren
;
in to Betanye,and whanne his hondis
euere" in the temple, heryinge and bless- weren lift vp, he blesside hem. And it 51
inge God. was don, the while he blesside hem, he
departide fro hem, and was borun in to
heuene. And thei worschipiden, and 52
wenten a3en in to Jerusalem with greet
k
ioye, and weren euermore in the temple, 53
heriynge and blessynge God.
Here
endith the gospel of Luk, and
bigynneth the prolog of John . Here endith Luyk
1
.

k is A
vp AGMNOPQTWY. lifted vp sx. pr.m. GMNOPSTXY. the while AGMNOPQSTVW xv.
1 !
lift
m Om. n euermore AGMNOPQSTWXY.
N. Here endith Luk, and now bigynnelh Joon. A. Here endith
the gospel of Luke euangelist, and bigynneth the prolog on John, and qftir bigyneth the gospel. N. Here
eendith the gospell of Luke. o. Here enden the gospelis of Luke, and bygynnen the prologe of Jon. Q.
Here endith Luc, and bigynneth the prologe of Jon. r. Here eendith the gospel by the seiynge of Luke,
and next foleniynge bigynnetk Joon in the gospel, w. No final rubric in GMPSTXY.

>
Om. xpr.m. k thei weren k pr.m. 1
Here endith the gospel of Lttyk, and bigynneth the prolog
of [on QEC] John. CQRce. Heere endith the gospel of Luyk, and biginneth the prologe of Jerom on the
gospel of Joon, I. Here eendeth Luke ; se now the prologe on Joon. K. Here endith the gospel of Luyk,
and biginnith the prologe on the gospel of Jon. sa. Here endith Lnyk, and here bigynneth a prologe on
Joon the Euangelist. u. Here endeth the gospel of Luyk, and here bigynneth the prolog on the gospel of
Jon. xk. Here endith Luyk, and here bigynneth the prologe on the gospel of Joon. b. Here endith Luk,
and bigynneth a prologe on Jon. hi. No final rubric in Eiapg.
 JOHN
Prolog of John*.

THIS is John euangelist b, oon of the c

of God, the which a mayde* of God
disciplis
1

dd
was chosun, whom fro the sposailis willinge be e weddid, God clepide ; to whom
double witnesse of maydenhod in the gospel is 3eue; in that, that bothe bifore f he is
seid louyd of God, and to him God hangynge in the cross bitook his modir, that a
h
mayden schulde kepe a mayde'. Forsothe he openynge in the gospel what he was,
k
bigynnynge the work of an vncoruptible word, Bother Goddis sone he alooae wit-
}
,

nessith Goddis sone to be maad man, and the Ii3t, *that is, Crist, to haue be not

comprehendid of derknessis, ^that beth synneris"; puttinge the firste sygne that God ,

made in? sposailis, that he schewinge what he was, schulde schewe to men redinge,
that where the Lord was preied to mete, ou3t faylei the wyn of sposailis, and that
oolde thingis chaungid, alle newe thingis that ben r ordeyned of Crist schulde appere.
This gospel forsothe he wrot in Asye, aftir that in the 8 yle of Pathmos he hadde
write the Apocalips ; that to whom 'that in* the principal of canoun incoruptible prin-
him" also v w ende
x
ciple is fornootid, to by a mayde in the apocalips
incoruptible
v
schulde be joldey; seiynge Crist, I am alpha and o, that is, bigynnynge and* with
2

outen ende. And this is aa John, the which knowinge the day of his passinge b to haue
be come ouerbb his disciplis clepid to gidere in Ephesie, by many preuyngis of tokenes
,

e
schewinge Crist, dessendid in to a dolue place of his graue and, preier maad he
d
; ,

was put to his fadris , as straunge fro sorwe? of deeth, as he is founde alien fro corup-
f

cioun of fleisch. Neuertheles h aftir alle he wroot the gospel, and k that was 1
dewe to
a mayde. Of the" whiche thingis neuertheles othir the? deposiscioun of thet tyme of
r
writingis, or the ordynaunce of bookis; therfore by alle thingis by vs is not expowned,
v
s 1 u
that to the kunnynge desyr y-sett , bothe to men sechinge, fruyt of traueyl, and to
God the v doctryne of maystrie w , be kept.

Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth the gospel x .

aHere biginneth the prologe of Joon. G. The prolong of Joon. Y. No initial rubric in osx. >>
the
c Om. GOXY. d maiden sx. dd whan G. e to ben x. f bifore other
euangelist QSY. Q fee. m.
K Om. Q. h maide v. I
maiden sx. k Om. v. 1
ether G. s. Qr. or G. s. s. Om. x. m Om. x.
n that ben GSY. that beth Oin. x. v. P Om. m. 1 to faile sx.
synneres synnes Q. thing Q pr.
1
beth GQ. s Om. GY. * Om.
GQ. in v. u whom
KQ. v a l so an
g sr . w
x maiden sx. vncorruptible <js.
7 byholde K. z a Om. v. aa Om. G.
seynge K. seiende x. seeynge Y.
">
passage
GQsrxY. l>b ouer to G. c he descendede x. A den x. e { fadir KY. S sorwen x.
y-maad Q.
h Netheles srx. k Om. r. Om. y. P Om. K.
1 ni maiden sx. ">
Om. x. netheles srx .
1 Om. x. ' Om. * u set srx. Om. Y.
opr. m. x. s Of
g. desyr of kunnyng x. kunnynge desirith v.
v there GY. w maisterhed Q. x Here endith the Here endith the prologe of Joon, and
prologe. G.
bygytmen ths gospels of Jon. Q. No final rubric in SVXY.
VOL. TV. H h
 234 JOHN. i. 13.

Here biginnith the prologe on Joon*.

Joon euangelist c oon of the d disciplis of the Lord, the which is e a virgyn
This is
b
,

chosun of God, whom God clepide fro the sposeilis, whanne he wolde be weddid and ;

double witnesse f of virginyte is 30111111 to hym in the gospel; in this that he is seid
loued of God byfor othere disciplis, arid Gods hongynge iri h the cros bitook his modir
in hym, that a virgyn schulde kepe a virgyn. This Joon in the gospel
kepyng to

bigynneth aloone the werk of vncorruptible word, and witnessith, that the kyndeli
sone of God is' maad man, and that k the 1131 was not takun of derknessis and he 1
;

schewith the firste myracle, whiche God dide at the weddyngis, to schewe where the
Lord is preyed to the feeste, the" wyn of the weddyngis owith to faile, that whanne
elde thingis ben chaungid, alle newe thingis that ben ordeyned of Crist, appere.
Joon wroot this gospel in Asie, aftir that he hadde writun the Apocalips in the ile
of Pathmos; netheles he wroot the gospel aftir alle the? gospeleris, that also ani vncor-
v

ruptible ende schulde be 3oldun bi a virgyn in the Apocalips to hym, to whom an

r

vncorruptible bygyimyng 3ouun in Genesis, in the bigynnyng of hooly scripture ;

is

for Crist seith in the Apocalips, Y am the bygynnyng and the 5 ende. And this
Joon is' he, that knewe
that the day of his departyng was comun ; and he clepide

togidere hise disciplis in Effesie, and schewide Crist bi many preuyngis of myraclis,
and 3ede doun in to a doluyn place of his biriyng; and whanne he hadde maad preier,
he was put to hise fadris, and was so" myche v without sorewe of deth, hou myche he
is foundun cleene fro corrupcioun of fleisch.

Jerom in his prolog on Joon seith al this*.

Heere bigynneth the gospel of Joon*. Here bigynneth the gospel of Joon*.

CAP. I. CAP. I.

1 In the bigynnynge was the word, that In the bigynnyng was the word, and i
is, Goddis sone, and the word was at the word was at God, and God was the
2 God, and God was the word. This was word. This was in the bigynnyng at 2
sin the bigynnynge at God. Alle thingis God. maad bi hym, 3
Alle thingis weren
ben maad by hym, and with outen him and withouten hym was maad no thing,

a From M. Heere bigynneth Joon. p. Here bygynneth the gospel aflur the tvrytynge of Jon. T. No ini-
tial ABNQSVWXV.
rubric in

a
From BOP. The prolog. A. Here
Prolog on John. cbc. Prolog of Joon. N. biginnil the prologe on the
gospel qfjhon. T. Prolog, x. Here bigynneth the prologe on the gospel of Joon. fg. Noinitial rubric in
iKMQRSuabcek. b Om. b. c the
euangelist oek. d Om. o.
f e was c.
witnessing T. S the Lorde T.
h on NT. '
was k pr. m. k at o. Om. s. I derkenesse T. m that God T. n that B. Om. IK pr.m. QRS
s Om. A sec. m. bk.
gkpr.H. POm.Kpr.m. 1 Om. T. r Om. A pr.m. CEKMNOQRsxabceghik.
* was o.

u Om. A v * Jerom in his

pr. m. CMNOHSTUxabcghi. as i.
myche tyme g. prolog on the gospel of Jon
seith al this. c. Jerom seith this in his prologe on Joon. EP. Heere endith the prologe, and heere biginnith
the gospel of Joon. i. Jerom in his prologe on Joon seith al this ; se now the book. K. Jerom in his prolog
vpon this gospel seith this. N. Jerom in his prolog on Joon seith al this, and here bigynneth the gospel. Q.
Heere eendith the prolog. R. This seith Jerom in his prologe on Joon. v. Jerom in his prolog on Jon seith
al this, and here bigynneth the gospel of Jon. x. Here endith the prologe, and now bigynneth the gospel of
Joon. f. This seith Jerom in his prolog on the gospel of Jon. hi. Jerom in his prolog on Joon seith thus. k.
No final rubric in TG. a From M. Here e. No
thejlrste gospel, v. Here bigynneth thejirste c. of Joon.
initial rubric in ACEiKOPQRsxabcghi.
 I. 4 19. JOHN. 235

is maad no3t, that thing that is maad. that thing that was maad. In hym was 4
4 Was lyf in him, and the lyf was theb Ii3t lijf,
and the lijf was the 1131 of men ;

of men ; and the Ii3t schyneth in derk-

.-> and the b schyneth in derknessis, and
113! 5
c d
finessis, and derknessis tooken not it. A derknessis comprehendiden c not it. A
man was sent fro God, to whom the name man was sent fro God, to whom the d
7 was Joon. This man" cam in to witness- name was Joon. This man cam in toy

inge, that he schulde here witnessinge of witnessyng, that he schulde bere witness-
ing of the Ii3t, that alle men schulden
e
thef Ii3t, that alle men schulden bileue bi
shim. He was not the Ii3t, but that he bileue bi hym. He was not the f Ii3t, but
h
9 schulde here witnessing of the 1131. It that he schulde bere witnessing of the
was verri Ii3t, which' Ii3tneth k ech man Ii3t. There was a very Ii3t, which Ii3tneth

locomynge into this world. He was in the echman that cometh in to this world.

world, and the world was maad bi him, He was in the world, and the world was 10

iland the world knew him not. He cam maad bi hym, and the world knew hym
in to his owne thingis, and hise receyueden not. He cam in to his owne thingis, 11

12 not him. Forsothe hou manye euere re- and hise resseyueden hym not. But hou 12

ceyueden him, he 3af to hem power for

ff
many euer resseyueden hym, he 3af to
1

to be maad the sones of God, to hem that hem power to be maad the sones of God,
isbileuen" in his name; whiche not of to hem that bileuedens in his name the ;

blodis, nether of the will of fleisch, nether whiche not h of bloodis, nether of the wille is

of the will of man, but ben born of God. of fleische, nether of the wille of man,
u And the word, ^tliat is, Goddis sonef, is but ben borun of God. And the word 14

maad fleisch, *or man 1, and hath dwellid was maad man, and dwellyde among vs,
in vs, and we han seyn the glorie of him, and we han seyn the glorie of hym, as
v
the glorie as of the oon bigetun r of the 1
the glorie of the oon bigetunj sone of
fadir, the sone ful of grace, and of 8 the fadir, ful of grace and of treuthe.
15 treuthe. John berith witnessing of him, Joon berith witnessyng of hym, and i.-,

whom Y
v

and cryeth, seyinge, This it was 1 whom , crieth, and seith, This is
k
, seide,
I seide, He that cometh u aftir me, is He come aftir me, is maad
that schal
maad bifore me, for he was 'the formere bifore me, for he was tofor me; and of u; 1

v
16 than I and of the plente of him we alle
; the plente of hym we alle han takun,
17 han takun, and grace for grace. For the and grace for grace. For the lawe was 17
lawe
3ouun by Moyses forsoth grace
is ; 3ouun bi Moises ; but grace and treuthe
is and treuthe is maad by Jhesu Crist. No Ms maad" bi Jhesu Crist. No man sai in
man euere sy3 God, no but the oon bi- euer God, no but the 'oon bigetunP sone,
w x
that is in the bosum of the fadir, he hath
getun sone, that is in the hosum? of the
19 fadir, he hath told out. And this is the teld out. And this is the
witnessyng ofio
witnessing of John, whanne Jewis senten Joon, whanne Jewis senten fro Jerusalem
fro Jerusalem prestis and dekenys to hym, prestis and dekenes to hym, that thei
that thei schulden axe him, Who art thou ? schulden axe hym, Who art thou? He 20

b Om. MQFX. c the derknessis v. d

comprehendeden, or token AGXPSTWY. comprehenden, or
e Om. x.
taken M. comprehenden x. comprehenden, or token Q. comprehendiden not, or tookyn v.
{ Om.
t). e Om. QX. h He Q. >
the whiche AGMNPQSTW. that x. k
lijteth x.
l
Om. s. m Om. x.
n P Om. x. q Om. x. s Om.
byleueden XY. the whiche AGMNPQSTVWXY. r
goten x.
AGMNpQfifvv. * is G
pr. i. Nsxv.
u is to come jtGMNpQSTivxY. v formere than o pr. m. XY. Y
w gendrid v. * Om. v. y bosum, or
preuy substaunce v.

b Om. A. c cis. tookin EPQO. d Om. o. e Om. f that a. ff Om. o.

comprehenden ag.
8 hileuen A sec. m. Epqshik m. h not A pr. m. {
Om. g. k it he of k.
sec. is J
vnbigetin E. is i. is
1
bifore ixeg. m Om. Q.
n Om. a. Om. 10. P vnbigetin E.

II h 2
 236 JOHN. I. 2C -34-

20 And he knowelechide, and denyede not, knoulechideP, and denyede not, and he
and he knowlechide, For I am not Crist. knoulechide, For Y
am not Crist. And 21
21 And thei axiden him, What therfore? art thei axiden i hym, What thanne ? Art
thou Elye ? And he seide, I am not. Art thou Elie ? And he seide, am not. Y
thou a z prophete ? And he answeride, Nay. Art thou a profete ? And he answeride,
22 Therfore thei seyden to him, Who" art Nay. Therfor thei seiden to hym, Who 22
thou ? that we 3yue answere b to thes that art thou ? that we 3yue an answere to
2ssente vs. What seist thou of thi silf? He these that senten vs. What seist thou
seith, I
c
a vois of d v
the crying 6
in desert, of thi silf? He seide, Y am a vois of a 23
Dresse 36 thewey of the Lord, as Ysaye, crier in deseert, Dresse 36 the weie of the

24 the prophete, seyde. And thei that weren Lord, as Ysaie, the prophete, seide. And 24
25sente, weren of the f
Pharisees. And thei thei that weren sent, weren of the Fari-
axiden him, and seiden to him, What ther- seis. And thei axiden r hym, and seiden 25
fore baptysist thou, if thou art not Crist, to hym, What thanne baptisist thou, if
aonethir Elye, nether propheteS? John an- thou art not Crist, nether Elie, nether a
sweride b to hem, seyinge, I baptise in profete ? Joori answeride to hem, and 20
watir, sothli the myddil man of 3011 seide, Y
baptise in watir, but in the
27 stood, whom 30 knowen '
not; he it is, myddil of 3ou hath stonde oon, that 36
that cometh k
aftir me, that is maad bi-
1
knowen not; he it is, that schal come aftir 27
fore me, of whom I am not worthi, that me, that was maad bifor me, of whom
28 1vnbynde the thwong of his schoo. Thes Y am not worthi to louse the thwong 8

thingis ben don in Bethany

ouer Jordan, of his schoo 4These thingis weren don 20
.

2(wher John was baptisinge. Another" Bethanye bi3ende Jordan, where Joon
1

day in
John sy3 Jhesu comynge to him, and he was baptisyng. Anothir day Joon say 29
seith, Lo! the lomb of God; lo ! that" Jhesu comynge to hym, and he seide,
doith a wey the synnes of the world. Lo! the lomb of God ; lo he that doith !

so This is?, of whom I seide, Aftir me cometh awei the synnes of the world. This is so
a man, thati is maad bifore me; for he was he, that Y seide of, Aftir me is comun"
3rtheformerer than I. And Iknewe'not him 8 , a man, which was maad bifor me for he ;

but that he be schewid in Israel, therfore was rather than Y. And Y knew hym 31
32! cam baptisinge in watir. And John bar not, but that he be schewid in Israel,

witnessing, seyinge, For I si3 the spirit therfor Y cam baptisynge in watir. And 32
1
^comynge doun, as a culuere fro heuene, Joon bar witnessyng, and seide, That v Y
And I knew not
v
w
sai3 the spirit comynge doun
33 and dwellinge on" him. as a culuer
him v but he that sente
;
me forw to bap- fro heuene, and dwellide* on hym. And 33
tise in watir, seyde to me, On whom thou
x
Y knew hym not ;
but he that sente me
schalt se the Spirit comynge doun, and to baptise in watir, seide to me, On whom
a
dwellinge on? him, this
z
it is, that bap- thou seest the Spirit comynge doun, and
34 tisith in the Hooly Gost. And I sy3, and dwellynge on hym, this is he, that bap-

z the w sec. m. a What x. ^ an answere MNpgrrr. c I am A pr. m. G pr. m. MPQTW pr. m. Om. N.
f Om.
d Om. w pr. m. e a criynge AT. cryynge GWY. a man criynge MNPQ. criende s. r. S a pro-
MNPQW. h '
knewen MPQ. k is to come AGMNpQsrrrxY. is to v.
phet answeringe v. comynge
1 which v. And anothir N. n he that Q sec. m. which r. Om. Q. P is he PQ. it is v.
q which is v. r formere MXY. s him not GMPTWY. * culuere comynge doun x. n AGM
vpon
v him not WXY. w Om.sx. * T vpon AGMNPQTWY.
z that N.
NQTWY. Vpon AGMNPQSTWY.
a Om. T.

P knoulechynge o. <l askiden B. r askiden R. s

thong PE. thwongis s. shoon s pr. m. hik/3.
to come hk pr. m. T Om. s sec. m. And e. w a b. *
dwellinge igk.
 1. 3548- JOHN. 237

bar witnessing, for this is the b sone of tisith in the Hooli Goost. And Y say, 34
35 God. 'Another day John stood d and ,
and bar witnessyng, that this is the sone
6 of God. Anothu-y dai Joon stood, and 35
36 tweyne of his disciplis and he biholdinge ;

Jhesu walkynge f seith, Lo the loinb of

,
!
tweyne
2
of hise disciplis; and he biheeldsi;

37 God. And tweye disciplis herden him Jhesu walkinge, and seith a Lo the ,
!

asspekynge, and folwidenS Jhesu. Sothli lomb of God. And twei aa disciplis herden 37
Jhesu conuertid and seynge hem su-ll
, hym spekynge, and folewiden Jhesu. 3<t
wynge him, seith to hem, What seken }e ? And Jhesu turnede b and say hem suynge ,

hym, and seith to hem, What seken 36?

c
Whiche' seiden
him, Raby, that to is in-
where dwellist thou ?
terpretid, Maistir, And thei seiden to
hym, Rabi, that is to
v
k
39 He seith to hem, 'Come 36 and se 36*. , seie, Maistir, where dwellist thou? Andsu
Thei camen, and syjen where he dwelte ;
he seith to hem, Come 3e, and se. And
d

and thei m dwelten at him in that day. thei camen, and sayn where he dwellide ;

40 Sothli the our was as" the tenthe. For- and dwelten with hym that dai. And it
sothe Andrew, brother of Symount Petre, was as the tenthe our. And Andrewe, 40
was oon of the tweyne, that herden of the brother of Symount Petir, was oon dd
41 John, and hadde sued him. This fond of the tweyne, that herden of Joon, and
first his brother Symount, and he seith hadden sued hym. This foond first his4i
to him, We
founde Messias, that is
hari brother Symount", and he seide to him,
42interpretid Crist; and he ledde him to We han foundun Messias, that is to seie,
Jhesu. Sothli Jhesu biholdinge him, Crist; and he ledde him to Jhesu. And 42
seide, Thou ert Symount, the sone of Jhesus biheltle hym, and seide, Thou art
Johanna ; thou schalt be clepid Cephas, Symount, the sone of Johanna thou ;

43 that is interpretid Petre. Forsothe on? schalt be clepid Cefas, that is to seie,
the morwe he wolde go out in to Galilee, Petre. And on the morewe he wolde go 43
and he fond Philip and Jhesu seith to ;
out ee in f to Galilee, and he foond Filip ;

44 him, Sue thou me. Philip was of Beth- and he seith to hym, Sue thou me. Filip 44

sayda, the citee of Andreu and Petre. was of Bethsaida, the citee of Andrew
45 Philip fond Nathanael, and he seith to and of Petre. Filip foond Nathanael, 45
him, We han founden Jhesu, the sone of and seide to hym, We han foundun
Joseph, of Nazareth, whom Moyses wroot Jhesu, the sone of Joseph, of Nazareth,
46 in the lawe and prophetis. And Na- whom Moyses wroot in the lawe and
thanael seide to him, Of Nazareth may profetiss. And Nathanael seide to hym, 4c
sum 'good thingi be ? Philip seith to Of Nazareth may sum good thing be ?

47 him, Come
r
and se. Jhesu sy3 Nathanael
, Filip seide to hym, Come, and se. Jhesus 47
8
comynge to him, and he seith of him, si3 Nathanael comynge to hym, and seide
Lo verily a man of Israel, in which 1 is
! to h hym, Lo ! verili a man of Israel, in
48 no gile. Nathanael seith to him, Wherof whom is no gile. Nathanael seide to4
hast thou knowe me ? Jhesu answeride, hym, Wherof' hast thou knowun me?

Om. Q pr. m, Y. c Eft r. d stood in another e two MPWX el Y

day r. pass. goyinge
S thei sueden v. h conuertid, or turned The whiche AGMX
ayn AGMNPQSTWY. conuertid a^een x. '

PQSTWXY. k Come v. Cometh x. l

seeth x. m Om. AGMNPQSTWXY. n at r. the brother r.
P in XY. 1 thing of good AGMNpsrrtrxY. r Come thou r. s Om. i the whiche
MPQTVWXY.
Apr. m. GNTXY. whom MPQSW.

y And another 8. z two ihi. a seide a

sup. ras.
aa two ihi. b turnede
a3en s sup. ras.
c seide

s d seide s dd the tone o. e ee Om. A. f Om. P pr. m.

sup. ras. sup. ras. Symount Petir o.
8 the profetis CIKRS pr. m. uabcghk/3. in the h of A m. '
Wherfore
profetis o. sec. o.
 238 JOHN. I. 49 II. 10.

and seith" to him, Bifore that Philip cle- Jhesus 'answerde, and' seide to hym, Bi-
pide thee, whanne thou were vndir the for that Filip clepide thee, whanne thou

4fyge Nathanael arisvveride

tree, I sy3 thee. were vndur the fige tree,Ysai3 thee. Na-
w v
to him, and seith , Rabi, thou ert the
v
seide k , 49
thanaelj answerdeJJ to hym, and
sone of God, thou ert kyng of Israel. Rabi, thou art the sone of God, thou art
5oAnd x Jhesu answeride, and seide to him, kyng of Israel. Jhesus answerde, and 50
For seyde to thee, I sy3 thee vndir the
I seide to hym, For Y seide to thee, Y saw3
fige tree, thou bileuest thou schalt se ;
thee vndur the fige tre, thou bileuest;
si morey than these thingis 7 And he seide -. thou schalt se more than these thingis.
to hem, Treuli I seie to 3ou, je schulen se And he seide to hem, Treuli, treuli, Ysi
heuene 8 openyd, and the aungels of God seie to 3011, 30 schulen se heuene opened,
b and the aungels of God stiynge vp and
sti3ynge vp and comynge doun on marinis
sone. comynge doun on mannys sone.

CAP. II. CAP. II.

1 And day weddingis ben

the thridde And the thridde dai weddyngis weren i

maad in the Cane, *or town e of Galilee; , maad in the Cane of Galilee ; and the
1

2 and the modir of Jhesu was there. Sothli modir of Jhesu was there. And Jhesus 2
Jhesu is clepid, and his disciplis, to the was clepid, and hise disciplis, to the wed-
3
weddingis. And wyn faylinge, the modir dyngis. And whanne wijn failide, the 3
of Jhesu seide to him, Thei han not wyn. modir of Jhesu seide to hym, Thei han
4 And Jhesu seith to hir, What to me and not wijn. And Jhesus seith to What 4
hir,
to thee, thou d
womman ? myn our cam to me and to thee, womman ? myn our
5 not 5it. The modir of him seith to the cam not 3it. His modir seith to the 5
m
mynystris, What euere thing he schal seie mynystris, What euere thing he seie to
6 to 3ou, do 36. Forsothe ther weren put6 3011, do 36. And there weren set 'sixee
sixe stoonun pottis, aftir f the cleusinge stonun Cannes", aftir the clensyng of the
of Jewis, takinge ech tweyne^ or thre Jewis, holdynge ech tweyneP etheri thre
Tmesuris. Jhesu seith to hem, Fille 36 metretis And Jhesus seith to hem, 7
1
".

the pottis with water. And thei filliden Fille 36 the pottis with watir. And thei
v
h
s hem, til to the hi3este part. And Jhesu filliden hern, vp to the mouth. And Jhe-
v
k
seith' to hem, Drawe 36 now, and bere 3e sus seide to hem, Drawe 36 now, and here
to 1 architriclyn, that is, prince in m the 36 to the architriclyn. And thei baren.
hous of thre stagis. And thei token. And whanne the architriclyn hadde tastid
<

9 And as architriclyn tastide the watir the watir maad wiyn, and wiste not
maad wyn, and he wiste not wherof it wherof it was, but the mynystris wisten
was, sothli the mynystris wisten, that" that drowen the watir, the architriclyn
drowen watir , architriclyn clepith the clepith the spouse, and seith to hym, Ech to

10 spouse, and seith Ech man putt-

to him, man settith first good wiyn, and whanne
ith first good wyn, and whanne men men 8 ben fulfillid ss thanne that that1 is
,

u seide G sec.m. s. w Om. N. and seide sw. x Om. AGMNPQSTrtvy. J more thingis v. z Om. r.
a b
pr.m. MNPQF. or the cuntre G pr.m. T. or
heuenes Q pr. m. s. c or cuntre A
vpon AGMHPQSTWY.
d Om. AGM NpQsrrwxY. h to AN.
the towns G sec. m. Om. sx. vp v. S two MPWXY.
e Om. KY. f

vnto GMPQXY. til T. to w pr. m. i

seide G sec. m. MNPQsrtr. k berith MPQX. here w pr. m. l
to the Q.
m of<j. n whiche r. the water WXY.

answeringe i. J And Natanael k. JJ said o. k Om. o. 1

Cana hi. m seith IOR. sixe stenes p.
Om. Kpr. m. b pr. m. P two ik. 1 or E el P passim. r ether mesuri.i K marg.
s thai o. ss fillid

* at o. Om. s.
iKsaega.
 IL II 23. JOHN. 239

schulen be fillid P, thanne that that is worse ; but thou hast kept the * good
worse ; sothli thou hast kept good wyn wiyn 'in to z this tyme. Jhesus* dide this n
11 'til toi now. Jhesu dide this the r bigyn- the bigynnyng of signes in the Cane b of
nynge of signes in the Cane of Galilee, Galilee, and schewide his glorie; and hise
c
and schewide his glorie ;
and his disciplis disciplis bileueden in hyrn. Aftir these 12

i2bileueden in to him. Aftir thes thingis thingis he cam doun

to Cafarnaum, and

he cam doun to s Capharnaum, and his his modir, and hise britheren, and hise
modir, and his britheren, and his disciplis ; disciplis ; and thei dwelliden 'there not d
and thei dwelten there not many dayes. many And the pask of Jewis was
daies. is

is And the
paske of Jewis was ny3, and ny3, and Jhesus wente vpe to ee Jerusa-
i-t Jhesu wente vp to Jerusalem. And he lem. And
he foond in the temple men u
fond in the temple men sellinge scheep, sillynge oxun, and scheep, and culueris,
and oxen, and and chaungeris'
culueris, and chaungeris sittynge. And whanne is
issittinge. And whanne he hadde maad he hadde maad as it were a scourge of
'as a scourge of smale coordis", he castide v smale cordis, he droof out alle of the
'out alle w of the temple, and 'oxen, and temple, and oxun, and scheep and he ;

x
and he schedde out the moneye schedde the money of chaungeris, and
scheep ;

of chaungeris, and turnede vpsodoun the turnede f vpsedoun the boordis. And he ir,

icbordis. And he seide to hem that selden seide to hem that selden culueris, Take
culueris, Take>' a wey fro z
hennis thes awei fro hennus these thingis, and nyle
thingis, and nyle 36 make the hous of my 36 make the hous of my fadir an hous of
i?fadir an hous of marchaundise. Forsothe marchaundise. And hise disciplis hadden 17
his disciplis hadden mynde, for it is writun, mynde, for it was writun, The feruent
a b
The 'feruour of loue of thin hous hath loue of thin hous hath etun me. Therfor is

iseturi me. Therfore the Jewis ansvveriden, the Jewis arisweriden, and seiden to hym,
and seyden to him, What syngrie, 'or to- What token schewist thou to vs, that
kene c schewist thou to vs, for thou doist
,
thou doist these thingis ? Jhesus an- 19
19 thes thingis ? Jhesu answeride, and seyde swerde, and seide to hern, Vndo 36 this
to hem, Vndo 36 this temple, and in thre temple, arid in thre daies schal reise Y
20 dayes I schal reyse it. Therfore the Jewis it. Therfor the Jewis seiden to hym, In 20
seyden to him, In fourty and sixe 3eeris'
J
fourti and sixe 3eer this temple was
this temple is byldid e , and thou f in thre bildid, and schalt thou in thre daies reise
21 dayes schalt reyse it ? Forsothe he seide it? But he seide of the temple of his 21

22 of the temple of his body*

1
. Therfore bodi. Therfor whanne he was risunaa
whanne he hadde rysun fro 'deed men 1
,
fro deeth, hise disciplishadden mynde,
his disciplis hadden mynde, for he seyde that he seide these thingis of his bodi;
k
'this thing ; and thei bileueden to the and thei bileueden to the scripture,
scripture, and to the word that Jhesu and to the word that Jhesus seide. And 23
23 seide. Forsothe whanne Jhesu was at Je- whanne Jhesus was at Jerusalem ins
rusalem in pask, in the feeste day, manye pask, in the feeste dai, many bileueden

P fulfillid AGMNPQSTWXY. 1 vnto MPQ. til NT. r Om. s in to l

QSWJT. Q. monvteri
or chaungeris A pr. m. NT. monyeris, or chaungers GY. money chaungeris MpQsrr. moneieris x. v .

am. cordis as a sc. GMPXY. a scourge of smale cordis Q. v caste

MNpQsryxv. w alle out x.
x
scheep, and oxen MPXY. y Takith MPQSWX. z Om. a That N. b
AGMNPQST^IVXY. zele, or
feruour of loue AGMNPQSVWY. zele, or the feruour or loue T. zeel A-. cQm. QA-. d
seer K sec. m. MQ
TWX. e bild sx. t wher thou v. g a3en reyse uw pr. m. h
body, that with oute comparisoun wax
more MPQ. deeth x. k this
thing of his body Q sec. m.
'

y Om. z vnto ca. a And Jhesus iKg. b Cana i. c in to ciKMRsxb sec. m. d not
ciKsgk. ghik/3.
there EIPH pr. m. :

5.
e Om. k pr. m. ee in to o. l he turned o. S at c.
 240 JOHN. n. 24 in. 11.

bileuyden in his name, seynge the syngnes in his name, seynge his signes that he
24 of him that he dide. Sothli Jhesu him
1
dide. But Jhesus trowide not hym silf24
silf bileuede not hyrn silf to hern, for to hem, for he knewe alle men and foras ;

25 that he knew alle men ; and for it was it was not nede to hym, that ony man
not nede to hym, that eny man schulde schulde here witnessyngs, for he wiste,
here witnessing of man, sothli he wiste what was in man.
what was in man.

CAP. III. CAP. III.

1 Forsothe ther was a man of Pharisees, And there was a man of the Farisees, i

Nicodeme hi name, a prince of Jewis. Nychodeme bi name, a prince of the h

2 He cam to Jhesu in the nyjte, and seide Jewis. And he cam to Jhesu bi ni3t,a
to him, Raby, we witen, for of God thou and seide to hym, Rabi, we witen, that
hast come a n maistir; sothli no man may thou art comun fro God
maister'; for
do thes signes that thou dost, no but'' God no man may do these signes k , that thou
were with him. Jhesu answeride, and doist, but God be with
hym. Jhesus 3
seyde to him, Treuli, treuli, I seye to thee, answerde, and seide to hym, Treuli, treuli,
not but r a man schal be born a3en, he Y seie to thee, but a man be borun a3en,
4 may not se the kyngdom of God. Ny co- he may not se the kyngdom of God.
deine seide 3 to him, How may a man be Nychodeme seide to hym, Hou may 4
born, whanrie he is olde ? wher* he may a man be borun, whanne he is eeld ?
entre a3en in to his modris u wombe, and whether 1
he may entre a3en m in to his
,-, be born a3ein ? Jhesus answeride v , Treuli, modris n wombe, and be borun a3en?
no w but" a man schal
treuli, I seie to thee, Jhesus answeride, Treuli, treuli, Y seie 5
be born a3en of watir, and of the Hooly to thee, but a man
borun a3en of be
Gost, he may not entre in to the kyngdom watir, and of the Hooli Goost, he may
nof God. That that is born of fleisch, is not entre in to the kyngdom of God.
fleisch ; and that that is born of spirit?, is 'That that is borun of the
1111
fleisch, is 6

7 spirit. Wondre thou z

not, for I seye to fleisch; and 'that that00 is borun of spiritP,
thee, It bihoueth 3ou for
a
to be born a3ein. is spirit. Wondre thou not, for Y seide 7
b c
a The spirit brethith wher it wole, and to thee, It bihoueth 3ou to be borun a3en.
thou heerist his vois, but thou wost not, Thei spirit brethith where he wole, and 8
fro whennis he d cometh, or whidir he e thou herist his vois, but thou wost not,

goth so is ech man that is borun of the

; fro whennus he^i cometh, ne whidir he
:t
spirit. Nycodeme answeride, and seide to goith; so is ech man that is borun of the
him, Hou mpwnthingis be don ? thes spirit. Nychodeme answeride, and seide
10 Jhesu answeride, and seyde to him, 'Art to hym, Hou inoun these thingis be don?
f
thou a maistir in Israel, and knowist not Jhesus answeride, and seide to hym, Thou 10
n thes thingis? Treuli, treuli, I seye to thee, art a maister in Israel, and knowist not
for that that e we witen, we speken, and these thingis? Treuli, treuli, Y seie ton

whiche m the Phariseis MPQSW. n Om. GMPVWXY. 1 Om. MPQS

thinges w. P but if
1
v. */.

w pr. MI. x. but r

jif A sec. in. G sec. m. MPQSWX.
s seith r. l whether wx. u modir wxv.
v answeride to him r sec. m. w Om. MPQX. * but if A G sec. m. MNPQTXY. y the spirit w.
pr.m.
z a Om. srx. b c d it x. e it M
seide AGMNpQsrrwx. brethith, or quykeneth MPQW. he ANSTV.
sec. m. f Thou art x. e Om. Q.

man h
thingis k pr. m.
g witnessinge of ic sec. m. Om. CIKR pr.
m. sg. '
a maistir s pr. m. k
g.
1
wher x. m Om. s sec. m. n modir nn That at G.
KRehi. Om. EiKbpr. m. /3. that at o.
P the spirit iqnbcegika^. 1 And the EPQxaekpr. m. a. 11 that he o.
 III. 12 26. JOHN. 241

that that we hari 1 seyn. we witnessen, thee, for we speken that that we witen,
12 and 36 taken not oure witnessing. If I and we witnessen that thaf we han seyn,
haue seid to 3ou ertheli thingis, and 36 and 36 taken not oure witnessyng. If Y 12

bileuen not, how if I schal seie to 3011 haue seid to 3ou ertheli thingis, and 3e
isheuenli thingis, schulen je bileue? And bileuen not, hou if Y
seie to 3011 heueneli
no man styeth k in to heuene, no but he 1
thingis, schulen 3e bileue ? And no man is

that cam doun fro heuene, 'mannis sone m stieth in to heuene, but he that cam
u that" is in heuene. And as Moyses
v
reride doun fro heuene, mannys sone that is in

vp a serpent in desert, so it bihoueth heuene. And as Moises areride 8

a ser-u
tsmannus sone for'' to be areysidi vp, that pent in desert, so it bihoueth mannys
ech man that bileueth 'in to r him, perische sone to be reisid 4 , that ech man that is

ic not, but haue 'euerelastinge lyf s . Forsothe bileueth in hym, perische not, but haue
God 'so louede
1
the world, that he 3af his euerlastyrige lijf. For God louede so the ic

oon bigetun sone, that ech rnan that bi- world, that he 3af his'oon bigetun" sone,
leueth in to him perische not, but haue that ech man that bileueth in him perische
lyeuere lasting lyf. Sothli God sente not not, but haue euerlastynge lijf. For 17
his sone in to the world, that he iuge the God sente not his sone in to the v world,
world, but that the world be sauyd by that he iuge the world, but that the
mhyrn. He that bileueth in to him, is not world be saued bi him. He that bileueth IK

demyd, 'or dampuyd"; forsothe he that hyrn, is not demed ; but he that bileu-
;v
in
bileueth not, is now demed v for he bi- , eth not, is now demed, for he bileueth not
name of the oon bigetun w
x
leueth not in the in the name of the 'oon bigetun x sone of
19 sone of God. Sothli this is the dorn, for God. And this is the dom, for Ii3t cam iy
cam in to the world, and men louede
Ii3t in to the-v world, and men loueden more
more derknessis than Ii3t forsoth her ; derknessis than Ii3t; for her werkes weren
20 workis weren yuele. Sothli ech man that yuele. For ech man that doitli yuele, 20
doth yuele, hatith Ii3t x ; and he> cometh hatith the Ii3t; and he cometh not to the
not to the z Ii3t, that his workis be not Ii3t, that hise werkis be not repreued.
a b
2ireproued vndirnomun , Sothli he
'or . But he that doith treuthe, cometh to the 21
that doth treuthe, cometh to the c Ii3t, that Ii3t, that hise werkis be schewid, that
his workis be schewid, for thei ben don thei ben don in God. Aftir these thingis 22
22 in God.
Aftir thes thingis Jhesu cam, Jhesus cam, and hise disciplis, in to the
and his disciplis, in to the lond of Judee, loond of Judee, and there he dwellide
and there he dwellide with hem, and bap- with hem, and baptiside. And 2 Joon 23
A
23tiside, 'or cristenede . Sothli John was was baptisinge in Ennon, bisidis Salym,
baptisynge in
Ennon, bisydis Salym, for for many watris weren there ; and thei
many watris were there and thei camen, ; camen, and weren baptisid. And Joon 24

24 and weren baptisid. Sothli John was not was not 3it sent ia to prisoun. Therfor2;>

253it sent in to prisoun. Sothli a questioun, a questioun was maad of Jonys disciplis
'oraxyng rnaad of e
Johnis disciplis
, is with the Jewis, of the purificacioun. And 20
v
with the' Jewis, of the purificacioun, 'or thei camen to Joon, and seiden to hym a ,

wclensing%. And thei camen to John, and Maister, he that was with thee m'3onde

Om. T.
' k steieth
vp AMPQSW.
'
Om. MQ. m the sone of man r. n which r. reiside v.
P Om. sx. 1 arerid AT. GMQVWXY. rerid s.
reisid r to s. 8
lyf euerelastende x.
* louede

MXY. u Om. x. v w onli x the f Om. AGMNPQSTVWXY.

so dampned v. geten x. ly;t TXY.
*
Om. qrw pr, m. XY. a vndernomen x. Om. yx. c Om. MNPQSW. d Om. HPQSIVX. e Om. XY.
">

f Om. GWXY. e Om. QX.

r Om. a. ' reride a sec. m. * areisid k. u

vnbigetin E. owne v this o. w in to A pr. m.
bigeten hi.
x z Om. a Om.
vnbegetin E. y this o. a. o.

VOL. IV. I 1
 242 JOHN HI. 37 IV. 5.

seyde to him, Rabi

b
or maistir, he that , Jordan, to whom
thou hast borun wit-
was with thee ouer Jordan, to whom nessyng, he baptisith, and alle men
lo !

thou hast born witnessinge, lo he bap- ! comen to hym. Joon answerde, and seide,27
27tyseth, and men comen to him. John
alle A man may not take ony thing, but it
answeride, and seyde, A man may not take be 30111111 to hym fro heuene. 3e 3ou x silf 28

ony thing, no' but

k
it be 3ouun to him fro beren witnessyng to me, that seide, Y Y
28 heuene. 3e Bou silf
1
beren witnessing to am not Crist, but that am sent bifore Y
me, that I seyde, I am not Crist, but for hym. He that hath a wijf, is the hose- 29

29 1 am sent bifore him. He that hath am bonde; but the freend of the spouse^ that
\spousesse", or wyfp, is the spouse, or stondith, and herith hym, ioieth with
hosebonde ^ ; forsothe a frend of the ioye, for the vois of the spouse. Therfor
spouse, that stondith r , and heerith him, in this thing my ioye is fulfillid. It bi-30

ioyeth in ioye, for the vois of the spouse. houeth hym to wexe, but me to be maad
Therfore in this thing s
ioye is fillid . my lesse. He that cam from aboue, is aboue 31
30 It bihoueth him for* to wexe, forsoth me alle; he that of the erthe, spekith of the
is

3tto u be "menusid, or maad lesse

v
. He that erthe ;
he that cometh from heuene, is
cam w fro aboue, is aboue* alle ;
he that is aboue alle. And
he witnessith that thing 32
of the erthe, spekith of the erthe ;
he that that he hath seie, and herde, and no man
32comith fro heuene, is aboue alle. And takith his witnessing. But he that takith 33
this thing that he sy3, and herde, he wit- his witnessyng, hath confermyd that God

nessith, and no man takith his witness- is sothefast. But he whom God hath 34
as ing. Forsoth he that 'hath takunJ' his sent, spekith the wordis of God; for not

witnessing, hath markid that 2 God is to mesure God 3yueth the z spirit. The 35
34 sothfast. Forsoth he whom God sente, fadir loueth the sone, and he hath 3ouun
spekith the wordis of God ; forsothe not alle thingis in" his hoond. He that bi-se
3,-> to mesure God 3yueth the spirit. The leueth in aa the sone, hath euerlastynge
fadir loueth the sone, and he hath 3ouun lijf; but he that is vnbileueful to the
36 alle thingis in his bond. He that bileueth sone, schal not se euerlastynge lijf, but
in to the sone, hath euere lastinge lyf; the wraththe of God dwellith on b hym.
forsothe he that is vnbileueful to the
sone, schal not se euerelasting lyf, but the
wraththe of God dwellith on a hym.

CAP. IV. CAP. IV.

1 Therfore as Jhesu knew, that Pharisees' 1

Therfor as Jhesu knew, that the Fa- 1

herden, that Jhesu makith mo disciplis risees herden, that Jhesu makith and

baptisith mo disciplis than Joon, thou32

c
2 and baptysith, than John, thou3 Jhesu
sbaptiside not, but his disciplis, he lefte Jhesus baptiside not, but hise disciplis,
d
Judee, and wente a3en in to Galilee. he lefte Judee, and wente a3en in to 3
iSothli it bihofte him to f passe bi Sa-
6
Galilee. And it bihofte hym to passe bi4
3 marie. Therfore Jhesu cam 'in to& a h citee Samarie. Therfor Jhesus cam in to as

h
Raby Om. MO.X.
x. k but
jif MQWXY. joure GNQY.
m the x. n
spouse A sup.
" ras.l

PQTWXY. Om. x. P a
tvijf GMPQW. Om. A. 1 the housbounde GPQSWY. r*staut A. s fulfillid

t Om. SA. u for to w cometh T.

vpon AGMH
^GMXPQSTWA'v. T x
AGMNPQTWY. mynusht A.
'

taketh x. z for r sec.m. x. a vp on A. b the Phariseis AGMNpQSTrtrxY. c

<c.
_
thoj that A.
Om. r. e bihoueth T. f Om. ^GA/NPQSJVK. for to T. S bi AGMNPSTITXY. h the Q
i l, . i
sec. m.

3oure Ehi. y hosebonde z Om. a in to k. aa in to A b in Ebea.

a.
ig. pr. m.
 IV. 6 is. JOHN. 243
c
of Samarie, that seyde Sycar, bisydis is citee of Samarie, that is seid Sicar, bi-
v
the manere, or feeld' that Jacob 3af to 1
,
sidis the place, that Jacob 3af to Joseph,
c
Joseph, his sone. Forsoth the welle of his sone. And the welle of Jacob was
Jacob was there ; sothli Jhesu 'maad there and Jhesus was weri of the
;

d e
wery, or feynt^, of the iurney, sat thus iourney, and sat thus vpon the welle.
on the welle. Sothli the our was, as 1
And the our was, as it were the sixte.

7 the sixte, W vndurn. A womman cam And womman cam fro Samarie, to 7
a
of Samarie, for n to drawe watir. Jhesu drawe watir. And Jhesus seith to hir,
v
seith to hir, 3yue to me for to? drynke. 3yue me drynk. And hise disciplis werens
a Forsoth his disciplis hadden gon in to gon in to the citee, to bie mete. Therfora
the citee, that thei schulden bye metis. thilke womman of Samarie seith to him,
9 Therfore Hhe ilke^ womman of Samarie Hou thou f, Vhanne thous art a Jewe,
seith to him, How thou, whanne thou axist of me dryrik^, that am a womman
ert a Jew, axist of
r
me 'for to 8 drynke, of Samarie? for Jewis' vsiden' not to
1

which 1
am a womman of Samarie? for- dele with Samaritans. Jhesus answerde, 10

sothe Jewis" vsen not v with Samaritans w . and seide to hir, If thou wistist the 3ifte
v
10 Jhesu answeride, and seide* to hir, If thou of God, and who he is k that seith to, thee,
wistist the jifte of God, and who it is, 3yue me drynk, thou perauenture woldist
that seith to thee, 3y ue t y me f rZ 'to haue axid of hym, and he schulde haue
1

drynke", thou perauenture schuldest haue 3ouun to thee quyk watir. The womman n
axid of him, and he schulde haue jouun seith to him, Sire, thou hast not where
n to thee quyk watir. The womman seith ynne to drawe, and the pit is deep ;

b
to him, Sire , nether thou hast in what wherof thanne hast thou quik watir ?
thing thou schalt drawe, and the pitt is Whethir" thou art grettere than" oure 12
1

deep ; therfore wherof hast thou quyk fadir Jacob, that 3af to vs the pit ? and he
12 watir? Wher c thou art more than oure drank therof, and hise sones, and hise
fadir Jacob, that 3aue to vs this d pitt ? and beestis. Jhesus answerde, and seide to 13
he drank therof c, and his sones, and his f hir, Eche manthat drynkith 00 of this
isbeestis. Jhesu answeride, and seide to watir, schal thirste efte soone; but he that
hir, Ech man that dryukith of this watir, drynkith of the watir that schal 3yue Y
schal thirste eftsoone ; forsothe he that hym, schal not thirste with outen ende ;
schal drynke of the watir that I schal but the watir that Y schal 3yue hym, u
3yue to him, schal not thirste in to with schal be maad in hyrn a welle 'of watirP,
uouten ende; but the watir that I schal spryngynge vp in to euerlastynge lijf.
3yue to him, schal be maad in him a Velle The womman seith to hym, Sire, 3yueis
o(e watir, spryngynge 1'

vp in to euere- me this watir, that Y thirste not, nether

islastinge lyf. The womman seith to him, come hidur to drawe. Jhesus seith to is

Sire,3yue to me this watir, that I thirste hir, Go, clepe thin hosebonde, and come
not, nether come hidir for' to drawe. hidir. The womman answerde, and seide, 17

1
feeld x. k made 1
Om. x.
wery QX.
m Om. x. or mydday vw. n Orn. sx. Om. M.
P to sx. 1 that x. r
m. Om. w pr.
s to sx. * that
AGMNPQSTIVXY. u the Jewis s. v not
for to
comune a sec. m. w. not to comyne MPQS. w the Samaritanes 8. x seith N. y Om w. z Om. sx.
a drinken x. b Om. w c Whether wx. e therfore w. { Om. rrpr.m.
pr. m. the AGMPQSTWXY.
<l

K Om. v. h w. '
Om. sx.
springe

c d Om. e Om.
clepid iKsg|3. EPQS sec. m. a. #.
f than s sec. m. 8 sith thou iKSg. that o.
B? a drynk o. h the Jewis I. i
vsen K text Rbghi/3. ether medlen K marg. k it is EPQS sec. m. eka.
is c. 1
askid K. m Wher EPS. n that Aa. Om. b. schal drinke o. P Om. l.

I i 2
 244 JOHN. IV. 1 6 30.

ifijhesu seith to hir, Go, clepe thin hose- Y haue noon hosebonde. Jhesus seith to
17 bonde, and come hidur. The womman hir, Thou seidist wel, That Y haue noon
answeride, and seide, I haue not an hose- hosebonde ; for thou hast hadde fyue 10

bonde. Jhesu seith to hir, Thou seidist k hosebondis, and he that thou hast, is not
uiwel, For I haue 'not an hosebonde for- 1
; thin hosebonde. This thing thou seidist

soth thou hast had fyue hosebondis, and sotheli. The womman seith to hym.io
he whom thou hast, is not thin hose- Lord, Y se, that thou art a prophete.
bonde. This thing thou seidist sothli. Oure worschipiden 1 in this hil, 20
fadris
i!The womman seith 11 to him, Lord, I se, and 36 seien, that at Jerusalem is a place,
20 for thou art a prophete. Oure fadris where it bihoueth to worschipe. Jhesus 21
worschipiden in this hil, and 30 seyn, for seith to hir, Womman, bileue thou to
at Jerusalem is a' place, wher it bihou- the our schal whanne
1

me, for corne,

21 eth fori to worschipe. Jhesu seith to nether in this hil, nethir in Jerusalem,

hir, Womman, bileue to me, for the our 36 schulen worschipe the fadir. ^e wor-22
"

schal come, whanne nether in this hil, schipen that 36 knoweri not ;
1
we wor-
v

schipen that that we knowen ; for helthe

"
8
nether in s Jerusalem, je schulen preye, or
1

22 worschipe*, the fadir. Be worschipen

that is of the Jewis. But the tyme is comun, 23
that" 36 witen not; we worschipen that and now it is, whanne trewe worschiperis
that v we witen ; for heelthe is w of Jewis. schulen worschipe the fadir in spirit and
23 But the our cometh, and now it is, treuthe for also the fadir sekith suche,
;

whanne trewe worschiperis schulen wor- that worschipen hym. God is a spirit, 24

schipe fader in spirit and treuthe ;

the and it bihoueth hem that worschipen
forwhi and the fadir sekith suche, that hym, to worschipe in spirit and treuthe.
24 schulen worschipe him. God is ax spirit, The womman seith to hym, Y woot that 35

and it bihoueth hem that worschipen him, Messias is comun, that is seid Crist ;

for? to worschipe in spirit and treuth. therfor whanne he cometh, he schal telle
2.-,The womman seith to him, I wool for vs* alle thingis. Jhesus seith to hir, Y2C
Messias is comen, that is seid Crist ; am he, that spekith with thee. And 311001127
therfore whanne he schal come, he schal and wondriden, that
hise disciplis camen,
2ctelle to vs alle thingis. Jhesu seith to he spak with the womman netheles no ;

27 hir, I speke with thee.

am, that And man seide to hym, What sekist thou,
anon his disciplis camen, and wondriden, or, What spekist thou with hir ? Therfor 28
for he spak with a z womman ; netheles no the womman lefte hir watir pot, and
man seide, What sekist thou, or, What wente in to the citee, and seide to tho u
v
asspekist thou with hir? Therfore the men, Come 36, and se 3e a man, that 2!)

womman lefte the a

watir pott, and wente me alle thingis that Y haue
seide w to
in to the citee, and seith to tho b men, don whether" he be Crist ? And thei 30
;

20 Come 3e, and 'se 36 the ri

man, that seide wenten out of the citee, and camen to
to me alle thingis 'what euere thingis 6 I hym. In the mene while hise disciplis 31

so haue don ; wher f he is^ Crist ? And thei preieden hym, and seiden, Maistir, ete.

wenten out of the citee, and thei'

1
camen But he seide to hem, Y haue mete to ete, 32

k seist v. '
noon N. now x. mn said N.
hast ther is w pr. m. P Om. s. 1 Om. sx.
r ne K. s at s. * Om. ^G pr. m. MNPQSTXY.
prtjen x.
a T Om. N. w Om. v. . . .
x Om. AN.
Om. sx. z the a hir b the GHPTY. c se o. seeth x. d a AGMNPQS
y MPQSWY. AGMKPQSTWXY.
TVWXY. e what euere Qfr. what euer thyng r. f whether x. S be x. h Om. x.

Om. T Om.
worschipiden God k. AK
1 r that that R. * to vs tt
the chi.
A. at o. sec.m. c.
w hath seid ic. x wher c.
 IV. 3 i 45- JOHN. 24.5

si to In the mene while his disciplis

hym. that 36 knowen not. Therfor disciplis
v

preieden him, seyinge, Raby, or maistir ,

1
seiden togidir, Whether 2 ony man hath
32 ete. Sothli he seide to hem, I haue mete brou3t him mete to ete? Jheeus seith 8 to 34
33for k to ete, that 36 witen not. Therfore hem, My mete is, that Y do the wille of
the 1 disciplis seiden to gidere, Wher m ony hym that sente me, that Y perfourme
34 man" brou3te to him for to ete ? Jhesu the werk of hym. Whether 36 seien not, 35
seith to hem, My mete is, that I do the that 3it foure monethis ben, and rype
will of him that sente me, and? that I corn cometh ? Lo ! Y seie to 3ou, lifte vp
35performe the work of him. Wheri 36 3oure i3en, and se 36 the feeldis, for now
seyn not, for 3it foure monethis ben, and thei ben white to repe. And he that so
rype corn cometh ? Lo I seie to 3011, !
repith takith hire, and gaderith fruyt in
r s
lift vp 3oure y3en, and 'se 3e the 're- to etierlastynge lijf ; that bothe he that

giouns, or cuntrees*, for now thei ben sowith, and he that repith, haue ioye to-
SB white to ripe corn. And he that repith gidere. In this thing is the word trewe.sy
takith hyre, W rnede , and he that ge- for anothir h is that sowith, and c anothir d
derith, fruit in to etierelasting lyf; that that repith. Y
sente 3ou to repe, that 38
v
dd
36 haue not trauelid ; ^othere men
e
and he that sowith haue ioye to gidere, that
37 and he that repith. In this thing sothli han trauelid f and , 36 han eritrid Mn to ff
'the word is trewe v , for another is that her trauels. And of that citee many 39
1

38 sowith, and another" that repith. I sente Samaritans bileueden hym, the in for
x
3ou for to repe, that that 36 traueliden word of the womman, that bare witness-
not ; othere men traueliden, and 36 en- yng, That he seide to me alle thingis that
sotriden in to her trauelis. Forsoth of Y haue don. Therfor whanne Samari-40
z
the^ citee many Samaritans bileueden in tans camen to hym, thei preieden hym
to him, for the word of the womman to dwelle there ; and he dwelte there
beringe witnessing, For he seide to me twey daies. And many mo bileueden 4i
a
alle thingis, what euere thingis I dide. for his word, and seiden to the womman, 42
40 Therfore whanne Samaritans camen to That. now not for thi speche we bileuen;
him, thei preieden him, that he schulde for we han herd, and we witen, that this
dwelle there and he dwelte there twey b
;
is verili the sauyour of the world. And 43

4idayes. And many mo bileueden c for his aftir twei 1 ' daies he wente out fro thennus,
42 word, and seyden to the womman, For and wente in to Galilee. And he bar wit- 44
now not for thi speche we bileuen for- ; nessyng, that a profete in his owne cuntre
soth we han herd, and we witen, for hath noon onour. Therfor whanne he 45
this is d verily the sauyour of the world.
8
cam in to Galilee, men of Galilee ressey-
43 Forsoth aftir twei dayes he wente then- ueden hym, whanne thei hadden seyn
44nis, and wente in to Galilee. 'Sothli alle thingis that he hadde don in Jeru-
Jhesu f bar witnessing, for a prophete in salem in the feeste dai ; for also thei
his owne cuntree hath not honour, W hadden comun to the feeste dai. Therfor 4
Therfore whanne he cam in he cam eftsoone in to the Cane of Galile,

' k Om. sx,

Rabi sx. 1
his M. Om. GNPSTXY. m Whether wx. Om. w pr.m. Om. sx.
P Om.
w. q Whether wx. r liftith sx. 8 seeth x. * x. u Om. x. v is the
regiouns
word x. w an other is w. * Om. sx. J that AGMXPQUTVWXY. z of AGMPQSTWXY.
many
a Om. b two MPWX et Y d Om.
many of the N. QSIT. pass.
c
bileuyden in hym Q sec.m.
w pr.m. e this r. f
Sothely he GMPQSTWXY. Sothli he Jhesu K pr.m. v. Sothli the self Jhesu N.
S Om. <jx.

y the disciplis CKUX sec. m. aika. his disciplis o. zWher CPQSX. a seid s sec. m. b oon c. c Om. E.
d another is K. dd at o. two
e traueliden not c. * Om. A pr. m. Eobceghik. lt in i. e ci et alii.
h two ci et alii.
 246 JOHN. IV. 46 V. 3.

to Galilee, men of Galilee receyueden him, where he made the watir wiyn. And 'a
whanne hadden seyn alle thingis
thei litil
kyng was', whos sone was sijk at
that he hadde don in h Jerusalem, in the Cafarnaum. Whanne this hadde herd, 47
feeste day, W
holiday ; and sothli thei
1
that Jhesu schulde come fro Judee in to
40 hadden come to the feeste Therfore Galilee, he wente to hym, and preiede
day.
he cam eftsoone in to Cana k of Galilee, hym, that he schulde come doun, and
where he made the watir wyn And '. heele his sone for he bigan to die.;

sum m king was, whos sone was syk

litil Therfor Jhesus seide to him, But k 3648
47 at Capharnaum. Whanne" this hadde se tokenes and grete wondris, 36 bileuen

herd, for? Jhesu schulde come fro Judee not. The litil
kyng seith to hym, Lord, 49
in to Galilee, he wente to him, and prei- come doun, bifor that my sone die. Jhe-so
ede him, that he schulde come doun, and sus seith to hym, Go, thi sone lyueth.
heele his sone ; forsoth he bigan toi deye. The man bileuede to the woz'd, that Jhe-
48Therfore Jhesu seide to him, No r but 3 je sus seide to hym, and he wente. Andoi
schulen se tokenes and grete wondris, 30 now whanne he cam doun, the seruauntis
4obileuen not. The litil kyng seith to him, camen a3ens 1 hym, and telden to hym,
Lord, come doun, bifore my sone deye. and seiden, That his sone lyuede. And 52
so Jhesu seith to him, Go, thi sone lyueth. he axide" of hem the our, in which he
1

The man bileuede 4 to the word, that was amendid. And thei seiden to hym,
Jhesu seide to hym, and he u wente. For" 3istirdai in the seuenthe our the
M Sothli now him comynge doun, the feuer lefte him. Therfor the fadir knewe,5
seruauntis camen a3ens him, and telden that thilke our was, in which Jhesus it
v
to him ,
seyinge, For his sone lyuede. seide to hym, Thi sone lyueth and he ;

52 Therfore he axide of hem the our, in bileuede, and al his hous. Jhesus didesu
whiche he 'hadde betere w . And thei eft this secounde tokene, whanne he cam
seiden to him, For jistirday in the se- fro Judee in to Galilee.
ssuenthe our the feuere lefte him. Ther-
fore the fadir
knew, our it that 'the ilke x
was, which^ Jhesu
'in seide to him, Thi
sone lyueth and he bileuede, and al his
;

54 hous. Jhesu dide eft this secunde tokene,

whanne he cam fro Judee in to Galilee.

CAP. V. CAP. V.
i Aftir thes thingis was a feeste day of Aftir these thingis ther was a feeste i

z
Jewis, and Jhesu wente vp to Jerusa- dai of Jewis ,and Jhesus wente vp to 00
alem. Forsoth in a Jerusalem is a 'stond- Jerusalem. And in Jerusalem is? 32
b
ing watir of beestis , that in Ebrew waissynge place, that in Ebrew is nam-
is named Bethsayda, hauynge fine 'litle ed i Bethsaida, and hath fyue porchis.
33atis
c
. In thes d lay a greet multitude of In these lay a greet multitude of sikex
langwischinge men, blynde, krokid, drye, men, blynde, crokid, and drie, abidynge

h at x. i
Om. k the Cane AGMNpQTfvxv. m n
x. '
in to wyne Q. a A. And whan A-. he
this 6 sec. m. MPQSIVXY. P that MTVXY. q for to ^ pr. m. GMNPQTFWY. Om. x. 8
But if x.
1 bileueth w. " Om. x. v Om.
AGMKPQSTWXY. w had him betere M. * that x. 7 that x.
z in to M. b stondende watir s.
at QSJT.
stondinge watir w.
c litil
jatis, or entrees w
d this r.

i
ther was a lit.
kyng i. k'
But if k. l
ajen to a. m askide R. n Fro g. the Jewis OR sec. m.
bhik. in to o. P was k. q clepld k.
 V. 417- JOHN. 247

4abidinge the stiring of the watir. For- the mouyng For the aun-4 of the watir.
v "

sothe the aungel of the Lord aftir tyme e gel 'of the Lord cam doun certeyne 1

cam doun in to the standing watir, and tymes in to the watir, and the watir
the watir was moued ;
and he that first was moued and he that first cam doun;

cam doun in to the sisterne, aftir the f in to the sisternef, aftir the
mouynge of twatir
that a is,
ri<1
.1 , ge<le js i_ i / i
mouyng of the watir, was maad hool of the watir, was maad hool of what euer togidere, hau-
was holdun h sijknesse he was holdun. And a man a '^e
'

'what eueres siknesse he .

5 Forsothe sum man was there, hauynge was there, hauynge ei3te and thritti jeer

ei3te and thritti 3eeris' in his syknesse. in his sikenesse.

Jhesuso And whanne
k
e Whanne Jhesu hadde seyn him liggynge , hadde seyn hym liggynge, and hadde
and hadde knowe, for now he hadde knowun, that he hadde myche tyme, he
moche tyme, he seith to him, Wolt thou seith to hym, Wolt thou be maad hool ?

7 be maad hool ? The syke man answeride The sijk man answerde to hym, Lord, 7
to him, Lord, I haue not a man that Y haue no man, that whanne the watir
v
whanne the water 'schal be troublid 1 , he is moued, to putte me in to 1 the n cis-
sende me in to the sisterne ; forsoth the terne ; for the v while Y come, anothir
while I com, another goth down bifore goith doun bifor me. Jhesus seith to a
erne. Jhesu seith to him, Ryse vp, taak hym, Rise vp, take thi and go. bed,
9 thi bed, and wandre. And a non the And anoon the man was maad hool, and 9
man is maad hool, and took vp his bed, took vpvv his bed, and wente forth. And
and wandride. And saboth was in that it was sabat in that dai. Therfor the 10
10 day. Therfore the Jewis seyden to him Jewis seiden to him that was maad hool,
that was maad hool, It is saboth, it is It is sabat, it"' is not leueful to thee, to
not leefful to thee, for m to take thi bed. take awei thi bed. He answeride ton
11 He answeride to hem, He that maade me hem, He that made me hool, seide to me,
n
hool , seideto me, Taak thi bed, and Take thi bed, and go. Therfor" thei 12

12 wandre. Therfore thei axiden him, Who axiden him, What man Ms that x , that
is that man, that seide to thee, Taak seide to thee,Take vpy thi bed, and go ?
is thi bed, and wandre? Sothli he that But he was rnaad z hool, wiste not is
that
was maad hool, wiste not who it was. who it was. And Jhesus bowide awei
Forsothe Jhesu bowide himP fro the cum- fro the puple, that was set in the place.
v

pany ordeyned, or setfi, in the r place. Aftirward Jhesus foond hym in the tern- u
J4Aftirward Jhesu fond him in the temple, pie, and seide to hym, Lo ! thou art
and seide to him, Lo thou ert maad hool !
;
maad hool; now nyle thou do synne, lest
now nyle thou do 8 synne, leste ony thing any worse thing bifalle to thee. Thilke \5

is worse bifalle to thee. 'The ilke* man man wente, and telde to the Jewis, that
wente, and telde to the Jewis, for it was it was Jhesu that made hym hool.
16 Jhesu that maad him hool. Therfore the" Therfor the Jewis pursueden Jhesu, ie

Jewis pursueden Jhesu, for he dide this for he dide

this thing in the sabat.
17
thing in the
v
saboth. Forsoth Jhesu And Jhesus answeride to hem, My fadir 17
w worchith tilzz now, and Y worche. Ther- \a
answeride to hem, My fadir worchith til

e aftir the time ordeyned Q. aftir that tyme w pr. m. f Om. sw. K what w. h
holdyn with
w pr. m. k liende s. MN.
3eer ^GMNQSTKWF. troublid A pr. m. GQSTWXY.
l
' is is turblid
m Om. srx. n saf G
pr. m. MTXY. Forsothe r. P Om. M. q ordeyne x. r Om. w pr. m.
* Om. GMNPSTrwxv. now Q.
l That x. " Om. N. v Om. N. "* vnto Q. til to w pr.m.

Om. k pr. m. "0m. k pr.m. * k u Om. k T Om. Om. b pr. w and

pr. m. m.
1 in pr. m. i.

it o. ww And therfore s sec.m. * it is A. y Om. ixb. z

Om. i.
zz to o.
 248 JOHN. v. 18 29.

x
10 now, and I worche Therfore thanne . for the Jewis soften more to sle hym,
the Jewis sou3ten more for? to slee hym, for not oneli he brak the sabat, but a he
for not oonly he brak the saboth, but seide that God was his fadir, and made
and z he seide his fadir God, makinge him hym euene to God. Therfor Jhesus an-i
euene to God. And so Jhesu answeride, swerde, and seide to hem, Treuli, treuli,

19 and seide to hem, Treuli, treuli, I seie to Y seye to 3011, the sone may not of hym
3011, the sone may
not of him silf do ony silf do ony thing, but that thing that he
a b he schal seeth the fadir doynge ; for what euere
thing, no but that thing that
se the fadir doynge ; what euere thingis thingis he doith, the sone doith in lijk
he doith, thes thingis and the sone
sothli maner tho thingis. For the fadir loueth 20
b
20 also doith. Forsothe the fadir loueth the sone, and schewith to hyrn alle

the sone, and schewith to him alle thingis thingis that he doith ; and he schal
that he doith; and he schal schewe to him schewe to hym grettere werkis than
rnore workis than thes, that 36 wondre. that 36 wondren. For as the fadir 21
c
these,
21 Forsothe as the fadir reysith deede men, reisith deed men, and quykeneth, so the

and quykeneth, 'so and cc the sone quyken- sone quykeneth whom he wole. For ne- 22
d he wole. Sothli neither the thir the fadir iugith ony man, but hath
2aeth whiche
bb doom to the
fader iugeth ony man, but hath 3ouun al 3ouun ech sone, that alle 23
23 the dom to the sone, that alle
e
men men onoure the sone, as thei onouren the
honoure f
the sone, as thei honouren the fadir. He that onourith not the sone,

fadir. He
that honoureth not the sone, onourith not the fadir that sente hym.
honoureth not the fadir that sente him. Treuli, treuli, Y
seie to 3ou, that he that 24
c
24 Treuli, treuli, I seye to 3ou, for he that herith my word, and bileueth to hym
heerith my word, and bileueth to him that sente me, hath euerlastynge lijf, and
that sente me, hath euere lasting lyf, and" he cometh not in to doom, but passith
cometh not in to dom, but passith
1'
fro fro deeth d in dd to lijf. Treuli, treuli Y2/>
2odeeth in to lyf.
i
Treuli, treuli, I seye seie to 3ou, for the our cometh, and now
to 3ou, for the our cometh, and now it is, it is, whanne deed men schulen here the
whanne deede men schulen heere the vois vois of 'Goddis sone 6 , and thei that heren,
k
of Goddis sone, and thei that schulen schulen lyue. For as the fadir hath lijf 20
20 heere, schulen lyue. Sothli as the fader in hym silf, so he 3af to the sone, to haue
hath lyf in him silf, so he 3af and to the
1
lijf him silf; and he 3af to hym power 27
in

27 sone for to haue lyf in him silf; and he to make doom, for he is mannys sone.
ee
3af to" him power for" to make dom, for he
f
Nyle 3e wondre this for the our com- 28
,

28 is mannis Nyle 36 wondre this thing?,

sone. eth, in which alle men that ben in
for thei our cometh, in which alle men birielis, schulen here the voice of Goddis
that ben in buriels, schulen heere the vois sone. And thei that han do goode thingis, 29
29 of Goddis sone. And thei that han do schulen go in to a3enrisyng of lijf; but

goode thingis, schulen come forth in to thei that han done yuele thingis, in to

rysinge a3en of lyf; forsothe thei that a3enrisyng ofs doom. Y may no things
han don yuele thingis, in to rysinge do of my silf, but as Y here, Y deme,

* worche now 9. Om. MSXY. z Om. v. a not x. b Om. w. c mo K cc and so w.

5'
pr.m.
d whom AGMNPQSTIVXY. e Om. r. f honoureden w. g and he w pr.m. h
passide ^ sec.m. K.
'
the deeth T. k Om. GMNPQSTWXY. 1
Om. K. m Om. sx. n Om. G
pr. m. MNPQTXY. Om. sx.
P forsothe r. 1 Om. r.

a but for k pr. m. b Om. i sec. m. s pr. in. g. bb c in k. in to a. d deed i. dd Om. o.

euery o.
e the sone of God o. ee Om. a. f in this k
pr. m. 8 to c.
 V. 3046. JOHN. 249

so of dom. I may not of mysilf do ony and my doom is iust, for Y seke not my
as I heere, I iuge, and h
thing, but my wille, but the wille of the fadir that
dom is iust, for I seke not wille, but my sente me. If Y
bere witnessing of mysi
31 the will of the 11 fadir that sente me. If silf, my witnessyng not trewe; another 32
is

I bere witnessing of my silf, my witness- is that berith witnessyng of me, and Y

32 ing is not trewe ;
another is that berith woot that his witnessyng is trewe, that
witnessing of me, and I woot for his he berith of me. 3e senten to Joon, and 33
witnessing is trewe, that he berith of me. he bar witnessyng to treuthe. But Y34
33 3e senten to John, and he bar witnessing take not witnessyng of man ; but Y seie
34 to the treuthe. Sothly I take not wit- these thingis, that 36 be saaf. He was 35

nessing of man ; but I seie thes thingis, a lanterne brennynge and schynynge ;
33 that 36 be saf. Sothli 1 he was a lanterne but 36 wolden glade at an our in his
1

brennynge and schynynge, ^yuynge W Ii3t. But Y haue more witnessyng than 36
li$t* ; forsothe 36 wolden glade at oon
1
Joon, for the werkis that my fadir 3af
our in his Sothli I haue m more wit- to me to thilke werkis-
so Ii3t. perfourme hem,
nessing than John, forsoth the workis that Y do beren witnessyng of me, that
that my fadir 3af to n me that I performe the fadir sente me. And the fadir that 37
hem, 'the ilke workis that I do beren sente me, he bar witnessyng of me. Ne-
witnessyng of me, that? the fadir sente ther 36 herden euere his vois, nether 36
37 me. And the fadir that sente me, he bar seien his licnesse. And 36 han not hisss
witnessing of me. Nethir 30 herden euere word dwellynge in 3011 ; for 36 byleuen
his vois, nethir say3en his licnesse, 'or not to hym, whom he sente. Seke 3639
k
?&foorme^. And '36 han not his word dwell-
r
scripturis which 36 gessen to haue
, in

inge in 3011 ; for 36 bileuen not to him, euerlastynge lijf; and tho it ben, that
30 whom he sente. Seke 30 scripturis
8
, in beren witnessyng of me. And 36 wolen 40
1 u to v
haue euerlastinge not come to me, that 30 haue lijf. Y4i
whiche 36 gessen

lyf and;
w tho it
ben, that beren witness- take not clerenesse' of men; but haue 42 Y
40
ing of me. And 36 wolen not come 'to knowun 3011, that 36 han not the loue
41 me", that
36 haue lyf. I take not cler- of God in 3ou. Y cam in the name of 43
42 nessev of men ; but I haue knowen 3011, my fadir, arid 36 token not me. If an-
for 36 han not the loue of God in 3ou. other come in his owne name, 36 schulen
43 1 cam in the name of my fadir, and 36 resseyue hym. Hou moun 36 bileue, that 44
token not me. If another schal come in resseyuen glorie ech of othere, and 30
his owrie name, 36 schulen receyue him. seken not the 11 glorie 'that is of God m
44 How mown receyuen 36 bileue, that z
aloone n ? Nyle 36 gesse, that Y am to 45

glorie ech of other, and 36 seken not the accuse 3ou anentis? the fadir ; it is Moi-
45
glorie that is of God aloone ? Nyle 36 ses that accusith 3ou, in whom 36 hopen.

gesse, that I am to accusinge 3ou anemptis

a
For if 36 bileueden to Moises, perauen-4
the fadir ; it is Moyses that accusith 3ou, ture 36 schulden bileue also toi me; for
4 in whom 36 hopen. Forsoth if 36 bileu- he wroot of me. But if 36 bileuen not 47

h that K. '
Om. A pr. m. GMNPQsrrwxY. k Om. QSWX. 1
an AGMNPQST^XY. m haue and Q.
n Om. GMNTXY. tho QX. P for AGMNpQsrrwxY. q Om. QX. r that
}e had w. s the
scriptures s.
whom u weenen A v for to AGMOPTWY. w Om. w
pr. m.
4
in scripturis T. Q. pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY.
1 Om. w pr.m. J clerenesse, or knorvinge w pr. m.
z
receyuen, or taken QW pr. m. a accuse
GMNPQSTWXY.

h 1
not glade A pr. m. k the the clernesse k.
glade, or ioye K.
1
my c. scripturis c.
11
that o. m of God that is EP. n aboue AEpea. came R. P a3ens c. 1 Om. b pr. m.
ek sec. m.

VOL. IV. K k
 250 JOHN. V. 47 VI.

ederi Moyses, perauenture 36 schulden

to to hise lettris, hou schulen 36 bileue to
bileue and to me ; sothli he wroot of rne. wordis ?

47 Sothli if 36 beleueu not to his lettris, how

schulen 36 bileue to my wordis?
CAP. VI. CAP. VI.
i Aftir thes thingis Jhesu wente ouer the Aftir these thingis Jhesus wente ouere i

2se of Galilee, that is Tiberiadis. And a the see of Galilee, that is Tiberias. And 2

greet multitude suede him; for thei sy3en a greet multitude*! suede hym ; for thei
the tokenes, that he dide on hem that sayn the tokenes, that he dide on hem
3 weren syke. Therfore Jhesu wente in to that weren sijke. Therfor Jhesus wente 3
v
an hil, and there he sat a with his dis- in to an hil, and sat there with hise dis-

4 ciplis. Forsoth b pask was ful ny3, a feeste ciplis. And the paske was ful ni3, 34
5 day of Jewis
c
Therfore d whanne e Jhesu
. feeste dai of the Jewis. Therfor whanne 5
hadd lyft vp the y3en, and hadde seyn,
f
Jhesus hadde lift vp hise i3en, and
for a^ greet multitude cam to him, he hadde seyn, that a greet multitude cam
seith' to Philip, Wherof schulen we bie
1
to hym, he seith to Filip, Wherof schu-

eloues, that thes men ete? Sothli he seide len we bie looues, that these men ete ?
this thing, temptinge him ;
forsoth he But he seide this thing, temptynge hym ;
6

7wiste what he was to doynge'. Philip for he wiste what he was to do. Filip 7
k
answeride to him, The looues of two answerde hym, The looues of tweyn
to r

hundrid pens suffysen not to hem, that hundrid pans 8 sufficen not to hem, that
sech man take a litle what. Oon of his ech man take a litil what. Oon of hise
disciplis, Andrew, the brother of Symount disciplis, Andrew, the brothir of Sy-
oPetre, seith to him, O child is here, that mount Petre, seith
to him, child is 9 A
hath fyue barley tweye looues and 1
here, hath fyue barli looues and
that

fysches; but what ben thes thingis among twei 4 fischis ; but what ben these among
10 so many men? Therfore Jhesu seith, so manye ? Therfor Jhesus seith, Make 10
Make m men for" to sitte at the mete.
u
hem sitte to the 7 mete. And there
je 3e
Forsoth there was myche hey in the was myche hey in the place. And so
v

place. Therfore men saten at the mete, men saten to the mete, as fyue thou-
11 in noumbre as" fyue thousandisP. Ther- synde in noumbre*". And Jhesus took 1 1

fore Jhesu'' took fyue r looues, and whanne fyue looues, and whanne he hadde do
x
he hadde do thankingis, he departide to thankyngis, he departide to men that
men sittinge at s mete, also and of the saten to>' the* mete, arid also of the
I2fischis, as myche as thei wolden. For- fischis, as myche as thei wolden. And 12

sothe as thei ben* fillid", he seide to his whanne thei weren fillid a he seide to
,

disciplis, Gedere 36 the relyfs that ben hise disciplis, Gadir 30 the relifs that ben
is left, that thei
perischen not. Therfore left, that thei perischen not. And so is

thei gedriden, and filleden twelue coffyns thei gadrideu, and filliden twelue cofyns

~
a sat there AGMNPQSTWXY. Forsoth. the K pr.m. c the Jewes d There T. e thanne
PQ.
w pr.m.
f liftidsx. e a ful w sec.m. h seide v. l
do AGMHPQSTWXY. k
twey T.
'
two wx.
m Om. w. n Oni. sx. of x. P thousond sx. 4 Jhesu therefore w r the fiue .

B at the wx. * weren v. u fulfillid AGMNPQSTWXY.

P his o. 1 multitude of r two s * two u Om.

pepil o. cEipqacg. pens EPsbcghia/3. iRghi.
ER pr. m.
v Om. ei. w in noumbre A. x the men hem hi. y nt
fyue thousynde iKQg. ft.
z Om. k. fulfillid E.
 VI. 14 25- JOHN. 251

v of relif 3 of the fyue barli looues and

of relyfs of the fyue barly looues and
w twei b fischis, that lefte to hem that had-
tweye fischis, that leften to hem that
uhaddun etun. Therfore* tho'" men, whanne den etun. Therfor tho men, whanne thei u
1
thei hadden seyn the Hokene, or myracle -, hadden seyn the signe that he hadde
that he hadde don, seyden, For this* is don, seiden, For this is verili the profete,
b
verily theprophete, that is to comynge that is to come in to the world. And i.->

is in to the world. Therfore c whanne Jhesu whanne Jhesus hadde knowun, that thei
hadde knowuri, for d thei weren to com- weren to c come d to take 6 hym, and make
hyrn kyng, he 'aloone eft f in to an
e
ynge that thei schulden rauysche him, flei3

and make him kyng, he aloone fledde f

v
hille. And whanne
euentid was comun, 10

ie eft in to an hil. Sothli as euentyd was e his disciplis wenten doun to ff the see.

maad, his disciplis wenten doun to the And thei wenten vp in to a boot, and 17

17 see. And whanne thei hadden sti^ed theicamen ouer the see in to Cafarnaum.
h
vp in to the boot, thei camen ouer the And derknessis weren rnaad thanne, and
see in to Capharnaum. And derknessis Jhesus was not come to hem. And for a is

weren now maad, and Jhesu hadde not greet wynde blew, the see roos vp. Ther- 19
locomen to hem. Forsothe a greet wynde for whanne thei hadden rowid as fyue
isblowynge, the see roos vp. Therfore and twenti furlongis or thretti, thei
whanue thei hadden rowid as fyue and seen& Jhesus walkynge on the see, and
to be nei3 the boot ; and thei dredden.
twenty furlongis or thritty, thei seen
Jhesu walkinge on the see, and to be And he hem, Y am; nyle 3020
seide to
rnaad next to the boot and thei dredden. ; drede. Therfor thei wolden takers hym 21
20 Sothli he seyde to hem, I am; nyle 36 in to the boot, and anoon the boot was
21 drede. Therfore thei wolden take him at the loond, to h which thei wenten. On 22
'in to' the boot, and anon the boot was at 'the tother dai the puple, that stood ouer
1

22 the lond in k to which thei wenten. On the see, say, that ther was noon other
boot there but oonJ, and thatk Jhesu
v

the tothir 1 day the cumpanye, that stood

ouer the see, sy3, for there was non othir entride not with hise disciplis in to the
boot there no m but oon, and for Jhesu boot, but hise disciplis aloone wenten.
entride not with his disciplis in to the But othere camen fro Tiberias 23
bootis
n where thei hadden eetun
boot, but his disciplis 'aloone wenten . bisidis the place,
23 Forsothe othere bootis camen fro Tibe- breed, and diden thankyngis to God.
1

riade bisydis the place, where thei eeten Therfor whanne the puple hadde seyn, 24
24 breed, doynge thankingis to God. Ther- that Jhesu was not there, nether hise
fore whanne the cumpany hadden seyn, disciplis, thei wenten vp in to bootis,
for Jhesu was not there, nethere his dis- and camen to Cafarnaum, sekynge Jhe-
ciplis, thei Sweden in to bootis, and su. And whanne thei haddeu founduno 5
camen to Capharnaum, sekinge him P. hym ouer the see, thei seiden to hym,
25 And whanne thei hadden founden him Rabi, hou come" thou hidur? Jhesus 2G

T Om. s. w two prrxv. * Forsothe r. y the N. z tocne x. a this man G sec. m. w.

b come GMHPQSTWXY. c Forsothe AMNPQTXY. d that AMTXY. e come GMNPQSTWXY. { aloone fleije
$ euen G pr.m. MPQSXY. h a A
A pr.m. GMNPQSTXY. fley aloone w. pr. m. G sec.m. tin
A pr. m. k Om. w. 1
that other w. the other x. m Om. <tw. n wenten aloone w. ther w pr. m.
P JheSU AGMXPQSTft'XY.

a the relif o. b two I. c Om. e Om. i f eftsoone k

pr. m.
Q pr. m. d
comynge a. pr. m. g.
ft into o. g saujen i. sawen K. saien B. sayen e. sijen k. seien i. gg haue o. h in to k. '
that
other rae. i that oon o. k Om. k. 1
thei diden a pr. m. in to k. n earnest iKa.
cam plures.
K k 2
 252 JOHN. VI. 26 39

ouer the see, thei seyden to him, Raby, answerde to hem, and seide, Treuli, treuli,
hou hast thou com hidur ? Jhesu i an- Y seie to 3ou, seken me, not for 36
36
sweride to hem, and seyde, Treuli, treuli, sayn the myraclis, but for 30 eten of
I seie to 3011, 30 seken me, not for 36 sy3 r and weren fillid. Worche 36 not 27
loouesP,
(

the 8
'tokenis, or myraclis , but for 36
1
mete that perischith, but thati dwell-
'

syeeten of looues, and ben fillid". Worche ith in to euerlastynge lijf, which 3 mete
1

3e mete that perischith, but that v

riot mannys sone schal 3yue to 3ou ; for God
dwellith in to euerlastinge lyf, which w the markid hym. Therfor 28
fadir hath
mete mannis sone 'schal 3yuex to 3ou ; thei seiden tohym, What schulen we do,
forsothe God the fadir 'bitokenede, or that we worche the werkis* of God ?
z
wmarJcedey, him . Therfore thei seiden to Jhesus answerde, and seide to hem, This 23
him, What schulen we do, that we worche is the werk of God, that 36 bileue to
29 the workis of God ? Jhesu answeride, and hym, whom he sente. Therfor thei so
seide to hem, This is the work of God, seiden to hym, What tokene thanne do-
that 30 bileue in to him, whom he sente. ist thou, that we seen, and bileue to
so Therefore thei seiden to him, Therfore thee? what worchist thou? Oure fa-3i
what tokene doist thou, that we se, and dris eeten manna in desert, as it is

bileue to thee ? what worchist thou ? writun, He 3af to hem breed fro heuene
31 Oure fadris eeten manna in desert, as it to ete. Therfor Jhesus seith to hem, 32
is writun, He 3af to hem breed fro a
Treuli, treuli", Y seie to 3ou, Moyses 3af
b c
32 heuene for to ete. Therfore Jhesu seith 3ou not breed fro heuene, but my fadir
to hem, Treuli, treuli, I seie to 3ou, not 3yueth 3ou veri breed fro heuene ; for it 33
Moyses 3af to 3ou very breed fro heuene, is very breed that cometh doun fro he-
but my fadir 3yueth to 3ou verri breed uene, and 3yueth lijf to the world. Ther-34
33 fro heuene ; sothli it is verri breed that for thei seiden to hym, Lord, euere 3yue
coraeth doun fro heuene, and 3yueth lyf vs this breed. And Jhesus seide u to 35
34 to the world. Therfore thei seiden to hem, Y am breed of lijf; he that cometh
d v
him, Lord, euere 3yue to vs this breed. to me, schal not hungur ; he that bileu-

ssSothly Jhesu seide to hem, I am breed eth in me, schal neuere thirste. But Yss
of lyf; he that cometh to me, schal not seid vv to 3ou, that 30 ban seyn me, and
w not. Al
hungre ; he that bileueth in me, schal 3e bileueden thing, that the 37

aoneuere thirste. But I seide to 3ou, 'for fadir 3yueth to me, schal come to me ;
and 36 ban seyn me, and 3e
e
bileueden and Y
schal not caste hym out, that
37 not. Al
thing, that the fadir 3yueth to cometh to me. For Y cam doun fro 38

me, schal come to me ; and I schal not heuene, not that Y do my wille, but the
v
3 caste out him f that cometh to me.
, For wille of hym that sente me. And this 39
I cam doun fro heuene, not that I do my is the wille of the fadir that sente me,
wille, but the wille of him that sente me. that al thing that the fadir 3af me", Y
39 Forsothe this is the wille of him? that leese not of it, but a3en reise it in the

sente me, 'the faclris'

1
,
that al thing that laste dai. And this is)" the wille of my 40
the fadir 3af to me, I leese not' of it, but fadir that sente me, that ech man that

q And Jhesus w. r Om. QW pr. n.

saien vw. * toknes x. u fulfillid A
pr. m.
STWXY. v that that w x
the whiche A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY.
w. 3eueth A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
hyrn w pr. m.
y bytocnede x. z to a of N. & Om. sx. d euermore A
pr. m. GMHPQ
c he r.

STWXY. e Om. wx. f him out wx. g the fader PX. h Om. PXY. the fader Y. i
nojt K pr. m.

seen gk. P the looues iidii. q that that k. r lastith i

pr. m. s the whiche i. l werk Eeka.
lt Om. o. seith a. v and he ok. vv haue seid A pr. m. w bileeuen * Om. B me
agik. pr. m. to k.
y Om. k pr. m.
 VI. 4 S 6- JOHN. 253

4oa3en reise it in the laste day. Sothly seeth the sone, and bileueth in hym,
this is the wille of my fadir that sente haue euerlastynge lijf and Y schal a3en ;

me, that ech man that seeth the sone, arid reyse hym in the laste dai. Therfor 41
bileueth in to him, haue euerlasting lyf ; Jewis z grutchiden of hym, for he hadde
and I schal a3en reyse him in the laste seid, Y am cam doun fro
breed that
41
day. Therfore Jewis grucchiden of him, heuene. And Whether this 42
thei seiden,

for he hadde' seyd, I am breed that cam is not Jhesus, the sone of Joseph, whos
42doun fro heuene. And thei seiden, Wher k fadir and modir we han knowun. Hou
this is not Jhesu, the sone of Joseph, thanne seith this 8 That Y cam doun fro
,

whos and modir we han knowun ?

fadir heuene Therfor Jhesus answerde, and 43
?

Therfore hou seith this I' cam doun fro 1

,
11
seide to hem, Nyle 3e b grutche togidere.
43 heuene ? Therfore Jhesu answeride, and No man may come to me, but if the 44
seide to hem,
Nyle 36 grucche to gidere. fadir that sente me, drawe hym ; and Y
44 No man may come to me, no but the schal 33611 reise hym in the laste dai. It
bb
fadir that sente me, schal" drawe him ; is writun in prophetis , And alle men c 45
and I schal a3en reyse him in the laste schulen be able for d to be tau3t 'of God e .

45 day. It? is writun in prophetis, And Ech man that herde f ofs the fadir, and
men schulen ben able toi be tau3t of
alle hath lerned, cometh to me. Not for ony 46
God. Ech man that herde r of the fadir, man hath sey the fadir, but this that is 1'

46 and lernede 8 cometh to me. Not for ony

,
of God, hath sey the fadir. Sotheli, so- 47
man sy3 the fadir, no but this 'that is of theli, Y
seie to 3ou, he that bileueth in

47 God, this* sy3 the fadir. Sothli, sothli, me, hath euerlastynge lijf. Y am breed 48
I seye to 3ou, he that bileueth in u me, of lijf. 3 oure fadris eeten manna in de-49
48 hath euerlasting lyf. 'I am the breed of sert, and ben' deed. This is breed com- so
ynge doun fro heuene, that if ony man
v
49 lyf 3oure fadris eeten manna in desert,
.

so and ben deede. This is breed comynge ete therof, he die not. Y am lyuyngesi
w
doun ony man schal
fro heuene, that if breed, that cam doun fro heuene. If ony 52
si ete therof, he deyeth* not. I am quyk man ete of this breed, he schal lyue
52 breed, that cam doun fro heuene. If ony withouten ende. And the breed that Y
man schal ete of this bred, he schal lyue schal 3yue, is my fleisch for the lijf of the

with outen ende. And the breed that I world. Therfor the Jewis chidden togi-53
k
schal 3yue, is my fleisch for lyf of the dere, and seiden, Hou may this 3yue to
53 world. Therfore the Jewis chidden to vs his fleisch to ete? Therfor Jhesus 54
gidere, seyinge, Hou may this? 3yue to seith to hem, Treuli, treuli, Y seie to 3011,
z
54 vs his fleisch for to ete ? Therfore Jhesu but 36 eten the fleisch of mannus sone,
seith to hem, Treuly, treuli, I seye to 3ou, and drenken his blood, je schulen not
no* but b
36 schulen ete the fleisch of haue lijf in 3ou. He that etith my 55
mannis sone, and drynke his blood, 36 fleisch, and drynkith my blood, hath
55 schulen not haue lyf in 3ou. He that euerlastynge lijf, and Y schal 33611 reise
and drynketh my blood,
etith rny fleisch, hym in the laste dai. For my fleisch is 5

hath euerlasting lyf, and I schal a3en veri mete, and my blood is very drynk.
56 reyse him in the laste day. Forsoth He that etith my fleisch, and drynkith 57

i
Om. G pr. m. XY. k Whether wx. l
he this GMPQSWXY. m For I A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
n Om. NQ. hem w. P And
it AT. 1 for to A pr.m. GMNPQTIVY.
r hath herd QSWY. s lerid x.

Om. N. u in to T Om. PQ. w Om. AG pr. m. NQTW pr. m. XY. x

dye A sec. m. NQVW sec. m. x.
4 v.
7 he this MPSW. z Om. sx. a Om. x. b but if x.

z the Jewis hik. a he this la sec. m. b Om. R pr. m.

bb the
prophetis o.
c men of God i.

d Om. Ebk e Om. I hath herd k m. Om. k pr,m. h he this la m. '

thei ben
pr. m. i. sec. g sec. ig.
k he this i.
 54 JOHN. vi. i7 _ 72.

my fleisch is verily mete, and my blood my blood, dwellith in me, and Y in hyrn.

57 is verily
d
drynke. He that etith my As' my fadir lyuynge sente me, and Yss
k
fleisch, and drynkith my blood, dwellith lyue for the fadir, and he that etith me,
5 in me, and I in him. As my fadir lyu- he schal lyue for me. This is breed, 59
1

6
ynge sente me, and I lyue for the fadir, that cam doun fro heuene. Not as 3oure
and he that etith me, schal? lyue for me. fadris eten manna"', and ben deed ; he
r.9 This is breed, that cam doun fro heuene. that etith this breed, schal lyue with-
Not as 3oure fadris eeten manna and ben 1
',
outen ende. He seide these thingis in GO
deed he that etith this breed, schal lyue
;
the synagoge, techynge in Cafarnaum.
fio with outen ende. He seide thes thingis Therfor many of hise disciplis herynge, 01

in the synagoge, techinge in Capharnaum. seiden, This word hard, who may
is

m Therfore manye of his disciplis heeririge', here it" ? But Jhesus witynge at hym 02
seyden, This word is hard, who may heere silf,that hise disciplis grutchiden of this
Gi-him? Forsoth Jhesu witynge anemptis k thing, seide to hem, This thing sclaun-
him silf, for his disciplis grucchiden of drith 3ou ? Therfor if 36 seen mannus3
this thing, seide to hem, This thing sone stiynge, where"" he was bifor? Itfu
G:S sclaundrith 3011 ? Therfore if 36 schulen is the spirit that quykeneth, the fleisch
se mannis sone sti3ynge vp, wher he was profitith no thing the wordis that
; Y
(ubifore? It is the spirit that quykeneth, haue spokun to 3ou, ben spirit and lijf.

the fleysch profiteth nothing ; the wordis But ther ben summe of 3ou that bileuen cs
that I haue spokun to 3ou, ben spirit and not. For Jhesus wiste fro the bigyn-
nr>lyf. But ther ben summe of 3ou that nynge, which weren bileuynge, and who
bileuen not. Sothli Jhesu 1
wiste at the was to bitraye hym. And he seide, oe
bigynnynge, whiche weren bileuynge, and Therfor Y seide to 3011, that no man
may
rawho was to bitrayinge"
1
him. And he come to me, but it were 3ouun to hym
seide, Therfore I seide to 3011, that no of my fadir. Fro this tyme many ofc?
man may come to me, no but it were hise disciplis wenten abak, and wenten
N
n
r~i
3ouun to him of my fadir. Fro this not now with hym. Therfor Jhesus s

tyme manye of his disciplis wenten abak, seide to the twelue,Whether 36 wqlen
fi,;and now wenten not with him. Therfore alsogo awei ? And Symount Petre an-co
to the twelue, Where
Jhesu seide and sweride to hym, Lord, to whom schulen
(;:>3e woleu go awey ? Therfore Symount we gori ? Thou hast wordis of euerlast-
Petre answeride to him, Lord, to whom ynge lijf and we
; bileuen, and hanP 70
schulen we go ? Thou hast wordis of knowun, that thou art Crist, the sone
70 euerelasting lyf; and we ban bileuyd, of God. Therfor Jhesus answerde to 71
and knowun, for thou art Crist, the hem, Whether Y chees not 3011 twelue,
71 sone of God. Therfore Jhesu answeride and oon of 3ou is a feend ? And he 72
hem, WherP I chees not 3ou twelue,
to seide this of Judas of Symount Scarioth,
72 and oon of 3ou is a deueli? Forsothe he for this*) was to bitraye hym, whanne he
seide of Judas of Symount, of Scarioth, was oon of the twelue.
forsoth this r was to bitraiynge s him,
whanne he was oon 1 of twelue 1
'.

c h manna
verrey verrey w. j, a th sent sw. B and he schal A pr.m. GW.VPQSTWATV.
in desert
herfnge this w pr. m.
jv. ' k at GMXPQSTWXY. 1
he x. m bytraye A pr. m. G.V.VPQSTWV.
* Om. G " Whether x.
betra3en x. P Whether x. r he this
pr. m. 1 feend AGMXQSTWXY.
G sec. m. MPSIV sec. m. s
bytraye A pr. m. GMXPQSTWXY.
t Om. T. ll
the twelue MP.

'
And as o. k
my o. '
and he ok sec. m. manna in desert k. n him k pr. m. on there o.
Om. k. P Om. k pr. m. q he this in sec. m.
 VII. i ifi. JOHN. 255

CAP. VII. CAP. VII.

r
i Forsothe aftir thes thingis Jhesu walk- Aftir these thingis Jhesus walkide in i

ide in to Galilee, for he wolde not walke to Galilee, for he wolde not walke in to
in to Judee, for the a Jewis soften for b to Judee, for the Jewis soi^ten to s sle hym.
asle him. Sothli ther was in the nexte And ther was nei3 a feeste dai of the 2
a feeste day of Jewis, Scenofegia, that is, Jewis, Senofegia. And hise britheren 3
a a feeste of tabernaclis. Forsothe his bre- seiden hym, Passe fro hennus, and
to
theren seiden to him, Passe fro c hennis, 1
go in to Judee, that also thi disciplis
and go in to Judee, that and thi disciplis seen thi werkis that thou doist ; for no 4
4 se thi werkis that thou doist ; forsothe man doith ony thing in hiddlis, and hyrn
no man doth ony thing in Mud place, or silf sekith to be opyn. If thou doist
v

priuy
A
,
and he dd sekith to e be in to f opyn. these thingis, schewe thi silf to the
If thou dost 'thes thingis&, schewe thi silf world. For nether hise britheren bi-s
5 to the world. Forsothe nether his bri- leueden in hym. Therfor Jhesus seith
cthereri bileueden in to him. Therfore to hem, My tyme cam" not 3it, but
v
Jhesu seith to hem, My time cam not 3it, 3oure tyme is euermore redi. The?
7 but 3oure tyme is euermore redy. The world may not hate
3011, sothely hat- it

world may not haue hatid 3ou, sothli it ith ;

me berefor Y
witnessyng therof,
hatith rne; for I bere witnessing therof, that the werkis of it ben yuele. Go 30
a for the workis of ben yuele. Sti3e 36 it vp to this vv feeste dai, but schal not Y
w
vp at this feeste day, but I schal not go vp to this feeste dai for ,
my tyme
sti3e vp at this feeste day, for my tyme is not 3it fulfillid. Whanne he hadde 9
a is not 3it fillid
h
. Whanne he hadde seid these thingis, he dwelte in Galilee.

loseid thes thingis, he dwelte in Galilee. And aftir that x hise britheren weren gon 10

Forsothe as his britheren Sweden vp, vp, thanne he 3edey vp to the feeste dai,
thanne and he sti3ede vp at the feeste not opynli, but as in priuyte. Therfor n
n day, not opynli, but as in pryuei. Ther- the Jewis soften hym in the feeste dai,
fore the Jewis soften him in the feeste and seiden, Where is he ? And myche la

12
day, and seiden, Wher is he? And moche grutchyng was of hym among the puple.
grucching was of him in the cumpany of For sumrne seiden, That he is good and ;

peple. Forsothe summe seiden For he is 1

, othere seiden, Nai, but he disceyueth the

good; forsoth othere seiden, Nay, but he puple; netheles no man spak opynli ofia
k z a
isdisceyueth the cumpanyes ; netheles no hym, for drede of the Jewis But 14 .

man spak opynly of him, for the drede of whanne the myddil feeste dai cam, Jhe-
14 Jewis. Forsothe now the feeste day sus wente vp in to the temple, and

medlinge, "or goynge bitwixe\ Jhesu tau3te. And the Jewis wondriden, and is

wente vp m in to the temple, and tau3te. seiden, Hou can this man lettris, sitheri
is And the Jewis woridriden,
seyinge, Hou he hath not lerned b ? Jhesus answerde i

kan this man lettris, sithen he hath not to hem, and seide, My doctryne is not
a
i6lernyd ? Jhesu answeride to hem, and myn, but his that sente me. If ony man 17

seide, My doctrine is not myn, but his wole do his wille, he schal knowe of the

a Om. GMXPQSTVWXY. b Om. ax. c Om. d hid Om. e

AN<JT. place x. <j. for to A pi: in.

pr.m. Q. Om. TX.

GMNPQTWY. f in A S this thing A pr.m. MNPQT. h fulfillid
GA/NPQSTWV.
fulrilde x. seyn K.
k Om. v. '
or goynge hitmen s. Om. x. m Om. AG
pr.m. NPQTXY.
1

" lerid sx.

T And aftir A. 8 for to hi. '

go we Eisa sec. m. b sec. m. u is R. v hour k. vv the k
pr. m.
w Om. x Om. K nr. m. a Judeis a.
s pr. in. fest day don 8 sec. m. y wente k. z the drede s tec. M.
bllende 1

a..
 256 JOHN. VII. 17 30.

17 that sente me. If ony man 'schal wilne techyng, whethir it be of God, or Y
to do his wille, he schal knowe of the speke of my silf. He that spekith ofia

techinge, wheri
1
it be of God, wheri I hym silf, sekith his owne glorie ;
but he
is
speke of my silf. He that spekith of him- that sekith the glorie of hym that sente
e
self, sekith his owne glorie forsoth r he 9
; hym, is sothefast, and vnri3twisnesse is

that sekith the glorie of him that sente not in hym. Whether Moises 3af not to 19

him, this is sothfast, and vm^tfulnesse* 3ou a lawe, and noon of 3011 doith the
19 is not in him. Wher Moyses 3af not to 11
lawe? What seken 36 to sle me? And 20

3011 a lawe,
and no man of 3011 doth v the the puple answerde, arid seide, Thou hast
20 lawe? What seken to w sle me? 'The36 a deuel who sekith to sle thee ? Jhesus
;
21

cumpany answeride, and seide, Thou hast answerde, and seide to hem, Y hane don
x o d werk, and alle 36 wondren. Therfor22
21 a deuyl; who sekith for to sle thee? Jhe-
su answeride, and seide to hem, I haue don Moises 3af to 3ou circumcisioun ; not for
220 work, and alle 30 wondren. Therfore it is of Moyses, but of the fadris ; and
6
Moyses 3af to 3011 circumcisioun ;
not for in the sabat 36 circumciden a man. If 23
of Moyses, but of fadris and in the
it is ; a f man take circumcicioun in the

2ssaboth 36 circumsidideny a man. If a man sabat, that the lawe of Moises be not
ff
takith z circumcisioun in the saboth, that brokun, han 30 indignacioun to me, for
the lawe of Moyses be not brokun, han
30 Y made? al^ a man hool in the sabat ?
indignacioun, *or wraththe*, to me, for I Nile 36 deme aftir the face, but deme 36 24
made al the man hool in the sabot ? a ri3tful h doom. Therfor summe of Je-25
24Nyle 36 deme vpb the face, but demec a rusalem seiden, Whethir this is not he,

2sri3tful dom. Therfore summe of Jerusa- whom the Jewis seken to sle ? and lo 26 !

lem seiden, Wher d this is not, whom the he spekith opynli, and thei seien no
2G Jewis seken to e slee ? and lo he spekith !
thing to hym. Whether the princes
opynly, and thei seyn no thing to him. knewen' verili, that this is Crist? But 27
Wher f
knewen verili, for this
the princes we knowun this man, of whennus he is ;

271S& Crist? But we Aviten this man, of but whanne Crist schal come, no man
whennis h he is; 'forsoth whanne Crist woot of whennus he is' Therfor Jhesus 1
. 28

schal come, no man wot of whennis h he criede in the temple 'techynge, and seidej,
28 is. Therfore Jhesu criede in the temple, 3e knowen me, and '36 knowen of

techinge hem', and seyinge, And 36 witen whennus Y amti and Y cam not of ; my
k
me, and of whennis I am 1

; and I cam silf, but he is trewe that sente me,

not of my silf, but he is trewe that sente whom 36 knowen not. Y knowe hym, 29
29 me, whom 30 knowen
I woot him, not. and if Y seie that k Y knowe hym not,
and woot not him,
if I schal seie for I
v
Y schal be lijk to 3ou, a Here; but
1
Y
I schal be lyk to 3011, a lyere and I woot ; knowe hym, for of hym am, and he Y
him, for of him I am, and he sente me. sente me. Therfor thei soften to m take 30
MO Therfore thei soften" for to take him, hym, and no man sette on hym hoondis,
and no man sente in to him hondis, for for his our cam not 3it. And many ofsi

s who
wole GMNPQTWY. wile sx. P whether wx. 1 whether wx. r
trewly r. GMNPQSTWXY.
*
vnri3twysenesse AGMNpQSTfrxY.
u Whether x. v
kepith v.
w for to AGMNPQTVW Y. x Oni. sx.
z take A a Om. x. b aftir
y circumciden A pr.m. G pr.m. NPQSTVWX. pr.m. GMNPSIVY. toke T.
A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. c deme 30 AGMNPQSTVWX. d Whether wx. e for to AGMNP^STVWY.
f Whether wx. g Om. K. h whenne x. Om. A pr.m. GMNPQSTXY. k Om. K
i
pr.m. QF
w pr. i. Y pr.m. I
am, je knowen N. am, jee witen s sec.m. marg. m wot hym not XY. n senten r.

Om. K pr. m.'SX.

c d a 10. *
vnrijtfulnesse IK sup. ras. g.
e circumcideden AKgk;3. circumcisiden ahi. eny g.
ff of 8 make o.
o. ?S i Om
pr. m. gk pr. m.
h
ri3twise K.
i
knowen k. Om. o. J and said
JJ whennis I am k Om. but and A m.
36 knowen o. b pr. m. e pr. m. !
hi. sec.
techinge o. FQticea.
m for to i Kg.
 VII. 3144- JOHN. 257

si his our cam not jit. Sothli many of the the puple bileueden in hym, and seiden,
cumpanye him, and
bileueden in to P Whanne Crist schal come, whether he
seiden, Whanue Crist schal come, wheri schal do mo tokenes, than tho that this
he schal do mo tokenes, than this doth ?
"
1
doith ? Farisees m herden the puple 32
8
32 Pharisees herden the cumpenye of peple musinge of hym these thingis and the ;

grucchinge of him thes thingis ; and the princis and" Farisees senten mynystris,
princes of* Pharisees senten mynistris, to take hym. Therfor Jhesus seide to 33
33 that thei schulden take hirn. Therfore hem, 3it a with 3ou, and
litil
tyme Y am
Jhesu seide to hem, 3it a litel tyme I am Y go to the fadir, that sente me. 3^34
with 3011, and I go to the fadir, that sente schulen seke me, and 30 schulen not
34 me. 3 e schulen seke me, and 36 schulen fynde ;
and where Y am, 36 mayP not
not fynde; and where I am, 36 mown" not come. Therfor the Jewis seiden to hem 35
35 come. Therfore the Jewis seiden to hem silf, Whidur schal this gon, for we schu-
silf, Whidur Ms this to goynge", for we len not fynde hym ? whether he wole
schulen not fynde him ? wher
v
he w is to go in to thei scateryng of netherie^ men,
v
x
goyinge in to scateringe, or distroyinge? , and wole teche the hethene r ? What issi;

of hethene men, and 'is to techinge z 'he- this word, which he seide, 3e schulen
se thene men ? What is this word, which" seke me, and 3e s schulen not fynde and 1
;

he seide, 3e schulen seke me, and 36 schu- where Y am, 30 moun not come? But 37
len not fynde ; and where I am, 3e mown b in the laste dai of the greet feeste, Jhesus
37 not come ? Forsoth in the laste day of stood, and criede, and seide, If ony man
the grete feeste, Jhesu stood, and criede, thirstith, come he to me, and drynke.
seyinge, If ony man thirstith, come he to He that bileueth in" me, as the scripture 38
38 me, and drynke he. He that bileueth in seith, Floodis of quyk watir schulen
to bb
me, as the scripture seith, Flodis of flowe fro u his wombe. But he seide this:i

quyke watir schulen flowe of his wombe. thing of the Spirit, whom"" men that
39 Sothli he seide this thing of the Hooly bileueden in hym schulden take; for the
Goost, whom men bileuynge in to him Spirit was not 3it 3ouun, for Jhesus was
c
weren to takinge ; forsoth the Spirit was not 3it glorified. Therfor of that cum-40
not 3$t 3ouuii, for Jhesus was not 3it glori- panye, whanne thei hadden herd these
4flfied. Therfore of that cumpanye, whanne wordis of hym, thei v seiden, This vv is
thei hadden herde thes wordis of him, thei verili a prophete. Othere seiden, This4i
d
41 seiden, This is verili a prophete. Othere is Crist. 'But surnme"' seiden, Whether
seiden, This is Crist. Forsoth summe Crist cometh fro Galilee ? Whether the 42
seiden, Wher e Crist coineth fro Galilee ? scripture seith not, that of the seed of
42 Wher f
the scripture seith not, that of the Dauid, and of the castel of Bethleem,
seed of Dauith, and of the castel of Beth- where Dauid was, Crist cometh? Ther-43
leem, where Dauith was, Crist cometh ? for discencioun was maad among the
43 And so dissencioun is maad in the puple for hym. For" summe of hem 44

44cumpany for him. Forsothe summe of wolden haue take hym, but no man sette
hem wolden take him, but no man sente^ hondis on hym. Therfor the mynystris 45

P Om. o. 1 whether wx. * and vwxv.

cumpanyes vw.
r that
tins A pr.m. GMNPQSTXY. s

u is this to v whether x. w he this

go GNQT. is he this to go MPSWXY.
tt x
may -w. go .

CMNPQSTWX. y Om. x. z is to teche

GQSTW. to teche N. a the which AGMNPQTIVY. that A-.
bb Om. sx.
b
may M.
c take
GMNPQSTWXY. d Om. K. Whether w. { Whether wx. S sente to
A pr, m. MPT.

m The Farisees k. n of a pr.m. k pr. m. and the a sec. m. hi. me KOS P moun pliires.
finde pr. m.
1 Om. Kegka. <11 the hethen o. r hethen men
CEKPQehika/3. s Om. aa. ' finde me K. lt to o.

u out of o. u whiche k m. the whiche k sec. m. T Om. k. vv That this k. w And othere k.
pr.
* But ig. And k.

VOL. IV. L 1
 258 JOHN. VII. 45 VIII. 9.

45hondis on him. Therfore the k mynistris

1
camen to bischopisy and Farisees, and
caraen to the bischopis and Pharisees', thei seiden to hem, Whi brou3ten 36 not
and thei seiden to hem, Whi brou3te 36 hym? The mynystris answeriden, Ne-46
46 not him? The mynistris answeriden, uere man spak so, as this man spekith.
Neuere man spak so, as this spekith. Therfor the Farisees answeriden to hem, 47
47 Therfore the Farisees answeriden to hem, Whether 36 ben disseyued also? whether 48
v
48 Wher and 36 be disceyued ? wher n ony of the pryncis or of the Farisees
ony of the princes bileueden in to him, or bileueden in hym? But this puple, that4i
49 of the Pharisees ? But this cumpany of knowith not the lawe, ben cursid. Ny-so
peple, that knew
not the lawe, ben cursid. choderne seith to hem, he that cam to

soNycodeme seith to hem, he that cam to hym biny3t, was oon of hem,
that
him in ny3te, that was oon of hem, Whethir oure lawe demith a man, but z oi
.>! WherP oure lawe demeth a man, no'' but r it haue first herde of hym, and knowe
v
'first it
8
haue herd 1 of him, and knowe what he doith ? Thei answeriden, and 52
52 what he doth? Thei answeriden, and seiden to hym, Whether thou art a man
seiden to him, Wher" arid thou ert a man of Galilee also? Seke thou scripturis, and
of Galilee ? Seke thou scripturis, and se se thou, that a prophete risith not of

thou, for a prophete rysith not of Galilee. Galilee. And thei turneden a3en, ech in 53
.vjAnd thei turnedyn a3en, ech in to his to his hous.
hows.
CAP. VIII. CAP. VIII.
1 Forsothe .Thesu wente in to the mount Buta Jhesus wente in to the mount of i

2 of Olyuete. Arid erly eft he cam in to v

Olyuete. And b
eerli eft
c
he cam in to the 2
the temple; and al the peple cam to him ; temple and al the puple cam to hyrn
; ;

sand he sittinge tau3te hem. Sothli scribis and he sat, and tai^te hem. And scribis 3
and Pharisees bryngen w a womman take and Fariseis bryngen d a womman takun
in auowtrie, and settiden* hir in the^ in auoutrye, and thei settiden hir in the
4 middil, and seiden to him, Maistir, this myddil, and seiden to hym, Maystir, this 4
5 womman is now takuri in auoutrie. For- womman is now takun in auoutrie. And 5
soth in the lawe Moyses comaundide vs in the lawe Moises comaundide vs e to f
for* to stoone siche therfore what seist
; stoone suche therfor what seist thou?
;

othou? Sothli thei seiden this thing ternpt- And thei seiden this thing temptyngeti
inge him, that thei my3ten accuse him. hym, that thei my3ten accuse hym. And
v
Forsothe Jhesu bowinge him silf doun a, Jhesus bowide hym silf doun, and wroot
wrot with the b
f'yngir in the erthe. with his
fyngur erthe. And 7
in the

7Sothly wharine thei 'lastiden, or conty- whanne thei abiden& axynge' hym, he 1

nuede c axinge him, he reiside him silf,

, reiside hym silf, and seide to hern, He
and seide to hem, Which' of 3ou that is 1
of 3ou that is without synne, first caste
with oute synne, first sende a stoon in to a stoon in to hir. And eft he bowide s
n hir. And 6 eft he bowinge doun him
f
hym and wroot in the erthe. And
silf,

!silf, wroot in the erthe. Sothli thei thei herynge these thingis, wenten awei
heeringe thes thingis, wenten awey oon oon aftir anothir, and thei bigunnen fro

'
vpon A pr. m. GMNPQTWY.
k Om. T. '
to the Pharisees MW. m Whether wx. Wher Y pr. m.
whether x.
11
Om. w pr. m. P Whether ex. 1 Om. x. r but if x s it first G
pr. m. Y. .

1 heere G u Whether wx. v Om. G w ledderi to GMNPQSTWXY. x setten

GMQ
pr. m. NQTX. pr. m.
STWXY. senten NP. V to str sec. m. to the w pr. m. * Om. sx. a doun him silf XY. b
his N.
f Om.
pr.m. GNqsmrxY. He who MP.
d He A e Om.
c lasteden
AGMPQSTXY. laften xw. g.
G sec.m. MNPQSTWXY.

Y the bishopis iKRsgk. z but if Keh. a And k. b Om. R sfc.m. <'

Om. k pr.m. d
bryngynge
h
broujten k pr. m.
e f g abideden c. abedin EP.
hi/9, to vs gk. for to iKghi. askynge R.
 VIII. to 23. JOHN. 259

aftir an other, thei bigynnynge at& the h the' eldre men; and Jhesus dwelte aloone,
eldere men ; and Jhesu dwelte aloone, and the womman stondynge in the myd-
and the womman stondinge in the myd- dil. And Jhesus reiside hym silf, and 10

10 del. Sothli Jhesu reisynge him silf seide seide to hir, Womman, where ben thei
to hir, Womman, wher ben thei that ac- that accusiden thee ? no man hath
k
cusiden no man dampnede thee.
thee ? dampned thee. Sche seide, No man, n
iTThe which seyde, No man, Lord. Jhesu
1
Lord. Jhesus seide Vo hir Nethir 1
,
Y schal
seith k to hir, Nether I schal dainpne thee ; dampne thee go thou, and now aftir-
;
v

go thou, and now aftirward nyle thou do ward" nyle thou synne more". Therfori2
1 1

lasynne. Therfore eft Jhesu spak to hem, eft Jhesus spak to hem, and seide, Y am

seyinge, I am the" Ii3t of the world he ; the Ii3t of the world he that sueth me, ;

that sueth me, walkith not in derknessis, walkith not in derknessis, but schal haue
13 but? schal haue the^ Ii3t of lyf. Therfore the 00 Ii3t of lijf. Therfor the Fariseisn
the Pharisees seiden, Thou berist witness- seiden, Thou berist witnessyngP of thi

ing of thi silf; thi witnessing is not witnessyng is not trewe. Jhesus u
silf; thi
14 trewe. Jhesu answeride, and seide to hem, answerde, and seide to hem, And if Y
And if I bere witnessing of my silf, my bere witnessyng of my silf, my witness-

witnessing is trewe ; for I woot fro r

yng is trewe ; for Y woot fro whennus
lawhennis cam, and whidur I go. For-
I Y cam, and whidur Y go. But 36 witen ir>

sothe 36 witen not fro s whennus I come, not fro whennus Y cam, ne whidur Y go.
or* whidur I go. Forsoth 36 demen vp u ForPP 36 demen aftir the fleisch, but Y deme
ifithe fleisch, I
v
deme not ony man; and no man ; and if Y deme, my doom is 10

if I deme, my dom is trewe, for I am not trewe, for Y am not aloone, but Y and the
and the fadir that sente me.
aloone. but I fadir that sente me. And in 3oure lawe 17

17 And in 3oure lawe it is writun, for the it is writun, that the witnessyng of tweil
w Y
is
witnessing of twei men is trewe*. I am, men is trewe. am, that bere witness- \s

that bere witnessing of my silf, and the yng of my silf, and the fadir that sente
fadir that sente me, berith witnessing of me, berith witnessyng of me. Therfor 19

19 me. Therfore thei seiden to him, Wher thei seiden to hym, Where is thi fadir?
is Jhesu answeride, Nether 30
thi fadir? Jhesus answeride, Nether 36 kriowen me,
witen, 'or knowen?, me, nether 36 witen 36 knowen my fadir
riethir 11 if 36 ;

my fadir
; 36 wisten me, perauenture
if knewen me, perauenture 36 schulden
20 and
36 schulden wite my fader. Jhesu knowe also my fadir. Jhesus spak these 20
z
spak thes wordis in the treserie, techinge wordis in the tresorie, techynge in the
in the temple ; and no man took him, for temple ; and no man took hym, for his
21 his our cam not 3it. Therfore eft Jhesu our cam not 3it. Therfor eft Jhesus 21

seide to hem, Lo ! I
go, and 36 schulen seide to hem, Lo Y go,
! and 36 schulen
seche me, and 36 schulen deye in 3oure seke me, and 36 schulen die in 3oure
synne ; whidur I go, 36 mown not come. synne whidur Y go, 36 moun not
;

22Therfore the Jewis seiden, Wher a he schal come. Therfor the Jewis seiden, Whe-22
23sle him silf, for he seith, Whidur I go, 30 ther he schal sle hym silf, for he seith,
mown not come ? And he seide to hem, Whidur Y go, 36 moun not come ? And 23
3e ben of bynethe, Iam of aboue ; 36 ben he seide to hem, 3^ ben of bynethe, Y

g of AGMNPQSTYWXY. Om. GQWXY. !

Which r said AGMNPQSVWXY. 1
Om. N. m synne
GNQTXY. n Om. wandrith P but he MQIVY. 1 Om. x. r of s of t ne Q.
QXY. r. qr. Q.
u aftir
GMNPQSTWXY. v forsothe I w pr. m w two MX. * truthe N. J Om. x. z Om. K.
a Whether wx.

'
Om. b. k
demyde a pr. m. '
Om. i.
m aftir g. n no more A pr. m. sa pr. m. bgk pr. m. Om.
s tec. m. Om. o. P wittenesse o. PP But for o. q two i. 91 ne Ebc.

L 1 2
 260 JOHN. VIII. 24 39.

of this world, I am not of this world. am of aboue ben of this r world, Y

; 36
24Therfore I seide to 3011, For 36 schulen am not of this world. Therfor Y seide to 24
dye in 3oure synnes; forsothe if 36 schu- 3ou, that 36 schulen die in 3oure synnes*;
len not bileue for I am, 36 schulen deye for if 36 bileuen not that Y am, 36 schu-
b 1
Therfor thei 25
25 in 3oure synne . Therfore thei seiden to len die in 3oure synne .

him, Who art thou ? Jhesu seide to hem, seiden to hym, Who art thou? Jhesus
The bigynnyng, W thefirste of al thing ,
c
seide to hem, The bigynnyng, which also
2G which* and 1 e
speke to 3ou. I haue many speke to 3ou. Y haue many thingis to 20
u of
thingis for to speke, and derne^ of 3011, speke, and deme but he that
f
3011,

but he that sente me is sothfast ; and I sente me is sothefast; and Y speke in the
speke in the world thes thingis, that I world these thingis, that Y herde of
27herde of him. And thei knewen not, for hym. And thei knewen not, that he 27
2 he seide his fadir God. Therfore Jhesu clepide his fadir God. Therfor Jhesus 28
X
seith to hem, Whanne 3e ban 1'

reysid
1
seith v to hem, Whanne 36 han areisid
inannis sone, thanne 36 schulen knowe, mannus sone, thanne 36 schulen knowe,
for I am, and of my silf I
k
do no thing; that Y am, and ofmy Y do no thing
silf ;

but as my fadir taii3te me, I speke thes but as my fadir tau3te me, Y speke these
1

29
thingis. And he that sente me is with thingis. And
he that sente me is with 29
me for Y do
v

me, and lefte not me aloone ;

for I do me, and lefte not aloone ;

euere" tho thingis, that ben plesaunt to euermore tho thingis, that ben plesyngew
so him. Him spekinge thes thingis, many to hym. Whanne he spak these thingis, 30
si men bileueden in to him. Therfore manye bileueden in hym. Therfor Jhe-3i
Jhesu seide to the? Jewis, that bileueden sus seide to the Jewis, that bileueden in
in to him, If 36 schulen dwelle in my hym, If 36 dwellen* in my word, verili

word, verili 36 schulen be my disciplis ; 36 schulen be my disciplis; and 3e schu-32

7

32 and 36 schulen knowe the treuthe, and the len knowe the treuthe, and the) treuthe
33 treuthe schal delyuere 3ou. Therfore schal make 3011 fre. Therfor the Jewis 33
the Jewis answeriden to him, We ben answeridenyy to hym, We ben the seed of
the seed of Abraham, and to no man we Abraham, and we serueden neuere to
N
r
seruyden euere'' hou seist thou, 3e schu-
;
man ;
hou seist thou, That 36 schulen be
M len be free ? Jhesu answeride to hem, fre? Jhesus answeride to hem, Treuli, 34

Treuli, treuli, I seie to 3ou, for ech man treuli, Y seie to 3011, ech man that doith
that doth
synne, is the 8 seruaunt of synne, seruaunt of z synne. And the 35
is

35synne. Sothli the seruaunt dwellith not in seruaunt dwellith not in the hows with
the hous, into withouten ende, the sone outen ende, but the sone dwellith with
30 dwellith into withouten ende. Therfor outen ende. Therfor if the sone makesfl
if the sone
schal delyuere 3ou, verili 30 3ou fre, verili 36 schulen be fre. Y woot 37
37 schulen be free. I woot for 36 ben Abra- that 36 ben Abrahams sones, but 36
hams f
sones, but 36 sekeri for to sle me, seken to me, for my word takith not
sle

:ifor rny word takith not in 3011. And I in 3ou. Y speke tho thingis, that Y say 38
speke tho thingis, that I sy3 at my fadir ; at my fadir; and 36 doen tho thingis, that
and 36 don tho thingis, that 36 sy3en at 36sayn at 3oure fadir. Thei answerden,39
393oure fadir. Thei answeriden, and seiden and seiden to hym, Abraham is oure

t>
synnes AGMPQSTXY. or first of al thing Q. Om. x.' ll
the which A pr.m. GMXPQSTWXY.
e and IT. f Om. ax. deeme G sec.m. MPW. h he hadde K.
S to areisid A pr m. e.vQifv. '

k Om. N. '
for T. m me not MXY. n euermore AGMNPQSTWXY. Om. A pr. m. GMXPQSTWXY.
i'
hem, the MWY. 1 euere serueden MXY. r For je A pr.m. GMNpQSTrwxY. s Om. w pr.m. l Om. sx.

r the 1Kb pr. m. g. s u to deme CEiKMOPQRsuxab

synne b pr. m.
t sec. m. ceghiko(3.
synnes Eohin/3.
v seide b. w x dwelteu k. y Om. i. >7 sayden o. z to i.
plesaunt iKsabg.
 VIII. 4 53- JOHN. 261

to him, Abraham is oure fadir. Jhesu fadir. Jhesus seith to hem, If 36 ben
seith to hem, If 36 ben the sones of Abra- the sones of Abraham, do 36 the a werkis
x

ham, do 36" the werkis of Abraham. of Abraham. But now 36 seken to sle4o
40 Sothli now 36 seken to v sle me, a man 'rne, a man b that haue spoken to 3011
that haue spoken to 3011 treuthe w , that I treuthe, that Y herde of God ; Abraham
herde of God ; Abraham dide not this dide not this thing. 3e doen the werkis 4 1
41
thing. 3e don the workis of 3oure fadir. of 3oure fadir. Therfor thei seiden to
And so thei seiden to him, We ben not hym, We
ben not borun of fornycacioun ;

born of fornycacioun we ban o fadir, God.

;
we han o fadir, God. But Jhesus seith 42
42 Therfore Jhesu seide to hem, If God were to hem, If God were 3oure fadir, sotheli
3oure fadir, sothli 30 sehulden loue me ; 36 sehulden loue me ; for Y passide forth
forsothe I 'procedide, or cam forth*, of of God, and cam ; for nether Y cam of
God, and earn ; nether sothli I cam of my silf, but he sente me. Whi knowen 43
43
my silf, but he sente me. Whi knowen 36 not my speche ? for 36 moun not here
36 not my
speche ? for 36 mown not heere my word. 3 e Den of the fadir, the denel, 44
44
my word.3e ben of the fadir. the denel, and 36 wolen do the desyris of 3oure
and 30 wolen do the desyris of 3oure fadir. fadir. He was a mansleere fro the bi-
He was a mansleere fro the bigynnyng, gynnyng, and he stood not in treuthe ;

and in treuthe he stood not for treuthe ; for treuthe not in hym.
is Whanne he
is not in him. Whanne he spekith ay spekith lesyng, he spekith of his owne ;
c
lesinge, he spekith of his owne thingis ;
for he is a Here, and fadir of it. But4.r ,

45 for he is a lyiere z , and fadir of it. Sotheli for Y seie treuthe, 36 bileuen not to me.
for a I seye treuthe, 36 bileuen not to me. Who of 3ou schal repreue me of synne ? 46
48 Who of 3ou schal reproue me of synne? if Y sey treuthe, whi bileuen 36 not to
if I seie treuthe, whi bileuen 36 not to me? He that is of God, herith the 47

47 rne ? He that is of God, heerith the wordis of God ; therfor 36 heren not,
wordis of God ;
therfore 36 heeren not, for 36 ben not of God. Therfor the 48
48 for
36 ben not of God. Therfore the Jewis answeriden, and seiden, Whether
Jewis answeriden, and seiden b Wher c we ,
we seien not wel, that thou art a Sama-
seyn not wel, for thou art a Samaritan, ritan, and hast a deuel? Jhesus an- 49
40 and hast a deuel? Jhesu answeride, and swerde, and seide, Y haue not a deuel,
seide, I haue not a deuel, but I honoure but Y onoure my fadir, and 36 han vn-
my fadir, and 36 ban vnhonourid me. honourid me. For d Y seke not my glorye;so
50 Forsothe I seke not my glorie ; ther is, there is he, that sekith, and demeth.
si that 'sekith, and demeth d .
Treuli, treuli, Treuli, treuli, Y seie to 3ou, if ony man .11

ony man schal kepe my

I seie to 3ou, if kepe my word, he schal not taste deth
v

word, he schal not se, or taaste*, deeth with outen ende. Therfor the Jewis 52
52in to with outen ende. Therfor the seiden, Now we han knowun, that thou
Jewis seiden, Now we han knowen, for hast a deuel. Abraham is deed, and the

thou hast a deuel. Abraham is deed, and prophetis, and thou seist, If ony man
the prophetis, and thou seist, If ony man kepe my word, he schal not taste deth
schal f kepe my word, he schal not taaste withouten ende. Whether thou art gret-53
53 deeth in to with outen ende. Wher? tere than oure fader Abraham, that is
thou ert more than oure fadir Abraham, deed, and the prophetis ben deed; whom
that is deed, and the prophetis ben deede ; makist thou thi silf? Jhesus answeride, 54

u doth x. v
for to A pr.m. GMNPQTWY. w the treuthe K *
pr.m. M. that T. procedide, or wenteforthe
G sup. ras. procedede A'. y Om. GMPQSWXY. *
lyere, or lexynge mongere GTY.
a if A
p r m. GA/.VPQST ,

wxv. b seiden to him .v. c Whether x. d seche and deme x. e see GMQSWY. taaste P. seen x. f Om.
AO pr.m. NQSTXY, S Whether wx.

a Om. A. men i.
c stode fadir d Om. o.
 262 JOHN. VIII. 54 IX. 9.

54 whom inakist thou thi silf? Jhesu an- If Y glorifie my silf, my glorie is nou3t ;

sweride, If I glorifie my my glorie

silf, my me, whom 36
fadir, is that glorifieth
dd
is no3t ; my fadir is, that glorifieth me, seien, that he is 3oure God. And 3655
55 whom 36 seyn, for he is joure God. And han not knowun hym, but Y haue
36 han not knowen him, forsoth I haue knowun hym ; and if Y seie that Y
knowe him and if I schal h seye for I
;
1
knowe hym not, Y schal be a Here lich e
v
woot not him k I shal be a lyere lyk to
,
to 3ou ; but Y
knowe hym, and Y kepe
3ou; but I wool him, and I kepe his word. his word. Abraham, 3oure fadir, gladide ee 56
56 Abraham, 3oure fader, 'ful out ioyede1 , 'that to se my dai ; and he sai3, and ioyede.
he schulde se my day ;
and he sy3, and Thanne the Jewis seiden to hym, Thou 57
5;he m ioyede. Therfore the Jewis seyden to hast not 3it fifti 3eer, and hast thou seien
him, Thou hast not 3it fifty 3eer, and hast Abraham ? Therfor Jhesus seide to sa
58 thou seyn Abraham? Therfore Jhesu hern, Treuli, treuli, Y seie to 3ou, bifor
seide to hem, Treuli, treuli, I seye to 3ou, that Abraham schulde be, Yam. Therfor 59
bifore that Abraham was maad, I am. thei token stonys, to caste to hym but ;

59 Therfore thei token stoones, that thei Jhesus hidde hym, and wente out of the
schulden caste in to him ; sothli Jhesu temple.
hidde him, and wente out of the temple.

CAP. IX. CAP. IX.

i And Jhesu passinge, sy3 a man blynd And Jhesus passynge, sei3 a man
afro the birthe. And his" disciplis axiden blynd fro the birthe. And hise disciplis 2

him, Raby, ^that is, Maistir ,

who? syn- axiden hym, Maistir, what f synnede this
nede, this man % or his fadir and modir, man, or hise eldris, that he schulde be
3 that he schulde be born blynd ? Jhesu borun blynd? Jhesus answeride, Nether 3
answeride, Nether this man synnede, nei- this man synnede, nether hise eldris ;

ther his fadir and moder but that the ; but that ff the werkis of God be schewid
4werkis of God be schewid in hym. It in hym. It bihoueth me to& worche the 4
bihoueth me r for 8 to worche the werkis werkis of hym that sente me, as longe
of him that sente me, the while the 4 day as the dai is ; the h ny3t schal come,
is the ny3t schal come, whanne no man
; whanne no man may worche. As longe 5

5 may worche. Hou longe am in theI as Y am in the world, Y am the Ii3t of

c world, I am the Ii3t of the world. Whanne the world. Whanne he hadde seid these c
he hadde" seid thes thingis, he spette in thingis, he spette in to the erthe, and
to erthe v and made cley of the spotle,
, made cley of the spotil, and anoyntide
and leyde w W
bawmede*, the? cley on his
, the cley on hise i3en, and seide to hym, 7
7y3en, and seide to him, Go, and be thou Go, and be thou waisschun in the watir
wayschen
z
in the watir, W cisterne*, of of Siloe, that is to seie, Sent. Thanne
Siloe, that
interpretid, Sent.
is Therfore he wente, and waisschide, and cam se-
he wente, and waischide b , and cam se- ynge. And so nei3boris, and thei 1 ' 1'
that 8

synge. And so nei3eboris, and thei that hadden seyn him bifor, for' he was a
hadden seyn hym byfore, for he was a beggere, seiden, Whether this is not he,

beggere, seiden, Wher c this is not he, that that sat, and beggide ? Othere men 9
9 sat, and beggide ? Othere men seiden, seiden,That this it is; othere' 1
men seyden,

h Om. G
pr. m. Om. x. k not
hym not x.
' 1
gladide, orfnl out ioyede AGMNPSTPTY. m Om. AG
MNPSWXY. n Om. A-. Om. sx. P what A pr. m. GNQTY. 1 Om. s. r Om. w pr.m. s Om. sx.
* Om.
QW, u Om. Q. v the erthe
ANQsryir pr. m. x. w baumede x. x Om. QSWX. y Om. sir.
z wasche N. a Om. MPSIVX. b wesh sx. c Whether wx.

dd Om. e lichi ee f wiche K who S for to IK sec.m.

g. Apr.m.bce. gloried o. in sup. ras. I. at o.
1>
Om. o. hh tho o. >
that i. and othere k.
 IX. 10 22. JOHN. 263

For this it is ; othere men forsothe, Nay, Nai, but he is

lijc hym. But he seide, 10

10 but it is a lyk d of e him. Forsoth he That k Y am. Therfor thei seiden to

seide, For I am f
. Therfore thei seiden hym, Hou ben thin i3en openyd? Hen
to him, How ben thin y3en openyd 'to answerde, Thilke man, that is seid Jhe-
nthee? He answeride, 'The ilkes man, sus, made clei, and anoyntide myn i3en,
that is and anoynt-
seid Jhesu, made cley, and seide to me, Go thou to the watre
1

ide myn y3en, and seide to me, Go thou of Siloe, and wassche; and Y wente, arid
to the watir, 'or cisferne of Siloe, and 11
, wasschide, and say. And thei seiden to 12

waische and I wente, ;

and waischide', and hym, Where is he ? He seide, Y woot
se iden to him, Wher is he?
i2sy3- And tne * not. Thei leden hym that was blynd to 13

iaHeseith,Iwoot not. Thei leden k him that the Farisees. And it was sabat, whanne 14
u was blynd to the 1
Pharisees. Forsoth Jhesus made cley, and openyde hise i3en.
was saboth, whanne Jhesu made cley,
it Eft the Farisees axiden hym, hou he is

15 and openyde his y3en. Eft Pharisees hadde seyn. And he seide to hem, He
axiden him, how he hadde seyn. Sothly leide to me cley on the i3en and Y ;

he seide to hem, He puttide" to me cley wasschide, and Y se. Therfor summe of i

on the y3en ; and I waischide and I se. , the Fariseis seiden' 11
, This man is not of
16 Therfore summe of Pharisees!" seiden, This God, that kepith not the sabat. Othere
man is not of God, for he kepith not the men seiden, Hou may a synful man do
saboth. seyden, How may
Othere men these signes. And strijf was" among
v

a man synnere do thes syngnys, or my- hem. Therfor thei seien nn eftsoone to 17

raclis*? And dyuysioun was among hem. the blynd man, What seist thou of hym,
17 Therfore thei seyn eftsoone to the blynd that openyde thin i3en ? And he seide,

man, What seist thou of him, that open- That he is a prophete. Therfor Jewis is

yde thin y3en ? Sothli he seide, For he bileuedenP not ofPP hym, that he was
18 is a prophete. Therfore Jewis bileueden blynd'i,and hadde seyn, til thei clepiden
not of him, for he was blynd, and hadde his fadir and modir, that hadde seyn.

seyn, til thei clepiden his fadir and modir, And thei axiden hem, and seiden, Is this 19

19 that hadde seyri

r
And thei axiden hem, .
3oure sone, whichii 30 seien was borun
seyinge, 'Is this 8 3oure sone, whom 30 blynd? hou thanne seeth he now? His 20
seyn, for he is born blynd ? hou therfore fadir and modir answeriden to hem, and
20 seeth he now ? His fadir and modir an- seiden, We oure sone,
witen, that this is

sweriden to hem, and seyden, We witen, and that he was borun blynd; but hou 21
for this is oure sone, and for' he is born he seeth now, we witen neuer r or who ,

blynd ; sothli how he seeth now, we i3en, we witen nere

s
21 openyde hise ; axe'
witen not", or who openyde his y3en, we 3e hym, he hath age, speke he of hym
witen notv axe 36 him, he hath age, speke
; silf. His fader and modir seiden these 22
22he w of him silf. His fadir and modir thingis, for thei dredden the Jewis for ;

seiden thes thingis, for thei dredden thanne the Jewis hadden conspirid, that
forsoth now the Jewis
v
u
Jewis* ; hadden if ony man knoulechide hym Crist, he
conspiridy, that if oriy man knowlechide 2
schulde be don out of the synagoge.
a
him Crist, he schulde be don out of the Therfor his fadir and modir seiden, That 23

d e to M. Om. x. f am he G sec. m. MPSW sec. m. S That .Y. h Om. MPSirx. i wesh s.\.
lichy T.
k ledden MpQrnvxY. Om. >
Q.
m the Pharisees G sec.m.Mpw. n putt ax. wesh sx. P the Phariseis
Om. r seen This is MTXY. ' Om. u
AGNQTrxv. 1 x. hym q. Q. nere A/XPV. neuer QWX.
v nefe MNPWY. neuer x. w Om. T. x the Jewes AG sec. m. MPWX. y conspiriden Q. z liadde

knowelechid w pr. m.
a maad o
pr. m. NQTY. maad, or don a sec. m.

k Om. a. !
he seide a. m seiden to him k. " was maad
b/3.
nQ seiden i. the Jewis Ek.
s neuere
P bileuen g. PP to K. 1 born blynd ic. 11 the whiche o. r nere
EpQRsbchio/3. not IK.
* aske R. u knowleche EDO.
CMRUxaek|3. not k.
 264 JOHN. 39-

23synagoge. Therfore his fadir and modir he hath age, axe 36 hym. Therfor eft- 24
seiden, For he hath age, axe 36 him. soone thei clepiden the man, that was
24 Therfore eftsoorie thei clepiden the man, blynd, and seiden to hym, 3yue thou
that was hlynd, and seyden to him, 3y ue glorie to God ;
we v witen, that this man
thou glorie to God ; we witen, for this is a synnere. Thanne he seide, If he is 25
25 man is a synner. Therfore he seide, If a synnere, Y woot neuer w o thing ; Y
he is a synner, I woot not b
; o thing I woot, that whanne Y was blynd, now x Y
woot, for whanne I was blynd, now I se. se. Therfor thei seiden to hym, What 20
2<> Therfore thei seiden to him, What dide dide he to thee? hou openyde he thin
he to thee? how openyde he thin yjen? i3en ? He answerde to hem, Y seide to 27
27 He answeride to hem, I seide to 3011 now, 3011 now, and 36 herden ; what wolen 36
and 36 herden ; what wolen 36 eftsoone eftsoone here ? whether 36 wolen be
heere ? wherc and 36 wolen be maad his maad hise discyplis ? Therfor thei curs- 28
d
2 disciplis ? Therfore thei 'wariden, or iden hym, and seiden, Be thou his disci-

cursiden, him
e
,
and seiden, Be thou his ple ; we? ben disciplis> ? of Moises. We 29
ay disciple; we ben disciplis of Moyses. We God spak we
f
witen, that to Moises ; but
witen, for God spak to Moyses forsoth ; knowen not this, of whennus he is.

we witen 1103! this, of whennis he is. Thilke man

answeride, and seide to hem, 30
so The ilke man& answeride, and seide to
z
For in this is a wondurful thing, that
hem, Forsoth in this thing is wonderful, 36 witen not, of whennus he is, and he
that h
36 witen not of whennis he is, and hath openyd myn i3en. And we witen, 31

si he hath opened myn y3en. Sothli we that God herith riot synful men, but if
a b
witen, for God heerith not synneris 1 , but ony 'man is worschypere of God, and
k
if ony man is worshiper of God, and doth doith his wille, he herith hym. Fro the 32
32 his wille,
hyrn he heerith. Fro the world world it is not herd, that ony man open-
not herd, that ony man openyde the
it is yde the i3en of a blynd borun man
1' 1'
;

33y3en of a blynd born man; no" but" but this were of God, he my3t not doss
1 1

this were of God, he my3te not do ony ony thing. Thei answeriden, and seiden 34
34 thing. Thei answeriden, arid seiden to to hym, Thou art al borun in synnes,
him, Thou art al boren in synnes, and and techist thou vs? And
thei putten d
'techist thou" vs? And thei castideni' 'out hym out. Jhesus herd, that thei hadden 35
v
r
35 him i. Jhesu herde, for thei han cast putte hym out ;
and whanne he hadde
'out himi; and whanne he hadde founderi founde hym, he seide to hym, Bileuest
him, he seide to him, Bileuest thou in to thou in the sone of God ? He answerde, SB
3C the sone of God ? He answeride, and and seide e Lord, who , is he, that Y bi-

seide, Lord, who is he, that I bileue in leue in hym ? And Jhesus seide to hym, 37
37 to him ? And Jhesu seide to
him, And And thou hast seyn him, and he it is,
thou hast seyn him, and he it is, that that spekith with thee. And he seide f,38
sespekith with thee. And he seide 8 , Lord, Lord, Y byleue. And he felle doun, and
I bileue. And he fallinge doun, worship- worschipide hym. Therfore Jhesus seide 39
so ide him. Therfore Jhesu seide to him, tohym, Y cam in to this? world,
v
in to 1'

I cam in to this world, in to dom, that doom, that thei that seen not, see, and
thei that seen not, se', and thei that seen, thei that seen, be maad blynde. And 40

b neuer A d Om. MPSWX. e Om.

pr. m. G sec. m. TX. nere G pr.m. MNPQWY.
c whether wx. Q.
fthe disciplis G sec. m. MPSW. g Om. x. h for o. l
or men AGXT. k Om. Q. Om. '
synneris, synful
apr.m.TY.
m Om. x. u but if x. thou techist MX'Y. P casten sx. q him out MA- r. r han castid
A pr.m. MNPT. han casten QY. hadde caste v. 8 seith
QTFWXY. f see Q. goodly

v for we k pr. m.
w not iKhi nere EQnbcgo/3. x and now k. y for we b pr. m. yy the disciplis o.
z this thing k pr. m. a be K. b a Eka. bb o. c thisman IQ sec. m. d
worschiper openeth puttiden
ohik. e seide to him k. f seith i. S the k/3. h in
g.
 IX. 4 X. 12. JOHN. 265

40 be maad blynde. And" suinme of the summe of the Faryseis herden, that
Pharisees herden, that weren with him, weren with hym, and thei seiden to
and thei seiden to him, Wher v and we hym, Whether we ben blynde? Jhesus4i
41 ben blynde? Jhesu seide to hem, If 30 seide to hem, If 36 weren blynde, 36
weren hlynde, 36 schulden not haue synne; schulden not haue synne but now 36 ;

but now 36 seyn, For we seen, 3oure seien,That we seen, 3oure synne dwellith
synne dwellith. stille.

CAP. X. CAP. X.
i
Treuli, treuli, I seie to 3011, he that Treuli, treuli, Y seie to 3ou, he that i

cometh not in by the dore in to the fold of cometh not in by the dore in to the
the scheep, but sti3eth vp by another weye, foold of scheep, but stieth bi another
2is w ny3t thef and day thef. Forsothe weie, is a ny3t theef and a dai theef. But 2
he that entrith by the dore, is x the schep- he that entrith bi the dore, is the scheep-
sherde of the scheep. To this the porter herde of the scbeep. To' this the porter 3
openeth, and the scheep heeren his vois, openeth, and the scheep heren his vois,
and he clepith his owne scheep by name, and he clepith his owne scheep bi name,
4 and ledith out hem. And whanne he hath and ledith hem out. And whanne he 4
sent out his owne scheep, he goth bifore hath don k out his owne scheep, he goith
hem, and the scheep suwen him ; for thei bifor hem, and the scheep suen hym ; for
sknowen his vois. Sothli thei suwen not thei knowun his vois. But thei suen nots
any alien, but fleen fro him ; for thei han an alien, but fleen from hym ; for thei
e not knowen the voys of alyens. Jhesu han not knowun the vois of aliens. Jhe-6
seide to hem
prouerbe ; forsoth thei
this sus seide to hem this prouerbe; but thei
;knewen not what he spak to hem. Ther- knewen not what he spak to hem. Ther-7
fore Jhesu seide to hem eftsoone, Treuli, for Jhesus seide to hem eftsoone, Treuli,
treuli, I seie to 3011, for I am the 7 dore'

treuli, Y seie to 3ou, that

1
Y am the m
s of the a
scheep. A lie how manye euere dore of the scheep. As many as hann
camen b ben c uy3t theues and day
, theues, come, weren ny3t theues and day theues,
abut the scheep herden not hem. I am but the scheep herden not hem. am s Y
the dore. If ony man
by me, schal entre the dore. If ony man schal entre bi me,
and he schal go yn, and
he schal be saued ; he schal be sauyd; and he schal go ynne,
schal go out, and he schal fynde lesewis. and schal go out, and he schal fynde
10 A ni3t theef cometh not", no
f
but that he lesewis. A
ny3t theef cometh not, but 10

stele, and sle, and leese ; I cam, that that he stele, sle, and leese; and Y cam,
thei haue lyf, and haue more plenteuously. that thei han lijf, and haue more plen-
11 1 am
a good schepherde^; a good schep- teousli. I am a good scheepherde ; an
herde 3yueth his 'soule, that is, his lyf\
1'

good scheepherde 3yueth his lijf for hise

v
12 for his scheep. Forsoth a marchaunt, scheep. But an hirid hyne, and that is 12

or hyred hyne*, and that is not schep- not the scheepherde, whos ben not the
herde whos 'ben not the scheep
1
, his scheep his owne, seeth a wolf comynge,
owne, seeth a wolf comynge, and he leeu- and he leeueth the scheep, and fleeth ;
eth,*orforsaketh", the scheep, and fleeth; and the wolf rauyschith, and disparplith
and the wolf rauyschith, and disparplith, the scheep. And the hirid hyne fleeth, is

u Om. K. v Whether x. w he GMNPQSTWXY. * he Om. a 2 Om. a Om.

is is N. y pr. m. Y. Q.
M KPSW. b camen bifore me N. camen biside me
Q.
c ben thei T. ben the v. e Om. NW
sec. m.
1 Om. MPSW h hirde 9. k marchaunt x.
pr.m. x. e herde e. lijf AMNPQSW. soule x.
' l
a
sheperd G sec. m. w. hirde
m the shepe ben not QWXY. n Om. MSWX.
<?.

1
And to k pr. m. k
don, ether sent K sec. m. l
Om. ik. m a r. n weren i. Om. i
pr. m.
VOL. IV. M m
 266 JOHN. x. 13 29.

is "or scaterith , the scheep. Forsoth the for he is an hirid hyne, and it
parteyn-
marchaunt fleeth, for he is a marchaunt P,
x
eth not to hym of the scheep. Y am au
and it perteyneth not to him of the good scheepherde, and Y knowe my
u scheep. I am a good schepherdei, and I scheep, and my scheep knowen me. As 15
knowe my scheep, and my scheep knowen the fadir hath knowun me, Y knowe the
is me. As my r fadir hath kiiowun me, and fadir; and Y putte my lijf for my scheep.
I knowe
the fadir; and I putte my lyf for Y haue othere scheep, that ben not ofic
16 my scheep. And I haue othere scheep, this foolde, and it bihoueth me to
brynge
that ben not of this folde, and it bihoueth hem togidir, and thei schulen here my
me for to 'leede hem to s , and thei schulen vois and itP schal be maad o foolde and
;

heere my vois ; and it schal be maad o fold o scheepherde. Therfor the fadir Iou-i7
17 and o schepherde 1
. Therfore the fadir eth me, for Y putte my lijf, that eftsoone
loueth me, for I putte my soule, that eft- Y take it. No man takith it fro me, IB

ifisoone I take it. No man takith it fro but Y putte it of my silf. Y haue power
me, but I putte it fro my silf. I haue to putte it, and Y haue power to take it

power for u to putte it, and Iv haue power a3en. This maundement Y haue takun
for w to take it eftsoone x . This maunde- of my fadir. Eft dissencioun was maad lit
loment I haue take of my fadir. And so among the Jewis for these wordis. And 20
dissencioun was maad among the Jewis many of hem seiden, He hath a deuel,
20 for Forsoth manye of hem
thes wordis. and maddith what heren 36 hym ?;

seiden, He hath a deuel, and maddith, 'or Othere men seiden,These wordis ben not 21
21 wexith woody; what heeren 36 him ? Othere of a man that hath a feend'i. Whether
men seiden, Thes wordis bethz not of the deuel may opene the 13611 of blynde^'i
man hauynge a fend". Wher b a c deuel men ? But the feestis of halewyng of 22

may opene the y3en of blynde men ? the temple weren maad in Jerusalem,
22 Forsothe newe feestis of halwing of the and it was wyntir. And Jhesus walkide 23
temple ben maad in Jerusalem, and it in the temple, in the porche ofSalomon.
23 was wyntir. And Jhesu walkide in the Therfor the Jewis camen aboute hym, 24
24 temple, in the porche of Salomon. Ther- and seiden to hym, Hou long takist thou
fore Jewis enyyrowneden him, and seiden awei oure soule ? if thou art Crist, seie
to him, Hou longe dost thou awey oure thou to vs opynli. Jhesus answerde to as
soule? if thou ert Crist, seie to vs opyn- hem, Y speke to 3ou, and 36 bileuen not ;
2oly
d
Jhesu answeride to hem, I speke to
. the werkis that Y
do in the name of my
"

3ou, and 36 bileuen not the workis that ; fadir,beren witnessyng of me. But 36 1
26

I do in the name of my fadir, thes beren bileuen not, for 36 ben not of my scheep.
26 witnessing
6
of me. But and 36 bileuen My scheep heren my vois, and Y knowe 27
27 not, for 36 ben not of my scheep. My hem, and thei suen me. And Y
3yue to 28
rr

scheepe heeren my vois, and I knowe hem, hem euerelastynge lijf, and thei schulen
2 and thei suen me. And I 3yue to hem not perische with outen ende, and noon

euerelasting lyf, and thei schulen not schal rauysche hem fro 8 myn hoond.

perische in to with outen ende, and ony That thing that my ss fadir 3af to me, is 29
man schal not rauysche hem of f myn more than alle thingis; and no man may
29horid. That thing that my fadir 3af to rauysche fro my fadris hoond. Y and so
me, is more than alle therfore no man ; the fadir ben oon. The' Jewis token vpai

Om. <jx. P marchaunt N. s Om. sx. lede hem

1 hirde Q. r the GMNPQSTWX. Q. hirde .

u Om. sx. v Om. w. w Om. sx.

GNFY. * Om. ox.
a;ein, or eftsoone ajen MPQSWX.
2 ben a deuel r. b Whether wx. " ^' d
AGMNFQSTyivxY. the Q. pleynly, or opynly AGMXPQSTWY.
e wittenesse TXY. f out of
pleynly A'. Q.

P ther t. 1 deuel o. 11 blind born k pr. m. r witnesse o. rr Om. c. s out of o. ss the k. l And o.
 X. 3 XI. 4- JOHN. 267
V
30 rauysche fro my fadris^ hond. I and
may stoonys, to stoone hym. Jhesus answerdesa
si the fadir' ben o thing.
1
Jewis token vp to hem, Y
haue schewide to 3ou many
1 k werkis of my fadir, for which werk
stoones, for to stoone hym 'to the deeth .
good
32 Jhesu answeride to hem, I haue schewid of hem stonen 30 me? The Jewis an- 33
to 3011 manye goode 1 werkis of my fadir, swerden to hym, We stoonen thee not
forwhich werk of hem stoonen 36 me? of good werk, but of blasfemye, and for
33 The Jewis answeriden to him, We stoonen thou, sithen thou art a man, makist thi
'not of good work, but of blas-
thee silf God. Jhesus answerde to hem, 34
phemye, and for thou, sitheu thou art a Whether it is not writun in 3oure lawe,
34 man, rnakist thi silf God. Jhesu answer- That Y seide, 3 e ben goddis ? Yf he 35
ide to hem, Wher n it is not writun in seide that thei weren goddis, to whiche'
3oure lawe, For I seide, 3 e ben goddis ? the word of God was maad, and scrip-
35 If he seide hem
goddis, to whiche the ture" may not be vndon, thilke that these
word of God is maad, and the scripture, fadir hath halewid, and hath sent in to
v
3fi which? the fadir halwide, and sente in to the uu v
world, 3e seien,That thou blasfem-
the world, may not be vndon, and 36 est w , for Y
seide,
x am Goddis sone? Y
seyn, for I blaspheme, for I seide, I am Yf Y do not the werkis of my fadir, 37
37 Goddis sone ? If I do not the workis of nyle 36 bileue to me ; but if Y do, thou3 38
ss
my nyle 36 bileue to me ; sothli
fadir, 36 wolen not bileue to me, bileue je to
if I do, thou3 36 wolen not bileue to me, the werkis that 36 knowe and bileue,
;

that the fadir is in me, and Y in the

v
bileue 3ei to the workis that 36 knowe ;

and bileue, for the fadir is in me, and I fadir. Therfor thei sou^ten to take hyin,39
39 Therfore thei soften for r
in the fadir. and he wente out of her hondis. And he4o
to take him, and he wente out of her wentey eftsoone ouer Jordan, in to that
4ohondis. And he wente eftsoone ouer place where Joon was firste baptisynge,
Jordan, in to that place where John was and he dwelte there. And manye camen 41
first
5
baptisinge, and he dwelte there.
1
to hym, and seiden, For z Joon dide no
4i And manye camen to him, and seiden, myracle and 8
; alle thingis what euer42
Forsoth" John dide no 'signe, or myracle v; Joon seide of this, weren sothe. And
42forsothe alle thingis what euere w John many bileueden in b hym.
seide of this, weren sothe. And manye
bileueden in x to him.

CAP. XI. CAP. XI.

j Forsothe ther was sum? syk man, La- And ther was a
man, Lazarus of sijk i

zarus of Bethanye, of the castel of Mary Bethanye, of the castel of Marie and
2 and Martha, his sistris. Forsoth Mary it Martha, hise sistris. And it was Marye, 2
2
was, which anoyntide 3 the Lord with which anoyntide the Lord with oyne-
oynement, and wipte his feet with hir ment, and wipte hise feet with hir
heeris, whos brother Lazarus was syk. heeris, whos brother Lazarus was sijk.
3 Therfore his sistris senten to him, sey- Therfor hise sistris senten to hym, and 3
inge, Lord, lo ! he b whom thou louest, is seide, Lord, lo ! he whom thou louest cc ,
4 syk. Forsoth Jhesu heeringe seide c
to is sijk. And Jhesus herde, and seide to 4

8 fadir QX. b
And the fadir and Y Q.
*
Om. sx. k to deth GA/NPQSTFW sec. m. XY. J
Om, w.
m thee not MPQTXY. n Whether wx. whom GMNPQSTWXY. f the which v. 1 beleueth x. r Om. sx.
8 Om. K. * Om. g. u for AOMNPW sec. m. x. for Q. sothly T. y signe x. w euere thingis Q.
sothely
x Om. QW. z the whiche a b Om. c seith
yaQtvpr.m. MPQTWXY. oyntede x. Q. N.

1 whom i. u the
scripture k.
uu this o. v and je b sec. m. w Y blasfeme b sec. m. g. * that I
i y wente out s. z That a b in to K sec. m. s pr. m. b sec. m. eg. c the
pr.m. Q. i.
myraclis i.

whiche o. <* louedist k pr. m.

M m 2
 268 JOHN. XI. 5 22.

hem, This sicknesse is not to the deeth, hem, This syknesse is not to the deth,
but for the glorie of God, that Goddis d but for the glorie of God, that mannus
ssone be glorified bi e it f Sothli Jhesu . sone be glorified bi hym. And Jhesus s
louede Martha, and hir sistir Marye, and louyde Martha, and hir sistir Marie, and
c Lazarus. Therfore as Jhesu herde, for? Lazarus. Therfor whanne Jhesus herde, 6
he was syk, thanne sothli he dwellide in 11
that he was sijk, thanne he dwellide in
k
7 the same place tweye' dayes. Therof the same place twei d daies. And after 7
aftir thes thingis he seide to his disciplis, these thingis he seide to hise disciplis,
s Go we eft in to Judee. Disciplis
1
seyen Go we eft in to Judee. The disciplis K
v
to him, Raby, or maistir, now the Jewis seien to hym, Maister, now the Jewis
6
sou3ten for" to stoone thee, and eft 'thou sou3ten for to stoone thee, and eft goist

ggost thidur ? Jhesu answeride, Wher? thou thidir? Jhesus f answerde, Whe- 9
ther ben not twelue ouris of the day? ther ther ben not twelue ouris of the
v
man ony man wandre
r 8 ff
lf ony 'schal wandre in the day, dai ? If in the dai,
he hirtith not, for he seeth the Ii3t of he hirtiths not, for he seeth the Ii3t of
lothis world. Sothli if he schal wandre this world. But if he wandre^s in the 10
in the* ny3t, he hirtith, for Ii3t is not in he h
ni3t, stomblith, for Ii3t is not in him.
11 him. 'He seith thes thingis u , and aftir He seith llh these thingis, and aftir these n
thes thingis he seith to hem, Lazarus, thingis he seith to hem, Lazarus, oure
oure frend, slepith, but I go forv to reyse freend, slepith, but Y
go to reise hym fro
12 him fro slepe. Therfore his disciplis sleep. Therfor hise disciplis seiden, Lord, !2
w he schal be if he slepith, he schal be saaf. But
seiden, Lord, if he slepith , 13

issaf. Forsothe Jhesu hadde seid of his Jhesus hadde seid of his deth; but thei
deeth
;
but thei gessiden, that he seide gessiden, that he seide of slepyng of
14 of they slepinge of sleep. Thanne ther- sleep. Thanne therfor Jhesus seide to 14

fore Jhesu seide to hem opynli, Laza- hem opynli, Lazarus is deed; and haue Y 15

io rus is deed ; and I

z
enioye for 3011, that 36 ioye for 3ou, that 36 bileue, for was Y
beleue, for" I was not there ; but go we not there; but go we to hym. Therfor m
ic to him.Therfore Thomas, that is seid Thomas, that is seid Didymus, seide to

Didymus, seide to euen disciplis, And go euen' disciplisJ, Go we also, that we dien
17 we, that we deye with him. And so with hym. And so Jhesus cam, and 17

Jhesu cam, and fond him hauynge now foond hym hauynge thanne foure daies
isfoure dayes in the graue. Sothli Bethanye in the graue. And Bethany was bisidis \ s

was bisydis Jerusalem, as fiftene furlongis. Jerusalem, as were fiftene furlongis.

it

19 Forsothe manye of Jewis camen to Marie And many of the Jewis camen to Mary 19
and Martha, for b to comforte hem of c her and Martha k ,
to coumforte hem of her
20 brother. Therfore as Martha herde, for brothir. Therfor as Martha herde, that 20
Jhesu cam, she renneth to him Marie ;
Jhesu cam, sche ran to hym but Mary ;

2iforsothe sat at horn. Therfore Martha sat at home. Therfor Martha seide to 21
seide to Jhesu, Lord, if thou haddist be Jhesu, Lord, thou haddist be here,
if

22 here,my brother hadde not be deed. But my brother hadde not be deed. But 22
and now I woot, that what euere thingis now Y
woot, that what euere thingis
1 11

thou schalt axe of God, God schal 3yue to thou schalt axe of God, God schal 3yue

d mannus MPQTWXY. e in TXY. f him

QTXY. 8 that Q. Om. T. * two MPQWXY. k Therfore
**

therof T. 1
The disciplis G sec.m. MPSW. m Maistir s. Rabi x, n Om. A'.
gost thou alii, thou K.
P Whether x. 1 in NS. r Whosoeuere .v. vvalkith N. schal go v. l Om. x. u Thes th. he seith x.
v Om. sx. w w. y Om. AGMNPQSTWXY. z therfore I N. a that N. b Om. sx. c on x.
slepe

d two i. e Om. cab. f And Jhesus o. ff wandreth o. 8 offendith o. gg wandreth o. h to a.

seide k. '
eleuene u. the euene k. J a. k to Martha i. 1
Om. k u o.
apostlis pr.m. thenge
 XI. 2339- JOHN. 269

23 thee. Jhesus seith to hir, Thi brother to thee. Jhesus seith to hir, Thi brother 23
24schal ryse 33611. Martha seith to him, I schal rise a3en. Martha seith to hym,24
woot, for he schal ryse a3en in the a3en- Y woot, that he schal rise a3en in the
2?rysing in the laste day. Jhesu seith to a3en risyng in the laste dai. Jhesus 2r>

I am a3enrisyng and lyf; he that

hir, seith to hir, Y am
a3en risyng and lijf ;
bileueth in d me, 3he, if e he schal be deed, he that bileueth in me, 3he, thou3 he be
that lyueth, and deed, he schal lyue ; and ech that lyueth, 21;
f
ae schal lyue ; and ech
bileueth in h me, schal not deie with' outen and bileueth in me, schal not die with
2?ende. Bileuyst thou this thing? She k outen ende. Bileuest thou this thing ?
seith to him, 'Forsothe, or 3/ie , Lord, I }
Sche seith to hym, 3 ne Lord, Y haue 27
haue bileuyd, for thou art Crist, the sone bileued, that thou art Crist, the sone of
of quyk m God, that hast come in to this the lyuynge God, that hast come in to
111

28 world. And whanne she hadde seide this this And whanne sche hadde 211
world.

thing, she wente, and clepide Marie, hir seid this thing, sche wente, and clepide

sistir, iu silence, W
stilnesse", seyinge, Marie, hir sistir, in silence, and seide,
The maistir cometh, and clepith thee. The maister cometh", and clepith thee.
20 She, as she herde, roos anon, and cam to Sche, as sche herd, aroos anoon, and cam 2u
so him. Sothli Jhesu cam not 3it in to the to hym. And Jhesus cam not 3it 'in toPso
castel, but he was 3it in that place, wher the castel, but he was 3it in thati place,
31 Martha hadde comen a3ens him. Ther- where Martha hadde comun a3ens r hym.
fore the Jewis that weren with hir in the Therfor the Jewis that weren with hir in si
hous, and comfortiden hir, whanne thei the hous, and coumfortiden hir, whanne

si3en Marie, for soone she roos, and wente theisayn Marie, that sche roos swithe
s
,

hir, seyinge, For she goth to

out, sueden and wente out, thei sueden hir, and
32 the
graue, for? to wepe there. Forsothe seiden,For sche goith to the graue, to
Marie, whanne she hadde seyn wher Jhesu wepe But whanne Marie was 32
there.

was, seynge him feldei to his feet, and comun where Jhesus was, sche seynge
seide to him, Lord, if thou haddist be here, hym felde doun to his feet, and seide to
hym, Lord if thou haddist be here, my
1
33 my brother hadde not be deed. 'Therfore ,

as r Jhesu si3 hir

wepynge, and the Jewis brother hadde not be deed. And" ther- 33
that weren with hir wepinge, he made for whanne Jhesu sai3 hir wepyng, and
34
noyse in spirit, and troublide him silf, and the Jewis wepynge that weren with hir,
seide, Wher ban 36 putt him ? Thei seyen he 'made noise" in spirit, and troblide
35 tohim, Lord, come and se. And Jhesu hym and seide,
silf, Where ban 36 Ieid34
s
Therfore the Jewis seiden, Lo v w to x
3cwepte . !
hym? Thei seien hym, Lord ,

37hou he louede him. Forsothe summe of come, and se. And Jhesus wepte. Ther-gj!
hem seiden, Wher 1
this man that openyd for the Jewis seiden, Lo hou he louede !

the y3en of the born blynde", mi3te not hym. And summe of hem seiden, Whe-37
38 make that and this deiede not? Ther- thir this man that openyde the i3en of
fore v Jhesu eft makynge noyse in him the borun blynde man, my3te not make
silf, cam to the graue. Forsothe ther that this? schulde not die? Therfor 38
was a denne, and a stoon was put theron. Jhesus eft makynge noise* in hym silf,

39 Jhesu seith, Take 3e

w cam And was a
awey the stoon. to the graue. there

d in to A e h in to A GM
pr. n. GMNPQSTWXY. thouj Q.
f he schal QW pr. m. XY. S al o.. pr. m.
NPIJSTWXY. I
in to with A pr.m. GMXPQSTWXY.
k Martha Q sec.m. J
Forsothe x. m Om. v.
n Om. Om. doun
<jx. P x. 1 fell T. r Therfore Q. s
weep x.
t
Whether wx, u
blynde man o.
v
Therfore eftsones Q.
w Om. x.

m Om. ciKac. n is come i. ros sag/3. P to H. 1 the cua. r to x. ajen to a pr. m. s anoon r.
4 Sire i
sup. ras.
4t Om. iahi. u mournide i
sup. ras.
v And thei i.
w seiden ghik. * Sire i
sup. ras.
y he z
this i. doel i sup. ras.
 270 JOHN. XI. 40 52.

a
Martha, the sistir of him that was deed, denne, and a stoon was leid theronne.
seith to himy, Lord, he stynkith now, And Jhesus seith, Take 36 awey the so
4osothli he is of foure dayes z Jhesus seith . stoon. Marthab the , sistir of hym that
to hir, haue a not seid to thee, for
'Wher I was deed, hym, Lord, he stynk-
seith to
if thou schalt bileue, thou schalt se the ith now, for he hath leye foure daies c .

41
glorie of God ? Therfore thei tooken a Jhesus seith to hir, Haue Y not seid to4o
wey the stoon. Forsothe the y3en reysid thee, that if thou bileuest, thou schalt se
vpward, Jhesu seide, Fadir, I do thank- the glorie of God? Therfor thei token 4i
42yngis to thee, for thou herdist me; for- awei the stoon. And Jhesus lifte vp
soth I wiste, for thou euere b heerest me, hise i3en, and seide, Fadir, do thank- Y
yngis to thee, for thou hast herd me ;
c
but for the peple that stondith aboute, I
seide, that thei bileue, for thou hast sent and Y wiste, that thou euermore herist42
43 me. Whanne he hadde seid thes thingis, me, but for the puple that stondith
he criede with greet d vois, Lazarus, come aboute, Y seide, that thei bileue, that
44 'thou out
6
And anoon he that was deed,
. thou hast sent me. Whanne he hadde 43
cam forth, bounden the hondis and feet f seid these thingis, he criede with a greet
with bondis, and his face was boundun vois, Lazarus, come thou
d
forth. And 44
with a sudarie, or sweting cloths. Jhesu anoon he that was deed, cam out, boundun
seith to hem, Vnbynde 36 him, and 'suffre the hondis and feet with boondis, and
h
4s3e 'go awey'. Therfore manye of the k his face boundun with a sudarie. And
Jewis that camen to Marie and Martha, Jhesus seith to hem, Vnbynde 30 hym,
and sy3en what thingis he dide, bileueden 1
and suffre 36 hym to go forth. Therfor 45
46 in to him. Sothli summe of hem wenten many of the Jewis that camen to Marie
Pharisees, and seiden to hem, what
to and Martha 6, and seyn what thingis
47 thingis he" dide. Therfore the bischops Jhesus dide, bileueden in hym. But 46
and Pharisees gedriden a counceil a3ens summe of hem wente to the Farisees,
Jhesu, and seiden, What don we ? for this and seiden to hem, what thingis Jhesus
48 man doth 'many signes, or myraclisv. If 'hadde don f Therfor the bischopis and 47
.

we leeue him thus, alle men schulen bi- the Farisees gadriden a counsel a3ens
leue in to him and Romayns schulen ; Jhesu, and seiden, What do we? for this

come, and schulen^ take oure place and man doith many myraclis. If we leeue 4

4!flok r Forsoth oon of hem, Cayfas by

.
hym thus, alle men schulen bileue in

name, whanne he was bischop of that 3eer, hym ;and Romayns schulen come, and
8
r>it seide to hem, 3e witen no thing, nethir schulen ff take our place and oure folk.
thenken, for it spedith to 3ou, that o man But oon of hem, Cayfas bi name, whanne 49
deie for the peple, and that alle folk* he was bischop of that 3eer, seide to
siperische not. Forsoth he seide not this hem, 3e witen nothing, ne thenken, that so
thing of him silf, but whanne he was it spedith to 3ou, that o man die for the

bischop of that 3eer, he prophesiede, for puple, and that al the folc perische not.
r>2 Jhesu was to deyinge" for the folk, and But? he seide not this thing of hym silf,
si

not oonly for the folk, but that he schulde but whanne he was bischop of that 3eer,

z a Whether I haue A
y Jhesu dayes deed QW. sup. ras. Haue I GMNPQSTWXY. euermore
*>
o.
d a c e thou
AGMNQSTWXY. greet QWX Y.
stant x. forth, or out A pr. m. G sec. m. NT. forth, or out
G pr. m. Y. thou forth MPW
sec. m. forth qstr pr. m. x. f the feet
pr. m. x. 8 Om. x. h suffrith x. w
'
him go avveie A pr. m. G pr. m. TW pr. m, Y. to gon awey si . hym for to go awey Q. hym to gon awei x.
k Om. sx. !
Jhesu Q. m the Phariseis MPQSW. n Jhesus AGMNPQSWXY. the Fariseis w. P signes

manye x. 1 Om. G pr. m. NQTXY. r our folke AGMNS. folk pr WAV. s ne * the folk
GMNPQSTIVXY.
sec. m. XY. u die AGMNPQSTWXY.

a Om. /3.
b
And Martha k. c daies in the graue k. Om. i. e to Martha ik. f dide o. ff Om.
. thei schul i. g Om. A.
 XI. 53 XII. 7- JOHN. 271

gedere in to oon the sones of God that he prophesiede, that Jhesu was to die
.->:$ weren scaterid. Therfore fro that day for the folc, and not oneli for the folc,52
v but that he schulde gadere in to oon the
.>4 thei thoirjten for to sle him. Therfore
Jhesu walkide not now
opynli at the sones of God that weren scaterid. Ther-53
Jewis ; but he wente in to a cuntree w bi- for fro that day thei sou3ten h for to sle

sydis the x desert, in to a citee, that is seid hym. Therfor Jhesus walkide not thanne 54
Effrem, and there he dwelte with his dis- opynli among the Jewis; but he wente
1

oociplis. Forsothe the? pask of Jewis was in to a cuntre bisidis desert, in to a citee,

next, and many of the cuntree Sweden vp that is seid Effren, and there he dwellide
to Jerusalem the day bifore pask, for z to with hise disciplis. And the pask ofas
j halowe hem selue. Therfore thei soi^ten the k Jewis was ni3, and many of the kk
Jhesu, and spaken to gidere, stondinge in cuntrey wenten vp to Jerusalem bifor
the temple, What gessen 36, for he cometh the pask, to halewe hem silf. Therfor 51;
not to the feeste day ? Forsothe the 8 thei sou3ten Jhesu, and spaken
togidere,
stondynge in the temple, What gessen 36,
3
bischopis and Pharisees" hadden 3ouun a
maundement, that if ony man knew wher for he cometh not to the feeste day ?
he is, he schewe, that thei b taken hym. For the bischopis and Farisees hadden 1

u
3ouun a maundement, that if ony man
knowe where he is, that he schewe, that
thei take hym.

CAP. XII. CAP. XII.

1 Therfore Jhesu bifore sixe dayes of Therfor Jhesus bifor sixe daies ofi
pask cam to Bethanye, wher Lazarus pask cam to Bethanye, where Lazarus
2 was c deed, whom Jhesu reyside. Forsoth
cc
hadde be deed, whom Jhesus reiside.
thei maden to him a sopere there, and And thei maderi to hym a soopere there, 2
Martha mynistride to hym Lazarus for- ; and Martha mynystride to hym ; and
sothe was oon of men d sittinge at the mete Lazarus was oon of men m that sateri at
3 with him. Therfoi-e Marie took a pound the mete with hym. Therfor" Maries
of 'oynement spikenard 6 , W trewe narde 1
,
took a pound of oynement of trewe
precious, and anoyntide& the feet of Jhesu, narde precious, and anoyntide the feet
and wipte his feete with her heeris and ;
of Jhesu, and wipte hise feet with hir
v
the hous is fillid h of the' sauour of oygne- heeris ; and the hous was fulfillid of 00
4 ment
k Therfore Judas Scarioth, oon of
. the sauour of the oynement. Therfor 4
his disciplis, that was to bitraynge 1
hym, Judas Scarioth, oon of hise disciplis, that
5 seide, Whi 'this oygnement is not seeld was to bitraye hym, seide, Whi is not 5
for threhundrid pens, and is n 3ouuu to this oynement seeld for thre hundrid
e nedy men ? Forsoth he seide this thing, pens, and is? 3ouun to nedii men? Bute
not for it perteynede to him of nedy men, he seide this thing, not for it perteynede
but for he was a theef, arid he hauynge to hym of nedi men, but for he was a
r
theef, and he hadde the pursis, and bar
8
pursisP baar tho thingis that weren sent.
7 Therfore Jhesu seide, Suffre 36 hir, that tho thingis that weren sent. Therfor?

v Om. w * Om.
sx. region, or cuntre A pr. m. GMNPQSTWY. regioun x. A pr. m.
Om. s. z Om. a Om. r. aa the Pharisees K he T. c cc For d the men SXY.
y sx. pr. m. N.
*>
is i.
e f Om. G
trewe narde o. oynement precious spekenard MP. pr. m. MNPQSTW pr. m. XY. 8 oyntede sx.
h fufillid A m. GMNS. is fulfillid PQTWXY. *
Om. * the '
pr. Q. oynment AGMNpQSTrtvY. bytraye
A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. m is this oynement MP. n Om. opr.m. QSXY. Om. x. P the pursis Q.

h k Om. IKH. kk that the Pharisees o. H

jif o.
'
sup. ras.
'

thoujten EiKQnbceghik#. i c.
only
m the men iRhik/3. n Om. i. Om. r Om. Ea.
fillide ERg. with o. P i
pr. m. 1 pore i.

6
Om. b pr. m. g.
 272 JOHN. X-II. 8 22.

in to the day of my birying she kepe Jhesus seide, Suffre 36 hir, that in to the
that ; forsothe 36 schulen eueri haue pore day of my biriyng sche kepe that; fora
men r with 3011, sothli 36 schulen not euere
5
36 schulen euermore haue pore men with
9 haue me. Therfore myche cumpany of 3ou, but 36 schulen not euermore haue
the 1 Jewis knewe, that Jhesu was there; me. Therfore rnyche puple of Jewis m
and thei camen, not oonly for Jhesu, but knew, that Jhesus was there ; and thei
for" to se Lazarus, whom he reysede fro camen, not oonli for Jhesu, but to se
lo'deede men v . Forsothe the princes of Lazarus, whom he hadde reisid fro deth.
w But the princis of prestis thou3ten n to
nprestis thou3ten for to sle Lazarus, for 10

manye of the* Jewis for hym wente awei, sle Lazarus, for manye of the Jewis n
1 2 and beleueden in to? Jhesu. Forsothe on wenten awei for him, and bileueden
the morwe
a myche cumpany, that cam in? Jhesu.But on the morew ai myche 12
r
togidere at the feeste day, whanne thei puple, that cam togidere to the feeste
hadden herd, for Jhesu cometh z to Jeru- dai, whanne thei hadden herd, that Jhe-
issalem, tooken braunchis of palmes, and sus cam to Jerusalem, token braunchis is
camen forth a3ens him, and crieden, O- of palmes, and camen forth a3ens hym,
sanna, blessid is he, that cometh in the and crieden, Osanna, blessid is the kyng
14 name of the Lord, 'king of Israel a And . of Israel, that cometh in the name of the
Jhesu fond a litil
b
asse, and sat on him, Lord. And Jhesus foorid a 3onge asse, u
writun, The dou3tir of Syon, nyle The 15
c
10 as it is and sat on hym, as it is writun,
thou drede ; lo! thi king cometh d , sittinge dou3tir of Syon, nyle thou drede ; lo !

v
16 on the colt of a sche asse. His disciplis thi kyng cometh, sittynge on an asse
knewen not thes thingis, but whanne
first fole s . Hise disciplis knewen not first 1 6

Jhesu is glorified, thanne thei 'recordiden, these thingis, but whanne Jhesus was
or hadden mynde f for thes thingis weren ,
glorified,thanne thei hadden mynde, for*
writen of him, and thes thingis thei diden these thingis weren writun of hym, and
17 to him. Therfore the cumpany baar these thingis thei diden to hym. Ther- 17

witnessing, that was with him, whanne for the puple bar witnessyng, that was
he clepide Lazarus fro the graue, and with hym, whanne he clepide Lazarus
v

isreyside him fro deede men'. Therfore fro the graue, and reiside hym fro deth.
and the cumpany cam metinge to k him, And therfor the puple cam, and mette is

for thei herden 'him to haue don this with hym, for thei herden that he hadde
isjsigne. Therfore the Pharisees seiden to don this signe. Therfor the Farisees 19

hem
selue, seen, profiten no
3e for we seiden to silf, 3e seen, that we pro-
hem
thing lo al the world wente aftir him.
; !
1
fiten no thing ; lo al the world wente"
!

20 Forsothe ther weren summe hethen men, aftir hym. And there weren summe 20
of hem that hadden styjed vp for " to
1
wor- hethene"" men, of hem that hadden come
aischipe in the feeste day. Therfore thes vp to worschipe in the feeste dai. And 21
camen to Philip, that was of Bethsaida these camen to Filip, that was of Beth-
of Galilee, and preieden him, seyinge, Sire, saida of Galilee, and preieden hym, and
22 we wolen se Jhesu. Philip cometh, and seiden, Sire, we wolen se Jhesu.
11
Filip 22
seith to Andrew; eft Andrew and Philip cometh, and seith to Andrew; eft v An-

1 euermore AGMNPQSTWXY. r Om. T. s euermore

AGMNPQSTWXY. * Om. s. u Om. sx.
v deed AMNPST. deeth GQfxv. w Om. S.Y. * Om. F. y Om. Q. z cam
Q.
a
king of Jeru-
*
vpon ^ pr. m. GMNPWY.
salem T. c Om. x. d cometh <o <Aee o. e a f
e. recorden, or had-
den mynde T. recordeden x. >
deed GMNPQSTXY. deeth w. k Om. e. '
wendeth Q. m Om. sx.
n wolden v.

m the Jewis loehik. n

soujten k.
o fro k. P in to K sec.m. q Om. K
pr. m. g.
r Om. K.
s the colt on an asse fole A pr.m. on the colt of an asse A sec.m. on an asse and fool of an asse R sec.m. hi.
4 that i. u hath uu of hethen o. v an d e ft o .
, gon i.
 XII. 23 3 JOHN. 273

23seideu to Jhesu. Sothli Jhesu answeride drew and Filip seiden to Jhesu. And 23
v
vv
to hem, seyinge, The our cometh, that Jhesus answerde to hem, and seide ,

24 mannis sone be clarified. Treuli, treuli, I The our cometh, that mannus sone be
seie to 3011, no? buf a r corn of whete fallinge w Y seie to 3ou, 24
clarified. Treuli, treuli ,
8
2,-. in to the erthe schal be deed, it dwellith but a corn of whete falle in to the
aloone ; sothli if it schal be deed, it bring- erthe, and be deed, it dwellith aloone ; 25

ith' moche fruyt. He that loueth his but if it be deed, it bryngith myche
soule, ''that is, lyf
n
, schal v leese and he
it; fruyt. He that loueth his lijf, schal
that hatith his soule, ''that is, w, in this leese it and he that hatith his in
lyf ;
lijf
world, kepith it in to euerelasting lyf. this world, kepith it in to euerlastynge
2fi If ony rnan seruith x to me, sue he me ; lijf.
If ony man serue me, sue he me 526
and where I am, there and my? mynystre, and where Y am, there my mynystre
'or seruant 1 schal be. If ony man schal
, schal be. ony man serue me, my
If

mynistre to me, my fadir schal worschipe fadir schal worschipe hym. Now my 27
Now my soule is troublid, and troublid, and what schal Y seie?
a x
27 him . soule is

what schal I seye? Fadir, saue me fro this Fadir, saue me fro this our; but therfor
our ; but for that thing I cam in to this Y cam in to this our; fadir, clarifie thi 28

28 our ; fadir, clarifie thi name. Therfore name. And a vois cam fro heuene, and
a vois cam fro heuene, seyinge, And I seide, And Y haue clarified, and eft Y
haue clarified, and eft b I schal clarifie. schal Therfor the puple that 29
clarifie.

2n Therfore the cumpany that stood, and stood, and herde, seide, that 'thundur
c
herde, seide, thundir to be maad ; othere was maad xx ; othere men seide, an y
r
so men seiden, an aungel spak to him. Jhe- aungel spak to> y hym. Jhesus answerde, 3"
su answeride, and seide, This vois cam and seide, This vois cam not for me, but
si not for me, but for 3ou. Now is dom of for 3011. Now is the doom of the world, si
the world, now the prince of this world now the prince of this world schal be
32 schal be cast out. And if I schal be en- cast out. And if schal be enhaunsid32 Y
haunsid fro the erthe, I schal drawe alle fro the erthe, Y schal drawe alle thingis

33 thingis to my silf. Sothli 'he seide this to my silf. And he seide this thing, 33
thing'
1
,
signifiynge bi what deeth he was signifiynge bi what deth he 'was toz die.
34 to deiynge e . The cumpany answeride to And the puple answeride to hym, We 34
him, We ban herd of the lawe, for f
Crist han herd of the lawe, that Crist dwellith
dwellith 'in to with outen ende; and hou with outen ende; and hou seist thou, It
seist thou, It bihoueth mannis sone for 11
bihoueth mannys sone to be arerid ?
to be arerid? Who is this mannis sone? Who is this mannus sone? And thanne a 35
35 Therfore Jhesu seith to hem, 3it a' litil Jhesus seith to hem, 3it a litil h'3t is in
k
Ii3t is in 3ou ; walke 36, the while 30 han 3ou; walke 36, the while 30 han Ii3t, that
Ii3t, that derknessis catche 'not 3ou'; and derknessis aa catche 3ou not ; he that
he that wandrith in derknessis, woot wandrith in derknessis, woot nere b whi-
sonere whidur he goth. The while 36 han dur he goith. While 36 han Ii3t, bileuesi;
c
Ii3t,'byleue 36 'in to" Ii3t, that 36 be 36 in Ii3t , that 36 be the children of Ii3t.
the sones of Ii3t. Jhesu spak thes thingis, Jhesus spak these thingis, and wente,

P Om. x. <1 but if x. r the

MPQSW. schulde T. l u Om.
bryngith forth g. x.
v he schal MQTY. w Om. ASX. that is, his r x serue A Om.
lijf pr. m. pr. m. GMNPQTWXY. y v.
z Om. sx. a b
jit A pr.m. G pr. m. MNPQTXY. Om. v.
c for to
hym, that is, in heuenes x.
d this
thing he seide MPXY. Om.
A pr.m. GMXPQTWY. e f
dye A pr.m. GMNPQTWXY. T.
8 Om. G pr.m. TXY. h Om. sx. Om. g. k wake r. 1
jou not GMPXY.
m Om. K. n Om. K.
in QW pr. m. the Ii3t v. Om. K.

" and seid to hem o. w Om. o. * Om. A pr. m.

** ther was maad a thundir r. 7 that an Ek.
yy with k. z schulde k. a therfore aa derkenesse o. b not neuere KRsagk/3. c the lijt ik.
r. i.

VOL. IV. N n
 274 JOHN. XII. 3750.
37 and wente, and hidde him fro hem. Sothli and hidde hym fro hem. And whanne 37
whanne he hadde don so manye signes, he hadde don so many myraclis bifor
'or myraclisv, byfore hem, thei bileueden hem, thei bileueden not 'in to d hym that 38 ;

38 not in toi him ; that the word of Ysaie, the word of Ysaie, the prophete, schulde
the prophete, schulde be fillid r which he ,
be fulfillid, which he seide 6 Lord, who ,

seide, Lord, who bileuede to cure heer- bileuede f to ff oure heryng, and to whom
and to whom is the arm 8 of 'the
ing, is the arm of the Lord schewid? Ther-39
39 Lord* schewid ? Therfore thei my3ten for thei my3ten not bileue, for eft Ysaye
40 not bileue, for eft" Ysaye seide, He hath seide, He
hath blyndid her i3en, and he&4o
blyndid her y3en, and he hath 'endurid, hath maad hard the herte of hem, that
or maadhard*, the herte of hem, that thei se not with J3en, and vndurstonde
thei se y3en, and vndirstonde
not with with herte; and that thei be conuertid,
not? with herte and that thei be con-
; and Y heele hem. Ysaye seide these 4 1
uertid, al W
turned*, and I heele hem. thingis, whanne he say
the glorie of
41 Ysaie seid thes thingis, whanne he sy3 hym, and spak of hym. Netheles 'of 42
42 the glorie of hym, and spak of him. Ne- the pryncis manye h bileueden in hym,
theles and of the princes manye bileueden but for the' Farisees thei knowlechiden"
in to a him, but for the Farisees thei b not, that thei schulden not be put out of
knowlechiden not, that thei schulden not the synagoge ;
for thei loueden the glorie 43
43 be cast out of the synagoge ; forsothe c of men, more than the glorie of God.
thei loueden the glorie of men, more than And Jhesus criede, and seide, He that 44
44 the glorie of God. Forsothe Jhesu cryede, bileueth in me, bileueth not in me, but
and seide, He that bileueth in to me, in hym that sente me. He that seeth me, 45
bileueth not d
in to me, but in to him seeth hym that sente me. Y Ii3t cam4
45 that sente me. He that seeth me, seeth in to the world, that ech that bileueth
cam me, dwelle not in derknessis. And if 47
f
46 him that sente me. I Ii3t in to the' 1
in

world, that ech man 1

that bileueth in to ony man herith my words, and kepith
47 me, dwelle not in derknessis. And if ony hem k ,
Y deme hym not for Y cam not, ;

man schal heere my wordis, and 'schal not that Y deme the world, but that kk Y
k
kepe deme 'not him
,
I forsoth I cam 1
; make the world saaf. He that dispisith 48
not, that I deem the world, but that I me, and takith not my wordis, hath hym
48 make the world saf. He that dispisith that schal iuge hym thilke word that Y
;

me, and takith not my wordis, hath him haue spokun, schal deme hym in the last
that schal iuge him the word that I ; dai. For Y haue not spokun of my silf, 49
haue spoken, that schal deme him in the but thilke fadir that sente me, 3af to me
49laste day. For I haue no3t spokun of my a maundement, what Y schal seie m , and 1

silf, but the fadir, that sente me, 3af In

to what Y schal speke And Y woot, 11
. that so

me a maundement, what I schal seie, and his maundement is euerlastynge lijf;

so what I schal speke. And I woot, for his therfor tho thingis that speke, as the Y
maundement is euerelasting lyf therfore ; fadir seide to me, so speke Y .

11
tho thingis that I speke, as the fadir
seide to me, so I speke.

P Om. MPQSWX. 1 Om. MPQSW. r fulfildA pr. m. GM NPSTWXY. s arm, or t'3< Q. l God MNPQTXY.
eftsone G sec. m. M. * hardid x. y Om. MPQTWXY. z Om. x. " Om. Q, b that T. for N. <=

d Om. Y. g Om. w. h this g. k

kepe hem QW pr. m.
not only Q. f >
Om. A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
1 him not GXY. m he jaf GMNPQTXY. n Om. T.

d in e sa jth o. f ff in to e. e Om. A.
cEiKMPRSuxabcehio/3. to gk. leued E. hath bileeued k.
h Om. k pr. m. k hem not A a. not hem c sec. m.
manye of the princis k. '
knowlechen o. pr. m.
kk at o. ! Om. i. m speke K. n se K. do g.
ye
 XIII. i 14. JOHN. 275

CAP. XIII. CAP. XIII.

1 Forsothe bifore the feeste day of pask BiforP the 'feeste dai of pask^ Jhesus i

Jhesu witinge, for his our cometh, that he witynge, that his our is comun, that he
passe of this world to the fadir, whanne passe fro thisii world to the fadir,
he haddeP loued hise that weren in the whanne he hadde loued hise that wereri
2 world, in to the ende he louede hem. And in the world, in to the ende he louede
the souper maad, whanne the deuel hadde hem. And whanne the souper was 2
sent now in to the herte of Judas, 'that maad, whanne the deuel hadde put than
Judasi of Symount Scarioth schulde r bi- in to the r herte, that Judas of Symount
5
atraye him, he witinge for the fadur 3af Scariothschulde bitraye hym, he wit-:*
rr
alle thingis to him in to hondis
4
and that , ynge that the fadir 3af alle thingis to
he wente out fro God, and goth to God, hym in to hise 8 hoondis, and that he
-jrisith fro the souper, and puttith his wente out God, and goith to God, he 4
fro
clothis ; and whanne he hadde takun a risith fro the souper, and doith of hise

.-,lynnen cloth, he bifore girde him. Aftir- clothis ; and whanne he hadde takun a
ward he sente water in to a basyn, and lynun he girde* hym.
cloth, And aftir- 5
v w ward he putte watir in to a basyn, and
bigan for to waische disciplis feet, arid
to wype with lynneri cloth, with
the biganne to waische the disciplis feet, and
(i which" he was bifore^ gird. Therfore he to wipe with lynnen cloth, with
the
cam to Symount Petre, and Petre seith which he was gird. And so he cam too
to him, Lord, Vaischist thouw to me the Symount Petre, and Petre seith to hym,
7 feet?Jhesu answeride, and seide to him, Lord, waischist thou my feet? Jhesus 7
What thingis I do, thou woost not now ; answerde, and seide to hym, What Y do,
s forsothe thou schalt wite aftirward. Petre thou wost not now; but thou schalt wite
seith to him, Thou schalt not waische to aftirward. Petre seith to hym, Thous
me the z feet, in to with outen ende. Jhesu schalt neuere waische my feet. Jhesus
answeride to him, If I schal not waische answeride to hym, If Y schal not
thee, thou schalt not haue part with me. waische thee, thou schalt not haue part
9 Symount Petre seith to him, Lord, not with me. Symount Petre seith to hym,
8 u
oonly my feet, but and the hondis and Lord, not oneli my feet, but bothe the
10 the heed. him, He that
Jhesu seide to hoondis and the heed. Jhesus seidev to 10

w
hym, He that is waischun, hath no nede
b
is waischun, hath no nede no but that he

waische the feet, but he is clene al ; and but that he waische the feet, but he is
1136 ben clene, but not alle. Forsothe he al clene ;
and 30 ben clene, but not alle.
v
wiste , who
schulde bitraye him ; therfore For he wiste, who was he s that schulde u
12 he seide, 3e ben not clene alle. Therfore bitraye hym ; therfor he seide, 3e ben
aftir that he waischide d the feet of hem, not alle clene. And so aftir that he 12
v
he took his clothis ; and whanne he hadde hadde waischun the feet of hem^, he
restid ajen, eft he seide to hem, "3e witeri" took hise clothis ; and whanne he was
is what haue done to 3ou. 3e clepen rne
I set to mete a3en, eft he seide to hem, 3e
maistir and lord, and 30 seyn wel forsoth ; witen what Y haue don to 3ou. 3eis
14! am. Therfore if I, lord and maistir, clepen me maistir and lord, and 36 seien

o ouer K. P Om. Q. <l Om.

qsw. r that he shulde Q. that Judas schulde s. that Q. * his
hondis G sec. m. MPQW. v Om. sx. x the whiche Q. y Om. QW
his disciplis GMPQSWXY. pr. m.
yy what thou waschist M. z Om. M. a b Om. QW m. wiste wel MPTXY. d had
myn Q. pr.
waschen Q. wesh sx. e
3e vvyten not r.
Wyten je w.

P But bifor A. 1 pask

day i
pr. v. 11 the o. r Om. A. rr
wittenessyng o.
9 Om. A sec. m. Q.
the EP. *
girte p.
" Om. g.
" seith A sec. m. osg. w not A. * it was k. y her feet k.

N n 2
 276 JOHN. XIII. 15 29.

haue waische 3oure feet, and 36

v
owen to f wel ; for Y
am. Therfor if Y, lord and u
15 waische another the totheris" feet; for 1'
I maistir, haue waischun 3oure feet, and z
haue jouun ensaumplei to 3011, that as I 3e schulen waische oon anothers feet for is ;

ic haue don to 300, so and 36 do. Treuli, Y haue 3ouun 'ensaumple to 3ou a "that as ,

treuli, I seie to 3ou, the seruaunt is not I haue do to 3ou b so do 56. , Treuli, 16
more than neither apostle
his lord, is
k
treuli, Y seie to 3ou, the seruaunt
is not

17 more' than he that sente him. If 30 witen grettere than his lord, nether an c
apostle
d
thes thingis, 36 schulen be blessid, if 36 is grettere than he that sente hym. If 17
is schulen do hem. I seie not of alle 3ou, 36 witen these thingis, 36 schulen be
I woot whiche" 1
I haue chosun ; but that blessid, if 36 doen hem. Y seie not of 18
the scripture be fillid", He that etith my 'alle
3ou
e
, Y woot whiche Y haue chosun ;

breed, schal reyse his heele a3ens me. but that the scripture be fulfillid, He
ID Treuli, treuli , I seie to
3ou, bifore it? be that etith my breed, schal reise his heele
don, thati whanne it 'schal be r don, '36 336118 me. Treuly
f
,
Y seie to 3ou biforio
20 8
bileue for 1 am. 1
Treuli, treuli, I seye to it be don, that whanne it is don, 36
3ou, he that taketh whom euere I schal bileue that Y am. Treuli, treuli, Y seie 20

sende, receyueth me ; forsothe he that re- to 3ou, he that takith whom euere Y
ceyueth me, receyueth him that sente me. schal sende, resseyueth me ; and he that
21 Whanne Jhesu hadde seid thes thingis, resseyueth me, resseyueth hym that sente
he was troblid" 'in spirit, and v witness- me. Whanne Jhesus hadde seid these 21
ide w , and seide, Treuli, treuli I seie to 3ou, thingis, he was troblid in spirit, and
22oon x of 3ou schal bitraye me. Therfore witnesside, and seide, Treuli, treuli, Y
the disciplis lokiden to gidere, doutynge seie to 3ou, that oon of 3ou schal bitraye
23 of whom he seide. Therfore oon of his me. Therfor the disciplis lokiden togi-22
disciplis was restinge in the bosum of dere, doutynges of whom he seide. And 2:1

24 Jhesu, whom Jhesu louede. Therfore so oon of hise disciplis was restynge in

Symount Petre bekenyde to him, and seith the bosum of Jhesu, whom Jhesu lou-
to him, Who is it, of which? he seith ? ede. Therfor Symount Petre bikeneth h 24
25 And so whanne he hadde restid a3en on to hym, 'and seith to hym', Who is it,

the brest of Jhesu, he seith to him, Lord, of whom he seith? And" so whanne he 25
26 who is it? Jhesu answeride, He it is, to hadde restid a3en k on the brest of Jhe-
whom I schal dresse breeddipped yn. su, he seith to hym, Lord
1
, who is it?
And whanne he had z
'dippid yn breed
8
, Jhesus answerde, He itis, whom Y2C to
27 he 3af to Judas of Symount Scariot. And schal areche a sop of breed. And whanne
aftir the morsel, thanne Sathanas entride he hadde wet breed, he 3af to Judas of
And Jhesu seith to him, What
in to him. Symount Scarioth. And aftir the rnus-27
b c
28thing thou dost, do thou sunnere. For- sel, thanne Sathanas entride in to hym.
soth no man sittinge at the mete wiste
d e
And Jhesus seith to hym, That thing
this thing, to what thing he seide to him. that thou doist, do thou m swithe". And 28
29 Forsothe summe gessiden, for Judas hadde noon of hem that saten at the rnete

1 schulen
GMNPQSTIVXY. h forsothe s. k Om. Om.
g otheres sx. exsaumple sw.
' 1
Q. Q.
m the whiche 4 pr,m. GMNPTY. whom Q. o fulfilde GMNPQSTWXY. Om. N. P that it N. q that
r is N. s Om. N. u turblid G w Om.
;e trowe N. v Om. G
* that N. m. MPQTXY.
pr. in. MP. pr.
G pr. m. MPQTXY. made protestacioun, or rvitnessede N. x for oon MpQTrwxY. y the whiche A pr. in.
G pr. m. MNPQTY. whom G sec.m. sw. z a
breed, or wett [it Q] in myn G sec. m. Q.
indippid MPQSW.
b
thingis A sec. m. MNPST.
c thou it J of of the sittende sx. of
QW pr. m. it x. sittinge AGMPQTW.
the sittinge y Om. AQVY.

z Om. ab pr. m.
a to
3011 ens. k pr. m.
b Om. be
pr. m. e pr. m. gk pr. m.
c Om. iKReghi.
Om. i. e
3011 alle B.
f
Treuli, treuli c sec. m. e and doutinge k. h beckenede
g/3.
'
Om. Eb pr. m.
d seide to him b
and sec.m. " Om. o. k Om. k r. m. '
Sire i. m it k. n anoon I.
 XIII. 3 XIV. 4- JOHN. 2.77

pursis, that Jhesu hadde seid to him, Bye wiste, wherto he seide to hym. For 29
thou tho thingis, that ben nedeful to vs summe gessiden, for Judas hadde pursis,
f
at the feeste day, or that he schulde 3yue that Jhesus hadde seid to hym, Bie thou
30 sura thing to nedy men. Therfore whanne tho thingis, that ben nedeful to vs to the
he hadde take the morsel, he wente out feeste dai, or that he schulde 3yue sum

si anon forsoth it was

; ny3t. Therfore thing to nedi men. Therfor whanne he 30
whanne he hadde gon out, Jhesu seide, hadde takun the mussel, he wente out
Now mannis sone is clarified, and God is anoon and it was nyjt. And? whanne 31
;

32 clarified in him. If God is clarified in he was 4 gon out, Jhesus seide, Now
him, and God schal clarifye him in him mannus sone is clarified, and God is cla-
sssilf, and anon he schal clarifie him. Litil rified in hym. If God is clarified in hym, 32
sones, 3it a litil I am with jou; 36 schulen God r
schal clarifie hym in hym silf, and
seke me, and, as I seide to the Jewis, anoon he sclial clarifie hym. Litle sones, 33
Whidur I go, 36 mown not come ; and to 3it a Y am with 3ou 30 schulen seke
litil ;

343011 I seie now. I 3yue to 3ou a newe me, and, as Y seide to the Jewis, Whidur
maundement, that 30 loue to gidere, as I Y go, 36 moun not come and to 3011 Y ;

35 louede 3011, that and 36 loue to gedere. In seie now. Y 3yue to jou a newe maunde-34
men ment, that 36 loue togidir, as Y louede
5
this thing alle schulen knowe, for
36 ben my disciplis, if 36 'schulen haue h 3ou/and that* 36 loue togidir. In this 35
30 loue' Symount Petre seith to
to gidere. thing alle men
schulen knowe, that 36
hym, Lord, whidir goist thou? Jhesu ben my disciplis, if 36 ban loue togidere.
k
answeride, Whidir I go, thou maist not Symount Petre seith to hym, Lord, whi-sc
sue me now, but thou schalt sue aftir- dur goist thou? Jhesus answeride, Whi-
37 ward. Petre seith to him, Whi may I dur Y go, thou mayst not sue me now,
not sue thee now? I schal putte my soule, but thou schalt sueu afterward. Petre 37
^that is, lyf^, for thee. Jhesu answeride, seith to hym, Whi may Y not sue thee
Thou schalt putte thi soule, ^that is, lyf m , now? Y schal putte my lijf for thee.
n
for me ? Treuli, treuli ,
I seie to thee, the Jhesus answeride, Thou
schalt putte thi 3
nn
koc schal not crowe, til thou schalt lijf for me? Treuli, treuli,Yseie to thee,
denye me thries. the cok schal not crowe, til thou schalt
denye me thries. And he seith to hise
disciplis,
CAP. XIV. CAP. XIV.
1 And he seith to his disciplis, *Be not Benot 3oure herte afraied, ne drede i

3oure herte disturblid P, netheri drede it ; it; 36 bileuen in God, and bileue 30 in
r
36 bileuen in to God, and bileue 30 in to* me. In the hous of my fadir ben many 2
2 zne. In the hous of my fadir ben many dwellyngis; ony thing lesse, Y hadde
if

dwellingis; if any thing lesse, I hadde' seid to 3ou, for Y

go to make redi to 3011
seid to 3ou, for I go for
u to make redy a place. And if Y go, and v make redi 3
3 to 3ou a place. And if" I schal w
go
x
, and to 3ou a place, eftsoones Y come w and Y ,

schal make redy to 3ou a place, eftsoone schal take 3ou to my silf, that where Y
I schaly come, and I schal take 3ou to my am, 36 be. And whidur Y go, 36 witen,4
4silf, that where I am, and 30 be. And and 36 witen the weie. Thomas seith to 5

{ haue jouen 6 that s. h haue g.

Q. '
loued Q.
I*
myjt w.
l
that is, my lijf G sec. m. pw. Om. sx.
m that is, thi lijf G sec.m. PW. Om. x. n Om. M. n to
Q.
* The chapter commences here in AGM
KrgsrwxY. P distroublid vwv. disturbid x. q ne MPQTWXY. r Om.
Q.
* Om.
Q.
* schulde haue

G pr. m. MNPX. Om. TVX. * Om. w Om. us. * Om.

r.
go aweie A pr. m. GJI/.VPSTWV. V
MPQTWXY.

forsothe i. P Therfore i. 1 hadde i. r and God r. 8 haue loued la sec. m. k sec. m. loue k pr. m.
t and at o. that s. " sue me sa- v t o Ic \f w se hal come k pr. m.
 278 JOHN. xiv. 5 20.

whidur I go, 30 witen, and 30 witen the hym, Lord, we witen not whidur thou
r>
wey. Thomas seith to him, Lord, we goist, and hou moun we wite the weie ?
witen not whidur thou goist, and hou Jhesus seith to hym x Y am , weie, treuthe, 6
b
(imown we wite the weye? Jhesu seith and lijf ; no man cometh to the fadir,
to him, I am weye, treuthe, and lyf ; no but bi me. If 36 hadden knowe me, 7
man cometh to the fadir, no but by me. sotheli 36 hadden knowe also my fadir;
7 If 30hadden knowen me, sothli 36 hadden and aftirward 36 schulen knowe hym,
knowen and my fadir and aftirward 30 ; and 36 han seyn hym. Filip seith toe
schulen knowe him, and 36 han seyn him. hym, Lord, schewe to vs the fadir, and
s
Philip seith to him, Lord, schewe to vs it suffisith to vs. Jhesus seith to hym, 9
So longy tyme Y am with 3ou, and han
x
j the fadir, and it suffisith to vs. Jhesu
seith d to him, So moche tyme I am with 36 not
2
knowun me ? Filip, he that seeth
3ou,and han 36 not knowun me ? Philip, me, seeth also the fadir. Hou seist thou,

he that seeth me, seeth and the fadir. schewe to vs the fadir ? Bileuest thou 10

Hou seist thou, Schewe to vs the fadir? not, that Y am in the fadir, and the
loBileuest 'not thou e , for I am f in the fadir, fadir is in me ? The wordis that Y speke
and the fadir is in me? I speke not of my to 3011, Y speke not of my silf; but the
silfthe wordis that I speke to 3ou ; sothli fadir hym silf dwellynge" in me, doith
the fadir dwellinge in me, he doith the the werkis. Bileue 36 not, that am in Y n
11 workis. Beleue 36 not, for I am% in the the fadir, and the fadir is in me ? Ellis 12

12 fadir, and the fadir is in me? Ellis bileue bileue 36 for thilke werkis. Treuli,
1
36 for thilke workis. Treuli, treuli, I seie treuli, Y seie to 3ou, if a man bileueth
k
to 3ou, he that bileueth in to me, and he he do the werkis
1
in me, also schal
schal do the workis that I do ; and he that Y do ; and he schal do grettere
schal do more"1 workis than" thes, for I werkis than these, for go to the fadir. Y
13
go to the fadir. And what euere thing b
And what euere thing 36 axen e the is

36 schulen axe the fadir in my name, I fadir in my name, schal do this thing, Y
schal do this thing, that the fadir be glo- that the fadir be glorified d in the sone.
u rifled in the sone. If 36 schulen axe ony If 36 axen ony thing" in my name, YH
is
thing in my name, I schal do it. If 36 schal do it. If 36 louen me, kepe 36 my 15
v
louen me, kepe 3eP my comaundementis^. comaundementis. And schal preye the Y i

16 And I schal preie the fadir, and he schal fadir, and he schal 3yue to 3ou another

i73yue to 3ou another coumfortour, 'the spirit coumfortour, the spirit of treuthe, to 17

of treuthe that he dwelle with 3ou into

1

", dwelle with3011 with outen ende; which*

with outen encle; which 8 spirit the world spirit the world may not take, for it
v
ss
may not take, for it seeth not him nei- , seeth hym not, nether knowith hym.
ther woot him. Forsothe 36 schulen knowe But 36 schulen knowe hym, for he schal

him*, for he schal dwelle at 3011, and he dwelle with 3ou, and he schal be in 3ou.
is schal be in 3ou. I schal not leeue 3ou Y schal not leeue 3ou fadirles, schal Y is

lofadirlees, I schal come to 3ou. 3it a litil. come to 3ou. 3it a litil, and the world is

x
and the world seeth not me now u forsoth ; seeth not now mef
; but 36 schulen se me,
36 schulen se me, for I lyue, and 36 schu- for Y lyue, and 36 schulen lyue. In that 20
20 len lyue. In that day 30 schulen knowe, dai 36 schulen knowe, that Y am in my
b this A sec. m. K. c an d d S eide x. f Om. A
pr. m. a pr. m.
e thou not GMpQTrirxY.
j e K>
MNPTY. e Om. A pr.m. G pr. m. MNPTXY. the i s. tho x. ilke Y. Om. Q. l k
Om. QXY.
m the more sx. n of sx. hem x. P kepith sx. 1 maundementis XY. T Om. GMXY. the
of treuthe, whiche GMXY. ss him not GMXY. * Om. G u now me GK
spirit pr.m. T. pr.m.
MPXY.

x hem k. b
ymyche i. haue not H. a that dwellith i.
thingis i. c asken K passim.
d clarified k. e The whiche i. f Om. a.
 XIV. 21. XV. 2. JOHN. 279

for I am in my fadir, and 3ee in me, and fadir, and me, and Y in 3ou.
36 in He 21
21 1 in 3011. He that hath my comaunde- that hath my comaundementis, and kep-
mentis v , and kepith hem, he it is that ith hem, he it is that loueth me ; and
loueth me; sothli he that loueth me, schal he that loueth me, schal be loued of my
be loued of my fadir, and I schal loue fadir, and Y schal loue hym, and Y schal
him, and I schal schewe to him my silf. schewe to hym my silf. Judas seith to 22
22 Judas seith to him, not he of Scarioth, hym, not he of Scarioth, Lord, what is
w
Lord, what is don, for thou art to schewe don, that thou schalt schewe thi silf to
23 to vs thi silf, and riot to the world ? Jhesus vs, and not to the world? Jhesus an- 2.1
ony man
h
answeride, and seide to him, If swerdes, and seide 'to hym If ony man ,

loueth me, he schal kepe my word"; and loueth me, he schal kepe my word and ;

my fadir schal loue him, and we schulen my fadir schal loue hym, and we schulen
come to him, and we schulen make dwell- come to hym, and we schulen dwelle
24inge? at him. He that loueth me not, with hym. He that loueth me not, kep-24

kepith not my wordis ; and the word ith not my wordis ; and the word which
which z 30 han herd, is not myn, but his 30 han herd, is not myn, but the fadris,
25 that sente me, the fadris. Thes thingis that sente me. These thingis Y haue 25
I haue spokun 'to 3011% dwellinge at 3ou ; spokun to 3ou, dwellynge among 3ou ;

2oforsoth the Hooly Gost, coumfortour, but thilke Hooli Goost, the coumfortour, a
whom the fadir schal sende in my name, whom the fadir schal sende in my name,
he schal teche 3011 alle thingis, and b schal he schal teche 3011 alle thingis, 'and schal
remembre c schewe k
schewe, 'or to 3ou alle thingis, , to' 3ou alle thingis , what euere
d
what euer thingis I schal seye to 3ou. thingis Y schal seie to 3ou. Pees Y27
27 Pees I leeue to
e
3ou, pees I 3yue to my leeue to 3011, my pees 3yue to 3ou Y ;

3ou; not as the world 3yueth, I 3yue to

1
not as the world 3yueth, 3iue to 3011 ; Y
3ou ; be not 3oure herte disturblid^, nei- be not 3oure herte affrayed, ne drede it.
28therh drede it. 3e han herd, for I seide to 3e han herd, that Y seide to 3ou,go, 28 Y
3011, I go, and come to 3ou.
If 36 louedyn and come to 3ou. If 36 loueden me, for-

me, forsoth 36 schulden 'haue ioye', for I sothe 36 schulden haue ioye, for go to Y
go to the fadir, for the fadir is more than the fadir, for the fadir is grettere than
29 1. And now I haue seid to 3ou, bifore it Y. And now Y haue seid to 3ou, bifor2<j

be don, that whanne it schal be don, 30 that be don, that whanne it is don, 36
it
1

aobileue. Now I schal not speke many bileuen. Y

Now schal not speke many so
thingis to 3ou; forsoth the prince of this thingis with 3ou; for the prince of this
world cometh, and he hath not 'ony thing world cometh, and hath not in me ony
31 in me k But that the world knowe, for
.
thing. But that" the world knowe, that 31
I loue the fadir, and as the fadir 3af co- Y loue the fadir; and as the fadir 3af a
maundement to me, so I do. Ryse 36, go comaundement"" to me, so do. 'Rise Y
we hennis. 36, go we hennus.

CAP. XV. CAP. XV.

i I am a verri vyne, and my fadir is an Y am a very vyne, and my fadir is i

2erthe tilier. Ech syoun, 'or braunche

1
, an erthe tilier. Ech braunch in me that -2

maundementis XY.
v w * wordis XY. z the
shewinge A sup. ras. r. J a
dwellyng G sec.m. M.
which A pr. m. GNTY. a Om. K. *>
and he AV. c Om. AGpr. in. MNPQTXY.
d
tiling T. Om. MW.
eOm. F. f schal I G Y. S trublid ATXY. turblid G pr. m. disturbid s. distroublid v. h ne
pr.m.
MW. k in me ony MXY. Om. x.
MPQTWXY. '
ioye thing
!

g answeride to him t. h Om. k. '

Om. i
pr. m. nc sec. m. eg$. >k Om. A pr. m. EKb pr. m. c pr. m.
1
is k. m that 30 k pr. m. n at o. nn maundement EKik pr. m. Riseth i.
 280 JOHN. xv. 315.
x
not berynge fruit in me, he schal do a wey berith not? fruyt, he schal take awey it ;

n
it ; and ech that berith fruit, he schal and ech that berith fruyt, he schal purge
spurge it, that it more bere fruit. Now
x
it, that it here the more fruyt. Now 363
36 ben clene, for the word that I haue
ben clene, for the word that Y haue
4
spokun to 3ou. Dwell 36 in me, and I in spokun to 3ou. Dwelle 36 in me, and 4

not make in 3ou ; as a braunche may not make

3ou ; as a braunche? may fruit

of himi silf, nor but 8 fruyt of it silf, but it dwelle in the vyne,
1
it schal dwelle in the
u w
vyne , so nether 30, no but 3e schulen
v so nether 3e, but 36 dwelle in me. am Y 5

5 dwelle in me. I am a x
vyne-
v
36 ben
7
,
-
ai vyne, 3e r
the 5
braunchis. Who that

the a
braunchis b
. He c that dwellith in dwellith in me, and Y in hym, this*

me, and I in him, this berith moche fruit, berith myche fruyt, for with outen me
for with outen me 36 mown no thing do. 36 moun no thing do. If ony man dwell-e
elf ony man schal not dwelle in me, he ith not in me, he schal be caste out as a
schal be sent out as a braunche and 11
, braunche, and schal wexe drie; and thei
schal wexe drye; and thei schulen gadere schulen gadere hym, and thei schulen

him, and thei schulen sende him in to caste hym in to the fier, and he bren-
7
e
the fier, and he brenneth. If 36 schulen neth u . dwellen in me, and my 7
If 36

dwelle in me, and my wordis schulen wordis dwelle in 3ou, what euer thing
dwelle in 3ou, what euere thing 36 schulen 36 wolen, 36 schulen axe, and it schal be

wilne, 36 schulen axe, and it schal be do don to 3ou. In this thing my fadir is 8

s to 3ou. In this thing my fadir is clari- clarified, that 36 brynge forth ful myche

fied, that 36 brynge moost fruyt, and 36 fruyt, and that 36 be maad my disciplis.
i) be maad disciplis. As
my fadir lou- my As rny fadir louede me, Yv haue loued 9
ede me, and I louyde 3ou; dwelle 36 in my 3ou; dwelle 36 in my loue. If 36 kepen w io

loloue. If 36 schulen kepe my comaunde- my comaundementis, 36 schulen dwelle

f
dwelle in my loue as in my loue as Y haue kept the co-
mentis , 36 schulen ; ;

and I haue kept the comaundemerrtiss of maundementis of my fadir, and Yx

11
my fadir, and I dwelle in his loue. Thes dwelled in his loue. These thingis Yn
7-
to 3011, that my ioye be in spak to 3ou, that my be in 3ou, and
thingis I spak ioye
h a
1-23011, and 3oure ioye be fillid This is my .
joure ioye be fulfillid . This is my co- 12

comaundement, that 36 loue to gidere, as maundement, that 36 loue togidere, as Y

is Ilouede 3ou. No man hath more loue louede b 3ou. No man hath more loue 13

than this, that ony man putte his soule, than this, that a man putte his lijf
u^that is, tyf for his frendis. 3 e Den my
1
,
for hise freendis. 3e oen m Y freendis u

frendis, if 36 schulen do thok thingis, that if 36 doen tho thingis, that Y comaunde
15 1 comaunde 1
to 11 3ou. Now I schal not to 3ou. Now Y schal not clepe d 3oui5

seye 3ou seruauntis, for the seruauut woot seruauntis, for the seruaunt woot not,
not, what his lord schal do ; forsothe I what his lord schal do ; bute Y haue
f
haue seid 3ou frendis, for alle thingis clepid 3ou freendis, for alle thingis what
what euere I herde of my fadir, I haue euere Y herde of my fadir, Y& haue maad

P syoun, or [a w~\ braunch AGMNPQTWY. sioun sx.

awey GMPXY.
n it bere more GMPQXY.
r Om. * Om. u
vyne tree A pr. m. GMtipQSTirxY.
A pr. m. GMNpqsTrwxY. s but
<1 it jif MQ. Q..

v Om. o sec. m. QW
pr. m.
w if je A pr. m. MNPQTXY. x the QW
pr. m. XY. J vyne tree A pr. m. GMN
z Om. A a Om. r. b braunchis A pr. m. GMNPQTWY.
PQSTWXY. pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. syouns, or
c Who A d e Om. sr. f maunde-
siounes sx. pr.m. GMNPQSTWX. syoun A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
mentes GMXY. S maundementes GM XY. h fulfillid A
pr. m. GMNPQSTWXV. Om. MPQSX. that is,
his lijf w. k the AMNPSW. thes T. '
comaundide Q. u Om. M.

r and s Om. * he this i.

P no Ea. <1 the a.
36 b pr. m. je ben g. and 36 ben k. g. schal
brenne K. v and Y b. w schul
kepe i.
* Om. R
pr. m. k. J haf dwellid o. dwelle 30 k. z loue c.
c And d f seid i. S and I i.
30 Rk pr. m.
a & haue loued ix sec. m. k. e forsothe i.
fillid i. sey i.
 XV. 16 XVI. 2. JOHN. 281

Kimaad knowun to 3ou. 3e han not chosun knowun to 3ou. 3e ban not chosun me, ic

me, but I chees 3011; and

X
I haue" put 300, but Y chees 3ou ; and Y
haue put 3ou,
that 36 go, and brynge fruit, and 3oure that 36 go, and brynge forth fruyt, and
fruit dwelle ; that what euere thing 36 3oure fruyt dwelle; that what euere thing
h
schulen axe the fadir in my name, he 3ess axen the fadir in my name, he 3yue
17 3yue to 3ou. Thes thingis I comaunde to to 3ou. These thingis comaunde to' Y 17

183OU, that 36 loue to gidere. If the world 3ou, that 36 loue togidere. If the world is

hatithP 3ou, wite 36, for it hadde me in k

hatith 3ou, wite 36, that it hadde me in
in hate than 3ou. If 36 hadden be of
first hate rather than 3ou. If 36 hadden be 10

the world, the world schulde loue that of the world, the world schulde loue that

thing that was his but for 36 ben not of thing that was his ; but for 36 ben not of
1
;

the world, but I chees 3011 froi the world, the world, but Y chees 3ou fro the world,
aotherfore the world hatith 3ou. Haue 36 therfor the world hatith 3ou. Haue 3620
mynde of r
my word, which 8 I seide to mynde of my word, which Y seide to

3ou, The seruaunt is not more than his 3ou, The seruaunt is not grettere than
lord. If thei han pursuwed me, and thei his lord. If thei han pursued me, thei
schulen pursue 3ou ; if thei han kept my schulen pursue 3ou also ; if thei han
21 word, and thei schulen kepe 3oure. But kept my word, thei schulen kepe 3oure
thei schulen do to 3ou alle thes thingis also. But thei schulen do to 3ou alle 21
for my
name, for thei witen not him that these thingis name, for thei
for my
22 sente me. If I hadde riot come, and hadde knowen not hym that sente me. If Y22
not spoke to 1 hem, thei schulden not haue hadde not comun, and hadde not spokun
synne ; forsoth now thei han not" excusa- to hem, thei schulden not haue synne ;

23cioun v of her synne. He that hatith me, but now thei haue noon excusacioun of
24 hatith and hadde not don
my fadir. If I her synne. He that hatith me, hatith 23

werkis in hem, whiche w non othir man Y hadde not doon24

also my fadir. If

dide, thei schulden not haue synne for- ;

werkis" in hem, whiche noon other man
1

soth now and thei han seyn, and hatid x dide, .thei schulden not haue synne; but
25 me and my fadir. But that the word be now both thei han seyn, and hatid" me
is writun in 'the lawe of hem ,
z
fillidy, that and my fadir. But that the word be 25
For thei hadden me in hate with outen fulfillid, that is writun in her lawe, For
*
2C cause, or freely*. Forsoth whanne the thei hadden me in hate with outen cause.
cumfortour schal come, which b I scbal But whanne the coumfortour schal come, 2C
sende to 3ou fro the c fadir, a spirit of which Y
schal sende to 3ou fro the fadir,
treuthe, the
d
whiche procedith", 'or cometh a spirit of treuthe, which cometh 00 of
{
forth ,
of the fadir, he schal here witness- the fadir, he schal here witnessyng of

ing of me; and 36 schulen here witnessing, me; and 36 schulen here witnessyng, for
for 36 ben with me fro the bigynnyng. 36 ben with me fro the bigynnyng.

CAP. XVI. CAP. XVI.

1 Thes thingis I haue spokun to 3ou, These thingis Y
haue spokun to 3ou, i
2 that 30 ben not sclaundrid. Thei schulen that 36 be not sclaundrid. Thei schulen 2

n Om. A i for A.
pr.m. G pr.m, MNPQSTXY. haue w. bring forth s. P hate AGMNPQSTWX.
on MPXY. s the which * with w " noon Q. v w the
excusing AX.
r AGMPQSTWY. that x. pr.m.
which A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. x hatiden GMPsrwxy. y fulfild A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. z
3oure
a Om. AGMNPQSTWXY. b the which A
lawe GMNPQTWY. the lawe s. her lawe x. pr. m. GMNPQTWXY.
c d Om. vx. e f Om. x.
my N. precedeth N.

SS that je o. h asken R. l
Om. p pr. m. k hate A pr. m. u. 1
was of E. is a pr. m. m the werkis k.
n han hatid EIKPQB sec. m. bceghika/3. han herd s. the k pr. m. cometh forth o.
VOL. IV. O
 282 JOHN. XVI. 377.
makes 3011 with oute synagogis, but the make 3ou with outen the? synagogis, but
our cometh, that ech man that sleeth 3011, the our cometh, that ech man that sleeth
deme him silf'
1
for' to jyue sacrifice* to demePP that he doith seruyce to God.
3ou,
3 God. And thei schulen do to 3011 thes And thei schulen do to 3ou these thingis, 3
thirigis, for thei han not knowe the fadir, for thei han not knowun the fadir, ne-
4nethir me. But thes thingis I spak to ther me. But these thingis Y spak to 4
x

3ou, that whanne the our of hem schal 3ou, that whanne the our of hemi schal
come, 36 haiie mynde, for I seide to 3011. comeii, 36 haue mynde, that seide to Y
5! seide not to 3011 thes thingis fro the 3ou. Y
seide not to 3011 these thingis

bigynnyng, for I was with 3011. And now fro the bigynnyng, for was with 3ou. Y
I go to him that sente me, and no man And now Y
go to hym that sente me,
of 3011 askith 1
me, Whidur 'thou goist? and no man of 3ou axith me, Whidur
6 but for haue spokyn to 3ou thes thingis,
I Hhou goisf ? but for Y haue spokun to
v
n
sorwe, or heuynesse hath fulfillid 3oure , 3ou these thingis, heuynesse hath fulfillid

7herte. But I seie to 3ou treuthe, it sped- 3oure herte. But Y seie to 3ou treuthe, 7

ith to jou, that I

go ;
sothli if I schal not it spedith to 3ou, that Y go ;
for if Y go
go awey, the coumfortour schal not come not forth, the coumfortour schal not come
to 3ou; forsoth if I schal go awey, I schal to 3ou but if Y go forth,
;
schal sende Y
ssende hym to 3ou. And whanne he schal hym to 3ou. And whanne
he cometh, a

come, he schal reproue the world of synne, he schal repreue the world of synne, and
9 and of ri3tfulnesseP, and of dom. For- of ri3twisnesse, and of doom. Of synne, <j

rr
sothe of synne, for thei han not bileuyd in for thei han not bileued in me; and of 10

10 to me; forsothei of ri3tfulnesse

r
for I go , ri3twisnesse, for Y go to the fadir, and
and now now 3e schulen not se me ; but of doom,
8
to the fadir, 36 schulen not se 11

11 me ;
forsothe of dom, for the prince of this for the prince of this world is now
12 world is now detnyd. $h I haue many derned. 3it Y
haue many thingis for 4 to 12

3011, but 36 mown to 3ou, but 36 moun not bere hem

8
thingis for to seie to seie
v
13 not bere now. Sotheli whanne the ilke' now. But whanne thilke" spirit ofis

spirit of treuthe schal come, he schal teche treuthe cometh, he schal teche 3ou al
3ou al treuthe ; sothli he schal not speke trewthe for he schal not speke of hym
;

of him but what euere thingis he

self, silf, but what euer thinges he schal here,

schal heere, he schal speke; and he" schal he schal speke; and he schal telle to 3ou
telle to 3011 the thingis that ben to com- tho thingis that ben to come. He schal u
I4ynge
v
. He schal clarifie me, for of myne me, for of myne he schal take,
clarifie

is he schal take, and schal telle to 3ou. Alle and schal telle to 3ou. Alle thingis is

thingis, what euere x thingis the fadir hath, 'whiche euerv the fadir hath, ben myne;
benmyne ; therfore I seide to 3ou, for of therfor Y seide to 3ou, for w of myne he
myne he schal take, and schal>" telle to 3011. schal take, and schal telle to 3ou. A litil, ie

16 A litil, and now 36 schulen not me; and and thanne me and
se 36 schulen not se ;

eft z a and 36 schulen se me, for I go eftsoone a and x

litil, litil, 36 schulen se me,
17 to the fadir. Therfore summe of his dis- for Y go to the fadir. Therfor summe 17
ciplis seiden to gidere, What is this thing of hise disciplis seiden togidere, What is

g make, or do Y. do x. & Om.

GQW pr.m. Om. sx. k seruise
GMNpQSTrrrxY. i

'
axith plures. goyst thou MPQSWX. n Om. x.
"> o Qm. w. P rijtwisenesse AGMNPQSTIVXY.
sothely ^ pr. m. GMNpQSTrtrxv.
'
<1
rijtwisenesse ^GMNPQSTWXF. Om. sx. l thilke w pr. m. that x.
u Om. N. v come A * kin A
pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. y Om. G pr. m. MNPHXY.
z eftsone AGMNQSTWXY.

P Om. i. PP demeth o. ''

Om. o. qq come of hem o. r rr *
goost thou hik sec. m. /3. to k. thei g.
* Om. cbek. the b. v wh a t euer EP. what euere thingis i. w that i. x and than o.
 XVI. 1 8 29. JOHN. 283

that he seith to vs, A litil, and je schulen this thing that he seith to vs, A litil, and
c
not se me; and eft a litil, and 36 schulen 36 schulen not se me; and eftsoone a
is se me, for I go to the fader? Therfore litil, and 36 schulen se me, for Y go to

thei seiden, What is this, that he seith to the fadir ? Therfor thei seiden, What is ia

vs, A litel ? we witen not what he spekith. this that he seith to vs, A litil ? we
19 Forsothe Jhesu knew, for thei wolden axe witen not what he spekith. And Jhesus 19

him, and he seide to hem, Of this thing je knew, that thei wolden axe hym, and he
seken a mong 3011, for I seide, A litil, and seide to hem, Of this thing 36 seken

3e schulen not se me ; and d

eft a litel, and among 3ou, for YA litil, and 36
seide,

2036 schulen se me. Treuli, treuli, I seye schulen not se me

and eftsoone a litil,
;

to 3ou, for 36 schulen morne and wepe, and 36 schulen se me. Treuli, treuli, Y20
forsothe the world schal enioye ; forsothe seie to 3ou, that 36 schulen mourne and
6
36 schulen be sorwful, but 3oure sorwe wepe, but the world schal haue ioye ;
21 schal turne in to ioye. Sothly a womman and 36 schulen be soreuful, but 3oure
whanne sche berith child, hath sorwe f for , sorewe schal turne in to ioye. worn- 21 A
hir our corneth ;
forsothe whanne sche hath man whanne sche berith child, hath
borun a sone, now sche thenkith not on& heuynesse, for hir tyme is cotnun ; but
the 'pressure, or charge^, for ioye, for a whanne sche hath borun a sone, now
2-2 man is borun in to the world. And ther- sche thenkith not on the peyne, for ioye,
fore 3e han now sorwe, sothli eft I schal 1
for a man is borun in to the world. And 22
se 3ou, and 3oure herte schal enioye, and therfor 56 han now screw, but eftsoone
no man schal take 3oure ioye. fro 3ou Y schal se 3011, and 3oure herte schal
23 And in that day 36 schulen not axe me haue ioie, and no man schal take fro 3ou

ony thing ; treuli, treuli, I seie to 3ou. if 3oure ioie. And in that day 36 schulen 23

36 schulen axe the fadir 'ony thing in k

not axe me ony thing ; treuli, treuli/ Y
24 my name, he schal 3yue to 3ou. Til now 1
seie to 3ouy, if 36 axen the fadir ony
x

36 axiden not ony thing in my name; axe thing in my name, he schal 3yue to 3011.
v

36, and 36 schulen take, that 3oure ioye be Til now 36 axiden no thing in my 24
v v
25 ful. haue spokun to 3ou thes thingis in
I name 2 ; axe 36**, and 36 schulen take,
prouerbis, W
derke saumplis ; the our that 3oure ioie be ful n haue spokun 25 . Y
cometh, whanne now I schal not speke to to 3ou these thingis in prouerbis ; the
3011 in prouerbis, but opynly of my fadir I our cometh, whanne now schal not Y
26 schal telle to*) 3011. In r that day 36 schu- speke to 3ou in prouerbis, but opynli of
len axe in my name; and 5 I seie not* to my fadir Y
schal telle to 3ou. In that 26
30x1, for I schal preye the fadir for" jou ; dai 36 schulen axe in name ; and my Y
27 forsothe he v
the fadir loueth 3ou, for 30 seie not to 3ou, that Y schal preye the
han loued me, and han bileuyd, for I fadir of aa 3ou ; for the fadir hym sih27
sawente out fro God. wente out fro the
I loueth 3ou, for 36 han loued me, and han
fadir, and I cam in the world toeft- ; bileued, that Y wente out fro God. Y b 28
soones I leeue the world, and I w go to the wente out fro the fadir, and Y cam in
29 fadir. His
disciplis seyen him,
x
to Lo ! to the world ; eftsoone c Y leeue the
now thou spekist opynli, and thou seist world, and Y cc go to the fadir. Hise29

c eftsone a eftsone A e
AGMNPQSTWXY. pr.m. GMNpQSTtrxY. sorwe, or heuynesse AGMNPQSTY.
f S of SQW pr. m. XY. h
heuynesse, or sorowe w. sorwe, or heuynesse AGNPQTY. pressure, or peyne
Mpt)fiw. pressure x. '
eftsone A pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. k Om. T. '
jiue it MPXY.
m axetli x.
" Om. x. AGMPTWY. s. Om. x. 1 Om. G in. Y. r Om. s and
ensaumplis exsaumplis pr. Q.
now GMPXY. ' Om. upw
sec. m. XY. u of A v Om. QW w Om. G.
pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. pr. m.
* saiden A
pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.

T Om. o. z Om. o. zz axeth I. a that

joure ioie be ful, and je schulen take obchik pr. m. 8a for
h sec. m. ik pr. m. b And I b pr. m. k pr, in. c and eftsone Kk pr. m. cc Om. i.

o o 2
 284 JOHN. XVI. 30 XVII. 9.

so no prouerbe. Now we witen, for thou disciplis seiden to hym, Lo ! now thou
wost alle thingis and it is no? nede to ; spekist opynli, and thou no pro- seist

thee, that ony man axe thee. Iny- v

this uerbe. Now we witen, that thou wost d sp
e
thing we bileuen, for thou wentist out fro
z
alle thingis ; and it is not nede to thee,

:5i God. Jhesu answeride to hem, Now 36 that ony man axe thee. In this thing
32 bileuen. Lo the our cometh, and now
! we bileuen, that thou wentist out fro
Jhesus answeride to hem, Now 3031
v
it cometh, that 36 be disparplid, or sca- God.
terid & , ech in to his owne thingis, and bileuen. Lo! the our cometh, and now 32
leeue me aloone ; and I am not aloone, for it cometh, that 36 be disparplid, ech in

33 the fadir is with me. Thes thingis I to hise owne thingis, and that 36 leeue
haue spokun to 3ou, that 36 haue pees in me and Y am
aloone ;
not aloone, for
me ; in the world 36 schulen haue press- the fadir is with me. These thingis Yss
ing, W
ouerleying^, but'triste 36, I haue haue spokun to 3ou, that 36 haue pees in
ouercome the world. me ; in the world 36 schulen haue disese,
but trust 36, Y haue ouercomun the world.

CAP. XVII. CAP. XVII.

1 'Jhesu spak thes thingis and the 11
,
These thingis Jhesus spak, and whanne i

f
lift" vp in to heuene, he seide, Fadir, the he hadde cast vp hise i3en in to heuene,
our cometh, clarifie thi sone, that thi sone he seide, Fadir, the our cometh, clarifie
2 clarifie thee. As thou
hast 3ouun to him thi sone, that thi sone clarifie thee. Asa
power of ech fleisch, man, that al W thou hast 3ouun to f
hym power on# ech
thing that thou hast 3ouun to hym, he fleisch, that al thing that thou hast
33yue to hem euerlasting lyf. Forsothe' 3ouun to hym, he 3yue to hem euerlast-
1

this euerlasting lyf, that thei knowe

is'
yrige lijf.
And this is 1'

euerlastynge lijf,3
thee aloone verry God, and whom thou that thei knowe thee very God aloone,
4sentist, Jhesu Crist. I haue clarifyed thee and whom thou hast sent, Jhesu Crist.
on erthek I haue endid the werk, that thou
, Y haue clarified thee on the erthe, Y4 1

5 hast 3ouun to me, that I do. And now, haue endid the werk, that thou hast
fadir, clarifie thou 1
me at thi silf, with k
jouun to me to do. And now, fadir, s

clerenesse that I hadde at thee, bifore the clarifie thou me at 1

thi silf, with the
cworld was maad. I haue schewid thi clerenesse that Y hadde at thee, bifor the
name to the 11
men, whiche thou hast world was maad. Y haue schewid thi 6

3ouun me
of the world.;
to thei weren name to tho men, whiche thou hast 3ouun
thine, and thou hast 3ouun hem to me, to me of the world thei weren thine,
;

7 and thei han kept thi word. And now and thou hast 3ouun hem to me, and thei
thei han knowun, for alle
thingis that han kept thi word. And now thei han 7
thou hast 3ouun to me, ben of thee. For knowun, that alle thingis that thou hast
the wordis that thou hast 3ouun to me, I 3ouun to me, ben of thee. For the wordis s
3af to hem and thei han takun, and han
; that thou hast 3ouun to me, Y 3af to
knowun wente out fro thee
verili, for I ;
hem ; and thei han takun, and han
and bileuyden, for thou sentist me.
thei knowun verili, Y wente
out fro thee;
that
9 1 preie for hem, not for the world, but for and thei bileueden, that thou sentist me.
hem, that thou hast 3ouun to me, for thei Y preie for hem, preye not for the 9Y
not A pr. m. a pr. m. tirrw pr. m. Y.
y yy And K. z of x. a Om. x. b Om. QX. c tristeth x.
d th. Jh. sp. MPXY.
These e liftid A'. f Om. TY.
B Om. x. h For N. '
Om. AT. k the erthe
A pr. m. OTVY. 1
Om. Qsir. m cleennesse Q. the cleernesse s. n Om. x. whom MPXY.

d wotist R. e no f Om. B of plures. h Om. Om. k Om. K pr. m.

b. a. i. > c. b/3.
1
Om. c,3.
 XVII. io 24. JOHN. 285

10 ben thine. And alle myne thingis ben world, but for hem that thou hast 3ouun
thine, and thin thingis ben myne ; and I to me, for thei ben thine. And alle my 10
11 am clarified in hem. And now I am not thingis ben thine, and thi thingis ben
in the world, and thes ben in the world, myne; and Yam
clarified in hem. Aridn
and I come to thee.
fadir, kepe Hooli now Y
am not in the world, and these
hem ben in the world, and Y come to thee.
v

thy name, whiche i thou hast

in
r
3ouun to me, that thei be oon, as and we. Hooli fadir, kepe hem in thi name,
laWhanne I was with hem, I kepte hem in whiche thou 3auest' to me, that thei beri
thi name; whiche 8 thou hast 30111111* to me,
v

oon, as we ben m . While Y

was with 12
I kepte, and no man of hem perischide, hem, Y kepte hem in thi name thilke ;

no" but the sone of perdicioun, or damp- that thou 3auest to me, Y kepte, and
v
13 nacioun, that the scripture be fillid For- . noon of hem perischide, but the sone of
X
sothe now I come to thee, and I speke perdicioun, that the scripture be fulfillid.

thes thingis w in the world, that thei haue But now Y come to thee, and Y speke is

14 my ioye fillid* in hem silf. I 3af to hem these thingis in the world, that thei haue
thi word, and the world hadde hem in my ioie fulfillid in hem silf. 3af ton Y
hate; for thei ben not of the world, as and? hem thi word, and the world hadde hern
is I am not of the world. I preie not, that in hate ; for thei ben not of the world,
thou take a wey z
hem fro a
the world, but as" Y am not of the world. Y preye not, is

ic that thou kepe hem fro yuel. Thei ben that thou take hem awei fro the world,
b
not of the world, as and I am not of the but that thou kepe hem fro yuel. They ie
17 world. Halwe thou hem in treuthe; thi ben not of the world, as Y am not of
is word is treuthe. As thou sentist me in the world. Halewe thou nn hem in treuth 17 ;

to the world, and I sente hem in to the thi word is treuthe. As thou sentist me is
19 world. And I halwe my silf for hem, that in to the world, also Y sente? hem v

in
20 and thei be halwid in treuthe. Sotheli I to?? the world. And Y halewe my silf 19

preie not oonli for hem, but and for hem for hem, that also thei ben halewid in
that ben to bileuynge d in to me hi the treuthe. And Y preye not oneli for 20
21 word of hem ; that alle thei 6 be oon, as hem, but also for hem that schulden
thou, fadir, in me, and I in thee, that and bileue in to me bi the word of hem; that 21
thei in vs be oon ; that the world bileue, all ben oon, as thou, me, and Y fadir, in
22 for f
thou hast sent me. And I haue in thee, that also thei in vs be oon ; that

3ouun to hem the clerenesse, that thou the world bileue, that thou hast sent me.
hast }ouun to me, that thei be oon, as and And Y haue 3ouun to hem the clerenesse, 22
23 we ben oon; I in hem, and thou in me, that thou hast 3ouun to me, thati thei
that thei be endid ins oon and that the ; ben oon, as we ben oon ; r
in hem, 23 Y
world knowe, that thou sentist me, and and thou in me, that thei be endid in to s
hast louyd hem, as thou hast louyd and' 1'
oon ;
and that the world knowe, that thou
k
24 me. Fadir, I wole that and thei whiche sentist me, and hast loued hem, as thou
thou 'hast 3ouun> to me, be with me where hast loued also me. 88
Fadir, thei whiche 24
I am, that thei se my cleernesse, that" thou 1
thou 3auest t
to me, Y wole that" where

q whom GMNPQTXY. r
jiiuest GMNPQTW. jeue sxv.
s whom GMNPQTXY. *
jauest
jeue SXY. Om. QX. v fultild A
pr. m. GMNPSTWXY.
w these x
I thingis speke MPXY. fulfild
A pr. TO. GMNPQSTWXY. y Om. A pr. m. G pr. m. Om. G pr. m. TXY.
*
of G pr. m. MPQTXY.
b c sendist K. d beleue AGMNPQSTWXY. e Om.
AGMNPQSTWXY. f S in to
Om.Gpr.m. that N.
h as and GMPQSW. i
Om. G.VPQSW. k whom
GMNPQTXY. 3auest A pr. m.
1

jeue six. m whiche MPSW.

1
hast jouen i. m ben oon hik. n as also o. nn Om. c. the treuthe s pr. m. g. P sende gk.
PP in o. <1 and a sec. m. r and I
EPQsb pr. m. chik pr. m. a. 9 Om. B pr. m.
ss tho i. * hast jouen I.
" Om. A.
 286 JOHN. XVII. 25 XVIII. 10.

hast 3ouun to me n for thou louedist me ;

Y am, that thei be with me, that thei see
2sbifor the makinge of the world. 'Ri3tful my clerenesse, that thou hast 3ouun to
fadir , the world knew 'not theeP, for- me; for thou louedist me bifor the mak-
sothei I knew r thee, and thes knowen 8 for , yng of the world. Fadir, ri3tfuli the 25
26 thou sentist me. I haue maad thiAnd world knew thee not, but Y
knew thee,
name knowe hem, and schal make
to and these knewen, that thou sentist me.
knowe; that the loue by which thou hast And Y haue maad thi name knowuri to2C
loued me, be in hem, and I in hem. hem, and schal make knowun that the ;

x
loue bi which thou hast loued" me, be
in hem, and Y in hem.

CAP. XVIII. CAP. XVIII.

1 Whanne Jhesu hadde seid thes thingis, Whanne Jhesus hadde seid these i

he wente out with his disciplis oner the thingis, he wente out with hise disciplis
strond of Cedron, where was a 3erd, *or a oner the strond of Cedron, where was a
v vv and hise
gardyn\ in to which he entride, and his 3erd in to which he entride
, ,

2 disciplis. Sothli and Judas, that bitrai- disciplis. And Judas, that bitrayede 2
ede him, wiste the place, for ofte Jhesu hym, knew the place, for ofte Jhesus
cam to gidere thidur with his disciplis. cam thidur with hise disciplis. Therfora
sTherfore whanne Judas hadde takun a whanne Judas hadde takun a cumpany
cumpany of kni3tis, and" of the x bischopis of kny3tis, and mynystris of the bischopis
and Pharisees mynystris, he cam? with and of the w Fariseis, he cam thidur with
4lanternis, and brondis, and armys*. And lanternys, and brondis, and armeris. And 4

a
soJhesu witinge alle thingis that weren so Jhesus witynge alle thingis that weren
to cornynge b on c him' , wente forth, and 1
to come on hym, wente forth, and seide
5 seith to hem, seken 36?WhomThei to hem, Whom seken 30 ? Thei answer- a
answeriden to him, Jhesu of Nazareth. iden x to hym, Jhesu of Nazareth. Jhe-
Jhesu seith 6 to hem, I am. Forsoth and sus seith to hem, Y am. And Judas
Judas that bitrayede hym, stood with hem. that bitraiede hym, stood with hem. And c
fiTherfore as he seide to hem, I am, thei whanne he seide to hem, Y
am, thei
wenten a bak, and felden doun in to wenten abak, and fellen doun on the
7 erthes. Eft he axide' hem, Whom seken
1'
erthe. And eft^ he axide hem, Whom?
3e? Forsoth thei seiden, Jhesu Nazaren
1 . seken 36? And thei seiden, Jhesu of
8 He answeride to hem, I seide to 3011, for Nazareth. He answeride z to hem, Ys
I am therfore if 36 seken me, suffre 36
; seide to 3011, that Y am ; therfor if 36
9 thes to"1 go a wey. That the word which" seken me, suffre 36 these to go awei.
he seide schulde be fillid For I loste not
, That the word which he seide schulde 9

ony of hem, whiche? thou hast 3ouun to be fulfillid, For Y loste not ony of hem,
10 me. Forsothel Symount Petre hauynge whiche thou 'hast 3ouun a to me. Ther- 10

a swerd, drou; if out, and smot the ser- for Symount Petre hadde a swerd, and
uaunt of the bischop, and kitte of his litil 8 drow it out, and smoot the seruaunt of

n into Fadir P thee not MPXY.

K. iust, or ri^tfid A pr. m. GMNPQSTWY. Fader 1 for iust x. <j.

r knowe T. s knewen AGMNPSTrtr. * Oin. w Om. o. and inynistris w pr. m.

AGMNPijSTrwxY.
x Om. MSW. y cam thidur A pr.m. GMNpQSTn'XY. a Om. r.
z armeres s. b come GMXPQSTITXY.

vpon GMNPTWY. Om. o. pr. m. GMXP

c d Om. g. e seide o. ? the erthe MPQTWXY. h Eftsone A
QSTWXY. seide to s. of Nazaren K pr. m. w pr. m. of Nazareth A-.
1 m for to MPQTWY. n the
which A pr. m. GMPTWY. fulfild A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. P the which A pr. m. GMNPQSTIVY. 1 Ther-
fore A pr. m. GMNpQSTrtvxv. r Om. K. s Om. w
pr. m.

u louedist o. v or a x m. marg. w Om. b * saiden o.

went pr. m.
sec. T<r o. y eftsone o.
gardi/n
1 said o. a saf o.
 XVIII. II 2 JOHN. 287

eere. Forsothe the 1 name of u the the bischop, and kittide b of his ri3t eer.
useruaurit was Malkus. Therfore Jhesu And the name of the seruaunt was Mal-
seide v to Petre, Sende thou w the swerd in cus. Therfor Jhesus seide to Petre, Putte 11

to the schethe wolt thou not, that

; I thou thi swerd in to thi schethe ; wolt
drynke thilke* cuppe, that
my fadir }af to thou not, that c drynke the cuppe, that Y
12 me? Therfore the cumpany of kny3tis, and my fadir 3af to me ? Therfor the cum- 12
the^ tribune, and the mynystris of Jewis, penye of kny3tis, and the tribune, and
is token Jhesu, and bounden him, and ledden the d mynystris of the Jewis, token Jhe-
v

Annas??; sothli he was fadir

2
him first to su, and bounden hym, and ledden hyrn is

of Cayphas" wyf, that was bischop of that first Annas for he was fadir of Caifas
to ;

U3eer. Sothli it was Cayphas, that 3af wijf, that was bischop of that 3eer. And
u
b
counceil to the Jewis, that it spedith o it was Caifas, that 3af counsel to the

15 man for c to deie Ther-

for the peple. Jewis, that it spedith, that o man die
fore'
1
Symount Petre suede Jhesu, and for the puple. But Symount Petre suede 15

another disciple ; forsoth thilke 6 disciple Jhesu, and another disciple arid thilke ;

was knowun to the bischop. And he en- disciple was knowun to the bischop.
tride yn with Jhesu, in to the halle of the And he entride with Jhesu, in to the
16 bischop; sothly Petre stood at the dore halle of the bischop; but Petre stood atic
withoute forth. Therfore the tothir f dis- the dore with outforth. Therfor 'the
ciple, that was knowun to the bischop, tother 6 disciple, that was knowun to the
wente out, and seide to the
kep- womman bischop, wente out, and seide to the wom-
17 inge the dore, and ledde yn Petre. Ther- man that kepte the dore, and brou3te in
fore the handmaydeS, kepere of the dore, Petre. And the damysel, kepere of the 17

seide to Petre, Wher h and thou art of the dore, seide to Petre, Whether thou art

disciplis of this man ? He seide, I arn also of this mannys disciplis ? He seide,
IB not. Forsoth the seruauutis and mynys- Y am not. And the seruantis and i

tris' stooden at the colis, for it was coold, mynystris stooden at the coolis, for it

and warmyden hem;

thei sothli and Petre was coold, and thei warmyden hem ;

was with hem, stondinge and warmynge and Petre was with hem, stondynge
19 him. Therfore the bischop axide Jhesu and warmynge hym. And the bischop 10
20 of his disciplis, and of his teching. Jhesu axide Jhesu f of hise disciplis, and of his
answeride to him, I haue spokun opynly techyng. Jhesus answerde to hym, Y20
to the world ; I k
tau3te euereJ in the syna- haue spokun opynli to the world Y ;

goge, and in the k temple,

whidur alle the tau3te euermore in the synagoge, and in
Jewis camen to gidere, and in priuy I 1
the temple, whider alle the Jewis camen
21 spak no thing. What axist thou me ? togidere, and in hiddlis
Y spak no thing.
axe m hem that herden, what I haue What axist thou me? axe hem that 21

spokun to hem ; lo ! thei witen, what herden #, what haue spokun to hem Y ;

22thingis I haue seyd. Whanne he hadde lo

1
'! what thingis Y haue seid.
thei witen,
seid thes thingis, oon of the mynystris Whanne he hadde seid these thingis, oon 22
stondinge ny3, jaf a boffat to Jhesu, sey- of the mynystris stondynge ni3, 3af a
irige, Answerist thou so to the byschop ? buffat to Jhesu, and seide, Answerist
23 Jhesu answeride to him, If I haue spokun thou so to the bischop? Jhesus answer- 23
yuele, bere thou witnessing of yuel ; sothli ide to hym, If Y haue spokun yuel, bere

1 Om. x. u to MQSYW. Y seith XY. w Om. x. x that x. y Om. K. yy to Annas first K. z the
fader G sec. m. MPSW. a Caifasis A. b a T. c Oni.
QSW sec. in. x. <1
Forsothe A pr. m. GMNPtjsrrwxY.
e that x. f other sx. S handmaiden AGMNPQSWXY. b Whether x. l
the ministris AGMNPSW sec. m.
j euer more A
pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
k Om. M. '
preuyte G sec. m. MPSW sec. m.
m axe 56 pr. m. w
b kitte ise c Om. d Om. c f him
pr. m. hik. ca. k. the oother i. that other a. tliilke othir k. o.
S herden me o. h and o.
 288 JOHN. XVIII. 2437.
24 if whi smytist thou me ? And Annas
wel, thou witnessyng of yuel ; but if seide Y
2.1 sente him boundun to
Cayfas, the bischop. wel, whi smytist thou me ? And Annas 24
Forsothe Symount Petre was stondynge sente hym boundun to Caifas, the bi-
and warmynge him therfore thei seiden ; schop. And Symount Petre stood, and 25
to him, WherP and thou art his disciple ? warmyde him and thei seiden to hym,
;

26 He denyede, and seyde, I am not. Oon Whether also thou art his disciple ? He
of the bischopis seruauntis, cosyn of hym, denyede, and seide, Y am not. Oon of 2c
whos litel eere Petre kittidei of, seyde, the bischops seruantis, cosyn of' hym,
Wher r
I
v

sy3 not thee in the gardyn* with

s
whos eere Petre kitte of, seide, 833 Y
x
27 hym ? Therfore eft Petre" denyede, and thee not in the 3erd with hym ? And 27
asanoon the koc crew. Therfore thei leden Petre eftsoone denyede, and anoon the
Jhesu to Cayfas, in to the moot halle; sothli cok crew. Thanne thei ledden Jhesu 20
it was morwetyde
w and thai entriden not in to Cayfas, in to the moot halle and it
, ;

to the moot halle, that thei schulden not be was eerli, and thei entriden not in to the
defoylid, but that thei schulden ete paske. moot halle, that thei schulden not be
29 Therfore Pilat wente out with oute forth defoulid, but that thei schulden ete pask.
to hem, and accusing brynge What
seide, Therfor Pilat wente out k with outforthay
so 36 a3ens this man ? Thei
answeriden, and to hem, and seide, What accusyng brynge
seiden to hym, If this were notx a mys- 3e a3ens this man? Thei answeriden, so
doer, we hadden>' not bitakim hym to and seiden to hym, If this were not a
31 thee. Therfore Pilat seith to hem, Take mysdoere, we hadden not bitakun hym
36 him, and Meme 36 him , vp 3oure lawe.
a
z
to thee. Thanne
Pilat seith to hem, 31
Therfore thei seyden to him, It is not Take 36 hym, and deme 36 him, after
32leefful to vs for b to slee ony man ; that 3oure lawe. And the Jewis seiden to
the word of Jhesu schulde be fillid which d , hym, It is not leueful to vs to sle ony
he seide, signyfiynge bi what deeth he was man; that the word of Jhesu schulde be 32
e
33 to
deiynge . Therfore eft
f
Pilate entride fulfillid, whiche he seide, sigriifiynge bi
in to themoot halle, and clepide Jhesu, what deth he schulde die. Therfor eft- 33

and seide to him, Ert thou king of Jewis ? soone Pilat entride in to the moot halle,
34 Jhesu answeride, and seide to him, Seist and clepide Jhesu, and seide to hym,
thou this thing of thi silf, ethers othere Art thou kyng of Jewis? Jhesus an- 34
35 seiden to thee of me ? Pilat answeride, swerde, and seide to hym, Seist thou
Wher h
I am a Jew? Thi folk and this thing of thi silf, ether"' othere han
bischopis bytokun thee to me; what hast seid to thee of me ? Pilat answeride, 35
3thou don? Jhesu answeride, My kyng- Whether Y am a Jewe ? Thi folc and
dom is not of this world ; if my kyngdom bischops" bitoken thee to me ; what
were of this world, sothly my mynystris hast thou don ? Jhesus answeride, so
My
schulden stryue, that I schulde not be kingdom is not of this world if my ;

takun to the Jewis ; now forsothe my kingdom were of this world, my mynys-
kyngdom
k.
is not of hennis 1
, W of this trisschuldenP stryue, that schulde not Y
3Tplace And so Pilat seide to him, 'Ther- be takun to the Jewis ; but now my
fore art thou kyng
1
? Jhesu answeride, kingdom is not here. And so Pilat 37

o Om. AG pr. m. NTXY. P Whether x. 1 kitte AGMNPQSTWXY. r Whether x. s thee not MPY.

t
AGMUpQsrrwxY. u Petir eftsone A w
3erd pr. m. GMKPQSTWXY. morewynge GNPQTY. mornyn^
Mstrx. x no s. y han N. z demeth x. a aftir GMNPQSTWXY. b Om. sx. c fulfillid

A pr. m. GMNPQSTXY. fullyd w. d the which A m. e m.

pr. GMNPQSTWXY. dye A pr. GMNPQSTII .\ Y.

f eftsone A k Om. x.
pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. e or A/Q. outlier x. h Whether x. > heuenes v. l
a
kyng x.

to o. k Om. k m. Om. EPQSX pr. m. abcga. thi bishops xhi. the bischopis a.
' 1
sec. >
or o.
token o. P vvolden ia sec. m.
 XVIII. 38 XIX. 9- JOHN. 289

Thou seidist, for I am

a kyng. To" this seide to hym, Thanne 'thou arf a king.
thing 1 am born, and to this I cam in Jhesus answeride, Thou seist, that Y am
to the world, that I here witnessing to a king. To this thing Y am borun, and
treuthe. EchP that is of treuthe, heerith to this r Y am comun in to the* world,
x
8

38
my voys. Pilat seith to him, What is to bere witnessing to treuthe. Eche that
treuthe ? And whanne he hadde seid this is of treuthe, herith vois. my
Pilat seith 38
he wente out to the Jewis, and
thing, efti to hym, What is treuthe ? And whanne
r
seide to hem, I fynde no cause in him. he hadde seid this thing, eft he wente
s
39 Forsoth it is a custom to 3ou, that I de- out to the Jewis, and seide to hem, Y
lyuer oon to 3ou in pask; therfore wolen fynde no cause in hym. But it is a cus-39
4

36 "I schal dismytte" to 3ou the kyng of torn to 3ou, that Y delyuere oon to 3ou
40 Jewis Therfore thei cryeden eft v alle,
? in pask ; therfor wole 36 that Y dely-
seyinge, Not this, but Barabas. Forsothe uere to 3011 the kyng of Jewis ? Alle u 40
Barabas was a theef. crieden eftsoone, and seiden, Not this,
but Baraban. And Barabas was a theef.

CAP. XIX. CAP. XIX.

1 Therforew Pilat took thanne* Jhesu, Therfor Pilat took thanne Jhesu, and i

2 and scourgide?. And kny3tis foldings a scourgide And kni3tis writhen a coroun 2
v
.

crowne of thornes, puttiden z on a his heed, of thornes, and setten on his heed w , and
and diden aboute him a cloth of purpur, diden aboute hym a cloth of purpur, and 3
a and camen to him, and seiden, Heyl,
kyng camen to him, and seiden, Heil, kyng of
4 of Jewis. And thei 3auen to hym boffatis. Jewis. And 3auen to him buffatis.
thei
b
Eft Pilat wente out, and seide to hem, Eftsoone Pilat wente out, and seide to 4
Lo! I lede him to 3ou with oute forth, hem, Lo Y brynge hym out to 3ou,
!

that 36 knowe, for I fynde no cause in that 36 knowe, that Y fynde no cause in
5 him. Therfore Jhesu wente outc beringe , him. And so Jhesus wente out, beryngea
a crowne of thornes, and a clooth of pur- a coroun of thornes, and a cloth of pur-
pur. And
he seith to hem, Loo the !
pur. And he seith to hem, Lo the man. !

cman. Therfore whanne the bischopis and But x whanne the bischopis and mynystris 6
mynystris hadde seyn him, thei crieden, hadden seyn hym, thei crieden, and seiden,
seyinge, CrucSfie, crucifie him. Pilate Crucifie, hym. Pilat seith to
crucifie

hem, Take 36 him, and 'crucifie

seith to hem, Take 36 hym, and crucifie 36?, for
7 3e
d
,
fynde no cause in him. The
sothli I Y fynde no cause in hym. The Jewis 7
Jewis answeriden to him, We han a lawe, answeriden to hym. We han a lawe, and
N
and vpon e the lawe he owith to f deie, for bi the lawe he owith to die, for he made
she made him Goddis sone. Therfore hym Goddis sone. Therfor whanne 8
whanne Pilat hadde herd this word, he Pilat hadde herd this word, he dredde
odredde more. And he wente^ in to the* 1
the more. And he wente in to theo
moot halle eft and seyde to hym k Of
1
, , moot halle eftsoone2 and seide to Jhesu 3
, ,

whennus art thou? Forsothe Jhesu 3af Of whennus art thou? But Jhesus 3af

m saist AGMNPQSTVWXY. n I in A Om. A pr. m. G sec. m. MNPQTXY.

pr. m. G sec. m.
MNPQTXY.
P Ech man MSW. GMNPQSTWXY.
1 Eftsoone A pr.m.
r
3361)8 A pr. m. NO pr. m. MPQTY. ajen jr.
8 Om. Y. * lefe x. " that I destnitte T. v eftsoone A
leeue, or delyuer AGMNPQSTWY. pr.m. GMNPQST
w Therfore thanne MPQW. x Om. MPQW. J a to GMNP
scourgide him G sec. m.
tvxv. z
putten sx.
QSTWXY. b Eftsoone AGMNPQSTWXY. Om. K. d crucifie
je him N. crucifieth x.
<= e aftir A m.
GMNPSWXY. eft A sec. m. QT. f oweth w. shal A
pr. m. GMNPQTY. g wente in A pr. in. G. npr. "
h Om. *vl

'
eftsoone A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. k Jhesu A
pr. in.

r u alle thei i.
scourgide him CIKD
q art thou g. this thing o. s cam R. * this BIP. sec. m. k.
w heued o. * Om. o. y Om. Bih. * eftsons o a him i.
passim.
VOL. IV. P p
 290 JOHN. XIX. 10 20.

10 not answere to him. Pilat seith to him, noon answere to him. Pilat seith toio
b
Spekest thou not to me ? Wost thou not, him, Spekist thou not to me? Woost
for I haue power for to 1
crucifie thee, and thou not, that Y haue power to crucifie
11 1 haue m
power for to delyuere thee? Jhesu thee, and Y haue power to delyuere thee?
answeride, Thou schuldist not haue ony Jhesus answeride, Thou schuldist notii
v
c
power a3ens me, no" but it were 3ouuen to haue ony power a3ens me, but it were
thee fro aboue ;
therfore he that bitook 00 3ouun to thee from aboue therfor he ;

lame to thee, hath the more synne. Ther- that bitook me to thee, hath the more
of, W fro thennus?, Pilat soujte fori to
r
synne. Fro that tyme Pilat sou3te to 12

delyuere Jhesu ; forsothe the Jewis cri- delyuere hym ; but the Jewis crieden,
8
eden, seyinge, If thou leeuyst this man*, and seiden, If thou delyuerist this man d ,

thou ert not frend" of Cesar ; for ech man thou art not the emperouris freend ; for
makith him silf kyng, a3en seith
that ech man that makith hym silf king, 3360
is Cesar. Therfore Pilat, whanne he hadde seith the emperoure. And Pilat, whanne is

herd thes v wordis, ledde w Jhesu forth, and he hadde herd these wordis, ledde Jhesu
x
saat for domesman in a place, that is seide forth, and sat for domesman in a place,
Licostratos, in Ebrew forsothe? Golgatha, that is seid Licostratos, but in Ebrew
^
1 4 in z Engliscli, place of Caluarie*. Forsoth Golgatha. And it was pask eue e , as itu
it was 'the makinge redy, or euyn, of were the sixte our. And he seith to the
pask ', as the sixte our, *or mydday And
c d
1
.
Jewis, Lo
3oure king.
! But
thei crieden, 15

he seith to the Jewis, Loo 3oure kyng. ! and seiden, Take awei, take awei ; cru-
is Forsoth thei cryeden, seyinge, Do awey, cifie him. Pilat seith to hem, Schal I
do awey ;
crucifie hym. Pilat seith to crucifie 3oure king? The bischops an-
hem, Schal I crucifie 3oure kyng? The sweriden, We han no king but the
bischopis answeriden, We han no e kyng emperour. And thanne Pilat bitook him ie

ic no but Cesar. Therfore thanne Pilat to hem, that he schulde be crucified.

bitook him to hem, that he schulde be And thei token Jhesu, and ledden him
crucifyed. Forsothe thei token Jhesu, out. And he bar to hym silf a cros, and 17

17 and ledden f
out. And he berynge to him wente out in to that place, that is seid
silf a cros wente out in to that s place, that of f Caluarie, in Ebreu Golgatha; where is

is seid of Caluarie, in Ebrew Golgatha ; thei crucifiedenhim, and othere tweyne

18 where thei crucifieden him, and othere 1'
with him, oon on this side and oon on
k
tweye' with him, on this syde and on that side, and Jhesus in the myddil.
1

that syde, forsothe Jhesu the myddil. And Pilat wroot a title, and sette on 19
is Forsothe and" Pilat wroot a title, and the cros and it was writun, Jhesu of
;

puttide on the cross; sothli it was writun, Nazareth, king of Jewis. Therfor manye 20
20 Jhesu Nazaren, kyng of Jewis. Therfore of the Jewis redden this title, for the-
manye of the Jewis radden this title, for? place where Jhesus was crucified, was
the place where Jhesu wasi crucifiede, was ni3 the citee, and its was writun in
ny3 the citee, and it was writen in Ebrew, Ebreu, Greek, and Latyn. Therfor the 21

m Om.
bitrayede M. P Om. x. n Om. sx.
Dm.
n
sx. x. o but if A:. r
him^pr.m. G
& him this A pr.m. GMNPQSTVXY. u the frend s.
MPSW. hym thus o. * Om. v the T.

w dred more and ledde w sec. m. * Om. MP. y sothli w sec.m. z Om. jr. and K. a
Englische, the place
of Caluarie N. Om. x.
& the
makynge redi, or euen A sup. ras. the euentide of paske o pr. m. MNpyrn-
pr. in. XY. euen of paske G sec. m. the making redi, or euentid of pasch s. making redi, ether ike euentyde,
of paske w sec. m. c or vndurne
ANQTY Om. SAT. (1
Om. v. e not a GMNPQSTWXY. f ledden him
Q.
g the Q. h Om. NS. i
AV. two GMPSWXY. twei theeues N. k oon on QW. ! oon
on QW.
tweyne
m this MPQ. n Om. Q. putte AGMNPQSTWXY. P forsothe w pr. m. 1 is GMNPQSTW pr. m. XY.

b Wotist R. c but ifK sec. m. d Om. CEKMPQHSuxabceghika. e

euyn cEiKPQRUxacegko.
f Om.
CEIPQS sec. m. ea. g Om. o.
 XIX. 21 32 - JOHN. 291

21 Greek, and Latyn. Therfore the bischops bischops of the Jewis seiden to Pilat,
of Jewis r seiden to Pilat, Nyle thou write Nyle thou write kyng of Jewis, but
kyng of Jewis, but for he seyde, I am for' 1 he seide, Y am1
king of Jewis.
22kyng of Jewis. Pilat answeride, That Pilat answeride, That that Y haue 22
23 that I haue writen, I haue writen. Ther- writun, Y haue writun. Therfor the 23
k
fore the kny3tis whanne thei hadden knyjtis whanne thei hadden crucified
crucified him, token his clothis, and maden hym, token hise clothis, and maden foure
foure partis, to ech kny3t a part, and a partis, to ech kny3t a part, and a coot.
coote. Forsothe the coote was with out And the coot was without seem, and
24 seem, and aboue wouun bi al. Therfore wouun al aboute. Therfor thei seiden 24
thei seiden to gidere, Kitte we not it, but togidere, Kitte we not it, but caste we
leye we lott, whos it is ; that the scripture lot, whos it is ;
that the scripture be
be fillid", seyinge, Thei partiden my clothis fulfillid, seiynge,Thei partiden my clothis

to hem, and in to my cloth thei senten to hem, and on my cloth thei casten 1 lot.
lott. And sothli kny3tis diden thes And the kni^tis diden these thingis.
25thingis. Forsothe bisydis the cross of But bisidis the cros of Jhesu stoden25
Jhesu stooden his modir, and 'Marie Clea- his modir, and the sistir of his modir,
phe, the sister of his modir
1
, and Marie Marie Cleofe, and Marie Maudeleyne.
20
Maudeleyn. Therfore whanne Jhesu hadde Therfor whanne Jhesu hadde seyn his 26
seyn the" modir, and the disciple stondinge, modir, and the disciple stondynge, whom
whom he louede, he seith to his modir, he louyde, he seith to hise modir, Wom-
27 Womman, lo thi sone. Aftirward he seith
! man, lo thi sone. Aftyrward he seith 27
to the disciple, Lo thi modir. And fro ! to the disciple, Lo ! thi modir. And fro
v
that our the disciple took hire in to v his that our the disciple took hir in to his
m thingis*. Aftirward Jhesu witinge, for modir. Aftirward Jhesus witynge, that 28

now ben endid, that the scrip-

alle thingis now alle thingis ben endid, that the
ture schulde be fillid*, he seith, I thirste. scripture were fulfillid, he seith, Y
29 Sothli a vessel was putt ful of vynegre. thirste. And a vessel was set ful ofart

Thei forsothe puttinge aboue? with ysope m And v

thei leiden in isope aboute
vynegre .

the spounge ful of z vynegre, offriden to the spounge ful of vynegre", and putten
so his mouth. Therfore whanne Jhesu hadde to his mouth. Therfor^ whanne Jhesus so
take vynegre", he seide, It is endid. And hadde 'takun the vynegrei, he seid, It is
v
the heed b bowid doun, he bitook c the endid. And whanne his heed was bowid
v
si
spirit. Therfore for d it was the 6 'makynge doun r he 3af vp the goost 8 Therfor for 31
,
.

ff u
it was the' pask eue
f
redy of pask , that the bodies schulde not that the bodies ,

dwelle in the cross in the saboth, for thats schulden not abide on the cros in the
day of saboth was greet, the Jewis preieden sabat, for that was a greet sabat dai,
Pilat, that the hupis of hem schulden be the Jewis preiden Pilat, that the hipis
32brokun, and h awey. takun
Therfore of hem schulden be brokun, and thei v
kny3tis camen, and sothly thei braken
1
takun awei. Therfor w kny3tis camen, 32
the thi3es of the firste, and of the tothir k ,
and thei braken the thies" of the firste,

r the Jewes N.s fulfild A

pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
* the
systir of his modir, Marie Cleophe MQTXY.
u hisQ.
w
v in modre GMNpQSTtrY.
jr. Om. jr. * fulfillid A
pr.m. GMNPQSTWXY. V aboute AGMN
z Om. p. a the b heued G. c
pqsTrwY. vinegre AGMHPQSTVWXY. bitoke, or yif GNQTY.
d Om. AV. whanne e Om. f ff no K.
g. GMNPQTV. paske euen GMNPQTXY. S the like A pr. m.
GMNPQSWY. h and thei schulden be x. Om. o. k other x.

h that c. *
that k. k Y whan that o. '
castiden sec. m. i. kesten Ha.
Eorabgh
m aysel a sec.m. eisel I.
n leiden in aboute the ful of aisel a sec. m. token a spounge full of eisel puttinge it aboute
isope spounge
with ysope I. Om. spr.m. profriden it i. puttiden EPK. P And I. S taken the aisel a sec. m. tastid
"
this eisel r.
r he bowide doun the heed i. s and sente out the
spirit i.
4 Om.
EPQ. euyn CEKP
v Om. R
pr. m.
w And therfore o. * i.
QRsiuxacegka. hippis
P p 2
 292 JOHN. XIX. 33 XX. 2.

33 that was crucified with him. Forsothe and of the was crucified
tothere?, that
whanne thei hadden come to Jhesu, as with hym. But whanne thei weren 33
thei sy3en him deed thanne m , thei braken comun to Jhesu, as thei sayn him deed
34 not his thi3es; but oon of the kny3tis thanne, thei braken not hise thies ; but 34
n
openyde his syde with a sper, and anoon oon of the kny3tis openyde his side with
35 bloot and watir wente out. And he that a spere, and anoon blood and watir
sy3, bar witnessing and his witnessing , weriten out. And he that sai3, bare 35

is trewe ; and he woot for he seith trewe witnessyng, and his witnessing is trewe ;
36
thingis, that 36 bileue. Forsothe thes and he woot that he seith trewe thingis,
thingis ben don, that the scripture schulde that 36 bileue. And these thingis weren s<;

be fillidi', 3e schulen not breke, 'or make z

don, that the scripture schulde be ful-
37 lesse^, a boon of him. And eft
r
anothir a
fillid , 3 e schulen not breke
b
a boon of

scripture seith, Thei schulen se in to hym. And eftsoone another scriptures?

whom se in bb whom
s
ss they pi3ten thorw. Sotheli aftir seith, Thei schulen thei
thes thingis Joseph of Armathi preiede pi3ten thorow. But after these thingis 38
Pilat, that he schulde take awey the body Joseph of Armathi preyede Pilat, that
of Jhesu, for that he was a disciple of he schulde take awei the bodi of Jhesu,
Jhesu, forsothe priuey, for the drede of for that he was a c disciple of Jhesu,
Jewis. And Pilat suffride. Therfore he but priui d for drede of the Jewis. And
cam, and took awey the body of Jhesu. Pilat suffride. And so he cam, and took
3'jSothli arid Nycodeme cam, that hadde awei the bodi of Jhesu. And Nycho-so
come 'first to Jhesu* 'in the" ny3t, beringe deme cam also, that hadde come to hym
a medlynge of myrre and aloes, as an and brou3te a meddlynge of
first bi ny3t,

4ohundrid pound. Therfore thei. token the myrre and aloes, as it were an hundrid

body of Jhesu, and bounden it in lynnen pound. And thei token the bodi of40
clothis with oynementis x as , it is custom? Jhesu, and boundun it in lynun clothis
41 to Jewis forz to birye. Sothli in the place with swete smellynge oynementis, as it
dd
wher he was crucified, was a 3erd, and in is custom to Jewis for to birie. And in *i
the 3erd a newe graue, in which a not 3it the place where he was crucified, was a

42ony man was put. Therfore there b for e f

3erd and in the 3erd a newe graue, in
,

bb of Jewis, for c the

the 'makynge redy which 3it no man was leid. Therfor42
d 6
graue was ny3, thei puttiden Jhesu. there thei puttenS Jhesu, for the vigilie h
of Jewis feeste, for the sepulcre was ni3.

CAP. XX. CAP. XX.

1 Forsothe in the f
oons of the saboth, And of the wouke Marie
in o dai i

h
that is, qf the woke, Mary Mawdeleyn Maudeleyn cam eerli to the graue, *

v
"cam erly 1
,
whanne derknessis weren 3it
k
, whanne it was 3it derk. And sche say
v

at the graue . And she sy3 the stoon turn-

1
the stoon moued k awei fro the graue.
2 ed 33en fro the graue. Therfore she ran, Therfor sche ran, and cam to Symounta
and cam to Symourit Petre, and to anothir Petre, and to another disciple, whom Jhe-
disciple, whom Jhesu louyde, and seith to sus louede, and seith to hem, Thei ban

m now G sec. in. sw. Om. AGMNPQTXY. n sides N.

P fulfillid
witnessing tkerof Q.
A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. q Om. x. r eftsone
putteden M. putten psrr.
A pr. m. GMNPQSTIVXY. s

* to Jhesu first MX. a bi o. x swete

oynementis, or spicis AGMXPSTWY. swete oynementis QX. y the
custome Q. z Om. sx. a the which A b Om. T. bb c for that
pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. pask euen M.
MQW pr. m. XY. d e f Om. % oon day pw. oo day MS.
sepulcre o. putten sx. AGM-NPQSTVWXY.
h Om. GMNpQSTrwY. i
cam eerly to the graue AJPQSW. k jit derknessis weren x. ' Om. MPQSW.

y oother i. z were i. a fillid

CMpQRxabceghia. fullid E. b
ether make lesseK marg. bb ; n to CEI
KMP(jRsuxabceghika/3. Om. b. c d
priueli A pr. m. a.
dd Om. iK.pr.nt.
e
gardyn i.
f
gardyn i.

e puttiden si. h k ethir turned K marg.

vigile EORbcehika/3. iful erly sg. ayn
 XX. 317- JOHN. 293

hem, Thei ban take the Lord fro the takun the Lord fro the graue, and we
graue, and we witen not, where thei han witen not, where thei han leid hym.
3 put him. Therfore Petre wente out, and Therfor Petre wente out, and thilke 3
thilke othere disciple, and thei camen other disciple, and thei cameri to the
4 to the graue. Forsoth thei tweyne" run- graue. And thei tweyne runnen togidre,4
nen to gidere, and thilke other disciple and thilke othere disciple ran bifor Petre,
1

ran bifore sunner than Petre, and cam and cam first to the graue. And whanne s
5 first to the graue. And whanne he hadde he stoupide, he sai the schetis liyrige"1 ,
ynbowyd him, he sy3 the scheetis putt, ne- netheles he entride not. Therfor Sy-u
c thelees he entride notP. Therfore Symount mount Petre cam suynge hym, and he
Petre cam suynge hym, and he entride entride in to the graue, and he say the
in to the graue, and he sy3 the scheetis schetis leid, and the sudarie that was on 7

7 putt, and the sudarie that was on his his heed", not leid with the schetis, but

heed, not putt with the scheetis, but by bi it silf wlappid in to a'' place. Ther-
sit silf wlappid in to o place. Therfore for thannei thilke disciple that cam first
thanne and thilke'' disciple that cam first to the graue, entride, and sai, and bileu-
to the graue, entride, and sy3, and bileuede. ede. For thei knewen not 3it r the scrip- u
aForsothe thei wisten not r the scripture, ture, that it behofte him to rise a3en fro
for it bihofte him for 8
to ryse a3en fro deth. Therfor the disciplis wenteri eft- 10

10 deede men*. Therfore the disciplis wenten soone to hem silf. But Marie stood atn
11 eft
u to hem selue. Forsoth v Marie stood the graue with outforth wepynge. And
at graue withoute forth wepynge.
the the s while sche wepte, sche bowide hir,
Therfore while w she wepte, sche bowide and bihelde forth in to the graue. And i->

i-jhir, and biheld forth in to the graue. And sche sai twei aungels sittinge in white,
she sy3 tweyx angelis sittynge in whyt, oon at the heed and oon at the feet,
oon at the heed and oon at the feet, wher where the bodi of Jhesu was leid. And is

13 the body of Jhesu Thei seyn was putt. thei seien to hir, Womman, what wepist
to hir, Womman, what
wepist thou ? She thou ? Sche seide to hern, For thei han
seid to hem, For thei han takun awey my take awei my lord, and Y woot not,
lord, and I woot not, where thei han putt where thei han leid him. Whanne sche u
u him. Whanne she hadde seid thes thingis, hadde seid these thingis, sche turnede
she was 7-
turnyd abak, and sy3 Jhesu bacward, and Jhesu stondinge, and
sai

stondinge, and wiste not for it was Jhesu. wiste not that it was Jhesu. Jhesus 15

15 Jhesu seith to hir, Womman, what

wepist seith to hir, Womman, what wepist
thou? whom sekist thou? She gessinge thou? whom sekist thou? She gess-
ynge that he was a gardynere,
4
was a gardener, seith to him, Sire,
for he seith to
if thou hast takun him vp, seye to me, him, Sire, thou hast takun him vp,
if

where thou hast put him, and I schal seie to me, where thou hast leid him,
16 take him awey. Jhesu seith 8 to hir, arid Y schal take hym awei. Jhesus i<;

Marie. She conuertid b seith to him, Rab- seith to hir, Marie. Sche 'turnede, and 11

17 bony, that is seid, maistir. Jhesu seith seith to hym, Rabony, that is to seie,
to hir, Nyle thou touche me, for I haue Maister. Jhesus seith to hir, Nyle thou 17

not 3it sty3ed

c
to my fadir ; forsothe go to touche me, for Y haue not 3it stied to

m that x. n two MPXY. that x. P not yn AGMNPQTXY. <l that x.

r not
311 A pr.m. GXQSTIVXY.
8 Om
Om. ft y
sx. An nr m
AG t
* Om
MlvpnCTW
Om.
pr. m. MNPQSTXY.
u nfVerinTio nr m. nil
eftsoone Aj pr. m
VPOCTIV yv
GMNPQSTWXY. V
v Therfore
T'hprfnrp x.
V. w Th^
"W The

while AGMtipQSTVwxY. * two MPXY. z is A pr. m. G

pr. m. MNPQSTX Y. a seide A
pr. m. GMXPQSTV w
*> conuertid. or al turned MP. c ascendid. or stied vn A nr.m. ;VOTV. ascendid MPSWX.

1
Om. o. m
ligginge Ep<jehia/3.
n heued o passim. laid o. P Om. A pr, m. oo iKHsabcg.
1 whanne A r Om. K Om. u turned A sec. m.
pr. m. Eb. e pr. m. t
pr. m.
9 the E.
 294 JOHN. XX. 1829.
d
my britheren, and seye to hem, I stye my fadir ; but go" to my britheren, and
to my fadir and 3oure fadir, to
e
my God seie to hem, Y stie to my fadir and to
is and joure God. Mary Mawdeleyn cam, 3oure fadir, to my God and to 3oure God.
tellinge to f
disciplis For I syjs the Lord, ,
Marie Maudeleyne cam, tellinge to the 18
19 and thes thingis he seide to me. Ther- disciplis, That Y sai the Lord, and these
k
fore 1'
whanne euentid was 1
in that day,oon thingis he seide to me. Therfor whanne 19
x
of the sabotis, and the 3atisweren schitt, it was eue in that dai, con? of the sa-
where disciplis weren gederid, for the
1
batis, and the 3atis weren schit, where
drede of Jewis 11
Jhesu cam, and stood in ,
the disciplis weren gaderid z for drede of ,

the" myddel of hem", and seide to hem,

1
the Jewis, Jhesus cam, and stood in the
00 And whanne he hadde seid
20 Pees to 3011. myddil of the disciplis, and he seith to
this thing P, he schewide to hem hondisi hem, Pees to 3ou. And whanne he hadde 20
and the r syde therfore the disciplis ioy- ; seid this, he schewide to hem hondis and
21 eden, the Lord seyn. Therfore he seith 8 side; therfor the disciplis ioieden, for the
to hem eft, Pees to 3011 as the fadir ;
Lord was seyn. And he seith to hem 21
22sente r me, and I sende 3011. Whanne he eft, Pees to 3ou; as the fadir sente me,
hadde seid" thes thingis, hex blew ynne, Y sende 3ou. Whanne he had seid this, 22
2:5 and seide, Take 30 the Hooly Gost whos ;
he blewe on hem, and seide, Take 36
synnes 36 schulen fonyue, thei ben for- the Hooli Goost ; whos synnes 36 for- 23

3ouun and whos synnes? 36 'schulen with-

; 3yuen, tho ben for3ouun to hem ; and
24holde z ,
thei a ben withholdun. Forsothe whos a 36 withholden, tho ben with-
Thomas, oon of the twelue, that is seid holdun. But Thomas, oon of the twelue, 24
b
Didymus, was not with hem, whanne Jhe- that is seidDidimus, was not with hem,
25 su cam. Therfore othere b disciplis seiden, whanne Jhesus cam. Therfor the othere25
We han seyn the Lord. Forsothe he disciplis seiden, We
han seyn the Lord.
seide to hem, No c but d I e schal se in his And he seide to hem, But Y se in hise
hondis the ficching of naylis, and schal f
hondis the fitchinge c of the d nailis, and
1 6
sende my fyngriss in to places' of naylis
V
1
, putte my fyngur in to the places of the
k
and I schal sende myn honde in to his nailis, and putte myn hond in to his
20 syde, I schal not bileue. And aftir ei3te side, Y schal not bileue. And after ei3te 2K

dayes weren with ynne,

eft 1
his disciplis weren with
daies eftsoone" hise disciplis
and Thomas with hem. Jhesu cam, the ynne, and Thomas with hem. Jhesus f
3atis schitt, and stood in the myddel, and cam, whiles the 3atis weren schit, and
27 seide, Pees to 3ou. Aftirward he seith to stood in the myddil, and seide, Pees to
Thomas, Bryng yn hidur thi fyngur, and 3ou. Afterward he seith to Thomas, 27
se myn hondis, and bryng to thin hond, Putte in b here thi fyngur, and se myn
and send in to my syde, and nyle thou
111
hondis, and putte hidur thin hond, and
1

2 be vnbileueful, but feithful. Thomas an- putte in to my side, and nyle thou be
sweride, and seide to him, My Lord and vnbileueful, but feithful. Thomas an- 28
20 my God. Jhesu seith to him, Thomas, sweride, and seide to him, My Lord and

d e and to w. f the
stye vp A pr. nt. GMNPQSWXY. disciplis MPQSWXY.
g haue seyn MPQSIVXY.
hOm. G k in oon G sec. m.
pr. m. MNPQTXY. euen MPQX. A;Q. Om. N. in one P. Om. AGMNPQS
i '

TVWXV. H the Jewes MNPQSTPWXY. m Om. TV. n the

Jisciplis GMPQH'XY. disciplis NST.
" seith

P Om. s. K the hondis r pr. m. T Om. MPV

AGMXPQSTrrrxY. be to <1 his hondes Q.
pr. m. pr. m.
w sec. in.
*
hath sent G sec. m. MPSW.
seide QJTXY. u seide to hem AGMNPQSTWXY.
t * and he r.

X Om. GMNPQSTVXY. z schulen hold A. withholden ow. a and thei G sec.m. b Om. N. c Om. x.
A But if x. e and I w h the
fychyngis srx. places G sec. m. tip
f g fyngir AGMPQSTVWX.
pr. m.
QSWX. the naylis G sec. m. MPSW.
i k schal sende
AGiaxpQSTrw sec. m. Y. l
eftsoone A pr. m. GMN
PQSTWXY. m sende it G. sende, or putte, it MP.

u Om. b z a whos synnes b was

go thou k. euen plurcs. 7 pr. m. gaderid togidere k. b. o.
c Om. e f and Jhesus k. ? whan o. h thou
fychyngis o. hk. place A sec. m. EORka/3. g.
putte in k.
'
 XX. 3 XXI. 9- JOHN. 295

for thou hast seyn me, thou bileuedist ; my God.Jhesus seith k to him, Thomas, au
and hari
blessid ben" thei, that sy^en not, for thou hast seyn me, thou bileuedist ;

sobileuyd. Forsothe and 'Jhesus dide manye blessid ben thei, that seyn not, and hari

othere signes in the sy3t of his disciplis, bileued. And Jhesus dide many othere so
whicheP ben not writun in this book. signes in the s\}t of hise disciplis, whiche
31 Forsothe thes ben writun, that 36 bileue, ben not writun in this book. But these 31
for Jhesu is Cristi, the sone of God, and beri writun, that 30 bileue, that Jhesus "is
that 36 bileuynge haue lyf in his name. Crist the sone of God, and that 36 bi-
1
,

leuynge haue lijf in his name.

CAP. XXI. CAP. XXI.

r
1 Aftirward Jhesu eft schewide him to Afterward Jhesus eftsoone schewide I

8
his disciplis, at the see of Tyberias Sothli .
hym to hise disciplis, at the see of Tibe-
1
2 he schewide thus. Ther weren to gidere rias. And he schewide him thus.
There 2
Symount Petre, and
Thomas, that is seid u weren togidere Symount Petre, and Tho-
Didymus, and Nathanael, that was of the" mas, that is seid Didimus, and Nathanael,
Cane of Galilee, and the sones of Zebedee, that was of the Cane of Galilee, and the
3 and tweyeuu othere of his disciplis. Sy- sones of Zebedee, and tweyne othere of
v
mount Petre seith to hem, I go for to hise disciplis. Symount Petre seith to 3
fysche. Thei seyn to him, And we comeri hem, Y go to fische. Thei seyn to hym,
with thee. And thei 3eden w out, and sti3~
v

And we comen with thee. And thei

eden in to a boot. And in that ni3t x thei wenten out, 'and wenten in to a boot.
11

4 token nothing. Forsoth the morwe maad, And in that ni3t thei token no thing.
Jhesu stood in the brynke ; uethelees But whanne the morewe was comun, 4
z
the y disciplis knewen not, for it was Jhesus stood in the brenke ; netheles the
5 Jhesu. Therfore Jhesu seith to hem, disciplis knewen not, that it was Jhesus.
b
Children*, wher 36 han ony soupynge Therfor Jhesus seith to hem, Children, 5
Nay. He seide
c
c thing? Thei answeriden , whethir 36 han ony souping thing ? Thei
to hem, Send 36 the nett in to the ri3t- answerideri to hym, Nay. He seide to
half of the rowyng, and 36 schulen fynde. hem, Putte 30 the? nett in to the 1-131
c

Therfore thei senten the nett, and c now half of the rowing, and 30 schulen fynde.
thei my3teri not drawe it, for multitude of And thei puttiden the nett ; and thanne
vfyschis. Therfore thilke d disciple, whom 6 thei mi3ten not drawe it for multitude
Jhesu louede, seide to Petre, It is the of fischis. Therfor thilke disciple, whom 7
Lord. Symount Petre, whanne he hadde Jhesus louede, seide to Petre, It is the
herd for it was# the Lord, girte him with
f
Lord. Symount Petre, whanne he hadde
a coote, sothli he was nakid, and sente herd thati it is the Lord, girte hym with
shim in to the see. Sothli othere disciplis a coote, for he was nakid, and wente in
camen by booth , for thei weren not fer fro to the see. But the othere disciplis
the lond, but as' two hundrid cubitis, camen weren not fer fro
bi boot, for thei

sdrawynge the nett of fischis. Therfore the lond, but as a two hundrid cubitis,
as thei camen doun in to the lond, thei drawinge the nett of fischis. And as 9

n Om. A man. oth. sig. Jh. dide MXY. 1 Om.

pr.m. GMUPQSTWXY. P the whiche AGMNPQSTWXY.
A pr. m. GMNpQSTtvxY. r eftsoone A
pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. Om. v. *
Tyberiadis A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY.
* schewed him G sec. m. u Om. G pr. m. Y. u Om. */. " u two MPXY. v Om. sx. w wenten AGMNPQS
TWXY. x y Om. G pr.m. NTXY. z is AGMXPQSTVWXY. a Childer sv. b whether x.
thing K.
c answerden to him N. d that x. e that the whiche MTXY. f Otn. s. S is
Q.
^ boot, or
rowyng A pr, m. GNTY. boot, or rotvynge to the lond o. as it were A pr. m. s.
!

k answerd o. '
Crist is A. m is o. n he wente k. and stijeden K sup. ras. Om. EiPQeg. and
wenten out a. P Om. K pr. m. 1 Om. R pr. m.
 296 JOHN. XXI. -20.

u
syjen colis put, and a fysch 'put aboue
1
, thei camen doun in to the lond, thei
s r
10 and breed. Jhesu seith to hym, Brynge sayn coolis liynge and a fisch leid on,
,

36 of the fischis, whiche" 36 han taken now. and breed. Jhesus seith to hem, Bringe
4
10

iiSytnount Petre sti3ede vp, and drow3 the 30 of the fyschis, whiche 36 han takun
nett in to the lond, ful of grete fischis, an now. Symount Petre wente vp, andn
hundrid fyfti and thre ; and whanne thei drow3 the nett in to the lond, ful of
fifti and thre
wereu
so greete , the nett is not brokun. grete fischis, an hundrid ;

12 Jhesu seith to hem, Come 36, 'ete 30?. and whanne thei weren so manye, the
And no man ofi 'the sittinge r at mete 8 nett was not brokun. Jhesus seith to 12

durste axe him, Who 1 art thou, witinge

u And no man
hem, Come 36, ete 36. of
is for it is the Lord. And Jhesu cam, and hem that saten at the mete, durste axe
took breed, and hem, and the
u
3af to hym, Who art thou, witinge that it is

Now w this v thridde the Lord. And Jhesus cam, and took
14 fysch also. day Jhesu is

v
is schewid to his disciplis, whanne he breed, and 3af to hem, and fisch also.
v

i5 hadde rise
x
a3en fro deed men. Ther- Now this thridde tyme Jhesus was u
fore? whanne thei hadden etyn, Jhesu schewid to hise disciplis, whanne he
seith to Symount Petre, Symount of John, hadde risun a3en fro deth. And whanne is
louest thou me more than thes don z ? He thei w hadde etun, Jhesus seith to Si-

seith to hym, 3he, Lord, thou wost for I mount Petre, Symount of Joon, louest
loue thee. Jhesu seith to him, Feede thou me more than these ? He seith to

iothou
a
my lambren. Eft he seith to hym, him, 3be, Lord, thou woost that Y loue
Symount of John, louest thou me ? And b thee. Jhesus seith to hym, Fede thou
he seith to him, 3he, Lord, thou wost for my lambren.Eft x he seith to hym, Sy- ie
17 1 loue thee. He seith to him, Feede thou mount of Joon, louest thou me? He
my lambren. He seith to him the thridde seith to him, 3he, Lord, thou woost that

tyme, Symount of John, louest thou me? Y loue thee. He seith to him, Fede
Petre is sori c
,
for he seith d
to him the thou my lambren. He seith to him the 17
thridde tyme, Louest thou me, and he thridde tyme, Simount of Joon, louest
seith to him, Lord, thou wost alle thingis; thou me ? Petre was heuy, for he seith^
thou wost for I loue thee. Jhesu seith to to the thridde tyme, Louest thou
hym
e and he seith to him, Lord, thou
is him, Feede thou my scheep. Treuli, me,
treuli, I seie to thee, whanne thou were knowist alle thingis thou woost that Y ;

f
3ongere, thou girdedist thee, and wandrid- loue thee. Jhesus seith to hym, Fede z
est where& thou woldist ; sothli whanne my scheep. Treuli, treuli, Y seie to \s

thou schalt wexe eldere, thou schalt holde thee, whanne thou were 3ongere, thou
a
forth thin hondis, and anothir schal girde girdidist thee, and wandridist where
thee, and leede thee whidir thou wolt not. thou woldist but whanne thou schalt
;

19 Sothli he seide this thing, signyfyinge by waxe eldere, thou schalt holde forth thin
what deeth he was to glorifiynge h God. hondis, and another schal girde thee, and
And whanne he hadde seid thes thingis, schal lede thee whidur thou wolt not.
20 he seith to him, Sue thou me. Petre con- He seide this thing, signifiynge bi what 19

uertid' sy3 thilke k disciple 1 , whom Jhesu deth he schulde glorifie God. And

k Om. G xv.
pr. m. putt vpon G pr. m. NQTWY. putt thervpon G sec. m. MP. put theron s. put on x.
1

m Om. N. the whiche A pr. m. GMNPQTfVY. that x. many A pr. m. G pr. m. MNPQSTXY. P etith x.
q Om. G. r s the mete ANSTWX. l whot x. u Om. QXY. v this is the NW.
sittyng GXQTY.
w * roos MtipQTXY. xx Om. M. y And o. z Om. A
tyme, or dai A sup. ras. GNQTY. tyme MPWX. pr.m.
GMNPQSTWXY. a Om. x. b Om. AGMNpQSTrwx Y. c sorie, or hcuy A pr. m. GMXPQSTWY. d seide x.
e Om. A f h
pr. m. GMNPQSTVWXY. girdist MNPQWY. girtest sx. g whereuere sx. glorifie AGMNPQS
TWXY. i conuertid, or turned MNPSW. k that x. 1
MPQTWXY.
disciple suynge

s Om. t And Jhesus k. u

and ete k. fischis k. he b. * And eft o.
EipQeha/3. i.
z Fede thou a
y seide a. k. girdest sack.
 XXI. 21 25. JOHN. 297

louede, 'and which restide in the semper whanne he hadde seid these thingis, he
on and he" seide to hym, Lord,
his brest, seith tohym, Sue thou me. Petre turn- 20
21 who is it, that schal bitraye thee ? Ther- ede, and say thilke disciple suynge,
fore whanne Petre hadde seyn this dis- whom Jhesus louede, which also restid
he seith to JhesuP, Lord, what for- in the soper on his brest, and Yie b seide
ciple ,

22 sothe this ? Jhesu seith to him, So I wole tohym, Lord, who is it, that schal bitraie
him dwelled til r I come, what to thee? thee? Therfor whanne Petre hadde 21
c
23 sue thou me. Therfore this word wente seyn this he seith to Jhesu, Lord, but
,

out 8 1
britheren, for thilke disciple what this d ?
Jhesus seith to him, So 1 22
among
deyeth not. And Jhesu seide not to u him, wole that he dwelle til that 8 Y come,
for he deieth not, but, So I wole him what to thee? sue thou me. Therfor 23
v
24 dwelle til
w I come, what to thee ? This this word wente out among the bri-

is thilke x disciple, that berith witnessing theren, that thilke disciple dieth not.

of thes thingis, and wroot thes thingis ; And Jhesus seide not to hym, that he
and we witen, for his witnessing is trewe. dieth not, but, So Y wole that he dwelle
25 Forsothey there ben and
z
manye othere til Y come, what to thee ? This is thilke 24

syngnes, W myraclis*, that Jhesu dide, disciple, that berith witnessyng of these
whiche b if thei ben writun by eche by 'hem thingis, and wroot hem; and we witen,
silue
c
, I deme d neither the world him silf that his witnessyng is trewe. And ther25
'to mowe e take tho ee bookis, that ben to ben also manye othere thingis that Jhe-
be writun f . sus dide, whiche if thei ben f writun bi&
ech bi hym silf, Y deme
that the world

hym
h silf schal'
not take thok bookis, that
Here endith the gospel of John, and ben to be writun.
now bigynneth the prolog of Seint Poul
to Romayns %. Here endith the gospel of Joon 1
.

m and
the whiche A pr. m. GMNPQSTWY. that x. n Om. AKMPSW
pr.m. x. Om. A pr. TO. GMNPQS
TWXY. P him A sec. m. K. 1 to dwelle sx. r til that G sec- m. MPSW. s that o. 4 that x. u of A.
v to dwelle sx. w til that G sec. m. MPQSW. x that x. y And o. z Om. QX. a Om. x. b the whiche
d e mowe A
gesse mw.
c him silf
A pr. m. GMNPQSTWXY. AGMNPQSTYIVXY. pr. TO. GMNPQTWY. to
moun x. ee the M. f writen. Amen. N. g Here endith Joon gospelis. G. Heere endith the gospel
of
Jhesu Crist, aftir the foure eitangelistis. M. Here endith the gospel of John evangelist, and bigynneth a
prolog on this epislil to Romayns bi Jerom. K. Heere eenden the gospels of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, aftir
Maiheu, Mark, Luke, and Joon. p. Here endyn the gospelis of Jon after the letlre, and bygynneth the
prologe of Poule. o. Here endith the. gospel of Joon. T. Here endith the gospels, and bygynnelh Poulis
pistils to Romayns. v.
Here eendith Joon in the euangelye, and next here aftir bigynneth the prologe
slondinge bifore the epistlis that ben seyd to Romayns. w. Heere eendith the gospellis of Jon. Y. No final
rubric in ASX.

b Om. c this disciple ix sec. m. ak.d ne this IQ sec. m. k

man x e Om. k.
I.
pr. m. this pr. TO.
* weren o. e Om. iKxa sec. m. k pr. m. Mt
schulde k pr. TO. k the ibk.
i. 5 l
Here endith the
gospel of John, and bigynneth a prolog on the pistle of Poul to Remains, ce. Heere endith the gospel of
Joon, and biginneth the firste prologe on the pistle to Romayns. I. Here endeth Joon ; se now the prologe
to the Romains. K. Here endith the gospel Joon, and here bigynneth a prologe on the pistles of Foul the
apostle. M. Here endith the gospel of Joon, and bigynneth the prolog on the pistil to Romayns. QR.
Here endith the gospel of Jon, and here bigynneth a prolog on the pistle of Romayns. x. Here endith the
gospel of John, and bigynneth a kalender with a reule, etc. b. Here endith the gospel of Joon, and here
bigynntth the prologe to Romayns. c. Here endith vangelis, and bigyneth a prologe on the Romayns. g.
Here endith the gospel of Jon, and bigynneth a prolog to Romayns. h. Here eendith the gospel of Joon,
and here bigynneth the prolog on the firste pistil of Poul, that is to seie, to the Romayns. k. No final
rubric in EPU.

VOL. IV.
 ROMANS.
Here bygynneth the prologe of Jerome in to the episteles of Poule
to Romaynes*.

b
FIRST Vndirstonden vs bihoueth", to whom ord whi the apostil Powil writeth his
e
epistolis. Forsothe it is not to trowen, hym 'after the gospelis, that ben f the? fulfillinge
of the lawe, withoute cause to h han' writeri these epistolis to alle chirches k ; most sithen
m
to vs in these epistolis, preceptus and exsaumples of lyuynge fulliest, or most plente-
1
v

uously
n
,
ben defied . But in the bygynnynge of the kennende? chirche, new causes
8
beende% also questiounes to comen
r
aftir, he excludede ; not onli this, the apostil, but
also the profetes diden. lawe of Moises 3ouen 4 , in the whiche all
Forwhi aftir the

the" maunclementis weren contened, thei v profetes also x ceseden not with ther
z
prechinge to thristen doun they synnes of the puple, and in bokis to" oure memorie
senden b, in to whom the eendes of the worldusc ben d comen. He writeth therfore 6
Romaynes, the whiche beende summe of Jewis, and summe of paynymes
1
to the

bileeuende&, wolden with proud contencioun vnderpoten either other. The Jewis
forsothe seiden, Wee ben h an holi folc, the whiche God fro the bigynnynge hath k
1

loued, and nurschid wee of the kinrede m of Abraham, of an holi lynage han
;
1

descendid wee" deliuered fro Egipt, han passid the drie se on foote for vs Farao
; ;

drenchid? with his ost, diede*i ; to vs God man^i, "or aungells mete', reynede in desert.
And othere thingis thai seiden, that to rehersen were ri3t long ; onli heer wee seyn 8 ,
that thilke* Lord, in whiche" also 366 ben seen v to beleuen, to vs of the lawe was
w
bihoten. 3ee forsothe ben 'Jentilis, or paynymes, fro the bigynyng forsaken, the"
v
whiche neuere hadden knouleche of God, but euere toy deueles han z serued. ls it
whether therfore a equite b that 366, turned todai fro maumetis d to vs be e compa-
, ,

risouned and not rathere 366 be as men turned to the olde lawe, as euere 3ee 'ban
;

ben in the lawe of Moises ? And that same 3ee han,f for myche merciful is God, the
f

8 From o. The prologe of Poulis pistle to Romayns. G. Prologe to Romayns. K. The prolog of
Poule. Q. Prolog, s. Prologus. v. Heere bigynnyth the prologe on Romayns. Y. Here bigynnelk a
prologe on the pistle to the Romayns. b. No initial rubric in wa. b The text of this first
prologue is
from no c vs bihoueth vnderstonde
printed s; there is
prologue in AGMPX, but in G a rubric only.
oQvab. d ether ovob. othir KY. e hem
QW. f beth or. S Oni. w. h Om. KY. ' haue Krvab. haf o.
%k without cause etc. after the gospelles etc. of the lawe o.
. .
'
ensaumplis Kovvab.
m fullokest, ether or.
Om. b. n pleynly rab. desired orab. P kennynge Kovwab. 1 beynge KOVW. r
comynge Kovwva.
s excludide
vp K.
* KY. u
Om. KQrtvvnb. v K. w Om. OQU pr.m. x and w. y Om. o.
ijyue theij
z the bookis ab. & O{KWYO.. 1> seide
KQWY. c world KQWY. d beth QW. e herfore a. { beynge KOVW ab.
g bileuynge Kovwab. ''
han o. beth y. >
Om. K. k han QW. ' Om. s. m kynne o. n we weren ab.
and han ab. P was drenchid ab. 1 and deide ab. 1? manna K. r Om. ob. s seith KQWY. * ilke KWY.
u the wliiche KQJT. v
seyn K. seide Q.
w Jentilis ether or. Om. ab. *Om.orab. Xtheo. z haueth QWV.
a It is whether therfore K. Is it therfore o. Whether therfore is it ab. b Om. ov. c turneden K. that
d e { haue hem K. In
ben turned ab. mawmetrye w. jee be s. to be ab. t GKQY the remaining part
of this prologue is inserted in the prologue to Luke.
 ROMANS. 299

whiche wolde bringe jou to oure h folowinge. The paynymes, 'or Jentilis 1 , a3eenward
answerden, In how myche the grettere benefises 366 tellen k abouten jou, in so myche
}ee shulen shewe jouself gilti the more blame. For euere to '
alle these thingis 3ee
v
han" ben vnkinde, that aftir the vois of God herd forgeden? 3ou<) mawmetis. The ,

whiche tho3 366 haden not do r , thur3 that onli synne 3ee my3ten s not taken for3yuenesse,
v
that the 'Lord, to 3ou l by profetes voises a bihi3t, not onli 3ee wolden not resceyuen,
but also 3ee slowen ; whom v weew vnderfongen x whan of , hym to vs no man hadde
2
fornseid y In hou myche therfore oure feith be betere, clerli
. it is open . 'Forsothe that"
wee serueden to maumetis, was not of b rebelte, but of ignoraunce. Forsothe where
wee knewen the treuthe, anoen wee foleweden, the sones of Abraham not of fleshli ;

birthe, but of the grace of Crist it was. To these thus c striuende d the apostil e putte
h
hym a mene bitwen shewende^ to bothe puples neither circumcisioun to ben 031,
f
, ,

k
neither 'the kept' flesh , but the feith that werkith bi charite ; euere forsothe bi 1
v

while mekende 11
hem bi al the epistil with resownes and wittenessesP, counceilithi to
onhed, and shewith neithir thur3 his ri3tfulnesse haue this deserued, but al what euere
to be depute to the grace of God ; shewende* the Jewis forsothe and the paynymes

greuousli to han trespassid, and witendely ; the Jewis

8 for thei bi' breking of the ,

lawe han u vnwrshipid God ; the Gentilis v , for thei chaungeden the treuthe of God in
to lesinge. It* is axid, whi 'he wrot? no mo than ten epistolis to chirches? Ten
forsothe ben z epistolis 3 , with thilke that Ebrues for the othere foure to is seid to b ;

d
disciples homli weren sent, 'or put forth*; for he wolde shewen the newe 'to not
6

f
discorden fro the olde testaments, and hymself not to don a3en the lawe of Moises,
h k
ordeynede his epistolis to the noumbre of the firste maundementus' of the decaloge.
m
And with how manye preceptis he Moyses ordeynede Jewis deliuered" fro Farao, 1

with ri3t so manye epistolis this? Powil techeth men purchasidi fro the deuel, and
fro the r seruage of mawmetrie. Forwhi also the two 5 tables of ston to han had figure
v The epistil holly that w to x
two 8 testamentis, ri3twel lered men han" taken .
1
of the

ys writen?, 'or entitlid , to ben noen of Powelis, summe affermen , for so

Ebrues 1 a

myche that it is not entitlid with his name, and for the b distaunce c of speche, and
maner of writinge ; but d ore Barnabeis, aftir Tertullian, or
f
Luks, after summe, or?
certeyn Clementis, the disciple of the apostolis, and aftir hem ordeyned bishop of
Rome chirche. To whorn h it is thus to answern. If therfore it is notJ Powilis epistil, 1

for hath not his name, eek it shal be no manes, for with no manes name it
it k 1
is

entytlid. The whiche thinge to graunte if it be ro foul n his it is most to be beleued? , to

r
be, that so myche shyneth withl the eloquence of his doctrine ; or certeyn, for that at
the 8 Ebrues chirches 1 he was had" as v destro3ere of the lawe with fals suspecioun, he

h
joure v. ether Gentyles orv. Om. ab.
' k tellith KY. '
3our silf o. m of the al>. nhaueth GQy.
je hadden herd the vois of God ab. P 3e forgiden to ab. <1 Om. K. r
ydo KY.
s ne my3te KY.
* Om. Q. "
prophetis vois K. the voicis of prophetis ab.
v wlianne v. hym; whom ab. w je K.
1 z schewid ab. a That forsothe
vndirfongende s.
vndirfenge K. y forseid GKQY. biforeseid ab.
GKOQrYab. b Om. Y. c this K. d
stryuyng GKOQrvab.
e
apostlis K. { bitwixe Kovab. S schew-
h the k fleish, '
Om. s pr. m. ab.
ynge ceteri. puplis ab. that is, prepucie a.
!
thei kepten K.
m among ab. n
mekinge GKOQfYab. Om. s. Pwitnessinge K. 1 counceyles o. and counseilith ab.
T s
Jewis trespassiden ab. * Om. v. u haueth GQY. v
schervynge ceteri. paynyms trespassiden ab.
* Here it GK. y wroot he v. z beth GKQY. there ben b. & b to the o. c ether
pistlis GK.
put forth OY. Om. ab. d newe testament ab. e
nojt K. not to ab. not ceteri. f discordi GKV.

% Om. ab. gg Om. GK. h the o. '

matindement Q. k Om. 9. '
be GK. Om. ab. m to the Jewis
that weren ab. " to be delyuered Q. pisteles o. P these G. Om. ab. 1 ypurchasid GKQY. that
ben delyuered ab. r Om. Y. s twei ceteri. v
ytake GKQV.
t lerned haueth GQY.
GKOQFV.
w Om. Y. x to the ab. z Om. ob. a h Om. a. c variaunce b.
y
hvryten QY. affermyth GKQY.
d Om. o. f other h whiche
other GKQKV. ether ab. GQY. ether ovab. S other GKQV. ether ovab.
orb. the whiche a. !
Om. ab. 1 not to G. nojt to K. k thanne ab. l of no s. m is K. n Poule Q. ful Y.
Om. Q. F leeued GKovvab. 1 Om. v. r other
GKQY. ether ovab. s Om. a. ' chirche o.

u T as a
clepid ab. Kovab.
' Q q 2
300 ROMANS.
wolde, his name beende w stille, of the* figures of the lawe, and the treuthe of Crist
2
3elde rekenynge ; lest happili hate of the prelatis*' name, shulde exclude the profit of
the lessoun. It is no wilder holli a if he be wisere in his owne b langage, that is Ebru,
c
than in a straunge d
, that is in* Grw f
,
in whiche speche othere epistolis bens writene.
It moueth also summe men, whi that the h epistil' of k
sythen Romaynes is put in
1
first ,

resoun openeth" it to han be writen aftir ; for he witnesseth hymself to ban writen
1

this epistil, thanne goende" to Jerusalem, aftir thanne that he? hadde amonestidi with
8 1
lettris, that weren* epistolis, the Corintheis and othere, that thei shulden gedere the

mynysterye, 'or collect", that schulde be born with hym. Wherefore it is to v vnder-
so vv alle the epistolis w to ben ordeyned, that thilke firste* shulde be put?, the
stonde,
whiche to lowere men in lyuyng was sent, and bi 'alle, or eche 1 , epistolis fro gree to
3
gree, thei shulden comen to parfitere thingis. Romaynes sothli rijt manye weren
so vnstedefast, that thei vnderstoden not hemself to be sauid thur3 Goddis grace, but
aa b
thur3 here merytes ; and for that two puplis shulden not striuen among hemself,
therfore he afermeth hem
nedi to be confermed, the vices of her paynymrie rathere
d. To Corintheis sothly e he seith, the grace of science to be grauntid, and
myndende
not as wel he blameth hem, as he repreueth whi thei vndernemen not othere f, whan
he seith, Ther is herd amongis 3ou fornycacioun ; and eftsoone, My sperit with 3ou
'gedered togedere^, taketh suchon to Sathanas. In the secounde epistil, forsothe
1'

thei ben preisid, and that' thei profite more and more, thei ben k counseilid. The
men of Galas thanne of no blame ben repreued, but for thei beleueden" to fele" false
1 1

apostolis. Effesienes holliP noen vndernymyng, but mychei preising ben r wrthi, for
thei kepten s the feith of the apostolis. The Filipenses sothly* myche more ben"
v w neither" thei wolden heren false^ apostolis. The 2 Tessalony-
preisid, for forsothe
b c d
censis netheles" in two epistolis with alle preising he 'sueth forth for as myche ;
v
as not only ^thei kepten 6 the feith of treuthe , vntosmyten^, but also in persecucioun
1

of ther citeseynes thei weren founden stable. Colocensis sothli suche weren, that
no nede shulden han h that thei shulden be seen fleshli of the apostil'. Forsothe to
,

hem he bil^te neuere his comynge, to the whiche also he seith, And they3 I be
absent in bodi, but in spirit I am with 3ou, io3ende k and seende joure ordre. Of 1

the Ebrues sothli m what shal I seie ? Of whom the Thessalonycenses, that gretly ben"

preisid, ben seid to be maad foleweres, as he seith, And 3ee, brethern, benP maad
foloweris off the chirchesi of God, that benr in Jewerie
same sothli also 8 366 ban* ; the
suffrid of u At thilke Ebreues also the same
3oure kinrede, that also thei of Jewis.
he remembreth, seiende v Forwhi also to men bounden jee han w had compassioun, and
,

raueyn of 3oure goodis with gladnesse 366 ban* sufFrid, knowende? 3ou to han betere
and dwellende* substaunce.

Here eendeth the prologe, and bygynneth the epistel of Poule to Romaynus*.

w * Om. r. J Om. GKQ. z a b Om. o. Om. K.

beynge ceteri. namely ah.
<
o.
prophete
d e Om. b Om. K.
epistlis GK.
{ Greike
K beth QY. *
strange tong o. straunge langage ab. o. o.
k to ab. '
the bigynnyng ab. m schewith ab. n Om. ab. P Om. GK. 1 monestid Q.
goynge ceteri.
Om. v Om. K.
quylet GKQY. Om. oab. either quylet v.
r ben ab. s of the o. * v. " other the
vv so that v. w pistils ab.
* Om. ab. J put first in ordre ab. x alle, other
eueryche GKQY.
eueryche o. alle, either euerech v. alle ab. forsothe o. &
twey ceteri. Om. GKQrvb. aa
voycis
b c

GK. voyce orb. d e forsoth o. f ech oother ab.

vnmyndende s pr. m. myndynge ceteri.
S gadere Y. h bitakith ab. at o. k beth QY.i '
beth GKQY. m leeuide GKQV. leeueden or.
n ab. oab. P 1 Om. r beth s * forsothe o. u beth QY.
many Ephesies namely ab. ab. GQV. kepen K.
v
Om. GK. w sikirli ab. x Om. ab. T no false ab. z Om. GK. a neuerethelees GKQV. b
twey
ceteri. c o. d forsewith G. forschewith KV. forth scheweth o. e Om. s. f Om. vb.
preysinges
S Om. o. vnsmyten a. h falle ab. '
apostlis v.
k
ioyinge ceteri. seeinge ceteri.
m forsothe o. '

D beth GQY. beth GKQV. P beth GV. q chirche o. r beth GKQY. s Om. ab. l haueth
QY. u also of a.
T w haueth GQY. x haueth GQY. J *
seiynge thus a. seiynge celeri. knowynge ceteri. dwellynge ceteri.
a From o. Heere endith thefirste prologe on the pistil to Romayns. a. No final rubric in
 ROMANS. 301

Here bigynneth a prolog on the pistil to the Romayns*.

t Romayns ben Jewis and ofc hethene men gaderid d to gidere, bi-
thei, that
b
of
leeueden" in f Crist. And the cause of this? sendinge of the h pistil of Poulj is this, 1

that whanne strijf was risen among hem silf, thei desiriden to sette hem silf ech aboue
othere in worschip. For the Jewis seiden, We ben the peple of God, which he hath 11

loued and norischid fro the bigynnynge ; we and we" comen by

1
ben circumcidid ;

dissent of Abrahams kynde, and holy lynage and herforeP God was oonly knowen ;

af Judee. We r weren delyuerd out of Egipt with tokenes and vertues of God, and
passiden the see with drie foot, whanne moost heuy floodis drenchiden oure enemyes.
To s us also 4 God reynede doun aungils mete in" desert, and mynystride an v heuenly
foode 'to us w as to hise owne sones; and a piler of cloudeww and of fier werite bifore us
,
N
7
day and ny3t, for it schulde schewe to* us oure passage^, ther was no wey vsicl. Also
-

thou3 we ben stille of alle benfetis wrou3t aboute us, we weren oonly worthi to take
zz

the lawe of God, and to heere the vois of God spekinge, and to a knowe his owne b wil.
In which lawe Crist was bihote to us, to whom he himsilf witnesside to come, and
v

seide, I cam not d but6 han perischid f of the hous of Israel. And
to the scheep, that
v
sithen he clepith h 3ou houndis rather than men, therfore it is' good equite, that 36 that
this day first han forsake 3oure mawmettis, to whom 30 han k serued fro the bigynnynge,
be maad" nowe m euene to us in worschip, but" rather benP 36 ordeynedi in the stide
1

of prosolitis and vndirlingis bothe bi autorite of lawe 8 and of custum ? And 31! 36
1
",

disserueden neuere this worschip, but for he of his plenteuous goodnes wolde resseyue
1

u v w x
And^ thanne the z hethene men answeriden a3enward a, and
3ou to oure secte .

seiden, Euere the grettir beenfetis of God, that 36 tellen that God hath doon to 3ou,

t This prologue is printed from k, and another version of the same prologue is given below from a, in
Prolog. 1. No initial rubric in kmnpqr.
which copy alone it has been found. a From o. b that ben hn.
c Om. d k. ben n. e and bileeueden k. f in to m. S the 1m. Om. q pr. m.
Imopqr. gaderiden gaderid
h k the whiche n; m for we n.
J Poulis r.
bigynnyng of the world 1.
i '
this Imopqr. epistle Imopqr.
n Om. r And we n. s And to n. ' Om. 1m. u in to n.
Imnopqr. lyuynge k. P therfore n. q in 1.
T to vs an n. w Om. ww a cloude r sec. m, x Om. Imopqr.
Imnopqr. y
passinge 1. oure passynge r.
z as was zz Om. r. a Om. Imo. b Om. c witnessith Ir. d Om. 1. e no but
mnopqr. Imopqr. mopq.
f S Om. h it is therefore Imnr. is it therfore opq.
J
perischiden Imnopq. Imopqr. clepid Imopqr.
k Om. n. " Om. r. m Om. n. n
Imnopqr. P Om.
be. not k sec. m. to be n.
o rather that
nay but n.
1

r vndir leiyngis k. s the lawe * serueden k. u v in to n.

lopqr. 1 ordeyne 1. 1.
jou to his goodnesse 1.
w 3oure mopq.
* feet k. y Om. n. z Om. Om. Imno.
Impqr.

Also Romayns weren of Jewis and hethene men, and bileeueden to Crist ; and by proude stryf
thei wolden enhaunce hem silf ech part aboue othere. For whi Jewis seiden, ben the peple We
of God, whiche he louede and norischide fro the bigynnyng; we ben circumcidid, and camen of
the kyn and holy generacioun of Abraham ; and God was knowen first oonly at Jewis. We
weren delyuered fro Egipt by myraclis and vertues of God, and passiden the reed see with drie
foot, whan greuouse wawis drenchiden oure enemyes; and reynede to us manna in the desert, and
mynystride heuenly mete to vs, as to hise sonys. By day and ny3t God 3ede bifore vs in a piler
of cloude and of fier, to schewe weye to vs in the place without weye. And that we holde stille
othere benefices of God
aboute vs, we aloone weren worthi to take the lawe of God, and to
heere the voys of the Lord spekynge, and to knowe his wille in which lawe Crist was bihijte to ;

vs. Also he witnesside, that he hymsilf was comen to vs, and seide, Y cam not, no but to the
scheep of the hous of Israel, that weren perischide, whan he clepide 3011 doggis rather than rtien.
Therfor whether it is ri3tful, that 36 that forsaken ydols to
day, whiche 36 serueden at the bigyn-
nyng, be comparisond to vs, and be not rather arettid in to the place of comelynges, by auctorite
of the lawe and by custome? And 36 disserueden not this, no but for Goddis mercy, which is
euer large, wolde resseyue 3011 to oure suynge, that is, to sue vs. A3enward hethene men answer-
eden thus, In as myche as 36 tellen gretter benefices of God anentis 3ou, by so myche 36 schulen
schewe, that 50 ben gilty of gretter synne ; for je weren euer vnkynde to alle tho benefices. For with
302 ROMANS.
euere 'the more b 30 schulden schewe 3ou gilti of the grettir trespassis c ; for in alle
d
these benfetis 'that 30 tellen , 36 weren euermore vnkynde. For with the same feet
that 36 passiden the drie see, 36 pleieden e and daunsiden bifore 3oure mawmettis that
f

36 maden ; and with the same mouth, that a litil bifore 3e& worschipiden God with
h
song for slau3tir of 3oure enemyes, 36 axiden 3oure mawmetis to be maad ;
and with
thilke i3en that 36 weren wont to biholde God in cloud or in 1
fier, 36 biheelden
k
inwardly in 3oure mawrnettis. Also aungels mete was to 3ou abhomynable and ;

euere 30 grucchiden a3ens the Lord in desert, desirynge to turne a3en in to Egipt, fro
V
the which God hadde brou3t 3ou out with strong hond.
1
What more ? Thus 3oure
fadris 'with ofte terrynge" stiriden God to wraththe, so that alle dieden in desert, and
no mo of the eeldre men but tweyne entriden in to the lond of biheeste. But wherto
reherse we
oolde thingis? sith? thorn 36 hadde neuere do these thingis, 3it of this aloone
no man wolde deme 3ou worthiPP for3euenesi, that r 36 wolde 'not rcsseyue oonly" oure
Lord Jhesu Crist, that was euere 4 bihote to 3011 bi the vois u of profetis ; but also 36
v
distruyeden him with moost dispitous deeth. And on w him we bileeueden, as soone
as we herden of him; and 3it ther was no thing profecied 'to us* bifore. Wherfore
it is weel preued, that it schulde not be arettid to^ az rotid a malice of oure wil, that
we serueden to mawmettis, but to oure vnkunnynge. For thilke same God that we
b
folowe now, sikirli we wolde haue folowid bifore c
knowen as we
,
if we hadden rathir
knowen now. And truly if 36 boosten of nobley of kinde, as thou3 d folowinge of gode
maners made 3ou not rather Goddis sones than fleischly birthe, sikerly e Esau and
Ismael, thou3 thei ben of Abrahams lynage, thei ben not rikened among sones. And
f

while^ thei stryuen thus, the apostil^s putte him bitwene as a mene, distruynge alle her 11 1

k
qwestiouns, as a good noumpereJ ; strecchinge forth the hond to hem, and spekyng
n
brou3te hem alle to oon acoord ; schewinge noon of hem 'to be saued thoru hise
1

owne meritis, but he preuede 'bothe the? peplis, 'that theii hadden greuously trespassid.
d
'
b Om.
p.
c
trespas Imnopqr. Om. Imnopqr. e plesiden 1. pleieden aftir pqr. { daunciden aftir Imo.
gOm. n. h askeden o. Om. m. k Oin. 1. 'Om. Inoqr. m Om.n. n terriden ofte 1. with eft terriden r.
>

r for n. s oonli not

Om. k. P for n. PP worthi to r. 1 to haue forjeuenesse n.
receyue Imoqr.
4 Om. n. u voicis v Om. m. w in n. x Om. n. y in z Om.
Imnopqr. 1. a Om. roten r. 1.
opq.
b sothli '
d e sothli f
weren m. S while that n. gg apostle Poul r.
rather n. thoruj k.
l
nq. mq.
h bitwixe n. '
Om. r. 3 Tmpere Imopqr. k that k. Om. k. m and schewide that n. n Om. Impqr.
'

her Imopq. of her r. P that both Imnopq. that bothe the r. q Om.
myjte be n. Imopq.

the feet by whiche je passiden the drie see, je pleieden bifore ydols, whiche je maden; and by that
mouth, by which 3e songen heriynges a litle bifore for the deeth of aduersaries, whiche God killide
by myracle, 36 axiden symylacris to be maad to jou. With tho J3en, by whiche je weren wont to
biholde the worchipful thingis of the Lord in the cloude either in fier, je bihelden symylacres.
Also 36 wlatiden manna, and euer in the desert 36 grucchiden a3ens the Lord, and wolden go a3en
in toEgipt, fro whennes he hadde caste 3ou out with strong hond. What moo thinges? 3oure fadres
wraththiden so the Lord bi ofte terrynge to wraththe, that alle dieden in desert, and no mo of the
oolde men of hem, no but tweyne, entriden in to the lond of biheest. But what rehersen we eelde
synnes? sithen thou3 30 hadden not do tho, for this aloone, that not oonly 36 nolclen resseyue the
Lord Jesu Crist, bihi3t to 3ou euere by the voices of profetes, but also 36 killiden him by worst
deeth, no man schulde deme 3ou worthi to haue for3euenesse. Which Lord we bileeueden anoon,
aftir thatwe knewen, thouj no thing was bifore seid to vs of him. Wherby it is preued, that this,
that we serueden ydols, schal not be aretted to hardnesse of synne, but to ignoraunce. For we that
suen'anoon the Lord knowen, wolden haue sued him in tyme passid, 3if we hadden knowe him
bifore. And 3if 3e auaunten jou of the nobley of kyn, as 3if the suynge of vertues maketh not to
be sones of seyntes, more than fleishly natiuite doth, forsothe Esau and Ismael, thou3 thei ben
of the generacioun of Abraham, ben not arettid either noumbred with sones. Therfor the postle
setteth him a meene bitwixe the and assoileth so the questiouns of the partyes,
peples striuynge thus,
that he affermcth, that neuer neither of hem deseruyde helthe by his owne ri3fulnesse, and that
bothe peplis synneden wityngly and greuously ; that Jewis dispisiden God by brekynge of the
 ROMANS. 303

The Jewis hadden r trespassiden, for thei dishonouriden" God bi brekirige of the lawe ;
and the hethene men trespassiden, 'that siththe 4 knowingli thei worschipiden a
creature as maker of the" world; Goddis worschip into mawmetis
for thei chaungiden
maad with hond". Alsov
he preuith euere ether peple to haue for3euenes, and to be
euen in worschip, bi aw ful trewe resoun. And 'nameli siththe* he schewith, that it
was profeciedy in her owne lawe, that bothe of z Jewis and of" hethene men schulden
be clepid to the feith of Crist. Wherfore bi dyuers tymes Poul mekede hem, and
v
b d
amonestide hem to come to pees and acord.
c

Here endith the prolog to the Romayns*.

r Om.s hadden dishonourid

n. * for 11. tl Om. r. u liondis v And 11. w Oni.
Imoqr. Imoqr. Inioqr.
* also n. Y proferid m. z the 1m. Oni. a the 1. Om. b iimonestith
nopqr. mnopqr. Imopq. monestith n.
inonestid r. c to hem m. d Om. In). e From o. Explicit, q. final Dibric in
klmnpr. No

lawe; and hethene men, whanne thei ou;ten worschipe the creatour as God, wliom thei knewen by
creatures, chaungiden his glorie into symylacris maad with mannes hondis. Also the postle scheweth

by verreiest resoun, that euereither peple gat for3euenesse, and ben euene; tnoost sithen he schew-

eth, that it was bifore seid in the same lawe, that bothe Jewis and hetliene men schulden be clepid
to the feith of Crist. Wherfor Poule maketh hem meke, now this peple, and now that peple, and
monesteth hem to pees and acordynge.
Al this is set in a prologe writen in summe booJcis on this pistle, and the Comyn Close m the
bigynnynge at Poule, hath the same sentence.

An other vpon Romayns*. Here biginnith the prologe on Romains*.

N
d b
Romayns the whiche in the Romayns ben in the cuntree of Italye; thei c
d
cite of Rome lyueden
6
in to Jhesu weren disseyued first of false profetis and vndur ,

Crist, so of f
false apostlis were the name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist thei weren

deprauyd, that vndir the name of brou3t in to the lawe and profetis, that is, in to
oure Lord Jhesu Crist in to the cerymonyes, ethir fleischli kepyng of Moyses
olde lawe and circumcisioun thei lawe and of prophetis, acordynge with tho e
weren led. Thes reuokith the apo- cerymonyes, which vsyng is contrarie now to
stle to the verrey and thes gospels the treuthe and ec fredom of Cristis gospel. Poul

wrytynge to hem A- f
bileue, fro a3enclepith these Romayns to veri feith and
s

thenys. treuthe? of the gospel, and writith to hem h

this' pistleJ fro Corynthe.
Here endith the prolog, and bi-

gynneth epistle to Romayns^. This seith Jerom in his prologe on the pistle
to the Romayns^.

b No initial rubric in sv. c Om. KS. d

lyueden in r. e leueden s. Om. v. f that of KS. g Om. s.
h Here eendeth the prologe, and bygynneth the epistel of Poule to Romaynus. o. Here eendith the prologis
to Romayns, and bigynneth the epistle, w. No final rubric in Qrv.

From EC. Heere biginnith the ii. prologe on the pistle to Romayns. i. Prolog to Romayns. N. Here
a

bigynneth a prologe to Romayns. u. Here bigynneth the fast prologe on the pistils of Poule. a. Another
prolog to the Romayns. f. Here bigynneth the prolog on the pistil to Romayns. o. No initial rubric in the
other Mss. b ben men so. c these Rh. d e the
prophetis, that is, [of ri] false lechers CMNQiiuxan.
ee of the a. f the verei B. g fredom s. h Om. c. k This seith
epistle ERfh.
fibk. '
in this a. J

Jerom. in his prologe on this [his E. the o] pistle to Romayns. CEXO. Heere endith the prologe, and here
biginnith the pistle. i. Jerom seith this in his prologe to the
Romayns ; se now the book. K. Jerom seith
this in his prologe to
Romayns. ibcfh. Here endith the prolog on Poulis pistil to Romayns bi Jerom. N.
Heere eendith the prolog, and bigynneth the pislle. R. This seith Jerom in his prologe. u. Here eendilh the
prologe, and bigynneth the pistil to Romayns. e. Here endith the prologe, and bigyneth a pcstile to the Ro-
mayns. g. Jerom in his prolog on this pistil seith thus. k.
 304 ROMANS. i. 113.

The epistle to Romayns*. Here bigynneth the pistle of Poul to

&
Romayns .

CAP. I. CAP. I.

b b
1 Poul, seruauntof Jhesu Crist, clepid Poul, the seruaunt of Jhesu Crist , i

d e
apostle, departid into the euangelie of clepid
c
an d apostle, departid in to the
2 God ; 'the which he bihi3t bifore by his
f
gospel of God; which he hadde bihotez
sprophetis in hooly scripturis of his sone, tofore e bi f his* profetis in holi scripturis
v
'the whichs is raaad to him h of the seed of his sone, which is maad to hym of the 3
4 of Dauith aftir' theJ fleisch, the k which is seed of Dauid bi the flesch, and h he was 4
predestynat, "or bifore ordeyned bi grace,
]
bifor ordeyned the sone of God in vertu,
the sone of God in vertu, aftir m the spirit bi the spirit of
halewyng of the a3en-
of halewyng of the a3eyn rysynge of deed risyng of deed men, of Jhesu Crist oure
sinen, of Jhesu Crist oure Lord, by whom Lord, bi whom we han resseyued graces
we han grace and apostilhed,
resseyued arid the office of apostle, to obeie to the
W slat
of apostle", to obeische to the feith feith in alle folkis for his name, among c
in alle folkis for his name, in which? whiche 36 ben also clepid of Jhesu
7 and? 36 ben clepid r of Jhesu Crist, to alle Crist, to alle that ben at Rome, derlyngis?
that ben at Rome, the louede of God, clepid of God, and clepid hooli, grace to 3ou,

hooly, grace to 3ou, and pees of God oure

s
and pees of God oure fadir, and of the
s fadir, and of the Lord Jhesu Crist. Firste Lord Jhesu Crist. First Y do thank- 8
sothely* I do thankyngis to my God, by yngis to my God, bi Jhesu Crist, for alle
Jhesu
Crist, for alle 3011, for 3our feith is 3ou, for 3oure feith is schewid in' al the
rtschewid in al the world. Forsoth God is world. For God a witnesse to me, to 9
is

a witnesse to me, to" whom I serue in my whom Y serue in my spirit, in the gospel
v
10 spirit, in the gospel of his sone, for with of his sone, that with outen ceessyng Y 10
outen ceessinge I make mynde of 3ou make mynde of 3ou euere in my preieris,
euermore w in my preieris, if xby ony and biseche, if in ony maner sum tyme
maner aftirward sumtyme I haue esy?, Y haue a k spedi weie in the wille of
"or spedy*, weie in the wille of God of a God to come to 3ou. For Y desire ton
b c d
sumwhat 1
ncomynge to 3ou. Forsothe I desyre for se 3ou, to parten of spiritual
to se 3ou, that I 3yue to 3ou sum thing of grace, that 30 be confermyd, that is, to 12
spiritual grace, to 3ou to be confermyd, be coumfortid togidere in 3ou, bi feith
e
12 that is to seie, to be comfortid to gidere that is bothe 3oure and myn togidere.
in 3ou,
by that feith that to gidere 3oure
is And, britheren, Y nyle, that 36 vn- 13
13 and myn, 'or of ech to othir*. Sothly, knowun, that ofte Y purposide to come
britheren, I nyle 3ou
h for' toJ
vnknowe, to 3ou, and Y am" lett to? this tyme,
1

that ofte k I purposide for 1 to come to 3ou, that Yhaue sum fruyt in 3ou, as in t Or hethen
and I am forbodyn til
11
3it, that I haue othere folkis. To Grekis and to bar-i4^nw /n ;.
sum fruyt in 3011, as and " 1
in othere folkis. bervnstj
*
to wise men and to vnwise sge. Lyre
hi*rf. e.
here.

a From The pistle to Romayns. p. No initial rubric in OQVWXY.

M. b the seruaunte AO. c Om. n.
d Om. WY. e f which h Om. Q. ' bi v. JOm.M. k Om. r. 'Om.jr.
gospel r. gospel v. e which sone v.
m bi v. n Om. x. among v. P the whiche NS. 1 also r. r the
clepid AG pr. m. MPsrv.
s
grace
be v. * Om. v m. u Om. N. v that r. w euere r. x N. and biseche r. y
pr. preiynge if if spedy o.
* Om. ox. a to vw. b come v. c For r. d Om. sx. e for to A sec. m. GK e or
pr. m. MNPQVW.
eecke to other AGoqsrw. Om. x. b Om. r sec. m. Om. sx. that v. J v. k eft o. 1
Om. sx.)e
11
to MP. m Om. QW.

a From Ma. Povl to the Romayns. A. Here bigynneth the firsle chapitre of the pistil to the Romayns. k.
No rubric
initial ric in CiKHSTUxeg.
ciKHSTUxeg.
b Om. c. "cOm.
- \jm. \jin. i. d Om.K*ec.
_m. jt sec. in. uirore a. f 10
m. *e bifore to K.
k. s \sw. T. h
gOm.T. " as
RT. HntoQ. k Om. s. 1 sumwhat to you k. and now a. "Om.k^r.m. " lettid KQRxb/3. P til EI.
>
 I. 1425- ROMANS. 305

u To Grekis and barbaryns, 'or kethene men, Y am dettour, so that that is in 15

men", to wyse men and vnwyse men, I me redi to preche the gospel also to
is

15 am dettour so that that? is in me is redy

,
1
!
3ou that ben at Rome. Fori schame Y i

r
for to euangelyse 8
and* to 3ou that ben at not the gospel, for it is the vertu of God
10 Rome. Forsoth 11
I schame not the gospel, in to heelthe to ech man that bileueth,
for it is the vertu of God in to helthe to to the Jew first, and to the Greke. For 17
ech man bileuynge, to the Jew first, and the ri3twisnesse of God is schewid in it,

17 to the w Greek. Sothely* the ri3twysnesse of feith in to feith, as it writun, For a is is

of God is shewid in it, of feith in to feith, iust man lyueth of feith. For the wraththe

as writun, Forsothe a iust man lyu-

it is of God is schewid fro heuene on al vn-
iseth of feith. Forsothe? the wraththe of pite and wickidnesse of tho men, that
God is schewid fro henene vpon z al vnpite withholden the treuthe of God in vnri3t-
and vnri3twisnesse of tho a men, that with- wisnes r For that thing of God that is
. la
b the c treuthe of
holden, 'or holden a bac , knowun, is schewid to hem, for God hath
19 God in vnri3tvvysnesse. For that that is schewid to hem. For the vnuysibleao
knowyn of God, is schewid, 'or maad thingis of hym, that ben vndurstondun,
hem, forsothe God schewide
A 6 f
opyn ,
to ben biholdun of the creature f of the f that is, ot
man. Lyre
inuysible thingis of
1'
2oto= hem. 'For the world, bi tho thingis that ben maad, 3he, here. e.

hym', of the creature 'of the worldJ, by and the euerlastynge vertu of hym and
tho thingis that ben maad, Vndirstondyn, the godhed, so that thei mowe not be
k
ben biholdun and the euerlasting vertu
, excusid. For whanne thei hadden knowe 21

of him and 1
the godhede, so that thei ben God, thei glorifieden hym not as God,
21 vnexcusable. For whanne thei hadden nether diden thankyngis; but thei va-
knowe God, thei glorifieden not as God, nyschiden in her thou3ts, and the vnwise
v
'or diden thankyngis" ; but thei vanysch-
1
herte of hem was derkid. For thei sei-22
eden in her thou3tis, and the vnwyse herte ynge that 3
hem silf weren wise, thei
of hem is" derkid"", 'or maad derk. weren maad foolis. And thei chaungiden 23
2-2 Sothli hem selue for 1 to
P thei seyinge the glorie of 'God vncorruptible*^: in to J ether that
mai not dye.
23 l)e wyse men, ben maad foolis. And thei r
the licnesse of an ymage of a deedli man, K.
that that
chaungiden the glorie of God vncorrupt-
is,
and of briddis, and of foure footid beestis, may not die,
ne be peirid.
ible, that* 'may not deie, ne be peirid \ in and of serpentis. For which thing God 24 Lyre here. e.

to the" lyknesse an ymage v< of w of x bitook u

hem in to the desiris of her
corupt- || ||
that is, sui-
fride hem to
ible man, and of briddis, and of foure herte, in to vnclennesse, that thei pun- be hitakun, in
24 footide beestis, and of serpentis. For ysche with wrongis her bodies in hem peyne of synne
ititbre goinge.
which thing God bytook hem in to the? silf. The whiche chaungiden the treuthe 25 Lyre here. e.
z
desyris of her herte, in to vnclennesse, of God in to leesyng v and herieden and ,

that thei ponysche with wrorigis, 'or dis- serueden a w creature rathere than to* the
2zpitis
A
, her bodies in hem silf. The whiche creatoure, that is blessid in to worldis
b
men chaungiden of God in to
the treuthe of worldis. Amen. Therfor God bitook 20
leesyng
c
, and herieden and serueden tod a e hem in to passiouns of schenschipe. For
creature rathere than to the f
creatour, the wymmen of hem chaungiden the

m or v n Om. ox. doctour K. p Om. GMPSX. 1 I am o. * Om. srx. *

sup. ras. preche
the gospel r. * also v. u For v. w Om. w. * Forwhi r. y For v. z on vx. the w.
b Om. ox. c Om. o. d Om. ox. e for v. f hath schewid N.
g in G sec. m. h Forsothe G sec. m.
J Om. v. k Om. v. m Om. o. neither
hym, that ben vndirstonden, ben biholden r.
' 1
in w.
diden thankingis v. n was v. nn maad derk o. o Om. ox. P For v. 1 Om. ox. T weren r.

s that that r. Om. x. * Om. x. u Om. g. v lickenesse w either 1. w sec.m.

is, ymage pr.m. y.
w Om. ow. * of a o. y Om. N. a Om. ox. b Om. s. c the leesynge o. a leesyng QV.
A Om. r. Om. w. f a N.

1 Forsothe K sec. m. r
vnrijtfulnesse s.
s
seynge that EKb pr. m. gk;jr. m. seiden s. *
vncorruptible
God R pr. m.
u took Tk pr. m.
v a
lesing s. w to a m pr. m. T. * Om. s.

VOL. IV. R r
 306 ROMANS. I. 26-^11. 2.

''that is, maker of noujtz, that

1 '
is blessid kyndli vss in to that vss that is
in to worldis, "or with outen Amen, ende kynde. Also the men forsoken the kyndli
1
. 27
v
2ti"or so be it . Therfore God bitook hem 1
vss of womman, and brenneden in her
in to passiouns
"
of a yuel fame, 1
W schen- desiris togidere, and men in to men
schip . Forwhi theP wymmen of hem wrou3ten filthehed, and resseyueden in to
chaungiden the kyndely vssi in to that hern silf the meede that bihofte of her
27vssi that is a3ens kynde
r
Also forsoth . errour. Andas thei preueden that thei 2

and 5
the mawlis, "or men\ the" kyndeli hadden not God in knowyng, God^ bi-
vss of womman v w x took hem
in to a repreuable wit, that
forsakyn , brennyden in
her desyris to gidere, mawlis in to? mawlis thei do tho thingis that ben not couen-

worchinge and receyuynge in

filthhede, able; that thei ben fulfillid with al wick- 20
x
hem silf the rnede, or hyre z that byhofte , idnesse, malice, fornycacioun, coueitise,
z
a
28 of her errour. And as thei proueden not weiwardnesse, ful of enuye, mansleyngis,
b
for to haue God in knowinge, God bitook >'''yuel
striif, gile, wille, preuy bacbiteris*, that is, sowens
hem in to a reprouable witt, that thei do detractouris, hateful to God, debaterisf, 30 of discord.
, . . ___! Lyre here. e.
tho thingis that acoorden not, "or bysemen proude, and hi3 ouer mesure, fynderis ot t et her wrong
dfs i' iser5 K
-

2<jnot ; hem
c
fulfillid with al wickidnesse, yuele thingis, not obeschynge" to fadir
tl

malice, fornycacioun, couetyse, weyward- and modir, vnwise, vnmanerli \, with- 31 1 ether vnco-
nesse, ful of enuye, mansleynge 6 , stryf,
.,, uenable in her-
outen loue, withouten boond or pees, yngwithout-
i ic
forth- "'
yuel will, 'priuey bacbyteris , "or
gyle,
f
with outen merci. The whiche whanne 32
zosoweris of discords, detractouris h "or opyn , thei hadden knowe the ri3twisnesse of
k b
God, vndirstoden not, that thei that
1
bacbyteris ,
hateful to God, wrougly dis-

pyseris "ofothere men

, proude, hy3e ouer-
1
don siche thingis ben worthi the deth,
mesure m
c
, fynderis of yuele thingis, not not oneli thei that don tho thingis, but
v
si
obeischinge" to fadir and modir vnwyse, , also thei that consenten to the doeris.
vncouenable in berynge with oute forth,
with outen affeccioun, "or loue?, withouten
32 bond of pees, withouten mercy. The
whiche whanne thei hadden knowen the
r
ri3twisnesse of God, vridirstodeni not, for
thei that don suche thingis ben worthi the

deeth, not oonly thei that don tho thingis,

8

but also thei that consenten to men do-

ynge.
CAP. II. CAP. II.
d
1 For which thing thou ert vnexcusable, Wherfor thou art vnexcusable, ech i

thou ech man that demest, sothli" in what man that demest, for in what thing thou
thing thou demest an othir man, thou con- demest anothir man 6 , thou condempnest
v w thi silf ; for thou doist the same thingis
dempnist thi silf; forsothe thou doist the
2 same thingis whiche thou demest. Sothe- whiche thou demest. And we witen, 2
x
ly we witen, for the dom of God is vp that the doom of God is aftir treuthe

Om. rx.
K which y. ether withouten etide o. of worldis r pr. in. Om. y sec. m. x.
ll i k Om. Nosyx.
1
toke
o. m passiouns, either lustis v. n or qr. Om. x. P Om. G pr. m. 4 oyse o. r the kynde o.
wymmen G.WXP. w Om. r. x and brenneden r. brenten
5 Om. N. * Om. A-. u forsoken the r. v x.
b Om. ox. c Om. jr. d Om. e man-
y Om. o. z mede ox.
huyre, or mede w.
a to w.
Gpr.m.
sleyngis MpQrwxv.
{ soweris of
discord x. S Om. x. h
open bacbiteris x. Om. x. k wrongful NO. '

1
Om. GMOPX. m or ouer mesure Q. Om. x. n x. " faderes or moduris o. P Om. x.
obeyende
q vndurstonden K pr, m. QfYY. r that r. u for r v thee K. w for r.
pr. m.
s suche
QWXY.
x aftir N. o.
opon

y so God s sec. m. z and ful s. B obedient K. b vnderstonden csaek. c suche a. Ther-

fore H. e Om. A.
 ii. 3 'M- ROMANS. 307

treuthe to? hem, that don siche thingis. hem, that don siche thingis. Buts
3 Gessist z thou, man, forsothe", that demest gessist thou, man, that demest hem that
hem that don suche thingis, and thou do- doeri siche thingis, and thou doist tho
hem b for c thou schalt ascape d the dom
ist , thingis, that thou schalt a scape the doom
v
4 of God? Wher thou 6
dispisist the richessis of God? Whether^ 'dispisist thou h the 4
of his goodnesse, and pacience, and longe
f
richessis of his goodnesse, and the pa-
b
abidyng? Vnknowest thous, for the be- cience, and the long abidyng ? Knowist
nygnyte, 'or good wille\ of God ledith thou not, that the benygnyte* of God * ether
good-
wille.Ke.
5 thee to penaunce? Forsothe aftir k thi ledith thee to' But aftira
forthenkyng?
hardnesse and vnrepentaunt herte, thou thin hardnesse and vnrepentaunt herte,
tresourist to thee wraththe in to m the 1
thou tresorist to thee wraththe in the
day of wraththe and of schewynge of the dai of wraththe and of schewyng of the
o rijtful dom of God, that schal 3elde to ech ri3tful doom of God, that schal 3elde tofi
7 man vp his worlds ; sothely to hem that ech man aftir his werkis sotheli to 7 ;

n
vp patience of good werk, glorie, and hem that ben bi pacience f of
good werk, t pacience,
that is, to hem
honour, and vncoripcioun, to hem sek- glorie, and onour, and vncorrupcioun, to that vsiden wel

s
ynge euerelasting lyf forsothe to hem ; hem that seken euerlastynge lijf ; but to a
that ben of stryf, and that assenten not hem that ben of strijfij:, and that as- re . e.
that
t str'jf,
to treuthe, but bileuen to wickidnesse, senten not to treuthe, but bileuen to >', to synnens
''
wraththe and indignacioun, tribulacioun wickidnesse, wraththe and indignacioun,
and angwische r in to ech soule of man , tribulacioun and angwisch, in to echo

worchinge yuel thing *, of Jew first and soule of man that worchith yuel, to the
10 Greek";
sothely glorie, and honour, and Jew first, and to the Greke but glorie, ;
10

v w x and honour, and pees, to ech man that

pees, to ech worchinge good thing, to
nJewy first, and to Greek 2 For accep- . worchith good thing, to the Jew first,
ciouns 3 of persoones, 'that is, to putte oon and to the Greke. For accepcioun ofn
c
bifore another withotite^ desert , is not personesS is not anentis God. For who 12 i
, . that is, to putte
d
i2anentis God. Forsothe who euere syn-
e
euere han
synned without
lawe, the oon bifore an-

nen withoute lawe f schulen perische with- , schulen perische withouten the k lawe ; dissert OUCT.
outen lawes ; and h who euere in the lawe and who euere han synned in the lawe, tunlahethen
synnen, schulen be denied by the lawe. thei schulen be demyd bi the lawe. For is men that had-
.
den not Moyses
Sothely' the heereris of lawe ben not iust the hereris of lawe ben not iust anentis wn-
1
is law. lawe
k
anentis God, but the doeris of lawe 1
God, but the doeris of the lawe schulen
14 schulen be maad iust. Forsoth m whanne be maad iust. For whanne hethene men 14

'' aKe that

hethene" that ban not lawe ,
don kyndeli, that han not lawe, don kyndli tho >
<

Moyses lawe.
is,
'orby stiryng of kyndev, tho thingis that thingis that ben of the lawe, thei not Lyre here. e.

ben of the lawe, thei not hauynge such hauynge suche manere lawe, ben lawe to
maner lawe r
,
ben lawe to hem silf, that hem silf, that schewen the werk " of the r ^ 1

isschewen the work of lawe writun in her

3
lawe writun in her hertis. For the
hertis ; the* conscience of hem 3eldinge
u
to conscience of hem 3eldith to hem a wit-

y in to AfOPQH'v. z But Om. v b tho d

ajens v. gessist v. thingis v. that or. .
scapen x.
e thou K sec.m. OQVWX.
dispisist
f this N. g Knowest thou not o. h that v. '
Om. x. k bi v.
1
the wrath G sec. in. m Om. vw. n ben bi N. ben r * Om. r. the
up v. anguisches o.
Greeke GMP. of Grek QSWXY. of the Greek v, v j n to w. w eche man pv. x that worchin w.
y the Jew v sec.m. z the Greek r. a
accepcioun AGMNPVX. excepcion o.
b that is, withouleti o.
either mithoitten Y sec. m. c
gloss omitted in vx.
d anent x. e For v. f the lawe w. g the
lawe w .
h Om. N. '
For r. k anent x
passim.
!
the lawe N. m For r. n hethen men
AGMNOPr. lawe, that is, Moises lame r. P Om. ox. r of lawe o. s Om. o. l while the v.
n
jeeldith v.

h
8 Wher plures el o0. thou dispisist Eiqbceka. '
in to T. k Om. K. '
the lawe CBUxagk.
m werkis ak. n Om. Kk. Om. k pr. m.
Rr 2
 308 ROMANS. ii. 16 29.

hem a* witnessinge and bitwixe? hem nessyng bytwixe hem silf of thou3tis
selue of thou3tis accusinge or also defend- that ben accusynge or defendynge, in the 10

icinge, in the day whanne God schal deme dai whanne God schal deme the priuy
the pryuei thingis of men vp my gospel, by thingis of men aftir my gospel, bi Jhesu
nJhesu Crist. Forsoth thou ert namyd
if Crist. But if thou art named a Jew, 17
a Jew, and restist in the lawe, and hast and restist in the lawe, and hast glorie

iHglorie in God, and hast knowe his wille, in God, and hast knowe his wille, and IB
and thou lerned z by the lawe preuyst a thou lerudP bi lawe^ preuest the more
i9more b profitable thingis, tristnest thi silf profitable thingis, and tristist thi silf to 13
for to be a ledere of blynde men, the Ii3t of be a ledere of blynde men, the Ii3t of
20 hem that beth e
in derknessis, a techere of hem that ben in derknessis, a techere of2o
1
vnwyse men, a maistir of 3onge children , vnwise men, a maistir of 3onge children,
hauynge the foorme of science, 'or kun- that hast the foorme of kunnyng and of
21 nynge and of treuthe in the lawe ther-
]t
, ; treuthe in the lawe; what thanne tech- 21
fore thou that techist anothir, techist' not ist thou another, and techist not thi silf?

thi silf? Thou that prechist to not stele, Thou prechist that me schal not
that
22stelist? Thou that seist to 'not do k stele, stelist? Thou that techist that me 22
x

leccherie, doist leccherie ? Thou that schal do no r letcherie, doist letcherie ?

wlatist ydols, W
mawmetis , doist sacri- 1
Thou that wlatist rnaumetis, doist sacri-

legie, *that is, thefte of hooly thingis? legie*? Thou that hast glorie in the 23 *

23 Thou that gloriest" in the lawe, by lawe, vnworschipist God bi brekyng of

'brekinge of the laweP vnworschipist, W the lawe? For the name of God is 24 Ke ma d re
puae, that
-
. P.
is,
-

24 dispisisti, God ? Forsoth r the name of blasfemed bi 3ou among hethene men, maad abhomy-
_, . . . nable to God,
God by 3ou is blasfemyd among
8
hethene 38 IS Writun. tor CirCUniClSlOUn pro- 25 as hethen men

2;. men, as it is writun. Sothli circumcisioun fitith, if thou kepe the lawe; but if thou
" able
profyteth, if thou kepe the lawe ;
forsoth be arr trespassour a3ens the lawe, thi je s

thou be a trespassour of the lawe, thi

if circumsicioun is maad prepucie. Ther-2< / rte *J" 1 < fe >
. . .
that is, of the
x
circumcisioun is maad prepucie, or custom
s
for if prepucie kepe the ri3twisnessis of kynde of him
v .i . . i . bi the doom of
wofhethen men*. Therfore if prepucie, or the lawe, whethir his prepucie schal not kyndei;

custom qfhethen men u kepe ri3twysnesse v ,

be arettid in to circumcisioun? And the 27
"
of the"' lawe, wher his prepucie schal not prepucie of kynde that fulfillith the lawe,
27 be rettid* in to circumcisioun? And the schal deme thee, that bi lettre and cir- * e.

z a b 11

prepucie, that? is of kynde , fullinge the cumcisioun art trespassour a3ens the
lawe, schal deme thee, that by lettre and lawe. For he that is in opene is not a 28
circumcisioun ert trespassour of the lawe. Jew, nether it is circumsicioun that is

28 Forsoth not he that is a Jew in opyn d , openli in the fleisch ; but he that is a Jew 29

ne e the f circumcisioun that is in the^ in hid, and the v circumcisioun of herte,

29 fleisch in 1 '

opyn ; but he that is a Jew in in spirit, not bi the lettre, whos preisyng
hidd, and the circumcisioun of herte in is not of men, but of God.

spirit, not in lettre, whos preisyng is not

of' men, but of God,

* Om. y bitwen sx. z lerid ASX. lerud GM. a hast the more & s. c tristest
o.
proued s.
e ben AGMNOPQSVWX. f childer x.
MSX. tristeth o. trustest Q. and tristnist v. and trustnest Y.
h Om. ox. i
teche r. k do no o. l
Om. ox. m Om. x. n hast
glorie r. Om. OQ. P Om. o.
Om. ox. r For s Om. or hethene kustum x. u Om. ox. <Aa< is, an hethen
q amongis x.
y. t r.
man vncirciimcidid r. v
rijtwisnesses p. rijtfulnessis QH'X.
w Om. Q. x arettid r sec. m. J which r.
z Om. a the b s. fulfillende x.
c For r. d
o. kynde fulfillynge AGMNOPQ^W.
r. fellende opyn,
//zfli is, circumcisid he is K. neither r. f Om. A v. 6 Om. x. h Om. Q.
inflesch preysable pr.m.
1
Om. x.

P lerned CEMQXUxaegkoa/3. lered i. lernd K. 1 the lawe CEiKMQRTUxabceghkoa. r not do Eibegka.

rr Om. x pr. m. a. s ri3twisnes EiQRTghko. l wher CEiQxg. u a trespassour k pr. m. v Om. RTh^.
 III. i 16. ROMANS. 309

CAP. III. CAP. III.

1 Therfore what is more to a Jew, or What* thanne is more to a Jew, on what is

2 what profyt of circumcisioun ? Moche by

i
what pront
/ w or circumcisioun r~tnjri
j-w / more, that is.

Myche2 schal avail ^

alle maner ; first sothli, for k the bi al wise; first, for the spekyngis of God
spekyngis
3 of God ben bitakun to hem.
1
What sothli Veren bitakun x to hem. And what if 3 umm. feitk of
God, that is,
if summe of hem bileueden not ? Wher m summe of hem bileueden not ? Whethiry sehai schewe
thee worth! t(i
the vnbileue of hem hath auoydid" the the vnbileue of hem hath auoidid the
4 feith of God ? Fer be it. Forsoth God is feith of God? God forbede. For God 4 ***"*
trewe, W sothfast sothli ech man a lyere,
,
is sothefast, but ech man a 7 liere; as -

"or unstable? ; as isi writun, That thou be it is writun, That thou be iustified f in t be iustified,
that is, that the
r
iustifyed, 'orfounden trewe in thi wordis, ,
thi wordis, and 3 ouercome, whanne thou truthe of thi

and ouercome, whanne thou ert denied. art denied. But if oure wickidnesse 5
comende the ri3twisnesse the rewme, and
5 Forsoth oure s wickidnesse, 'or vnequyte*,
if '
of God, what
of Crist to be
comende the ri3twysnesse u of God, what shulen we seie? Whether God is wick- borun of me, as
j it. -^ ii-xL. T A c thou bihistist,
schulen we seie ? Wherv God is wickid,
I
id,that bryngith in wraththe? Aftiro seydeDauith.
cthat bryngeth in wraththe? Vp man I man seie. Y
God forbede. Ellis hou that ."Tpe men
seie. Fer be it. Ellis how 'God schal w schal God deme this world ? For if the 7 a ' e re "'
^
world? Forsoth x treuthe of God hath aboundid in my
ydeme this if the"''

treuthe of God hath haboundid?, 'or be leesyng, in to the glorie of hym, what
plenteuous
1
,
in my lesynge, in to the glorie 3it am Y demed synner? And note
as a
of hym, what and 31! am I denied as a
a
as we ben blasfemed, and as summen b
ssynnere? And not as we ben blasfemyd, seien that we seien, Do we yuele thingis,
and as summe seyen vs for b to seye, Do that gode thingis come. Whos danip-
we yuele thingis, that goode thingis come. nacioun is iust. What thanne ? Passen 9
9 Whos dampnacioun is iust. What ther- we hem ? Nay; for we han schewid bi

fore ? Passen we hem ? Nay ;

sothli c we skile, that alle bothe Jewis and Grekis
ban schewid by and Greekis ben vndur synne, as writun, For
1
skile, Jewis* it is 10

10 alle c f
for to be vndir synne, as it is writun, ther. is no man iust:}:; ther is no man 1 1 1 there >s no
, .
f , , man iust, with-
is not ony man iust
,
1 1 For ther ;
ther is not
vndurstondynge, sekynge nethir uod. out the grace

a man
vndirstondinge, sekinge neither Alle bowiden awey, togidere thei
12 God. Alle bowedyn awey, to gidere thei maad vnprofitable; ther is noon c that t a
x
ben maad h vnprofitable ; ther is not that doith good thing, there is noon d til to e man worth;
euerlastinge
k
doith' good thing , ther is not til to oon. oon. The throte of hem is an opyn is bus. Lire here.

is
s
A sepulcre openynge
1
is the throte of hem ; sepulcre; with her tungis thei diden gile-
with her tungis thei diden gilyngly m 'or , fuli ; the venym of snakis is vndur her

trecherously ; the venym of eddris , ''that lippis. The mouth of whiche f is ful of u
uben clepid aspis?, vnduri her lippis. The h
cursyngS and bitternesse; the feet of is
mouth of whom is ful of cursyng, 'or wa-
"
1
hem ben swifte to schede' blood. Soreweie
15
riyng*, and bitternesse the feet of hem ;
and cursidnesse ben in the weies of hem,
wben* swift for" to schede out blood. Con- and thei knewen not the weie of pees ; 17
vv k
tricioun v , 'or defoulyng togidere, and the drede of God is not bifor1 her i3en. is

k Om. x. !
weren v. m Whether s passim x. n anoyed Q. Om. OQX. P Om. ox. 1 it is o.
t Om. GMOPX. u v Whether x
r Om. x. 3
jour G pr.m. or vnquyet Y. i^tfulnesse r. passim.
w shal God MPV. x For r. xx Om. p. y abounden WY. z Om. ox. a Om. o. b Om. sx. c for v,
d the Jewis w. e as w. ! Om. sx. h nla ked o. don N. do sx. k Om. x. An opin sepulcre r. i l

m gylfully v. gilendeli x. n Om. o. snakes v. P that is,

aspis M. Om. or. aspis x. 1 is
s Om. NOVX. t Om. osx. u Om. G v Sorwe r. vv Om. or.
pr.m. MPSWX.
vndur y. r which r.
w Om. v.

w x taken RT. y Wher i. z t* a BIT sec. m. k. a and that thou b summe men i.
profiteth R. i.

summe m. a m. c no man T. d not R. no man T. e vnto R. ( whom S cursidnesse a.

pr. ej sec. i.

h and of k. schede out R. k and the R.

' '
tofore k.
 310 ROMANS. III. 17 3 T.

or cursidnesse*, in y the weies of

'infelicite, And we witen, that, what euere thingis 19

17 hem, and thei knewen not the wey

z
of the lawe spekith, it spekith to hem that
is pees; the drede of God is not bifore her ben in the lawe, that ech mouth be
uiy3en. Forsothe we witen, for
a
what euere stoppid, and ech world be maad suget
thingis the lawe spekith, it spekith to to God. For of the werkis of the lawe 20
hem that ben in the lawe, that ech mouth ech fleisch schal not be Justified bifor
be stoppid, and ech world be' maad suget 1

hym ;
for bi the lawe ther is knowyng

20 to God. For of the workis of lawe ech of synne. But now with outen the lawe 21
fleisch bl> , 'that is, mankynde schal not be
c
, the rijtwisnesse of God is schewid, that

iustifyed bifore d e
him; forsothe by the is witnessid of the lawe and the" pro-
21 lawe is knowinge of synne. Forsothe fetis. And the ri3twisnesse of God is bi22
now with ou ten the lawe the ri3twysnesse the feith of Jhesu Crist in to alle men
of God is schewid, witnessid of the lawe and on alle men that bileuen in hym;
22 and ee prophetis. Sothli the ri^twysnesse of for ther no departyng. For alle men 23
is

God is by the f feith of Jhesu Crist on& synneden, and han nede to the glorie
alle'
1
that bileuen in to hym ; forsoth 1 of God*; and ben Justified freli bi his 24 * of God, that

ther is noj distynccioun k

, W departynge* .
grace, bi the a3enbiyngP that is in 'Crist

23 For men synneden, and han nede

alle to Jhesui. Whom God ordeynede for 3 yuer, 25

glorie of God
24 the thei Justified freely ;
bi bi feith in his blood, to the schewyng <tedisdony>

his grace, by the redemcioun, W the of his rhtwisnesse, for remyssioun of

'
that is, bi the
eide lawe, that
stood in flesch

a^enbiyng, that is purposid in Jhesu biforgoynge synnes, m

the beryng up of2C f obseru-
Whom God purposideP an
>~, -. /*i*-j.
of
aunces. of
25 Crist. helpere God, to the schewyng his rrjtwisnesse feitht tha t is>

by feith in his blood, to the schewinge of in this tyme, that he be iust, and iusti-
v
"
hethen men
his rijtwysnesse, for** remiscioun of rr bi- 1
fyynge
''*' hym
'
that is of the feith of -

Lire here. e.
3
26 fore goynge synnes, in the sustentacioun', Jhesu Crist. Where thanne is thi
glo-27
'or beringe of God, to the schewynge
vp
u
, riyng
r
? It is excludid. Bi what lawe?
of his ri5twysnesse in this tyme, that he Of s dedis doyng ? Nay, but by the lawe
be iust, and iustifyinge v
him that is of the of feith. For we demen a man to be 28
27 feith of Jhesu Crist. Where is
w therfore 1
justified bi the feith, with outen werkis"
'

thi gloriynge x ? It is excludid?, or put of the lawe. Whethir of Jewisv is God 29

out 1 .
By what lawe? Of dedis doynge ? oneli ? Whether" he is not also of he-
28
Nay, but by the lawe of feith. Forsothe thene men? 3hi s an d of hethene men. )

v
we demen a man for a
to be iustifyed by For oon God is x that iustefieth circum-so ,

29feith b , withouten workis of lawe e . Wher cc cisioun bi>" feith, and prepucie bi feith.
of Jewis is God oonly ? Wher d he is not Distruye we therfor the lawe bi the* si

e
and of hethene ? ^is, and of hethenes. f
feith ? God forbede ; but we stablischen
:w For sothely oon is God, that iustifyeth the lawe.
circiuncisioun of h feith, and prepucie, W
Aihethen men 1
, by feith. Therfore distrye
we the lawe by the k feith ? Fer be it ;
but we stablischen the lawe m 1
.

x z a that r. b Om. N. bb man r.

vnhappynesse o. cursidnesse r. infelicite x. y ben in r. weiyes MO.
c Om. orx. A for r. e Om. o. ee of K. f Om. PW. S into alle and on N. into alle men and on r.
h alle men v For v pr. m. 3 not G sec.m.
.
' k
diffinycioun M. Om. O,Y. m a3enbiyng o. n or cr$ein- 1

biyng GMr. Om. NOX. Om. ^GMNOPOsrwxv. P purposide, or ordeyned AGMNPQSVY. ordeyned o. 1 for
the v. r
redempcioun w.
" of his o. s biforn goende x. * beringe up o. susteyninge v, u Om. ox.
w On r x z Om. ox. a Om. sx. b the feith w. c the law
glorifyinge w. y put out o.
1
pr.m.
,

pQsrwxY. cc Whether MP. Whether M. Whether and x. e Om. MPQSX. also r. f hethen men <1

g hethen men epr.m.osr. h bi v. '

Om. ox. k Om.Mopx. l stablen GMP. m lawe bi GMP. feith

m rijtfulnesse b.
n
of the i. Om. k pr. m. in to CK sec. m. ab sec. m. k. P ajenrisinge T. 1 Jhesu
Crist Rpr.m. k.
r
ioi3ynge H. "Oftheh. tOm.kpr.m. tt
the werkis a. v the Jewis HT.
w Wher i. x ther is oo God i. y of A sec.m. marg. a.
z Om. nk.
 IV. j 13. ROMANS. 311

CAP. IV. CAP. IV.

1 What therfore schulen we seye, 'oure What thanne schulen we seie, that i

fadir Abraham v for w Ho haue x founden Abraham oure fadir aftir the flesch
v
z 3
vpy the fleysch ? Forsoth if Abraham be
2 foond For Abraham a
? if is justified of 2
justified of the worlds of lawe b he hath , werkis b of the lawe, he hath glorie, but
c
aglorie, but not anentis 'What soth- God. not anentis God. For what seith the:i
d
li seith the scripture ?Abraham bileuede scripture ? Abraham bileued to God,
to God, and it is e rettid f to him to ri3t- and it was arettid to him to ri3twis-
4
wysnesse. Forsoth to him that worchith nesse. And to hym that worchith mede 4
mede is not '3ouun to?, "or rettid^, vp is not arettid bi grace, but hi dette.
5 grace, but vp dette. But' to hym that Sotheli to hym that worchith not, huts
k
worchith not, forsoth bileuynge into him 1

bileueth in to hym that iustefieth a

that iustifyeth the wickid m man, vn- W wickid man, his feith is arettid to ri3t-

pifous", his feith is rettid to ri3twysnesseP, wisnesse, aftir the purpos of Goddis
evp the purposinge of Goddis grace. As
*
grace*. As Dauid seith the blessidnesse o
c
i
yrace, that
is, by the ordir
and Dauid seith the blessidnesse of a of a man, whom God acceptith, he 3yu- of grace, and
not by the
man, to
r
whom God acceptith n'3twys-
8
eth to hym ri3twisnesse with outen ordir of dette.
* u
withoute werkis ^of the lawe , werkis of the lawe, Blessid ben thei,7
nesse circumcisioun,
that is, in
7 Blessid thei v ,
whos wickidnessis ben for- whos wickidnessis ben forjouun, and Jewis circum-
cidid. prepucie,

3ouun, and whos syrines ben keuered, "or whos synnes ben hid. Blessid is thatu or staat of he-
then men. Lire
8//zW vv . Blessid that w man, to whom God man, to whom God arettide not synne. here. e.

orettide* not synne. Therfore this blessid- Thanne whether d\vellith this blisful-o
v
nesse dwellith- oouly in circumcisioun, or nesse d oneli in circumcisioun, or also e in
also in prepucie/or staat ofhethene men ?
z
prepucie? For we seien, that the feith
Forsothe we a
seyn, for the feith is rettid
1 ' c
was arettid to Abraham to ri3twisnesse.
10 to Abraham to ri3twysnesse. Hou ther- Hou thanne was it arettid ? in f circum- 10
d
fore is it rettid 6 ? in circumcisioun, or in cisioun, or in prepucie ? Not in circum-

prepucie? Not in circumsioun, but in pre- cisioun, but in prepucie. And he took n
1 1
pucie. And he took a signe of circum- a signe of circumcisioun, a tokenyngs of
cisioun, a markynge, W tohenynge*, of ri3twisnesse of the feith which is in pre-
ri3twysnesse of feith that? is in prepucie, pucie, that he be fadir of alle men bi-
that he be fadir of alle men bileuynge leuynge bi prepucie, that it be arettid
by prepucie, that it be rettid and k to
1
hem also to hem to ri3twisnesse ; and that he 12

12 to ri3twysnesse ; and that he be fadir of be fadir of circumcisioun, not onely to

circumcisioun, not oonly to hem that ben hem that ben of circuincisioun, but also
of circumcisioun, but and 1
to hem that to hem that suen the steppis of the feith,
v v
suen his" 1
steppis of the feith" of our which h feith is in prepucie of oure fader
is fadir Abraham, that is in prepucie . For- Abraham. For not bi the lawe is bi-is
sothe not by the lawe is biheesteP to heest to Abraham, or to his seed, that

Abraham, or to his seed, that he bei the he schulde be eir of the world, but bi

v Abraham oure w vp the flesche for GMP. Om. sx. vp the flesch v. x Om. v. y Om.
fadir vx.
after o. z
Om. QMPV.
For v. a
b the lawe or sec. m. x. c anent x d For whi what r.
passim.
e was v. f arettid v. S jouun ox. arettid v. h Om. laoerx. Sotheli r. k but v. '
the byleuynge o.
'

m rueke sx. n Om. ox. arettid r. P rijtfulnesse v. 1 purpos v. r Om. N. 8

acceptith, he jeueth
to hem N. acceptid s. l the werkis
QUX. Om. x. v be thei G sec.m. v. vv Om. ox. w is that nr.
the Qstrx. x arettide y. y dwellith it GMP. dwellith not Q. 2 Om. ovx. a that v. b was v.
c arettid v. d was v. e arettid v. f Om. ox. e which y. arettid y. k also v. 1
Om. '

G pr. m. m the Nr. n Om. G

pr, m. which feith is in prepucie of oure fadir Abraham y. P the
i schulde be y.
byheste x.

a be o the werkes MRTh. wicknessis i. wickidnes k. d

CEiKMQRTUxabceghka/3. rijtfulnesse E.
blessidnesse Ra. ellis R. f into o. K token h the whiche i.
EiKQeg.
 312 ROMANS. iv. 1425-

eyr of the world, but bi the ri3twysnesse the ri3twisnesse of feith 1

. For if theii4
H of feith. Sothli r if thei that ben of the that ben of the lawe*, ben eiris, feith is *oftheiawe,
,...,,.. .,don ,-, ,, that is, of the
awey. ror the 15 werkis of lawe.
8
lawe, ben eyris, feith is anentyschid ,
'or biheest
distned, is
Lirehere e - -

15 distroyed , biheeste is don awey. Forsoth"

1
lawe worchith wraththe; for where is no
the lawe worchith wrath the ; sothli wher v lawe, there is no trespas, nethir is tres-
the lawe is riot, nethir is w preuaricacioun, passyng. Therfor riytfulnesse^ is of the
1
is
v
io or trespassinge*. Therfore of? the feith, feith, that bi grace biheeste be stable" 1

that vp grace biheeste be stable , stede- 11

W to ech seed, not to that seed oneli that

fast*, to ech seed, not to that seed oonly is of the lawe, but to that that is of the
that is of the lawe, but to that that is of feith of Abraham, which is fadir of vs
the b feith of c
Abraham, the which is fadir alle. As it is writun, For Y haue set 17
17 of vs alle. As it is writun, For I haue thee fadir of many folkis, bifor God to
sett thee fadir of manye folkis, bifore God whom thou hast bileued. Which God
towhom thou hast bileuyd. The d which quykenethPf deed men, and clepith tho f quikeneth by
grace, deed
God K quykerieth deede mens, and clepith f
thingis that ben not, as tho that ben. men, that is,
hethen men
tho thingis that ben not, as tho that ben. Which Abraham asens hope bileuede in i8
that weren

isThe h which Abraham a3ens hope bileu-

1
to hope, that he schulde be maad fader deed li r y dola -
. .
trie, that ben

he k
schulde be maad wasi seid to hym,
ede in to hope, that ofmany folkis, as it not, that is, of

fadir of manye folkis, vp that it is seid

1
Thus schal thi seed be, as the sterris of that weren not
"
to hym, Thus schal'" thi seed be", as heuene, and as the grauel that is in the rfcmn w?ore
v
sterris of heuene'', and as grauel, or brenke of the see. And he was r not 19 Jewis
that
-

ben, that is, as

,<iond l
>, that is in the brynke of the s
r
see. maad vnstidfast in the bileue, nether he Jewis that
u
19 And he is
1
not maad vnstedefast in the biheelde his bodi thanne ny3 deed, arettid

v
bileue, nethir he biheld his body now whanne he was almost of an hundrid
w wombe
ny3 deed, whanne he was almoost of an 3eer, ne the of Sare ny3 deed.
hundrid 3eer, and the wombe of Sare riy3 Also in the biheeste of God he doutide 20 Lyre here. e.

20 deed. Also in the byheeste of God he not with vntrist ; but he was coumfortid
doutide not with vntrust ; but he is x com- in bileue,
3yuynge glorie to God, witynge 21
fortid in bileue, 3yuynge glorie to God, moost fulli that what euere thingis God
a
21
witinge moost fully for what euere hath bihi3t, he is my3ti also to do.
b Therfor it was arettid to hym to ri3t-22
thingis God hath bihi3t, he is my3ti and
22 for to do. Therfore it is d rettid 6 to him wisnesse 8 . And it is not writun oneli 23

23 to
rijtwysnesse. Forsothe it is not writun for him, that it was arettid to hym to

oonly for hym, for it is rettids to him to

f
ri3t wisnesse
1
, but also for vs, to whicheu 24
h him
24
ri3twysnesse, but and for vs, to which it it schal be arettid, that bileuen in
schal be rettid', beleuynge in to hym that that Lord Jhesu Crist fro
reiside oure

reyside oure Lord Jhesu Crist fro deede deeth. Which was bitakun for oure 25
"
tt&piritis*. The 1
which is" bitakun for synnes, and roos a3en for oure iustefi-
oure synnes, and roos a3en for oure ius-
tifyinge .

Forsothe s * Om. n Forwhi v whether G w Om. s.

o. o. ox, pr. m.
''
distroyed v.
x Om. o. y rbffulnesse is of r. z stedefast o. a Om. ox. Om. v. b
c Om. v. d Om. v.
e Om. x. f the deade x. S Om. x. h Om. v. Om. x.i k Om. N. that Q. m shal he x. 1

n Om. A'. the eterres x. P the heuen o. 1 Om. Nrx. r Om. x. s Om. o. 4 was v. u Om. r.
v thanne v. w Om. o. x was v. a that v. also r. c Om. srx. d was r. e
arettid v. f was r.

e arettid y. h to K. arettid v. l
Om. x. m Om. v. n was v. K.
iustifyingis

'
the feith K. k
r'v^trvisnes T.
1
Om. c. m is T. n stablid R. The whiche i. P quykenyde a.
4 is k pr. m. r is k pr. m. s
ri3tfulnesse .
*
rijtfulnesse ciKMQRUxabcehoa/3.
u whom i.
v K
iustifi3ynges
 V. I 14. ROMANS. 313

CAP. V. CAP. V.
1 Therfore we, iustified of feith, haue? iustified of feith, haue we
Therfor we, i

God by oure Lord Jhesu Crist.

pees at pees at God bi oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
2 By whom we hani 'accesse, or ny$ go-
r
Bi whom we han nij goyng to, bi feith 2
8
ynge to, by feith in to this grace, in in to this grace, in which we stonden,
which we stonden, and han glorie in the and han glorie in the hope of the w glorie
3 hope of glorie of Goddis sones. Forsoth of Goddis children*. And not this 3 *thati,of
,. , , , ., seintis, that
not oonly, but and we glorien in tribula- oneli, but also we glorien in tribula- ,
ben seid Goddi
"

ciouns, witinge that tribulacioun worch- ciouns, witynge that tribulacioun worch- JJ^j- k y nde
a of grace
4ith pacience, sothli pacience" prouynge, ith pacience, and pacience preuyngf, 4 ^
5 forsothe prouynge hope. v Forsoth hope and preuyng hope. And hope confound- s Lyre here. e.

iu f *u 1,-x c n f ^'"yg;
confoundith not, for the charite of God is ith not, for the charite of Godj is spred
j
that is, purging

spred abrood in oure hertis by the Hooly abrood x iny oure hertis bi the Hooli
e Gost, that is 3ouun to vs. Wherto sothly Goost, that is 3ouim to vs. And while e
deiede Crist w for wickide* men, whanne that z we weren sijk
* aftir the tyme,
*
what as myche as a

we weren syke*,
3it W
unstable z , 'vp '

diede Crist for wickidmen? For vnnethis 7

. , . -
m

.
man not dis-
is

seyued in that
thatheabood.
7 tyme
a
? Sothli vnnethis deieth eny man
b
dieth ony man for the mst man; and 31! yts>jk ;

for the iust c ; for whi for the goode d per- for a good man perauenture summan
v

sauenture sum man dar deye e . Forsoth dar die. But God comendith his cha-s ritisdiede Crist,
but for his pure
God comendith his charite in vs for if ; rite in vs; for if whanne we weren sit charite. from
wraththe; that
whanne we weren 3it synners, Vp tyme? synnens, aftir the tyme Crist was deed 9
f
is, peyne of
, . lielle. not oonli.
9 Crist is deed for vs', moche more now we
h for vs, thanne myche more now we ms-
k
iustifyed in his blood, schulen be saaf fro tified in his blood, schulen be saaf fro
*"**
we sc h u ien be

lowraththe by him. Sothli if whenne we 1

wraththe bi him. For if whanne we 10 ^mmdide; that
is, passith more

weren enemyes, we ben recouncilid to weren enemyes a web ben recounselid ,

to in good, than
, . the synne of
God by deeth of his sone, moche more we God bi the deth
sone, myche of his Adampassede
x l e
recounsylid schulen be saaf in the lyf of more we recounselid schulen be saaf in piJ^etlou s .

11 him. Forsothe not n oonly, but and we the lijf of hym. And not oneli this, but u

glorien in God, by oure Lord

Jhesu Crist, also we glorien in God, bi oure Lord passing suede

now ..,.,
Crist, bi whom we han
, ,
the jeuyng of

by whom we hari receyued recoun- Jhesu resseyued lawe, not [for]

12
cilyng, W acordyngv.
Therfore as by o
"
now recounselmg.
, . mi_
Therfor as
/ i-
bi o man
the defaute of
i2 th e i a
we,butfor
man synne entridei in to this world, and 1
synne entride in to this world, and bi ^"Sjjf^
forside a 3 ens
s
by synne deeth, so 'deeth passide forth in synne deth, and so deth passide forth in and
forbeding,
to alle men 1 in which man alle men syn-
,
to alle men, in which man alle men fortheknow-
T->
For til to c the lawe synne
< .. .11 ing of synne,
isneden. Sothli til to the lawe synne was synneden. is wh c h knowing
;

6
in the world forsothe synne was not ;
11
was in the world ; but synne was not iaw^^gg'-eg-
v w rettid d ,
nne
But deth u g> th syhere.
'wyitid, or rettid, whanne lawe was not. whanne lawe was not.
e. Lyre
u But deeth regnyde fro Adam til to* Moy- regnyde from Adam 'til to e Moises, also

ses, also in? to hem that synneden not in

z
in to hem that synneden not in licnesse
a
licnesse of trespassinge of Adam, which of the trespassyng of Adam, the which

P haue wee x. 1 haf o. r Om. s his Q. 1l v

o. pacience rvorchith r. prouyng
n&rchith r. w Crist r. * wicke sx. y vnstable o. z Om. orx. and vnstable Q. a Om. r.
up tyme
man or. d h was r,
goode man or.
b vnnethe MX. c iuste e who dare f K Om.
dye? G. je o. v.
'
vs r. k saued N. For v.
1 m Om. o. n and not x. haf o. P Om. ox. or ayn-
up tyme
hath entrid o. r the o. 9 and soo rx. * into alle men deth
cording r.
passede thurj x.
u T Om. w the law o. x Om. G. y Om. o. z
into G sec. m. a the whiche
sothely o. o.

w Om. a. Om. R pr. m. 7 on a. into g. z Om. K pr. m. k pr. m. ether synneres K marg.
Om. K sec. m. c vnto IR. d arettid
Rg sec.m. k.
e vnto i.

VOL. IV. S S
 314 ROMANS. v. 15 vi. 4.

is foorme, W c
licnesse*, of oow to corn- is licnesse of Crist to comynge. But not 15
is
ynge
d
But not as gilt.
trespass, so
e f
, W as gilt, so the 3ifte; for if thorou3 the
and the 3ifte sothli' if thorw the gilt ;
1 1
gilt of oon manye ben deed, myche
of oou k manye ben deed, moche more the more the grace of God and the 3ifte in
grace of God and 3ifte in the grace of o the f grace of o man Jhesu Crist hath
man Jhesu Crist hath haboundid in to aboundids in to many men. And not IB

16 many men. And not as by o synne, so as bi o synne, so bi the 3ifte ; for the
and by 3yfte; forwhi sothli dom of oon
1
doom of oon in to condempnacioun, but
1'
in to condempnacioun, grace forsothe of grace of many giltis in to iustificacioun.

manye giltis, 'or trespassingis, in to For if in the gilt of oon deth regnede 1
17
k that
17 iustificacioun. Forsoth" if in the gilt of thorou3 oon, myche more men
oon deeth regnede thorw oon, moche more takyn plente of grace, and of 3yuyng,
1

men takynge plente of grace, and? 3yu- and of ri3twisnesse, schulen regne in
ynge, andi ri3twysnesse, 'in lyf schulen lijf bi oon Jhesu Crist. Therfor as bi is

r
isregne by oon Jhesu Crist. Therfore as the gilt of oon in to alle men in to

by the gilt of oon in to alle men in to

8
condempnacioun, so bi the ri3twisnesse
condempnacioun, so and by the ri3twys- of oon in to alle men in to iustifiyng of
nesse of oon in to alle men in to iustify- lijf.
For as bi inobedience of o man 19
i9inge of lyf. Sothli as by' inobedience of manye ben maad synneris, so bi the
o man manye ben ordeyned synneris, so obedience of oon manye schulen be iust.
and by obedience of oon manye schulenv be And the lawe entride, that gilt schuldeso
w
20
ordeyned iust. 'Forsoth the lawe entride, be plenteuouse ; but where gilt was
that gilt shulde be plenteuous ; sothli plenteuouse, grace was more plenteu-2i
wher was plenteuous, and grace ha-
gilt ouse. That
synne regnede in to deth,
as
21 x
boundide 'or was plenteuous?. That as
, so grace regne m bi ri3twisnesse in to

synne regnede in to deeth, so and grace euerlastynge lijf, bi 'Crist Jhesu" oure
regne by ri3twysnesse into euere lastynge Lord.
lyf, by 'Jhesu Crist oure Lord*.

CAP. VI. CAP. VI.

i Therfore what schulen
seye ? Schu- we Therfor what schulen we seie ? Schu- 1 * that
is, l)i the
vertu of his
len we dwelle in synne, that grace be len we dwelle in synne, that grace be deeth. in to
deeth; that is,
2 plenteuous? Ferr be it. Sothli b we c plenteuouse ? God forbede. For hou 2
in to liknesse

that d ben deed to dd synne, 'how schulen schulen we that ben deed to synne, lyue
of deeth, as to
synful lijf. by
3 we
e
'3it lyue
ee
ther ynne ? Wher f , 3it ther
ynne? Whether, britheren, 368 baptym; that
is, maad lijk
bretheren, '36 vnknowen, for h whiche knowen not, thatP whiche euere we ben Cristis deeth

k by baptim. to
euere we ben
1
baptysid , 'or cristened ,
1
baptisid in Crist Jhesu, we ben bap- synne, that is,
for synne to be
in Crist Jhesu, 'in his deeth we ben bap- tisid in his deth* ? For we ben togidere 4
doon awey.
4 tysid ? Sothli" we ben to gidere biried biried with hym bi baptym 'in toi deth;
vrviir the lawe,
of Moysea, that
with him bi cristendom in to deeth; that that r
as Crist aroos 8
fro deth bi the 1
jaf not grace.
Lyre here. e.

b Om. ox. c d e as
of lyckenesse w. Crist v. come x. the s. f
trespasse o. gulty w. the gilte x.
e Om. ox. h for v.
trespas
i
Om. svx.
o. k o man
n For v. x. I
Om. v. " P and of v.
1 and of v. T schulen
rengne in v. s t the v Om. v. w Sothli x.Om. w. * abounde v.
lijf by Q.
y Om. ox. a oure Lord Jhesu Crist x b For r. hou schulen we v. d Om. N. dd bi
. M. e Om. v.

lyue 3it MPVW.

ee K. Om. o. Whether sx. h that v.
{ Wherfor
g Whar je know not o. je knowen w.
'
WXY. k cristened o.
Om. Nosrx. " we ben 1 " For v.
je baptysid in his deth v.

f Om. a. B woxen plenteuous R. h the

grace T.
'
regneth T.
k Om. i. 1
we takynge i.
takinge
KQRT. that taking bcegho/3. m regneth R. n Jhesu Crist
CKiKMQuxabcegk/3. for T. P Om. k.
k pr. m. r
<J in for Eega. roos EiQRTega. *
Om. R.
 VI. 5i 8. ROMANS. 315

as Crist roos fro deede spiritis bi glorie glorie of the fadir, so walke we in a
of the fadir, so and we walke in the newnesse of lijf. For if we plauntid 6
we 'plauntid u
togidere* ben maad to the licnesse of
s newenesse of Forsoth if *
lyf. piaunii

to gidereP ben maad to the liknesse of his his detb, also we schulen be of the lie-

deeth, also and we schulen ben of hisi nesse of his risyng a3en ; witynge this 6
thinff, that oure olde man is crucified y uel lond > and
r
erisyng a3en ; witinge that oure oolde
>
hen plauntid in
man is to gidere crucifyed, that the
body togidere, that the bodi of synne be dis- * h e good lond

, , , of grace with
of synne be distroyed, that we serue no truyed, that we serue no more to synne. Crist, oure eide

7 more to
s
synne. Sothli 1 he that is deed For he that is deedv, is iustefied fro;
sVo synne*, is iustified fro synne. Forsoth synne. And if we ben deed with Crist, 8
if we ben deed with
v
Crist, we bileuen we bileuen that also we schulen lyue to- thatis,theheep
of synnes. Lyre
that also w
.
w . ,

we schulen lyue to gidere with gidere with hym; witinge for Crist, rys-9 here. e.

shim ; witinge for Crist, rysinge a3en fro ynge a3en fro deth, now dieth not, deeth
deede spiritis1 now deieth not, deeth schal ,
schal no more haue lordschip on hym.
3 b
10 no more lordschipe to him. Forsoth 'he For that he was deed to synne, he was 10
that d
deed to synne, he is deed oonys ;
c
is
e deed onys ; but that he lyueth x , he liueth
v
f
sothli he that lyueth, he& lyueth to God. to God. So 36 deme? 3ou silf to be deedii
demeh
k to be deed v
n So and 3ou' for to synne, but lyuynge to God in Jhesu
36
sothli to synne, forsoth
1
lyuynge to God Crist z oure Lord. Therfor regne not 12
a
12 in Jhesu Crist oure Lord. Therfore regne synne in 3oure deedii bodi, that 36
not" synne in 3oure deedly body, that 36 obeische b to hise coueityngis. Nether is
isobeische to his coueitingis. But neither 3yue 36 3oure membris armuris of wick-
3yue 36 3oure membris aarmours of wick- idnesse to synne, but 3yue 36 3011 silf to
idnesse to synne, but 3yue 36 3ouP self to God, as thei that lyuen of deed men, and
c
God, asi of deed men lyuynge , and 3oure 3oure membris armuris of ri3twisnesse
r

membris armers of ri3twisnesse to God. to God. For synne schal not haue lord- 14
14 Forsothe synne schal not 5 lordschipe 1 tou schipe on
d
3011 ; for 36 ben not vndur the
v
3ou ; sothli 36 ben not vndir lawe but , lawe,. but vndur grace. What therfor ? is
15 vndir grace. What therfore? Schulen Schulen we do synne, for we ben not
we w for we ben not vndir the x vndur the lawe, but vndur grace? Godie
synnen ,

ic lawe, but vndir grace ? Ferr be it. Witen? forbede. Witen 36 not, that to whom 36
36 not, for to whom 36 3yuen 3ou ser-
e
3yuen 3ou seruauntis to obeie to, 30 ben
uauntis forz to obeische 3 , 36 ben seruauntis seruauntis of that thing, to which f 36
of that thing, to which b 36 ban obeischid c , han obeschids, ether of synne to deth,
either d of synne to deeth, othir e of obedi- ether of obedience to ri3twisnesse ? But 17

nence to ri3twysnesse ? Sothli I do thank- Y thanke God, that 36 weren seruauntis

yngis to God, that 36 weren seruauntis of of synne but 36 han obeischid of herte 1'
;

synne; forsoth 30 han obeyschid of herte in to that fourme of techyng, in which

in to that fourme of techyng, in which 36 3e ben bitakun'. <And 36 delyuered fro is

is ben bitakun f . Forsoth 30 delyuered fro synne, ben maad seruauntis of ri3twis-

For v. P togidere plauntid GMP. 1 Om. AGMpQsrwx sec.m. Y. the o. r

witinge this thing r.
s Om. s.For t r. u Om. v. v to w. w wx.
alle z Om. x. a haue b on v.
lordschipe r.
c that he GMPV. d was v. e was v. t that he GMPV. S Om. x. h demeth x. '
to jou QWX.
k Om. sx. n noo v.
but r. oure QSX pr. m. joure GMNP.
P
1
q as thei that lyuen r.
r Om. NT. s no more w.
haue lordschipe v. u on *
v. v the
law AG sec.m. MNOPSP. w do synne r.
1 Om. swx. Y Wenen v. z Om. x. a x. b whom GMP. c obejid x. d other MPS. outher x.
obeyen
e ether ANOV. other MP. outher x. ( taken o.

u Om. b. v deed to CKMQ sec. m. Ri'uxag sec.m. hko.

synne
w that R. * i. 7 deme je R.
lyue
z Christ Jhesu R. a oure ER b obeie R. c d ouer T. e
f
pr. m. eg.
h obeied R.
yue y joure k pr. m. 3ou self R.
which thing R. g obeied R. '
taken R.

S S 2
 316 ROMANS. VI. 19 VII. 5.

synne, ben maad seruauntis of ri3twys- nesse. Y seie that thing that is of man, 19

ignesse. I seie mannis thing, for the in- for the vnstidefastnesse k of 3oure fleisch.

firmite, W h
vnstabilnesses, of 3oure fleisch. But as 36 han 3ouun 3oure membris to
Sothli 1 as han jounn joure mernbris
36 serue to vnclennesse, and to wickidnesse
x
for k to serue to vnclennes, and wickid- now
1
in to wickidnesse, so 3yue 30 3oure
nesse to wickidnesse, so now 3yue 36 3oure
1
membris to serue to ri3twisnesse in to
membris for to serue to ri3twysnesse hoolynesse. For whanne 36 weren ser-ao
20 in to
hoolynesse. 36 Forsothe 11
whanne uauntis of synne, 36 weren fre* of ri3t- * that ;,

weren seruauntis of synne, 30 weren fre of fulnesse. Therfor what fruyt hadden 21
21 ri3twysnesse. Therfore what fruyt hadden 3 e thanne in
tho thingis, in whiche 5 e
schamen" now ? For the ende of hem to s y nne Lnre
36 thanneP in thoi thingis, in whiche 36
-

here. e.
schamen now ?
x
Now therfore 1
"

the ende is deth. But now 30 delyuered fro 22

22 of hem is deeth. Forsoth now 36 dely- synne, and maad seruauntis to God, han
v
uered fro synne, maad sotheli 8 seruauntis 3our fruyt in to holinesse, and the ende
to God, han 3oure fruyt in to* hoolynesse, euerlastinge lijf. For the wagis of synne
the ende forsoth euerlastyng lyf. Treuli is deth ;
the grace of God is euerlastynge
the hyris of synne, deeth v the grace of ; lijf in Crist Jhesu our Lord.
w
God, euerlasting lyf in 'Crist Jhesu* oure
Lord.
CAP. VII. CAP. VII.
i Bretheren, wher? 36 vnknowen
z
; forsoth Britheren, whethir 36 knowun not ;
i

I speke to men witinge the lawe ; for the for Y speke to men "that knowenP the
lawe hath lordschip in a man, hou longe lawe; for the lawe hath lordschip in a
lyueth? Forwhi that womman
b c
atyme it man, as long tyme as iti lyueth ? For 2
that is vnder an housbonde, is bounden to that womman that is vndur an hose-
v
the lawe, lyuynge the hosebonde d ; sothli bonde, is boundun to the lawe, while
v
6
if hir hosebonde be deed , sche is dely- the hosebonde lyueth ; but if hir hose-
v
uered f
,
or vnbounden%, fro the lawe of the bonde is deed, sche is delyuered fro the
v
3man h . Therfore lyuynge the man , she 1
lawe of the hosebonde. Therfor sche 3
k
schal be clepid auoutresse, if she schal be schal be clepid auoutresse, if sche be
with another man 1 ; forsothe if hir hose- with another man, while the hosebonde t maad deed
to the lawe of
bonde be m deed, she is deliuered fro n lyueth ; but if hir hosebonde
deed, is
3Ioyses. by the
8 body of Crist ;
lawe of the man'', that sche be not auou- sche is delyuered fro the lawe of the that is, for ;e

she schali be with another man r ben maad

tresse, if .
hosebonde, that sche be not auoutresse, membris of
4 Treuli 8 britheren, and 36 ben maad deed
, if sche be with another man*. And so, 4 Crist bi baptim,
which is gene-
to the lawe thorw3 l the body of Crist, that my britheren, 36 ben maad deed to the racioun of newe
and goostly lijf.
3e ben anotheris", that roos a3en fro deede lawef bi the bodi of Crist, that 36 ben in flesch ; that
w here fruit to God.
spiritis"', that we of another, that roos 33611 fro deth, that is, lyueden
fleischli bifore

5Forsoth x whanne we weren in fleisch, 36 bere fruyt to God. For whanne we 5 conuersioun.
passimm of
passiouns of synnes, that weren bi the weren in fleisch, passiouns of synnes, synnes; that is,

g Om. x. h the o. oure p. i

Forsoth o. k Om. sx. 1 Om. w. m Om. osx. n For v.
r sup. ras.
rijtfullnesse P Om. G pr.m. 1 to tho N. to o. r Forwhi v. s and maad v. * Om. QSW.
v ben deeth o. is deeth v. w is v. x Jhesu Crist o. y whether x. z know not o.
euerlasting
b he GN. e Forsothe o. d e
lyuynge hir hosebonde ow. while the husbonde lyueth v. dye o. is deed r.
f vnbounden o. ox. g Om.
h husbonde v. Om. v. k Om. x. ' man, while the husbonde lyueth
'
v.
m is v. n of w. the lawe GMNQSWXY. P husbonde r. 1 Om. v. r Om. o. s
Therfore, my r.
'
bi v, u of anothir N. v Om. x. w je r. x For r.

k vnstablenesse
CEiKMQHTUxabceghkoa/3. Ifor to maynlene i. m
ri3twisnesse ERahka. aschamen a. n
11
wher ciKMQUxa. P knowynge R. that knowith bcho(3. q he i sup. ras. KRTg sec. m. s Om.

K pr. m. MQUX pr. m. o/3.

* Om. r.
 VII. 6 18. ROMANS. 317
z
lawe, wrou3ten in oure membris, that thei that weren
bi the lawe, wrou3ten in flescheiy coue-
i . tisis. newenesse
.

cschulden here fruyt to deeth. Now for-

,, , , ,
oure membris, to here fruyt to deth. / spirit; that
sothe we ben vnbounden fro the lawe of But now we ben vnboundun fro then JJ ^V newe'6
deeth, in the which we weren holde, so
3
lawe of deth, in which we weren holdun, }a?, e Mne**e -

of lettre; that
that we serue in newenesse of spirit, and so that we semen in newnesse of spirit, is w the <>t

.11
>

- rule of the elde

7 not in oldnesse of lettre. What therfore and not in eldnesse of lettre u . What? lawe, astotho

schulen we seie ? The lawe is synne ? therfor schulen we seie? The lawe is ^"f bi

Fer be it. But I knew not synne, no but synne ? God forbede. But Y knew not the newe testa-
ment, fro the

by lawe
aa
; forwhi I wiste not coueitynge synne, but bi lawe ; for Y wiste not lawe of deeth ;
that is, fro
b c d the lawe seide, that coueitynge was synne, but
for to be synne, 'no but for the
s Thou schalt not coueite. Forsothe occa- lawe seide, Thou schalt
coueyte. not
sioun 6 takun, synne by the maundeinent And thoru3 occasioun takun, synne bis
hath wrou3te in coueityng 'or me al f
, the maundement v hath wroujt in me al
b ure P"t.
//lyuede wiln-
s ; sothli h wfth oute the lawe,
coueityse coueytise; for withouten the lawe, synne out &e law;
, A i -ir i that is, it sem-
9
synne was deed. Forsothe I lyuede with was deed. And Y lyuede withouten 9 edetometo
oute the' lawe 1
sum tyme; but whanne the the lawe
sumtyme but whanne the ^if^d <rf" ;

w
comaundement was comun, synne lyu-
comaundement hadde comen, synne lyuede * JSuffSS?
for appende it

ioa3en. Sothli I am deed, and the k co- ede a3en. But Y was deed, and this 10 n t
that 'H ;

maundement is m founden to me, 'that was

1
comaundement that was to lijf, was wasknowun is,

yre
to lyf, this thing" for to be? toi deeth. foundun to x me, to be to? deth. Forn
11Forwhi synne, occasioun r takun bi the synne, thorou3 occasioun takun bi the
s
comaundement, disseyuede me, and bi it comaundement 2 disceyuede me, and, bi

I2slou3 me. 'And so the lawe sotheli hoo- 1

that it slow me.
Therfor the lawe is\i
u and the v comaundement w and and the comaundement is hooli,
ly , hooly , hooli,

isiust, and good. Therfor 'that that x is and iust, and good. Is thanne that thing is
good, 'to me is maad deeth^ ? Fer be it. that is good, maad deth to me? God
But that z synne appere 3, 'or be knowen b , forbede. But synne, that
seme synne, it

synne, thorw good thing wrou3te deeth to thorou3 good thing* wrou3te deth to me,
me, that ther be maad synne synnynge that me b synne ouer maner thorou3 the
ouer manere c, 'or mesure d , by comaunde- comaundement. And we witen, that 14

ument6 . Sothli we f
witen, for the lawe is the lawe is spiritual; but Y am fleischli,

spiritual, goostlis; forsoth

'or I am h
seld vndur synne. For Y vndurstonde 15

isfleischly, sold vndir synne. Sothli' I vn- not that that Y worche; for Y do not
dirstonde not k that that I worche; sothly 1
the good thing that Y wole, but Y do
I do not the good thing that I wole, but thilke yuel thing that Y hate. And ifie
I do 'the ilke m yuel thing that I hate. Y do that thing that Y wole not, Y
loForsoth if I do that thing that" I wole consente to the lawe, that it is
good.
not, I consente to the lawe, for it is good. But now Y worche not it now d but , the 17

Now synne that dwellith in me. But and Y

6
17 sothely I worche not? now, but that"- is

issynne that dwellith in me

r 3
Sothli I wot, .
woot, that in me, that is, in my fleisch,
for* in me, that is, in my fleisch, dwellith dwellith no good; for f wille lieth to me,

z we
Q.
a Om.
MpQyx. aa the lawe MP. b Om. osvx. c Om. Q.
d but if x. e thoun occasioun v.
fcoueitise r. g Om. orx. h forsothe o. for r. Om. x.
' k this y. 1 comaundement that was to lijf y.
m was y. n Om. y. Om. sx. P be don o. thour3 occasioun y.
1 Om. g.
s bi that y. * Ther- r

" w
holy GMOPQKW. Om. s.
fore y. v Om. sty. i s hooli y. * that at o. y is maad deth to me y.
z Om. y. a that it b Om. ox. c mesure o. d Om. ox. e maundement A. { that y.
appere y.
g Om. ox. b Om. x. '
For r. k Om. WY. 1 for y. that x. n Om. o. that y. P not it Aor.
not that thing GMNPQ. it not SWXY. 1 the y. Om. x. T Om. A:. s me l that y.
synne x.

u the lettre b. v comaundement c scc.m. hk. w maundement T. x in k. J Om. EI pr.m. Kego/3.

z
maundement T. a Om. T. b men T. my k. c vndirstode T. d Om. K sec.m. k. e Om. A pr.m.
k pr. in. f for win e sec. m.
 318 ROMANS. vn. 19 vni. 6.

nou good ;
forwhi wil
me, trewli lith uu to but Y fynde not to performe good thing.
v
'for to performe good thing I fynde not
w . For Y do not thilke good thing that Y 19

isForsothe* I do not 'the ilke? good thing wole, but Y do thilke^ yuel thing that
that I wole, but I do the ilke? yuel
v
Y wole not. And if Y do that yuelw
20 thing that I wole not. Sothli if I do that thing that Y wole not, Y worche not
thing that I wole not, I worche not it, it,but the synne that dwellith in me.
21 but the synne that dwellith in me. Ther- Therfor Y
fynde the lawe to me will- 21
8
fore I fynde a z
lawe to me willinge for ynge do good thing, for yuel thing
to

to do good thing, for b

'to me yuel thing
c
lieth to me. For Y delite togidere to the 22

lith d to e . "Tberfore the lawe is good to lawe of God, aftir the ynnere man. But
22 me f
willinge
ff
to gidere ;
forsoths I delite Y se another lawe in my membris, a3en-23
to h the
lawe of God, vp* the ynner man. fi^tynge
1'
the lawe of my soule, and mak-
23 Sothly I se an other lawe in my membris, ynge me caitif in the lawe of synne, that
k
a3enfi3tinge to the lawe of my soule, and is in my membris. Y am an vnceli J 24
makynge me
1
caytyf in the lawe of synne, man who schal delyuer me fro the
;

24 that is in my membris. I a m wooful man; bodi of this synne ? The grace of God, 25
who schal delyuere me fro the body of bi Jhesu Crist oure Lord. Therfor Y
25 this synne Forsothe" the grace of God,
? my silf bi the soule serue to the lawe
bi Jhesu Crist oure Lorde. Therfore I of God ; but bi fleisch k to the lawe of
my silf by Vesoun of the soule serue to synne.
the lawe of God ; sothliP bi thei fleisch to

the lawe of synne.

CAP. VIII. CAP. vm.

* the lawe of
1 Therfore now no
thing of dampnacioun Therfor now no thing of dampnacioun i
spirit; that is,

is to hem that ben in 'Crist Jhesu r the 8 ,

is to hem that ben in Crist Jhesu, the lawe of the
gospel. Lyre
whiche wandreu not aftir the fleisch. whiche wandren not after the flesch. here. e.
fo/ synne that
Forsoth 4 theu spirit of lyf in Crist Jhesu
i;

2 For the lawe of the spirit* of lijf in 2

is, of him silf,
maad
Crist Jhesu hath delyuerid me fro the
sacrifice
hath delyuered me fro the lawe of synne, for synne.

sand deeth. Forwhi that that was vnpos- lawe of synne, and of deth. For that 3 dampttede
synne; that is,
sible to the lawe, in whatv thing it was that was vnpossible to the lawe, in what he dide awey
x synne by his
syk, 'or freel*, by fleisch, God sendinge thing it was sijk bi flesch, God sente his passioun.
in flesch; that
his sone in to the liknesse of fleisch of sone in to the licknesse of fleisch of
is, in man. of
a synne; that is,
synne f, and of synne dampnede synne in
2
synne, of^ the synne dampnede synne in of God the fa-
4 fleisch that the iustifiynge of lawe were
;
fleisch that the iustefiyng of the lawe 4
;
dir, quykene to
lijf vndeedly.
fulfillid in vs, that not b aftir the fleisch were fulfillid in vs, that goen not aftir prudence of
c d flesch; by which
5wandren ,
but aftir the spirit. Forsoth the fleisch, but aftir the spirit. For thei 5 a man can slis-

ly gete and
thei that ben aftir the fleisch, saueren tho that ben aftir the fleisch, saueren tho fleischeli
pursue
6
thingis that ben of the fleisch; but thei thingis that ben of the fleisch ; but thei
goodis. is deeth;
that is, makith
that ben after the spirit, feelen tho thingis that ben after the spirit, feelen tho
.
deeth of synne,
and of helle,
e that ben of the spirit. Forwhi the pru- thingis that ben of the spirit. For the and ofte of
kynde. Lyre
dence of fleisch is deeth ; forsoth the f prudence of fleisch is deth ; but the 6 here. e.

not x.uu v Om. sx. >w I * For v. y that x.

lijth to Afp. fynde not for to perf. good thing v.
2 the v. Om. sx. b for whi N. the whiche Q. c Om. MPQFWXY. d lijth to MP. e Om. ANOS. to me
a
f Om. v. n in v. k Om. v.
willynge good N. Om. v.
ff in to x. '
MpQrtrxY. for v. aftir s. f?
'

m am a v. n Om. v. Om. v. P but v. 1 Om. AG sec. m. KOSFWXY. my G pr. m. MQ. r Jhesu

Crist MPQ. s Om. vx. * For r. u the lawe of NT. v that o. w Om. orx. x sente r. y and of Qr.
2 Om. G a he b c we wandren Q. Om. v.
pr. m. MPQV. dampnyde GMPQ. hath dampned N. goon not v.
d For or. Om. x. { Om. w.

e ilke T. n K marg. k the fleisch

fijtynge ajen R. vnseely R.
i
ajenseiynge a. ether vnhappi
x sec. m. ak.
 VIII. 7 ROMANS. 319
h For
7 prudence of spirit lyf* and pees. prudence of spirit is lijf and pees. For?
the wysdom of fleish is enemy to God ;
the wisdom of the 1
fleisch is enemye to
forsoth' it is not suget to the lawe of God, God ; for
not suget to the lawe of
it is

8sothly
k
nethir it may Forsoth m thei 1
. God, for nether it may. And thei that s
that ben in fleisch, mown not plese to ben in fleisch, moun not plese to God.
a God. Sothli 36 ben not in fleisch, but in But 36 ben not in fleisch, but in spirit ; u

spirit ; 'nethelees if n the spirit of God if netheles the spirit of God dwellith in
But m hath not the
dwellith in 3ow. Forsoth onyP hath if 3ou. if ony spirit of
not the spirit of Crist, this is not his. Crist, this is not his. For if Crist is in 10
r
10 Forsoth i if Crist is in 3ou, sothli the 3ou, the bodi is deed for synne, but the
body is deed for 5
synne, but the spirit spirit lyueth for iustefiyng. And if then
1 1
lyueth for iustifiynge. For if the spirit spirit of hym that reiside Jhesu Crist
of him that reiside Jhesu Crist fro deede fro deth dwellith in 3ou, he that reiside
spiritist dwellith" in 3ou, he that reiside Jhesu Crist fro deth, shal quykene also
Jhesu Crist fro deede spiritis v , schal 3oure deedli bodies, for the spirit of hym
quykene and w 3oure deedli bodies, for that dwellith in 3ou. Therfor, britheren, 12

12 the spirit of him dwellinge* in 3ou. Ther- we ben dettouris, not to the flesch, that
fore, bretheren, we ben dettours, not to we lyuen aftir the flesch. For if 36" is
the fleisch, that we lyue aftir the fleisch. lyuen aftir the fleisch, 30 schulen die ;
13 Forsoth ? 30 schulen lyue aftir the
if but if 36 bi the spirit sleen the dedis of
fleisch, 36 schulen deie ; forsoth if 36 bi the fleisch, 30 schulen lyue. For who u
zz
2
spirit 'schulen sle the deedis of fleish a , euere ben led bi the spirit of God, these
1436 schulen lyue. Sothli who euere ben ben the sones of God. For 30 han not 15
b
lad by the spirit of God, thes ben the take eftsoone the spirit of seruage in
15 sones of God. Forsothe c 36 han not taken drede, but 36 han taken the spirit of
eftsoone the spirit of seruage in drede, adopcioun of sones*, in which we crien,
* that is, sones
<
Jy
but 36 han taken the spirit of adopcioun Abba, fadir. And
the ilke spirit 3eldithi6^race e.

of sones, ^that is, to be sones of God by witnessyng to oure spirit, that we ben
A
grace , in spirit* we cryen, Abba,
which the sones of God ; if sones, and eiris, 17
icfadir. Forsoth 'the ilke f spirit 3eldith 'and eiris P of God, and eirisi togidere

witnessyng to oure spirit, that we ben the with Crist ; if netheles we suffren togi-
17 sones of God ; sones, and eyris,
forsoth if dere, that also we ben glorified togidere.
sothli eyris of God, trewlis euene eyris of And Y demer
that the passiouns of this
, is

Crist ; if nethelees
gidere suffren we 'to b
, tyme ben not worthi rr to the glorie to
is that and we
be glorified to gidere. Trewli JO' that schal be schewid in
comynge, vs.
that man.
( is,

I deme, that the passions' of this tyme For the abidyng of creature f abidith the 19 Lyre here. e.
ben not euene worthi k to the glorie to schewyng of the sones of God. But the 20 passkmn,' deeth
m
comynge that schal be schewid in vs. suget to vanyte f, not will-
1
, creature is
y
n
ynge, but for hym that made it suget in
8
19 Forwhi the abydinge of creature, that is,
man abidith the schewinge of the sones
, hope; for the ilke creature schal be de-2i s y" u eofAdam,
that is uot
20 of God. Sothli the creature is suget to 1
lyuered fro seruage of corrupcioun in to wilful w
oure
... e ,, xi f *-i j
i /> owne wille.

vanyte, not willinge, but for him that hberte" or the glorie ot the sones ot uod. Lire here. e.

g is lijf y. h in s. ' for r. k for r. l

may be suget to the lame N. o.m Forn if netheles Y.
dwelle sx. P ony man Q. q Sothely o. r is not G s fro Ny. Oni. x. * u dwelle sx.
pr.m.
v Om. ox. w Om. o. also y. * dwelleth NQ. is o. y For r. z the zz sleen r.
dwellynge spirit Q.
3oure flesch swx Y.
a b Om. y. c For y. d Om. x. e Om. x. f that x. e sothely Q. h suffren

togidere y. '
passioun N. k worth A sec.m. GMNFQy. 1
comen sx. m on WY. n For x. Om. x.

Om. m ony man Q n we

T. pi: m. Eb. adopcioun, either purchase R. bifore ordeyned k marg.
1

P eiris forsotbe i. 1 the eires K. r I. rr euenu worthi A sec. m. s Om. T. * of T. u libertee

gesse
and fredom R. the liberte k.
 320 ROMANS. VIII. 21 32.

'sugetide itP, 'or

made it suget\ in hope; And we witen, that ech creature sorew-22
21 for and 'the ilke
r
creature schal be dely- ith, and trauelith with peyne til 3it. And 23
uered fro seruage of corupcioun in to not oneli it, but also we vs silf, that ban
glorie of the sones of God. fruytis of the spirit, and we vs
8
liberte of the the first

22 Sothli we witen, that ech creature insor- silf sorewen with ynne vs for the adop-

and childith 'or worchith with an-

with', ,
cioun v of Goddis sonys*, abidynge the * that
is, tote
. . ,.
i_ j TI i i sones of God bi

a3enbiyng or oure bodi. But bi hope

.

2~Agwis
v til
3it.
,
Forsoth not oonly it, but 24 gra ce. e .

w
and we vs silf, hauynge the firste fruytis we ben maad saaf. For hope that is
w
of the spirit, and we vsx silf sorwen with seyn, is not hope ; for who hopith that
ynne vs the' adopcioun
2
of Goddis sones, thing, that he seeth? And if we hopen 25
^that is,with greet mornynge desyren*- the that thing that we seen not, we abiden
staat of Goddis sones bi grace**, abidinge bi pacience. And also the spirit helpith 26
c oure for what we schulen
24the'a3en bygging of oure body. Sothli infirmyte ;

by hope we ben mad saaf. Forsoth the preie, as it bihoueth, we witen not, but

hope that is seyn, is not hope; forwhy the ilke spirit axithf for vs with sorew- t that is, mak-

what hopith a man that thing, that he yngis*, that moun not be teld out. For 27 ^L
2sseeth? Forsoth d ifwe hopen that thing he that sekith the hertis, woot what the
that we seen not, we abiden by pacience. spirit desirith, for bi God:): he axith for j that is, at
... A j
And we -j. ii_
men 28 ure here.
Goddis wille.
2cAlso and the spirit helpith oure iiifirmyte, hooh men. witen, that to e.

forwhy what we worchen

e "that louen^
'or vnstedefastnesse ; God, alle thingis to-

schulen preie, as it bihoueth, we witen gidere in to good, to hem that aftir

z
not, but 'the ilke spirit axith for vs& with purpos|| ben clepid seyntis. For thilke 29ii
f
after P urpos ;

sorowyngis, that not ben toold out. mown that he knewe bifor, he bifor ordenede
h maad
27Forsothe he that sekith the hertis, wot bi grace to be lijk to the ymage
what the spirit desyrith, for aftir God, of his sone, that he be the first bigetun
"that is, at Goddis wille k , hekk axith for
1
among many And thilke" that 30 here.
britheren. e.

aahooly men. Forsoth we witen, for to 1

men he bifore ordeynede to blis, hem he clep-
lonynge God alle thingis worchen to gi- ide and whiche b he clepide, hem he ius-
;

dere into good thing", to hem that aftir tifiede ; and whiche c he iustifiede, and d
2opurpos ben clepid seyntis .
Forwhy and hem he glorifiede. What thanne schulen si
whom he wiste bifore, "and he ordeynedeP we seie to these thingis ? If God e for
^by grace^ for to be maad lychi of the
r 8 1
vs, who a* a3ens vs ? The f which also 32
ymage of his sone, that he be the firste bi- sparide not his owne sone, but 'for vs
w
many britheren. Sothely whom
11 T alle bitook hyms, hou also 3af he not to
in
KOgetun
he bifore ordeynede to blisse, and hern he vs alle thingis with hym? Who schal 33

clepide ; and whom x he clepide, and hem accuse a3ens the chosun men of God ? It

he iustifiede ; sothli whom" he iustifiede, is God that iustifieth, who is it that 34

31 and hem he glorifiede. What therfore condempneth ? It is Jhesus Crist that
schulen we seye to thes thingis ? If God was deed, 3he, the which roos a3en, the
32 for? vs, who a3ensz vs? 'The which* also which is on the 03! half of God, and the
sparide not his b owne sone, but for vs alle which preieth for vs. Who thanne schal 35

P made it soget v. Om. Norx.

<l
r that x. Om. GMPQSX. 4 soroweth or. in sorwith withinne Q.

traueilith with v Om. rx.

v. w oure GMPQ. x oure G.WPQ. 7 for the v. z deliueryng tytil o.
peyne
a om. in vx.. c d For v. e Om. OQX. or
we desiren NQ. desyringe o. a^einbiyinge Giurxv.
>lj
gloss
h <k
vnstablenesse SWY. g us, that is, maklth us to axe r. gloss om.
'
that x. scheergith N.
I
after Q.
in x. kk Om. K. l
that v. '" Om. v. " Om. x. Q. P and he byfore ordeyned
spirites
n Om. x. r Om. s. l Om. r. u
jMNOpQsrwxY. ordeynede G. s liche GMOPSX.
lyik v. geten x.
T Om. K. w whiche v. x whiche v. y he for GOQ. z if OQ. a That x. b to his GMPQ.
a3ens

v w Om. x y louynge R.
z thoo R. ilke T. a thoo R.
adopcioun, or purchasyng n. K. sorowinge T.
ilke T. b whom i. c whom I. d Om i. e God is ik. God be Ra sec. m. f Om. H. K bitook him
for vs alle R.
 VIII. 33 IX. 6. ROMANS. 321

bitook him, how also jaf he not to vs alle departe vs fro the charite of Crist ?
33 thingis with him ? Who schal accuse tribulacioun, or anguysch, or hungur,
d e
a3enus the chosene sones of God ? God
c
or nakidnesse, or persecucioun, or perel,
34 that f
iustifieth, who is it* that con- or swerd? As it is writun, For we ben 36
h
dempneth ? Jhesus' Crist
h
deed, that k is 1 slayn al dai for thee; we ben gessid as
3he, the which and roos a3en, the which is scheep of slau3tir. But in alle theses?
on the ri3thalf of God, and the which thingis we ouercomen, for hyin that lou-
sspreieth for vs. Who therfore schal de- yde vs. But Y am certeyn, that nethirss
parte 'vs from" the charite of God ? tri- deeth, nether nether aungels, nethir
lijf,

bulacioun, or angwisch, or hungur, or principatus, nether vertues', nether pre-

nakidnesse, or persecucioun, or? perel, or sent thingis, nether thingis to comynge,
seswerd ? As it is writun, For we ben slayn nether strengthe, nether k hei3th, nether 39
al day for thee gessid asi shceep ; we ben depnesse, nether noon othir creature may
1

r
3;to slau3tir. But in alle thes thingis we
s
departe* vs fro the charite of God, that
*
departs s ;
Foul spekith
ssouercomen, for him that louede vs. Sothli is in 'Crist Jhesu oure Lord. here of hem
that ben chosun
I am 1
certeyn, for nether deeth, nether lyf, of God to blis,
that moun not
nether angels, nether pryncipatis, nether
v
fynali be de-
v
virtutes", nether potestatis nether pre- ,
partid fro Crist.
Lire here. e.
sent thingis, nether thingis to w
comynge ,

39 nether strength e, nether hi3the, nether

x
depnesse, nether othir creature schal may?
departe vs fro the charite of God, that is

in 'Jhesu Crist* oure Lord.

CAP. IX. CAP. IX.

1 I
3
seye treuthe in Crist Jhesu, I lye not, I seie treuthe in Crist Jhesu, Y lye i

my
b
conscience beringe c witnessyng d to me not, for my conscience berith witnessyng
2 in the Hooly Goost, for" greet heuynesse is to me in the Hooli Goost, for greet 2
ee
to me, and continuel sorwe to myn herte. heuynesse is to me, and contynuel soreWe
sForsothe f I my silf desyride for to be to my herte f. For Y my silf desirides f for the vn-
feithfulnes of
1
cursid' , 'or departid \ fro Crist for my to be departid fro Crist for my bri- Jewis. Lyre
here. e.
bretheren, that ben my cosyns aftir the theren, that ben my cosyns aftir the
4fleisch, that ben Israelytis, 'or of Israel*; fleisch, that ben men of Israel; whos is 4

whos adopcioun of sones, and glorie,

is
adopcioun of sones, and glorie, and tes- J fro filling, for
and testament, and 3yuynge of lawe and 1
, tament, and 3yuyng of the lawe, and the vnfeithful-
nesse of Jewis ;
sseruyse, and biheestis ; whos ben the fa- seruyce, and" biheestis ; whos ben the 5 forwhi summr
of hem, as the
dris, and of whom"' Crist" aftir the fleisch, fadris, and of which is Crist after the apostlis, and
that God aboue alle thingis, blessid in
is fleisch, God aboue alle thingis,
that is manye
token the
othere,
feith

e to worldis. Amen. Sothli not that the blessid in to worldis. Amen. But note of Crist, in
which Goddis
word of God hath falle doun, 'or faitide that the word of God hath falle doun]:. biheestis ben
fulfillid. Lyre

vnfulfittidv. Sothlii not alle that ben of For not alle that ben of Israel, these ben here. e.

c d Qm. swxv. men

chosynes wv. v. e It is God r. f is that
OQS. g Om. OQX. b God con-

dempneth w. condempne x.
'
It Jhesus r. k the whiche o.
is 1
was v. m Om. G pr. m. n fro vs o.
Crist K. P Om. w. lofw. r of
AGMNOPQsyrrxY. Om. w. * that or. u vertues AGOQSFWX.
v Om. y. w come NX. x Om. r. y mowe AGMNOPQ. moun sx. z Crist Jesu
GMQFX. a
trewly o.
b for c berith v. d witnesse SXY. e for whi v. ee j n K f jr or Fi g Qm. sx. n
my v.
departid y. .

1
Om. vx. k either men
of Israel r. Om. x. 1
the law o. m whiche y. n is Crist r. Om. rx.
P vjijillid Q. Om. vx. 1 For y.

h but we A k ne n of whos R.
pr. m. Ea.
' n>
a. virtutes g.
'
ony Rk. Jhesu Crist i. of Q.

VOL. iv. T t
 322 ROMANS. IX. 7 21.

Israel, thes ben Israelites, "or sones o/Ja- Israelitis. Nethir thei that ben seed? of 7
Tcob r
. Nether thei s that ben seed' of Abra- Abraham, 'alle ben*i sonys ; but in Ysaac
u vv
ham, alle ben sones v ; but in Ysaac seed the seed schal be clepid to thee; that is a
a schal be clepid to thee; that is to seye, not to seie, not thei that ben sones of the

thei that ben sones of the fleish, ben ben sones of God, but thei that
fleisch,

sones of God, but thei that ben sones of ben sones r of biheeste ben denied in the8
biheeste w ben demyd in seed "of biheeste*. seed. For whi this is the word of bi-9
9 Sothli xx this is the word of biheeste, Vp? heest, Aftir
tyme this Y schal come,
this tyme I schal come, and a sone schal and a sone schal be to Sare. 10 And not
lobe to Sare. Forsoth not oonly she, but oneli sche, but also Rebecca hadde twey*

and Rebecca, of o 'liggynge by a hauynge

2
sones of o liggyng bi of Ysaac, oure
1 1
b
tweye sones of Ysaac, oure fadir. Sothli fadir. And whanne thei weren not jitn
whanne thei weren not 3it born, ether c borun, nether hadden don ony thing of
hadden don ony thing of good or d yuel, good ether of yuel, that the purpos of
that the purpos of schulde dwelle vp e God God schulde dwelle bi eleccioun, not of 12
i2the eleccioun, not of workis, but of God%
f
werkis, but of God clepynge, it was seid
k more schulde serue the is
it is' seid to him
h For the more 1
to that the
13 clepinge , , hym,
schal serue to the lasse, as it
m is writun, lesse, as it is writun, Y louede Jacob,
I louede 11
Jacob, forsothe 'Esau I hadde in but Y hatide Esau. What therfor schu- u
H hate . What therfore schulen we seie ? len we Whether" wickidnesse v be
seie ?

Wher wickidnesse be anentis God? Fer be anentis God ? God forbede. For he \b

15 it. ForsothP he seith to Moyses, I schali Moyses, Y schal haue merci* on

seith to
grace in tyme.
whom Y haue* mem; and Y schal 3yue
,

haue mercy to r whom I schal 8 haue mer- on whom "etc.,

,
whom -\riii
Y schal haue in euerlastiiure
i .

cy and I schal jyue mercy to1 whom I

;
merci on merci. pr edestina-

1C schal haue mercy. Therfore it is not ne- Therfor it is not nether of x man will-

ther of manu willinge, nether rennynge, vnge,

J & nethir rennvnge,
* but of God hau- yge f? lory e
in

.
deede. an ir/wm,

17 but of God hauynge mercy. Forsothe the ynge mercy And the scripture seith to 17 in grauntinge
v w
scripture seith to Pharao, For in to this Farao, For to this thing haue stirid Y nun*,

thing I haue stirid thee, that I schewe in thee, that Y schewe in thee vertu, my
not in ' eili
thee my vertu, and that my name be told and that my *
name be teld in al erthe. F?
grace to which
is in al erthe
x
Therfore of whom God . Therfor of whom God wole, he hath IB thei ben vn-
worthi. Avttft
wole, he hath mercy; and whom he wole, merci ; and whom he wole, he endurith. and the o/os

19he endurith, "or hardenethy. 'And so z Thanne seist thou to me, What is solatia

thou seist to me, What thing is jit" sou3t? 3it? forwho withstondith his wille? O!20
2osothli b who c withstondith his will ? Aa man, who? art thou, that answerist to
d e
!

f
man, who art thou, 'the which answerist God ? Whether a rnaad thing seith to
to God? Whers a pott h "or a maad , hym that made it, What hast thou maad
thing seith to him that made it, What me so ? Whether a potter of cley hath 21
1
,

21 hast thou maad me so? Wherk a pottere not power to make of the same gobet oz
of cley hath not power of the same gobet vessel in to honour, an othere in to dis-

Om.
r ox. s
the seed GMPQ.Om. u tho o.
sx. v his
* V and K. w the hijeste K.
sonys Q.
*Om. y. xx Forwhi
N. z also r. a 7 or of oo knowinge
Vp aftir r. kyndely knowinge G. ligginge by,
f Om. srx.
c other A/P. neither v. d ether of OK. e
of man o. lying by x.
'> of oure y. upon w.
Om. x.
is
h
the clepende x. '
was r. k hir s. 1 That r. m Om. x. n loue y. I hatide Esau y.
1 Om. Q. s Om. Nr. Q. on y.
u a man SXY. T Forwhi y.
P For v. r of
gs. on y. and to w. * of

w Om. r. * Om. x. b forwhi r. c who that o. d

x the erthe SXY. T Om. x. z Therfore y.
ajen-
e Q! * which e Whether h maad
stondith A pr. m. N. with slant sx. MPQSITXY. y. G. thing y.
>
Om. ovx. or maad MPQS. k Whether G.
thing

k ben r Om. *
two I. Wher v wicknesse
pr. m.
P seid the seed n alle R. R. s thi T. I i.
sceptus.
w schal haue c pr. m. x pr, m. a pr. m. * not n. Om. k. J what i. z
a s..
 IX. 22 X. I. ROMANS. 323

for to1
make sothli o vessel in to honour, pit ? That" God willynge to schewe 22
if

anothir forsothe in to m dispyt, "or low$ of- his wraththe, and to make his power
22/?C ? That if God willinge for to schewe
n
knowun, hath in greet pacience suffrid

wraththe, and for P to make power 1 vessels of wraththe able in to deth, to 23

knowun, susteynede in greet pacience the schewe the b ri3tchessis of his glorie in
vessels of wraththe able in to perdicioun, to vessels of merci, whiche he made redi
23 'or dampnacioun*, that he schulde schewe in to glorie. Whiche also he clepide not 24
the richessis of his glorie in to vesselis of oneli of Jewis c , but also of hethene men,

mercy, 'the whiche he made redy in to

8
as he seith d in Osee, Y schal clepe not 25

glorie. 'And whiche he clepide not" oonli puple, and not

4
24 my puple my my loued
25 of Jewis, but also of hethen men, as he my louyd, and not getynge mercy get-
seith in Osee v , I schal clepe not my peple ynge merci and it schal be in the2
;

my peple, and not my loued my loued, place, where it is seid to hem, Not 36
e
and not hauynge mercy hauynge mercy ; my puple, there thei schulen be clepid
20 and it schal be in place, wher it is seid
w the sones of 'God lyuynge f But Isaye27 .
,

Not 36 my peple, there thei schulen be crieth for Israel, If the noumbre of Is-

27 clepid the sones of God lyuynge. Forsoth raels schal be as grauel of the see, the
Ysai cryeth for Israel, If the noumbre of relifs schulen be maad saaf. Forsothe 28
x
Israel shal be as the grauel of the see, a word makynge* an ende, and abreg- * that the

28the>' relifs schulen be maad saf. Forsoth gynge in equyte",

, i. f
for the
, i 11
Lord schal
11 Lord schal
ma k e The
.
is,

2 Glos here
a word endinge , and abreggynge in make a word breggid on al the erthe.
' e>

equyte, for the Lord schal make a word And Ysaye bifor seide, But God of2a
as

breggid, "or maad short 11

, vpon
b
al
c
erthe. oostis hadde left to vs seed, we hadden
v
29 And as Ysaie bifore seide, God e No but d be maad as Sodom f, and we hadden be
_ . .
, __,
j-, , that turned ., is,
hadde left to vs seed, we hadden ben maad hjk as Gommor. Therfor what schulen so ai awey fro
Sodom, and we hadden ben lyk as Go-
as we seie? That hethene' men that sueden Ale. LS
so mor. Therfore what schulen we seye ? not ri3twisnesse k ban gete ri3twisnesse ,
]
,

That hethene men that sueden f not ri3t- 3he, the

ri3twisnesse that is of feith.

wysnesse, ban kau3ts ri3twysnesse, sothli But suynge the lawe of ri3twis-si
Israel
the h ri3twysnesse that is of feith. Forsoth cam not m to the lawe
parfitli in
si nesse,
Israel suynge the lawe' of ri3twisnesse, cam of ri3twisnesse. Whi? For not of feith, 32
not parfytli in to the lawe of ri3twysnesse. but as of werkys. And thei spurneden
32 Whi ? For not of feith, but as of workis. a3ens the stoon of offencioun, as it is 33
Sothli thei offendiden 'in to k the stoon of writun, Lo Y
putte a stoon of offen-
!

33 offencioun, 'or spurnynge

}

, as it is writun, sioun in Syon, and a stoon of sclaundre ;

Lo ! I putte a stoon of offencioun in Syon, and ech that schal bileue 'in it", schal not
and a stoon of sclaundre ; and ech that be confoundid.
schal bileue in to it, schal not be con-
foundid, 'or sclient
m .

CAP. X. CAP. X.
i
Britheren, sothli the will of myn herte Britheren, the wille of myn herte and i

and my biseching is maad to God for mi biseching is maad to God for hem in

1
Om. sx. x. m Om. Om. sx. s. P Om. sx. n Om.
1 his power r. r Om. GX.
s whiche v, that x. u vs not N.
* v
Whiche
Osee, the w
also v.
o. seid to hem G sec.m. NQC.
prophete
* Om. QV. y Om. XY. z Om. x. b on rx. c Om. v. d But if sx. e God of
makinge perfit v.
oostis G sec.m. r. f suen o. g gete v. h
bi the x. l
lawe that is N. k ajens v. 1 Om. ox. m Om. x.

And a. b hise i. c the Jewis a. d seide T. e

je H.
{
lyuynge God R. 8 children of Israel
A sec. m. **
euennesse K. '
the hethen b. k the rijtwijsnes k. l
rijtwisnessis a. rijtfulnesse g/3. rijt-
fulnesse g. m Om. Ha. n in to it cxa. Om. T.

T t 2
 324 ROMANS. X. 2 15.

2 hem in to heelthe. Forsothe I bere wit- to helthe*. But Y bere witnessyng to 2 * that
is, that

nessinge to hem, for" thei han loue of hem, that thei han loue of God, but not
For thei vnknowynge 3 Lyrt
3jGod, but not vpP kunnynge. Sothlii thei aftir kunnyng.
r
vnknowynge Goddis ri3twysnesse, and Goddis ri3twisnesse, and sekynge to make
sekinge for
5
to make stedefast her owne, stidefast her owne
ri^tfulnesse? ben not ,

ben not suget to the ri3twysnesse of God. suget to the i^twisnessei of God. For 4
4 Forsothe the ende of the lawe Crist', to the ende of the lawe is r Crist, to 8 ri3twis-
5
ri3twysnesse to ecb man bileuynge. Sothli nesse to ech man that bileueth 1 . For 5
Moyses wrot, For the man that schal do Moises wroot, For the man that schal
u that is of the lawe, schal do ri3twisriesse that is of the lawe, schal
ri3twysnesse
elyue in Forsoth v the ri3twysnesse that
it.
lyue in it. But the ri3twisnesse that is 6
w seith of bileue, seith thus, Seie thou not in
is of byleue thus, Seie thou not in
,

thin herte, Who schal sty3e into heuene ? thin herte, Who schal stie in to heuene?
that x to lede doun Crist to seie, to lede doun Crist; or?
is to seie, for ; that is

7 or who schal go doun in to depnesse^, who schal go doun in to helle ? that is,

'or kelle z ? that is, for 8 to a3en clepe Crist to a3enclepe Crist fro deth. But what 8
8 fro the b deede spiritis c But what seith
. seith the scripture ? The word is ny3 in
the scripture ? The word is ny3 in thi thimouth, and in thin herte; this is the
mouth, and in thin herte ; this is the word of bileue, which we prechen. That 9
word of bileue, 'the which' we prechen. 1
if thou knoulechist" in thi mouth the
9 That if thou knowleche in thi mouth the Lord Jhesu Crist, and bileuest in thin
Lord Jhesu Crist, and byleuest in thin herte, that God reiside hyrn fro deth,

herte, that God reiside him fro deede spi- thou schalt be saaf. For bi herte meio
writis 6
, thou schalt be saaf. Forsoth f
by bileuethto ri3twisnesse, but bi mouth
herte me bileueth to ri3twysnesse, by knowleching is maad to helthe. Forn
scripture seith, Ech that bi-
v
mouth sothli knowleching is maad to whi the
11 helthe. Sothli' the k scripture seith, Ech that leueth in w hym, schal not be confoundid.
bileueth into him, schal not be confoundid. And ther is no distincciounf of Jew and I2tastri3tfui-
12 Sothli ther is no distynccioun of Jew and of Greke ; for the same Lord of alle is

Greek ; for why the same Lord of alle, riche in" alle, that inwardli clepen hym.

.isryche into alle, that inclepen" him. For-

1 1
For ech man 'who euere^ schal inwardli 13

soth ech man" who euere schal inclepe clepe the name of the Lord, schal be
14 the name of the Lord, schal be saaf. How saaf. Hou thanne schulen thei inwardli 14

therfore schulen thei inclepyn? hym, into clepe hym, in to whom thei han not bi-

whom thei han not bileued ? or how leued? or hou schulen thei bileue to hym,
schulen thei bileue to hym, whom thei whom thei han not herd ? Hou schulen
herden not ? How forsoth schulen thei thei here, with outen a prechour ? and 15

loheere, with outen thei prechinge "? or

8 1
hou schulen thei preche, but z thei be
how schulen thei preche, no but if" thei
1
sent ? As it is writun, Hou faire ben the
be sent v ? As it is writun, How faire the w feet of hem that prechen pees, of hem
v
feet of men euangelisinge" pees, of prech- that prechen good thingis. But not 16

n that v. the loue x. P of GAJPQ. q For v. Tvnkunnende x. vnkunnynge Y. Om. sx. i* s *

'

Crist A pr. m. NOQT. u the

rijtwisnesse x.
" But r. w the bileue tap. x Om. sx. y depthe v.
z of helle
MNPQ. Om. ox. a Om. NSX. b Om. AGMNPQSFXY. c Om. x. d whiche r. that x.
e Om. x. g men o.
f For i
Forwhi r.
y. k Om. ANOP. is riche r. m clepen q. I

Om. x. n 1 Om. AGMPQ. a man N. a r.

inwardly clepen r. inwardly clepe v. P inwardly clepe v.
s but v. * Om.
r
prechour v. qsx. Om. r. v
sent, thei ben sent of God, that in tverke and tvord
suen Crist GMP. w ben the v. x hem that
prechen r.

the loue Q m. P ri^ttvisnes r Om. T. s *

sec. ERxhS. 1 ri3tfulnesse itjbega. of T. bileeue c.
knowlechen R. v Om. EI pr.m. Rbcegha/3. in to K. x in to CRTab sec. m. y that k. z butifk.
k/3.
 X. 1 6 XI. 7. ROMANS. 325

goode thingis. But not alle men 2 alle men

obeien a to the gospel. For Ysaie
seith, Lord, who bileuede to oure her-
3 b Ysaie
obeischen to the gospel. Forsoth
seith, Lord , who bileuyde to oure heer-
c Therfor feith
yng? is of heryng, but 17

17 inge ? Therfore feith d of e heeringe, heer- heryng bi the word of Crist. But Y is
18
ing forsoth by the word of Crist. But seie,Whether thei herden not ? 3his>
b
I seye, Wher And sothely the word of hem wente out in
f
thei herdeu not ?
sothli the words of hem wente out into to al the erthe, arid her wordis in to the
al erthe 1
', and into the endis of the round- endis of the world. But Y seie, Whe- 19
is nesse of the' erthe 'her wordis k . But I ther Israel knewe not ? First Moyses
seie, Wher Israel knew not ? First Moy- seith, Y schal lede 3ou to c enuye, that 36
ben no folc; that 36 ben an vnwise folc,
1 1
ses seith, I schal lede 3ou to enuye ", 'into

not a n
folk ; into an vnwys folk, I schal Y schal sende 3ou in to wraththe. And 20
2osende 3011 in to wraththe. Forsoth Ysaie Ysaie is
d
bold, and seith, Y am foundun
dar, and seith, I am foundyn of men not of men that seken me not ; opynli Y
I nu
sekinge me ; openly apperide to hem, apperide hem, that axiden not me.
to
21 that axiden not me. Forsothe to Yrael But to Israel he seith, Al dai Y strei3te2i
he seith, Al day I strei3te out my hondis out hondis* to a puple that bileuede
myn * hondis ; in
jeuinge bene-
to a peple not bileuynge to me, but a3en not, but a3en seide me. titis, in al the

tyme of Jloyses
seyinge". lawe. Lyre
CAP. XI. CAP. XL here. e.

i Therfore I seye, Wher God hath putt Therfor Y seie, Whether God hathi
awey his peple ? Ferr be it.
Forwhy and put awei his puple ? God forbede. For
I am an? Israelyte, of the seed of Abra- Y am an Israelite, of the seed of Abra-
2 ham, of the lynage of Beniamyn. 'The ham, of the lynage of Beniamyn. God 2
Lord i 'putte not r awey his peple, 'the hath not put awei his puple, which he
which 5 he bifore wiste 1 Wher 36 witen . bifor knewf. Whether 6 36 witen not, f knew; that in,

v bifore ordeyn-
not, in Helye" 'what the scripture seith ? what the scripture seith in Elie? Hou ede bi grace to

3 How he preieth God a3ens Israel, Lord, he preieth f God a3ens Lord, thei 3
Israel,
blis.
e.
Lyre here.

thei han slayn thi prophetis, thei han han slayn thi prophetis, thei han vndur-
vndirdoluen thin auteris, and I am left doluun thin auteris, and Y am lefte

4 aloone, and thei seken my lyf. But what aloone, and thei seken my lijf.
But 4
seith Goddis answere to him ? I hauew what seith Goddis answere to hym ? Y
left to me
seuene thousand" of men, that haue left to me seuene thousyndes of
han not bowid her knees? bifore z Baal. men, that han not bowid her knees bi-
J of lawe. this
5 Sozz therfore and" in this tyme b the relyfs , fore Baal. So therfor also ins this tyme,5 that he sou^te ; .
that is, rijtful-
ben mad saaf, vp c the chesynge of the the relifs ben maad saaf, bi the chesyng nesse bi the

c grace of God. For if bi the d grace of of the grace of God. And if it be bi thee feith of Crist,
whos coraynge
God, now not of workis ; ellis
grace is grace of God, it is not now of werkis^:; ellis the Jewis abid-
edeii. the ches-
7 not now grace. What therfore? Israel grace is not now grace. What thanne ? 7 ing ; that is,

6 f apostlis and
hath not getyn that that he sou3te, for- Israel hath not getun this that he soi^te, othere men
rhosim herto.
sothe eleccioun hath getyn sothli the ; but eleccioun hath getun ; and the othere here. e.
Lyre

y hem that prechen v. Om. x. * obeien x. b For r. c Om.

Q.
d feith i* r. e
by o.
fWhether ax passim. x sec. m.
g soun h the erthe AfiosrxY. Om. sx. k the wordes of hem o. '

her wordis yden out v. in to G.

1 m enuye for ~y>ure n to not a A/P. that
weywardenesse Q. 36 be no o.
in to not x. nn and K. to me v. P Om. N. 1 God v. r hath not 8 whom
ajenseyinge put v. .

whiche vx. * knew

Om. v. v that the
v.
scripture seith NT. Om. o. what the scripture seith
in Elie v. w Om. N. * thousandes A sec.m.
GMNOPQT. y kne sx. z to o. zz Lo K. a Om. o.
* in v. " bi v. d Om. s. e now f this v.
tyme getten o.

a obedient T. b sown K sec. m. R c in to d forsothe is a.

sec. m. Q sec. m. e Wher c et plures.
1
preyede A pr. m. B andHUT a.
 326 ROMANS. XI. 8 21.

8 othere ben blyndid. As? it h is writun, He 1

ben blyndid. As
is writun, God it

3af to hem a spirit of compunccioun, y^enJ to hem

a spirit of compunccioun h f, i3en
that thei se not, and eeris, that thei heeren that thei se not, and eeris, that thei
And Dauith seith, h
9 not, til in to this day. here 1
not, in to this dai. And Dauith 9 bi
hei
?" is S ?
hatrede of
Be the boord of hem maad 'bifore hem in seith, Be the boord of hem maad in to Crist and hi
feithful men,
to a gnare k
and in to catchinge, and in to
,
,

a gryn" bifor hem, and to catchyng, m

.

for which the

sclaundre, and into 3eldinge a3en to hem. and in to sclaundre, and in to 3eldyng
10 Be the yjen of hem maad derke, that thei to hem. Be the i3en of hem maad derk,
se not ; and incroke 1 algatis the bak of that thei se notand bowe thou doun that is,
;
of whiche I
11 hem. Therfore I seye, Wher thei offend- algatis the bak of hem. Therfor Y n cam fleschiy. ||
'

iden n so, that thei schulden falle doun? seie, Whether thei offendiden so, that thei apostiis. the
is>
Fer be it. But bi? thei gilt of hem heelthe schulden falle doun ? God forbede. But ,&
is maad hethene men, that thei sue
to bi the gilt of hem helthe maad tois 1

is,
'*; that
Jewis ben
12 hem. That if the gilt of hem ben richessis hethene men, that thei sue hem. That i2 abletohesaued

of the world, and the menusinge 1

",
W mak- if the gilt of hem ben richessis of the
bi feith. Lire
here. e.

inge lesse*, 'of hem ben world, and the makyng lesse of hem ben
1
richessis of he-
then men, hou moche more the plente of richessis of hethene men, hou myche
is hem? Sothli I seye to 3ou ft , hethen men, more the plente of hem ? But Y seie 13
hou longe sothli" I am apostle of hethen to 3ou, hethene men, for as longe as
men, I schal honoure my mynysterie, W Y am apostle of hethene men, Y schal
useruyse
v
,
if on w ony maner I stire my onoure my mynysterie, if in ony maner u
fleisch x for? to folwe, and z I make summe Y stire my fleisch for to folowe, and that
15 of hem saaf. Forsoth a if the losse of hem Y make summe of hem saaf. For if the 15
b
is reconsilinge of the world, what tak- loss of hern is the recouncelyng of the
bb c d eK
vp no but lyf of deede men ?
e
inge , world, what is the takyng vp, but lijf
iG For if the sacrifise f "or , litel part of tast- of deede men? For if a litil part ofie
a b&s h
ynge , hooly, and the hool gobet ; and that that is tastid be hooli, the hool gobet
if the roote is hooly, and the braunchis. is hooli; and if the roote is hooli, also
17 That ony of the braunchis ben broken,
if the braunchis. What if ony of the 17

thou whanne thou were a wylde

sothli, braunchis ben brokun, whanne thou
olyue tre, art 'sett yn among hem, and ert
1
were a wielde olyue tre, art graffid
maad felowe of the roote, and of fatnesse k among hem, and art maad felowe of the
is of the olyue tre, nyle thou glorie1 a3eyns roote, and of the fatnesse of the olyue
the braunchis" For if thou gloriest, thou
1
.
tre, nyle thou haue glorie a3ens the is
berist not the roote, but the roote thee". braunchis. For if thou gloriest, thou
HI Therfore thou seist, The braunchis ben berist not the roote, but the roote thee.
20 broken that I be'yn sett?.
, Wei, for vn- Therfor thou seist, The braunchis ben 19

bileue the braunchis ben broken ; forsoth brokun, that Y be graffid in. Wei, for 20
thou stondist by feith. Nyle thou sauere vnbileue the braunchis ben brokun; but" 1

8
2ihi3e thingi, but drede thou , forsothe if thou stondist
1
bi feith. Nyle thou sauere

g Om. r. h Om. x. {
God r. ) Om. r. k bifore
hem in to a grane M. in to a gnare bifore hem r.
1
intocroke o. bowe doun offenden G.
r. m backis x. n
doun only with outen profyte to other Q.
P for o. 1 Om. M. T menushinge G. mynusching M. makinge lesse o. s Om. OTX. t Om. o. u Om. K.
v or w Om. sx. in r.
so o. my seruyce G. Om. ox. *
fleische, that Is, my lynage Q. J Om. sx.
z and that r. a For r. b what the hem dOm. T.
GMPQSXY. what is N. *>b the taking M. vp of MPQ.
e to o. ee Om. A', f litil ft Om. or. h
part of taasting r. g is r. gobet is hooly Q. sett p. graffid r.
k the fatnes o. '
haue glorie r. m braunchis, n berith thee r. in-broken x.
by pride, or enuye Q.
P graffid in r. 1 thenges o. ' thou mekely, that thou falle not s for r.
thing proude Q. Q.

h that
is, enuie K marg. *
herden T. k
grane K. or in to a grene o marg. snare Tbhk/3. In i.

cap. XI. commences here. in to K pr. m.

m for b.
 XI. 22 33- ROMANS. 327

God 1
sparide not the" kyndely braunchis, thing", but drede thou, for if God 21
v w
lest perauenture he spare not thee .
sparide not the kyndli braunchis, lest
22Therfore se the goodnesse, and x feers- perauenture he spare not thee. Therfor22
z
nesse? of God ; sothli feersnesse in to hem se the goodnesse, and the fersnesse of
that felden doun, sothli the goodnesse of God ; 3he, the feersnesse in to hem that
God in thee, if thou 'schalt dwelle 3 in felden doun, but the goodnesse of God
ellis and thou schalt be kitt in to thee, if thou dwellist in
goodnesse, goodnesse,
23 down. But and thei schulen ben ynsett b , ellis also thou schalt be kit doun. 3" e 23 >

if thei 'schulen not dwelle c

in vnbileue. and thei schulen be set yn, if thei
e
Forsoth d God ismy3ty, eftsoone for to dwellen not in vnbileue. For God is

24ynsette hem. Forwhi f if thou ert kitt my3ti, to sette hem in eftsoone. For if 24

doun of the kyndelys wylde olyue tre, and thou art kit doun of the kyndeli wielde
h and a3ens kynd art set in to
a3ens kynde ert inseet> in to a good olyue olyue tre,
k
tre, how moche more
thei that by kynde, a good olyue tre, hou myche more thei
25 schulen be ynsett to
m her olyue tre? For- 1
that ben bi kynde, schulen be set in her

sothe, britheren, I nyle

n
3ou vnknoweP olyue tree? But, britheren, wole not 25 Y
this mysteriei, that 36 ben not wyse to that 30 vuknowen
this mysterief, that 36 t that is, God-
r 8 u
for' blyndnesse hath felde of
w be not wise to 3ou silf; for blyndenesse
3ou silf ; testament Tthat

party in Israel, til the plente of hethen hath feldP a parti in Israel, til that the
26 men entriden x and so al Israel schulde be
, plente
1 of hethene men entride, and so a l26 thenew ? te ta '
ment. for fa-
maad saaf. As it^ is writun, He schal Israel schulde be maad saaf. As it is <fri; that, for
. r_ , the merytis of
come of Syon, that schal delyuere, and writun, He schal come of Syon, that fadris summe
27turne awey the vnpite of Jacob. And schal delyuere, and turne awei the wick-
this testament to 7 '
hem of me, whanne I idnesse of Jacob. And this testament 27
28 schal do awey her synnes. Sothli vp the to hemof me, whanne schal do awei Y
the eende of the
world, joure
a b c
her synnes. Aftir the gospel thei ben 20 mercy; that is,
gospel eneinyes for 3ou, forsothe moost
,,> 7 hadden not the
,

dereworthe vp the d eleccioun for fadris. enemyes for 3ou, but thei ben moost t grace of feith
29 Sothli the 3iftis and clepynge of God ben dereworthe bi the eleccioun for the fa- ha
withouten forthinkynge, 'or reuokynge*. dris. And the 3iftis and the cleping r of2u &
so Sothli as sum tyme and f
36 bileueden not God ben with outen forthenkyng. And so
to God, 'now forsothes ban gete mercy
30 as sum tyme also 30 bileueden not to
si for the 1'
vnbileue of hemand thes now
;
so God, but now 36 ban gete mercy for the
bileueden not in' to 3oure mercy, that and vnbileue of hem; so and these now bi-3i
32 thei gete mercy. Forsothe God closide to leueden not in to 3oure merci, that also

gidere alle thingis in k vnbileue 1

, that he thei geten merci. For God closide alle 32
sshaue mercy on alle 11 .
the hi3nesseP, A! thingis togidere in vnbileue, that he haue
'or depnesse^, of the richesse 8 of wysdom
r
mercy on alle. O s
! the heijnesse 1 of the u 33
and kunnynge of God hou incomprehen- ; ritchessis of the wisdom and of the v
syble ben his domes, and his weyis vn- kunnyng of God; hou incomprehensible

4 not to G sec.m. to thee Q. v see thou lest G sec. m. dreed lest

Om. GMP. Q.
w to thee G sec.m.
* and the GMPQXY.
y feernesse QT. z the feersnesse MP. the feernesse a dwellist v.
ppr.m.q. QT.
b sett in v. c dwellen not v. d For whi v. e Om. sx. f For v. 8 kynde NO. h thou art XY.
'
sette orx. k ben K. ben bi y. 1
sett v. m in to o. in v. n wole v. that je v. P to
vnknow osx. 1 mysterie, or prinetee G sec. m. r
jour GJI/PQT.
8
lyf o.
t forwhi v. u fallen QX.
w of a T. * hath entred o. y Om. x. z is to o. a b thei
gospel, that is, for the gospel o.
hen v. c but thei ben r. d Om. sx. e Om. TX. f Om. o. 8 but now v. h Om. N.
enemyes
'
Om. o. k in to N. 1
vnbyleue, that is, bothe Jewes and hethen men o. m je o. n a ll e men G sec , m .

alle, that is, on hem bothe Q. o O! GMNPQSXY. P depthe v. q Om. A sec.m. orx. r Om. o.
* richesses

D
thingis n pr. m. rk. fellen P the most b. *
fillid BI: fallen K, clepingis k.
i
passim. .

A! CEKMQKuxabceghkoo/3. 4
hijenessis a.
u Om. g. Om. Kicjga.
 328 ROMANS. XI. 34 XII. 10.

34 serchable*. Forsothe" who knew the witt ben hise domes, and hise weies ben vn-
35 of God v , or who was his councelour? or serchable. For whi who knew the wit 34
whoformere jaf to hym, and it schal be of the Lord, or who was his counse-
so quyt a3en w to him ? For of him, and by lour? or who formere 3af to hym, and 35
him, and in hym ben alle thingis. To it schal be quyt to hym? For of hym, 36
v
him honour and x glorie
? in to worldis z . and bi hym, and hym ben alle thingis.
in
Amen a
. To hym w
be glorie in to worldis*. Amen.

CAP. XII. CAP. XII.

1
v
And so b britheren, I biseche 3ou by
, Therfore, britheren, biseche 3ou bi i Y
the mercy of God, that 30 3yue 3oure bo- the mercy of God, that 30 3yue 3oure
x
c
dyes a lyuynge oost, or sacrifice, hooly ,
bodies a lyuynge sacrifice, hooli, ples-

plesynge to God, 3oure seruyce resonable. ynge to God, and 3oure seruyse reson-
2 And
A
nyle 36 be confoormed, *or maad lyk , able. And nyle je be confourmyd to 2
v
e
to this world, but be 3e refoormed in this? world, but be 36 reformed in new- .

newenesse of 3oure witt, that 36 proue nesse of 3oure wit, that 30 preue which
which is the wille of God, good, and wel is the wille of God,
good, and wel ples-
3
plesynge, and parfyt. Forsoth I seie, bi ynge, and parfit. For seie, bi the a Y
the grace that is 3ouun to me, to alle grace that is 3ouun to me, to alle that
f
that ben among 3011, for to nots sauere, ben among 3ou, that 36 sauere no z more
\>r kunne^, more than it' behoueth for k to than it bihoueth to sauere, but for to
kunne 1

,
but for m to kunne to sobrenesse" ;
sauere to sobrenesse; and to ech man, as
and to ech man, as God hath departid the God hath departid the mesure of feith.
4 mesure of feith Forsoth as in OOP body we . For as in o bodi we han many membris, 4
han many membris, sothlii alle the mem- but alle the membris han not the same
sbris han not the same acte r ,
N
dede*; so W dede; so we many ben o bodi in Crist, s
we ben man ye* oo body in Crist, ech for- and eche ben membrisf oon of anothir. t that is, com-
sothe membris u 'the totherv of an other w . Therfor we that han 3iftis dyuersynge, o oSS
Therfore hauynge" 3iftis dyuersinge^, vp aftir the grace that is souun to vs, ethir? 3 fds 30uun ."?
'

e
vs, as membris
2 8
grace that is 3ouun to vs, ether prophesie, prophecie , aftir the resoun of feith; ethir of the bodi to gi-
v comynen
7 vp resoun of feith ; ether* mynisterie, or seruise, in myriystryng; ether he that dere her offitis.

c Lyrehere e - -

seruyce^, in mynistringe ; ether he that techith, in techyng; he that stirith softli,8

s techith, in
techinge ; he that stireth soft- in monestyng ; he that 3yueth, in symple-

monestinge* ; he nesse; he that is souereyn, in bisynesse;

11

ly , in exhortacioun, 'or
that 3yueth, in symplenesse ; he that is he that hath merci, in gladnesse. Loue 9
v
f
byfore , or souereyn%, in bisynesse ; he with outen feynyng, hatynge yuel, draw-
9 that hath mercy, in gladnesse. Loue ynge to good ; louynge. togidere the cha- 10

with oute feynynge, hatynge yuel, cleu- rite of britherhod. Eche come bifore to

ynge'
1

k
, W faste drawynge
1
, to good worschipen othere ;
not slow in bisy-n
iothing ; louynge to gidere the charite of nesse, feruent in spirit, seruynge to the

4 ben vnserchable v. u Forwhi v. v the Lord v. w Om. v. " Om. v. 7 be glorie r, z worldis
of worldis N. world of worldes o. a Om. T. t>
Therfore r. c or holi x. d Om. ox.
holy sacrifice GQ.
e beth x. f Om. sx. e Om. Q. h Qm. ox. k Om. sx.
>
Om. o. l
kunne, ofpriuey mysterie Q.
sauouren x. m Om. sx. n
sobrenesse, with onten presumpcioun Q. the feith x. P a o.
<l forsothe o.
r dede vx. * Om. ovx. t
many ben v. " ben membres or. v oon v. w anothir
* we
hauynge need or seruyce Q. hauynge Q. and we han r. y diuerse o. z the
grace Q.
a other MP.
b Om. OTX. c d so e Om. TX. h
or s. thely o. f
prelat v. S Om. TX. drawende x. '
Om. ox.
k Om. x.

w honour and Rho. x worldis of worldis A sec. m. xk sec.m. a. not CEIK

glorie ytiiekpr.m.
a the
MQRUxabceghkoa/3. profecie a.
 XII. 1 1 XIII. 3. ROMANS. 329

britherhed ; comynge bifore to gidere in Lord, ioiynge in hope, pacient in tribu-12

11 honour, not slow in bisynesse, feruent , 1
lacioun, bisy in preier, 3yuynge good tola
m
'or brennynge , in spirit, seruynge to the the b nedis of seyntis, kepynge hospita-
12 Lord, ioyinge in hope, pacient in tribu- lite
c
. Blesse 36 men that pursuen 3ou;u
islacioun, bisy in preier, comunynge" to blesse 36, and nyle 36 curse ; for to ioye 15

the nedis of seyntis, suynge, 'or kep- with men that ioyen, for to wepe with
inge, hospitalite, ^that is, herboringe of men that wepen. Fele 36 the same thing 16
upore men 1. Blesse 36 men pursuynge togidere ; not sauerynge hei3 d thingis,
3ou ;
blesse 36, and nyle 36 curse, 'or but consentynge to meke thingis. Nile
ibwarie r ; for 5 to ioye with men ioyinge, 36 be prudent anentis e
3ou silf; to no 17

IB for to wepe with men wepinge ; feelynge

1
man 3eldynge yuel for yuel, but pur-
the same thing to gidere ; not sauerynge, ueye 36 good thingis, not oneli bifor
v
'or kunnynge\ \n^e thingis but , consent- God, but also bifor alle men. If it may is
w
ynge to meke thingis Nyle 36 . be pru- be don, that that f is of 3ou, haue 36 pees
17 dent anentis 3ou x silf; to no man 3eldinge with alle men. 3 e nioost dere britheren, 19

yuel for yuel, purueyinge^ goode thingis, not defendynge 3ou& silf, but 3yue 36
not oonly bifore God, but also bifore alle place to wraththe ; for it is writun, The
is men. If it may be don, that that 2
is of 3ou, Lord seith, To me veniaunce, and Y
ishauynge pees with alle men. 3e moost schal 3elde. But if thin enemy hun-ao
dereworthe 3 britheren, not defendynge, 'or grith, fede thou hym if. ; he thirstith,
e d
vengynge^, 3ou silf, but '3yue 3e place to 3yue thou drynke to hym ; for thou do-
ire e , 'or wraththe* ; forsoth& it is writun, ynge thing schalt gidere togidere
this
The Lord seith, To me veniaunce 11
, and I colis f on his heed. Nyle thou be ouer-2i t coiis; that is,

2oschal 3elde a3en'. But if thin enemye comun of yuel, but ouercome thou yuel charyterether
k feede thou 1 him if he of the Holy
'schal hungre , ; bi gOOd.
Goost, ether
thirstith" 1 , 3yue thou" the brennyng
drynke to hym ; for-
heete of pen-
sothe thouP doynge 'thes thingis'i schalf aunce. on his
5 heed; that is,
21
gidere to gedre colis on his heed Nyle .
soule. The glos
here rehersinge
thou be ouercome of yuel thing', but ouer- Austin, e.
come thou yuel thing" in v good thing w .

CAP. XIII. CAP. XIII.

1
Euery* soule, 'or lyuynge many, be su- Euery soule \ be suget to hei3ere i i *>',
man. Austyn,
that is,

, .
Forsoth there is not z
-,-,

get to hi3er poweris. powers, lor ther

no power but of is th eff ios,<md
a *
power no but of God ; sothli tho thingis God, and tho thingis that ben of God,
2 that ben of God, ben ordeyned b 'And so c . ben ordeyned. Therfor he that a3en-2
he that 'a3en stondith d power, a3en stond- stondith power, a3enstondith the ordy-
ith e 'the ordynaunce of God f ; forsoth thei naunce of God and thei that a3en-
;

h
that a3enstonden &, getith to hem silf stonden, geten to hem silf darnpnacioun.

sdampnacioun. Forwhi princis' ben not For princes ben not to the drede of good 3

1
brenning o. m Om. n ox.
comyng o. Om. ox. q Om. ovx. r Om. OTX. a Om. sx.
4 Om. sx. u
Om. ox. v w
thyngis, bostynge for these lyftis Q. thingis, foletvynge meke fadris Q.
* y but purueiende x. z Om. p. a dere b Om. ox. c
jour NQT. GMOPQTVXY. jour GMPQT.
d e wraththe o. f Om. OTX. b the veniaunce x Om. F. k
jiueth x. e for F. pr. OT.
'
hungrith v.
' Om. A. m schal therste o. n Om. x. for v. P Om. x. Q this thing v. r thou shalt x.
8 heued c. * Om. vx. u Om. F.X. v bi v. w Om. vx. x Eche jr. y Om. ovx. z no NSX.
a not N. b n>e/e c Therfore r. d e '
ordeyned Q. ajenstant sx. ajenstant sx. Godes ordenaunce o.
8 ajeinstondith y. "
getun AGMNOPQSTVX. '
pryncis of power Q.

b On}, c d to e f Om. A m.
a. /Aa/ is, herborynge of pore men. e marg. hije k. joure E. sec.
;our
VOL. IV. U U
 330 ROMANS. XIII. 4 13.

tok the drede of

good werk, but of yuel. work, but of yuel. But wilt thou, that
thou not drede power? Do
Sothli 1 wilt thou drede not power ? Do thou good 1'

thoum good thing", and thou schalt haue thing, and thou schalt haue preisyng of
4
preysyng of it; forsoth he is the mynystre itf ; mynystre of God to 4
for he is the
of God to thee into goodP. Sothli if thou thee in to good. if thou doist yuel, But '/he soue

doist yuel thingi, drede thou r ; for not drede thou; for not with outen cause he
cause of
withoute cause he berith the swerd% for berith the swerd, for he is the mynystre
tere conmn to
he is the mynistre of God, vengere into of God, vengere in to wraththe J to hym thee. The yios
,
- . . here relterx'mne
wraththe to him that doth yuel thing". that doith yuel. And therfor bi nede 5
5 And therfore by nede be 36 suget, not be 36 suget, not oneli for wraththe, but
For 1
therfor J in to
oonly for wraththe, but and for consci- also for conscience. 300 wralhlhe ;
eence. Sothli 7 therfore and 36 3yuen tri- 3yuen tributis, thei ben the mynystris
that is, into
poneschinge.
butis, thei ben the mynistris of God, 'for of God, arid seruen for k this same thing. 1
Lyre here. e.

7 this same thing seruynge w Therfore . Therfor 3elde 30 to alle men dettis, to 7
3elde 36 'to alle men dettis*, to whom tri- whom tribut, tribut, to whom tol, tol,
but, tribut, to whom tol, 'or custom? "for to whom drede, drede, to whom onour,
2
thingis borun aboute , tol, 'or such cus- onour. To no man owe 30 ony thing, 8
tom*, to whom drede, drede, to whom but that 36 loue togidere. For he that
B honour, honour. To no man owe 36 ony loueth his nei^bore, hath fulfillid the

thing
b no but
,
that 30 loue to gidere. lawe. For, Thou schalt do no letcherie, o
Sothli he that loueth his nei3bore, hath Thou schalt not sle, Thou schalt not stele,
ofulfillid Forwhy, Thou schalt
the lawe. Thou schalt not seie fals witnessyng,
'do no' leccherie, Thou schalt not sle,
1
Thou schalt not coueyte the thing of
Thou schalt not stele, Thou schalt not thi nei3bore, and if ther be ony othere

seye fals witnessinge

6
Thou schalt not f , maundement, it is instorid" in this 1

coueite thes thing of thi nei3bore, and word, Thou schalt loue thi nei3bore as
1
if there be ony othir rnaundement,
'
it is thi silf. The loue of nei3bore n worchith 10

instorid', 'or enclosid

k
,
in this word, Thou not yuel therfor loue
;
is the"" fulfillyng
10 schalt loue thi nei3bore as thi silf. The of the lawe. And we knowen thisn
loue of thi 1 nei3bore worchith not yuel; tyme, that the our is now, that we rise
therfore loue is the" plente", 'or fulfill- 1
fro sleep now ; for oure heelthe is? neer,

ninge", of the? lawe. And we witingei than whanne we bileueden. The ny3t 12

r s u
this tyme, for hour is now, vs for* to wente bifore, but the dai hath nei'3ed.

ryse of
v
slepe; sothli w
now oure heelthe* Therfor caste we awei the werkis of
12 is neer^, than whanne we bileueden. The derknessis, and be we clothid ini the
ny3t wente byfore, forsothe the day 'schal armeris of Ii3t. As in dai wandre we is
r
nei3e
z
Therfore caste we awey the workis
. onestli, not in superflu feestis and
b
of derknessis, and be we clothid" with drunkenessis, not in beddis and vn-
is the armeris of Ii3t. As ind day* wandre chastitees, not in strijf and in enuye ;

we honestly, not in 'ofte etyngis

f
and but be 36 clothid in 8 the Lord Jhesu 4

k Om. N. 1
But v. m Om. AT. n Om. jr. for r. P good, endetlid to defends thee o.
Om. vx. r Om. u Om. rx. v For w and seruen for this
x. vengeable swerd
q s o. r.
x dettis to alle b
same thing y. men y. y Om. x. z Om. ox. a Om. ox. thing that
h is o.
y shulden
not owe Q. c For v. <1
not do sx. e witnesse x. f Om. Y. g no Y. '
inclosid o.
kOm. orx. Om. AGsec. m. MNopgsr.
1 m Om. GMNP. n
fulfilling A sup. ras.
ox. or plente A.
Om. ox. P Om. GMPQTV. 1 knowen r. * Om. G u Om. r.
pr. m. MPSVX.
that the r. s that we r. r
v
fro STFX:. w for v. x heel o. y nerer GM. ni^er o. z hath
neijid r. a clad sx. b Om. GMP

qsrxY. in NF. c armes o. d and in N. e the f

day r. superflu feestis v.

h no a. '
Forwhi i. k to k. 1 the k. m or inclvdid a sec. m. marg. n thi
neijbore A pr. m.
nn Om. now s Om. R
ab. is R. P Om. R. q with I. r not in ofte eetynggis, or B marg. pr.m.
 XIII. 14 XIV. 10. ROMANS. 331

h and 1 vn- and do not the bisynesse of

drynkyngis^, not in couchis Crist, 30
* that
uchastitees, not in stryf and in enuye; but fleisch* in desiris *. is, in
vnleful desiris.
be 36 clothid k in the Lord Jhesu Crist, 1
The glos here.

and do 36 not
m cure", W bisynesse , of
ether in super-
flu desiris.
here.
Lyre e.
fleisch in desyris.

CAP. XIV. CAP. XIV.

1 Forsothe take 36 a syk man in bileue, But take 36 a sijk man in bileue, not i

not in deceptaciounsP, ori dispeticiouns* , in demyngis" of thou3tis. For another 2

2 of thou3tis. Sothli s anothir 1 bileueth him- man leueth, that he mai ete alle thingisf;
c
t ete aiie

v , , , A, . . ... ,. TT thingis; that

silf for" to ete alle thingis; forsoth he that but he that is sijk, ete wortis. He that 3 is, amanper-
w he x wortis, 'or
is syk, 'or vnstedefast , ete dispise not hym that etith not;
etith,

spotage?. He
that etith, dispise not 2 'the and he that etith not, deme not hym
man not etynge 3 ; and he that etith not, that etith. For God hath take him to
maner metis
deme not 'the man etyngeb . Sothli c God hym. Who art thou, that demest an- 4
4 hath takyn him. Who art thou, that ,.
othris seruaunt ?
i i m
To his i i i i
lord he stond-
-i
Movses lawe.
Lyre here. e.
demest anothird seruaunt? To his lord he ith, fro hym. But he schal
or fallith
6
stondith , or fallith doun. Forsoth he stonde Lord is my3ti to make
; for the
schal stonde ; forsoth f the Lord is my3ti hym parfit. For whi oon demeth as
v
to ordeyne him 1
', 'or make stedefast'
1
.
dayt bitwixe a dai, another demeth ech
anothir demeth a day bytwixe k
, . ,-,
Ech man
, ... TT day; that is,
dai. encrees in his wit. He 6 can deme of

day
1
,
another demeth ech day. Ech man that vnderstondith the dai, vnderstond-
ith to the Lord. And he that etith, etith bynding not
habunde, 'or be plenteuous", in his witt. after Cristis

6 He that sauerith", 'or vndirstondithv , the to the Lord, for he doith thankyngis to deeth. be plen
teuause in his

day, vndirstondithi to the Lord. And he God. And he that etith not, etith not wit ; that is,
be left to his
that etith, etith r to s the Lord, for he doith to the Lord, and doith thankyngis to owne consci-
v

thankyngis to the Lord

1
Arid . he that God. For no man of vs lyueth to 7 ^glTmetis
"P
etith not, etith not to the Lord", and do- hymsilf, and no man dieth to hymself. p"^' he
;ith
v
thankingis to God. Forsoth no man For whether we lyuen, we lyuen to thes Kspei. Lyre
here. e.

hym silf, and no man dei-

of vs lyueth to Lord and whethir we dien, we dien
;

seth to him silf. Sothli w where we lyuen, to the Lord. Therfor whethir we lyuen
we lyuen to the Lord where we deien, ; or dien, we ben For whig of the Lord.
we deien to the Lord. Therfore wher we for this thing Crist was deed, and roos
v

9 lyuen or deien, we ben of the Lord". In? a3en, that he be Lord bothe of quyke
z

this thing sothli z Crist is a deed,

and 'roos a
and of deed men b
But what demest 10 .

b Lord and c
a3en , that he be
of quike and thou thi brothir? or whi dispisist thou
6
10 of deeded Forsothe what demest thou thi thi brothir? for alle we schulen stonde
brother? or whi dispisist thou thi brother? bifore the trone of Crist. For it isn
for f alle we schulen stonde bifore the trone writun, Y lyue, seith the Lord, for to

g drunkennesses AG sec. vice. MNOPSTPXY. k beddis v. '

and in A. k clad sx. l
Om. A pr. m. G
u pr.m. PQSTXY.
m no A. besynesse
n the
Om. OTX.
cure GMNPQSTVXY.
P deem- o.

yngis v. <1 or in o. Om. x. r

dispitisonns GMP. dispulismms Q. dispitoutis v. Om. x. s For-

vvhi v. t another man v. Om. sx. v but v. * Om. x. * Om. v. 7 or polage, or snche metis
that norischen hum not to synne Q. Om. x. * he not oo. a
hym that etith not r. b
c Forvvhi v. " an e stant sx. f For r.
hym that etith v.
alyen v. anotheris x. S Om. sx. h make
k bitwen sx. m be plenteuous r. n Om. orx.
hym perfit v.
'
Om. x. the day g. '
vnderstondith ov.
P Om. orx. q sauoureth x. * ete s he to N. Om. T. * God v.
Q. Lord, that is, he absteyneth
Lord v he doth o. w For v. * Lordis s
hym for norschip of the Q. pr. m. y And K. Forwhi for r.
z Om. v. was v. b c bothe r. d deede men r. e But y.
ajein roose G. f forsothe
GMOQTVXY.

u z men EKk a Om. K b Om.

joure flesch H. deemynge k. quike pr. m. pr. m. K.

U U 2
 332 ROMANS. XIV. i ;

-23.

11 of Crist. For it is writun, I lyue, seith me ech krie schal be bowid, and ech
the Lord, for to me ech knee schal ben tunge schal knouleche to God. Therfor 12

bowid, and ech tunge schal knowleche to ech of vs schal 3elde resoun to God for
12 God. 'And so h ech of vs schal 3elde re- hym silf. Therfor 'no more deme we c is
is soun to God for him silf. Therfore no ech other but more deme 30 this thing,
;

more deme we to gidere, 'or ech othir' ; 1

that 36 putte not hirtyng, or sclaundre,
but more deme 30 this thing, that 36 putte to a brothir. I woot and triste in the u
v
not hurtynge, or sclaundre , to a brother. k Lord Jhesu, that no thing is vnclene d
14 1 woot and truste in the Lord Jhesu, for
1
bi e hym, no but to him that demeth
m
ony thing to be vnclene, to him it is
f
no thing iscomune, 'or vnclene by him, ,

no n but to him that demeth ony thing vnclene. And if thi brother be maad is

for to be vnclene, 'to him it is vncleneP. sori in conscience for mete, now thou
isSothli if thi brothir be maad sory"), 'or walkist not aftir charite. Nyle thou
heuy in conscience*, for mete, now thou thoroii3 thi mete lese hym, for whom
walkist not aftir charite. Nyle thou Crist diede. Therfor be not oure h good is

thorw thi mete leese him, for whom Crist thing blasfemed. For whi the rewme 17
icdiede. Therfore be not oure good thing of God is not mete and drynk, but ri^t-

17 blasfemyd, 'or dispisid*. Sothli 1

the wisnesse and pees and ioye in the
rewme of God is not mete and drynke, Hooli Goost. And he that in this is
u
but ri3twysnesse and pees and ioye in thing' serueth Crist, plesith God, and is
is the Hooly Gost. Forsoth he that in this proued to men. Therfor sue we thoia
w and x
thingis that ben of pees, and kepe we
v
thing serueth Crist plesith God , ,

prouyd to men. And so^ sue we tho

k
19 is togidere 'tho thingis that ben of 1 edi-

thingis that ben of pees, and kepe we tho ficacioun f. Nyle thou for mete distrieaotthatis, w
thingis to gidere that ben of edificacioun, the werk of God. For alle thingis ben heuenlT 'that

wfthat is, to bylde soulis to lieuene

7
-.
Nyle clene, but'" it is yuel to the" man that S2rf&t2
thou for mete distroye the work of God. etith bi offendyng. It is good to
Sothli alle thingis ben cleene, but it is ete fleisch, and to not drynke wyn, "*>' he preu-
... , rr.
e <h; that is,

yuel to the man that etith by offendinge, nethir in what thing thi brother offend- knoweth that
b ... 1-1 i it is leful tu
21 'or sclaundte*. It isgood for to not ete ith, or is
i

sclaundnd, or is maad sijk.

!

him to ete

fleisch,
in
and for to not drynke wyn, nether
what thing thi brothir offendith, 'or is
Thou
thou bifore God.
hast feith anentis thi
Blessid is
silf,

he that
haue 22 e 8 f
^o ^
tawe while he
ceesith to ete
im

sclaundrid d , or is maad syk, 'or vnstede- demeth riot hym silf iu that thing that for the charyte
-_. , - , of brithren, to .

zzjast^. Thou e that f hast feith anentis thi he preueth. J<or he that demeth, is 23 es chewe sciaun-
silf, haue thou& bifore God. Blessid is he dampned, if he etith ;
for it is not of
that demeth not 1
', 'or dampneth not\ him feith. And al thing that is not of feith,
not of consci-
23 silf in that thing that he proueth. For- is synne. ence -

here. e.
soth he that demeth k , 'if he ete, is damp-
ned 1
; for it
m is not of n feith. Forsoth al

thing that is not of feith, is synne.

h Therfore v. i Om. ox. * Om.

ox. l
that r. m Om. x. n not o. Om. T.
o Om. G pr.m. MPQSX. P Om. OP. q heuy in conscience o. r Om. ox. s Om. x. l Forwhi v.
u v to Crist G sec. m. to God G sec. m. x. x * Om.
rijtfulnesse N. and he Q. y Therfore v. x.
a Om. x. b Om. sx. c Om. sx. d Om. x. e That thou x. f Om. vx. g Om. sx. h Om. T.
>
Om. vx. k this mete dene and this vnclene l
he ete the vnclene, is dampned if he
demyth Q. if Q. is
r. is if he etith r. for his etynge 9. n Om. T.
dampiied dampned )
why?

c deme no more k pr. m. d comoun iQeg pr.m. e to k. * that a.

56 comun, or vncleene EX.
g Om. b et c
pr. m.
h
3oure nk pr. m.
'
Om. R pr. m.
k Om. E. 1
Om. Eg. to e. m for a.
 XV. I
15. ROMANS. 333

CAP. XV. CAP. XV.

i Forsothe we saddere owen for to sus- But we saddere men owen to susteyne i

the feblenesses of sijke men, and not

teyne, 'or bere vpv, the feblenesse? of syke
v
men, 'or vnsadde infeith*, and not plese
a
plese to vs silf. Eche of vs plese to 2
2 to vs' silf. Ech of vs plese to his 11613-
his nei3bore in good, to edificacioun. For 3

3 bore in to good, to edificacioun. 'And for- Crist pleside not to hym silf, as it is

soth" Crist pleside not to hym silf, but, writun, The repreues of men dispisynge
as it is writun, The reprouys, 'or schen- thee, felden on me. For what euere 4
schipis
v
, of men displesinge thee, felden w thingis ben writun, tho ben writun to
4 on me. Forsothe what euere thingis ben oure techynge, that bi pacience w and
writun, thei x ben writun to oure
techinge, coumfort of scripturis we hauex hope.
that by pacience and comfort of scripturis But God of pacience and
of solace 3yues
5 we ban hope. Forsothe God of pacience to
3ou vndurstonde
to the same thing,
andF solace, 'or comfort 2 3yue to 3ou for a ',
ech in to othere aftir Jhesu Crist, thate
to vndirstonde the same thing, ech in to 36 of o wille with o mouth worschipe
6 othir aftir Jhesu Crist, that 36 of oo wille, God and the fadir of oure Lord Jhesu
'or witt b ,
with oo mouth worschipe God Crist. For which thing take 36 togidere, 7
and the fadir of oure Lord Jhesu Crist. as also Crist took 3ou in to the onour
7 For which thing take 36 to gidere
c
as and d ,
of God. For Y seie, that Jhesu Crist a
Crist took 3ou into the honour of God. was a mynystre of circumcisioun for the
Sothli I seie Jhesu e Crist for 'to haue be?
f
s treuthe of God, to conferme the bi-

a mynistre of circumcisioun for the treuthe heestisr of fadris. And hethene men o
of God, for h to conferme the biheestis of owen to onoure God for mere! ; as it is

ofadris. Sothli hethene men for' to honoure writun, Therfor, Lord, know- Y schal
God vpon k mercy; as it
1
is writun, Ther- leche to thee among hethene men, and
Lord, I schal knowleche to thee in
fore, Y schal synge to thi name. And eft 10

hethene men, and I schal synge to thi he seith, 3e hethene men, be 30 glad
10 name. And eftsoone" he seith, Glade", 1
with his puple. And eft, Alle hethene 11

or ioyev, 36 hethene men withi his peple. men, herie 36 the Lord; and alle puplis,
And eftsoone ", Alle hethene 3 men, herye 1 magnefie 36 hym. And eft Isaie seith,
1
11 12

36 the Lord ; and alle peplis, magnyfie 30 Ther schal be a roote of Jesse, that schal
12 him. And eft Ysaie seith, Ther schal be rise gouerne hethene men, and
vp to
a roote of Jesse, and hethene men schulen hethene men schulen hope in hym. And is

hope in" him, that schal ryse

v
for w to God of hope fulfille 3011 in al ioye and
13 gouerne hethene men. Forsoth God of pees in bileuynge, that 36 encrees in
hope 3ou in al ioye and pees in
fulfille hope and vertu of the Hooli Goost.
bileuynge, that 36 habounde in hope and And, britheren, Y my silf am certeyn u
Hvertu of the Hooly Gost. Sotheli, bri- of 3ou, that also 36 ben ful of loue, and
theren, and I my silf am certeyn of 3ou, .30 ben fillid with al kunnyng, so that
and" 36 3ou? silf z
'for ben ful of loue, 3he a , 30 moun moneste ech other. And, bri-is
fulfillid
6
with al science, 'or kunnynge c , theren, more boldli Y wroot to 3011 a
is so that 36 mown moneste ech other. So- as in to
parti, bryngynge 3ou mynde,

Om. sx. P Om. x. 1 febilnessis v. t Om. x. s to pleese r. * oure

GMPQ. u For whi v.
T Om. x. w fellen GMPQ el x * tho v. y and of or. z of comfort T. a Om. sx. b Om. vx.
passim.
c to gidir vpberynge the feble Q. d also v. e that Jhesu r. Om. srx. B was v. h Om. sx.
1
Om. sx. omen for v. k for v. on x. 1
Om. x. m eft K. n Glade
36 T. Om. v. Om. TVX.
P enioye Q. Om. TVX. Q be glad with v. * eft r. Om. T. t " in to AGMNQST^XY.
preyse GMPQ.
v rise r. w Qm. sx. * that also y. y GMPOT. Om. y. z Om. v. & and b fillid v.
up 3our je v.
=
Om. x.

v oure h. w the pacience ECO. * Om. k pr. m. k pr. m.

y biheeste
 334 ROMANS. XV. 16 27.

theli, britheren, more hardily I wroot to for the grace that is 3ouun to me of

3011 'of party"

1
, as 33611 bryngynge 3011 in God, that Y
be the mynystre of Crist ic

to myride, for the grace that is 30111111 to Jhesu among hethene men. And Y
16 me be the mynistre of Crist
of God, that I halewe the
gospel of God, that the
Jhesu in hethene men I e halwinge f the ; offryng of hethene men be acceptid, and

gospel of God*, that the offringe of he- halewid in the Hooli Goost. Therfor 17

thene men be maad acceptid and halewid

1' 1

,
Y haue glorie in Crist Jhesu
to God.

17 Hooly Gost. Therfore I haue glorie

in the For Y dar not speke ony thing of tho is
is in Crist Jhesu to God. Forsoth k I dar thingis, whiche Crist doith not bi me, in
not speke ony thing of tho thingis, the
1
to obedience of hethene men, in word
whiche" Crist makith not by me, into and dedis, in vertu of tokenes and grete 19
obedyence of hethene men, in word and wondris, in vertu of the Hooli Goost, so
igdedis, in vertu of tokenes and grete won- that fro Jerusalem bi cumpas to the
dris, in vertu of the Hooli Gost, so that Illirik see Y haue fillid the gospel of
from Jerusalem by cumpas, or enuyroun
v

,
Crist. And so Y
haue prechid this gos-20
til vntoP Illiryk I haue fulfillidi the gospel pel, not where Crist was named, lest Y
20 of Crist. Forsoth so I haue prechid this bilde vponP anotheres ground, but as it
is writun, For to whom it is not teld of 21
gospel, not where Crist was named
1
lest ",

8
I bildevpon otheris* ground, but as it is him, thei schulen se, and thei that
21 writun, For to it is not told of him, whom herden not, schulen vndurstonde. For 22
thei schulen se, and thei that herden not, which thing Y was lettid ful myche to
22schulen vndirstonde. For which thing I come to 3ou, and Y am lettidi to r this
was lettid ful moche for" to come to 3ou, tyine. And now Y haue not ferthere23
23 and I am into v 3it.
forbodyn Forsothtil
placef in these cuntrees, but Y haue t that is, I haue
x w , - no nede . . to
now I not hauynge ferthere* placet in desire to come to 3ou, of many 3eris that dweiie

thes cuntrees, sothli 2 hauynge

8
couetyse ben passid. Whanne Y bygynne
x
of comynge
b
to 3ou, of many 3eeris now passe in to Spayne, Y
hope that in my
24goynge bifore, whanne I schal bygynne goyng Y schal se 3ou, and of 3ou Y
for c to passe in to Spayne, I hope that I
111 11
scnal be led thidur,
ii !
it Y vse 3ou first | nerte men, and
tsche and con-

passinge forth schal se 3ou, and of 3ou I in parti. Therfor now Y schal passe 25 present wa
schal be lad thidur, if I schal vsen 3ou forth to Jerusalem, to mynystre to
as first in party. Therfore now I schal passe seyntis.
'
For Macedonye
* and Acaie ban 26 *"
I vse )m Jirste;
d
forth to Jerusalem, for to mynystre to assaied to make sum 3ifte to pore men that is, haue

26 seyntis. Forsoth 6 Macedonye and Achaye of seyntis, that ben in Jerusalem. For 27 j

proueden for to make sum collacioun&,

f
itpleside to hem, and thei ben dettouris
W gedrynge of moneye h
, in to pore men of hem; for 8 hethene men ben maad
^"com^d
27 of seyntis, that ben in Jerusalem. Sothli' parteneris of her D
goostli thingis, thei of the cuntrew.

k . . preueden; that
it pleside to hem, and thei ben dettouris owen also in* fleischli thingis to myn- is, consentiden

of hem forwhi if hethene men ben

;
1
ystre to hem. Therfor whanne Y haue 28 ^".fto pore"
n of r "'
maad parteneris of her goostly thingis, endid this thing, and haue asigned to , e m J r

thei owen and" 1

in fleischly thingis for" to hem this fruyt, Y schal passe bi 3011 in here- e -

d a * Om. o. and I v. f hauende s. halewe v. g God, that is, schewinge it to be

party t). holy o.
h men, that tlioru me
offren hem silf to the bileeue <). accept AG sec.m. MKPQT. acceptable G pr. m.
!

k For v. '
Om. Q. m Om. vx. n that x. Om. GMNPQFA". P to GMPQV. into N. 1 filled r.
r
named, or preclude offals aposlelis Q. 8
vp T. on x.
* anotheris NT.
Om. sx. v vnto AGMNPST.
to or. w haue not r. * ferrere AN. y place, or cause of z but r. a I
longer dtvellynge Q. hauynge N.
I haue r. b to come r. c Om. sx. d Om. sx. e Forvvhi v. f Om. SA. S jifte v. h Qm. x.
i For v. k and that XY. l
Om. y. m also r. D Om. SA".

til to K sec. m. Rhk sec. m. o. P Om. K pr. m. q Om. k pr. m.

r t il i. til to K. s for if Q sec. m.
c pr. m. l of k.
 XV. 28 XVI. 7- ROMANS. 335

asmynistre to hem. Therfore whanne I to Spayne. And Y woot, that Y com- w

schal ende this thing, and assigne hem ynge to
30x1, schal come 'in to u the
this fruit, hi 3011 1 schal passe into Spayne. abundaunce v of the blessing of Crist.
2oForsoth I woot, that I
comynge to 3011, Therfor, britheren, Y
biseche 3ou bi oureao
schal come into? the haboundaunce, 'or Lord Jhesu Crist, and bi w charite of the
soplentei, of the blessinge of Crist. Ther- Hooli Goost, that 30 helpe me in 3oure
fore, britheren, I beseche 3011 by oure Lord preyeris to the Lord, that Y be de-si
Jhesu Crist, and hi charite r of the Hooly lyuerid fro the vnfeithful men, that ben
Gost, that 36 helpe me in 3oure prayeris in Judee, and that the offryng of my
5

si 'for me' to the Lord, that I be delyuerid seruyce be acceptid in Jerusalem to

fro the vntrewe, 'or vnfeithful^, men, that seyntis ; that Y come to 3ou in ioye, bi 32
ben in Judee, and that the offrynge of the wille of God, and that Y be re-

my seruyce be acceptid in Jerusalem to freischid with 3ou. And God of pees be

32 seyntis ; that I come to 3ou in ioye, by the with 3ou alle. Amen.
wille of God, and that I be refreschid
33 with 3ou. Sothli God of pees be with 3ou
alle. Amen.
CAP. XVI. CAP. XVI.
1 Forsoth, britheren, I comende to 3011 And Y
comende to 3ou Feben, oure i

Feben, oure sister, that is in the seruyce sister, which is in the seruyce of the
2 of the chirche that is in Teucris, that 36 chirche that is at Teucris, that 36 res- 2

resseyue hir in the Lord worthily to seyue hir in theLord worthili to seyntis,
and that w and 'that 36 helpe x hir in what euere
seyntis, 36 'storide ny3 , 'or
v
helpe*, hir in what euere nede- , 'or thing
1
-, cause sche schal nede of 3ou. For sche
a and
she schal nede of 3ou. Forsoth she helpide^ many men, and my silf. Grete :i

'stood ny3 b , 'or helpide c , to manye

d
,
and 3e
z
Prisca and Aquyla, myn helperis in
3 to me e silf. Saluwe f 36?, or ^greete 3^'', Crist Jhesu, which vndurputtiden her 4
Priska and Aquyla, myn helperis in Crist neckis for rny lijf; to whiche a not Y
k aloone do thankyngis, but also b
4 Jhesu, the whiche vndirputtiden
'
her alle the
neckis for my soule 'or lyf m ; to whiche" 1
,
chirchis c of hethene men. And grete 36-".

not I aloone do thankingis, but and alle wel her meyneal' chirche f. Grete e wel
1
t that is, con-
gregacioun of
o the chirchis of hethene men. And 'greete Efenete, louyd to me, that is the firste t'eithful men in

r Lyre
3eP wel hifi homeli chirche s . 'Grete 36* of Asie in Crist Jhesu. Grete f wel e
wel Efenete", loued to rne, that is the Marie, the whiche hath trauelid rnyche
6 firste of Asye in Crist Jhesu. Greete v wel in vs. Gretes wel Andronyk and Julian,?
w
Marie, 'the which hath trauelid moche in my cosyns, and myn euen prisouneris,
7 vs. Greeteth* wel Andronyk and Juliarie, which ben noble among the apostlis, and
myn cosyns, and myn euene caytifs, 'or whiche weren bifor me in Crist. Grete^s
z
prisoneris? , the whiche ben noble among wel Ampliate, most dereworth to me in
apostlis
3
, and the b whiche weren bifore me the Lord. Grete wel Vrban, ourey

P Om. K. 9 Om. x. r the charite r. s Om. r. t Om. NQK.

" Om. GMPQX. or the

vnfeithful Y.
v is at Nr. w helpe
'
v.
r. * Om. rx. y thyng Q cause Om. Qrx.
v. a Forwhi v.
z

Om. rx. d
many men r.
b e ( Salute P. S Om. GMPQT.
helpide r. or halp s. my GMPQSVX
G.
II
11

greeteth sx.
'
Om. r. k
vndirputten sx.
l
lijf r.
m Om. rx. " \vhom Om. p. <?.

PP greeteth x
x. 1 their GQ. ther A/P. r
meynyal r. chirche, or meynee Q lGretith GMPQTX.
Greete VY. u
Aphenete
. G..
*
v Gretith
*
GMPQX. w that x. * Grete r. J Om. x. z Om. vx. a the
i
M. the PQ. & Oni .

postles apostlis

u in ne v
haboundaunce, eilhir plentee B. w bi the bhk. x hath holpen i.
pr. in. helpe je k. .v

''
wel KQ sec.m. bk. wel R. Om. |3. a whom i. to alle K sec. ABhk sec.m. bi ft.
m. al c chirche
je
Rhk *ec. m. d ether homeli K
marg. hoomly k pr. m.
e Grete 36 EKRbhko/3. f Grete
je EK. S Grete
je KR.
 336 ROMANS. XVI. 8 23.

sin Crist. Greeteth wel Ampliate, moost helpere in Crist Jhesus, and Stacchen,

sdereworthe to me in the Lord. Greete d my derlyng. Grete k wel Appellem, the 10

wel Vrban, oure helper in Crist Jhesu, noble in Crist. Grete wel hem that ben 1
n
10 and Stacchen, my loued. Greete 6 wel Ap- of Aristoblis hous. Grete" 1
wel Ero-
f
Greete& wel hem my Grete wel hem that
iipellem, noble in Crist. diori, cosyn.
that ben of Aristoblis hous. Greete h wel ben of Narciscies hous, that ben in the

Erodyon, my cosyn. "Greete we' hem Lord. Grete m wel Trifenam and Trifo-12
k
hous, that ben in sam, whiche wymmen trauelen in the
1
that ben of Narcisties
12 the Lord. Greete wel Triphenam and 111
Lord. Grete m wel Persida, most dere-
trauelen worthe womman, that hath trauelid
Triphonam, the" whiche wymmen
in the Lord. Greete wel Persida, moost myche Greten wel Rufus, is
in the Lord.

dereworthe wommanv, that hath moche chosun in the Lord, and his modir, and
istrauelid in the Lord. Greeted wel Rufus, myn. Grete" wel Ansicrete, Flegoncia, u
chosun in the Lord, and his modir, and Hermen, Patroban, Herman, and bri-
umyn. Greeted wel Ansicrete, Flegoncia, theren that ben with hem. Grete" wel 15

Hermen, Patroban, Herman, and britheren Filologus,and Julian, and Nereum, and
is that ben with hem. Greetei wel Filolo- and Olympiades, and alle the
his sistir,

gus, and Julyan,

and Venerum r and his ,
seyntis that ben with hem. Grete 36 ifi

sistir, and Olympiades, and

alle the seyritis wel togidere in hooli coss. Alle the
10 that ben with hem. Greetith 8 weP to chirches of Crist greten 3ou wel. But, 17

gidere in hooly coss.

Alle the chirchis britheren, Y
preye 3ou, that 30 aspie hem
tweie. LOO! 17 of Crist greeten 3011 welf. Forsoth, bri- that makendiscenciouns and hirtyngis,

theren, I preie 5 ou,

that je aspye hem that bisidis the doctryne that 36 han lernedf,
u and bowe awei fro hem. For suche
maken discenciouns and hirtyngis, or 36*)
IB

foiow- scldundris, bisydis the doctryn that 36 men seruen not to the Lord Crist, but
inge sec.m.] w
to comoun not han lernyd v
, and bowe fro hem.
3e awey to her wombe, and bi swete wordis and
r 8
isSothely* siche men seruen not to the Lord blessyngis disseyuen the hertis of in-
pntKt,titatffr

Crist, but to her wombe, and by swete nocent men. But 3oure obedience is i

the chinhe.
wordis and blessingis disseyuen? the herds pupplischid in to euery place, therfor Y
19 of innosent men. Sothli 3oure obedience haue ioye in 3ou. But Y wole that 3e
is pupplischid into euery place, therfore be wise in good thing, and symple in
b
a c
I ioye z in 3011. But I wole 3ou for to be yuel. And 1 God of pees tredde Sathanas 20
wyse in good thing, and symple in yuel vnduru 3oure feet swiftli v The grace .

2othing
d
. Forsothe God of pees defoule of oure Lord Jhesu Crist be with 3011.
Sathanas vndir 3oure feet sweftly. The Tymothe, myn helpere, gretith 3011 wel, 21
grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist be with and also Lucius, and Jason, and Sosi-
21 3ou. Tymothe, myn helpere, greetith 3ou pater, my cosyns. Y Tercius grete 3OU22
wel, and also Lucius, and Jason, and Sosi- wel, that wroot this epistle"', in the
N
22 pater, my cosyns. I the thridde 6 greete Lord. Gayus, myn cost, gretith 3ou wel, 23
h
3ou wel, that* haue writyn the^ epistle , in and al the chirche. Erastus, tresorere*
23 the Lord. Gayus, my herborgere, greet- of the city, gretith 3011 wel, and Quartus

f the noble man

c Grete r. d Gretith GMPQX. Grete jee s.
Greteth GMNPQSX. e GQ. the noble MP.
h Greteth GJVIPQS. Grete wel rr. k Par-
g Gretith GMPQX. Grete
566 s.'
Gretith wel AGMNPQSX.
cisies G. Narcisijs M. Marcisies QX. l
ben feithfulle y. m Gretith GMPQSX. n Om. r. Gretith
P Om. x. 1 Gretith GMPQSA:. r Nereum r. s Grete TV. * wele u and x\:
GMPQSX. y>u Q.
v lerud A. lered s. leride xv. w bowith x. x Forwhi y. y thei disceyuen G. z haue ioie v. a that
b Om. sx. c Om. v. d Om. v. e And I
jee r. Tercyus G sec. v. I Tercius notorie Q. I Tercius r.
f which y. S this GMPQy. h T. epistlis

k Grete m Grete n Grete Om. r

56 KR. Grete je K. KR. je KR. P lerud B. bisech-
l i. <l
je
Bute k sec.m. u swiftli vndir R. v Om. R. w
pistle bk.
s thei
ynges a pr. m.
*
disseyuen K.
:
or kepere of the corny n whycche e.
 XVI. 24 2 7- ROMANS. 337

ith 3011 wel, and al the chirche. Erastus brother. The grace of oure Lord Jhesu 24
1
tresorer, "or Jcepere' , of the cite, greetith Crist bey with 3ou alle. Amen. And z 25
J43OU wel, and
Quartus, brother k The 1 .
grace onour and glorie be to hym, that is
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist with 3011 alle. my3ti to conferme 3ou bi my gospel, and
25 Amen. Forsoth to" him, that is my3ty prechyng of Jhesu Crist, bi the reuela-
for to conferme 3011 by my gospel, and cioun of mysterie holdun stylle in tymes

preching ofP Jhesu Crist, vpi the reve- euerlastinge ; which mysterie is now 26
lacioun of mysterie holdun stille, that -Is, maad opyn bi scripturis of prophetis, bi
as not schewid, in tymes euerlastynge ;
ther the comaundement" of God with outen
which mysterie* is now maad opyn by bigynnyng and endyng, to the obedience

scripturis of prophetis, vp the comaunde- of feith in alle hethene men, the mys-
ment of God withouten bygynnynge and terie knowun bi Jhesu Crist to God 27
endynge, to the obedyence of feith in
ss
aloone wiss, to whom be onour and glo-
27 alle hethene men, the mysterie knowun* to rie in to worldis of worldis b . Amen.
God aloone wyse by Jhesu Crist", to whom
v

honour v and glorie into worldis of worldis.

Amen. Here endith the pistle to Romayns,
Here endith the epistle to Romayns, and bigynneth the prologe on the firste
and now bigynneth the prolog to the firste pistle to Corinthies
c
.

epistle to Corinthis w .

1
Om. xrx. k the brother G sec.m. Q. '
Om.
be with KQ.
r. mn onour and
glorie be to v. Om. sx.
P in r. q bi v. T Om. v. s Om. x. ssknowen by Jhesu Crist v. " Om. v. * be onour v.
and K. *

w Here endith the epistle of Foul to the Romaynys, and now bigynneth the epistle to the Corinthis. A.
Here endith the pistil to Romayns, and bigynneth the prolog to Corynthis. N. Here endith the pistel [of\
Romayns, now bygynneth the epistle of Corinthies. T. Here endith the pistles to Romayns; now bigynneth
the prologe upon the firste pistle to Corintheis. v. No final rubric in GMPQSXY.

Om. i. z Om. c. a comaundementis k pr. m. b world i.

y c From
ciqacgh. Here endith the pistle
to Romayns; now bigynneth the firste pistle to Corinthies, with the prologe bifore. M. Heere eendith the
pistle to Romayns, and bigynneth the prolog on the pistle to Corinthies. R. Here endith Paul to Romayns,
and bigynneth a prologe on the firste pistle to Corinthes. x. Here endelh the firste pistle to Romayns, and
here bigynnith the prologe on the firste pistle to Corynthis. bo. Here eendith the pistil to Romayns, and
[here k] bigynneth the prologe to the firste Corinthies. ek. No final rubric in AEKU.

VOL. IV. X X
 I. CORINTHIANS.

Prolog to the firste Corinthies*. Here biginnith the prologe of Jerom

on Corinthis*.

CORINTHIES ben men of Achaye, and CORINTHIES benb of Acaye, and thei c in
hadden herd b
lijk maner herden of the postle the word
thes also of the d
apostelis
the word of treuthe, and thei weren of treuthe, and weren peruertid in many
ouerturned many in maneris of false maneres of false apostlis. Summe weren
apostelis summe of wordy eloquence of
; peruertid of eloquence of filosofie ful of
philosophic, summe to the secte of Jewis wordis, othere men weren led in to the
6

lawe yledd c Thes reuoketh the apostle

. sect of the f lawe of Jewis, that is, to
to the trewe and gospels wysdom, writ- holde nedeful with the gospel.
it The
v
to hem fro Effecie, his h these
ynge by Tymothe, apostle^ clepith a3en Corynthies
disciple. to very' feith and wisdom of the gospel,
'and writith k to hem fro Efesie, bi Ty-
mothe, his disciple.
Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth
the epistele A . This seith Jerom in his prolog on the
firste pistle to Corynthies^.

The firste pistle of Poul to Corinthis*. Here bigynneth the firste pistle to
the Corynthies*.

CAP. I. CAP. I.

1 Poul, clepid apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi Poul, clepid apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi i
2 the wille of God, and Sostenes, brothir, to the wille of God, and Sostenes, brothir,
the chirche of God that is at Corinthe, to the chirche of God that is at Co- 2
to the halowid in Crist Jhesu, clepid rynthe, to hem that ben halewid in Crist

Corinthyes. Y. No initial rubric in sr. No prologue in AGMPQX.

a Here bygynneth
the prolouge of the first
In N and T the prologue is of the second text. b Om. F. c led v. d Here endith the
prologe, and here
bigynneth the first Corinthis. v. No final rubric in SY. a The
first epistle to Corinthijs. MP. The firste
pistle to the Corynthies. Q. No initial rubric in the other Mss.

a From Prologe ex. Here bigynneth a prologe of Jerom on the firste pistle to Corinthies. K. Prolog
E.
to Corynthes N. Prologus T. Here bigynneth a prologe to Corynthies. u. A prolog on the firste epistle
i.

to Corynthies. f. No initial rubric in A and the other Mss. b ben men cKMKxabho. c Om. T. d apostle
EMRTXeh. e Om. T. f Om. CEiKMNQRTUxabcefghkoo/3. S postle cEKNQuxabcga. h ajen clepith CMRxho.
the verri c. Om. NT. k Jerom in his prologe seith al this. K. Here endith the prolog on
writynge R.
'

this epistle, that is seid bi Jerom. N. Jerom in his

prologe on this pistle seith al this. xa. Here endith [the]
prologe, and bigynneth the first pislile to the Corinthies. g. Jerom in his prolog on this pistil seith thus. k.
No final rubric in Ee. a The firste epistle to the Corinthies. EC. No initial rubric in ciKMQUxa.
 I- 317- I. CORINTHIANS. 339
b
seyntis, inclepyn the name
with alle that Jhesu, and clepid seyntis, with alle that
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, in ech place of inwardli clepen the name of oure Lord
cc
ahem and c oure, grace 'and pees to 3ou Jhesu Crist, in ech place of hem and of b
of God, oure fadir, and of the Lord Jhesu oure, grace to 3ou and pees of God, 3
4 Crist. I do thankyngis to my God euer- oure fadir, and of the Lord Jhesu Crist.
inore for 3ou, in the grace of God that is Y do thankyngis to my God eueremore4
sjouun to 3ou in Crist Jhesu. For in alle for 3011, in the grace of God that is 3ouun
thingis 36 ben d ryche in e him, in ech to 3011 in Crist Jhesu. For
in alle thingis z

word, and in ech kunnynge, *or science*, 30 ben maad riche in hym, in ech word,
e as the witnessynge of Crist is confermyd and in ech kunnyng, as the witnessynge
7 in 3ou; so that no thing fayle to 3ou in of Crist is confermyd in 3ou; so that no;

ony grace, abidynge the reuelacioun, 'or thing faile to 3011 in ony grace, that
schewynge of oure Lord Jhesu Crist
, ; abiden the schewyng of oure Lord Jhe-
sthe b which and schal conferme 3ou til 1
su Crist which also schal conferme 3ou 8
;

into the eiide withouten cryme, 'or greet in to the ende with outen cryme, in the
k
synne , in the day of the comynge of dai of the comyng of oure Lord Jhesu
9 oure Lord Jhesu Crist. Forsoth 1
God is Crist.
V
A trewe God c bi whom 30 ben ,
'.

trewe, hi whom
36 ben clepid in to the clepid in to the felouschipe of his sone
felowschip of his sone Jhesu Crist oure Jhesu Crist oure Lord. But, britheren, 10

10 Lord. Forsothe, britheren, I biseche 3ou", Y biseche 3ou, bi the name of oure Lord
bi the name Lord Jhesu Crist,
of oure Jhesu Crist, that 36 alle seie the same
d
that 36 alle seye the same thing, and that thing, and that dissenciouns be not
m
scismes, or dyuysiouns", dissenciouns,*or among 3011 ; but be 36 perfit in the same
discordisv, be not among 3ow; sothlii be wit, and in the same kunnyng. For, my 1 1

the same witt, and in the britheren, it is teld to me of hern that

6
36 parfyt in
r
11 same kunnynge. Forsothe, britheren , it ben at Cloes, that stryues ben among
is signyfied, 'or toold*, to me of hem that 3ou. Y seie that, that ech of 3ou 12
And f

ben of 85 Cloes, for stryues ben among 3ou. seith, For Y am of Poul, and Y am of
12 Forsoth I seye this thing, that' ech of Apollo, and Y am of Cefass, but Y am
3ou seith, Forsoth I am of Poul, forsoth of Crist.Whether Crist is departid ? is

I u of Appollo, treuly P of Cephas, "that is, whether Poul was crucified for 3011,
wPetre w , forsoth I" of Crist. Wher Crist ether 36 ben baptisid in the name of
is departid-? wher Poul is crucifyed for Poul ? Y
do thankyngis to my God, u
3ou, ethir> ben 30 baptysid in the name that Y h
baptiside noon of 3ou, but Crispus
H of Poul? do thankyngis to God z , that I
I and Gayus ; ony man seie, that 36 15
lest

baptiside no man of 3ou, no but Crispus ben baptisid in my name. And Y bap- 16
is and Gayus ; lest ony man seye, that 36 ben tiside also the hous of Stephan', but Y
16 baptysid in my name. Sothli 'and I bap- woot not, that Y baptiside ony other.
a
tyside the hous of Steuene, a womman, For Crist sente me not to baptise, but 17
but I woot not, if I baptiside ony othir. to preche the gospel; not in wisdom of
b
nFor Crist sente me not for c to baptise, word, that the cros of Crist be not voidid

e
d
but for to euangelyse, preche the gos- W awei. For the word of the cros is foli is

pel ; not in wysdom of word, that the to hem that perischen ; but to hem that

b cc to d
3011 and pees pltires. ben maad NV.
c and in e bi r sup ras.
inwardly clepen v. NQ.
{ Om. x. e Om. x. h Om. v. *
also K. k Om. x. 1
Om. v. U Om. v. m Om. x. n Om. vx.
Om. x. P Om. vx. 1 but v. r
my britheren v. s Om. x. ss at p. * which v. u I am (jr.
v I am r. w Om. x. * I am r. y other M et P passim, or s.
b
z
my God v. a I
baptysicle also v.
Forwhi v. c Om. sx. d Om. sx. e Om. x.

b Om. A. c Forsothe God is trwe K.

stip.
ras. d ether
dyuisions K marg. e
jou I sec. m. '
Om,
u pr. m. ae pr. m. e (hat is, Pelir e marg. h no man a. '
Stephan, a womman k.

XX 2
 340 I. CORINTHIANS. I. 18 31.

iscros of Crist be not voydid awey. For ben maad saaf k that , is to seie, to vs, it

the word of the cross is folye sothli to is the vertu of God. For it is writun, lu
'men perischinge h ; forsoth to hem that Y schal
distruye the wisdom of wise
beu maad saaf, that is to seye, to vs, it is men, and Y
schal reproue the prudence
19 the vertu of God. Sothli' it is writun, I of prudent men. Where is the wise 20
schal lese the of wyse men, and wysdom man ? where is the wise lawiere ?
I schal reproue the prudence of prudent where is the 1
purchasour of this world ?
20 men. Where is the wyse man ? where Whether God hath not maad the wis-
is the writere k , 'or man of lawe }
? where dom of this world fonned ? For the 21
isthe purchasour of this world ? Wher 11
world in wisdom of God knewe not God
God hath not maad the wysdom of this 11 bi wisdom, it pleside to God, bi foli of
21 world foltisch, *or fool n . Forwhi for in prechyng, 'to maken" hem saaf
1
that bi-
the wysdom of God the world knew not leueden. For Jewis seken signes, and 22

God by wysdorn, it pleside to God for? Grekis seken wisdom ;

but we prechen 23
to make 'men saaf^ bileuyng, by the Crist crucified, to" Jewis sclaundre, and
22folie of prechinge. For and Jewis seken to hethene men foli; but to tho? Jewis 24
23
signes, and Greekis seken wisdom ; for- and Grekisi that ben clepid, we prechen
'

soth 1
we prechen Crist crucified, to Jewis Crist the vertu of God and the wisdom
sothli sclaundre
8
,
to hethene men 'forsoth of God. For that that is foli thing of2&
24foly
t
to 'hem clepid
;
forsoth u
v
, Jewis w God, is wiser than men ; and that that
and Greekis x Crist^ the vertu of God, and
"

, is the 1
feble 3 thing of God, is strengere
2
25 the
wysdom of God. For that that is than men. But, britheren, se 36 3oure26
is wyser than men
a
foly thing of God , ;
clepyng ; for not many wise men aftir
b c
and that that syk thing, 'or freel
is of , the fleisch, not many my3ti not many
e
,

d 8 se
2fi God , is
strenger than men. Forsoth noble". But God chees tho thingis that 27
f
3e 3oure clepinge, britheren&; for not ben fonned of the world, to confounde
manye wyse men aftir the fleisch, not wise men ; and God chees the feble 28
27 many my3ty, not many noble. But God thingis of the world, to confounde the'
chees tho thingis that ben foltysch h of the' stronge thingis ; and God chees the vn-
28 world, that he confounde
wyse men ; and noble thingis 'and dispisable thingis* of
God chees the syke thingis, 'or jreel*, of the world, and tho thingis that ben not,
the world, that he confounde the stronge"
1
to distruye tho thingis that ben ; that 2

thingis and God chees the vnnoble thingis

; ech man haue not x glorie in his si3t.

and dispisable thingis" of the world, and But of hym 36 ben in Crist Jhesu, so
thingis that ben not?, that he schulde
tho which of God to vs wisdom, and
is maad
2f>distroye tho thingis that beni; that ech ri3twisnesse, and holynesse, and a3en-
that, as it is wrytun, He that 3i
1
'glorie not in his" si3t.
1
fleisch ", 'or man*, biyng ;

Forsoth of him 36 ben in Crist Jhesu, the glorieth, haue glorie in the Lord.
v*
so

which is maad to vs wysdom and ri3twys-

31 nesse,and hoolynesse, and a^enbying ; that,

8 crosse, that h hem that '

For r. k wise man of lawe v. '
or the man
passioun Q. is,
perischen r.
oflawer.Om.rx. " the K. "> fonned v. r m. P Om. sx. 1 saaf
^orfooli/MQ.Om.rx. pleese pr.
men x. * but r. * it is t sotheli forsothe r. foly w. u but r. v Om. v,
sclaundre o. foo'ly P. foley
w the Jewis v. * Grekis to y is knotven Crist to be Q. we prechen
thefeith Q. Greekis, that ben ctepid v.
Crist r. z Porwhi r. a b the * Om. x. & God, as
God, as Cristix passioun and deth #. syke vx.
to cheese ydiotis to vencuse the world
g.
e
Forsoth, brethren r,
f oure A tec. m. N. Om. r. h foltes
MpQTtr. fonned v. i
this tv. k Om. NX, m stronger Q. Om. x. thi s. P not of any prys o.
1 ben in
gret pris Q.
r man Vi s
Om. vx. * * his own Q. v Om. r,
not v. haue glorie

k sadde k P the
a. 1
Om. A. that make a. n to tne hk pr. m. to the pr. m. Erixaeghk.
1 to Greekis r Qm. l men k. noble men k.
free l K marg my 3
a.. . s e/ . ti
EKQbega. e/ ygek or
Om.kpr.m. w Om x Om
.
Eg. . Q g pr. Jn <
J lpr .<.
 II. I 13. I. CORINTHIANS. 341

as it is writun, He that glorieth, glorie w in

the Lord.
CAP. II. CAP. II.

1 And I, britheren, whanne I cam to 3011, And Y, britheren, whanne Y cam to 1

x
cam not in hi3nesse of word, or? wysdom, 3ou, cam not in the hei3nesse of word,
v v
a
the wit- ethir of wisdom, tellynge to 3ou the wit-
tellinge, or schewinge*, to 3ou
2 nessing of Crist. Sothli b
I schewide c , 'or nessyng of Crist. For Y demede not 2
demyde^, not me e f
for to wite&, "or kunne*, me kunne ony thing among 3ou, but
to

ony thing among 3011, not but Crist Crist Jhesu, and hym crucified. And 3
aJhesu, and him crucifyed. And I in syk- Y in sikenesse, and drede, and mychey
nesse, and drede, and moche tremblyng, trembling, was among 3ou and my word 4 ;

4' or
quakyng\ was anentis 3011; and my and my preching was not in suteli z stur-
k
word and yng wordis of mannus wisdom, but in
1

preching not in persuable ,

my
m wordis of mannis
'or sutile glosynge , schewyng of spirit and of vertu that 5 ;

wysdorn, but in schewynge of spirit and 3oure feith be not in the wisdom of men,
5 vertu; that 3oure feith be not in the" but in the vertu of God. For we speken 6

wysdom of men, but in the vertu of God. wisdom among perfit men, but not wis-
cForsoth we speken wysdom among perfyt dom of this world, nether of princes of
men, forsoth not wysdom of this world, this world, that ben distried ; but we?

nether of princes of this world, that ben speken the wisdom of God in mysterie,
7 distroyed ; but we speken the wysdom 'which wisdom is hid a ; which wisdom
off God, that^ 'is hid r in mysterie, 'or God bifor ordeynede bifor worldis in to

priuyte*; the
1
which wysdom^ God bifore cure glorie, which noon of the princess
v
ordeynede bifore worldis in to cure glo- of this world knew for if thei hadden
;

wwhich no man of the princes of thei schulden neuere haue cru-

srie, the knowe,
this world knew for if thei hadden ; cified Lord of glorie. But as it is 9
the
b
knowen, thei schulden neuere haue cru- writun, That i3e say not, ne eere herde,
gcified the Lord of glorie. But as it is nether it stiede in to herte c of man, what
writun, That y3e sy3 not, ne eere herde", thingis God arayede d to hem that louen
nether it sti3ede in to hertey of man, what hym ;
but God schewide to vs bi his 10

thingis God made redy bifore to hem that spirit. For whi the spirit serchith alle
10 louen him forsoth God schewyde to vs
; thingis, 3he, the depe thingis of God.
by his spirit. Forsoth z the
spirit sekith And who of men woot, what thingis ben n
alle thingis, 3he, the deepe thingis of God. of man, but the spirit of man that is in
nSotheli who of men woot, what thingis hym ? So what thingis ben of God, no
t that worldly
cunnyng and
a aa
ben of man, no but the spirit of man man knowith, but the spirit of God. ioue,"bi the
. . whiche a man , , . . . ,,

that is in him
So and what thingis ben
? And we han not ressemed the spintf of i2 isdryuento
of God, no man knowith, no but the spirit this world, but the spirit that is of God, ^"^ngk
God
12 of God. Forsoth we han not resseyued that we wite what thing-is ben souun to *?"*?
f ;
that is, loue
the spirit of this world, but the spirit that vs of God. Whiche thingis we speken is enflawmynge
is of God, that we witen what not m . , . .to dyuyne
7,
wise wordis or mannus wis- thingis. e.*am-
thingis ben also,
b
i33ouun to vs of God. The whiche thingis
6
dom, but in the doctryn of the spirit,
we speken, not in tau3t wordis of mannis
c
and maken a liknesse of spiritual thingis

w haue x in ^ of svr. either of v.

the v. z Om. rx. a Om. s. h F O r v. c demede rx.
glorie v.
d Om. rx. e in me K. Om. srx. S kunne rx.{ h Om. rx. Om. MNPQTX. k was not <>r. '

1
persuasible N. sotil styringe r.
m Om. r. n Om. MPQT. but r. P hidde of Q. the which MPQT. ''

r Om.
Q. s Om. x. t Om. r. u Om. x. v worldlis M el p w Om. r. * herde not Q.
passim.
y the herte STXY. z Forwhi r. Om. x. aa of K. b Om. r. also not r. <=

z sotil K. ether glosinge K marg. sutel a Om. b the

V in myche A sec. m. i. c|3. sutilte h. R. ije a.
c the herte A pr. m. d hath e Om. R.
CEKRxaegh. greithid i.
 342 I. CORINTHIANS. II. 14 III. 10.

wysdom, but in d doctryne of the spirit, to goostli men. For a beestli man per-u
e
comparisonynge spiritual thingis to gostly seyueth not tho thingis that ben of the
H men. Forsoth a beestli man perseyueth spirit of God ; for it is foli to hym,
not tho thingis that ben of the spirit of and he not vndurstonde, for it is
may
God ; sothli it is foly to him, and he f may examyned goostli. But a spiritual man is
not vnderstondeS, for he h is examyned, *or derneth alle thingis, and he is denied of

\b(tsayed' , gostly.
1
Forsoth a spiritual man no man. As it is writun, And who knew ifi

demeth alle thingis, and he is demyd, *or the wit of the Lord, or who tau3te hym?
wdampned^, of no man 1
.
writun, As it is And we ban the f wit of Crist.
Who sothli knew the witt of the Lord,
or who tau3te him ? Forsoth we ban the
witt of Crist'".
CAP. III. CAP. III.

1 And britheren, my3te not speke to

I, And Y, britheren, my3te not speke to i

u
3ou as to spiritual men, but as to fleischli ; 3ou as to spiritual men, but as to fleischli
2 as to litile children in Crist, I 3af to men ; as to litle children in Crist, 3af 2 Y
00 not mete; sothli? 30 to& 3ou 1'
not mete; for
3ou mylk drynke , mylk drynke 'f, t that is, I
telde to 3011 the
my3ten not 3it vndirstonde, but nether 3e my3ten not 3itJ, nether 36 moun now, lesse poyntis of
feith. not mete;
'now sothli 36 mowni, for 3it 36 ben for 3it 36 ben fleischli. For while strijf k s that is, perfit

afleischly. Whanne r enuye and 8

stryf is a- is among 3ou, whether 36 ben not
1
techinge. ne-
ther ?e moun ;

mong 3ou, wher 36 ben not fleischli, and fleischli, and 36 gon aftir man? For 4 as lunge as ;e
dwellen in sich
4 aftir man 36 gon ? For whanne summe
1
whanne summe seith, Y am of Poul, fleischelynesse.

seith, I sothli am of Poul, another forsoth, another" But Y am of Apollo, whethir 36

1
,
Lyre here. e.

Iam of Apollo, wher 36 ben not men"? ben not men ? What therfor is Apollo,
What therfore is Apollo, what forsoth and what Poul ? Thei ben mynystris of 5
5 Poul? Thei ben mynistris
v
,
"or ser- hym, to whom 36 ban bileuyd; and to

uauntis, of him, to whom 36 ban bileu- ech man as God hath

3ouun. plaunt-c Y
yd and to ech man as God hath 3ouun.
; ide, Apollo moystide, but God 3af eri-
c I
plauntide, Apollo watride,
"or moystide*, creessyng. Therfor nether he that?
7 but God 3af encresynge. 'And so? neither plauntith is ony thing, nethir he that
he that plauntith is ony thing, neither he moistith, but God that 3iueth encreess-
that moystith, but God that 3yueth en- yng. And
he that plauntith, and he 8
scresynge. Forsoth he that plauntith, and that moistith, ben oonj; and ech schal J that is, in
condicioun of
he that moystith, ben oo thing ; sothli ech take his owrie mede, aftir his trauel. kymle, and in
worchinge of
schal take his propre hyre, after his tra- For we ben the helperis of God 36 ben 9 seniice and ;
;

therfore oon
oueil. For we ben the
helperis of God; the erthetiliyng of God, 36 ben the bild- schal not be set
v
n
yng of God. Aftir the grace of God io bifore,
and an-
36 ben the erthe tilyinge of God, 36 ben other dispisid.
10 the
byldinge of God. Aftir the grace of that 3ouun to me, as a wise maistir
is Lyre here. e.

God that is 3ouun to me, as a wys car- carpenter Y settide the foundement ;

penter
2
I sette the fundement a ; forsothe and? another bildith^ aboue. But ech
another bildeth aboue b . Sothli c ech man man se, hou he bildith aboue. Forn
se d
,
hou 'and what thingis 6
he byldeth no r
man may sette another foundement,

d in the v. e and f it w. S be vndirstonde w. h it r. '

Om. x. k Om. rx.
comparisonen r.
man fiarme Q. m n fleschli men r. childer x.
1
to his Crist, to chese tho thingis that ben of Crist Q.
00 to drinke M. P fonvhi F. 1 je moun now v. r For whanne v. * Om. v. * Forsothe x.
sothly
mynistris, thei ben x
w Om. QX.
v-fleischly men Q.
v * Om. MPQTX. y Therfore v. z
.
princepal
a foundement, the feith of Crist Q. b aboue, c But v. d see he GMPT.
carpenter r. good nterkis Q.
e Om. r.

f Om. hko. S mylke to a. Om. c pr. m. h Om. a. to drinke EXek pr. m. J

jit vndirstonde
Q sec. m. c. k
enuye and strijf A sec.m.
l
wher IK. m and an othir R pr. m. n Om. R. Om. k pr. m.
P Om. R. <l bildide EC. r Om. k
pr. m.
 III. II IV. 2. I. CORINTHIANS. 343

11
vpon
f
. Sothlisf no man may sette another outtakun that that is sett, which is
8
foundement, 'bi sydis
1'
that that is sett, the' Crist Jhesus. For if ony bildith ouer 12

12 which is Crist Jhesus. Forsoth if enyJ this foundement, gold, siluer, preciouse
man bylde
k
oner vpon m this foundement,
1
stoonys, stickis, hey, or stobil, euery
gold, siluer, precyous stoones, stickis, hey, mannus werk schal be open for the is ;

isstuble, euery mannis work schal be open, dai of the Lord schal declare, for it
the" day of the Lord schal declare for ; schal be schewid in fier ; the fier schal
'ech mannis work preue the werk of ech man, what ma-
1
schal be schewid in

fyer, Vhat maner it isP, the fier schal ner u werk it is. If the werk of ony H
uproue''. If the werk of ony man schal man dwelle stille, which he bildide v

dwelle, the r
which 3 he byldide ss vpon 1 he , aboue, he schal resseyue mede. If ony \f>

15 schal receyue mede. If eny mannis work mannus werk brenne, he schal suffre
schal" brenne, schal suffre peyringe ; it
v
harm w but he schal be saaf, so netheles
;

w
forsoth he schal be saaf, so nethelees as as bi fier. Witen 3e not, that 36 ben the 16

16 by fyer. Wite 36 not, for x 36 ben the temple of God, and the spirit of God
temple of God, and the spirit of God dwellith in 3ou ? And if ony defoulith 17

i;dwellith in 3011? Forsoth if ony>" 'schal the temple of God, God schal leese hym ;

defoule z the temple of God, God schal dis- for the temple of God is hooli, which
parple him aa "or 3
, distroye
b
; forsoth the 3e ben. No man disseyue hym silf. If is
c
temple of God is hooly, the which 36 ony man among 3ou is seyn to be wiys
is ben. No man disseyue him silf. If eny in this world, be he maad a fool, that
d e
man seyn for to be wyse
a mong 3011 is he be wijs. For the wisdom of this 19

in this world, be he maad a fools, that

66
world is foli anentis God ; for it is
f

19 he be wyse
h Forsoth the wysdom of .
1
writun, Y schal catche wise men in her
k and The Lord knowith 20
this world is foly anentis God; forsoth it fel wisdom ; eft,

is writun, I schal catche wyse men in her the thou3tis of wise" men, for tho ben
20 fellwysdom,
1
sutil gyle ; and eft, W m
veyn. Therfor no man haueglorie in 21
The Lord 'hath knowyn" the thou3tis of men. For alle thingis ben 3oure, ethir22

21 wyse men, for thei ben veyn. 'And so? Poul, ether Apollo, ether Cefas, ether the
22 no man glorie i in men. Forsoth r alle world, ether lijf, ether deth, ether thingis
thingis ben 3oure s , either 1 Poul, either present, ethir thingis to comynge ; for

Apollo, eithir Cephas, 'that is, Petre", alle thingis ben 3oure, and 36 ben of23
eithir the world, either lyf, eithir deeth, Crist, and Crist is of God.

thingis present, eithir thingis to

either
v
comynge j forsothe alle thingis ben 3oure,
23 3e
w forsoth of Crist, Crist sotheli of * God.

CAP. IV. CAP. IV.

i So a man deme?, vs, as myn- gesse, W So a man gesse vs, as mynystrisy ofi
istris
Crist, and dispenderis of the
of Crist, and dispenderis of the mynys-

2mynisteries
z
of God. Now it is sou3t teries z of God. Now it is sou3t here* 2
' aboue v. S Forwhi v. h outaken v .
>
Om. v. J Om. x. k
bijldith v.
'
Om. w. m Om. x.
n forsothe the v, it r. P Om. v. 1 preue the werk of ech man, what maner werk it is v. Om. vx.
r
1 that x. ss bildith p. * aboue v. on x. u Om. jr. v he K. w but v. x that v. 7 any man fi.
z defouleth v. a leese r. aa Om. MP. b Om. c Om. v. d Om.
distrojen x. vx. or destrie him MP.
G pr. m. MPQSTX. e wyse to hym silf Q. ee the K. f g fool anentis hym silf Q. h Om. r.
wyse anentis
God Q. i For v. k the K. fool Q. m Om. x. n knowith r. '
P Therfore r.
wyise worldly Q.
1 haue glorie v. r Forwhi v. 8 joure, (hat is, alle thinges ben i other 3/ el P
ordeyned to serue JOM Q. passim.
outlier x. u Om. NX. v comen sx. w je ben v. * is o f Fi y Qm. rx. *
mynystris G. mysteries g.

9
eny man a.
* werkis k pr. m. u euere k v bildeth w ether K
pr. m. Rhko/3. peyring marg.
x Om. R k z a Om. i
pr. m. y the mynystris sec.m. mysteries ci/3. m. pr.
 344 I. CORINTHIANS. iv. 313-
here the dispenderis, that a
among man among the dispenderis, that a man be
3 be founden trewe. Forsoth to me it is foundun trewe. And to me it is for the 3
for the leeste thing, that I be demyd of z leest thing, that Y be demyd of 3ou, or

3011, or of mannis day ; a

but nethir I deme of mannus dai but nether Y deme my;

4
my silf. Sothli b I am no thing gilty to silf. For Y am no thing ouer trowynge 4
my silf, but not in this thing 'I am c Jus- to my but not b in this thing Y am c
silf,

tified'
1
; forsoth he that demeth 6 me, is f the justified for he that demeth me, is the
;

9 Lord. 'And so nyle 36 deme bi fore the Lord. Therfor nyle 36 deme bifore the 5
tyme, til that the Lord come, the h which tyme, til that the Lord come, which
k
thingis of schal thingis of derk-
the
*
'and schal
ali3tne the hid Ii3tne hyd
derknessis, and schal schewe the counceils nessis, and schal schewe the counseils of
of hertis ; and thanne preisynge schal be hertis ; and thanne preisyng schal be to
6 to ech man of God 1
. Sotheli, britheren, ech man of God. And, britheren, Y haue 6
haue transfigurid in to me transfigurid these thingis in to me and
11
'this thing I
r
and in toP Apollo^; that in vs 30 lerne ,
lest in to Apollo, for 3ou; that in vs 36 lerne,

that 5 ouer that writun, oon a3ens it

1
is lest ouer that it is writun, oon a3ens
v vv another be blowun with pride for an-
anothir be inblowyn" 'with pride for
7 anothir man. Who forsoth demeth thee ? other. Who demeth thee? And what;
What sothli hast thou, that thou hast not hast thou, that thou hast not resseyued ?
with oc "
resseyued ? Sothli if thou hast resseyued, And d if thou hast resseyued,
*
what glori- ^. .
trm of J'?u
feith.
t

what thou haddist not est thou, asthou haddist not resseyued ? He spekith this
gloriest thou, as m scorn, to
w TVT r ii-jo. i_ j t_
s
resseyued ? Now 30 ben fulfillid , now 30 JNowe 36 ben lylhdy, now 36 ben maads sche e that
ITT her presump-
nche ; 36 regnen with outen vs ; and Y C OU n s wort w
.,
ben maad ryche ; 36 regnen with oute vs ; j j

and I wolde 36 x regne, 'that and ? we wolde that 3 e regnen, that also we
^^"lat
9regneden with 3ou. Sothli I wene that
z a
, regnen with sou. And Y gesse, that 9 ben
is > in the
.
staat of perfec-
.

God schewide vs the laste apostelis, as God schewide vs e the laste apostlis f as ,
cioun i>
y 3 oure
. _ gessinge. Lyre
maad redy to deeth b ; for we ben maad thilke that ben sent to the deth; for we here. e.

a spectacle to the world, and to aungels, ben maad a spectacle to the world, and + *<*'>
that is, haii no
10 and to men. We foolis for Crist , 36 for- to aungels, and to men. We foolis for 10 stidfaste dweii-
sothe prudent in Crist d we syke e 30 for-
; , Crist, but 36 prudent in Crist; we sike,
sothe stronge ; 36 f
noble, we forsoths vn- but 36 stronge ; 36 noble, but we vnno-
u noble. Til into this hour 'and we h hungren, ble. Til in to this our we hungren, and 1 1 world> th "
o owen to be re-
and thirsten, and ben nakid, and ben thirsten, and ben nakid, and ben smytun moued; forwhi
.
Jewis and
smytun with boffatis, and we ben vnsta- with buffatis, and we ben vnstablek and i2hethenmen
the
12 hie , and we trauelen
1
worchinge with oure we trauelen vvorchynge with oure hondis; seyden,that
, ,

world was in-

hondis ;
and we blessen
we ben cursid, ; we ben cursid, and we blessen; we suf- ^Tby'thT
f *" d
^h
"
we suffren persecucioun, and we susteynen, fren persecucioun, and we abiden longe ;
jjJ

is' or abyden longe^; we ben blasfemyd, we ben blasfemyd,

*
and we bisechen; asi3apostiis,andso
schulde be it
and we bisechen as clensyngis of this *
;
clensyngis of this world we ben maad purgidhythe
h.
world we ben maad, the paringis, 'or out- the 'out castyngS of alle thingis 'til 3it ZT *..

z for w. b
For v. am I A:. d Justified, or made
day, that is, here in this lyf<). ry^trvyse 9.
e
deemys Q.
{ Om. G pr. m. T. 8 Therfore r. hOm. r. l
schal bothe v. k
li^tne GMPSTV. alijtte N.
al Ii3tnen x. l
God, aflir his deseruynge Q. m Om. r. n
transfigurid these thingis r. Om. s.
P Om. s. <l
Apollo for 3ou r. r l ere s. s Om. Nr. * that x. u blowen x. v Qm. x. fro K.
w fillid r. x that
je r. y and that r. b the deeth AGMNP
regne qrx. gesse r.
c and stiffrynge therfore repreues Q. d Crist ben
Crist, prechinge his passioun, gessid, beynge
e seeke, f
stille Q. for turmentynge g. stronge, in jowre mageste Q. S sothely AGMNPQSTWXY.
h we bothe r. ' k Om. x. 1
bisechen God for hem Q.
vnstable, mouyngefro place to place Q.

b Om. R. c am not K. d Om. k e to f

pr. m. vs x. of apostlis cao/3. B out castynges til jit n.
Om. B.
 IV. 14 V. 4- I. CORINTHIANS. 345

ucastinge of alle thingis til jit.

, I write Y write not these thingis, that con- Y u
not thes thingis, that I confounde 3011, but founde 3ou, but Y
warne' as my moste
I amoneste p
, 'or warne 4, as my moost dereworthe sones. For whi if 36 han ten \f,

is dereworthe sones. Forwhi if 36 han ten thousynde of vndur maistris in Crist,

thousandis r of litle maistris in 'Crist Jhe- but not many fadris ; for in Crist Jhesu
su s , but not manye fadris ; forwhi in Y haue gendrid 3011 bi the gospel.
Crist Jhesu I haue gendrid 3011 by 1
the Therfor, britheren, Y preye jou, be 30 1<;

in gospel. Therfore" I preie 3011, be 36 foleweris of me, as Y of Crist. Therfor 17

nfoloweris of me, as and I of Crist. Ther- Y sente to 3ou Tymothe, which is my

fore I Tymothe, that is my
sente to 3011 most dereworthe sone, and feithful in the
mooste dereworthe sone, and feithful in Lord, which schal teche jou my weies,
the Lord, the v which schal moneste 3ou, that ben in Crist Jhesu ; as Y teche
'or teche w that ben in Crist
, my weyes, euery where in ech chirche. As thou3 is

Jhesu ;
as I teche euerywhere in ech Y schulde not come to 3ou, so summe k
ifichirche. As x I? 'be not z to come to 3ou a , ben blowun with pride ; but Y schal i

so summen b ben ynblowen 'with pride ;

c
come to jou soone, if God wole and Y ;

d
19! schal come to 3ou soone, if God schal schal knowe not the word of hem that
wylne
e
and I schal knowe not the word
; ben blowun with pride, but the vertu.
of hem that ben ynblowen f 'with prides, For the rewme of God is not in word, 20
k
20 but the vertu
b
Sothli' the rewme of God . but in vertu. What wole 36? Schal Y2i
21 is not in word, but in vertu
1
. What come to 3ou in a 3erde, or in charite, and
wolen 36? Schal I come 'to jou" in a 1
in spirit of myldenesse ?

3erdP, ori in charite, and in spirit of

bonernesse r, 'or myldenesse*?

CAP. V. CAP. V.

i Al 'out, or al 1 maner u fornycacioun

,
v
In m al maner fornycacioun" is herd i

is herd among 3ou, and such fornycacioun, among jou, and si die fornycacioun, which
what maner nether among hethen men, is riot among hethene men so that sum- ,

so that sum w man haue the wyf of his manP haue the wijf of his fadir. Andi2
sfadir. And ben bolnuri* 'with pride?,
36 36ben bolnyd r with pride, and not more
and notz more hadden weylynge, that he hadden weilyng, that he that dide this
that dide this work*, be taken awey fro werk, be takun awei fro the myddil of
3 the myddil of 3ou. Sothli I absent in 3ou. And Y absent in bodi, but presents
body, but present in spirit, now haue in spirit, now haue dernyd as present
4demyd as present 'in the name of oure hym that hath thus wroujt, whaune
Lord Jhesu Crist b , him that 'thus hath c 36 ben gaderid togidere in the name of4
1
wrou3t, 'jou and my spirit* gaderid to- oure Lord Jhesu Crist, and my spirit,
c
gidere with the vertu of the Lord Jhe-
,
f
with the vertu of the Lord Jhesu, tor.

n AGMNPQTW. Om. x.
outcaslyngis to G. P name 3011 A pr.m. moneste 3011 s. amoneste 3011 r.
Om. x. r l in w. u Therfore,
thowsynde A sec. m. GMNpysrrx.
moneste x. 1 9 Jhesu Crist x.

britheren v. Om. v. w Om. .Y.

v * As if r. 1 Om. T. z not G sec.m. am not r. a
beinge jou
b summe A sec. m. GMPSVWY. c with
lettinge G pr. m. jou /or speedful leltynge Q. pride, not deemyiige
to come Q. Om. x. d Om. r. e wole GMPV. f blowen v. S Om. x. h vertu in
good tvirchynge y.
'
Forwhi v. k God, or cause to hane the rerome Q. m vertu of byleeue Q. n Om. r. Om.
G pr.m. QTWX. P jerd of chastixy nge Q. q either G. r debonernesse
GMPQT. s Om. x. Om. '

G sec.m. out, or zn al r. out -X. u Om. x. v

fornycaciouns r.
w no f. ox. x blowun AGS. in-

V Om. NX. z no w. a b
Om. F. c Om. v. d while
blowen A. abhomynable werk 9. je ben r.
e
togidere in the name of our Lord Jhesu Crist and my spirit v.
f oure N.

'
warne ;ou a sec. m. k. k summen R. '
a spirit H. m 3it A. And but k pr. m. And k sec. m. n of

fornycacioun A pr. m. Om. R pr. m. P summe man i. <l Om. Q.

r bolnun
ciQUabceghoa/3. blowen
K sup. ras. k. bollid M. bollen H.
VOL. IV. Y V
 346 I. CORINTHIANS. v. 5 vi. 2.

ssu, for to bitake h sich a man to Sathanas take' siche a man

to Sathanas, in to the 1 * *at .
tur-

k 11 n i
ment therof,
in perischinge of fleisch , that the
to' penschyng" of fleisch*, that the spirit be that so he do

be saf in the day of oure Lord

/,! t r T ITI n ^
saaf in the dai of oure Lord Jhesu Crist.
penaunce while
{ he
spirit pe yne tech.
" h Lyre here
6 Jhesu Crist. 3oure gloriyng is not good. Witen 36 e
1 " -

3oure gloriynge is not good .

Witen 36 not, for a litil sourdow3 co- not, that a litil sourdowt apeyrith al t that is, the

W
1
consent of this
rumpith", defoulith , al the gobet? the gobet ? Clense 36 out the old sour- 7 synne which is

x knowun and is
7 Clense 36? out oold sourdow3, that 30 ben dowf, that 36 be new sprengyng togi- notrepreued,
newe spryngyngei to gidere, as 30 ben dere, as 36 ben therf. For Crist offrid
v
or withoute* ^sour thing*. Forsoth 1
therf, is oure pask. Therfor ete we, not ins p>-eue,anddoe"
not. The Glos
v

pask. 'And so eld sourdow3, nether in sourdow3 of ma-

llu here. e.
8 Crist is offrid" oure ete
J oold sour-
we, not in old sourdou3, nethir in sour- lice and v weywardnesse, but in therf dou); that is,
'

dou3 of malice and weywardnesse, but in thingis of clernesse and of treuthe. 1 9

9 therf thingis of clennesse and treuthe. I wroot to 3ou in a pistle, that 36 be not
v
wroot to 3ou in a pistlev , that 36 be not medlid with letchours, not with letch- 10 G/os Aere e -

meynd ,*orcomunen
w
not*, with lecchours>, ours of this world, ne w coueitous men,
losothli not with leech ours of this world 2 , ne raueynours, ne with men seruynge to
a b
or coueitouse men, or raueynours, or mawmetis, ellis 36 schulden haue go out
with men seruynge to ydols, ellis 36
c
of this world. But now Y wroot* ton
11 schulden haue gon out of this world. Now 3ou, that 36 be not meyiidy. But z if he
sothli d I wroot to 3011, for e to not be that is named a brother among 3ou, and
meynd
f
, 'or comune note. If he that is is a letchour, or coueitouse, or seruynge
namyd a brothir among 3ou, and h is a to ydols, or cursere a , or ful of drunke-
b
lecchour, or coueitous, or seruynge to ydols, nesse, or raueynour , to take no c mete
or cursere, W
wariere , or ful of drunken- 1
with siche d
. For what is it to me to 12

nesse, or k raueynour, with siche neither deme of hem that ben with oute forth ?
12 for to take mete.
1
Forsothe what to me Whether 36 demen not of thingis that
for" to deme of hem that ben withoute- ben with ynne forth ? For God schal 13
forth ? WherP demen not of hem
36 deme hem that ben withouten forth. Do
13 that ben with ynne? Forwhi God schal 36 awei yuel ||
fro 3ou e silf.
v is, departe ;c
deme hem that ben withoutenforth. Do yuele Cristen
r 8 u v
men bi curs-
3e awey yuel thing* of 3ou silf .
ynge, that the!
be amendid so

CAP. VI. CAP. VI.

1 Dar onyof 3ow, hauynge"' a cause a3ens Dar anyof 3ou that hath a cause i

anothir, be denied at wickyde x men, and a3ens another, be derned at wickid men,
2 not at seyntisy, hooly men ? Wher 36
z a W and not at hooli men? Whether f
b
witen not, for seyntis shulen deme of witen not, that seyntis schulen deme of
this world ? And if the world schal be this world ? And if the world schal be

g Om. sx. h taken x. >

to the AGMNpsrrtyxY.
turment therof y. l
good, suf-
^ flesch, that
is,

frynge siche on amonge y)u Q.

m that v. n defouleth
P Clenseth x. q sprenk-
o. Om. GMOPQTX.
u offrid is y. uu Therfore y.
ynge N sec. m.
r Om. x.
sowryng AN. Om. x.
s t Forwhi y.
v
epistle Q. an epistil s. a epistle T.
w x Om. GMPTX. nether
meyngd GMPQSTX. comyn o. ne co-
moun Q. y lecherouse men o. z wrd x. a or b ether o. or with o. c thei w
wyth o.
pr. m.
d forsothe o. e Om. sx. f
g Om. ox. or comoun not with siche Q. h Om.
meyngid GMPQSTX. Q.
>
Om. GMOPQTX. k ether o. l
je owe Q. Om. sx.
m Om. sx. n forwhi y.
wythoute forth, out
P Whether G. r Doth x. s '
Om. y. u T
of the chirche Q. awey therfore Q. jour PQT. silf,
where with w that hath y.
yc x wicke sx. y men o. z Om. ox. a Whether G.
befyled Q. hooly
b that y. men o.
holy

5 bitake Kuxae sec. m. <

Om. Rb. u peirynge a pr. m. v and of EiMQRuxab pr. m. ceghkoa/3. w ne
with i. x haue write i. write R. y medlid i. z Om. A. a a cursere b a
EKQRbceghkoo. raueynour
c not m. Om. d suche men R e ER. { Wher ci et
EQRbcega. iKQegk pr. a. o.
pr. m. joure plures.
g Om. k pr. m.
 VI. 3 i I. CORINTHIANS. 347

demecl in d 3011, ben 36 vnworthi that 8 denied bi 3ou, be 36 vnworthi to deme

sdemen of f
leest thingis ? Witen 36 not, of the leste thingis? Witen 30 not, that 3
1'

for* we schulen deme aungels 1

'? how we schulen deme aungels ? hou myche
4moche more" worldly thingis? Therfoi-e more worldli thingis? Therfor if 304
v
if 36 schulen haue k worldly nedis , ordeyne 1
han worldli domes, ordeyne je tho' con-
x

36 tho ra contemptyble men, or of litil re- temptiblef men, that ben in the chirche, t that is, of
. j -ir lesse reputation
n deme. seie to make 3ou aschamed. 5
jmtacioun that ben in the chirche, ,
for? to V: and vaiu. Lyre
here. ve.
5 to deme. Ii seie r to 3oure schame. So So ther not ony wise man, that may
is

ther not ony wys man, that may deme

is deme bitwixe a brothir and his brothir;
e bitwixe a brother and his brothir ; but a
3 but ak brothir with brothir stryueth in 6 1

brother with brothir' stryueth in dome, dom, and that among vnfeithful men.
and that" anentis vnfeithful men. Now And now m
7 trespas is algatis in 3ou, for?
forsoth trespas is algatis
v in 3011, for 3e 36 han domes among 3ou. Whi rather
han domes among 3011. Whi more taken take 36 no" wrong ? whi rather suffre 36
not w
x

3e ? wrong Whi not more" suf- not disseit? But and" 30 doen wrong, 8
sfren 36 fraude y, 'or disceyt*? But and and doen fraude, and that to britheren.
a Whether? 36 witen not, that wickid men 9
don wrong, and defrauden
36 ,
*or bi-
b c
ugilen and that to britheren.
,
Wher d 36 schulen not welde the kyngdorn of God ?
witen not, for 6 wickide f men schulen not Nyle 30 erre ;
nethir^ letchours, nether
welde the kingdom of God ? Nyle 36 men that seruen r
mawmetis, nether
erre ; neithir lecchours&, nethir men seru- auouteris 8
,
nether letchouris 33611 kyndef , 10 j that is, de-
fbulen hemself
loynge to ydols, nether auouters 1
', neither nether thei that doon letcheri with men, in procuringe
the scheding
neische', neither lecchours of men, that nether theues, nether auerouse men, ne- out of seed [in
hemsilf e]
don* synne of Sodom, nethir theuys, ne-
x
thir 1 'ful of drunkenesse", nether curseris, .

Lyre here. ve.

ther coueitouse men, or" nygardis , ne- netherrauenours, schulen welde the
ther? 'ful of drunkenessei, nethir curseris, kyngdom of God. And 36 weren sum n
'or wariers*,nether raueynours, schulen tyme these thingis; but 36 ben waischun,
1 1 weelde the kyngdom of God. And 'thes but 36 ben halewid, but 36 ben iustefied
thingis 36
8
weren 1 sum tyrne"; but
36 ben in the name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist,

waist-hen, but 36 ben halowid, but 30 ben and in the spirit of oure God. Alle 12

iustifyed in the name of oure Lord Jhesu thingis ben leeueful to me, but not alle
12 Crist, and in the spirit of oure God. Alle thingis ben spedeful. Alle thingis ben

thingis ben leefful 'to me v , but not alle leeueful to me, but Y schal not be brou3t

thingis speden. Alle thingis ben leefful to doun vndur ony mannus power. Mete is

me, but I Vndir no mannis power w schal x to the wombefT, and the wombe to metis ;
IT w mbe ;

due. Lire here.

13 be brou3t down y. Mete to the wombe, and God schal distruye bothe this and ve.

and the wombe to metis ; forsoth God that. And the bodi not to fornyca-

d bi v sup. ras. e to r. that jee x. t the y. of the wx. h

g that v. aungelis, thatfellen Q.
'
Om. y. k han F. !
meedis Q. domes Ny. m the MNPQT. n Om. x. Om. w. P Om. sx.
<l And K. r
seye this Q.
8 bitwen sx. * his brothir
Q. a brothir w.
u this y. v
algate x passim.
w no o. * more not x.
J wrong o. Om. GMOPX. or despite Q. fraude G. frauden M. z a
b Om. ox. c this y.
Whether GX. e that y. d
{ wicke sx. S lecherouse o. h
auowtrerys
AMNOPT. '
neische, or lecchours ayns kynde N. k is, that don y. the synne s. m auerous y. '

" ether o. Om. x. Om. x. P nether men GMPQTX. 1 drunklew men o. r Om.
GMOPQTX.
*
sothly v.
4
weren, or diden Q. u
tyme these thingis y. v Om. AG m. MOPSTWXY. w Om. vx.
pr.
1 schal not v. J doun vndir eny mannus
power y. doun vnder no manys power x.

h Om. k
pr. m. thilke i. ' k Om. A 'a brothir KRk sec. m. 13.
sec. TO. E. m among gk pr. m.
n not Q sec. m. R sec.m. e sec. m. also CEiKMQRUxbceghka/3. and also a. P Wher IK. 1 for neithir H.
1 seruen to KX sec.m. g sec. m. k. auoutreris EiKQxaeghka. t neither men K sec. m. qk. u dronkelew
men R.

Yy 2
 348 I. CORINTHIANS. VI. 14 VII. 5.

sehal distroye and a this and that. Sothli b cioun*, but to the Lord, and the Lord * not to forny-
i* i / .1 T <i i cacioun : that
tor God reiside the Lord,
i

the body not to fornycacioun, but to the to the bodi. I4

i8)notor a e yned
14 Lord, and the Lord to the body. For- and schal reise vs bi his vertu. Witpn 1
,= tofornycacionn,
15
but to serue
sothe and c reyside the God d
Lord, and 36 not, that 3oure bodies ben membris
God. the Lord
to the bodi ; for
is schal reise vs by e his vertu. Witen 30 of Crist ? Schal Y
thanne take the he schai reise it
ajen and make
f
not, for 3oure bodyes ben membris of membris of Crist, and schal Y make v it gloriouse.
Lyre here. e.
Crist? Therfore takinge membris of 1' 1
the membris of an hoore ? God forbede.
Crist k , schal I make 1
membris of an Whether 36 witen not, that he that ie

uihoore? Fer be it. Wher 30 witen not, cleueth to an hoore, is maad o bodi ?

for"he that cleueth to an hoore, is maad For he seith, Ther schulen be tweyne
oo body ? SothliP he seith, Theri schulen in o fleisch. And he that cleueth to the 17

17 be tweyne r in oo fleish. Forsothe he that Lordf, is

spirit. Fie 36 fornycacioun ; is f by feith and
o
lone. Lire here.
iscleuith to God, is oo spirit. Fie 30 for- al synne what euere synne a man doith, ve.

nycacioun synne what euere synne' a; al is with out the bodi ; but he that doith
v
man 'schal do", is withouten v, or by fornycacioun, synneth 336118 his bodi.
sidis w the body x forsoth? he that doth Whether witen w
not, that 3oure mem- is
, ; 36
x
z a
fornycacioun, synneth in to his body . bris ben the temple of the Hooli Goost,
b c
i9Wher 36 witen not, for 3oure membris that is in 3ou, whom 36 han of God, and
ben the temple of the Hooli Gost, that is 36 ben not 3oure owne? For 36 ben bou3tao
in 3ow, whom 30 han of d God, and 36 ben with greet prijs. Glorifie* 36, and here
20 not 3oure owne ? Forsoth 6 36 be bou3t 36 God in 3oure bodi.
with greet prys. Glorifie 3e f, and beres
God in 3oure body.

CAP. VII. CAP. VII.

i Forsothe of whiche thingis 36 han But of thilke thingis that 36 han i

writun to me, it is good to a man for 1'

to write to me, it is good to a man to
v

2 touche not a womman. 1

Sothli k for for- touche not a womman. But for forny-2
nycacioun ech man haue his owne wyf, cacioun eche man haue his owne wijf,
and ech womman haue hir 1
hosebonde. and ech womman haue hir owne hose-
3 The hosebonde 3elde dette to the wyf, bonde. The hosebonde 3elde dette to 3
also sothli and the wyf to the hosebonde. the wijf, and also the wijf to the hose-
4 The womman hath not power of hir body, bonde. The womman hath not power 4
but the hosebonde ; also forsoth the" hose- of hir bodi, but the hosebonde and the
;

bonde hath not power of his body, but the hosebonde hath not power of his bodi,
s womman Nyle 36? defraude to giderei,
. but the womman. Nyle 36? defraude s
no but perauenture of consent to r a tyme, eche to othere, but z perauenture of con-
s vha n e
that 36 3yue tent to preier ;
and eft sent to 8 a tyme, that 36 3yue tent to ; y ra e ^ ^ ier e

turne 36* ajen in to the same thing, lest preier ;

turne 3e b a3en to the
and eft is endid ve- -

Sathanas tempte 3ou for 3oure inconty- same thing^:, lest Sathanas tempte 3ou$ O f auoutrie."ve.

a Om. Forwhi v. e Om. or. d bothe the v.

Q. bothe r. *> e in G
pr. m. MPQT.
* that v.

S cure N. h schal I take v. >

the membris GMPQTVX. k Om. r. l
and schal v. m make hem NQ.
make the T. n that r. o P For r. i Here o.
body to hir Q pr. m. body tvith hir Q sec. m. 3e w.
r two
GA/PQSTA-. * Om. x. u doth v. v bisidis o. w Om. GMOPQTVX. x
body, filynge the soule g.
J but he v. z a b Whether c d in G. e For
336113 v. body, tvastynge it Q. G. that v. v.
f
5e, and glorye ;e w. S bere 36 ^GMNOPQSTFWY. berth x. h Om GMPQSTX. '
not touche w.
k But v. '
hir owen o. m Om. v. n and the
MOQTV. " wiif o. P Om. v. q togider, withdratvynge
r
yure delte Q. of Q. that the more bisyly Q.
*
Om. v.

v make hem A m. Eia sec. m. ego. w oure Ee. * Om. R z no but k pr. m.
pr. m.
sec. Glorie c/3. y
b
for a. Om. EI pr. m. qb pr. m. eghka.
 VII. 6 1 I. CORINTHIANS. 349

nence v . Forsoth I seye this thing vp w for 3oure vncontynence. But Y seiec *;
.1 ,i_ T i . that is, suf-
v this thing as
indulgence, 'or foryjuenesse*, not vp- co- 3yuyng leeue*, not bi co- fraunce, for
7maundement. Sothli I wole alle z men for* maundement. For wole, that alle? htZdedeiith Y
to b be as mi silf But ech man hath his . men be as my silf f. But eche man hath with hj w jJf,
. oonly for chil-
d
propre 3ifte of God ; sothli another thus
6
,
his propre 3ifte of God; oori thus, and dren ether to
"
K but another thus f
Forsoths to not' wed- .
1
another thus. But Y seie to hem, that it

did and widewis, it is

good to hem, if thei ben not weddid, and to widewis, it is
odwellen so as and I. For if thei con- 1
good to hem, if thei dwellen so as Y. yche lust> !t
isvenyal synne.
teynen not hem 'or ben not chast k c
silf, , That if thei conteynen not hem silf, be not > that is >
.
jj-i ,- ... ,
Y comaunde
Veddid be thei 1 ; forsoth 111
it is bettere thei weddid ; ror it is betere to be wed- not by myn
for" to be weddid, than for to be brent. did, than to be brent. But to hem that
10 Forsoth to hem that ben ioyned? in ma- ben ioyned in matrymonye, Y comaunde,
trymonye, Ii comaunde, not I r, but the riot Y, but the Lord, that the wijf de-
v if sche tlepart-
8 d
Lord, the wyf for' to not departe" fro the parte not fro the hosebonde; and that \\*th ; for cause
iihosebonde; for if sche 'schal departe w
v e
,
if sche departith , that sche dwelle vn- cioun'.'T*

for" to^ dwell vnweddid, or for' to a be weddid, or be recounselid to hir hose- t alk m '"! .^ that
as myself;
acordid b to hir hosebonde;
reconsilid, 'or , bonde ; and the hosebonde forsake not '> that aiie men
_ kepe virginite,
and the hosebonde forsake not the wyf. the wijf.
.

But to othere Y seie, not the laforwhi p ou i

12 Forwhi to othere I seye, not the Lord. Lord. If fony brother hath an vnfeith-
c
If ony brothir haue an vnfeithful, 'or he- ful wijf, and sche consenteth to dwelle
d
tken ,
6
wyf, and sche consentith for to with hymt, leeue he hir not. And if ony*
13
ran out of his
bodi, in to wit-
dwelle with hym
f
, leue he, 'or forsake*, womman hath an vnfeithful hosebonde, nessing of his
. . virginite. Lire
13 hir not. And if the h womman hath' an and thiss consentith to dwelle with hir, here. v.

hosebonde vnfeithful, and this consentith leeue sche not the hosebonde. For thei ,

ibly and e]
for k to dwelle with hir, leeue she not the vnfeithful hosebonde is halewidfi bi the
e -ii / i i Ai c -^c i spising of Cris-
14 hosebonde. Forsoth the vnfeithful hose-
1
reithtul womman, and the vnteitnrul ten feith. ve.

bonde halowid wom- womman halewid bi the feithful hose- *'*** *

is by the feithful is .

is, contiertid to

man, and the vnfeithful womman is ha- bonde. Ellis 3oure children weren vn-
oistcn feith.

lowid by the feithful hosebonde. Ellis cleene, but now thei ben hooli. That 1'
15

3oure children weren vnclene, now forsoth ifthe vnfeithful departith^[, departe he. if departith;

ben hooly. That

n i ....
. i i , i for the haterede
is thei if the vnfeithful ror win the brother or sistir is not suget of crfsten feith.
11
to seruage in siche; for God hath clepid
Lyrehere - ve -
departith , departe he Forsoth P thei .

brothir or'sistir is not suget to seruage r in vs in pees. And wherof wost' thou, ie

suche ; forsoth God clepith

8
vs in pees. womman, if thou schalt make the man
Sothli wherof wost thou, womman, if thou k
16 saaf; or wherof wost thou, man, if thou
schalt make the man saaf; or wherof wost
1
schalt make the womman saaf? But as 17

thou, man, if thou schalt u make the wom- the Lord hath departicl to ech, and as
17 man saaf? No but as the Lord hath de- God hath clepid ech man, so go he, as
partid to ech, as v God hath clepid ech Y teche in alle chirchis. A man cir-is

v w
* or
counseyle o. Om. x.
z that alle r.
contynence w. vpon o. 7 vp on o. bi v.
bi v.
a Om. G pr.m. Mpqsrx. b d Om. e thus to c thus to
mysilf chast Q. propirte v. v. chast ''

lyue g.
e h hem that ben not v. the not x
lyue in matrimonye Q. Sothely o. Forsothe, I seye srx. pr. m.
>
That v. k Om. ox, 1
be thei weddid GMPTV. m for v. n Om. sx. Om. NSX. P wedded o.
q Om. N. r Om.
GQT. s that the v. l Om. srx. u
departe not v.
v that w
GA/QTC. departith v.
* Om. sx. that v. z Om. srx. a Om. rx. b Om.
y sche v. GMOPQTX. c hath v. d Om. GMTQTIV x.
e consente srx. 8 Om. ox. or forsake he PQ. h k Om. osx. Forwhi y.
eny NV. haue x.
' '

" he or sche G sec. m. P Forwhi r. q Om. G. r do s

seruage s.
clepide GMPQTrxv. cleped o.
* shul x. u shul x. v and as r.

c And EQRUxabceghkoa/3. Om. K. d Om. R. e

departe R.
f For if a. he this i.
h For a.
'
wotist R. k
wotist R.
 350 I. CORINTHIANS. vn. 18 32.

w
man, and so go, he and as I teche in cumcidid is clepid, brynge he not to
isalle chirchis. Sum man circumsidid is
1
the prepucie*. A man is m clepid in pre- * that is "e
.

he not the cus-

brynge he not to prepucie. Sum pucie, be he not circumcidid.
clepid,
man is clepid in prepucie, be he not cir-
... and prepucie is nou3t, cnmdded; will-
cisiouri is nou3t,
.
Circum-i'Jtomofhethen
men. not cir-

k
J9cumsidid. Circumcisioun is no3t
x
, and but the kepyng of the maundementis" thfiaw e T
prepucie is nou3t, but the kepinge ofy of God. Ech man in what clepyng
1 '
he20 Moi sf.. that .

ceeside in deth
20 comaundementis of God. Ech man in is clepid, in that dwelle he. Thou ser-2iofOist. v.

what clepyng he is clepid, in that dwelle uaunt art clepidf be it no charge to , t to feith. not
v
21 he. Thou
seruaunt" ert clepid, be it not thee; but if thou maist beP fre, the
to a charge to thee ; but if thou rnaist b be rather vse thou. He that is a *
c
He that Mn the Lord me thou more;
22fre, more vse thou .
uaunt, and is clepid
1
in the Lord, is a
_
to serue Cnst
is clepid seruaunt'
1
,
is fre man of the Lord. freman of the Lord. Also he that is a in hise mem-
. .. . . .
, . , ,, bris. sertiaunlii
Also and he that" fre man is f clepid, is irernan, and is clepid, is the seruaunt ot of men; that
23 the seruaunt of Crist. With prys }e ben Crist. With prijs 36 ben bou3 t nyle 23 ^t't'T ;

boii3t maad seruauntis of men^.

; nyle }e be 3e
* be maad seruauntis of men. Therfor 24 yse of 9* 5or
the seruice of
24'Ech man therfor' in what clepinge he is 1
ech man
in what thing he is clepid a m a L -

here. e.
Mn that dwelle he anentis God. k dwelle he in this anentis God.
clepid', brothir,
25 Forsoth of virgyns I haue not precept '" 1
But of virgyns haue no coinaunde-25 Y
of God ;
sothli" I 3yue counceil, as hau- ment of God 3yue counseil, as he
; but Y
ynge mercy of the Lord, that I be trewe. that hath mercy of the Lord, that r
Y
20 Therfor I gesse, 'or deme", thisv thing fori be trewe. Therfor Y gesse, that this 26
v
to beTi good for present nede; for it is
good thing is good for the present nede ;
for
27 to
r
a man for 8 to 1 be so. Thou art boundyn it is good to a man to be so. Thou art 27
to" a wyf, nyle thou seke vnbyndyng ;
boundun to a wijf, nyle thou seke vn-
thou ert vn boundyn fro a wyf, nyle thou byndyng ; thou art 8 vnboundun fro a
28 seke a wyf. Forsoth if thou hast taken wijf, nyle thou seke a wijf. But if thou 28
v
a wyf, thou hast not synned ; and if a hast takun a wijf, thou hast not synned ;
w and if a maidun 1 is weddid, sche synnede
mayden be weddid, she synned not ;
ne-
thelees suche schulen haue tribulacioun of not ; nethelesse siche schulen haue tri-
2!)fleisch. Forsoth I spare 3ou.
v
And so", bulacioun of fleisch. But Y spare 3ou. 29
britheren, I seye this thing, The tyme is Therfor, britheren, Y seie this thing,
schort. The
Hothir things is, that and thei 2
The tyme is schort. Another is this,
30 that han wyues, be as not that thei that han wyues, be as thou3
hauynge ; and
thei thatwepen, as not wepynge and thei ; thei hadden noon; and thei that wepen, 30
that ioyen, as not ioyinge; and thei that as thei u v
wepten not; and thei that ioien,
31 byen, as not hauynge; and thei that vsen as thei ioieden not; and thei that bien,
this world, as a 'thei that b vsen c not d . For- as thei hadden not; and thei that vsensi
the figure 6 of this world passith.
soth' 1 '1
this world, as thei that vsen not. For
32Forsothe I wole 3ouf for? to h be withoute whi the figure of this world passith.
bisynesse. Sothli he that is withoute wyf But Y wole, that 36 be without bisy-32

w Om. or. * doth nou^t to hedthe r. J of the AGMNOPQSTVW. z a seruaunt MPQ.

noujt, that is,
a Om. y. b
myjt w.
c
thonjredam g.
d is seruaunt and is clepid in the Lord r.
e that is a r.
{ and S men, that man r. ' clepid h Therfor ech
is r.
%e ptitte marines seruyce byfore Gudis seruyce Q.
a brother r. k dwelle he in this r. 1
no tir. m comaundement r. n but r. Om. orx. P that
this r. q Om. svx. qq is v. t for or. > Om. sx. * Om. v. " till o. v Om. K. w is r. * Ther-
* Om. N.
fore v. y residue v. a as not
vsinge w. b Om. w. thei XY. c vsen it
GMPQT. Om. w.
d Om. w. dd Forwhi r. e t that K Om. srx. h Om. v.
figure, orfeirenesse, or prosperite o. je r.

1
Om. K pr. TO. Q sec. m. m that is K sec. m. luuahk sec. m. n comaundementis
o. CEiKMQRUxabceg
not Rk. P be maad i. q vse it rathir i. r
gete mercy A sec. m. iKa. the mercy x.
s that

art k pr. m. l maide i. u thei that R. v a.

wepen
 VII. 33 vnl - I. CORINTHIANS. 351

is bysy what thingis ben of the Lord, how nesse, for he that is without wijf, is bisi

33 he schal plese to' God. Forsoth k he that what thingis ben of the Lord, hou he
is with a wyf, is bisy what schal plese God. But he that is with 33
thingis ben of
the world, how he schal plese the wyf, 1
a wijf, is bysy what thingis ben of
34 and he is departid m And a womman
. the world, hou he schal plese the wijf,
vnweddid and mayden n thenkith what and he is departid. And a womman 34
thingis ben of the Lord, that sche be vnweddid and maidun thenkith what
hooly in body and spirit. Forsoth she that thingis ben of the Lord, that sche be
is weddid, thenkith what thingis ben of hooli in bodi and spirit. But sche that
the world, how
sche schal plese the? hose- is weddid, thenkith what thingis ben of
35 bonde. Sotheli I seye thes thingis to 3oure the world, hou sche schal plese the hose-

profyt, not that I caste toi 3011 a snare, bonde. And Y seie these thingis toss
but to 'that that r is honest, and 8 jyueth 3oure profit, not that Y caste to 3ou a
1
faculte, "or esynesse , with oute letting saare, but to that that is onest, and that
30 for" to biseche to v the Lord. Sothli if 3yueth esynesse, with outen lettyng to
z
ony* deme? him silf for to be seyn foul make preieris to the Lord*. And if onyse* Lard; that
.,, , ,. , ,. is, seme [him
on his virgyne, that she is 'wel old a and man ., , ,
,
gessitn hym silt to be seyn touie e ] hoiui. Lyre
d
so it bihoueth b 'for to c be don do she e ,
on his virgyn, that sche is ful woxun,
that f she& wole ;sche h synneth not, if sche 1
and so bihoueth to be doon, do sche
it

37 be weddid. Forwhi he that ordeynede that that sche wole; sche synneth not,
stable k , "or stedefast , in his herte, not For he that ordeyn-37
1
if sche be weddid.

hauynge nede, but hauynge power of his ede w stabli in his herte, not hauynge

wille, and hath demyd in his herte 'this nede, but hauynge power of his wille,
thing, for" to kepe his virgyn , doth well. and hath denied in his herte this thing,
ss Therfor he that ioyneth his virgyn in to kepe his virgyn, doith wel. Therfore x 38
matrimonye, doth wel and he that ioyn- ; he that ioyneth his virgyn in matryrno-
39eth not, doith bettere. The womman is nye, doith wel; and he that ioyneth not,
boundyri to the lawe, how moche tyme doith betere. The womman is boundunso
hir hosebonde lyueth ; that if hir hose- to the lawe, as longe tyme as hir hose-
bonde 'schal slepei', "that is, die^, sche is bonde lyueth; and if hir hosebonde is

delyuered fro the lawe, be she weddid to deed, sche delyuered fro the lawe of
is
'
M whom she wole, oonly in the Lord. For- the hosebonde, be sche weddid to whom ho
L rehen m an
soth 8 sche schal be more blessid, if sche sche wole, oneli in the Lordf. But sche 40 e
- -

1
'schal thus dwelle ,
aftir my counceil ; for- schal be more blessid, if sche dwellith t that is y- ,

mulacns maade
soth I wene, that and" I haue the Spirit thus, aftir my counsel ;
and Y wene, that to mannus lik-

of God-. Y haue the Spirit of God. W iten ; 'that

of tho thingis
getende no
CAP. VIII. CAP. VIII. filthe nether

halewing ther-
i Forsothe of thes thingis that ben offrid w But of these thingis that ben sacri- 1 > Here he
Jv j + f u spekith of wise
to ydols, "that ben symulacris maad to
c. -L 11
fiedy to ydols!, we witen, for alle we ban
j. i
men., not of

mannis liknesse*, we witen, for alle we kunnyng. But kunnyng blowith, charite

1
Om. p. k But v. l
his w. m departid, sumdel to God and sumdel to the world a. "a maiden N.
thenken x. P hir GMPQT. 1 Om. x. r that at o. s and that r. t Om. ox. u Om. sx. v Om.
*
v sec. m. eny man r.
ony keper of virgyns y gessith r. Q. a fuJ woxen v. z Om. sx.
b bihoue x. c that don that sche take an hosbonde Q.
GAfpQT. to de hir f what
it s.
keper Q. MPQT.
that that v S he s.
.
h he GMPQST. '
he CMS. k
stabilly r.
1
ether stedefast o. Om. vx. m thees
n Om. sx. P is ded v. q Om. ovx. s But v. * shal dwelle thus MP.
thenges o. virginite o.
dwellith thus y. u Om. G
pr. m. or.
v God
yuynge this counseil <j. w sacrified r. x Om. x.

w is b. x For A pr. m. y sacrificed

ordeyned EKnbgk.
 352 I. CORINTHIANS. vni. 313-
han kunnynge. Sothli science?, 'or kun- edefieth. But
ony man^ gessith, that 2 if
1 3
nynge , inblowith 'with pride* ; charite he kan ony thing, he hath not jit knowe
d
ony man gesse 'or hou it bihoueth hym to kunne. Ands
6
iedifieth. Forsoth if ,

deme f him&
,
for h 'to wyte' ony thing, he if ony man loueth God, this is knowun
k
hath not 31! knowyn how it bihoueth of hym. But of metis that ben offrid 4
to kunne. Forsoth ony man to idols, we witen, that an idol is no
1
3
hym for if

4 loueth God, this is knowun of him. For- thing in the world, and that ther is no
soth of metis that ben offrid to ydols. we God but oon. For thouj ther ben snmmes
witen, for" an ydol is no thing in the world, that ben seid goddis, ethir in heuene,
r> and that ther is no God but? oon. For- ether in erthe, as ther ben many goddis,

why 'and ther ben that ben r seide god-

if
f
i
and many lordis; netheles to vs is o God,r>
5
dis, ether in heuene, ether in erthe, for- the z fadir, of whom ben alle thingis, and
soth ther ben many goddis, and many we hym; and o Lord Jhesu Crist, bi
in

nlordis; nethelees to vs is oo God, the fadir, whom ben alle thingis, and we bi a hym.
of whom and we in him alle 1 thingis, ; But not in alle men is kunnyng. For;
and oo Lord, Jhesu Crist, by whom alle 11
summen with conscience* of ydol b til now * that
is,

c
7 thingis, and we by him. But not in alle eten as thing offrid to idolisf; and her
men is kunnynge. Sothli summe v with conscience is defoulid, for it is sijk.
conscience of ydol eten as thing til now Mete comendith vs not to God; for ne-n t *-/, that
, . ,. .. .,, is, with reuer-
offrid to ydols; and her conscience is vn- ther we schulen faile, if we eten not, en cef the idol.

8 clene x , whanne it is syk. Mete? comend- nether if we eten, we schulen haue

ith vs not to God; 'neithir forsothe z we a plente. But se 36, lest perauenture thisn
d
schulen faylen h , if we 'schulen not ete c , 3our leeue 6 be maad hurtyng to sijke
'riethir if we eten, we schulen habounde d , men. For if ony man schal se hym, that 10

n'or haue plente*. Se f 36? forsoth h ,

lest hath kunnyng, etynge in a place where
perauenture this 3oure leue' be maad hirt- idols ben worschipid, whethir his con-

inge, 'or sclaundre*, to syke men, 'or science, sithen it is sijke, schal not be

ony man him to

11

\ofreele
1
. Sothli' if schal se edified ete thingis offrid to idols ?
that hath kunnynge, restinge 11
in a place And the sijk brothir, for whom Crist n
wher ydols ben worschipid, wher his con- diede, schal perische in thi kunnyng.
science, sithP syk, schal not be edy-
it is For thus 36 synnyng a3ens britheren, 12

r f
fyedi for to ete thingis offrid to ydols? and smytynge her sijk conscience synnen
n And the syke 8 brothir, for whom Crist a3ens Crist. Wherfor if mete sclaundrith is

deyede, schal perische in thi kunnynge. my brother, Y schal neuere ete fleisch,
12 Forsoth 1 thusu 36 synnynge v 'in to w bri- lest Y sclaundre my brothir.

theren, and smytinge hir syke conscience,

x
is synnen in Crist. Wherfor if mete sclaun-
drithy my brother, I schal not ete fleisch
'in to z withouten ende, lest I sclaundre my
brothir.

y Om. o. z
kunnynge Om. srx.
a inblowe K. blowith r. b Om. N. c but charite x. d Om. r.
e N. gessith r. f Om. Norx. g Om. r. h Om. svx. >
that he can v. k him wx.
may gesse
1 Om. wx. m Om. sx. n that v. o Om. s. P no but GAfpQSTrwv. I thou3 v. and w. T Om.
" v sommen v. " defoulid v.
G pr. m. s or s. l ben alle v. ben alle v. y Forsothe mete x.
2 for neither v. a if we x. b we shuln abounden, neither we shuln failen x. c eten not r.
eten,
d Om. x. Om. GMOPTX. e
infeith Q.
f But see v. g Om. N. h therfore s. Om. v. '
licence,
or leeue GMPQT. k Om. ox. l
Om. GOX. infeith Q. m For v.
etinge
n v. whether s el x passim.
P sithen GVX. sen o. 1 edified, or
slyrid Q.
T Om. sx. s
seek, or vnstidefasi o. 4 For thus x.
u Om. K TO. v
pr. synnynge thus K pr. m.
w a;ens r. x
ajens r. y sclaundre GMPQT. z Om. r.

y Om. i
pr. m.
z Om. i
pr. m. Q.
a in e
pr. m. gk.
b idolis
gk.
c Om. k pr. m.
d cure EQ pr. m .

g pr. m.
e or
lycence a sec. m. marg.
f Om. k pr. m.
 IX. I
13. I. CORINTHIANS. 353

CAP. IX. CAP. IX.

1 Wher I am not fre? Am I not apo-
a
Whether Y am not fre ? Am Y not i

Wher I 573 not Crist Jhesu, oure

stle ? apostle ? Whether Y sai3 not 'Crist Jhe-
Lord ? Wher 36 ben not my work in the su*, 'oure Lord* ?
1
Whether 36 ben not
2 Lord ? And thou3 to othere I am not my werk in the Lord ? And thou3 to 2
apostle, but nethelees to 3011 I am
b for- ;
othere Y am not apostle, but netheles to

why 36 ben the sygnacle

c
'or litil signe
A
, , 3ou Y am ; for 36 ben the litle signe
3 of myn apostilhed in the Lord. My de- of myn apostlehed in the Lord. 3 My
dd this. Wher hem that axen me, that is.
4 fence to hem that axen me, is defense to*
we ban not power for" to ete and drynke? Whether we han not power to ete and 4
Wher we ban not power for to lede drynke? Whether we han not powers
f
5

aboute a womman sistir, as and othere to lede aboute a womman ak sistir, as

apostlis, and britheren of the Lord, and also othere apostlis, and britheren of the
6 Cephas, ^that is, Petre%? Or I aloone and and Cefas ? Or
Lord, Y aloone and 6
Barnabas han not power for h to worche Barnabas han not power to worche these
7 thes' thingis ? Who fi^teth, 'or holdith thingis ? Who traueilith ony tyme with 7
kny$thod
k
, ony tyme with his owne hise owne wagis ? Who plauntith a vyn-
soudis? Who plauntith a vyne3erd, and 3erd, and etith not of his fruyt? Who
etith not of 'his fruyt ? Whofeedith, kepith a flok, and etith not of the mylk
1
"or

lesuwifh", a floe, and etith not of the mylk of the flok? Whether aftir man Y seys
a of the flok? Wher aftir man I seye thes these thingis ? whether also the lawe
thingis? wher and the lawe seith not seith not these thingis ? For it iso

9 thes thingis? Forsoth it is writun in the writun in the lawe of Moises, Thou
lawe of Moyses, Thou schalt not byndeP schalt not bynde the rnouth of the ox
the mouth of the oxe threischinge, 'or threischynge '. Whethir of oxun is
trauelynge^. Whethir of oxen is charge charge to God ? Whether for vs he 10
v
10 to God ? Whether for r vs sothli he seith s seith these thingis ? For whi tho ben
thes thingis ? Forwhi 'for vs thei ben writun for vs; for he that erith, owith
writun 1 ; for he that erith, owith to ere to ere in hope, and he that threischith,

in hope,. and he that threischith, 'or tra- in hope to take

fruytis". If we sowenn
v w x
uelith", in hope for to perseyue fruitis. spiritual thingis to 3011, is it
grete, if we
n Forsoth? yf we sowen z spiritual thingis to repen 3oure fleischli thingis ? If othere* 12 * that is, false

apostlis. of
3ou, 'it is nota greet, if we repen 3oure ben parteneris of 3oure power, whi not }oure power;
that is, of tem-
i2fleischly thingis? ben parce- If othere rathere we ? But we vsen not this
poral goodis
neris of b
3oure power, whi not 'rathere power, but we suffren alle tbingis, that heinge in joure
power. Lire
we ? But we vsen not this power, but we
c
we 3yuen no lettyng to the euangelie here. ve.

d
susteynen , 'or sujffren*, alle thingis, that of Crist. Witen
30 not, that thei that is

we 3euen not f lettinge, 'or sclaundres, to worchen in the templef, eten tho thingis t ether sacra-

13 the euangelie of Crist. Witen 36 not, forh that ben of the temple, and thei that pia^e where'

thei that wirchen in the sacrarie', ^tliat is, seruen to the auter, ben partyneris of P
a place where hooly thingis ben kepfi, eten the auter? So the Lord ordeynede toi4 Aere e - -

a Whether G passim in hoc cap. x passim, b

Om. o. c token o. Om. ox. dd Om. Y. e Om. sx. { Om.
1

sx. Om. ox. h Om. OSTX.

8 i
soche o. Om. ox. ^ the froytes o. his fruytes w.
1 m lesewith o.
'
n Om. ovx. seie P bynde up N. Q Om. ox. r of o. s thei seien N. * tho ben
kepith v. A/Q.
writen for us v. u Om. OX. v threschith in v. Om. sx. * take v. y Om. v. z soweth o.
a it is ANQWX. is it GMOPSTVY. oure ^GMNOPQTW sec.m.
t> c we rather G. d suffren v. e Om. ovx.
{ no s. not
eny r. g Om. ovx. h that v.
temple, cither sacrarie v.
i k Om. ox.

i Jhesu Crist Q. h Om. i. !

in to R. k Om. b sec.m. 1
that threischith EiKQBuabceghkojS. that
threischinge M. that thristith o. m threschith in nho/9. n
fruyt K/3. not a. P to A.

VOL. IV. Z Z
 354 I. CORINTHIANS. IX. 14 24.

tho thingis that ben of the sacrarie

1
and ,
hem that tellen the gospel, to lyue of
"
that tho" that seruen to the auter, taken
1
the gospel. But vside noon of these Y is

14 part with the auter? So and the Lord thingis ; sotheli 1 Y wroot not these
r
ordeynede that tellen the gospel,
to hem thingis, that tho be don so in me; for
v

it is good to me rather to die, than that

5
15 for to lyue ofP the gospel. Forsothi I
v

ony man 'auoyde Yi

1
vside none of thes thingis sothli I wroot
r s
; my glorie . For if

not thes thingis, that thei 1

be don so in preche the gospel, glorie is not to me,
me ;
forsoth u good to me more for
it is
v for nedelich" mot don Y it ; for wo to

to deie, than that ony man avoyde my me, if Y preche not the gospel. But if 17
icglorie. Forwhi if Ischal w preche the Y do this thing wilfuli, Y haue mede ;
gospel, glorie is not to me, forsoth x nede xx but if a3ens my wille, dispending is bi-
z
wo to a rne, takun to me*. What thanne is my mede?
%%
lithy to me; forsoth if I * that
i
is, i P ro-

i7
v
schal not euangelise
b
. Forsoth if I will- That Y
prechynge the gospel, putte the
c d
inge do this thing , sothly I haue mede ;
6
gospel with outen otheris cost v that myself. iir<-
here, ana Glos.
,
Y >

if f a3ens my wil, dispensacioun^ is bitake vse not my power in the gospel. For-iy ve -

is to me .
h What therfore is hh my hyre, "or whi whanne Y was fre of alle men, Y
mede' ? That I prechingJ the gospel, putte
1
made me seruaunt of alle men, to wynne
the gospel with oute spence 'takynge, or the mo men. And w to Jewis Y am 20
sustenaunce therfore^, that I mysvse not maad as a Jew, to wynne the Jewis ;

19 mypower in the gospel. Forwhi whanne to hem that ben vndur the lawe, as Y2i
I was fre of alle men, I made me seruaunt were vndur the lawe, whanne Y was not
of alle men, that I schulde wynne mo men. vndur the lawe, to wynne hem that
20 And to Jewis I am maad as a Jew, that I
1
weren vndur the lawe to hem that ;

21 schulde wynne Jewis; to hem that ben weren with out lawe x as Y were with ,

vndir the lawe, as I were vndir the lawe, out lawe^, whanne Y was not with out
whanne I was not vndir the lawe, that I the 2 lawe of God, but Y was in the lawe
schulde wynne hem that weren vndir the of Crist, towynne hem that weren with
lawe ;
to hem that weren with oute the"
1
out lawe a Y arn maad sijk to sike men, 22
.

lawe, as" I were withoute the lawe, to wynne sike men to alle men Y am ;

whanne was not withoute theP lawe of

I maad alle thingis, to make alle men saaf.
God, but I was in the lawe of Crist, that But Y do alle thingis for the gospel, 23
wynne hem that weren with
IPP schulde that Y be maad partener of it. Witen 24
22 oute lawei. I am maad syk to syke men, 36 not, that thei that rennen in a fur-
that I schulde wynne syke men to alle ; long
1
", alle rennen, but oon takith the
men I am maad alle thingis, that I schulde prijs ? So renne 36, that 36 catche.
23 make alle men saaf. Forsoth I do alle Ech man that stryueth in fi$t, absteyn- 2.1
thingis for the gospel, that I be maad
r
eth hym fro alle thingis c f; and thei, that t that iettn
., . .
, ,.,, . the victorie
24 parcener of it. Witen 30 not, that thei thei take a corruptible coroun, but we ether mede of

that rennen in a furlong, alle forsoth ren- an vncorrupt. Therfor Y renne so, not 20
nen, but oon takith the priys ? So renne as
v

in to d e
vncerteyn thing; thus Y Wre here. *.}
fi^te,

1
sacraries Q. m
Om. AGMXOPQTVW. n thei v. Om. sx. P on G. q But v. r vse
Q.
s not A-.
t thoo v. v Om. sx.
for v. w Om. v. x forwhi r. " meede v. y v. z forwhi v. a Om. o.
neijith
b c Om. v. d e forsothe o. f if / do this r.
preche not the gospel v. thing wilfully v. S dispending v.
h me, to to othere men, al be it that wille I not to hl1 Om. Y. l
Om. ox.
profile for myn yuel profile mysilf Q.
j
preche K.
k Om. ox. eithir
taking of susteynaunce therfore r.
!
Om. Q. m Om. GA/OPQTP. n as

thouj o. Om. o. P Om. o. PP Om. y. q the lawe KSWXY. r shulde be SXY.

1 and EiQRxbceghk sec.m. n/3. sotheli and K. r thei b. s rather for me * shulde make
<j sec. m. my
reioysynge voyde Q sec. m.
u or nede
lijth to me
K marg. v or spense K marg. w Om. R. x the lawe
cxbc pr. m. ekj3. y the lawe z Om. Rh. a the lawe b ether
ciQRxabegkoajS. Ei<jRbegka|3. glcyue
K marg. ^
thing a.
J to R
pr. m.
e an
vncerteyn iKMQRUxab pr. m. ceo.
 IX. 25 x. ii. I. CORINTHIANS. 355

2536, that 36 catche. Ech man that stryueth not as betyrrge the eir ; but Y chastise 27

absteyneth him fro and bryng

s
in fy3t, alle thingis ; my bodi, it in to seruage;
and thei forsoth', that thei take a corupt- lest perauenture whanne Y
preche to
othere, Y my silf be maad
u v
ible crowne, 'we forsothe vncorupt .
repreuable.
26 Therfore renne
so, not as into vncerteyn
I

thing thus I fi3te, not as betynge the eyr

; ;

27 but I chastise my body, and brynge w in to

seruage lest perauenture whanne I 'haue
;

x maad
prechid to othere, I my silf be

reprouable.
CAP. X. CAP. X.
i Sotheli, britheren, I nyle 3011 for? to z Britheren, Y nyle
f
, that 30 vnknowe, i

a
vnknowe, for alle oure fadris weren vndir that alle oure fadris weren vndur cloude,
2cloude b and , passiden the see; and
alle and alle passiden the see weren 2 ; and alle
* that
alle ben baptysid in Moyses, in the baptisid in Moises*, in the cloude and in is, in the
leedinge of
s cloude and in the see; and alle eeten the the see; and alle eeten the same spirituals Moises. Lyre
here. ve.
4 same spiritual d breed 6 and alle dronken , mete, and alle drunken the same spiri-4
the same spiritual drynke forsoth thei ; tual drynke thei drunken of the spi-
;

h stoon
dronken of the spirituals, a ritual stoonf folewynge hem}.; and the
11
folow- t spiritual
stoon; that is,

ynge hem; forsoth the stoon was Crist. stoon was Crist. But not in ful manye 5 drinke jouen
k to hem bi gost-
5 But not in ful manye of hem it was' wel of hem
was wel' pleasaunt to God; for
it li vertu. ve.

plesant to God forwhi 'thei ben cast whi weren cast doun in desert. Bute
1
; thei J foletvinge
hem ; that is,
liiloun in the 11 desert.Forsoth thes m thingis these thingis ben k don in figure of vs, that the stoon obei-
eden to her de-
ben don in figure of vs, that we ben not we be not coueyteris of yuele thingis, siris bi Goddis
uertu. V. It is
coueyteris of yuelis, as and thei coueit-
11
as thei coueitiden. Nether be 36 maad? seid a gostli
yiden. Neithir be 30 maad ydolatreris , idolatreris, as summe of hem ;
as it is ston, for it fi-

guride the wa-

"that is, worschiperis offalse mawmetisv, writun, The puple sat to ete and drynke, ter of grace to
be jouen bi
as summe of hem ; as it is writun, The and thei risen vp to pleie. Nether dos Crist. Lire
here. ve.
peple sat for
1
"
to ete and drynke, and thei we fornycacioun, as summe of hem diden
s'han risun vpr for 8 to pleie. Neither do fornicacioun, and thre and twenti thou-
we fornycacioun, as summe of hem diden weren deed o Nethiro
1

syndis in dai.

fornycacioun , and thre and twenty thou-

1
tempte we Crist, as summe of hem
sandis" felden v , 'or deieden w , in o day. temptiden, and perischiden of serpentis.
Neither tempte we Crist, as summe of Nether grutche 36, as summe of hem 10
hem temptiden, and perischeden of ser- grutchiden, and thei perischiden of a
10 pentis. Neither grucche 36", as summe of distrier". And alle these thingis fell-n
hem grucchiden, and thei perischiden of a? iden to hem in figure but thei ben ;

7
\iwasto\\r,* or distrier -. Forsothe alle thes writun to oure amendyng, in to whicheP
b
thingis* felden to hem in c figure ; sothli the endis of the worldis ben comun.
d
tliei ben writun to e oure coreccioun, 'or Therfor he that gessith hym% 'that he 12

8 t u but we r. v an vncorrupt
thingis that letten hym Q. forsothe that stryuen in Jk,t Q. Q.
w x y Om. srx. z to be G a that r. b a cloude
bringe it MP. preche r. pi: m. that je v. GMPT. a
cloude, dcfendynge hem fro the Egipciens Q. d e breed manna
c weren r.
goostly o. Q. mete r.
f g goostly drinke o. h Om. >
is G. k Om. or. '
thei weren v. ben thei w.
gostely o. r.
11
Om. ox. m thus v. n coueitous x. P Om. ox. i Om. sx. r riseden s Om. sx.
ydolateris G. v.
* Om. o. u thousand AOX. v fellen GMPQSTX. deieden o. w Om. ox. * wee s. y the GMPQT.
z Om. ox. a Om. N. b bifellen GN. fellen MPQSTX. c into d tho v. e in w.
GQ.

f h same Om. k weren h thousand Eck.

wile not S and thei pr. m.
' 1
i. i. spiritual i. Q.
m we k. n ether master K marg. fellen EI pass. h/3. felden QH. P whom i. 1 him silf i.

z z 2
 356 I. CORINTHIANS. X. il 25.

amendynge
{
, in to whom? the endis of the stondith 1
",
se he, that he falle not. * that is,

12 world' han comen.

1
'And so he that
gess-
1
Temptacioun take 'not 3ou *, buts
marmus i

ith him for k to stonde, se 1 , that he falle temptacioun^ ; for God is trewe, which
worchin g- ve -

is not. Temptacioun take not 3011, no but schal not suffre 3ou to be temptid aboue nes

mannus m ; forsoth God is trewe, the

n
that that 1 5 e moun ; but he schal make
which schal not suffre 3011 for'' to be with temptacioun also purueyaunce, that " ou ", that mai
temptid ouer 'that that 36 mown; but he 36 moun suffre. Wherfor, 36 most dere- 14 eschewid
- of
"
- . . _ man in present
u
schal make with temptacioun also 8 pur- 1
worthe to me, fie 36 fro worschiping of Hjf that is, ;

i4uyaunce, that 36 mown susteyne

1
. Wher- maumetis. As to prudent men Y speke,
fore, 36 moost dereworthe to me, fle
u fro deme 30 3ouv silf that thing that Y seie.
15
worschipinge of ydols. As to prudent men Whether the cuppe of blessyng which \6 senlence ve
Mannus tempt-
- -

v silf that thing 1 that

I speke, 36 3ou derne we blessen, is not the comynyng of acioun is, that

2
16 1 They cuppe of blessynge 'the which
seye. Cristis blood ? and whether the breed nede either tri.

we blessen, 'wher it is not the comenynge which we breken, is not the takyng w of
of Cristis blood a ? and b the breed which the bodi of the Lord? For we manye i7
inseekin of
* mannes ,f*
help.
we brekeu, wher d it e is not the f 'delynge, x
ben o breed and o bodi, alle we that Therfore to
suffre for Crist
or% *part takynge^, 'of the body' of the taken part of o breed and of o cuppe. is mannes
o T /v ii_ a ii temptacioun, bi
and o body k we
i t i_
17 Lord ? For 'o breed oe 36 Israel attir the fleisch, whethir IB wm -c

manye ben
1
,
alle we that taken part of o thei that eeten sacrifices, ben not par-
is breed and of o cuppe. Se 36 Israel aftir tyneris
*
of the auter ? What therfor seie 19 pfose here re -
Am-
hersmge
the fleisch, wher thei that eten oostis, 'or Y, that a thing that is offrid to idols is brow. Either
. . .... . mannes tempt-
sacrifices, ben not parceneris of the au- ony thing, or that the idol is ony acioun is to

loter? What" therfore seye I, that thing thing ? But tho thingis that
than the
ofFrid to ydols is ony thing, or that the? men offren, thei offren to deuelis, and treuthe and
is,

-20
ydole is ony thingi ? But tho thingis that not to God. But Y nyley, that 36 ben thiswith good
entcnt; as
hethene men offren, thei offren to deuelis, maad felowis of feendis ; for 30 moun whanne a man
with good en-
r
and not to God. Forsoth I nyle 3ou for not drynke the cuppe of the Lord, and tent i'ailith in
unseil
to 8 be maad felowis of fendis ; for 36 mown the cuppe of fendis; 36 moun not be 21 mannes
f freelte,
l)i

not drynke the cuppe of the Lord, and the either whanne
parteneris of the boord of the Lord, and he is stirid to
36 mown not be parce-
ss
21 cuppe of fendis ; of the bord of feendis. Whether we han 22 ire ajens his
, T , _ , , , [a e] brother,
neris of the boord of the Lord, and of enuye to the Lord ? whether we ben for cause of a -

22 the boord of fendis. Wher we" 'suwen strengere then he ? Alle thingis ben
uu v p<*ienese
by enuye the Lord ? whervv we ben leeueful to me, but not alle thingis ben
axith; but it is

strengere than he ? Alle thingis ben leef- Alle thingis ben leeuefulf to 23 the deueies pre-
spedeful.
ful to me, but not alle thingis speden w
... edmen.
.,, ,T
No man 24 a man lone ouer
sumpcioun,tliat
.
me, but not alle thingis
1

23 Alle thingis ben leefful*, but not? alle seke thing that is his owne, but sentence"^""]"
that
24 thingis edifyeri . No man seke that thing
z a
that thing that is of an othere. Al thing 20
men, and de-
^^'^
that is his owne, but that thing that is of that is seld in the bocherie, ete *36, ax-
parte comun-
25 another 1
". Al thing that cometh c in the ynge no thing for conscience, The erthe26ynge,andmake

f Om.
ox. e whiche v. h worldis v. '
Therfore v, k Om. sx. ' see
he MOPQT. m mannes
n Om. vx. " that x. P Om. sx. 1 that at o. Om. w. r the
temptacioun v. temptacioun sx.
also with G pr.m. l suffre v.
flee je oiapr. fleeth sx. v
3oure o.
w demeth sx. x Om. o.
y Wher is not the com. of Cristes blood the v. z to whom o. which vx. a Om. v. b and wher v.
c the whiche
GMOPQTIVY. d whether G. Om. r. e Om. v. f Om. w. g Om. OA-. h > Om.
parting G.
G pr.m. k Om. r. l
ben oo breed and oo bodi v. m or in the lame Q. Om. x. sacrificis of Moyses
n Om. SXY. o a P Om. G pr. r Om. sv. ss the
thing r. m.
q thing, as rvho say nay Q. that je r.
fendis v. * Om. v. u
je o.
uu han v. v to the r. rv whethir y. w or helpen to my course Q.
speden,
* leeueful to me MQF. y Om. z edifien a sekith MO. b
Q. not my nei^bore Q. another, that is, that may
another c is seld r.
edlfie Q.

r to stonde i. that he stonde a. s

jou not IH.
* Om. nk pr. m. u fro the Mac. Om. h pr. m.
' w " and k pr. m.
joure E. part takynge B. alle y wole not la.
 X. 26 XI. 5- I. CORINTHIANS. 357

bocherie d , 'etc no thing axynge for

36*, and the plente of it is, the Lordis. If z 27 discencimm aud
8
20 conscience'. The erthe and the plente of ony of hethene men clepith 3ou to soper,
'the Lordis e. Forsoth h hh and wole go, 1'

27 it, is if ony of 36 al thing that is set to

vnfeithful', 'or hethen men k , clepith 3ou to 3ou, ete

J 36, axynge
c no thing for con- ***
of the Lordis
and wolen go, But ony man This 28 Sermounm
1
souper , je al thing that is science. if seith, the
. . , - -
i -11 ftilf. and in his
sett to 3011, 'ete for is offrid to idols, nyle
36, nothing axynge thing 36 ete, for book of Baptim.

2 conscience. If" ony man sothli 'schal hym that sehewide, and for conscience; I',
+ ttiitt iSj it is

seieP, This thingi is offrid to ydols, nyle and Y seie not, thi conscience, but of an 2j leeuefui to me

36 ete, for him that schewide r

, and for othere. But wherto is my fredom dem- offrM toWois.
29 conscience ; forsothe I seie not, thi con- ed of an othere mannus conscience ?
science, but of anothir
3
. Sothli wherto is Therfor if Y take part with grace, what so
my liberte 1
, 'or freedom, demyd of an- am Y blasfemed, for that that do Moisesiawebe
leeuefui to me.
Y
:w othir mannus
conscience ? Therfore if v I thankyngis? herfor whether 36 eten, or si Lire here. v.
w what am I blas-
take part with grace , drynken, or don ony other thing, do 36
alle thingis 'in to c the d glorie of God.
femyd, 'for that I do graces", 'or thank-
ziyngis*? Therfore where z 36 eten, or Be with outen sclaundre to Jewis, 32
36
drynken, or don any othir thing, do 30 and to hethene men, and to the chirche
32 alle a b
thingis in to glorie of God. Be 36 of God ; as Y bi alle thingis plese to alle 33
* e

v
withoute ofFencioun, or sclaundre c
, to men, not sekynge that that is profitable womman is the
sensualite either
d
Jewis, and men, and to the hethene to me, but that that is profitable to lykingof body;
., .1 i i /. the spirit and
33 chirche of God ; as and I by alle thingis maad
manye men, that thei be saaf, resoun schal be
ocupied aboute
plese to alle men
6
not sechinge what f is ,
gostly thingis,
and it schal
me, but 'that that&
1

profitable to to'
many reule the soule
men', that thei be maad saaf. and refreyne
sensualite, that
it be not occu-

CAP. XL ("i A p VT piedouermyche

aboute temporal

1 Be 36 'my foloweris
k
, as and I of Crist. Be 36 my foleweris, as Y am of Crist, i
^is^rocesse'of
2 Forsoth, britheren
1
, I preise 3ou, that bi And, britheren, Y preise 3ou, that bi alle 2 p " le here is
not referrid to
be myndeful of m me n ; 'as
alle thingis 36 thingis 36 ben myndeful of me ; and as sum goostly
thing, but to
and I bitook to? 3ou my comaundementis, Y bitook to 3011 my comaundernentis 6 , 36 the nakid let -

336 kepeni. Forsothe I wole '3ou for to 8

"
1
holden. But Y wole that 36 wite, that
3

the heed 1 of ech man man but the heed a man is maad
wite, that Crist is ; Crist is heed of ech ;
to the ymage of
forsoth" the heed of the womman is the of the womman man; and the heed God, biandthe
is the
soule, not
man ; forsoth the heed of Crist, God v.
of Crist is God. Ech man* preiynge, bi the bodi ;

and thus is a
4Ech w man preyinge, prophesyinge, or profeciynge, whanne his heed is hilid, womman also
o'the heed" hilidy, defoulith his heed. For- defoulith his heed. But ech womman 5 y^gj^ ^' 1

soth ech womman preiynge, or prophesy- preiynge,

* or profeciynge,
' & whanne hir heed rehernnge AW-
.' \ tyn in his book
z ,

inge, 'the heed not hilid, defoulith hir is not hilid, defoulith hir heed ; for it is of the Tnnite,
.f. i i c <*nd on Genesis.
And
1

heed ; forsoth* it is oon, as 3if sche be oon, as if sche were polhd'.

1 i

if
i

a ve .

d bocherie, or in the e eteth x. f GMPT.

conscience of this mete or of this Q. S of the Lord G.WPQT.
plater
h Om. v. hh Om. Y pr.m.
unfeithful men v. k Om. ox. the soper w. m ete
je, yfit nede ^ou,
! '

mesurable Q. eteth x. n But if v. forsothe o. Om. v. P seith v. x pr. m. 1 thing, or this

sey to jou
mete Q. r scheweth o. shewide this 8 another mans * fredom o. u Om. ox. v Om. TV.
thing Q. y.
w or g.
x Om. o. for that that I do v. y Om. ox. z whether BOX. a Om.
grace, thanckyng graces
opr.m. 1)
the glorie AGMNOPQSTVWXY. <=
Om. ox. d an d to w. e men rvithouten slaundre .

f that at o. that that r. g that at o. h is to v. men k the folowers of me GAf.

Q. profitable profitith
folewers of me QT. brether G. to o. *
me, or of my autorite or power Q. m D and as GMQTVX. and w.
P Om. v. q holden v. For forsothe c. s jou to sx. that je v. * heuyd G el s passim fere. u but r.
v t> God srxv. w Forsoth ech s. x whanne the hed is y. y veilid s. 7
whanne the hed is not r.
a for v.

z For if A
pr.m. And if cb sec. m. k a b that o. d Om.
pr. m.
c to A pr. m.
clepe R. clepen h. c.
comaundement k. f ballid A sec. m.
 358 I. CORINTHIANS. XI. 6 1 8.

e maad ballicf, ^pollid, or clippid*. For c if womman be not keuered, be sche pollid
W
;

a worn man be not veylid, keuerid A be , and if it is foul thing to a womman to

she pollid ; for 6 if foul thing to f a
it is be pollid, or to be maad ballid, hile sche
worn man for to be pollid b , or for' to k be hir heed. But a man schal not hile 7
maad ballid m 1
, veyle
n
, W hyde, she hir his heed, for he is thes ymage and the
7 heed. Sothly a man schal not veylei , 1
W glorie of God ; but a womman is the
r
hydei, his heed, for he is the ymage and glorie of man. For a man is not of the a
glorie
rr
of God ; forsothe a womman is womman, but the womman of the man.
s the glorie of man. Sothli a man is not 8
And the man is not maad for the worn- 9
of 1 the womman, but the womman of the man, but the womman for the man.
v
iunan. And forsothe" the man is not Therfor the womman schal haue an hil-io
maad v for the womman", but the wom- yng on hir heed, also for aungelis. Ne-n
10 man for the man x Therfore . the worn- theles nether the man z'* h
with outen
man schal haue a? veyle on hir heed, and womman', nether the womman is k with
n for aungels z Netheles neithir the man a
. oute man, in the Lord. Forwhi as the 12
withouten womman b , neither the c wom- womman is of man so the man is m bi 1
,

12 man* withouten man 6 in the Lord. For-

1
,
the womman but alle thingis ben of
;

whi as the womman f of man", so and God. Deme 36 3oun silf; bisemeth it a is
man h by woman'; forsothe alle thingis womman not hilid on the heed to preye?
i:?of
k
God. 3e 3 u '
silf deme m ; bicometh", Godi ? Nether the kynde it silf techith u
'or bisemeth , it a womman not veylid P vs, for if a man
nursche r longe heers , it
fori to God ? Neither the kynde it
u
is schenschipe* to hym ; but if a worn- 15
1 1
preye
silf techith vs r
,
forsoth 5 that 1 if a man man nurische 7 longe heer w , it is glorie
norische" long heerv , it yuel fame, ^or
is to hir, for heeris ben 3ouun to hir for
15 sclaundre w ,
to him ; but if a womman keueryng. But ifony man is seyn to ic

norische long heerx is glorie to hir,

, it be ful of strijf,
we han noon siche cus-
fory heeris ben 3ouun to hir for veyle, W tom, nethir the chirche of God. But this 17

wkeueryng :
7
Forsoth ony man is seyn if thing Y comaunde, not preisynge, that
for a to be ful of stryf 'among 3ou b we , 36 comen togidere not in to the x betere,
han not such custom, neither the chirche but in to they worse. First for whanne IK
17 of God 'hath sich c Sothli this thing I.
3e comen togidere in to the chirche, Y
d z
comaunde ,
not preisynge, that 36 comen here that discenciouns ben, and in parti
to gidere not in to betere thing, but into Y bileue 8 . For itbihoueth eresies to be, 19
V
b
is worse. First forsoth 3ou comynge 6 to that thei that ben prouyd, ben opynli
f
gidere into chirche , I heere? 'departyngis, knowun in3ou. Therfor whanne 3020
v
or dissenciouns^ , for 1 to be *, and of partye comen togidere in to oon, now it is not
1

b Om.G pr. m. MPQTX. or polled o. either either clippid v. c Om. sx. d Om. o. e forsothe r.
pollid,
f Om. s. S Om. GMPSTJC. h balled ox. 1
Om. GMPQSTX, k Om. GMPQX. J Om. x. m polled ox.
n veile sche v Om. NOX. or hile v. P hiden s. 1 Om. O.Y. or veilen s. or hile v. r Om. A. rr the
.

s For whi v. * firste made of u For whi v. v Om. o. w woman, to

glorie SXY. e. mysuse hir, or
ouerlede hir Q. x man, to him and obeische y the o. z a man
helps to hym Q. aungeles, or prestes NQ.
is r. b the womman ANOQSWX. c Oui. A. d womman is r. e the man w. f womman is v. S the
man sx. h man is r. l
the womman s. k ben of or. l
jour GMPQT.
m demeth sx. n bisemeth o.
or semeth A. Om. ox. P veylid, or couerid MPQT. 1 Om. GMPQSTX. r vs that
GQ. s for r. t Om.

osrwxv. u
noryscheth o. v
heer.Jbr his lust Q. w Om. ox. * heer, not
for pride, but knonynge hir
pr. m. M
and obeischaunce y forwhi v. z Om. NOX. a Om.sx. b Om. v. c Om. G
firste trespas g.
d comaunde to jou x pr. m. e whanne f the chirche r.
OPQTX. hath such custom r. 36 comen v.
8 heere that v. h discension o. discensiouns x. . '
Om. srx. k ben r.

g Om. Om. k pr. m. 'h the womman i pr. m. b. k Om. k !

the man a. m Om. a.
R. pr. m.
n
jour E. do EQeg. for to M pr. m. to do c. P preieris EQceg. preier R pr. m. <l to God KIKM

a Om. a. v
yuel fame K marg.
r nursheth Eh. s heeris KH.
QRuabceghk sec. m. oa/3. * ether nursh-
eth Eh. w heeres R. x Om.
Eiqg. y Om. EIO. z ether K a leeue c sec.m. EIKM
departingis marg.
Ruxab pr. m. ceghk sec. m. oa/3. b the whiche k
pr. m.
 XI. 19 3- I. CORINTHIANS. 359

19 1 bileue. Forwhi 1
it bihoueth heresies to ete the Lordis soper; for whi ech man 21
v

for " to be, that thei the

1
which" ben prou- bifor takith his soper to ete, and oon is
20 yd, be maad knowun in? 3ou. Therfore hungry, and another is
c
drunkun. Whe- 22
Vjou comyngei to gidere into oon, now it ther 36 ban not housis to ete and
21 is not forr to ete the Lordis sopere 8 ; for- drynke, or 36 dispisen the chirche of
v
soth 1 ech man bifore takith" his sopere God, and confounden hem that han
and sothely anothirw is" hun-
for v to ete, noon ? What schal Y seie to 3ou ? Y
22grie, another? forsoth is drunkyn. Wherz preise 3ou, but here yn preise $ou not. Y
3
30 ban not housis for to ete and drynke
b
,
For Y
haue takun of the Lord that as

thing, which Y haue bitakun to 3011.

d
or 36 dispisen the chirche of God, and
confounden c hem that ban not ? What For the Lord Jhesu, in what ni3t he
schal I seye to 3011 ? I preise 3011 ;
in this was bitraied, took breed, and dide thank- 24
d
23 thing I preise not. Forsothe I haue yngis, and brak, and seide, Take 36, and
takun of the Lord that thing, 'the which 6 ete 36 this is my bodi, which schal be
;

and I haue bytakun f to 3011. For the bitraied for 3ou; do 36 this thing in to
Lord Jhesu in what ny3t he was by-
, my mynde. Also the cuppe, aftir that 25
24trayed, took breed, and 'doynge graces , 11
he hadde soupid, and seide, This cuppe
W thankyngis 1
,
k
he brak, and seide, Take is the newe testament in my blood; do 36

and 'ete 36*; this is my body, the "

36,
1
this thing, as ofte as 36 schulen drynke,
which schal be bitrayd for 3011 do 36 ;
in to mynde. For as ofte as 36 schu-2(;
my
n
25 this thing Mn to my mynde. Also and len ete this breed, and schulen e drynke
f * in
he took the cuppe, aftir he hathP soupid, the cuppe, 36 schulen telle the deth* of repn
inge it bi this
seiynge, This cuppe is the newe testament the Lord, til that he come. Therfor who 27 sacrament, tu
..., ., , T i ..i .1 he come; to the
in my blood ; do 36 this thing, how ofte
,
euere etith the breed, or drynkith the dome. Lire
*""' ve-
euere 36 schulen drynkei, in to my mynde. cuppe of the Lord vnworthili, he schal
2oSothli r how ofte euere 36 schulen ete this be gilti of the bodi and of the 1'
blood of
breed, and schulen drynke the cuppe, 30
3
the Lord. But preue a man hym silf, aw

schulen schewe* the deeth of the Lord, and so ete he of 'the ilke' breed, and
k
27 til he come. "And so" who euere 'schal dryrike of the cuppe. For he that etith 29
ete v the w the and drinkith vnworthili, etith and drink-
breed, or drynke cuppe of
the Lord vnworthily, he schal be gilty of ith doom to hym, not
demyng the wiseli
28 the body and* blood of the Lord. For- bodi of the Lord. Therfor among 301130
soth proue a man him silf, and so ete he many ben sijke and feble, and manye
of 'the ilke^ breed, and drynkey^ of the slepen. And if we demyden wiseli vs3i 1

29 cuppe. Forsoth2 he that etith and drynk- silf, we schulden not be demyd but 32 ;

ith vnworthily, etith and drynkith dom, while we ben demyd of the Lord, we
'or dampnacioun*, to hym b , not wysely ben chastisid, that we be not dampnyd
c
sodemynge the body of the Lord. Therfore with this world. Therfor, my britheren, 33
d
among 3ou manye syke, and vnstronge e ,
whanne 36 comen togidere to ete, abide
'or feble*, and manye slepen, deiens. W 3e togidere. If ony man hungrith, ete 34

1
Forwhi and x. m Om. NSX. n that vx. open -s
pr.m, P to GAfpQT. 1 whanne je comen v.
r Om.sx.
s
soper, sith je ben departide fro oon hede Q.
* forwhi v. t
presumeth o. v Om. sx, w and an-
othere w. x Om. w. J and anothir N. z Whether G. a Om. s.
drynke rather at home Q.
t>

c d Om.
confounden, or schamen Q. preise ym. GMNPQT.
e A. which v. {
jofen o. S Jhesu Crist N.
h dide
thankingis v.
'
Om. ANOVWX. or thankis GMP. k and v. 1
etith A\ m Om. v. n in XY.
P hadde My. had OP.
aftur that TV. q drynke it Q. r For v. s
Om. GMQT. * telle r. u Therfore v.
T etith v. w drinkith v. x and of the x. Y that x. jy drinke he M. " For r. a Om. NX,
b
hym silf pr. m.w c the
rvorthynesse o/"the <?.
d ben
manye GQT, many ben r.
e feeble r. { Om.

ovx. e Om. x.

c Om. A. <1
that ik. e Om. i. this i. 6 Om. M. h Om. A. >
thilke IK pass, that R,
k
drynke he Ka. deemen gk.
1
 360 I. CORINTHIANS. XI. 31 XII. 12.

31 For we demeden wysely vs' silf, forsoth

if
1'
he at home, that 36 come not togidere
3-2 we schulden not be demed sothli the ;
in to doom*. And Y schal dispose othere
* that
is, into
joure dampna-
while we ben demed of the Lord, we ben thingis, whanne Y come. cioun. Lyre
here, ve.
chastysid, that we ben not dampned with
33 this world. 'And so k , my britheren,
whanne je comen to gidere for 1
to ete,
If ony man hun-
1

abyde je to gidere" .

n
34grith , ete he at horn , that 36 come not
to gidere in to dom. Sothli I schal dis-

pose othere thingis, whanne I schal come.

CAP. XII. CAP. XII.

i Forsothe of spiritual? thingis, britheren, But of spiritual thingis, britheren, Y I

r
2 1
nyle '5011 for to> vnknowe. Sothly 36 nyle that 30 vnknowun. For 36 witen, 2
witen, for whanne 36 weren hethen men, that whanne 36 weren hethene men, hou
8

as* 36 weren ledd goynge to doumbe symy- 36 weren led goynge to doumbe mau-
slacris. Therfore" I make knowun to 3011, metis. Therfor Y make knowun to 3ou, 3
that no man spekinge in the spirit of God, that no man spekynge in the spirit of
seithdepartynge Jhesu and no man fro ; God, seith departyng fro Jhesu ;
and no
v w x
man may
may seye the Lord Jhesu z* no but in , seie the Lord Jhesu, but in the
4 the Hooly Gost. Sothli departingis of Hooli Goost. And dyuerse graces ther 4
2
gracis ben, forsothey the same Spirit ; ben, but it is al oon Spirit ; and dyuerse 5
5 and departyngis of seruyngis 8 forsothe b , seruyces ther ben, but it is al oon Lord ;
v
6 the same Lord and departingis of ; and dyuerse worchingis ther ben, but al c
worchingis ben d forsoth 6 the same God f is m oon God, that worchith alle
, ,
thingis
that worchith alle thingis in alle thingis. in alle thingis. And to ech man the?
7 Forsoth to ech man the& schewynge of schewyng of spirit is 3ouun to profit.
spirit is 3ouun to profyt. To anothir for- The" word of wisdom is 3ouun to oon bi
sothby spirit word of wysdoin is the spirit ; to another the word of kunnyng, 8
a
3ouun to anothir sothli the word of
;
bi the same spirit; feith to another, in the 9
h
akunnynge, aftir the same spirit; feith same spirit; to anothere, grace of helthis,
to another, in the same spirit to another, ; in o spirit ; to another, the worchyng of 10

grace of heelthis , in o spirit; to another,

1
10 vertues; to another, profecie; to another,
the worchinge of vertues ; to another, pro- very knowyng of spiritis; to another,

phesye ; to another, discrescioun, W verrey kyndis of langagis ;

to another, expown-
v
knowynge of spiritis to another, kyndis
, ;
yng of wordis. And oon and? the sameii
of tungis, "or langagis ; to another, in- 1

spirit worchith alle these thingis, depart-

n hem
terpretynge" 'or expownyng , of wordis.
1
, ynge to ech bi silf as he wole. For 12
11 Forsoth alle thes thingis oon and the as ther is o body, and hath many mem-
same spirit worchith, departynge to ech bris, and alle thei membris of the bodi
12
by him? silf as he wole. Sothlii as ther whanne tho ben manye, ben o bodi, so
is o body, and hath
many membris, for- also Crist.For in o spirit alle we ben is

h demen o. '
oure GMPQT. sx. m to gedir, that an acceptable sacrifice be of
k Therfore r. 1
Om.
n
yatv alle Q. hungre G pr. m. he sclaundre not in apert Q. P the spirituel o.
home, in priuyte, that
1 jou to sx. 36 that je r. r For y. * that r. * hou r. u Forsothe o. v Om.
Q.
w Om. x.
* Om. sv. y but v. z a b but r. c Lord is the
Spirit is the Better g. Spirit i* r. seruyngis ben r.
d Om. s. k to N. bi r.
departer Q. Lord is v.
e but v. f God is r. S Om. G pr.m. >
heeles o.
k Om. ox. 1
Om. OA-. m expounynges o. n Om. OA-. in OP. P hem AGMOPQsrriv. q For r.

m A pr. m. EKR m. b pr. m. k. R n And the k pr. m. o Om.

it al is it is al sec. al pr. m. b sec. m.
R pr. m. ka. P in A pr. m. k pr.m. 1 Om. Rho/3.
 XII. 13 28. I. CORINTHIANS. 361

r
soth alle the membris of the body, whannei baptisid 'in to o bodi, ether Jewis, ether
thei ben manye, ben o body, so and Crist. hethene, ether seruauntis, ether free ;
13 'And sotheli r in o spirit alle we ben bap- and alle we ben fillid with drink in o
tisid in to o body, either 5
Jewis, either* spirit. For the bodi is not o membre, u
v v
hethene", either seruauntis, either fre; but manye. If the 8 foot seith*, For Yis
and alle we 'han drunken w in o spirit. am not the hoond, Y arn u not of the
uForwhi and the body is not o membre, bodi ; not therfor it is not of the bodi.
io but manye. If* the foot 'schal seyey, For And if the ere seith, For am not the Y in

I am not the honde, I am not of the body; i3e, Y am not of the bodi ; not therfor it
H; not therfore 'it is not z of the body. And is not of the bodi. If al the bodi is the 17

if the eere 'schal seye

a
For I am not the , 136, where* is
heryng ? and if al the

y3e,I am
not of the body; not therfore 'it is bodi is
heryng, where is smellyng ? But is
17 not of the body. If al the body be d y3e, now God hath set membris, and ech of
where is heringe* ? and if al the body be f hem in the bodi, as he wolde v That w i9 .

IK heeringe, where is smellingeS ? for- Now if alle weren o membre, where were the
soth God hath put membris, and ech of bodi ? But now ther ben many mem- 20
19 hem in the body, as he wolde. That if bris, but o bodi. And the {36 may not 21

weren o membre, where' the body ?

alle
1'
seie to the hond, Y haue no nede to thi
20 But now sothli many membris, sothli o werkis; or eft the heed to the feet, 3e
21 body. Forsoth the y3e 'schal not mowe k ben not necessarie to me. But myche22
seye to the bond, I haue no nede to thi
1
more tho that ben seyn to be the lowere
werk ; or eft the heed to the feet, %e ben rnembris of the bodi, ben more nedeful;
22 not necessarie to me. But moche more and thilke that we gessen to be the* as
tho that ben seyn for m to be more syke, vnworthier membris of the bodi, we^
'or lowere", membris of the body, ben 3yuen more honour 'to hem z and tho ;

23 more nedeful and ;

to hem that we gessen membris that ben vnonest, han more
membris of the body,
for? to be vnnoblerei oneste. For oure oneste membris han 24
we 3yuen more honour 'in cumpas r and ;
nede of noon ; but God tempride the
tho membris that ben vnhonest s ban , bodi, 3yuynge more worschip to it, to
24 more honeste. Forsoth oure honest mem- whom it failide, that debate be not in 25
bris 'of noon ban nede*; but" God tem- the bodi, but that the rnembris be bisi
v
pride the body, 3yuynge more worschipe in the same thing a ech for othere.
to

25 to it, to whom it failide, that debaat be And if o membre suffrith ony thing, 21; 1'

not in the body, but that the membris alle membris suffren therwith ethir if ;

ben bisy into the same thing for ech o membre ioieth, alle rnembris ioien to-
260thir. And if o membre suffrith w ony gidere. And 36 ben the bodi of Crist, 27
thing, alle membris suffren therwith ; and membris of membre. But God sette28
ethir if o membre glorieth*, alle membris sum men in the chirche, fyrst apostlis,

27 ioyen to gidere. Forsoth 36 ben the body the secunde tyme prophetis, the thridde
28 of Crist, and membris of membre v . And techeris, aftirward vertues, aftirward
sothli God z
puttide summe" in the chirche, graces of heelyngis, helpyrigis, gouern-
first apostlis, the secunde tyme b prophetis, ails, kyndis of langagis, interpretaciouns

1 and whan M. r For whi v. s other M et p passim. * or s. u hethen men GMNPQT. v or s. w ben
fillidwith drink v. * And if v. 1 seith /. z is it not o. a seith v. c is it not o. d were o. is

the v. be the GMXY. e the h alle men v.

heering XY.
f is v. g the smelling x. '
wher is NOQ. where
were r. k not x. m Om. sx. n Om. x. P Om. sx.
may not v.
1
that that N. <\ vnnoble v.
r in
cumpas, of'te tym.es clothinge hem Q. abouten x. s more vnhonest o. * han nede of noon v. no
but K. v w suffre x. * y membris sx. z a summen v.
tempreth s. glorie s. putte GMPQSTX.
b Om. x.

r in k. thi /3.
l schal seie k pr. m. seie k sec. m. u Om. R. v wole R. w And a. * Om. bk.
y to hem we R. z Om. R. a
thingis R.
b suffre k. c
after H.

VOL. IV. 3 A
 362 I. CORINTHIANS. XII. 29 XIII. g.

the thridde c techeris d , aftirward vertues, of wordis. Whether alle apostlis ? whe- 29

aftirward graces 6 of heelingis, helpingis, thir alle prophetis ? whether alle tech-

governaylis, 'or gouernyngis*, kyndis of eris ? whether alle vertues ? whether so

langagis, interpretaciouns of wordis. alle men d ban grace of heelyngis ? whe-
soWherS alle h apostlis? wher alle k prophe- 1
ther alle speken with langagis ? whether
sotis? wher alle techeris? wher alle ver- 1
alle expownen ? But sue 36* the beteresi
tues? wher alle men ban grace of heel-
1

goostli 3iftis. And 3it Y schewe to 3ou

ingis? wher alle speken with langages? a more exellent weye.

wher alle interpreter! m 'or expownen n ?
1
,

si Forsoth sue 36 the bettere gostli 3yftis.

And 3it I schewe to 3ou a more excellent?,
r
'or worthi^, weye .

CAP. XIII. CAP. XIII.

1 If I speke with tungis of men and aun- 8
If Y
speke with tungis of men and i

gels, 'sothli I
1
haue not charite, I am maad of aungels, and Y haue not charite, Y
as brassownnynge, or a symbal tynkynge. am maad as bras
sownynge, or a cymbal
2 And if I schal haue prophesye
v and 'haue
11
, tynkynge And if Y haue prophecie, 2
f
.

w
knowun alle mysteries, and al kunnynge, and knowe alle mysteries, and al kun-
"or science*, and if I schal? haue al feith, so nynge, and if Y haue al feith, so that Y
that I 'here ouere z hillis ]fro o place to an- meue hillis fro her place, and Y haue
other forsoth h if I 'schal not haue c charite,
11
,
not charite, Y am nou3t. And if de-3 Y
3 1 am no3t. And if I schal d
departe alle my parte alle my goodis in to the metis of
goodis into metis of pore men,and if I schal
e
pore men, and yf Y bitake my bodi, so

bytake my
body, so that I brenne, forsothe that Y brenne, and if Y haue not? cha-
if I 'schal not haue f charite, it profitith to rite, it profitith to me no
thing. Charite 4

4 me no thing. Charite is pacieiit*, it is be- is pacient, it is benygne; charite enuyeth

h h
nygne, 'or of good will , charite enuyeth not, it doith not wickidli , it is not
doth not gyle, it is not inblowyn k
not, it
1
blowun, it is not coueytouse, it sekith 5
^with pride\ it is not ambicious, 'or co- not tho thingis that ben hise owne, it is
ueitous of worschipis, it sekith not tho not stirid to wraththe, it thenkith not
n
thingis that ben her owne, it is not stir- yuel, it ioyeth not on wickidnesse, but its
cid to wraththe, it thenkith not yuel, it ioieth togidere to treuthe; it suffrith alle?

ioyeth not in? wickidnesse, forsoth it thingis, it bileueth alle thingis, it hopith
7 ioyeth togidere toi treuthe ; it suffrith alle alle
thingis, it susteyneth alle thingis.
thingis, it bileueth alle thingis 1", it hopith Charite fallith neuere doun, whether 8
alle susteyneth
thingis, it
thingis. alle prophecies schuleu be voidid, ethir lan-
5
s Charite fallith not down*, where" pro- gagis schulen ceesse, ethir science schal
v
phecyes schulen be voydid , ether" lan- be distried. For a parti we knowun, a
w and a we prophecien but whanne
gagis schulen ceesse, ether science schal parti ;
10

9 be distroyed. Forsoth x of party we han? that schal come that is parfit, that

c thridde d doctouris x. e f Om.ox. S Whether G. h alle ben GMPQT. whe-

tyme MO.
>
grace N.
ther GX. k alle be G
pr. m. '
whether GA. m expownen o. n Om. ox.
jiftis, as is charite o.
P excellence v. 1 or worthier A. Om. ovx. T s and of v. t sotheli
if I KQr. and I
hyje weye o.
u Om. v. v w knowe v x Om. ox. y Om. v. z ouer here
G.WNOPQT.
sothely o. prophecies o. .

a Om. ox. o til anothir y.

b c haue not v. d Om. v. e Om. v. f haue not y.
fro place for r.
S pacient, or sit/fringe G sec. m. h Om. ox. '
noo v k blowen v. l
Om. x. m Om. A". n his OF. .

sekith Y. P on AGMNPQST^X. of ov. of noon w. q with v. of XY. r

thinges that ben to byleue Q.
s neuere r. * Om. o. u whether GMOPQX. v voide G. w or s. * For v. y Om. v.

Om. e we EQeg. Om. f no h ether K marg.

B. i
pr. m. tinglinge u. tynclynge la. g R. gilefulli
 XIII. io XIV. 7- I. CORINTHIANS. 363

10 knowen, and of party we prophesien ; for- thing that is of parti schal be auoidid.
sothe' whanne that schal comek that is Whanne Y was a litil child, Y spak asu
perfyt, that thing that is
1
of party, schal a litil child, Y vndurstood as a litil child,
11 be avoydid m . Whanne I was a litil child, Y thoirjte as a litil child; but whanne
I spak as a litil child, I vndirstood as a Y was maad a man, Y auoidide 1
tho
litil child, I thou3te as a litil child ;
for- thingis that weren of a litil child. And 12

soth whanne was maad man", I auoyd- I we seen now bi a myrour in derknesse,
ide tho thingis that weren of a litil child. but thanne face to face; now knowe Y
12 Forsoth we seen now by a myrour in aP of k parti, but thanne Y schal knowe, as
derknesse, thanne forsothe face to face ;
Y am knowun. And now
dwellen feith, 1
is

now I knowe of party, 'thanne forsothi I hope, and" charite,

1
these thre ; but the
13 schal knowe, as and I am knowyn. Now most of these is charite.

forsothe dwellen feith, hope, and charite,

"

thes thre ; forsoth the mooste 8 of thes* is 1

charite.
CAP. XIV. CAP. XIV.
1 Sue 30 charite, loue 36 spiritual thingis, Sue 36 charite, loue 36 spiritual thingis, i

2 more forsoth that 36 prophecie. Sothli but more that 36 prophecien. And he 2
*
he that spekith in tunge, spekith not to that spekith* in tunge, spekith not to to speke in
tunge is to
men, but to God ; forsoth no man heer- men, but to God for no man herith. But
u
; speke a thing
not vndir-
Sothli the spirit spekith mysteries.
ith. the spirit spekith mysteries. For he 3 stonden. no
man heerith ;
3 Forwhi he that prophecieth, spekith to that prophecieth, spekith to men to edi-
that is, vndir-

men, to edificacioun, and monestynge, and and monestyng, and coumfort-

ficacioun,
stondith the
sentence hid
v
4 comfortynge, 'or solasynge . He that yng. He
that spekith in tunge edifieth 4 11
, withinne. pro-
fecieth; that
spekith in tunge, edifieth him silf; for- hym silf; but he that prophecieth, edifi- is, openith and
soth he that prophecieth, edyfieth the eth the chirche of God. And Y wole, o
declarith
thingis schewid
to him either
5 chirche of God. Forsothe 1 wole '3ou that alle 36 speke in tungis, but more
to othere men.
w for x to? v
z
For he that proplie-
alle speke in tungis, but more that 36 prophecie. spekith to men
that is, to the
;

'for to a prophecie. Forwhi he that pro- cieth, is more than he that spekith in profit of men.
Lire here. ve.
phecieth, moreb than he that spekith
is
langagis ; but perauenture he expoune,
in c tungis, 'or langagis A ; no e but f per- that the chirche take edificacioun. Bute
auenture he interpreted, 'or declare^, that now, britheren, if Y come to 3ou, and
cthe chirche take edificacioun. Now for- speke in langagis , what schal Y profile
1
soth, britheren, if I schal
k come to 3ou, to 3ou, but if Y speke to 3ou ethir in
n
spekynge in" tungis, what schal I pro-
1 1
reuelacioun, ethir in science, ethir in

fyte, no? but if I schal prophecie, ether in techyng ? For tho 7

1
speke to 3ou
"

ether 1
in s reuelacioun, ethir 1 in science", thingis that ben withouten soule?, and
etherv in prophecie, ether v in techingew ? t
3yueth voices, ethir pipe, ether harpe,
i

yNethelees tho x thingis that ben with but tho 3yuen distinccioun of sqwnyngis,
oute , soule,
3yuynge voyces, 'or lyf y hou schal it be knowun thaf is sungun,
ether pype, etherz harpe, no a but b thei c ether that that is trumpid ? For if as

'
for r. k cum to G pr. m. 1
schall be o. m voidid sx. n a man AGMNOPSTVIVXY. voidede sx.
P Om. MP. 1 thanne s. but thanne v. sothly s. more AGMNOPQSTWX. r s l hem G
pr.m. MPQT.
u forwhi v. T Om. GMNOPTVX. or w that alle x Om. svx. y Om. v. z more
counseilynge g. jee v.
a to s. that b more c with ox. d Om. NOV. e Om. x. f but if x.
forsothe x. 36 rx. worthy g.
% declare o. n Om. ox. Om. x k Om. y. l
and ln with o. n it v.
Y. pr.m. v. speke profite to
jou v. P Om. jr. lOm. v. T other M et P passim, or s. 8 in the K. or NSX.
* u the science r.
v or sx. w g.
* thees o. y ether lijf o. Om. x. z or sx. a Om. x. b but if AGMNOPQTX.
techyngis
c tho v .

i
voidide k a R. l
dwelleth Hg. m Om. k pr. m.
n
IQ. tunge, that is, in straunge langage K.
tungis k pr. m. that that Ek sec. m.
i r
P the soule i.
jyuen xa.
3 A 2
 364 I. CORINTHIANS. XIV. 8 20.

schulen d 3yue distinccioun e of f sownyngis, trumpe 3yue an vncerteyn soune, who

how schal it be kowd K that is songun, schal make hym silf redi to batel? SOQ
sether b 'that that is harpid ? 'And sothli k 1
but 36 3yuen an opyn word bi tunge,
if the trumpe 3yue vncerteyn vois, who hou schal that that is seid be knowun ?
aschal make 'him silf redy to bateil? So For 36 schulen be spekynge in veyn.
and 'no but" 36 schulenP 3yue an opyn There ben many kyndis of langagis in 10

word by tunge, how schal 'that thati is this world, and no thing is with outen
seid be knowun ? Sothli r
36 schulen be vois. But if Y knowe not the vertu ofn
utspekynge in s the eiris 1 , 'so manye as ben u a vois, Y schal be to hym, to whom Y
w
speke, a barbarik ; and he that
5
tungis, 'or langagis", in this world, and schal
1 1 no thing is withoute voys. Therfore if I spekith to me, schal be a barbarik. So 12

'schal not knowe x the vertu of vois, I 36, for 36 ben loueris of spiritis,
seke 36
schal bey to him, to whom I schal speke, that 36 be plenteuouse to edificacioun of
a barbar z , 'or not vndirstondun* ; and he the chirche. And
therfor he that spek-ia
b
12 that spekith, to me 'a barbar So and . ith in langage, preie, that he expowne.

36, for 36 ben loueris of c

spiritis , to d
edifi- For if Y preye in tunge, my that is, myn
prei-u*affeccioun
spirit*
is
f
cacioun of the chirche seke" that 3e be eth ;myn vndurstondyng is with outen re ysid to God.
Lire tiere
What thanne ? Y
'

isplenteuous. And therfore he that spekith fruyt. schal preye in 15

in tunge, preie s, that he interprete, 'or spirit, schal Y

preye in mynde ; schal Y
}4expowne
h
. Forwhi if I preye in tunge, seie salm in spirit, schal seie salm Y
my spirit preieth ; forsoth my mynde, also* in mynde. For if thou blessist in ie

is'or resound, is withoute fruyt. Therfore spirit, who fillith" the place of an ydiot,
what thing is ? I schal preie in spirit, I hou schal he seie Amen on thi bless-

schal preie and in mynde, 'or resound; I yng, for he woot riot, what thou seist ?

schal seie salm in spirit, I schal seye salm For thou doist wel thankyngis, but an 17

ic in
" 1

mynde, 'or resoun". Forwhi if thou othir man is not edefied. Y thanke my is
God, for Y speke in the langage of alle
v
'schalt blesse in spirit, who fulfillith'' the

place of an ydiote, 'or vnlerid mani, how 3011 but in the chirche Y wole w speke
;
19

schal he r seie Arnen vpon 8 thi' blessing, fyue wordis in my wit, that also Y teche
17 for he woot not, what thou seist? Forwhi othere men, than ten thousyride* of?
thou sothli cloist wel gracis, 'or thank- wordis in tunge. Britheren, nyle 3e be 20
v
yngis", but another man is not edified. maad children in wittis, but in malice
be 36 children; but in z wittis be 36 parfit.
1

is I do graces" to my God, for I speke in

lathe langagis* of alle 3ou ; but in the For in the lawe it is writun, That a in 21

chirche I wole speke fyue wordis in my othere tungis and othere lippis Y schal
witt, that and I teche othere men, than speke to this puple, and nether so thei
z 8
ten thousandis y of wordis in tunge . schulen here me, seith the Lord. Ther-22
20 Britheren, nyle 36 be maad children in for langagis ben in to tokene, not to
b
wittis, but in malice 'be 3e litil ; forsoth feithful men, but to men out of the

d Om. v. e of vnderstondinge G sec.m.

discrecioun x. {
S cunde o. knovven r. h or sx. '
that
at o. k For wlii v. o. n but if x.
1
hymand je w.
N. m Om.
P Om. v. q that at o. r For v.

u As so Om. ox.
eyre G sec.m. eeres K. eiris, or_firmament N. eir v.
8 in to N. t
many kindis of v.
w ben in r. x knowe not v. y not be o. z barbarik r. a Om. ox. b schal be a barbarik v.
e to the GMP. c se ke
spiritis, desirynge his gift's Q. spiritis, that is, qfgoostly ^iftis ve. je N. seketh
'1

sx. Om. N. lie o.

I
8 preje he x. h Om. NX. '
Om. v. k Om. ox. or '
Om.
vndirslondinge r.
NOTX. m also in r. and in x sec.m. n Om. osvx. blessist r. P fillith v. q Om. ox. or vnlerned
man vw. r I N. s on vx. t the GMPQT. Om. x. v Om. os. w thankynges o. x langage srrrv.
y thousande GMPQSTA-. z Om. x. a
tunge Y. tunge not vndurstonde o. tunge oonly, with outen de-
b beth sir.
clart/nge Q.

8 that is, not vndurstonden K marg. a barbarik, eithir straunge R. i Om. k

pr. m. o sec. m. u fulfill-
ith k. v Om. a. w wille to i sec.m. x thousandis iKRehoa. y Om. sk pr. m. z with a. For
that A pr. m. cab sec. m.
 XIV. 2i 3 I. CORINTHIANS. 365

21 in wittis 'be 3e b perfyt. Sothly in the feith but prophecies ben not to men
;

lawe it is writun, For in othere tungis out of the feith, but to feithful men.
and othere d lippis I schal speke to this Therfor if alle the chirche come togidere 23
e
peple, and nethir so 'it schal heere me, in to oon, and alle men speken in tungis,
22seith the Lord. f
'And so langagis ben in if idiotis, ether men out of the feith,
to ff tokene, not to feithful men, but to entren, whether thei schulen not seie,
men out of the feith ; forsoth prophe- What ben 36 woode ? But if alle men 24
men ony vnfeithful man or
1
syes nots to out of feith ', but to prophecien, if idiot
2:1 feithful men. Therfore if al the chirche entre, he is conuyct of alle, he is wiseli
come to gidere in to oon, and alle men demyd For b the hid thingis 25
of alle.
k
speke in tungis', sothli if ydiotesJ entren , of his c herte ben knowun, and so he
'or men out of the feith , wher thei 'seyn 1
schal falle doun on the face, and schal
24 not m ,
What ben 36 wood"? Forsoth if worschipe God, and schewe verili that
alle men prophecien , forsoth if ony vn- God is in 3ou. What thanne, britheren? 26
feithful man or ydiot entre, he is conuict Whanne 36 comen togidere, ech of 3011
25 of alle, he is wyseli demed of alleP. For- hath a salm, he hath techyng, he hath
d he hath
soth 1 the hid thingis of his herte ben apocalips tunge, he hath ex-
,

r
knowen, and so he fallinge
8
doun 'in to 1 pownyng ;
alle thingis be e thei f don to
the face, schal worschipe God, schewinge 11 v
edificacioun. spekith in 27 Whether a man
26 verily that God 'in 3ou is
w
Therfor, .
tunge, bi twei= men, ethir thre at the
h
britheren, what" is? Whanne 36 comen moste, and bi partis that oon inter- ,

to gidere, ech of 3ou hath a salm, he hath preted But if there be not an inter- 28
*
techinge, he hath apocalips, ^or reuela- pretour, be he stille in the chirche, and A worn-
seith,

ciouni, he hath tunge, he hath 'interpret- speke he to hym silf and to God. Pro- 2 man is vnder-
z
. 1,1
K -Hi . stonden, the
ynge 'or expownynge* ; be alle thingis phetis tweine or thre seie, and otnere
1
, softnesse or vn-

27 don to edificacioun. Whethir a man

b c d
wiseli
schewid
deme. But if ony thing
formere
fcw^3' he
fie - E( he
'

spekith in tunge, aftir tweyne , 'or as to a sittere, the be f ^ man

forsoth
moche thre c and by , partis
f
,
that oon iri- stille. For 36 moun 'prophecie alle", ech 31 that is vnstabie
in mynde, and
20 terprete %. Forsoth if ther be not an bi hym silf, that alle men lerne, and siowe in bileue
, , f and corrupt in
And
.
,
h
interpretour, be he stille, "or speke not , moneste. the spiritis of pro- 32 werkis, and 3 if

in' the chirche ; sothli speke he to him phetis ben suget to prophetis; for
he u
29silf, God. Sothli k prophetis tweyne
and to 1
God not of discencioun, but of pees ;
is
dir-
stonuen a wom-
or thre seye m and othere wysely demeP. ,
11
as ini alle chirchis of hooli men 'Y man; therfore
... he is not noum-
r r
.10 That if ony thingi schal be schewid to teche .
*Wymmen in chirchis be stille ; 34 i>rid with

31
3
'oon sittinge , 'the formere be stille. For- 1
for it is not suffrid to hem to speke, ST
soth 11 36 mown prophecie alle, by v ech bi but to be suget, as the lawe seith. But 35 ^
him silf, that alle men lerne w , and alle
x
if thei wolen ony thing lerne, 'at home 8 P ule
?
bid(le
silence in the
32moneste. And the spiritis of prophetis axe thei her hosebondis'; for it is foule chirche. .

*>
beth sx. c For v. d in other wx. e thei scliulen v. f Therfore v. K Om. x. e ben not grr. h the
AGMNOPQSTrivxY. k Om. Om. o. either men out of the feith
ydols K.
>
tungis oonli
'
feith Q. 1 v.
entren v. m schulen not seie v. n
voyde o. prophecieden w. P alle culpable Q. For v. r Om. o. <1

3 schal falle v. * on v. u and schal r. " and schewe v. w in jou

is GMQTC. x in what w. y Om. ox.
z a Om. nox. b c be this don d two GMPSTX. two togidere Q. twey
expownyng o. speke x. bi r.
men v. or as michel thre AGOPQTWY. or as moche after thre Q.
e either thre at the mooste v. f
partis
h Om. ox. or
spckynge in the chirche Q. alle partis v pr. m. g interprete, or declare to the pepul Q.
speke he not r,
>
that spekith in Q. k Om. y, 1
two GMPQSTX. m sey thei G sec. m. seith T. n other
men G sec. m. wyse T. P deme what thei seyn Q. 1
thing of horde Q.
r Om. r. s a sittere y.
1 be the former
GMPQT. u For r. v Om.
OQT. w lere sx. x alle men
Q.

b But A. c Om. R pr. m. d that

is, reuelacioun K marg. e Om. e. f Om. Ab
pr. m. S two i pass.
h
parties IK.
'
be it doon K marg. k ether ca. Om. k pr. m.
' m another k. n alle
profecie K.
and k pr. m. P alle men K sec.m. 1 I teche in H. r Om. R. s Om. R. * husbondis at hoome R.
 366 I. CORINTHIANS. XIV. 33 XV. 6.

33 ben sugetis? to prophetis z ; sothli a God thing to a womman to speke in chirche".

is not of dissencioun, but of pees ; as b Whether 'of 3ou the word of
v
God cam 36
and c in alle chirchis of hooly men I teche d . forth w , or to* 3ou aloone it cam? If 37
ony man
e
34
Wymmen in chirchis be stille ; sothli seyn to be a prophete, or
is

it is not suffrid to hem for f

to speke, but spiritual, knowe he tho thingis^ that Y
35 for f to be suget, as the la we seith. For- write to 3ou, for tho ben the comaunde-
soth? if thei wolen ony thing lerne, at mentis of the Lord. And if ony man 38
h
horn axe thei her hosebondis ; forsoth' it vnknowith, he schal be vnknowun.
is foul thingk to 1 worn man form to speke 2
'Therfor, britheren , loue 36 to prophe-39
36 in chirche 11
. Whether of 3ou the word of cie, arid nyle 36 forbede to speke in

God cam forth, or to 3011 aloone it cam ? tungis. But be alle thingis don onestli,40
37 If ony man is seyn for to be a prophete, and bi due ordre in 3ou.
'or spiritual P, knowe he thoi thingis that
Iwryte to 3ou, for thei r ben the co-
38 maundementis of the Lord. Forsothe if
ony man vnknowith, he schal be vn-
39 knowen. 'And so 8 bretheren, loue 36 for1 ,

to prophecie, and nyle 30 forbede for u to

v
Forsoth be w
40 speke in tungis . alle thingis

don honestli x , and vp? ordre inz 3oua .

CAP. XV. CAP. XV.

1
Sotheli, britheren, I make the gospel 'Sotheli, britheren*, Y make the gospel i

knowun which I haue prech-

to 3ou, 'the b
knowun to 3ou, which Y haue prechid to
id to 3ou, the c
which and 36 han takun, in b
3ou,the which han takun, in which
also 36
2 which and d d c
36 stonden, by which and 30 3e stonden, also bi which 30 schulen be 2
ben e saued sauyd 'bi which resoun Y haue prech-
e
by which resoun I haue
; ;

prechid to 3ou, if 30 hoolden, if 36 han not id to 3ou, if f 36 holder^, 'if 36 han not

sbileuyd ydeli. Forsoth f I bitook to 3ou bileuyd ideli

h
For Y bitook to 3011 at 3
.

in the firste that thing 'that and? I took h ; the bigynnyng that thing which also Y
k
for' Crist was deed for oure synnes, vp 1 haue resseyued that Crist was deed for
;

4 the scriptures; and for" he was biried, and 1

oure synnes, bi the' scripturis; and that 4
for " he roos ajen in" the thridde day, vp
1
he was biried, and that he roos 33611 in
5 the? scripturisand fori he was seyn to; the thridde dai, after scripturis; and that 5
T
Cephas, *that is, Petre , and aftir 'this he was seyn to Cephas, and aftir these
3
aftirward' he was k
o
thing to enleuene ; thingis to enleuene; aftirward he was e
seyn to mo
than fyue huridrid britheren seyn to
1
mo
than fyue hundrid britheren
to gidere, of the" whiche manye dwellen togidere, of whiche manye lyuen 3it, but

z and comynyng with other a forwhi y.

y
soget y. prophetis, eche mehely lernynge of other Q.
b and as WXY. c Om. AG pr.m. NTWXY. d e for y. Om. sx. {
B For y pr.m.
preche GMPQT.
h
hosebondis,yet//i/*w/ in the Lord Q. i
for y. k Om. o. '
to a AMNOpQSTyxY. a G. m Om. s. n the
chirche GMNPQT. Om. x. P Om. sx. 1 the o. r tho y. s Therfore y. * Om. sx. v Om. NSX.
v
tungis, myche more for[be~]de y not prophetis Q.
w *
thing N. honestly with pees g. y after g. bi
due y. z among o. a g.
b which y. that x. c Om. x. d Om. K. e schulen be r.
jou bifore seyde
f For y. K which also y. h k is x.
bytoke, of the Holy Cost myth outen feynynge g. that y.
i

1
after Gwpgr. bi y. m that y. n Om. OT. after GMOPQT. bi F. P Om. MPQ. Q that r. r Om.

u Om. K.
KOX. thinges Nyx.
s these * and afterwarde o.

the chirche xbg sec. m. ko/3. ' Om. i. w fort h of jou i. * of k. Om. R * Om.
y pr. m. i.
a Britheren Bretheren sothli i sec.m. b Om. and Om. R. d which
EKMQRUxabeghkoa. Eiga.
<:
also a.
also H. e bi resoun of whiche saluacioun thouj I i. f but i. S holden it i. h han bileeued
36
in '
Om, k after K. 1
veyn i. i.
yseyn a.
 XV. 723- I. CORINTHIANS. 367

'til to }it w, forsothe summe x han slepte, summe ben deed aftirward he was seyn
;

for dyede? ; he was seyn to aftirward to James, and aftirward to alle the 7
s James, aftirward to alle apostlis
z
For- .
apostlis. And last of alle he was seyn 8
soth at the laste of alle, he was seyn and a also to me, as to a deed" borun child.
9 to me, as to a mysborn child. Forsoth b
I For Y am the leste of apostlis , that am 9
am the leeste of apostlis, that am not not worthi to be clepid apostle, for Y
worthi for c to be clepid apostle, for I pursuede the chirche of God. But bi 10

lopursuede the chirche of God. Forsothe the grace of God

that thing that Y am
by the grace of God, I am that thing that Y am; and his grace was? not voide in
1 am ;
and grace was not voyde, 'or
his me. For Y
trauelide more plenteuously
A
ydel , in me. But I trauelide more plen- than alle thei ; but not Y, but the grace
teuously than alle thei ; forsoth not I, but of God with me. But whether Y, orn
H the grace of God with me. Sothli whe- thei, so we han prechid, and so 301 han
ther I, whether thei, so we han prechid, bileuyd. And if Crist is prechid, that 12
12 and so 3e e han bileuyd. Forsoth if Crist he roos a3en fro deeth, hou seien sum-
is he roos a3en fro deed
prechid, that men among 3ou, that the a3enrisyng of
hous 'summe 1 h k
deed men is not ? And if the a3enrisyng 13
spiritis , seyn 'in 3011', for
the ajen rysinge of deed men is not ?
1
of deed men is not, nethir Crist roos a3en
is Forsoth if the a3en rysinge of deed men fro deeth. And if Crist roos not, oure 14
H is not, nether Crist roos". Sothli if Crist preching is veyn, oure feith is veyn. And 15

roos not, oure prechinge is veyn, oure we ben foundun false witnessis of God,
is feith is veyn. Forsoth and we ben found for we han seid witnessyng a3ens God,
fals witnessis of God, for we han seyd that he reiside Crist, whom he reiside
witnessynge a3ens God, that he reyside not, if deed men risen not a3en. For- 16

Crist,whom he reiside not, if deed men whi if deed men risen not a3en, nether

lerysen not a3en. Forwhy if deede men Crist roos a3en ; and if Crist roos not 17

rysen not a3en, nether Crist roosP ajen ; a3en, oure feith is veyn; and 3it 36 ben
17 that if Crist roos not a3en, oure feith is in 3oure synnes. And thanne thei that is
r
veyn 1
; forsoth 3it 3oure
36 ben in han diede in Crist, han perischid. If in 19

iBsynnes
5
. Therefore and 85 thei that slep- this life oneli we ben hoping in Crist,
ten e , 'or u in Crist v 'han w we ben more wretchis than alle men.
dyeden , , perischid .

19 If in this lyf oonly we ben hopinge in But now Crist roos r a3en fro deth, the 20
Crist, we ben more wrecchis than alle firste fruit of deed men for deeth teas bi 21 ;

20 men. Now
forsoth Crist roos a3en, \fro a man, and bi a man is a3enrisyng fro s

deede men*, the firste fruytis of slepyngey deth. And as in Adam alle men dien,22
21 men, 'or deyinge*; for sothli 'bye a man so in Crist alle men schulen be quyk-
deeth a , and bye a man b 33611 rysinge of enyd. But ech man in his ordre; the 23
22 deed men c . And as in Adam alle men firste fruit, Crist, afterward thei that ben
d
deyen so and e in Crist alle men schulen of Crist, that bileueden in the
,
comyng
23 be quykenyd. Ech man forsothe in his of Crist; aftirward an ende, whanne he 24
ordre f ; first fruytisK, Crist ", aftirward thei 1
schal bitake the kyngdom to God and to

w to nowe to * summe nitnessis in the same y Om. x.

o.
feithful in that byleue Q.
jit byleue Q.
2 the GMPT. a Om. G m. MNPQT. b For v. c Om. sx. & Om. ox.
apostlis pr. we o.
Om. x. 8 Om. o. h
sayn summe GMPQT. seien in 3011 summen K.
{ '
Om. y. k that or. l Om. sx.
m Om. s. n roos
ajen v.
o Om. o. P roos not w. q T for v. s
voyde o. synnys, not tromynge
his vprisynge o. s Om. v. * o. u Om. NOX. " w
dyeden Crist, that is, in his feith o. perish-
eden x. " Om. x. J
dying o. z Om. ox. a deth was bi a man r. b ma'n is r. c Om. .v.
d dieden N. e Om. t
ordre, or dignyte o.K. g fruyt is K. frujtis of men skpingt, or diynge K.
h
Crist, for he rvorthely hath thejlrsle and moost dignite Q.

m Om. n ether
mysborn K marg. the apostlis we r Om.
s
b. a. P is IQ. 1 B. hath risen i.

k pr. m.
 368 I. CORINTHIANS. XV. 2437.
k
1
that ben of Crist, that bileueden in the the fadir, whanne he schal auoide al
1

'
1
24 comynge of Crist aftirward an ende, ; princehod, and power, and vertu. But 25
whanne he schal bitake the kyngdom to it bihoueth
hym to regne, til he putte
God and to the fadir, whanne he schal alle hise enemyes vndur hise feet. And" 26
m al and and at the laste, deth the eriemye schal be
auoyde princehede, power,
25vertu. Sothli it bihoueth him for" to distried; for v he hath maad suget alle
regne, he putte alle his enemyes vn-
til thingis vndur hise feet. And w whanne 27
aedir his feet. Forsoth at the laste, the he seith, alle thingis ben suget to hym,

enemy deeth schal be distroyed ; forsoth? with outen doubt outakun hym that suget-
he hath maad suget alle thingis vndir ide alle thingis to hym. And" whanne 28
z
27 his feet. Forsoth whanne he seith, alle alle thingis ben^ suget to hym, thanne the

thingis ben sugetisi to him, withouten sorie hym silf schal be suget* to hym, that
v

doute out taken him that sugettide alle made alle thingis suget b to hym, that
28 thingis to him. Sothli whanne alle thingis God be alle thingis in alle thingis. Ellis 29
schulen be sugef to hym, thanne he* the what schulen thei do, that ben baptisid
*
sone f schal be suget to hym, that sugettide for deed* men, if in no wise deed men that is, for
deedly synnes,
alle thingis to him, that God be alle risen 33611 ? wherto ben thei baptisid that ten deede

2
thingis in alle thingis. Ellis what schulen for hem? And wherto ben we in perel so which"' tobe

euery our? Ech dai Y dief for

d
thei don, that ben baptysid for deede souresi ;vaachenawey
is res-
'

baptim
men", if in al manere deede men rysen fflorie. britheren which glorie Y haue
e
,
f
eeyued. Lt re
here. ve.
so not a3en v? Wherto and we ben in perel in Crist Jhesu oure Lord. If aftir man 32 1 that is> sette

si euery hour ? Ech day I deie w for 3oure Y haue fointen to beestis at Efesi, what >e forth to the
perds of deth,
x
glorie, britheren, the which glorie>'
I haue profiti th me, if deed men risen not for
it to joure glorie.
and for glorie
32 in 'Crist Jhesu oure Lord z . If vp a man 33611 1 Jiite we, and
drynke we, tor we to he gete in
I haue fou3te to beestis at Epheci, what 1'
schulen die to morewe. Nyle 36 be dis-33^.
'profitith it to me, if deede men rysen not
c for yuel spechis distrien good
seyued ;
JJt

ajen ? Ete' we, and drynke we, 'to mor-

1
thewis?. Awake 36, iuste men, and nyle
*
34 slnrie - The
Close here. re.
sswe forsoth we schulen deyee.
e f
Nyle je 36 do synne ; for summen han ignoraunce
be disseyued h ; forsoth' yuele spechis k co- of God, but to reuerencetT Y speke to 3ou. + that is > K>
jonre scliame.
rumpen, 'or distroyen , goode thewis, 'or
}
But summan seith, Hou schulen deed 35 Lire here. ve.

A* verities m . Awake" 36, iuste men ,

and men rise a3en, or in what maner bodi
nyle 3eP synne ; forsothe sunimei ban ig- schulen thei come? Vnwise man, that.
noraunce of God r to reuerence I speke ,
thing that thou sowist, is not quykened,
35 to 3ou
s
. But 'summan seith 1 , How schu- but it die first ; and that thing that thou 37
len deede men ryse a3en, or in what sowist, 'thou sowist^ not the bodi that is

36 maner body schulen thei come ? Vnwyse" to cotnebut a nakid corn, as llh of whete,
1
',

man, that thing thatv thou sowist, is not or of sum me othere seedis; and God^n
w x
svquykenyd, no but it deie first; and that 3yueth to it a bodi, as he wole, and to
thing} that thou sowist, not the body that ech of seedis a propir bodi. Not ech;w

'
into Q. k his
Q.
m voiden x. n Om. sx.
Q.
l
Om. Om. x. P for r. 1 suget jnnxr. sogetid s.
r
sugetted o. sone s Om.
himself v.r. u *
thingis r. v
ajen ? wherto and [also r] ben thei baptised
w
for hem ? xr. dye, or am in perel of deth Q.
* Om. v. y Om. sx. z oure Lord Jh. Xt. A".
a b beest o. c d
vp aftir N. aftir v. beestis, or ayin beestis Q. profet is it o. %if it be so, ete v.
e Om. r. h
(
forsothe, or hastily Q. for r. g dije to morewe r.
disceyued lyfals lechinge g.
'
for
whi v. k
spechis, or false doclryne Q.
1
Om. ox. m qfverlues K. Om. OA'. n Wake sx. Om. x.
P ;e do r. 1 summen v. r
God, not bileuytige that Crist ros g. s
jou, that je schame to consente to
hem thai byleuen not g. * sum men seyen u O! vnwise x. v at o. w not G * but
o. pr. m. Oni. x.
if x. y Om. N.

t the b. u Forsothe k. v forsothe k w Forsothe k. Sotheli k. y schulen be k. z sugettid R.

pr.m.
a b d And e Om. k
sugettid B. suget alle thingis IQ.
c
wey I. britheren, ech k pr. m. pr. m.
f the

\vhiche i. S thingis k. SS Om. A pr. m. h come thou sowist not A m. hh Qm. k.

pr.
 XV. 38 Si. I. CORINTHIANS. 369

is to come thou sowist, but a nakid corn, same fleisch, but oon is of
fleisch is the
a b
seas of whete, or of sum z
of the othir ;
for- men, another is of beestis, another is
sothe God ^yueth
a body as he wole, to it of briddis, an othere of' fischis. And40
and to ech of seedis the c propre body. 'heuenli bodies ben*, and 'ertheli bodies
so Not ech fleisch the d same fleisch 6 but'for- ben but oon glorie
]

, ; is of heuenely
f h and anothir
sothe anothir ofs men, anothir sothli of bodies, is of ertheli. An4i
beestis, anothir forsothe of* briddis, an- othere m clerenesse is of the sunne, an-
4oothir k of fischis. And heuenly bodyes ,
1
othere clerenesse is of the moone, and
and ertheli bodyes" 1

; but forsothe anothir anothere clerenesse is of stems" ; and a

n sterre fro a sterre
glorie of heuenli bodies, anothir forsoth dyuersith in clere-
41 of ertheliP. Anothir clerenesse of"i the nesse. And so the a3enrisyng of deed 42
r
sunne, anothir clerenesse of the mone, men. It is sowun in corrupcioun, it
and anothir clerenesse of the" sterris ;
8 1 schal rise in vncorrupcioun ; it is sowun 43
forsothe a sterre diuersith fro a sterre in vnnoblei, it schal rise in glorie ; it is
42 in clerenesse. So and the v a3en rysinge sowun in infirmyte, it schal rise P in
of w deede men. It is sowun in corup- vertu ; it is sowun ai beestly bodi, it 44
"

43cioun, itschal ryse in vncorupcioun ; it is schal rise 1 a s spiritual bodi. If ther is

sowun in vnnobley, it schal ryse in glorie; a beestli bodi, ther is also a spiritual
it is sowun it schal in infirmyte,
ryse in bodi; as it is writun, The firste man 45
44 vertu sowun
a beestly body, it schal
it is Adam was maad in to a soule lyuynge, t that is, men
; J o ' jouen to nescn-
ryse a spiritual body. If there is a beestly the laste Adam in to a spirit quyken- lyimtis,
. uices and de-
x But
body, ther is and a spiritual body ; as it ynge. the firste is not that that 1 is46Hces. urehere
45 is writun, The firste man Adam is? maad spiritual, but that that is beestlich, aftir- here. ve.'

in to a soule lyuynge, the z

laste Adam in ward that that is spiritual. The firste 47
^^ffhat
46 to a spirit quykenynge. But not first man of erthe is ertheii the secounde man w rkis of the
; jf> .f
flescn, as ben
3
that that b
is c
spiritual, but that that is of heuerie is heuerielich u . Such as the48 the wombe and
, . .
, , leccherie. The
c
beestlich, aftirward that that is spiritual. ertheli man
such ben the ertheli men;
is, close here, -

47 The firste man d of erthe, ertheli e the se- ;

and such as the heueneli man is, suche
4scunde man f of heuene, heuenli^. What 1'
ben .also the. heueneli men. Therfor
maner the ertheli man', suchJ the k ertheli we han bore the ymage of the ertheli stondenthe
cornpcioun of
men and what maner the heuenli man
;
1
, man, bere we also the ymage of the fleschand of
i_ i-v T> -it. ir ii_- ii blood; this cor-
49 such the heuenli men. Therfore as we han heuenli Britheren, Y seie this thing, 50 rupcioun
.
sch

born the ymage of the" ertheli man, bere that fleischf and blond moun not welde
'"" the s " h '
so we and the
of the" heuenly. Bri-
ymage the kyngdom of God, nethir corrupcioun
theren, I seye this thing, for? fleisch and schal welde vncorrupcioun. Lo! Y seie si there vncor-be
flesch schal
. .
A
blood mown'' not welde the kyngdom of hooh And i

God 1
", nethir corupcioun schal weelde in-
to 5ou priuyte of
we ii-
schulen rise a3en, but not alle we he
thingis.
i
alle mptiUe. The
Close here, re-

51 corupcioun
8
. Lo ! I seye to 3ou mysterie', schulen be chaungidi; in a moment, in w 52 <3"*- ^
J to the state .

"or priuyte", of hooly

thingis. Forsothe the twynklyng of an 136, in the laste of glorie. L\re
. , and the Close
alle we v schulen ryse a3en, but not alle we trumpe ; tor the trumpe schal sowrie, and here. ve.

z Om. v. a Om. v. b othere sedis NFIV sec. m. c a o. d is the T sec. m. v, e Om. s pr. m.
{ oone T. is of TV. h is of v .
i
is of Vf k an other forsothe GMPQSTX. l
bodies ben v. m bodies
ben v. n ;s of r o is o f v p 1 is of v. r is of s Om. GMNOPQT. t is of
_ .
erthly bodyes or. v. r.
n Om. A m. GMPSTVWXY. v Om. r w x Om. and the MP. was
r was *
sec.
pr. m. fro GT. K. v.
b Om. a. at o d man, or e is t
that body o. pr. m. at o pr. m. body Q. eerthly r. man, or spirit Q.
e heuenlich r.
is h That what w. >
man is r. i suche ben r. k and the K. and s. man is r. 1

m and the N. ben also the v. ">

Om. N. Om. KY. P that v. q may o. r
God, to a flelschely
kede be purgid o. " Om. oj:. v Om. G
vncorrupcioun v passim.
s t
priuite o. pr.m. we, bolhe
good and yuel o.

'
of Eiak.
is k ther ben heuenli bodies i. '
ther ben ertheli bodies i. m And another ab. n the
sterrisA pr. m. Eh pr. m. k/3. arise H. P arise R. 4 in a k. r arise R. s in a k pr. m. ' Om.
k pr. m. " heueneli flk. v
heuenly man la sec. m. marg.
w of b.
VOL. IV. 3 B
 370 I. CORINTHIANS. XV. 52 XVI. 6.

saschulen be inchaungid w ; in a moment, deed men

schulen rise a3en, with oute
in x they smytinge of an y^e, in the laste corrupcioun, and we schulen be chaung-
trumpe* ; forsoth the trumpe schal synge, id. For it byhoueth this corruptible 53
and deede men "that ben a 'in Crist b schulen thing to clothe vncorrupcioun, and this
incorupt, and we
c
ryse 33611, 'the firste deedli thing to putte awei vndeedlinesse.
53 schulen be inchaungid d Forsoth 8 it by- . But whanne this deedli thing schal 54
houeth this coruptible thiug f clothes in- clothe vndeedlynesse, thanne schal the
h word be doon,
corupcioun, and this deedly thing for to that is writun, Deth is

Forsothe whanne in Deth, where isss

1
54 clothe vndeedlynesse. sopun vp victorie.

this deedly thing schal clothe vndeedly- thi victorie ? Deth, where is thi pricke ?

nesse, thanne schal be maad k the word But the pricke of deth is synne ; and sc,
that writun, Deeth
1 m the vertuf of synne is the lawe. But 57 f that is, en-
is is sopun vp in
do we thankyngis to God, that 3af to
55 victorie". Deeth, wher is
so Deeth, wher is thi pricke ?
thi victorie ?
Forsoth the vs victorie bi oure Lord Jhesu Crist, whanne the
%*
lawe was ;oueu,
pricke of deeth is synne ; forsoth the? Therfore, my dereworthe britheren, be 5S fleschu coueitise
57vertu of synne is lawe. Forsoth thank- and vnmouable, beynge plen-
3e stidefast, and trespassing

ingis toi God, that jaf to vs victorie by teuouse in werk of the Lord, euere more "he'iawe in
x
cure Lord Jhesu Crist, 'that was deed r witynge that 3oure trauel is not idel in
s
ss' for vs . 'And so', my dereworthe bri- the Lord. synne, no but
the Holy Gost
u and vnmouable,
thereri, 'be je stidefast sprede abrood
charite. The
beynge plentenous in work of the Lord, Close here, re-
herslnge Aits-
euermore witynge that 3oure v trauel is
lyn. ve.
not ydel in the Lord.

CAP. XVI. CAP. XVI.

i Forsothe of the collectis, gader- or w But of the gaderyngis>" of money that i

ingis* of moneye, that ben maad in to ben maad in to seyntis, as Y ordeynede

2

seyntis, as Y ordeyned in the chirchis? of in the chirchis of Galathie, so also do 30

z
aGalathi, so and do je by oon of the o dai of the wouke. of 3ou kepe 2 Ech
woke. Ech of 3011 kepe, or* leye vp, at at" hym silf, kepynge that that plesith
b
hym silf, kepinge that that 'schal plese
c
to him, that whanne come, the gader- Y
to him, that not whanne I schal come, yngis* not maad. And whanne Ys
ben b
d
3 thanne be maad collectis . Forsothe schal be present, whiche men 36 preuen,
whanne I schal be present, whom e 30 Y schal sende hem bi epistlis to bere
schulen proue epistlis, bi hem I schal 3oure grace in to Jerusalem. That if4
sende for f to perfytly bere 3oure grace in it
c
be worthi that also Y go, thei schulen
4 to Jerusalem. For* if it schal be worthi go with me. But Y schal come to 3ou,5
that and I go, thei schulen goh with me. whanne Y schal passe bi Macedonye ;

5 Sothli I schal come to

3ou, whanne I schal for whi Y schal passe bi Macedonye.

passe by Macedonye ; forwhi I schal passe But perauenture Y schal dwelle at 3ou,6
6 by Macedonye. Sothli' perauenture I or also dwelle the wynter, that and d 30

w v. * and N. y a z
of trumpe G pr.m. trump, alle men shulen rise Q.
o. Om. a
chaungid
G pr. m. v. b Om. v. c Om. NT. d e For v, t e for to clothe vw.
chaungid v. thyng, or body Q.
to clothin x. h Om. sx. >
vnclothe v. k made, or 1 m
fulfillid Q. Deth, of body Q. soupid GMPQT.
n Om. o. P Om. MOQVW. 1 rve omen to Q. r Om.
victorie, that in general resurrection Q.
is, sv.
8Om. v. u beth x. v oure G w or *
of the N. Om. x.
*
Therfore v. pr. m. MPQT. gederynge o.
Om. x. y chirche o. z oon
day G sec. m. Q. oo day r. a and x. b at o. Om. w. c
plesith y.
d e whiche men v. f Om. sx. h Om. G
gederynges o. 8 That v. m. But r. pr.
'

* oure k. y gaderinge k pr. m. z haue anentis i. a K. b be R

ordeyned nho/3. gadryng
c I d Om. A sec. m.
Q. CEIKQRUXD pr.m. cghkoa/3.
 XVI. 7 I. CORINTHIANS. 371

schal dwelle at 3011, or also dwelle by lede me whidir euere Y schal go. And 7
wyntir, that and 36 lede me whidir euere Y wole not now se 3ou in my passyng,
7 1 schal
go. Sothli I wole not now se 3011 for Y hope to dwelle with 3011 awhile,
in passynge, forsolhe I hope 'sum
k
what 1
if the Lord schal suffre. But Y schal s
of tyme for"1 to dwelle at 3011, if God" dwelle at Efesi, 'til to e Witsuntide. For 9
s schal suffre. Forsoth I schal dwelle at a grete dore and an opyn is openyd to
9
Effecy, til to Witsuntide. SothliP a greet me, and many aduersaries. And if Thi- 10
dore and r
euident, 'or opyn^, is openyd to mothe come, he be with out
se 36 that
10 me, and manye aduersaries
s
. Sothli if drede with 3011, he for
worcheth the
Tymothe schal corne, se 36 that he' be werk of the Lord, as Y. Therfor noil
withoute drede at u 3011, for he worchith man dispise hym but lede 3e f hym forth
;

11 the work of the Lord, as and I. Therfore in pees, that he come to me; for Y abide
no man dispise him forsoth v lede 36 him w ; hym with britheren. But, britheren, Y 12
in pees, that he come to me forsoth* I ; make knowun to 3ou of Apollo, that Y
i2abyde hym with britheren. Forsoth, bri- preiede him myche, that he schulde come
theren, I make knowun to 3011 of Apollo, to 3ou, with britheren. But it was not
for? I preiede hym moehe, that he schulde his willeto come now; but he schal
come to 3011, with britheren. And sothli come, whanne he schal haue leiser.

it was not his wille, 'that he schulde

z
Walke and stonde 36 in the feith 13
36, ;

3
come now; forsoth he schal come, whanne do 36 manli, and be 36 coumfortid in the
is it schal be able
b
to hym c Wake d 36, and . Lord, and be alle 3oure thingis don in u
e f
'stonde 3e in the feith do 30 manly, and ; charite. And, britheren, Y biseche 3ou, is
u'be 36? coumfortid in the Lord, and be alle 36 knowen the hous of StephanS, and of
is3oure thingis don in charite. Forsothe, Fortunati, and Acaicy, for thei ben the
britheren, I beseche 3ou, 36 han' knowen 1
firstefruytis of Acaie, and in to myn-
the hous of Stheuene, the 1
womman*, and ystrie of seyntis thei han ordeyned hem
of Fortunati, and Acaye , for thei ben the 1
that also 36 be sugetis to suche, and 16
silf ;

firste fruytis of Acaye, and in to mynys- to ech worchynge togidere and trauel-
terie m of seyntis thei han ordeyned hem ynge. For Y
haue ioie in the presence of 17
ifisilf that and 30 be sugettis to such, and
; Stephan, and of
1'
Fortunate, and Acaici ;

to ech worchinge to gidere and for thei filliden that thing that failide is
trauelinge.
17 Forsothe I enioye n in the presence of to 3ou ; for thei han refreischid bothe

Stheuene, ^tke womman", and of Fortu- my spirit and 3oure. Therfor knowe 36
nate, and AcayeP; for thei fulfilliden '
that hem, that ben suche maner men. Alle 19

is
thing that faylide to 3ou ; forsoth r thei the chirchis of Asie greten 3ou wel.
han and" my spirit and 3oure.
'fulfillid Aquila and Prisca, with her homeli
Therfore knowe 36 hem, that ben suche chirche, greten 3ou myche in the Lord,
lomaner men*. Alle the* chirehis" of Asye at the whiche also Y am herborid. Alle 20
v
greeten 3ou wel. Aquyla and Prisca bretheren greten 3ou wel. Grete 30 wel
greeten 3ou moche in the Lord, at 'the togidere in hooli cos. My gretyng bi2i
whichew and 1 I am herborid, 'with her Poulis hoond. If ony man loueth not 22

20 homely chirche?. Alle britheren greeten cure Lord Jhesu Crist, be he cursid,

k for v. 1
in sumwhat K pr.m. bi sumwhat
Lord v. v. m
Om. x. P For whi v.Ona. ax. n the
1 or opyn, or the herte of many hereris o. Om. x. r Om. o. aduersarie Q. * 36 v. u amongis o. open x.
9
v but r. w him forth v. * For r. J that v. * for to v. a but r. b voide G sec. m. Q. c
hym, or not
d Walke r. e stondith x. f Om.
Om. v. i a w. Om. x. k Om. x.
anaile Q. MPQ. S be r. ben x. >

1
Acaici v. n n haue ioie r. Om. opr.m. MPQTX. P Acaici v. 1 filleden r. * for v.
mysterie QXY.
>

" refreschid bothe r. 8 Om. x. * Om. rrxv. u churche N. v Prisca, with her
homly chirche r.
w whom GMNPQT. * Om. G y Om. r.
pr. m. MPT.

e vnto i.
f Om. b. K this Stephan was a tvomman ANCO.
Stephan, the tvomman cxe. this rvas a mom-
man Eg. that rvas a tvomman K marg. Stephan mas a niomman k. h Om. A.

3 B 2
 372 I. CORINTHIANS. XVI. a i
24.

3011 wel. Greeteth z 36 wel to gidere in Maranatha'. The grace of oure Lord 23
21
hooly coss
3
My greetynge b by Poulis
. Jhesu Crist be with }ou. My charite 24
22hond c
If ony man loue d not oure Lord
. be with 3ou alle in Crist Jhesu k oure
Jhesu Crist, be he cursid, Maranatha, "that Lord. Amen.
23 is, the corny nge of the Lord*.
in The
grace of oure Lord Jhesu Crist be with
243ou. charite beMy
with 3ou alle in Crist
Jhesu oure Lord. Amen.
Here endith the firste pistle to Co-
Here
endith the firste pistle to Co- rynthies, and bigynneth the prologe on
rinthis, and now bigynneth the prolog to the secunde pistle to Corinthies 1
.

the secunde 1 .

2
Grete AGMNOPQSTVWXY. a b
cosse, shewynge eche to other tokene of hertly loue <j. gretyiige i*
c d loueth OF. e Om. G MPT. that
nirilen,or sente to y>u Q. hond, that y knome it to be of hym Q. pr. m,
is, to the cominge of the Lord G sec. in. first pistle to the Corynthies, and now bi-
{ Here endith the

gynneth the secounde. A. Here endith thejirst pistil to Corynthis, and bigynneth the prolog on the secunde
pistil. N. Here eendelh thejirst epistil to Corinthies, and bygynneth the prologe of the secound epistel to
the same Here endeth the jirste pistle to the Corynthyes, and bygynneth the secounde pistle
Corinthies. o.
to the Corinthies. Q. Here endith the firste pistle to Corinthis, and here bigynneth the prologe up the
secundfto Corinlheis. r. Here eendith the Jirst pistle to Corinthis, and bigynneth the prolog to fore the
epistle of the secunde Corinthis. w. No final rubric in GMPSTXY.

Maranatha, that is, in the comyng of the Lord AEI marg. KQ marg. sec.m. xabcegko. Maranatha, that
1

k Om. k. From ciaiabhko. Here eendelh the firste pistle to Corinthies ;

day of' doom R.
'
is, in the
se now a prologe on the secunde pistle to Corinthies. K. Here endith the firste pistle to Corynthies, and
bigynneth the prolog on the secunde. QC. Here endith the firste pistle to Corinthes, and here bigynneth a
prologe on the secounde. x. Here eendith the firste Corinthies, and biginneth the prologe on the ij. e.
Here endith the first pistil, and bigynneth the prologe on ij. of Corinthies. g. No final rubric in AEKU.
 II. CORINTHIANS.

Prolog to the secunde pistle to Co- Jeroms prologe on the secounde epistle

rinthijs*. to Corinthes*.

AFTIR penaunce don b ,

a comfortable AFTERb penaunce doon, Poul writith to

pistle
c
hem fro Troade, by
he wrytith to Corynthies a pistle of coumfort fro Tro-
Tite and preisynge hem he counceilith
; ade, bi Titus ; and he preisith hem, and
v
to betre, schewynge hem y sorow kl d but ,
excitith c to betere thingis, and schewith,
sothli amendid 6 . that thei weren maad sori, but amendid.

Ende of the prolog; bigynnynge the Jerom in his prolog on this pistle seith
f
secunde pistle . this*.

The secunde epistle to Corintkijss. Here bigynneth the secounde pistle to

Corynthies*.

CAP. I. CAP. I.

1 Poul, apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi the Poul, apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi thei
wille of God, and Tymothe, brothir, to wille of God, and Tymothe, brothir, to
the chirche of God that is at Corinthi, the chirche of God that is at Corinthi,
with seyntis that ben in al Acaye,
alle with alle seyntis that ben in al Acaie,

2 grace to jou, and pees of God cure fadir, grace to 3ou, and pees of God oure fadir 2
sand of the Lord Jhesu Crist. Blessid be^ and of the Lord Jhesu Crist. Blessid a
God and fadir' of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, be God and the fadir of oure Lord Jhe-
fadir of mercies, and God of al comfort, su Crist, fadir of mercies, and God of al
or solace*, that coumfort, which coumfortith vs in al4
1
4'
1
comfortith" vs 'in al"

a
Prologe s. The prolougus of the ij. Corinthies. Y. No initial rubric in KOVW. No prologue in AG
MPQX. In N of the later version. b ido o. idon v. c d sorewid s.
epistil svw.
e amend K.
f Here eendith the and the secound to Corinthies. o. Here eendeth the prolog,
prologe, bygynneth epislel
and bigynneth the secunde epistle, w. No final rubric in srv. e From MP. No initial rubric in
AGKNOQSTVWXY. h Om. x. '
the fader sr x. k Om. ox. 1 which v. m coumfortide e.
D alle in AT.

a From E. The
prolog of the secunde pistil. N. A
prolog on the pistle to Corinthies. H. The prologe on
the secunde epistle to the Corinthies. T pr.m. Prologus T sec.m. A
prologe on the secounde pistil to [the f]
Coryntkis. uf. No
initial rubric in ciKMQXa. b For A. c exciteth hem K. d Here endith the
prologe,
and biginnith the pistle. I. Jerom in his prologe seith al this. K. Jerom in his p. on this epistil siiynge
seitk this sentence. N. Jerom in his p. on this epistle, seith pleynli al this. Q. Heere eendith the prolog, and
bigynneth the ij. pistle to Corinthies. R. This seilh Jerom in his prolog on the ij. pistle. u. Jerom in his
p. on this secounde pistle to Corinthis, seith this. x. Jerom in his prolog seith thus. a. Jerom in his pro-
loge on this pistle. b. Jerom in his p. on this pistle seilh thus. k. final rubric in BTef. e Poul to No
Corinthies. B. Here biginnetk the firste pistil to the Corinthes. a. initial rubric in the other Mss.
ij.
No
 374 II. CORINTHIANS. I. 5 14.

oure tribulacioun, that and we mown oure tribulacioun, that also we moun
comforte hem, that ben in al pressure , 'or coumforte hem, that ben in al diseese, bi
by
ouerleyinge?, the*! exortacioun r ,
W the monestyng bi which also we ben

monestynge*, by which and we ben rno- monestid of God. For as the passiouns 5
snestid of God. For as* the passiouns of of Crist ben plenteuouse in vs, so also bi
Crist ben plenteuous in vs, so and by Crist Crist oure coumfort is plenteuouse. And e
e oure coumfortplenteuous. Forsoth wher
is whether we ben in tribulacioun, for 3oure
we ben trowblid v , 'or pursuwed w , for
u tribulacioun and heelthe, ethir we ben

3oure techinge and helthe, ethiry we ben

x z
coumfortid, for 3oure coumfort, ethir we
comfortid, for" 3oure comfort, ethir we
b
ben monestid, for 3oure monestyng and
ben monestid, forc 3oure monestinge and heelthe. Which worchith in 3ou the suf-
heelthe. The d which worchith in 3ou the fring of the same passiouns, whiche 'we
6
suffryng of the same passiouns, the whiche also b suffren, that oure hope be sad for?
7 and we suffren, that oure hope be sadd 3011 ; witynge for as 36 ben felowis of
for 3ou; witynge for as 36 ben felowis of f passiouns, so 36 schulen ben also d of
passiouns, so 36 schulen be and of comfort. coumfort. For, britheren, thats we wolen
8 Forsothe^, britheren
h
we wolen 'not 3ou ,
36 wite of oure tribulacioun, that was
for' to vnwite k of oure tribulacioun, that don in Asie ; for ouer manere we weren
is
1
don in Asye; for ouer maner we ben m greued ouer my3t, so that it anoiede vs,

greuyd aboue vertu", 'or my^te ,

so that 3he, to lyue. But we in vs silf haddeng
o it anoyjedeP vs, 3he, fort to lyue. But r we answere of deth, that we truste not in
vs, but in God that reisith deed men.
s 1
silf in vs silf hadden answere" of deeth,
that we be not tristirige in vs v silf"', but Which delyuerede vs, and delyuerith fro 10

10 in God that reysith x deede men. They so grete perelis, in to whom we hopen,
z
which delyuerede vs, 'and delyuereth fro also 3it f he schal delyuere, whiles alson
so a greet perelis, in to b whom we hopen, 36 helpen in preier for vs; that of the
11 for and 3it he schal delyuere, 'helpynge persones of many faces* of that 3yuyng * that
is, of

and c 3ou d in prayere for vs ; that of the that in vs, thankyngis ben don for vs
is e
"* d
persoones of manye faces of that 3yuynge bi many menf to God. For oure glorie 12

that is in 3ou e , by f manye parceneris^, is this, the witnessyng of oure con- Either of mZny
. fads; that is,
'graces, or thankyngis^, ben don to God science, that symplenesse and clen-
in of diuerse me-
/. /~i ii ,* /i>ii' f ritis and diuerse
12 for vs'. Forwhi oure glorie is this, the wit- nesse ot God, and not in rleischh wis- venues. The
Glo'e here - ve -
nessinge of oure conscience, that in sym- dom, but in the grace of God, we lyu-
k
t ty manye
eden in this world, but more" plenteu- men ; that is,
hi
plenesse arid clennesse of God, and not in
A j -i ,1 feithful men
oush to 3ou. And we wnten not othere 13 parceners Of
, .

fleischly wysdom, but in the grace of God,

we lyuen 1
in this world, forsoth more thingis to 3ou, than tho that 36 han red (hatisTauyn e
isplenteuously to" 3ou. Sothli we wryten
1
and knowe, and hope that in to the Y the same ' ifte
of feith which
not othere thingis", than tho that 30 han ende 30 schulen knowe, as also ?e han 14 is in us. The
Close here, ve,
rad and knowen, forsoth I hope that til knowe vs a parti ; for we ben 3oure
H to the ende 36 schulen knowe, as and 30 glorie, as also 36 ben oure' in the dai of

pressour M. Om. ox. 1 Om. o. r monestynge o. s Om. ox. t alle Q. u je Q. T turblid up.
P
in tribulacioun r. w Om. ox. or ben * y or x. z Om. GKMOTITXY.
pursued, it is r. exciting r.
a it is for r. b oure XY. c it is for v. d Om. r. e Om. r. { in o. S For whi r. h brether GT.
i
Om. sx. 'k not
jou for to vnknovven o. that je wite r. was r. m weren r. n Om.
'
myjte o.
G pr. in. MOPTX. P
anoye G pr. m. noi^idi- sx. Om. sx. r But and x. * oure silf
<1 Q. Om. r. vs
* oure u answer, or v oure GHPQ. w Om. r. * y Om. r.
self x. GMPQT. certeynle Q. reysed ow.
a the
z Oin. s.
GQTfrx. Om. s. b Om. G
pr. m.
c in G
pr. m. T. while also [je] helpen v. e us r. V|J

f be MP. with o. S parteners GMV. men r. h

gracis, or thankingis, ben don for us bi r. IhankesMPQT.
graces x.
*> Om. r. k of SWXY. l
lyueden r.
m / nr [i e to Q. n to jou r. in to NF. thingis

b also we IKK et c we d Om. e f and x.

alii. b. i
pr. m. mesure a sec. m. marg. S which k.
the more b pr. m. '
oure glorie h.
 I. 15 II. 2. II. CORINTHIANS. 375

han knowen vs of party; for we ben 3oure oure Lord Jhesu Crist. And in this is

glorie, 'and 36? oure in the day of oure tristyng

k
Y
wolde first come to 3ou, that
is Lord Jhesu Crist. And in this trist- 36 schulden haue the secounde grace, and i

nyngei I wolde firste come to 3011, that 30 passe bi 3ou in toMacedonye, and eft
i6hadden r the secunde grace 8, and 'that I fro Macedonye come to 3ou, and of 3ou
schulde* 'by 3011 passe" in to Macedonye, be led in to Judee. But whanne Y 17

and eft v fro Macedonye 'I schulde w come wolde this thing, whether Y vside vn-
to 3ou, and of 3011 be ledd in to Judee. stidfastnesse, ether tho thingis that Y
17 Forsoth x whanne I wolde this thing, wher thenke, Y thenke aftir the fleisch, that
tho thingis that I me be 1 11
and m not*? But is * and
I vside Ii3tnessey, or at , it is it is it

z f, , .
f ... iM; that is,
thenke, I thenke aftir the fleisch, that 'at God is trewe, for oure word that was at doubiineose and
nes8e ' Ltre
me be% 'is and not, or b rfie and nay c ? 3ou is and is not, is not ther ynne. but isf ^.
trewe d , for oure word 'the "risa.nd
is Forsoth God is is in For whi Jhesus Crist, the sone eitt
it.
not that a
\<>
; is,

which 6 was at 3011, 'ther is not in it

f
is prechid among ?ou bi Iesin 8- The
of God, which is r
_ Ghse here. v.
and nay h but 'in it is is k
, ,
treuthe vs, bi me, and Syluan, and Tymothe,
1
''that is, ,
, ,
t *>,- that
)9Sotheli m Jhesus Crist, the sone of God, ther was not in hym
*
is and is not, but affermynge is >

of truthe oonli.
the" which is prechid in? 3ou by vs, by is was in hym. For whi hou many 20 The Gios here.

me, and Syluani, and Tymothe, ther was euer ben biheestis of God, in thilke is, that is,

not in him is r and nay, but8 'in hym is *that is", benfillid AndP therfor and< .

v
20 was*, ^that is,stedefast treuthe^. For- bi hym we seien amen to God, to oure Glose ' '

soth uu how many euere ben biheestis of glorie. Sotheli it is God that conferrn-2i
v w
God, in him 'is, that is, ben fulfillid .
eth vs with 3ou in Crist, and the r which
Therefore and by him we seyn amen to God anoyntide vs, and which markide22
s 1

21 God, to oure ioye*. 'The which sothli? vs, and 3af ernes of the spirit in oure
confermeth vs with 3ou in Crist, and the hertis. For Y
clepide" God to witnesse 23
22 which God anoyntide vs, and that mark- z 3
a3ens my soule, that
sparynge 3011 Y
ide b vs,
and 3af 'a wed c 'or eernes*, of the , cam not ouer to Corynthe; not that we
23 spirit in oure hertis. Forsoth I inclepe ben lordis of 3oure feith, but we ben
e
God witnesse 'in to my soule, that I helperis of 3oure ioye ; for thorou3 bileue
sparinge 3011 cam not ouer f Corinthe ; not 36 stonden.
for we ben lordis of 3oure feith, but we
ben helperis of 3oure ioye ; forwhib' thorw
bileue 30 stonden.

CAP. II. CAP. II.

i Forsoth I ordeynede h this ilke' thing at Y ordeynede this ilke v thing at

And i

me, that I schulde not come eftsoone in me, that Y schulde not come eftsoone in
2to k sorwe to 3ou. Sothli 1 if I make 3011 heuynes to 3ou. For if Y make 30U2

r schulden haue v. s l Om. v.

and 30 ben v.
P as 1 tristinge GTXY. grace, or confermynge Q.
u v after o. w Om. v. * But r. J eithir v. z whether I
passe by 3ou v. Ii3tnesse, vnstedfastnesse
R ther be at me Jr. b Om. G m. c or d treuthe T.
G sec. m. pr. MPQT. nay, doublenesse Q.
e Om. v. that x. { Om. v. e jea GQT. jhe MNP. h k is is in it G sec. m.
nay is not in it v.
it is jhe Q. in it is s. is, that is, treuthe, is in it v. is in it was x.
l
that is, Irene GT. Om. x. m For
n Om. vx. 1 r s but 4 in
whi v. that x. P
among v. by Siluan T. 303 G. 3he MPQT. jhe Q.
was Om. vx. For whi thilke N. w is,
hym was is G sec. m. in hym was Q.
~"
is in hym r. v.
(hat o m. is, that is, thei ben fulfittid in him G sec. m. ben fulfillid N. ben fillid o. is, that
is,fuifillid pr.
is, in hym ben fulfillide Q. is x. *
glorie v. J Sothli it is God that v. z
oyntide x.
a at o. Om. T.
b maked o. c ernes d
Om. ovx. e f ouer to e for x. h T.
which v. v. a^ens v. v. ordeyne
1
thilk Q. Om. SXY. k Om. r. 1
For r.

k
tristenyng CMQRUXabceghou/3.
Mt be a sec. m. N is, that is, treuthe AKCO. m Om. a. n Om. EIK
r Om. e.
sec. m. c el ceteri, P Om. CMK pr. m. xb. 1 Om. BlKQUacegka.
MQRuaceghk oo/3. fulfillid
* Om. u v Om.
clepe i sec. m. KMRUXabchkoa/3.
* the which h.
Eiceg. EKQRabceghkoa/3.
 376 II. CORINTHIANS. n. 314.
m
heuy and" who is he that glad-
sori, "or , sori, who is he that gladith me, but he
dith me, no but he that is sorowful of that is soreuful of me ? And this same 3
3 me? And this same thing I wroot to 3011, thing Y wroot to 3ou, that whanne Y
that whanne I schal come, I haue not come, Y haue not sorewe on sorewe,
of w the" whiche me
x '
sorwe vp sorwe, of hemP of the whichei it behoftey to haue
it bihofte r
me for to 3 ss
ioye. Tristynge' in ioie. And Y triste in 3ou alle, that my
3ou alle, for
u
my ioye is of v 3011 alle w .
ioye is of alle 3ou. For of myche tri-4

4 For whi of moche tribulacioun and an- bulacioun and angwisch of herte Y
gwische of herte I wroot to 3011 by manye wroot to 3ou by many teeris, not that
z
teeris, 'that 36 be not" sori, but that? 36 36 be sori , but that 36 wite what charite
haue more plenteu-
wite what charite I Y haue more 3 plenteuously in 3ou. Fors
sously in 3ou. Forsoth if ony man hath ifony man hath maad me soreuful, he
maad me sorwful, he hath not maad me z hath not maad me sorewful* but a b * also that the
sorewe caste
sorwful but in a
party, that I charge
b
,
'or parti, that Y
charge not 3ou alle. 1 HIS 6 doun resoun. rp, .

Lire here. ve.

blamyng that ys maad of manye, suffis- either made not
c
<idiseese , not 3ou alle. This blamynge
me oonly soru-
that is maad of many, sufficith to him, ith to hym, that is sich oon ; so that 7
but ftil, ;ou.
7 that is such maner man e ; d so that a3en- a3enward 36 rathir for3yuen and coum- The Close here.
v.
ward more h and' comforte k lest
3e
f
3yue , perauenture he that is suche a
fort, lest
c

perauenture he that is such maner man,

1
maner man, be sopunf vp bi more d grete f bi dispeir.

be sopun vp, dispeire", by more greet W heuynesse. For which thing biseche 8 Y
Lire here. v.

nheuynesse. For which thing I biseche 3ou, that 36 conferme charite in to hym.
3ou, that 36 coriferme charite in to him . For whi therfor Y wroot this, that Yo
6
aForsothP therfore and I wroofi, 'that I
r
knowe 3oure preuyng , whether in alle

knowe 3oure asayinge, wher

in alle thingis thingis 36 ben obedient. For to whom 36 10
1036 ben obedyent. Forsoth to 36 whom ban for3yuen ony thing, also Y haue
ban 'ony thing" 3ouen s and I 1 Forwhi ,
.
for3yue. For Y that that Y for3af, 3if Y
and I that" I 3af 'if I ony thing 3af w
v
, , for3af ony thing, haue $ouun* for 3ou in
haue* 3owww y for 3ou in the persoone of the persorie of Crist, that we be notn
1 1 Crist, that we be not disseyued of Sa- disseyued \ of Sathanas ; for we knowens j that he make
.. ~*r him for to di-
hise thou3tis. But whanne Y was comun 12 gpe re bi ouer
, . ., i T-i
thanas z ; sothli a we Vnknowen not b his ,

c
Forsoth whanne I hadde d
to Troade for the gospel of Crist, and a myche scha rP- -
I2thou3tis .
nesse. ve. hise

comen to Trowade for the gospel of Crist, dore was opened to me in the Lord, Y
felnessis, he is,

and a e dore f was openyds to me in the hadde not rest to my spirit, for Y foond makith hem
ouer scharpe,
is Lord, I hadde not reste to h my spirit, for not my brother Tite, but Y seide to hem whiche he mai

that' I fond not my brothir Tite, but I farewel, and Y passide in to Macedonye.
seyinge
k to hem far 1 wel, passide" 1
into And Ydo thankyngis to God, that euere u Glose here - ve

H Macedonye. Therfor" thankingis to God, more makith vs to haue victorie in Crist

m Om. n Otn. orx. P Om. v. q whom MPQT.

vp on AGMNOPSTWY. on rx.
o. r
byhofeth o.
bihouede MPT. s Om. sx. ss to haue r. * And I triste v. u Om. s. that v. v Om. s. w Om. s.
* not that 30 be v. y at o. z Om. v. a of AGMNOPSTrtrxY. b c Om. ox.
alle 3011 v.
charge not r.
d a maner e f Om. N. 6 fo^eue G sec. m.
Q. man, doynge opyn sclaundre with his fadir reyf <j.
h Om. A. i Om. G pr. m. OTV. coumforte to him GMPQT. l
a maner GMPQT. m Om. x. n Om. rx.
"bym,forthinkinge the synne Q. P Forwhi r. q wroot this r. r for to o. rr eny thenges o. s foqouen G sec.m.
jouen, orfor$etten o. 'I haue for^euen Q. n that that AGMNPTTX. that at o. T
for3aue G sec.m. jaue of
w jif eny
forjeuenes Q. thing jouen and I fo^aue G pr. m. }if eny thing G sec. m. if ony thing 3af MT
x pr. m. Om. o. if I 3af eny thing r. * I haue GMQT. 1 forgotten G sec.m. z Satanas, kepinge rvithinne
us eny malice Q. a f<jr r. b knowen r. c d
was v. e Om. WY.
thou3tis, hou he ntolde hym to dispeyre Q.
f
dore, that is, redy hertis Q. s opun o. h
in ow. i
Om. or. k seide r. '
fareth s. m and I
i Forsothe I do r. doeth thankingis o. be thanckyngis Q.
passide v.

w * Om. E. z ether a Om. BI

heuye K marg.
b of
pr. m. <je pr. m. g.
for ah. y bihoueth gk.
K sec.m. Om. A pr. m. c d Om. g.
e
preef EiQRceghkoa. ossayng K. *
foryoutin xa sec.m. bhk.
S knowen not KH pr. m.
 II. is HI. 9. II. CORINTHIANS. 377

that euermoreP makith vs to haue victorie Jhesu, and schewith bi vs the odour of
in Crist Jhesu, and schewith byi vs the his knowing in ech place; for we ben 15
"

is odour of his knowynge in ech place; for

1
the good odour of Crist to God, among
we ben the good odour, 'or sauour 3 of ,
these that ben maad saaf, and among
Crist to God, in thes that ben niaad saaf, these that perischen. To othere sotheli 10

K; and in thes that perischen. 'To othere odour* of deth in to deth, but to othere h *
odour;
that is, of en-
sothli 1
odour of deeth in to deeth, to othere we ben odour of lijf in to lijf. And to uie and yuel
fame leding in
forsoth odour" of lyf into lyf. And to these thingis who is so' able? For we 17 to deth euer-

17 thes thingis who v so able? Sothli"' we ben not as many, that don auoutrie bi lasting. of lijf ;
that is, of loue
ben not as ful x the the word of God, but we speken of and good fame
manye, auoutrynge clen-
leedinge into
God, bifor God in
z
word of God, but of? clennesse, but as of nesse, as of Crist. lijf euerlast-

a inge. The Close

God, bifore God in Crist 'we speken .
here. ve.

CAP. III. CAP. III.

b
1
Bigynne we eftsoone for to comende, Bigynnen we therfor eftsoone to preise i

'or preise c vs d silf ? or wher we neden, as

, vs silf? or k whether we neden, as sum-
summe 6 preisynge , lettris f to 3ou, or of men, pistlis of preisinge to 3ou, or of
1

2 3ou ? 3e ben cures pistle ', writun in joure

1
3 e ben'oure pistle" writun in oure 2
1 1
jou? ,

k
hertis, the which is kowd and radd of 1
hertis, which is knowun and red of alle
men m f For whi the
:ialle ; $e maad" opyn, for 30 ben the men, and maad opyn, for 36 ben the 3 olde testament
jaf knowing of
pistle of Crist mynistridP of vs, and wri- mynystrid of and
11
pistle of Crist vs.
synne, and vii
r
tun, not withi enke, but by the spirit of writun, not with enke, but bi the spirit not grace. And
so it encreeside
quyk God ; not in stoony tablis, but in of the lyuynge God ; not in stony? ta- coueitise, bi
occasioun for
4 fleischly tablis of herte. Forsoth we han blis, but in fleischli tablis of herte. For 4 mannes malis
5 such trist by Crist to God ; not that we we han such trist bi Crist to God; not 5 euerealensfoi-
ben sufficient for 8 to thenke ony thing of that we ben sufficient to thenke beding. And
ony so it encreeside
vs 1 , as of u vs, but oure sufficieuce is of thing of vs, as of vs, but oure sufficients synne, that
sleeth. the
e God. The v which and made vs able myn- is of God. Which also made vs able 6 7pir~ii';
that is,
the Hooly Gost,
istris of the newe vv testament, not bi let- mynystris of the newe testament, not of whom the

tre, but by spirit for w the lettre

; sleith, bi lettre, but bi spirit ; for the lettre newe lawe was
jouen. Lire
7 forsoth the spirit quykeneth. For if the sleethf, but the spirit quykeneth. And? here. v. Either
thus, the lettre,
mynistracioun of deeth defformyd by let- if the mynystracioun of deth write bi without the
spirit, sleeth,
tris in stoones was in glorie, so that the" lettrisin stoonys was in glorie, so that
-
while it makith

r to do synne
children of Israel my3ten not biholde in the children of Israel my3ten not bi-
witingly, and
to the face of Moyses, for the .glorie of holde in to the face of Moises, for the encreesith tres-
passing, the
his cheere, the? which glorie 1 is auoydid", glorie of his cheer, which is auoidid, spirit quyken-
,
ith ; for he
sbou not more the mynistracioun of spirit hou schal not the mynystracioun or the 8 makith to vn-
derstonde
sschal be in glorie? Forwhi if the myn- spirit be more in glorie? For if the 9 goostly, and to
istracioun of dampnacioun is h in glorie, mynystracioun of dampnacioun was in
fille that that

lettre comaund-
moche more the mynisterie, 'or seruynge c ,
glorie, myche more the mynysterie 8 of ide. The Close
rehersinge Aus-
of ri3twysnesse is plenteuous in glorie. ri3twisnesse is plenteuouse in glorie. For 10 yn here. ve. t

l> euere N. 1 to o. r
odour, or sauour N. odour, or swetnes Q. s Om. ox. * Sothli to othere we
ben r. u me ben odour r. v who Ngr.
is w For r. * that
don auoutrie bi r. y we speken of v.
z Om. a Om. b Om. c Om. ox. d or G e summe men N. summon
r. v. sx. pr.m. oure MPT. MQr.
f
pistlis y.
S joure A. h
epistil s.
'
oure xr. k Om. v. '
knowen v. m And 3 ben r
n Om. G pr.m. which r Om. v. 8 Om. sx.
epistel osx. P pistle is mynystrid r. <J of JMOQT.
* vs self GMPQT. Om. r. v Om. v. VT Om. p. w forsothe Q. " Om. v pr.m. J Om. r. z Om. sx.
a now auoidid s. b was v. cOm. ox.

h the othere A
pr.m. K pr. m. be.
'
Om. K sec. m. k other a. !
epistlis ER. ether lettris
K marg.
m EH. n R. Om. iKRbe. P stonen 1 lettre iQega. rOm. a.
epistle epistle EiKMejHuxabcegkoa/3.
s
ministrucioun R pr. m.

VOL. IV. 3 C
 378 II. CORINTHIANS. III. 10 IV. 4.

loForwhi nether 'that that d was cleer 'in nether that that was cleer was glorified
f * that
this part', 'was glorified for excellent glo- in this part* for the excellent glorie; is, the

h
if 'that that' is k ..-.,
and if that
..
that
,
.
is
t
1 :>:!
wasv
,-
biw
L'nr
n
olde testament
iirie*; sothly auoydid, is auoidid", wa8 not giori-
bi glorie, moche more 'that that 1 dwellith glorie, myche more that that dwellith ^t'^atTs in

12 is in glorie. we hauynge such

Therfore stille is in glorie. Therfor we that han 12 comparison to
the newe testa-
is
hope, vsen moche trist; and not as Moy- suche hope, vsen myche trist; and riot lament, which is
,. . oure part and
ses puttide m a on his face, that the
.

as Moises leide a
.,
veil
.

on his
, .

race, that Lire

veyl eritage.
here ' ve '

children of Israel schulde not byholde in the children of Israel schulden not bi-
x
to his face, the" which veyl is auoydid P. holde in to his face, which veil is

u But the wittis of hem ben astoneyedi; auoidid. But the wittis of hem ben u
sothli r til in to thisday the same veyl in astonyed; for in to this dai the same veil
8
redinge of the oolde testament dwellith in reding of the olde testament dwellith
'not schewid', for 11
in Crist it is auoydid, not schewid, for^ it is auoidid z in Crist,
io but til in to this day, whanne Moyses is but in to this whanne Moises is is
dai,
v
radd, the veyl is putt vpon her hertis". red, the veil is put on her hertis. But IB
icForsoth whanne Israel schal be conuertid whanne Israel schal be conuertid to God,
17 to God, the veyl schal be don awey. For- the veil schal be don awei. And the 17

soth the Lord" is spirit^; forsoth where is' spirit is the Lord ; and where the spirit
is the spirit of God a , there is liberte b For- . of the Lord is, there is fredom. And alle IB

soth alle we with schewid face biholdinge c we that with open face seen the glorie
the d glorie of the Lord, ben transformyd of the Lord, ben transformed in to the
into the same ymage, fro clerenesse into 6 same ymage, fro clerenesse in to clere-

clerenesse, as of the spirit of the Lord. nesse, as of the spirit of the Lord.

CAP. IV. CAP. IV.

a
1 Therfore we hauynge this administra- Therfor we that han this
admyn- 1

cioun 'or office^, vp which* we han getun

f
, ystracioun, aftir this that we han getun
2 mercy, faylen not, but don a wey the pri- merci, faile we not, but do we awei b the 2
t that is, very
God, maker of
uey thingis of schame, not walkynge in preue thingis of schame, not walkinge in this world.
sutil gyle, nether auoutrynge the word of sutil gile, nether doynge auoutrye bi the
1
hath Myndid ;

that is, with

k
God, but in schewinge of treuthe co-
1
word of God, but in schewynge of the drawe iustly
fro hem the list
mendinge vs" silf to ech conscience of treuthe comendynge vs silf to ech con- of his grace, for

3 men bifore God. For if also oure gospel science of men bifor God. For if also 3 her synne ;

either the deuel

c
is keueridP, 'or hidi, in these that pe- oure gospel is kyuerid , in these that is seid god of

this world, as he
whiche the God d
4i'ischen it is keuerid; in perischen it is kyuerid; in which God f 4 is seid prince of
this world, that
of this world r
hath blyndid the soules of hath blent 6
the soulis of vnfeithful men of men
is, lyu-
men out of the bileue, "or vnfeithful 8
of this world, that the Ii3tnyng of the ynge worldly.
Lire here and
men 33 that the ^tnynge* of the gospel of
, gospel of the glorie of Crist, which is the
the Close, re-
hersing Anstyn.
the glorie of Crist, that" is the yrnage of ymage of God, schyne not. But we 5 ve.

d that at o. e in this f Om. r.

part, as the chere of Moyses o. was gl. in this part r. K glorie of
the netve testament Q. h forwhi r. '
that at o. k was r. J
that at o. m putte sx. " Om. r.
that dercnesse P auoided Crist 1 stoneid s. r for r. s the
veyle, is, of scrlpturis Q, by grace of Q.

reedynge G.
* vnshewid x. u for whi r. v O n srx. w hertis that *
byleuen not o. spirit v.
y a spirit GMNPQT. the Lord v. Om. v. a the Lord is v.
'' B
liberte, or fredom Q. a liberte T.
c N. d Om. s. e to o. f v. S Om. sx. n this that v. the whiche x.
seeinge mynystracioun
1
auoutryng, ether dockynge o. doinge auoutrie bi r.
k Om. T. '
the treuthe AGMtipQSTViv. m the
K. n oure be MT. hid 1 Om. ox.
comendinge GMPQT. P s. or couered s. r
world, that is, the deuyl,
s Om. sa Om.
or pryde C. MPQTX. GMOPQTX. * lifting QSX. a which v.

4 was u voided K. v is A sec. m. w of li sec. m.

sup. ras. b pr. m.
i EQC pr. m. go. * the whiche i.
z voidid R. a Herfore b ether
but forsake K marg. kyuered, or hid i. ether hid K marg.
y b. c
IQO.
d God of this world, that is, the deuel a. e blendid k.
 IV. 5 16. II. CORINTHIANS. 379

3 God inuysible", schyne not. Sothli we prechen not vs silf, but oure Lord Jhe-
w but Jhesu Crist oure su Crist ; and vs 3oure seruauntis bi
prechen not vs silf,

Lord ; forsothe vs* 3oure seruauntis by Jhesu f For God, that seide Ii3t toe
.

e Jhesu. For God, that seide the Iy3t for? schyne of derknessis, he hath 3oue Ii3t in
z
to schyne of derknessis, he hath ynli3tid oure hertis, to the Ii3tnyng of the science
3 b of the clerenesse of God, in the face of
in oure hertis, to the illumynynge of the
science of the cleernesse of God, into d Jhesu Crist. And we han this tresour?
7 the" face of Jhesu Crist. Forsothe we in britil vessels, that the worthinesse be
han this tresour f in brotil vesselis^, that of Goddis vertu, and not of vs. In alle
the hi3nesse be of Goddis vertu, and not thingis we suffren tribulacioun, but we
fi of vs. In alle thingis we suffren tribu- ben not angwischids, or annoyed; we
ben maad pore, but Ve lacken h nothing ;
v
h
lacioun, but we ben not maad streit ;

we ben maad pore, but we ben not di- we suffren persecucioun, but we ben notfl
iistroyed
1
;
we suffren persecucioun, but we forsakun ;we ben maad lowe, but we
ben not forsaken ; we ben maad lowe, ben not confoundid we ben cast doun,
;

but we ben not confoundid we ben ; but we perischen not. And euere more 10

10 cast down, but we perischen not; euer- we beren aboute the sleyng of Jhesu' in
more beringe aboute the mortifyinge k of oure bodi, that also the lijf of Jhesu be
Jhesu Crist' in oure body, that and the schewid in oure bodies. For euere more 1 1

m of Jhesu n be schewid in oure bo- we that lyuen, ben takun in to deth for
lyf
1 1 dies . Sothli P euermore we that lyuen, Jhesu, that the lijf of Jhesu be schewid
ben takuni in to deeth for Jhesu, that in oure deedli fleisch. Therfor deth 12

and the lyf of Jhesu be schewid in oure worchith in vs, but lijf worchith* in 3ou.
r
I2deedly fleisch. Therfore deeth worchith And we han the same spirit of feith, as ia
1:5 in vs s , lyf sothli in* 3ou". Forsoth hau- it is haue bileuyd, Y haue
writun, Y 1

u
ynge the same spirit of feith, as it is spoke and we bileuen, wherfor also we
;

writun, I haue bileued, for which thing speken witynge that he that reiside H
;

I spak and we bileuen, for which thing

; Jhesu, schal reise
1 "
also vs with Jhesu,
v
and we speken w and And alle
14
witynge for he that ; schal ordeyne with 3ou. 15

reiside Jhesu, schal and" vs with reise thingis for 3ou, that a plenteuouse grace
Jhesu'', and schal ordeyne vs z with 3ou a . bi many thankyngis be plenteuouse in to
i5Sothli b alle thingis for c 3ou, that grace the glorie of God. For which thing we IB
d
beynge pknteuous by manye in doyrige failen not, for thou3 oure vtter man be
of thankingis 6 be plenteuous into glorie corruptid; netheles the ynner man is re-
IB of God. For which thing f we faylen not?, newid" fro dai to dai. But that Ii3t 17
v
u
but thou3 the ilke that' is withouteforth, thing of oure tribulacioun that lastith
oure man k be coruptid ; nethelees that 1
now, but as it were by a moment, worch-
man that is withinne forth" , is renewid", 1
ith in vs ouer mesure an euerlastynge

v Om. v. w oure GAfpor. * God made vs Q. y Om. sx. z a li-ten-

in^ted, either }oue ln,t v.
b Om. c d in v. e Om. T. t
yng OK. v. conscience Q. tresoure, or
S vessels, that ben wisdom o.
oure coruptible bodies o.. h '
angwischid therby In soule Q. distruyede fro oure tresoure hid in Crist Q.
destitute, either caste antey v. k
slawjter o. mortifyinge, that is, the dyuerse tourmentynge Q. sleeing v.
1
Om. r. m lyjt g. n Jhesu Crist o. o bodi SXY. P For whi v. 1 bitaken s. to taken Y. r
bodyly
pr. m.
" morchith in r. ** u Om. x. v Om. o.
vs,Jbr oure patience Q.
*
3011, hot not euerelastynge Q.
w and o. that v. * also r. z Om. v. b
y
hym sx. 3ou, in euerlastynge blisse Q. Sothely me
c ben don for d
suffren o marg. sec. m. Q. many men r. e thanckis
o.
*
thing, that sue vs Q. y
e not in tribulaciouns Q. h thurw K. '
thilk that o pass. Q. the ilke that that KY. k
man, orfieische Q.
corumped ox. corupt s. corrumptid v. corrupt coruptid Y. m Om. v. n renewlid AGMPQTP.
1

f Jhesu Crist aa. K maad streit c. h vs lacketh see. vs wantith Crist a. k Om. CEIKMQRUX
iga.
abceghkoa^.
1
wherfore Y
A sec.m. I sec. m. a. for which thing c sec. m. K sec. m. /3. for which thing Y
and R. reise vp a sec. m. n newid BI
pr. m. <jeg.
3 c 2
 380 II. CORINTHIANS. iv. 17 v. 10.

'or maad newe ayen , fro day into? day. birthin the hei3nesse of glorie;
in to
v

17 Forsoth that that< is 'in present', or while that we biholden not tho thingis is
now s
,
'a litil moment lastynge
1
Ii3t,
,
and that ben seyn, but tho that ben not
u For tho
'or esy thing , of oure tribulacioun, seyn. thingis that ben seyn, ben
worchith ouer manere, 'or mesure v , intow but durynge for a schort tyme ; but tho
x
hi3nesse the euerelasting wei^te of glorie thingis that ben not seyn, ben euerlast-
is in vs, vs? not biholdynge tho thingis that ynge.
ben seyn, but tho z that ben not seyn.
Sothli a tho thingis that ben seyn, ben
temperal, 'or durynge by short tyme b ;
forsothe tho thingis that ben not seyn, ben
bb endef\
euerlastinge , 'or withouten

CAP. V. CAP. V.
1 we witen, for if oure erthely
Sotheli And we witen, that if oure ertheli i

cc hous of this dwellynge be dissoluyd, that

dwellyng be dissolued* , that
1
hous of this
we ban a bildyng of God, an hous not we ban a bildyng of God, an hous not
maad by hondis, euerlastinge in heuenes. maad bi hondis, euerlastynge in he-
2 Forwhi and in this thing we mornen, uenes. For whi in this thing we moi'-2
h
coueitynge" for to be clothids aboue oure nen, coueitynge to be clothid aboue with
f

sdwellinge of heuene; if netheles we ben oure dwellyng, which P is ofi heuene;

1

if netheles we ben foundun clothid, ands

k
4founden clothid and not nakid. Forwhi ,

we
"

and we that ben in this tabernacle, sorwen not nakid. For whi and 1
that ben *

'with inneforth greuyd, for that we wolen in this tabernacle, sorewen with ynne,
11 1

not m be but be clothidP aboue;

dispoylid", and ben heuyed, for that we wolen not
that 'the ilkei thing that is deedli, be be spuylid, but be clothid aboue; that
asopun vp of
r
lyf. Forsothe he that mak- the ilke thing that is deedli, be sopun vp
ith s vs into' this" thing, is God, that jaf of lijf.
But who is it s that makith vs ins
wedd w
v
v or eernes*, of to this 1
same thing ? God, that 3af to
to vs a , spirit''.
(i Therfore we beynge hardy 7
alle gatis, and vs the ernes" of the spirit. Therfor we
v that w
for the whyle we ben in this
witinge
3 b ben hardi algatis, and witen the"

body, we gon in pilgrymage fro the Lord ;

while we? ben in this bodi, we goen in
7 forsoth we walken by feith, and not by pilgrymage fro the Lord for we walken 7 ;

scleer si3te. Forsoth we ben hardy, and bi feith,and not bi cleer si3t. But we 8
d
ban good wille, more for to be in pil- ben hardi, and ban good wille, more to
f
grymage fro e the body, and for to be be in pilgrymage fro the bodi, and to be
And we present to God. And therfor we stryuen,
u
9 present to God. therfore stryuen,
whether absent, whethir present, for to whether absent, whether present, to plese
10 plese hyrn
1
'. Forsothe' it byhoueth vs alle hym, For it bihoueth vs alle to be 10

Om. G pr.m. MOPQTX. P to G pr. m. 1 at o. r present NQ. now o. 8 Om. orx. l

lastinge bi a
moment r. Om. ox. or orely Y. v Om. ox. w in r. tho thingis o. a Forwhi r. * that r. 1 Om. N. z
aa but GMQT. Om. o. bb eterne c Om. ox. or cc
Gloss om. in x.
vt>
Q. euerelastynge o. house, or
a sec. m. d dissolued, or G sec.m. e coueitid r. f Om. osx. S clad sx. h with oure v,
body distruyed Q.
k clad sx. u wolith T. m Om. G
that is of G sec. m. in PA:, which is of r. pr. m. MT.
' 1 with inne r.

n dissolued o.
spoiled rx. Om. o. P clad sx. 1 that x. r vp, or don arveye o. Om. T. s markith r.
* to r. u this same r. v the v. w ernest v. x Om. orx, Y spirit, lofulfille this thing Q. z ben v.
a
wyten or.
b that r. c for v. d Om. sx. e for K. f Om. SA-. g Om. sx. !l
to him
G sec. m. x. '
For v.

q Om. ER pr. m. in h. r Om. A sec. m.

with R. P the whiche k. EiKMQRub pr. m. ceghkooj3.
u ether wed K w that we schulen R. x Om. K.
witing K
s that H. t the ko/3. v
marg.
y that we h.
 V. II 21. II. CORINTHIANS. 381

for k to be schewid bifore the trone of schewid bifor the trone of Crist, that
Crist, that euery man resceyue , "or telle
1
euery man telle the propre thingis of the
m the he hath don, ethir good, ether
a$en propre
, thingis of body", as he bodi, as
n hath don, ether good, ethir yuel. Ther- yuel. Therfor we witynge the drede of 11
fore we witynge
the drede of the Lord, the Lord, councelen men, for to God we
softly
nn
mouen, "or counceilen to? men^, ,
ben opyn ;
Y hope, that we ben opyn
and
forsoth to God we ben opyn 5 ; sothly I
r also in 3oure consciencis We comenden 2
. 12

hope, and* in 3oure consciencis" vs

v
forw not vs eftsoone to 3ou, but we 3yuen
silf
N

i2 to be knowun
x coraenden not vs? . We silf to 3ou occasioun to haue glorie for vs,
eftsoone to 3011, but we 3yuen to 3011 occa- that 36 haue to hem that glorien in the
cioun z for a to glorieb for vs, that 36 haue c face, and not in the herte. For ethir ia

to hem that glorien in the face d , and not we mynde* passen to Godf, ether we
bi * w
y
is in the herte 6 . wher we by mynde,
Sothli ben sobre to 3ou. For the charite of Crist u
h
'or resoun 1, passen to& God wher we ben , dryueth vs; gessynge this thing, that if that

usobre to 1 3011? Sothli k the charite of Crist oon died for alle, thanne alle weren
1 m deed. And Crist diede for alle, that thei i53,- that to
dryueth vs; gessinge , "or demynge", this joure profit.
is,

thing, for if oon is deed? for alle, ther- that lyuen, lyue not now to hem silf, but The cioss fan.

15 fore alle ben deede. And Crist deyde for to hym that diede for hem, and roos

alle, that and thei that lyuen, lyue not a3en. Therfor we fro this tyme knowen ie

now to hem silf <), but to him that deyede no man aftir the fleische thou3 we ;
v
nifor hem, and roos a3en. And sor we fro knowun Crist aftir the fleisch, but nowe a
this tyme s han knowe 1 no man u vp v the w
v
we knowun not b Therfor if ony newe 17
.

v
fleisch x and if? we knowen z Crist'"- vp a
; creature is in Crist, the elde thingis ben
the b fleisch c , but ri3t d now we 'ban not passid. And c lo ! alle thingis ben of is

nknowen e . Therfore ony newe creature

if God, which recounselide vs to hym bi
is in Crist, oolde f thingis ban passid, and Crist, and 3af to vs the seruyce of re-
IB lo! alle thingis ben inaad newe. Forsothe counselyng. And God was in Crist, re- 1

thingis ofs God, the' which' recon- hym the world, not rett-
1
alle counselynge to
k
cilede, "or acordtde , vs to him by Crist, ynge to hem her giltes, and puttide in
and 3af to vs the 1 mynisterie, "or seruyse, vs the word of recounselyng. Therfor 20
19 of reconcilinge. Sothli" for God was in we vsen message*1 for Crist, as if God
Crist, reconcilynge to him the world, not monestith bi vs; we bisechen 6 for Crist,
rettinge to hem
and puttide her giltis, be 36 recounselid to God. God the fadir 21
aoinP vs the word of reconcilinge. Ther- made hym synne $ for vs, which knewe + that
is, sacri-
v
fore we beu sett ini legacie "or message*, 1
not synne, that we schulden be maad
',
Jnstyn^J^
for Crist, as* God monestinge" by vs; we ri3twisnesse of God in hym. "Inhere and
bisechen 3ou v for Crist, be 36 reconcilid to the Glose re-
hersinge Aus-
21 God. God the fadir made him the w synne tyn. vae.

k Om. sx. 1
schewe o. here y. m Om. ox. either suffre r. n the
body A/Q.
nn
sothly K.
Om. ox. P Om. r. men, that they dreed the dome Q.
<1
opyn, or knowen
r
sothely GJ/PO.
s

his (rente loueres 9. t Om. G pr. m. T. that we ben opin also

r. u conscience GOTV. v and vs s.
Om. r. w Om. srx. x to be knowen Q. Om. r. y oure GMPQT. z occasioun, or mater Q.
feithful
a Om. sx. b c haue d face, with oute
glorifie N. haue glorie r. vndurstondynge g. forth as ypocritis Q. '
e
hert, in spiritual thinges Q. f Om. A'. 8 it is to r. h God, by goostly byholdynge g. it is to v.
k Forwhi v.
constreyneth o.
1
GMOPQTVX. m demynge o.
that v. n Om.
P deed by Adam Q.
q silf, r Therfore v, s l knowen r. u man
seekyng erthely thing o. tyme of grace o_. lyuynge o.
v after
GMPQT. w Om. x. x fleische, that coueiteth to regne Q. Y thouj v. z kneweu
MPQY. zz myth
Crist Q. a after GMPT. b Om. x. d Om. Q. e han not
fleische, byfore his vprysynge deedly Q.
<

knowen hym deedly Q. knowen not v. { know he

for olde Q. B ben of OF. h Qm. vx. *
that x.
k Om. GMOPTX. l
Om. Q. " Om. ox. n Forsothe r. putte sx. P to K. <i vsen y. r
message o.
' Om.
ox. * as if r. u monestith y. v to
jou SY.
w Om. y.

2 conscience k. a Om. H. b not now R. c Lo! alle thyngis ben maad newe, and k sec. m. marg.
ether legacie K marg. e bisechen jou a sec. m.
 382 II. CORINTHIANS. VI. l 14.

for vs, *that is, redempcioun, or sacrifice

for synne*, the? which 2 knew riot
synne,
a
that we schulde be maad rijtwysnesse of
God in hym.
CAP. VI. CAP. VI.
b But we helpynge monesten, that
i Forsothe we
helpinge monestyn that
c
,
36
36 resceyuen not the grace of God in veyn. resseyuen not the grace of God in veyn.
2Sothli d he seith, In tyme accept e 'or wel ,
For he seith, In tyme wel plesinge Ya
plesynge*, I haue herd thee, and in the haue herd thee, and in the dai of heelthe
h
day of helthe I haue helpid thee. Lo ! Y haue helpid? thee. Lo now a tyme !

now a tyme acceptable, lo ! now a day of acceptable, lo ! now a dai of heelthe.

h
: heelthe. 'To no
3yuynge' ony man offen- 3yue we to no man ony' offencioun,3
cioun, 'or hurtynge^, that oure mynisterie, that oure seruyce be not repreued; but 4
4' or
seruyse*, be not reprouyd; but in alle in alle thingis 3yue we vs silf k as the
m n
thingis 3yue we vs silf as mynistris of mynystris of God, in myche pacience, in
God, in rnoche pacience, in tribulaciouns, tribulaciouns, in nedis, in angwischis, ins
r
. and? in nedis, ini angwischis, in r betyngis, betyngis, in prisouns, in dissensiouns
1

'or scorgingis*, in prisouns, in dissen- with yrine, in trauels, in wakyngis, in

ciouns' with ynne forth", in trauelis, in fastyngis, in chastite, in kunnyng, in 6

cwakyngis, in fastingis, in chastite, in sci- long abiding, in swetnesse, in the Hooli

ence v 'or kunnynge w , in long abydinge, in
, Goost, in charite not feiued, in the word 7

swetnesse, in the Hooly Goost, in charite of treuthe, in the vertu of God; bi ar-
7 not feyned, in thex word of treuthe, in the meris of ri3twisnesse on the ri3thalf and
vertu of God; by armers of i^twysnesse on the lefthalf; bi glorie and vnnoblei; bis
son the n'3t half and? left half; by glorie yuel fame and good fame; as disseyueris,
and vnnobley by yuel fame and good; and trewe men as thei that ben vn-
;

fame as disseyueris, and trewe z men as

; ; knowun, and knowun; as men diynge, and
thei that ben vnknowen 8 and knowun b , ; lo! we lyuen ; as chastisid, and not maad
deyinge and 'lo we lyuen
d
9 as men as , !
; deed ;
more ioiynge
as sorewful, euere ;
10

10 chastisid 6
and not maad deed as sorow-
, ; as hauynge nede, but makynge many
ful, forsoth f
euermore ioyinge; as 'hau- men riche as no thing* hauynge, and
;
* i titel of

ynge nede&,as nedy men \ sothly' 'or l

weldynge alle thingisf. A! 30 Coryn-iif on Voiiaiy

manere. v.
makynge manye ; as no thing hau- riche thies, oure mouth is open to 3011, oure
n ynge, and weldinge alle thingis. A k 30 ! herte is alargid ; 36 ben not angwischid 12

Corynthis, oure mouth is opyn to 3011, in vs, but 36 ben anguischid in 3oure
12 oure herte is alargid ; 'be 3em not maad 1
inwardnessis". And Y
seie as to sones, is

but 'be 36 maad streit in

streit in vs, 36 that ban the same reward, be 36
i:*3oure entrailis. Forsothe we? hauynge alargid. Nyle 36 here the 3ok with" vn- 14

the same reward, I seye as to sones, and feithful For what parting of ri3t-
men.
14 be 36 wisnes with wickidnesse? or what felou-
alargid"!. Nyle 36 lede 3ok with vn-
x Om. rx. Om.
z that A'. B made the Q. b c monesten
7 rx. helpynge y>u in tverk and word Q.
d f Om. ox. e Om. GMPT. h
3011 n. For acceptid x.
r.
holpen s. 3yue we to no man r.
i

k Om. ox. l
Om. ox. m Om. G pr.m. n oure GMPQT. o and sx. P Om. r. 1 and N.
r and in o. Om. s. s Om.
OQX. * seduciouns
e. forth, or mouyngis of peple Q. Om. r.
v sciencis GT. w Om. ox. * Om. G J and the NT. and on the ox.
kunnynge o. pr. m. MPQT.
1 R vnknovven b
of God Q. of hym known and prouyd Q.
c
good o. diynge, fallyngefro vice into vice <).
d
311 lyuyng o. lo! we lyue in good werkis Q. S nedy men o.
e chastisid f but o.
of greet trespasse Q.
h or as maad
nedy men JNQ. Om. ox. >
forsothe GMPQT. k O!
GMPQT. ' largid sx. m je be v. n je
ben v. streit, or be y angwischid Q. P je <jv. 1 alargid, with plente of kunnyng of verities and of
hope in Crist Q. largid sx.

8 holpen Rk. h
je k.
'
Om. EI pr. m. qe pr. m. go. k Om. R pr. m.
1
striues a. m and euer
A sec. m. ka. inwardnesse A sup. ras.EI pr. m. qegh pr. m. of E.
 VI. 15-^-VII. 7. II. CORINTHIANS. 383

feithful men. Sothli what partynge, W schipe of 1131 to derknessis? and what 15

comunynge*, of rijtwysnesse with wickid- acording of Crist to Belial ? or what

nesse ? or what felowschip of Ii3t
9
to derk- part of a feithful with the vnfeithful ?
isnessis? sothli what acordinge of Crist and what consent to the temple of God i

to Belial ? or what part of a* feithful, *or with mawmetis? 36 ben the tem- And
cristen* man v with , vnfeithful w , 'or he- ple of the lyuynge God, as the Lord
\(ithene*? but what consent to-v
the temple seith, For Y schal dwelle in hem, and
of God z with ydols ? Forsoth 36 ben the Y schal walke among hem; and Y schal
temple of quyk God, as the Lord seith, be God of hem, and thei schulen be a
For I schal dwelle in hem, 'arid I schal puple to For which thing go
me. 36 17

walken 8 in b and I schal be the God of

;
out of the myddil of hem, and be 36
hem, and thei schulen be to me a peple. departid, seith the Lord, and touche 36?
17 For which thing go 36 out of the myddel not vnclene thing; and schal resseyuem Y
of hem, and be 36 departid, seith the Lord, 3ou, and schali be to 3ou in to a r fadir,

IB and touche 36 not vnclene thing; and I and 36 schulen be to me in to sones and
schal resceyue 3ou, and I d schal be to dou3tris, seith the Lord almy3ti.
3ou in to a fadir, and 30 schulen be to me
into sones and dou3tris, seith the Lord

almy3ti.
CAP. VII. CAP. VII.
e
i Therfore, moost dereworthe britheren , Therfor, most dereworthe britheren, i

we hauynge thes 3iftis f

, clense^ vs fro alle we that han these biheestis, dense we vs
of fleisch and spirit h , perfytli mak-
filthe fro al filthe of the 8 fleische and of the
ynge halowynge in the drede of 'the spirit, cloynge holynesse in the drede of
2 Lord'. Take 36 vs k we han hurt no ; God. Take* 36 vs; we han hirt no man,^
man 1
, we han corupt no man, we han we han apeirid" no man, we han bigilid v
sbigylid no man. I seye not m for" 3oure no man. Y seie not to 3oure condemp-3
condempnynge ; forsoth I seideP bifore, nyng ;
for Yseide bifor, that 36 ben in
that je ben in ourei hertis, for r to deie to w x
3oure hertis, to die togidere and to

4gidere, and lyue to gidere. Moche trist is lyue togidere. Myche trist is to me 4
to me anentis 3ou, moche gloriynge is to anentis 3ou, myche gloriyng is to me for
me for 3011. I am fulfillid with comfort, 5
3ou. Y am
with coumfort, Y am
fillid

I abounde, 'or am plenteuous in ioye in 1

, plenteuouse in ioie in al oure tribula-
sal oure tribulacioun. Forwhi and whanne cioun. For whanne we weren comune
we hadden coinen to Macedonye, oure to Macedonye, oure fleisch hadde no^
fleisch hadde no reste, but we suffriden" reste, but we suffriden al tribulacioun;
al v tribulacioun; forsoth w withouteforth, with outforth f^tingis, and dredis z with
ww 'with But But God that coumfortith meke a
fifi3tingis , ynneforth, dredis*. ynne.
he y that cornfortith meeke men, God z
men, coumfortide vs in the comyng of
a b
comfortide vs in the comynge of Tyte. Tite. And not oneli in the comyng of;
7 Forsoth not oonli in the comynge of him, him, but also in the coumfort bi which
but also in the comfort by which he 'com- he was coumfortid in 3ou, tellinge to vs

r Om. ox. *
lijtijos o.
* Om. x. u
Om. ox. crlsten Q. v Om. x. w men o. * or
vnfeythfull
hethen men AN. Om. OQX. y with x. z God A. a Om. G pr.m.
quyk g. b Om. G pr.m. MQ_. emongis
G sec. m. among hem y. c Om. o. d Om. y. e Qm. x. f biheestis
r. S dense we MPQ. h
spirit,
outward and inward o. '
God v. k
yntre lederis Q.
vs, to '
man, by yuel ensaumple Q.
m not these
n to AG sec. m. MNOPT. Om. G pr. m. r. for r. P seye K. 1 joure K.V. T Om. sx.
thinges Q.
3 fillid v. 'Om. ox. u suffren y. v al oure w. w Om. v. ww x dredis meren vvithinne v.
fyjtynge v.
y God y. z Om. y. a comfortith y. b and vs G pr. m. MOT.

P Om. EK pr. m. q I schal EKUX sec. m. a sec. m. k. r Om. E. s Om. K. t And take n. ll
peyrid i.
v
gilid k. oure R. * Om. EIQ pr. m. ga. y not n. z
drede is A pr. m. " Om. h.
 384 II. CORINTHIANS. VII. 8 16.

fortide me 1
in
to vs joure
3011, tellinge 3oure desire, 3oure weping, 3oure loue
desyr, joure wepinge, 3oure loue for me, for me, so that Y
ioiede more. For 8
so that I ioyede" more. For 'and if v I thou3 Y made 3ou sorie in a pistle, it
w
made 3011 sori in 'a pistle , now" it rewith rewith me not ; thou3 it rewide, seynge
Ia
z
'me noty; and if it rewide, seynge that thou3 thilke pistle a made 3ou sori
thatthou3
b c
Id
made 5ou sory 'in that 6
atan b our, now Y haue ioie; not for 309
9 pistle at an hour, now 'haue 1% ioye weren maad soreuful, but for 36 weren
f
not ;

for 36 weren maad sorowful but for 30 11

, maad soreuful to penaunce. For whi 36
weren maad sorowful to penaunce. Sothli' ben maad sori aftir God, that in no
36 ben maad sory aftir God, that in no
c
thing 36 suffre peirement of vs. For the 10
k
10 thing 36 suffre peirement of vs Forsoth 1 . sorewe that is aftir God, worchith pen-
that 11 sorwe that is aftir God, worchith aunce in to stidfast heelthe; but sorewe
penaunce in to stedefast heelthe ; forsoth of the world worchith deth. For lo!ii
11 sorwe of the world worchith deeth. Lo ! this same thing, that 36 ben soreuful
sotheli this thing, 3ou same for" 1 to be aftir God, hou myche bisynesse it worch-
sorowful aftir God, how moche bisynesse ith in 3ou; but defendyng, but indigna-
n
it worchith in 3ou ; but defending but , cioun, but drede, but desire, but loue,
indignacioun P, but drede, but desyr, but but veniaunce. thingis 36 han
In alle
r
loue, but veniauncei. In alle thingis 36 han 5omm 3ou silf to be vndefoulid in the
3ouun
rr
3ou
s
silf for* to be vndefoulid in cause. Therfor thou3 wroot to 3ou, Y 12

12 cause", nede W v . Therfore 'and if w I Y wroot not for hym that dide the
wroot to 3ou, not x for himy that dide iniurie, nether for hym that suffride, but
iniurie, nether for him that suffride, but to schewe oure bisinesse, which we han
schewe oure bysynesse, the a which
for z to for 3ou bifor God. Therfor we ben is
b c
is we han for 3ou bifore God. Therfore coumfortid, but in 3oure coumfort more
we ben comfortidd forsothe in oure e com- , plenteuousli we ioyeden more on the
fort more f plenteuously we ioyeden^ more ioie of Tite, for his spirit is fulnllid d of
on the ioye of Tyte, for his spirit is alle 3ou. And if Y gloriede ony thing u
hym of 3ou, Y am not con-
h
ufulnllid of alle 3ou . And if I gloriede anentis

ony thing anentis him of 3ou', I am not foundid ;

but as we han spoke to 3ou

confoundid, W
schamyd*; but as we han alle thingis, so also oure glorie that was
spokun to 3ou alle thingis 'in treuthe
1
, at Tite, is maad treuthe. And the in- is

so and oure glorie that was at Tyte, is wardnesse ofhym be more plenteuousli
11 1

15 maad treuthe. And the entraylis of him" in 3ou, which hath in mynde the obe-
ben more plenteuously in 300, 'of him? dience of 3ou alle, hou with drede and

hauynge in mynde the obedience of 3ou trembling 36 resseyueden hym.

6
Y haue ic

alle, how with drede and tremblinge 36 ioye, that in alle thingis Y triste in
16 resseyueden him. I hauei ioye, that in 3ou.
r
alle thingis I triste in 3ou.

* was comfortid u v w an
r.
ioye N. thoirj r. epistle N. pistle, forthinkynge goitre synne Q. epistil s.
*
Om. r. me GMPQT.
7 not z
thou3 r.
a Om. r. b Om. r. c
thouj thilk pistle r.
d Om. r.
e Om. v. f Om. S haue haue AY. b Forwhi k *
epistell GNOQST. r. I GMPQT. sory o. r. vs, for al oure
doynge profitith to JOM conuerlid Q. Forwhi r. U Om. sx. the r. m Om. SA. n jou, of amending, and
l

not onely amending it wirchith Q. defendyng,yro ejie fallynge Q. P indignacionn a^ein hym silf, sham-
ynge his yuel Q. 1 veniaunce, to punysche synne Q. r And K. Om. x. s 3our GMPT. * SA-. u the " Om
cause r. T Om. orx. or need that do w v. * / wroot not r. J Q. 7 mrole o. z Om. x.
onely hym
je thouj
a Om. r. b d
to G pr. m. MPQT. coumfortide,/or this thing we purpos-
c
jou alle, for ymr amendyng Q.
iden, and speed/ally it byfelle Q. f forsothe more o. h
jou, hopynge jowre amend-
e B ioyen o.
joure r.
ynge o.
'
3ou, commending y>u c.
k
Om. OA". Om. N. u as N. m joure Y. n
hym, that is, his
'

inward qffecciouns Q. plenteuous T. P Om. GMOPQT. and of hym w. hym x. 1 Om. G. r tristid r.

8 b c For whi A d H e
epistle ER. oon E. pr, m. fillid
pr. m. resseyuen Q.
 VIII. I 12. II. CORINTHIANS. 385

CAP. VIII. CAP. VIII.

1 Britheren, forsothe we maken knowe But f
, britheren, we maken knowun i

to 3011 the grace of God, that is 30111111 in to 3ou the grace of God, that is 3ouun
2 the chirchis 8 of Macedonye, and' that in in the chirchis of Macedonye, that in 2
moche asayinge of tribulacioun, the ha- myche asaiyng of tribulacioun, the plente
boundaunce, 'or plente n ,
of the ioye of of the ioye of hem was, and the hi3este
hem was, and the hi3este pouertv of hem pouert of hem was plenteuouse 'in to
h

was plenteuous into the w richessis* of the the richessis of the symplenesse of hem.
A
symplenesse of hem. For I here witness- For Y bere
witnessyng to hem, aftir :t

z
inge and? to hem, vp vertu , 'or power", mi3t and aboue mi3t thei weren wilful,
b
4 'and aboue vertu thei weren wilful with c ,
with myche monestyng bisechynge vs<i
d
moche monestynge bisechinge the vs the grace and the comynyng of myn-
grace and comenynge of mynysterie", that ystring, that is maad to hooli men.
sis maad in f
to hooly men&. And not as And not as we hopiden, but thei 3aueno
we hopiden, 1
but* thei 3anen hem silf first hem silf first to the Lord, aftirward to
to the Lord, aftirward to vsby the wille vs bi the wille of God. So that wee
<>of God. So that we preieden Tyte, that preyeden Tite, that as he bigan, so also
as he bigan, so and he perfoorme in 3011 he performe in 3ou this grace. But as 7
/also this grace. But as 36 abounden in 1
36 abounden in alle thingis, in feith,
k
alle thingis, in feith, word and science and and kunnyng, and al bisy-
1 1

, , Avord,
n
'or kunnynge, and al bisynesse, more- nesse, more ouer and in 3oure charite
ouer and in 3oure charite in to vs, that in to vs, that and k in this
grace 36
sandP in thisi grace 36 habounde. I seie abound en. Y seie
not as comaundinge, s
not as comaundinge, but by the bisynesse but bi the bisynesse of othere men ap-
of othere men 'also prouynge to gidere r preuynge also the good wit of 3oure
!the good wit of 3oure charite. Sothli 36 s
charite. And 36 witen the grace of oureii
witen the grace of cure Lord Jhesu Christ, Lord Jhesu Crist, for he was maad
forwhi he was made nedy for vs', whanne nedi for 3ou, whanne he was riche, that
he was ryche, that 36 schulden be maad 36 schulden be maad riche bi his nedy-

ryche by his myseste", 'or nedynesse

v . nesse. And Y 1
3yue counsel in thisio
10 And 3yue counceil in this thing ; sothli
I thing ; for this is profitable to 3ou, that
this is profitable to 3011, that not 'oonly not oneli han 11 bigunne to do, but also
'

x
bigynnen"' for to do, but and for? to 3e bigunnen to haue wille fro the for-
1 1 wilne fro the formere 3eer. Now forsothe
z
mere 3ere. But now parfourme 36 inn
and in dede performe 36, that as the yn- deed, that as the discrecioun of wille is
a b
witt of wil is redy , so be it and of per- redi, so be it also of parformyng of that
c
formynge of that thing that 30 han. that 3e han. For if the wille be redi, 12
d e
12 Sothli if the wille be redy, it is acceptid vp it is acceptid aftir that that" it hath,

8 chirehe MP. * Om. r. u Om. ox. v x. J Om. AGMNPQST o. w Om. GAfpQT. x richesse
profit
FWXY. z the vertu or. a Om. ox. b Om. 13. c
the ministerie o. mysterie v. Om. T. d Om. s. e
f Om. v. h Om. Q.
S men, hou thei
myyten make her propre goodis comoun to the need of holy men. Q.
'
Om. o. k and word v. !
kunnynge o.
m Om. ox. n al good Q. Om. v. p Om. N. 1 the r.
r
appering also r.
8
joure alter o. '
jou v.
u
mysese N. nedynesse o.
v Om. ox. w han bigunne v.
*
* Om. sx. 7 Om. x. z
onely for to do mynystracioun of^oure goodis to pore men, but and for to wolen
8 discrescioun v. b c
3 e bygynne Q. redy to wilne good Q. in dede Q. perfourmynge, doynge
d For e aftir
v. GMNPQT.

f And E. 6 I b.
h
in k. >
in b. k also
CEiKM<juxabceghkoo(9. also and B.
1
Om. Qgpr.m.
'" hath K. n Om. Q.

VOL. IV. 3 D
 386 II. CORINTHIANS. vni. 13 24.

that that f
it hath not vp h that that 1
e, not aftir that that it hath not. And not is

is it hath not. Forsoth not 'that it be re- that be remyssioun to othere men,
it
k 1
and to 3ou tribulacioun ; but of euenesse 14
myssioun , "or slouthe , to othere, forsoth
14 to 3011 tribulacioun"; but of euenesse, in in the present tyme 3oure aboundance
theP present tyme 3oure haboundauncei fulfille the myseese of hem, that also the

fulfille the myseste of hem

r 8
that arid' the ,
aboundaunce of hem be a fulfillynge
v
haboundaunce of hem" be 'supplement, or of 3oure myseise, that euenesse be maad ;

w that euenesse as it is writun, He that gaderide myche,

fulfillinge, of 3oure myseste ,
is

ir> be maad as it x is writun, He that hath

;
was not encresid, and he that gaderide
mochey, haboundide not, and he that' litil
a
, litil, hadde not lesse. And Y do thank- ie
yngis to God, that 3af the same bisy-
b c
do thank -
ihadde not lasse . Forsoth I

same bysy- d nesse for 3ou in the herte of Tite, for

yngis to God, that 3af the 17

nnesse for 3ou in the herte of Tyte, for he resseyuede exortaciounP ; but whanne
sotheli he resceyuede exortacioun e
, W he was bisier, bi his wille he wente

monestynge* ; but whanne he was bisyere, forth to 3ou. And we senten with hym is
with* his wille he wente forth to 3011. a brother, whose preisyng is in the gospel

IB Forsoth we senten with hym oure

h bro- bi alle chirchis. And not oneli 1, but 19
k he
ther 1
, whos preisynge is in the gospel by also is ordeyned of chirchis the
19 alle chirchis. Forsoth not oonly 1
, but and felowe of oure pilgrimage in to this
he ordeyned of chirchis the felowe of
is grace, that is mynystrid of vs to the
oure pilgrymage into this grace, that is glorie of the Lord, and to oure ordeyned
mynystrid of vs to the glorie of the Lord, wille ; eschewyrige this thing, that no 20
20 and to oure ordeyned wille ; eschewinge"
1
man blame vs in this plente, that is
this thing, that no man blame, dispise", W mynystrid of vs to the glorye of the
vs in this plente, that is mynystrid of vs Lord. For we purueyen good thingis, 21
21 to the glorie of the Lord. Sothli we pur- not onely bifor God, but also bifor alle

ueyen goode thingis, not oonly bifore God, men. For we senten with hem also 22
22 but also bifore alle men. Forsoth we oure brothir, whom we ban preued in
senten with hem and oure brother?, whom many thingis ofte, that he was bisi, but
we ban prouyd in manye thingis ofte, for* nowe myche bisier, for myche trist in
r
to be bisy, now forsoth moche bisyer, in 3ou, ethir for Tite, that is my felowe 23
r
'
23 moche trist in* 3ou, ethir
1
for Tyte, that is and helpere in 3ou, ethir for oure bri-

my felowe, and3ou helpere, ether cure"in theren, apostlis of the chirches of the
v
britheren, apostlis of chirchis of the glorie glorie of Crist. Therfor schewe 36 in 8 34
24 of Crist. Therfor schewe 36 in to w the to hem in the face of chirchis, that
faces" of chirchis, the^ schewynge that is schewynge that is of 3oure e
charite and
of 3oure charite and of oure z glorie for of oure glorie for 3ou.

f Om. NX. at o. ? hath, in yttynge to releeue the need of nedy men o. h aftir GHNPQT. '
Om. NT. at o.
k that the Om. or m other that taken it o. '

largenesse of y>ur alines be slewthe Q. OQX. ydilnesse r.

othere men y. n tribulacioun, bot / mole Q. P this GNQT. Om. HP.
for y>ure foly yuyngf Q.
r s hem that ben ' Om. x.
1 aboundauuce of worldly goodis Q. mysese N. nedy Q.
1l
hem, that w,
v Om. ox. w * Om. x.
the plente of her goostly help <j. mysese, or nede N. J
gaderide myche r.
2 that hade a litil r. b hath iv. c lessid N. d hath N. e oure exortacioun
g.
y. gaderide jouen
f or amonestynge GMPT. Om. ox. of amonestynge to enfourme ym to abounde in this symplenesse Q. S bi v.
k
ii
a v. '
brother, Luke or Barnabas Q. gospel, in tvritynge or prechynge Q.
1 oonli
hyrn N. onely the
m ethchewynge GQ. n Om. O.Y. the N. P brother Apollo o..
preysinge of hym is in the gospel Q.
t other M et P u othere v. v
q Om. sx. r for
r. 9 to N.
passim. chirchis, opynly, that othere taken
w to hem v. * face v. y that v. z GSTVXY
ensnmnple y. 3oure pr.m.

Om. R pr. m. k pr. m. P exortacioun, or monesting EKQRceghk sec. m. oafi. exortacioun, either mo-
1 oonli preisid R sec.m. r Om. CKI
nesting jauxa. exortacioun, or stiring i. pr. m. KjiQRUxabceghko/3.
5 Om. k/3.
* oure K sec. m. x.
 IX. i 10. II. CORINTHIANS. 387

13011 'into hem*. a

*Forwhi of b the myn- CAP. IX.
ysterie that is maad into c hooly men, it is For" of the mynystrie that isv maad 1

to me of d 'haboundaunt, or plente e , for f to to hooli men, it is to me of plente to

wryte to 3011. write to 3011. For Y knowe 3oure wille,2

CAP. IX. for the which Y haue glorie of 3ou
2 Forsoth woot& 3oure ynwitt redyI 1' 1
,
anentis Macedonyes, for also Acaie is
for the which I haue glorie of 3011 anentis redi fro w a 3eer passid, and 3oure loue
k
Macedonyes, for and Acaye is redi fro a hath stirid ful manye. And we han:
3eer passid, and 30111-6 lone hath stirid ful sent britheren, that this thing that we

smanye. Forsoth we han sent britheren glorien of 3ou, be not auoidid in this"
1

that that" thing that we glorien in 3011,

1
parti, that as Y seide, 36 be redi. Lest 4
be not auoydid in this partie , that as I whanne Macedonyes comen with me, and
4
seyde, 36 be redyP. Lest when Macedonyes fynden 3ou vnredi, we be schamed, that
schuleni come with me, and schulen r fynde we seieny 3ou not, in this substaunce.

3011 vnredy, we schamen 8 ,

that we* seye u Therfor Y
gesside necessarie to preies
v Therfore come
53011 not, in this substaunce . I britheren, that thei bifore to 3ou,

gesside necessarie for"' to praye britheren, and make redi z this bihi3t blessyng to be
that thei come bifore to 3011, and make redi, so as blessing, and not as aueryce.
redy this bihi3t blessynge* for? to be redy, For Y seie this thing, he that sowith <;

a
2
6 so as blessinge , not as auarice b This . scarseli, schal also repe scarseli ;
and he
thing forsothe I seye, for" he that sowith that sowith in blessyngis, 'repe schal

scarsly, schaland d scarsly repe; and he also a of b blessyngis. Ech man as he;
that sowith in blessingis, schal repe and 6 castide in his herte, not of heuynesse, or
7of blessyngis. Ech man as he castide f in of nede ; for c God loueth a glad 3yuere.
his herte, not of heuynesse^, or of nede h
v

; And God is mi3ti to make al graces

sforsoth God loueth a glad 3yuere. For- abounde d in 3ou, that 36 in alle thingis
sothe 1
God is my3ty for k to make al grace euere more han al sufficience, and
abounde in to good werk
1
abouride in thingis3011, that 36 in alle al ; as it is o

euermore hauynge" al sufficience, abouride 1

writun, He delide abrood, he 3af to pore
9 in to al good work ; as it" is writun, He men, his ri3twisnesse dwellith withouten
delide a brood, he 3af to pore men, his ende. And he that mynystrith seed to 10

ri3twisnesse dwellith into? Vithouteri the sowere, schal 3yue also breed to ete,
"

loendei. Forsoth he that 1

mynistrith seed and he schal multiplie 3oure seed, and

to the ^man sowynge 8 and 1 schal 3yue u , make myche 6 the encreessingis of fruytis
breed for v to ete, and he schal multiplie of 3oure ri3twisnesse; that in alle thingis n
w
3oure seed, and make moche the encres- 36 maad riche waxen? plenteuouse in to
f

a Om. a b and of s. c to r. d Om. AN. e

v.
Chapter IX. commences here in v. aboundaunce,
or plente GMPSTFV. abound, or a plente o. aboundaunce, or plente otter mesiire Q. aboundaunce x. Om. '

OQSX. g knowe v. h wille v. Om. v. k Om. N. '

britheren to ym, to enfourme Tftu discretly that
'

ye be redy Q.
m this v. n of v. P redye, and ti'ys in doynge Q. 1 Om. r. r Om. r.
part sx.
8 ben scliamed r. * I G u v
pr. m. MNPQT. si;e MP. sai x. saye Q. substaunce, or yft that relecuelh
w Om. sx. x J Om. sx.
pore men, to be redye Q. blessyng, that causith cuerlastynge blessing Q.
2
blessing, for youre good nnlle and discrecioun Q. a and not GMPTY. sec.m. auerice, or nygardye, nether '>

c Om. d also v. e {
to plenteuously o. r. castide, or ordeynede Q. caste sx. g hevynesse, or
also v .
schame h or of need,
Q. constreyned, but of pure loue wilfully to the needye, yeue he his blessynge to the
pore o. Om. x. '
For whi v. k Om. sx. 1 for
to abounde Q. m haf o. n Om. x. Om. G pr.m.
P Om. v. 1 withouten ende world of world G pr. m. MPQ. world of world G sec. m. r Om. G pr. m.
s * Om. u v Om. w
sowere v. sowende x. r.
5yue also r. sx. jou G pr. m.

u Forwhi cab m. m. v was w for A pr. m. x Om. EQ

sec. c sec. b. pr. m. egk. y sijen BRgoo3.
sunken i. b. z Om. EIQ pr. m. e pr. m. g. a also HO. b in b. c forwhi A pr. m. cb sec. m.
sy3e repe
c sec. m. forsothe a. d to abounde k pr. m. e Om. R. f ben maad k pr. m. S wexen QR!I et alii, and
wexen k pr. m.

3 D 2
 .'388 II. CORINTHIANS. IX. ii X. 6.

yngis* of fruytis of 3oure ri3twysnesse ; al symplenesse, which worchith bi vs

nthatv in alle thingis 3e z inaad ryche ha- doing of thankingis to God. For the 12
a b c
bounde 'in to alle symplenesse , the mynystrie of this office not oneli fillith

which worchith by vs doynge of thank- tho thingis that failen to holi men, but
d
i2yngis to God. For the mynisterie 6 of also multiplieth many thankyngis to
this office not oonly tho thingis that
fillith God, bi the preuyng of this mynystrie, is
h
faylen to
f
hooly men, but also aboundith which glorifien God in the obedience
h of 3<nire knouleching' in the gospel of
by manyeS in doynge of thankingis to
is the Lord, by prouynge of this mynysterie Crist, and in symplenesse of comynyca-
1

glorifiynge God in the obedience of 3oure cioun in to hem and in to alle, and in u
knowleching in the gospel of Crist, and in the biseching of hem for 3ou, that desiren

symplenesse of comynycacioun into hem 3ou for the excellent grace of God in
u and into k alle 1 , and in" the" bisechinge of
1

3011. Y do thankyngis to God of the 15

hem for 3011, desyringe 3ou? for the clerei 3ifte of hym, that may not be teld.
r
i-">grace in 3011. I do 5 thankingis to God*
vpon" the Vnenarrable, or that may not
1 be told", 3ifte of hyrn. VT Forsoth I w Poul CAP. X.
biseche 3011, by the hornlynesse", or mylde-
v
And Y my silf Poul biseche 3ou, bi i

1 k and softnesse of Crist,

nesse?, and
1
softenesse, "or patience -, of the myldenesse
Crist, the
3
which sothely in the face 1'
am which in the face am meke among 3ou,
meek among 3011, forsoth I absent triste and absent triste in 3ou. For Y preie 2
Y
in 3011. 3ou, that lest Y
present be not bold bi
CAP. X. the trist, in which Y am gessid to be
2 Forsothe, britheren
c
, I preie 3011, that bold in to summe, that demen vs, as if
d For we 3
I present be not hardy by 'the ilke e
trist, we wandren aftir the fleisch.
in which I am f
gessid for to be hardy in walkynge
1'
fi^ten not aftir the
in fleisch ,

to sumrneK, the
1'
whiche deme vs, as we fleisch. For the armuris of oure kny3t-4
swandren 1
vpJ the fleisch. Forsoth k we hod ben not fleischli, but my3ti bi God
walkynge fleisch, fi3ten notin kk hold-
V
1

,
W to the distruccioun of strengthisP. And
*en not kny$thod m D
the fleisch. For- we distrien counsels, and alle
vp , h^nesses
whi the armers of oure kny3thod ben not that hi3eth a3ens the science of
it silf

fleischly, but my3ty to God toP the de- God, and dryuen 'in to"* caitifte al vn-

struccioun of wardingis, strengthisi ; W r

dirstonding in to the seruyce of Crist.
swe r distroyinge
8
counceils 1
and al 1113- , And we ban redi to venge al vnobedi-
v w whanne
nesse" i'eysinge him a3ens the science of ence, 3oure obedience schal be
x
God, and dryuynge into caytifte al>' vn- fillid. Se 36 the thingis that ben after?
ony man him
s
trustith to
dirstondinge into the* seruyse of Crist ;
the face. If
b c
of Crist, thenke he this
(ialso* hauynge in redynesse for to venge silf, that he is

x '
Om. GMPQT. a in G pr. b
encresynge o. y that je G.I/PQT. in. r. symplenesse of herle o.
h in o sec.m. r.
manye men G
c Om. d thankis MPQ. e { 6 m.
r. mysterie N. in v. sec. mysterie e.
k in G
pr. m. 1
alle other Q.
m into G. n Om. GMPQT. 3011 to God Q. P 5ou to be in blisse <j.

God v. God for 3011 x. u

1 excelent y, T
grace, or charite Q. grace of jif o.
l r. *
vp o. of
vv
begins here in
v vnuenerable G pr, m. vntelable o. vnnarrable r. vnnoumbrable x. v. X.
Chapter
w I x y Om. ox. z Om. OA-. a Om. v. b
face, or rvythouteforth g.
myself v. holynesse T.
c brether GX. Om. y. d in to e that x. { Om. sx. S sum vncorrect i). h Om. y. '
wandriden Y.
Q.
J aftir G.WPQTF. k For y. kk in the Y. 1
beren out Q.
m Om. OA". Ji^tinge ayin the world and the deuyl Q.
a aftir GMpQTy. Om. Om. r Om. and we s distroien v. l the
by PQFY sec.m. P Q. <1 OA'. Q. y.
u v reiside
x w Om.
counseiles Q. heijnesse of worldly wise men Q. hijnesses pr. m. Q. Q. itself v.
x v. y in that that in vs is al Q. z Om. o. a and also GT. and also we and y. ^ we han r.
dryuen q.
c Om. si".

K marg. m
hoomlynesse K marg.
h k ether
knowing k pr. m. ether patience ether
' 1
glorifiynge A.
hardi K
'i
n
marg. wandrynge b. the flesch K. P ether ivardyngis K marg. 1 vnto a. r Om. K. s
Om. a.
 X. 7 i?. II. CORINTHIANS. 389

al vnobedience, whanne 3oure obedience thing eft* anentis hym silf, for as hes
7 schal be fulfillid d . Se c 36 the f thingis that is Cristis, so also we. For 1 if Y schal
ben vponS the face h If ony man tristith to .
glorieony thing more of oure power,
him silf, him' fork 'to be of Crist, thenke 1
which the Lord 3af to vs in to edifiyug,
she this thing eft anentis himsilf, for as and not in to 3oure distruccioun, Y schal
he is Cristis Forwhi and
111
, so and we. not be schamed. But that Y be notf(
u v
if I schal glorie ony
thing more of oure gessid as to fere 3ou bi epistlis , for thei n
Lord 3af to vs into That w ben
power, the" which the seien, epistlis greuouse and
edifyinge, and not into 3oure distruccioun, stronge, but the presence of the bodi is
9 1 schal not schame Forsothe that I be . feble, and the word worthi to be dis-
not gessid as for? to feere 3011 by epistlis, pisid. He that is suche oon, thenke this, n
jo forwhi thei seyn, The epistlis beni heuye 1
",
for suche as we absent beri in word bi
*
or greuouse* , and strong, but the presence pistlis", suche we ben present in dede.
of body sijk', and the word contemptible, For we doren not putte? vs among, or 12
1 1 'or worthi for" to be dispysid v . He that comparisoune vs to summer), that co-
issuch 'maner man", thenke this, for what menden hem silf; but we mesuren vs in
maner men* we 'ben absents by epistlis
2
, vs and comparisounen vs silf to vs.
silf,

suche maner men* vs b present in dede. For we schulen not haue glorie ouer me- is

12 Sothli c we doren d not putte vs among, 'or sure, but bi the mesure of the reule
e
comparisowne vs to summe', that comen- which God mesuride to vs, the mesure
den hem silf; but we metinges, ^ormesur- that stretchith to 3011. For we ouer- 14

k a
inge Svs in Vs silf
2
}l 1
,
and comparisownynge 1
stretchen not forth vs , as not stretch-
iavs m silf to n vs, sothli we schulden not? inge to 3ou. For to 3ou we camen in the

gloriei 'into ful moche but vp the rnesure

r
,
s
gospel of Crist, not gloriynge ouer me- is

of reule, bi 1 which God mesuride to vs, the sure in othere mennus trauelis. For we
u mesure of strecchinge til u to 3ou. For- 'han hope b of 3oure c feith that wexith
soth v not w as we" not? strecchinge to a 3011, in 3ou to be magnefied bi oure reule in
'ouerholden vs b . Forsoth 'til to d 3011 we abundaunce, also to preche in to tho i

iscamen in the gospel of Crist, not glory- thingis that ben bi3endis 3ou, not to haue
inge 'into ful moche" in othere mennis glorie in othere mennus d reule, in these
trauelis. Sothly we hauynge hope f
of thingis that ben maad redi. He that 17

3oure feith waxynge in 3ou for& to be glorieth, haue glorie in the Lord.
For is

h
magnyfied vp oure' reule in habound- not he that comendith hym silf is preu-
k
icaunce, also for to preche into tho thingis yd, but whom God comendith.
that ben by3ondes 3ou, not for to glorie m 1

in othir mennis" reule , in thes thingis

17 that ben maad redy. Forsothe he that

d fillid y. e So
f thoo G. tho o.
A/PQT. S aftir GMPQTK. vp NOSWXY. h face, or >
Om.
opynly Q.
STYX pr.m, svx. ' that he is r. m of Crist GMPQ. of Cristis y.
k Om. n Om. OKA. be schamed v.
P Om. sx. 1 sothli ben y. T
greuous w.
s Om. ox. or
greuouse to vndurstonde Q. or heuy w.
t Om. K.

seek, or vnmyyty Q. is syk y. u Om. s. >v Om. w Om. ox. a manere man Y. x Om. jr. V ben
gloss ox.
absent thorouj woord N. absent ben in word y. z the a
pistlis G. pistolis sx. pystlis v\. of men G. men
rvite Q. Om. x. b we ben y. c For y. d Jur o. durn x. e Om. o. f sum men v. S mesourynge o.
meten y. h Om. O.Y. or mesuren y. i
Om. N. k oure silf GMPT. oure silf, that
is, byholdynge
in to oure conscience Q. '
comparisonen y. m oure GMPQT. n in e. forsothe y. P Om. y.
1 haue glorie y. T ouer mesure y. s after
GMPQT. bi y. * the o. Om. y. Om. Q. v For y.
w we ouerstrecchin not forth vs y. x Om. y. y Om. N. a vnto G sec. m. o. til to y. b we ouer-
holden vs G sec. m. Om. y. ouerhelden x. c For y. <1
vnto GAIPT. e ouer mesure y. { han v.

S Om. sx. h bi y. '

3oure G sec.m.
k Om. sx. '
Om. NSX. m haue glorie NK. n mans GMPQsyiv.
"
reule, or techy nge Q.

8 Om. l Forwhi A u the v forwhi A pr. m. c

b. pr. m. b sec. m. k. epistlis CEiKMQHUxabceghkonjS.
b m. k pr. m. w pistlis Mk. * epistlis EI pr. m. k. y ether menge K.
sec. for go/3. '" a this
0.
b
hopen
c oure k sec. m. d mannus
kpr.ru. Ebcgka.
 390 II. CORINTHIANS. X. 1 8 XI. 10.

glorieP in the Lord. Forsoth i

isglorieth,
not he that comendith him silf is proued,
but whom God comendith, 'or preisith*.

CAP. XI. CAP. XI.

i I schulden 8 susteyne 1 a litil
wolde '36
wolde that 36 wolden suffre a litil 1
I

thing of myn vnwysdom, but and" sup- thing of myn vnwisdom, but also sup-
2porte me
v w 'or here
vp me*. Sothly? I , porte 36 me. For Y loue 3ou bi the loue 2
loue 3ou by the loue of God
z sothli 3 I ;
of God; for Y haue spousid 3011 to oon
haue bihi3t, 'or bicome borwe b , for c to hosebonde, to 3elde a chast virgyn to

3yue 3ou a chast virgyne to a man ,

d f e h
Crist. But Y drede, lest as the serpents
.{Crist'. Forsoth I drede, lest as the ser- disseyuede Eue with his sutil fraude, so
k
pent disceyuede Eue with j his sutil wordis , 3oure wittis beri corrupt, and fallen doun
m
so 3oure 1 wittis ben corupt , and falle doun fro the symplenesse that is in Crist.
4 fro the symplenesse that is in Crist. For- For" if he that cometh, prechith anothir 4
whi if he that cometh, prechith anothir Crist, whom weprecheden not, or if 36
Crist, whom we prechen" not, or if 36 taken another spirit, whom 36 token not,

spirit, whom
taken anothir 36 resseyueden or another gospel, which 36 resseyueden

not, or anothir gospel, theP which 36 re- not, ri3tli 3e schulden suffre. For YO
sceyueden not, ri3tly 36 schulden suffre. wene that Y haue don no thing lesse
5 Sothlii I wene r
'for to haue don no thing
8
than the grele ee apostlis. For thou3 Ye
v
fro u the greete apostlis. Forwhi thou3
f
6 lasse
1 be vnlerud in word, but not in kun-
w
I be vnlerned in sermoun, 'or word*, but nyng. For in alle thingis Y am open to
not in science >, W kunnyng*. Forsoth 3ou. Or whether Y haue don synne, 7
in alle thingis a
I am schewid b
,
'or maud mekynge my that 36 be enhaunsid,
silf,

lltnowe*, to 3ou. Or whethir I haue do for freli Y prechide to 3ou the gospel
synne, mekynge,
v
or makinge low$ A
, my of God ? Y made nakid othere chirchis, K

silf, that 36 ben enhaunsid, for freely and Y sowde to 30111-6 seruyce.
took
I euangeliside
e
to 3ou the euangelie
f
of And whanne Y was among 3ou, and 9
s God? I spoilideS, 'or made nakide, or took hadde nede,Y was chargeouse to no man;
b k for britheren that camen fro Macedonye,
3J/?w , of othir chirchis, takynge soude 1

nto 30111-6 seruyse. And whenne I was fulfilliden that that failide to me. And
anentis 3ou, and nedide, I was chargeous in alle thingis Y haue kept, and schal
to no man ; forwhi britheren that camen kepe me with outen charge to 3ou. The 10
fro Macedonye, 'supplieden, or fulfilden, treuthe of Crist is in me ; for this

that that" failide to me. And in alle thingis glorie schal not be brokun in me in the

I haue kept and schal kepe meP withoute ,

cuntreis of Acaie. Whi ? for Y loue 1 1

10
charge to 3ou. The treuthe of Crist isi not 3ou? God woot. For that that? Y 12
in me for this glorie schal not be brokuri
; do, and that Y schal do, ?'.v that Y kitte

in r me, in the 'regiouns, or kuntrees*, of awei the occasioun of hem that wolen

r Om. ox. s that u also r.

36 wolden r.
*
P glorie he p.r. haue glorie r. q sustene, or suffre Q.
For
v Om. ox. or herewme me
MPQ. or berith *
s y For r. z Om. r.
supporteth x. je vp v. vp
a for v. Om. ox. or spousid r. c Om. sx. to oon husbonde y. d take G.VPQ. e Om. y. f maiden
> .s.

S o ANSTWXY. Om. r. Om. r. of Crist T. J bi M. k frawde AGMNOQsrrwxY. * oure TWY. pr. m.

'

m corupt, bi lijc fraude Q. n

prechiden y. token r. P Om. OK. Q For r. r wente w. s for I

haf o. to haue sx. that I haue r. i Om. s. u to o. than r. v jif Q. w not lernid G.VPQ. vnlerid syx.
& Om. N.
kunnyng I am vnlernyd Q.
* Om. ox. y kunnynge o. z Om. ox. or
curiously spekynge Q.
maad knowen o. opin r.
lj c Om. orx. d Om. ox. e
preched r.
*
gospel r. % made nakid r.
h Om. ovx. Om. vx. k and I took r. ! !
sowede c. m supplieden, or filliden ANSTWY. fulfilliden
r Om. G
kept me o. P Om. o. Om. o. pr. m.
GMPOX. filleden or. Q
theng that o. <J

3
regiouns GMPQ. contre o.

e Forwhi A pr. m. ca. ee

gretter o.
{ vnlernid QRgko0. unlernd KC. 6 Om. b pr. m.
 XI. II 25- II. CORINTHIANS. 391

nAchaye. Whi'? for I loue not 3011 ? occasioun, that in the thing, in which
v
12 God woot". 'For that that I do, and I thei glorien, thei be foundun as we.
schal do, that I kitte awey 'the occa- For h siche false apostlis ben trecherouse is
sioun" of hem, that wolen occasioun, 'or werk men, and transfiguren hem in to
plente, or power*, that in the thing, in apostlis of Crist. And no wondur, foru
which thei glorien, thei be founde suche? Sathanas hym silf
transfigurith' hym in
is as and we. Forwhi suche false apostlis to an aungel of light. Therfor it is is

ben trecherous 2
, 'or gylous*, work men, not greet, if hise mynystris ben trans-

Mtransfiguringe hem into apostlis b . And not c figurid as the mynystris of ristwisnesse,
wondir ; sothli'
1
he" Sathanas f transfygur- whos ende schal be aftir her werkis.
io ith& him into an' aungel of Iy3t. Therfor 1
Eft Y seie, lest ony man gesse me toie
it is not greet, if his mynistris ben trans- be vnwise; ellis take 36 me as vnwise,

figurid as the mynistris of ri3twysnesse, that also Y haue glorie a litil what.
iwhos ende schal be aftir hir workis. Eft That that Y speke*, Y speke not aftir 17
* that

f, . . . . . . . of my fleschli
k ,

ony man deme' me vnwyse

,

Godf, but as in VllWlSdom, in this SUb-

1
I seye, lest ; preysing. Lire

take 36
ellis me vnwyse m that and" I haue , staunce of glorie. For many men glo-18 *', not .
r ve '
T speke a/-
17 glorie a litil what. speke, 'That that I I rien aftir the fleisch, and Y schal glo- God; as to
the licnesse of
speke not vpP God, but as intoi vnwys- ne. For 36 suffren gladh vnwise men, 19 wordis, no g io-

i8dom r, in this substaunce of glorie. For- whanne 3e k silf

1
ben wise. For" 30 20 tochT
whi many men glorien vp s the fleisch, and susteynen , if ony man dryuethP 3ou in
19! schal glorie
1
. Forsoth" 36 suffren gladly to seruage, if ony
*
man deuourith, if ony
* God. TheGlose
v
vnwyse men, whanne 3e silf ben wyse. man
..
takith, if ony man is enhaunsid 9, here.
Either not aftir
w x . , , ,.

ony man dryue^ ony man smytith 3ou on the race. God, but us in
r 8
20 Sothli 36 susteynen , if if

Bi vnnoblei Y seie, as if we weren sike2i^7/^';ht

at
3ou into seruage, if ony man deuourith, if
ony man takith, if ony man is enhaunsid in this parti. In what thing ony man with p<are-
sonable and
*bi pride 1 if ony man smytith a dar, in vnwisdom Y seie, and Y dar.
b nedfni cause.
, 3011 'into
Lire here. ve.
21 face .
d
Vp vnnobley, I seye, as we weren e
Thei ben Ebrewis, and Y thei ben 22 ;

syke in this partye f In what thing ony .

Israelitis, and Y thei ben the seed of ;

man dar, in vnwysdoms I seie, and I dar. Abraham, and Y; thei ben the myn-23
22 Thei ben Ebrewis h and I'; thei ben Ys- ,
ystris of Crist, and Y. As lesse wise Y
seie, Y more
k
raelitis, and I thei ben the seed of A- ;
1
in ful many trauelis, in
;

"
braham, and I ben the more plenteuousli, in woundis
1
23 ; thei mynistris of prisouns
Crist, and I. As aboue maner, in deethis ofte tymes. Y24
f
lasse wys I seye, 'I more";
in ful manye trauels, in prisouns more resseyuede
11
of the Jewis fyue sithis

plenteuously, in woundis aboue 'manere, fourti strokis oon lesse; thries Y was 25
24 or ouer mesure", in deethis ofte tymes. I betun with 3erdis, onys Y was stonyd,
resceyuede of the Jewis fyue sythis fourty thries Y was at shipbreche, a v ny3t and
instrokis oon lesse; thries I was betun with aw dai Y was in the depnesse of the
3erdis, onys I was stoonyd, thryes YP maad see ; in weies ofte, in perelis of floodis, 26

4 Om. G
pr. m.
u
wotefor I loue yni <j.
v Forsothe
AGMNOQS. Forsothe that PTVWXY. w occa-
siouns K. occasioun, or plente or power N. x Om. NOX. take o sec. m. J Om. v.
marg.
z trechours TV. a Om. ox. b no Nr.
gileful s. aposteles of Crist GMOPQTVWXY. forwhi v.
<1

e Om. v. f h Om. or. k Om.

Satanas, her heed Q. Satanas him self v. S transfigured us. '
gesse v.
<;
pr. m.
I
to be vnwise v. m as vnwijs MOPQywxY. n Om. G And that K. that
pr.m.
at o. P after GMPQI'. 1 in NF. to Q. r wisdom v. * after i
GMPQV. glorie, that siche be reprenede Q.
u For v. v ee our GPQY sec.m.
j j je 3ou M. jou sx.
w For whi v. * suffren Q. y driueth v. z Om. x.
a x. b on v. c the face
AGMOPQSXY sec.m. d After e as if v.
smytynge N. smyte GMPQ. Bi v.
*
partx. S wisdom o. h Jewis s. '
Om. G m. k Om. G m. '
Om. o. Om. NS. " more I pr. pr.
m
o maner o pr. m. x. mesure o sec. m. P Om. o.

11
Forwhi A pr.m. '
transfiguride k.
k Om. m wise men i.
ca. 5our E. je jou xa. jou k.
'
i.
" Forwhi A pr. m. c. sufFren i. P driue ca. '1 enhauncid hi
pride ah.
r in to K sec. m. s
Om.
Apr. m. b. l ouer i.
u
resseyue k pr. m.
v Om. A sec. m. la-sec, m. a. w Om. a.
 392 II. CORINTHIANS. XI. 26 XII. 6.

perisching in schip, ny3ti and day I was in perelis of theues, in perelis of kyn,
r
26 in depnesse of the see ; in weies ofte, in in perelis of hethene men, in perelis in

perelis of flodis, in perels of theues, in citee, in perelis in desert, in perelis in

perelis of kyn, in perels of hethen men, the see, in perelis among false britheren,
in trauel x
8
'in perels in cite', in perels in desert, in and nedynesse, in many wak-27
perels in see", in perels in false britheren, yngis, in hungur, in thirst, in many fast-
27 in and v myseste w in many wak-
traueil ,
yngis, in coold and nakidnesse. With- 28
x
yngis. in hungir and thirst, in> many fast- outen tho thingis that ben withoutforth,
z a
asingis, in cold and in nakidnesse. With- myn ech daies trauelyng is the bisynesse
onte tho thingis that ben withouteforth ; of alle chirchis. Who is sijk, and Y ani2y
b c
myn eche dayes wakyrige , ^or studyinge
6
, not sijk ? who is sclaundrid, and am Y
2the e bisynesse of alle chirchis. Who is not brent? If it bihoueth to glorie, Yao

syk, and I am not syk ? who is sclaundrid, schal glorie in tho thingis that ben of
and I am not brend f
? myn infirmyte. God and the fadir of 31
oure Lord Jhesu Crist, that is blessid
CAP. XII. in to worldis, woot that Y lie not. The 32
;w bihoueth for^ to glorie, I schal glorie
If it preuost of Damask, of the kyng of the
in tho thingis that ben of myn infirmyte, folk Arethe-v , kepte the citee of Dama-
\\Cor jreelte^. God' and the fadir of oure scenes to z take me ; and bi a wyndow in 33
Lord Jhesu Crist, that is blessid into the
k
a leep Y was latun doun bi the 8
wal, and
worldis, wool, that I "gabbe not, or lyie
1
so Y ascapide
b
hise hondis.
32 not. The prouost, or kepere n , of Da-
maske, of the king of the folk Arethe ,

kepte the cite of Damascenys for? to take

:w me and by a wyndow in a leep I was
;
CAP. XII.
"

latun down by thei wal, and so I scapide bihoueth to haue glorie, it sped-
1
If it 1

i his hondis. rr
lf bihoueth 8 for4 to glo-
it ith not; but Y
schal come to the visiouns

rie, sothli it spedith not ; forsoth I schal and to c the reuelaciouns of the Lord.
come to the visyouns and reuelaciouns of I woot a man in Crist that bifore foure-2
2 the Lord. I woot a man in Crist bifore tene jeer; whether in bodi, whether out
fourtene 3eer ; wher in body, wher out of of the d bodi, Y woot not, God woot that ;

body", I woot not, God woot ; sich a man siche a man was rauyschid til to e the
3
v

rauyschid til to the thridde heuene. And"

v thridde heuene. And Y woot sich as
I woot such a man ; wher in body, or x out man ; whether in bodi, or out of bodi, Y
4 of body, I nooU, God woot; for he was noot f ,
God woot ;
that he was rauyschid 4

rauyschid into paradys, and herde priuey in to paradis, and herde preuy wordis,
a
z
wordes, the whiche it is not leefful to a whiche it is not leueful to a man to
r> man for b to speke. For sich maner thing speke. For such maner thingis Y schal 5
I schal glorie ; forsothe for me no thing, glorie ; me no thing, no? but in
but for
eno d but in Forwhi and myn infirmytees. For if Y schal wilne B
1'

myn infirmitees.

if I schal
f
wilne" for to" glorie, I schal not to glorie, Y schal not be vnvvijs, for Y

r Om. G u the see ASTXY.

l v in o. w
1 a nyjt x. pr. m. the cite
s
peril T. s.v.
nedynesse, either
x in Kr. and z Om. ba Om. xGMxop<?r. c
mysselste v. V o. w. day AGMPQSTFWXY. traueiling r.
d Om. ox. e is the v. f
brent, or purgid with multitude of sclaitndris Q. g Om. SA:. h Om. ox.
i
For o. k Om. srx. 1
Om. AGMtiopo.sTPwxY. m kepere x. n Om. OXY. of Arethe A pr.m. NOX.
Om. sx. r rr 4 Om. sx. u the
1 a x.
Cap. XII. begins here in r.
P s behoue sx.
ascapide v.
AOSTVXY pr.m.
v vnto
GMPQ. til N. w Om. G m. * whether x. y not wot s. z Om. r.
body pr.
a b Om. sx. c d not o. e wille M. wolen f Om. s*. S Om. sx.
eny o. thingis r. Q.

x traueilis k. y of Arethe iRcdk. z a a b c Om. d Om.

for to b. Eiqega. scapide b pr. m. R.
e f ne woot i. wot not K. Om. h Forwhi A
cKMRaeghk. vnto i. S b. pr. m. c.
 XII. 7 1 II. CORINTHIANS. 393

be vnwys; sothli u I schal seye treuthe; schal seie treuthe ; but Y spare, lest ony
forsoth' I spare, lest ony man gesse me man gesse me
ouer that thing that he
ouer that thing that he seeth in me, or seeth in me, or herith ony thing of me.
vheerith ony thing of me. And lest the And lest the greetnesse of reuelaciouns' 7
greetnesse of reuelaciouns
k enhaunce me enhaunse me in k pride, the pricke of
m an aungel of Sathanas,
pride the pricke of fleisch, an aun-
1
'I'M ,

v
my fleisch, is

gel of Sathanas, is 3ouun to me, the which 3ouun to me, that he buffate me. For;!
s boffatith n For which thing thries I
me. whiche thing thries Y
preiede the Lord,
preide the Lord, that it schuld go a wey that it schulde go awei fro me. And hen
ofro me. And he seide to me, My grace seide to me, My grace suffisith to thee;
sufficith to thee; forwhi vertu is perfitly for vertu is parfitli maad in infirmyte.
maad in infirmite. Therfore gladly I schal Therfor gladli Y schal glorie in myn
glorie in myn infirmytees, that
the .vertu infirmytees, that the vertu of Crist
10 of Crist dwelle in
00 me. For which thing dwelle in me. For which thing Y am 10
I plese to me? in myn infirmitees, in plesid in infirmytees, in dispisyngis,
myn
v

wrongi dispisyngis, or reprouyngis*, in in nedis, in persecuciouns, in anguyschis,

nedis, in persecuciouns, in angwyschis, for for Crist; for whanne Y am sijk, thanne
Crist ; sothli 8 whanne I am syk, thanne Y am mi3ti. Y am maad vnwitti, 3611
ill am my3ty. vnwitty", 36 I* am maad constreyneden me. For Y ou3te to be
constreyneden me
v Forsoth w I 'schulde, . comendid of 3ou ; for Y dide no thing
or x ow^te, for? to be comendid of 3011 ; lesse than thei that ben apostlis 'aboue
sothli z I dide no thing lesse fro hem a that
v
maner 1
.
Thou3 Y am nou3t, nethelesi2
ben apostlis aboue manere b Forwhi c . the signes of myn apostilhed ben maad
d e f
J2thou3 I be nou3t , nethelees the? sygnes on 3ou, in al pacience, and signes, and
of 'myn apostilhed h ben maad on 1 3011, in k grete wondris, and vertues. And what is

al pacience, and singnes, 'or miraclis and

1
, is it, that 36 hadden lesse than othere

isgrete wondris, and vertues. Sothli what chirchis, but that Y my silf greuyde 3011
is it, that 36 hadden lasse bifore" othere not ? For3yue 36 to me this wrong.
chirchis, no but that I my silf greuyde 3ou Lo ! this thridde tyme Y am redi to 14

not ? For3yue 36 to me this wrong?. come to 3011, and Y schal not be greuous
u Loo ! this thridde tyme I am redy for to ,
to 3011; for Y seke not tho thingis that
come to 3ou, and I schal not be greuous ben 3oure m , but 3ou. For nether sones
r
to 3ou ; forsothe I seke not tho thingis owen to tresoure to fadir and modir,
that ben 3oure, but 3ou. Forsoth 8 nethir but the fadir and modir to the sones.
sones owen to* tresoure, 'or make tresour", For Y schal 3yue moost wilfuli, and Y is
and modir, but the v fadir and
to fadir my silf schal be 3ouun aboue" for 3oure
ismodirw to the x sones. Forsoth> I moost soulis Y more loue 3ou, and be
; thou3
wilfully schal 3yue, and I
z
my silf schal lesse louyd. But be it Y greuyde not 16 ;

be 'ouer3ouun a for 3oure soulis ; thou3 I 3ou, but whanne Y was sutil, Y took 3ou
16 more
b
louynge be lesse loued. But be it ; , with gile. Whether Y disseyuede 3ou 17
I greuyd not 3ou, but whanne I was sutil bi ony of hem, which Y sente to 3ou ?

h for v. '
sothely o.
k reuelacioun N. 1
Om. x. m of my v. n that he buffate v. that buffete x.
the whiche s. Om. K. P me, or gretly delite Q. 1 Om. v. r Om.
GMOPQVX. "
for r. * and N.
n v me, w For r.
vnwitty, thus commendyng my silf Q. for thorny "youre blame 1 was const reynede Q.
x Om. orx. Om. sx. z for a than thei r. maner c Om. d
Sothly x. y r.
?ny Q. r. jif g.
e am y. f not apostle, as it semeth to summen Q. g these r. h
postlehed G pr. n. MPQ.
my >
in KY.
k on TXY. 1
Om. OQX. m lesse of techynge Q. n than r.
not, bitakynge of^ou g. P thing g.
1 Om. sx. r for r. s Forwhi K. t for to
GA/.vpQTr. u Om.
MOPQX. v the goostly Q. w the modir N.
x Om. For z Om. G a b
o. y r. pr.m. MPQ. jouen ouer v, louynge 3ou r.

'
reuelacioun k. k to /3.
1
ouer mesure I.
'joures.u.
D ouer i. and Y a.

VOL. IV. 3 E
 394 II. CORINTHIANS. xii. 17 xm. 5.

i7wyse
c
, I d took* 3011 with gyle. Wher I Y preiede Tite, and Y sente with hym is
disceyuede 3ou by ony of hem/ the whiche?
f
a brother. Whether Tite
begilide 3ou?
h
is I sente to 3011? I preiede Tyte, and I whether we 3eden not in the same spi-
seute with him a brothir. Wher' Tyte rit? whether not in the same steppis?
k
bigylide 3011? wher we gon not in the
1
Sum tyme 36 wenen, that we schulen 19
m
same spiryt ? wher not in the same step- excuse vs anentis Bifor God in
3ou.
is pis"? Sum tyme 36 wenen, that we schu- Crist we speken ; and, moost dere bri-
len excuse vs anentis 3ou. Bifore God in theren, alle thingis for 3oure edifiyng.
Crist we speken ; forsothe, moost dere But Y drede, lest whanne Y come, Yao
britheren, alle thingis for joure edyfy- schalP fynde 3ou noti suche as wole, Y
2<>ingeP. Sotheli I drede, lest perauenture and Y
schal be foundun of 3011 suche as
whanne I schal come, I schal fynde<i 3ou r 36 wolen not lest
perauenture stryu-
;

8
not which manere* and I schal be
I wole,
yngis, enuyes, sturdynessis,
dissenciouns
founde of" 3ow v which maner w 30 wolen and r detraccions, preuy spechis of dis-

not"; lest perauenture stryuyngis, enuyes, cord, bolnyngis hi pride, debatis ben
sturdynessis, dissenciouns and detrac- among and lest eftsoone whanne Yai
3011 ;

ciouns, priuey spechis of? discord, boln- come, God make me low anentis 3ou,
z b
ynges bi* pride , debatis be among 3ou ; and Y biweile many of hem, that bifor
21 lest c eftsoone whanne I schal come, God synneden, and diden not penaunce on
make me Ioii3
d
anentis 3ou, and 6
I weyle
f
the vnclennesse, and fornicacioun, and

manye of hem, that bifore synneden, and vnchastite, that thei han don.
diden not penaunce ofs the vnclennesse,
and fornycacioun, and vnchastite, that thei
han don. 1'

CAP. XIII. CAP. XIII.

i Lo this thridde tyme I come to jou,
! Lo ! this thridde tyme Y come to 3ou, i

and in the mouth of tweyne' or thre wit- and in the mouth of tweyne 9 or of thre 1

anessis euery word schal stonde. I seide witnessis euery word schal stonde. Ya
bifore, and k seye bifore, as present twyes, seide bifor, and seie bifor, as present
and now absent, to hem that bifore han twies,and now absent, to hem that bifor
synned, and to alle othere; for if I schal han synned, and to alle othere; for if Y
3 come eftsoone, I schal not spare. Wher come eftsoone, Y schal not spare. Whe-s
m that
36 seken asayinge of him
1
spekith in ther 36 seken the preef of that Crist,
me, Crist", the which is not sykP in 3ou, that" spekith in me, which is not feble
4 but isi my3ty in vs r ? Forwhi thou3 he in 3ou? For thou3 he was v crucified of 4
8
was crucified of infirmyte but he lyueth , infirmyte, but he lyueth of the vertu
of the vertu of God. Forwhi and* we ben of God. For also we ben sijk in hym,

syke in hym, but we schulen lyue with but we schulen lyue with him of the
shim of the vertu of God in vs. Asayeu vertu of God in vs. Asaie 3ou silf, if'5
v
silf, if
3ou ben in thew feith x
36 ; 30 3ou 3e ben in the feith; 36 3011 silf preue.

c Om. GV.
willy STXY pr. m. wille w.
d Om. e
disceued G sec. m. toke, or disceyuede Q.
T. f with o.

g whom Gjrpg. whiche r. h sende o. PQ. k

giled
'
o. Whether
l
3eden v. m ai>d MPQ. n
steppis,
or rverkis g. and in s. P edificacioun N. 1 not fynde GMPQ. r Om. o. s Om. GMP. * maner

men Q. u v
jou GMPTX.
w maner man Q. x not,
at K.
scharpely punyschynge yi. I dreede Q.
y or K. z a with o. Om. x. b Om. x. c I dreede lest d humble, or low Q.
bolnynge K. g.
e so that and
Q.
f biweile v. 8 on v. h haden o. '
two GMPQ pass. k and 1 MPQX. '
an experi-
ment, or asaiyngc GA/NPOY marg. m that Crist v. n Om. N. Om. N. P made seek, or vnmy^ty g.
<1 Om. G r u
pr. m. MP. he is Q.
s * and
jou v. infirmyte of mankynd Q. jif Q. Tempte, or asaye Q.
Asajeth s.
Asaye je x. v
joure c.wpg. thi o. w Om. TV. *
joure GPQ.

P schal not K pr.m. Om. R pr. m.

r Om. A. s two i et alii. * other a. " Om. ag pr. m.
v were w
i. jour E.
 XIII. 6 13- II. CORINTHIANS. 395

silfprone?. Wher 36 knowen not 3011" silf, Whether 36 knowen not 1 3ouy silf, for
for Crist Jhesu is in 3011? no a but b 36 Crist Jhesu is in 3ou? but in happe 36
e ben repreuable. Forsoth I c
hope, that 36 ben repreuable. But Y hope, that 36 c
7knowen d for e we ben
not repreuable. So- knowen, that we ben not repreuable.
thely we
preien the Lord, that 36 don no Arid we preien the Lord, that 36 do no 7
*
thing of yuel ; not that we seme prouyds, thing of yuel; not that we seme preued*,
f
preued; that
is, perfit and
h
but that do that that 1
but that 36 do that that is good, and men
36 is
good, forsoth grete in

k that we ben as 2 repreuable.

8 that we be repreuable. Forsothe" we
1 1
For we
mowen no thing a^ens treuthe but for 11
,
moun no thing a3ens treuthe, but for the
9 treuthe ForsothP we ioyen, for*! we ben
. treuthe. For we whanne we ben
ioyen,
*tat myjti in
}ou, in using?
syke
1
forsoth
",
s
36 ben my3ty and we ;
1
sijk, but 56 ben my3ti and we preien
; power in uen-
v ,,..,. p mi f iauncis. re-
10 preien this thing, 3oure endinge". Sothli this thing, 3oure perreccioun. J herror lOpreuatie; that
therfore I absent write "this thing w , that Y absent write these thingis, that Y jfo^^d
I present do not hardere, vp x the power,
1131
present do not hardere, bi the powere,
te'^huien'
which the Lord 3af to me into edifi-
the^ which the Lord 3af to me in to edifi- ven 8e The
-

Glos here. ve.

z
1 1
cadoun, and not into distruccioun Bri- .
cacioun, and not in^oure distruc-
to Either are-

1 b 3
theren, hennis forward ioye 30, 'be 36 cioun. Britheren, 'hennus forward ioyeii
'

perfyt, and teche 3e

c
Vndirstonde 3e d the ; 3e, be 36 perfit, excite 36; vndurstonde 36
same thing haue 36 pees, and God of pees the same thing haue 36 pees, and God L" e
; ;

e
12 and loue schal be with 3ou. Greete 3e f of pees and of loue schal be with 3ou.
wel to gidere in hooly coss. Alle hooly Grete 36 wel togidere in hooli b cos. Alle 12

13 men greeteu 3ou wel. The grace of oure& hooli men greten 3011 wel.
grace The is

Lord Jhesu Crist, and the charite of God, of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, and the cha-
and the comunynge of the Hooly Gost, be rite of God, and the comynyng of the
with 3ou alle. Amen. Hooli Gost, be with" 3ou alle
c
Amen. .

Here endith the secunde pistle to Co- Hereendith the secunde pistle to Co-
rintkis, and now bigynneth the prolog to rinthies, and d bigynneth
the* prologe on
Galathies^. the pistle to Galuthies*.

y proueth sx. z a Om. x. b bot

joure GMPQ. perauenture <?. but in hap r. but if happili x.
c for GMP. d woot o. e that v. * we
preyen not o. K prouyd of God, in vsynge oure power Q. h at o.
i
Om. R. at o, k that that w. 1
ben as yr. m For r. n the treuthe SXY
pr. m. the treuthe
For whanne v. s we K.
AGMXOpQSTrwxY. P v. q '
seek, no thing mowinge of oure silf Q. * not

u v Om. v. w these x aftir

dredynge; and Q. eendyng, that $e he perfijt qe. perfeccioun v. thingis v. MPQ.
bi r. J Om. r. z
^oiire districcioun xr.
a forthward M. forth
Q.
b beth x. c excite
je r. techeth x.
d vnderstondeth x. e of loue or. Om.
h Hecre endith the secounde
S joure r.
K. pistle to Co-
'

rynlhys, and heere bigynnelh Here endith the secunde pistil to Corynfhis, and
epistle to Galathies. A.
bigynneth the prolog on the pistil to Galathies. N. Here eendeth the secounde epistel to Corinthies, and
bygynneth the prologe of the epistil to Galathies. o. Here endeth the pistles to the Corinthies, and bygyn-
neth the pistel to the Galathies. Q. Here endith the secounde epistle to Corinthies, and bigynneth the prologe
to Galathies. T. Heere endith the secunde Corinthies, and here bigynneth the prologe to Galathies. r.
Here eendith the secounde pistil to Corinthis, and bigynneth a prologe to Galathies. w. No final rubric in
GMPSA'V.

* Om. a. y jour E. z Om. a. a hens forth ward ek. b the hooli b. c alle r. alle 3011 A pr. m. CEKMRaeioa.
d and here M. a Ma. f From Here endelh the secounde pistle to Corinthies; se now the pro-
ciMqacoa.
loge on the pistle to Galathies. K. Here endith the secounde pistle to Corynthis; here bygynneth the prologe
to Galathies. bh. Here endith the pistlis of the Corinthies, and bigynneth a prologe on the pistele of Gal-
thenes. g. Here eendith the secunde Corinthies, and here bigyniieth the prologe on the pistel to Galathies. k.
No final rubric in AERUC.

3 E2
 GALATIANS.

The prolog to Galathies a . Here bigynneth a prologe to Galathies*.

GALATHIES ben Greekis. Thes the b GALATHIES ben Grekis. Thei token
word of treuthe first tooken of the c
first of the postle b the word of treuthe ;

apostle ;
but aftir his departyng, thei but aftir his goyng awei, thei weren
weren temptid of false apostlis, that thei temptid of false apostlis, that thei weren
schulden be turned into the olde lawe turned in to lawe d and 6 circumcisioun.
and d
circumcisioun. Thes reuoketh the The postles a3en clepith hem to the
f

apostle to the feith of treuthe, writinge feith of treuthe, and writith to hem fro

to hem fro Ephesye.

1
Efesus '.

Here endith the prolog, and bigynneth Jerom in his prolog to Galathies writ-
e 1
the epistle . ith this .

The epistle to the Galathiis*. Here bigynneth the epistle to

Galathies*.

CAP. I. CAP. I.

1 Poul apostle, not b of men, neither by Poul the apostle, not of men, ne bi i
man c , but bi Jhesu Crist, and God the man, but bi Jhesu Crist, and God the
2 fadir, that
reyside him fro deede men, and fadir, that reiside hym fro deth, and alle-j

alle the britheren that ben with me, to the britheren that ben with me, to the
A the chirchis d of Galathie,
grace to 3ou, and chirchis of Galathie, grace to 3ou and 3

pees of God the fadir, and of oure Lord pees of God the fadir, and of the Lord

a
Prolog, s. Prologus Y. No initial rubric in OTV, No prologue in AGMPQX. In N the prologue is
d of K.
prologe, and bygynneth
of the second text. & Om. v. c Om. v. f Here eendith the

the epislel to Galathies. ow. Here endith the prologe to Galathis, and bigynneth the pistel. T. No final
rubric in SFV. a From M. The pistle to Galathies. PQ. Here begynneth the boke of Galathis. r. No
initial rubric in the other Mss. b not chosen Q. c men
Q.
d chirche Q.

a From u. Jerom on Galthas. E. The prolos to Galathies. N. A prolog on the pistle to Galathies. H.
No b
Here bigynneth the prologe on Gallant/lies, e. Prolog, f. initial rubric in ACiKMQa. apostle
EQReghoa.
c Om. B pr.m. d the lawe
CEiKMNRUabcefghknoa/3. pr. m.
e of h. * And the k
S apostle inhk. h Etfecies i
Jerom in his prologe on this pistle to Galathies nritith this. c.
Eicjega.
Heere endith the prologe, and biginnith the pistle. i. Jerom in his prologe seith al this. K. Here endith
the prolog that is seid bi Jerom on this epistle. N. Thus endeth the prolog, and bigynneth the pistle. R.
Jerom seith this to Galathies. u. Here endith prologe, and bigyneth epistil. g. This seith Jerom in his
prolog to Galathies. h. Jerom in his prolog on the pistil to Galathies nritith thus. k. Jerom in his prolog
on this epistle seith this. a. No final rubric in Eef. * Poul to Galathies. E. No initial rubric in
AC i KQRuabcghko.
 I. 417- GALATIANS. 397

4Thesu Crist, the 6 which jaf him silf for Jhesu Crist, that 3af hym silf for oure 4
oure synnes, that he schulde delyuere vs of f synnes, to delyuere vs fro the present
thiss present weyward world, vp
1'
the wil wickid world, bi the wille of God and
s of God and oure fadir, to whom is ^honour of b oure fadir, to whom is worschip and&
and glorie in to worldis of worldis. Amen
1
; glorie in to worldis of worldis. Amen.
G'.SO be it^. I wondre, that thus so soone 1
I wondur, that so soone 30 be thusc

30 ben born ouer fro him that clepide 3ou moued fro hym that clepid 3ou in to the
into the grace of Crist, into an other grace of Crist, in to another euangelie;
m which is not anothir, but that ther ben 7
7 gospel; the which is not other", 'no but
ther ben summe that disturblenP 3ou, and summe that troublen 3ou, and wolen
wolen mysturne the euangelie of Crist. mysturne the euangelie of Crist. But 8
s But thou3 we, or an aungel of heuene, thou3 we, or an aungel of heuene, prech-
euangelise to 3ou, bisydis that
that we ide to 3ou, bisidis that that we han
9 han euangelisid to 3ou, cursid be he. As prechid to 3ou, be he acursid. As Ya
I bifore seide, and now eftsoone I seye, if haue seid bifore, and now eftsoones Y
r d
onyi 'schal euangelise out taken that that seie, ifony preche to 3ou bisidis that
V

1036' ban takun, cursid be he.

I counceile that 30 han vndurfongun, be he cursid e .

sekew for x For now whether counsele Y men, orio

V

now" to men, or to God ? or I

God ? or whether Y seche to plese men ?

X
z
to plese toy men ? If I 3it pleside to
If Y pleside 3it men Y were not Cristis
f
men, I were not the seruaunt of Crist. ,

nSotheli, britheren, I make the gospel seruaunt. For, britheren, Y make knowun 11
a b
knowun to 3ou, the which is euangelisid , to 3ou the euangelie, that was prechid
W prechid c
, of me, for it is not vpd man ; of me, for it is not bi man ; ne took Y 12

lasothli 6
nether I took f it of man, nether it of man, ne lernyde, but bi reuelacioun
h
lernyde?, but by the reuelacioun of Jhesu of Jhesu Crist. For 36 han herd my 13
13 Crist. Forsothe 30 herden my lyuynge coriuersacioun sumtyme in the Jurie,
sum k
tyme in the Juwerie, for ouer ma-
1
ands that Y
pursuede passyngli
h
the
nere 1 I pursuwide the chirche of God, and chirche of God, and fau3t a3en it. And i-t

m Y
ufau3te a3ens it. And I profitide in Jurye profitide in the Jurie aboue many of
aboue many myn" euene eeldis in my kynrede, and was
1

myn eueneldis in my
k
kyn, beynge more habouridantly louere , more aboundauntli a folewere of my
r
'or foloiverv, of my fadryni tradiciouns . fadris tradiciouns. But whanne it pies-
is

whanne hym, that departide me fro my mo-

5
isForsoth it pleside to him, that ide

departide me
my modir, fro the wombe of dir 1 wombe, and clepide bi his grace, to i"
icand clepid by his grace, that he schulde schewe his sone in me, that Y schulde
schewe in me his sone, that I schulde preche hym among the hethene, anoon

preche hym in 1 hethene men, a noon I acor- Y drow3

u
me not to fleisch and blood ;

i7dide
u
not to fleisch w and blood"; nether ne Y cam to Jerusalem to the apostlis, 17

I cam to Jerusalem to my bifore goeris that weren tofor me, but Y wente in
apostlis, but I wente forth into Arabye, to Arabie, and eftsoones Y turnede 33611

e Om. v. { fro p. e Om. r. Om. v. k Om. GMPQPX. ' Om. NQ. m Om. r.
h after
GA/PQ. bi v. '

D another but x. distroublen vw. eny man Y pr. m.

v. if P disturben sx.
1 r
euangelizith v.
* we o. u Now
counseile I GJI/PQ. Forwhi counseile I now r. Counceile I now x. w seke I MPQ.
speke v.
* Om. MPQSX. y Om. x. * wolde a Om. r. b c Om.
3it pleese v. prechid o. GMOPQX. or preching K.
''
after GMpgr. e for v. f take T. g lerede sx. b Om. G
pr. m. OP, Om. G pr. m. MPQ. k wick- '

edly ouer o. 1
maner, or mesure 9.
m the Jurie N. n men KY. the louer G sec.m. a loueere r.
P Om. x. q fadres GMOPQI'Y sec.m. r tradicioun N. s But v. u coorded G w the
pr. m.
*
among v.
flesche T. * to blood o. blood, that nether to vices of nether to kynred of b lode Q.
is, my fleische,

b Om. ony man M pr.m. b pr.m.

c troublith b. d e acursid
EiQRbceghkoa/3. CEiKMQRUabceghkoajS.
f
men Om. EIQ h Om. k. k Om. A modris CEI
to K. S pr. m. ga;3. euene eldris iQegha. pr. m. a.
' '

m hethene men K sec.m. R. n ether acordide K K

MQRacegka. marg. ether biforgoers marg. bifore a.
 398 GALATIANS. I. 18 II. 6.

turnede x ajen to? Damask.

and eftsoone I in to Damask. And sith thre 3eer aftir Y is
isAftirward aftir thre 3eeris z I cam to Jeru- cam to Jerusalem, to se Petre, and Y
salem, for a to se Petre, and dwellide
b
dwellide with hym fiftene daies ; but Y 19
i!) anentis him fifteene dayes ; forsothe I saw3 noon othere of the apostlis, but
say3 non other man of James, oure Lordis brother. And these 20
c
apostlis ,
no but
20 James, the brothir of the Lord. Forsoth thingis which Y write to 3ou, lo ! to-
what thingis I wryte to 3ou, loo ! bifore forP God Y<i lie not. Afterward Y cam 21
21 God for d I lye not, W gabbe wo# e . Aftir- in to the r coostis of Syrie and Cilicie.

ward I cam into the parties of Sirye and But Y was vnknowun bi face to the 22
f
22 Cilicie. Forsoth I was vnknowyn bi face chirchis of Judee, that weren in Crist;
to the chirchis ff of Judee, that weren in and thei hadden oonli an heryng, that 23
23 Crist ; oonly forsoth thei hadden heeringe, he that pursuede vs sum tyme, preclude"
fors he that pursuwede vs sumtyme, now now the feith, a3ens which he faujte sum
h
euangelisith the feith, a3ens which' he tyme ;
and in me thei glorifieden God. 24
k
24fau3te sumtyme; and in me
1
thei clarifi-
ed en God.
CAP. II. CAP. II.

1 Aftirward aftir m fourtene jeer, eftsoone And sith fourtene 3eer aftir, eftsonesi
Jerusalem with Barnabas, and
I stijede to Y wente vp to Jerusalem with Barna-
2 Tyte takyn to. Forsoth I sti3ede vp" reue- bas, and took with me Tite. Y wente 2
v v

lacioun, and to gidere seyde or disput- , vp and spak with hem

bi reuelacioun,

idev, with hem the gospel, thei which r

I the euangelie, which Y preche 1 among

preche among hethene men ; forsoth a the hethene; and bi hem silf u to these
that semeden to be sumwhat, lest Y
x

sydis hond, or by hem silf*, to

1
hem that
u
weren seyn for to be sumwhat, lest per- runne, or hadde runne in veyne. And s

auenture I schulde renne in veyn, or hadde notherv Tite, that hadde be with me,
3 runne w . But nether Tyte, that was with while he was hethene, was compellid to
me, whanne he was hethene, was compellid be circumsidid ; but for false britheren 4
x
4 for to be circumsidid ; but for false bri- that weren broujt ynrie, whiche hadden
theren Vndirbroujt yn z , the 8 whiche pri- entrid to aspie oure fredom, which we
b
han Jhesu w vs in to
uely entriden for to aspie oure liberte , in Crist, to bring
that d we han in Crist Jhesu, that thei seruage. But we
jyue* no place tos
dd
jschulden dryue vs into seruage. To subieccioun, that the treuthe of the gos-
whiche 6 nether at oon f hour we jauen pel schulde dwelle with 3ou. But of
h
stede to subieccioun , that the treuthe of these that semeden to be sumwhat ;

cthe gospel dwelle at 1

3ou. Forsothe of whiche thei weren sum tyme, it perteyn-
hem that weren seyen fork to be sumwhat ; eth) not to me, for God takith not the
what maner men thei weren sum tyme, persoone of man ; for thei that semeden
1

itperteyneth no thing to me, forsothe

m to besumwhat, 3auen me no thing. But;
God takith not the persoone of man; for- a3enward, whanne thei hadden seyn, that

x turne v. 7 in to Q. *
jeer GMPQX.
a Om. sx. *>
I dwelte p. I dwellide QV. e
the apostlis GMFQ.
d
tokynge hym to witnesse that Q. Om. x. Om. AGMNOPQSTFWXY.
e f
face, or presence of body Q.
fl chirche v. S that c. h Om. G sec. m. '
whom k
Q. faujte ajeins G.
1
me, or in my turnynge to
Cristis byleeue Q. m Om. N. n Om. orx.
vp after G. aftir Q. bi r. disputide o. seide togidere r. P
1 Om. rx. f that x. s Om. ox. * Om. x. u Om. s. w runne in veyn r. * Om. sx. z vnder
Om. r. b Om. sx. c d dd The
broujtyn GMPQY. priuely broujt in r, fredam Q. which r. K.
e whom '
an AGMNOPQSTrtrxv. h subieccioun, as conuict
GMPQ. e stide, or place N. of the (awe Q.
'
anentis Q. k Om. s^:. l
Om. ox. m for whi v.

P that tofor u. <1 for Y A pr. m. that Y KsiRachko. r Om. B pr. m.

s
prechith h. prechide CE
l

pr. m. KQabegko. ether asides K marg. v nethir c et w ether *

dryue K. jeuen ek. jeue o.
i
plures.
y
perteynide Q.
 II. 7 1 GALATIANS. 399

soth" thei that weren seen for to be sum- the euangelie of prepucief was 3ouun to t that i, the

what, no thing to me 'to gidereP. me, as the euangelie of circumcisioun

''
3auen pro-he'

7 But a3enward, whanne thei hadden seyn, was youun to Petre ; for he that wrou3tes
that the gospel of prepucie% 'or hethene to Petre in apostlehed of circumcisioun, '' here- v -

s 1 u
men*, is bitakun to me, as of circumci- wrou3te also to me among the hethene ;

ssioun to Petre ; for he that wrou3te to v and whanne thei hadden knowe the grace o
Petre into w apostelhed of circumcisioun, of God, that was 3ouun to me, James,
wrou3te and" to me among hethene men ; and Petre, and Joon, whiche weren seyn
sand whanne hadden knowe the grace
thei to be the* pileris, thei 3auen
ri3thond
a

'o/ God?, that is 3ouun to me, James, and of felowschip to me and to Barnabas,
z a b we among
Cephas, 'or Petre and John, the whiche ,
that the hethene, and thei in
weren seyn for c
to be pileris, 3auen to me to b circumcisioun ;
oneli that we hadde 10
and Barnabas the ri3t hondis of felowschip, mynde of pore men 'of Crist
c
, the which
d
that we among hethene men, thei forsoth 6 thing Y was ful bisi to doon. Butn
10 into circumcisioun; oonly that we schulde whanne Petre was comun to Antioche,
be myndeful of pore men, that f also I was Y a3enstood hym in the face, for he was
h
11
bisy for to do the same thing. Forsothe worthi to be vndirnommen. For bifori-2

whanne Cephas', 'or Petre v cam to An-

,
that ther camen sumrnen fro James, he
m eete with the d hethene
in to the" men; but whanne
]
tioche, I 'stood a3ens hym
face , for he was reprehensybleP, 'or wor- thei weren comun, he withdrow3, a "d
\zthi fori to be reprouyd*. Forsoth 8 bifore departide hym, dredinge hem that Averen
thatsumme camen fro James, he eet with
1
of circumcisioun. And the e othere Jewis is
hethen men forsoth whanne thei camen,
;
assentiden to his feynyng, so that Bar-
he withdrow3 T, and departide hym, dred- nabas was drawun of hem in to that

ynge hem that weren of circumcisioun. feynyng. But whanne saw3, that thei Y 14

13 And othere w conscentiden to his feynynge, walkiden not ri3tli to the treuthe of the
so that" Barnabas was ledd of hem into gospel, Y
seide to Petre bifor alle men,
u that y feynynge. But whanne I
7
'

hadde If thou, that art a Jew, lyuest hethen-

seyn, that thei walkiden not ri3tly to the lich, and not Jewelich, hou constreynest
treuthe of the gospel, I seide to 'Cephas, thou hethene men f to bicome Jewis ?
or Petre*, bifore alle men, If thou, sithen We Jewis of kynde, and not synful men \r>
thou ertJew, lyuest hethenli, and not
a. of the hethene, knowen that a man isic
Jewly, hou constreynest thou hethene not Justified of the werkis of lawes, but
15 men for to bicome Jewis ? We ben Jewis
b
bi the feith of Jhesu Crist ; and we
of kynde, and not synners of hethene bileuen in Jhesu Crist, that we ben
in men forsoth d witynge* for f a man is not
; Justified of the feith of Crist, and not
h
justified^ of the workis of lawe , no but of the h werkis of lawe'. Wherfor of

by the' feith of Jhesu Crist, and we in the k werkis of lawe ech fleisch schal not
1

Crist Jhesu bileuen, that we be iustyfied be Justified. And if we sechen to be 17

of k the feith of Crist', and not of the instilled in Crist, we oure m silf ben

n for K. Om. sx. P Om. v. <1 the prepucie o. r Om. ox. of hethen men v. s was v.
u as and v. v in to N. w in * Om. o. also v. y Om. v. z Om. a
* taken ov. P. OPQX. Om. vx.
b Om. x. c Om. sx. d we prechen Q. e { for r. e Om. sx. h this v.
sothely GMP. Petre
l
o.
k Om. NOQSX. Om. n his G
ajens stood r. sup. ras. MPQ. face, or opynly P repreuable
1
v. Q.
GMPQ. worthe for to be reprouyd o. 1 Om. s. >r Om. GMOPQX. * Forwhi v. t sum men G. sum
Jewis Q.
u but y.
withdrewj hym
v
GQ. w other z that I o. Jervis v. * that also v. y Om. G pr.m.
8 b Om. sx.
Cephas osx. Petre MPQ.
c
men, e/ynge vnclene thing, nether doyng mawmetrie Q. d sothely
GMP. netheles sothely Q. e we witen { that v. e maad ri3twiise GMPQ. h the lawe GMNPQ.
Qf.
'
Om. STXY. k bi SXY. l
Jhesu Crist TXY.

1 Om. Ebh. a the b to the abchko. c Om. A sec.m. d Om. e Om. k.

rijthond R. Eiqeghka. KiQega.
f Om. a. S the lawe nba. k Om. Rb. '
the lawe b. k Om. b. the lawe b. m vs lagk.
 400 GALATIANS. II. 17 III. 8.

workis of lawe. Wherfore of the workis foundun synful men, whether Crist be
of lawe n
ech fleisch ,
W man?, schal not mynystre of synne ? God forbede. And is
17 be Justified?!'. we sekynge for*! to
That if if Y bylde a3en thingis that Y haue
be justified in Crist, and r we vs 8 silf be distruyed, make Y my a trespassour.
silf

founden synners, wher Crist is mynistre 1

For bi the lawe Y am deed to the lawen , 19

is of synne? Fer be it. Sothli" if I bilde and Y am fitchid to the crosse, that Y
w And
lyue to God with Crist. now
tho v
a3en thingis that I distroyede , I lyue 20
v
19 make me for* to bey a trespassour. For- not Y, but Crist lyueth in me. But that
soth z by the lawe I am deed to the lawe, Y lyue now in fleisch, Y lyue in the
that I lyue to God ; with Crist I am Goddis sone, that louede me, and
feith of

^nficchid to the cross. Forsoth I lyue now, 3af hym silf for me. Y caste not awey 21
not I, but Crist lyueth in me. Forsoth the grace of God ; for if ri3twisnesseP be
a
that I lyue now in fleisch, I lyue in the thoru3 lawe, thanne Crist diede with out
b
feith of Goddis sone, the which louyde cause.
21 me, and bitook him silf for me. I caste

not awey the grace of God ; forsoth c if

d 6
rijtwysnesse is by the lawe, Crist deiede
'with oute f cause.

CAP. III. CAP. III.

h
i AS! 30 witlees men of Galathie , who Vnwittii Galathies r, tofor whos i3eni
v
k 1
Jhesu Crist is exilid, and is crucified
disceyuede 3ou for to not bileue to the
treuthe? bifore whos y3en'Jhesu Crist kk is in 3ou, who hath
disseyued you, that 36
dampnyd, and in ra 3ou cruci-
"or esccilid\ obeyen not to treuthe? This oneli Y2
afyed". This thing oonli wole I lerne of wilne to lerne of 3ou, whether 30 han
r 8
3ou, ban? 36 take the spirit of the workis
1
vndurfonge the spirit of werkis of the
lawe, or of heryng of bileue ? So 36 ben 3
8
lawe, wherof
1
of the the" heeringe of
3 bileue ? So 36 ben foolis, that whanne 30 foolis, that whanne 36 han bigunne in

bigunne by spirit, now 36 ben endid by spirit, 36 ben endid in fleisch. So grete4
suffrid so v han 1
4 fleisch. 3e nan many thingis thingis 36 suffrid without cause, if

withoute cause, nethelees if with oute it be withoute cause. He that 3yueth 5

5 cause. Therfore he that 3yueth to 3ou the to 3ou spirit, and worchith vertues in
spirit, and worchith vertues in 3ou, whe- 3ou, whether of werkis of the lawe, or
thir of the worchis of lawe w , or of heer- of hering of bileue? As it is writun, 6

einge of feith ? As itx is Abraham writun, Abraham bileuede to God, and it was
bileuyde to God, and it is? rettid to him
z
rettid u to hym to ri3tfulnesse
v.
And?
7 to ri3twysnesse. Therfore knowe 36, that 3 therfor knowe 36, that w these that ben of
thei that b ben of the c feith, thei d ben bileue, ben the sones of Abraham. And s
6 x ius-
ssones of Abraham. Forsothe the scrip- f
the scripture seynge afer, that God
ture s purueyinge, for God iustifieth of tifieth the hethene, of bileue told tofor*

m the lawe GSTJT. n the lawe sx. man r. P Om. orx. PP maad rijtwiise GMPQ. 1 Om. sx.
r also v. * cure GMPQ. t is not v. Forwhi v. T these v. w y Om.
distruye Q.
* Om. svwx.
vwx. z For v. a and o. b Om. v. c for v. d Om. x. f e therfore Crist r.
veyne, or with outen Q.
S O GMPQ.
!
h Galathies o. i
Om. sx. k obeie not v. kk Crist Jhesus M. 1
Om. ox. m in to o,
n is crucified y. P wher han v. r Om. s. s Om. G 4 or of o. bi r.
leren x. 1 bi r. pr. m. MPQ.
u Om. G
pr. m. MPQ.
v Om. A. w the lawe G pr. m, s. * Om. x. J was v. z arettid r. a for o.
b Om. G c Om. N. d that thei f Om. o.
pr. m. GQ. Om. r. e the sones vx. S spirit N.

n
lawe, that Y
lyue to God A sec. m. lawe, that I lyue to God with Crist k. Om. aho/3. P ri3tful-
nesse EiQRbceghkoo/3. 1 O! vnwitti cKMRehko/3. A! vnwitti iQbcga. r Galathians
CKuabeghooj3.
s of

* and if k u arettid Khk. v w Om.

the CEI pr.m. qega. pr. m. ri3twisnesse EKab. EQgk pr. m.
" Om. AC
pr. m. EiQbe pr. m. gk pr. m. y bifore R.
 III. 9 20. GALATIANS. 401

feith hethen men, toold bifore to Abra- to Abraham, That in thee alle the"

ham, For in thee alle folkis h 'or hethene ,

hethene schulen be blessid. And ther-9
amen 1
, schulen be blessid. Therfore thei for these that ben of bileue, schulen be
that ben of the k feith, schulen be blessid blessid with feithful Abraham. For alle 10
a b
10 with feithful Abraham. Forsoth 1
who that ben of the werkis of the lawe, ben
euere ben of the workis of lawe m ,
ben vndur curse ;
for it is writun, Ech man
n is cursid, that abidith not in alle
vndir curs ; for it is writun, Cursid ech thingis
man, that 'schal not dwelle
in alle thingis that ben writun in the book of the lawe,
that ben writun in the booke of lawe, that 00 to do tho thingis. And that no man isn
11 he do hemP. Forsoth fori no man is iustified in the lawe bifor God, it is

opyn, for a ri3tful man lyueth of bileue.

"

Justified 1
in the lawe anentis God, it is

knowen, for a ri3tful man

lyueth of feith.
s
But the lawe is not of bileue, but he 12

12 Forsoth the lawe is not of bileue*, but he that doith tho thingis of the lawe, schal
that 'schal do" tho v thingis, schal lyuen in lyue in hem. But Crist a3enbou3te us is

is hem w . Crist deliuerede x vs fro the curs fro the curse of the lawe, and was maad
of the lawe, maad-v for vs cursz ^that , is, acursid c f for vs ;
for it is writun, Ech t that is, suf-
fride for us the
b 3-
sacrifice for curs ; for it is writun, Cursid man is cursid that bangith in the tre; peyne of deth.
bb Lire and tht
14 is
c
ech that hangith in the tree ; that bless- that among the hethene the blessyng of H Close rehers-
d men schulde Abraham were maad in 'Crist Jhesu d ing Jerom. ve.
inge of Abraham in hethen ,

be maad in Crist Jhesu, that we take the that we vndurfonge the biheeste of spirit
is biheeste of spirit by feith. Britheren, I thoru3 bileue. Britheren, Y seie aftir 15
e
seye vp man, nethelees no man dispisith man, no man dispisith the testament of
the testamentf of a% man h , or 'ordeyneth ae man that is confermed, or ordeyneth
f

ifi aboue'. Biheestis ben seid to Abraham aboue. The biheestis weren seid to A- 1<;

and to ; he seith k not, In seedis m ,

his seed braham and to his seed he seith not,
;

n
as in manye, but as in oon, And in thi In seedis, as in many, but as in oon,

17 seed, that is, Crist. Forsoth I seie this, a And to thi seed, that But Yiy is, Crist?.

testament confermyd of God, the" which? seie, this testament is confermed of God ;

aftir foure hundrid 3eeris and thritti 'is (

'
the lawe that was maad after foure
maad r lawe 8 makith , not voyde' 'for to a- hundrid and thritti 3eer, makith h not
v
iBvoyde" the biheeste Forwhy if of lawe . the testament veyn to auoide awei the
w
the heritage, now not of biheeste. For- biheest. For if eritage were of the lawe, is

soth God 3af to Abraham bi a3enbiheeste*. it were not now of 1

biheeste. But God
19 What therforey lawe? For trespassynge grauntide to Abraham thoru3 biheest.
it
z
is putt, til the seed cam, to whom God What thanne the
lawe:):? was sett It 19 J that is,Wher-
to is the lawe
a b k
to the seed" come ", to
1 1
bihi3te thingis ordeyned by aungelis, in for trespassing ,
profitable ?
Lire here. ve.
20 the hond of a medyatour. Forsoth a c whom he hadde maad his biheest. 11

mediatour is not of o d thing. Forsoth God Whiche lawe was ordeyned bi aungels,

h folkis of
kynde Q. >
Om. GMOPQV. k Om. N. 1
Forwhi v. m the lawe GOS. n is ech QF.
dwellith not v. " bokis Y. P thoo r. Q that v. r made s *
rijtwijsse GMPQ. by o. byleue,
hot of dreed ofpeyn Q. u doth r. T the o. w thoo v. * ajenboi^te v. y and was maad r. z the
a b bb Om. M. c eche man d the
curse G. cursed o. of o. gloss om. in rx. OQ. blessyng
AGMtiopQVWY m. e after f B Om. NSFV. b man
sec. GMPQF. confermyde testament GMPQY sec. m.
confermed NP. '
aboue ordeyneth GMP. aboue ordeyneth other thing Q. k seide STXY. m the seedes
G. n to v. the lawe y. P which was maad v. 1 jer sx. T Om. v. s a lawe sx. Om. v.

* Om. o. u Om. o. to auoiden s. for to do aweye g. to x. v heest r. w is the GMPQ. mere

voyden
the r. * z Om. a hadde
a3ein bihest, that is, by feith Q. y therfore
prqfitith the Q. G. bibJ3t r.
b the lawe r. c
Om. N. d Om. G.

z Om. a Om. b Om. c d Jhesu Crist c Om. f

R. g. CEiQega. cursid i. h. R. ordeyned CEQH
acegka. g in Crist H. h ne makith K pr. m. be pr. m. '
Om. EI pr.m. g.
k ether
trespassoures K marg.
1
til to
CKMQRuabcegkoa/3. til Eih.
u thai is, Crist K marg.
m cam Ech/3. came IR. " the B. Om.
o The nhiche i.
iQegko.
VOL. IV. 3 F
 402 GALATIANS. III. 21 IV. 5.

21 is oon. Therfore the 6 lawe anentis f, *or in the hoond of a mediatour. But a me-
contrarie to%, the heestis 1'
of God? Fer diatour is not of oon. But God is oonP.
be it. Sothli' if ther were a lawe 30111111, /* thanne the lawe a3ens the biheestisi 21
the k which "
1
my3te quykene, vereily ri3t-
1
of God ? God forbede. For if the lawe
22wysnesse were of lawe. But the scrip- were 3ouun, that my3te quikene, verili
ture enclosyde alle thingis vndir synne, were ri3tfulnesse of lawe. But scrip- 22
r
that biheeste schulde be 3ouun of the" ture hath concludid alle
thingis vndir
feith of Jhesu Crist to men bileuynge. synne ,
8
that the biheeste of the feith of
23 Forsothe bifore that the feith cam, we Jhesu Crist were 3yuen to hem that
weren kept vndir the lawe, schette to gi- bileuen. And tofor that bileue cam, 23
dere in to that faith that was to be schew- thei weren kept vndur the lawe, enclosid
24 id. 'And so the lawe? was oure litil maistir in to that bileue that was to be schewid.
in Crist, that we be justified^ of the r
feith. And so the lawe was oure vndirmaister24
25 But where 8 the feith cam, now we ben in Crist, that we ben iustified of bileue.
26 not 1
vndir the litil maistir u
. Forsoth v But aftir that bileue cam, we ben not 25
alle 3e w ben the sones of God by feith in now vndur the vndurmaistir. For alle 36 26
v
27 Crist Jhesu x Forsothey who euere 36 ben
. ben the children of God thoru3 the bi-
2
baptysid in Crist , 36 ban clothid a Crist. leue of Jhesu Crist. For alle 3e that ben 27
28 Ther is not Jew, neither Greek ther is ; baptisid, ben clothid with Crist. Ther is 28

not seruaunt, nethir fre b man ; ther is no Jewe, ne* Greke, ne u

bond man, ne v
not male, nether female d sotheli e 'alle w x
; fre man, ne male, ne female ; for alle 36

2936 ben oon in Crist Jhesu.

f
Forsoth if 36 ben oony in 'Jhesu Cristz . And if 36 ben%9
ben of Crist, therfore 36 ben seeds of A- oon in 'Jhesu Crist", thanne 36 ben the
Abraham, and eiris bi aa biheest.
1'
braham, vp biheeste eyris'. seed of

CAP. IV. CAP. IV.

1 I seye forsothe. how moche tyme the But Y seie, as long tyme as the eir is i

k
eyr is litil ,
he dyuersith no thing fro a a litil child, he dyuersith no thing fro
2 seruaunt, whanne he is lord of alle ; but a seruaunt, whanne he is lord of alle
n
he is vndir tutouris and actouris, 1
'til to thingis ;
but he is vndur keperis and 2
b
3 the tyme determyned of the fadir. So tutoris ,
in to the tyme determyned of
and? we, whanne we weren litilei, weren the fadir. So we, whanne we weren litles

seruynge vndir the elementis of the r children, we serueden vndur the ele-

4 world 8
. But where 1
the plente of tyme mentis of the world. But aftir that bb 4

cam, God sente his sone, mead of a u wom- the c fulfilling of tyme d cam, God sente
5 man, maad vndir the lawe, that 'he schulde his sone, maad of a womman, maad vn-5

a3enbye hem that weren vndir the lawe, dur the lawe, that he schulde a3enbie
that v we schulde the w hem that weren vndur the lawe, that we
resceyue adopcioun

e is f
S or contrarieth to G. Om. OQX. h bihestis
the QV. ajens AGftopsTrwY. sqen MX. ajeines <j.
GXSTWXY. i
v. k Oin. vx.
Forsothe M. For 1
that x. m verre SXY. verey T. n Om. K.
Therfore v. P lawe, for it kept us 1 maad rijtwijse GMPQ. r Om. or. s aftir
fro vnleful thing Q V
Om.Gpr.m. u ma.istir,byconstreynyngeoflan>e<). v For v. w we Q. x Jhesu Crist x
that v. t
.

>' Forwhi
v. z Crist Jhesu x. a clothid in N. clad sx. b ne g. c not nether d female, that hath
Q.
vnclothid Crist, that ben e Forwhi v. { oen h after the
baptized in hym Q. je ben SXY. S the seed v.
GMPQ. bi the v. i
ben eyris Q. k a litil child
y Q. 1
keperis r. m autours .w.
kepers Q.
n vnto
o
GMPQ. determynyd, or before ordeyned Q. P Om. N. 1 litil children N. r this SXY. s
world, that
is, vndir the lawe that passide as elementis Q. * aftir that v. u Om. x. v Om. o. w gracious, or
yft Q. adopcioun, either gracious purchasing v.

P of oon R. q biheest H. r the s the * no u no KMRUxaco.

scripture Egk. synne Q pr. m. Rtrac.
v no MRUxah sec. m. w no KMRuxach sec. m. o. * no MRUxach sec. m. Y of oon H pr. m. z Crist
Jhesu b. a Crist Jhesu R. aa of b sec. m. b vndir tutours a. bb Om. h. -
Om. a. d the

tyme H.
 IV. 6 22. GALATIANS. 403

e of sones. Forsoth for 36 ben the sones of schulden vnderfonge the adopcioun e of
God, God sente the spirit of his sone into sones. And for 30 ben Goddis sones, c
x God sente his spirit in to 3oure hertis,
3oure hertis, criynge, Abba, 'that is fadir. ,

7'And soX now ther is not seruaunt, but criynge, Abba, fadir. And so ther is 7
sone ;
that if sone, thanne z and eyr bi God. not now a seruaunt, but a sone; and if
s But thanne sothli 30 vnknowynge God, he is a sone, he is an eir bi God. But 8
seruyden to hem that weren not goddis, thanne 36 vnknowynge God, serueden to
9 in kynde
a
. Now forsoth whanne 30 han hem that f in kynde weren not goddis.
knowen b God, 3he
c
, rathere 30 ben kuowen But now whanne han knowe God, and 9
36
of God, hou ben 36 turned to gidere eft- ben knowun of God, hou ben 30 turned
soone to syke,
6
A
freel and nedy ele- W ,
eftsoone to the febil and nedi elementis,

mentis, to whiche 30 wolen serue eft- to the whiche 36 wolen eft serue? 3e 10
f
icsoone? 3e kepen dayes, and monethis, taken kepe to daies, and monethis, and
iTand tymess, and h 3eeris'. Forsoth k I drede tymes, and 3eris. But Y drede 3ou, lestn
m without cause Y haue trauelid among
3OU lest perauenture I haue trauelid in
1
,

12 3ou withoute cause. Be 36" as 1, for and 3ou. Be 36 as Y, for Y am as 3e. 12

'I as 3ei". Britheren, I biseche 3ou, 36 han Britheren, Y biseche 3ou, 30 han hurt
is no thing hirt me 1
!. Sothli 36 witen, for r me no thing. But 36 knowen, that bi 13

by infirmyte of fleisch I haue euangelisid infirmyte of fleisch haue prechid to Y

to 3ou now 8
bifore; and 3oure temptacioun 3ou now bifore ; and 36 dispiseden not, u
u in my fleisch 36 dispiseden
1
not, neither nether forsoken 3oure temptacioun in my
forsoken, 36 resceyueden me as an but fleisch, but 36 % resseyueden me as an
of as Crist Jhesu". 'Therfore aungel of God, as 'Crist Jhesu '. Where
1
is aungel God, 15

wher is 3oure blessinge w ? Sothli I here

v thanne is 3oure blessyng? For Y bere 3ou
z
witnessinge" to 3ou, for? if it my3te be witnesse, that if it my3te haue be don.
a
don, 36 schulden haue put out 3oure y3en, 3e wolden haue put out 3oure i3en, and
ifiand haue 3ouun to me. Therfore am I haue 3yuen hem to me. Am Y thanne ie
maad enemy to 3ou, seiynge trewe thing b maad an enernye to 3011, seiynge to 3011
17 to 3ou? Forsothe c thei d louen ^ou not 6 the sothe ? Thei louen not 3ou wel, but 17
f
wel, but thei wolen exclude 3ou, that 36 theiwolen exclude 3ouf, that 36 suen t that is, fro
i_ T> ,, . treuthe of the
hem. But sue 36 the good euermore in
;

i sue hem. Forsothe sue 30 goods euermore is gospel.

in good, and not oonly whanne I am pre- good, and not oneli whanne Y am pre- ~JJjfarf
19 sent anentis 3ou. My litle sones, whom h sent with *sou. My* smale children. 19
Moises lawe
Lire here. ve.
-

I childe, 'or brynge forth by traueyl\ eft- whiche Y bere eftsoones, til that Crist
1

2osoone, til Crist be fourmyd in 3ou, for- be fourmed in 3ou, and Y wolde now 20
sothe I wolde now be at 3ou, and k chaunge be at 3ou, and chaunge my vois, for Y
my vois 1
, for I am confoundid, W scham- am confoundid among 3011. Seie to me, 21

21 ed
m Seie 36 to me, that wolen
, in 3ou. 36 that wolen be vndir the lawe, 'hari
be vndir lawe", han 30 not radd the lawe ? k For it is writun, 22
3e not red the lawe ?
22 Sothli it is writun, for Abraham hadde that Abraham hadde two 1
sones, oon of

* Om. osx. Y Therfore v. z Om. a vnknowen K.

xr. kynde, bot in opynyoun of men Q.
*>

c Om. v. d Om. ox. e whome Q.

*
kepen, or rveyten Q. 6 Om. G pr. in. h of STAY pr.m.
'
jeeris,
nhiche ben oon, whiche another Q.
k Om. r. 1
$o\i,for your viistablenesse Q.
m Om. G pr. in. Q. n je
now Q. I, byleuynge in Crist Q. Pi was as and je ben now keepynge olde tradiciouns Q. 1 me, thou$
bacbiters accuside jo to me Q. r that v. s Om. v. * u Jhesu hade cumen Q. v Wher is
dispisen G.
w blessldnes, that x witnesse SWXY. z
therfore GMPQ. je haden byfore tyme? e. J that v. jit Q.
8 wolde v. b Om. G d we Jewis
Sothely GMPQ. Om. v.
c
pr. m.
e not f
Q. jou G. exclude, or put
ym ante of byleue Q. S God K. h whiche r. > Om. ox. k I o. 1 voice, in to hem scharpe reproue of
that ben at yiu Q. m Om. ox. n the lawe AGMHOPSTVWXY. the lawe fleischly Q.

e
adopcioun, either purchasyng R.
fthe whiche i. S Om. R pr. m. Jhesu Crist K. '
the which k.
je han Rbc pr.m. ehk sec.m. o/3. 1
twei CEQk.

3F 2
 404 GALATIANS. IV. 23 V. 3.

twey sones, oon of the hand mayden, and a m seruaunt, and oon of a fre womman.
"

23 oon of the freP wyf. Forsothi he that of s 1

But he that was of the seruaunt, was 23
v v
hand mayden , vp the fleisch was 1 u borun after the
the flesh ; but he that was
borun v ; but w he that" of the fre? wyf, by z of the frewomman, by a biheeste. The 24
24a3enbiheeste
a
The b whiche thingis ben
. whiche thingis ben seid bi an othir vn-
seid by allegorie, W goostly vndirstond- dirstondingf For these ben two? testa- t w gostii
.

inge
c
. Sothli d thes thingis ben twey testa- e
mentis ; oon in the hille of Synai,
gen-
mentis ; sothli 'that oon f in the mount of& dringe in to seruage, which is
Agar. For 25 |

in to seruage, that is h 1
an hille thaW is in r londis - Ure
Syna, gendringe Syna is Arabie, here. ve.
k
25Agar. Forsoth Syna is an hil in Arabie, which hille is
ioyned to it that is now
the 1
which is ioyned to it that now is Jerusalem, and seruith with
5
hir chil-

Jerusalem, and seruith with her sones. dren. But that Jerusalem that is aboue, 26
26 Forsothe that Jerusalem that is aboue, is is fre, whiche is oure modir. For it is 27

27 free, the which is oure modir. Forsoth" writun, Be glad, thou bareyn, that berist
it is writun, Be glad, thou bareyne, that not; breke out and crye, that bringist
childist not, orbryngist notforth child?; forth no children for many sones ben of;

brek out and crie, thou that childist not ; hir that is left of hir hosebonde, more
8
manye sones of the 'desert, or left
r
fori than of hir that hath an hosebonde.
womman*, more than of hir that hath an For1 , britheren, we ben sones of biheeste 28
ashousbonde. Forsothe, britheren, we ben aftir Isaac; but now as thisu that was 29
29 u
vp Isaac the sones of biheeste but how w
v
;
borun after the fleisch pursuede him
thanne he that was x borun vp? the z fleisch that was aftir the spirit, so nowv . But so
b
pursuwide him that* vp the spirit, so and what seith the scripture ? Caste out the
30 now. But what seith the scripture? Cast seruaunt and hir sone, for the sone of
out the hand mayden and hir sone, for- the seruaunt schal not be eir with the
d
soth c the sone of the hand mayden schal sone of the fre wyf. And so, britheren, si
not be eyr with the sone of the f frees wyf. 6
we ben not sones of the seruaunt, but of
v v
si And soh , britheren, we ben' not sones of the the fre wijf, bi which fredom Crist hath
hand mayden-i, but of the free wyf^, by maad vs fre.
v
which liberte Crist hath maad vs free. 1

CAP. V. CAP. V.
i Therfore stonde 36, and eftsoone" nyle Stonde 36 therfor, and nyl 36 eftsoones i

36 be to gidere holdun in 3ok of seruage. be holdun in the 3ok of seruage. Lo 2 !

2 Loo! I Poul seie to 3ou, forP if 36 ben Y Poul seie to 3ou, that if 30 ben cir-

circumcidid'i, Crist schal profite to 3ou no- cumcidid, Crist schal no thing profite to
3
thing. Sothli I here witnessinge eftsoone 3ou. And Y witnesse eftsoones to echa
to euery r man circumsiding him silf, for 5 man that circumcidith hym silf, that he
he is dettour 1 of al the lawe for" to be don. is dettour w of al the lawe to be don. And 4

two GMPQX. P Om. x. 1 But r. r that was

QK. s born of r. t hond maiden was born
MNQ.
bond mayde was born p. u after GMNOPQ. bi r. v Om. MPQ. w forsoth r. * that mas
Q. that mas
born r. y Om. x. z mas born a b Om. r. c Om. G
pr. m. MPX. or by another
by Q. byhest Q.
G sec.m. or o. d Forwhi r. e two
GMPQ pass. x. f the toon
vndirstondinge gospelles vndirstondinge
AGNOSTY. the oon MP. the to testament mas Q. oon y. g Om. G pr. m. laxopQy. h
gendride y.
'
which v. k For whi y. 1
Om. r. Om. sr. n For v. or that MPQ.
'
P children AGMNPQTVW.
Gloss om. in ox. childer s. forwhi v. r ben of y. <1
s lefte c
pr. m. MP. forsaken oo. desert .Y.
4 Om. x. u after GMPQV. v Om. sx. w as y. x Om. o. y after GMPQ. bi y. z Om. sx. a that
was born QV. b after GMPQ. bi y. c for y. d e Om. f Om. G m. S Om.
meyde GPQ. PQ. pr. Q.
h Therfore y. *
be je K. 3
mayde OPQF.
k Om. x. '
Om. N. m deliuered vs o. " Om. o sec. m.
the jok A pr. m. G sec. m. P that y. <l circumcised N. r eche x. 5 that v. * doctour K. u Om. sx.

m the a. n of E. was bornn k pr. m. P tweie k. 1 which c. r to R pr. m. s to k. * But

BKQRbceghkoa/3.
u he this i. T and now R. w a dettour k.
 V. 4 20. GALATIANS. 405

4 3e ben auoydid" fro Crist, 36 that ben ius- 36 ben voidid awei fro Crist, and je
tified in the lawe han fallen awey fro that be iustified in the lawe, 30 han
5
grace. Forsoth v
we by spirit of feith fallen awei fro grace. For we thongs
w x
6 abiden the hope of ri3twysnesse. Forwhi the spirit of bileue abiden the hope of
in Crist Jhesu nethir circumcisioun is ony ri3tfulnessey. For in Jhesu Crist nether 6
thing worth", nether prepucie, ^that is, circumcisioun is ony
thing worth, nether
maner of hethen meny, but feith that prepucie, but the bileue that worchith bi
7worchith by charite. 3e 'runnen wel ;
z
charite. 3 e runnen wel ; who lettide 3011 7
who lettide 3011 for a
to not obeische b to that 36 obeyede 2 not to a treuthe b ? Con-
8 treuthe c ? To no man consente 3e d ;
for- sente 36 to no manf for this counsel ys
; t that i, of

soth this persuacioun , "or softe mouynge f, 6

not of hym that hath clepid 3ou. A9 l t Yls.

9 is not of hym& that clepide 3ou. litil A litilsouredow3 apeirith

cc
al the gobet. 1 10
*"* ve-

h
iosourdow3 corumpith al the gobet. I trust on 3ou in oure Lord, that 36
truste of 3011 in the Lord, that 36 schulen schulden vndurstonde noon other thing.
vndirstonde noon othir thing 1 Forsothe . And who that disturblith d 3ou, schal bere
he that disturblith k 3011, schal bere dom 1
, dom, who euere he be. And, britheren, n
n who euere he is. Forsothe, britheren, if if Y preche 3it circumcisioun, what
I preche 31! circumcisioun" what 1
, 3it suffre suffre Y
3it persecucioun ? thanne the
I persecucioun ? therfore the " sclaundre sclaundre of the crosse is auoidid". Y 12
12 of the cross is avoydid . I wolde and? wolde that thei weren cut awei, that
r
isthei that disturbleni 3ou, be kitt of. For- disturblen f 3ou. For, britheren, 36 ben 13
3 1
soth, britheren, 36 ben clepid into liberte clepid in to fredom; oneli 3yue 36? not
V

oonly ; 3yue 36 not" liberte in to occasioun fredom in to occasioun of fleisch, but bi

of fleisch, but by charite of spirit v serue charite of spirit serue 36 togidere. For 14

14 to
36 Forsoth w al the lawe is ful-
gidere. euery lawe is fulfillid in o word, Thou
fillid* in o word, Thou schalt loue thi schalt loue thi nei3bore as thi silf. And \s
ianei3bore as thi silf. Fory if 36 biten to if 36 bite, and ete ech othere, se 36, lest

gidere, and eten, se 36, lest 36 be waastid 36 be wastid ech fro othere. And Y seie 16

iefro
z
atwynne
a
, W ech fro ot/tir b
. For- h
3ow in Crist, walke 36 in spirit, and 36
1

soth I seie in Crist, wandre 36 in spirit, schulen not performe the desiris of the
and 36 schulen not perfoorme the desyris fleisch. For the fleisch coueitith a3ens the 17

17 of fleisch d . For the fleisch coueitith a3en spirit, and the a3en the fleisch ;
spirit
the spirit, sothli the spirit a3ens the fleisch ; for these ben aduersaries togidere, that
forsothe 6 thes ben aduersaries to hem silf 36 don not thingis that 36 wolen.
alle

to gidere, that 36 do not tho thingis, what That if 36 be led bi spirit, 36 ben not is

is euere thingis
f
36 wolen. Fors if 30 ben vnder the lawe. And werkis k of the is

led by the spirit, 36 ben not vndir the ben opyn, whiche ben fornica-
1
fleisch

19 lawe. Forsothe the workis of the fleisch cioun, vnclennes, vnchastite, letcherie,
ben opyn, the h whiche ben fornycacioun, seruice of false goddis, witchecraftis, 20
1
20 vnclennesse , vnchastite, leccherie, seruynge enmytees, striuyngis, indignaciouns,

voidid x. v For v. w Om. x. * wrthi s.

ramie wele, doynge nierkis of feith Q. y Om. ox. *

Om. sx. b c the treuthe e d { Om. ox.

obeyen x. Crist Q.
s. je, that
exciting v. drarveth yufro
S God Q. h maketh sour v. k disturbith sx. dis-
or counceling v. thing, hot that I haue tousle Q.
i

troubleth vw. 1
the dome Q. m circumcisioun, ax bacbiters n Om.
GMPQ. voidid o*.
seyn o.
P that v. 1 disturben sx. distroublen vw. r weren
e. be also v. s in N. l the liberte .v. u ne
jyue
"
v the w For v. * fillip Vi 2 Om. N.
je sx. that 30 3yue not v. spirit v . j That r. a
twynny Nr.
b Om. ox. c Om. v. d the flesche OQ. e for v. * Om.
Q. 8 That v. h Om. v.
>
and vnclennesse NX.

1
Om. c pr. m. y rijtwesnesse KKK!>. z abiden E. a Om. Eh. b the truthe c ether soft
Bag.
mofing K marg.
cc
aperith A. d distroubleth R. e voidid
EiQRbcegk sec. m. oa&. voids h. fdistrou -

S Om. R pr. m. h to
you Hg sec. m. k sec. m. Om. ak pr. m.
blen a. '
wandre k the werkis
ig.
EiKQRbceghkoa/3. the whiche I. m ether
'
K doynges ofvenym marg.
 406 GALATIANS. V. 21 VI. 8.

of k ydols 1
, 'or false goddis, doyngis of wraththis, chidingis, discenciouns, sectis",
21 venym", enemytees, stryues, enuyes , 'or enuyes, manslau3tris , dronkennessis P, 21
folowyngis in yuel?, wraththis, chidingis, vnmesurablei etyngis, and thingis lijk to
dissenciouns, sectis, 'or heresy es^, enuyes, these, whiche Y seie to 3ou
r
, as Y haue
s
mansleyngis, drunkenessis, glotenyes, and told to 3ou 'to fore*, for thei that doon
r 5
lyche thingis to thes, the whiche I preche
1
suche thingis, schulen not haue the kyng-
to 3ou, as I u bifore seide, for thei that don dom of God. But the fruyt of the spi-22
suche v thingis, schulen not haue the king- rit is charite, ioye, pees, pacience, long
22dom of God. Forsothe the fruyt of the abidyng, benygnyte, goodnesse, mylde-23
spirit ischarite, ioye, pees, pacience, be- nesse, temperaunce, contynence,
feith,
w
nygnyte, 'or good will , goodnesse, long chastite a3en suche thingis is no lawe.
;

2:<abydynge, myldenesse, feith, temperaunce, And they that ben of Crist, han crucified 24
contynence, chastite a3ens such thingis ; her fleisch with vices and coueytyngis.
24 the lawe is not. Forsoth thei that ben of If we lyuen bi spirit, walke we bi spirit 25 ;

Crist, ban crucified her fleisch with vices be we not made coueytouse of veyn glo- 26
25 and concupiscencis*, or? coueitisis. we If rie,stirynge ech othere to wrath the, or
lyuen by spirit, 'by spirit ;
and walke we
z
hauynge enuye ech to othere.
26 be we not maad coueitous of veyn glorie,
to gidere stiringe to wrath the a, hauynge
enuye to gidere.

CAP. VI. CAP. VI.

u
1 Britheren, and if a man be bifore b occu- if a
Britheren, man be occupied in i

pied, 'or ouercomen c in ony ,

gilt, 'or tres- ony gilt, 36 that ben spiritual, enforme
A e
pas 36 that ben spiritual, teche siche a
, 36 such oon in spirit of softnesse, bihold-
maner man in f spirit of softnesse, 'or meke- inge thi silf, lest that thou be temptid.
nessez, biholdinge thi silf, that and h
thou Ech bere othere v chargis. and so 362
2 be not temptid'. Bere 36 chargis k the to- schulen fulfille the lawe of Crist. For 3
thir of the tothir and so 36 schulen ful- 1
,
who that trowith that he be ou3t,
sfille" the lawe of Crist.
1
Forwhi if ony whanne he is nou3t, he bigilith him silf.
man gessith him silf" for to be ou3t, But ech man w preue his owne werk, and 4
whanne he is no3t, he disceyueth him silf. so he schal haue glorie in him silf, and
4 Forsoth ech man proue his owne werkP, not in an othere. For ech man schal bere a
and so he schal haue glorie oonlyi in hym his owne charge. He that is tau3t x bi>' 6
a silf, and not in an othir r Forsoth 8 ech .
word, comune he with him that techith
fi man schal bere his owne charge. Forsoth hym, in 'alle goodis
z
Nyle 36 erre, God 7
.

ss
he that tau3t by word, comune to him
is is not scorned ; for tho thingis that a 8
that techith him, in alle good thingis. man sowith, tho thingis he schal repe.
s Nyle 36 erre, God is not scornyd ;
for- For he that sowith in hisa fleisch, of the
u
sothe' what thingis a man 'schal sowe , fleischhe schal repe corrupcioun ; but
and v thes thinges w he schal repe. For x he he that sowith in the spirit, of the spirit

k to Q. m Om. OQX. n
the yoys
venym, or wicchecraftis N marg. venym, or venymouse dedis Q.
1
.
ydolys G.
indignaciouns F. r. P Om. ox. 1 Om. x.
q r licchi w.
. s Om. F. * bifore seie r. u Om. GQ. v these Q.

Om. ox. x o. Om. y

7 Om. z and bi MP. a p. b fore
concupiscens Q. Q.
e.i.
by spirit GQ. spirit wijn
pr.m. Om. x. <1 Om. ox. e techeth PQX. f in the A', g Om. GMOPQA-. * Om. K. 'temptid,
illynge in the same wyse Q.
k the
chargis s.
'
tother, or eche of other o.
m fille F. n Oin. G pr. m.
Om. sx. P warkes o.
*TM*AiVa vy. q Om. Q.
V \-
'
other man o. s Forwhi F. ss with F. * forvvhi F. u sowith r.
nlfcn t'_ w tliino- K.
thing
v Om. M M Om
X "Frti-erttViii v

n x sec. m. marg. P and dronkenessis R. q and vnmesurable r

heresyes mansleyingis k. .
3011
bifore b sec.m. k pr. m. s Om. alii. * Eb u v otheris Om.
bifore pr. m. k. ony R. EiQRceghkojS.
k pr. m. x ether enjbormed K marg. y in K. z al
goodnes k.
a Om. k.
 VI. 9 i GALATIANS. 407

that sowith in his fleisch, and" of the he schal repe euerelastynge lijf.
Andy
5
fleisch he^ schal repe corupcioun ; forsoth doynge good not we c
for in his
faile ;

tyme we schal repe, not failinge. Ther- 10

cc
he that sowith z in spirit, of the spirit schal
9 repe euerlastyng lyf. Forsoth we doynge for while d we han tyme, worche we good
b
good, fayle not ; sothli in his tyme we
a to alle men ; but most to hem that ben
10 schulen repe, not faylinge. Therfore the homliche 6 of the feith. Se 36, what ma-n
while we han tyme, worche we good to ner lettris Y haue write to 3ou with
alle men ; forsoth moost to the houshold myn owne hoond. For who euere wolei2
x
11
meyne of the feith. Se je, with what ma- plese in the fleisch, this constreyneth
f

ner lettris I haue writun to 3011 by myn 3ou to be circumcidid, oonli that thei
iahond d
. Sothli who
euere wolen plese in suffren not the persecucioun of Cristis

fleisch, thes constreynen 3011 for e to be cir- crosse. For nether thei that ben cir-is
f
cumsidid, oonly that thei suffre not the? cumcidid? kepen the lawe; but thei
13 persecucioun of Cristis cross. Forsoth h wolen that 36 be circumcidid, that thei
neither thei that ben circumsidid kepen the haue glorie in 3oure fleisch. But fer be 14
k it fro me to haue h
lawe ; but thei' wolen 3011 for to be cir- glorie, no but in the
cumsidid, that thei glorie in 3oure fleisch.
1
crosse of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, bi
uForsoth ra be it ferr to me for" to glorie , whom the world is crucified to me, and
no but in the? cross of oure Lord Jhesu Y to the world. For in Jhesu Crist is

Crisf, by whom the world is crucified to nether circumcisioun is

ony thing worth,
"

15 me, and I to the world. Forsothe in Crist

1
ne prepucie, but a newe creature. And is

Jhesu nethir circumcisioun is ou3t worth, who euere suwen this reule, pees on
nether prepucie, *that is, maner of hethen hem, and merci, and on Israel of God.
iGmen*, but a newe creature. And who euere And heraftir no man be heuy to me ; 17

schulen 1 suwe this rewle, pees vpon" hem, for Y bere in my bodi the tokenes of
17 and mercy, and vpon" Israel of God. Fro oure Lord Jhesu Crist. The grace ofia
hennis forth no man be heuy to me for- ;
oure Lord Jhesu Crist be with 3oure
soth w I bere in my x
body the tokenis of spirit, britheren 1 . Amen.
18 oure Lord Jhesu Crist. The grace of oure
Lord Jhesu Crist withr joure spirit, bri-
theren. Amen. Hereendith the pistle to Galathies,
and) bigynneth the& prologe on the pistle
Here endith the epistle to Galathies, to Effecies k .

and now bigynneth the prolog to Ephe-

7
syes -.

* Om. STWXY. b for v.

Om. Q. a d
Om. GMNOPQF. fayle we Q.
also v. y z c but r.
bond, that
e
not of Jewis Q. Om. sx.
S Om. a pr.m. MPQ.
f h For v.
je be not disceyuede by other false lettris <}.
1
thei that v. k Om. x. l
haue glorie v. m But v. n Om. sx. haue glorie v. P Om. N. 1 Om. o.
r For v. & that
is, heithen men [memius MP] custome GA/PQ. Om. osx.
* Om. r. u on srx. v on vx.
w for v. *
or ntoundis Q. y be with v. z Heere endith the. to Galathies, and now
toknys, epistle
bigynneth epistle to Ephesians. A. Here endeth the epistel to Galathies, and bygynneth the prologe of the
epistel to the Ephesies in this maner. o. Here endith the pistle to the Galathies, and biginnetk the pistle
to
Ejfecis, Q. Here endith the pistle to the Galathies, and here bigynneth the prologe to Effesies. v. Here
eendith the pistle of Galathies, and bigynneth the prologe to Efesies. w. Here endith Paul. Y. No final
rubric in GMPSTJ:.

b the c Om. i. cc schulen A d the while R.

good A pr. m. b sec. m. e the
je R. pr. m. hoomly
he this constreynith i. these constreynen H. h Om. CEIKMR
pr. m.
f S circumcicid k.
hoomly k.
uxa sec. i Om. ko. i and here Mbh. k From
m. bceghkoa/3. JJ aa.
ciMxabgkoa. Here endeth the
pistel to Galathies; se now the prologe on the pistle to Effesies. K. Here endith the epistle to Gala-
thies, and bigynneth the prolog on the epistle to Effesies. QC. Here endith the pistle to Galathies, and
bigynneth the prolog to Effecies. h. No final rubric in AERUC.
 EPHESIANS.

Here bigynneth the prologe to Effeseies*. Here bigynneth a prologe to Effesies*

EPHECYES sothli ben b Asyanys and ;

EFFESIANS benb of Asie ; these whanne
d hadden resseyued the word of treuthe,
thes the c word of treuthe takun stooden , thei

stedefast in the bileue. Thes preisith the abiden stedfastli in the feith. The apo-
apostle, writynge to hem fro Rome cite stle preisith hem, writinge to hem fro
out of prisoun, by Tyte, a dekene. Rome out of prisoun, bi Titicus, the
dekene.

Here eendlth the prologe, and bygynneth Jerom in his prologe on this pistle

the Epistel to Ephesies e . seith this A .

The Epistle to Ephesiis*. Here bigynneth the pistle to Effesies*.

CAP. I. CAP. I.

b
1 Poul, apostle of Crist , by the will of Poul, the apostle of Jhesu Crist, bi i

God, to alle hooly men 'that ben at Ephecy

c
the wille of God, to alle seyntis b that ben
2 and
d e
feithful in Crist Jhesu, grace to jou at Effesie, and to the feithful men in

and pees of God, oure fadir, and of the Jhesu Crist, grace be to 3ou and pees of 2
c
3 Lord Jhesu Crist. 'Blessid be* God and God, oure fader, and oure Lord Jhesu
the fadir of oure Lord Jhesu Crist &, that Crist. Blessid be God and the fadir of 3
blesside vs in blessinge in
al spiritual oure Lord Jhesu Crist, that hath blessid
4heuenli thingis in Crist, as he chees vs in vs in spiritual blessing in heuenli
al

him bifore the makyng of the world, that thingis in Crist, as he hath chosun vs in 4

a From Y. Prolog to Ephecyes K running title. Prologus. o. Prolog, s. No initial rubric in vw.
No prologue in AGMPQX. In N and T the prologue is of the second text. b beth o. c Om. r.
d itake orv. e From orv. Ende of prolog, bigynnynge capitulum primum. K. No final rubric in SPY.
a From M. The pistle to Ephesies. PQ. The pistel to the Ephesies. T. Here bygynneth the bok of Ef-
fescies. Y. No initial rubric in AGKNOS. b Jhesu Crist rx. c Om. MP. d and to QTF. e feithful

8 Om. o.
V
men r. f Om. x.

a From u. The Jeroms prologe on Effesians. K.

prolog. A. The prolog of the pistil to Ephesies. N.
Heere sueth the prolog on the pistle to Effesies. K. Prologus. T. Here bigynneth the prologe on Effesies. e.
A prolog on the epistle to the Effesies. f. No
initial rubric in ciKMxabcghkoo. b ben men EKNab sec.m. k.
c d From cmabhko. Jerom in his prologe seith al this. K. Jerome in his prolog on
postle EKQcegoa.
this epistil to Ephesies seith al this. N. Jerom in his prolog an this epistle to Effesies seith QC. this. Heere
endith the prolog, and bigynneth
the pistle. R. This seith Jerom to Ejfesies in his prologe. u. Jerom in his
prologe on Effecies seith al this. x. Here endith the prologe, and bigynnelh the pistil to the Effesies. g.
Jerom in his prolog on this epistle seith al this. a. No
final rubric in AEiref. a Poul to
Effecians. E.
Here biginneth the pistil of Effesies. e. No
initial rubric in ciKQRUxabcghkoa. b the seintis k. c of

oure xagk. Om. h.

 I. 18. EPHESIANS. 409

we schulden be hooli, and with oute hym silf bifor the makyng of the world,
werame, vndefoulid , W h
in his si3t, in that we weren hooli, and with out wem
5 charite. The' which bifore ordeynede vs in his si3t, in charite. Which hath bifor s
into the k adopcioun of sones by m Jhesu 1
ordeyned vs in to adopcioun of sones bi
n
Crist into him, vp the" purpos of his Jhesu Crist in to hym, bi the purpos
e will, into? heriyngei of the glorie of his of his wille, in to the heriyng of theo
r
grace; in the which he made vs able to glorie of his grace ; in which he hath 7
3
7

his grace, W made dereworthe*, in his glorified vs in his dereworthe sone. In

dereworthe sone. In u
whom we han a3en whom we han redempcioun bi his blood,
v w
byinge by his blood, and remissioun of for3yuenesse of synnes, aftir the ritch-
x the richessis of his essis of his grace, that aboundide
ssynnes, vp grace, that greetli
s

haboundide greetly in vs in all wysdom in vs in al wisdom and prudence, to 9

9 and prudence, that he schulde make the make knowun to vs the sacrament of
sacrament of his will knowen to vs, vpJ" his wille, bi the
good plesaunce of hym ;
the good plesaunce of him, that z he pur- the which sacrament he purposide in

loposide in him in the dispensacioun of hym in the dispensacioun of plente ofio

3
plente of tymes for to instore alle thingis tymes to enstore alle thingis in Crist,
b
in Crist, the whiche ben in heuenes and whiche ben in heuenes, and whiche ben
n in c erthe, in him. In whom also and d we in erthe, in hym. In whom we ben n
e
sorte or* graces, ben clepid, bifore bi bifor ordeyned bi the t either
by
ordeyned
.

h
vp the purpos of him that
clepid
purpos
sortf,

hym that worchith alle thingis

or
,. Goddis chees-
by
grace, either bi

worchith alle thingis vp' the counceil of bi the counsel of his wille; that we be la^^G/o^
nge Avs -
into the k heryinge 1 of
r
12 his will; that we be in to the heriyng of his glorie, we that t
f^ K

his glorie, 'we that"1 bifore hopiden in han hopid bifor in Crist. In whom also is

13 Crist. In whom and 36, whanne 36" had- 30 weren clepid, whanne 36 herden the
den herd the word of treuthe, resceyu- word of treuthe, the d gospel of 3oure e
eden nn the gospel of 30111-6 heelthe, in heelthe, in whom 36 bileuynge ben merk-
which and 36 bileuynge ben markid withP id with the Hooli Goost of biheest,
N
14 the Hooly Gost of biheeste, thati is a which f the ernes of oure eritage, in ton
is
l
wed, or* eernes*, of 3oure heritage, into the ? redempcioun of purchasyng, in to
the redempcioun of u
purchasinge, into heriyng of his glorie. Therfor and Y her- 15
v
isheryinge of his glorie. Therfore and I
ynge 3oure feith, that is in Crist Jhesu,

heeringe 3oure feith, that is in Crist Jhesu, and the loue in to alle seyntis, ceesse 16

16 and louynge into alle seyntis, ceesse" not not to do thankyngis for 3ou, makynge
x
doynge thankyngis for 3ou ,
makynge mynde of 3ou in my preieris ; that God 17

nmynde of? 3ou in my preieris; that God of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, the fadir of
of oure Lord Jhesu Crist, fadirz of glorie, glorie, 3yue to 3ou the spirit of wisdom
3yue to 3ou the spirit of wysdom and of and of reuelacioun, in to the knowyng
h
reuelacioun, into the knowynge of him ; of hym ;
and the
i3en of 3oure herte is

1 8 the a y3en of 3oure b herte inli3tened c that , Ii3tned, that 36 wite, which is the hope

36 wite, which is the hope of his clepinge, of his clepyng, and whiche ben the

h Om. GMOPQTX. Om. k Om. GNQX. m of n after GMPT.

adopcioun, or purchas QT.
' '
y. r.
bi F. Om. G. P and to N. <)
preisyng GMPT. the preisynge Q.
r in to o. s Om. vx. * Om.
G pr.m. MOPQTX. u Into XY. v in o. w and in N. in s. Om. v. *
after GMPQT. bi r.
baptem
y after GMPQT. bi r. z which F. a Om. sx. b Om. v. c which ben in K. Om. Qr.
e lot y.

f Om. KX. B Om. rx. h after GMPQT. bi F. '

afterGMPQT. bi k Om.
o/o. y. o.
prey singes G. preys-
ing MOPQT.
m whiche F. n Om. K. n Om. y. oure NY. P in
o. 1 which r. r Om. OF. a wed x.
9 the Om. l oure u or sv. v w I cese QT. * all
ernes r. .v. y.
preysinge GPQT. the preysinge n.
o. y for Q. z the fadir r. a in the G. the r. *>
oure A. c inli3tid s.y. Ii3tned v.
jou yue

d of the h
k pr. m. e oure EQgha. f the which k. S Om. ik. hertis k.

VOL. iv. 3 G
 410 EPHESIANS. I. IQ II. 8.

and whiche the d richessis of the dd glorie richessis of the glorie of 1 his eritage in
19 of his heritage in seyntis ; and which is seyntis ; and whych is the excellent 19

the ouersemynge e greetnesse of his vertu greetnesse of his vertu in to vs that han
into vs that han bileuyd, vp f the worch- bileuyd, bi the worchyng of the my3t
h
20
inge of the my3t of his vertu^, the which of his vertu, which he wrou3te in Crist, 20
he wrou3te in Crist, reysinge him fro fro deth, and settynge him
1

reisynge hym
deed men k and settinge on his rijthalf in
,
1
on his ri3t half in heuenli thingis, aboue 21
21
heuenly thiugis, aboue ech principat, 'or ech principat, and potestat, and vertu,
m and and domynacioun, and aboue ech name
power of princes potestate, and ,

vertu, and lordschiping", and ech name that is named, not oneli in this world,
that named, not oonly in this world,
is but also in the world to comynge ;
and 22
"

22 but in? the world to comei ; and made 1

made alle thingis suget vndur hise feet,
alle thingis suget vndir his feet, and 3af and 3af hym to be heed ouer al the
k
23 him heed 8 vpon* al 'the chirche", that is chirche, that is the bodi of hym, and 23
the bodi of him, and the plente of him, the plente of hymf which,
is alle thingis t that is, the
fulnesse of
the v which w alle thingis in alle thingis is in alle thingis fulfillid. Cristis gostly

x bodi is niaad
fulfillid .
perfit hi Crist,

CAP. II. CAP. II. which bi the

uertu of his

i And whanne weren deede in 3oure

30
And whanne weren deed in 3oure
36 i
Godhed worch-
ith alle
goode
and synnes, in which 30 wandreden giltis and synnes,
in which 36 wandriden2 werkis in alle
2giltis
sum tyme 2
vp^ the space , lasting^, of W sum tyme aftir the cours of this world,
men. Lire
here. ve.

b c aftir the prince of the power of this eir,

this world, vp the prince of the power
of this of the spirit that worchith now
eir, of the spirit that worchith now in to
in to the sones of vntrust, vnbileue A ; W the sones of vnbileue; in which also we 3
v

sin 'the which 6 lyueden sum tyme in the desiris

1
we f alle lyueden sum tyme alle

in desyris of oure fleisch, doynge the of oure fleisch, doynge the willis of the
wille^ of h fleisch and thou3tis', and we fleisch and of thou3tis m and we weren ,

weren by kynde the sones of wraththe, as bi kynde the sones of wraththe, as"
4 and othere
k
forsoth God, that is riche ;
othere men ; but God, that is riche in 4

" which
mercy, for his ful moche merci, for his ful myche charite in
1
in charite in 1

5 which he louede vs, and" whanne we he louyde vs, 3he, whanne we weren s
weren deede in synnes, quykenede vs to deed in synnes, quikenede vs togidere

gidere in Crist, by whos grace 36 ben in Crist, bi whos grace 36 ben sauyd,
fi
sauyd, and to gidere a3en reyside, and to and 33611 reiside togidere, and made to- 6

gidere made to!' sitte ini heuenly thingis gidere to sitte in heuenli thingis in Crist
r
7 in Crist Jhesu; that he schulde schewe in Jhesu ; that he schulde schewe in the 7

the worldis comynge ouer the plenteuouse worldis aboue comynge the plenteuouse
richessis of his grace in goodnesse vpon* s
ritchessis of his grace in goodnesse on
8 vs in Crist Jhesu. Forsotheu by grace 36 vs in Crist Jhesu. For bi grace 36 ben 8
v and this not of 3ou; for
ben saued bi feith, and not of 3ou ; sauyd bi feith,

d ben the v.
dd his <jw. e f after
G.vpyr. bi v. f vertu in to vs n.
excellent, either souereyn v.
h Om. k Om. x.
Om. MP. m Om. ox. n domynacioun v. aboue ech v.
settynge hym N.
v. i 1

P and in s. also in v. 1 comynge r. r he made or. 8 hpued or. * over v. on x. u chirche ASsrw.

chirches o. v Om. v. w which is v. * fillid v. 1 after AMPQTr. z lijf v. a Om. ox. and lastynge
d Om. ox. e whome f and
<JT. either custom v.
b after
GMPQTT. c Om.
OQT. QT. whiche vx.
we N. also we v. S willis v. h of oure GQT. ' of thou3tis v. k othere men v. 1 of o. m mychil s.
11
jhe v.
" he
quyckenede G.VPQT. quikende x. P Om. KY pr.m. 1 into K. into o. s and K.

* on vx. u
For v. v that w
not N. that not QT. this not v.

1
and of k. k in g. l
lyueden alle i. m the thou3tis hk sec. m. n as and k sec. m,
lyueden g.
he quikenide k.
 II. 9 22 - EPHESIANS. 411

9 sothli w it is the 3ifte of God, not of werkis, it is the 3ifte of God, not of werkis, thato
10 that no man glorie
x. Forsoth? we ben no man haue glorie. For we ben the 10

the makinge of hym, maad of no3t in Crist makyng of hym, maad

of nou3t in Crist
workis, that God made
z
Jhesu, in good Jhesu, in good werkis, whiche God hath
uredy bifore, that in hem a we go. For ordeyned, that we go in tho werkis.
which thing be 36 myndeful, sum that For which thing be 36 myndeful, thatn
b
tyme 30 that weren hethene in fleisch, sumtyme 36 weren hethene in fleisch,
d
the c whiche weren seid prepucie, fro 'that which? weren seid prepucie, fro that that
that 6 is
f
seid circumcisioun in fleisch maad is seid circumcisioun maad bi bond in
h and weren
12 bi hand ; that& weren in that tyme with- fleisch ; 36 ini that time with 12

outen Crist, alyened, "or maad straunge

1
, out Crist, alienyd fro the lyuyng of
fro the lyuynge of Israel, and herborid Israel, and gestis of testamentis r, not
men, *or gestis*, of testamentis, not hau- hauynge hope of biheest, and with outen
ynge hope of biheeste, and with outen God in this world. But now in Crist is

u God in this world 'now forsoth m in Crist

1
;
Jhesu 36 that weren sum tyme fer, ben
Jhesu 36 that weren sum tyme ferr, ben maad ny3 in the blood of Crist. For he 14
u maad ny3 in the blood of Crist. Forsoth" isoure pees, that made bothe oon, and
he is oure pees, that made both oon, and? vnbyndynge the myddil wal of a wal
r
the myddel wal of a long'! wal vnbynd- with out morter, enmytees in his fleisch ;

isinge, enemytees in his fleisch; auoydinge and 8 auoidide the lawe of maundementis is
the lawe of maundementis by domes, that bi domes, that he make twei in hym silf

he make twey peplis in s

him silf into a 1 in to a* newe man, makynge pees, toic
lenewe man, makinge pees, that he recon- recounsele bothe in o bodi to God bi the
cile bothe in o body to God by the cross, cros, sleynge the enemytees in hym silf.

iTsleynge the enemytees

11
in him silf. And And he comynge prechide pees to 3oui7
he comynge euangelisyde pees to 3ou that that weren fer, and pees to hem that
weren ferr, and pees to hem that weren weren ni3 ;
for bi hym we bothe han ni3 is

is
ny3 ; for by him we both han ny3 com- comyng in o spirit to the fadir. Therfor is

I9ynge in o spirit to the fadir. Therfore now 36 ben not gestis and straungeris",
now 36 ben not 'herborid men v and w gestis, but 36 ben citeseyns v of seyntis, and
'or x comelingisy, but 36 ben citeseyns of houshold meine of God ; aboue bildid on 20
and z houshold 3 meyne of God;
seyntis, the foundement of apostlis and of pro-
2oaboue bildid b onc the d foundement of apo- w
fetis, vpon that hi3este corner stoon,
stlisand of e prophetis, bi that hi3este f Crist x
Jhesu; in whom ech bildyng2i
21 corner stoon, Crist Jhesu in whom ech ; maad waxith in to an hooli temple in
bildynge maad wexith in to an hooly tem- the Lord. In whom also 'be 36? bildid 22
22 pie in the Lord. In whom ands 'be 36^ togidere in to the habitacle of God, in
bildid h to gidere into the habitacle of God, the Hooli Goost.
in the Hooli Gost.

w for
v. * haue
whi J For v. z whiche v. a in tho werkis v. & Om. r. c Om. rx.
glorie v.
d for that at o passim.
o. { was T. it is
v. S and je v. h Om. o. '
Om. O.Y. k Om. ox. 1 God, or
ra But now r. n For v. the pepul oon QT. P and vnbindinge r. 1 Om. r.
knowynge of hym QT.
r s two 4 oo Nrw.
wal, that is, their aide obseruauncis he QT. wal without morter v. GMPIJTX. o oux.
1
enmyte, that is, synne QT.
v Om.
QT. w or N. Om. QT. x and
GMNPQT. y Om. ox. z and the

GMNPQT. a b bild s. c in G sec.m. d Om. x. e Om. x.

heuenly Q. homely T. vpon T. ouer x.
f N. S Om. K. es ben s. h bild s.
hi3 je

P the which k. q Om. k. r the testamentis IE pr. m. s and

he la sec. m. * Om. o pr. m. o a sec. m.
u ether herbored men K marg. v the citezenes R pr. m. w the hk. x of Crist EI
pr. m. Q pr. m. g. y 36
ben h pr m.

3 G 2
 412 EPHESIANS. III. i 6.

CAP. III. CAP. III.

For k 1
For the grace of this thing
1
thing I Poul, the
grace' of this I Poul, i

boundyn of 'Jhesu Crist, for 3011 hethene the boundun of Crist Jhesu, for 3011
2 men, if nethelees 36 han herd the dispen- hethene men, netheles 36 han herd the 2
if

sacioun of Goddis grace, that is 3ouun to dispensacioun of Goddis grace, that is

3 me in 3011. For vp" reuelacioun the sa- 3ouun to me in 3011. For bi reuelacioun 3
crament is maad knowun to me, as I the sacrament maad knowun to me, is

4 aboue wroot in schort thing, as 36 redinge as Y

aboue wroot in schort thing, as 364
mown vndirstonde my prudence in the moun rede, and vridurstonde my pru-
amysterie of Crist. TheP which is not dence in the mysterie" of Crist. Which 5
knowun to othere generaciouns to the was not knowun to othere generaciouns
sones of men, as it is now schewid to his to the sones of men, as it is now schewid
hooly apostlis and prophetis in the spirit,
!
)
to his hooli apostlis and prophetis in the
ehethen men for r to be euene eiris, and to spirit, that hethene men ben euen eiris, c

gidere bodily and

5
to gidere parceneris ss of and of oo bodi, and parteneris togidere
Jhesu by the euan-
his biheeste in Crist of his biheest in Crist Jhesu bi the

Vgelie; I am maad, vp 1 the

whos mynistre euangelie ; whos mynystre am maad,? Y
3ifte of Goddis grace, the" which is 3ouun bi the 3ifte of Goddis grace, which is

to me vp v the worchinge of his vertu. 3ouun to me bi the worchyng of his

sForsoth w to me, leest of alle seyntis, this vertu. To me, leeste of alle seyntis, this 8

grace 3ouunis for x to euangelise in he- grace is 3ouuu to preche among hethene
then men the vnserchable richessis, 'or? men the vnserchable a
richessis of Crist,
that mown not be sou^t out 2 of Crist, and , and men, which is the dis-9
to Ii3tne alle
for
a
to ynli3tne b alle men c which is the d , pensacioun of sacrament hid fro worldis
6
dispensacioun of sacrament hid fro worldis in God, that made alle thingis of nou3t ;
b
10 in God, that made alle thingis of no3t; that that the myche fold wisdom of God be 10

the mochefold wysdom of God be knowun knowun to princis and potestatis in

to princes and potestatis
f
in heuenli thingis heuenli thingis bi the chirche, bi then
11
by the chirche, aftire the settinge
1'
of bifore ordinaunce c of worldis, which he
worldis, the
1
which he made in Crist Jhe- made in Crist Jhesu oure Lord. In 12

12 su oure Lord. In whom we han trust and whom we han trist and ny3 comyng, in
k d
ny3 corny nge in trustnynge"' by the feith
,
1

tristenyng bi the feith of hym. For 13

is of him. For which thing I aske", that 36 which thing Y axe, that 36 faile not in

fayle not in my tribulaciouns for 3ou, that my tribulaciouns for 3ou, which is 3oure
14 is 3oure glorie. For grace of this thing glorie. For grace of this thing Y
bowe u
I bowe my knees to the fadir of oure my knees to the fadir of oure Lord
is Lord Jhesu Crist, of whom ech fadirheed Jhesu Crist, of whom ech fadirhod in 15
r
leinP heuenesi and in erthe is named, that heuenes and in erthe is named, that he ie

he 3yue to 3ou, vp s the 1 richessis of his 3yue to 3ou, aftir the e richessis of his

glorie, vertu for" to be strengthid by his glorie, vertu to be strengthid bi his spirit

'
the grace v. k this
holy o.
1 Om.
Q. am the v. m Crist Jhesu MOPQFX. n after GMNPQT. bi v.
mynysterie x. P Om. v. 1 Om. QTX. rOm. SA. s holy o. S5 parseyuers GKY. * after GMNPQT.
bi v. u Om. N. v after
GMNPQT. bi v. w Om. v. * dm. x. y Om. AGMKPSXY. >z Gloss om.

OQT. aOm. sx. b c Om. x. d Om. e the sacrament GX. sacrementis N. f and to N.
lijtne v. KQ.
e bi v. b bifore Om. N. k and n
tinge GSTX.
*
ordynaunce r.
comyng to s. '
o. axe
AGMOPQTVWXY. which v. P of a pr. m. MPQT. Q heuen NOS. r of QT. after GMNPQT. bi v.
* Om.
s. u Om. srx.

'
mynysterie CEKMQRL'xabceglikoo/3.
a ether thai
may not be sou^t K marg.
b
mychel a. c ether
settinge K niarg.
d
tristynge a. e Om. k pr. m.
 III. 17 IV. li. EPHESIANS. 413

17 spirit in the ynnere man, Crist for v to in f the ynnere man, that Crist dwelle bi 17

dwelle by feith in joure hertis w feith in 3oure hertis that 36 rootid and
; 3e rootid ;

is and groundid in charite, that" 36? mown z groundid in charite, moun comprehended
comprehende* with alle seyntis, which is with alle seyntis, which is the breede,
the brede b and lengthe and ec hi3nesse d
, , , and the lengthe, and the hi3nesse, and
e
19 and depnesse also for f to wite the cha- ; the depnesse; also to wite the charite ofi9
v
h
rite of Crist aboue
semynge? to science, Crist more excellent^ than science, that
that 36 be fulfillid into k al the plente of
1

3e be fillid in al the 1'

plentee of God.
20 God. Forsothe to him that is my3ti for 1
And to hym that is my3ti to do alle 20
to make alle thingis more plenteuously thingis more plenteuousli than we axen
than we axen or vndirstonden, vp the 1
or vndurstondun, bi the vertu that
21 vertu that worchith in vs, to him be glorie worchith in vs, to hym be glorie in the 21
in the chirche, and in Crist Jhesu, into chirche, and in Crist Jhesu, in to alle

generaciouns of the world of worldis.

alle" the generaciouns of the' world of worldis.
Amen. *So be itf''. Amen.

CAP. IV. CAP. IV.

i bounden in r the Lord by-

'And so") I Therfor Y boundun for the Lord bi- 1

8
seche that 36 walke worthily in the clep-
,
seche 3ou, that 36 walke worthili in the

2inge, in which 36 ben clepid, with al clepyng, in which 36 ben clepid, with al2
mekenesse and myldenesse, with pacience mekenesse and myldenesse, with pacience
ss
3 supportinge to gidere in charite, bisy for 1 supportinge ech other in charite, bisi to 3
to kepe vnite of spirit in the bond of kepe vnyte of spirit in the boond of
4 pees. O body and
o spirit, as 56 ben clepid pees. O bodi and o spirit, as 36 ben 4

5 in oon hope of 3oure clepinge ; o Lord, o clepid in oon hope of 3oure cleping ; 05
baptym, o God and
u
6 feith, o baptym, o God and fadir of alle , Lord, o feith, o fa-

the v which is aboue alle men, and by alle dir k of alle 1 , which is aboue alle men,
7 thingis, and in vs alle. To"' ech of vs and bi alle thingis, But? and in vs alle.

grace is 3ouun vp* the mesure of the v to ech of vs grace is 3ouun bi the me-
2 a for which
8 3yuynge of Crist; for which thing he sure of the 3yuyng of Crist ;

seith, He sty3inge into hi3 , ledde caitifte

b c d
thing he seith, He stiynge an hi3, ledde
he 3af 3iftis to men. But 9 men
prysomjnge prisoned*, he 3af t that
caytif, 'or caitiftef caitif, is,

3iftis to men. Forsoth that he f assendide, what that he stiede vp, no" but 1

J.
9 is it, sone

what is it, no but for" he dessendide' first k that also he cam doun first in to the

10 into the lowere partis' of the 1

erthe? He lowere partis of the erthe? He it is that io" isch ide r<>tl
<'

;
e
deuel, and made
1

n
it is that cam down, and that sti3ede vpi
1
cam doun, and that stiede on alle he- SOK Vlldir the

uenes, that he schulde

r
oui alle heuenes, that he schulde fulfille fille alle
thingis. and broujte
, , ,. .,. hem fro belle
11 alle thingis. And he 3af summe sotheli And he 3af summe apostlis, summe pro- u to heuene The

apostlis, summe forsoth prophetis, othere phetis, othere euangelistis, othere scheep-
herdis and techeris, to the ful endyngi2^" Te
forsothe euangelistis, othere forsoth schep- -.

v Om. NSX. w that * Om. v. y Om. v. z mai N. a

36 r. Om. x. comprehende, or take to
b
breed of charite QT. c cc Om. sx. d
gedir QT. lengthe of longe perseueraunce QT. heejnesse of
meed e dome f Om. N. e more excellent v.
euerelastynge \llf T\ QT. depnesse of the privy dredeful QT.
h than v. k in xr. Om. svx. '" n alle the
i
fillid v. '
after GMNPQT. bi v. GMNPQSTYXY.
worldus s. P Om. GMNPQSTX. that is, so be it v. q And o. Therfore v. r for v. *
byseche 5011 QTY.
88 l Om. sx. u vs alle v. v Om. v. w Forsothe to v. x after GMN
supportynge, or up berynge QT.
y Om. o. z the v/hiche x. a Crist jr. b an v. c d the caitiftee QT.
POST, bi r. hei3the o.
e Om. ox. f Om. G m. S v. h and G m. for and AG sec. in. MNPQSV sec.m. Y. and for o.
pr. stijede vp pr.
1
cam doun y. k Om. o. l partyes GMOPT. m Om. o. n Om. x. at o. P Om. v. q Om. N. r fille NK.

{ bi K marg. Om. Om. R k the fadir k. '

pr. m.
g ether aboue semyng b. ' alle
cgka.
thingis k.
m Om. b.
 414 EPHESIANS. IV. 12 26.

laherdis and techeris, to the ful endynge of of seyntis, in to the werk of mynystrie,
seyntis, into the work of mynisterie, into
8
in to edificacioun of Cristis bodi, til we is
13 edificacioun of Cristis
body, til we rennen rennen alle, in to vnyte of feith and of
u
alle, in*vnyte of feith and of knowynge knowyng of Goddis sone, in to a parfit
of Goddis sone, into a parfyt man, into man, aftir the rnesure of age" of the
the v mesure of age of the plente of Crist ; plente of Crist ; that we be not now litle 14

u that we ben not now litile children, mou- children, mouynge as wawis, and be not
ynge as wawis, and be w borun aboute with borun aboute with ech wynd of teching,
al wynd of techinge, in the weywardnesse in the weiwardnesse of men, in sutil wit,
of men, in sutil witt, to the disceyuynge to the disseyuyng of errour. But do we is

15 of errour. Forsoth* we doynge treuthe in treuthe in charite, and wexe in him by

v oure heed; ofie
charite, wexen- in him bi alle thingis, that alle thingis, that is Crist

icis Crist the z heed 3 ; of whom al the body whom alle the bodi set togidere, and
sett to gidere, and boundyn to gidere by boundun togidere ioynture ofbi ech
ech ioynture of vndirseruyng, vp worch- b vnder seruyug, bi worching in to the
ing into mesure of ech membre, makith mesure of ech membre, makith encrees-
d
encresynge of the body, into edificacioun yng of the bodi, in to edificacioun of it

17 of it
e
in charite. Therfore this thing I silf in charite. Therfor Y seie and wit- 17
f
and witnesse it in the Lord, that je
seie, nesse this thing in the Lord, that 36

walke not now, as and hethen men walken, walke not now, as hethene men walken,
is in the vanyte^ of her witt, 'in derknessis h ; in the vanyte of her wit ; that han vn- is
k
hauynge vndirstondyng' derkened , alyen- durstondyng derkned with derknessis?,
ed, 'or maad ferr 1
, fro the lyf of God, bi and ben alienyd fro the lijf of God, bi
ignoraunce, 'or vnkunnynge, that is in that is in hem, for the
ignoraunce
hem, for the blyndnesse of her herte. blyndenesse of her herte. Which 1
*
dis-ia
19 Thei n dispeiringe bitoken hem silf to peirynge bitoken hem silf to vnchastite,
vnchastite, in toP worchinge of al vnclen- in to the worchyng of al vnclennesse in
aonesse ini coueityse. Forsothe 36 han not coueitise. But han not so lerud r Crist 8 20
36 ,

21 so lerud r Crist 8 , if nethelees 36 herden if netheles 36 herden hym, and ben tau3t2i
hym, as is treuthe in Jhesu. Do 36 22
ss
hym, and ben tau3t in him, as is treuthe
1
in
22 in Jhesu. 'Do 3e u awey vp v the firste w 1
awey bi the elde lyuyng the elde man,
corrupt bi the desiris of errour ;
x
lyuyng the olde man, that is corupt vp that is

23 the desyris of errour ; forsoth 'be 36^ re- and be 36 renewlid u in the spirit of 3oure 23
newid z, 'or maud newe a^en*, by b spirit soule; and clothe 36 the newe man, which
24

24 of 3oure mynde
d
; and clothe 36 the newe is maad aftir God in ri3twisnesse and
vp God is maad of no3t in For which thing 25
f
man, that* hoolynesse of treuthe.
v
ri3twysnesse and hoolynesse of treuthe. '36 putte awei leesyng, and speke 3e
25 For which thing 36^ puttinge awey lees- treuthe ech man with his nei3bore, for

yng, speke
h
treuthe ech man with his we ben membris ech to othere. Be 3026
nei3bore, for we ben membris to gidere. wrooth, and nyle 36" do synne ; the
k
26' Be 3e
;
wroth, and nyle 36 synne ; the sunne falle not doun on 3oure wraththe.

8 in to the p.* into v. u Om. x. T Om. o. w be not v. *

But r. V wexe we OT. z oure r.
& heuedGotjT. b after &r. bi v. c the mesure d in to the MPQT. e it self v. f this
GMATOPQTT.
thing r. S vnytee Q.
h Om. r. l
her OT. k derkned with derknessis v. '
Om. ox.
vndurstondynge
m Om. ox. n Whiche v. Om. o. P to the 1 and A GNQT.
AGMNOPQSTVWXY.
r
pr.m. lernyd
GMPQTFV. s Crist GQT. l Om. G pr. m. Doth x. uv al G sec. m. aftir MPQT. bi r. w elde r.
by
x after GMPQT. bi b in
r. J beth x. * renewlid ^GMPT
pr.m. rwv. Om. GMOPQT.X. r. c the

spirit or.
d soule r. e which v. f after
GJMPQTF. S Om. G. h speketh x. Beth x. k doo synne v. '

n the 1 The whiche i. r lernid

age x. is set k
pr. m. P of synne x sec. m. marg. k. EQRekoa.
lernd K/3. s O f Crist Kk
pr. m.
ss it is A pr.m. l that a. renewid KRaa(3. v putte je EIK sec. m. Rk.
w Om. i
pr. m.
 IV. 27 v. EPHESIANS. 415

sunne falle not down on 1

3oure wraththe. Nyle 3yue slide to the deuel.

36 He^
28 Nyle 36 3yue
stede to the deuel. He that that stal, now stele he not ; but more"
m
staal, now stele not ; 'more forsoth 11 tra- trauele he in worchinge with hise hondis
ueile he in worchinge with his hondis that that is
good, that he haue whereof
'that that is good thingP, that he haue he schal 3yue to nediy. Ech yuel word an
wherof he schal 3yue to a man suffringe z
go not of 3oure mouth ; but if ony is
29 nede. Ech yuel word go not outi of 3oure good to the a edificacioun of feith, that it

mouth ;
but if ony is good to r edificacioun 3yue grace to men that heren. And so
of feith, that it 3yue grace to men 8 heer- nyle 30 make the Hooli Goost of God
b
soinge. nyle 3eAnd the Hooly Gost ss
make sori , in which
36 ben markid in the dai
of God sori, 'or heuy*, in the" which v 36 of redempcioun. Al bitternesse, andni
ben markid in the day of redempcioun. wraththe, and indignacioun, and cry,
31 Al and wraththe, and indig-
bitternesse, and blasfemye be takun awey fro 3ou,
nacioun, and cry, and blasphemye be takun with al malice; and be 36 togidere be- 32
32awey fro 3ou, with al malice; forsoth be nygne, merciful, for3yuynge togidere, as
w also God
36 to gidere benygne, 'or of good will , for3af to 3011 in Crist.
v z
mercyful, 3yuynge" 'to gidere- as and ,

a
God 3af to 3ou in Crist.

CAP. V. CAP. V.
1 Therfore be 36 foloweris of God, as Therfor be 36 foloweris of God, asi
2 moost dereworthe sones ; and walke 36 in moost dereworthe sones and walke 36 2 ;

loue, as and Crist louede vs, and 3af him in loue, as Crist louyde vs, and 3af hym
silf for vs an offryng and sacrifice to God, silf for vs an
offryng and a sacrifice to
sin to the odour of swetnesse. Fornyca- God, in to the odour of swetnesse.
cioun forsoth, and al vnclennesse, or auar- And fornycacioun, and al vnclennesse, 3
ice, be not named in 3ou, as it bicometh or aueryce, be not named among 3ou,
b as it bicometh holi men; ethir filthe, or 4
4hooly men; ether filthe, or foly speche, or
perteyneth not to thing
harlotrie, that , folispeche, or harlatrye, that perteyn-
d
5 but more doynge of thankyngis. Forsoth eth not to profit, but more e doyng of
d
'this thing wytevndirstondinge that 36, thankyngis. For wite f
36 this , and vn-s
ech fornycatour", or vnclene man, or co- durstonde, that ech letchour, or vnclene
f
ueytous that is seruage* of ydols, 'or
, man, or coueytouse, that serueth to
mawmetis^, hath not heritage in the king- mawmetis, hath not eritage in the king-
c dom of Crist and God. No man disceyue 1
dom of Crist and of God. No rnant;
k
3ou by veyne wordis ; forsoth for thes disseyue 3011 bi veyn wordisS; for whi
thingis the wraththe of God cam into the for these thingis the wraththe of God
1

7 sones of vntrist" 'or vnbileue n 1

, . Therfore cam on 1'
the sones of vnbileue. Therfor 7
s
nyle 36 be maad parteneris of hem. For- nyle 36 be maad' parteneris of hem. For 8
soth 36 weren sum tyme derknessis, 'now 36 weren sum tyme derknessis, but now
forsothP '30 ben*\ Ii3t in the Lord r . Walke '3*?
ben* li$t in the Lord. Walke 36 as

1
T.
vpon
m stele he MOPQTY sec. m. n but more v. that at o passim. POm. vx. q Om. r.
r AGMNOPQSTVWXY. s the QT. ss je to gydere PQTV sec. m. t Om. x.
to the u Om. G pr. m. MPQTVX.
v whom QT. w Om. ox. x foqeuynge G sec. m. Qrr. Om. r.
>'
* Om. s. a
forjaue G sec.m. QTK.
b of A. eithir N. the theng o. profit v. c& wite e lechour
36 vnderst. this thing v. GMPQT.
* auerouse man
QT. g seruinge OQ. h Om. ox. '
and of QT. k forwhi v. l
on v. m
mysbileeue
<i Om.
n Om. GMOPQTX. For v. P but now v. ox. r world r.
GMPQT.

* more rather i. y the nedie CEIKQR sec. m. xagn/3. the nedynesse R pr. m. z forth of A sec. m. i. out
of EXghkoa. a Om. K marg. c Om. la sec. m. d e more
fro H. ether heuyi, profitith k.
*>
bg.
rathir { this thing a sec. m. S word h '
Om. k pr.m. k Om. EiKQnbcghkoaS.
i.
Ecg. upon i.
 416 EPHESIANS. V. 9 26.

s
3e as sones 1 of Ii3t. Forsothe" the fruyt the sones of For the fruyt of h'3t9
lijt.
1

v
of goodnesse, and ri3twys-
Ii3t is in al is in al goodnesse, and
ri3twisnesse, and
w And preue 36 what 'thing is m io
innesse, and treuthe; prouynge what is wel treuthe.

iiplesynge to God. And nyle 36 comune* wel plesynge to God. And nyle 30 co-n
to^ vnfruytouse workes of derknessis ; myne vnfruytouse werkis of derk-
to
i2forsothe z more reproue 3e a Forsothe b what . nessis but more" repreue 36. For what
; 12

thingis ben don of hem in priuy, it is

cc
thingis ben don of hem and in
r
priuey,
13 it is and d for 6 to seye. Forsoth alle
foul foule, 3he, to speke. And alle thingis 13
f
thingis that ben prouyd of the? Ii3t, ben that ben
repreuyd f of the Ii3t, ben t that is, of

maad opyn forsoth' 1

'al 1
that is
.
schewid
.

for
, . , ,.
11-
al that
holy me " and
; thing opynh ;
thing is good, that ben

schewid For which thing he seith, schewid, is H 3 t. For which thing he u

15 1
, is ^t
14 .

n Glose here ve
thou that slepist"', and 'ryse vp fro Rise thou that slepist, and rise vp - -

Ryse seith,
deede thingis and Crist schal illumyneP ,
fro deth, and Crist schal Ii3tne thee.
isthee. 'And sol, britheren, se 36, how Therfor, britherenP, se 36, hou warli 36 ia

warly 36 schulen go ; not as vnwyse men, schulen go ; not as vnwise men, but as IG

ifi but as wyse men r , a3en byinge tyme 8 for ,

wise men, a3enbiynge tymei, for the
17 the dayes ben yuele. Therfore nyle 36 daies ben yuele. Therfor nyle 30 be 17

be maad vnprudent, but' vndirstondinge maad r vnwise, but vndurstondynge which 9

is which is the will of Hhe Lord". And is the wille of God. And nyle 36 be is
v
nyle 36 be fulfillid , 'or be drunkun, with" drunkun of wyn, in which is letcherie,
z
wyn, in which v 'luxurie is , but be 36 ful- but be 36 fillid with the Hooli Goost;
a
with the Hooly Gost b and speke 36 to 3ou silf in salmes, and
iyfillid ; spekinge to 19
c
3ou psalmes, and ymnes, and spiri-
silf in ymnes, and spiritual songis, syngynge
tual songis, syngynge and seyinge psalme d and seiynge salm in 3oure hertis to
6
20 in 3oure hertis to the Lord; euerrnore the Lord ; euermore doynge thankingis 20
doynge thankyngis for alle thingis in the for alle thingis in the name of oure
name of oure Lord Jhesu Crist to God Lord Jhesu Crist to God and to the
si and the fadir, ^ suget to gidere in the fadir. Be $e suget togidere in the drede 21

22drede of Crist. Be wymmen suget? to of Crist. Wymmen, suget to 22 be thei

her 'men, or housbondis* , as to the Lord ; her hosebondis, as to the Lord, for the 23
23 for the man is heed of the womman, as
1
man is heed of the wymman, as Crist
k
Crist is heed
of the chirche; he sauyour 1
is heed of the chirche ; he is
sauyour of
24 of his body. But as the chirche is suget
111
his bodi. But as the chirche
suget 24 is
1
to Crist, so and wymmen to her house- to Crist, so wymmen to her hosebondis
u
asbondis in Men, loue 36 3oure
alle thingis. in alle
thingis Men, loue 36 3oure2d .

wyues, as and Crist louede the chirche, wyues, as Crist louyde the chirche, and
26 and 3af him silf for" it, that he schulde 3af hym silf for it, to make it holi ; and 26
make hooly clensynge it with the
it ;
clenside it with the waisching of watir,
waisching stoon of watir, in the word of in the word of lijf, to 3yue the chirche 27

s Om. v. t the sones AGMNOpQsrrwxY. u Forwlii v. v

Ii3tenesse o.
w and v. * come v.
preue je
y Om. v. into WXY. z but v. a
36 hem QT. b Forwhi v. c Om. AMNOPsrwxv. cc in hem in
RQTV sec. m. d Om. sx. h
3he v. * f
reproued QTr. g Om. sxv. for whi v. *
alle thingis G.
k
made opyn 0.
'
Iy3t, that may be knorven QT. m slepist, in synne Q.
n
ajein ryse QT. Q.
thing
Om. x. P Ii3tne
GMOPQTV. illumyne, or li^tne N. q Therfore v\ r Om. x. s the
tyme s.
* foot
be
u God v. v maad drunken w Om. GMOPQTFX. or drunken s.
y QT.
x of v.
GMPQT. drunken v. drunke x.
^ whome GMPQT. z
leccherie is AKSX. is luxurie GMPQT. is leccherie v. a fillid Vn b a nd
d salmes AT. f Be
speke 36 r. jour GMPQT. GOQT. Om. A-.
f-
herte K. ye g sugetis GMPQ.
h men OA. hosebondis k heued
QTr. >
heued GO. heued, or gouernoure QT. GOQT. l
he is GMPQT.
m of the chirche QT. of K. stoon, or lauoutoure QT. Om. y.

1
spirit k.
m thingis ben k pr. m. n m ore rathir forwhi A pr. m. ak pr. m. P britheren R.
i.
my
1 the tyme H. r man A. s the which k pr.m. t so and Apr.m. a sec.m. c pr.m. ho/3. u
thingis leeful R.
 V. 27 VI. EPHESIANS. 417

27lyf; that he schulde 3yueP the chirche gloriouse to hym silf, that it hadde no
v
glorious to him silf, wem, ne ryueling
not hauynge wem, , or ony siche thing,
r 8
'or spot *, or ryuelyng , or
1

ony such thing*, but that it be hooli arid vndefoulid. So 28

28 but that it be hooli and vndefoulid 11
. So and men 'schulen loue w her wyues, as
and men schulen loue her wyues, as her her owne bodies. He that loueth his
owne bodies. He that loueth his wyf, lou- wijf, loueth hym silf; for no man hatideay
sueth him silf; forsoth v no man hatide w euere his owne fleisch, but nurischith
euere his fleisch, but norischith x and fos- and fostrith it, as Crist doith the chirche.
trith it, as and Crist doth the chirche. And we ben membris of his bodi, of his so
so For we ben membris of his body, of his fleisch, and of his boonys. For this si
si fleisch, and of his boones^. For this thing 2 thing a man schal forsake his fadir and
a man schal a forsake his b fadir and his c mo- modir, and he schal drawe to his wijf;
d
dir, and he schal clyiie to his wyf and ; and thei schulen be tweyne in o fleisch.
thei schulen be tweyne
6
in o fleisch f . This sacrament is greet; 3he, Y
seie in 32

32 Forsoths this sacrament is

greet ;
forsoth h Crist, and in the chirche. Netheles 3033
k 1
Ne- man
33 1
seye in Crist, and' in his chirche .
alle, ech loue his wijf as hym silf;

theles and 30 alle, ech man loue his wyf and the wijf drede hir hosebonde.
as him silf; forsoth the wyf drede hir
hosebonde.
CAP. VI. CAP. VI.
i Sones, obeische 36 to 3oure
n
fadir and obeische x 36 to? 3oure z fadir
Sones, i

modirP, in the Lord ; forsothei this thing and modir, in the Lord ; for this thing is
2 is iust, 'or ri$tful r . Honoure thou thi fadir ri3tful. Onoure thou thi fadir and thi a 2
and thi s modir, that is the firste rnaunde- modir, that is the firste maundement in
3 ment in the' biheeste" ; that it 'be wel v to biheest b ; that itbe wel to thee, and that s
w c
thee, and that thou be longe lyuynge on thou be long lyuynge on the erthe.
x
4 the erthe. And, 36^ fadris, nyle 30 terre And, fadris, nyle 36 terre 3oure sones to 4

3oure sones to wraththe ; but norische 3e

z a
wraththe ; but nurische 36 hem in the d
hem in the discipline and correccioun c , 'or 1*

teching and
chastising of the Lord.
A 6
5C/iastysing , of the Lord." Seruauntis, Seruauntis, obeische 36 to fleischli lordis s
6 ee
obeysche 3e to fleishly lordis with drede f with drede and trembling, in simplenesse
h
and tremblyng, in& symplenesse of 3oure of 3oure herte, as to Crist ; not seruynge .-;

fiherte', as not seruynge at y3e k

to Crist ; ,
at the 136, as plesinge to men, but as
as plesynge to men, but as seruauntis of seruauntis of Crist doynge the wille of ;

Crist doynge the will of God 'of ynwitt ,

;
1
God bi
good wille 7
discrecioun, with
for resoun, with good will seruynge as seruynge as to the Lord, and not as to
s to the Lord, and not to witynge men ; men witinge that ech man, what euere R
;

that ech man, what euere good thing" he good thing he schal do, he schal resseyue

P take QT. 1 Om. GMOPQT.

r Om. x. a wrincle o. Om. A'. * u vnfoulid K.
thyng, of synne QT.
v for y. w x nirschith it T.
hatith T. y boonys, siimme "$it seek or freele, and summe strange and
z a Om. G b Om. K. c Om.
holy QT. thing, that is, for this Irene loue QT. pr.m. GMNpQTytr.
d e two
GMPQSTX. f
wyf, or felarvschipe hym to hir in holynesse QT. fleische, acordynge in oo good
S Om. r. h for o. ' k the !
wille QT. as Q. ^GMNOpQSTrwA"v. chirche, this sacrament
ofwedlake to be kepte in this fourme QT. m obeie T. n Om. A". faderes o. P moderes o. modir
of jou A". 1 for whi y. r Om. s Om. G * Om. u
OQTX. pr.m. s. AGMNOpQSTrw. byheest, of the
secounde (able QT. v wele be GMPQT. w T. x Om. TX. y Om. r. z wrathfuinesse r.
vpon
a Om. T. b d Om. OA:.
corepcioun KF pr. z.
c e obeie TX. ee Om. v. f
teching F. , fowe, drede QT.
K with w. h or mekenesse QT. '
hertes os n. k the srr. '
bi discre-
symplenesse,